Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems for Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System and Proposed Fiscal Year 2015 Rates; Quality Reporting Requirements for Specific Providers; Reasonable Compensation Equivalents for Physician Services in Excluded Teaching Hospitals; Provider Administrative Appeals and Judicial Review; Enforcement Provisions for Organ Transplant Centers; and Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive Program, 27977-28384 [2014-10067]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Thursday,
No. 94
May 15, 2014
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
42 CFR Parts 405, 412, 413, et al.
Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems for
Acute Care Hospitals and the Long Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System and Proposed Fiscal Year 2015 Rates; Quality Reporting
Requirements for Specific Providers; Reasonable Compensation Equivalents
for Physician Services in Excluded Teaching Hospitals; Provider
Administrative Appeals and Judicial Review; Enforcement Provisions for
Organ Transplant Centers; and Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive
Program; Proposed Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
27978
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND
HUMAN SERVICES
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services
42 CFR Parts 405, 412, 413, 415, 422,
424, 485, and 488
[CMS–1607–P] RIN 0938–AS11
Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient
Prospective Payment Systems for
Acute Care Hospitals and the LongTerm Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System and Proposed Fiscal
Year 2015 Rates; Quality Reporting
Requirements for Specific Providers;
Reasonable Compensation
Equivalents for Physician Services in
Excluded Teaching Hospitals; Provider
Administrative Appeals and Judicial
Review; Enforcement Provisions for
Organ Transplant Centers; and
Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program
Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
AGENCY:
We are proposing to revise the
Medicare hospital inpatient prospective
payment systems (IPPS) for operating
and capital-related costs of acute care
hospitals to implement changes arising
from our continuing experience with
these systems. Some of the proposed
changes implement certain statutory
provisions contained in the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act and
the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively
known as the Affordable Care Act), the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014, and other legislation. These
proposed changes would be applicable
to discharges occurring on or after
October 1, 2014, unless otherwise
specified in this proposed rule. We also
are proposing to update the rate-ofincrease limits for certain hospitals
excluded from the IPPS that are paid on
a reasonable cost basis subject to these
limits. The proposed updated rate-ofincrease limits would be effective for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2014.
We also are proposing to update the
payment policies and the annual
payment rates for the Medicare
prospective payment system (PPS) for
inpatient hospital services provided by
long-term care hospitals (LTCHs) and to
implement certain statutory changes to
the LTCH PPS under the Affordable
Care Act and the Pathway for
Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) Reform
Act of 2013 and the Protecting Access
to Medicare Act of 2014. In addition we
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
are proposing to revise the interruption
of stay policy for LTCHs and to retire
the ‘‘5 percent’’ payment adjustment for
co-located LTCHs. While many of the
statutory mandates of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act will apply to
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014, others will not begin to apply
until 2016 and beyond. However, in
light of the degree of forthcoming
change, we discuss changes infra and
request public feedback to inform our
proposals for FY 2016 in this proposed
rule as well.
In addition, we are proposing to make
a number of changes relating to direct
graduate medical education (GME) and
indirect medical education (IME)
payments. We are proposing to establish
new requirements or revise
requirements for quality reporting by
specific providers (acute care hospitals,
PPS-exempt cancer hospitals, and
LTCHs) that are participating in
Medicare.
We are proposing to update policies
relating to the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing (VBP) Program, the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program, and
the Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC)
Reduction Program. In addition, we are
proposing changes to the regulations
governing provider administrative
appeals and judicial review relating to
appropriate claims in provider cost
reports; updates to the reasonable
compensation equivalent (RCE) limits
for services furnished by physicians to
teaching hospitals excluded from the
IPPS; regulatory revisions to broaden
the specified uses of risk adjustment
data and to specify the conditions for
release of risk adjustment data to
entities outside of CMS; and changes to
the enforcement procedures for organ
transplant centers.
We are proposing to align the
reporting and submission timelines for
clinical quality measures for the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program for
eligible hospitals and critical access
hospitals (CAHs) with the reporting and
submission timelines for the Hospital
IQR Program. In addition, we provide
guidance and clarification of certain
policies for eligible hospitals and CAHs
such as our policy for reporting zero
denominators on clinical quality
measures and our policy for case
threshold exemptions.
DATES: Comment Period: To be assured
consideration, comments must be
received at one of the addresses
provided below, no later than 5 p.m.
EDT on June 30, 2014.
ADDRESSES: In commenting, please refer
to file code CMS–1607–P. Because of
staff and resource limitations, we cannot
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accept comments by facsimile (FAX)
transmission.
You may submit comments in one of
four ways (no duplicates, please):
1. Electronically. You may (and we
encourage you to) submit electronic
comments on this regulation to https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions under the ‘‘submit a
comment’’ tab.
2. By regular mail. You may mail
written comments to the following
address ONLY: Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services, Department of
Health and Human Services, Attention:
CMS–1607–P, P.O. Box 8011, Baltimore,
MD 21244–1850.
Please allow sufficient time for mailed
comments to be received before the
close of the comment period.
3. By express or overnight mail. You
may send written comments via express
or overnight mail to the following
address ONLY: Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services, Department of
Health and Human Services, Attention:
CMS–1607–P, Mail Stop C4–26–05,
7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD
21244–1850.
4. By hand or courier. If you prefer,
you may deliver (by hand or courier)
your written comments before the close
of the comment period to either of the
following addresses:
a. For delivery in Washington, DC—
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, Department of Health and
Human Services, Room 445–G, Hubert
H. Humphrey Building, 200
Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington, DC 20201.
(Because access to the interior of the
Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not
readily available to persons without
Federal Government identification,
commenters are encouraged to leave
their comments in the CMS drop slots
located in the main lobby of the
building. A stamp-in clock is available
for persons wishing to retain a proof of
filing by stamping in and retaining an
extra copy of the comments being filed.)
b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD—
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, Department of Health and
Human Services, 7500 Security
Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850.
If you intend to deliver your
comments to the Baltimore address,
please call the telephone number (410)
786–7195 in advance to schedule your
arrival with one of our staff members.
Comments mailed to the addresses
indicated as appropriate for hand or
courier delivery may be delayed and
received after the comment period.
For information on viewing public
comments, we refer readers to the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
beginning of the SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION section.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Donald Thompson, (410) 786–4487,
and Tiffany Swygert, (410) 786–4465,
Operating Prospective Payment, MS–
DRGs, Hospital-Acquired Conditions
(HAC), Wage Index, New Medical
Service and Technology Add-On
Payments, Hospital Geographic
Reclassifications, Graduate Medical
Education, Capital Prospective Payment,
Excluded Hospitals, and Medicare
Disproportionate Share Hospital (DSH)
Issues.
Michele Hudson, (410) 786–4487, and
Judith Richter, (410) 786–2590, LongTerm Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System and MS–LTC–DRG
Relative Weights Issues.
Siddhartha Mazumdar, (410) 786–
6673, Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program Issues.
James Poyer, (410) 786–2261, Hospital
Inpatient Quality Reporting and
Hospital Value-Based Purchasing—
Program Administration, Validation,
and Reconsideration Issues.
Karen Nakano, (410) 786–6889,
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting—
Measures Issues Except Hospital
Consumer Assessment of Healthcare
Providers and Systems Issues; and
Readmission Measures for Hospitals
Issues.
Elizabeth Goldstein, (410) 786–6665,
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting—
Hospital Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems
Measures Issues.
Mary Pratt, (410) 786–6867, LTCH
Quality Data Reporting Issues.
Kim Spalding Bush, (410) 786–3232,
Hospital Value-Based Purchasing
Efficiency Measures Issues.
James Poyer, (410) 786–2261, PPSExempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting Issues.
Kellie Shannon, (410) 786–0416,
Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost
Reports; Administrative Appeals by
Providers and Judicial Review Issues.
Amelia Citerone, (410) 786–3901, and
Robert Kuhl (410) 786–4597, Reasonable
Compensation Equivalent (RCE) Limits
for Physician Services Provided in
Providers.
Ann Hornsby, (410) 786–1181, and
Jennifer Harlow, (410) 786–4549,
Medicare Advantage Encounter Data
Issues.
Thomas Hamilton, (410) 786–6763,
Organ Transplant Center Issues.
Jennifer Phillips, (410) 786–1023, 2Midnight Rule Benchmark Issues.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Inspection of Public Comments: All
public comments received before the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
close of the comment period are
available for viewing by the public,
including any personally identifiable or
confidential business information that is
included in a comment. We post all
public comments received before the
close of the comment period on the
following Web site as soon as possible
after they have been received: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the search
instructions on that Web site to view
public comments.
Electronic Access
This Federal Register document is
also available from the Federal Register
online database through Federal Digital
System (FDsys), a service of the U.S.
Government Printing Office. This
database can be accessed via the
Internet at: https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
Tables Available Only Through the
Internet on the CMS Web Site
In the past, a majority of the tables
referred to throughout this preamble
and in the Addendum to the proposed
rule and the final rule were published
in the Federal Register as part of the
annual proposed and final rules.
However, beginning in FY 2012, some of
the IPPS tables and LTCH PPS tables are
no longer published in the Federal
Register. Instead, these tables are
available only through the Internet. The
IPPS tables for this proposed rule are
available only through the Internet on
the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.
hhs.gov/Medicare/medicare-Fee-forService-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/
index.html. Click on the link on the left
side of the screen titled, ‘‘FY 2015 IPPS
Proposed Rule Home Page’’ or ‘‘Acute
Inpatient—Files for Download’’. The
LTCH PPS tables for this FY 2015
proposed rule are available only through
the Internet on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/Long
TermCareHospitalPPS/
under the list item for Regulation
Number CMS–1607–P. For complete
details on the availability of the tables
referenced in this proposed rule, we
refer readers to section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule.
Readers who experience any problems
accessing any of the tables that are
posted on the CMS Web sites identified
above should contact Michael Treitel at
(410) 786–4552.
Acronyms
3M 3M Health Information System
AAMC Association of American Medical
Colleges
ACGME Accreditation Council for Graduate
Medical Education
ACoS American College of Surgeons
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27979
AHA American Hospital Association
AHIC American Health Information
Community
AHIMA American Health Information
Management Association
AHRQ Agency for Healthcare Research and
Quality
AJCC American Joint Committee on Cancer
ALOS Average length of stay
ALTHA Acute Long Term Hospital
Association
AMA American Medical Association
AMGA American Medical Group
Association
AMI Acute myocardial infarction
AOA American Osteopathic Association
APR DRG All Patient Refined Diagnosis
Related Group System
APRN Advanced practice registered nurse
ARRA American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act of 2009, Public Law
111–5
ASCA Administrative Simplification
Compliance Act of 2002, Public Law 107–
105
ASITN American Society of Interventional
and Therapeutic Neuroradiology
ATRA American Taxpayer Relief Act of
2012, Public Law 112–240
BBA Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public
Law 105–33
BBRA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP
[State Children’s Health Insurance
Program] Balanced Budget Refinement Act
of 1999, Public Law 106–113
BIPA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP [State
Children’s Health Insurance Program]
Benefits Improvement and Protection Act
of 2000, Public Law 106–554
BLS Bureau of Labor Statistics
CABG Coronary artery bypass graft
[surgery]
CAH Critical access hospital
CARE [Medicare] Continuity Assessment
Record & Evaluation [Instrument]
CART CMS Abstraction & Reporting Tool
CAUTI Catheter-associated urinary tract
infection
CBSAs Core-based statistical areas
CC Complication or comorbidity
CCN CMS Certification Number
CCR Cost-to-charge ratio
CDAC [Medicare] Clinical Data Abstraction
Center
CDAD Clostridium difficile-associated
disease
CDC Center for Disease Control and
Prevention
CERT Comprehensive error rate testing
CDI Clostridium difficile (C. difficile)
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CLABSI Central line-associated
bloodstream infection
CIPI Capital input price index
CMI Case-mix index
CMS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services
CMSA Consolidated Metropolitan
Statistical Area
COBRA Consolidated Omnibus
Reconciliation Act of 1985, Public Law 99–
272
COLA Cost-of-living adjustment
CoP [Hospital] condition of participation
COPD Chronis obstructive pulmonary
disease
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27980
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
CPI Consumer price index
CQM Clinical quality measure
CRNA Certified registered nurse anesthetist
CY Calendar year
DACA Data Accuracy and Completeness
Acknowledgement
DPP Disproportionate patient percentage
DRA Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, Public
Law 109–171
DRG Diagnosis-related group
DSH Disproportionate share hospital
EBRT External Bean Radiotherapy
ECI Employment cost index
eCQM Electronic clinical quality measure
EDB [Medicare] Enrollment Database
EHR Electronic health record
EMR Electronic medical record
EMTALA Emergency Medical Treatment
and Labor Act of 1986, Public Law 99–272
EP Eligible professional
FAH Federation of American Hospitals
FDA Food and Drug Administration
FFY Federal fiscal year
FPL Federal poverty line
FQHC Federally qualified health center
FR Federal Register
FTE Full-time equivalent
FY Fiscal year
GAF Geographic Adjustment Factor
GME Graduate medical education
HAC Hospital-acquired condition
HAI Healthcare-associated infection
HCAHPS Hospital Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems
HCFA Health Care Financing
Administration
HCO High-cost outlier
HCRIS Hospital Cost Report Information
System
HHA Home health agency
HHS Department of Health and Human
Services
HICAN Health Insurance Claims Account
Number
HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996, Public Law
104–191
HIPC Health Information Policy Council
HIS Health information system
HIT Health information technology
HMO Health maintenance organization
HPMP Hospital Payment Monitoring
Program
HSA Health savings account
HSCRC [Maryland] Health Services Cost
Review Commission
HSRV Hospital-specific relative value
HSRVcc Hospital-specific relative value
cost center
HQA Hospital Quality Alliance
HQI Hospital Quality Initiative
IBR Intern- and Resident-to-Bed Ratio
ICD–9–CM International Classification of
Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical
Modification
ICD–10–CM International Classification of
Diseases, Tenth Revision, Clinical
Modification
ICD–10–PCS International Classification of
Diseases, Tenth Revision, Procedure
Coding System
ICR Information collection requirement
IGI IHS Global Insight, Inc.
IHS Indian Health Service
IME Indirect medical education
I–O Input-Output
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
IOM Institute of Medicine
IPF Inpatient psychiatric facility
IPFQR Inpatient Psychiatric Facility
Quality Reporting [Program]
IPPS [Acute care hospital] inpatient
prospective payment system
IRF Inpatient rehabilitation facility
IQR Inpatient Quality Reporting
LAMCs Large area metropolitan counties
LOS Length of stay
LTC–DRG Long-term care diagnosis-related
group
LTCH Long-term care hospital
LTCHQR Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
Reporting
MA Medicare Advantage
MAC Medicare Administrative Contractor
MAP Measure Application Partnership
MCC Major complication or comorbidity
MCE Medicare Code Editor
MCO Managed care organization
MDC Major diagnostic category
MDH Medicare-dependent, small rural
hospital
MedPAC Medicare Payment Advisory
Commission
MedPAR Medicare Provider Analysis and
Review File
MEI Medicare Economic Index
MGCRB Medicare Geographic Classification
Review Board
MIEA–TRHCA Medicare Improvements and
Extension Act, Division B of the Tax Relief
and Health Care Act of 2006, Public Law
109–432
MIPPA Medicare Improvements for Patients
and Providers Act of 2008, Public Law
110–275
MMA Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement, and Modernization Act of
2003, Public Law 108–173
MMEA Medicare and Medicaid Extenders
Act of 2010, Public Law 111–309
MMSEA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP
Extension Act of 2007, Public Law 110–173
MRHFP Medicare Rural Hospital Flexibility
Program
MRSA Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus
MSA Metropolitan Statistical Area
MS–DRG Medicare severity diagnosisrelated group
MS–LTC–DRG Medicare severity long-term
care diagnosis-related group
MU Meaningful Use [EHR Incentive
Program]
NAICS North American Industrial
Classification System
NALTH National Association of Long Term
Hospitals
NCD National coverage determination
NCHS National Center for Health Statistics
NCQA National Committee for Quality
Assurance
NCVHS National Committee on Vital and
Health Statistics
NECMA New England County Metropolitan
Areas
NHSN National Healthcare Safety Network
NOP Notice of Participation
NQF National Quality Forum
NQS National Quality Strategy
NTIS National Technical Information
Service
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act of 1991, Public Law
104–113
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
NVHRI National Voluntary Hospital
Reporting Initiative
OACT [CMS] Office of the Actuary
OBRA 86 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1986, Public Law 99–509
OES Occupational employment statistics
OIG Office of the Inspector General
OMB [Executive] Office of Management and
Budget
OPM [U.S.] Office of Personnel
Management
OQR [Hospital] Outpatient Quality
Reporting
O.R. Operating room
OSCAR Online Survey Certification and
Reporting [System]
PCH PPS-exempt cancer hospital
PCHQR PPS-exempt cancer hospital quality
reporting
PMSAs Primary metropolitan statistical
areas
POA Present on admission
PPI Producer price index
PPS Prospective payment system
PRM Provider Reimbursement Manual
ProPAC Prospective Payment Assessment
Commission
PRRB Provider Reimbursement Review
Board
PRTFs Psychiatric residential treatment
facilities
PSF Provider-Specific File
PSI Patient safety indicator
PS&R Provider Statistical and
Reimbursement [System]
PQRS Physician Quality Reporting System
QIG Quality Improvement Group [CMS]
QIO Quality Improvement Organization
QRDA Quality Reporting Data Architecture
RCE Reasonable compensation equivalent
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act, Public Law
96–354
RHC Rural health clinic
RHQDAPU Reporting hospital quality data
for annual payment update
RNHCI Religious nonmedical health care
institution
RPL Rehabilitation psychiatric long-term
care (hospital)
RRC Rural referral center
RSMR Risk-standardized mortality rate
RSRR Risk-standard readmission rate
RTI Research Triangle Institute,
International
RUCAs Rural-urban commuting area codes
RY Rate year
SAF Standard Analytic File
SCH Sole community hospital
SCIP Surgical Care Improvement Project
SFY State fiscal year
SIC Standard Industrial Classification
SNF Skilled nursing facility
SOCs Standard occupational classifications
SOM State Operations Manual
SSI Surgical site infection
SSI Supplemental Security Income
SSO Short-stay outlier
SUD Substance use disorder
TEFRA Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982, Public Law 97–
248
TEP Technical expert panel
THA/TKA Total hip arthroplasty/Total
knee arthroplasty
TMA TMA [Transitional Medical
Assistance], Abstinence Education, and QI
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
[Qualifying Individuals] Programs
Extension Act of 2007, Public Law 110–90
TPS Total Performance Score
UHDDS Uniform hospital discharge data set
UMRA Unfunded Mandate Reform Act,
Public Law 104–4
VBP [Hospital] Value Based Purchasing
[Program]
VTE Venous thromboembolism
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary and Background
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose and Legal Authority
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
3. Summary of Costs and Benefits
B. Summary
1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient
Prospective Payment System (IPPS)
2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded
From the IPPS
3. Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System (LTCH PPS)
4. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
5. Payments for Graduate Medical
Education (GME)
C. Summary of Provisions of Recent
Legislation Discussed in This Proposed
Rule
1. Patient Protection and Affordable Care
Act (Pub. L. 111–148) and the Health
Care and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010 (Pub. L. 111–152)
2. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
(Pub. L. 112–240)
3. Pathway for Sustainable Growth Rate
(SGR) Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113–
67)
4. Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93)
D. Summary of the Provisions of This
Proposed Rule
II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity
Diagnosis-Related Group (MS–DRG)
Classifications and Relative Weights
A. Background
B. MS–DRG Reclassifications
C. Adoption of the MS–DRGs in FY 2008
D. Proposed FY 2015 MS–DRG
Documentation and Coding Adjustment
1. Background on the Prospective MS–DRG
Documentation and Coding Adjustments
for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by
Public Law 110–90
2. Adjustment to the Average Standardized
Amounts Required by Public Law 110–
90
a. Prospective Adjustment Required by
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
b. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustments
in FYs 2010 Through 2012 Required by
Section 7(b)(1)(B) Public Law 110–90
3. Retrospective Evaluation of FY 2008 and
FY 2009 Claims Data
4. Prospective Adjustments for FY 2008
and FY 2009 Authorized by Section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
5. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment
Authorized by Section 7(b)(1)(B) of
Public Law 110–90
6. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment
Authorized by Section 631 of the
American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
(ATRA)
7. Prospective Adjustment for the MS–DRG
Documentation and Coding Effect
Through FY 2010
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
E. Refinement of the MS–DRG Relative
Weight Calculation
1. Background
2. Discussion for FY 2015
F. Proposed Adjustment to MS–DRGs for
Preventable Hospital-Acquired
Conditions (HACs), Including Infections
1. Background
2. HAC Selection
3. Present on Admission (POA) Indicator
Reporting
4. HACs and POA Reporting in Preparation
for Transition to ICD–10–CM and ICD–
10–PCS
5. Proposal Regarding Current HACs and
Previously Considered Candidate HACs
6. RTI Program Evaluation
7. Current and Previously Considered
Candidate HACs—RTI Report on
Evidence-Based Guidelines
G. Proposed Changes to Specific MS–DRG
Classifications
1. Discussion of Changes to Coding System
and Basis for Proposed MS–DRG
Updates
a. Conversion of MS–DRGs to the
International Classification of Diseases,
10th Edition (ICD–10)
b. Basis for FY 2015 MS–DRG Updates
2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Nervous System)
a. Intracerebral Therapies: Gliadel® Wafer
b. Endovascular Embolization or Occlusion
of Head and Neck
3. MDC 4 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat): Avery
Breathing Pacemaker System
4. MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Circulatory System)
a. Exclusion of Left Atrial Appendage
b. Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair:
MitraClip®
c. Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement Procedures
d. Abdominal Aorta Graft
5. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue)
a. Shoulder Replacement Procedures
b. Ankle Replacement Procedures
c. Back and Neck Procedures
6. MDC 10 (Endocrine, Nutritional and
Metabolic Diseases and Disorders):
Disorders of Porphyria Metabolism
7. MDC 15 (Newborns and Other Neonates
With Conditions Originating in the
Perinatal Period)
8. Proposed Medicare Code Editor (MCE)
Changes
9. Proposed Changes to Surgical
Hierarchies
10. Proposed Changes to the MS–DRG
Diagnosis Codes for FY 2015
a. Major Complications or Comorbidities
(MCCs) and Complications or
Comorbidities (CCs) Severity Levels for
FY 2015
b. Coronary Atherosclerosis Due to
Calcified Coronary Lesion
11. Complications or Comorbidity (CC)
Exclusions List
a. Background of the CC List and the CC
Exclusions List
b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2015
12. Review of Procedure Codes in MS–
DRGs 981 Through 983, 984 Through
986, and 987 Through 989
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27981
a. Moving Procedure Codes From MS–
DRGs 981 Through 983 or MS–DRGs 987
Through 989 Into MDCs
b. Reassignment of Procedures Among MS–
DRGs 981 Through 983, 984 Through
986, and 987 Through 989
c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes to
MDCs
13. Proposed Changes to the ICD–9–CM
Coding System
a. ICD–10 Coordination and Maintenance
Committee
b. Code Freeze
H. Recalibration of the Proposed FY 2015
MS–DRG Relative Weights
1. Data Sources for Developing the
Proposed Relative Weights
2. Methodology for Calculation of the
Proposed Relative Weights
3. Development of National Average CCRs
4. Bundled Payments for Care
Improvement (BPCI) Initiative
I. Proposed Add-On Payments for New
Services and Technologies
1. Background
2. Public Input Before Publication of a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on AddOn Payments
3. FY 2015 Status of Technologies
Approved for FY 2014 Add-On Payments
a. Glucarpidase (Trade Brand Voraxaze®)
b. DIFICIDTM (Fidaxomicin) Tablets
c. Zenith® Fenestrated Abdominal Aortic
Aneurysm (AAA) Endovascular Graft
d. KcentraTM
e. Argus® II Retinal Prosthesis System
f. Zilver® PTX® Drug Eluting Stent
4. FY 2015 Applications for New
Technology Add-On Payments
a. Dalbavancin (Durata Therapeutics, Inc.)
b. Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System (Aptus
Endosystems, Inc.)
c. WATCHMAN® Left Atrial Appendage
Closure Technology
d. CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure)
System
e. MitraClip® System
f. Responsive Neurostimulator (RNS®)
System
III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage
Index for Acute Care Hospitals
A. Background
B. Proposed Core-Based Statistical Areas
for the Hospital Wage Index
1. Background
2. Proposed Implementation of New Labor
Market Area Delineations
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
b. Urban Counties That Would Become
Rural Under the New OMB Delineations
c. Rural Counties That Would Become
Urban Under the New OMB Delineations
d. Urban Counties That Would Move to a
Different Urban CBSA Under the New
OMB Delineations
e. Proposed Transition Period
C. Worksheet S–3 Wage Data for the
Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
1. Included Categories of Costs
2. Excluded Categories of Costs
3. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers
Other Than Acute Care Hospitals Under
the IPPS
D. Verification of Worksheet S–3 Wage
Data
E. Method for Computing the Proposed FY
2015 Unadjusted Wage Index
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27982
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
F. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment
to the Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
1. Development of Data for the Proposed
FY 2015 Occupational Mix Adjustment
Based on the 2010 Occupational Mix
Survey
2. New 2013 Occupational Mix Survey for
the FY 2016 Wage Index
3. Calculation of the Proposed
Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY
2015
G. Analysis and Implementation of the
Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment
and the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational
Mix Adjusted Wage Index
1. Analysis of the Proposed Occupational
Mix Adjustment and the Proposed
Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index
2. Proposed Application of the Rural,
Imputed, and Frontier Floors
a. Proposed Rural Floor
b. Proposed Imputed Floor and Alternative,
Temporary Methodology for Computing
the Rural Floor for FY 2015
c. Proposed Frontier Floor
3. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Tables
H. Revisions to the Wage Index Based on
Hospital Redesignations and
Reclassifications
1. General Policies and Effects of
Reclassification and Redesignation
2. FY 2015 MGCRB Reclassifications
a. FY 2015 Reclassification Requirements
and Approvals
b. Effects of Implementation of New OMB
Labor Market Area Delineations on
Reclassified Hospitals
c. Applications for Reclassifications for FY
2016
3. Hospitals Redesignated Under Section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
a. Proposed New Lugar Areas for FY 2015
b. Hospitals Redesignated Under Section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act Seeking
Reclassification by the MGCRB
c. Rural Counties No Longer Meeting the
Criteria To Be Redesignated as Lugar
4. Waiving Lugar Redesignation for the
Out-Migration Adjustment
5. Update of Application of Urban to Rural
Reclassification Criteria
I. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
Adjustment Based on Commuting
Patterns of Hospital Employees
J. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data
Corrections
K. Notice of Change to Wage Index
Development Timetable
L. Labor-Related Share for the Proposed FY
2015 Wage Index
IV. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to
the IPPS for Operating Costs and
Graduate Medical Education (GME)
Costs
A. Proposed Changes to MS–DRGs Subject
to the Postacute Care Transfer Policy
(§ 412.4)
B. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient
Hospital Updates for FY 2015
(§§ 412.64(d) and 412.211(c))
1. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital
Update
2. Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital
Update
C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs): Proposed
Annual Updates to Case-Mix Index (CMI)
and Discharge Criteria (§ 412.96)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
2. Discharges
D. Proposed Payment Adjustment for LowVolume Hospitals (§ 412.101)
1. Background
2. Provisions of the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014
3. Low-Volume Hospital Definition and
Payment Adjustment for FY 2015
E. Indirect Medical Education (IME)
Payment Adjustment (§ 412.105)
1. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
2. Proposed IME Medicare Part C Add-On
Payments to Sole Community Hospitals
(SCHs) That Are Paid According to Their
Hospital-Specific Rates and Proposed
Change in Methodology in Determining
Payment to SCHs
3. Other Proposed Policy Changes
Affecting IME
F. Payment Adjustment for Medicare
Disproportionate Share Hospitals (DSHs)
(§ 412.106)
1. Background
2. Impact on Medicare DSH Payment
Adjustment of Proposed Implementation
of New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
3. Payment Adjustment Methodology for
Medicare Disproportionate Share
Hospitals (DSHs) Under Section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act (§ 412.106)
a. General Discussion
b. Eligibility for Empirically Justified
Medicare DSH Payments and
Uncompensated Care Payments
c. Empirically Justified Medicare DSH
Payments
d. Uncompensated Care Payments
e. Limitations on Review
G. Medicare-Dependent, Small Rural
Hospital (MDH) Program (§ 412.108)
1. Background
2. Provisions of Public Law 113–93 for FY
2015
3. Expiration of the MDH Program
H. Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program: Proposed Changes for FY 2015
Through FY 2017 (§§ 412.150 Through
412.154)
1. Statutory Basis for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
2. Regulatory Background
3. Overview of Proposals and Policies for
the FY 2015 Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program
4. Proposed Refinement of the
Readmissions Measures and Related
Methodology for FY 2015 and
Subsequent Years Payment
Determinations
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned
Readmission Algorithm for Acute
Myocardial Infarction (AMI), Heart
Failure (HF), Pneumonia (PN), Chronic
Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD),
and Total Hip Arthroplasty and Total
Knee Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Readmission Measures
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip
Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Readmission Measure Cohort
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed
Refinements on Measures
5. No Proposed Expansion of the
Applicable Conditions for FY 2016
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
6. Proposed Expansion of the Applicable
Conditions for FY 2017 To Include
Patients Readmitted Following Coronary
Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
Measure
a. Background
b. Overview of the Proposed CABG
Readmissions Measure: Hospital-Level,
30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned
Readmission Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
c. Proposed Methodology for the CABG
Measure: Hospital-Level, 30-Day, AllCause, Unplanned Readmission
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Surgery
7. Maintenance of Technical Specifications
for Quality Measures
8. Waiver From the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program for Hospitals
Formerly Paid Under Section 1814(b)(3)
of the Act (§ 412.152 and § 412.154(d))
9. Floor Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
(§ 412.154(c)(2))
10. Applicable Period for FY 2015
11. Proposed Inclusion of THA/TKA and
COPD Readmissions Measures To
Calculate Aggregate Payments for Excess
Readmissions Beginning in FY 2015
12. Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program Extraordinary Circumstances
Exceptions
I. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
Program
1. Statutory Background
2. Overview of Previous Hospital VBP
Program Rulemaking
3. FY 2015 Payment Details
a. Payment Adjustments
b. Base Operating DRG Payment Amount
Definition for Medicare-Dependent
Small Rural Hospitals (MDHs)
4. Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
a. Measures Previously Adopted
b. Proposed Changes Affecting Topped-Out
Measures
c. Proposed New Measures for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
d. Proposed Adoption of the Current
CLABSI Measure (NQF #0139) for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program
e. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed New Measures for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
5. Proposed Additional Measures for the
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
a. Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized
Complication Rate (RSCR) Following
Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
(THA) and Total Knee Arthroplasty
(TKA)
b. PSI–90 Measure
6. Possible Measure Topics for Future
Program Years
a. Care Transition Measure (CTM–3) Items
for HCAHPS Survey
b. Possible Future Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain Measure Topics
7. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Periods and Baseline
Periods for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
a. Background
b. Previously Adopted Baseline and
Performance Periods for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
c. Proposed Clinical Care—Process Domain
Performance Period and Baseline Period
for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
d. Proposed Patient and Caregiver-Centered
Experience of Care/Care Coordination
Domain Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the FY 2017 Hospital
VBP Program
e. Proposed Safety Domain Performance
Period and Baseline Period for NHSN
Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
f. Proposed Efficiency and Cost Reduction
Domain Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the FY 2017 Hospital
VBP Program
g. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
8. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Periods and Baseline
Periods for Certain Measures for the FY
2019 Hospital VBP Program
a. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Period and Baseline Period
for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
for Clinical Care—Outcomes Domain
Measures
b. Proposed Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the PSI–90 Safety
Domain Measure for the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program
c. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for Certain Measures for
the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
9. Proposed Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the Clinical Care—
Outcomes Domain for the FY 2020
Hospital VBP Program
10. Proposed Performance Standards for
the Hospital VBP Program
a. Background
b. Performance Standards for the FY 2016
Hospital VBP Program
c. Previously Adopted Performance
Standards for the FY 2017, FY 2018, and
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Programs
d. Proposed Additional Performance
Standards for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
e. Proposed Performance Standards for the
FY 2019 and FY 2020 Hospital VBP
Programs
f. Proposed Technical Updates Policy for
Performance Standards
g. Request for Public Comments on ICD–
10–CM/PCS Transition
11. Proposed FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program Scoring Methodology
a. Proposed General Hospital VBP Program
Scoring Methodology
b. Proposed Domain Weighting for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program for Hospitals
That Receive a Score on All Domains
c. Proposed Domain Weighting for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program for Hospitals
Receiving Scores on Fewer than Four
Domains
12. Proposed Minimum Numbers of Cases
and Measures for the FY 2016 and FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program’s Quality
Domains
a. Previously Adopted Minimum Numbers
of Cases and FY 2016 Proposed
Minimum Numbers of Cases
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
b. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Safety Domain
c. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Clinical Care Domain
d. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain
e. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Patient and Caregiver
Centered Experience of Care/Care
Coordination (PEC/CC) Domain
13. Applicability of the Hospital VBP
Program to Maryland Hospitals
14. Disaster/Extraordinary Circumstance
Exception Under the Hospital VBP
Program
J. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC)
Reduction Program
1. Background
2. Statutory Basis for the HAC Reduction
Program
3. Implementation of the HAC Reduction
Program for FY 2015
a. Overview
b. Payment Adjustment Under the HAC
Reduction Program, Including
Exemptions
c. Measure Selection and Conditions,
Including Risk Adjustment Scoring
Methodology
d. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and
Performance Scoring Policy
e. Reporting Hospital-Specific Information,
Including the Review and Correction of
Information
f. Limitation on Administrative and
Judicial Review
4. Proposed Maintenance of Technical
Specifications for Quality Measures
5. Extraordinary Circumstances
Exceptions/Exemptions
6. Implementation of the HAC Reduction
Program for FY 2016
a. Measure Selection and Conditions,
Including a Risk-Adjustment Scoring
Methodology
b. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and
Performance Scoring
7. Future Consideration for the Use of
Electronically Specified Measures
K. Payments for Indirect and Direct
Graduate Medical Education (GME)
Costs (§§ 412.105 and 413.75 Through
413.83)
1. Background
2. Proposed Changes in the Effective Date
of the FTE Resident Cap, 3-Year Rolling
Average, and Interim- and Resident-toBed (IRB) Ratio Cap for New Programs in
Teaching Hospitals
3. Proposed Changes to IME and Direct
GME Policies as a Result of New OMB
Labor Market Area Delineations
a. New Program FTE Cap Adjustment for
Rural Hospitals Redesignated as Urban
b. Participation of Redesignated Hospitals
in Rural Training Track
4. Proposed Clarification of Policies on
Counting Resident Time in Nonprovider
Settings Under Section 5504 of the
Affordable Care Act
5. Proposed Changes to the Review and
Award Process for Resident Slots Under
Section 5506 of the Affordable Care Act
a. Effective Date of Slots Awarded Under
Section 5506 of the Affordable Care Act
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27983
b. Proposal To Remove Seamless
Requirement
c. Proposed Revisions to Ranking Criteria
One, Seven, and Eight for Applications
Under Section 5506
d. Clarification to Ranking Criterion Two
Regarding Emergency Medicare GME
Affiliation Agreements
6. Proposed Regulatory Clarification
Applicable To Direct GME Payments to
Federally Qualified Health Centers
(FQHCs) and Rural Health Clinics
(RHCs) for Training Residents in
Approved Programs
L. Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program
1. Background
2. Proposed FY 2015 Budget Neutrality
Offset Amount
M. Requirement for Transparency of
Hospital Charges Under the Affordable
Care Act
1. Overview
2. Transparency Requirement Under the
Affordable Care Act
N. Medicare Payment for Short Inpatient
Hospital Stays
O. Suggested Exceptions to the 2-Midnight
Benchmark
V. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for CapitalRelated Costs
A. Overview
B. Additional Provisions
1. Exception Payments
2. New Hospitals
3. Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico
C. Proposed Annual Update for FY 2015
VI. Proposed Changes for Hospitals Excluded
From the IPPS
A. Proposed Rate-of-Increase in Payments
to Excluded Hospitals for FY 2015
B. Proposed Updates to the Reasonable
Compensation Equivalent (RCE) Limits
on Compensation for Physician Services
Provided in Providers (§ 415.70)
1. Background
2. Overview of the Current RCE Limits
a. Application of the RCE Limits
b. Exceptions to the RCE Limits
c. Methodology for Establishing the RCE
Limits
3. Proposed Changes to the RCE Limits
C. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs
1. Background
2. Proposed Changes Related to
Reclassifications as Rural for CAHs
3. Proposed Revision of the Requirements
for Physician Certification of CAH
Inpatient Services
VII. Proposed Changes to the Long-Term Care
Hospital Prospective Payment System
(LTCH PPS) for FY 2015
A. Background of the LTCH PPS
1. Legislative and Regulatory Authority
2. Criteria for Classification as an LTCH
a. Classification as an LTCH
b. Hospitals Excluded From the LTCH PPS
3. Limitation on Charges to Beneficiaries
4. Administrative Simplification
Compliance Act (ASCA) and Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act (HIPAA) Compliance
B. Proposed Medicare Severity Long-Term
Care Diagnosis-Related Group (MS–LTC–
DRG) Classifications and Relative
Weights for FY 2015
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27984
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
1. Background
2. Patient Classifications Into MS–LTC–
DRGs
a. Background
b. Proposed Changes to the MS–LTC–DRGs
for FY 2015
3. Development of the Proposed FY 2015
MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights
a. General Overview of the Development of
the MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights
b. Proposed Development of the MS–LTC–
DRG Relative Weights for FY 2015
c. Data
d. Hospital-Specific Relative Value (HSRV)
Methodology
e. Treatment of Severity Levels in
Developing the Proposed MS–LTC–DRG
Relative Weights
f. Proposed Low-Volume MS–LTC–DRGs
g. Steps for Determining the Proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Payment Rates for
FY 2015
1. Overview of Development of the LTCH
Payment Rates
2. Proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS Annual
Market Basket Update
a. Overview
b. Proposed Revision of Certain Market
Basket Updates as Required by the
Affordable Care Act
c. Proposed Adjustment to the Annual
Update to the LTCH PPS Standard
Federal Rate Under the Long-Term Care
Hospital Quality Reporting (LTCHQR)
Program
1. Background
2. Proposed Reduction to the Annual
Update to the LTCH PPS Standard
Federal Rate Under the LTCHQR
Program
d. Proposed Market Basket Under the
LTCH PPS for FY 2015
e. Proposed Annual Market Basket Update
for LTCHs for FY 2015
3. Proposed Adjustment for the Final Year
of the Phase-In of the One-Time
Prospective Adjustment to the Standard
Federal Rate Under § 412.523(d)(3)
D. Proposed Revision of LTCH PPS
Geographic Classifications
1. Background
2. Proposed Use of New OMB Labor Market
Area Delineations (‘‘New OMB
Delineations’’)
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
b. Urban Counties That Became Rural
Under the New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
c. Rural Counties That Became Urban
Under the New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
d. Urban Counties Moved to a Different
Urban CBSA Under the New OMB Labor
Market Area Delineations
e. Proposed Transition Period
E. Reinstatement and Extension of Certain
Payment Rules for LTCH Services—The
25-Percent Threshold Payment
Adjustment
1. Background
2. Proposed Implementation of Section
1206(b)(1) of Public Law 113–67
F. Proposed Changes to the Fixed-Day
Thresholds Under the Greater Than 3Day Interruption of Stay Policy Under
the LTCH PPS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1. Background
2. Thresholds Used in Recent Statutory
Programs
3. Proposed Changes to the Greater Than 3Day Interruption of Stay Policy
G. Moratoria on the Establishment of
LTCHs and LTCH Satellite Facilities and
on the Increase in the Number of Beds
in Existing LTCHs or LTCH Satellite
Facilities
H. Evaluation and Proposed Treatment of
LTCHs Classified Under Section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act
I. Description of Statutory Framework for
Patient-Level Criteria-Based Payment
Adjustment Under the LTCH PPS Under
Public Law 113–67
1. Overview
2. Provisions of Section 1206(a) of Public
Law 113–67
3. Additional LTCH PPS Issues
J. Proposed Technical Change
VIII. Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost
Reports; Administrative Appeals by
Providers and Judicial Review
A. Background
1. Payment and Cost Reporting
Requirements
2. Administrative Appeals by Providers
and Judicial Review
3. Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost
Reports
B. Proposed Changes Regarding the Claims
Required in Provider Cost Reports and
for Provider Administrative Appeals
1. Proposed Addition to the Cost Reporting
Regulations of the Substantive
Reimbursement Requirement of an
Appropriate Cost Report Claim
2. Proposed Revisions to the Provider
Reimbursement Appeal Regulations
C. Proposed Conforming Changes to the
Board Appeal Regulations and
Corresponding Revisions to the
Contractor Hearing Regulations
1. Technical Corrections and Conforming
Changes to §§ 405.1801 and 405.1803
2. Technical Corrections and Conforming
Changes to §§ 405.1811, 405.1813, and
405.1814
3. Proposed New § 405.1832
4. Proposed Revisions to § 405.1834
5. Technical Corrections and Conforming
Changes to §§ 405.1836, 405.1837, and
405.1839
6. Technical Corrections to 42 CFR Part
405, Subpart R and All Subparts of 42
CFR Part 413
IX. Quality Data Reporting Requirements for
Specific Providers and Suppliers
A. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
(IQR) Program
1. Background
a. History of the Hospital IQR Program
b. Maintenance of Technical Specifications
for Quality Measures
c. Public Display of Quality Measures
2. Removal and Suspension of Hospital
IQR Program Measures
a. Considerations in Removing Quality
Measures From the Hospital IQR
Program
b. Proposed Removal of Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3. Process for Retaining Previously
Adopted Hospital IQR Program Measures
for Subsequent Payment Determinations
4. Additional Considerations in Expanding
and Updating Quality Measures Under
the Hospital IQR Program
5. Previously Adopted Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2016
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
6. Proposed Refinements to Existing
Measures in the Hospital IQR Program
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned
Readmission Algorithm for 30-Day
Readmission Measures
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip
Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Complication and Readmission Measures
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed
Refinements to Existing Measures
7. Proposed Additional Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
a. Proposed Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
Unplanned, Risk-Standardized
Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
Surgery
b. Proposed Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
(RSMR) Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
c. Proposed Hospital-level, RiskStandardized 30-Day Episode-of-Care
Payment Measure for Pneumonia
d. Proposed Hospital-Level, RiskStandardized 30-Day Episode-of-Care
Payment Measure for Heart Failure
e. Proposed Severe Sepsis and Septic
Shock: Management Bundle Measure
(NQF #0500)
f. Electronic Health Record-Based
Voluntary Measures
g. Proposed Readoption of Measures as
Voluntarily Reported Electronic Clinical
Quality Measures
h. Electronic Clinical Quality Measures
8. Possible New Quality Measures and
Measure Topics for Future Years
a. Mandatory Electronic Clinical Quality
Measure Reporting for FY 2018 Payment
Determination
b. Possible Future Electronic Clinical
Quality Measures
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality
Data Submission
a. Background
b. Procedural Requirements for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
c. Data Submission Requirements for
Chart-Abstracted Measures
d. Alignment of the EHR Incentive Program
Reporting and Submission Timelines for
Clinical Quality Measures with Hospital
IQR Program Reporting and Submission
Timelines
e. Sampling and Case Thresholds for the
FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
f. HCAHPS Requirements for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
g. Data Submission Requirements for
Structural Measures for the FY 2017
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
h. Data Submission and Reporting
Requirements for Healthcare-Associated
Infection (HAI) Measures Reported via
NHSN
10. Submission and Access of HAI
Measures Data Through the CDC’s NHSN
Web site
11. Proposed Modifications to the Existing
Processes for Validation of Chartabstracted Hospital IQR Program Data
a. Eligibility Criteria for Hospitals Selected
for Validation
b. Number of Charts to be Submitted per
Hospital for Validation
c. Combining Scores for HAI and Clinical
Process of Care Topic Areas
d. Processes To Submit Patient Medical
Records for Chart-abstracted Measures
e. Plans To Validate Electronic Clinical
Quality Measure Data
12. Data Accuracy and Completeness
Acknowledgement Requirements for the
FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
13. Public Display Requirements for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
14. Reconsideration and Appeal
Procedures for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
15. Hospital IQR Program Extraordinary
Circumstances Extensions or Exemptions
B. PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting (PCHQR) Program
1. Statutory Authority
2. Covered Entities
3. Previously Finalized PCHQR Program
Quality Measures
4. Proposed Update to the Clinical Process/
Oncology Care Measures Beginning With
the 2016 Program
5. Proposed New Quality Measures
Beginning With the FY 2017 Program
a. Considerations in the Selection of
Quality Measures
b. Proposed New Quality Measure
Beginning With the FY 2017 Program
6. Possible New Quality Measure Topics
for Future Years
7. Maintenance of Technical Specifications
for Quality Measures
8. Public Display Requirements Beginning
With the FY 2014 Program
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Data
Submission Beginning With the FY 2017
Program
a. Background
b. Proposed Reporting Requirements for
the Proposed New Measure: External
Beam Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases
(NQF #1822) Beginning With the FY
2017 Program
c. Proposed Reporting Options for the
Clinical Process/Cancer Specific
Treatment Measures Beginning With the
FY 2015 Program and the SCIP and
Clinical Process/Oncology Care
Measures Beginning With the FY 2016
Program
d. Proposed New Sampling Methodology
for the Clinical Process/Oncology Care
Measures Beginning With the FY 2016
Program
10. Exceptions From Program
Requirements
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
C. Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
1. Background
2. General Considerations Used for
Selection of Quality Measures for the
LTCHQR Program
3. Policy for Retention of LTCHQR Program
Measures Adopted for Previous Payment
Determinations
4. Policy for Adopting Changes to LTCHQR
Program Measures
5. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
a. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
for the FY 2015 and FY 2016 Payment
Determinations and Subsequent Years
b. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
for the FY 2017 and FY 2018 Payment
Determinations and Subsequent Years
6. Proposed Revision to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
Previously Adopted Quality Measures
a. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
Percent of Residents or Patients Who
Were Assessed and Appropriately Given
the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short
Stay) (NQF #0680)
b. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
the Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls With
Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674)
7. Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Quality Measures for the FY 2018
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
a. Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Functional Status Quality Measures for
the FY 2018 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
b. Proposed Quality Measure: National
Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN)
Ventilator-Associated Event (VAE)
Outcome Measure
8. LTCHQR Program Quality Measures and
Concepts Under Consideration for Future
Years
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality
Data Submission for the FY 2016
Payment Determinations and Subsequent
Years
a. Background
b. Finalized Timeline for Data Submission
Under the LTCHQR Program for the FY
2016 and FY 2017 Payment
Determinations (Except NQF #0680 and
NQF #0431)
c. Proposed Revision to the Previously
Adopted Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines for Percent of
Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay)
(NQF #-680) for the FY 2016 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
d. Proposed Data Submission Mechanisms
for the FY 2018 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years for Proposed New
LTCHQR Program Quality Measures and
for Proposed Revision to Previously
Adopted Quality Measure
e. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines Under the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
Payment Determination
f. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines for the
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27985
Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls With
Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674)
Measure for the FY 2018 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
g. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines Under the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2019
Payment Determination
10. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data
Completion Threshold for the FY 2016
Payment Adjustment and Subsequent
Years
a. Overview
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data
Completion Threshold for the Required
LTCH CARE Data Set (LCDS) Data Items
c. LTCHQR Program Data Completion
Threshold for Measures Submitted Using
the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention (CDC) National Healthcare
Safety Network (NHSN)
d. Application of the 2 Percentage Point
Reduction for LTCHs That Fail To Meet
the Proposed Data Completion
Thresholds
11. Proposed Data Validation Process for
the FY 2016 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
a. Proposed Data Validation Process
b. Application of the 2 Percentage Point
Reduction for LTCHs That Fail To Meet
the Proposed Data Accuracy Threshold
12. Public Display of Quality Measure Data
for the LTCHQR Program
13. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Submission Exception and Extension
Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
14. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Reconsideration and Appeals Procedures
for the FY 2016 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
a. Previously Finalized LTCHQR Program
Reconsideration and Appeals Procedures
for the FY 2014 and FY 2015 Payment
Determinations
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Reconsideration and Appeals Procedures
for the FY 2016 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
15. Electronic Health Records (EHR) and
Health Information Exchange (HIE)
D. Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program and Meaningful Use
(MU)
1. Background
2. Alignment of the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program Reporting and
Submission Timelines for Clinical
Quality Measures With Hospital IQR
Program Reporting and Submission
Timelines
3. Quality Reporting Data Architecture
Category III (QRDA–III) Option in 2015
4. Electronically Specified Clinical Quality
Measures (CQMs) Reporting for 2015
5. Clarification Regarding Reporting Zero
Denominators
6. Case Threshold Exemption Policy;
Clarification for 2014 and Proposed
Change for 2015
X. Proposed Revision of Regulations
Governing Use and Release of Medicare
Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
A. Background
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27986
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
B. Proposed Regulatory Changes
1. Proposed Expansion of Uses and
Reasons for Disclosure of Risk
Adjustment Data
2. Proposed Conditions for CMS Release of
Data
3. Proposed Technical Change
XI. Proposed Changes to Enforcement
Provisions for Organ Transplant Centers
A. Background
B. Basis for Proposals in This Proposed
Rule
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating
Factors Based on CMS’ Experience
2. Coordination With Efforts of the Organ
Procurement and Transplantation
Network (OPTN) and Health Resources
and Services Administration
C. Provisions of the Proposed Changes
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating
Factors List
2. Content and Timeframe for Mitigating
Factors Requests
3. System Improvement Agreements (SIAs)
a. Purpose and Intent of an SIA
b. Description and Contents of an SIA
c. Effective Period for an SIA
XII. MedPAC Recommendations
XIII. Other Required Information
A. Requests for Data From the Public
B. Collection of Information Requirements
1. Statutory Requirement for Solicitation of
Comments
2. ICRs for Add-On Payments for New
Services and Technologies
3. ICRs for the Occupational Mix
Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2015
Wage Index (Hospital Wage Index
Occupational Mix Survey)
4. Hospital Applications for Geographic
Reclassifications by the MGCRB
5. ICRs for Application for GME Resident
Slots
6. ICRs for the Hospital Inpatient Quality
Reporting (IQR) Program
7. ICRs for PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital
Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program
8. ICRs for Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing (VBP) Program
9. ICRs for the Long-Term Care Hospital
Quality Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
10. ICR Regarding Electronic Health Record
(EHR) Incentive Program and Meaningful
Use (MU)
11. ICR Regarding Proposed Revision of
Regulations Governing Use and Release
of Medicare Advantage (MA) Risk
Adjustment Data (§ 422.310(f))
Regulation Text
Addendum—Proposed Schedule of
Standardized Amounts, Update Factors,
and Rate-of-Increase Percentages
Effective With Cost Reporting Periods
Beginning on or After October 1, 2014
and Payment Rates for LTCHs Effective
With Discharges Occurring on or After
October 1, 2014
I. Summary and Background
II. Proposed Changes to the Prospective
Payment Rates for Hospital Inpatient
Operating Costs for Acute Care Hospitals
for FY 2015
A. Calculation of the Adjusted
Standardized Amount
B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage
Levels and Cost-of-Living
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
C. Calculation of the Prospective Payment
Rates
III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for
Acute Care Hospital Inpatient CapitalRelated Costs for FY 2015
A. Determination of Federal Hospital
Inpatient Capital-Related Prospective
Payment Rate Update
B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient
Capital-Related Prospective Payments for
FY 2015
C. Capital Input Price Index
IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for
Excluded Hospitals: Rate-of-Increase
Percentages for FY 2015
V. Proposed Updates to the Payment Rates
for the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
A. Proposed LTCH PPS Standard Federal
Rate for FY 2015
1. Background
2. Development of the Proposed FY 2015
LTCH PPS Standard Federal Rate
B. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage
Levels Under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
1. Background
2. Proposed Geographic Classifications
Based on the New OMB Delineations
3. Proposed LTCH PPS Labor-Related
Share
4. Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index for FY
2015
5. Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment
for Proposed Changes to the Area Wage
Level Adjustment
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Cost-of-Living
Adjustment (COLA) for LTCHs Located
in Alaska and Hawaii
D. Proposed Adjustment for LTCH PPS
High-Cost Outlier (HCO) Cases
1. Background
2. Determining LTCH CCRs Under the
LTCH PPS
3. Establishment of the Proposed LTCH
PPS Fixed-Loss Amount for FY 2015
4. Application of the Outlier Policy to SSO
Cases
E. Proposed Update to the IPPS
Comparable/Equivalent Amounts To
Reflect the Statutory Changes to the IPPS
DSH Payment Adjustment Methodology
F. Computing the Proposed Adjusted LTCH
PPS Federal Prospective Payments for
FY 2015
VI. Tables Referenced in This Proposed Rule
and Available Through the Internet on
the CMS Web site
Appendix A—Economic Analyses
I. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Introduction
B. Need
C. Objectives of the IPPS
D. Limitations of Our Analysis
E. Hospitals Included in and Excluded
From the IPPS
F. Effects on Hospitals and Hospital Units
Excluded From the IPPS
G. Quantitative Effects of the Proposed
Policy Changes Under the IPPS for
Operating Costs
1. Basis and Methodology of Estimates
2. Analysis of Table I
3. Impact Analysis of Table II
H. Effects of Other Proposed Policy
Changes
1. Effects of Proposed Policy on MS–DRGs
for Preventable HACs, Including
Infections
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2. Effects of Proposed Policy Relating to
New Medical Service and Technology
Add-On Payments
3. Effects of Proposed Changes to List of
MS–DRGs Subject to Postacute Care
Transfer and DRG Special Pay Policy
4. Effects of Proposed Payment Adjustment
for Low-Volume Hospitals for FY 2015
5. Effects of Proposal Related to IME
Medicare Part C Add-On Payments to
SCHs Paid According to Their HospitalSpecific Rates
6. Effects of the Extension of the MDH
Program for the First Half of FY 2015
7. Effects of Proposed Changes Under the
FY 2015 Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing (VBP) Program
8. Effects of the Proposed Changes to the
HAC Reduction Program for FY 2015
9. Effects of Proposed Policy Changes
Relating to Payments for Direct GME and
IME
10. Effects of Implementation of Rural
Community Hospital Demonstration
Program
11. Effects of Proposed Changes Related to
Reclassifications as Rural for CAHs
12. Effects of Proposed Revision of the
Requirements for Physician Certification
of CAH Inpatient Services
13. Effects of Proposed Changes Relating to
Administrative Appeals by Providers
and Judicial Review for Appropriate
Claims in Provider Cost Reports
I. Effects of Proposed Changes to Updates
to the Reasonable Compensation
Equivalent (RCE) Limits for Physician
Services Provided to Providers
J. Effects of Proposed Changes in the
Capital IPPS
1. General Considerations
2. Results
K. Effects of Proposed Payment Rate
Changes and Policy Changes Under the
LTCH PPS
1. Introduction and General Considerations
2. Impact on Rural Hospitals
3. Anticipated Effects of Proposed LTCH
PPS Payment Rate Changes and Policy
Changes
4. Effect on the Medicare Program
5. Effect on Medicare Beneficiaries
L. Effects of Proposed Requirements for
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
(IQR) Program
M. Effects of Proposed Requirements for
the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting (PCHQR) Program for FY 2015
N. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the
LTCH Quality Reporting (LTCHQR)
Program for FY 2015 Through FY 2019
O. Effects of Proposals Regarding
Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program and Hospital IQR
Program
P. Effects of Proposed Revision of
Regulations Governing Use and Release
of Medicare Advantage Risk Adjustment
Data
Q. Effects of Proposed Changes to
Enforcement Provisions for Organ
Transplant Centers
II. Alternatives Considered
III. Overall Conclusion
A. Acute Care Hospitals
B. LTCHs
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
IV. Accounting Statements and Tables
A. Acute Care Hospitals
B. LTCHs
V. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) Analysis
VI. Impact on Small Rural Hospitals
VII. Unfunded Mandate Reform Act (UMRA)
Analysis
VIII. Executive Order 12866
Appendix B: Recommendation of Update
Factors for Operating Cost Rates of
Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services
I. Background
II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2015
A. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital
Update
B. Proposed Update for SCHs for FY 2015
C. Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital
Update
D. Proposed Update for Hospitals Excluded
From the IPPS for FY 2015
E. Proposed Update for LTCHs for FY 2015
III. Secretary’s Recommendation
IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing
Payment Adequacy and Updating
Payments in Traditional Medicare
I. Executive Summary and Background
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose and Legal Authority
This proposed rule would make
payment and policy changes under the
Medicare inpatient prospective payment
systems (IPPS) for operating and capitalrelated costs of acute care hospitals as
well as for certain hospitals and hospital
units excluded from the IPPS. In
addition, it would make payment and
policy changes for inpatient hospital
services provided by long-term care
hospitals (LTCHs) under the long-term
care hospital prospective payment
system (LTCH PPS). It also would make
policy changes to programs associated
with Medicare IPPS hospitals, IPPSexcluded hospitals, and LTCHs.
Under various statutory authorities,
we are proposing to make changes to the
Medicare IPPS, to the LTCH PPS, and to
other related payment methodologies
and programs for FY 2015 and
subsequent fiscal years. These statutory
authorities include, but are not limited
to, the following:
• Section 1886(d) of the Social
Security Act (the Act), which sets forth
a system of payment for the operating
costs of acute care hospital inpatient
stays under Medicare Part A (Hospital
Insurance) based on prospectively set
rates. Section 1886(g) of the Act requires
that, instead of paying for capital-related
costs of inpatient hospital services on a
reasonable cost basis, the Secretary use
a prospective payment system (PPS).
• Section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act,
which specifies that certain hospitals
and hospital units are excluded from the
IPPS. These hospitals and units are:
Rehabilitation hospitals and units;
LTCHs; psychiatric hospitals and units;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
children’s hospitals; cancer hospitals;
and short-term acute care hospitals
located in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the
Northern Mariana Islands, and
American Samoa. Religious nonmedical
health care institutions (RNHCIs) are
also excluded from the IPPS.
• Sections 123(a) and (c) of Public
Law 106–113 and section 307(b)(1) of
Public Law 106–554 (as codified under
section 1886(m)(1) of the Act), which
provide for the development and
implementation of a prospective
payment system for payment for
inpatient hospital services of long-term
care hospitals (LTCHs) described in
section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act.
• Sections 1814(l), 1820, and 1834(g)
of the Act, which specify that payments
are made to critical access hospitals
(CAHs) (that is, rural hospitals or
facilities that meet certain statutory
requirements) for inpatient and
outpatient services and that these
payments are generally based on 101
percent of reasonable cost.
• Section 1866(k) of the Act, as added
by section 3005 of the Affordable Care
Act, which establishes a quality
reporting program for hospitals
described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of
the Act, referred to as ‘‘PPS-Exempt
Cancer Hospitals.’’
• Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act,
which addresses certain hospitalacquired conditions (HACs), including
infections. Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the
Act specifies that, by October 1, 2007,
the Secretary was required to select, in
consultation with the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC),
at least two conditions that: (a) Are high
cost, high volume, or both; (b) are
assigned to a higher paying MS–DRG
when present as a secondary diagnosis
(that is, conditions under the MS–DRG
system that are CCs or MCCs); and (c)
could reasonably have been prevented
through the application of evidencebased guidelines. Section 1886(d)(4)(D)
of the Act also specifies that the list of
conditions may be revised, again in
consultation with CDC, from time to
time as long as the list contains at least
two conditions. Section
1886(d)(4)(D)(iii) of the Act requires that
hospitals, effective with discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2007,
submit information on Medicare claims
specifying whether diagnoses were
present on admission (POA). Section
1886(d)(4)(D)(i) of the Act specifies that
effective for discharges occurring on or
after October 1, 2008, Medicare no
longer assigns an inpatient hospital
discharge to a higher paying MS–DRG if
a selected condition is not POA.
• Section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, which
specifies that costs of approved
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27987
educational activities are excluded from
the operating costs of inpatient hospital
services. Hospitals with approved
graduate medical education (GME)
programs are paid for the direct costs of
GME in accordance with section 1886(h)
of the Act. A payment for indirect
medical education (IME) is made under
section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act.
• Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the
Act, which requires the Secretary to
reduce the applicable percentage
increase in payments to a subsection (d)
hospital for a fiscal year if the hospital
does not submit data on measures in a
form and manner, and at a time,
specified by the Secretary.
• Section 1886(o) of the Act, which
requires the Secretary to establish a
Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
Program under which value-based
incentive payments are made in a fiscal
year to hospitals meeting performance
standards established for a performance
period for such fiscal year.
• Section 1886(p) of the Act, as added
by section 3008 of the Affordable Care
Act, which establishes an adjustment to
hospital payments for hospital-acquired
conditions (HACs), or a HospitalAcquired Condition (HAC) Reduction
Program, under which payments to
applicable hospitals are adjusted to
provide an incentive to reduce hospitalacquired conditions.
• Section 1886(q) of the Act, as added
by section 3025 of the Affordable Care
Act and amended by section 10309 of
the Affordable Care Act, which
establishes the ‘‘Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program’’ effective for
discharges from an ‘‘applicable
hospital’’ beginning on or after October
1, 2012, under which payments to those
hospitals under section 1886(d) of the
Act will be reduced to account for
certain excess readmissions.
• Section 1886(r) of the Act, as added
by section 3133 of the Affordable Care
Act, which provides for a reduction to
disproportionate share payments under
section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act and for
a new uncompensated care payment to
eligible hospitals. Specifically, section
1886(r) of the Act now requires that, for
‘‘fiscal year 2014 and each subsequent
fiscal year,’’ ‘‘subsection (d) hospitals’’
that would otherwise receive a
‘‘disproportionate share payment . . .
made under subsection (d)(5)(F)’’ will
receive two separate payments: (1) 25
percent of the amount they previously
would have received under subsection
(d)(5)(F) for DSH (‘‘the empirically
justified amount’’), and (2) an additional
payment for the DSH hospital’s
proportion of uncompensated care,
determined as the product of three
factors. These three factors are: (1) 75
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27988
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
percent of the payments that would
otherwise be made under subsection
(d)(5)(F); (2) 1 minus the percent change
in the percent of individuals under the
age of 65 who are uninsured (minus 0.1
percentage points for FY 2014, and
minus 0.2 percentage points for FY 2015
through FY 2017); and (3) a hospital’s
uncompensated care amount relative to
the uncompensated care amount of all
DSH hospitals expressed as a
percentage.
• Section 1886(m)(6) of the Act, as
added by section 1206(a)(1) of the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013,
which provided for the establishment of
patient criteria for payment under the
LTCH PPS for implementation
beginning in FY 2016.
• Section 1206(b)(1) of the Pathway
for SGR Reform Act of 2013, which
further amended section 114(c) of the
MMSEA, as amended by section 4302(a)
of the ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act, by
retroactively reestablishing and
extending the statutory moratorium on
the full implementation of the 25percent threshold payment adjustment
policy under the LTCH PPS so that the
policy will be in effect for 9 years
(except for ‘‘grandfathered’’ hospitalwithin-hospitals (HwHs), which are
permanently exempt from this policy);
and section 1206(b)(2) (as amended by
section 112(b) of the Protecting Access
to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–
93)), which together further amended
section 114(d) of the MMSEA, as
amended by section 4302(a) of the
ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act to
establish a new moratoria (subject to
certain defined exceptions) on the
development of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and a new moratorium
on increases in the number of beds in
existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities beginning January 1, 2015 and
ending on September 30, 2017; and
section 1206(d), which instructs the
Secretary to evaluate payments to
LTCHs classified under section
1886(b)(1)(C)(iv)(II) of the Act and to
adjust payment rates in FY 2015 or FY
2016 under the LTCH PPS, as
appropriate, based upon the evaluation
findings.
• Section 1886(m)(5)(D)(iv) of the
Act, as added by section 1206(c) of the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013,
which provides for the establishment,
no later than October 1, 2015, of a
functional status quality measure under
the LTCHQR Program for change in
mobility among inpatients requiring
ventilator support.
To conform regulations to the
statutory requirements of the Provider
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Reimbursement Review Board (Board)
appeals based on untimely
determinations of the Medicare
Administrative Contractor (MAC), in
this proposed rule, we are proposing to
amend the regulations to eliminate the
provider dissatisfaction requirement as
a condition for Board jurisdiction over
such appeals. We are proposing a
similar amendment to the regulations
for appeals to MAC hearing officers, to
maintain consistency between the
regulations for MAC and Board appeals.
We also are proposing to codify in the
cost reporting regulations our existing
policy, implemented in section 115 of
the Provider Reimbursement Manual,
requiring providers to include an
appropriate claim for an item in its cost
report. In addition, we are proposing
that providers’ failure to include an
appropriate claim for an item in its cost
report will result in foreclosure of
payment in the notice of program
reimbursement and in any decision or
order issued by a reviewing entity in an
administrative appeal filed by the
provider.
We are proposing to align the
reporting and submission timelines for
clinical quality measures for the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program for
eligible hospitals and critical access
hospitals (CAHs) with the reporting and
submission timelines for the Hospital
IQR Program. In addition, we provide
guidance and clarification of certain
policies for eligible hospitals and CAHs
such as our policy for reporting zero
denominators on clinical quality
measures and our policy for case
threshold exemptions.
In addition, this proposed rule
contains several proposals that are not
directly related to these Medicare
payment systems, such as regulatory
revisions to broaden the specified uses
and reasons for disclosure of risk
adjustment data and to specify the
conditions for release of risk adjustment
data to entities outside of CMS and
changes to the enforcement procedures
for organ transplant centers. The
specific statutory authority for these
other proposals is discussed in the
relevant sections below.
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
a. MS–DRG Documentation and Coding
Adjustment
Section 631 of the American Taxpayer
Relief Act (ATRA, Pub. L. 112–240)
amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public
Law 110–90 to require the Secretary to
make a recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount of Medicare
payments to acute care hospitals to
account for changes in MS–DRG
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
documentation and coding that do not
reflect real changes in case-mix, totaling
$11 billion over a 4-year period of FYs
2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017. This
adjustment represents the amount of the
increase in aggregate payments as a
result of not completing the prospective
adjustment authorized under section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90 until
FY 2013. Prior to the ATRA, this
amount could not have been recovered
under Public Law 110–90.
While our actuaries estimated that a
¥9.3 percent adjustment to the
standardized amount would be
necessary if CMS were to fully recover
the $11 billion recoupment required by
section 631 of the ATRA in FY 2014, it
is often our practice to delay or phase
in rate adjustments over more than one
year, in order to moderate the effects on
rates in any one year. Therefore,
consistent with the policies that we
have adopted in many similar cases, we
made a ¥0.8 percent recoupment
adjustment to the standardized amount
in FY 2014. We are proposing to make
an additional ¥0.8 percent recoupment
adjustment to the standardized amount
in FY 2015.
b. Reduction of Hospital Payments for
Excess Readmissions
We are proposing changes in policies
to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program, which is established under
section 1886(q) of the Act, as added by
section 3025 of the Affordable Care Act.
The Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program requires a reduction to a
hospital’s base operating DRG payment
to account for excess readmissions of
selected applicable conditions. For FYs
2013 and 2014, these conditions are
acute myocardial infarction, heart
failure, and pneumonia. For FY 2014,
we established additional exclusions to
the three existing readmission measures
(that is, the excess readmission ratio) to
account for additional planned
readmissions. We also established
additional readmissions measures,
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
(COPD), and Total Hip Arthroplasty and
Total Knee Arthroplasty (THA/TKA), to
be used in the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program for FY 2015 and
future years. We are proposing to
expand the readmissions measures for
FY 2017 and future years by adding a
measure of patients readmitted
following coronary artery bypass graft
(CABG) surgery. We also are proposing
to refine the readmission measures and
related methodology for FY 2015 and
subsequent years payment
determinations. In addition, we are
proposing that the readmissions
payment adjustment factors for FY 2015
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
can be no more than a 3-percent
reduction in accordance with the
statute. We also are proposing to revise
the calculation of aggregate payments
for excess readmissions to include THA/
TKA and COPD readmissions measures
beginning in FY 2015.
c. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing
(VBP) Program
Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the
Secretary to establish a Hospital ValueBased Purchasing (VBP) Program under
which value-based incentive payments
are made in a fiscal year to hospitals
meeting performance standards
established for a performance period for
such fiscal year. Both the performance
standards and the performance period
for a fiscal year are to be established by
the Secretary.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to adopt quality measures for
the FY 2017, FY 2019, and FY 2020
Hospital VBP Program years and to
establish performance periods and
performance standards for measures to
be adopted for those fiscal years. We
also are proposing to adopt additional
policies related to performance
standards and to revise the domain
weighting previously adopted for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC)
Reduction Program
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing a change in the scoring
methodology with the addition of a
previously finalized measure for the FY
2016 payment adjustment under the
HAC Reduction Program. Section
1886(p) of the Act, as added under
section 3008(a) of the Affordable Care
Act, establishes an adjustment to
hospital payments for HACs, or a HAC
Reduction program, under which
payments to applicable hospitals are
adjusted to provide an incentive to
reduce HACs, effective for discharges
beginning on October 1, 2014 and for
subsequent program years. This 1percent payment reduction applies to a
hospital whose ranking is in the top
quartile (25 percent) of all applicable
hospitals, relative to the national
average, of conditions acquired during
the applicable period and on all of the
hospital’s discharges for the specified
fiscal year. The amount of payment
shall be equal to 99 percent of the
amount of payment that would
otherwise apply to such discharges
under section 1886(d) or 1814(b)(3) of
the Act, as applicable.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
e. Proposed Changes to the DSH
Payment Adjustment and the Provision
of Additional Payment for
Uncompensated Care
Section 3133 of the Affordable Care
Act modified the Medicare
disproportionate share hospital (DSH)
payment methodology beginning in FY
2014. Under section 1886(r) of the Act,
which was added by section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act, starting in FY
2014, DSHs will receive 25 percent of
the amount they previously would have
received under the current statutory
formula for Medicare DSH payments.
The remaining amount, equal to 75
percent of what otherwise would have
been paid as Medicare DSH payments,
will be paid as additional payments
after the amount is reduced for changes
in the percentage of individuals that are
uninsured. Each Medicare DSH hospital
will receive its additional amount based
on its share of the total amount of
uncompensated care for all Medicare
DSH hospitals for a given time period.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing
updates to the uncompensated care
amount to be distributed for FY 2015,
and we are proposing changes to the
methodology to calculate the
uncompensated care payment amounts
to be distributed such that we combine
uncompensated care data for hospitals
that have underwent a merger in order
to calculate their relative share of
uncompensated care.
f. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
(IQR) Program
Under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of
the Act, hospitals are required to report
data on measures selected by the
Secretary for the Hospital IQR Program
in order to receive the full annual
percentage increase. In past rules, we
have established measures for reporting
and the process for submittal and
validation of the data.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to add nine new measures for
the Hospital IQR Program for the FY
2017 payment determination and
subsequent years. We are proposing to
remove five measures for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years. We also are proposing to remove
15 chart-abstracted measures from the
FY 2016 payment determination’s
measure set. However, we are proposing
to retain an electronic clinical quality
measure version of 10 of those chartabstracted measures for the program.
g. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS
Section 1206(b) of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act provides for the
retroactive reinstatement and extension,
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27989
for an additional 4 years, of the
moratorium on the full implementation
of the 25-percent threshold payment
adjustment under the LTCH PPS
established under section 114(c) of the
MMSEA, as further amended by
subsequent legislation. In keeping with
this mandate, we are proposing to
reinstate this payment adjustment
retroactively for LTCH cost reporting
periods beginning on or after July 1,
2013 or October 1, 2013.
Section 1206(b)(2) of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act, as amended by section
112(b) of the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014, provides for new
statutory moratoria on the establishment
of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities (subject to certain defined
exceptions) and a new statutory
moratorium on bed increases in existing
LTCHs effective for the period
beginning April 1, 2014 and ending
September 30, 2017.
In accordance with section 1206(d) of
the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of
2013, we are proposing to apply a
payment adjustment under the LTCH
PPS to subclause (II) LTCHs beginning
in FY 2015 that would result in
payments to this type of LTCH
resembling reasonable cost payments
under the TEFRA payment system
model.
We also are proposing to make
changes to the LTCH interruption of
stay policy, which is a payment
adjustment that is applied when, during
the course of an LTCH hospitalization,
a patient is discharged to an inpatient
acute care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for
treatment or services not available at the
LTCH for a specified period followed by
readmittance to the same LTCH.
3. Summary of Costs and Benefits
• Proposed Adjustment for MS–DRG
Documentation and Coding Changes.
We are proposing a ¥0.8 percent
recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount for FY 2015 to
implement, in part, the requirement of
section 631 of the ATRA that the
Secretary make an adjustment totaling
$11 billion over a 4-year period of FYs
2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017. This
recoupment adjustment represent the
amount of the increase in aggregate
payments as a result of not completing
the prospective adjustment authorized
under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law
110–90 until FY 2013. Prior to the
ATRA, this amount could not have been
recovered under Public Law 110–90.
While our actuaries estimated that a
¥9.3 percent recoupment adjustment to
the standardized amount would be
necessary if CMS were to fully recover
the $11 billion recoupment required by
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27990
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
section 631 of the ATRA in FY 2014, it
is often our practice to delay or phase
in rate adjustments over more than one
year, in order to moderate the effects on
rates in any one year. Therefore,
consistent with the policies that we
have adopted in many similar cases and
the adjustment we made for FY 2014,
we are proposing to make a ¥0.8
percent recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount in FY 2015. We
estimated that this level of adjustment,
combined with leaving the ¥0.8 percent
adjustment made for FY 2014 in place,
will recover up to $2 billion in FY 2015.
Taking into account the approximately
$1 billion recovered in FY 2014, this
will leave approximately $8 billion
remaining to be recovered by FY 2017.
• Reduction to Hospital Payments for
Excess Readmissions. The provisions of
section 1886(q) of the Act which
establishes the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program are not budget
neutral. For FY 2015, a hospital’s
readmissions payment adjustment factor
is the higher of a ratio of a hospital’s
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions to its aggregate payments
for all discharges, or 0.97 (that is, or a
3-percent reduction). In this proposed
rule, we estimate that the reduction to
a hospital’s base operating DRG
payment amount to account for excess
readmissions of selected applicable
conditions under the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program will
result in a 0.2 percent decrease in
payments to hospitals for FY 2015
relative to FY 2014.
• Value-Based Incentive Payments
Under the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing (VBP) Program. We estimate
that there will be no net financial
impact to the Hospital VBP Program for
FY 2015 in the aggregate because, by
law, the amount available for valuebased incentive payments under the
program in a given fiscal year must be
equal to the total amount of base
operating DRG payment amount
reductions for that year, as estimated by
the Secretary. The estimated amount of
base operating DRG payment amount
reductions for FY 2015, and therefore
the estimated amount available for
value-based incentive payments for FY
2015 discharges, is approximately $1.4
billion. We believe that the program’s
benefits will be seen in improved
patient outcomes, safety, and in the
patient’s experience of care. However,
we cannot estimate these benefits in
actual dollar and patient terms.
• Proposed Payment Adjustment
Under the HAC Reduction Program for
FY 2015. Under section 1886(p) of the
Act, (as added by section 3008 of the
Affordable Care Act), the incentive to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reduce hospital-acquired conditions
with a payment adjustment to
applicable hospitals under the HAC
Reduction Program is made beginning
FY 2015. We estimate that, under this
proposal, 753 hospitals would be
subject to the 1-percent reduction, and
that overall payments will decrease
approximately 0.3 percent or $330
million.
• Proposed Changes Relating to the
Medicare DSH Payment Adjustment and
Provision of Additional Payment for
Uncompensated Care. Under section
1886(r) of the Act (as added by section
3313 of the Affordable Care Act),
disproportionate share payments to
hospitals under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
the Act are reduced and an additional
payment to eligible hospitals is made
beginning in FY 2014. Hospitals that
receive Medicare DSH payments will
receive 25 percent of the amount they
previously would have received under
the current statutory formula for
Medicare DSH payments. The
remainder, equal to 75 percent of what
otherwise would have been paid as
Medicare DSH payments, will be the
basis for additional payments after the
amount is reduced for changes in the
percentage of individuals that are
uninsured and additional statutory
adjustments. Each hospital that receives
Medicare DSH payments will receive an
additional payment based on its share of
the total uncompensated care amount
reported by Medicare DSHs. The
reduction to Medicare DSH payments is
not budget neutral.
For FY 2015, we are proposing that
the 75 percent of what otherwise would
have been paid for Medicare DSH is
adjusted to approximately 80.4 percent
of the amount for changes in the
percentage of individuals that are
uninsured and additional statutory
adjustments. In other words, Medicare
DSH payments prior to the application
of section 3133 of the Affordable Care
Act are adjusted to approximately 60.3
percent (the product of 75 percent and
80.4 percent) and that resulting payment
amount is used to create an additional
payment for a hospital’s relative
uncompensated care. As a result, we
project that the proposed reduction of
Medicare DSH payments and the
inclusion of the additional payments for
uncompensated care will reduced
payments overall by 1.1 percent as
compared to the Medicare DSH
payments and uncompensated care
payments distributed in FY 2014. The
proposed additional payments have
redistributive effects based on a
hospital’s uncompensated care amount
relative to the uncompensated care
amount to all hospitals that are
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimated to receive Medicare DSH
payments, and the payment amount is
not tied to a hospital’s discharges.
• Hospital Inpatient Quality
Reporting (IQR) Program. In this
proposed rule, we are proposing to add
nine new measures for the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years. We are proposing to remove five
measures from the hospital IQR Program
for the FY 2016 payment determination
and subsequent years. We also are
proposing to remove 15 chart-abstracted
from the FY 2016 payment
determination’s measure set, but we are
proposing to retain an electronic clinical
quality measure version of 10 of those
measures for the program. We estimate
that our proposals for the adoption and
removal of measures will decrease
hospital costs by $39.8 million.
• Proposed Update to the LTCH PPS
Standard Federal Rate and Other
Payment Factors. Based on the best
available data for the 423 LTCHs in our
database, we estimate that the proposed
changes to the payment rates and factors
we are presenting in the preamble and
Addendum of this proposed rule,
including the proposed update to the
standard Federal rate for FY 2015, the
proposed changes to the area wage
adjustment for FY 2015, and the
expected changes to short-stay outliers
and high-cost outliers, would result in
an increase in estimated payments from
FY 2014 of approximately $44 million
(or 0.8 percent). In addition, we estimate
that net effect of the projected impact of
certain other proposed LTCH PPS policy
changes (that is, the reinstatement of the
moratorium on the full implementation
of the ‘‘25 percent threshold’’ payment
adjustment; the reinstatement of the
moratorium on the development of new
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities and
additional LTCH beds; the proposed
revision of the ‘‘greater than 3-day
interruption of stay’’ policy; the
proposed revocation of onsite
discharges and readmissions policy; and
the proposed payment adjustment for
‘‘subclause (II)’’ LTCHs) is estimated to
result in a reduction in LTCH PPS
payments of approximately $14 million.
The impact analysis of the proposed
payment rates and factors presented in
this proposed rule under the LTCH PPS,
in conjunction with the estimated
payment impacts of certain other
proposed LTCH PPS policy changes
would result in a net increase of $30
million to LTCH providers.
Additionally, we estimate that the costs
to LTCHs associated with the
completion of the proposed data for the
LTCHQR Program at $3.96 million or
approximately $1 million more than FY
2014.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Summary
1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient
Prospective Payment System (IPPS)
Section 1886(d) of the Social Security
Act (the Act) sets forth a system of
payment for the operating costs of acute
care hospital inpatient stays under
Medicare Part A (Hospital Insurance)
based on prospectively set rates. Section
1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary
to use a prospective payment system
(PPS) to pay for the capital-related costs
of inpatient hospital services for these
‘‘subsection (d) hospitals.’’ Under these
PPSs, Medicare payment for hospital
inpatient operating and capital-related
costs is made at predetermined, specific
rates for each hospital discharge.
Discharges are classified according to a
list of diagnosis-related groups (DRGs).
The base payment rate is comprised of
a standardized amount that is divided
into a labor-related share and a
nonlabor-related share. The laborrelated share is adjusted by the wage
index applicable to the area where the
hospital is located. If the hospital is
located in Alaska or Hawaii, the
nonlabor-related share is adjusted by a
cost-of-living adjustment factor. This
base payment rate is multiplied by the
DRG relative weight.
If the hospital treats a high percentage
of certain low-income patients, it
receives a percentage add-on payment
applied to the DRG-adjusted base
payment rate. This add-on payment,
known as the disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) adjustment, provides for
a percentage increase in Medicare
payments to hospitals that qualify under
either of two statutory formulas
designed to identify hospitals that serve
a disproportionate share of low-income
patients. For qualifying hospitals, the
amount of this adjustment varies based
on the outcome of the statutory
calculations. The Affordable Care Act
revised the Medicare DSH payment
methodology and provides for a new
additional Medicare payment that
considers the amount of uncompensated
care beginning on October 1, 2013.
If the hospital is an approved teaching
hospital, it receives a percentage add-on
payment for each case paid under the
IPPS, known as the indirect medical
education (IME) adjustment. This
percentage varies, depending on the
ratio of residents to beds.
Additional payments may be made for
cases that involve new technologies or
medical services that have been
approved for special add-on payments.
To qualify, a new technology or medical
service must demonstrate that it is a
substantial clinical improvement over
technologies or services otherwise
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
available, and that, absent an add-on
payment, it would be inadequately paid
under the regular DRG payment.
The costs incurred by the hospital for
a case are evaluated to determine
whether the hospital is eligible for an
additional payment as an outlier case.
This additional payment is designed to
protect the hospital from large financial
losses due to unusually expensive cases.
Any eligible outlier payment is added to
the DRG-adjusted base payment rate,
plus any DSH, IME, and new technology
or medical service add-on adjustments.
Although payments to most hospitals
under the IPPS are made on the basis of
the standardized amounts, some
categories of hospitals are paid in whole
or in part based on their hospitalspecific rate, which is determined from
their costs in a base year. For example,
sole community hospitals (SCHs)
receive the higher of a hospital-specific
rate based on their costs in a base year
(the highest of FY 1982, FY 1987, FY
1996, or FY 2006) or the IPPS Federal
rate based on the standardized amount.
Through and including FY 2006, a
Medicare-dependent, small rural
hospital (MDH) received the higher of
the Federal rate or the Federal rate plus
50 percent of the amount by which the
Federal rate is exceeded by the higher
of its FY 1982 or FY 1987 hospitalspecific rate. As discussed below, for
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2007, but before April 1, 2015, an
MDH will receive the higher of the
Federal rate or the Federal rate plus 75
percent of the amount by which the
Federal rate is exceeded by the highest
of its FY 1982, FY 1987, or FY 2002
hospital-specific rate. (We note that the
statutory provision for payments to
MDHs expires on March 31, 2015, under
current law.) SCHs are the sole source
of care in their areas, and MDHs are a
major source of care for Medicare
beneficiaries in their areas. Specifically,
section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of the Act
defines an SCH as a hospital that is
located more than 35 road miles from
another hospital or that, by reason of
factors such as isolated location,
weather conditions, travel conditions, or
absence of other like hospitals (as
determined by the Secretary), is the sole
source of hospital inpatient services
reasonably available to Medicare
beneficiaries. In addition, certain rural
hospitals previously designated by the
Secretary as essential access community
hospitals are considered SCHs. Section
1886(d)(5)(G)(iv) of the Act defines an
MDH as a hospital that is located in a
rural area, has not more than 100 beds,
is not an SCH, and has a high
percentage of Medicare discharges (not
less than 60 percent of its inpatient days
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27991
or discharges in its cost reporting year
beginning in FY 1987 or in two of its
three most recently settled Medicare
cost reporting years). Both of these
categories of hospitals are afforded this
special payment protection in order to
maintain access to services for
beneficiaries.
Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the
Secretary to pay for the capital-related
costs of inpatient hospital services ‘‘in
accordance with a prospective payment
system established by the Secretary.’’
The basic methodology for determining
capital prospective payments is set forth
in our regulations at 42 CFR 412.308
and 412.312. Under the capital IPPS,
payments are adjusted by the same DRG
for the case as they are under the
operating IPPS. Capital IPPS payments
are also adjusted for IME and DSH,
similar to the adjustments made under
the operating IPPS. In addition,
hospitals may receive outlier payments
for those cases that have unusually high
costs.
The existing regulations governing
payments to hospitals under the IPPS
are located in 42 CFR part 412, Subparts
A through M.
2. Hospitals and Hospital Units
Excluded From the IPPS
Under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the
Act, as amended, certain hospitals and
hospital units are excluded from the
IPPS. These hospitals and units are:
Rehabilitation hospitals and units; longterm care hospitals (LTCHs); psychiatric
hospitals and units; children’s hospitals;
certain cancer hospitals; and short-tern
acute care hospitals located in Guam,
the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
Religious nonmedical health care
institutions (RNHCIs) are also excluded
from the IPPS. Various sections of the
Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA, Pub.
L. 105–33), the Medicare, Medicaid and
SCHIP [State Children’s Health
Insurance Program] Balanced Budget
Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA, Pub. L.
106–113), and the Medicare, Medicaid,
and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and
Protection Act of 2000 (BIPA, Pub. L.
106–554) provide for the
implementation of PPSs for
rehabilitation hospitals and units
(referred to as inpatient rehabilitation
facilities (IRFs)), LTCHs, and psychiatric
hospitals and units (referred to as
inpatient psychiatric facilities (IPFs)).
(We note that the annual updates to the
LTCH PPS are now included as part of
the IPPS annual update document.
Updates to the IRF PPS and IPF PPS are
issued as separate documents.)
Children’s hospitals, certain cancer
hospitals, short-tern acute care hospitals
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
27992
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
located in Guam, the U.S. Virgin
Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands,
and American Samoa, and RNHCIs
continue to be paid solely under a
reasonable cost-based system subject to
a rate-of-increase ceiling on inpatient
operating costs, as updated annually by
the percentage increase in the IPPS
operating market basket.
The existing regulations governing
payments to excluded hospitals and
hospital units are located in 42 CFR
Parts 412 and 413.
3. Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System (LTCH PPS)
The Medicare prospective payment
system (PPS) for LTCHs applies to
hospitals described in section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act effective for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2002. The LTCH PPS
was established under the authority of
section 123 of the BBRA and section
307(b) of the BIPA (as codified under
section 1886(m)(1) of the Act). During
the 5-year (optional) transition period, a
LTCH’s payment under the PPS was
based on an increasing proportion of the
LTCH Federal rate with a corresponding
decreasing proportion based on
reasonable cost principles. Effective for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2006, all LTCHs are
paid 100 percent of the Federal rate. The
existing regulations governing payment
under the LTCH PPS are located in 42
CFR Part 412, Subpart O. Beginning
with FY 2009, annual updates to the
LTCH PPS are published in the same
documents that update the IPPS (73 FR
26797 through 26798).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
Under sections 1814(l), 1820, and
1834(g) of the Act, payments made to
critical access hospitals (CAHs) (that is,
rural hospitals or facilities that meet
certain statutory requirements) for
inpatient and outpatient services are
generally based on 101 percent of
reasonable cost. Reasonable cost is
determined under the provisions of
section 1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and
existing regulations under 42 CFR Parts
413 and 415.
5. Payments for Graduate Medical
Education (GME)
Under section 1886(a)(4) of the Act,
costs of approved educational activities
are excluded from the operating costs of
inpatient hospital services. Hospitals
with approved graduate medical
education (GME) programs are paid for
the direct costs of GME in accordance
with section 1886(h) of the Act. The
amount of payment for direct GME costs
for a cost reporting period is based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the hospital’s number of residents in
that period and the hospital’s costs per
resident in a base year. The existing
regulations governing payments to the
various types of hospitals are located in
42 CFR Part 413.
C. Summary of Provisions of Recent
Legislation Discussed in This Proposed
Rule
The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148), enacted on
March 23, 2010, the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Pub. L. 111–152), enacted on March 30,
2010, made a number of changes that
affect the IPPS and the LTCH PPS. (Pub.
L. 111–148 and Pub. L. 111–152 are
collectively referred to as the
‘‘Affordable Care Act.’’) A number of the
provisions of the Affordable Care Act
affect the updates to the IPPS and the
LTCH PPS and providers and suppliers.
The provisions of the Affordable Care
Act that were applicable to the IPPS and
the LTCH PPS for FYs 2010, 2011, and
2012 were implemented in the June 2,
2010 Federal Register notice (75 FR
31118), the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (75 FR 50042) and the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51476).
The American Taxpayer Relief Act of
2012 (ATRA) (Pub. L. 112–240), enacted
on January 2, 2013, also made a number
of changes that affect the IPPS. We
announced changes related to certain
IPPS provisions for FY 2013 in
accordance with sections 605 and 606 of
Public Law 112–240 in a notice issued
in the Federal Register on March 7,
2013 (78 FR 14689).
The Pathway for SGR Reform Act of
2013 (Pub. L. 113–67), enacted on
December 26, 2013, also made a number
of changes that affect the IPPS and the
LTCH PPS. We implemented changes
related to the low-volume hospital
payment adjustment and MDH
provisions for FY 2014 in accordance
with sections 1105 and 1106 of Public
Law 113–67 in an interim final rule
with comment period that appeared in
the Federal Register on March 18, 2014
(79 FR 15022).
The Protecting Access to Medicare
Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on
April 1, 2014, also made a number of
changes that affect the IPPS and LTCH
PPS.
1. The Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148) and the
Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111–
152)
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing policy changes to implement
(or, as applicable, continuing to
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
implement in FY 2015) the following
provisions (or portions of the following
provisions) of the Affordable Care Act
that are applicable to the IPPS, the
LTCH PPS, and PPS-exempt cancer
hospitals for FY 2015:
• Section 3001(a) of Public Law 111–
148, which requires the establishment of
a hospital inpatient value-based
purchasing program under which valuebased incentive payments are made in a
fiscal year to hospitals that meet
performance standards for the
performance period for that fiscal year.
• Section 3004 of Public Law 111–
148, which provides for the submission
of quality data by LTCHs in order for
them to receive the full annual update
to the payment rates beginning with the
FY 2014 rate year.
• Section 3005 of Public Law 111–
148, which provides for the
establishment of a quality reporting
program for PPS-exempt cancer
hospitals beginning with FY 2014, and
for subsequent program years.
• Section 3008 of Public Law 111–
148, which establishes the HospitalAcquired Condition (HAC) Reduction
Program and requires the Secretary to
make an adjustment to hospital
payments for applicable hospitals,
effective for discharges beginning on
October 1, 2014, and for subsequent
program years.
• Section 3025 of Public Law 111–
148, which establishes a hospital
readmissions reduction program and
requires the Secretary to reduce
payments to applicable hospitals with
excess readmissions effective for
discharges beginning on or after October
1, 2012.
• Section 3133 of Public Law 111–
148, as amended by section 10316 of
Public Law 111–148 and section 1104 of
Public Law 111–152, which modifies
the methodologies for determining
Medicare DSH payments and creates a
new additional payment for
uncompensated care effective for
discharges beginning on or after October
1, 2013.
• Section 3401 of Public Law 111–
148, which provides for the
incorporation of productivity
adjustments into the market basket
updates for IPPS hospitals and LTCHs.
• Section 10324 of Public Law 111–
148, which provides for a wage
adjustment for hospitals located in
frontier States.
• Sections 3401 and 10319 of Public
Law 111–148 and section 1105 of Public
Law 111–152, which revise certain
market basket update percentages for
IPPS and LTCH PPS payment rates for
FY 2015.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
• Section 1206(d), which instructs the
Secretary to evaluate payments to
LTCHs classified under section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act and to
adjust payment rates in FY 2015 or 2016
under the LTCH PPS, as appropriate,
based upon the evaluation findings.
2. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
(ATRA) (Pub. L. 112–240)
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing policy changes to implement
section 631 of the American Taxpayer
Relief Act of 2012 that are applicable to
the IPPS for FY 2015, which amended
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
and requires a recoupment adjustment
to the standardized amounts under
section 1886(d) of the Act based upon
the Secretary’s estimates for discharges
occurring in FY 2014 through FY 2017
to fully offset $11 billion (which
represents the amount of the increase in
aggregate payments from FYs 2008
through 2013 for which an adjustment
was not previously applied).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Section 5506 of Public Law 111–
148, which added a provision to the Act
that instructs the Secretary to establish
a process by regulation under which, in
the event a teaching hospital closes, the
Secretary will permanently increase the
FTE resident caps for hospitals that
meet certain criteria up to the number
of the closed hospital’s FTE resident
caps.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing policy changes to implement,
or make conforming changes to
regulations in accordance with, the
following provisions (or portions of the
following provisions) of the Protecting
Access to Medicare Act of 2014 that are
applicable to the IPPS and the LTCH
PPS for FY 2015:
• Section 105, which extends the
temporary changes to the Medicare
inpatient hospital payment adjustment
for low-volume subsection (d) hospitals
through March 31, 2015.
• Section 106, which extends the
MDH program through March 31, 2015.
• Section 112, which makes certain
changes to Medicare LTCH provisions,
including modifications to the statutory
moratoria on the establishment of new
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities and
on increases in bed size in LTCH and
LTCH satellite facilities.
• Section 212, which prohibits the
Secretary from requiring
implementation of ICD–10 code sets
before October 1, 2015.
3. Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113–67)
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing policy changes to implement,
or the need for future policy changes, to
carry out provisions under section 1206
of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of
2013. These include:
• Section 1206(a), which provides the
establishment of patient criteria for ‘‘site
neutral’’ payment rates under the LTCH
PPS, portions of which will begin to be
implemented in FY 2016.
• Section 1206(b)(1), which further
amended section 114(c) of the MMSEA,
as amended by section 4302(a) of the
ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act by
retroactively reestablishing, and
extending, the statutory moratorium on
the full implementation of the 25percent threshold payment adjustment
policy under the LTCH PPS so that the
policy will be in effect for 9 years
(except for grandfathered HwHs, which
are permanently exempt from this
policy).
• Section 1206(b)(2), which amended
section 114(d) of the MMSEA, as
amended by section 4302(a) of the
ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act to
establish new moratoria (subject to
certain defined exceptions) on the
development of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and a new moratorium
on increases in the number of beds in
existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
4. Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93)
D. Summary of the Provisions of This
Proposed Rule
In this proposed rule, we are setting
forth proposed changes to the Medicare
IPPS for operating costs and for capitalrelated costs of acute care hospitals for
FY 2015. We also are setting forth
proposed changes relating to payments
for IME and GME costs and payments to
certain hospitals that continue to be
excluded from the IPPS and paid on a
reasonable cost basis. In addition, in
this proposed rule, we are setting forth
proposed changes to the payment rates,
factors, and other payment rate policies
under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015.
Below is a summary of the major
changes that we are proposing to make:
1. Proposed Changes to MS–DRG
Classifications and Recalibrations of
Relative Weights
In section II. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we include—
• Proposed changes to MS–DRG
classifications based on our yearly
review, including a discussion of the
conversion of MS–DRGs to ICD–10 and
the status of the implementation of the
ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS systems.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27993
• Proposed application of the
documentation and coding adjustment
for FY 2015 resulting from
implementation of the MS–DRG system.
• Proposed recalibrations of the MS–
DRG relative weights.
• Proposed changes to hospitalacquired conditions (HACs) and a
listing and discussion of HACs,
including infections, that would be
subject to the statutorily required
adjustment in MS–DRG payments for
FY 2015.
• A discussion of the FY 2015 status
of new technologies approved for addon payments for FY 2014 and a
presentation of our evaluation and
analysis of the FY 2015 applicants for
add-on payments for high-cost new
medical services and technologies
(including public input, as directed by
Pub. L. 108–173, obtained in a town hall
meeting).
2. Proposed Changes to the Hospital
Wage Index for Acute Care Hospitals
In section III. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, we are proposing
revisions to the wage index for acute
care hospitals and the annual update of
the wage data. Specific issues addressed
include the following:
• Proposed changes in CBSAs as a
result of new OMB labor market area
delineations and proposed policies
related to the proposed changes in
CBSAs.
• The proposed FY 2015 wage index
update using wage data from cost
reporting periods beginning in FY 2011.
• Analysis and implementation of the
proposed FY 2015 occupational mix
adjustment to the wage index for acute
care hospitals, including the proposed
application of the rural floor, the
proposed imputed rural floor, and the
proposed frontier State floor.
• Proposed revisions to the wage
index for acute care hospitals based on
hospital redesignations and
reclassifications.
• The proposed adjustment to the
wage index for acute care hospitals for
FY 2015 based on commuting patterns
of hospital employees who reside in a
county and work in a different area with
a higher wage index.
• The timetable for reviewing and
verifying the wage data used to compute
the proposed FY 2015 hospital wage
index and proposed revisions to that
timetable.
• Determination of the labor-related
share for the proposed FY 2015 wage
index.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
27994
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Other Decisions and Proposed
Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs
and GME Costs
In section IV. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss proposed
changes or clarifications of a number of
the provisions of the regulations in 42
CFR Parts 412 and 413, including the
following:
• Proposed changes in postacute care
transfer policies as a result of proposed
new MS–DRGs.
• Proposed changes to the inpatient
hospital updates for FY 2015, including
incorporation of the adjustment for
hospitals that are not meaningful EHR
users under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act.
• The proposed updated national and
regional case-mix values and discharges
for purposes of determining RRC status.
• Proposed payment adjustment for
low-volume hospitals for FY 2015.
• The statutorily required IME
adjustment factor for FY 2015 and
proposed IME Medicare Part C
payments to SCHs that are paid
according to their hospital-specific
rates.
• Effect of expiration of the MDH
program on April 1, 2015.
• Proposed changes to the
methodologies for determining
Medicare DSH payments and the
additional payments for uncompensated
care.
• Proposed changes to the measures
and payment adjustments under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program.
• Proposed changes to the
requirements and provision of valuebased incentive payments under the
Hospital Value-Based Purchasing
Program.
• Proposed requirements for payment
adjustments to hospitals under the HAC
Reduction Program for FY 2015.
• Proposed IME and direct GME
policy changes regarding the effective
date of the FTE resident cap, 3-year
rolling average, and IRB ratio cap in
new programs in teaching hospitals;
effect of new OMB labor market area
delineations on certain teaching
hospitals training residents in rural
areas; clarification of effective date of
provisions on counting resident time in
nonprovider settings; proposed changes
to the process for reviewing applications
for and awarding slots made available
under section 5506 of the Affordable
Care Act by teaching hospitals that
close; and clarification regarding direct
GME payment to FQHCs and RHCs that
train residents in approved programs.
• Discussion of the Rural Community
Hospital Demonstration Program and a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
proposal for making a budget neutrality
adjustment for the demonstration
program.
• Discussion of the requirements for
transparency of hospital charges under
the Affordable Care Act.
• Discussion of and solicitation of
comments on an alternative payment
methodology under the Medicare
program for short inpatient hospital
stays.
• Discussion of the process for
submitting suggested exceptions to the
2-midnight benchmark.
4. Proposed FY 2015 Policy Governing
the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
In section V. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, we discuss the proposed
payment policy requirements for
capital-related costs and capital
payments to hospitals for FY 2015 and
other related proposed policy changes.
5. Proposed Changes to the Payment
Rates for Certain Excluded Hospitals:
Rate-of-Increase Percentages
In section VI. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss—
• Proposed changes to payments to
certain excluded hospitals for FY 2015.
• Proposed updates to the RCE limits
for services furnished by physicians to
excluded hospitals.
• Proposed CAH related changes
regarding reclassifications as rural.
• Proposed changes to the physician
certification requirements for services
furnished in CAHs.
6. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS
In section VII. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we set forth—
• Proposed changes to the payment
rates, factors, and other payment rate
policies under the LTCH PPS for FY
2015.
• Proposed revisions to the LTCH
PPS geographic classifications based on
the new OMB delineations.
• Proposals to implement section
1206(b)(1) of the Pathway for SGR
Reform Act, which provides for the
retroactive reinstatement and extension,
for an additional 4 years, of the statutory
moratorium on the full implementation
of the 25-percent threshold payment
adjustment established under section
114(c) of the MMSEA, as further
amended by subsequent legislation.
• Proposals to implement section
1206(b)(2) of the Pathway for SGR
Reform Act, as amended by section
112(b) of the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014, which provides
for moratoria (subject to certain defined
exceptions) on the establishment of new
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities and
a moratorium on bed increases in
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
LTCHs effective for the period
beginning April 1, 2014, and ending
September 30, 2017.
• Proposed changes to the LTCH
interruption of stay policy by revising
the fixed-day thresholds under the
‘‘greater than 3-day interruption of stay
policy’’ to apply a uniform 30-day
threshold as an ‘‘acceptable standard’’
for determining a linkage between an
index discharge and a readmission.
• Proposal to remove the discharge
and readmission requirement, ‘‘Special
Payment Provisions for Patients Who
Are Transferred to Onsite Providers and
Readmitted to an LTCH’’ (the ‘‘5 percent
payment threshold’’) beginning in FY
2015.
• Proposal to apply a payment
adjustment under the LTCH PPS to
subclause (II) LTCHs beginning in FY
2015 that would result in payments to
this type of LTCH resembling reasonable
cost payment under the TEFRA
payment system model, consistent with
the provisions of section 1206(d) of the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013.
7. Proposed Changes to Regulations
Governing Administrative Appeals by
Providers and Judicial Review of
Provider Claims
In section VIII. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we set forth proposals to
revise the regulations governing
administrative appeals and judicial
review of provider claims in Medicare
cost reports.
8. Proposed Changes Relating to Quality
Data Reporting for Specific Providers
and Suppliers
In section IX. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we address—
• Proposed requirements for the
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
(IQR) Program as a condition for
receiving the full applicable percentage
increase.
• Proposed changes to the
requirements for the quality reporting
program for PPS-exempt cancer
hospitals (PCHQR Program).
• Proposed changes to the
requirements under the LTCH Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program.
9. Proposed Uses and Release of
Medicare Advantage Risk Adjustment
Data
In section X. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we set forth proposed
regulatory revisions to broaden the
specified uses of risk adjustment data
and to specify the conditions for release
of risk adjustment data to entities
outside of CMS.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
10. Proposed Changes to Enforcement
Provisions for Organ Transplant Centers
In section XI. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
revise the regulations governing organ
transplant centers that request approval,
based on mitigating factors for initial
approval and re-approval, for
participation in Medicare when the
centers have not met one or more of the
conditions of participation.
11. Determining Prospective Payment
Operating and Capital Rates and Rate-ofIncrease Limits for Acute Care Hospitals
In the Addendum to this proposed
rule, we set forth proposed changes to
the amounts and factors for determining
the proposed FY 2015 prospective
payment rates for operating costs and
capital-related costs for acute care
hospitals. We also are proposing to
establish the threshold amounts for
outlier cases. In addition, we addressed
the proposed update factors for
determining the rate-of-increase limits
for cost reporting periods beginning in
FY 2015 for certain hospitals excluded
from the IPPS.
12. Determining Prospective Payment
Rates for LTCHs
In the Addendum to this proposed
rule, we set forth proposed changes to
the amounts and factors for determining
the proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate. We are proposing
to establish the adjustments for wage
levels (including proposed changes to
the LTCH PPS labor market area
delineations based on the new OMB
delineations), the labor-related share,
the cost-of-living adjustment, and highcost outliers, including the fixed-loss
amount, and the LTCH cost-to-charge
ratios (CCRs) under the LTCH PPS.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13. Impact Analysis
In Appendix A of this proposed rule,
we set forth an analysis of the impact
that the proposed changes would have
on affected acute care hospitals, LTCHs,
and PCHs.
14. Recommendation of Update Factors
for Operating Cost Rates of Payment for
Hospital Inpatient Services
In Appendix B of this proposed rule,
as required by sections 1886(e)(4) and
(e)(5) of the Act, we provided our
recommendations of the appropriate
percentage changes for FY 2015 for the
following:
• A single average standardized
amount for all areas for hospital
inpatient services paid under the IPPS
for operating costs of acute care
hospitals (and hospital-specific rates
applicable to SCHs).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• Target rate-of-increase limits to the
allowable operating costs of hospital
inpatient services furnished by certain
hospitals excluded from the IPPS.
• The standard Federal rate for
hospital inpatient services furnished by
LTCHs.
15. Discussion of Medicare Payment
Advisory Commission
Recommendations
Under section 1805(b) of the Act,
MedPAC is required to submit a report
to Congress, no later than March 15 of
each year, in which MedPAC reviews
and makes recommendations on
Medicare payment policies. MedPAC’s
March 2014 recommendations
concerning hospital inpatient payment
policies address the update factor for
hospital inpatient operating costs and
capital-related costs for hospitals under
the IPPS. We address these
recommendations in Appendix B of this
proposed rule. For further information
relating specifically to the MedPAC
March 2014 report or to obtain a copy
of the report, contact MedPAC at (202)
220–3700 or visit MedPAC’s Web site at:
https://www.medpac.gov.
II. Proposed Changes to Medicare
Severity Diagnosis-Related Group (MS–
DRG) Classifications and Relative
Weights
A. Background
Section 1886(d) of the Act specifies
that the Secretary shall establish a
classification system (referred to as
diagnosis-related groups (DRGs)) for
inpatient discharges and adjust
payments under the IPPS based on
appropriate weighting factors assigned
to each DRG. Therefore, under the IPPS,
Medicare pays for inpatient hospital
services on a rate per discharge basis
that varies according to the DRG to
which a beneficiary’s stay is assigned.
The formula used to calculate payment
for a specific case multiplies an
individual hospital’s payment rate per
case by the weight of the DRG to which
the case is assigned. Each DRG weight
represents the average resources
required to care for cases in that
particular DRG, relative to the average
resources used to treat cases in all
DRGs.
Congress recognized that it would be
necessary to recalculate the DRG
relative weights periodically to account
for changes in resource consumption.
Accordingly, section 1886(d)(4)(C) of
the Act requires that the Secretary
adjust the DRG classifications and
relative weights at least annually. These
adjustments are made to reflect changes
in treatment patterns, technology, and
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27995
any other factors that may change the
relative use of hospital resources.
B. MS–DRG Reclassifications
For general information about the
MS–DRG system, including yearly
reviews and changes to the MS–DRGs,
we refer readers to the previous
discussions in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY
2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43764
through 43766), the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (75 FR 50053 through
50055), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51485 through 51487),
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53273), and the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50512).
C. Adoption of the MS–DRGs in FY 2008
For information on the adoption of
the MS–DRGs in FY 2008, we refer
readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47140
through 47189).
D. Proposed FY 2015 MS–DRG
Documentation and Coding Adjustment
1. Background on the Prospective MS–
DRG Documentation and Coding
Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009
Authorized by Public Law 110–90
In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
comment period (72 FR 47140 through
47189), we adopted the MS–DRG
patient classification system for the
IPPS, effective October 1, 2007, to better
recognize severity of illness in Medicare
payment rates for acute care hospitals.
The adoption of the MS–DRG system
resulted in the expansion of the number
of DRGs from 538 in FY 2007 to 745 in
FY 2008. (In FY 2014, there are 751 MS–
DRGs.) By increasing the number of
MS–DRGs and more fully taking into
account patient severity of illness in
Medicare payment rates for acute care
hospitals, MS–DRGs encourage
hospitals to improve their
documentation and coding of patient
diagnoses.
In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
comment period (72 FR 47175 through
47186), we indicated that the adoption
of the MS–DRGs had the potential to
lead to increases in aggregate payments
without a corresponding increase in
actual patient severity of illness due to
the incentives for additional
documentation and coding. In that final
rule with comment period, we exercised
our authority under section
1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act, which
authorizes us to maintain budget
neutrality by adjusting the national
standardized amount, to eliminate the
estimated effect of changes in coding or
classification that do not reflect real
changes in case-mix. Our actuaries
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
27996
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
estimated that maintaining budget
neutrality required an adjustment of
¥4.8 percent to the national
standardized amount. We provided for
phasing in this ¥4.8 percent adjustment
over 3 years. Specifically, we
established prospective documentation
and coding adjustments of ¥1.2 percent
for FY 2008, ¥1.8 percent for FY 2009,
and ¥1.8 percent for FY 2010.
On September 29, 2007, Congress
enacted the TMA [Transitional Medical
Assistance], Abstinence Education, and
QI [Qualifying Individuals] Programs
Extension Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110–90).
Section 7(a) of Public Law 110–90
reduced the documentation and coding
adjustment made as a result of the MS–
DRG system that we adopted in the FY
2008 IPPS final rule with comment
period to ¥0.6 percent for FY 2008 and
¥0.9 percent for FY 2009, and we
finalized the FY 2008 adjustment
through rulemaking, effective October 1,
2007 (72 FR 66886).
For FY 2009, section 7(a) of Public
Law 110–90 required a documentation
and coding adjustment of ¥0.9 percent,
and we finalized that adjustment
through rulemaking effective October 1,
2008 (73 FR 48447). The documentation
and coding adjustments established in
the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
comment period, which reflected the
amendments made by section 7(a) of
Public Law 110–90, are cumulative. As
a result, the ¥0.9 percent
documentation and coding adjustment
for FY 2009 was in addition to the ¥0.6
percent adjustment for FY 2008,
yielding a combined effect of ¥1.5
percent.
2. Adjustment to the Average
Standardized Amounts Required by
Public Law 110–90
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Prospective Adjustment Required by
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–
90 requires that, if the Secretary
determines that implementation of the
MS–DRG system resulted in changes in
documentation and coding that did not
reflect real changes in case-mix for
discharges occurring during FY 2008 or
FY 2009 that are different than the
prospective documentation and coding
adjustments applied under section 7(a)
of Public Law 110–90, the Secretary
shall make an appropriate adjustment
under section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the
Act. Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act
authorizes adjustments to the average
standardized amounts for subsequent
fiscal years in order to eliminate the
effect of such coding or classification
changes. These adjustments are
intended to ensure that future annual
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
aggregate IPPS payments are the same as
the payments that otherwise would have
been made had the prospective
adjustments for documentation and
coding applied in FY 2008 and FY 2009
reflected the change that occurred in
those years.
b. Recoupment or Repayment
Adjustments in FYs 2010 Through 2012
Required by Section 7(b)(1)(B) Public
Law 110–90
If, based on a retroactive evaluation of
claims data, the Secretary determines
that implementation of the MS–DRG
system resulted in changes in
documentation and coding that did not
reflect real changes in case-mix for
discharges occurring during FY 2008 or
FY 2009 that are different from the
prospective documentation and coding
adjustments applied under section 7(a)
of Public Law 110–90, section 7(b)(1)(B)
of Public Law 110–90 requires the
Secretary to make an additional
adjustment to the standardized amounts
under section 1886(d) of the Act. This
adjustment must offset the estimated
increase or decrease in aggregate
payments for FYs 2008 and 2009
(including interest) resulting from the
difference between the estimated actual
documentation and coding effect and
the documentation and coding
adjustment applied under section 7(a) of
Public Law 110–90. This adjustment is
in addition to making an appropriate
adjustment to the standardized amounts
under section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the
Act as required by section 7(b)(1)(A) of
Public Law 110–90. That is, these
adjustments are intended to recoup (or
repay, in the case of underpayments)
spending in excess of (or less than)
spending that would have occurred had
the prospective adjustments for changes
in documentation and coding applied in
FY 2008 and FY 2009 matched the
changes that occurred in those years.
Public Law 110–90 requires that the
Secretary only make these recoupment
or repayment adjustments for discharges
occurring during FYs 2010, 2011, and
2012.
3. Retrospective Evaluation of FY 2008
and FY 2009 Claims Data
In order to implement the
requirements of section 7 of Public Law
110–90, we performed a retrospective
evaluation of the FY 2008 data for
claims paid through December 2008
using the methodology first described in
the FY 2009 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(73 FR 43768 and 43775) and later
discussed in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010
LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43768
through 43772). We performed the same
analysis for FY 2009 claims data using
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the same methodology as we did for FY
2008 claims (75 FR 50057 through
50068). The results of the analysis for
the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
and final rules, and subsequent
evaluations in FY 2012, supported that
the 5.4 percent estimate accurately
reflected the FY 2009 increases in
documentation and coding under the
MS–DRG system. We were persuaded by
both MedPAC’s analysis (as discussed
in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50064 through 50065)) and
our own review of the methodologies
recommended by various commenters
that the methodology we employed to
determine the required documentation
and coding adjustments was sound.
As in prior years, the FY 2008, FY
2009, and FY 2010 MedPAR files are
available to the public to allow
independent analysis of the FY 2008
and FY 2009 documentation and coding
effects. Interested individuals may still
order these files through the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/ResearchStatistics-Data-and-Systems/Files-forOrder/LimitedDataSets/ by clicking on
MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS)Hospital (National). This CMS Web page
describes the file and provides
directions and further detailed
instructions for how to order.
Persons placing an order must send
the following: A Letter of Request, the
LDS Data Use Agreement and Research
Protocol (refer to the Web site for further
instructions), the LDS Form, and a
check (refer to the Web site for the
required payment amount) to:
Mailing address if using the U.S.
Postal Service: Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services, RDDC Account,
Accounting Division, P.O. Box 7520,
Baltimore, MD 21207–0520.
Mailing address if using express mail:
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, OFM/Division of
Accounting—RDDC, 7500 Security
Boulevard, C3–07–11, Baltimore, MD
21244–1850.
4. Prospective Adjustments for FY 2008
and FY 2009 Authorized by Section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
In the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH
PPS final rule (74 FR 43767 through
43777), we opted to delay the
implementation of any documentation
and coding adjustment until a full
analysis of case-mix changes based on
FY 2009 claims data could be
completed. We refer readers to the FY
2010 IPPS/RY LTCH PPS final rule for
a detailed description of our proposal,
responses to comments, and finalized
policy. After analysis of the FY 2009
claims data for the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (75 FR 50057 through
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
50073), we found a total prospective
documentation and coding effect of 5.4
percent. After accounting for the ¥0.6
percent and the ¥0.9 percent
documentation and coding adjustments
in FYs 2008 and 2009, we found a
remaining documentation and coding
effect of 3.9 percent. As we have
discussed, an additional cumulative
adjustment of ¥3.9 percent would be
necessary to meet the requirements of
section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
to make an adjustment to the average
standardized amounts in order to
eliminate the full effect of the
documentation and coding changes that
do not reflect real changes in case-mix
on future payments. Unlike section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90, section
7(b)(1)(A) does not specify when we
must apply the prospective adjustment,
but merely requires us to make an
‘‘appropriate’’ adjustment. Therefore, as
we stated in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (75 FR 50061), we
believed the law provided some
discretion as to the manner in which we
applied the prospective adjustment of
¥3.9 percent. As we discussed
extensively in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, it has been our practice
to moderate payment adjustments when
necessary to mitigate the effects of
significant downward adjustments on
hospitals, to avoid what could be
widespread, disruptive effects of such
adjustments on hospitals. Therefore, we
stated that we believed it was
appropriate to not implement the ¥3.9
percent prospective adjustment in FY
2011 because we finalized a ¥2.9
percent recoupment adjustment for that
fiscal year. Accordingly, we did not
propose a prospective adjustment under
section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90
for FY 2011 (75 FR 23868 through
23870). We noted that, as a result,
payments in FY 2011 (and in each
future fiscal year until we implemented
the requisite adjustment) would be
higher than they would have been if we
had implemented an adjustment under
section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90.
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51489 and 51497), we
indicated that, because further delay of
this prospective adjustment would
result in a continued accrual of
unrecoverable overpayments, it was
imperative that we implement a
prospective adjustment for FY 2012,
while recognizing CMS’ continued
desire to mitigate the effects of any
significant downward adjustments to
hospitals. Therefore, we implemented a
¥2.0 percent prospective adjustment to
the standardized amount instead of the
full ¥3.9 percent.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53274 through 53276), we
completed the prospective portion of
the adjustment required under section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90 by
finalizing a ¥1.9 percent adjustment to
the standardized amount for FY 2013.
We stated that this adjustment would
remove the remaining effect of the
documentation and coding changes that
do not reflect real changes in case-mix
that occurred in FY 2008 and FY 2009.
We believed that it was imperative to
implement the full remaining
adjustment, as any further delay would
result in an overstated standardized
amount in FY 2013 and any future fiscal
years until a full adjustment was made.
We noted again that delaying full
implementation of the prospective
portion of the adjustment required
under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law
110–90 until FY 2013 resulted in
payments in FY 2010 through FY 2012
being overstated. These overpayments
could not be recovered by CMS as
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
limited recoupments to overpayments
made in FY 2008 and FY 2009.
5. Recoupment or Repayment
Adjustment Authorized by Section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
Section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–
90 requires the Secretary to make an
adjustment to the standardized amounts
under section 1886(d) of the Act to
offset the estimated increase or decrease
in aggregate payments for FY 2008 and
FY 2009 (including interest) resulting
from the difference between the
estimated actual documentation and
coding effect and the documentation
and coding adjustments applied under
section 7(a) of Public Law 110–90. This
determination must be based on a
retrospective evaluation of claims data.
Our actuaries estimated that there was
a 5.8 percentage point difference
resulting in an increase in aggregate
payments of approximately $6.9 billion.
Therefore, as discussed in the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50062
through 50067), we determined that an
aggregate adjustment of ¥5.8 percent in
FYs 2011 and 2012 would be necessary
in order to meet the requirements of
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
to adjust the standardized amounts for
discharges occurring in FYs 2010, 2011,
and/or 2012 to offset the estimated
amount of the increase in aggregate
payments (including interest) in FYs
2008 and 2009.
It is often our practice to phase in
payment rate adjustments over more
than one year in order to moderate the
effect on payment rates in any one year.
Therefore, consistent with the policies
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27997
that we have adopted in many similar
cases, in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, we made an adjustment to the
standardized amount of ¥2.9 percent,
representing approximately half of the
aggregate adjustment required under
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90,
for FY 2011. An adjustment of this
magnitude allowed us to moderate the
effects on hospitals in one year while
simultaneously making it possible to
implement the entire adjustment within
the timeframe required under section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90 (that is,
no later than FY 2012). For FY 2012, in
accordance with the timeframes set
forth by section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law
110–90, and consistent with the
discussion in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we completed the
recoupment adjustment by
implementing the remaining ¥2.9
percent adjustment, in addition to
removing the effect of the ¥2.9 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount
finalized for FY 2011 (76 FR 51489 and
51498). Because these adjustments, in
effect, balanced out, there was no yearto-year change in the standardized
amount due to this recoupment
adjustment for FY 2012. In the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53276), we made a final +2.9 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount,
completing the recoupment portion of
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90.
We note that with this positive
adjustment, according to our estimates,
all overpayments made in FY 2008 and
FY 2009 have been fully recaptured
with appropriate interest, and the
standardized amount has been returned
to the appropriate baseline.
6. Recoupment or Repayment
Adjustment Authorized by Section 631
of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of
2012 (ATRA)
Section 631 of the ATRA amended
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
to require the Secretary to make a
recoupment adjustment or adjustments
totaling $11 billion by FY 2017. This
adjustment represents the amount of the
increase in aggregate payments as a
result of not completing the prospective
adjustment authorized under section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90 until
FY 2013. As discussed earlier, this delay
in implementation resulted in
overstated payment rates in FYs 2010,
2011, and 2012. The resulting
overpayments could not have been
recovered under Public Law 110–90.
Similar to the adjustments authorized
under section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law
110–90, the adjustment required under
section 631 of the ATRA is a one-time
recoupment of a prior overpayment, not
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
27998
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a permanent reduction to payment rates.
Therefore, any adjustment made to
reduce payment rates in one year would
eventually be offset by a positive
adjustment, once the necessary amount
of overpayment is recovered.
As we stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50515
through 50517), our actuaries estimate
that a ¥9.3 percent adjustment to the
standardized amount would be
necessary if CMS were to fully recover
the $11 billion recoupment required by
section 631 of the ATRA in FY 2014. It
is often our practice to phase in
payment rate adjustments over more
than one year, in order to moderate the
effect on payment rates in any one year.
Therefore, consistent with the policies
that we have adopted in many similar
cases, and after consideration of the
public comments we received, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50515 through 50517), we implemented
a ¥0.8 percent recoupment adjustment
to the standardized amount in FY 2014.
We stated that if adjustments of
approximately ¥0.8 percent are
implemented in FYs 2014, 2015, 2016,
and 2017, using standard inflation
factors, we estimate that the entire $11
billion will be accounted for by the end
of the statutory 4-year timeline. As
estimates of any future adjustments are
subject to slight variations in total
savings, we did not provide for specific
adjustments for FYs 2015, 2016, or 2017
at that time. We stated that we believed
that this level of adjustment for FY 2014
was a reasonable and fair approach that
satisfies the requirements of the statute
while mitigating extreme annual
fluctuations in payment rates. In
addition, we again noted that this ¥0.8
percent recoupment adjustment, and
future adjustments under this authority,
will be eventually offset by an
equivalent positive adjustment once the
full $11 billion recoupment requirement
has been realized.
Consistent with the approach
discussed in the FY 2014 rulemaking for
recouping the $11 billion required by
section 631 of the ATRA, we are
proposing an additional ¥0.8 percent
recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount for FY 2015. We
estimated that this level of adjustment,
combined with leaving the ¥0.8 percent
adjustment made for FY 2014 in place,
will recover up to $2 billion in FY 2015.
Taking into account the approximately
$1 billion recovered in FY 2014, this
will leave approximately $8 billion
remaining to be recovered by FY 2017.
We continue to believe that if
adjustments of approximately ¥0.8
percent are implemented in FYs 2014,
2015, 2016, and 2017, using standard
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
inflation factors, the entire $11 billion
will be accounted for by the end of the
statutory 4-year timeline. As we
explained in the FY 2014 rulemaking,
estimates of any future adjustments are
subject to slight variations in total
savings; therefore, we are not proposing
specific adjustments for FY 2016 and FY
2017 at this time. We continue to
believe that our proposed ¥0.8 percent
adjustment for FY 2015 is a reasonable
and fair approach that will help satisfy
the requirements of the statute while
mitigating extreme annual fluctuations
in payment rates. In addition, we again
note that this ¥0.8 percent recoupment
adjustment, and future adjustments
under this authority, will be eventually
offset by an equivalent positive
adjustment once the full $11 billion
recoupment requirement has been
realized.
7. Prospective Adjustment for the MS–
DRG Documentation and Coding Effect
Through FY 2010
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50515 through 50517), we
discussed the possibility of applying an
additional prospective adjustment to
account for the cumulative MS–DRG
documentation and coding effect
through FY 2010. In that final rule, we
stated that if we were to apply such an
adjustment, we believe the most
appropriate additional adjustment is
¥0.55 percent. However, we decided
not to apply such an adjustment in FY
2014, in light of the need to make the
retrospective adjustments required by
the ATRA. We continue to believe that
if we were to apply an additional
prospective adjustment for the
cumulative MS–DRG documentation
and coding effect through FY 2010, the
most appropriate additional adjustment
is ¥0.55 percent. However, we are not
proposing such an adjustment in FY
2015, in light of the ongoing
recoupment required by the ATRA. We
will consider whether such an
additional adjustment is appropriate in
future years’ rulemaking.
E. Refinement of the MS–DRG Relative
Weight Calculation
1. Background
Beginning in FY 2007, we
implemented relative weights for DRGs
based on cost report data instead of
charge information. We refer readers to
the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR
47882) for a detailed discussion of our
final policy for calculating the costbased DRG relative weights and to the
FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment
period (72 FR 47199) for information on
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
how we blended relative weights based
on the CMS DRGs and MS–DRGs.
As we implemented cost-based
relative weights, some public
commenters raised concerns about
potential bias in the weights due to
‘‘charge compression,’’ which is the
practice of applying a higher percentage
charge markup over costs to lower cost
items and services, and a lower
percentage charge markup over costs to
higher cost items and services. As a
result, the cost-based weights would
undervalue high-cost items and
overvalue low-cost items if a single CCR
is applied to items of widely varying
costs in the same cost center. To address
this concern, in August 2006, we
awarded a contract to the Research
Triangle Institute, International (RTI) to
study the effects of charge compression
in calculating the relative weights and
to consider methods to reduce the
variation in the cost-to-charge ratios
(CCRs) across services within cost
centers. For a detailed summary of RTI’s
findings, recommendations, and public
comments that we received on the
report, we refer readers to the FY 2009
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 48452
through 48453). In addition, we refer
readers to RTI’s July 2008 final report
titled ‘‘Refining Cost to Charge Ratios
for Calculating APC and MS–DRG
Relative Payment Weights’’ (https://
www.rti.org/reports/cms/HHSM-5002005-0029I/PDF/Refining_Cost_to_
Charge_Ratios_200807_Final.pdf).
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR
48458 through 48467), in response to
the RTI’s recommendations concerning
cost report refinements, we discussed
our decision to pursue changes to the
cost report to split the cost center for
Medical Supplies Charged to Patients
into one line for ‘‘Medical Supplies
Charged to Patients’’ and another line
for ‘‘Implantable Devices Charged to
Patients.’’ We acknowledged, as RTI had
found, that charge compression occurs
in several cost centers that exist on the
Medicare cost report. However, as we
stated in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule, we
focused on the CCR for Medical
Supplies and Equipment because RTI
found that the largest impact on the
MS–DRG relative weights could result
from correcting charge compression for
devices and implants. In determining
the items that should be reported in
these respective cost centers, we
adopted the commenters’
recommendations that hospitals should
use revenue codes established by the
AHA’s National Uniform Billing
Committee to determine the items that
should be reported in the ‘‘Medical
Supplies Charged to Patients’’ and the
‘‘Implantable Devices Charged to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Patients’’ cost centers. Accordingly, a
new subscripted line for ‘‘Implantable
Devices Charged to Patients’’ was
created in July 2009. This new
subscripted cost center has been
available for use for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after May 1,
2009.
As we discussed in the FY 2009 IPPS
final rule (73 FR 48458) and in the CY
2009 OPPS/ASC final rule with
comment period (73 FR 68519 through
68527), in addition to the findings
regarding implantable devices, RTI also
found that the costs and charges of
computed tomography (CT) scans,
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and
cardiac catheterization differ
significantly from the costs and charges
of other services included in the
standard associated cost center. RTI also
concluded that both the IPPS and the
OPPS relative weights would better
estimate the costs of those services if
CMS were to add standard cost centers
for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization in order for hospitals to
report separately the costs and charges
for those services and in order for CMS
to calculate unique CCRs to estimate the
costs from charges on claims data. In the
FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75
FR 50075 through 50080), we finalized
our proposal to create standard cost
centers for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization, and to require that
hospitals report the costs and charges
for these services under new cost
centers on the revised Medicare cost
report Form CMS–2552–10. (We refer
readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (75 FR 50075 through 50080)
for a detailed discussion of the reasons
for the creation of standard cost centers
for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization.) The new standard cost
centers for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization are effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
May 1, 2010, on the revised cost report
Form CMS–2552–10.
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR
48468), we stated that, due to what is
typically a 3-year lag between the
reporting of cost report data and the
availability for use in ratesetting, we
anticipated that we might be able to use
data from the new ‘‘Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients’’ cost center to
develop a CCR for ‘‘Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients’’ in the FY 2012 or
FY 2013 IPPS rulemaking cycle.
However, as noted in the FY 2010 IPPS/
RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43782), due to delays in the issuance of
the revised cost report Form CMS 2552–
10, we determined that a new CCR for
‘‘Implantable Devices Charged to
Patients’’ might not be available before
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
FY 2013. Similarly, when we finalized
the decision in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule to add new cost centers
for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization, we explained that data
from any new cost centers that may be
created will not be available until at
least 3 years after they are first used (75
FR 50077). In preparation for the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS rulemaking, we
checked the availability of data in the
‘‘Implantable Devices Charged to
Patients’’ cost center on the FY 2009
cost reports, but we did not believe that
there was a sufficient amount of data
from which to generate a meaningful
analysis in this particular situation.
Therefore, we did not propose to use
data from the ‘‘Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients’’ cost center to
create a distinct CCR for ‘‘Implantable
Devices Charged to Patients’’ for use in
calculating the MS–DRG relative
weights for FY 2012. We indicated that
we would reassess the availability of
data for the ‘‘Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients’’ cost center for the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS rulemaking
cycle and, if appropriate, we would
propose to create a distinct CCR at that
time.
During the development of the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and
final rules, hospitals were still in the
process of transitioning from the
previous cost report Form CMS–2552–
96 to the new cost report Form CMS–
2552–10. Therefore, we were able to
access only those cost reports in the FY
2010 HCRIS with fiscal year begin dates
on or after October 1, 2009, and before
May 1, 2010; that is, those cost reports
on Form CMS–2552–96. Data from the
Form CMS–2552–10 cost reports were
not available because cost reports filed
on the Form CMS–2552–10 were not
accessible in the HCRIS. Further
complicating matters was that, due to
additional unforeseen technical
difficulties, the corresponding
information regarding charges for
implantable devices on hospital claims
was not yet available to us in the
MedPAR file. Without the breakout in
the MedPAR file of charges associated
with implantable devices to correspond
to the costs of implantable devices on
the cost report, we believed that we had
no choice but to continue computing the
relative weights with the current CCR
that combines the costs and charges for
supplies and implantable devices. We
stated in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53281 through 53283)
that when we do have the necessary
data for supplies and implantable
devices on the claims in the MedPAR
file to create distinct CCRs for the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
27999
respective cost centers for supplies and
implantable devices, we hoped that we
would also have data for an analysis of
creating distinct CCRs for CT scans,
MRIs, and cardiac catheterization,
which could then be finalized through
rulemaking. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53281), we stated
that prior to proposing to create these
CCRs, we would first thoroughly
analyze and determine the impacts of
the data, and that distinct CCRs for
these new cost centers would be used in
the calculation of the relative weights
only if they were first finalized through
rulemaking.
At the time of the development of the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(78 FR 27506 through 27507), we had a
substantial number of hospitals
completing all, or some, of these new
cost centers on the FY 2011 Medicare
cost reports, compared to prior years.
We stated that we believed that the
analytic findings described using the FY
2011 cost report data and FY 2012
claims data supported our original
decision to break out and create new
cost centers for implantable devices,
MRIs, CT scans, and cardiac
catheterization, and we saw no reason to
further delay proposing to implement
the CCRs of each of these cost centers.
Therefore, beginning in FY 2014, we
proposed to calculate the MS–DRG
relative weights using 19 CCRs, creating
distinct CCRs from cost report data for
implantable devices, MRIs, CT scans,
and cardiac catheterization (78 FR
27509).
We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27507
through 27509) and final rule (78 FR
50518 through 50523) in which we
presented data analyses using distinct
CCRs for implantable devices, MRIs, CT
scans, and cardiac catheterization. The
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule also
set forth our responses to public
comments we received on our proposal
to implement these CCRs. As explained
in more detail in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized our
proposal to use 19 CCRs to calculate
MS–DRG relative weights beginning in
FY 2014—the then existing 15 cost
centers and the 4 new CCRs for
implantable devices, MRIs, CT scans,
and cardiac catheterization. Therefore,
beginning in FY 2014, we calculated the
IPPS MS–DRG relative weights using 19
CCRs, creating distinct CCRs for
implantable devices, MRIs, CT scans,
and cardiac catheterization.
2. Discussion for FY 2015
To calculate the proposed MS–DRG
relative weights for FY 2015, we use two
data sources: the MedPAR file as the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28000
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
F. Proposed Adjustment to MS–DRGs for
Preventable Hospital-Acquired
Conditions (HACs), Including Infections
for FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act
addresses certain hospital-acquired
conditions (HACs), including infections.
This provision is part of an array of
Medicare tools that we are using to
promote increased quality and
efficiency of care. Under the IPPS,
hospitals are encouraged to treat
patients efficiently because they receive
the same DRG payment for stays that
vary in length and in the services
provided, which gives hospitals an
incentive to avoid unnecessary costs in
the delivery of care. In some cases,
conditions acquired in the hospital do
not generate higher payments than the
hospital would otherwise receive for
cases without these conditions. To this
2. HAC Selection
Beginning in FY 2007, we have set
forth proposals, and solicited and
responded to public comments, to
implement section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the
Act through the IPPS annual rulemaking
process. For specific policies addressed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
extent, the IPPS encourages hospitals to
avoid complications.
However, the treatment of certain
conditions can generate higher Medicare
payments in two ways. First, if a
hospital incurs exceptionally high costs
treating a patient, the hospital stay may
generate an outlier payment. Because
the outlier payment methodology
requires that hospitals experience large
losses on outlier cases before outlier
payments are made, hospitals have an
incentive to prevent outliers. Second,
under the MS–DRG system that took
effect in FY 2008 and that has been
refined through rulemaking in
subsequent years, certain conditions can
generate higher payments even if the
outlier payment requirements are not
met. Under the MS–DRG system, there
are currently 261 sets of MS–DRGs that
are split into 2 or 3 subgroups based on
the presence or absence of a
complication or comorbidity (CC) or a
major complication or comorbidity
(MCC). The presence of a CC or an MCC
generally results in a higher payment.
Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act
specifies that, by October 1, 2007, the
Secretary was required to select, in
consultation with the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC),
at least two conditions that: (a) Are high
cost, high volume, or both; (b) are
assigned to a higher paying MS–DRG
when present as a secondary diagnosis
(that is, conditions under the MS–DRG
system that are CCs or MCCs); and (c)
could reasonably have been prevented
through the application of evidencebased guidelines. Section 1886(d)(4)(D)
of the Act also specifies that the list of
conditions may be revised, again in
consultation with the CDC, from time to
time as long as the list contains at least
two conditions.
Effective for discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2008, under the
authority of section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the
Act, Medicare no longer assigns an
inpatient hospital discharge to a higher
paying MS–DRG if a selected condition
is not present on admission (POA).
Thus, if a selected condition that was
not POA manifests during the hospital
stay, it is considered a HAC and the case
is paid as though the secondary
diagnosis was not present. However,
even if a HAC manifests during the
hospital stay, if any nonselected CC or
MCC appears on the claim, the claim
will be paid at the higher MS–DRG rate.
In addition, Medicare continues to
assign a discharge to a higher paying
MS–DRG if a selected condition is POA.
When a HAC is not POA, payment can
be affected in a manner shown in the
diagram below.
in each rulemaking cycle, including a
detailed discussion of the collaborative
interdepartmental process and public
input regarding selected and potential
candidate HACs, we refer readers to the
following rules: the FY 2007 IPPS
proposed rule (71 FR 24100) and final
rule (71 FR 48051 through 48053); the
FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule (72 FR
24716 through 24726) and final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47200
through 47218); the FY 2009 IPPS
proposed rule (73 FR 23547) and final
rule (73 FR 48471); the FY 2010 IPPS/
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
EP15MY14.000
claims data source and the HCRIS as the
cost report data source. We adjust the
charges from the claims to costs by
applying the 19 national average CCRs
developed from the cost reports. The
description of the calculation of the
proposed 19 CCRs and the proposed
MS–DRG relative weights for FY 2015 is
included in section II.H. of the preamble
of this proposed rule.
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
RY 2010 LTCH PPS proposed rule (74
FR 24106) and final rule (74 FR 43782);
the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule (75 FR 23880) and final rule (75 FR
50080); the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (76 FR 25810 through
25816) and final rule (76 FR 51504
through 51522); the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27892
through 27898) and final rule (77 FR
53283 through 53303); and the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR
27509 through 27512) and final rule (78
FR 50523 through 50527). A complete
list of the 11 current categories of HACs
is included on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
HospitalAcqCond/Hospital-Acquired_
Conditions.html.
3. Present on Admission (POA)
Indicator Reporting
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Collection of POA indicator data is
necessary to identify which conditions
were acquired during hospitalization for
the HAC payment provision as well as
for broader public health uses of
Medicare data. In previous rulemaking,
we provided both CMS and CDC Web
site resources that are available to
hospitals for assistance in this reporting
effort. For detailed information
regarding these sites and materials,
including the application and use of
POA indicators, we refer the reader to
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51506 through 51507).
Currently, as we have discussed in the
prior rulemaking cited under section
II.I.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, the POA indicator reporting
requirement only applies to IPPS
hospitals because they are subject to this
HAC provision. Non-IPPS hospitals,
including CAHs, LTCHs, IRFs, IPFs,
cancer hospitals, children’s hospitals,
RNHCIs, and the Department of
Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense
hospitals, are exempt from POA
reporting.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50525), we noted that
hospitals in Maryland operating under a
statutory waiver are not paid under the
IPPS, but rather were paid under the
provisions of section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act and therefore exempt from reporting
POA indicators. However, we believed
it was appropriate to require them to use
POA indicator reporting on their claims
so that we can include their data and
have as complete a dataset as possible
when we analyze trends and make
further payment policy determinations,
such as those authorized under section
1886(p) of the Act. Therefore, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
finalized our policy that hospitals in
Maryland that formerly operated under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act were no
longer exempted from the POA
indicator reporting requirement
beginning with claims submitted on or
after October 1, 2013, including all
claims for discharges on or after October
1, 2013. We note that, while this
requirement was not effective until
October 1, 2013, hospitals in Maryland
could submit data with POA indicators
before that date with the expectation
that these data will be accepted by
Medicare’s claims processing systems.
(We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50707
through 50712) for a discussion of our
FY 2014 final policies to implement
section 1886(p) of the Act that are
applicable to Maryland hospitals.)
Subsequent to our FY 2014
rulemaking, the State of Maryland
entered into an agreement with CMS,
effective January 1, 2014, to participate
in CMS’ new Maryland All-Payer
Model, a 5-year hospital payment
model. This model is being
implemented under section 1115A of
the Act, as added by section 3021 of the
Affordable Care Act, which authorizes
the testing of innovative payment and
service delivery models, including
models that allow States to ‘‘test and
evaluate systems of all-payer payment
reform for the medical care of residents
of the State, including dual eligible
individuals.’’ Section 1115A of the Act
authorizes the Secretary to waive such
requirements of titles XI and XVIII of
the Act as may be necessary solely for
purposes of carrying out section 1115A
of the Act with respect to testing
models.
Under the agreement with CMS,
Maryland will limit per capita total
hospital cost growth for all payers,
including Medicare. In order to
28001
implement the new model, effective
January 1, 2014, Maryland elected to no
longer have Medicare make payments to
Maryland hospitals in accordance with
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act. Maryland
also represented that it is no longer in
continuous operation of a
demonstration project reimbursement
system since July 1, 1977, as specified
under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.
Because Maryland hospitals are no
longer paid under section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act, they are no longer subject to
those provisions of the Act and related
implementing regulations that are
specific to section 1814(b)(3) hospitals.
Although CMS has waived certain
provisions of the Act for Maryland
hospitals, as set forth in the agreement
between CMS and Maryland and subject
to Maryland’s compliance with the
terms of the agreement, CMS has not
waived the POA indicator reporting
requirement. In other words, the
changes to the status of Maryland
hospitals under section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act as described above do not in any
way change the POA indicator reporting
requirement for Maryland hospitals.
There are currently four POA
indicator reporting options, ‘‘Y’’, ‘‘W’’,
‘‘N’’, and ‘‘U’’, as defined by the ICD–
9–CM Official Guidelines for Coding
and Reporting. We note that prior to
January 1, 2011, we also used a POA
indicator reporting option ‘‘1’’.
However, beginning on or after January
1, 2011, hospitals were required to begin
reporting POA indicators using the 5010
electronic transmittal standards format.
The 5010 format removes the need to
report a POA indicator of ‘‘1’’ for codes
that are exempt from POA reporting. We
issued CMS instructions on this
reporting change as a One-Time
Notification, Pub. No. 100–20,
Transmittal No. 756, Change Request
7024, effective on August 13, 2010,
which can be located at the following
link on the CMS Web site: https://
www.cms.gov/manuals/downloads/
Pub100_20.pdf.) The POA indicator
reporting process will not change when
ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS are
implemented on October 1, 2014. The
current POA indicators and their
descriptors are shown in the chart
below:
Indicator
Descriptor
Y ..............................
W .............................
Indicates that the condition was present on admission.
Affirms that the hospital has determined that, based on data and clinical judgment, it is not possible to document when
the onset of the condition occurred.
Indicates that the condition was not present on admission.
Indicates that the documentation is insufficient to determine if the condition was present at the time of admission.
N .............................
U .............................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28002
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Under the HAC payment policy, we
treat HACs coded with ‘‘Y’’ and ‘‘W’’
indicators as POA and allow the
condition on its own to cause an
increased payment at the CC and MCC
level. We treat HACs coded with ‘‘N’’
and ‘‘U’’ indicators as Not Present on
Admission (NPOA) and do not allow the
condition on its own to cause an
increased payment at the CC and MCC
level. We refer readers to the following
rules for a detailed discussion of POA
indicator reporting: The FY 2009 IPPS
proposed rule (73 FR 23559) and final
rule (73 FR 48486 through 48487); the
FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS
proposed rule (74 FR 24106) and final
rule (74 FR 43784 through 43785); the
FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(75 FR 23881 through 23882) and final
rule (75 FR 50081 through 50082); the
FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(76 FR 25812 through 25813) and final
rule (76 FR 51506 through 51507); the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(77 FR 27893 through 27894) and final
rule (77 FR 53284 through 53285); and
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule (78 FR 27510 through 27511) and
final rule (78 FR 50524 through 50525).
In addition, as discussed previously
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53324), the 5010 format
allows the reporting and, effective
January 1, 2011, the processing of up to
25 diagnoses and 25 procedure codes.
As such, it is necessary to report a valid
POA indicator for each diagnosis code,
including the principal diagnosis and
all secondary diagnoses up to 25.
4. HACs and POA Reporting in
Preparation for Transition to ICD–10–
CM and ICD–10–PCS
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51506 and 51507), in
preparation for the transition to the
ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS code sets,
we indicated that further information
regarding the use of the POA indicator
with the ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS
classifications as they pertain to the
HAC policy would be discussed in
future rulemaking.
At the March 5, 2012 and the
September 19, 2012 meetings of the
ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee, an
announcement was made with regard to
the availability of the ICD–9–CM HAC
list translation to ICD–10–CM and ICD–
10–PCS code sets. Participants were
informed that the list of the ICD–9–CM
selected HACs has been translated into
codes using the ICD–10–CM and ICD–
10–PCS classification system. It was
recommended that the public review
this list of ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS
code translations of the selected HACs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
available on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-ConversionProject.html. The translations can be
found under the link titled ‘‘ICD–10–
CM/PCS MS–DRG v30 Definitions
Manual Table of Contents—Full Titles—
HTML Version in Appendix I—Hospital
Acquired Conditions (HACs).’’ This
CMS Web site regarding the ICD–10–
MS–DRG Conversion Project is also
available on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare
-Fee-for-Service-Payment/Hospital
AcqCond/icd10_hacs.html. We
encouraged the public to submit
comments on these translations through
the HACs Web page using the CMS ICD–
10–CM/PCS HAC Translation Feedback
Mailbox that was set up for this purpose
under the Related Links section titled
‘‘CMS HAC Feedback.’’
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50525), we stated that the
final HAC list translation from ICD–9–
CM to ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS would
be subject to formal rulemaking. We
encouraged readers to review the
educational materials and draft code
sets available for ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–
PCS on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/ICD10/. In addition, we
stated that the draft ICD–10–CM/ICD–
10–PCS Coding Guidelines could be
viewed on the CDC Web site at:
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/
icd10cm.htm.
The HACs code translation list from
ICM–9–CM to ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS
is available to the public on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MSDRG-Conversion-Project.html. We note
that Appendix I of the ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Version 31.0–R file posted on the
Web site contains the DRA HACs
translated to ICD–10.
We note that section 212 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on April
1, 2014, delayed the transition from the
ICD–9–CM to the ICD–10 code set.
5. Proposals Regarding Current HACs
and Previously Considered Candidate
HACs
In this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule, we are not proposing to
add or remove categories of the HACs.
However, we continue to encourage
public dialogue about refinements to the
HAC list by written stakeholder
comments about both previously
selected and potential candidate HACs.
We refer readers to section II.F.6. of the
FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment
period (72 FR 47202 through 47218) and
to section II.F.7. of the FY 2009 IPPS
final rule (73 FR 48774 through 48491)
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for detailed discussion supporting our
determination regarding each of these
conditions. We also refer readers to
section II.F.5. of the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27892
through 27898), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53285 through
53292) for the HAC policy for FY 2013,
and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27509 through
27512) and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50523 through 50527)
for the HAC policy for FY 2014.
6. RTI Program Evaluation
On September 30, 2009, a contract
was awarded to RTI to evaluate the
impact of the Hospital-Acquired
Condition-Present on Admission (HAC–
POA) provisions on the changes in the
incidence of selected conditions, effects
on Medicare payments, impacts on
coding accuracy, unintended
consequences, and infection and event
rates. This was an intra-agency project
with funding and technical support
from CMS, OPHS, AHRQ, and CDC. The
evaluation also examined the
implementation of the program and
evaluated additional conditions for
future selection. The contract with RTI
ended on November 30, 2012. Summary
reports of RTI’s analysis of the FYs
2009, 2010, and 2011 MedPAR data files
for the HAC–POA program evaluation
were included in the FY 2011 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50085
through 50101), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51512 through
51522), and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53292 through
53302). Summary and detailed data also
were made publicly available on the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
HospitalAcqCond/01_Overview.asp and
the RTI Web site at: https://www.rti.org/
reports/cms/.
In addition to the evaluation of HAC
and POA MedPAR claims data, RTI also
conducted analyses on readmissions
due to HACs, the incremental costs of
HACs to the health care system, a study
of spillover effects and unintended
consequences, as well as an updated
analysis of the evidence-based
guidelines for selected and previously
considered HACs. Reports on these
analyses have been made publicly
available on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
HospitalAcqCond/.
7. Current and Previously Considered
Candidate HACs—RTI Report on
Evidence-Based Guidelines
The RTI program evaluation includes
a report that provides references for all
evidence-based guidelines available for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
each of the selected and previously
considered candidate HACs that provide
recommendations for the prevention of
the corresponding conditions.
Guidelines were primarily identified
using the AHRQ National Guidelines
Clearing House (NGCH) and the CDC,
along with relevant professional
societies. Guidelines published in the
United States were used, if available. In
the absence of U.S. guidelines for a
specific condition, international
guidelines were included.
Evidence-based guidelines that
included specific recommendations for
the prevention of the condition were
identified for each of the selected
conditions. In addition, evidence-based
guidelines also were found for the
previously considered candidate
conditions. RTI prepared a final report
to summarize its findings regarding
evidence-based guidelines. This report
can be found on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
HospitalAcqCond/Downloads/EvidenceBased-Guidelines.pdf. Subsequent to
this final report, RTI was awarded an FY
2014 Evidence-Based Guidelines
Monitoring contract. Under the contract,
RTI will provide a summary report of all
evidence-based guidelines available for
each of the selected and previously
considered candidate HACs that provide
recommendations for the prevention of
the corresponding conditions. This
report is usually delivered to CMS
annually in a May/June timeframe.
Updates to the guidelines will be made
available to the public.
G. Proposed Changes to Specific MS–
DRG Classifications
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Discussion of Changes to Coding
System and Basis for Proposed MS–DRG
Updates
a. Conversion of MS–DRGs to the
International Classification of Diseases,
10th Revision (ICD–10)
Providers use the code sets under the
ICD–9–CM coding system to report
diagnoses and procedures for Medicare
hospital inpatient services under the
MS–DRG system. The ICD–10 coding
system includes the International
Classification of Diseases, 10th
Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD–
10–CM) for diagnosis coding and the
International Classification of Diseases,
10th Revision, Procedure Coding
System (ICD–10–PCS) for inpatient
hospital procedure coding, as well as
the Official ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–
PCS Guidelines for Coding and
Reporting. The ICD–10 coding system
was initially adopted for transactions
conducted on or after October 1, 2013,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
as described in the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of
1996 (HIPAA) Administrative
Simplification: Modifications to
Medical Data Code Set Standards to
Adopt ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS
Final Rule published in the Federal
Register on January 16, 2009 (74 FR
3328 through 3362) (hereinafter referred
to as the ‘‘ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS
final rule’’). However, the Secretary of
Health and Human Services issued a
final rule that delays the compliance
date for ICD–10 from October 1, 2013,
to October 1, 2014. That final rule,
entitled ‘‘Administrative Simplification:
Adoption of a Standard for a Unique
Health Plan Identifier; Addition to the
National Provider Identifier
Requirements; and a Change to the
Compliance Date for ICD–10–CM and
ICD–10–PCS Medical Data Code Sets,’’
CMS–0040–F, was published in the
Federal Register on September 5, 2012
(77 FR 54664) and is available for
viewing on the Internet at: https://
www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-09-05/
pdf/2012-21238.pdf. On April 1, 2014,
the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93) was enacted.
Section 212 of Public Law 113–93, titled
‘‘Delay in Transition from ICD–9 to
ICD–10 Code Sets,’’ provides that ‘‘[t]he
Secretary of Health and Human Services
may not, prior to October 1, 2015, adopt
ICD–10 code sets as the standard for
code sets under section 1173(c) of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320d–
2(c)) and section 162.1002 of title 45,
Code of Federal Regulations.’’ As of
now, the Secretary has not implemented
this provision under HIPPA.
The anticipated move to ICD–10
necessitated the development of an
ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS version of the
MS–DRGs. CMS began a project to
convert the ICD–9–CM-based MS–DRGs
to ICD–10 MS–DRGs. In response to the
FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule,
we received public comments on the
creation of the ICD–10 version of the
MS–DRGs, which will be implemented
at the same time as ICD–10 (75 FR
50127 and 50128). While we did not
propose an ICD–10 version of the MS–
DRGs in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule, we noted that we have
been actively involved in converting
current MS–DRGs from ICD–9–CM
codes to ICD–10 codes and sharing this
information through the ICD–10
(previously ICD–9–CM) Coordination
and Maintenance Committee. We
undertook this early conversion project
to assist other payers and providers in
understanding how to implement their
own conversion projects. We posted
ICD–10 MS–DRGs based on Version
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28003
26.0 (FY 2009) of the MS–DRGs. We
also posted a paper that describes how
CMS went about completing this project
and suggestions for other payers and
providers to follow. Information on the
ICD–10 MS–DRG conversion project can
be found on the ICD–10 MS–DRG
Conversion Project Web site at:
https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-ConversionProject.html. We have continued to keep
the public updated on our maintenance
efforts for ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS
coding systems, as well as the General
Equivalence Mappings that assist in
conversion through the ICD–10
(previously ICD–9–CM) Coordination
and Maintenance Committee.
Information on these committee
meetings can be found on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
index.html.
During FY 2011, we developed and
posted Version 28.0 of the ICD–10 MS–
DRGs based on the FY 2011 MS–DRGs
(Version 28.0) that we finalized in the
FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule on
the CMS Web site. This ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Version 28.0 also included the CC
Exclusion List and the ICD–10 version
of the hospital-acquired conditions
(HACs), which was not posted with
Version 26.0. We also discussed this
update at the September 15–16, 2010
and the March 9–10, 2011 meetings of
the ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee. The minutes
of these two meetings are posted on the
CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
index.html.
We reviewed comments on the ICD–
10 MS–DRGs Version 28.0 and made
updates as a result of these comments.
We called the updated version the ICD–
10 MS–DRGs Version 28–R1. We posted
a Definitions Manual of ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Version 28–R1 on our ICD–10
MS–DRG Conversion Project Web site.
To make the review of Version 28–R1
updates easier for the public, we also
made available pilot software on a CD
ROM that could be ordered through the
National Technical Information Service
(NTIS). A link to the NTIS ordering page
was provided on the CMS ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Web page. We stated that we
believed that, by providing the ICD–10
MS–DRGs Version 28–R1 Pilot Software
(distributed on CD ROM), the public
would be able to more easily review and
provide feedback on updates to the ICD–
10 MS–DRGs. We discussed the updated
ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version 28–R1 at the
September 14, 2011 ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28004
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Committee meeting. We encouraged the
public to continue to review and
provide comments on the ICD–10 MS–
DRGs so that CMS could continue to
update the system.
In FY 2012, we prepared the ICD–10
MS–DRGs Version 29.0, based on the FY
2012 MS–DRGs (Version 29.0) that we
finalized in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule. We posted a Definitions
Manual of ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version
29.0 on our ICD–10 MS–DRG
Conversion Project Web site. We also
prepared a document that describes
changes made from Version 28.0 to
Version 29.0 to facilitate a review. The
ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version 29.0 was
discussed at the ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee meeting on March 5, 2012.
Information was provided on the types
of updates made. Once again the public
was encouraged to review and comment
on the most recent update to the ICD–
10 MS–DRGs.
CMS prepared the ICD–10 MS–DRGs
Version 30.0 based on the FY 2013 MS–
DRGs (Version 30.0) that we finalized in
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
We posted a Definitions Manual of the
ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version 30.0 on our
ICD–10 MS–DRG Conversion Project
Web site. We also prepared a document
that describes changes made from
Version 29.0 to Version 30.0 to facilitate
a review. We produced mainframe and
computer software for Version 30.0,
which was made available to the public
in February 2013. Information on
ordering the mainframe and computer
software through NTIS was posted on
the ICD–10 MS–DRG Conversion Project
Web site. The ICD–10 MS–DRGs
Version 30.0 computer software
facilitated additional review of the ICD–
10 MS–DRGs conversion.
We provided information on a study
conducted on the impact of converting
MS–DRGs to ICD–10. Information on
this study is summarized in a paper
entitled ‘‘Impact of the Transition to
ICD–10 on Medicare Inpatient Hospital
Payments.’’ This paper was posted on
the CMS ICD–10 MS–DRGs Conversion
Project Web site and was distributed
and discussed at the September 15, 2010
ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting. The
paper described CMS’ approach to the
conversion of the MS–DRGs from ICD–
9–CM codes to ICD–10 codes. The study
was undertaken using the ICD–9–CM
MS–DRGs Version 27.0 (FY 2010) which
was converted to the ICD–10 MS–DRGs
Version 27.0. The study estimated the
impact on aggregate payment to
hospitals and the distribution of
payments across hospitals. The impact
of the conversion from ICD–9–CM to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
ICD–10 on Medicare MS–DRG hospital
payments was estimated using FY 2009
Medicare claims data. The study found
a hospital payment increase of 0.05
percent using the ICD–10 MS–DRGs
Version 27.0.
CMS provided an overview of this
hospital payment impact study at the
March 5, 2012 ICD–9–CM Coordination
and Maintenance Committee meeting.
This presentation followed
presentations on the creation of ICD–10
MS–DRGs Version 29.0. A summary
report of this meeting can be found on
the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
index.html. At this March 2012 meeting,
CMS announced that it would produce
an update on this impact study based on
an updated version of the ICD–10 MS–
DRGs. This update of the impact study
was presented at the March 5, 2013
ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting. The
study found that moving from an ICD–
9–CM-based system to an ICD–10 MS–
DRG replicated system would lead to
DRG reassignments on only 1 percent of
the 10 million MedPAR sample records
used in the study. Ninety-nine percent
of the records did not shift to another
MS–DRG when using an ICD–10 MS–
DRG system. For the 1 percent of the
records that shifted, 45 percent of the
shifts were to a higher weighted MS–
DRG, while 55 percent of the shifts were
to lower weighted MS–DRGs. The net
impact across all MS–DRGs was a
reduction by 4/10000 or minus 4
pennies per $100. The updated paper is
posted on the CMS Web site at: https://
cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/
ICD-10-MS-DRG-ConversionProject.html under the ‘‘Downloads’’
section. Information on the March 5,
2013 ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting can be
found on the CMS Web site at: https://
cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials.html.
This update of the impact paper and the
ICD–10 MS–DRG Version 30.0 software
provided additional information to the
public who were evaluating the
conversion of the MS–DRGs to ICD–10
MS–DRGs.
CMS prepared the ICD–10 MS–DRGs
Version 31.0 based on the FY 2014 MS–
DRGs (Version 31.0) that we finalized in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
In November 2013, we posted a
Definitions Manual of the ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Version 31.0 on the ICD–10 MS–
DRG Conversion Project Web site at:
https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/
Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRGConversion-Project.html. We also
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
prepared a document that described
changes made from Version 30.0 to
Version 31.0 to facilitate a review. We
produced mainframe and computer
software for Version 31.0, which was
made available to the public in
December 2013. Information on ordering
the mainframe and computer software
through NTIS was posted on the CMS
Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MSDRG-Conversion-Project.html under the
‘‘Related Links’’ section. This ICD–10
MS–DRGs Version 31.0 computer
software facilitated additional review of
the ICD–10 MS–DRGs conversion. We
encouraged the public to submit to CMS
any comments on areas where they
believed the ICD–10 MS–DRGs did not
accurately reflect grouping logic found
in the ICD–9–CM MS–DRGs Version
31.0.
We reviewed comments received and
developed an update of ICD–10 MS–
DRGs Version 31.0, which we called
ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version 31.0–R. We
have posted a Definitions Manual of the
ICD–10 MS–DRGs Version 31.0–R on
the ICD–10 MS–DRG Conversion Project
Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MSDRG-Conversion-Project.html. We also
prepared a document that describes
changes made from Version 31.0 to
Version 31.0–R to facilitate a review. We
will continue to share ICD–10–MS–DRG
conversion activities with the public
through this Web site.
b. Basis for FY 2015 MS–DRG Updates
CMS encourages input from our
stakeholders concerning the annual
IPPS updates when that input is made
available to us by December 7 of the
year prior to the next annual proposed
rule update. For example, to be
considered for any updates or changes
in FY 2016, comments and suggestions
should be submitted by December 7,
2014. The comments that were
submitted in a timely manner for FY
2015 are discussed below in this
section.
Following are the changes we are
proposing to the MS–DRGs. We are
inviting public comment on each of the
MS–DRG classification proposed
changes described below, as well as our
proposals to maintain certain existing
MS–DRG classifications, which also are
discussed below. In some cases, we are
proposing changes to the MS–DRG
classifications based on our analysis of
claims data. In other cases, we are
proposing to maintain the existing MS–
DRG classification based on our analysis
of claims data. For this FY 2015
proposed rule, our MS–DRG analysis is
based on claims data from the December
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28005
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR
file, which contains hospital bills
received through September 30, 2013,
for discharges occurring through
September 30, 2013. In our discussion
of the proposed MS–DRG
reclassification changes that follows, we
refer to our analysis of claims data from
the ‘‘December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file.’’ For the FY 2015
final rule, we intend to calculate the
final relative weights on claims data
from the March 2014 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file, which will contain
hospital bills received through
December 31, 2013, for discharges
occurring through December 31, 2013.
As explained in previous rulemaking
(76 FR 51487), in deciding whether to
propose to make further modification to
the MS–DRGs for particular
circumstances brought to our attention,
we considered whether the resource
consumption and clinical characteristics
of the patients with a given set of
conditions are significantly different
than the remaining patients in the MS–
DRG. We evaluated patient care costs
using average costs and lengths of stay
and relied on the judgment of our
clinical advisors to decide whether
patients are clinically distinct or similar
to other patients in the MS–DRG. In
evaluating resource costs, we
considered both the absolute and
percentage differences in average costs
between the cases we selected for
review and the remainder of cases in the
MS–DRG. We also considered variation
in costs within these groups; that is,
whether observed average differences
were consistent across patients or
attributable to cases that were extreme
in terms of costs or length of stay, or
both. Further, we considered the
number of patients who will have a
given set of characteristics and generally
preferred not to create a new MS–DRG
unless it would include a substantial
number of cases.
2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Nervous System)
a. Intracerebral Therapies: Gliadel®
Wafer
During the comment period for the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
received a public comment that we
considered to be outside the scope of
that proposed rule. We stated in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50550) that we would consider this
issue in future rulemaking as part of our
annual review process. The commenter
requested that a new MS–DRG be
created for intracerebral therapies,
including implantation of
chemotherapeutic agents. Specifically,
the commenter referred to the Gliadel®
Wafer for the treatment of High-Grade
Malignant Gliomas (HGGs) defined as
aggressive tumors originating in the
brain.
The Gliadel® Wafer has been
discussed in prior rulemaking,
including the FY 2004 IPPS proposed
rule (68 FR 27187) and final rule (68 FR
45354 through 45355 and 68 FR 45391
through 45392); the FY 2005 IPPS
proposed rule (69 FR 28221 through
28222) and final rule (69 FR 48957
through 48971); and the FY 2008 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR 47252
through 47253). We refer readers to
these prior discussions for further
background information regarding the
Gliadel® Wafer.
Effective October 1, 2002, ICD–9–CM
procedure code 00.10 (Implantation of
chemotherapeutic agent) was created to
identify and describe insertion of the
Gliadel® Wafer. This procedure code is
assigned to MS–DRG 023 (Craniotomy
with Major Device Implant/Acute
Complex Central Nervous System (CNS)
PDX with MCC or Chemo Implant) in
MDC 1. According to the commenter,
this current MS–DRG assignment does
not compensate providers adequately
for the expenses incurred to perform the
surgery and implantation of the wafer
device. The commenter noted that MS–
DRG 023 has a national average
payment rate of approximately $28,016.
However, the commenter stated, ‘‘the
acquisition cost for 1 box of the Gliadel®
Wafer alone (typical utilization per
procedure is 8 wafers or 1 box) is
$29,035.’’
We conducted an analysis using
claims data from the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file. Our
findings are shown in the table below.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG 023—All cases ............................................................................................................
MS–DRG 023—Cases with procedure code 00.10 ....................................................................
As shown in the table above, there
were a total of 5,383 cases in MS–DRG
023 with an average length of stay of
10.98 days and average costs of $36,982.
The number of cases reporting
procedure code 00.10 in MS–DRG 023
totaled 158, with an average length of
stay of 7.0 days and average costs of
$34,027.
The data clearly demonstrate that the
volume of cases reporting procedure
code 00.10 within MS–DRG 023 have a
shorter average length of stay and are
lower in average costs in comparison to
all the cases in the MS–DRG. Given the
low volume of cases, shorter average
length of stay, and lower average costs,
the data do not support the creation of
a new MS–DRG for cases utilizing the
Gliadel® Wafer. In addition, our clinical
advisors determined that cases reporting
procedure code 00.10 are appropriately
assigned within MS–DRG 023. As
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
(69 FR 48959), Gliadel® Wafer cases
were assigned to a new DRG that was
clinically coherent and reflected the
resources used to treat those cases,
which appropriately addressed the
concerns of commenters who raised
questions regarding DRG assignment for
those cases at that time. Subsequently,
with the adoption of the MS–DRGs, in
the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(72 FR 47252 through 47253), we
assigned all cases utilizing the Gliadel®
Wafer technology to MS–DRG 023, the
higher severity level, and revised the
title of this MS–DRG in recognition of
the complexity and costs associated
with the implantation. Our clinical
advisors continue to support this
assignment for these same reasons.
Therefore, we are not proposing to
create a new MS–DRG for FY 2015 for
cases where ICD–9–CM procedure code
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
5,383
158
Average
length of stay
Average costs
10.98
7.0
$36,982
34,027
00.10 is reported. We are inviting public
comments on our proposal to maintain
the current MS–DRG structure.
b. Endovascular Embolization or
Occlusion of Head and Neck
We received a request to change the
MS–DRG assignment for the following
three ICD–9–CM procedure codes
representing endovascular embolization
or occlusion procedures of the head and
neck:
• 39.72 (Endovascular (total)
embolization or occlusion of head and
neck vessels);
• 39.75 (Endovascular embolization
or occlusion of vessel(s) of head or neck
using bare coils); and
• 39.76 (Endovascular embolization
or occlusion of vessel(s) of head or neck
using bioactive coils).
These three procedure codes are
currently assigned to the following eight
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28006
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
MS–DRGs under MDC 1. Cases assigned
to MS–DRGs 020, 021, and 022 require
a principal diagnosis of hemorrhage.
Cases assigned to MS–DRGs 023 and
024 require the insertion of a major
implant or an acute complex central
nervous system (CNS) principal
diagnosis. Cases assigned to MS–DRGs
025, 026, and 027 do not have a
principal diagnosis of hemorrhage, an
acute complex CNS principal diagnosis,
or a major device implant.
• MS–DRG 020 (Intracranial Vascular
Procedures with Principal Diagnosis of
Hemorrhage with MCC)
• MS–DRG 021 (Intracranial Vascular
Procedures with Principal Diagnosis of
Hemorrhage with CC)
• MS–DRG 022 (Intracranial Vascular
Procedures with Principal Diagnosis of
Hemorrhage without CC/MCC)
• MS–DRG 023 (Craniotomy with
Major Device Implant/Acute Complex
CNS Principal Diagnosis with MCC or
Chemo Implant)
• MS–DRG 024 (Craniotomy with
Major Device Implant/Acute Complex
CNS Principal Diagnosis without MCC)
• MS–DRG 025 (Craniotomy &
Endovascular Intracranial Procedures
with MCC)
• MS–DRG 026 (Craniotomy &
Endovascular Intracranial Procedures
with CC)
• MS–DRG 027 (Craniotomy &
Endovascular Intracranial Procedures
without CC/MCC)
The requestor recommended that
cases with procedure codes 39.72,
39.75, and 39.76 be moved from MS–
DRGs 025, 026, and 027 to MS–DRGs
023 and 024, even when there is no
reported acute complex CNS principal
diagnosis or a major device implant.
The requestor stated that unruptured
aneurysms can be treated by a
minimally invasive technique utilizing
endovascular coiling. The requester
noted that a microcatheter is inserted
into a groin artery and navigated
through the vascular system to the
location of the aneurysm. The coils are
inserted through the microcatheter into
the aneurysm in order to occlude (fill)
the aneurysm from inside the blood
vessel. Once the coils are implanted, the
blood flow pattern within the aneurysm
is altered. The requestor stated that
these cases do not have a principal
diagnosis of hemorrhage because the
treatment is for an unruptured
aneurysm which has not hemorrhaged.
Furthermore, the requestor stated that
only a few of these cases without
hemorrhage have a complex CNS
principal diagnosis. Therefore, the
requester believed that most of the cases
should be assigned to MS–DRGs 025,
026, and 027.
The requestor stated that the average
costs of coil cases captured by
procedure codes 39.72, 39.75, and 39.76
are significantly higher than other cases
within MS–DRGs 025, 026, and 027
where most of the coil cases are
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
23—All cases ..............................................................................................................
24—All cases ..............................................................................................................
25—All cases ..............................................................................................................
25—Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76 ............................................
26—All cases ..............................................................................................................
26—Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76 ............................................
27—All cases ..............................................................................................................
27—Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76 ............................................
Our clinical advisors reviewed the
results of our examination and
determined that the endovascular
embolization or occlusion of head and
neck procedures are appropriately
classified within MS–DRGs 025, 026,
and 027 because they do not have an
acute complex CNS principal diagnosis
or a major device implant which would
add to their clinical complexity. Cases
in MS–DRG 024 have average costs that
are $4,049 higher than cases in MS–DRG
027 with procedure code 39.72, 39.75,
or 39.76. We acknowledge that the 1,245
cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75,
or 39.76 in MS–DRGs 025 and 026 have
average costs that are closer to those in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
MS–DRGs 024 and 025. However, these
cases are 1,245 of the total 2,976 cases
that would be involved if we moved all
MS–DRGs 025, 026, and 027 cases with
procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76 to
MS–DRGs 024 and 025, even if they did
not have an acute complex CNS
principal diagnosis or a major device
implant. Based on these findings and
the recommendations from our clinical
advisors, we have determined that
proposing to move endovascular
embolization or occlusion of head and
neck procedures from MS–DRGs 025,
026, and 027 to MS–DRGs 023 and 024
is not warranted. Therefore, we are
proposing to maintain the current MS–
PO 00000
assigned. As stated earlier, the requester
recommended that cases with procedure
codes 39.72, 39.75, and 39.76 be moved
to MS–DRGs 023 and 024, even when
there is not an acute complex CNS
principal diagnosis or a major device
implant reported.
We examined claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases of endovascular
embolization or occlusion of head and
neck. The table below shows our
findings. For MS–DRGs 025, 026, and
027, the cases identified by procedure
code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76
(endovascular embolization or occlusion
of head and neck) have higher average
costs and shorter lengths of stay in
comparison to all the cases within each
of those respective MS–DRGs. The
average costs of cases in MS–DRG 024
are $4,049 higher than the average costs
of the 1,731 endovascular embolization
or occlusion of head and neck
procedures cases in MS–DRG 027
($26,250 versus $22,201). The findings
also show that the 524 cases with
procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76
with average costs of $41,030 in MS–
DRG 025 are closer to the average costs
of $36,982 for cases in MS–DRG 023.
Lastly, we found that the 721
endovascular embolization or occlusion
of head and neck procedure cases in
MS–DRG 026 have average costs of
$27,998 compared to average costs of
$26,250 for cases in MS–DRG 024.
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
5,383
1,745
15,937
524
8,520
721
10,326
1,731
Average
length of stay
Average costs
10.98
6.30
9.68
7.97
6.16
3.14
3.30
1.66
$36,982
26,250
29,722
41,030
21,194
27,998
16,389
22,201
DRG assignments for endovascular
embolization or occlusion of head and
neck procedures. We are inviting public
comments on our proposal.
3. MDC 4 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat): Avery
Breathing Pacemaker System
We received a request to create a new
MS–DRG for the Avery Breathing
Pacemaker System. This system is also
called a diaphragmatic pacemaker and
is captured by ICD–9–CM procedure
code 34.85 (Implantation of
diaphragmatic pacemaker). The
requestor stated that the diaphragmatic
pacemaker is indicated for adult and
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
pediatric patients with chronic
respiratory insufficiency that would
otherwise be dependent on ventilator
support. The procedure consists of
surgically implanted receivers and
electrodes mated to an external
transmitter by antennas worn over the
implanted receivers. The external
transmitter and antennas send
radiofrequency energy to the implanted
receivers under the skin. The receivers
then convert the radio waves into
stimulating pulses sent down the
electrodes to the phrenic nerves,
causing the diaphragm to contract. The
requestor stated that this normal pattern
is superior to mechanical ventilators
that force air into the chest. The
requestor also stated that the system is
expensive; the device cost is
approximately $57,000. According to
the requestor, given the cost of the
device, hospitals are reluctant to use it.
The requestor did not make a specific
MS–DRG reassignment request.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
163—All cases ............................................................................................................
163—Cases with procedure code 34.85 ....................................................................
164—All cases ............................................................................................................
164—Cases with procedure code 34.85 ....................................................................
165—All cases ............................................................................................................
165—Cases with procedure code 34.85 ....................................................................
There were only 48 cases of
diaphragmatic pacemakers within MS–
DRGs 163, 164, and 165. The average
costs of these diaphragmatic pacemaker
cases ranged from $22,977 for the single
case in MS–DRG 165 to $29,406 for the
cases in MS–DRG 163, compared to the
average costs for all cases in MS–DRGs
163, 164, and 165, which range from
$13,081 to $34,308. The average cost for
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases in MS–
DRG 163 was lower than that for all
cases in MS–DRG 163, $29,406
compared to $34,308 for all cases. The
average cost for diaphragmatic
pacemaker cases was higher for MS–
DRG 164, $23,406 compared to $18,352
for all cases. While the average cost for
the single diaphragmatic pacemaker
case was significantly higher for MS–
DRG 165, $22,977 compared to $13,081,
we were unable to determine if
additional factors might have impacted
the higher cost for this single case.
Given the small number of
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases that we
found, we do not believe that there is
justification for creating a new MS–
DRG. Basing a new MS–DRG on such a
small number of cases could lead to
distortions in the relative payment
weights for the MS–DRG because
several expensive cases could impact
the overall relative payment weight.
Having larger clinical cohesive groups
within an MS–DRG provides greater
stability for annual updates to the
relative payment weights. We note that,
as discussed in section II.G.4.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, one of
the criteria we apply in evaluating
whether to create new severity
subgroups within an MS–DRG is
whether there are at least 500 cases in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the CC or MCC subgroup. While this
criterion is used to evaluate whether to
create a severity subgroup within an
MS–DRG, applying it here suggests that
creating a new MS–DRG for only 48
cases would not be appropriate.
Although the average costs of these
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases are
higher than the average costs of all cases
in MS–DRGs 163 and 164, we believe
the current MS–DRG assignment is
appropriate and that the data do not
support creating an MS–DRG because
there are so few cases.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and determined that the
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases are
appropriately classified within MS–
DRGs 163, 164, and 165 because they
are clinically similar to other cases of
patients with major chest procedures
within MS–DRGs 163, 164, and 165.
Our clinical advisors did not support
creating a new MS–DRG for such a
small number of cases.
Based on the results of the
examination of the claims data, the
recommendations from our clinical
advisors, and the small number of
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases, we are
not proposing to create a new MS–DRG
for diaphragmatic pacemaker cases at
this time. We are proposing to maintain
the current MS–DRG assignments for
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases. We are
inviting public comments on our
proposal.
4. MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Circulatory System)
a. Exclusion of Left Atrial Appendage
We received a request to move the
exclusion of the left atrial appendage
PO 00000
When used for a respiratory failure
patient, procedure code 34.85 is
assigned to MS–DRGs 163, 164, and 165
(Major Chest Procedures with MCC,
with CC, and without CC/MCC,
respectively).
We examined claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for diaphragmatic
pacemaker cases. The following table
shows our findings.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28007
11,766
13
16,087
34
9,207
1
Average
length of stay
Average costs
13.13
2.23
6.58
1.71
3.91
1.00
$34,308
29,406
18,352
23,406
13,081
22,977
procedure, which is a non-O.R.
procedure and captured by ICD–9–CM
procedure code 37.36 (Excision,
destruction or exclusion of left atrial
appendage (LAA)), from MS–DRGs 250
(Percutaneous Cardiovascular without
Coronary Artery Stent with MCC) and
251 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular
without Coronary Artery Stent without
MCC) to MS–DRGs 237 (Major
Cardiovascular Procedures with MCC)
and 238 (Major Cardiovascular
Procedures without MCC). The
requestor stated that the exclusion of the
left atrial appendage procedure code
37.36 is not clinically coherent with the
other procedures in MS–DRGs 250 and
251 and that this current assignment to
MS–DRGs 250 and 251 does not
compensate providers adequately for the
expenses incurred to perform this
procedure and placement of the device.
The exclusion of the left atrial
appendage procedure involves a
percutaneous placement of a snare/
suture around the left atrial appendage
to close it off. The exclusion of the left
atrial appendage procedure takes place
in the cardiac catheterization laboratory
under general anesthesia and is a
catheter based closed-chest procedure
instead of an open heart surgical
technique to treat the same clinical
condition, with the same intended
results. The procedure can be performed
by either an interventional cardiologist
or an electrophysiologist.
We analyzed claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases assigned to MS–
DRGs 250 and 251 and MS–DRGs 237
and 238. Our findings are shown in the
table below.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28008
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
250—All cases ............................................................................................................
250—Cases with procedure code 37.36 ....................................................................
251—All cases ............................................................................................................
251—Cases with procedure code 37.36 ....................................................................
237—All cases ............................................................................................................
238—All cases ............................................................................................................
The data in the table above show that,
while the average costs of the atrial
appendage exclusion procedures are
higher ($29,637) than those for all cases
($21,319) within MS–DRG 250 and are
higher ($18,298) than for all cases
($14,614) within MS–DRG 251, they are
lower than those in MS–DRGs 237
($35,642) and 238 ($24,511). Our
clinical advisors reviewed this issue and
recommended not moving these standalone percutaneous cases to MS–DRGs
237 and 238 because they do not
consider them to be major
cardiovascular procedures. Our clinical
advisors stated that cases reporting ICD–
9–CM procedure code 37.36 are
appropriately assigned within MS–DRG
250 and 251 because they are
percutaneous cardiovascular procedures
and are clinically similar to other
procedures within the MS–DRG.
Therefore, we are not proposing to
reassign exclusion of atrial appendage
procedure cases from MS–DRGs 250 and
251 to MS–DRGs 237 and 238 for FY
2015. We are inviting public comments
on our proposal to maintain the current
MS–DRG structure for the exclusion of
the left atrial appendage.
b. Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair:
MitraClip®
The MitraClip® System (hereafter
referred to as MitraClip®) for
transcatheter mitral valve repair has
been discussed in extensive detail in
previous rulemaking, including the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (76
FR 25822) and final rule (76 FR 51528
through 51529) and the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27902
through 27903) and final rule (77 FR
53308 through 53310), in response to
requests for MS–DRG reclassification, as
well as, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27547 through
27552) under the new technology addon payment policy. In the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50575), the application for a new
technology add-on payment for
MitraClip® was unable to be considered
further due to lack of FDA approval by
the July 1, 2013 deadline.
Subsequently, on October 24, 2013,
MitraClip® received FDA approval. As a
result, the manufacturer has submitted
new requests for both an MS–DRG
reclassification and new technology
add-on payment for FY 2015. We refer
readers to section II.I. of the preamble of
this proposed rule for discussion
regarding the application for MitraClip®
under the new technology add-on
payment policy. Below we discuss the
MS–DRG reclassification request.
The manufacturer’s request for MS–
DRG reclassification involves two
components. The first component
consists of reassigning cases reporting a
transcatheter mitral valve repair using
the MitraClip® from MS–DRGs 250 and
251(Percutaneous Cardiovascular
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
250—All cases ............................................................................................................
250—Cases with procedure code 35.97 ....................................................................
251—All cases ............................................................................................................
251—Cases with procedure code 35.97 ....................................................................
As displayed in the table above, the
data demonstrate that, for MS–DRG 250,
there were a total of 9,174 cases with an
average length of stay of 6.90 days and
average costs of $21,319. The number of
cases reporting the ICD–9–CM
procedure code 35.97 in MS–DRG 250
totaled 67 with an average length of stay
of 8.48 days and average costs of
$39,103. For MS–DRG 251, there were a
total of 26,331 cases with an average
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
length of stay of 3.01 days and average
costs of $14,614. There were 127 cases
found in MS–DRG 251 reporting the
procedure code 35.97 with an average
length of stay of 3.94 days and average
costs of $25,635. We recognize that the
cases reporting procedure code 35.97
have a longer length of stay and higher
average costs in comparison to all the
cases within MS–DRGs 250 and 251.
However, as stated in prior rulemaking
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average costs
6.90
7.21
3.01
3.01
9.66
3.73
$21,319
29,637
14,614
18,298
35,642
24,511
Procedure without Coronary Artery
Stent with MCC and without MCC,
respectively) to MS–DRGs 216 (Cardiac
Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic
Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization
with MCC), 217 (Cardiac Valve & Other
Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with
Cardiac Catheterization with CC), 218
(Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac
Catheterization without CC/MCC), 219
(Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization with MCC), 220
(Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization with CC), and
221 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization without CC/
MCC). The second component of the
manufacturer’s request was for CMS to
examine the creation of a new base MS–
DRG for transcatheter valve therapies.
Effective October 1, 2010, ICD–9–CM
procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous
mitral valve repair with implant) was
created to identify and describe the
MitraClip® technology.
To address the first component of the
manufacturer’s request, we conducted
an analysis of claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases reporting
procedure code 35.97 in MS–DRGs 250
and 251. The table below shows our
findings.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
9,174
61
26,331
341
17,813
33,644
Average
length of stay
9,174
67
26,331
127
Average
length of stay
Average costs
6.90
8.48
3.01
3.94
$21,319
39,103
14,614
25,635
(77 FR 53309), it is a fundamental
principle of an averaged payment
system that half of the procedures in a
group will have above average costs. It
is expected that there will be higher cost
and lower cost subsets, especially when
a subset has low numbers.
We also evaluated the claims data
from the December 2013 update of the
FY 2013 MedPAR file for MS–DRGs 216
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28009
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
through 221. Our findings are shown in
the table below.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
216—All
217—All
218—All
219—All
220—All
221—All
cases
cases
cases
cases
cases
cases
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................
The data in our findings do not
warrant reassignment of cases reporting
use of the MitraClip®. If we were to
propose reassignment of cases reporting
procedure code 35.97 to MS–DRGs 216
through 221, they would be significantly
overpaid, as the average costs range
from $34,310 to $65,478 for those MS–
DRGs. In addition, our clinical advisors
do not support reassigning these cases.
They noted that the current MS–DRG
assignment is appropriate for the
reasons stated in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53309). To
reiterate, our clinical advisors note that
the current MS–DRG assignment is
reasonable because the operating room
resource utilizations of percutaneous
procedures, such as those found in MS–
DRGs 250 and 251, tend to group
together, and are generally less costly
than open procedures, such as those
found in MS–DRGs 216 through 221.
Percutaneous procedures by organ
system represent groups that are
reasonably clinically coherent. More
significantly, our clinical advisors state
that postoperative resource utilization is
significantly higher for open procedures
with much greater morbidity and
consequent recovery needs. Because the
equipment, technique, staff, patient
populations, and physician specialty all
tend to group by type of procedure
(percutaneous or open), separately
grouping percutaneous procedures and
open procedures is more clinically
consistent. Therefore, we are not
proposing to modify the current MS–
DRG assignment for cases reporting
procedure code 35.97 from MS–DRGs
250 and 251 to MS–DRGs 216 through
221 for FY 2015. We are inviting public
comments on our proposal to not make
any modifications to the current MS–
DRG logic for these cases.
As indicated above, the second
component of the manufacturer’s
request involved the creation of a new
base MS–DRG for transcatheter valve
therapies. We also received a similar
request from another manufacturer
recommending that we create a new
MS–DRG for procedures referred to as
endovascular cardiac valve replacement
procedures. We reviewed each of these
requests using the same data analysis, as
set forth below. The discussion for
endovascular cardiac valve replacement
procedures is included in section
II.G.4.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule and includes findings
from the analysis and our proposals for
each of these similar, but distinct
requests.
c. Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement Procedures
As noted in the previous section
related to the MitraClip® technology, we
received two requests to create a new
base MS–DRG for what was referred to
as ‘‘transcatheter valve therapies’’ by
one manufacturer and ‘‘endovascular
cardiac valve replacement’’ procedures
by another manufacturer. Below we
summarize the details of each request
and review results of the data analysis
that was performed.
Transcatheter Valve Therapies
The request related to transcatheter
valve therapies consisted of creating a
10,131
5,374
882
17,856
21,059
4,586
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG 250 through 251—Cases with procedure code 35.97 ................................................
Upon analysis of cases in MS–DRGs
216 through 221 reporting the cardiac
valve replacement procedure codes, we
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
found a total of 7,287 cases with an
average length of stay of 8.1 days and
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average costs
15.41
9.51
6.88
11.63
7.13
5.32
$65,478
44,695
39,470
54,590
38,137
34,310
new MS–DRG that would include the
MitraClip® technology (ICD–9–CM
procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous
mitral valve repair with implant)), along
with the following list of ICD–9–CM
procedure codes that identify the
various types of valve replacements
performed by an endovascular or
transcatheter technique:
• 35.05 (Endovascular replacement of
aortic valve);
• 35.06 (Transapical replacement of
aortic valve);
• 35.07 (Endovascular replacement of
pulmonary valve);
• 35.08 (Transapical replacement of
pulmonary valve); and
• 35.09 (Endovascular replacement of
unspecified valve).
We performed analysis of claims data
from the December 2013 update of the
FY 2013 MedPAR file for both the
percutaneous mitral valve repair and the
transcatheter/endovascular cardiac
valve replacement codes in their
respective MS–DRGs. The percutaneous
mitral valve repair with implant
(MitraClip®) procedure code is currently
assigned to MS–DRGs 250 and 251,
while the transcatheter/endovascular
cardiac valve replacement procedure
codes are currently assigned to MS–
DRGs 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, and 221.
As illustrated in the table below, the
data demonstrate that, for MS–DRGs 250
and 251, there were a total of 194 cases
reporting procedure code 35.97, with an
average length of stay of 5.5 days and
average costs of $30,286.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
Average
length of stay
194
Average
length of stay
Average costs
5.5
$30,286
average costs of $53,802, as shown in
the table below.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28010
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRGs 216 through 221—Cases with procedure codes 35.05, 35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and
35.09 ........................................................................................................................................
MS–DRGs 216 through 221—Cases without procedure codes 35.05, 35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and
35.09 ........................................................................................................................................
The data clearly demonstrate that the
volume of cases for the transcatheter/
endovascular cardiac valve replacement
procedures are much higher in
comparison to the volume of cases for
the percutaneous mitral valve repair
(MitraClip®) procedure (7,287 compared
to 194). In addition, the average costs of
the transcatheter/endovascular cardiac
valve replacement procedures are
significantly higher than the average
costs of the percutaneous mitral valve
repair with implant ($53,802 compared
to $30,286).
Our clinical advisors do not support
grouping a percutaneous valve repair
procedure with transcatheter/
endovascular valve replacement
procedures. They do not believe that
these procedures are clinically coherent
or similar in terms of resource
consumption because the MitraClip®
technology identified by procedure code
35.97 is utilized for a percutaneous
mitral valve repair, while the other
technologies, identified by procedure
codes 35.05 through 35.09, are utilized
for transcatheter/endovascular cardiac
valve replacements. Consequently, the
data analysis and our clinical advisors
do not support the creation of a new
MS–DRG. Therefore, for FY 2015, we
are not proposing to create a new MS–
DRG to group cases reporting the
percutaneous mitral valve repair
(MitraClip®) procedure with
transcatheter/endovascular cardiac
valve replacement procedures. We are
inviting public comments on our
proposal.
Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement
The similar but separate request
relating to endovascular cardiac valve
replacement procedures consisted of
creating a new MS–DRG that would
only include the various types of
cardiac valve replacements performed
by an endovascular or transcatheter
technique. In other words, this request
specifically did not include the
MitraClip® technology (ICD–9–CM
procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous
mitral valve repair with implant)) and
only included the list of ICD–9–CM
procedure codes that identify the
various types of valve replacements
performed by an endovascular or
transcatheter technique (ICD–9–CM
procedure codes 35.05 through 35.09) as
described earlier in this section.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRGs 216 through 221—Cases with procedure codes 35.05, 35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and
35.09 ........................................................................................................................................
MS–DRGs 216 through 221—Cases without procedure codes 35.05, 35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and
35.09 ........................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to average costs. In order to warrant
creation of a CC or an MCC subgroup
within a base MS–DRG, this subgroup
must meet all of the following five
criteria:
• A reduction in variance of costs of
at least 3 percent.
• At least 5 percent of the patients in
the MS–DRG fall within the CC or the
MCC subgroup.
• At least 500 cases are in the CC or
the MCC subgroup.
• There is at least a 20-percent
difference in average costs between
subgroups.
• There is a $2,000 difference in
average costs between subgroups.
In applying the five criteria, we found
that the data support the creation of a
new MS–DRG subdivided into two
PO 00000
Average costs
7,287
8.1
$53,802
52,601
10.1
47,177
The human heart contains four major
valves—the aortic, mitral, pulmonary,
and tricuspid valves. These valves
function to keep blood flowing through
the heart. When conditions such as
stenosis or insufficiency/regurgitation
occur in one or more of these valves,
valvular heart disease may result.
Cardiac valve replacement surgery is
performed in an effort to correct these
diseased or damaged heart valves. The
endovascular or transcatheter technique
presents a viable option for high-risk
patients who are not candidates for the
traditional open surgical approach.
We reviewed the claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases in MS–DRGs 216
through 221. Our findings are shown in
the chart below. The data analysis
shows that cardiac valve replacements
performed by an endovascular or
transcatheter technique represent a total
of 7,287 of the cases in MS–DRGs 216
through 221, with an average length of
stay of 8.1 days and higher average costs
($53,802 compared to $47,177) in
comparison to all of the cases in MS–
DRGs 216 through 221.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
As the data appear to indicate support
for the creation of a new base MS–DRG,
based on our evaluation of resource
consumption, patient characteristics,
volume, and costs between the cardiac
valve replacements performed by an
endovascular or transcatheter technique
and the open surgical technique, we
then applied our established criteria to
determine if these cases would meet the
requirements to create subgroups. We
use five criteria established in the FY
2008 IPPS final rule (72 FR 47169) to
review requests involving the creation
of a new CC or an MCC subgroup within
a base MS–DRG. As outlined in the FY
2012 IPPS proposed rule (76 FR 25819),
the original criteria were based on
average charges but were later converted
Average
length of stay
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average
length of stay
Average costs
7,287
8.1
$53,802
52,601
10.1
47,177
severity levels. We also consulted with
our clinical advisors. Our clinical
advisors stated that patients receiving
endovascular cardiac valve
replacements are significantly different
from those patients who undergo an
open chest cardiac valve replacement.
They noted that patients receiving
endovascular cardiac valve
replacements are not eligible for open
chest cardiac valve procedures because
of a variety of health constraints. This
highlights the fact that peri-operative
complications and post-operative
morbidity have significantly different
profiles for open chest procedures
compared with endovascular
interventions. This is also substantiated
by the different average lengths of stay
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28011
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
demonstrated by the two cohorts. Our
clinical advisors further noted that
separately grouping these endovascular
valve replacement procedures provides
greater clinical cohesion for this subset
of high-risk patients.
We are proposing to create the
following MS–DRGs for endovascular
cardiac valve replacements:
• Proposed new MS–DRG 266
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement with MCC); and
• Proposed new MS–DRG 267
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement without MCC).
Number of
cases
Proposed new MS–DRGs for endovascular cardiac valve replacement
Proposed New MS–DRG 266 with MCC ....................................................................................
Proposed New MS–DRG 267 without MCC ...............................................................................
We are inviting public comments on
our proposal to create these new MS–
DRGs for FY 2015.
d. Abdominal Aorta Graft
We received a request that we change
the MS–DRG assignment for procedure
code 39.71 (Endovascular implantation
of other graft in abdominal aorta), which
is assigned to MS–DRGs 237 and 238
(Major Cardiovascular Procedures with
MCC and without MCC, respectively).
The requestor asked that we reassign
procedure code 39.71 to MS–DRGs 228,
229, and 230 (Other Cardiothoracic
Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively). The
requestor stated that the average cost of
endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases is significantly
higher than other cases in MS–DRGs
237 and 238. The requestor stated that
the average cost of endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases
is closer to those in MS–DRGs 228, 229,
and 230.
The requestor stated that the goal of
endovascular repair for abdominal
aneurysm is to isolate the diseased,
aneurismal portion of the aorta and
common iliac arteries from continued
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
237—All cases ............................................................................................................
237—Cases with procedure code 39.71 ....................................................................
238—All cases ............................................................................................................
238—Cases with procedure code 39.71 ....................................................................
228—All cases ............................................................................................................
229—All cases ............................................................................................................
230—All cases ............................................................................................................
As this table shows, endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases
have higher average costs and shorter
lengths of stay than all cases within
MS–DRGs 237 and 238. The average
cost for endovascular abdominal aorta
graft implantation cases in MS–DRG 237
is $9,256 greater than that for all cases
in MS–DRG 237 ($44,898 compared to
$35,642). The average cost for
endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases in MS–DRG 238 is
$3,973 higher than that for all cases in
MS–DRG 238 ($28,484 compared to
$24,511). Cases in MS–DRG 228 have
average costs that are $7,417 higher than
the endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases in MS–DRG 237
($52,315 compared to $44,898). MS–
DRG 228 and MS–DRG 237 both contain
cases with MCCs. Cases in MS–DRG
229, which contain a CC, have average
costs that are $3,586 higher than average
costs of the endovascular abdominal
aorta graft implantation cases in MS–
DRG 238, which do not contain an MCC
($32,070 compared to $28,484). Cases in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
MS–DRG 230, which have neither an
MCC nor a CC, have average costs that
are $797 higher than the endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases
in MS–DRG 238 ($29,281 compared to
$28,484). While the average costs were
higher for endovascular abdominal aorta
graft implantation cases compared to all
cases within MS–DRGs 237 and 238,
each MS–DRG has some cases that are
higher and some cases that are lower
than the average costs for the entire MS–
DRG. MS–DRGs were developed to
capture cases that are clinically
consistent with similar overall average
resource requirements. This results in
some cases within an MS–DRG having
costs that are higher than the overall
average and other cases having costs
that are lower than the overall average.
This may be due to specific types of
cases included within the MS–DRGs or
to the fact that some cases will simply
require additional resources on a
specific admission. However, taken as a
whole, the hospital will be paid an
appropriate amount for the group of
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average costs
10.6
5.7
$61,891
46,259
exposure to systemic blood pressure.
The procedure involves the delivery and
deployment of endovascular prostheses,
also referred to as a graft, as required to
isolate the aneurysm above and below
the extent of the disease. The requestor
stated that this significantly reduces
patient morbidity and death caused by
leakage and/or sudden rupture of an
untreated aneurysm.
We examined claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases of endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantations.
The following table shows our findings.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
3,516
3,771
Average
length of stay
17,813
2,093
33,644
15,483
1,543
2,003
493
Average
length of stay
Average costs
9.66
8.30
3.73
2.30
13.48
7.47
4.95
$35,642
44,898
24,511
28,484
52,315
32,070
29,281
cases that are assigned to the MS–DRG.
We believe the endovascular abdominal
aorta graft implantation cases are
appropriately grouped with other
procedures within MS–DRGs 237 and
238.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and determined that the
endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases are appropriately
classified within MS–DRGs 237 and 238
because they are clinically similar to the
other procedures in MS–DRGs 237 and
238, which include other procedures on
the aorta. While the endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases
have higher average costs than the
average for all cases within MS–DRGs
237 and 238, our clinical advisors do
not believe this justifies moving the
cases to MS–DRGs 228, 229 and 230,
which involve a different set of
cardiothoracic surgeries.
Based on the results of examination of
the claims data and the
recommendations of our clinical
advisors, we do not believe that
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28012
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
proposing to reclassify endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases
from MS–DRGs 237 and 238 is
warranted. We are proposing to
maintain the current MS–DRG
assignments for endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation
cases. We are inviting public comments
on our proposal.
5. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue)
a. Shoulder Replacement Procedures
We received a request to change the
MS–DRG assignment for shoulder
replacement procedures. This request
involved the following two procedure
codes:
• 81.88 (Reverse total shoulder
replacement); and
• 81.97 (Revision of joint replacement
of upper extremity).
With respect to procedure code 81.88,
the requestor asked that reverse total
shoulder replacements be reassigned
from MS–DRGs 483 and 484 (Major
Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of
Upper Extremities with CC/MCC and
without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS–
DRG 483 only. The reassignment of
procedure code 81.88 from MS–DRGs
483 and 484 was discussed previously
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50534 through 50536). The
result of reassigning reverse shoulder
replacements from MS–DRGs 483 and
484 to MS–DRG 483 only would be that
this procedure would be assigned to
MS–DRG 483 whether or not the case
had a CC or an MCC. The requestor
stated that reverse shoulder replacement
procedures are more clinically cohesive
with higher severity MS–DRGs due to
the complexity and resource
consumption of these procedures. We
refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50534 through
50536) for a discussion of the reverse
total shoulder replacement.
The requestor also recommended that
we reassign what it described as another
shoulder procedure involving procedure
code 81.97, which is assigned to MS–
DRGs 515, 516, and 517 (Other
Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue O.R. Procedures with MCC, with
CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively),
to MS–DRG 483. We point out that MS–
DRG 483 contains upper joint
replacements, including shoulder
replacements. MS–DRG 483 does not
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
Proposed
483—All cases ............................................................................................................
483—Cases with procedure code 81.88 ....................................................................
484—All cases ............................................................................................................
484—Cases with procedure code 81.88 ....................................................................
Revised MS–DRG 483 with all severity levels included .............................................
As the above table shows, MS–DRG
484 reverse shoulder replacement cases
have similar average costs to those in
MS–DRG 483 ($18,719 for reverse
shoulder replacements in MS–DRG 484
compared to $18,807 for all cases in
MS–DRG 483). However, in reviewing
the data, we observed that the claims
data no longer support two severity
levels for MS–DRGs 483 and 484.
We use the five criteria established in
FY 2008 (72 FR 47169) to review
requests involving the creation of a new
CC or MCC subgroup within a base MS–
DRG. As outlined in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule (76 FR 25819),
the original criteria were based on
average charges but were later converted
to average costs. In order to warrant
creation of a CC or an MCC subgroup
within a base MS–DRG, the subgroup
must meet all of the following five
criteria:
• A reduction in variance of costs of
at least 3 percent.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• At least 5 percent of the patients in
the MS–DRG fall within the CC or MCC
subgroup.
• At least 500 cases are in the CC or
MCC subgroup.
• There is at least a 20-percent
difference in average costs between
subgroups.
• There is a $2,000 difference in
average costs between subgroups.
We found through our examination of
the claims data from the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file that
the two severity subgroups of MS–DRG
483 and 484 no longer meet the fourth
criterion of at least a 20-percent
difference in average costs between
subgroups. We found that there is a
$2,453 difference in average costs
between MS–DRG 483 and MS–DRG
484. The difference in average costs
would need to be $3,761 to meet the
fourth criterion. Therefore, our claims
data support collapsing MS–DRGs 483
and 484 into a single MS–DRG. Our
PO 00000
contain any joint revision procedures.
Similar to the request for reassignment
of procedure code 81.88, this would
mean that procedure code 81.97 would
be assigned to MS–DRG 483 whether or
not the case had a CC or an MCC. If CMS
did not support this recommendation
for moving procedure code 81.97 to
MS–DRG 483, the requestor
recommended an alternative
reassignment to MS–DRG 515 (Other
Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue O.R. procedures with MCC) even
if the case had no MCC.
We point out that, while the requestor
refers to procedure code 81.97 as a
shoulder procedure, the code
description actually includes revisions
of joint replacements of a variety of
upper extremity joints, including those
in the elbow, hand, shoulder, and wrist.
As stated earlier, reverse shoulder
replacements are assigned to MS–DRGs
483 and 484. Revisions of upper joint
replacements are assigned to MS–DRGs
515, 516, and 517. We examined claims
data from the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file for MS–DRGs
483 and 484. The following table shows
our findings of cases of reverse shoulder
replacement.
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14,220
7,086
23,183
9,633
37,403
Average
length of stay
Average costs
3.20
3.19
1.95
2.03
2.4
$18,807
20,699
16,354
18,719
17,287
clinical advisors reviewed this issue and
agree that there is no longer enough
difference between the two severity
levels to justify separate severity
subgroups for MS–DRGs 483 and 484,
which include a variety of upper joint
replacements. Therefore, our clinical
advisors support our recommendation
to collapse MS–DRGs 483 and 484 into
a single MS–DRG.
Based on the results of examination of
the claims data and the advice of our
clinical advisors, we are proposing to
collapse MS–DRGs 483 and 484 into a
single MS–DRG by deleting MS–DRG
484 and revising the title of MS–DRG
483 to read ‘‘Major Joint/Limb
Reattachment Procedure of Upper
Extremities’’.
The following table shows our
findings of cases of revisions of upper
joint replacement from the December
2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR
file.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28013
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
515—All cases ............................................................................................................
515—Cases with procedure code 81.97 ....................................................................
516—All cases ............................................................................................................
516—Cases with procedure code 81.97 ....................................................................
517—All cases ............................................................................................................
517—Cases with procedure code 81.97 ....................................................................
483—All cases ............................................................................................................
Cases identified by code 81.97 in MS–
DRGs 515, 516, and 517 have lower
average costs and shorter lengths of stay
than all cases in MS–DRG 515. The
average costs of cases in MS–DRG 515
are $3,977 higher than the average costs
of the cases with procedure code 81.97
in MS–DRG 516 ($22,191 compared to
$18,214). The average costs of cases in
MS–DRG 515 are $6,271 higher than
cases with procedure code 81.97 in MS–
DRG 517 ($22,191 compared to
$15,920).
The table above shows that the
average costs of cases in MS–DRG 483
are $3,278 lower than the average costs
of cases with procedure code 81.97 in
MS–DRG 515 ($18,807 compared to
$22,085). The average costs of cases in
MS–DRG 483 are $593 higher than the
average costs of cases with procedure
code 81.97 in MS–DRG 516 ($18,807
compared to $18,214). The average costs
of cases in MS–DRG 483 are $2,887
higher than the average costs of cases
with procedure code 81.97 in MS–DRG
517 ($18,807 compared to $15,920).
The claims data do not support
moving all procedure code 81.97 cases
to MS–DRG 515 or MS–DRG 483,
whether or not there is a CC or an MCC.
We also point out once again that
procedure code 81.97 is a nonspecific
code that captures revisions to not only
the shoulder, but also a variety of upper
extremity joints including those in the
elbow, hand, shoulder, and wrist.
Therefore, we have no way of
determining how many cases reporting
procedure code 81.97 were actually
shoulder procedures as opposed to
procedures on the elbow, hand, or wrist.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and determined that the revisions
of upper joint replacement procedures
are appropriately classified within MS–
DRGs 515, 516, and 517, which include
other joint revision procedures. They do
not support moving revisions of upper
joint replacement procedures to MS–
DRG 515, whether or not there is an
MCC. They support the current
classification, which bases the severity
level on the presence of a CC or an
MCC. They also do not support moving
revisions of upper joint replacement
procedures to MS–DRG 483, whether or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
not there is a CC or an MCC, because
these revisions are not joint
replacements. Based on the results of
our examination and the advice of our
clinical advisors, we are not proposing
moving revisions of upper joint
replacement procedures to MS–DRG 515
or MS–DRG 483, whether or not there is
a CC or an MCC.
In summation, we are proposing to
collapse MS–DRGs 483 and 484 into a
single MS–DRG by deleting MS–DRG
484 and revising the title of MS–DRG
483 to read ‘‘Major Joint/Limb
Reattachment Procedure of Upper
Extremities’’. We are proposing to
maintain the current MS–DRG
assignments for revisions of upper joint
replacement procedures in MS–DRGs
515, 516, and 517. We are inviting
public comments on our proposals.
b. Ankle Replacement Procedures
We received a request to change the
MS–DRG assignment for two ankle
replacement procedures. The request
involved the following two procedure
codes:
• 81.56 (Total ankle replacement);
and
• 81.59 (Revision of joint replacement
of lower extremity, not elsewhere
classified).
The reassignment of procedure code
81.56 from MS–DRGs 469 and 470
(Major Joint Replacement or
Reattachment of Lower Extremity with
CC and without MCC, respectively) to a
new MS–DRG or, alternatively, to MS–
DRG 469 was discussed in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50536
through 50537). We refer readers to this
final rule for a discussion of ankle
replacement procedures. The requestor
asked that we again evaluate reassigning
total ankle replacement procedures. The
requestor also asked that we reassign
what it referred to as another ankle
replacement revision procedure
captured by procedure code 81.59
(Revision of joint replacement of lower
extremity, not elsewhere classified),
which is assigned to MS–DRGs 515,
516, and 517 (Other Musculoskeletal
System and Connective Tissue O.R.
Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively).
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3,407
88
8,502
799
5,794
1,256
14,220
Average
length of stay
Average costs
9.22
5.66
5.34
2.84
3.28
2.07
3.20
$22,191
22,085
14,356
18,214
12,172
15,920
18,807
The requestor asked that we reassign
procedure code 81.56 from MS–DRGs
469 and 470 to MS–DRG 483 (Major
Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of
Upper Extremities with CC/MCC) and
rename the MS–DRG to better capture
the additional lower extremity cases.
The requestor stated that the result
would be assignment of lower joint
procedures to an MS–DRG that
currently captures only upper extremity
cases and assignment to the highest
severity level even if the case did not
have a CC or an MCC. If CMS did not
find this acceptable, the requestor made
an alternative recommendation of
assigning procedure code 81.56 to MS–
DRG 469 and renaming the MS–DRG to
better capture the additional cases.
Cases would be assigned to the highest
severity level whether or not the case
had an MCC.
The requestor also recommended that
procedure code 81.59, which is assigned
to MS–DRGs 515, 516, and 517 be
reassigned to MS–DRG 483 and that the
MS–DRG be given a new title to better
capture the additional lower extremity
cases. The requestor stated that the
result would be assignment of lower
joint procedures to an MS–DRG that
currently captures only upper extremity
cases and assignment to the highest
severity level even if the patient did not
have a CC or an MCC. If CMS did not
support this recommendation, the
requestor suggested two additional
recommendations. One involves moving
procedure code 81.59 to MS–DRG 515
even when the case had no MCC. The
other recommendation was to move
procedure code 81.59 to MS–DRG 469,
whether or not the case had a MCC.
We point out that while the requestor
refers to procedure code 81.59 as a
revision of an ankle replacement, the
code actually includes revisions of joint
replacements of a variety of lower
extremity joints including the ankle,
foot, and toe.
The following table shows the number
of total ankle replacement cases, average
length of stay, and average costs for
procedure code 81.56 in MS–DRGs 469
and 470 found in claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28014
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
MedPAR file compared to all cases
within MS–DRGs 469, 470, and 483.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
MS–DRG
469—All cases ..........................................................................................................
469—Cases with procedure code 81.56 ..................................................................
470—All cases ..........................................................................................................
470—Cases with procedure code 81.56 ..................................................................
483 ............................................................................................................................
In summary, the requestor asked us to
reassign procedure code 81.56 in MS–
DRGs 469 and 470 to one of the
following two options: MS–DRG 483
(highest severity level); or MS–DRG 469
(highest severity level).
As the table for total ankle
replacement above shows, the average
cost of cases with procedure code 81.56
in MS–DRG 469 is $27,419 and $19,332
in MS–DRG 470. This compares with
the average costs of all cases in MS–
DRGs 469 and 470 of $22,548 and
$15,119, respectively. While the average
cost of cases reporting procedure code
81.56 in MS–DRG 469 is $4,871 higher
than the average cost for all cases in
MS–DRG 469, we point out that there
were only 32 cases. The relatively small
number of cases may have been
impacted by other factors such as
complications or comorbidities. Several
expensive cases could impact the
average costs for a very small number of
patients. The average cost of cases
reporting procedure code 81.56 in MS–
DRG 470 is $4,213 higher than the
average cost for all cases in MS–DRG
470. While the average costs are higher,
within all MS–DRGs, some cases have
higher and some cases have lower
average costs. MS–DRGs are groups of
clinically similar cases that have similar
overall costs. Within a group of cases,
one would expect that some cases have
costs that are higher than the overall
average and some cases have costs that
are lower than the overall average.
MS–DRG 469 ankle replacement cases
have average costs that are $8,612
higher than the average costs of all cases
in MS–DRG 483 ($27,419 compared to
$18,807). Moving these cases (procedure
code 81.56) to MS–DRG 483 would
result in payment below average costs
compared to the current MS–DRG
assignment in MS–DRG 469.
Furthermore, as noted earlier, moving
total ankle replacement cases to MS–
DRG 483 would result in a lower
extremity procedure being added to
what is now an upper extremity MS–
DRG. This would significantly disrupt
the clinical cohesion of MS–DRG 483.
The average costs of all cases in MS–
DRG 469 are $3,216 higher than the
average costs of those cases with
procedure code 81.56 in MS–DRG 470
($22,548 compared to $19,332) The data
do not support moving procedure code
81.56 cases to MS–DRG 483 or 469
because it would not result in payments
that more accurately reflect their current
average costs. Our clinical advisors
reviewed this issue and determined that
the ankle replacement cases are
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG 515—All cases ..........................................................................................................
MS–DRG 515—Cases with procedure code 81.59 ..................................................................
MS–DRG 516—All cases ..........................................................................................................
MS–DRG 516—Cases with procedure code 81.59 ..................................................................
MS–DRG 517—All cases ..........................................................................................................
MS–DRG 517—Cases with procedure code 81.59 ..................................................................
MS–DRG 483—All cases ..........................................................................................................
MS- DRG 469—All cases ..........................................................................................................
The requestor asked that all cases
with procedure code 81.59 in MS–DRGs
515, 516, and 517 be assigned to one of
the following three choices:
• MS–DRG 483 (highest severity
level);
• MS–DRG 515 (highest severity
level) whether or not there is an MCC;
or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• MS–DRG 469 (highest severity
level).
Our review of data from the above
revision of joint replacement of lower
extremity table shows that cases in MS–
DRG 483 have average costs that are
$5,560 higher than the average costs of
cases with procedure code 81.59 in MS–
DRG 515; $5,550 greater than those in
MS–DRG 516; and $8,844 greater than
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average costs
722
6.19
3.25
2.13
3.20
$22,548
27,419
15,119
19,332
18,807
25,916
32
406,344
1,379
14,220
appropriately classified within MS–
DRGs 469 and 470 with the severity
level leading to the MS–DRG
assignment. They do not support
moving these cases to MS–DRG 483
because ankle replacements, which are
lower joint procedures, are not
clinically similar to upper joint
replacement procedures. Based on the
results of examination of the claims
data, the issue of clinical cohesion, and
the recommendations from our clinical
advisors, we are not proposing to move
total ankle procedures to MS–DRG 483
or MS–DRG 469 when there is no MCC.
We are proposing to maintain the
current MS–DRG assignments for ankle
replacement cases. We are inviting
public comments on our proposal.
The following table shows our
findings from examination of the claims
data from the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file for the
number of cases reporting procedure
code 81.59 in MS–DRGs 515, 516, and
517 (revision of joint replacement of
lower extremity) and their average
length of stay and average costs as
compared to all cases within MS–DRGs
515, 516, and 517 (where procedure
code 81.59 is currently assigned), as
well as data for MS–DRGs 469 and 483.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
Average length
of stay
Average length
of stay
Average costs
9.22
6.00
5.34
3.00
3.28
1.80
722
3.20
$22,191
16,988
14,356
16,998
12,172
13,704
22,548
18,807
3,407
5
8,502
16
5,794
40
25,916
14,220
those in MS–DRG 517 ($22,548
compared to $16,988; $22,548 compared
to $16,998, and $22,548 compared to
$13,704, respectively). As mentioned
earlier, MS–DRG 483 is currently
composed of only upper extremity
procedures. Moving lower extremity
procedures into this MS–DRG would
disrupt the clinical cohesiveness of MS–
DRG 483.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28015
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
The average costs of all cases in MS–
DRG 469 are $18,807, compared to
average costs of $16,988, $16,998, and
$13,703 for procedure code 81.59 cases
in MS–DRGs 515, 516, and 517,
respectively. The data do not support
moving all procedure code 81.59 cases
to MS–DRG 469 even when there is no
MCC. We also point out that moving
cases with procedure code 81.59 to MS–
DRG 469 would disrupt the clinical
cohesiveness of MS–DRG 469, which
currently captures major joint
replacement or reattachment procedures
of the lower extremity. Procedure code
81.59 includes revisions of joint
replacements of a variety of lower
extremity joints including the ankle,
foot, and toe. This nonspecific code
would not be considered a major joint
procedure. The code captures revisions
of an ankle replacement as well as a
more minor revision of the toe.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and determined that the revision
of joint replacement of lower extremity
cases are appropriately classified within
MS–DRGs 515, 516, and 517 where
revisions of other joint replacements are
captured. They support the current
severity levels in MS–DRGs 515, 516,
and 517, which allow the presence of a
CC or an MCC to determine the severity
level assignment. They do not support
moving these cases to MS–DRG 483,
which is applied to upper extremity
procedures because these procedures
are not clinically consistent with
revisions of lower joint procedures.
They also do not support moving these
cases to MS–DRG 469 when there is no
MCC because these procedures are not
joint replacement procedures. Based on
the findings of our examination of the
claims data, the issue of clinical
cohesion, and the recommendations
from our clinical advisors, we are not
proposing to move the revision of joint
replacement of lower extremity cases to
MS–DRGs 483 or 469, whether or not
there is an MCC. We are proposing to
maintain the current MS–DRG
assignments for revision of joint
replacement of lower extremity cases.
In summary, we are proposing to
maintain the current MS–DRG
assignment for total ankle replacements
in MS–DRGs 469 and 470 and revision
of joint replacement of lower extremity
procedures in MS–DRGs 515, 516, and
517. We are inviting public comments
on our proposals.
c. Back and Neck Procedures
We received a request to reassign
cases identified with a complication or
comorbidity (CC) in MS–DRG 490 (Back
& Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion with CC/MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator) to MS–DRG 491 (Back
& Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion without CC/MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator). The requester
suggested that we create a new MS–DRG
that would be subdivided based solely
on the ‘‘with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator’’ and the ‘‘without
MCC’’ (and no device) criteria.
For the FY 2008 rulemaking cycle, we
performed a comprehensive analysis of
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
MS–DRG 490—All cases ............................................................................................................
MS–DRG 491—All cases ............................................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
As shown in the table above, there
were a total of 16,930 cases in MS–DRG
490 with an average length of stay of
4.53 days and average costs of $13,727.
For MS–DRG 491, there were a total of
25,778 cases with an average length of
stay of 2.20 days and average costs of
$8,151.
We then analyzed the data for MS–
DRGs 490 and 491 by subdividing cases
based on the ‘‘with MCC or Disc Device/
all the spinal DRGs as we proposed (72
FR 24731 through 24735) and finalized
(72 FR 47226 through 47232) adoption
of the MS–DRGs. With the revised
spinal MS–DRGs, we were better able to
identify a patient’s level of severity,
complexity of service, and utilization of
resources. This was primarily attributed
to the new structure for the severity
level designations of ‘‘with MCC,’’
‘‘with CC,’’ and ‘‘non-CC’’ (or without
CC/MCC). Another contributing factor
was that we incorporated specific
procedures and technologies into the
GROUPER logic for some of those spinal
MS–DRGs. Specifically, as noted above,
in the title of MS–DRG 490, we
accounted for disc devices and
neurostimulators because the data
demonstrated that the procedures
utilizing those technologies were more
complex and required greater utilization
of resources.
According to the requester, since that
time, concerns have been expressed in
the provider community regarding
inadequate payment for MS–DRG 490
when these technologies are utilized.
An analysis conducted by the requester
alleged that the subset of patients
identified in the ‘‘with MCC or disc
device/neurostimulator’’ group are
different with regard to resource use
from the ‘‘without CC/MCC’’ (and no
device) patient group.
We examined claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for MS–DRGs 490 and 491.
The table below shows our findings.
Neurostimulator’’ and the ‘‘without
MCC’’ (and no device) criteria. We
found a total of 3,379 cases with an
average length of stay of 6.6 days and
average costs of $21,493 in the ‘‘with
MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator’’
group and a total of 39,329 cases with
an average length of stay of 2.8 days and
average costs of $9,405 in the ‘‘without
MCC’’ and no device group. Due to the
wide range in the volume of cases,
16,930
25,778
Average
length of stay
Average costs
4.53
2.20
$13,727
8,151
length of stay, and average costs
between these two subgroups, we
concluded that further analysis of the
data using a separate ‘‘with CC’’ (and no
device) subset of patients was
warranted.
Therefore, we evaluated the data
using a three-way severity level split
that consisted of the three subgroups
shown in the table below.
ADDITIONAL ANALYSIS FOR BACK & NECK PROCEDURES EXCEPT SPINAL FUSION: DISC DEVICE/NEUROSTIMULATOR
Number of
cases
Severity level split
—With MCC or disc device/neurostimulator ...............................................................................
—With CC ....................................................................................................................................
—Without CC/MCC ......................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3,379
13,551
25,778
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Average
length of stay
Average costs
6.6
3.9
2.2
$21,493
11,791
8,151
28016
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
For the first subgroup, ‘‘with MCC or
Disc Device/Neurostimulator,’’ we
found a total of 3,379 cases with an
average length of stay of 6.6 days and
average costs of $21,493. In the second
subgroup, ‘‘with CC’’ (no device), we
found a total of 13,551 cases with an
average length of stay of 3.9 days and
average costs of $11,791. In the third
subgroup, ‘‘without CC/MCC’’ (no
device), we found a total of 25,778 cases
with an average length of stay of 2.2
days and average costs of $8,151.
The results of this additional data
analysis demonstrate a better
distribution of cases with regard to
length of stay and average costs. Our
clinical advisors agree that a patient’s
severity of illness is captured more
appropriately with this subdivision. The
data also meet the established criteria
for creating subgroups within a base
MS–DRG as discussed earlier in this
proposed rule.
As the subdivision of the claims data
based on these subgroups better
captures a patient’s severity level and
utilization of resources and is supported
by our clinical advisors, we are
proposing to create three new MS–DRGs
and to delete MS–DRGs 490 and 491.
These proposed new MS–DRGs would
be titled as follows and would be
effective as of October 1, 2014:
• Proposed new MS–DRG 518 (Back
& Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator);
• Proposed new MS–DRG 519 (Back
& Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion with CC); and
• Proposed new MS–DRG 520 (Back
& Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion without CC/MCC).
We are inviting public comments on
our proposal to create these proposed
new MS–DRGs for FY 2015.
6. MDC 10 (Endocrine, Nutritional and
Metabolic Diseases and Disorders):
Disorders of Porphyrin Metabolism
We received a comment on the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule that
we considered out of scope for the
proposed rule. We stated in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50550)
that we would consider this issue in
future rulemaking as part of our annual
review process. The request was for the
creation of a new MS–DRG to better
identify cases where patients with
disorders of porphyrin metabolism
exist, to recognize the resource
requirements in caring for these
patients, to ensure appropriate payment
for these cases, and to preserve patient
access to necessary treatments. This
issue has been discussed previously in
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule (77 FR 27904 and 27905) and final
rule (77 FR 53311 through 53313).
Porphyria is defined as a group of rare
disorders (‘‘porphyrias’’) that interfere
with the production of hemoglobin that
is needed for red blood cells. While
some of these disorders are genetic
(inborn) and others can be acquired,
they all result in the abnormal
accumulation of hemoglobin building
blocks, called porphyrins, which can be
deposited in the tissues where they
particularly interfere with the
functioning of the nervous system and
the skin. Treatment for patients
suffering from disorders of porphyrin
metabolism consists of an intravenous
injection of Panhematin® (hemin for
injection). In 1984, this pharmaceutical
agent became the first approved drug for
a rare disease to be designated under the
Orphan Drug Act. The requestor stated
that it is the only FDA-approved
prescription treatment for acute
intermittent porphyria. ICD–9–CM
diagnosis code 277.1 (Disorders of
porphyrin metabolism) describes these
cases, which are currently assigned to
MS–DRG 642 (Inborn and Other
Disorders of Metabolism).
We analyzed claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for cases assigned to MS–
DRG 642. Our findings are shown in the
table below.
Number of
cases
MS–DRG
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
MS–DRG 642—All cases ............................................................................................................
MS–DRG 642—Cases with principal diagnosis code 277.1 .......................................................
As shown in the table above, we
found a total of 1,486 cases in MS–DRG
642, with an average length of stay of
4.61 days and average costs of $8,151.
We then analyzed the data for cases
reporting diagnosis code 277.1 as the
principal diagnosis in this same MS–
DRG. We found a total of 299 cases,
with an average length of stay of 5.98
days and average costs of $13,303.
While the data show that the average
costs for the 299 cases reporting a
principal diagnosis code of 277.1 were
higher than the average costs for all
cases in MS–DRG 642 ($13,303
compared to $8,151), the number of
cases is small. Given the small number
of porphyria cases, we do not believe
there is justification for creating a new
MS–DRG. Basing a new MS–DRG on
such a small number of cases could lead
to distortions in the relative payment
weights for the MS–DRG because
several expensive cases could impact
the overall relative payment weight.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Having larger clinical cohesive groups
within an MS–DRG provides greater
stability for annual updates to the
relative payment weights. In addition,
as discussed earlier, one of the criteria
we apply in evaluating whether to
create new severity subgroups within an
MS–DRG is whether there are at least
500 cases in the CC or MCC subgroup.
While this criterion is used to evaluate
whether to create a severity subgroup
within an MS–DRG, applying it here
suggests that creating a new MS–DRG
for cases reporting a principal diagnosis
of code 277.1 would not be appropriate.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and recommended no MS–DRG
change for porphyria cases because they
fit clinically within MS–DRG 642.
In summary, we are not proposing to
create a new MS–DRG for porphyria
cases. We are inviting public comments
on our proposal to maintain porphyria
cases in MS–DRG 642.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1,486
299
Average
length of stay
Average costs
4.61
5.98
$8,151
13,303
7. MDC 15 (Newborns and Other
Neonates With Conditions Originating
in the Perinatal Period)
We received a request to evaluate the
MS–DRG assignment of seven ICD–9–
CM diagnosis codes in MS–DRG 794
(Neonate With Other Significant
Problems) under MDC 15. The requestor
stated that these codes have no bearing
on the infant, and are not representative
of a neonate with a significant problem.
The requestor recommended that we
change the MS–DRG logic so that the
following seven ICD–9–CM codes would
not lead to assignment of MS–DRG 794.
The requestor recommended that the
diagnoses be added to the ‘‘only
secondary diagnosis’’ list under MS–
DRG 795 (Normal newborn) so that the
case would be assigned to MS–DRG 795
(Normal newborn).
• V17.0 (Family history of psychiatric
condition)
• V17.2 (Family history of other
neurological Diseases)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
• V17.49 (Family history of other
cardiovascular diseases)
• V18.0 (Family history of diabetes
mellitus)
• V18.19 (Family history of other
endocrine and metabolic diseases)
• V18.8 (Family history of infectious
and parasitic diseases)
• V50.3 (Ear piercing)
In the case of a newborn with one of
these diagnosis codes reported as a
secondary diagnosis, the case would be
assigned to MS–DRG 794. The
commenter believed that any of these
seven diagnosis codes (noted above),
when reported as a secondary diagnosis
for a newborn case, should be assigned
to MS–DRG 795 instead of MS–DRG
794.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this
request and concur with the commenter
that the seven ICD–9–CM diagnosis
codes noted above should not continue
to be assigned to MS–DRG 794, as there
is no clinically usable information
reported in those codes identifying
significant problems. Therefore, for FY
2015, we are proposing to reassign these
following seven diagnoses to the ‘‘only
secondary diagnosis list’’ under MS–
DRG 795 so that the case would be
assigned to MS–DRG 795.
• V17.0 (Family history of psychiatric
condition)
• V17.2 (Family history of other
neurological diseases)
• V17.49 (Family history of other
cardiovascular diseases)
• V18.0 (Family history of diabetes
mellitus)
• V18.19 (Family history of other
endocrine and metabolic diseases)
• V18.8 (Family history of infectious
and parasitic diseases)
• V50.3 (Ear piercing)
We are inviting public comments on
this proposal.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8. Proposed Medicare Code Editor
(MCE) Changes
The Medicare Code Editor (MCE) is a
software program that detects and
reports errors in the coding of Medicare
claims data. Patient diagnoses,
procedure(s), and demographic
information are entered into the
Medicare claims processing systems and
are subjected to a series of automated
screens. The MCE screens are designed
to identify cases that require further
review before classification into an MS–
DRG.
As discussed in section II.G.1.a. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we
developed an ICD–10 version of the
current MS–DRGs, which are based on
ICD–9–CM codes. We refer to this
version of the MS–DRGs as the ICD–10
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
MS–DRGs Version 31.0–R. In November
2013, we also posted a Definitions of
Medicare Code Edits Manual of the
ICD–10 MCE Version 31.0 on the ICD–
10 MS–DRG Conversion Project Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRGConversion-Project.html. We produced
mainframe and computer software for
Version 31.0 of the MS–DRG GROUPER
with Medicare Code Editor, which was
made available to the public in
December 2013. Information on ordering
the mainframe and computer software
through NTIS was posted on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MSDRG-Conversion-Project.html under the
‘‘Related Links’’ section. This ICD–10
MS–DRG GROUPER with Medicare
Code Editor Version 31.0 computer
software facilitated additional review of
the ICD–10 MS–DRGs conversion. We
encouraged the public to submit to CMS
any comments on areas where they
believed the ICD–10 MS–DRG
GROUPER and MCE did not accurately
reflect the logic and edits found in the
ICD–9–CM MS–DRG GROUPER and
MCE Version 31.0.
We also have posted an ICD–10
version of the current MCE, which is
based on ICD–9–CM codes, and refer to
that version of the MCE as the ICD–10
MCE Version 31.0–R. Both of these
documents are posted on our ICD–10
MS–DRG Conversion Project Web site
at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/
Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRGConversion-Project.html. We will
continue to share ICD–10 MS–DRG and
MCE conversion activities with the
public through this Web site.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
remove extracranial-intracranial (EC–IC)
bypass surgery from the ‘‘Noncovered
Procedure’’ edit code list for Version
32.0 of the MCE. This procedure is
identified by ICD–9–CM procedure code
39.28 (Extracranial-intracranial (EC–IC)
vascular bypass).
Because of the complexity of
appropriately classifying the
circumstances under which the EC–IC
bypass surgery may, or may not, be
considered reasonable and necessary for
certain conditions, we are proposing to
remove the MCE ‘‘Noncovered
Procedure’’ edit for EC–IC bypass
surgery from the ‘‘Noncovered
Procedure’’ edit code list for Version
32.0 of the MCE. We are inviting public
comments on this proposal.
9. Proposed Changes to Surgical
Hierarchies
Some inpatient stays entail multiple
surgical procedures, each one of which,
occurring by itself, could result in
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28017
assignment of the case to a different
MS–DRG within the MDC to which the
principal diagnosis is assigned.
Therefore, it is necessary to have a
decision rule within the GROUPER by
which these cases are assigned to a
single MS–DRG. The surgical hierarchy,
an ordering of surgical classes from
most resource-intensive to least
resource-intensive, performs that
function. Application of this hierarchy
ensures that cases involving multiple
surgical procedures are assigned to the
MS–DRG associated with the most
resource-intensive surgical class.
Because the relative resource intensity
of surgical classes can shift as a function
of MS–DRG reclassification and
recalibrations, for FY 2015, we reviewed
the surgical hierarchy of each MDC, as
we have for previous reclassifications
and recalibrations, to determine if the
ordering of classes coincides with the
intensity of resource utilization.
A surgical class can be composed of
one or more MS–DRGs. For example, in
MDC 11, the surgical class ‘‘kidney
transplant’’ consists of a single MS–DRG
(MS–DRG 652) and the class ‘‘major
bladder procedures’’ consists of three
MS–DRGs (MS–DRGs 653, 654, and
655). Consequently, in many cases, the
surgical hierarchy has an impact on
more than one MS–DRG. The
methodology for determining the most
resource-intensive surgical class
involves weighting the average
resources for each MS–DRG by
frequency to determine the weighted
average resources for each surgical class.
For example, assume surgical class A
includes MS–DRGs 001 and 002 and
surgical class B includes MS–DRGs 003,
004, and 005. Assume also that the
average costs of MS–DRG 001 are higher
than that of MS–DRG 003, but the
average costs of MS–DRGs 004 and 005
are higher than the average costs of MS–
DRG 002. To determine whether
surgical class A should be higher or
lower than surgical class B in the
surgical hierarchy, we would weigh the
average costs of each MS–DRG in the
class by frequency (that is, by the
number of cases in the MS–DRG) to
determine average resource
consumption for the surgical class. The
surgical classes would then be ordered
from the class with the highest average
resource utilization to that with the
lowest, with the exception of ‘‘other
O.R. procedures’’ as discussed below.
This methodology may occasionally
result in assignment of a case involving
multiple procedures to the lowerweighted MS–DRG (in the highest, most
resource-intensive surgical class) of the
available alternatives. However, given
that the logic underlying the surgical
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28018
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hierarchy provides that the GROUPER
search for the procedure in the most
resource-intensive surgical class, in
cases involving multiple procedures,
this result is sometimes unavoidable.
We note that, notwithstanding the
foregoing discussion, there are a few
instances when a surgical class with a
lower average cost is ordered above a
surgical class with a higher average cost.
For example, the ‘‘other O.R.
procedures’’ surgical class is uniformly
ordered last in the surgical hierarchy of
each MDC in which it occurs, regardless
of the fact that the average costs for the
MS–DRG or MS–DRGs in that surgical
class may be higher than those for other
surgical classes in the MDC. The ‘‘other
O.R. procedures’’ class is a group of
procedures that are only infrequently
related to the diagnoses in the MDC, but
are still occasionally performed on
patients with cases assigned to the MDC
with these diagnoses. Therefore,
assignment to these surgical classes
should only occur if no other surgical
class more closely related to the
diagnoses in the MDC is appropriate.
A second example occurs when the
difference between the average costs for
two surgical classes is very small. We
have found that small differences
generally do not warrant reordering of
the hierarchy because, as a result of
reassigning cases on the basis of the
hierarchy change, the average costs are
likely to shift such that the higherordered surgical class has lower average
costs than the class ordered below it.
Based on the changes that we are
proposing to make for FY 2015, as
discussed in sections II.G.4.c., II.G.5.a.,
and II.G.5.c. of the preamble of this FY
2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
are proposing to revise the surgical
hierarchy for MDC 5 (Diseases and
Disorders of the Circulatory System) and
MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue) as follows:
In MDC 5, we are proposing to
sequence proposed new MS–DRG 266
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement with MCC) and proposed
new MS–DRG 267 (Endovascular
Cardiac Valve Replacement without
MCC) above MS–DRG 222 (Cardiac
Defibrillator Implant with Cardiac
Catheterization with AMI/HF/Shock
with MCC).
In MDC 8, we are proposing to delete
MS–DRGs 490 (Back & Neck Procedures
Except Spinal Fusion with CC/MCC or
Disc Device/Neurostimulator) and MS–
DRG 491 (Back & Neck Procedures
Except Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC
or Disc Device/Neurostimulator) from
the surgical hierarchy. We are proposing
to sequence proposed new MS–DRG 518
(Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal
Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator), proposed new MS–
DRG 519 (Back & Neck Procedure
Except Spinal Fusion with CC), and
proposed new MS–DRG 520 (Back &
Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion
without CC/MCC) above MS–DRG 492
(Lower Extremity and Humerus
Procedure Except Hip, Foot, Femur with
MCC).
We are inviting public comments on
our proposals.
10. Proposed Changes to the MS–DRG
Diagnosis Codes for FY 2015
a. Major Complications or Comorbidities
(MCCs) and Complications or
Comorbidities (CC) Severity Levels for
FY 2015
A complete updated MCC, CC, and
Non-CC Exclusion List is available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site at:
https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/MedicareFee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/ as
follows:
• Table 6I (Complete MCC list);
• Table 6J (Complete CC list); and
• Table 6K (Complete list of CC
Exclusions).
b. Coronary Atherosclerosis Due to
Calcified Coronary Lesion
We received a request that we change
the severity level for ICD–9–CM
diagnosis code 414.4 (Coronary
atherosclerosis due to calcified coronary
lesion) from a non-CC to an MCC. This
issue was previously discussed in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(78 FR 27522) and the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50541
through 50542).
We examined claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file for ICD–9–CM diagnosis
code 414.4. The following chart shows
our findings.
Diagnosis description
CC Level
Cnt 1
Cnt 1
Impact
Cnt 2
Cnt 2
Impact
Cnt 3
Cnt 3
Impact
414.4 ............
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Code
Coronary atherosclerosis
due to calcified lesion.
Non-CC .....
1,796
1.16
3,056
2.18
2,835
3.01
We ran the above data as described in
the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
comment period (72 FR 47158 through
47161). The C1 value reflects a patient
with no other secondary diagnosis or
with all other secondary diagnoses that
are non-CCs. The C2 value reflects a
patient with at least one other secondary
diagnosis that is a CC, but none that is
an MCC. The C3 value reflects a patient
with at least one other secondary
diagnosis that is an MCC.
The chart above shows that the C1
finding is 1.16. A value close to 1.0 in
the C1 field suggests that the diagnosis
produces the same expected value as a
non-CC. A value close to 2.0 suggests
the condition is more like a CC than a
non-CC, but not as significant in
resource usage as an MCC. A value close
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to 3.0 suggests the condition is expected
to consume resources more similar to an
MCC than a CC or a non-CC. The C2
finding was 2.18. A C2 value close to 2.0
suggests the condition is more like a CC
than a non-CC, but not as significant in
resource usage as an MCC when there is
at least one other secondary diagnosis
that is a CC but none that is an MCC.
While the C1 value of 1.16 is above the
1.0 value for a non-CC, it does not
support reclassification to an MCC. As
stated earlier, a value close to 3.0
suggests the condition is expected to
consume resources more similar to an
MCC than a CC or a non-CC. The C2
finding of 2.18 also does not support
reclassifying this diagnosis code to an
MCC. Our clinical advisors reviewed the
data and evaluated this condition. They
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
recommended that we not change the
severity level of diagnosis code 414.4
from a non-CC to an MCC. They do not
believe that this diagnosis would
increase the severity level of patients.
They pointed out that a similar code,
diagnosis code 414.2 (Chronic total
occlusion of coronary artery), is a nonCC. Our clinical advisors believe that
diagnosis code 414.4 represents patients
who are less severe than diagnosis code
414.2. Considering the C1 and C2
ratings and the input from our clinical
advisors, we are not proposing to
reclassify diagnosis code 414.4 to an
MCC; the diagnosis code would
continue to be considered a non-CC.
Therefore, based on the data and
clinical analysis, we are proposing to
maintain diagnosis code 414.4 as a non-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
CC. We are inviting public comments on
our proposal.
11. Complications or Comorbidity (CC)
Exclusions List
a. Background of the CC List and the CC
Exclusions List
Under the IPPS MS–DRG
classification system, we have
developed a standard list of diagnoses
that are considered CCs. Historically, we
developed this list using physician
panels that classified each diagnosis
code based on whether the diagnosis,
when present as a secondary condition,
would be considered a substantial
complication or comorbidity. A
substantial complication or comorbidity
was defined as a condition that, because
of its presence with a specific principal
diagnosis, would cause an increase in
the length of stay by at least 1 day in
at least 75 percent of the patients.
However, depending on the principal
diagnosis of the patient, some diagnoses
on the basic list of complications and
comorbidities may be excluded if they
are closely related to the principal
diagnosis. In FY 2008, we evaluated
each diagnosis code to determine its
impact on resource use and to
determine the most appropriate CC
subclassification (non-CC, CC, or MCC)
assignment. We refer readers to sections
II.D.2. and 3. of the preamble of the FY
2008 IPPS final rule with comment
period for a discussion of the refinement
of CCs in relation to the MS–DRGs we
adopted for FY 2008 (72 FR 47152
through 47171).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY
2015
In the September 1, 1987 final notice
(52 FR 33143) concerning changes to the
DRG classification system, we modified
the GROUPER logic so that certain
diagnoses included on the standard list
of CCs would not be considered valid
CCs in combination with a particular
principal diagnosis. We created the CC
Exclusions List for the following
reasons: (1) To preclude coding of CCs
for closely related conditions; (2) to
preclude duplicative or inconsistent
coding from being treated as CCs; and
(3) to ensure that cases are appropriately
classified between the complicated and
uncomplicated DRGs in a pair. As we
indicated above, we developed a list of
diagnoses, using physician panels, to
include those diagnoses that, when
present as a secondary condition, would
be considered a substantial
complication or comorbidity. In
previous years, we have made changes
to the list of CCs, either by adding new
CCs or deleting CCs already on the list.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
In the May 19, 1987 proposed notice
(52 FR 18877) and the September 1,
1987 final notice (52 FR 33154), we
explained that the excluded secondary
diagnoses were established using the
following five principles:
• Chronic and acute manifestations of
the same condition should not be
considered CCs for one another;
• Specific and nonspecific (that is,
not otherwise specified (NOS))
diagnosis codes for the same condition
should not be considered CCs for one
another;
• Codes for the same condition that
cannot coexist, such as partial/total,
unilateral/bilateral, obstructed/
unobstructed, and benign/malignant,
should not be considered CCs for one
another;
• Codes for the same condition in
anatomically proximal sites should not
be considered CCs for one another; and
• Closely related conditions should
not be considered CCs for one another.
The creation of the CC Exclusions List
was a major project involving hundreds
of codes. We have continued to review
the remaining CCs to identify additional
exclusions and to remove diagnoses
from the master list that have been
shown not to meet the definition of a
CC.1
For FY 2015, we are not proposing
any changes to the CC Exclusion List.
Therefore, we are not developing or
1 We refer readers to the FY 1989 final rule (53
FR 38485, September 30, 1988) for the revision
made for the discharges occurring in FY 1989; the
FY 1990 final rule (54 FR 36552, September 1,
1989) for the FY 1990 revision; the FY 1991 final
rule (55 FR 36126, September 4, 1990) for the FY
1991 revision; the FY 1992 final rule (56 FR 43209,
August 30, 1991) for the FY 1992 revision; the FY
1993 final rule (57 FR 39753, September 1, 1992)
for the FY 1993 revision; the FY 1994 final rule (58
FR 46278, September 1, 1993) for the FY 1994
revisions; the FY 1995 final rule (59 FR 45334,
September 1, 1994) for the FY 1995 revisions; the
FY 1996 final rule (60 FR 45782, September 1,
1995) for the FY 1996 revisions; the FY 1997 final
rule (61 FR 46171, August 30, 1996) for the FY 1997
revisions; the FY 1998 final rule (62 FR 45966,
August 29, 1997) for the FY 1998 revisions; the FY
1999 final rule (63 FR 40954, July 31, 1998) for the
FY 1999 revisions; the FY 2001 final rule (65 FR
47064, August 1, 2000) for the FY 2001 revisions;
the FY 2002 final rule (66 FR 39851, August 1,
2001) for the FY 2002 revisions; the FY 2003 final
rule (67 FR 49998, August 1, 2002) for the FY 2003
revisions; the FY 2004 final rule (68 FR 45364,
August 1, 2003) for the FY 2004 revisions; the FY
2005 final rule (69 FR 49848, August 11, 2004) for
the FY 2005 revisions; the FY 2006 final rule (70
FR 47640, August 12, 2005) for the FY 2006
revisions; the FY 2007 final rule (71 FR 47870) for
the FY 2007 revisions; the FY 2008 final rule (72
FR 47130) for the FY 2008 revisions; the FY 2009
final rule (73 FR 48510); the FY 2010 final rule (74
FR 43799); the FY 2011 final rule (75 FR 50114);
the FY 2012 final rule (76 FR 51542); the FY 2013
final rule (77 FR 53315); and the FY 2014 final rule
(78 FR 50541). In the FY 2000 final rule (64 FR
41490, July 30, 1999), we did not modify the CC
Exclusions List because we did not make any
changes to the ICD–9–CM codes for FY 2000.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28019
publishing Tables 6G (Additions to the
CC Exclusion List) or Table 6H
(Deletions from the CC Exclusion List).
We have developed Table 6K (Complete
List of CC Exclusions), which is
available only via the Internet on the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/
index.html. Because of the length of
Table 6K, we are not publishing it in the
Addendum to this proposed rule. Each
of these principal diagnosis codes for
which there is a CC exclusion is shown
with an asterisk and the conditions that
will not count as a CC are provided in
an indented column immediately
following the affected principal
diagnosis. Beginning with discharges on
or after October 1 of each year, the
indented diagnoses are not recognized
by the GROUPER as valid CCs for the
asterisked principal diagnoses.
A complete updated MCC, CC, and
Non-CC Exclusions List is available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/.
Because there are no proposed new,
revised, or deleted diagnosis or
procedure codes for FY 2015, we are not
developing Table 6A (New Diagnosis
Codes), Table 6B (New Procedure
Codes), Table 6C (Invalid Diagnosis
Codes), Table 6D (Invalid Procedure
Codes), Table 6E (Revised Diagnosis
Code Titles), and Table 6F (Revised
Procedure Codes) to this proposed rule
and they are not published as part of
this proposed rule.
We are proposing no additions or
deletions to the MS–DRG MCC List for
FY 2015 and no additions or deletions
to the MS–DRG CC List for FY 2015.
Therefore, we are not developing Tables
6I.1 (Additions to the MCC List), 6I.2
(Deletions to the MCC List), 6J.1
(Additions to the CC List), and 6J.2
(Deletions to the CC List), and they are
not published as part of this proposed
rule.
Alternatively, the complete
documentation of the GROUPER logic,
including the current CC Exclusions
List, is available from 3M/Health
Information Systems (HIS), which,
under contract with CMS, is responsible
for updating and maintaining the
GROUPER program. The current MS–
DRG Definitions Manual, Version 31.0,
is available on a CD for $225.00. This
manual may be obtained by writing 3M/
HIS at the following address: 100 Barnes
Road, Wallingford, CT 06492; or by
calling (203) 949–0303, or by obtaining
an order form at the Web site: https://
www.3MHIS.com. Please specify the
revision or revisions requested. Version
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28020
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
32.0 of this manual, which will include
the final FY 2015 MS–DRG changes,
will be available after publication of the
FY 2015 final rule on a CD for $225.00.
This manual may be obtained by writing
3M/HIS at the address provided above;
or by calling (203) 949–0303; or by
obtaining an order form at the Web site
at: https://www/3MHIS.com. Please
specify the revision or revisions
requested.
12. Review of Procedure Codes in MS
DRGs 981 Through 983; 984 Through
986; and 987 Through 989
Each year, we review cases assigned
to former CMS DRG 468 (Extensive O.R.
Procedure Unrelated to Principal
Diagnosis), CMS DRG 476 (Prostatic
O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
Diagnosis), and CMS DRG 477
(Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated
to Principal Diagnosis) to determine
whether it would be appropriate to
change the procedures assigned among
these CMS DRGs. Under the MS–DRGs
that we adopted for FY 2008, CMS DRG
468 was split three ways and became
MS–DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive
O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively). CMS
DRG 476 became MS–DRGs 984, 985,
and 986 (Prostatic O.R. Procedure
Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with
MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
respectively). CMS DRG 477 became
MS–DRGs 987, 988, and 989
(Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated
to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with
CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
MS–DRGs 981 through 983, 984
through 986, and 987 through 989
(formerly CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477,
respectively) are reserved for those cases
in which none of the O.R. procedures
performed are related to the principal
diagnosis. These MS–DRGs are intended
to capture atypical cases, that is, those
cases not occurring with sufficient
frequency to represent a distinct,
recognizable clinical group. MS–DRGs
984 through 986 (previously CMS DRG
476) are assigned to those discharges in
which one or more of the following
prostatic procedures are performed and
are unrelated to the principal diagnosis:
• 60.0 (Incision of prostate);
• 60.12 (Open biopsy of prostate);
• 60.15 (Biopsy of periprostatic
tissue);
• 60.18 (Other diagnostic procedures
on prostate and periprostatic tissue);
• 60.21 (Transurethral
prostatectomy);
• 60.29 (Other transurethral
prostatectomy);
• 60.61 (Local excision of lesion of
prostate);
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• 60.69 (Prostatectomy, not elsewhere
classified);
• 60.81 (Incision of periprostatic
tissue);
• 60.82 (Excision of periprostatic
tissue);
• 60.93 (Repair of prostate);
• 60.94 (Control of (postoperative)
hemorrhage of prostate);
• 60.95 (Transurethral balloon
dilation of the prostatic urethra);
• 60.96 (Transurethral destruction of
prostate tissue by microwave
thermotherapy);
• 60.97 (Other transurethral
destruction of prostate tissue by other
thermotherapy); and
• 60.99 (Other operations on
prostate).
All remaining O.R. procedures are
assigned to MS–DRGs 981 through 983
and 987 through 989, with MS–DRGs
987 through 989 assigned to those
discharges in which the only procedures
performed are nonextensive procedures
that are unrelated to the principal
diagnosis.2
Our review of MedPAR claims data
showed that there were no cases that
merited movement or should logically
be assigned to any of the other MDCs.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are not
proposing to change the procedures
assigned among these MS–DRGs.
2 The original list of the ICD–9–CM procedure
codes for the procedures we consider nonextensive
procedures, if performed with an unrelated
principal diagnosis, was published in Table 6C in
section IV. of the Addendum to the FY 1989 final
rule (53 FR 38591). As part of the FY 1991 final rule
(55 FR 36135), the FY 1992 final rule (56 FR 43212),
the FY 1993 final rule (57 FR 23625), the FY 1994
final rule (58 FR 46279), the FY 1995 final rule (59
FR 45336), the FY 1996 final rule (60 FR 45783),
the FY 1997 final rule (61 FR 46173), and the FY
1998 final rule (62 FR 45981), we moved several
other procedures from DRG 468 to DRG 477, and
some procedures from DRG 477 to DRG 468. No
procedures were moved in FY 1999, as noted in the
final rule (63 FR 40962), in the FY 2000 (64 FR
41496), in the FY 2001 (65 FR 47064), or in the FY
2002 (66 FR 39852). In the FY 2003 final rule (67
FR 49999), we did not move any procedures from
DRG 477. However, we did move procedure codes
from DRG 468 and placed them in more clinically
coherent DRGs. In the FY 2004 final rule (68 FR
45365), we moved several procedures from DRG
468 to DRGs 476 and 477 because the procedures
are nonextensive. In the FY 2005 final rule (69 FR
48950), we moved one procedure from DRG 468 to
477. In addition, we added several existing
procedures to DRGs 476 and 477. In FY 2006 (70
FR 47317), we moved one procedure from DRG 468
and assigned it to DRG 477. In FY 2007, we moved
one procedure from DRG 468 and assigned it to
DRGs 479, 553, and 554. In FYs 2008, 2009, 2010,
2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014, no procedures were
moved, as noted in the FY 2008 final rule with
comment period (72 FR 46241), in the FY 2009 final
rule (73 FR 48513), in the FY 2010 final rule (74
FR 43796), in the FY 2011 final rule (75 FR 50122),
in the FY 2012 final rule (76 FR 51549), in the FY
2013 final rule (77 FR 53321), and in the FY 2014
final rule (78 FR 50545).
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a. Moving Procedure Codes From MS–
DRGs 981 Through 983 or MS–DRGs
987 Through 989 Into MDCs
We annually conduct a review of
procedures producing assignment to
MS–DRGs 981 through 983 (Extensive
O.R. procedure unrelated to principal
diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively) or MS–
DRGs 987 through 989 (Nonextensive
O.R. procedure unrelated to principal
diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively) on the
basis of volume, by procedure, to see if
it would be appropriate to move
procedure codes out of these MS–DRGs
into one of the surgical MS–DRGs for
the MDC into which the principal
diagnosis falls. The data are arrayed in
two ways for comparison purposes. We
look at a frequency count of each major
operative procedure code. We also
compare procedures across MDCs by
volume of procedure codes within each
MDC.
We identify those procedures
occurring in conjunction with certain
principal diagnoses with sufficient
frequency to justify adding them to one
of the surgical MS–DRGs for the MDC in
which the diagnosis falls. As noted
above, there were no cases that merited
movement or that should logically be
assigned to any of the other MDCs.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are not
proposing to remove any procedures
from MS–DRGs 981 through 983 or MS–
DRGs 987 through 989 into one of the
surgical MS–DRGs for the MDC into
which the principal diagnosis is
assigned.
b. Reassignment of Procedures Among
MS–DRGs 981 Through 983, 984
Through 986, and 987 Through 989
We also annually review the list of
ICD–9–CM procedures that, when in
combination with their principal
diagnosis code, result in assignment to
MS–DRGs 981 through 983, 984 through
986 (Prostatic O.R. procedure unrelated
to principal diagnosis with MCC, with
CC, or without CC/MCC, respectively),
and 987 through 989, to ascertain
whether any of those procedures should
be reassigned from one of these three
MS–DRGs to another of the three MS–
DRGs based on average costs and the
length of stay. We look at the data for
trends such as shifts in treatment
practice or reporting practice that would
make the resulting MS–DRG assignment
illogical. If we find these shifts, we
would propose to move cases to keep
the MS–DRGs clinically similar or to
provide payment for the cases in a
similar manner. Generally, we move
only those procedures for which we
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
have an adequate number of discharges
to analyze the data.
There were no cases representing
shifts in treatment practice or reporting
practice that would make the resulting
MS–DRG assignment illogical, or that
merited movement so that cases should
logically be assigned to any of the other
MDCs. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
not proposing to move any procedure
codes among these MS–DRGs.
c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes
to MDCs
Based on the review of cases in the
MDCs as described above in sections
II.G.2. through 7. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are not proposing to
add any diagnosis or procedure codes to
MDCs for FY 2015.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
13. Proposed Changes to the ICD–9–CM
System
a. ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee
In September 1985, the ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee was formed. This is a
Federal interdepartmental committee,
co-chaired by the National Center for
Health Statistics (NCHS), the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention, and
CMS, charged with maintaining and
updating the ICD–9–CM system. The
final update to ICD–9–CM codes was to
be made on October 1, 2013. Thereafter,
the name of the Committee was changed
to the ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee, effective with
the March 19–20, 2014 meeting. The
ICD–10 Coordination and Maintenance
Committee will address updates to the
ICD–10–CM, ICD–10–PCS, and ICD–9–
CM coding systems. The Committee is
jointly responsible for approving coding
changes, and developing errata,
addenda, and other modifications to the
coding systems to reflect newly
developed procedures and technologies
and newly identified diseases. The
Committee is also responsible for
promoting the use of Federal and nonFederal educational programs and other
communication techniques with a view
toward standardizing coding
applications and upgrading the quality
of the classification system.
The official list of ICD–9–CM
diagnosis and procedure codes by fiscal
year can be found on the CMS Web site
at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
codes.html. The official list of ICD–10–
CM and ICD–10–PCS codes can be
found on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/
index.html.
The NCHS has lead responsibility for
the ICD–10–CM and ICD–9–CM
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
diagnosis codes included in the Tabular
List and Alphabetic Index for Diseases,
while CMS has lead responsibility for
the ICD–10–PCS and ICD–9–CM
procedure codes included in the
Tabular List and Alphabetic Index for
Procedures.
The Committee encourages
participation in the above process by
health-related organizations. In this
regard, the Committee holds public
meetings for discussion of educational
issues and proposed coding changes.
These meetings provide an opportunity
for representatives of recognized
organizations in the coding field, such
as the American Health Information
Management Association (AHIMA), the
American Hospital Association (AHA),
and various physician specialty groups,
as well as individual physicians, health
information management professionals,
and other members of the public, to
contribute ideas on coding matters.
After considering the opinions
expressed at the public meetings and in
writing, the Committee formulates
recommendations, which then must be
approved by the agencies.
The Committee presented proposals
for coding changes for implementation
in FY 2015 at a public meeting held on
September 18–19, 2013, and finalized
the coding changes after consideration
of comments received at the meetings
and in writing by November 15, 2013.
The Committee held its 2014 meeting
on March 19–20, 2014. Any new ICD–
10–CM/PCS codes for which there was
consensus of public support and for
which complete tabular and indexing
changes will be made by May 2014 will
be included in the October 1, 2014
update to ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS. For
FY 2015, there are no proposed new,
revised, or deleted ICD–9–CM diagnosis
or procedure codes.
Copies of the minutes of the
procedure codes discussions at the
Committee’s September 18–19, 2013
meeting and March 19–20, 2014 meeting
can be obtained from the CMS Web site
at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
index.html?redirect=/
icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/03_
meetings.asp. The minutes of the
diagnosis codes discussions at the
September 18–19, 2013 meeting and
March 19–20, 2014 meeting are found
at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/
icd9cm.html. These Web sites also
provide detailed information about the
Committee, including information on
requesting a new code, attending a
Committee meeting, and timeline
requirements and meeting dates.
We encourage commenters to address
suggestions on coding issues involving
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28021
diagnosis codes to: Donna Pickett, CoChairperson, ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee, NCHS, Room
2402, 3311 Toledo Road, Hyattsville,
MD 20782. Comments may be sent by
Email to: dfp4@cdc.gov.
Questions and comments concerning
the procedure codes should be
addressed to: Patricia Brooks, CoChairperson, ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee, CMS, Center
for Medicare Management, Hospital and
Ambulatory Policy Group, Division of
Acute Care, C4–08–06, 7500 Security
Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244–1850.
Comments may be sent by Email to:
patricia.brooks2@cms.hhs.gov.
In the September 7, 2001 final rule
implementing the IPPS new technology
add-on payments (66 FR 46906), we
indicated we would attempt to include
proposals for procedure codes that
would describe new technology
discussed and approved at the Spring
meeting as part of the code revisions
effective the following October.
Section 503(a) of Public Law 108–173
included a requirement for updating
ICD–9–CM codes twice a year instead of
a single update on October 1 of each
year. This requirement was included as
part of the amendments to the Act
relating to recognition of new
technology under the IPPS. Section
503(a) amended section 1886(d)(5)(K) of
the Act by adding a clause (vii) which
states that the ‘‘Secretary shall provide
for the addition of new diagnosis and
procedure codes on April 1 of each year,
but the addition of such codes shall not
require the Secretary to adjust the
payment (or diagnosis-related group
classification) . . . until the fiscal year
that begins after such date.’’ This
requirement improves the recognition of
new technologies under the IPPS system
by providing information on these new
technologies at an earlier date. Data will
be available 6 months earlier than
would be possible with updates
occurring only once a year on
October 1.
While section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the
Act states that the addition of new
diagnosis and procedure codes on April
1 of each year shall not require the
Secretary to adjust the payment, or DRG
classification, under section 1886(d) of
the Act until the fiscal year that begins
after such date, we have to update the
DRG software and other systems in
order to recognize and accept the new
codes. We also publicize the code
changes and the need for a mid-year
systems update by providers to identify
the new codes. Hospitals also have to
obtain the new code books and encoder
updates, and make other system changes
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28022
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
in order to identify and report the new
codes.
The ICD–10 (previously the ICD–9–
CM) Coordination and Maintenance
Committee holds its meetings in the
spring and fall in order to update the
codes and the applicable payment and
reporting systems by October 1 of each
year. Items are placed on the agenda for
the Committee meeting if the request is
received at least 2 months prior to the
meeting. This requirement allows time
for staff to review and research the
coding issues and prepare material for
discussion at the meeting. It also allows
time for the topic to be publicized in
meeting announcements in the Federal
Register as well as on the CMS Web site.
The public decides whether or not to
attend the meeting based on the topics
listed on the agenda. Final decisions on
code title revisions are currently made
by March 1 so that these titles can be
included in the IPPS proposed rule. A
complete addendum describing details
of all diagnosis and procedure coding
changes, both tabular and index, is
published on the CMS and NCHS Web
sites in May of each year. Publishers of
coding books and software use this
information to modify their products
that are used by health care providers.
This 5-month time period has proved to
be necessary for hospitals and other
providers to update their systems.
A discussion of this timeline and the
need for changes are included in the
December 4–5, 2005 ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee Meeting minutes. The public
agreed that there was a need to hold the
fall meetings earlier, in September or
October, in order to meet the new
implementation dates. The public
provided comment that additional time
would be needed to update hospital
systems and obtain new code books and
coding software. There was considerable
concern expressed about the impact this
new April update would have on
providers.
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we
implemented section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii)
of the Act, as added by section 503(a)
of Public Law 108–173, by developing a
mechanism for approving, in time for
the April update, diagnosis and
procedure code revisions needed to
describe new technologies and medical
services for purposes of the new
technology add-on payment process. We
also established the following process
for making these determinations. Topics
considered during the Fall ICD–10
(previously ICD–9–CM) Coordination
and Maintenance Committee meeting
are considered for an April 1 update if
a strong and convincing case is made by
the requester at the Committee’s public
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
meeting. The request must identify the
reason why a new code is needed in
April for purposes of the new
technology process. The participants at
the meeting and those reviewing the
Committee meeting summary report are
provided the opportunity to comment
on this expedited request. All other
topics are considered for the October 1
update. Participants at the Committee
meeting are encouraged to comment on
all such requests. There were no
requests approved for an expedited
April l, 2014 implementation of a code
at the September 18–19, 2013
Committee meeting. Therefore, there
were no new codes implemented on
April 1, 2014.
ICD–9–CM addendum and code title
information is published on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD9Provider
DiagnosticCodes/?redirect=/
icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
01overview.asp#TopofPage. ICD–10–CM
and ICD–10–PCS addendum and code
title information is published on the
CMS Web site at https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Coding/ICD10/.
Information on ICD–10–CM diagnosis
codes, along with the Official ICD–10–
CM Coding Guidelines, can also be
found on the CDC Web site at: https://
www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm.html.
Information on new, revised, and
deleted ICD–10–CM/ICD–10–PCS codes
is also provided to the AHA for
publication in the Coding Clinic for
ICD–10. AHA also distributes
information to publishers and software
vendors.
CMS also sends copies of all ICD–9–
CM coding changes to its Medicare
contractors for use in updating their
systems and providing education to
providers.
The code titles are adopted as part of
the ICD–10 (previously ICD–9–CM)
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee process. Therefore, although
we publish the code titles in the IPPS
proposed and final rules, they are not
subject to comment in the proposed or
final rules.
b. Code Freeze
In the January 16, 2009 ICD–10–CM
and ICD–10–PCS final rule (74 FR
3340), there was a discussion of the
need for a partial or total freeze in the
annual updates to both ICD–9–CM and
ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS codes.
The public comment addressed in that
final rule stated that the annual code set
updates should cease l year prior to the
implementation of ICD–10. The
commenters stated that this freeze of
code updates would allow for
instructional and/or coding software
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
programs to be designed and purchased
early, without concern that an upgrade
would take place immediately before
the compliance date, necessitating
additional updates and purchases.
HHS responded to comments in the
ICD–10 final rule that the ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee has jurisdiction over any
action impacting the ICD–9–CM and
ICD–10 code sets. Therefore, HHS
indicated that the issue of consideration
of a moratorium on updates to the ICD–
9–CM, ICD–10–CM, and ICD–10–PCS
code sets in anticipation of the adoption
of ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS would
be addressed through the Committee at
a future public meeting.
The code freeze was discussed at
multiple meetings of the ICD–9–CM
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee and public comment was
actively solicited. The Committee
evaluated all comments from
participants attending the Committee
meetings as well as written comments
that were received. The Committee also
considered the delay in implementation
of ICD–10 until October 1, 2014. There
was an announcement at the September
19, 2012 ICD–9–CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting that a
partial freeze of both ICD–9–CM and
ICD–10 codes will be implemented as
follows:
• The last regular annual update to
both ICD–9–CM and ICD–10 code sets
was made on October 1, 2011.
• On October 1, 2012 and October 1,
2013, there will be only limited code
updates to both ICD–9–CM and ICD–10
code sets to capture new technology and
new diseases.
• On October 1, 2014, there were to
be only limited code updates to ICD–10
code sets to capture new technology and
diagnoses as required by section 503(a)
of Public Law 108–173. There were to
be no updates to ICD–9–CM on October
1, 2014.
• On October 1, 2015, one year after
the originally scheduled
implementation of ICD–10, regular
updates to ICD–10 were to begin.
The ICD–10 (previously ICD–9–CM)
Coordination and Maintenance
Committee announced that it would
continue to meet twice a year during the
freeze. At these meetings, the public
will be encouraged to comment on
whether or not requests for new
diagnosis and procedure codes should
be created based on the need to capture
new technology and new diseases. Any
code requests that do not meet the
criteria will be evaluated for
implementation within ICD–10 one year
after the implementation of ICD–10,
once the partial freeze is ended.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28023
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Complete information on the partial
code freeze and discussions of the
issues at the Committee meetings can be
found on the ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee Web site at:
https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/
Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/
meetings.html. A summary of the
September 19, 2012 Committee meeting,
along with both written and audio
transcripts of this meeting, is posted on
the Web site at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9-
CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials-Items/
2012-09-19-MeetingMaterials.html.
This partial code freeze has
dramatically decreased the number of
codes created each year as shown by the
following information.
TOTAL NUMBER OF CODES AND CHANGES IN TOTAL NUMBER OF CODES PER FISCAL YEAR
ICD–9–CM codes
Fiscal year
Number
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
FY 2009 (October 1, 2008):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
FY 2010 (October 1, 2009):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
FY 2011 (October 1, 2010):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
FY 2012 (October 1, 2011):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
FY 2013 (October 1, 2012):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
FY 2014 (October 1, 2013):
Diagnoses ..........................................
Procedures .........................................
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Change
Fiscal year
14,025
3,824
348
56
14,315
3,838
290
14
14,432
3,859
117
21
14,567
3,877
135
18
14,567
3,878
0
1
14,567
3,882
As mentioned earlier, the public is
provided the opportunity to comment
on any requests for new diagnosis or
procedure codes discussed at the ICD–
10 Coordination and Maintenance
Committee meeting. The public has
supported only a limited number of new
codes during the partial code freeze, as
can be seen by data shown above. We
have gone from creating several
hundred new codes each year to
creating only a limited number of new
ICD–9–CM and ICD–10 codes.
At the September 18–19, 2013 and
March 19–20, 2014 Committee
meetings, we discussed any requests we
had received for new ICD–10–CM
diagnosis and ICD–10–PCS procedure
codes that were to be implemented on
October 1, 2014. We did not discuss
ICD–9–CM codes. The public was given
the opportunity to comment on whether
or not new ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–
PCS codes should be created, based on
the partial code freeze criteria. The
public was to use the criteria as to
whether codes were needed to capture
new diagnoses or new technologies. If
the codes do not meet those criteria for
implementation during the partial code
freeze, consideration was to be given as
to whether the codes should be created
after the partial code freeze ends one
year after the implementation of ICD–
10–CM/PCS. We invited public
comments on any code requests
discussed at the September 18–19, 2013
VerDate Mar<15>2010
ICD–10–CM and ICD–10–PCS codes
0
4
FY 2009:
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
FY 2010:
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
..............................................................
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
FY 2012:
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
FY 2013:
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
FY 2014: ...................................................
ICD–10–CM .......................................
ICD–10–PCS .....................................
and March 19–20, 2014 Committee
meetings for implementation as part of
the October 1, 2014 update. The
deadline for commenting on code
proposals discussed at the September
18–19, 2013 Committee meeting was
November 15, 2013. The deadline for
commenting on code proposals
discussed at the March 19–20, 2014
Committee meeting was April 18, 2014.
H. Recalibration of the Proposed FY
2015 MS–DRG Relative Weights
1. Data Sources for Developing the
Proposed Relative Weights
In developing the proposed FY 2015
system of weights, we used two data
sources: Claims data and cost report
data. As in previous years, the claims
data source is the MedPAR file. This file
is based on fully coded diagnostic and
procedure data for all Medicare
inpatient hospital bills. The FY 2013
MedPAR data used in this proposed rule
include discharges occurring on October
1, 2012, through September 30, 2013,
based on bills received by CMS through
December 31, 2013, from all hospitals
subject to the IPPS and short-term, acute
care hospitals in Maryland (which at
that time were under a waiver from the
IPPS under section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act). The FY 2013 MedPAR file used in
calculating the proposed relative
weights includes data for approximately
10,050,984 Medicare discharges from
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Number
Sfmt 4702
Change
68,069
72,589
+5
¥14,327
69,099
71,957
+1,030
¥632
69,368
72,081
+269
+124
69,833
71,918
+465
¥163
69,832
71,920
¥1
+2
69,823
71,924
¥9
+4
IPPS providers. Discharges for Medicare
beneficiaries enrolled in a Medicare
Advantage managed care plan are
excluded from this analysis. These
discharges are excluded when the
MedPAR ‘‘GHO Paid’’ indicator field on
the claim record is equal to ‘‘1’’ or when
the MedPAR DRG payment field, which
represents the total payment for the
claim, is equal to the MedPAR ‘‘Indirect
Medical Education (IME)’’ payment
field, indicating that the claim was an
‘‘IME only’’ claim submitted by a
teaching hospital on behalf of a
beneficiary enrolled in a Medicare
Advantage managed care plan. In
addition, the December 31, 2013 update
of the FY 2013 MedPAR file complies
with version 5010 of the X12 HIPAA
Transaction and Code Set Standards,
and includes a variable called ‘‘claim
type.’’ Claim type ‘‘60’’ indicates that
the claim was an inpatient claim paid as
fee-for-service. Claim types ‘‘61,’’ ‘‘62,’’
‘‘63,’’ and ‘‘64’’ relate to encounter
claims, Medicare Advantage IME
claims, and HMO no-pay claims.
Therefore, the calculation of the
proposed relative weights for FY 2015
also excludes claims with claim type
values not equal to ‘‘60.’’ The data
exclude CAHs, including hospitals that
subsequently became CAHs after the
period from which the data were taken.
We note that the FY 2015 proposed
relative weights are based on the ICD–
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28024
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
9–CM diagnoses and procedures codes
from the MedPAR claims data, grouped
through the ICD–9–CM version of the
FY 2015 GROUPER (Version 32). The
second data source used in the costbased relative weighting methodology is
the Medicare cost report data files from
the HCRIS. Normally, we use the HCRIS
dataset that is 3 years prior to the IPPS
fiscal year. Specifically, we used cost
report data from the December 31, 2013
update of the FY 2012 HCRIS for
calculating the proposed FY 2015 costbased relative weights.
2. Methodology for Calculation of the
Proposed Relative Weights
As we explain in section II.E.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
calculating the proposed FY 2015
relative weights based on 19 CCRs, as
we did for FY 2014. The methodology
we used to calculate the proposed FY
2015 MS–DRG cost-based relative
weights based on claims data in the FY
2013 MedPAR file and data from the FY
2012 Medicare cost reports is as follows:
• To the extent possible, all the
claims were regrouped using the
proposed FY 2015 MS–DRG
classifications discussed in sections II.B.
and II.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
• The transplant cases that were used
to establish the proposed relative
weights for heart and heart-lung, liver
and/or intestinal, and lung transplants
(MS–DRGs 001, 002, 005, 006, and 007,
respectively) were limited to those
Medicare-approved transplant centers
that have cases in the FY 2012 MedPAR
file. (Medicare coverage for heart, heartlung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung
transplants is limited to those facilities
that have received approval from CMS
as transplant centers.)
• Organ acquisition costs for kidney,
heart, heart-lung, liver, lung, pancreas,
and intestinal (or multivisceral organs)
transplants continue to be paid on a
reasonable cost basis. Because these
acquisition costs are paid separately
from the prospective payment rate, it is
necessary to subtract the acquisition
charges from the total charges on each
transplant bill that showed acquisition
charges before computing the average
cost for each MS–DRG and before
eliminating statistical outliers.
• Claims with total charges or total
lengths of stay less than or equal to zero
were deleted. Claims that had an
amount in the total charge field that
differed by more than $10.00 from the
sum of the routine day charges,
intensive care charges, pharmacy
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
charges, special equipment charges,
therapy services charges, operating
room charges, cardiology charges,
laboratory charges, radiology charges,
other service charges, labor and delivery
charges, inhalation therapy charges,
emergency room charges, blood charges,
and anesthesia charges were also
deleted.
• At least 92.2 percent of the
providers in the MedPAR file had
charges for 14 of the 19 cost centers. All
claims of providers that did not have
charges greater than zero for at least 14
of the 19 cost centers were deleted. In
other words, a provider must have no
more than five blank cost centers. If a
provider did not have charges greater
than zero in more than five cost centers,
the claims for the provider were deleted.
(We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50551) for
the edit threshold related to FY 2014
and prior fiscal years).
• Statistical outliers were eliminated
by removing all cases that were beyond
3.0 standard deviations from the
geometric mean of the log distribution
of both the total charges per case and
the total charges per day for each MS–
DRG.
• Effective October 1, 2008, because
hospital inpatient claims include a POA
indicator field for each diagnosis
present on the claim, only for purposes
of relative weight-setting, the POA
indicator field was reset to ‘‘Y’’ for
‘‘Yes’’ for all claims that otherwise have
an ‘‘N’’ (No) or a ‘‘U’’ (documentation
insufficient to determine if the
condition was present at the time of
inpatient admission) in the POA field.
Under current payment policy, the
presence of specific HAC codes, as
indicated by the POA field values, can
generate a lower payment for the claim.
Specifically, if the particular condition
is present on admission (that is, a ‘‘Y’’
indicator is associated with the
diagnosis on the claim), it is not a HAC,
and the hospital is paid for the higher
severity (and, therefore, the higher
weighted MS–DRG). If the particular
condition is not present on admission
(that is, an ‘‘N’’ indicator is associated
with the diagnosis on the claim) and
there are no other complicating
conditions, the DRG GROUPER assigns
the claim to a lower severity (and,
therefore, the lower weighted MS–DRG)
as a penalty for allowing a Medicare
inpatient to contract a HAC. While the
POA reporting meets policy goals of
encouraging quality care and generates
program savings, it presents an issue for
the relative weight-setting process.
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Because cases identified as HACs are
likely to be more complex than similar
cases that are not identified as HACs,
the charges associated with HAC cases
are likely to be higher as well.
Therefore, if the higher charges of these
HAC claims are grouped into lower
severity MS–DRGs prior to the relative
weight-setting process, the relative
weights of these particular MS–DRGs
would become artificially inflated,
potentially skewing the relative weights.
In addition, we want to protect the
integrity of the budget neutrality process
by ensuring that, in estimating
payments, no increase to the
standardized amount occurs as a result
of lower overall payments in a previous
year that stem from using weights and
case-mix that are based on lower
severity MS–DRG assignments. If this
would occur, the anticipated cost
savings from the HAC policy would be
lost.
To avoid these problems, we reset the
POA indicator field to ‘‘Y’’ only for
relative weight-setting purposes for all
claims that otherwise have an ‘‘N’’ or a
‘‘U’’ in the POA field. This resetting
‘‘forced’’ the more costly HAC claims
into the higher severity MS–DRGs as
appropriate, and the relative weights
calculated for each MS–DRG more
closely reflect the true costs of those
cases.
Once the MedPAR data were trimmed
and the statistical outliers were
removed, the charges for each of the 19
cost groups for each claim were
standardized to remove the effects of
differences in area wage levels, IME and
DSH payments, and for hospitals
located in Alaska and Hawaii, the
applicable cost-of-living adjustment.
Because hospital charges include
charges for both operating and capital
costs, we standardized total charges to
remove the effects of differences in
geographic adjustment factors, cost-ofliving adjustments, and DSH payments
under the capital IPPS as well. Charges
were then summed by MS–DRG for each
of the 19 cost groups so that each MS–
DRG had 19 standardized charge totals.
These charges were then adjusted to
cost by applying the national average
CCRs developed from the FY 2012 cost
report data.
The 19 cost centers that we used in
the proposed relative weight calculation
are shown in the following table. The
table shows the lines on the cost report
and the corresponding revenue codes
that we used to create the 19 national
cost center CCRs.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Cost center group
name
(19 total)
MedPAR charge
field
Revenue codes
contained in
MedPAR charge
field
Cost report line
description
Routine Days .........
Private Room
Charges.
011X and 014X ......
Intensive Days .......
Semi-Private Room
Charges.
Ward Charges ........
Intensive Care
Charges.
Coronary Care
Charges.
Drugs .....................
Pharmacy Charges
Supplies and Equipment.
Medical/Surgical
Supply Charges.
Implantable Devices
Durable Medical
Equipment
Charges.
Used Durable Medical Charges.
................................
Therapy Services ...
Inhalation Therapy
Physical Therapy
Charges.
Occupational Therapy Charges.
Speech Pathology
Charges.
Inhalation Therapy
Charges.
Operating Room
Charges.
Cost from
HCRIS
(Worksheet C,
Part 1, Column
5 and line number) Form CMS–
2552–10
C_1_C5_30
C_1_C6_30
D3_HOS_C2_30
012X, 013X and
016X–019X
015X
020X ......................
Intensive Care Unit
C_1_C5_31
C_1_C6_31
D3_HOS_C2_31
021X ......................
Coronary Care Unit
C_1_C5_32
C_1_C6_32
D3_HOS_C2_32
C_1_C5_33
C_1_C6_33
D3_HOS_C2_33
C_1_C5_34
C_1_C6_34
D3_HOS_C2_34
C_1_C5_35
C_1_C6_35
D3_HOS_C2_35
025X, 026X and
063X.
Burn Intensive Care
Unit.
Surgical Intensive
Care Unit.
Other Special Care
Unit.
Intravenous Therapy.
Drugs Charged To
Patient.
Medical Supplies
Charged to Patients.
C_1_C5_64
C_1_C6_64
C_1_C7_64
C_1_C6_73
C_1_C7_73
C_1_C6_71
C_1_C7_71
D3_HOS_C2_64
C_1_C5_96
C_1_C6_96
C_1_C7_96
D3_HOS_C2_96
C_1_C6_97
C_1_C7_97
C_1_C6_72
C_1_C7_72
D3_HOS_C2_97
C_1_C6_66
C_1_C7_66
C_1_C6_67
C_1_C7_67
C_1_C6_68
C_1_C7_68
C_1_C6_65
C_1_C7_65
C_1_C6_50
C_1_C7_50
C_1_C6_51
C_1_C7_51
C_1_C6_52
C_1_C7_52
C_1_C6_53
C_1_C7_53
C_1_C6_69
C_1_C7_69
C_1_C6_59
C_1_C7_59
C_1_C6_60
C_1_C7_60
C_1_C6_61
C_1_C7_61
C_1_C6_70
C_1_C7_70
C_1_C6_54
C_1_C7_54
C_1_C6_55
D3_HOS_C2_66
C_1_C6_56
C_1_C7_56
C_1_C6_57
C_1_C7_57
D3_HOS_C2_56
0270, 0271, 0272,
0273, 0274,
0277, 0279, and
0621, 0622, 0623.
0290, 0291, 0292
DME-Rented ..........
and 0294–0299.
C_1_C5_73
C_1_C5_71
0293 .......................
DME-Sold ...............
C_1_C5_67
0275, 0276, 0278,
0624.
Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients.
Physical Therapy ...
C_1_C5_72
042X ......................
043X ......................
044X and 047X ......
041X and 046X ......
Occupational Therapy.
Speech Pathology
C_1_C5_66
C_1_C5_67
C_1_C5_68
036X ......................
C_1_C5_50
071X ......................
Recovery Room .....
C_1_C5_51
072X ......................
037X ......................
Delivery Room and
Labor Room.
Anesthesiology ......
C_1_C5_52
Anesthesia .............
Operating Room
Charges.
Anesthesia Charges
C_1_C5_53
Cardiology ..............
Cardiology Charges
048X and 073X ......
Electrocardiology ...
C_1_C5_69
Cardiac Catheterization.
Laboratory ..............
................................
0481 .......................
C_1_C5_59
Laboratory Charges
030X, 031X, and
075X.
Cardiac Catheterization.
Laboratory ..............
Labor & Delivery ....
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
074X, 086X ............
Radiology ...............
Radiology Charges
032X, 040X ............
028x, 0331, 0332,
0333, 0335,
0339, 0342.
0343 and 344 ........
Computed Tomography (CT) Scan.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
CT Scan Charges ..
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Medicare
charges from
HCRIS
(Worksheet D–3,
Column & line
number) Form
CMS–2552–10
Adults & Pediatrics
(General Routine
Care).
Respiratory Therapy.
Operating Room ....
Operating Room ....
Charges from
HCRIS
(Worksheet C,
Part 1, Column
6 & 7 and line
number) Form
CMS–2552–10
28025
035X ......................
PO 00000
Frm 00049
PBP Clinic Laboratory Services.
Electro-Encephalography.
Radiology—Diagnostic.
Radiology—Therapeutic.
C_1_C5_65
C_1_C5_60
C_1_C5_61
C_1_C5_70
C_1_C5_54
C_1_C5_55
Radioisotope ..........
C_1_C5_56
Computed Tomography (CT) Scan.
C_1_C5_57
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
D3_HOS_C2_73
D3_HOS_C2_71
D3_HOS_C2_72
D3_HOS_C2_67
D3_HOS_C2_68
D3_HOS_C2_65
D3_HOS_C2_50
D3_HOS_C2_51
D3_HOS_C2_52
D3_HOS_C2_53
D3_HOS_C2_69
D3_HOS_C2_59
D3_HOS_C2_60
D3_HOS_C2_61
D3_HOS_C2_70
D3_HOS_C2_54
D3_HOS_C2_55
D3_HOS_C2_57
28026
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Cost center group
name
(19 total)
MedPAR charge
field
Revenue codes
contained in
MedPAR charge
field
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(MRI).
Emergency Room ..
MRI Charges ..........
061X ......................
Emergency Room
Charges.
Blood Charges .......
045x .......................
Cost report line
description
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(MRI).
Emergency .............
Cost from
HCRIS
(Worksheet C,
Part 1, Column
5 and line number) Form CMS–
2552–10
Charges from
HCRIS
(Worksheet C,
Part 1, Column
6 & 7 and line
number) Form
CMS–2552–10
Medicare
charges from
HCRIS
(Worksheet D–3,
Column & line
number) Form
CMS–2552–10
C_1_C5_58
C_1_C6_58
C_1_C7_58
D3_HOS_C2_58
C_1_C5_91
D3_HOS_C2_91
Other Services .......
039x .......................
Other Service
Charge.
0002–0099, 022X,
023X, 024X,
052X, 053X.
055X–060X, 064X–
070X, 076X–
078X, 090X–
095X and 099X.
0800X ....................
080X and 082X–
088X.
Renal Dialysis ........
ESRD Revenue
Setting Charges.
Outpatient Service
Charges.
Lithotripsy Charge ..
Clinic Visit Charges
Professional Fees
Charges.
Ambulance
Charges.
049X ......................
079X ......................
051X ......................
096X, 097X, and
098X.
054X ......................
We refer readers to the FY 2009 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 48462) for
a discussion on the revenue codes
included in the Supplies and
Equipment and Implantable Devices
CCRs, respectively.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Development of National Average
CCRs
We developed the national average
CCRs as follows:
Using the FY 2012 cost report data,
we removed CAHs, Indian Health
Service hospitals, all-inclusive rate
hospitals, and cost reports that
represented time periods of less than 1
year (365 days). We included hospitals
located in Maryland because we include
their charges in our claims database. We
then created CCRs for each provider for
each cost center (see prior table for line
items used in the calculations) and
removed any CCRs that were greater
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
C_1_C5_63
C_1_C6_63
C_1_C7_63
D3_HOS_C2_63
Renal Dialysis ........
................................
C_1_C5_74
...........................
C_1_C6_74
C_1_C7_74
D3_HOS_C2_74
Home Program Dialysis.
ASC (Non Distinct
Part).
................................
Other Ancillary .......
C_1_C5_94
C_1_C6_94
C_1_C7_94
C_1_C6_75
D3_HOS_C2_94
...........................
C_1_C5_76
Clinic ......................
C_1_C5_90
C_1_C5_92.01
Other Outpatient
Services.
Ambulance .............
C_1_C5_93
C_1_C5_95
C_1_C5_88
FQHC .....................
Blood Storage/Processing.
C_1_C5_62
Rural Health Clinic
038x .......................
Whole Blood &
Packed Red
Blood Cells.
Blood Storing, Processing, &
Transfusing.
Observation beds ...
Blood and Blood
Products.
C_1_C6_91
C_1_C7_91
C_1_C6_62
C_1_C7_62
C_1_C5_89
C_1_C5_75
than 10 or less than 0.01. We
normalized the departmental CCRs by
dividing the CCR for each department
by the total CCR for the hospital for the
purpose of trimming the data. We then
took the logs of the normalized cost
center CCRs and removed any cost
center CCRs where the log of the cost
center CCR was greater or less than the
mean log plus/minus 3 times the
standard deviation for the log of that
cost center CCR. Once the cost report
data were trimmed, we calculated a
Medicare-specific CCR. The Medicarespecific CCR was determined by taking
the Medicare charges for each line item
from Worksheet D–3 and deriving the
Medicare-specific costs by applying the
hospital-specific departmental CCRs to
the Medicare-specific charges for each
line item from Worksheet D–3. Once
each hospital’s Medicare-specific costs
were established, we summed the total
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
C_1_C7_75
C_1_C6_76
C_1_C7_76
C_1_C6_90
C_1_C7_90
C_1_C6_92.01
C_1_C7_92.01
C_1_C6_93
C_1_C7_93
C_1_C6_95
C_1_C7_95
C_1_C6_88
C_1_C7_88
C_1_C6_89
C_1_C7_89
D3_HOS_C2_62
D3_HOS_C2_75
D3_HOS_C2_76
D3_HOS_C2_90
D3_HOS_C2_
92.01
D3_HOS_C2_93
D3_HOS_C2_95
D3_HOS_C2_88
D3_HOS_C2_89
Medicare-specific costs and divided by
the sum of the total Medicare-specific
charges to produce national average,
charge-weighted CCRs.
After we multiplied the total charges
for each MS–DRG in each of the 19 cost
centers by the corresponding national
average CCR, we summed the 19 ‘‘costs’’
across each MS–DRG to produce a total
standardized cost for the MS–DRG. The
average standardized cost for each MS–
DRG was then computed as the total
standardized cost for the MS–DRG
divided by the transfer-adjusted case
count for the MS–DRG. The average cost
for each MS–DRG was then divided by
the national average standardized cost
per case to determine the relative
weight.
The proposed FY 2015 cost-based
relative weights were then normalized
by an adjustment factor of 1.642112 so
that the average case weight after
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
recalibration was equal to the average
case weight before recalibration. The
normalization adjustment is intended to
ensure that recalibration by itself
neither increases nor decreases total
payments under the IPPS, as required by
section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act.
The proposed 19 national average
CCRs for FY 2015 are as follows:
Group
Routine Days ....................................
Intensive Days ..................................
Drugs ................................................
Supplies & Equipment ......................
Implantable Devices .........................
Therapy Services ..............................
Laboratory .........................................
Operating Room ...............................
Cardiology .........................................
Cardiac Catheterization ....................
Radiology ..........................................
MRIs .................................................
CT Scans ..........................................
Emergency Room .............................
Blood and Blood Products ................
Other Services ..................................
Labor & Delivery ...............................
Inhalation Therapy ............................
Anesthesia ........................................
Since FY 2009, the relative weights
have been based on 100 percent cost
weights based on our MS–DRG grouping
system.
When we recalibrated the DRG
weights for previous years, we set a
threshold of 10 cases as the minimum
number of cases required to compute a
reasonable weight. In this FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are
proposing to use that same case
CCR
threshold in recalibrating the proposed
0.483 MS–DRG relative weights for FY 2015.
0.405 Using data from the FY 2013 MedPAR
0.191 file, there were 8 MS–DRGs that contain
0.293 fewer than 10 cases. Under the MS–
0.355 DRGs, we have fewer low-volume DRGs
0.345 than under the CMS DRGs because we
0.128 no longer have separate DRGs for
0.212 patients aged 0 to 17 years. With the
0.124 exception of newborns, we previously
0.131 separated some DRGs based on whether
0.164 the patient was age 0 to 17 years or age
0.086 17 years and older. Other than the age
0.043 split, cases grouping to these DRGs are
0.197 identical. The DRGs for patients aged 0
0.360
to 17 years generally have very low
0.398
volumes because children are typically
0.393
ineligible for Medicare. In the past, we
0.182
have found that the low volume of cases
0.115
for the pediatric DRGs could lead to
Low-volume
MS–DRG
MS–DRG title
768 ...............
791 ...............
Vaginal Delivery with O.R. Procedure Except Sterilization and/or D&C.
Neonates, Died or Transferred to Another
Acute Care Facility.
Extreme Immaturity or Respiratory Distress Syndrome, Neonate.
Prematurity with Major Problems ..............
792 ...............
Prematurity without Major Problems .........
793 ...............
Full-Term Neonate with Major Problems ..
794 ...............
Neonate with Other Significant Problems
795 ...............
Normal Newborn .......................................
789 ...............
790 ...............
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Bundled Payments for Care
Improvement (BPCI) Initiative
The Bundled Payments for Care
Improvement (BPCI) initiative,
developed under the authority of
section 3021 of the Affordable Care Act
(codified at section 1115A of the Act),
is comprised of four broadly defined
models of care, which link payments for
multiple services beneficiaries receive
during an episode of care. Under the
BPCI initiative, organizations enter into
payment arrangements that include
financial and performance
accountability for episodes of care. On
January 31, 2013, CMS announced the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
28027
significant year-to-year instability in
their relative weights. Although we have
always encouraged non-Medicare payers
to develop weights applicable to their
own patient populations, we have
received frequent complaints from
providers about the use of the Medicare
relative weights in the pediatric
population. We believe that eliminating
this age split in the MS–DRGs will
provide more stable payment for
pediatric cases by determining their
payment using adult cases that are
much higher in total volume. Newborns
are unique and require separate MS–
DRGs that are not mirrored in the adult
population. Therefore, it remains
necessary to retain separate MS–DRGs
for newborns. All of the low-volume
MS–DRGs listed below are for
newborns. In FY 2015, because we do
not have sufficient MedPAR data to set
accurate and stable cost relative weights
for these low-volume MS–DRGs, we are
proposing to compute relative weights
for the low-volume MS–DRGs by
adjusting their final FY 2014 relative
weights by the percentage change in the
average weight of the cases in other MS–
DRGs. The crosswalk table is shown
below:
Crosswalk to MS–DRG
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
Final FY 2014 relative weight
cases in other MS–DRGs).
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
(adjusted by percent change in average weight of the
health care organizations selected to
participate in the BPCI initiative. For
additional information on the BPCI
initiative, we refer readers to the CMS’
Center for Medicare and Medicaid
Innovation’s Web site at https://
innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/BundledPayments/ and to section
IV.H.4. of the preamble of the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53341
through 53343) for a discussion on the
BPCI initiative.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, for FY 2013 and subsequent fiscal
years, we finalized a policy to treat
hospitals that participate in the BPCI
initiative the same as prior fiscal years
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for the IPPS payment modeling and
ratesetting process without regard to a
hospital’s participation within these
bundled payment models (that is, as if
a hospital were not participating in
those models under the BPCI initiative).
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to continue to include all
applicable data from subsection (d)
hospitals participating in BPCI Models
1, 2, and 4 in our IPPS payment
modeling and ratesetting calculations.
We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule for a complete
discussion on our final policy for the
treatment of hospitals participating in
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28028
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the BPCI initiative in our ratesetting
process.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
I. Proposed Add-On Payments for New
Services and Technologies
1. Background
Sections 1886(d)(5)(K) and (L) of the
Act establish a process of identifying
and ensuring adequate payment for new
medical services and technologies
(sometimes collectively referred to in
this section as ‘‘new technologies’’)
under the IPPS. Section
1886(d)(5)(K)(vi) of the Act specifies
that a medical service or technology will
be considered new if it meets criteria
established by the Secretary after notice
and opportunity for public comment.
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act
specifies that a new medical service or
technology may be considered for new
technology add-on payment if, ‘‘based
on the estimated costs incurred with
respect to discharges involving such
service or technology, the DRG
prospective payment rate otherwise
applicable to such discharges under this
subsection is inadequate.’’ We note that
beginning with discharges occurring in
FY 2008, CMS transitioned from CMS–
DRGs to MS–DRGs.
The regulations at 42 CFR 412.87
implement these provisions and specify
three criteria for a new medical service
or technology to receive the additional
payment: (1) The medical service or
technology must be new; (2) the medical
service or technology must be costly
such that the DRG rate otherwise
applicable to discharges involving the
medical service or technology is
determined to be inadequate; and (3) the
service or technology must demonstrate
a substantial clinical improvement over
existing services or technologies. Below
we highlight some of the major statutory
and regulatory provisions relevant to the
new technology add-on payment criteria
as well as other information. For a
complete discussion on the new
technology add-on payment criteria, we
refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51572 through
51574).
Under the first criterion, as reflected
in § 412.87(b)(2), a specific medical
service or technology will be considered
‘‘new’’ for purposes of new medical
service or technology add-on payments
until such time as Medicare data are
available to fully reflect the cost of the
technology in the MS–DRG weights
through recalibration. We note that we
do not consider a service or technology
to be new if it is substantially similar to
one or more existing technologies. That
is, even if a technology receives a new
FDA approval, it may not necessarily be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of new
technology add-on payments if it is
‘‘substantially similar’’ to a technology
that was approved by FDA and has been
on the market for more than 2 to 3 years.
In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR
47351) and the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010
LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43813 and
43814), we explained our policy
regarding substantial similarity in
detail.
Under the second criterion,
§ 412.87(b)(3) further provides that, to
be eligible for the add-on payment for
new medical services or technologies,
the MS–DRG prospective payment rate
otherwise applicable to the discharge
involving the new medical services or
technologies must be assessed for
adequacy. Under the cost criterion, to
assess the adequacy of payment for a
new technology paid under the
applicable MS–DRG prospective
payment rate, we evaluate whether the
charges for cases involving the new
technology exceed certain threshold
amounts. Table 10 that was released
with the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule contains the final thresholds that
we use to evaluate applications for new
technology add-on payments for FY
2015. We refer readers to the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/FY2014-IPPS-FinalRule-Home-Page.html for a complete
viewing of Table 10 from the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
In the September 7, 2001 final rule
that established the new technology
add-on payment regulations (66 FR
46917), we discussed the issue of
whether the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA) Privacy Rule at 45 CFR Parts
160 and 164 applies to claims
information that providers submit with
applications for new technology add-on
payments. We refer readers to the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51573) for complete information on this
issue.
Under the third criterion,
§ 412.87(b)(1) of our existing regulations
provides that a new technology is an
appropriate candidate for an additional
payment when it represents ‘‘an
advance that substantially improves,
relative to technologies previously
available, the diagnosis or treatment of
Medicare beneficiaries.’’ For example, a
new technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement when it reduces
mortality, decreases the number of
hospitalizations or physician visits, or
reduces recovery time compared to the
technologies previously available. (We
refer readers to the September 7, 2001
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
final rule for a more detailed discussion
of this criterion (66 FR 46902).)
The new medical service or
technology add-on payment policy
under the IPPS provides additional
payments for cases with relatively high
costs involving eligible new medical
services or technologies while
preserving some of the incentives
inherent under an average-based
prospective payment system. The
payment mechanism is based on the
cost to hospitals for the new medical
service or technology. Under § 412.88, if
the costs of the discharge (determined
by applying cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs)
as described in § 412.84(h)) exceed the
full DRG payment (including payments
for IME and DSH, but excluding outlier
payments), Medicare will make an addon payment equal to the lesser of: (1) 50
percent of the estimated costs of the
new technology (if the estimated costs
for the case including the new
technology exceed Medicare’s payment);
or (2) 50 percent of the difference
between the full DRG payment and the
hospital’s estimated cost for the case.
Unless the discharge qualifies for an
outlier payment, the additional
Medicare payment is limited to the full
MS–DRG payment plus 50 percent of
the estimated costs of the new
technology.
Section 503(d)(2) of Public Law 108–
173 provides that there shall be no
reduction or adjustment in aggregate
payments under the IPPS due to add-on
payments for new medical services and
technologies. Therefore, in accordance
with section 503(d)(2) of Public Law
108–173, add-on payments for new
medical services or technologies for FY
2005 and later years have not been
subjected to budget neutrality.
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR
48561 through 48563), we modified our
regulations at § 412.87 to codify our
longstanding practice of how CMS
evaluates the eligibility criteria for new
medical service or technology add-on
payment applications. That is, we first
determine whether a medical service or
technology meets the newness criterion,
and only if so, do we then make a
determination as to whether the
technology meets the cost threshold and
represents a substantial clinical
improvement over existing medical
services or technologies. We also
amended § 412.87(c) to specify that all
applicants for new technology add-on
payments must have FDA approval or
clearance for their new medical service
or technology by July 1 of each year
prior to the beginning of the fiscal year
that the application is being considered.
The Council on Technology and
Innovation (CTI) at CMS oversees the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
agency’s cross-cutting priority on
coordinating coverage, coding and
payment processes for Medicare with
respect to new technologies and
procedures, including new drug
therapies, as well as promoting the
exchange of information on new
technologies between CMS and other
entities. The CTI, composed of senior
CMS staff and clinicians, was
established under section 942(a) of
Public Law 108–173. The Council is cochaired by the Director of the Center for
Clinical Standards and Quality (CCSQ)
and the Director of the Center for
Medicare (CM), who is also designated
as the CTI’s Executive Coordinator.
The specific processes for coverage,
coding, and payment are implemented
by CM, CCSQ, and the local claimspayment contractors (in the case of local
coverage and payment decisions). The
CTI supplements, rather than replaces,
these processes by working to assure
that all of these activities reflect the
agency-wide priority to promote highquality, innovative care. At the same
time, the CTI also works to streamline,
accelerate, and improve coordination of
these processes to ensure that they
remain up to date as new issues arise.
To achieve its goals, the CTI works to
streamline and create a more
transparent coding and payment
process, improve the quality of medical
decisions, and speed patient access to
effective new treatments. It is also
dedicated to supporting better decisions
by patients and doctors in using
Medicare-covered services through the
promotion of better evidence
development, which is critical for
improving the quality of care for
Medicare beneficiaries.
To improve the understanding of
CMS’ processes for coverage, coding,
and payment and how to access them,
the CTI has developed an ‘‘Innovator’s
Guide’’ to these processes. The intent is
to consolidate this information, much of
which is already available in a variety
of CMS documents and in various
places on the CMS Web site, in a userfriendly format. This guide was
published in August 2008 and is
available on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/CouncilonTech
Innov/Downloads/InnovatorsGuide5_
10_10.pdf.
As we indicated in the FY 2009 IPPS
final rule (73 FR 48554), we invite any
product developers or manufacturers of
new medical technologies to contact the
agency early in the process of product
development if they have questions or
concerns about the evidence that would
be needed later in the development
process for the agency’s coverage
decisions for Medicare.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The CTI aims to provide useful
information on its activities and
initiatives to stakeholders, including
Medicare beneficiaries, advocates,
medical product manufacturers,
providers, and health policy experts.
Stakeholders with further questions
about Medicare’s coverage, coding, and
payment processes, or who want further
guidance about how they can navigate
these processes, can contact the CTI at
CTI@cms.hhs.gov.
We note that applicants for add-on
payments for new medical services or
technologies for FY 2016 must submit a
formal request, including a full
description of the clinical applications
of the medical service or technology and
the results of any clinical evaluations
demonstrating that the new medical
service or technology represents a
substantial clinical improvement, along
with a significant sample of data to
demonstrate that the medical service or
technology meets the high-cost
threshold. Complete application
information, along with final deadlines
for submitting a full application, will be
posted as it becomes available on the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/
newtech.html. To allow interested
parties to identify the new medical
services or technologies under review
before the publication of the proposed
rule for FY 2016, the CMS Web site also
will post the tracking forms completed
by each applicant.
2. Public Input Before Publication of a
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on AddOn Payments
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(viii) of the Act,
as amended by section 503(b)(2) of
Public Law 108–173, provides for a
mechanism for public input before
publication of a notice of proposed
rulemaking regarding whether a medical
service or technology represents a
substantial clinical improvement or
advancement. The process for
evaluating new medical service and
technology applications requires the
Secretary to—
• Provide, before publication of a
proposed rule, for public input
regarding whether a new service or
technology represents an advance in
medical technology that substantially
improves the diagnosis or treatment of
Medicare beneficiaries;
• Make public and periodically
update a list of the services and
technologies for which applications for
add-on payments are pending;
• Accept comments,
recommendations, and data from the
public regarding whether a service or
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28029
technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement; and
• Provide, before publication of a
proposed rule, for a meeting at which
organizations representing hospitals,
physicians, manufacturers, and any
other interested party may present
comments, recommendations, and data
regarding whether a new medical
service or technology represents a
substantial clinical improvement to the
clinical staff of CMS.
In order to provide an opportunity for
public input regarding add-on payments
for new medical services and
technologies for FY 2015 prior to
publication of the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule, we published a
notice in the Federal Register on
November 29, 2013 (78 FR 71555
through 71557), and held a town hall
meeting at the CMS Headquarters Office
in Baltimore, MD, on February 12, 2014.
In the announcement notice for the
meeting, we stated that the opinions and
alternatives provided during the
meeting would assist us in our
evaluations of applications by allowing
public discussion of the substantial
clinical improvement criterion for each
of the FY 2015 new medical service and
technology add-on payment
applications before the publication of
the FY 2015 proposed rule.
Approximately 91 individuals
registered to attend the town hall
meeting in person, while additional
individuals listened over an open
telephone line. We also live-streamed
the town hall meeting and posted the
town hall on the CMS YouTube Web
page at: https://www.youtube.com/
watch?v=WXyR_TILfKo&list=TLiu1B_
AxXsinTW6EEn4BVUdR4iEM61eV4.
We considered each applicant’s
presentation made at the town hall
meeting, as well as written comments
submitted on the applications that were
received by the due date of January 21,
2014, in our evaluation of the new
technology add-on payment
applications for FY 2015 in this
proposed rule.
In response to the published notice
and the New Technology Town Hall
meeting, we received written comments
regarding the applications for FY 2015
new technology add-on payments. We
summarize these comments below or, if
applicable, indicate that there were no
comments received, at the end of each
discussion of the individual
applications in this proposed rule.
A number of attendees at the New
Technology Town Hall meeting
provided comments that were unrelated
to the ‘‘substantial clinical
improvement’’ criterion. As explained
above and in the Federal Register notice
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28030
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
announcing the New Technology Town
Hall meeting (78 FR 71555 through
71557), the purpose of the meeting was
specifically to discuss the substantial
clinical improvement criterion in regard
to pending new technology add-on
payment applications for FY 2015.
Therefore, we are not summarizing
those comments in this proposed rule.
Commenters are welcome to resubmit
these comments in response to
proposals presented in this proposed
rule.
3. FY 2015 Status of Technologies
Approved for FY 2014 Add-On
Payments
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Glucarpidase (Trade Brand
Voraxaze®)
BTG International, Inc. submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payments for Glucarpidase (trade brand
Voraxaze®) for FY 2013. Glucarpidase is
used in the treatment of patients who
have been diagnosed with toxic
methotrexate (MTX) concentrations as
of result of renal impairment. The
administration of Glucarpidase causes a
rapid and sustained reduction of toxic
MTX concentrations.
Voraxaze® was approved by the FDA
on January 17, 2012. Beginning in 1993,
certain patients could obtain expanded
access for treatment use to Voraxaze® as
an investigational drug. Since 2007, the
applicant has been authorized to recover
the costs of making Voraxaze® available
through its expanded access program.
We describe expanded access for
treatment use of investigational drugs
and authorization to recover certain
costs of investigational drugs in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53346 through 53350). Voraxaze® was
available on the market in the United
States as a commercial product to the
larger population as of April 30, 2012.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (77 FR 27936 through
27939), we expressed concerns about
whether Voraxaze® could be considered
new for FY 2013. After consideration of
all of the public comments received, in
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
we stated that we considered Voraxaze®
to be ‘‘new’’ as of April 30, 2012, which
is the date of market availability.
After evaluation of the newness, costs,
and substantial clinical improvement
criteria for new technology payments for
Voraxaze® and consideration of the
public comments we received in
response to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule, we approved
Voraxaze® for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2013. Cases of
Voraxaze® are identified with ICD–9–
CM procedure code 00.95 (Injection or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
infusion of glucarpidase). The cost of
Voraxaze® is $22,500 per vial. The
applicant stated that an average of four
vials is used per Medicare beneficiary.
Therefore, the average cost per case for
Voraxaze® is $90,000 ($22,500 × 4).
Under § 412.88(a)(2), new technology
add-on payments are limited to the
lesser of 50 percent of the average cost
of the technology or 50 percent of the
costs in excess of the MS–DRG payment
for the case. As a result, the maximum
new technology add-on payment for
Voraxaze® is $45,000 per case.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)). Our
practice has been to begin and end new
technology add-on payments on the
basis of a fiscal year, and we have
generally followed a guideline that uses
a 6-month window before and after the
start of the fiscal year to determine
whether to extend the new technology
add-on payment for an additional fiscal
year. In general, we extend add-on
payments for an additional year only if
the 3-year anniversary date of the
product’s entry on the market occurs in
the latter half of the fiscal year (70 FR
47362).
With regard to the newness criterion
for Voraxaze®, as stated above, we
consider the beginning of the newness
period to commence when Voraxaze®
was first available on the market on
April 30, 2012. Because the 3-year
anniversary date for Voraxaze® will
occur in the latter half of FY 2015 (April
30, 2015), we are proposing to continue
new technology add-on payments for
this technology for FY 2015. We are
inviting public comments on this
proposal.
b. DIFICIDTM (Fidaxomicin) Tablets
Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for FY
2013 for the use of DIFICIDTM tablets.
As indicated on the labeling submitted
to the FDA, the applicant noted that
Fidaxomicin is taken twice a day as a
daily dosage (200 mg tablet twice daily
= 400 mg per day) as an oral antibiotic.
The applicant asserted that Fidaxomicin
provides potent bactericidal activity
against C. Diff., and moderate
bactericidal activity against certain
other gram-positive organisms, such as
enterococcus and staphylococcus.
Unlike other antibiotics used to treat
CDAD, the applicant noted that the
effects of Fidaxomicin preserve
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
bacteroides organisms in the fecal flora.
These are markers of normal anaerobic
microflora. The applicant asserted that
this helps prevent pathogen
introduction or persistence, which
potentially inhibits the re-emergence of
C. Diff., and reduces the likelihood of
overgrowths as a result of vancomycinresistant Enterococcus (VRE). Because of
this narrow spectrum of activity, the
applicant asserted that Fidaxomicin
does not alter this native intestinal
microflora.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (77 FR 27939 through
27941), we expressed concern that
DIFICIDTM may not be eligible for new
technology add-on payments because
eligibility is limited to new technologies
associated with procedures described by
ICD–9–CM codes. We further stated that
drugs that are only taken orally (such as
DIFICIDTM) may not be eligible for
consideration for new technology addon payments because there is no
procedure associated with these drugs
and, therefore, no ICD–9–CM code(s). In
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53350 through 53358), after
consideration of the public comments
received, we revised our policy to allow
the use of National Drug Codes (NDCs)
to identify oral medications that have no
inpatient procedure for the purposes of
new technology add-on payments. The
revised policy is effective for payments
for discharges occurring on or after
October 1, 2012. We refer readers to the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for
a complete discussion on this issue.
With regard to the newness criterion,
Fidaxomicin was approved by the FDA
on May 27, 2011, for the treatment of
CDAD in adult patients, 18 years of age
and older. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we established that the
beginning of the newness period for this
technology is its FDA approval date of
May 27, 2011.
After evaluation of the newness, costs,
and substantial clinical improvement
criteria for new technology add-on
payments for DIFICIDTM and
consideration of the public comments
we received in response to the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved DIFICIDTM for new technology
add-on payments for FY 2013. Cases of
DIFICIDTM are identified with ICD–9–
CM diagnosis code 008.45 (Intestinal
infection due to Clostridium difficile) in
combination with NDC code 52015–
0080–01. Providers must report the NDC
on the 837i Health Care Claim
Institutional form (in combination with
ICD–9–CM diagnosis code 008.45) in
order to receive the new technology
add-on payment. According to the
applicant, the cost of DIFICIDTM is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
$2,800 for a 10-day dosage. The average
cost per day for DIFICIDTM is $280
($2,800/10). Cases of DIFICIDTM within
the inpatient setting typically incur an
average dosage of 6.2 days, which
results in an average cost per case for
DIFICIDTM of $1,736 ($280 × 6.2). Under
§ 412.88(a)(2), new technology add-on
payments are limited to the lesser of 50
percent of the average cost of the
technology or 50 percent of the costs in
excess of the MS–DRG payment for the
case. As a result, the maximum new
technology add-on payment for
DIFICIDTM is $868.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)).
The manufacturer commented
through a letter to CMS, prior to the
publication of this proposed rule,
requesting that CMS extend the
eligibility for a third year of new
technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM in FY 2015. The
manufacturer maintained that the
technology still meets all three criteria
for new technology add-on payments.
Regarding the substantial clinical
improvement criterion, the applicant
stated that DIFICIDTM continues to
remain the only FDA-approved
treatment to demonstrate substantial
clinical improvement over existing
therapies. No new treatments for CDAD
have been approved by the FDA since
DIFICIDTM. The applicant further stated
that a third year of new technology addon payments for DIFICIDTM would
continue to reduce access barriers in the
acute care hospital inpatient setting,
which would support the appropriate
use of DIFICIDTM, a treatment that offers
a substantial clinical improvement over
existing therapies.
With respect to the cost criterion, the
applicant stated that DIFICIDTM
continues to meet the cost criterion.
Using claims data from the FY 2012
MedPAR file, the applicant provided
updated data from the two analyses
described in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53350 through
53358), and demonstrated that the
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case exceeded the average
case-weighted thresholds under both
analyses. The applicant stated that the
new technology add-on payment is
intended to offer additional payments to
support patient access and appropriate
use of new technologies for a period of
time until the MS–DRGs are adjusted to
reflect the cost of the new technology.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The applicant believed that the analyses
conducted with the most recent
MedPAR claims data available
demonstrate that the MS–DRG
recalibrations are insufficient to
accommodate the cost associated with
CDAD and new technologies to treat
CDAD under the IPPS within the
allotted timeframe of 2 years. According
to the applicant, these payment amounts
remain an obstacle for the appropriate
use of new technologies for CDAD that
demonstrate substantial clinical
improvement over existing treatments,
such as DIFICIDTM. The applicant
concluded that a third year of new
technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM is needed to allow sufficient
data for future MS–DRG recalibration
analyses.
With regard to newness criterion, the
manufacturer commented that it
believed that the technology still meets
the newness criterion for the following
reason: § 412.87(b)(2) states that ‘‘A
medical service or technology may be
considered new within 2 or 3 years after
the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the International
Classification of Diseases, Ninth
Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD–9–
CM) code assigned to the new service or
technology (depending on when a new
code is assigned and data on the new
service or technology become available
for DRG recalibration). After CMS has
recalibrated the DRGs, based on
available data, to reflect the costs of an
otherwise new medical service or
technology, the medical service or
technology will no longer be considered
‘new’ under the criterion of this
section.’’ The manufacturer noted that
DIFICIDTM was not assigned an ICD–9–
CM procedure code and DIFICIDTM is
the first product for which no inpatient
procedure is associated to receive a new
technology add-on payment since the
implementation of the new technology
add-on payment policy.
The manufacturer also cited the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53352), which indicated that ‘‘Hospitals
currently code and report procedures
and more invasive services such as
surgeries, infusion of drugs, and
specialized procedures such as cardiac
catheterizations. Hospitals neither code
nor report self-administered drugs.’’
Therefore, the manufacturer contended
that, as an oral therapy, neither
DIFICIDTM nor its administration was
assigned an ICD–9–CM procedure code
and, therefore, the technology should
still be eligible for the new technology
add-on payments.
The manufacturer further noted that,
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, because an ICD–9–CM procedure
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28031
code for the administration of an oral
medication did not exist and hospitals
had no other mechanism to report the
use of DIFICIDTM, for FY 2013, CMS
instructed hospitals to report the
DIFICIDTM NDC on hospital inpatient
claims to receive the new technology
add-on payment for DIFICIDTM. Prior to
October 1, 2012, hospitals did not use
NDCs on hospital inpatient claims,
which prevented CMS from isolating
DIFICIDTM cases and their associated
costs. The manufacturer further stated
that the NDC methodology was a bold
change in policy and inpatient billing
processes, and it stands to reason that,
because of hospitals unfamiliarity with
reporting NDCs on inpatient claims,
hospitals’ use of the DIFICIDTM NDC
would greatly lag behind the traditional
use of ICD–9–CM procedure codes. As
such, the manufacturer reasoned that
any lag in hospital reporting would
directly impact CMS’ ability to track
and analyze the cost data associated
with DIFICIDTM cases.
The manufacturer also noted that on
August 31, 2012, CMS issued
Transmittal 2539, which is a change
request for Medicare Administrative
Contractors concerning updates for the
upcoming fiscal year. The manufacturer
stated that because the new technology
add-on heading was omitted in the
transmittal, this change request did not
highlight the NDC billing approach to
ensure that hospitals recognized the
important change, which may have
caused hospitals to overlook the claim
reporting instructions for DIFICIDTM.
The manufacturer added that
Transmittal 2539 and a Medicare
Learning Network® Matters (MLN)
article were rescinded and replaced by
Transmittal 2627 on January 4, 2013.
The manufacturer noted that among
CMS’ reasons for replacing the
transmittal was to insert the omitted
new technology add-on section heading.
The manufacturer stated that, although
the original transmittal further supports
that collection of DIFICIDTM-specific
data did not begin until at least October
1, 2012, CMS’ reissuance of the claims
processing instructions, and the missing
header in the initial instructions,
effectively delayed implementation of
the new technology add-on payments
for 3 months past the October 2012
beginning date. The manufacturer also
believed that the need to replace the
transmittal underlies hospitals’
difficulties instituting claims’ reporting
instructions to receive new technology
add-on payments for DIFICIDTM at the
hospital level.
The manufacturer noted that
anecdotal feedback from hospitals,
which was shared with CMS during a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28032
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
meeting in June 2013, suggests that
some hospitals faced challenges
implementing the appropriate billing
and coding processes. The manufacturer
was concerned that that these
challenges were, in part, caused by the
missing header, and that these
challenges may have impacted whether
eligible cases were properly billed and
coded to receive the new technology
add-on payment for DIFICIDTM. The
manufacturer was further concerned
that the effects of any lag or delay
caused by unfamiliarity with reporting
NDCs and the missing header would
also impact the data available to CMS to
recalibrate the MS–DRGs and,
separately, to evaluate the impact of the
new technology add-on payment for
DIFICIDTM. The manufacturer further
explained that, while DIFICIDTM was
available to hospitals after its launch in
July 2011, hospitals had no experience
reporting NDCs until October 2012, and
may not have recognized the
opportunity to, or understood the
mechanism for doing so, until after
January 2013. For the purposes of
inpatient data collection and ratesetting,
the manufacturer believed that this
meant that 2 complete years of
DIFICIDTM costs would not be fully
reflected in the Medicare claims data for
the FY 2015 MS–DRG recalibrations.
The manufacturer also analyzed the
100 percent sample of the Standard
Analytical File (SAF) for calendar year
2012, which contained first quarter
claims data for FY 2013, the first 3
months that DIFICIDTM was eligible for
the new technology add-on payments.
The manufacturer found a total of
43,608 cases with a diagnosis of CDI. Of
these 43,608 cases, the manufacturer
found 38 cases across 26 hospitals that
reported new technology add-on
payments for DIFICIDTM on submitted
claims. The manufacturer stated that
this preliminary data suggests that the
number of cases available for MS–DRG
recalibrations for FY 2015 is limited.
The manufacturer stated that it is
currently attempting to secure FY 2013
MedPAR claims data and that it will
likely provide further insights on these
issues.
In addition, the manufacturer noted
that prior new technology add-on
payment application approvals have
involved technologies with much
narrower patient populations compared
to DIFICIDTM, allowing the costs of
those technologies to influence the MS–
DRG relative payment weights for the
small number of MS–DRGs with which
they are associated. The manufacturer
explained that, unlike other
technologies approved for new
technology add-on payments, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
DIFICIDTM therapeutic value, while
limited to patients with CDAD, is used
in patients across a wide range of MS–
DRGs due to it being reported as a
secondary diagnosis in two-thirds of the
cases compared to other technologies,
which are assigned to a relatively small
number of MS–DRGs. For example,
cases involving the Spiration IBV®
Valve System, which was granted
approval for new technology add-on
payments in FY 2010, primarily mapped
to three MS–DRGs: 163 (Major Chest
Procedures with MCC), 164 (Major
Chest Procedures with CC), and 165
(Major Chest Procedures without CC/
MCC). In its analysis of the FY 2012
MedPAR data for the cost criterion, the
manufacturer found cases using
DIFICIDTM mapped to 544 unique MS–
DRGs. Under the 100 percent sample of
the SAF for calendar year 2012, the 38
cases mentioned above mapped to 20
different MS–DRGs. The manufacturer
maintained that because of the diffuse
nature of the DIFICIDTM cases mapping
to many MS–DRGs, it believed an
extension of the newness period is
required for the costs to be adequately
reflected in the MS–DRG relative
payment weights. In the unique case of
DIFICIDTM for the treatment of CDAD,
the manufacturer stated that 2 years of
new technology add-on payments is
insufficient to allow the 544 MS–DRGs
to be recalibrated to sufficiently reflect
the cost of the use of DIFICIDTM, a
treatment that offers significant clinical
improvement over existing therapies.
With regard to the technology’s
newness, as discussed in the FY 2005
IPPS final rule (69 FR 49003), the
timeframe that a new technology can be
eligible to receive new technology addon payments begins when data become
available. Section 412.87(b)(2) clearly
states that, ‘‘a medical service or
technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at
which data begin to become available
reflecting the ICD–9–CM code assigned
to the new service or technology
(depending on when a new code is
assigned and data on the new service or
technology become available for DRG
recalibration).’’ Section 412.87(b)(2) also
states, ‘‘[a]fter CMS has recalibrated the
DRGs, based on available data, to reflect
the costs of an otherwise new medical
service or technology, the medical
service or technology will no longer be
considered ‘new’ under the criterion of
this section.’’ Therefore, regardless of
whether a technology can be
individually identified by a separate
ICD–9–CM code or whether it can only
be identified using a NDC code, if the
costs of the technology are included in
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the charge data, and the MS–DRGs have
been recalibrated using that data, then
the technology can no longer be
considered ‘‘new’’ for the purposes of
this provision. We further stated in that
final rule that the period of newness
does not necessarily start with the
approval date for the medical service or
technology, and does not necessarily
start with the issuance of a distinct
code. Instead, it begins with availability
of the product on the U.S. market,
which is when data become available.
We have consistently applied this
standard, and believe that it is most
consistent with the purpose of new
technology add-on payments.
In addition, similar to our discussion
in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR
47349), we do not believe that case
volume is a relevant consideration for
making the determination as to whether
a product is ‘‘new.’’ Consistent with the
statute, a technology no longer qualifies
as ‘‘new’’ once it is more than 2 to 3
years old, irrespective of how frequently
it has been used in the Medicare
population. Similarly, this same
determination is applicable no matter
how many MS–DRGs the technology is
spread across. Therefore, if a product is
more than 2 to 3 years old, we consider
its costs to be included in the MS–DRG
relative weights whether its use in the
Medicare population has been frequent
or infrequent. We recognize that using
an NDC was a novel billing practice
under the IPPS. Nevertheless, even
though hospitals may not have coded all
uses of DIFICIDTM with the NDC,
hospital bills would still include
charges for all items and services
furnished to a Medicare patient,
including use of DIFICIDTM. Therefore,
even though we may be not be able to
identify all uses of DIFICIDTM in the
Medicare charge data, hospital charges
for the MS–DRGs would continue to
reflect use of this technology.
With respect to the Transmittal 2539
omitting the header referenced above, as
noted above, CMS corrected this issue
as soon as possible by rescinding and
reissuing this transmittal. Additionally,
as noted by the manufacturer, this
transmittal was meant for MACs and not
hospitals. We believe the guidance
issued in Transmittal 2539 clearly
described to MACs how hospitals were
to report the NDC on the inpatient claim
in order to identify cases using
DIFICIDTM for purposes of new
technology add-on payments.
Additionally, the MLN article that the
manufacturer referred to above (MLN
articles are typically a summary of
transmittals for the general public)
clearly indicated that DIFICIDTM was
new for FY 2013 new technology add-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
on payments and clearly described how
to properly code DIFICIDTM on the
inpatient bill in order to receive the new
technology add-on payment for FY
2013. The MLN article can be
downloaded from the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Outreach-andEducation/Medicare-Learning-NetworkMLN/MLNMattersArticles/downloads/
MM8041.pdf.
After considering the manufacturer’s
comments above, we still consider the
beginning of the newness period to
commence when DIFICIDTM was first
approved by the FDA on May 27, 2011.
Because the 3-year anniversary date of
the product’s entry on the U.S. market
occurred in the second half of the fiscal
year (after April 1, 2014), we continued
new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM for FY 2014. However, for FY
2015, the 3-year anniversary date of the
product’s entry on the U.S. market
would occur on May 27, 2014, which is
prior to the beginning of FY 2015.
Therefore, we are proposing to
discontinue new technology add-on
payments for DIFICIDTM for FY 2015.
We are inviting public comments on
this proposal.
c. Zenith® Fenestrated Abdominal
Aortic Aneurysm (AAA) Endovascular
Graft
Cook® Medical submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payments for the Zenith® Fenestrated
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA)
Endovascular Graft (Zenith® F. Graft) for
FY 2013. The applicant stated that the
current treatment for patients who have
had an AAA is an endovascular graft.
The applicant explained that the
Zenith® F. Graft is an implantable
device designed to treat patients who
have an AAA and who are anatomically
unsuitable for treatment with currently
approved AAA endovascular grafts
because of the length of the infrarenal
aortic neck. The applicant noted that,
currently, an AAA is treated through an
open surgical repair or medical
management for those patients not
eligible for currently approved AAA
endovascular grafts.
With respect to newness, the
applicant stated that FDA approval for
the use of the Zenith® F. Graft was
granted on April 4, 2012. In the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53360
through 53365), we stated that because
the Zenith® F. Graft was approved by
the FDA on April 4, 2012, we believed
that the Zenith® F. Graft met the
newness criterion as of that date.
After evaluation of the newness, costs,
and substantial clinical improvement
criteria for new technology add-on
payments for the Zenith® F. Graft and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
consideration of the public comments
we received in response to the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved the Zenith® F. Graft for new
technology add-on payments for FY
2013. Cases involving the Zenith® F.
Graft that are eligible for new
technology add-on payments are
identified by ICD–9–CM procedure code
39.78 (Endovascular implantation of
branching or fenestrated graft(s) in
aorta). In the application, the applicant
provided a breakdown of the costs of the
Zenith® F. Graft. The total cost of the
Zenith® F. Graft utilizing bare metal
(renal) alignment stents was $17,264. Of
the $17,264 in costs for the Zenith® F.
Graft, $921 are for components that are
used in a standard Zenith AAA
Endovascular Graft procedure. Because
the costs for these components are
already reflected within the MS–DRGs
(and are no longer ‘‘new’’), in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
stated that we do not believe it is
appropriate to include these costs in our
calculation of the maximum cost to
determine the maximum add-on
payment for the Zenith® F. Graft.
Therefore, the total maximum cost for
the Zenith® F. Graft is $16,343
($17,264¥$921). Under § 412.88(a)(2),
new technology add-on payments are
limited to the lesser of 50 percent of the
average cost of the device or 50 percent
of the costs in excess of the MS–DRG
payment for the case. As a result, the
maximum add-on payment for a case
involving the Zenith® F. Graft is
$8,171.50.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)). With
regard to the newness criterion for the
Zenith® F. Graft, as stated above, we
consider the beginning of the newness
period to commence when the Zenith®
F. Graft was approved by the FDA on
April 4, 2012. Because the 3-year
anniversary date of the entry of the
Zenith® F. Graft on the U.S. market will
occur in the second half of the fiscal
year (April 4, 2015), we are proposing
to continue new technology add-on
payments for this technology for FY
2015. We are inviting public comments
on this proposal.
d. KcentraTM
CSL Behring submitted an application
for new technology add-on payments for
KcentraTM for FY 2014. KcentraTM is a
replacement therapy for fresh frozen
plasma (FFP) for patients with an
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28033
acquired coagulation factor deficiency
due to warfarin and who are
experiencing a severe bleed. KcentraTM
contains the Vitamin K dependent
coagulation factors II, VII, IX and X,
together known as the prothrombin
complex, and antithrombotic proteins C
and S. Factor IX is the lead factor for the
potency of the preparation. The product
is a heat-treated, non-activated, virus
filtered and lyophilized plasma protein
concentrate made from pooled human
plasma. KcentraTM is available as a
lyophilized powder that needs to be
reconstituted with sterile water prior to
administration via intravenous infusion.
The product is dosed based on Factor IX
units. Concurrent Vitamin K treatment
is recommended to maintain blood
clotting factor levels once the effects of
KcentraTM have diminished.
KcentraTM was approved by the FDA
on April 29, 2013. In the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we approved new
ICD–9–CM procedure code 00.96
(Infusion of 4-Factor Prothrombrin
Complex Concentrate) which uniquely
identifies KcentraTM.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27538), we noted
that we were concerned that KcentraTM
may be substantially similar to FFP and/
or Vitamin K therapy. In the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, in response
to comments submitted by the
manufacturer, we stated that we agree
that KcentraTM may be used in a patient
population that is experiencing an
acquired coagulation factor deficiency
due to Warfarin and who are
experiencing a severe bleed currently
but are ineligible for FFP, particularly
for use by IgA deficient patients and
other patient populations that have no
other treatment option to resolve severe
bleeding in the context of an acquired
Vitamin K deficiency. In addition, FFP
is limited because it requires special
storage conditions while KcentraTM is
stable for up to 36 months at room
temperature thus allowing hospitals that
otherwise would not have access to FFP
(for example, small rural hospitals as
discussed by the applicant in its
comments) to keep a supply of
KcentraTM and treat patients who would
possibly have no access to FFP. We
noted that FFP is considered perishable
and can be scarce by nature (due to
production and other market
limitations) thus making some hospitals
unable to store FFP, which limits access
to certain patient populations in certain
locations. Therefore, we stated that we
believe that KcentraTM provides a
therapeutic option for a new patient
population and is not substantially
similar to FFP. Also, we gave credence
to the information presented by the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28034
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
manufacturer that KcentraTM provides a
simple and rapid repletion relative to
FFP and reduces the risk of a
transfusion reaction relative to FFP
because it does not contain ABO
antibodies and does not require ABO
typing. As a result, we concluded that
KcentraTM is not substantially similar to
FFP, and that it meets the newness
criterion.
After evaluation of the newness, cost,
and substantial clinical improvement
criteria for new technology add-on
payments for KcentraTM and
consideration of the public comments
we received in response to the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved KcentraTM for new technology
add-on payments for FY 2014 (78 FR
50575 through 50580). Cases involving
KcentraTM that are eligible for new
technology add-on payments are
identified by ICD–9–CM procedure code
00.96. In the application, the applicant
estimated that the average Medicare
beneficiary would require an average
dosage of 2500 International Units (IU).
Vials contain 500 IU at a cost of $635
per vial. Therefore, cases of KcentraTM
would incur an average cost per case of
$3,175 ($635 × 5). Under § 412.88(a)(2),
new technology add-on payments are
limited to the lesser of 50 percent of the
average cost of the technology or 50
percent of the costs in excess of the MS–
DRG payment for the case. As a result,
the maximum add-on payment for a
case of KcentraTM is $1,587.50 for FY
2014.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50579), we stated that new
technology add-on payments for
KcentraTM would not be available with
respect to discharges for which the
hospital received an add-on payment for
a blood clotting factor administered to a
Medicare beneficiary with hemophilia
who is a hospital inpatient. Under
section 1886(d)(1)(A)(iii) of the Act, the
national adjusted DRG prospective
payment rate is ‘‘the amount of the
payment with respect to the operating
costs of inpatient hospital services (as
defined in subsection (a)(4) of this
section)’’ for discharges on or after April
1, 1988. Section 1886(a)(4) of the Act
excludes from the term ‘‘operating costs
of inpatient hospital services’’ the costs
with respect to administering blood
clotting factors to individuals with
hemophilia. The costs of administering
a blood clotting factor to a Medicare
beneficiary who has hemophilia and is
a hospital inpatient are paid separately
from the IPPS. (For information on how
the blood clotting factor add-on
payment is made, we refer readers to
Section 20.7.3 of Chapter Three of the
Medicare Claims Processing Manual,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
which can be downloaded from the
CMS Web site at: https://cms.gov/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/
Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.) In
addition, we stated that if KcentraTM is
approved by the FDA as a blood clotting
factor, we believed that it may be
eligible for blood clotting factor add-on
payments when administered to
Medicare beneficiaries with hemophilia.
We make an add-on payment for
KcentraTM for such discharges in
accordance with our policy for payment
of a blood clotting factor, and the costs
would be excluded from the operating
costs of inpatient hospital services as set
forth in section 1886(a)(4) of the Act.
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act
requires the Secretary to ‘‘establish a
mechanism to recognize the costs of
new medical services and technologies
under the payment system established
under this subsection’’ beginning with
discharges on or after October 1, 2001.
We believe that it is reasonable to
interpret this requirement to mean that
the payment mechanism established by
the Secretary recognizes only costs for
those items that would otherwise be
paid based on the prospective payment
system (that is, ‘‘the payment system
established under this subsection’’). As
noted above, under section
1886(d)(1)(A)(iii) of the Act, the national
adjusted DRG prospective payment rate
is the amount of payment for the
operating costs of inpatient hospital
services, as defined in section 1886(a)(4)
of the Act, for discharges on or after
April 1, 1988. We understand this to
mean that a new medical service or
technology must be an operating cost of
inpatient hospital services paid based
on the prospective payment system, and
not excluded from such costs, in order
to be eligible for the new technology
add-on payment. We pointed out that
new technology add-on payments are
based on the operating costs per case
relative to the prospective payment rate
as described in § 412.88. Therefore, we
believe that new technology add-on
payments are appropriate only when the
new technology is an operating cost of
inpatient hospital services and are not
appropriate when the new technology is
excluded from such costs.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50579), we stated that we
believe that hospitals may only receive
new technology add-on payments for
discharges where KcentraTM is an
operating cost of inpatient hospital
services. In other words, a hospital
would not be eligible to receive the new
technology add-on payment when it is
administering KcentraTM in treating a
Medicare beneficiary who has
hemophilia. In those instances,
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
KcentraTM is specifically excluded from
the operating costs of inpatient hospital
services in accordance with section
1886(a)(4) of the Act and paid separately
from the IPPS. However, when a
hospital administers KcentraTM to a
Medicare beneficiary who does not have
hemophilia, the hospital would be
eligible for a new technology add-on
payment because KcentraTM would not
be excluded from the operating costs of
inpatient hospital services. Therefore,
discharges where the hospital receives a
blood clotting factor add-on payment
are not eligible for a new technology
add-on payment for the blood clotting
factor. We refer readers to Chapter
Three, Section 20.7.3 of the Medicare
Claims Processing Manual for a
complete discussion on when a blood
clotting factor add-on payment is made.
The manual can be downloaded from
the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Regulations-andGuidance/Guidance/Manuals/
Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)). With
regard to the newness criterion for
KcentraTM, as stated above, we consider
the beginning of the newness period to
commence when KcentraTM was
approved by the FDA on April 29, 2013.
Because KcentraTM is still within the 3year newness period, we are proposing
to continue new technology add-on
payments for this technology for FY
2015. We are inviting public comments
on this proposal.
e. Argus® II Retinal Prosthesis System
Second Sight Medical Products, Inc.
submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for the
Argus® II Retinal Prosthesis System
(Argus® II System) for FY 2014. The
Argus® II System is an active
implantable medical device that is
intended to provide electrical
stimulation of the retina to induce
visual perception in patients who are
profoundly blind due to retinitis
pigmentosa (RP). These patients have
bare or no light perception in both eyes.
The system employs electrical signals to
bypass dead photo-receptor cells and
stimulate the overlying neurons
according to a real-time video signal
that is wirelessly transmitted from an
externally worn video camera. The
Argus® II implant is intended to be
implanted in a single eye, typically the
worse-seeing eye. Currently, bilateral
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
implants are not intended for this
technology. According to the applicant,
the surgical implant procedure takes
approximately 4 hours and is performed
under general anesthesia.
The Argus® II System consists of three
primary components: (1) An implant
which is an epiretinal prosthesis that is
fully implanted on and in the eye (that
is, there are no percutaneous leads); (2)
external components worn by the user;
and (3) a ‘‘fitting’’ system for the
clinician that is periodically used to
perform diagnostic tests with the system
and to custom-program the external unit
for use by the patient. We describe these
components more fully below.
• Implant: The retinal prosthesis
implant is responsible for receiving
information from the external
components of the system and
electrically stimulating the retina to
induce visual perception. The retinal
implant consists of: (a) A receiving coil
for receiving information and power
from the external components of the
Argus® II System; (b) electronics to
drive stimulation of the electrodes; and
(c) an electrode array. The receiving coil
and electronics are secured to the
outside of the eye using a standard
scleral band and sutures, while the
electrode array is secured to the surface
of the retina inside the eye by a retinal
tack. A cable, which passes through the
eye wall, connects the electronics to the
electrode array. A pericardial graft is
placed over the extra-ocular portion on
the outside of the eye.
• External Components: The implant
receives power and data commands
wirelessly from an external unit of
components, which include the Argus II
Glasses and Video Processing Unit
(VPU). A small lightweight video
camera and transmitting coil are
mounted on the glasses. The telemetry
coils and radio-frequency system are
mounted on the temple arm of the
glasses for transmitting data from the
VPU to the implant. The glasses are
connected to the VPU by a cable. This
VPU is worn by the patient, typically on
a belt or a strap, and is used to process
the images from the video camera and
convert the images into electrical
stimulation commands, which are
transmitted wirelessly to the implant.
• ‘‘Fitting System’’: To be able to use
the Argus® II System, a patient’s VPU
needs to be custom-programmed. This
process, which the applicant called
‘‘fitting’’, occurs in the hospital/clinic
shortly after the implant surgery and
then periodically thereafter as needed.
The clinician/physician also uses the
‘‘Fitting System’’ to run diagnostic tests
(for example, to obtain electrode and
impedance waveform measurements or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to check the radio-frequency link
between the implant and external unit).
This ‘‘Fitting System’’ can also be
connected to a ‘‘Psychophysical Test
System’’ to evaluate patients’
performance with the Argus® II System
on an ongoing basis.
These three components work
together to stimulate the retina and
allow a patient to perceive phosphenes
(spots of light), which they then need to
learn to interpret. While using the
Argus® II System, the video camera on
the patient-worn glasses captures a
video image. The video camera signal is
sent to the VPU, which processes the
video camera image and transforms it
into electrical stimulation patterns. The
electrical stimulation data are then sent
to a transmitter coil mounted on the
glasses. The transmitter coil sends both
data and power via radio-frequency (RF)
telemetry to the implanted retinal
prosthesis. The implant receives the RF
commands and delivers stimulation to
the retina via an array of electrodes that
is secured to the retina with a retinal
tack.
In patients with RP, the photoreceptor
cells in the retina, which normally
transduce incoming light into an
electro-chemical signal, have lost most
of their function. The stimulation pulses
delivered to the retina via the electrode
array of the Argus® II Retinal Prosthesis
System are intended to mimic the
function of these degenerated
photoreceptors cells. These pulses
induce cellular responses in the
remaining, viable retinal nerve cells that
travel through the optic nerve to the
visual cortex where they are perceived
as phosphenes (spots of light). Patients
learn to interpret the visual patterns
produced by these phosphenes.
With respect to the newness criterion,
according to the applicant, the FDA
designated the Argus® II System a
Humanitarian Use Device in May 2009
(HUD designation #09–0216). The
applicant submitted a Humanitarian
Device Exemption (HDE) application
(#H110002) to the FDA in May 2011 to
obtain market approval for the Argus® II
System. The HDE was referred to the
Ophthalmic Devices Panel of the FDA’s
Medical Devices Advisory Committee
for review and recommendation. At the
Panel’s meeting held on September 28,
2012, the Panel voted 19 to 0 that the
probable benefits of the Argus® II
System outweigh the risks of the system
for the proposed indication for use. The
applicant received the HDE approval
from the FDA on February 14, 2013.
Currently there are no other approved
treatments for patients with severe to
profound RP. The Argus® II System has
an IDE number of G050001 and is a
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28035
Class III device. In the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50580
through 50583), we approved new ICD–
9–CM procedure code 14.81
(Implantation of Epiretinal Visual
Prosthesis), which uniquely identifies
the Argus® II System. The other two
codes approved by CMS are for removal,
revision, or replacement of the device.
More information on these codes can be
found on the CMS Web site at: https://
cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/
ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials-Items/
2013-03-05-MeetingMaterials.html.
After evaluation of the new
technology add-on payment application
and consideration of public comments
received, we concluded that the Argus®
II System met all of the new technology
add-on payment policy criteria.
Therefore, we approved the Argus® II
System for new technology add-on
payments in FY 2014 (78 FR 50580
through 50583). Cases involving the
Argus® II System that are eligible for
new technology add-on payments are
identified by ICD–9–CM procedure code
14.81. We note that section
1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act requires that
the Secretary establish a mechanism to
recognize the costs of new medical
services or technologies under the
payment system established under that
subsection, which establishes the
system for paying for the operating costs
of inpatient hospital services. The
system of payment for capital costs is
established under section 1886(g) of the
Act, which makes no mention of any
add-on payments for a new medical
service or technology. Therefore, it is
not appropriate to include capital costs
in the add-on payments for a new
medical service or technology. In the
application, the applicant provided a
breakdown of the costs of the Argus® II
System. The total operating cost of the
Argus® II System is $144,057.50. Under
§ 412.88(a)(2), new technology add-on
payments are limited to the lesser of 50
percent of the average cost of the device
or 50 percent of the costs in excess of
the MS–DRG payment for the case. As
a result, the maximum add-on payment
for a case involving the Argus® II
System for FY 2014 is $72,028.75.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)). With
regard to the newness criterion for the
Argus® II System, as stated above, we
consider the beginning of the newness
period to commence when the Argus® II
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28036
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
System was approved by the FDA on
February 14, 2013. Because the Argus®
II System is still within the 3-year
newness period, we are proposing to
continue new technology add-on
payments for this technology for FY
2015. We are inviting public comments
on this proposal.
f. Zilver® PTX® Drug Eluting Peripheral
Stent
Cook® Medical submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payments for the Zilver® PTX® Drug
Eluting Peripheral Stent (Zilver® PTX®)
for FY 2014. The Zilver® PTX® is
intended for use in the treatment of
peripheral artery disease (PAD) of the
above–the-knee femoropopliteal arteries
(superficial femoral arteries). According
to the applicant, the stent is
percutaneously inserted into the
artery(s), usually by accessing the
common femoral artery in the groin. The
applicant stated that an introducer
catheter is inserted over the wire guide
and into the target vessel where the
lesion will first be treated with an
angioplasty balloon to prepare the
vessel for stenting. The applicant
indicated that the stent is selfexpanding, made of nitinol (nickel
titanium), and is coated with the drug
Paclitaxel. Paclitaxel is a drug approved
for use as an anticancer agent and for
use with coronary stents to reduce the
risk of renarrowing of the coronary
arteries after stenting procedures.
The applicant received FDA approval
on November 15, 2012, for the Zilver®
PTX®. The applicant maintains that the
Zilver® PTX® is the first drug-eluting
stent used for superficial femoral
arteries. The technology is currently
described by ICD–9–CM procedure code
00.60 (Insertion of drug-eluting stent(s)
of the superficial femoral artery).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50583 through 50585), after
evaluation of the new technology addon payment application and
consideration of the public comments
received, we approved the Zilver® PTX®
for new technology add-on payments in
FY 2014. Cases involving the Zilver®
PTX® that are eligible for new
technology add-on payments are
identified by ICD–9–CM procedure code
00.60. As explained in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, to determine
the amount of Zilver® PTX® stents per
case, instead of using the amount of
stents used per case based on the ICD–
9–CM codes, the applicant used an
average of 1.9 stents per case based on
the Zilver® PTX® Global Registry
Clinical Study. The applicant stated in
its application that the anticipated cost
per stent is approximately $1,795.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Therefore, cases of the Zilver® PTX®
would incur an average cost per case of
$3,410.50 ($1,795 × 1.9). Under
§ 412.88(a)(2), new technology add-on
payments are limited to the lesser of 50
percent of the average cost of the device
or 50 percent of the costs in excess of
the MS–DRG payment for the case. As
a result, the maximum add-on payment
for a case of the Zilver® PTX® is
$1,705.25 for FY 2014.
As stated above, the new technology
add-on payment regulations provide
that ‘‘a medical service or technology
may be considered new within 2 or 3
years after the point at which data begin
to become available reflecting the ICD–
9–CM code assigned to the new service
or technology’’ (§ 412.87(b)(2)). With
regard to the newness criterion for the
Zilver® PTX®, as stated above, we
consider the beginning of the newness
period to commence when the Zilver®
PTX® was approved by the FDA on
November 15, 2012. Because the Zilver®
PTX® is still within the 3-year newness
period, we are proposing to continue
new technology add-on payments for
this technology for FY 2015. We are
inviting public comments on this
proposal.
4. FY 2015 Applications for New
Technology Add-On Payments
We received seven applications for
new technology add-on payments for FY
2015, three of which were applications
resubmitted from FY 2014. However,
one applicant withdrew its application
prior to the publication of this proposed
rule. In accordance with the regulations
under § 412.87(c), applicants for new
technology add-on payments must have
FDA approval by July 1 of each year
prior to the beginning of the fiscal year
that the application is being considered.
A discussion of the six remaining
applications is presented below.
a. Dalbavancin (Durata Therapeutics,
Inc.)
Durata Therapeutics, Inc. submitted
an application for new technology addon payments for FY 2015 for the use of
Dalbavancin. Dalbavancin is an
intravenous (IV) lipoglycopeptide
antibiotic administered as a onceweekly 30-minute infusion via a
peripheral line for the treatment of
patients with acute bacterial skin and
skin structure infections, or ABSSSI.
According to the applicant,
Dalbavancin’s unique pharmacokinetic
profile demonstrates rapid bactericidal
activity that is potent and sustained
against serious gram-positive bacteria,
including methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA).
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
With respect to the newness criterion,
the applicant stated that Dalbavancin’s
once-weekly dosing, a simpler regimen
than the current standard of care
(Vancomycin) of daily or multiple-times
daily intravenous dosing, allows for the
discontinuation of IV access with its
attendant risks of line-related
thrombosis and infection. The applicant
submitted a New Drug Approval
Application (NDA) on September 26,
2013, and anticipates FDA approval of
Dalbavancin sometime in May of 2014.
To date, no ICD–10–PCS code
specifically describes the administration
of Dalbavancin. The applicant applied
for a new ICD–10–PCS code to describe
the administration of Dalbavancin,
which was presented at the March 19–
20, 2014 ICD–10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting. If
approved, the code will be effective on
October 1, 2014. We are inviting public
comments on whether the technology
meets the newness criterion.
We note that in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY
2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43813
through 43814), we established criteria
for evaluating whether a new
technology is substantially similar to an
existing technology, specifically: (1)
Whether a product uses the same or a
similar mechanism of action to achieve
a therapeutic outcome; (2) whether a
product is assigned to the same or a
different MS–DRG; and (3) whether the
new use of the technology involves the
treatment of the same or similar type of
disease and the same or similar patient
population. If a technology meets all
three of the criteria above, it would be
considered substantially similar to an
existing technology and would not be
considered ‘‘new’’ for purposes of new
technology add-on payments.
In evaluating the first criterion, the
applicant stated that Dalbavancin’s
mechanism of action is unique
compared to other antibiotics as it
involves the interruption of cell wall
synthesis resulting in bacterial cell
death. Furthermore, the applicant cited
Dalbavancin’s long half-life as the factor
that differentiates itself from existing
antibacterial agents active against
MRSA. With respect to the second
criterion, we believe that cases of
ABSSSI that use Dalbavancin or other
antibiotics for treatment would be
assigned to the same MS–DRGs. Finally,
with respect to the third criterion, we
believe that Dalbavancin and other
antibiotics used to treat cases of ABSSSI
treat the same disease and patient
population. Based on evaluation of the
substantially similarity criteria, it
appears that Dalbavancin is not
substantially similar to other antibiotics
for the treatment of ABSSSI because it
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
does not use the same or a similar
mechanism of action to achieve a
therapeutic outcome. We are inviting
public comments regarding whether
Dalbavancin is substantially similar to
existing antibiotics and whether
Dalbavancin meets the newness
criterion.
According to the applicant,
Dalbavancin is indicated to treat grampositive ABSSSIs, such as cellulitis or
erysipelas, and MRSA. These conditions
may be a primary diagnosis, but are
often secondary to an underlying
condition such as diabetes, heart failure,
pressure ulcers, etc. Therefore, the
technology is eligible to be used across
all MS–DRGs. To demonstrate that it
meets the cost criterion, the applicant
searched the FY 2012 MedPAR file
(across all MS–DRGs) for cases where at
least one ABSSSI ICD–9–CM code was
present on the claim, including those
where MRSA was present on a claim
with an ABSSSI diagnosis. Specifically,
the applicant searched for cases with
one of the following diagnosis codes:
035 (Erysipelas); 681.00 (Cellulitis and
abscess of finger, unspecified); 681.01
(Felon); 681.02 (Onychia and
paronychia of finger); 681.10 (Cellulitis
and abscess of toe, unspecified); 681.11
(Onychia and paronychia of toe); 681.9
(Cellulitis and abscess of unspecified
digit); 682.0–682.9 (Other cellulitis and
abscess of face, neck, trunk, upper arm
and forearm, hand except fingers and
thumb, buttock, leg except foot, foot
except toes, specified sites, unspecified
sites); 686.00 (Pyoderma, unspecified);
686.01 (Pyoderma gangrenosum); 686.09
(Other pyoderma); 686.1 (Pyogenic
granuloma of skin and subcutaneous
tissue); 686.8 (Other specified local
infections of skin and subcutaneous
tissue); 686.9 (Unspecified local
infection of skin and subcutaneous
tissue); 958.3 (Posttraumatic wound
infection not elsewhere classified);
998.51 (Infected postoperative seroma);
and 998.59 (Other postoperative
infection). The applicant believed that
these cases represent potential cases
eligible for the administration of
Dalbavancin.
The applicant found 570,698 cases
across 682 MS–DRGs and noted that
almost 25 percent of the total number of
cases would map to MS–DRGs 603
(Cellulitis without MCC), while the top
10 MS–DRGs accounted for almost half
(or 49 percent) of the total number of
cases. Of the 682 MS–DRGs, only 90 of
these MS–DRGs accounted for 1,000
cases or more. The applicant
standardized the charges for all 570,698
cases, which equated to an average caseweighted standardized charge per case
of $46,138. We note that the applicant
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
did not inflate the charges nor did it
include charges for Dalbavancin in the
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case. The applicant
calculated an average case-weighted
threshold of $44,255 across all MS–
DRGs. Therefore, the applicant asserted
the average case-weighted standardized
charge per case (without inflating and
including charges for Dalbavancin)
exceeds the average case-weighted
threshold of $44,255 (as indicated in
Table 10 of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule). Therefore, the applicant
maintained that Dalbavancin meets the
cost criterion. We are inviting public
comments regarding whether
Dalbavancin meets the cost criterion,
particularly with regard to the
assumptions and methodology used in
the applicant’s analysis.
With regard to substantial clinical
improvement, as previously stated by
the applicant, Dalbavancin is a new
intravenous (IV) lipoglycopeptide
antibiotic administered as a onceweekly 30 minute infusion via a
peripheral line for the treatment of
patients with acute bacterial skin and
skin structure infections, or ABSSSI.
The applicant noted that, in the setting
of continuing emergence of resistance
among gram-positive pathogens
worldwide, there is an increasing
medical need for new antibacterial
agents with enhanced gram-positive
activity. The applicant cited the
Infectious Diseases Society of America
(IDSA),3 stating the need for a multipronged approach to address the impact
of antibiotic resistance. In addition, the
applicant stated the FDA has also
designated MRSA as a pathogen of
special interest which allows an
antibiotic effective against this organism
to be designated as a ‘‘Qualified
Infectious Disease Product,’’ recognizing
the medical need for drugs to treat
infections caused by this pathogen. The
applicant believed that having a
medicinal agent with clinical efficacy
against gram-positive pathogens,
including MRSA and CA–MRSA, a
favorable benefit/risk ratio, and a
favorable pharmacokinetics profile
allowing convenient dosing in
inpatients and outpatients with the
potential for minimizing patient
noncompliance would be a valuable
addition to the antibacterial
armamentarium for the treatment of
ABSSSI. The applicant also noted that,
when taking Dalbavancin, there is no
need for oral step-down therapy.
The applicant suggested that
Dalbavancin offers treatment advantages
over other available options for therapy
3 ‘‘Bad
PO 00000
Bugs, No Drugs,’’ July 2004.
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28037
for skin infections as a result of the
following:
• Improved potency against key
bacterial pathogens with the
concentration of Dalbavancin required
to kill key target pathogens lower
relative to other antibiotics commonly
used to treat such pathogens;
• Retained activity against
staphylococcus aureus resistant to other
antibiotics;
• Improved safety profile as
Dalbavancin exhibits more favorable
tolerability and safety than alternative
approved antibacterial drugs in areas
such as no evidence of
thrombocytopenia as seen with
linezolid and tedezolid, superior
infusion related tolerability relative to
other antiobiotics, an absence or
reduction of drug specific toxicities, and
once a week dosing of IV Dalbavancin
avoids pitfalls of patient noncompliance
with an oral medication;
• Lack of drug interactions due to
metabolic profile which minimizes risk
of unexpected adverse events when coadministered with other compounds as
seen with linezolid and quinupristin/
dalfopristin;
• Decreased requirement for
therapeutic interventions, specifically
the need for an intravenous catheter as
Dalbavancin is administered once a
week, thus reducing catheter related
infection as well;
• Reduced time to patient defined
recovery;
• Reduced mortality rate as
demonstrated in the combined phase of
the Discover 1 and Discover 2 clinical
trials;
• The potential for avoidance of
admission to the hospital as
Dalbavancin allows the utilization of a
weekly treatment regimen, thus
potentially increasing the convenience
of outpatient therapy for patients.
The applicant conducted three phase
three randomized, controlled, double
blinded clinical trials. The first was the
pivotal VER001–9 study with a total of
873 patients with cSSSIs, which
compared the safety and efficacy of IV
Dalbavancin with possible switch to
oral placebo to IV Linezolid with
possible switch to oral Linezolid.
According to the applicant, the primary
efficacy endpoint of clinical response at
test of 14 days with a plus or minus of
2 days after completion of therapy
demonstrated comparable clinical
efficacy to linezolid and met the
requirement of statistical demonstration
of noninferiority. In the clinically
evaluable population, 88.9 percent of
patients who received Dalbavancin
compared to 91.2 percent of patients
who received vancomycin/linezolid
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28038
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
were clinical successes. The applicant
also noted that Dalbavancin had an
improved safety profile compared to
Linezolid as the overall incidence and
percentage of adverse events and deaths
were lower in the Dalbavancin group,
which was statistically significant.
The second and third clinical trials
were the Discover 1 and Discover 2
trials, which enrolled a total of 1,312
patients with ABSSSI and compared IV
Dalbavancin with IV placebo every 12
hours to match Vancomycin with
possible switch to oral Vancomycin to
IV Vancomycin with IV placebo to
match IV Dalbavancin with possible
switch to oral Linezolid. The applicant
reported that in both studies, the
primary efficacy outcome measure was
clinical response in 48 to 72 hours poststudy drug initiation and a secondary
outcome measure was clinical status at
the end of treatment visit (day 14) in the
Intent to Treat (ITT) and clinically
evaluable at End of Treatment
populations. Clinical status was also
determined at the short-term follow-up
and long-term follow-up visits.
According to the applicant, the
Discover 1 trial demonstrated that 83.3
percent of patients in the ITT
population who received Dalbavancin
were responders at 48 to 72 hours after
the start of therapy compared to 81.8
percent of patients who received
Vancomycin/Linezolid. The applicant
also noted that Dalbavancin was
noninferior to Vancomycin/Linezolid
(Absolute Difference in Success Rates
(95 percent confidence interval): ¥4.6
percent; 7.9 percent).
The applicant further noted that the
Discover 2 trial showed similar results
to the Discover 1 trial. Specifically, the
trial demonstrated that 76.8 percent of
patients in the ITT population who
received Dalbavancin were responders
at 48 to 72 hours after the start of
therapy compared to 78.3 percent of
patients who received Vancomycin/
Linezolid. The applicant again noted
that Dalbavancin was noninferior to
Vancomycin/Linezolid (Absolute
Difference in Success Rates (95 percent
confidence interval): ¥7.4 percent; 4.6
percent).
The applicant found Dalbavancin to
be effective against MRSA and other
gram-positive bacteria associated with
ABSSSI. The applicant stated that 25
percent of patients in the study were
treated without an inpatient admission.
We are concerned with the details of
the trial design and the primary efficacy
endpoints used within those trials that
were used to provide the clinical data
supplied by the applicant. All of the
trials were noninferiority studies, which
prevent any determination as to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
substantial clinical improvement from
the trial data. The primary efficacy
endpoint was defined as having no
increase in lesion size, and no fever 48
to 72 hours after drug initiation. The
secondary endpoint was a >20 percent
reduction in infection area at defined
points in time. At neither endpoint is
the patient oriented endpoint of
resolution of infection increased. With
these limitations in using efficacy data
to establish substantial clinical
improvement, the applicant suggested
that the outpatient treatment,
elimination of central lines and
avoidance of hospitalization all may
improve safety, avoid treatmentassociated infections and improve
patient satisfaction, and that these
factors demonstrate substantial clinical
improvement. While the factors
mentioned may be true, the applicant
did not present any evidence to support
its assertions. We are inviting public
comments on whether Dalbavancin
meets the substantial clinical
improvement criterion, including public
comments in response to our concern
that the applicant has only provided
efficacy data of noninferiority, and no
data for the other suggested benefits.
We did not receive any public
comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on
February 12, 2014 regarding this
technology.
b. Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
(Aptus Endosystems, Inc.)
The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is
indicated for use in the treatment of
patients whose endovascular grafts
during treatment of aortic aneurysms
have exhibited migrations or endoleaks,
or in the treatment of patients who are
at risk of such complications, and in
whom augmented radial fixation and/or
sealing is required to regain or maintain
adequate aneurysm exclusion.
The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is
comprised of the following three
components: (1) The EndoAnchor
Implant; (2) the Heli-FXTM Applier; and
(3) the Heli-FXTM Guide with Obturator.
The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is a
mechanical fastening device that is
designed to enhance the long-term
durability and reduce the risk of repeat
interventions in endovascular aneurysm
repair (EVAR) and thoracic
endovascular aneurysm repair (TEVAR).
By deploying a small helical screw (the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchors) to connect the
endograft to the aorta, the Heli-FXTM
System seeks to provide a permanent
seal and fixation, similar to the stability
achieved with an open surgical
anastomosis.
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System, designed for treating abdominal
aortic aneurysms (AAA), was cleared by
the FDA through the ‘‘de novo’’ 510(k)
process on November 21, 2011
(reference K102333). The Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System, which allows the
expanded use of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System technology to the
treatment of thoracic aortic aneurysms
(TAA), was cleared by the FDA on
August 14, 2012 (reference K121168).
The applicant submitted two
applications for approval for new
technology add-on payment in FY 2015:
one for the treatment of AAAs and the
other for the treatment of TAA repair.
We note that, as stated in the Inpatient
New Technology Add-on Payment Final
Rule (66 FR 46915), two applications are
necessary in this instance, because
patients that may be eligible for use of
the technology under the first indication
are not expected to be assigned to the
same MS–DRGs as patients receiving
treatment using the new technology
under the second indication.
Specifically, patients who have
endovascular grafts implanted for the
treatment of AAA map to MS–DRGs 237
(Major Cardiovascular Procedures with
MCC) and 238 (Major Cardiovascular
Procedures without MCC), while
patients who have endovascular grafts
implanted for the treatment of TAA map
to MS–DRGs 219 (Cardiac Valve and
Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedure
without Cardiac Catheter with MCC),
220 (Cardiac Valve and Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedure without
Cardiac Catheter with CC), and 221
(Cardiac Valve and Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedure without
Cardiac Catheter without CC/MCC).
Each indication/application must also
meet the cost criterion and the
substantial clinical improvement
criterion in order to be eligible for new
technology add-on payments beginning
in FY 2015. We discuss both of these
applications below.
(1) Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System for
the Treatment of AAA
As mentioned above, the original
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System,
designed for treating patients diagnosed
with AAA, was cleared by the FDA
through the ‘‘de novo’’ 510(k) process
on November 21, 2011 (reference
K102333). According to the applicant,
the device became available to Medicare
beneficiaries following the product
launch at the Society of Vascular
Surgery (SVS) Annual Meeting held on
June 7–9, 2012. Therefore, the applicant
maintained that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System meets the
‘‘newness’’ criterion because the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
technology was not available on the U.S.
market until June 2012. The applicant
explained that the delay in the general
market availability of the original HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System, following
initial FDA clearance, was mainly
because of the regulatory uncertainty
inherent in the ‘‘de novo’’ 510(k)
process. This uncertainty prevented the
manufacturer from being able to secure
the venture capital funding that was
necessary to prepare for
commercialization before obtaining
market clearance. The ability to secure
venture capital through the fundraising
process was dependent upon the FDA
clearance. According to the applicant,
funding to commercially market the
technology was not obtained until June
2012. In subsequent discussions with
the applicant, the applicant confirmed
that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
was available on the U.S. market as of
November 2011. Further, the applicant
acknowledged that four implantations
were performed on Medicare
beneficiaries between November 2011
and June 2012. Therefore, the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System is considered
‘‘new’’ as of November 2011 when the
technology was cleared by the FDA and
became available on the U.S. market.
Section 412.87(b)(2) of the regulations
state that, ‘‘a medical service or
technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at
which data begin to become available
reflecting the ICD–9–CM code assigned
to the new service or technology.’’ Our
past practice has been to begin and end
the eligibility for new technology addon payments on a fiscal year basis. We
have generally followed a guideline that
uses a 6-month window, before and
after the beginning of the fiscal year, to
determine whether to still consider a
technology ‘‘new’’ and extend approved
new technology add-on payments for an
additional fiscal year. In general, a
technology is still considered ‘‘new’’
(and eligible to receive new technology
add-on payments) only if the 3-year
anniversary date of the product’s entry
on the market occurs in the latter half
of the fiscal year. (We refer readers to 70
FR 47362.) With regard to the newness
criterion for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System, as stated above, we consider the
beginning of the newness period for the
device to begin when the technology
first became available on the U.S.
market in November 2011. As
previously stated, the applicant
acknowledged that four implantations
were performed on Medicare
beneficiaries between November 2011
and June 2012. Therefore, the costs of
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
currently reflected in the MS–DRGs, and
the 3-year anniversary date under the
newness criterion for the product’s
entry on the U.S. market will occur
during November 2014 (the first half of
FY 2015). As such, we do not believe
that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
meets the newness criterion. We are
inviting public comments on whether
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
meets the newness criterion.
The applicant requested an ICD–10–
PCS code, and presented comments at
the March 2014 ICD–10 Coordination &
Maintenance Committee meeting.
To demonstrate that the technology
meets the cost criterion, the applicant
researched claims data from the 100
percent sample of the 2012 Inpatient
Hospital Standard Analytical File (SAF)
for cases reporting either procedure
code 39.71 (Endovascular implantation
of other graft in abdominal aorta), or
procedure code 39.79 (Other
endovascular procedures on other
vessels) in the first or second procedure
position on the claim, in combination
with one of the following primary
diagnosis codes: 441.4 (Abdominal
aneurysm without mention of rupture);
996.1 (Mechanical complication of other
vascular device, implant, and graft); or
996.74 (Other complications due to
other vascular device, implant, and
graft). The applicant believed that this
combination of ICD–9–CM codes
identifies cases treated for AAA. We
note that the 2012 SAF dataset includes
all claims submitted from hospitals paid
under the IPPS for calendar year 2012.
The applicant focused its analysis on
MS–DRGs 237 and 238 because these
are the MS–DRGs that cases treated with
the implantation of endovascular grafts
for AAAs would most likely map to.
The applicant found a total of 8,142
cases, and noted that 9.35 percent of the
total number of cases would map to
MS–DRG 237, and 90.65 percent of the
total number of cases would map to
MS–DRG 238. The applicant
standardized the charges for all 8,142
cases. Using the inflation factor of
1.47329 published in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH final rule (78 FR 50982), the
applicant inflated the standardized
charges by 14.88 percent (the applicant
multiplied 1.47329 × 1.47329 × 1.47329
in order to inflate the charges from 2012
to 2015). The applicant then added the
charges for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System to the standardized charges by
dividing the cost of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System device by each
individual hospital specific CCR from
the FY 2012 impact file. This equated to
an average case-weighted inflated
standardized charge per case of
$111,613. The applicant noted that the
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28039
average case-weighted inflated
standardized charge per case did not
contain additional operating room
charges that relate to the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System. Therefore, the
applicant determined that it was
necessary to add an additional $1,440
for operating room charges, which was
based on an additional half hour of
operating room time from one hospital,
to the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case. This
resulted in an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of
$113,053. The applicant calculated an
average case-weighted threshold of
$86,278 across both MS–DRGs 237 and
238. The applicant noted that the
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case, computed without
including the additional operating room
charges that relate to the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System, exceeded the
average case-weighted threshold of
$86,278. Therefore, the applicant
maintained that the technology meets
the cost criterion.
The applicant also submitted claims
data from the ANCHOR (Aneurysm
Treatment Using the Heli-FX Aortic
Securement System Global Registry)
study to demonstrate that the
technology meets the cost criterion. A
total of 51 cases were submitted with
11.76 percent of all the cases mapping
to MS–DRG 237, and 88.24 percent of
all the cases mapping to MS–DRG 238.
The applicant standardized the charges
for all 51 cases, and determined an
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $128,196. The
applicant calculated an average caseweighted threshold of $87,118 across
MS–DRGs 237 and 238. Therefore,
because the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case exceeds
the average case-weighted threshold, the
applicant maintained that the
technology meets the cost criterion. We
are inviting public comments on
whether the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System meets the cost criterion,
particularly with regard to the
assumptions and methodology used in
the applicant’s analyses. We discuss
whether the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System represents a substantial clinical
improvement over other treatments used
for the repair of both abdominal and
thoracic aortic aneurysms in one
discussion below.
(2) Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System for
the Treatment of Thoracic Aortic
Aneurysms
The Heli-FXTM Thoracic System,
which allows the expanded use of the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
technology to TAA repair, was cleared
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28040
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
by the FDA on August 14, 2012
(reference K121168). The new system
consists of a longer delivery device with
additional tip configurations to allow
the helical EndoAnchor technology to
treat TAA. A line extension to the
original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System,
allowing improved treatment of AAA
patients with larger aortic neck
diameters, was cleared by the FDA on
April 12, 2013 (reference K130677).
With regard to the newness criterion
for the Heli-FXTM Thoracic System, we
consider the beginning of the newness
period for the device to begin when the
technology was approved by the FDA on
August 14, 2012. Because the 3-year
anniversary date of the product’s entry
on the U.S. market would occur in the
second half of FY 2015 (August 14,
2015), we believe that the Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System meets the newness
criterion. We are inviting public
comments on whether the Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System meets the newness
criterion. As stated above, the applicant
requested an ICD–10–PCS code, and
presented comments at the March 2014
ICD–10 Coordination & Maintenance
Committee meeting.
To demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System meets the cost
criterion, similar to the analysis
performed for the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System for the treatment of
AAA, the applicant researched claims
data from the 100 percent sample of the
2012 SAF for cases reporting procedure
code 39.73 (Endovascular implantation
of graft in thoracic aorta) in the first or
second procedure position on the claim,
in combination with one of the
following primary diagnosis codes:
404.93 (Hypertensive heart and chronic
kidney disease, unspecified, with heart
failure and chronic kidney disease stage
V or end-stage renal disease); 441.01
(Dissection of aorta, thoracic); 441.03
(Dissection of aorta, thoracoabdominal);
441.2 (Thoracic aneurysm without
mention of rupture); 441.4 (Abdominal
aneurysm without mention of rupture);
441.7 (Thoracoabdominal aneurysm,
without mention of rupture); 996.1
(Mechanical complication of other
vascular device, implant, and graft); or
996.74 (Other complications due to
other vascular device, implant, and
graft). The applicant believed that this
combination of ICD–9–CM codes
identifies cases treated for TAA. We
note that the 2012 SAF dataset includes
all claims submitted from hospitals paid
under the IPPS for CY 2012.
The applicant focused its analysis on
MS–DRGs 219, 220, and 221 because
these are the MS–DRGs to which cases
treated with the implantation of
endovascular grafts for TAA repair
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
would most likely map. The applicant
found a total of 642 cases, and noted
that 27.88 percent of the total number of
cases would map to MS–DRG 219, 40.50
percent of the total number of cases
would map to MS–DRG 220, and 31.62
percent of the total number of cases
would map to MS–DRG 221. The
applicant standardized the charges for
all 642 cases. Using the inflation factor
of 1.47329 published in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH final rule (78 FR 50982), the
applicant inflated the standardized
charges by 14.88 percent (the applicant
multiplied 1.47329 × 1.47329 × 1.47329
in order to inflate the charges from 2012
to 2015). The applicant then added the
charges for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System to the standardized charges by
dividing the cost of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System device by each
individual hospital specific CCR from
the FY 2012 impact file. This equated to
an average case-weighted inflated
standardized charge per case of
$156,625. The applicant noted that the
average case-weighted inflated
standardized charge per case did not
contain additional operating room
charges related to the use of this
technology. Therefore, the applicant
determined that it was necessary to add
an additional $2,160 for operating room
charges, which was based on an
additional 45 minutes of operating room
time from one hospital, to the average
case-weighted standardized charge per
case. This resulted in an average caseweighted standardized charge per case
of $158,785. The applicant calculated an
average case-weighted threshold of
$141,194 across MS–DRGs 219, 220, and
221. The applicant noted that the
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case, without including
charges for additional operating room
time, exceeded the average caseweighted threshold of $141,194.
Therefore, the applicant maintained that
the technology meets the cost criterion.
We are inviting public comments on
whether the Heli-FXTM Thoracic System
meets the cost criterion, particularly
with regard to the assumptions and
methodology used in the applicant’s
analysis.
(3) Evaluation of the Substantial Clinical
Improvement Criterion for the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System for the
Treatment of Abdominal and Thoracic
Aortic Aneurysms
The applicant stated that the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System represents a
substantial clinical improvement for the
following reasons: The technology
improves overall rates of aneurysm
exclusion and long-term success after
EVAR by increasing the integrity and
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
long-term durability of the proximal seal
and fixation; the technology reduces the
risk and rate of secondary interventions
and readmissions due to aneurysmrelated complications (for example,
endoleaks, migration, aneurysm
enlargement) caused by failure of the
proximal seal; the technology improves
the general applicability of EVAR to
patients with a broader spectrum of
aortoiliac anatomy, including those with
hostile proximal neck anatomy; and the
technology reduces the rigor of life-long
imaging follow-up for EVAR patients by
reducing the rate of late failure and
increasing the post-EVAR rates of
aneurysm sac regression due to
complete, endoleak-free durable
aneurysm exclusion.
While current devices and capabilities
are greatly improved over the first
generation of devices, the applicant
noted that EVAR treatments using the
first generation of devices has not
proven to be as durable, anatomically
applicable, or complication-free as open
surgery. 4 5 6 7 Several critical and lifethreatening limitations continue to
require improvement to these devices
and procedures, including the need to
reduce serious early and late device and
procedure-related complications, such
as loss of stability, and integrity and
robustness of the clinical proximal
aortic landing zone, and to offer an
alternative method of EVAR to a broader
segment of the patient population.
The applicant provided literature,
analyses of data from the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’
clinical trial and the ANCHOR Registry,
and a meta-analysis of EVAR trials to
demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System represents a
substantial clinical improvement above
current treatments available. We
summarize the information provided by
the applicant that supports the
clinically beneficial results of using the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System.
The ‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial
enrolled 155 patients at 25 U.S. centers
between September 2007 and January
4 Abbruzzese, T.A., Kwolek, C.J., Brewster, D.C.,
et al, ‘‘Outcomes following endovascular abdominal
aortic aneurysm repair (EVAR): An anatomic and
device-specific analysis,’’ Journal of Vascular
Surgery, 2008, Vol. 48, pp. 19–28.
5 Dangas, G., O’Connor, D., Firwana, B., et al,
‘‘Open Versus Endovascular Stent Graft Repair of
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms: A Meta-Analysis of
Randomized Trials,’’ JACC, 2012, Vol. 5 (10), pp.
1072–1080.
6 De Bruin, J.L., Baas, A.F., Buth, J., et al, ‘‘LongTerm Outcome of Open or Endovascular Repair of
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm,’’ New England
Journal of Medicine, May 2010, Vol. 362(20), pp.
1881–1889.
7 Greenhalgh, R.M., Brown, L.C., Powell, J.T., et
al, ‘‘Endovascular versus open repair of abdominal
aortic aneurysm,’’ New England Journal of
Medicine, May 2010, Vol. 362(20), pp. 1863–1871.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2009. Clinical (and imaging) data are
available for 147, 139 and 125 patients
at 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year follow-up,
respectively, representing the complete
data sets at these time points. Patients
enrolled in the clinical trial and
observed under the study will continue
to be followed per protocol for 5 years
following aneurysm repair. According to
the applicant, the results of the trial and
study demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System is associated with
an extremely low rate of proximal neckrelated issues in long-term follow-up.
The applicant maintained that this
determination results in improved
outcomes for aortic aneurysm patients,
and reduced rate of re-interventions,
which are associated with hospital
admissions, procedural risks, and
reversions to increased follow-up
frequency requiring more physician
visits and radiographic imaging studies.
The data used for this analysis was
extracted from the clinical database on
February 1, 2013, and are identical to
those used to generate the most recent
Annual Progress Report (APR)
submitted to the FDA, as required under
the U.S. IDE regulations.
While the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial
was conducted exclusively with the
Aptus AAA endograft (which remains
investigational), the applicant believed
that the use of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System-related data is
applicable to the use of the anchor with
the compatible Cook, Gore, and
Medtronic manufactured endografts in
treatment anatomies for AAA and TAA
cases.
Through 3-year follow-up, the
applicant noted that there have been no
anchor fractures as observed by the core
lab. Further, there have been no relative
migrations of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System as compared to
other endografts reported by the core
laboratory.
In the analysis of the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’
clinical trial data at 1-year follow-up,
the applicant noted that the core lab
observed no proximal migrations, and a
single case of Type I endoleak. A single
secondary intervention was required to
address the Type I endoleak in a patient
with a circumferentially incomplete
proximal neck within the 1-year followup period.
The applicant further noted that no
additional Type I endoleaks have been
observed beyond the 1-year follow-up in
any patient enrolled in the trial. In
addition, there were no reported
instances of aneurysm rupture, vessel
perforation, vessel dissection, catheter
embolization, enteric fistula, infection,
Type III endoleak, conversion, allergic
reactions, renal emboli, or patient death
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
associated with the use of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System. Further, there
have been no reports of bleeding or
hematoma at the EndoAnchor
penetration locations in the aortic neck.
Beyond the 1-year follow-up, three
patients have demonstrated proximal
migrations less than 1 cm. None of these
cases were associated with Type I
endoleaks or aneurysm sac expansions.
The applicant then compared
migrations and Type I endoleaks data
from the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial to
analogous data from five compatible
AAA endografts that were not anchored
(data taken from published SSE data
obtained from the FDA’s Web site). One
year of data was compared because this
timeframe is what is reported in a
standard fashion from IDE trials of
endografts. The applicant noted that the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System data
compares favorably against the data
obtained in U.S. pivotal trials of devices
that did not employ discrete
independent fixation means,
particularly when viewed in light of the
shorter average neck lengths treated in
the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial versus
those involving the Cook, Gore, and
Medtronic manufactured endografts.
According to the applicant, the number
of proximal migrations were low across
devices as reported in the SSE data, and
an analysis using the Fisher’s exact
method demonstrated no statistically
significant differences when compared
to the anchored endografts used in the
‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial (all p = NS).
The incidence of Type I endoleaks and
the need for secondary interventions to
address them was significantly lower for
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
endografts analyzed under the
‘‘STAPLE–2’’ clinical trial versus the
Medtronic, AneuRx, and Talent
manufactured endografts (p = 0.026
versus AneuRx and p = 0.015 versus
Talent). The applicant stated that the
applicability of post-hoc statistical
analyses is limited. However, the
applicant believed that because the data
being compared under the analyses
were collected through similar protocols
and with the same endpoint definitions,
post-hoc comparisons were deemed
appropriate. The applicant further
believed that the comparison of this
data demonstrates that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System is associated with
very low rates of Type I endoleaks and
migrations.
The applicant also provided data from
the ANCHOR Registry, which is a postmarket, prospective, observational,
multi-center, international, dual-arm
study designed to capture real-world
data on the usage patterns and clinical
results associated with the use of the
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28041
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System as a
method of treatment for patients in need
of EVAR. The applicant explained that
the ANCHOR Registry represents a
growing body of data on the application
of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
used as a method of endovascular aortic
aneurysm repair. The applicant noted
that to its knowledge, the anatomical
challenges present in the registry are
greater than those in any large scale
published series. The applicant further
noted that, although long-term results
are limited, the acute results
demonstrate a high level of device
safety, technical feasibility and acute
success in a patient population with few
viable options.
Primary safety for the ANCHOR
Registry is being measured as a
composite of freedom from device or
procedure-related serious adverse
events through 1-year follow-up
following the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System implantation. Primary
effectiveness is being measured as a
composite of acute technical success
and freedom from Type Ia endoleaks
and endograft migrations through 1-year
follow-up. Inclusion and exclusion
criteria are minimal, essentially
following the IFU requirements. Patients
are being followed in the registry by
their physician’s standard of care for 5
years.
Enrollment in the ANCHOR Registry
began in March 2012. Through August
2013, a total of 258 patients were
enrolled at 40 participating centers (29
located in the United States and 11
located in the European Union), and
data are available in the registry’s
database. Of these, 195 patients (76
percent) were enrolled in the primary
arm, having the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System implanted at the time of their
initial aneurysm treatment, either as a
prophylactic measure, or to address an
acute leak seen on completion
arteriography. The remaining patients
(63 or 24 percent) were enrolled in the
revision arm, having the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor Systems implanted at a
secondary procedure to arrest migration,
or address endoleaks discovered on
follow-up in previously implanted
endografts.
The applicant noted that physicians
are choosing to apply the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System in a subset of
patients that are at a higher risk for
proximal neck-related complications
during follow-up. The large average sac
diameter in the revision arm suggested
that these patients’ initial treatments
were unsuccessful and, as such, they
have experienced continued sac
expansion post-EVAR. These patients
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28042
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
also represent a high-risk subset of
patients.
Acute results are measured in terms of
technical success. In the primary arm,
193 of 194 procedures were successful,
and in the revision arm, 57 of 63
procedures were successful. All
technical failures were persistence of
Type Ia endoleaks. There has been a
single re-intervention at 69 days postEndoanchor implantation for a
persistent Type Ia endoleak in one
patient in the revision arm, in which the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
combined with a proximal cuff were
unable to completely resolve the
endoleak. There have been no devicerelated serious adverse events.
As mentioned above, because the
‘‘STAPLE–1,’’ 8 and ‘‘STAPLE–2’’
clinical trials were single-arm studies,
no data are available from them to
assess the impact of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System on endograft
performance. To make this assessment,
a meta-analysis was conducted. The
meta-analysis combined long-term AAA
endograft performance from endografts
marketed in the United States, and
compared these measures to those from
long-term follow-up in the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’
trial.
According to the applicant, the key
findings from the meta-analysis are as
follows:
• Heli-FXTM EndoAnchors reduced
the proportion of treated aneurysms
with enlargement greater than 5 mm at
3 years from 12.7 percent to 3.9 percent
(p = .002).
• Heli-FX EndoAnchor System
reduced the proportion of leaks
requiring treatment at 3 years from 12
percent to 1.3 percent (p < .001).
• Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
reduced (all-cause) mortality at 3 years
from 18.8 percent to 8.4 percent (p =
.002). However, this does not appear to
have been totally mediated by AAArelated mortality, which was reduced by
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System from
2.5 percent to 0.7 percent at 3 years (but
was not statistically significant, p =
.372).
According to the applicant, in general,
patients in the ANCHOR Registry were
similar to the patients in the AAA
endograft studies. The applicant noted
that the results of the analysis using the
Fisher’s Exact Tests were consistent
between the All-Studies’ comparisons
and the IDE-Studies’ comparisons: AllCause Mortality, Leaks requiring
8 Deaton, D.H., Mehla, M., Kasirajan, K., et al.,
‘‘The Phase I Multi-center Trial (Staple-1) of the
Aptus Endovascular Repair System: Results at 6
Months and 1 Year,’’ Journal of Vascular Surgery,
2009, Vol. 49, pp. 851–857 (discussion on pp. 857–
858.)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Treatment, and Enlargement were all
significantly lower at 3 years in the
endografts implanted with the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System than in
standard endografts.
The applicant asserted that the metaanalysis shows that there is objective
evidence that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System effectively reduces
well-documented problems with
endografts. By providing the endograft
with better apposition to the native
artery, the applicant noted that the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System reduces the
rates of enlargement and endoleaks
requiring treatment. The applicant
further noted that these results were
consistent in the All-Studies’ and IDE
Studies’ meta-analyses. The applicant
believed that lower rates of leaks
requiring intervention would save
payers money over the long term.
The applicant observed that, while
there was no significant improvement in
the rate of ruptures with the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System, this may be due to
the fact that leaks were treated and,
thereby, prevented any ruptures. The
applicant believed that the higher rate of
treated endoleaks in endografts
implanted without the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System provides for this
hypothesis. Also, migration did not
appear to be significantly reduced by
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System (3.5
percent at 3 years in both groups; p =
1.0).
Finally, the applicant concluded that,
overall, the lower complication rates
seen with the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System in the meta-analysis provide
evidence of the clinical benefits and
likely economic benefits associated with
the use of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System. The applicant believed that the
technology may be especially helpful in
patients with difficult anatomy, and that
it may be reasonable to consider using
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
prophylactically in the treatment of all
such patients.
In addition to the formal study data
from the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’ trial, the Global
ANCHOR Registry, and the metaanalysis based on these, the applicant
provided published peer-reviewed
literature that represent an early state of
scientific data dissemination outside of
non-company sponsored clinical
studies, which is commensurate with
the recent market approvals of the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System technology.
The applicant believed that this data
demonstrates strong initial physician
enthusiasm and resulting favorable
clinical results in their experience to
date. The applicant noted that the
general body of scientific literature is
considered meaningful and growing for
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
this early stage of market introduction.
However, the applicant asserted that the
literature supports the study and metaanalysis data above that documents that
improved clinical outcomes were
observed, including outcomes in a
broader range of patients that are often
ineligible for, or at greatest risk with,
EVAR.
We are concerned that the three
sources of data, the ‘‘STAPLE–2’’
clinical trial, the Anchor registry, and
the literature review that the applicant
submitted to support their application
are not high quality evidence. The
‘‘STAPLE–2’’ study was a single-arm
study and only used one endograft, the
registry is an observational study, and
the literature review does not provide
clinical data. Also, the meta-analysis of
all the submitted data is only as good as
the data used. While the clinical data
submitted suggests that some outcomes
such as EVAR failure are improved, we
are concerned that there is not enough
clinical evidence to support the
substantial clinical improvement
criterion. We are inviting public
comments on whether the submitted
data demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System represents a
substantial clinical improvement in the
treatment of Medicare beneficiaries,
particularly in regard to the concerns we
have identified.
We received public comments in
response to the New Technology Town
Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014.
We summarize these comments below.
Comment: Several commenters
supporting new technology add-on
payments for the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System. In addition, one
commenter believed that EndoAnchors
would broaden the applicability of
endovascular aneurysm repair. The
commenter noted that use of
EndoAnchors increases the force needed
to dislodge the proximal neck of the
graft by several times, and in some cases
even stronger than a hand-sewn
anastomosis. This commenter further
noted that this would allow patients
with short, or otherwise difficult aortic
necks to be treated more safely with
endovascular aneurysm repair. The
commenter stated that the technology is
beneficial for patients who have medical
problems or advanced age as
contraindications to open surgery
because endovascular repair can be
made possible with the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System.
The commenter further stated that
patients with endoleaks identified
during follow-up are frequently not
candidates for extension prostheses and
would otherwise require open
explantation of the graft and aneurysm
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
repair. The commenter explained that
these are far more challenging and risky
operations than primary open aneurysm
repairs, and are routinely associated
with blood loss of several liters as well
as prolonged lower extremity, renal, and
visceral ischemia. The commenter noted
that many of these often elderly patients
can be successfully treated in a
minimally invasive manner using the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System,
reestablishing proximal fixation and
seal while avoiding the morbidity and
mortality associated with graft
explantation and open repair. The
commenter concluded that if new
technology add-on payments are
approved for the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System, many patients
would realize the advantages of this
unique and necessary device, improving
their care and reducing overall cost.
Another commenter stated that the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
provides an opportunity to extend a less
mortal procedure (EVAR) to patients
whose anatomy may predispose them to
late failure, including patients with
large proximal neck diameters,
increased iliac diameters, or abnormal
neck anatomy. In primary repair, the
applicant stated that endoanchors have
been demonstrated to mimic a surgical
anastomosis. The commenter believed
that this would lead to less
reinterventions and less aneurysm
related mortality. Given the cost of
reintervention or treating a ruptured
AAA, the commenter believed that this
technology should have a real impact in
the overall cost of EVAR in this patient
population.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
application for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2015 and in the
development of this proposed rule. As
stated above, we are inviting additional
public comments on whether the HeliFXTM EndoAnchor System represents a
substantial clinical improvement in the
treatment of Medicare beneficiaries,
particularly in regard to the concerns we
have identified.
c. WATCHMAN® Left Atrial Appendage
Closure Technology
Boston Scientific Corporation
submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for the
WATCHMAN® Left Atrial Appendage
Closure Technology (Watchman®
System) for FY 2015. When a patient
has an arrhythmia known as atrial
fibrillation (AF), the left atrium does not
expand and contract normally. As a
result, the left atrium is not capable of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
completely emptying itself of blood.
Blood may pool, particularly in the part
of the left atrium called the left atrial
appendage. This pooled blood is prone
to clotting, causing formation of a
thrombus (that is, a blood clot). When
a thrombus breaks off, it is called an
embolism (or thromboembolism). An
embolism can cause a stroke or other
peripheral arterial blockage.
The WATCHMAN® Left Atrial
Appendage (LAA) Closure Device is an
implant that acts as a physical barrier,
sealing the LAA to prevent
thromboemboli from entering into the
arterial circulation from the LAA,
thereby reducing the risk of stroke and
potentially eliminating the need for
Warfarin therapy in those patients
diagnosed with nonvalvular AF and
who are eligible for Warfarin therapy.
The applicant anticipates FDA
premarket approval of the
WATCHMAN® System in the first half
of 2014. According to the applicant, the
WATCHMAN® System is the first LAA
closure device that would be approved
by the FDA. Therefore, the applicant
believes that the technology meets the
newness criterion. The device is
currently identified by ICD–9–CM
procedure code 37.90 (Insertion of Left
Atrial Appendage Device), which was
issued on October 1, 2004. We are
inviting public comments on if, and
how, the WATCHMAN® System meets
the newness criterion.
With regard to the cost criterion, the
applicant used the FY 2012 MedPAR
file and searched the claims data for
cases reporting with ICD–9–CM
procedure code 37.90. The applicant
provided two analyses. The first
analysis includes all claims that
contained ICD–9–CM procedure code
37.90 regardless of whether it was the
principle procedure that determined the
MS–DRG assignment of the case. This
returned 243 cases spread across 21
MS–DRGs. The applicant noted that the
MedPAR file contained claims that were
returned to the provider reporting
charges for actual cases from clinical
trials that used the WATCHMAN®
System that were well below post-FDA
approval pricing. Therefore, the
applicant removed the premarket device
related charges. The applicant then
standardized the charges, applied an
inflation factor of 1.096898 based on the
2-year charge inflation factor listed in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50982) and then added post-FDA
approval charges for the WATCHMAN®
System. This resulted in an average
case-weighted standardized charge per
case of $176,943. The applicant
calculated an average case-weighted
threshold of $107,345 across all MS–
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28043
DRGs. Therefore, the applicant asserted
that the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case exceeds
the average case-weighted threshold and
maintained that the technology meets
the cost criterion.
The second analysis focused on cases
reporting ICD–9–CM procedure code
37.90, and assigned to MS–DRGs 250
(Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure
without Coronary Artery Stent with
MCC) and 251 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular Procedure without
Coronary Artery Stent without MCC).
According to the applicant, these are the
MS–DRGs to which cases using the
WATCHMAN® System in the delivery
of treatment as the principal procedure
performed during the inpatient stay are
assigned. The applicant found a total of
122 cases, and noted that 9.02 percent
of the total number of cases would map
to MS–DRG 250, and 90.98 percent of
the total number of cases would map to
MS–DRG 252. Similar to above, the
applicant noted that the MedPAR file
contained claims that were returned to
the provider reporting charges for actual
cases from clinical trials that used the
WATCHMAN® System that were well
below post-FDA approval pricing.
Therefore, the applicant removed the
premarket device-related charges. The
applicant then standardized the charges,
applied an inflation factor of 1.096898
based on the 2-year charge inflation
factor listed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
final rule (78 FR 50982), and then added
post FDA-approval charges for the
WATCHMAN® System. This resulted in
an average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $113,210. The
applicant calculated an average caseweighted threshold of $68,093. The
applicant asserted that the average caseweighted standardized charge per case
exceeds the average case-weighted
threshold. Therefore, the applicant
maintained that the technology meets
the cost criterion. We are inviting public
comments on whether the
WATCHMAN® System meets the cost
criterion, particularly with regard to the
assumptions and methodology used in
the applicant’s analysis.
The applicant asserted in its
application that the WATCHMAN®
System meets the substantial clinical
improvement criterion. The applicant
believed that the WATCHMAN® System
provides a permanent solution proven
to reduce the risk of thromboembolic
stroke in patients diagnosed with highrisk, nonvalvular AF, and who are
eligible for Warfarin therapy. Therefore,
the applicant believed that the
WATCHMAN® System fulfills a major
unmet clinical need. According to the
applicant, clinical trial data
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28044
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
demonstrated non-inferiority of the
WATCHMAN® System compared to
Warfarin therapy. Further, long-term
follow-up data suggested superiority
compared to Warfarin therapy by
demonstrating 40 percent relative
reduction of primary efficacy events,
and 60 percent relative reduction for CV
mortality. The applicant also stated that,
procedure complication rate is low,
with the majority of events occurring
soon before, during, or soon after the
procedure.
The applicant submitted multiple
clinical trial studies to demonstrate that
the technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement. Specifically, the
WATCHMAN® System United States
clinical program included five studies
with approximately 2000 patients.
There were two prospective,
randomized-controlled trials (PROTECT
AF 9 10 11 12 and PREVAIL 13 14), two
continued access registries for patients
who completed PROTECT AF and
PREVAIL (CAP and CAP2, respectively),
and the ASAP feasibility study.
According to the applicant, PROTECT
AF was a prospective, randomizedcontrolled trial comparing the outcomes
of patients who received care for LAA
closure using the WATCHMAN®
System (463 patients) with those of
patients who were anticoagulated with
Warfarin therapy (244 patients). The
trial was designed to show that the
WATCHMAN® System was noninferior
to Warfarin therapy. The primary
outcome was anticipated to occur at a
rate of 6.15 per 100 patient-years in the
control group, and the sample size was
chosen using a ‘‘two-fold non-inferiority
margin.’’ Because patients could be
randomized to Warfarin therapy, all
patients were eligible to continue
9 Wrigley, B., Lip, G., ‘‘Can the WATCHMAN
device truly PROTECT from stroke in atrial
fibrillation?’’, Lancet Neurology, 2009.
10 Reddy, V., Holmes, D., Doshi, S., et al. ‘‘Safety
of percutaneous left atrial appendage closure:
Results from the WATCHMAN left atrial appendage
system for embolic protection in patients With AF
(PROTECT AF) clinical trial and the Continued
Access Registry. Circulation.’’ Vol. 123, 2011.
11 Reddy, V., Doshi, S., Sievert, H., et. al.,
‘‘Percutaneous left atrial appendage closure for
stroke prophylaxis in patients with atrial
fibrillation: 2.3-year follow up of the PROTECT AF
(Watchman Left Atrial Appendage System for
embolic protection in patients with atrial
fibrillation) trial,’’ Circulation., 2013, Vol. 127, pp.
720–729.
12 Alli, O., Doshi, S., Kar, S., et al., ‘‘Quality of
Life Assessment in the Randomized PROTECT AF
Trial of Patients at Risk for Stroke With NonValvular Atrial Fibrillation,’’ Journal of American
College of Cardiology, Vol. 61, No 17, 2013, pp.
1790–1798.
13 Landmesser, U., Holmes, D., ‘‘Left atrial
appendage closure: A percutaneous transcatheter
approach for stroke prevention in atrial
fibrillation,’’ European Heart Journal, Vol. 33, 2012.
14 Homes, D.R. PREVAIL Results CIT, 2013.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
21:35 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Warfarin, and did not have an excessive
risk of bleeding. By design, all patients
in PROTECT AF continued Warfarin
therapy for 45 days after the device
implantation procedure.
Outcome data from PROTECT AF
have been reported after mean followups of 1.5 years, 2.3 years, and 3.7 years.
The primary efficacy endpoint was the
composite of stroke, systemic embolism,
cardiovascular death, or unexplained
death. This primary endpoint occurred
in the control group at a lower rate than
was assumed in the sample size
calculations: The observed rate was
between 3.8 and 4.9 per 100 patientyears compared with the design
estimate of 6.15 per 100 patient-years.
According to the applicant, patients
randomly assigned to receive the
WATCHMAN® System device in the
PROTECT AF trial had numerically
lower rates of the primary endpoint than
the patients randomly assigned to
Warfarin (also known as Coumadin) at
all time points. We note that, although
the point estimates favor the device for
the primary endpoint, the differences
were not statistically significant because
the upper 95 percent confidence
intervals are all above 1.0. However, the
secondary endpoint of cardiovascular
death was reduced significantly, as was
all-cause mortality with a rate ratio of
0.66 (CL 0.45–0.98).
The criteria for noninferiority of the
primary endpoint were met over all
follow-up intervals. According to the
applicant, the probability is >99 percent
that device-treated patients have no
more than twice the rate of stroke,
embolism, or death than Warfarintreated patients.
Also, the incidence of proceduralrelated complications in this trial was
8.7 percent. The applicant noted that
complications early in the trial were
related to procedures performed by new
users. As a result, changes were made to
the procedure and physician training,
and the complication rate subsequently
decreased.
The applicant stated in its application
that the Circulatory System Devices
Advisory Panel to the Division of
Cardiovascular Devices (DCD) within
the Center for Devices and Radiological
Health (CDRH) of the FDA reviewed the
1-year PROTECT AF data on April 23,
2009. The panel voted 7:5 in favor of the
device, resulting in a positive
recommendation for ‘‘approval with
conditions.’’ However, noting the
complication rate, the FDA required
additional data collection on procedural
safety to confirm the lower rates
observed in the second half of the trial.
As a result of this requirement, the
PREVAIL trial study was designed in a
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
similar fashion to PROTECT AF, but
with modifications to trial entry criteria
and a minimum number of new
operators.
According to the applicant, in the
interim, FDA also recognized the
effectiveness of the WATCHMAN®
System and the need for a new
therapeutic option for patients receiving
Warfarin therapy, and a continued
access program (CAP) was authorized.
With 460 patients enrolled, according to
the applicant, efficacy rates in the CAP
trial study were similar to those seen in
the PROTECT AF trial study, and
procedural complications were reduced
by over 50 percent compared to the
PROTECT AF trial study, from 8.7
percent to 4.1 percent.
From November 2010 to June 2012,
the PREVAIL trial enrolled a total of 407
patients, 269 of whom received
treatment for LAA closure with the
WATCHMAN® System, and 138 who
received Warfarin therapy. The
applicant noted that the procedural
complication rate was 4.4 percent,
confirming the rate seen in the second
half of the PROTECT AF trial study and
the CAP trial study. After the PREVAIL
trial closed, the FDA authorized a
second CAP (specifically, CAP2), which
has enrolled 336 patients as of the date
the applicant submitted its application.
The applicant also submitted data
concerning patients diagnosed with AF
who are not on an oral anticoagulant.
These patients are not protected from
stroke by an oral anticoagulant. There
may be increased periprocedural risk of
device implantation because thrombus
might form on the device surface more
readily in patients with no
anticoagulation (patients in the
PROTECT AF trial were treated with
Warfarin for 45 days after the device
implantation procedure). Specifically,
the ASAP Registry (5) enrolled 150
patients, at one of four centers, that had
a contraindication to even short-term
anticoagulation, mostly a history of
prior bleeding. There was no control
group. Device implantation led to a
serious adverse event in 13 patients (8.7
percent), including one case of device
thrombus leading to ischemic stroke.
Five other patients had a device-related
thrombus that did not lead to stroke
(four of these patients were treated with
low molecular weight heparin),
resulting in an overall 4.0 percent
incidence (6 out of 150) of deviceassociated thrombus. In the PROTECT
AF trail study, 20 of the 473 patients
(4.2 percent) had device-associated
thrombus, 3 of which led to an ischemic
stroke. The rates of device-related
thrombus are similar in the two studies
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(4.0 percent versus 4.2 percent), but the
number of patient studied is smaller in
the ASAP Registry (5) study compared
to the PROTECT AF clinical trial study.
In the 14-month follow-up data for the
ASAP Registry (5) study, the rate of
stroke or systemic embolism was 2.3
percent per year, which was said to be
‘‘lower than expected’’ based on prior
data for patients diagnosed with AF
who were not treated with Warfarin
(there was no concurrent control group).
The data provided suggested efficacy in
this patient population. However, we
are concerned that there is not strong
evidence that the device prevents
stroke.
All trials in the U.S. clinical program
allowed for continued follow-up of
patients out to 5 years postrandomization. According to the
applicant, the patients enrolled in the
PROTECT AF clinical trial now have an
average of 3.8 years of follow-up. The
applicant asserted that an analysis of
this long-term data demonstrates
superior primary efficacy outcomes of
the WATCHMAN® System over
Warfarin therapy.
The applicant concluded that the
WATCHMAN® System provides a
permanent solution to reduce the risk of
ischemic strokes caused by
thromboemboli originating in the LAA
in patients diagnosed with nonvalvular
AF. The applicant further stated that,
the data demonstrate that LAA closure
using the WATCHMAN® System is a
substantial improvement in care as
compared to currently available
pharmacologic therapy, such as
Warfarin therapy.
The WATCHMAN® System may be
used in two populations: (1) Patients
who could take Warfarin (or other oral
anticoagulant), but would prefer to
avoid the risk of bleeding from
anticoagulant therapy; (2) patients who
are not eligible for oral anticoagulation
therapy because of an unacceptable risk
of bleeding. Most of the clinical
evidence presented by the applicant is
from the former group, and the
applicant has requested from the FDA
that the label indication be for ‘‘high
risk patients with nonvalvular atrial
fibrillation who are eligible for warfarin
therapy, but, for whom the risks posed
by long-term warfarin therapy outweigh
the benefits.’’
We are concerned that the evidence
presented by the applicant
demonstrating the superiority of the
WATCHMAN® System compared to
Warfarin therapy is insufficient. The
clinical study discussed above was
designed to demonstrate that the
WATCHMAN® is noninferior to
Warfarin therapy. Specifically, in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PREVAIL AF trial study, the primary
endpoint was not significantly
improved in the conventional
hypothesis testing statistical analysis at
any time point. The longer term data has
improved efficacy and safety data, but
still remain sparse. Even for the
secondary patient population ineligible
for anticoagulation therapy, the
evidence remains weak as the only data
comes from the ASAP Registry (5)
observational study of 150 patients
without a concurrent control group.
A recent article in the Journal of the
American College of Cardiology echoes
these concerns: ‘‘Current issues
compromising the implementation of
procedural approaches for stroke
prevention in AF are discussed herein
and include: (1) Lack of multiple
randomized clinical trials; (2) lack of
consensus regarding the appropriate
target population to study; and (3)
ability to obtain approval of devices for
outcome measures of unconfirmed
clinical importance, such as, the use of
complete closure of the LAA at the time
of the index procedure as a surrogate for
clinical efficacy.’’ 15
We are inviting public comments on
whether this technology meets the
substantial clinical improvement
criterion, particularly regarding our
concerns discussed above.
We did not receive any public
comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on
February 12, 2014 in regard to this
technology.
d. CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure)
System
CardioMEMS, Inc. submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payment for FY 2015 for the
CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure)
System, which is an implantable
hemodynamic monitoring system
comprised of an implantable sensor/
monitor placed in the distal pulmonary
artery. Pulmonary artery hemodynamic
monitoring is used in the management
of heart failure. The CardioMEMSTM HF
System measures multiple pulmonary
artery pressure parameters for an
ambulatory patient to measure and
transmit data via a wireless sensor to a
secure Web site.
The CardioMEMSTM HF System
utilizes radiofrequency (RF) energy to
power the sensor and to measure
pulmonary artery (PA) pressure and
consists of three components: An
Implantable Sensor with Delivery
Catheter, an External Electronics Unit,
15 Holmes, D.R., et. al., ‘‘Left Atrial Occlusion,’’
Journal of American College of Cardiology, 2014,
Vol. 63, pp. 291–8.
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28045
and a Pulmonary Artery Pressure
Database. The system provides the
physician with the patient’s PA pressure
waveform (including systolic, diastolic,
and mean pressures) as well as heart
rate. The sensor is permanently
implanted in the distal pulmonary
artery using transcatheter techniques in
the catheterization laboratory where it is
calibrated using a Swan-Ganz catheter.
PA pressures are transmitted by the
patient at home in a supine position on
a padded antenna, pushing one button
which records an 18-second continuous
waveform. The data also can be
recorded from the hospital, physician’s
office or clinic.
The hemodynamic data, including a
detailed waveform, are transmitted to a
secure Web site that serves as the
Pulmonary Artery Pressure Database, so
that information regarding PA pressure
is available to the physician or nurse at
any time via the Internet. Interpretation
of trend data allows the clinician to
make adjustments to therapy and can be
used along with heart failure signs and
symptoms to adjust medications.
The applicant believed that a large
majority of patients receiving the sensor
would be admitted as an inpatient to a
hospital with a diagnosis of acute or
chronic heart failure, which is typically
described by ICD–9–CM diagnosis code
428.43 (Acute or chronic combine
systolic and diastolic heart failure) and
the sensor would be implanted during
the inpatient stay. The applicant stated
that for safety considerations, a small
portion of these patients may be
discharged and the sensor would be
implanted at a future date in the
hospital outpatient setting. In addition,
there would likely be a group of patients
diagnosed with chronic heart failure
who are not currently hospitalized, but
who have been hospitalized in the past
few months for whom the treating
physician believes that regular
pulmonary artery pressure readings are
necessary to optimize patient
management. Depending on the
patient’s status, the applicant stated that
these patients may have the sensor
implanted in the hospital inpatient or
outpatient setting.
The applicant anticipates FDA
approval and commercial launch in the
second quarter of 2014. The
CardioMEMSTM HF System is currently
described by ICD–9–CM procedure code
38.26 (Insertion of implantable pressure
sensor without lead for intracardiac or
great vessel hemodynamic monitoring).
We are inviting public comments
regarding how the CardioMEMSTM HF
System meets the newness criterion.
With respect to cost criterion, the
applicant submitted actual claims from
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28046
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the CHAMPION 16 clinical trial. Of the
550 patients enrolled in the trial, the
applicant received 310 hospital bills.
The applicant excluded the following
claims: Incomplete or missing
procedure codes, incomplete charge
information and bills that were
statistical outliers (three standard
deviations away from the geometric
mean). This resulted in a final cohort of
138 claims. The applicant noted that
cases treated with the CardioMEMSTM
HF System would typically map to MS–
DRG 264 (Other Circulatory System
Operating Room Procedures). Using the
138 clinical trial claims, the applicant
standardized the charges and added
charges for the CardioMEMSTM HF
System (because the clinical trial claims
did not contain charges for the
CardioMEMSTM HF System). This
resulted in an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of $79,218.
Using the FY 2014 Table 10
thresholds, the threshold for MS–DRG
264 is $60,172. Because the average
case-weighted standardized charge per
case exceeded the threshold amount, the
applicant maintained that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System would meet
the cost criterion. We are inviting public
comments on whether or not the
CardioMEMSTM HF System meets the
cost criterion.
With regard to substantial clinical
improvement, the applicant asserted
that elevated PA pressures occur prior
to signs and symptoms of heart failure
and changes in PA pressures provide a
sound physiologic basis for its
management. The applicant also
contended that, until the creation of the
CardioMEMS wireless PA implant,
knowledge of PA pressure was only
feasible in the hospital with the
performance of a right heart
catheterization. According to the
applicant, the CardioMEMSTM HF
System provides physicians knowledge
of PA pressure while the patient is at
home, allowing proactive management
to prevent heart failure decompensation
and hospitalization.
The applicant cited clinical data from
the CHAMPION trial. The trial is a
prospective, multicenter, randomized,
single-blinded clinical trial conducted
in the United States, designed to
evaluate the safety and efficacy of the
CardioMEMSTM HF System in reducing
heart failure-related hospitalizations in
16 Abraham WT, Adamson PB, Bourge RC, Aaron
MF, Costanzo MR, Stevenson LW, Strickland W,
Neelagaru S, Raval N, Krueger S, Weiner S, Shavelle
D, Jeffries B, Yadav JS; for the CHAMPION Trial
Study Group. Wireless pulmonary artery
haemodynamic monitoring in chronic heart failure:
a randomised controlled trial, Lancet, February 19,
2011, Vol. 377(9766), pp:658–666.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
a subset of subjects suffering from heart
failure. The applicant shared several
major findings from the CHAMPION
trial as described below.
The primary efficacy endpoint of the
CHAMPION trial was the rate of HF
hospitalizations during the first 6
months of randomized access. There
were 84 heart failure hospitalizations in
the treatment group compared with 120
heart failure hospitalizations in the
control group. This difference between
the groups represented a 28-percent
reduction in the rate of hospitalization
for heart failure in the treatment group
(0.32 hospitalizations per patient in the
treatment group versus 0.44
hospitalizations per patient in the
control group, p = 0.0002). Although not
a primary end point, the rate of HF
hospitalizations after 18 months was 33
percent lower in the treatment group
than in the control group.
According to the applicant, secondary
endpoints of the CHAMPION trial are
changes in pulmonary artery pressures,
proportion of subjects hospitalized, days
alive outside of the hospital, quality of
life (QOL), and heart failure
management which demonstrated the
following results:
• Pulmonary Artery Pressures: At
baseline, both treatment and control
patients had similar PA mean pressures.
The change in pressure over the first 6
months was evaluated by integrating the
area under the pressure curve (AUC). At
6 months of follow-up, the treatment
group had a significantly greater
reduction in AUC of ¥155.7 mmHg
days compared to the control group
which had an increase in AUC of +33.1
mmHg-days; p = 0.0077.
• Proportion of Subjects Hospitalized:
During the 6-month follow-up period,
the proportion of subjects hospitalized
for 1 or more HF hospitalizations was
significantly lower in the treatment
group (55 out of 270 patients) than in
the control group (80 out of 280
patients) (20.4 percent versus 28.6
percent; p = 0.0292).
• Days Alive Outside of the Hospital:
At 6 months, treatment patients had a
nonsignificant and clinically not
meaningful increase in days alive
outside of the hospital (174.4 versus
172.1; p = 0.0280) and fewer average
days in the hospital (2.2 versus 3.8; p =
0.0246) compared to control patients.
• Quality of Life: The heart failure
specific quality of life was assessed with
the MLHFQ total score at 6 months. The
average total score in the treatment
group was 45.2 ± 26.4 which was
significantly better than the average
total score in the control group 50.6 ±
24.8 (p = 0.0236). The difference in total
quality of life was primarily due to the
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
physical domain. The average physical
score for the treatment group (19.8 ±
11.2) was significantly better than the
control group (22.4 ± 10.9) (p = 0.0096).
There was also a significant difference
in the emotional domain with an
average score of 9.5 ± 8.1 for the
treatment group and 11.0 ± 7.7 for the
control group (p = 0.0398).
• Heart Failure Management:
Physicians responded to treatment of
patients’ elevated PA pressures by
making medication changes to lower PA
pressures and reduce the risk for HF
hospitalization. Physicians documented
all medication changes for all patients
and indicated whether the change was
made in response to PA pressures or
standard of care information. During the
6-month follow-up period, physicians
made approximately one additional HF
medication change per patient per
month in the treatment group when
compared to the control group.
Specifically, treatment patients had 1.55
medication changes per month on
average compared to control patients
having 0.65 medication changes per
month (p < 0.0001). The difference in
HF management between the treatment
and control group was due to HF
medication changes made in response to
PA pressures.
The study met the two primary safety
endpoints: (1) Freedom from device/
system related complications (DSRC);
and (2) freedom from sensor failure. The
protocol pre-specified objective
performance criterion (OPC) were that at
least 80 percent of patients were to be
free from DSRC and at least 90 percent
were to be free from pressure sensor
failure. Of the 575 patients in the safety
population, 567 (98.6 percent) were free
from DSRC at 6 months (lower
confidence limit 97.3 percent, p
< 0.0001). This lower limit of 97.3
percent is greater than the pre-specified
OPC of 80 percent. There were no
sensor explants or repeat implants and
all sensors were operational at 6 months
for a freedom from sensor failure of 100
percent (lower confidence limit 99.3
percent, p < 0.0001). This lower limit of
99.3 percent is greater than the prespecified OPC of 90 percent.
The applicant also noted that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System reduces the
occurrence of HF hospitalizations in
NYHA Class III heart failure patients.
According to the applicant, the device
had very few device and system related
complications occurring over the course
of the clinical trial. All primary and
secondary study endpoints were
successfully achieved. In addition, the
CHAMPION trial suggests the safety and
effectiveness of the device was
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
maintained during longer term followup.
After reviewing the information
provided by the applicant, we have the
following concerns. The applicant did
not discuss long-term outcomes,
specifically death. We believe
additional long-term outcome
information and how the technology
changes long-term outcomes would
further assist in our determination of
whether the technology represents a
substantial clinical improvement. With
regard to the clinical trial, information
from the randomized access period and
the open access period did not include
the total number of deaths in each
group. While the data support a
reduction in total hospitalizations, the
rate of hospitalization in each group
(0.32 versus 0.44) does not appear to be
clinically meaningful. This is supported
by total days alive out of the hospital
being virtually identical in both groups.
Finally, we are concerned about the
cause of the significant dropouts in the
Kaplan Meier curves which further
demonstrates lack of impact on survival.
We are inviting public comments on
whether or not the CardioMEMSTM HF
Monitoring System technology
represents a substantial clinical
improvement in the Medicare
population.
We received public comments via
email in response to the February 12,
2014 New Technology Town Hall
meeting in regard to this technology. We
summarize these comments below.
Comment: Commenters supported the
approval of new technology add-on
payments for the CardioMEMSTM HF
System. One commenter stated that it
had personal experience with the
CardioMEMSTM HF System. The
commenter explained that having access
to a patient’s daily pressures provides
trend data. The commenter further
explained that if there is a variation or
increase in a patient’s pressure, the
physician can contact the patient over
the phone and conduct an evaluation to
look for increased symptoms or to learn
if the patient has skipped their
diuretics. The device prompts the
clinician to ask questions such as what
is different today than yesterday and if
the patient is feeling okay, especially if
the patient has not taken a pressure rate
in a few days. Based on the answer to
these questions or if the clinician has
concerns, the primary investigator or the
patient’s primary cardiologist can assess
the pressures and symptoms and decide
the next course of treatment for the
patient. The commenter believed that
this structured and consistent
monitoring has kept many patients out
of the hospital.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The commenter noted that the
monitoring of pressures to assess
clinical status before the patient
recognizes symptoms for chronic CHF
patients with significant left ventricular
dysfunction can be very useful. The
commenter explained that these patients
are accustomed to being sick and tend
to ignore the first symptoms and do not
seek treatment until they are unable to
breathe. The commenter noted that
often a clinician can increase the
patient’s home medications before
pressures get too high.
The commenter also noted that, for
patients who go to a CHF clinic on a
regular basis, typically patient
information of pressure trends, along
with symptoms and laboratory results,
can help determine if medications
should be given that day. The
commenter stated that extra information
from the CardioMEMSTM HF System can
change the way physicians treat the
patient and has, in many instances, at
its site. The commenter concluded the
CardioMEMSTM HF System provides a
substantial clinical benefit versus
current methods for managing heart
failure.
Another commenter stated that the
implant procedure was very simple and
straightforward for patients, especially
compared to having a pacemaker or
defibrillator implanted. The commenter
further stated that the device is
compatible with defibrillators and
cardiac resynchronization therapy,
which are present in many advanced
heart failure patients. The commenter
added that the CardioMEMSTM HF
System is a wireless device and does not
involve addition of another intracardiac
lead. Aside from regular pressure
readings, the commenter noted that it
found unexpected intake issues for
some patients who were unknowingly
consuming certain high-sodium foods.
The commenter noted that they were
able to reduce sodium intake further to
help reduce pressures. The commenter
also noted that it presented a case report
of increasing pressures in a patient in
whom the primary investigator adjusted
diuretic therapy and later the patient’s
ACE-Inhibitor and nitrates. The
commenter stated that it successfully
lowered pressures and avoided a
probable heart failure hospitalization.
The commenter added that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System allows
hospitals to easily obtain pressures at
home for transmission and the ability to
check pressures rather than perform
right heart catheterization if a patient
was admitted to the hospital.
The commenter also stated that
patients found transmission of their data
easy and were surprised how quickly
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28047
the data was sent to the clinic. The
commenter added that it had patients
that liked the portability of the home
electronic equipment, which allowed
them to take it with them on long
weekends or vacations. The commenter
added that this information was
advantageous as it further allowed
clinicians to implement changes in a
timely manner.
The commenter noted the following
trial results in its clinic, which the
commenter believed confirm the benefit
of hemodynamic monitoring: A 28percent reduction in heart failure
hospitalization at 6 months and a 15percent reduction at 15 months. The
commenter noted that there were no
sensor failures and 98.6 percent of
patients remained free from device or
system complications. The commenter
further noted that it did not experience
any complications in patients who were
implanted with the device. The
commenter did explain that inevitably,
due to the nature of heart failure, several
patients eventually required advanced
therapies with transplantation or
ventricular assist device support
without any issue from the sensor. The
commenter also noted some additional
key points such as: A reduction in
hospitalization for patients with
preserved ejection fraction; in addition
to diuretic adjustment, the study found
nitrates were also adjusted, which
further supports use of the device to
optimize vasodilator therapy for
pulmonary hypertension and afterload
reduction in this patient population.
The commenter concluded that, for the
reasons stated above, the
CardioMEMSTM HF System provides a
substantial clinical benefit versus
current methods for managing heart
failure.
One commenter stated that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System provides
clinicians with daily remotely
monitored pulmonary artery pressure
and has been proven clinically and
dramatically to reduce heart failure
hospitalizations. The commenter cited
the CHAMPION IDE trial, which was a
prospective, multicenter, single-blind,
clinical study that enrolled 550 patients
randomized to treatment guided by the
CardioMEMSTM HF System verses
optimal medical therapy. The
commenter stated that the trial met all
of its primary safety and efficacy
endpoints; reducing heart failure
hospitalizations by 28 percent 6 months
after implant (p = 0.0002). The
commenter further stated that the
reduction in heart failure
hospitalizations increased over time
reaching 33 percent (p < 0.0001) at 17
months after implant. In addition, the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28048
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
commenter asserted that the system was
shown to be extremely safe, with almost
99 percent of patients free from device
or system complications.
The commenter also stated that one
criterion CMS uses to evaluate
substantial clinical improvement is that
the device offers the ability to diagnose
a medical condition earlier in a patient
population than allowed by currently
available methods. The commenter
believed that there is evidence that use
of the CardioMEMSTM HF System to
make a diagnosis affects the
management of the patient. The
commenter added that the CHAMPION
trial demonstrated that therapy guided
by CardioMEMSTM HF System allows
physicians to titrate medications earlier
and more effectively reduce heart failure
hospitalizations. The commenter noted
that this information is not available
with any other device or treatment
alternative.
The commenter further stated that
another of CMS’ criteria is that use of
the device significantly improves
clinical outcomes for a patient
population as compared to currently
available treatments, such as a
decreased number of future
hospitalizations. The commenter stated
that evidence provided in the
CHAMPION trial at 6 months showed a
28-percent reduction in heart failure
hospitalizations and even a larger
reduction of 33 percent during longterm follow-up at 17 months. Based on
the criteria outlined by CMS and the
evidence supporting the
CardioMEMSTM HF System, the
commenter believed that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System meets the
criteria for substantial clinical
improvement.
Another commenter, the applicant,
reiterated the statements set forth above
in the substantial clinical improvement
discussion.
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the
CardioMEMSTM HF System for new
technology add-on payments for FY
2015 and in the development of this
proposed rule. As stated above, we are
inviting additional public comments on
whether or not the CardioMEMSTM HF
System represents a substantial clinical
improvement in the Medicare
population.
e. MitraClip® System
Abbott Vascular submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payments for the MitraClip® System for
FY 2015. (We note that the applicant
submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for FY
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
2014 but failed to receive FDA approval
by the July 1 deadline.) The MitraClip®
System is a transcatheter mitral valve
repair system that includes a MitraClip®
device implant, a Steerable Guide
Catheter, and a Clip Delivery System. It
is designed to perform reconstruction of
the insufficient mitral valve for highrisk patients who are not candidates for
conventional open mitral valve repair
surgery.
Mitral regurgitation (MR), also
referred to as mitral insufficiency or
mitral incompetence, occurs when the
mitral valve fails to close completely
causing the blood to leak or flow
backwards (regurgitate) into the left
ventricle. If the amount of blood that
leaks backwards into the left ventricle is
minimal, then intervention is usually
not necessary. However, if the amount
of blood that is regurgitated becomes
significant, this can cause the left
ventricle to work harder to meet the
body’s need for oxygenated blood.
Severity levels of MR can range from
grade 1+ through grade 4+. If left
untreated, severe MR can lead to heart
failure and death. The American College
of Cardiology (ACC) and the American
Heart Association (AHA) issued practice
guidelines in 2006 that recommended
intervention for moderate/severe or
severe MR (grade 3+ to 4+). The
applicant stated that the MitraClip®
System is ‘‘indicated for percutaneous
reduction of significant mitral
regurgitation . . . in patients who have
been determined to be at prohibitive
risk for mitral value surgery by a heart
team, which includes a cardiac surgeon
experienced in mitral valve surgery and
a cardiologist experienced in mitral
valve disease and in whom existing
comorbidities would not preclude the
expected benefit from correction of the
mitral regurgitation.’’
The MitraClip ® System mitral valve
repair procedure is based on the doubleorifice surgical repair technique that has
been used as a surgical technique in
open chest, arrested-heart surgery for
the treatment of MR since the early
1990s. According to the applicant, in
utilizing ‘‘the double-orifice technique,
a portion of the anterior leaflet is
sutured to the corresponding portion of
the posterior leaflet using standard
techniques and forceps and suture,
creating a point of permanent coaptation
(‘‘approximation’’) of the two leaflets.
When the suture is placed in the middle
of the valve, the valve will have a
functional double orifice during
diastole.’’
With regard to the newness criterion,
the MitraClip® System received a
premarket approval from the FDA on
October 24, 2013. The MitraClip®
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
System is indicated ‘‘for the
percutaneous reduction of significant
symptomatic mitral regurgitation (MR
>= 3+) due to primary abnormality of
the mitral apparatus (degenerative MR)
in patients who have been determined
to be at prohibitive risk for mitral valve
surgery by a heart team, which includes
a cardiac surgeon experienced in mitral
valve surgery and a cardiologist
experienced in mitral valve disease, and
in whom existing comorbidities would
not preclude the expected benefit from
reduction of the mitral regurgitation.’’
The MitraClip® System became
immediately available on the U.S.
market following FDA approval. The
MitraClip® System is a Class III device,
and has an investigational device
exemption (IDE) for the EVEREST study
(Endovascular Valve Edge-to-Edge
Repair Study)—IDE G030061, and for
the COAPT study (Cardiovascular
Outcomes Assessment of the MitraClip
Percutaneous Therapy for Health
Failure Patients with Functional Mitral
Regurgitation)—IDE G120024. Effective
October 1, 2010, ICD–9–CM procedure
code 35.97 (Percutaneous mitral valve
repair with implant) was created to
identify and describe the MitraClip®
System technology.
Abbott Vascular has also submitted an
application for a National Coverage
Decision (NCD) for the MitraClip®
System device. We refer readers to the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
medicare-coverage-database/details/
nca-tracking-sheet.aspx?NCAId=273&
NcaName=Transcatheter+Mitral+Valve
+(TMV)+Procedures&TimeFrame=90&
DocType=All&bc=AAAAIAAACAAAAA
%3d%3d& for information related to
this ongoing NCD. The tracking sheet for
this National Coverage Analysis (NCA)
indicates an expected NCA completion
date of August 16, 2014, which is after
the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
is scheduled to be published. The
processes for evaluation and
determination of an NCD, and the
processes for evaluation and approval of
an application for new technology addon payments are made independent of
each other. However, any payment
made under the Medicare program for
services provided to a beneficiary would
be contingent on CMS’ coverage of the
item, and any restrictions on the
coverage would apply. We are inviting
public comments on how the
MitraClip® System meets the newness
criterion for purposes of new technology
add-on payments and the issues that
may arise from concurrent NCD requests
and new technology add-on payment
application review and approval
processes.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28049
and 137 cases in MS–DRG 251 (70.61
percent of the total number of cases),
which resulted in an average caseweighted standardized charge per case
of $232,670.
The applicant standardized the
charges using the FY 2014 IPPS final
rule impact file, and inflated the result
using three different inflation factors.
We note that, since the applicant used
FY 2012 MedPAR data, we believe it is
appropriate to use comparable data for
standardization. Therefore, we believe
use of the FY 2012 final rule impact file
is more appropriate rather than the FY
2014 final rule impact file. The first
analysis and methodology used an
inflation factor of 4.57 percent, which
was based on data from the BLS’ nonseasonally adjusted CPI for all urban
consumers between January 2011 and
January 2013. This resulted in an
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $94,517. The second
methodology under the first analysis
used an inflation factor of 9.92 percent,
which was based on the 2-year charge
inflation factor listed in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50982). This resulted in an average caseweighted standardized charge per case
of $96,199. The third methodology used
under the first analysis used an inflation
factor of 4.63 percent, which was based
on the Medicare Economic Index (MEI)
from the IPPS market basket update
between the third quarter of 2012
projected through the third quarter of
2014. This resulted in an average caseweighted standardized charge per case
of $91,570. The applicant noted that all
three methodologies used under the first
analysis to determine each respective
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case were calculated without
any adjustments to reflect the reduced
investigational price, or inadequate
hospital claim reporting and billing.
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10
thresholds, the average case-weighted
threshold for MS–DRGs 250 and 251 is
$71,467 (all calculations above were
performed using unrounded numbers).
Because the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case for the
applicable MS–DRGs calculated under
each methodology under the first
analysis discussed above exceeds the
average case-weighted threshold
amount, the applicant maintained that
the technology meets the cost criterion.
Under the second analysis, which
used the same premise as the first
analysis, the applicant researched the
FY 2012 MedPAR file for claims for
cases reporting procedure code 35.97
that mapped to MS–DRGs 250 and 251,
except that the applicant excluded
charges related to the MitraClip®
Continued
With regard to the cost criterion, the
applicant conducted two analyses. The
applicant noted that, while ICD–9–CM
procedure code 35.97 maps to MS–
DRGs 246 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular
Procedure with Drug- Eluting Stent with
Major Complication or Comorbidity
(MCC) or 4+ Vessels/Stents), 247
(Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure
with Drug-Eluting Stent without MCC),
248 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular
Procedure with Non-Drug-Eluting Stent
with MCC or 4+ Vessels/Stents), 249
(Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure
with Non-Drug-Eluting Stent without
MCC), 250 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular Procedure without
Coronary Artery Stent or AMI with
MCC), and 251 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular Procedure without
Coronary Artery Stent or AMI without
MCC), clinical experience with the
MitraClip® System device has
demonstrated that it is extremely rare
for a patient to receive stents
concurrently during procedures using
the MitraClip® System device. The
applicant further cited the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53308)
which stated, ‘‘According to the Food
and Drug Administration’s (FDA’s)
terms of the clinical trial for
MitraClipTM, the device is to be
implanted in patients without any
additional surgeries performed.
Therefore, based on these terms, we
stated that while the procedure code is
assigned to MS–DRGs 246 through 251,
the most likely MS–DRG assignments
would be MS–DRGs 250 and 251.’’ As
a result, the applicant stated that it
conducted its analyses solely for MS–
DRGs 250 and 251 to demonstrate that
the cases involving the MitraClip®
System device meet the incremental
cost thresholds provided in Table 10 for
those MS–DRGs.
The applicant researched the FY 2012
MedPAR file for claims for cases
reporting ICD–9–CM procedure code
35.97. Under the first analysis and
methodology, the applicant noted that
this search yielded actual claims for
cases in which the MitraClip® System
device was used in procedures
performed in an IDE study type setting,
and hospitals obtained the MitraClip®
System device at a reduced
investigational price. The applicant
further stated that it is likely that
hospitals did not report the charges for
the investigational device, or submitted
claims for charges that were
significantly less than the actual device
acquisition costs (we refer readers to the
explanation below). The applicant
found 57 cases in MS–DRG 250 (29.38
percent of the total number of cases),
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
System by removing all charges from the
claim that would map to the
implantable cost center on the cost
report. The applicant then standardized
the charges, inflated the result using the
three inflation factors above, and added
a fixed amount of commercial charges
based on post-FDA approval pricing.
This resulted in an average case
weighted standardized charge per case
of $139,536 under the first inflation
factor (4.57 percent), $142,364 under the
second inflation factor (9.2 percent), and
$139,568 under the third inflation factor
(4.63 percent).
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10
thresholds, the average case-weighted
threshold for MS–DRGs 250 and 251 is
$71,467 (all calculations above were
performed using unrounded numbers).
Because the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case for the
applicable MS–DRGs calculated under
all three methodologies discussed above
exceeds the average case-weighted
threshold amount, the applicant
maintained that the MitraClip® System
meets the cost criterion.
We are inviting public comments on
whether or not the MitraClip® System
meets the cost criterion. In addition, we
are inviting public comments on the
methodologies used by the applicant in
its two analyses.
The applicant asserted that the
MitraClip® System meets the substantial
clinical improvement criterion. Severe
MR is associated with significant
morbidity and mortality rates, and is a
progressive condition. For symptomatic
patients diagnosed with significant MR,
surgical repair or replacement is
considered the gold standard—offering
improvements in symptoms and longer
survival rates. However, the applicant
explained that studies have indicated
that a significant proportion of patients
are not eligible for mitral valve repair
and/or replacement surgery because of
risk factors, including reduced left
ventricular function, significant
comorbidities, and advanced age. As a
result, the applicant stated that there is
a significant unmet clinical need for
patients diagnosed with severe MR who
are too high-risk for surgery, who are
receiving palliative medical
management.
The applicant also stated that the
MitraClip® System meets the substantial
clinical improvement criterion based on
clinical studies 17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25
17 Feldman, et al., ‘‘Percutaneous Repair or
Surgery for Mitral Regurgitation,’’ New England
Journal of Medicine, 2011, Vol. 364, pp. 1395–1406.
18 Foster, et al., ‘‘Percutaneous Mitral Valve
Repair in the Initial EVEREST Cohort: Evidence of
Reverse Left Ventricular Remodeling,’’ Circulation
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28050
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
that have consistently shown that
procedures performed using the
MitraClip ® System device lead to a
significant reduction of MR;
improvements in left ventricular (LV)
function including LV volumes and
dimensions; improved patient outcomes
as measured by improvements in New
York Heart Association (NYHA)
functional class, improvement in healthrelated quality of life measures, and
reductions in heart-failure related
hospitalizations; and significantly lower
mortality rates than predicted surgical
mortality rates.
The applicant cited clinical data from
the EVEREST II High-Risk Study and
the EVEREST II (REALISM) Continued
Access Study/Registry. The applicant
also cited clinical data from a high-risk
cohort of patients (the EVEREST II HighRisk Cohort), which is an integrated
analysis of the following: (1) Patients
within the EVEREST II High-Risk Study
who met eligibility criteria for being too
high-risk to undergo mitral valve repair
surgery; and (2) patients within the
EVEREST II (REALISM) Continued
Access Study/Registry who were too
high-risk for surgery using identical
eligibility inclusion criteria. The
applicant also cited data from the
Prohibitive Risk Degenerative Mitral
in Cardivascular Imaging, July 2013, Vol. 6(4), pp.
522–530.
19 Grayburn, et al., ‘‘The Relationship between the
Magnitude of Reduction in Mitral Regurgitation
Severity and Left Ventricular and Left Atrial
Reverse Remodeling after MitraClip Therapy,’’
Circulation in Cardiovascular Imaging, September
2013, epub, September 6, 2013.
20 Lim, et al., ‘‘Improved Functional Status and
Quality of Life in Prohibitive Surgical Risk Patients
With Degenerative Mitral Regurgitation Following
Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair With the
MitraClip® System,’’ Journal of American College of
Cardiology, 2013, In Press, Accepted Manuscript,
Available online, October 31, 2013.
21 Maisano, F., et al., ‘‘Percutaneous Mitral Valve
Interventions in the Real World: Early and One Year
Results From the ACCESS–EU, a Prospective,
Multicenter, Non-Randomized Post-Approval Study
of the MitraClip Therapy in Europ,’’ Journal of
American College of Cardiology, 2013, doi: 10.1016/
j.jacc.2013.02.094.
22 Mauri, et al., ‘‘4-Year Results of a Randomized
Controlled Trial of Percutaneous Repair Versus
Surgery for Mitral Regurgitation,’’ Journal of
American College of Cardiology, Volume 62, Issue
4, 2013, pp. 317–328.
23 Munkholm, et al., ‘‘Asystemic Review on the
Safety and Efficacy of Percutaneousedge-to-edge
Mitral Valve Repair with the MitraClip System for
high surgical risk candidates,’’ Heart, June 27, 2013.
24 Reichenspurner, H., et al., ‘‘Clinical Outcomes
Through 12 Months in Patients With Degenerative
Mitral Regurgitation Treated With the MitraClip
Device in the ACCESS–EUrope Phase I Trial,’’
European Journal of Cardiology-and Thoracic
Surgy, 2013, Vol. 15, pp. 919–927.
25 Whitlow, et al,. ‘‘Acute and 12-Month Results
With Catheter-Based Mitral Valve Leaflet Repair:
The EVEREST II (Endovascular Valve Edge-to-Edge
Repair) High Risk Study,’’ Journal of American
College of Cardiology, 2012, Vol. 59, pp. 130–139.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Regurgitation (DMR) Cohort, which is
an analysis of retrospectively evaluated
high-risk patients diagnosed with DMR
enrolled in the EVEREST II studies that
had 1-year follow-up available.
In addition to the published clinical
experience from the EVEREST studies,
the applicant cited data on the use of
the MitraClip® System device in a ‘‘realworld’’ setting published recently by a
select number of European centers as
part of their individual and/or multicenter commercial experience or
enrollment in the MitraClip® System
device group of the ACCESS–EU postapproval clinical trial in Europe. The
European use of the MitraClip® System
device is focused on patients who are
too high-risk for surgery, and patients
who are selected for therapy using a
multi-disciplinary ‘‘heart team’’
approach.
The applicant stated that published
reports on the MitraClip® System device
and the procedures in which the device
was used have consistently
demonstrated a significant reduction in
MR incidents that have been durable out
to 1, 2, 3, and 4 years. The applicant
cited the EVEREST II High-Risk Study
(an analysis of 78 patients diagnosed
with degenerative or functional MR
enrolled in the trial), which stated that
‘‘objective measures of MR grade
improved in the MitraClipTM group,
including MR grade of <=2+ in 78
percent of surviving patients at 1 year.
These patients also experienced
clinically significant improvements in
left ventricular volume measurements.
The clinical significance of these
improvements is reflected in the NYHA
class improvements. At baseline, 89
percent of patients were NYHA III/IV,
improving to Class I/II in 74 percent of
surviving patients at 12 months. Quality
of life scores also improved
significantly. Finally, the number of
admissions for heart failure was
significantly reduced compared to the
year prior to MitraClipTM therapy.’’
The applicant cited clinical outcomes
from the Prohibitive Risk DMR cohort.
These results are the basis of the FDA
premarket approval. Major effectiveness
endpoints evaluated at 12 months
demonstrated clinically important
improvements in MR severity, with MR
severity grades of 3+/4+ decreasing from
90.4 percent at baseline to 16.7 percent
at 1 year; NYHA Class III/IV decreasing
from 86.6 percent at baseline to 13.1
percent at 1 year; and the SF–36
Physical/Mental scale measuring 33.4/
46.6 at baseline increasing to 39.4/52.2
at 1 year.
The applicant stated in its new
technology add-on payment application
that, ‘‘Heart failure hospitalizations
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
were reduced by 73 percent in the 12
months post MitraClipTM procedure
from the 12 month pre-MitraClipTM
procedure . . .,’’ and ‘‘the primary
safety analysis indicated low procedural
(30-day) mortality (6.3 percent) after
MitraClipTM in comparison with the
STS predicted surgical mortality risk
score for these patients (13.2 percent).’’
The applicant discussed published
results 26 ‘‘assessing the relationship
between the magnitude of reduction in
MR and left ventricular (LV) and left
atrial (LA) remodeling after the
MitraClipTM therapy.’’ In this study of
patients diagnosed with significant
(grade 3+ or 4+) DMR or functional MR
(FMR), the authors found that, ‘‘even
reduction of MR severity to moderate
(2+) is associated with LV and LA
reverse remodeling. In both DMR and
FMR, reduction in left ventricular enddiastolic volume (LVEDV) and LA
volumes were improved proportionally
to the degree of MR reduction at one
year.’’
In conclusion, the applicant cited data
from the ACCESS–EU study, which
noted improvement in disease-specific
quality of life measures, including the
Minnesota Living with Heart Failure
Questionnaire and Six-Minute Walk
Test. The applicant also provided data
supporting the overall safety and
effectiveness of the MitraClip® System
device in European ‘‘real-world’’
outcome studies.
As noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27547
through 27552), we are concerned that
the applicant revised its initial FDA
request for the use of the MitraClip®
System device in all patients diagnosed
with significant MR, after learning that
the FDA expressed concern that the
initial study, EVEREST II, demonstrated
that, while the MitraClip® System
device had clinically meaningful
improvements in LV volume and QOL,
the surgical option had better outcomes
than the MitraClip® System device in
surgical candidates. The FDA then
required a second trial focused on high
surgical risk patients. We note that the
data evaluated by the FDA and
presented by the applicant in its
application for new technology add-on
payments included information from
the following:
D EVEREST I feasibility trial;
enrollment 2003–2006; 55 patients.
D EVEREST II RCT; enrollment 2005–
2008; 279 patients.
26 Grayburn, et al., ‘‘The Relationship between the
Magnitude of Reduction in Mitral Regurgitation
Severity and Left Ventricular and Left Atrial
Reverse Remodeling after MitraClip Therapy,’’
Circulation in Cardiovascular Imaging, September
2013, epub, September 6, 2013.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
D EVEREST II High-Risk Study;
enrollment 2007–2008; 78 patients. (A
comparator group of 36 patients was
identified from patients who were
screened for the study, but did not meet
the mitral valve anatomic criteria for
placement of the device.)
D EVEREST (REALISM) Continued
Access Study and compassionate use;
enrollment 2009–2013; 49 patients.
The applicant provided comparisons
of various outcomes prior to the
procedure using the MitraClip® System
device and outcomes 12 months later.
MR severity, LV end diastolic volume,
NYHA Class, SF36 Physical/Mental
scale, and heart failure hospitalization
rates all had clinically meaningful
improvements. For the EVEREST II
HRS, the applicant provided analysis
demonstrating a significant survival
benefit (76 percent versus 55 percent/p
<0.047) over the comparator group.
In our review of the clinical trials’
data, we have the following key points
of concern:
• Post-hoc analyses of pooled data
sets retain all of the individual
shortcomings of the individual data sets;
• Pooling does not enhance the utility
and scientific value of uncontrolled
single-arm registries with no
comparators; and
• Inappropriate pooling introduces
additional confounders.
It is also unclear if the appropriate
target population for the MitraClip®
System device has been identified
because the clinical trials conducted by
the applicant included patients
diagnosed with both DMR and FMR.
This makes it difficult to determine
which group of patients may benefit
more, or less, from the new technology.
For example, in a subgroup analysis of
the EVEREST II RCT, the authors
concluded that, older patients and those
patients diagnosed with FMR or
abnormal left ventricular function had
results more comparable to surgical
repair. Data results from 2 years of the
EVEREST II RCT also demonstrated that
surgery reduced incidents of MR more
than the procedures performed using
the percutaneous MitraClip® System
device. However, both the surgical
patients and the patients who were
treated using the MitraClip® System
device showed comparable results for
improved left ventricular function,
NYHA functional class, and quality of
life.
We are inviting public comments on
whether this technology meets the
substantial clinical improvement
criterion, particularly in comparison to
other surgical therapies, such as mitral
valve repair or replacement, and the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
appropriate target population for this
technology.
We did not receive any public
comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on
February 12, 2014 in regard to this
technology.
f. Responsive Neurostimulator (RNS®)
System
NeuroPace, Inc. submitted an
application for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2015 for the use of the
RNS® System. (We note that the
applicant submitted an application for
new technology add-on payments for FY
2014, but failed to receive FDA approval
prior to the July 1 deadline.) Seizures
occur when brain function is disrupted
by abnormal electrical activity. Epilepsy
is a brain disorder characterized by
recurrent, unprovoked seizures.
According to the applicant, the RNS®
System is the first implantable medical
device (developed by NeuroPace, Inc.)
for treating persons diagnosed with
epilepsy whose partial onset seizures
have not been adequately controlled
with antiepileptic medications. The
applicant further stated that, the RNS®
System is the first closed-loop,
responsive system to treat partial onset
seizures. Responsive electrical
stimulation is delivered directly to the
seizure focus in the brain when
abnormal brain activity is detected. A
cranially implanted programmable
neurostimulator senses and records
brain activity through one or two
electrode-containing leads that are
placed at the patient’s seizure focus/
foci. The neurostimulator detects
electrographic patterns previously
identified by the physician as abnormal,
and then provides brief pulses of
electrical stimulation through the leads
to interrupt those patterns. Stimulation
is delivered only when abnormal
electrocorticographic activity is
detected. The typical patient is treated
with a total of 5 minutes of stimulation
a day. The RNS® System incorporates
remote monitoring, which allows
patients to share information with their
physicians remotely.
With respect to the newness criterion,
the applicant stated that some patients
diagnosed with partial onset seizures
that cannot be controlled with
antiepileptic medications may be
candidates for the vagus nerve
stimulator (VNS) or for surgical removal
of the seizure focus. According to the
applicant, these treatments are not
appropriate for, or helpful to, all
patients. Therefore, the applicant
believed that there is an unmet clinical
need for additional therapies for partial
onset seizures. The applicant further
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28051
stated that the RNS® System addresses
this unmet clinical need by providing a
novel treatment option for treating
persons diagnosed with medically
intractable partial onset seizures. The
applicant received FDA premarket
approval in November 2013. The
following ICD–9–CM procedure codes
are used to identify this technology:
01.20 (Cranial implantation or
replacement of neurostimulator pulse
generator); 01.29 (Removal of cranial
neurostimulator pulse generator); and
02.93 (Implantation or replacement of
intracranial neurostimulator lead(s)).
We are inviting public comments on
whether the technology meets the
newness criterion.
With regard to the cost criterion, the
applicant stated that substantially all
cases eligible for the RNS® System
would map to MS–DRG 024
(Craniotomy with Major Device
Implant/Acute Complex Central
Nervous System Principal Diagnosis
without MCC). The applicant further
stated that, while it is possible for some
cases to occur in MS–DRG 023
(Craniotomy with Major Device
Implant/Acute Complex Central
Nervous System Principal Diagnosis
with MCC or Chemotherapy Implant), it
would be extremely rare because the
applicant believed that these major
complications and/or comorbidities
would probably preclude a patient from
receiving treatment using the RNS®
System because the technology is an
elective procedure.
The applicant submitted two analyses
to demonstrate that the technology
meets the cost criterion. For the first
analysis, the applicant used clinical trial
claims data collected in the RNS®
System Pivotal Clinical Investigation to
calculate the anticipated average caseweighted standardized charge per case.
The applicant maintained that this
analysis best represents the anticipated
charges for the technology because it is
based on actual cases treated using this
technology. The applicant analyzed 163
claims from 28 hospitals participating in
the clinical trial. Five claims from one
hospital were excluded because no
hospital-specific information regarding
standardization was available. The
resulting 158 claims included dates of
service ranging from May 2006 through
May 2009. The average case-weighted
standardized charge per case for these
158 claims was $54,691.
The applicant then standardized the
charges for each claim. The applicant
noted that it was not necessary to
remove any charges from these claims
because the technology was provided at
no charge in the trial. After
standardizing the charges for each
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28052
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
claim, the applicant inflated the charges
reported on each claim using the BLS’
CPI–IP data covering the same period.
Specifically, because the publicly
available FY 2012 MedPAR data do not
identify the month of the discharge on
inpatient claims, but do identify the
calendar quarter, the applicant used a
mid-month convention to determine the
relevant monthly CPI–IP for each
calendar quarter. The applicant then
calculated the percentage change from
the relevant quarter to the quarter of the
most recently available CPI–IP, which
was the August 2013 CPI–IP.
Specifically, the applicant used the
following assumptions:
FY 2012 calendar quarter
Midpoint of quarter
CPI IP
Q4 2011 ........................................................................
Q1 2012 ........................................................................
Q2 2012 ........................................................................
Q3 2012 ........................................................................
Most recent as of application .......................................
Nov–11 .........................................................................
Feb–11 ..........................................................................
May–11 .........................................................................
Aug–11 .........................................................................
Aug–13 .........................................................................
Percent
change to
August 2013
242.672
245.721
247.646
248.856
261.915
7.93
6.59
5.76
5.25
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Source as cited by applicant: Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Web site, accessed October 13, 2013; Base Period: December 1996 = 100.
After inflating the charges, the
applicant estimated charges for the
RNS® System by multiplying the device
cost to the hospital by an anticipated
hospital markup of 100 percent, or
conversely by dividing the device cost
by a CCR of 0.50. The applicant based
its estimated CCR on four analyses.
First, the applicant reviewed the 2007
and 2008 reports prepared by RTI for
CMS on charge compression, which
found that the national aggregate CCR
for devices and implants was 0.43 and
0.467, as presented in the respective
reports. Second, the applicant queried
hospitals participating in the RNS®
System Pivotal trial, and these queries
yielded a mean and median CCR for
implantable devices of 0.37 and 0.36,
respectively. Third, the applicant
reviewed data from the (All Payor)
Premier database for cases performed
during 2000 through 2010 that reported
ICD–9 CM procedure codes 02.93 and/
or 86.95 on a claim, and calculated a
mean and median CCR for implanted
leads and neurostimulators of 0.50 and
0.44, respectively. The applicant then
reviewed other discussions of past new
technology add-on payment
applications published in the Federal
Register, and noted that other
applicants used lower CCRs (higher
markups) for implanted devices than the
CCR of 0.50 used in the applicant’s
analyses.
Using this approach, the applicant
added the anticipated hospital charge
for the implantable RNS® System to the
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case, and determined a final
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $128,723. The
anticipated hospital charge for the
implantable RNS® System is $73,900.
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10
thresholds, the threshold for MS–DRG
024 is $91,197. Because the final
average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $128,723 for MS–DRG
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
024 exceeds the average case-weighted
threshold amount, the applicant
maintained that the RNS® System meets
the cost criterion.
In the second analysis, which the
applicant characterizes as
supplementary, the applicant
researched the FY 2012 MedPAR file for
cases reporting the following
combinations of ICD–9–CM procedures
codes: 02.93 and 86.95, or procedures
codes 02.93 and 01.20 that mapped to
MS–DRG 024. The applicant found 383
claims for cases reporting the
combination of ICD–9–CM procedures
codes 02.93 and 01.20, and pointed out
that these cases were coded with
procedure code 01.20 in error because
no new RNS® System implantations
occurred after May 2009. The applicant
analyzed these 383 claims, and found
that more than 90 percent of these cases
had a primary or secondary diagnosis of
Parkinson’s disease, essential tremor, or
dystonia. These diagnoses are FDAapproved indications for deep brain
stimulation (DBS). In addition, the
applicant noted that the total covered
charges for these cases were less than
the estimated charges for a full DBS
system, and hypothesized that these
cases did not represent implantation of
a full DBS system, but did represent the
implantation of leads only. The
applicant contacted two hospitals that
reported claims for cases where total
covered charges were less than the
charges for a full DBS system, and the
hospitals confirmed that their claims
represented lead implantations only.
Therefore, for the second analysis, the
applicant included all of the cases
assigned to MS–DRG 024 reporting a
combination of ICD–9–CM procedures
codes 02.93 and 86.95, and all of the
cases assigned to MS–DRG 024
reporting a combination of ICD–9–CM
procedures codes 02.93 and 01.20 where
the covered charges were greater than,
or equal to, the estimated charges of a
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
full DBS system. The applicant
maintained that 374 claims from 106
providers met this criterion, and data
represented claims from the fourth
calendar quarter of 2011 through the
third calendar quarter of 2012. Based on
this assumption, the applicant
calculated an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of $65,555.
The applicant then removed DBS
charges from the average case-weighted
standardized charge per case. The
applicant estimated charges for a full
DBS system, and maintained that the
average cost for a full DBS system is
$25,979. Similar to its first analysis, the
applicant assumed a CCR of 0.50, or 100
percent markup, which resulted in
estimated charges for a full DBS system
of $51,958. After removing the DBS
system charges, the applicant inflated
the charges to the current period using
the same methodology in the first
analysis, added charges for the RNS®
System, and determined a final average
case-weighted standardized charge per
case of $130,233. As noted above, the
anticipated hospital charge for the
implantable RNS® System is $73,900.
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10
thresholds, the average case-weighted
threshold for MS–DRG 024 is $91,197.
Because the final average standardized
charge per case of $130,233 for MS–DRG
024 exceeds the threshold amount, the
applicant maintained that the RNS®
System meets the cost criterion.
Under either analysis, the applicant
maintained that the final average caseweighted standardized charge per case
would exceed the average case-weighted
threshold. We are inviting public
comments on whether the RNS® System
meets the cost criterion, particularly
based on the assumptions and
methodology used in the applicant’s
analyses.
With regard to substantial clinical
improvement, as previously stated,
some patients diagnosed with partial
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
onset seizures may not be able to control
their seizures with antiepileptic
medications, VNS, or with surgical
removal of the seizure focus. The
applicant stated that the RNS® System
provides treatment for those patients
diagnosed with partial onset seizures
who fail treatment with antiepileptic
medications, or VNS therapy, and who
are ineligible for resective surgery
because of the extent and/or location of
the seizure focus, or patients who do not
elect surgery. According to the
applicant, the RNS® System clinical
trials provide Class I evidence that
treatment using the RNS® System
substantially reduces disabling seizures
in patients diagnosed with severe
epilepsy, who have tried and failed
treatment with antiepileptic
medications, and in many cases, VNS or
epilepsy surgery. The applicant
maintained that the results from their
clinical trials demonstrate significant
and sustained improvements in health
outcomes over the controlled period and
over the long term. The applicant
conducted a feasibility trial, which was
designed to demonstrate adequate safety
of its treatment, and provide evidence of
effectiveness to support commencement
of a randomized double-blinded pivotal
trail. In addition, the applicant has an
ongoing long-term treatment clinical
investigation trial (LTT trial) to assess
the long-term safety and effectiveness of
the treatment on patients who have
completed either the Feasibility trial, or
the RNS® System Pivotal trial for an
additional seven years. The LTT trial
started in April 2006, and the final
patient is expected to complete the trial
in 2018. The applicant noted that
patients enrolled in the LTT trial
continued to experience a reduction in
seizures over several years of follow-up,
further demonstrating the positive effect
of responsive stimulation from the
RNS® System is durable.
The applicant stated that their pivotal
trial met its primary effectiveness
endpoint by proving that there was a
statistically significant greater reduction
in seizures in the treatment group&fnl;
compared to the control group (p =
0.012). Significant improvements at 1
and 2 years post-implant included:
• A significant reduction in disabling
seizures of 44 percent and 53 percent at
1 and 2 years, respectively;
• Fifty-five percent of patients who
reached 2 years post-implant
experienced a 50 percent or greater
reduction in seizures; and
• Significant improvements in overall
quality of life, as well as individual
quality of life measures including
memory, language, attention,
concentration and medication effects.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The applicant asserted that there was
no negative effect of treatment using the
RNS® System on neuropsychological
function (including verbal functioning,
visual spatial processing, and memory)
or mood. The applicant concluded that
the RNS® System Pivotal trial provides
Class I evidence that responsive cortical
stimulation is effective in significantly
reducing seizure frequency in adults
with one or two seizure foci who have
failed two or more antiepileptic
medication trials. The applicant stated
that experience across all of the RNS®
System trials demonstrates the
reduction in seizure frequency of
disabling partial onset seizures
improves over time. In addition, the
applicant noted that sustained
improvements were also seen in quality
of life. Finally, the applicant noted that
safety and tolerability measures
compare favorably to alternative
treatments, such as antiepileptic
medications, VNS, and epilepsy surgery.
With regard to the substantial clinical
improvement criterion, we are
concerned that the average age of the
patients enrolled in the applicant’s trials
was 35 years. Although the applicant
maintained that 31 percent of the
patients enrolled in the pivotal trial
were Medicare beneficiaries, we are
unsure of the extent to which this
technology would be used by Medicare
beneficiaries because of the relatively
young age of the majority of the patients
enrolled in the pivotal trial. We also are
concerned that further clarification on
how the RNS® System compares to
other neurostimulation treatments was
not provided by the applicant.
Because the applicant included
claims with DBS charges in one of its
cost analyses, we believe that the
similarities and differences between
DBS and the RNS® System may also be
relevant under the substantial clinical
improvement criterion. In addition, we
are concerned that the time period in
the clinical trial may not be sufficient to
confirm durability. In the RNS® System
Pivotal Clinical Investigation, the
primary effectiveness endpoint
considered seizure frequency over the
last 3 months of the blinded period of
the trial. We note that the applicant is
currently conducting a 5-year study. We
are inviting public comments on
whether the RNS® System meets the
substantial clinical improvement
criterion, particularly in regard to the
degree in which the technology would
be used by Medicare beneficiaries, the
comparison to other neurostimulation
treatments, and its durability.
We received public comments in
response to the New Technology Town
Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014,
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28053
regarding this technology and the
application for new technology add-on
payments. We summarize these
comments below.
Comment: One commenter, a
physician, stated that even with the
release of multiple new antiepileptic
medications in the past 20 years, over
one-third of people diagnosed with
epilepsy cannot obtain adequate seizure
control. The commenter noted that
seizures lead to loss of employment and
driving licenses and are socially
disabling. The commenter further noted
that uncontrolled seizures can cause
physical injury and even significantly
increased risk of death. The commenter
stated that only a fraction of these
patients are candidates for potentially
curative resective brain surgery and
antiepileptic medications can have
disabling or severe adverse effects, such
as lethargy, ataxia, organ or blood cell
damage, Stevens-Johnson syndrome,
and psychiatric changes including
suicidal ideation. For this reason, the
commenter believed that new
treatments are still needed.
The commenter asserted that the
RNS® System represents a much needed
new therapy for patients who are
desperate to get seizures under control
and lead a productive life. The
commenter stated that of its patients
that participated in the clinical trials,
these patients have demonstrated
significant and sustained benefits from
treatment with the RNS® System. The
commenter noted that two patients had
a significant reduction in the amount of
seizures per month, and are now able to
obtain driver licenses and both show
improved quality of life.
The commenter also noted that the
RNS® System is a unique therapy for the
following reasons: (1) While
medications are chemicals that circulate
to every organ, the RNS® System
delivers therapy directly to the epileptic
focus; (2) RNS® therapy is delivered
automatically, avoiding compliance
problems that occur with medications;
and (3) the RNS® System constantly
records data on seizure occurrences that
is available to the clinician at any time
which can track a patient’s progress
without depending on the patient’s
memory or willingness to report
seizures. The commenter asserted that
no other therapy offers this capability.
The commenter urged CMS to
approve the new technology add-on
payment application for the RNS®
System, which the commenter believed
would help ensure access to this novel
therapy for Medicare beneficiaries for
whom there are otherwise no good
treatment options available.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28054
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Another commenter, also a physician,
stated that some of the benefits of the
RNS® System therapy include a
significant reduction in the seizure
frequency and severity, and for some
patients, extended periods of seizure
freedom. The commenter explained that
this reduction in the seizure frequency
improves over time, is sustained over
several years of follow-up, and can
result in improved cognition and a
better quality of life. The commenter
further stated that some patients have
been able to live independently for the
first time in their life, take care of
children, resume driving, go back to
school and/or obtain employment. The
commenter concluded the following
comparisons between the RNS® System
and the vagus nerve stimulator (VNS):
• In clinical trials, the RNS® System
subjects experienced a greater reduction
in seizures than VNS subjects. The
median percent reduction in seizures
was: 1 year: RNS—44 percent and
VNS—31 percent; 2 years: RNS—53
percent and VNS—41 percent.
• VNS therapy results in stimulationrelated side effects, including coughing,
difficulties with speech and throat pain.
RNS® therapy does not result in chronic
side effects.
• About one-third of patients in RNS®
System pivotal trial had previously
failed therapy with a VNS. These
subjects achieved the same positive
improvements in health outcomes from
the RNS® System as patients that had
not previously tried a VNS.
• In the commenter’s experience, not
only is the frequency of the seizure
activity improved but also the severity
of the seizures can improve with the
RNS® System.
The commenter further noted the
‘‘positive long-term results of RNS
therapy.’’ The commenter stated that
therapy is being evaluated in the
ongoing LTT trial, in which patients are
enrolled for an additional 7 years after
completing the initial 2-year clinical
trial with some patients having the
implant for over 9 years. The
commenter asserted that the long-term
data clearly show that the therapy is
durable. Specifically, the commenter
noted that seizure reductions are
maintained at 50 percent or greater
through 7 years (that is, the median
percent reduction in seizures is about 60
percent at 7 years). The commenter
added that the vast majority of its
patients have elected to continue
treatment with the device given their
response to the RNS® therapy. The
commenter encouraged CMS to approve
new technology add-on payments for
the RNS® System.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Response: We appreciate the
commenters’ support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the
RNS® System new technology add-on
payment application for FY 2015 and in
the development of this proposed rule.
As stated above, we are inviting
additional public comments on whether
the RNS® System meets the substantial
clinical improvement criterion,
particularly in regard to the degree in
which the technology would be used by
Medicare beneficiaries, the comparison
to other neurostimulation treatments,
and its durability.
III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital
Wage Index for Acute Care Hospitals
A. Background
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act
requires that, as part of the methodology
for determining prospective payments to
hospitals, the Secretary adjust the
standardized amounts ‘‘for area
differences in hospital wage levels by a
factor (established by the Secretary)
reflecting the relative hospital wage
level in the geographic area of the
hospital compared to the national
average hospital wage level.’’ We
currently define hospital labor market
areas based on the delineations of
statistical areas established by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB). A
discussion of the proposed FY 2015
hospital wage index based on the
statistical areas appears under section
III.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act
requires the Secretary to update the
wage index annually and to base the
update on a survey of wages and wagerelated costs of short-term, acute care
hospitals. This provision also requires
that any updates or adjustments to the
wage index be made in a manner that
ensures that aggregate payments to
hospitals are not affected by the change
in the wage index. The proposed
adjustment for FY 2015 is discussed in
section II.B. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule.
As discussed in section III.H. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we also
take into account the geographic
reclassification of hospitals in
accordance with sections 1886(d)(8)(B)
and 1886(d)(10) of the Act when
calculating IPPS payment amounts.
Under section 1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act,
the Secretary is required to adjust the
standardized amounts so as to ensure
that aggregate payments under the IPPS
after implementation of the provisions
of sections 1886(d)(8)(B), 1886(d)(8)(C),
and 1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal to
the aggregate prospective payments that
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
would have been made absent these
provisions. The proposed budget
neutrality adjustment for FY 2015 is
discussed in section II.A.4.b. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act also
provides for the collection of data every
3 years on the occupational mix of
employees for short-term, acute care
hospitals participating in the Medicare
program, in order to construct an
occupational mix adjustment to the
wage index. A discussion of the
occupational mix adjustment that we
are proposing to apply to the FY 2015
wage index appears under section III.F.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
B. Proposed Core-Based Statistical
Areas for the Hospital Wage Index
1. Background
The wage index is calculated and
assigned to hospitals on the basis of the
labor market area in which the hospital
is located. Under section 1886(d)(3)(E)
of the Act, beginning with FY 2005, we
delineate hospital labor market areas
based on the Core-Based Statistical
Areas (CBSAs) established by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB). The
current statistical areas used in FY 2014
are based on OMB standards published
on December 27, 2000 (65 FR 82228)
and Census 2000 data and Census
Bureau population estimates for 2007
and 2008 (OMB Bulletin No. 10–02). For
a discussion of OMB’s delineations of
CBSAs and our implementation of the
CBSA definitions, we refer readers to
the preamble of the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49026 through 49032). We
also discussed in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51582) and
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53365) that, in 2013, OMB
planned to announce new labor market
area delineations based on new
standards adopted in 2010 (75 FR
37246) and the 2010 Census of
Population and Housing data. As stated
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27552) and final
rule (78 FR 50586), on February 28,
2013, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No.
13–01, which established revised
delineations for Metropolitan Statistical
Areas, Micropolitan Statistical Areas,
and Combined Statistical Areas, and
provided guidance on the use of the
delineations of these statistical areas. A
copy of this bulletin may be obtained at
https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/
default/files/omb/bulletins/2013/b-1301.pdf. According to OMB, ‘‘[t]his
bulletin provides the delineations of all
Metropolitan Statistical Areas,
Metropolitan Divisions, Micropolitan
Statistical Areas, Combined Statistical
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Areas, and New England City and Town
Areas in the United States and Puerto
Rico based on the standards published
on June 28, 2010, in the Federal
Register (75 FR 37246–37252) and
Census Bureau data.’’ In this FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, when
referencing the new OMB geographic
boundaries of statistical areas, we are
using the term ‘‘delineations’’ rather
than the term ’’ definitions’’ that we
have used in the past, consistent with
OMB’s use of the terms (75 FR 37249).
In order to implement these changes
for the IPPS, it is necessary to identify
the new labor market area delineation
for each county and hospital in the
country. While the revisions OMB
published on February 28, 2013 are not
as sweeping as the changes OMB
announced in 2003, the February 28,
2013 bulletin does contain a number of
significant changes. For example, under
the new OMB delineations, there would
be new CBSAs, urban counties that
would become rural, rural counties that
would become urban, and existing
CBSAs would be split apart. In addition,
the effect of the new OMB delineations
on various hospital reclassifications, the
out-migration adjustment (established
by section 505 of Pub. L. 108–173), and
treatment of hospitals located in certain
rural counties (that is, ‘‘Lugar’’
hospitals) provided for under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act must be
considered. These are just a few of the
many issues that need to be reviewed
regarding the effects of the new OMB
labor market area delineations prior to
proposing and establishing policies.
However, because the bulletin was
not issued until February 28, 2013, with
supporting data not available until later,
and because the changes made by the
bulletin and their ramifications needed
to be extensively reviewed and verified,
we were unable to undertake such a
lengthy process before publication of
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule and, thus, did not implement
changes to the wage index for FY 2014
based on these new OMB delineations.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50586), we stated that we
intended to propose changes to the wage
index based on the new OMB
delineations in this FY 2015 proposed
rule. As discussed below, in this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
implement the new OMB delineations
as described in the February 28, 2013
OMB Bulletin No. 13–01, effective for
the FY 2015 IPPS wage index.
2. Proposed Implementation of New
Labor Market Area Delineations
As discussed previously, CMS
delayed implementing the new OMB
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
labor market area delineations to allow
for sufficient time to assess the new
changes. We believe it is important for
the IPPS to use the latest labor market
area delineations available as soon as is
reasonably possible in order to maintain
a more accurate and up-to-date payment
system that reflects the reality of
population shifts and labor market
conditions. While CMS and other
stakeholders have explored potential
alternatives to the current CBSA-based
labor market system (we refer readers to
the CMS Web site at: www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/WageIndex-Reform.html), no consensus has
been achieved regarding how best to
implement a replacement system. As
discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
(69 FR 49027), ‘‘While we recognize that
MSAs are not designed specifically to
define labor market areas, we believe
they do represent a useful proxy for this
purpose.’’ We further believe that using
the most current delineations will
increase the integrity of the IPPS wage
index system by creating a more
accurate representation of geographic
variations in wage levels. We have
reviewed our findings and impacts
relating to the new OMB delineations,
and find no compelling reason to further
delay implementation. Therefore, we are
proposing to implement the new OMB
delineations as described in the
February 28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No.
13–01, effective for the FY 2015 IPPS
wage index. We are proposing to use
these new delineations to calculate area
wage indexes in a manner that is
generally consistent with the CBSAbased methodologies finalized in the FY
2005 IPPS final rule, and refined in
subsequent rulemaking. We also are
proposing a wage index transition
period applicable to all hospitals that
experience negative impacts due to the
proposed implementation of the new
OMB delineations. This transition is
discussed in more detail below.
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
As discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rule (69 FR 49029 through 49032),
CMS considered whether to use
Micropolitan Statistical Areas to define
the labor market areas for the purpose
of the IPPS wage index. OMB defines a
‘‘Micropolitan Statistical Area’’ as a
CBSA ‘‘associated with at least one
urban cluster that has a population of at
least 10,000, but less than 50,000’’ (75
FR 37252). We refer to these areas as
Micropolitan Areas. After extensive
impact analysis, CMS determined the
best course of action would be to treat
all hospitals located in Micropolitan
Areas as ‘‘rural’’ and include them in
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28055
the calculation of each State’s rural
wage index. Because Micropolitan areas
tend to encompass smaller population
centers and contain fewer hospitals than
MSAs, we determined that if
Micropolitan Areas were to be treated as
separate labor market areas, the IPPS
wage index would have included
drastically more single-provider labor
market areas. This larger number of
labor market areas with fewer hospitals
could create instability in year-to-year
wage index values for a large number of
hospitals; could reduce the averaging
effect of the wage index, thus lessening
some of the efficiency incentive
inherent in a system based on the
average hourly wages for a large number
of hospitals; and could arguably create
an inequitable system when so many
hospitals have wage indexes based
solely on their own wage data while
other hospitals’ wage indexes are based
on an average hourly wage across many
hospitals. For these reasons, we adopted
a policy to include Micropolitan Areas
in the State’s rural wage area, and have
continued this policy through the
present.
Based upon the new 2010 Decennial
Census data, a number of urban counties
have switched status and have joined or
became Micropolitan Areas, and some
counties that once were part of a
Micropolitan Area, under current OMB
delineations, have become urban.
Overall, there are fewer Micropolitan
Areas (541) under the new OMB
delineations based on the 2010 Census
than existed under the latest data from
the 2000 Census (581). We believe that
the best course of action would be to
continue the policy established in the
FY 2005 IPPS final rule and include
hospitals located in Micropolitan Areas
in each State’s rural wage index. These
areas continue to be defined as having
relatively small urban cores
(populations of 10,000–49,999). We do
not believe it would be appropriate to
calculate a separate wage index for areas
that typically may include only a few
hospitals for the reasons set forth in the
FY 2005 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, as
discussed above. Therefore, in
conjunction with our proposal to
implement the new OMB labor market
area delineations beginning in FY 2015,
we are proposing to continue to treat
Micropolitan Areas as ‘‘rural’’ and to
include the Micropolitan Areas in the
calculation of each State’s rural wage
index.
b. Urban Counties That Would Become
Rural Under the New OMB Delineations
As previously discussed, we are
proposing to implement the new OMB
labor market area delineations (based
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28056
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
upon the 2010 Decennial Census data)
beginning in FY 2015. Our analysis
shows that a total of 37 counties (and
county equivalents) and 12 hospitals
that were once considered part of an
urban CBSA would be considered to be
located in a rural area, beginning in FY
2015, under these new OMB
delineations. The following chart lists
the 37 urban counties that would be
rural if we finalize our proposal to
implement the new OMB delineations.
COUNTIES THAT WOULD LOSE URBAN STATUS
County
Greene County ......................................
Anson County ........................................
Franklin County ......................................
Stewart County ......................................
Howard County ......................................
Delta County ..........................................
Pittsylvania County ................................
Danville City ...........................................
Preble County ........................................
Gibson County .......................................
Webster County .....................................
Franklin County ......................................
Ionia County ...........................................
Newaygo County ...................................
Greene County ......................................
Stone County .........................................
Morgan County ......................................
San Jacinto County ...............................
Franklin County ......................................
Tipton County ........................................
Nelson County .......................................
Geary County .........................................
Washington County ...............................
Pleasants County ...................................
George County ......................................
Power County ........................................
Cumberland County ...............................
King and Queen County ........................
Louisa County ........................................
Washington County ...............................
Summit County ......................................
Erie County ............................................
Franklin County ......................................
Ottawa County .......................................
Greene County ......................................
Calhoun County .....................................
Surry County ..........................................
IN
NC
IN
TN
MO
TX
VA
VA
OH
IN
KY
AR
MI
MI
NC
MS
WV
TX
KS
IN
KY
KS
OH
WV
MS
ID
VA
VA
VA
MO
UT
OH
MA
OH
AL
TX
VA
We are proposing that the wage data
for all hospitals located in the counties
listed above would now be considered
rural when calculating their respective
State’s rural wage index. We recognize
that rural areas typically have lower
area wage index values than urban
areas, and hospitals located in these
counties may experience a negative
impact in their IPPS payment due to the
proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations. We refer readers to section
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Previous
CBSA
number
State
14020
16740
17140
17300
17860
19124
19260
19260
19380
21780
21780
22900
24340
24340
24780
25060
25180
26420
28140
29020
31140
31740
37620
37620
37700
38540
40060
40060
40060
41180
41620
41780
44140
45780
46220
47020
47260
CBSA
Bloomington, IN.
Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC.
Cincinnati-Middletown, OH-KY-IN.
Clarksville, TN-KY.
Columbia, MO.
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX.
Danville, VA.
Danville, VA.
Dayton, OH.
Evansville, IN-KY.
Evansville, IN-KY.
Fort Smith, AR-OK.
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.
Greenville, NC.
Gulfport-Biloxi, MS.
Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD-WV.
Houston-Sugar Land-Baytown, TX.
Kansas City, MO-KS.
Kokomo, IN.
Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN.
Manhattan, KS.
Parkersburg-Marietta-Vienna, WV-OH.
Parkersburg-Marietta-Vienna, WV-OH.
Pascagoula, MS.
Pocatello, ID.
Richmond, VA.
Richmond, VA.
Richmond, VA.
St. Louis, MO-IL.
Salt Lake City, UT.
Sandusky, OH.
Springfield, MA.
Toledo, OH.
Tuscaloosa, AL.
Victoria, TX.
Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC.
III.B.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a discussion of the
proposed wage index transition period,
in particular, the discussion regarding
the 3-year transition for hospitals
located in these specific counties.
c. Rural Counties That Would Become
Urban Under the New OMB
Delineations
As previously discussed, we are
proposing to implement the new OMB
labor market area delineations (based
upon the 2010 Decennial Census data)
beginning in FY 2015. Analysis of these
OMB labor market area delineations
shows that a total of 105 counties (and
county equivalents) and 81 hospitals
that were located in rural areas would
be located in urban areas under the new
OMB delineations. The following chart
lists the 105 rural counties that would
be urban if we finalize our proposal to
implement the new OMB delineations.
COUNTIES THAT WOULD GAIN URBAN STATUS
County
State
Utuado Municipio ...................................
Linn County ............................................
Oldham County ......................................
Morgan County .......................................
Lincoln County .......................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
New CBSA
number
PR
OR
TX
GA
GA
PO 00000
10380
10540
11100
12060
12260
Frm 00080
CBSA.
Aguadilla-Isabela, PR.
Albany, OR.
Amarillo, TX.
Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, GA.
Augusta-Richmond County, GA-SC.
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
COUNTIES THAT WOULD GAIN URBAN STATUS—Continued
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
County
State
Newton County .......................................
Fayette County .......................................
Raleigh County .......................................
Golden Valley County ............................
Oliver County .........................................
Sioux County ..........................................
Floyd County ..........................................
De Witt County .......................................
Columbia County ....................................
Montour County ......................................
Allen County ...........................................
Butler County .........................................
St. Mary’s County ...................................
Jackson County ......................................
Williamson County .................................
Franklin County ......................................
Iredell County .........................................
Lincoln County .......................................
Rowan County ........................................
Chester County ......................................
Lancaster County ...................................
Buckingham County ...............................
Union County .........................................
Hocking County ......................................
Perry County ..........................................
Walton County ........................................
Hood County ..........................................
Somervell County ...................................
Baldwin County ......................................
Monroe County .......................................
Hudspeth County ...................................
Adams County ........................................
Hall County .............................................
Hamilton County .....................................
Howard County ......................................
Merrick County .......................................
Montcalm County ...................................
Josephine County ..................................
Tangipahoa Parish .................................
Beaufort County .....................................
Jasper County ........................................
Citrus County .........................................
Butte County ..........................................
Yazoo County .........................................
Crockett County .....................................
Kalawao County .....................................
Maui County ...........................................
Campbell County ....................................
Morgan County .......................................
Roane County ........................................
Acadia Parish .........................................
Iberia Parish ...........................................
Vermilion Parish .....................................
Cotton County ........................................
Scott County ...........................................
Lynn County ...........................................
Green County .........................................
Benton County .......................................
Midland County ......................................
Martin County .........................................
Le Sueur County ....................................
Mille Lacs County ...................................
Sibley County .........................................
Maury County .........................................
Craven County .......................................
Jones County .........................................
Pamlico County ......................................
St. James Parish ....................................
Box Elder County ...................................
Gulf County ............................................
Custer County ........................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
New CBSA
number
TX
WV
WV
MT
ND
ND
VI
IL
PA
PA
KY
KY
MD
IL
IL
PA
NC
NC
NC
SC
SC
VA
IN
OH
OH
FL
TX
TX
AL
PA
TX
PA
NE
NE
NE
NE
MI
OR
LA
SC
SC
FL
ID
MS
TN
HI
HI
TN
TN
TN
LA
LA
LA
OK
IN
TX
WI
MS
MI
TX
MN
MN
MN
TN
NC
NC
NC
LA
UT
FL
SD
PO 00000
13140
13220
13220
13740
13900
13900
13980
14010
14100
14100
14540
14540
15680
16060
16060
16540
16740
16740
16740
16740
16740
16820
17140
18140
18140
18880
23104
23104
19300
20700
21340
23900
24260
24260
24260
24260
24340
24420
25220
25940
25940
26140
26820
27140
27180
27980
27980
28940
28940
28940
29180
29180
29180
30020
31140
31180
31540
32820
33220
33260
33460
33460
33460
34980
35100
35100
35100
35380
36260
37460
39660
Frm 00081
CBSA.
Beaumont-Port Arthur, TX.
Beckley, WV.
Beckley, WV.
Billings, MT.
Bismarck, ND.
Bismarck, ND.
Blacksburg-Christiansburg-Radford, VA.
Bloomington, IL.
Bloomsburg-Berwick, PA.
Bloomsburg-Berwick, PA.
Bowling Green, KY.
Bowling Green, KY.
California-Lexington Park, MD.
Carbondale-Marion, IL.
Carbondale-Marion, IL.
Chambersburg-Waynesboro, PA.
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC.
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC.
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC.
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC.
Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC.
Charlottesville, VA.
Cincinnati, OH-KY-IN.
Columbus, OH.
Columbus, OH.
Crestview-Fort Walton Beach-Destin, FL.
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX.
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX.
Daphne-Fairhope-Foley, AL.
East Stroudsburg, PA.
El Paso, TX.
Gettysburg, PA.
Grand Island, NE.
Grand Island, NE.
Grand Island, NE.
Grand Island, NE.
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.
Grants Pass, OR.
Hammond, LA.
Hilton Head Island-Bluffton-Beaufort, SC.
Hilton Head Island-Bluffton-Beaufort, SC.
Homosassa Springs, FL.
Idaho Falls, ID.
Jackson, MS.
Jackson, TN.
Kahului-Wailuku-Lahaina, HI.
Kahului-Wailuku-Lahaina, HI.
Knoxville, TN.
Knoxville, TN.
Knoxville, TN.
Lafayette, LA.
Lafayette, LA.
Lafayette, LA.
Lawton, OK.
Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN.
Lubbock, TX.
Madison, WI.
Memphis, TN-MS-AR.
Midland, MI.
Midland, TX.
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI.
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI.
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI.
Nashville-Davidson-Murfreesboro-Franklin, TN.
New Bern, NC.
New Bern, NC.
New Bern, NC.
New Orleans-Metairie, LA.
Ogden-Clearfield, UT.
Panama City, FL.
Rapid City, SD.
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28057
28058
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
COUNTIES THAT WOULD GAIN URBAN STATUS—Continued
County
State
Fillmore County ......................................
Yates County ..........................................
Sussex County .......................................
Worcester County ..................................
Highlands County ...................................
Webster Parish .......................................
Cochise County ......................................
Plymouth County ....................................
Union County .........................................
Pend Oreille County ...............................
Stevens County ......................................
Augusta County ......................................
Staunton City ..........................................
Waynesboro City ....................................
Little River County ..................................
Sumter County .......................................
Pickens County ......................................
Gates County .........................................
Falls County ...........................................
Columbia County ....................................
Walla Walla County ................................
Peach County .........................................
Pulaski County .......................................
Culpeper County ....................................
Rappahannock County ...........................
Jefferson County ....................................
Kingman County .....................................
Davidson County ....................................
Windham County ....................................
New CBSA
number
MN
NY
DE
MA
FL
LA
AZ
IA
SC
WA
WA
VA
VA
VA
AR
FL
AL
NC
TX
WA
WA
GA
GA
VA
VA
NY
KS
NC
CT
We are proposing that when
calculating the area wage index, the
wage data for hospitals located in these
counties would be included in their
new respective urban CBSAs. Typically,
hospitals located in an urban area
would receive a higher wage index
value than hospitals located in their
State’s rural area. However, with regard
to the wage index applicable to
individual hospitals, we are proposing
to implement a transitional wage index
adjustment for any hospital that would
receive a lower wage index under the
new OMB delineations than it would
have received under the current CBSA
40340
40380
41540
41540
42700
43340
43420
43580
43900
44060
44060
44420
44420
44420
45500
45540
46220
47260
47380
47460
47460
47580
47580
47894
47894
48060
48620
49180
49340
CBSA.
Rochester, MN.
Rochester, NY.
Salisbury, MD-DE.
Salisbury, MD-DE.
Sebring, FL.
Shreveport-Bossier City, LA.
Sierra Vista-Douglas, AZ.
Sioux City, IA-NE-SD.
Spartanburg, SC.
Spokane-Spokane Valley, WA.
Spokane-Spokane Valley, WA.
Staunton-Waynesboro, VA.
Staunton-Waynesboro, VA.
Staunton-Waynesboro, VA.
Texarkana, TX-AR.
The Villages, FL.
Tuscaloosa, AL.
Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC.
Waco, TX.
Walla Walla, WA.
Walla Walla, WA.
Warner Robins, GA.
Warner Robins, GA.
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV.
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV.
Watertown-Fort Drum, NY.
Wichita, KS.
Winston-Salem, NC.
Worcester, MA-CT.
definitions. We refer readers to section
III.B.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for further discussion of
this proposed transition.
d. Urban Counties That Would Move to
a Different Urban CBSA Under the New
OMB Delineations
In addition to rural counties becoming
urban and urban counties becoming
rural, several urban counties would shift
from one urban CBSA to another urban
CBSA under our proposal to adopt the
new OMB delineations. In certain cases,
adopting the new OMB delineations
would involve a change only in CBSA
name or number, while the CBSA
continues to encompass the same
constituent counties. For example,
CBSA 29140 (Lafayette, IN) would
experience both a change to its number
and its name, and become CBSA 29200
(Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN), while all
of its three constituent counties would
remain the same. We have identified 19
counties that would remain in a CBSA
that experienced a change in name or
number under the new delineations, but
would retain the same constituent
counties, as shown in the following
table.
COUNTIES THAT WOULD REMAIN IN CBSA THAT CHANGED NUMBER
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Prior CBSA No.
14484
14484
14484
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
26180
29140
29140
29140
42044
42060
44600
44600
New CBSA No.
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
14454
14454
14454
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
46520
29200
29200
29200
11244
42200
48260
48260
County
State
Norfolk County .................................................................................................................................
Plymouth County .............................................................................................................................
Suffolk County .................................................................................................................................
Lapeer County .................................................................................................................................
Livingston County ............................................................................................................................
Macomb County ..............................................................................................................................
Oakland County ...............................................................................................................................
St. Clair County ...............................................................................................................................
Honolulu County ..............................................................................................................................
Benton County .................................................................................................................................
Carroll County ..................................................................................................................................
Tippecanoe County .........................................................................................................................
Orange County ................................................................................................................................
Santa Barbara County .....................................................................................................................
Jefferson County .............................................................................................................................
Brooke County .................................................................................................................................
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
MA.
MA.
MA.
MI.
MI.
MI.
MI.
MI.
HI.
IN.
IN.
IN.
CA.
CA.
OH.
WV.
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28059
COUNTIES THAT WOULD REMAIN IN CBSA THAT CHANGED NUMBER—Continued
Prior CBSA No.
New CBSA No.
44600 ................
13644 ................
13644 ................
48260
43524
43524
County
State
Hancock County ..............................................................................................................................
Frederick County .............................................................................................................................
Montgomery County ........................................................................................................................
We are not discussing further in this
section these proposed changes because
they are inconsequential changes with
respect to the IPPS wage index.
However, in other cases, if we adopt the
new OMB delineations, counties would
shift between existing and new CBSAs,
changing the constituent makeup of the
CBSAs.
In one type of change, an entire CBSA
would be subsumed by another CBSA.
For example, CBSA 37380 (Palm Coast,
FL) currently is a single county (Flagler,
FL) CBSA. Flagler County would
become a part of CBSA 19660 (Deltona-
Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL)
under the new OMB delineations.
In another type of change, some
CBSAs have counties that would split
off to become part of or to form entirely
new labor market areas. For example,
CBSA 37964 (Philadelphia Metropolitan
Division) currently is comprised of five
Pennsylvania counties (Bucks, Chester,
Delaware, Montgomery, and
Philadelphia). If we adopt the new OMB
delineations, Montgomery, Bucks, and
Chester counties would split off and
form the new CBSA 33874 (Montgomery
County-Bucks County-Chester County,
PA Metropolitan Division), while
WV.
MD.
MD.
Delaware and Philadelphia counties
would remain in CBSA 37964.
Finally, in some cases, a CBSA would
lose counties to another existing CBSA
if we adopt the new OMB delineations.
For example, Lincoln County and
Putnam County, WV would move from
CBSA 16620 (Charleston, WV) to CBSA
26580 (Huntington-Ashland, WV–KY–
OH). CBSA 16620 still would exist in
the new labor market delineations with
fewer constituent counties.
The following chart lists the urban
counties that would move from one
urban CBSA to another urban CBSA if
we adopted the new OMB delineations.
COUNTIES THAT WOULD CHANGE TO ANOTHER CBSA
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Prior CBSA
11300
11340
14060
37764
16620
16620
16974
16974
21940
21940
21940
26100
31140
34100
35644
35644
20764
20764
20764
35644
20764
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
37380
37700
37964
37964
37964
39100
39100
41884
41980
41980
41980
41980
48900
49500
49500
New CBSA
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
26900
24860
14010
15764
26580
26580
20994
20994
41980
41980
41980
24340
21060
28940
35614
35614
35614
35614
35614
35614
35084
35614
35614
35614
20524
35614
35614
35614
35614
19660
25060
33874
33874
33874
20524
35614
42034
11640
11640
11640
11640
34820
38660
38660
County
State
Madison County ...............................................................................................................................
Anderson County .............................................................................................................................
McLean County ...............................................................................................................................
Essex County ..................................................................................................................................
Lincoln County .................................................................................................................................
Putnam County ................................................................................................................................
DeKalb County ................................................................................................................................
Kane County ....................................................................................................................................
Ceiba Municipio ...............................................................................................................................
Fajardo Municipio ............................................................................................................................
Luquillo Municipio ............................................................................................................................
Ottawa County .................................................................................................................................
Meade County .................................................................................................................................
Grainger County ..............................................................................................................................
Bergen County .................................................................................................................................
Hudson County ................................................................................................................................
Middlesex County ............................................................................................................................
Monmouth County ...........................................................................................................................
Ocean County ..................................................................................................................................
Passaic County ................................................................................................................................
Somerset County .............................................................................................................................
Bronx County ...................................................................................................................................
Kings County ...................................................................................................................................
New York County ............................................................................................................................
Putnam County ................................................................................................................................
Queens County ................................................................................................................................
Richmond County ............................................................................................................................
Rockland County .............................................................................................................................
Westchester County ........................................................................................................................
Flagler County .................................................................................................................................
Jackson County ...............................................................................................................................
Bucks County ..................................................................................................................................
Chester County ................................................................................................................................
Montgomery County ........................................................................................................................
Dutchess County .............................................................................................................................
Orange County ................................................................................................................................
Marin County ...................................................................................................................................
Arecibo Municipio ............................................................................................................................
Camuy Municipio .............................................................................................................................
Hatillo Municipio ..............................................................................................................................
Quebradillas Municipio ....................................................................................................................
Brunswick County ............................................................................................................................
´
Guanica Municipio ...........................................................................................................................
Guayanilla Municipio .......................................................................................................................
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
IN.
SC.
IL.
MA.
WV.
WV.
IL.
IL.
PR.
PR.
PR.
MI.
KY.
TN.
NJ.
NJ.
NJ.
NJ.
NJ.
NJ.
NJ.
NY.
NY.
NY.
NY.
NY.
NY.
NY.
NY.
FL.
MS.
PA.
PA.
PA.
NY.
NY.
CA.
PR.
PR.
PR.
PR.
NC.
PR.
PR.
28060
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
COUNTIES THAT WOULD CHANGE TO ANOTHER CBSA—Continued
Prior CBSA
New CBSA
49500 ................
49500 ................
38660
38660
County
˜
Penuelas Municipio .........................................................................................................................
Yauco Municipio ..............................................................................................................................
If hospitals located in these counties
move from one CBSA to another under
the new OMB delineations, there may
be impacts, both negative and positive,
upon their specific wage index values.
We refer readers to section III.B.2.e. of
the preamble of this proposed rule for
a discussion of our proposals to
moderate the impact of our proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations.
e. Proposed Transition Period
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(1) Background
Overall, we believe implementing the
new OMB labor market area
delineations would result in wage index
values being more representative of the
actual costs of labor in a given area.
However, we recognize that some
hospitals would experience decreases in
wage index values as a result of our
proposed implementation of the new
labor market area delineations. We also
realize that some hospitals would have
higher wage index values due to our
proposed implementation of the new
labor market area delineations.
In the past, we have provided for
transition periods when adopting
changes that have significant payment
implications, particularly large negative
impacts. As discussed in the FY 2005
IPPS final rule (69 FR 49032 through
49034), we evaluated several options to
ease the transition to the new CBSA
system, which we implemented starting
in FY 2005 and which is the system
currently in use.
As discussed in that rule, we
determined that the transition to the
current wage index system would have
the largest negative impacts upon
hospitals that were originally
considered urban, but would be
considered rural under the new
definitions. To alleviate the decreased
payments associated with having a rural
wage index, in calculating the area wage
index, in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule,
we allowed urban hospitals that became
rural under new definitions to maintain
their assignment to the labor market
area where they were located for FY
2004. This adjustment was granted for a
period of 3 fiscal years.
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, for all
hospitals that experienced negative
payment impacts due to new definitions
(for example, they were moved to an
urban CBSA with a lower wage index
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
State
Jkt 232001
value than their previous rural or urban
labor market area), we implemented a 1year blended adjustment. We calculated
wage indexes for all hospitals using
both old and new labor market
definitions. Hospitals received 50
percent of their wage index based on the
new OMB delineations, and 50 percent
of their wage index based on their
current labor market area. This
adjustment only applied to hospitals
that would have experienced a drop in
wage index values due to a change in
labor market definitions. Hospitals that
benefitted from the labor market area
transition received their new wage
index at the time the new labor market
definitions became effective.
We continue to have the same
concerns expressed in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rulemaking. Therefore, we are
proposing a similar transition
methodology to mitigate any negative
financial impacts experienced by
hospitals due to our proposal to
implement the new OMB labor market
area delineations for FY 2015.
(2) Proposed Transition for Hospitals in
Urban Areas That Would Become Rural
For hospitals that are currently
located in an urban county that would
become rural under the new OMB
delineations, and would have no form of
wage index reclassification or
redesignation in place for FY 2015 (that
is, MGCRB reclassifications under
section 1886(d)(10) of the Act,
redesignations under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, or rural
reclassifications under section
1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act), we are
proposing a policy to assign them the
urban wage index value of the CBSA in
which they are physically located for FY
2014 for a period of 3 fiscal years (with
the rural and imputed floors applied
and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied to the
area wage index). As stated in the FY
2005 IPPS proposed rule (69 FR 28252),
we have in the past provided transitions
when adopting changes that have
significant payment implications,
particularly large negative impacts. We
believe it is appropriate to apply a 3year transition period for hospitals
located in urban counties that would
become rural under the new OMB
delineations, given the potentially
significant payment impacts for these
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PR.
PR.
hospitals. This is consistent with the
transition policy adopted in FY 2005 (69
FR 49032 through 49034). We continue
to believe, as we stated in the FY 2005
IPPS final rule (69 FR 49033), that the
longer transition period is appropriate
because, as a group, we expect these
hospitals would experience a steeper
and more abrupt reduction in their wage
index due to the labor market revisions
compared to other hospitals. Assigning
these hospitals the urban wage index
value of the CBSA in which they are
physically located for FY 2014 for a
period of 3 fiscal years (with the rural
and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied to the area wage index) would
be the most similar to the actual
payment wage index that these hospitals
received in FY 2014, thereby
minimizing the negative impact of
adopting the new OMB delineations for
these hospitals. Accordingly, for FYs
2015, 2016, and 2017, assuming no
other form of wage index
reclassification or redesignation is
granted, we are proposing to assign
these hospitals the area wage index
value of the urban CBSA to which they
geographically were located in FY 2014
(with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied to the
area wage index). For example, if urban
CBSA 12345 consisted of three counties
in FY 2014, and, under the new OMB
delineations, one of those counties,
County X, would no longer be part of
CBSA 12345 and would become rural
for FY 2015, we are proposing that
hospitals in County X would be
assigned the FY 2015 wage index of
CBSA 12345, computed using the
remaining two counties, with the rural
and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied to the area wage index. We
believe that assigning the wage index of
the hospitals’ current area is the
simplest and most effective method for
mitigating negative payment impacts
due to the proposed adoption of the new
OMB delineations. We have identified
relatively few hospitals that are located
in urban counties that would become
rural, and fewer yet that do not have a
reclassification or redesignation in effect
for FY 2015. Because we believe that
these urban to rural transitions would
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
be the most likely to cause significant
negative payment impacts, we believe
that these hospitals should be granted a
longer transition period than hospitals
that may be switching between urban
labor market areas, which as discussed
later, we are proposing may receive 1year blended wage index.
We note that there are situations
where a hospital cannot be assigned the
wage index value of the CBSA to which
it geographically belonged in FY 2014
because that CBSA would be split and
no longer exist and some or all of the
constituent counties would be added to
another urban labor market area under
the new OMB delineations. If the
hospital cannot be assigned the wage
index value of the CBSA to which it is
geographically located in FY 2014
because that CBSA would be split apart
and no longer exist, and some or all of
its constituent counties would be added
to another urban labor market area
under the new OMB delineations, we
are proposing that hospitals located in
such counties that would become rural
under the new OMB delineations would
be assigned the wage index of the FY
2015 urban labor market area that
contains the urban county in their FY
2014 CBSA to which they are closest
(with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied) for a
period of 3 fiscal years. We believe this
approach of assigning the wage index of
the FY 2015 urban labor market area
that contains the urban county in their
FY 2014 CBSA to which they are closest
(with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied) would
most closely approximate the hospitals’
FY 2014 actual payment wage index,
thereby minimizing the negative effects
of the proposed change in the OMB
delineations. For example, George
County, MS and Jackson County, MS,
together, in FY 2014, comprise the
urban CBSA 37700 (Pascagoula, MS).
Under the new OMB delineations,
George County would be considered
rural and Jackson County, MS would
become part of the urban labor market
area of Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS
(CBSA 25060). In this instance, we are
proposing that hospitals in George
County, MS would be assigned the FY
2015 wage index for CBSA 25060
(Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS), with
the rural and imputed floors applied
and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied.
Furthermore, we are proposing that
any hospital that is currently located in
an urban county that would become
rural for FY 2015 under the new OMB
delineations, but also has a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reclassification or redesignation in effect
for FY 2015 (from a pre-existing
reclassification or redesignation granted
prior to FY 2015), would not be eligible
for the 3-year transition wage index.
This is because if the hospital is
reclassified or redesignated in some
manner, it would instead receive a wage
index that reflects its own choice to
obtain its reclassified or redesignated
status. Accordingly, if a hospital is
currently located in an urban county
that would become rural for FY 2015
under the new OMB delineations and
such hospital sought and was granted
reclassification or redesignation for FY
2015 or such hospital seeks and is
granted any reclassification or
redesignation for FY 2016 or FY 2017,
we are proposing that the hospital
would permanently lose its 3-year
transitional assigned wage index status,
and would not be eligible to reinstate it.
For example, if a hospital that is
currently urban but would become rural
under the new OMB delineations
received a 3-year transition wage index
in FY 2015 based on the wage index of
the urban CBSA to which it was
geographically located in FY 2014 and
then by its own choice, reclassifies to
obtain a different area wage index in FY
2016, the hospital would not be eligible
to reinstate the transition wage index,
even if it opts to cancel its
reclassification for FY 2017. We are
proposing the transition adjustment to
assist hospitals if they experience a
negative payment impact specifically
due to the proposed adoption of the new
OMB delineations in FY 2015. If a
hospital chooses in a future fiscal year
to forego this transition adjustment by
obtaining some form of reclassification
or redesignation, we do not believe
reinstatement of this transition
adjustment would be appropriate. The
purpose of the adjustment is to assist
hospitals that may be negatively
impacted by the new OMB delineations
in transitioning to a wage index based
on these delineations. By obtaining a
reclassification or redesignation, we
believe that the hospital has made the
determination that the transition
adjustment is not necessary because it
has other viable options for mitigating
the impact of the transition to the new
OMB delineations.
With respect to the wage index
computation, we are proposing to follow
our existing policy regarding the
inclusion of a hospital’s wage index
data in the CBSA in which it is
geographically located (we refer readers
to Step 6 of the method for computing
the unadjusted wage index in the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28061
51592)). Accordingly, beginning with
FY 2015, we are proposing that the wage
data of all hospitals receiving this type
of 3-year transition adjustment would be
included in the statewide rural area in
which they are geographically located
under the new OMB labor market area
delineations of FY 2015. After the 3-year
transition period, beginning in FY 2018,
we are proposing that these formerly
urban hospitals discussed above would
receive their statewide rural wage index,
absent any reclassification or
redesignation.
In addition, we are proposing that the
hospitals receiving this 3-year transition
because they are in counties that were
urban under the current CBSA
definitions, but would be rural under
the new OMB delineations, would not
be considered urban hospitals. Rather,
they would maintain their status as
rural hospitals for other payment
considerations. This is because our
proposal to apply a 3-year transitional
wage index for these newly rural
hospitals only applies for the purpose of
calculating the wage index under our
proposal to adopt the new CBSA
delineations. We are not proposing
transitions for other IPPS payment
policies that may be impacted by the
proposed adoption of the new CBSA
delineations. However, we will continue
to apply the existing regulations at
§ 412.102 with respect to determining
DSH payments in the first year after a
hospital loses urban status (we refer
readers to section II.B.2.e.(7) of the
preamble of this proposed rule).
(3) Proposed Transition for Hospitals
Deemed Urban Under Section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act Where the
Urban Area Would Become Rural Under
the New OMB Delineations
As discussed in section II.H.3. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, there are
some hospitals that currently are
geographically located in rural areas but
are deemed to be urban under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. For FY 2015,
some of these hospitals currently
redesignated under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act would no longer
be eligible for deemed urban status
under the new OMB delineations, as
discussed in detail in section III.H.3. of
the preamble of this proposed rule.
Similar to the policy implemented in
the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR
49059), and consistent with the policy
we are proposing for other hospitals in
counties that were urban and would
become rural under the new OMB
delineations, we are proposing to apply
the 3-year transition to these hospitals
currently redesignated to urban areas
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28062
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
that would no longer be deemed urban
under the new OMB delineations and
would revert to being rural. That is, for
FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017, assuming no
other form of wage index
reclassification or redesignation is
granted, we are proposing to assign
these hospitals the FY 2015 area wage
index value of hospitals reclassified to
the urban CBSA (that is, the attaching
wage index) to which they were
redesignated in FY 2014 (with the rural
and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied). If the hospital cannot be
assigned the reclassified wage index
value of the CBSA to which it was
redesignated in FY 2014 because that
CBSA would split apart and no longer
exist, and some or all of its constituent
counties would be added to another
urban labor market area under the new
OMB delineations, we are proposing
that such hospitals would be assigned
the wage index of the hospitals
reclassified to the FY 2015 urban labor
market area that contains the urban
county in their FY 2014 redesignated
CBSA to which they are closest for a
period of 3 fiscal years. We are
proposing to assign these hospitals the
area wage index of hospitals reclassified
to a CBSA because hospitals deemed
urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the
Act are treated as reclassified under
current policy, under which such
hospitals receive an area wage index
that includes wage data of all hospitals
reclassified to the area.
(4) Proposed Transition for Hospitals
That Would Experience a Decrease in
Wage Index Under the New OMB
Delineations
While we believe that instituting the
latest OMB labor market area
delineations would create a more
accurate wage index system, we also
recognize that implementing the new
OMB delineations may cause some
short-term instability in hospital
payments. Therefore, in addition to the
3-year transition adjustment for
hospitals being transitioned from urban
to rural status as discussed above, we
are proposing a 1-year blended wage
index for all hospitals that would
experience any decrease in their actual
payment wage index (that is, a
hospital’s actual wage index used for
payment, which accounts for all
applicable effects of reclassification and
redesignation) exclusively due to the
proposed implementation of the new
OMB delineations. Similar to the policy
adopted in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
(69 FR 49033), we are proposing that a
post-reclassified wage index with the
rural and imputed floor applied would
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
be computed based on the hospital’s FY
2014 CBSA (that is, using all of its FY
2014 constituent county/ies), and
another post-reclassified wage index
with the rural and imputed floor
applied would be computed based on
the hospital’s new FY 2015 CBSA (that
is, the FY 2015 constituent county/ies).
We are proposing to compare these two
wage indexes. If the proposed FY 2015
wage index with FY 2015 CBSAs would
be lower than the proposed FY 2015
wage index with FY 2014 CBSAs, we
are proposing that a blended wage index
would be computed, consisting of 50
percent of each of the two wage indexes
added together. We are proposing that
this blended wage index would be the
hospital’s wage index for FY 2015. We
believe a 1-year, 50/50 blend would
mitigate the short-term instability and
negative payment impacts due to the
proposed implementation of the new
OMB delineations, providing hospitals
with a transition period during which
they may adjust to their new geographic
CBSA or may assess any reclassification
options that would be available to them
starting in FY 2016. We are proposing
a longer 3-year transition adjustment for
hospitals losing urban status because
there are significantly fewer affected
urban-to-rural hospitals, and we believe
the negative impacts to a hospital
shifting from urban to rural status
would typically be greater than other
types of transitions. We believe that a
transition period longer than 1 year to
address other impacts of the proposed
adoption of new OMB delineations
would reduce the accuracy of the
overall labor market area wage index
system because far more hospitals
would be affected.
In addition, for FY 2015, for hospitals
that would receive the proposed 3-year
transition, it is possible that receiving
the FY 2015 wage index (with the rural
and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied) of the CBSA where the hospital
is geographically located for FY 2014
might still be less than the FY 2015
wage index that the hospital would have
received in the absence of the adoption
of the new OMB delineations
(particularly in States where the rural
floor is historically very high).
Therefore, such a hospital may
additionally benefit from application of
the 50/50 blended wage indexes.
Accordingly, we are proposing to
include the assignment of the 3-year
transitional wage index in our
calculation of the FY 2015 portion of the
50/50 blended wage index for that
hospital. After FY 2015, such a hospital
may revert to the second year of the 3-
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
year transition. For example, if Hospital
X (formerly part of CBSA 12345, now
rural) is assigned CBSA 12345’s FY
2015 wage index value of 1.0000 as part
of the 3-year transition, but that FY 2015
wage index value would have been
1.1000 under the previous OMB
delineations, that hospital would
receive a 50/50 blended wage index of
1.0500 for FY 2015. In FY 2016 and FY
2017, Hospital X would still be eligible
to receive the remaining 2 years of the
3-year transition wage index of CBSA
12345 (that is, in FY 2016, Hospital X
would receive the FY 2016 wage index
of CBSA 12345 (with the rural and
imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied)), and in FY 2017, Hospital X
would receive the FY 2017 wage index
of CBSA 12345 (with the rural and
imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
applied).
(5) Impact of Proposed Adoption of New
OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
To illustrate how the proposed
adoption of the new OMB labor market
area delineations would impact
hospitals’ proposed FY 2015 wage
indexes, we compared the proposed FY
2015 occupational mix adjusted postreclassified wage indexes with rural
floor budget neutrality applied under
the FY 2014 CBSAs and under the
proposed FY 2015 CBSAs using the new
OMB delineations. (This analysis does
not include the effects of the outmigration adjustment, the frontier floor,
the proposed 3-year hold harmless
transition wage indexes, or the proposed
1-year transition blended wage indexes).
As a result of applying the proposed
new OMB delineations to the wage data,
the proposed wage index values for
2,362 urban hospitals (83.8 percent) and
396 (64.0 percent) rural hospitals would
increase. The wage index values of
2,337 (82.9 percent) urban hospitals
would increase by less than 5 percent,
and the wage index values of 13 (0.5
percent) urban hospitals would increase
by at least 5 percent but less than 10
percent. The wage index values of 12
(0.4 percent) urban hospitals would
increase by greater than or equal to 10
percent. The wage index values of 369
(59.6 percent) rural hospitals would
increase by less than 5 percent, 18 rural
hospitals (2.9 percent) would increase
by at least 5 percent but less than 10
percent, and 9 rural hospitals (1.5
percent) would increase by greater than
or equal to 10 percent. However, the
wage index values for 451 urban
hospitals (16.0 percent) and 223 (36.0
percent) rural hospitals would decrease.
The wage index values of 396 (14.0
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
percent) urban hospitals would decrease
by less than 5 percent, 40 urban
hospitals (1.4 percent) would decrease
by at least 5 percent but less than 10
percent, and 15 urban hospitals (0.5
percent) would decrease by greater than
or equal to 10 percent. The wage index
values of 198 (32.0 percent) rural
hospitals would decrease by less than 5
percent, 24 rural hospitals (3.9 percent)
would decrease by 5 percent and less
than 10 percent, and 1 rural hospital
(0.2 percent) would decrease by greater
than or equal to 10 percent. The wage
index values of 6 (0.2 percent) urban
hospitals and zero rural hospitals would
remain unchanged by the adoption of
the new OMB CBSA delineations. The
largest positive impacts would be for 8
hospitals in 5 States (Texas, Minnesota,
Louisiana, Alabama, and Michigan) that
would be moving from a rural to an
urban area (ranging from a 16.57 percent
to a 22.91 percent increase in wage
index), and for 10 hospitals that would
be moving from one urban CBSA (FY
2014 CBSA 20764, Edison-New
Brunswick, NJ) to new urban CBSA
35614 (New York-Jersey City-White
Plains, NY-NJ), representing a 15.12
percent increase in wage index. The
largest negative impacts would be for 5
hospitals in 4 States (New York,
Alabama, Idaho, and North Carolina)
that would be moving from an urban to
a rural area (ranging from a 13.08
percent to a 27.25 percent decrease in
wage index), and for 8 hospitals that
would be moving from one urban CBSA
(FY 2014 CBSA 35644, New York-White
Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ) to new urban
CBSA 20524 (Dutchess County-Putnam
County, NY), representing a 11.42
percent decrease in wage index. These
results illustrate that hospitals that
would move from rural CBSAs to urban
CBSAs generally would benefit
significantly, while hospitals that would
move from urban to rural CBSAs
generally would have larger negative
impacts. For all hospitals combined, the
wage index values of 2,758 (80.2
percent) overall would be increasing,
and 674 (19.6 percent) overall would be
28063
decreasing, indicating that most
hospitals would be positively affected
by the adoption of the new OMB
delineations. Furthermore, the
magnitude of the changes would be
relatively small overall, with only 132
hospitals (3.8 percent) experiencing
either an increase or decrease of at least
5 percent.
The following table shows the impact
of the proposed adoption of the new
OMB delineations on hospitals’
proposed FY 2015 wage indexes,
comparing the proposed FY 2015
occupational mix adjusted postreclassified wage indexes with rural
floor budget neutrality applied under
the FY 2014 CBSAs and the proposed
FY 2015 CBSAs using the new OMB
delineations. (This analysis does not
include the effects of the out-migration
adjustment, the frontier floor, the
proposed 3-year hold harmless
transition wage indexes, or the proposed
1-year transition blended wage indexes).
Number of postreclassified rural
hospitals based
on FY 2014
CBSA
Number of postreclassified
urban hospitals
based on FY
2014 CBSA
Total number of
hospitals
Decrease greater than or equal to 10.0 ..........................................................................
Decrease greater than or equal to 5.0 but less than 10.0 ..............................................
Decrease greater than or equal to 2.0 but less than 5.0 ................................................
Decrease greater than 0.0 but less than 2.0 ..................................................................
No change .......................................................................................................................
Increase greater than 0.0 but less than 2.0 ....................................................................
Increase greater than or equal to 2.0 but less than 5.0 .................................................
Increase greater than or equal to 5.0 but less than 10.0 ...............................................
Increase greater than or equal to 10.0 ............................................................................
1
24
36
162
0
365
4
18
9
15
40
94
302
6
2,304
33
13
12
16
64
130
464
6
2,669
37
31
21
Total ..........................................................................................................................
619
2,819
3,438
Percent change in FY 2015 wage index
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(6) Proposed Budget Neutrality
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
apply both the 3-year transition and
50/50 blended wage index adjustments
in a budget neutral manner. We are
proposing to make an adjustment to the
standardized amount to ensure that the
total payments, including the effect of
the transition provisions, would equal
what payments would have been if we
would not be providing for any
transitional wage indexes under the new
OMB delineations. For a complete
discussion on this proposed budget
neutrality adjustment for FY 2015, we
refer the reader to section II.A.4.b. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule.
We note that, consistent with past
practice (69 FR 49034), we are not
adopting the new OMB delineations
themselves in a budget neutral manner.
We do not believe that the revision to
the labor market areas in and of itself
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
constitutes an ‘‘adjustment or update’’
to the adjustment for area wage
differences, as provided under section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act.
(7) Proposals With Respect To
Determining Disproportionate Share
Hospital (DSH) Payments
As noted in the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49033), the provisions of
§ 412.102 of the regulations would
continue to apply with respect to
determining DSH payments.
Specifically, in the first year after a
hospital loses urban status, the hospital
would receive an additional payment
that equals two-thirds of the difference
between the urban DSH payments
applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and
the rural DSH payments applicable to
the hospital subsequent to its
redesignation from urban to rural. In the
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
second year after a hospital loses urban
status, the hospital would receive an
additional payment that equals onethird of the difference between the
urban DSH payments applicable to the
hospital before its redesignation from
urban to rural and the rural DSH
payments applicable to the hospital
subsequent to its redesignation from
urban to rural.
We also are proposing to make
changes to the regulations to delete
§ 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D). In this regulation
section, we currently define a ‘‘hospital
reclassified as rural’’ as a hospital
located in a county that, in FY 2004,
was urban but was redesignated as rural
after September 30, 2004, as a result of
the most recent census data and
implementation of the new MSA
definitions announced by OMB on June
6, 2003. Because this term is not used
in § 412.64, but is used in § 412.102, we
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28064
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
are proposing to delete
§ 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D) and revise the
language at § 412.102 to address the
circumstances set forth in
§ 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D). The regulation at
§ 412.102, which addresses special
treatment of hospitals located in areas
that are changing from urban to rural as
a result of a geographic redesignation, is
the only location that currently
references a ‘‘hospital reclassified as
rural’’, as defined at § 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D).
To avoid confusion with urban hospitals
that choose to reclassify as rural under
§ 412.103, we are proposing to revise the
regulation text at § 412.102 so that it no
longer refers to the defined term
‘‘hospital reclassified as rural,’’ and
instead specifically states the
circumstances in which § 412.102
applies. In addition, we are proposing to
modify the regulation text so that it
would apply to all transitions from
urban to rural status that occur as a
result of any future adoption of new or
revised OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS.
Specifically, we are proposing to revise
the regulations at § 412.102 to state that
‘‘An urban hospital that was part of an
MSA, but was redesignated as rural as
a result of the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS, may receive an
adjustment to its rural Federal payment
amount for operating costs for 2
successive fiscal years as provided in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
. . .’’
with comment period (72 FR 47315
through 47318)); and
• Wage-related costs, including
pension costs (based on policies
adopted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51586 through 51590))
and other deferred compensation costs.
2. Excluded Categories of Costs
Consistent with the wage index
methodology for FY 2014, the proposed
wage index for FY 2015 also excludes
the direct and overhead salaries and
hours for services not subject to IPPS
payment, such as skilled nursing facility
(SNF) services, home health services,
costs related to GME (teaching
physicians and residents) and certified
registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs),
and other subprovider components that
are not paid under the IPPS. The
proposed FY 2015 wage index also
excludes the salaries, hours, and wagerelated costs of hospital-based rural
health clinics (RHCs), and Federally
qualified health centers (FQHCs)
because Medicare pays for these costs
outside of the IPPS (68 FR 45395). In
addition, salaries, hours, and wagerelated costs of CAHs are excluded from
the wage index, for the reasons
explained in the FY 2004 IPPS final rule
(68 FR 45397 through 45398).
1. Included Categories of Costs
3. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers
Other Than Acute Care Hospitals Under
the IPPS
Data collected for the IPPS wage
index are also currently used to
calculate wage indexes applicable to
other providers, such as SNFs, home
health agencies (HHAs), and hospices.
In addition, they are used for
prospective payments to IRFs, IPFs, and
LTCHs, and for hospital outpatient
services. We note that, in the IPPS rules,
we do not address comments pertaining
to the wage indexes for non-IPPS
providers, other than for LTCHs. Such
comments should be made in response
to separate proposed rules for those
providers.
The proposed FY 2015 wage index
includes the following categories of data
associated with costs paid under the
IPPS (as well as outpatient costs):
• Salaries and hours from short-term,
acute care hospitals (including paid
lunch hours and hours associated with
military leave and jury duty);
• Home office costs and hours;
• Certain contract labor costs and
hours (which includes direct patient
care, certain top management,
pharmacy, laboratory, and nonteaching
physician Part A services, and certain
contract indirect patient care services
(as discussed in the FY 2008 final rule
D. Verification of Worksheet S–3 Wage
Data
The wage data for the proposed FY
2015 wage index were obtained from
Worksheet S–3, Parts II and III of the
Medicare cost report for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2010, and before October 1, 2011. For
wage index purposes, we refer to cost
reports during this period as the ‘‘FY
2011 cost report,’’ the ‘‘FY 2011 wage
data,’’ or the ‘‘FY 2011 data.’’
Instructions for completing the wage
index sections of Worksheet S–3 are
included in the Provider
Reimbursement Manual (PRM), Part 2
C. Worksheet S–3 Wage Data for the
Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
The proposed FY 2015 wage index
values are based on the data collected
from the Medicare cost reports
submitted by hospitals for cost reporting
periods beginning in FY 2011 (the FY
2014 wage indexes were based on data
from cost reporting periods beginning
during FY 2010).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(Pub. No. 15–2), Chapter 40, Sections
4005.2 through 4005.4 for Form CMS–
2552–10. The data file used to construct
the proposed FY 2015 wage index
includes FY 2011 data submitted to us
as of February 27, 2014. As in past
years, we performed an extensive
review of the wage data, mostly through
the use of edits designed to identify
aberrant data.
We asked our MACs to revise or verify
data elements that result in specific edit
failures. For the proposed FY 2015 wage
index, we identified and excluded 50
providers with data that were too
aberrant to include in the proposed
wage index, although if data elements
for some of these providers are
corrected, we intend to include some of
these providers in the final FY 2015
wage index. We instructed MACs to
complete their data verification of
questionable data elements and to
transmit any changes to the wage data
no later than April 9, 2014. We intend
that all unresolved data elements will be
resolved by the date the FY 2015 final
rule is issued. The revised data will be
reflected in the FY 2015 IPPS final rule.
In constructing the proposed FY 2015
wage index, we included the wage data
for facilities that were IPPS hospitals in
FY 2011, inclusive of those facilities
that have since terminated their
participation in the program as
hospitals, as long as those data did not
fail any of our edits for reasonableness.
We believe that including the wage data
for these hospitals is, in general,
appropriate to reflect the economic
conditions in the various labor market
areas during the relevant past period
and to ensure that the current wage
index represents the labor market area’s
current wages as compared to the
national average of wages. However, we
excluded the wage data for CAHs as
discussed in the FY 2004 IPPS final rule
(68 FR 45397 through 45398). For this
proposed rule, we removed 6 hospitals
that converted to CAH status on or after
February 14, 2013, the cut-off date for
CAH exclusion from the FY 2014 wage
index, and through and including
February 13, 2014, the cut-off date for
CAH exclusion from the FY 2015 wage
index. After removing hospitals with
aberrant data and hospitals that
converted to CAH status, the proposed
FY 2015 wage index is calculated based
on 3,400 hospitals.
For the proposed FY 2015 wage
index, we allotted the wages and hours
data for a multicampus hospital among
the different labor market areas where
its campuses are located in the same
manner that we allotted such hospitals’
data in the FY 2014 wage index (78 FR
50587). Table 2 containing the proposed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
FY 2015 wage index associated with
this proposed rule (available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site) includes
separate wage data for the campuses of
6 multicampus hospitals.
Questions have been raised recently
regarding the reporting of contract
housekeeping and dietary services on
Worksheet S–3, Part II, lines 33 and 35
of the Medicare cost report. CMS
finalized its proposal to begin collecting
contract labor costs and hours for
housekeeping, and dietary (along with
management services and the overhead
services of administrative and general)
in the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR
50022 through 50023). At that time, we
stated, ‘‘We continue to consider
whether to expand our contract labor
definition to include more types of
contract services in the wage index. In
particular, we have examined whether
to include the costs for acquired dietary
and housekeeping services, as many
hospitals now provide these services
through contracts. Costs for these
services tend to be below the average
wages for all hospital employees.
Therefore, excluding the costs and
hours for these services if they are
provided under contract, while
including them if the services are
provided directly by the hospital,
creates an incentive for hospitals to
contract for these services in order to
increase their average hourly wage for
wage index purposes’’ (67 FR 50022). In
the FY 2003 IPPS proposed rule, we
explained that we selected the three
overhead services of administrative and
general, housekeeping, and dietary
because they are provided at all
hospitals, either directly or through
contracts, and together they comprise
about 60 percent of a hospital’s
overhead hours (67 FR 31433). In the FY
2003 IPPS final rule, we stated that we
‘‘will monitor the hospital industry for
information regarding the hospitals’
ability to provide the data. Further, we
will work with hospitals and
intermediaries [MACs] to develop
acceptable methods for tracking the
costs and hours. Finally, before
including these additional costs in the
wage index, we will provide a detailed
analysis of the impact of including these
additional costs in the wage index
values in the Federal Register and
provide for public comment. Our final
decision on whether to include contract
indirect patient care labor costs in our
calculation of the wage index will
depend on the outcome of our analyses
and public comments’’ (67 FR 50023).
Subsequent to the issuance of the FY
2003 IPPS final rule, we revised
Worksheet S–3, Part II of the Medicare
cost report (CMS Form 2552–96) to add
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
four lines for the reporting of contract
labor salaries, wages, and hours. The
lines added for contract housekeeping
and dietary services were lines 26.01
and 27.01, respectively. (Line 9.03 for
contract management and line 22.01 for
contract administrative and general
(A&G) services were also added at that
time). These lines were effective with
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2003 (that is, FY 2004).
Because the cost report data used for the
wage index are on a 4-year lag, data
from these new contract labor lines
would first be available for the FY 2008
wage index.
In the FY 2008 rulemaking process,
we provided an analysis of the effect on
the inclusion in the wage index of the
wages and hours related to the new
contract labor lines. At that time, 56
hospitals (1.6 percent) failed edits for
contract housekeeping line 26.01; and
99 hospitals (2.8 percent) failed edits for
contract dietary line 27.01 (72 FR 24680
and 24782). We also noted that ‘‘many
of these edit failures are for wage data
that are not to be included in the wage
index and will be excluded through the
wage index calculation. . . . In
addition, some of the aberrant data will
be resolved by the final rule through the
correction process’’ (72 FR 24680 and
24782). The small percentage of
hospitals that failed edits for these
contract labor lines indicates that the
vast majority of hospitals completing
these contract labor lines were able to
obtain and report reasonable salaries,
wages, and hours associated with
contract housekeeping and dietary
services. In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule,
we stated that we believe that ‘‘the
impact of this policy is generally very
minor, and we do not believe the
additional complexity of a transition
wage index is warranted for an impact
this small. Further, we continue to
believe it is prudent policy to include in
the wage index the costs for these
contract indirect patient care services’’
(72 FR 47316). Therefore, we adopted
the policy to include the new contract
labor lines in the wage index, beginning
with the FY 2008 wage index.
The questions that have recently come
to our attention involve hospitals that
consistently do not provide
documentable salaries, wages, and
hours for their contracted housekeeping
and/or dietary services. (On the
Medicare cost report (CMS Form 2552–
10), contract housekeeping is on
Worksheet S–3, Part II, line 33 and
contract dietary is on line 35). When
this situation occurs, CMS has
instructed the Medicare contractors to
use reasonable estimates, such as
regional average hourly rates, as a
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28065
substitute for actual wages and hours,
and to report the estimates on the
hospital’s Worksheet S–3, Part II, line 33
or line 35, respectively. Our policy has
been to use reasonable estimates for
these housekeeping and dietary lines,
rather than report zeroes for wages and
hours, because, as discussed above and
as stated in the FY 2003 IPPS final rule,
‘‘[c]osts for these services tend to be
below the average wages for all hospital
employees. Therefore, excluding the
costs and hours for these services if they
are provided under contract, while
including them if the services are
provided directly by the hospital,
creates an incentive for hospitals to
contract for these services in order to
increase their average hourly wage for
wage index purposes’’ (57 FR 50022).
We understand that the reason many
hospitals provide for failing to report
such contract wages and hours is that
their contracts do not clearly specify
this information, often because they use
a single vendor to provide several
different contract labor services. We
believe that allowing hospitals to
routinely use contracts that do not
clearly break out the salaries, wages,
and hours associated with these services
as a reason for not being able to report
proper salaries, wages, and hours for
these cost report lines undermines the
purpose of instituting these lines in the
first place. Furthermore, because every
hospital must provide housekeeping
and dietary services, and because the
wage index is a relative measure of the
value of the labor provided to a hospital
in a particular labor market area, to
report zeroes for salaries, wages, and
hours for housekeeping and dietary
services is not only unrealistic (in that
every hospital provides for these
services), but also misrepresents the
labor costs in that area and undermines
our policy. Consequently, CMS has
instructed the Medicare contractors not
to zero out these line items when a
hospital cannot document the
housekeeping or dietary salaries, wages,
and hours, but instead to use a
reasonable estimation of these wages
and hours.
In this proposed rule, we are
reiterating our requirement that all
hospitals must document salaries,
wages, and hours for the purpose of
reporting this information on Worksheet
S–3, Part II, lines 32, 33, 34, and/or 35
(for either directly employed
housekeeping and dietary employees on
lines 32 and 34, and contract labor on
lines 33 and 35). It is not acceptable for
a hospital to request that the Medicare
contractor zero out these line items if
the hospital’s contract does not
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28066
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
specifically break out the actual wages
and hours. As indicated above, and
stated in the FY 2008 IPPS proposed
rule (72 FR 24680 and 24782), a small
percentage of hospitals failed edits
associated with the contract
housekeeping and dietary lines,
showing that the vast majority of
hospitals reporting data on these lines
were able to obtain and report
reasonable salaries, wages, and hours
associated with contract housekeeping
and dietary services. We encourage
hospitals to ensure that their contracts
clearly specify the salaries, wages, and
hours related to all of their contract
labor. Because these line items have
been included in the cost report since
FY 2004, we believe that hospitals have
had adequate notice and time to
structure their contracts so that the
wages and hours of contract employees
can be determined and included in the
cost reports. We expect hospitals to
provide accurate data on their cost
reports.
We understand that there may be rare
situations where a hospital would not
have documentable salaries, wages, and
hours for contract housekeeping and
dietary services. In these situations, we
believe that it is appropriate and
necessary to use reasonable estimates
for these numbers in order to
determinate the best, most realistic,
wage index that we can. As discussed
previously, housekeeping and dietary
services are unique in that the costs for
housekeeping and dietary services tend
to be below the average wages for all
hospital employees. Thus, an incentive
is created for hospitals to avoid
reporting these contract labor salaries,
wages, and hours on the cost report in
order to increase their average hourly
wage for wage index purposes. To deter
hospitals from not reporting this
information and to ensure that the wage
index more accurately reflects the labor
costs in an area, we believe that it is
both necessary and appropriate for the
Medicare contractors to estimate such
salaries, wages, and hours in the rare
instance where a hospital cannot
provide such information. Therefore, in
the absence of documentable wages and
hours for contract housekeeping and
dietary services, Medicare contractors
would continue to use reasonable
estimates for these services. Examples of
reasonable estimates are regional
average hourly rates, including an
average of the wages and hours for
dietary and housekeeping services of
other hospitals in the same CBSA as the
hospital in question. Hospitals also may
conduct time studies to determine hours
worked. If, for whatever reason, regional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
averages or time studies cannot be used,
Medicare contractors may use data from
the Bureau of Labor Statistics to obtain
average wages and hours for
housekeeping and dietary services.
Commenters may also suggest
alternatives for imputing reasonable
estimates for possible consideration by
CMS. In all cases, Medicare contractors
must determine that the data used are
reasonable.
E. Method for Computing the Proposed
FY 2015 Unadjusted Wage Index
The method used to compute the
proposed FY 2015 wage index without
an occupational mix adjustment follows
the same methodology that we used to
compute the FY 2012, FY 2013, and FY
2014 final wage indexes without an
occupational mix adjustment (76 FR
51591 through 51593, 77 FR 53366
through 53367, and 78 FR 50587
through 50588, respectively).
As discussed in the FY 2012 final
rule, in ‘‘Step 5,’’ for each hospital, we
adjust the total salaries plus wagerelated costs to a common period to
determine total adjusted salaries plus
wage-related costs. To make the wage
adjustment, we estimate the percentage
change in the employment cost index
(ECI) for compensation for each 30-day
increment from October 14, 2010,
through April 15, 2012, for private
industry hospital workers from the BLS’
Compensation and Working Conditions.
We have consistently used the ECI as
the data source for our wages and
salaries and other price proxies in the
IPPS market basket, and we are not
proposing any changes to the usage for
FY 2015. The factors used to adjust the
hospital’s data were based on the
midpoint of the cost reporting period, as
indicated in the following table.
MIDPOINT OF COST REPORTING
PERIOD
After
Before
Adjustment
factor
10/14/2010
11/14/2010
12/14/2010
01/14/2011
02/14/2011
03/14/2011
04/14/2011
05/14/2011
06/14/2011
07/14/2011
08/14/2011
09/14/2011
10/14/2011
11/14/2011
12/14/2011
01/14/2012
02/14/2012
11/15/2010
12/15/2010
01/15/2011
02/15/2011
03/15/2011
04/15/2011
05/15/2011
06/15/2011
07/15/2011
08/15/2011
09/15/2011
10/15/2011
11/15/2011
12/15/2011
01/15/2012
02/15/2012
03/15/2012
1.02230
1.02078
1.01929
1.01782
1.01637
1.01494
1.01355
1.01219
1.01084
1.00948
1.00811
1.00674
1.00538
1.00403
1.00269
1.00134
1.00000
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
MIDPOINT OF COST REPORTING
PERIOD—Continued
After
Before
Adjustment
factor
03/14/2012
04/15/2012
0.99866
For example, the midpoint of a cost
reporting period beginning January 1,
2011, and ending December 31, 2011, is
June 30, 2011. An adjustment factor of
1.01084 would be applied to the wages
of a hospital with such a cost reporting
period.
Using the data as described above and
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50587 through 50588), the
proposed FY 2015 national average
hourly wage (unadjusted for
occupational mix) is $39.1525. The
proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico overall
average hourly wage (unadjusted for
occupational mix) is $17.0010.
F. Proposed Occupational Mix
Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2015
Wage Index
As stated earlier, section 1886(d)(3)(E)
of the Act provides for the collection of
data every 3 years on the occupational
mix of employees for each short-term,
acute care hospital participating in the
Medicare program, in order to construct
an occupational mix adjustment to the
wage index, for application beginning
October 1, 2004 (the FY 2005 wage
index). The purpose of the occupational
mix adjustment is to control for the
effect of hospitals’ employment choices
on the wage index. For example,
hospitals may choose to employ
different combinations of registered
nurses, licensed practical nurses,
nursing aides, and medical assistants for
the purpose of providing nursing care to
their patients. The varying labor costs
associated with these choices reflect
hospital management decisions rather
than geographic differences in the costs
of labor.
1. Development of Data for the Proposed
FY 2015 Occupational Mix Adjustment
Based on the 2010 Occupational Mix
Survey
As provided for under section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we collect data
every 3 years on the occupational mix
of employees for each short-term, acute
care hospital participating in the
Medicare program.
As discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50588), the
occupational mix adjustment to the FY
2014 wage index was based on data
collected on the 2010 Medicare Wage
Index Occupational Mix Survey (Form
CMS–10079 (2010)). For the FY 2015
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
wage index, we are proposing to again
use occupational mix data collected on
the 2010 survey to compute the
occupational mix adjustment for FY
2015. We are including data for 3,165
hospitals that also have wage data
included in the proposed FY 2015 wage
index.
2. New 2013 Occupational Mix Survey
for the FY 2016 Wage Index
As stated earlier, section 304(c) of
Public Law 106–554 amended section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to require CMS
to collect data every 3 years on the
occupational mix of employees for each
short-term, acute care hospital
participating in the Medicare program.
We used occupational mix data
collected on the 2010 survey to compute
the occupational mix adjustment for FY
2013, FY 2014, and the proposed FY
2015 wage index associated with this
proposed rule. Therefore, a new
measurement of occupational mix will
be required for FY 2016.
On December 7, 2012, we published
in the Federal Register a notice
soliciting comments on the proposed
2013 Medicare Wage Index
Occupational Mix Survey (77 FR 73032
through 73033). The new 2013 survey,
which will be applied to the FY 2016
wage index, includes the same data
elements and definitions as the 2010
survey and provides for the collection of
hospital-specific wages and hours data
for nursing employees for calendar year
2013 (that is, payroll periods ending
between January 1, 2013 and December
31, 2013). The comment period for the
notice ended on February 5, 2013. After
considering the public comments that
we received on the December 2012
notice, we made a few minor editorial
changes and published the 2013 survey
in the Federal Register on February 28,
2013 (78 FR 13679). This survey was
approved by OMB on May 14, 2013, and
is available on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/WAGEINDEX-OCCUPATIONAL-MIXSURVEY2013.pdf.
The 2013 Occupational Mix Survey
Hospital Reporting Form CMS–10079
for the Wage Index Beginning FY 2016
(in excel format) is available on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/WageIndex-Files-Items/FY2016-Wage-IndexOccupationalMix.html. Hospitals are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
required to submit their completed 2013
surveys to their MACs by July 1, 2014.
The preliminary, unaudited 2013 survey
data will be released afterward, along
with the FY 2012 Worksheet S–3 wage
data, for the FY 2016 wage index review
and correction process.
3. Calculation of the Proposed
Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY
2015
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
calculate the occupational mix
adjustment factor using the same
methodology that we used for the FY
2012, FY 2013, and FY 2014 wage
indexes (76 FR 51582 through 51586, 77
FR 53367 through 53368, and 78 FR
50588 through 50589, respectively). As
a result of applying this methodology,
the proposed FY 2015 occupational mix
adjusted national average hourly wage
(based on the proposed new OMB
delineations) is $39.1177. The proposed
FY 2015 occupational mix adjusted
Puerto Rico-specific average hourly
wage (based on the proposed new OMB
delineations) is $17.0526.
Because the occupational mix
adjustment is required by statute, all
hospitals that are subject to payments
under the IPPS, or any hospital that
would be subject to the IPPS if not
granted a waiver, must complete the
occupational mix survey, unless the
hospital has no associated cost report
wage data that are included in the
proposed FY 2015 wage index. For the
FY 2015 proposed wage index, because
we are using the Worksheet S–3, Parts
II and III wage data of 3,400 hospitals,
and we are using the occupational mix
surveys of 3,165 hospitals for which we
also have Worksheet S–3 wage data, that
represents a ‘‘response’’ rate of 93.1
percent (3,165/3,400). In the proposed
FY 2015 wage index established in this
proposed rule, we applied proxy data
for noncompliant hospitals, new
hospitals, or hospitals that submitted
erroneous or aberrant data in the same
manner that we applied proxy data for
such hospitals in the FY 2012 wage
index occupational mix adjustment (76
FR 51586).
In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule and final rule (75 FR
23943 and 75 FR 50167, respectively),
we stated that, in order to gain a better
understanding of why some hospitals
are not submitting the occupational mix
data, we will require hospitals that do
not submit occupational mix data to
provide an explanation for not
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28067
complying. This requirement was
effective beginning with the 2010
occupational mix survey. We instructed
fiscal intermediaries/MACs to continue
gathering this information as part of the
FY 2014 and FY 2015 wage index desk
review process. We stated that we
would review these data for future
analysis and consideration of potential
penalties for noncompliant hospitals.
G. Analysis and Implementation of the
Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment
and the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational
Mix Adjusted Wage Index
1. Analysis of the Proposed
Occupational Mix Adjustment and the
Proposed Occupational Mix Adjusted
Wage Index
As discussed in section III.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, for FY
2015, we are proposing to apply the
proposed occupational mix adjustment
to 100 percent of the proposed FY 2015
wage index. We calculated the proposed
occupational mix adjustment using data
from the 2010 occupational mix survey
data, using the methodology described
in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51582 through 51586).
Using the occupational mix survey
data and applying the occupational mix
adjustment to 100 percent of the
proposed FY 2015 wage index results in
a proposed national average hourly
wage (based on the new OMB
delineations) of $39.1177 and a
proposed Puerto-Rico specific average
hourly wage of $17.0526. After
excluding data of hospitals that either
submitted aberrant data that failed
critical edits, or that do not have FY
2011 Worksheet S–3, Parts II and III,
cost report data for use in calculating
the proposed FY 2015 wage index, we
calculated the proposed FY 2015 wage
index using the occupational mix
survey data from 3,165 hospitals. For
the FY 2015 proposed wage index,
because we are using the Worksheet S–
3, Parts II and III wage data of 3,400
hospitals, and we are using the
occupational mix survey data of 3,165
hospitals for which we also have
Worksheet S–3 wage data, those data
represent a ‘‘response’’ rate of 93.1
percent (3,165/3,400). The proposed FY
2015 national average hourly wages for
each occupational mix nursing
subcategory as calculated in Step 2 of
the occupational mix calculation are as
follows:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28068
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Proposed average
hourly wage
Occupational mix nursing subcategory
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
National
National
National
National
National
RN .........................................................................................................................................................................
LPN and Surgical Technician ................................................................................................................................
Nurse Aide, Orderly, and Attendant ......................................................................................................................
Medical Assistant ..................................................................................................................................................
Nurse Category .....................................................................................................................................................
The proposed national average hourly
wage for the entire nurse category as
computed in Step 5 of the occupational
mix calculation is $31.744397958.
Hospitals with a nurse category average
hourly wage (as calculated in Step 4) of
greater than the national nurse category
average hourly wage receive an
occupational mix adjustment factor (as
calculated in Step 6) of less than 1.0.
Hospitals with a nurse category average
hourly wage (as calculated in Step 4) of
less than the national nurse category
average hourly wage receive an
occupational mix adjustment factor (as
calculated in Step 6) of greater than 1.0.
Based on the 2010 occupational mix
survey data, we determined (in Step 7
of the occupational mix calculation) that
the national percentage of hospital
employees in the nurse category is 43.43
percent, and the national percentage of
hospital employees in the all other
occupations category is 56.57 percent.
At the CBSA level, using the new OMB
delineations proposed for FY 2015, the
percentage of hospital employees in the
nurse category ranged from a low of
21.88 percent in one CBSA to a high of
73.27 percent in another CBSA.
We compared the proposed FY 2015
occupational mix adjusted wage indexes
for each CBSA to the proposed
unadjusted wage indexes for each
CBSA. We used the proposed FY 2015
new OMB delineations for this analysis.
As a result of applying the proposed
occupational mix adjustment to the
wage data, the proposed wage index
values for 215 (52.8 percent) urban areas
and 29 (61.7 percent) rural areas would
increase. One hundred and sixteen (28.5
percent) urban areas would increase by
1 percent but less than 5 percent, and
4 (1.0 percent) urban areas would
increase by 5 percent or more. Fourteen
(29.8 percent) rural areas would
increase by 1 percent but less than 5
percent, and no rural areas would
increase by 5 percent or more. However,
the wage index values for 190 (46.7
percent) urban areas and 18 (38.3
percent) rural areas would decrease.
Eighty (19.7 percent) urban areas would
decrease by 1 percent but less than 5
percent, and 1 (0.2 percent) urban area
would decrease by 5 percent or more.
Seven (14.9 percent) rural areas would
decrease by 1 percent and less than 5
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
percent, and no rural areas would
decrease by 5 percent or more. The
largest positive impacts would be 6.56
percent for an urban area and 3.35
percent for a rural area. The largest
negative impacts would be 5.32 percent
for an urban area and 1.71 percent for
a rural area. Two urban areas’ wage
indexes, but no rural area wage indexes,
would remain unchanged by application
of the occupational mix adjustment.
These results indicate that a larger
percentage of rural areas (61.7 percent)
would benefit from the occupational
mix adjustment than would urban areas
(52.8 percent). However, approximately
one-third (38.3 percent) of rural CBSAs
would still experience a decrease in
their wage indexes as a result of the
occupational mix adjustment.
2. Proposed Application of the Rural,
Imputed, and Frontier Floors
a. Proposed Rural Floor
Section 4410(a) of Public Law 105–33
provides that, for discharges on or after
October 1, 1997, the area wage index
applicable to any hospital that is located
in an urban area of a State may not be
less than the area wage index applicable
to hospitals located in rural areas in that
State. This provision is referred to as the
‘‘rural floor.’’ Section 3141 of Public
Law 111–148 also requires that a
national budget neutrality adjustment be
applied in implementing the rural floor.
In the proposed FY 2015 wage index
associated with this proposed rule and
available on the CMS Web site, based on
the proposed implementation of the
new OMB delineations discussed in
section III.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we estimated that 441
hospitals would receive an increase in
their FY 2015 proposed wage index due
to the application of the rural floor.
b. Proposed Imputed Floor for FY 2015
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR
49109 through 49111), we adopted the
‘‘imputed floor’’ policy as a temporary
3-year regulatory measure to address
concerns from hospitals in all-urban
States that have argued that they are
disadvantaged by the absence of rural
hospitals to set a wage index floor for
those States. Since its initial
implementation, we have extended the
imputed floor policy four times, the last
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
37.388291241
21.767178303
15.31155016
17.246724132
31.744397958
of which was adopted in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and is set to
expire on September 30, 2014. (We refer
readers to further discussion of the
imputed floor in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50589
through 50590) and to our regulations at
42 CFR 412.64(h)(4).) There were
previously two all-urban States, New
Jersey and Rhode Island, that have a
range of wage indexes assigned to
hospitals in the State, including through
reclassification or redesignation (we
refer readers to discussions of
geographic reclassifications and
redesignations in section III.H. of the
preamble of this proposed rule).
However, as we explain below, the
method as of FY 2012 for computing the
imputed floor (the original
methodology) benefitted only New
Jersey, and not Rhode Island.
In computing the imputed floor for an
all-urban State under the original
methodology, we calculated the ratio of
the lowest-to-highest CBSA wage index
for each all-urban State as well as the
average of the ratios of lowest-to-highest
CBSA wage indexes of those all-urban
States. We then compared the State’s
own ratio to the average ratio for allurban States and whichever is higher is
multiplied by the highest CBSA wage
index value in the State—the product of
which established the imputed floor for
the State. Under the current OMB labor
market area delineations that we used
for the FY 2014 wage index, Rhode
Island has only one CBSA (ProvidenceNew Bedford-Fall River, RI–MA) and
New Jersey has 10 CBSAs. Therefore,
under the original methodology, Rhode
Island’s own ratio equaled 1.0, and its
imputed floor was equal to its original
CBSA wage index value. However,
because the average ratio of New Jersey
and Rhode Island was higher than New
Jersey’s own ratio, this methodology
provided a benefit for New Jersey, but
not for Rhode Island.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53368 through 53369), we
retained the imputed floor calculated
under the original methodology as
discussed above, and established an
alternative methodology for computing
the imputed floor wage index to address
the concern that the original imputed
floor methodology guaranteed a benefit
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
for one all-urban State with multiple
wage indexes (New Jersey) but could not
benefit the other all-urban State (Rhode
Island). The alternative methodology for
calculating the imputed floor was
established using data from the
application of the rural floor policy for
FY 2013. Under the alternative
methodology, we first determined the
average percentage difference between
the post-reclassified, pre-floor area wage
index and the post-reclassified, rural
floor wage index (without rural floor
budget neutrality applied) for all CBSAs
receiving the rural floor. (Table 4D
associated with the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (which is available on the
CMS Web site) included the CBSAs
receiving a State’s rural floor wage
index.) The lowest post-reclassified
wage index assigned to a hospital in an
all-urban State having a range of such
values then is increased by this factor,
the result of which establishes the
State’s alternative imputed floor. We
amended § 412.64(h)(4) of the
regulations to add new paragraphs to
incorporate the finalized alternative
methodology, and to make reference and
date changes.
In summary, for the FY 2013 wage
index, we did not make any changes to
the original imputed floor methodology
at § 412.64(h)(4) and, therefore, made no
changes to the New Jersey imputed floor
computation for FY 2013. Instead, for
FY 2013, we adopted a second,
alternative methodology for use in cases
where an all-urban State has a range of
wage indexes assigned to its hospitals,
but the State cannot benefit from the
methodology in existing § 412.64(h)(4).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50589 through 50590), we
extended the imputed floor policy (both
the original methodology and the
alternative methodology) for 1
additional year, through September 30,
2014, while we continued to explore
potential wage index reforms.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
continue the extension of the imputed
floor policy (both the original
methodology and alternative
methodology) for another year, through
September 30, 2015, as we continue to
explore potential wage index reforms.
As discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to adopt the new OMB labor
market area delineations beginning in
FY 2015. Under OMB’s new labor
market area delineations based on
Census 2010 data, Delaware would
become an all-urban State, along with
New Jersey and Rhode Island. Under the
new OMB delineations, Delaware would
have three CBSAs, New Jersey would
have seven CBSAs, and Rhode Island
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
would continue to have only one CBSA
(Providence-Warwick, RI–MA). We refer
readers to a detailed discussion of our
proposal to adopt the new OMB labor
market area delineations in section III.B.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
We are proposing to revise the
regulations at § 412.64(h)(4) and
(h)(4)(vi) to reflect the proposed 1-year
extension of the imputed floor. We are
inviting public comments on our
proposal regarding the 1-year extension
of the imputed floor.
The wage index and impact tables
associated with this FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule that are
available on the CMS Web site reflect
the proposed continued application of
the imputed floor policy at
§ 412.64(h)(4) and a national budget
neutrality adjustment for the imputed
floor for FY 2015. There are 12
providers in New Jersey, and 1 provider
in Delaware that would receive an
increase in their FY 2015 wage index
due to the proposed continued
application of the imputed floor policy
under the original methodology. The
wage index and impact tables for this
FY 2015 proposed rule also reflect the
proposed application of the second
alternative methodology for computing
the imputed floor, which would benefit
four hospitals in Rhode Island.
c. Proposed State Frontier Floor
Section 10324 of Public Law 111–148
requires that hospitals in frontier States
cannot be assigned a wage index of less
than 1.0000 (we refer readers to
regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(m) and to
a discussion of the implementation of
this provision in the FY 2011 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50160
through 50161)). Based on the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations discussed in section III.B.
of the preamble of this proposed rule, 46
hospitals would receive the frontier
floor value of 1.0000 for their proposed
FY 2015 wage index in this proposed
rule. These hospitals are located in
Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota,
and Wyoming. Although Nevada is also
defined as a frontier State, its proposed
FY 2015 rural floor value of 1.1373 is
greater than 1.0000, and therefore, no
Nevada hospitals would receive a
frontier floor value for their proposed
FY 2015 wage index.
The areas affected by the proposed
rural, imputed, and frontier floor
policies for the proposed FY 2015 wage
index are identified in Table 4D
associated with this proposed rule,
which is available on the CMS Web site.
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28069
3. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Tables
The proposed wage index values for
FY 2015 (except those for hospitals
receiving wage index adjustments under
section 1886(d)(13) of the Act), included
in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4F, available
on the CMS Web site, include the
proposed occupational mix adjustment,
geographic reclassification or
redesignation as discussed in section
III.H. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, and the application of the rural,
imputed, and frontier State floors as
discussed in section III.G.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. We note
that because we are proposing to adopt
the new OMB labor market area
delineations for FY 2015, these tables
have additional tabulations to account
for wage index calculations computed
under the previous and the new OMB
delineations.
Tables 3A and 3B, available on the
CMS Web site, list the proposed 3-year
average hourly wage for each labor
market area before the redesignation or
reclassification of hospitals based on
FYs 2009, 2010, and 2011 cost reporting
periods. Table 3A lists these data for
urban areas, and Table 3B lists these
data for rural areas. In addition, Table
2, which is available on the CMS Web
site, includes the proposed adjusted
average hourly wage for each hospital
from the FY 2009 and FY 2010 cost
reporting periods, as well as the FY
2011 period used to calculate the
proposed FY 2015 wage index. The
proposed 3-year averages are calculated
by dividing the sum of the dollars
(adjusted to a common reporting period
using the method described in Step 5 in
section III.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule) across all 3 years, by the
sum of the hours. If a hospital is missing
data for any of the previous years, its
proposed average hourly wage for the 3year period is calculated based on the
data available during that period. The
proposed average hourly wages in
Tables 2, 3A, and 3B, which are
available on the CMS Web site, include
the proposed occupational mix
adjustment. The proposed wage index
values in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D also
include the proposed national rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment
(which includes the proposed imputed
floor). The proposed wage index values
in Table 2 also include the proposed
out-migration adjustment for eligible
hospitals. As stated above, because we
are proposing to adopt the new OMB
labor market area delineations for FY
2015, these tables have additional
tabulations to account for wage index
calculations computed under the
current labor market definitions and the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28070
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
new OMB labor market area
delineations. In addition, for certain
applicable hospitals, the proposed wage
index values included in Table 2 are
computed to reflect the proposed
transitional wage index or the 50/50
blended wage index discussed in detail
in section III.B.2.e. of the preamble of
this proposed rule.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
H. Revisions to the Wage Index Based
on Hospital Redesignations and
Reclassifications
2. FY 2015 MGCRB Reclassifications
1. General Policies and Effects of
Reclassification and Redesignation
Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act,
the MGCRB considers applications by
hospitals for geographic reclassification
for purposes of payment under the IPPS.
Hospitals must apply to the MGCRB to
reclassify not later than 13 months prior
to the start of the fiscal year for which
reclassification is sought (generally by
September 1). Generally, hospitals must
be proximate to the labor market area to
which they are seeking reclassification
and must demonstrate characteristics
similar to hospitals located in that area.
The MGCRB issues its decisions by the
end of February for reclassifications that
become effective for the following fiscal
year (beginning October 1). The
regulations applicable to
reclassifications by the MGCRB are
located in 42 CFR 412.230 through
412.280. (We refer readers to a
discussion in the FY 2002 IPPS final
rule (66 FR 39874 and 39875) regarding
how the MGCRB defines mileage for
purposes of the proximity
requirements.) The general policies for
reclassifications and redesignations that
we are proposing for FY 2015, and the
policies for the effects of hospitals’
reclassifications and redesignations on
the wage index, are the same as those
discussed in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule for the FY 2012 final
wage index (76 FR 51595 and 51596).
Also, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, we discussed the effects on
the wage index of urban hospitals
reclassifying to rural areas under 42 CFR
412.103. Hospitals that are
geographically located in States without
any rural areas are ineligible to apply for
rural reclassification in accordance with
the provisions of 42 CFR 412.103. While
our general policies on geographic
reclassification, redesignations under
section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, and
urban hospitals reclassifying to rural
under 42 CFR 412.103 will remain
unchanged for FY 2015, we note that,
due to our proposed adoption of the
new OMB labor market area
delineations for FY 2015, there are
numerous unique classification
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
considerations for FY 2015 that are
discussed in more detail in section III.H.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
For a discussion of the new CBSA
changes based on the new OMB labor
market area delineations and our
proposed implementation of those
changes, we refer readers to sections
III.B. and VI.C. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
a. FY 2015 Reclassification
Requirements and Approvals
Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act,
the MGCRB considers applications by
hospitals for geographic reclassification
for purposes of payment under the IPPS.
The specific procedures and rules that
apply to the geographic reclassification
process are outlined in regulations
under 42 CFR 412.230 through 412.280.
In February 2014, the MGCRB
completed its review of FY 2015
reclassification requests. Based on such
reviews, there were 379 hospitals
approved for wage index
reclassifications by the MGCRB starting
in FY 2015. Because MGCRB wage
index reclassifications are effective for 3
years, for FY 2015, hospitals reclassified
beginning during FY 2013 or FY 2014
are eligible to continue to be reclassified
to a particular labor market area based
on such prior reclassifications for the
remainder of their 3-year period. There
were 172 hospitals approved for wage
index reclassifications in FY 2013, and
287 hospitals approved for wage index
reclassifications in FY 2014. Of all the
hospitals approved for reclassification
for FY 2013, FY 2014, and FY 2015, as
of February 2014, 838 hospitals are in a
reclassification status for FY 2015.
Under the regulations at 42 CFR
412.273, hospitals that have been
reclassified by the MGCRB are
permitted to withdraw their
applications within 45 days of the
publication of a proposed rule. For
information about withdrawing,
terminating, or canceling a previous
withdrawal or termination of a 3-year
reclassification for wage index
purposes, we refer readers to 42 CFR
412.273, as well as the FY 2002 IPPS
final rule (66 FR 39887 through 39888)
and the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR
50065 through 50066). Additional
discussion on withdrawals and
terminations, and clarifications
regarding reinstating reclassifications
and ‘‘fallback’’ reclassifications, were
included in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
(72 FR 47333).
Changes to the wage index that result
from withdrawals of requests for
reclassification, terminations, wage
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
index corrections, appeals, and the
Administrator’s review process for FY
2015 will be incorporated into the wage
index values published in the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. These
changes affect not only the wage index
value for specific geographic areas, but
also the wage index value redesignated/
reclassified hospitals receive; that is,
whether they receive the wage index
that includes the data for both the
hospitals already in the area and the
redesignated/reclassified hospitals.
Further, the wage index value for the
area from which the hospitals are
redesignated/reclassified may be
affected.
b. Effects of Implementation of New
OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
on Reclassified Hospitals
Because hospitals that have been
reclassified beginning in FY 2013, 2014,
or 2015 were reclassified based on the
current labor market delineations, if we
adopt the new OMB labor market area
delineations beginning in FY 2015, the
areas to which they have been
reclassified, or the areas where they are
located, may change. Under the new
OMB delineations, many existing
CBSAs would be reconfigured.
Hospitals with current reclassifications
are encouraged to verify area wage
indexes on Tables 4A–2 and 4B–2
associated with this proposed rule
(which are available via the Internet on
the CMS Web site), and confirm that the
areas to which they have been
reclassified for FY 2015 would continue
to provide a higher wage index than
their geographic area wage index.
Hospitals may withdraw their FY 2015
reclassifications by contacting the
MGCRB within 45 days from the
publication of this proposed rule.
In some cases, adopting the new OMB
delineations would result in counties
splitting apart from CBSAs to form new
CBSAs, or counties shifting from one
CBSA designation to another CBSA.
Reclassifications granted under section
1886(d)(10) of the Act are effective for
3 fiscal years so that a hospital or
county group of hospitals would be
assigned a wage index based upon the
wage data of hospitals in a nearby labor
market area for a 3-year period. If
CBSAs are split apart, or if counties
shift from one CBSA to another under
the new OMB delineations, it raises the
question of how to continue a hospital’s
reclassification for the remainder of its
3-year reclassification period, if that
area to which the hospital reclassified
no longer exists, in whole or in part. We
dealt with this question in FY 2005 as
well when CMS adopted the current
OMB labor market area definitions.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Consistent with the policy CMS
implemented in the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49054 through 49056), if a
CBSA would be reconfigured due to the
new OMB delineations and it would not
be possible for the reclassification to
continue seamlessly to the reconfigured
CBSA, we believe it is appropriate for us
to determine the best alternative
location to reassign current
reclassifications for the remaining 3
years. Therefore, to maintain the
integrity of a hospital’s 3-year
reclassification period, we are proposing
a policy to assure that current
geographic reclassifications
(applications approved in FY 2013, FY
2014, or FY 2015) that would be affected
by CBSAs that are split apart or counties
that shift to another CBSA under the
new OMB delineations, would
ultimately be assigned to a CBSA under
the new OMB delineations that contains
at least one county from the reclassified
CBSA under the current FY 2014 OMB
definitions, and would be generally
consistent with rules that govern
geographic reclassification. That is,
consistent with policy finalized in FY
2005 (69 FR 49054 and 49055), we are
proposing a general policy that affected
reclassified hospitals would be assigned
to a CBSA that (1) would contain the
most proximate county that is located
outside of the hospital’s proposed FY
2015 geographic labor market area, and
(2) is part of the original FY 2014 CBSA
to which the hospital is reclassified. We
believe that by assigning
reclassifications to the CBSA that
contains the nearest eligible county (as
described above) satisfies the statutory
requirement at section 1886(d)(10)(v) of
the Act by maintaining reclassification
status for a period of 3 fiscal years,
while generally respecting the
longstanding principle of geographic
proximity in the labor market
reclassification process. The hospitals
that we are proposing to reassign to a
different CBSA based on our proposed
policy above are listed in a special Table
9A–2 for this proposed rule, which is
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site. In addition, we are proposing
to allow a hospital, or county group of
hospitals, to request reassignment to
another CBSA that would contain a
county that is part of the current FY
2014 CBSA to which they are
reclassified, if the hospital or county
group of hospitals can demonstrate
compliance with applicable
reclassification proximity rules, as
described later in this section.
We recognize that this proposed
reclassification reassignment described
for hospitals that are reclassified to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
CBSAs that would split apart or to
counties that would shift to another
CBSA under the new OMB delineations
may result in the reassignment of the
hospital for the remainder of its 3-year
reclassification period to a CBSA having
a lower wage index than the wage index
that would have been assigned for the
reclassified hospital in the absence of
the proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations. Therefore, as discussed in
section III.B.2.e.(4) of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we are proposing
that all hospitals that would experience
a decrease in their FY 2015 wage index
value due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations would receive a 50/50
blended wage index adjustment in FY
2015. For FY 2015, using FY 2015 wage
data, we are proposing to calculate a
wage index value based on the current
FY 2014 OMB definitions, and a wage
index value based upon the proposed
new OMB delineations (including
reclassification assignments discussed
in this section). If the wage index under
the proposed new OMB delineations
would be lower than the wage index
calculated with the current (FY 2014)
OMB definitions, the hospital would be
assigned a blended wage index (50
percent of the current; 50 percent of the
proposed). We believe that this
proposed transitional adjustment would
mitigate negative payment impacts for
FY 2015, and would afford hospitals
additional time to fully assess any
additional reclassification options
available to them under the new OMB
delineations.
We are including the following
descriptions of specific situations where
we have determined that reassignment
of reclassification areas would be
appropriate.
(1) Reclassifications to CBSAs That
Would Be Subsumed by Other CBSAs
We identified 66 counties that are
currently located in CBSAs that would
be subsumed by another CBSA under
the new OMB labor market area
delineations. As a result, hospitals
reclassifying to those CBSAs would now
find that their reclassifications are to a
CBSA that no longer exists. For these
hospitals, we are proposing to reassign
reclassifications to the newly configured
CBSA to which all of the original
constituent counties in the FY 2014
CBSA are transferred. For example,
CBSA 11300 (Anderson, IN) would no
longer exist under the proposed FY
2015 delineations. The only constituent
county in CBSA 11300, Madison
County, IN, would be moving to CBSA
26900 (Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson,
IN). Because the original Anderson, IN
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28071
labor market area no longer exists, we
are proposing to reassign
reclassifications from the original
Anderson, IN labor market area to a
newly configured CBSA where the
original constituent county or counties
are transferred, which is IndianapolisCarmel-Anderson, IN. For hospitals
reclassified to a CBSA that would be
subsumed by another CBSA, the
following table reflects the hospitals’
current reclassified CBSA, and the
CBSA to which CMS is proposing to
assign them for FY 2015.
PROPOSED HOSPITAL RECLASSIFICATION REASSIGNMENTS FOR HOSPITALS RECLASSIFIED TO A CBSA
THAT WOULD BE SUBSUMED BY ANOTHER CBSA
CMS
certification
No. (CCN)
Current
reclassified
CBSA
Proposed
CBSA
050022
050054
050102
050243
050292
050329
050390
050423
050534
050573
050684
050686
050701
050765
050770
140067
150089
220001
220002
220008
220011
220019
220020
220049
220058
220062
220063
220070
220073
220074
220082
220084
220090
220095
220098
220101
220105
220163
220171
220175
220176
230002
230020
230024
230053
230089
230104
230142
230146
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
42044
14060
11300
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
11244
14010
26900
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28072
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED HOSPITAL RECLASSIFICATION REASSIGNMENTS FOR HOSPITALS RECLASSIFIED TO A CBSA
THAT WOULD BE SUBSUMED BY ANOTHER CBSA—Continued
Current
reclassified
CBSA
Proposed
CBSA
230165
230176
230244
230270
230273
230297
300017
300023
300029
390151
410001
410004
410005
410007
410010
410011
410012
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
CMS
certification
No. (CCN)
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
47644
37764
37764
37764
13644
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
14484
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
47664
15764
15764
15764
43524
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
14454
(2) Reclassification to CBSAs Where the
CBSA Number or Name Has Changed or
to CBSAs Containing Counties That
Would Be Moving to Another CBSA
We identified six CBSAs with current
reclassifications that would maintain
the same constituent counties, but the
CBSA number or name would change if
we adopted the new OMB delineations.
For example, CBSA 29140 (Lafayette,
IN) currently contains three counties
(Benton, Carroll, and Tippecanoe
Counties). The CBSA name and number
for these counties would change to
CBSA 29200 (Lafayette-West Lafayette,
IN) under the new OMB delineations.
Because the constituent counties in
these CBSAs would not change under
the new delineations, we would
consider these CBSAs to be unchanged,
and we are not proposing any
reassignment for hospitals reclassified
to those labor market areas. Table 9A–
2 for this proposed rule (which is
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site) reflects the proposed revised
CBSA number effective in FY 2015.
We identified eight CBSAs with
current reclassifications that have one or
more counties that would split off and
move to a new CBSA or to a different
existing CBSA under the new OMB
delineations. These CBSAs are shown in
the following table.
Current
FY 2014
CBSA
16620
16974
20764
31140
...
...
...
...
Current FY 2014 CBSA name
Charleston, WV.
Chicago-Joliet-Naperville, IL.
Edison-New Brunswick, NJ.
Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Current
FY 2014
CBSA
35644 ...
37964 ...
39100 ...
48900 ...
Current FY 2014 CBSA name
New York-White Plains-Wayne,
NY-NJ.
Philadelphia, PA.
Poughkeepsie-Newburgh-Middletown, NY.
Wilmington, NC.
We have determined that 69 hospitals
have current reclassifications to one of
these CBSAs. Similar to the
methodology finalized in the FY 2005
IPPS final rule (69 FR 49054 through
49055), we are proposing to follow the
general policy discussed in section
III.H.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. Specifically, we are
proposing that affected reclassified
hospitals would be assigned to a CBSA
(under the new OMB delineations) that
would contain the most proximate
county that is (1) located outside of the
hospital’s proposed FY 2015 geographic
labor market area; and (2) is included in
the current CBSA to which they are
reclassified. For each of the 69
hospitals, we conducted a mapping
analysis and determined driving
distances from their geographic location
to the borders of each county (that is in
the reclassified CBSA under the FY
2014 delineations) and is also included
in a CBSA under the new OMB
delineations, excluding any counties
that would be located in the hospital’s
proposed FY 2015 geographic labor
market area. Following the general
reassignment principle that we are
proposing, we are proposing to reassign
those reclassified hospitals to the CBSA
which contains the geographically
closest county. For example, there are
hospitals that currently are reclassified
to CBSA 39100 (PoughkeepsieNewburgh-Middletown, NY) under the
FY 2014 delineations, which is
comprised of Dutchess County and
Orange County, NY. Under the new
OMB delineations, Dutchess County
would become part of new CBSA 20524
(Dutchess County-Putnam County, NY),
while Orange County would join CBSA
35614 (New York-Jersey City-White
Plains, NY-NJ Metropolitan Division).
Therefore, we mapped the distances
from one reclassified hospital to the
border of Dutchess County and Orange
County, NY (the two counties that were
part of CBSA 39100 under the FY 2014
delineations). Our analysis showed that
the hospital is 2.2 miles from Dutchess
County, and 25.9 miles from Orange
County. Therefore, we are proposing to
reassign this hospital’s reclassification
from the FY 2014 CBSA 39100 to the
new CBSA 20524.
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We also identified affected county
group reclassifications. For these
reclassifications, we would follow our
proposed policy discussed above,
except that, for county group
reclassifications, we are proposing to
reassign hospitals in a county group
reclassification to the CBSA under the
new OMB delineations to which the
majority of hospitals in the group
reclassification are geographically
closest. Because hospitals in a county
group applied as a group, we believe the
reassignment should also be applied to
the whole group. For example, the
hospitals of Fairfield County, CT are
reclassified as a group to CBSA 35644
under the FY 2014 delineations. Under
the new OMB delineations, CBSA 35644
would no longer exist and would be
split into the following two new CBSAs:
20524 (Dutchess County-Putnam
County, NY) and 35614 (New YorkJersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ). Of the
six hospitals in the group
reclassification, all but one would be
closer to an eligible county
(Westchester, NY) in CBSA 35614 than
to an eligible county (Putnam, NY) in
CBSA 20524. Because these hospitals in
Fairfield, CT applied as a group, we
believe the reassignment should also be
applied to the whole group. Therefore,
we are proposing to assign the hospitals
in this group reclassification to CBSA
35614, the reconfigured CBSA to which
the majority of the hospitals in the
group reclassification are geographically
closest.
To summarize, of the 69 hospitals
reclassified to one of the 8 CBSAs in the
preceding table that have counties that
would split off and move to a new
CBSA or a different existing CBSA
under the new OMB delineations, there
are 27 hospitals that would maintain the
same reclassified CBSA number under
our proposals. Another 28 hospitals
would be reassigned to a reconfigured
CBSA that would contain a similar
number of counties from their current
reclassified CBSA. For example, the
new CBSA 35614 (New York-Jersey
City-White Plains, NY-NJ Metropolitan
Division) would contain 10 out of 11
counties from current (FY 2014) CBSA
35644 (New York-White Plains-Wayne,
NY-NJ Metropolitan Division).
For the remaining 14 reclassified
hospitals, we are proposing to assign
them to a CBSA (under the new OMB
delineations) that would have a
different CBSA number from the labor
market area to which they are currently
reclassified (under the current FY 2014
delineations). This is because if the
original CBSA to which the hospitals
are reclassified is losing counties to
another urban CBSA, it may be that the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
original reclassification determination
would not be reflective of the new
delineations. In addition, because
proximity to a CBSA is a requirement of
reclassifications approved under section
1886(d)(10) of the Act, we believe it is
appropriate to propose to reassign
reclassification status to an urban CBSA
that contains the county (from the
hospital’s current CBSA reclassification)
that is closest to the hospital. We
believe this would more accurately
reflect the geographic labor market area
of the reclassified hospital. For example,
under the FY 2014 delineations, CBSA
37964 (Philadelphia, PA Metropolitan
Division) is comprised of five counties
(Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery,
and Philadelphia Counties, PA). Under
the new OMB delineations, CBSA 37964
would retain the same CBSA name and
number, but three counties (Bucks,
Chester, and Montgomery) would split
off to form the new CBSA 33874
(Montgomery County-Bucks CountyChester County, PA Metropolitan
Division). While CBSA 37964 exists
under the FY 2014 and proposed new
labor market area delineations, the fact
that three counties would be moved to
another CBSA means that current
reclassifications to CBSA 37964
(Philadelphia) may be more proximate
to new CBSA 33874. Therefore, if
reclassified hospitals, or the majority of
hospitals in a county group, are
geographically closer to a county in
CBSA 33874 than to a county in CBSA
37964, we are proposing to reassign the
reclassification to that area, new CBSA
33874 (Montgomery County-Bucks
County-Chester County, PA
Metropolitan Division).
Consistent with refinements
implemented in the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49055), we are proposing to
allow hospitals that reclassified under
section 1886(d)(10) of the Act to one of
the eight CBSAs that split (that is,
current FY 2014 CBSAs 16620, 16974,
20764, 31140, 35644, 37964, 39100,
48900) to be reclassified to any CBSA
containing a county from their original
reclassification labor market area,
provided that the hospital demonstrates
that it meets the applicable proximity
requirements under 42 CFR 412.230(b)
and (c) (for individual hospitals), 42
CFR 412.232(a)(1) (for a rural group),
and 42 CFR 412.234(a)(2) and (a)(3) (for
an urban group) to that CBSA. Hospitals
that wish to be reassigned to an
alternate CBSA (other than the CBSA to
which their reclassification would be
reassigned in this proposed rule) for
which they meet the applicable
proximity criteria may request
reassignment within 45 days from the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
publication of this proposed rule.
Hospitals must send a request to
WageIndex@cms.hhs.gov and provide
documentation certifying that they meet
the requisite proximity criteria for
reassignment to an alternate CBSA, as
described above. We believe this option
of allowing hospitals to submit a request
to CMS would provide hospitals with
greater flexibility with respect to their
reclassification reassignment, while
ensuring that the proximity
requirements are met. We believe that
where the proximity requirements are
met, the reclassified wage index would
be consistent with the labor market area
to which the hospitals were originally
approved for reclassification. Under this
proposed policy, a hospital may request
to be assigned a reclassification to any
CBSA that contains any county from the
CBSA to which it is currently
reclassified. However, to be reassigned
to an area that is not the most proximate
to the hospital (or the majority of
hospitals in a county group), we believe
it is necessary that the hospital
demonstrates that it complies with the
applicable proximity criteria. If a
hospital cannot demonstrate proximity
to an alternate CBSA, the hospital
would not be considered for
reclassification to that labor market area,
and reassignment would remain with
the closest eligible (new) CBSA.
As discussed previously in this
section, under the new OMB
delineations, we identified CBSA 35644
(New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ
Metropolitan Division) as one of the
examples of the eight CBSAs that would
have at least one county that would split
off and join another new CBSA (Putnam
County joined Dutchess County, NY to
form new CBSA 20524), while also
having multiple counties assigned to a
reconfigured CBSA 35614 (New YorkJersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ
Metropolitan Division). CBSA 35614
would also add Orange County, NY
under the new OMB delineations. The
hospitals that are currently located in
CBSA 39100 (Poughkeepsie-NewburghMiddletown, NY) are currently part of a
group reclassification of Orange County,
NY to CBSA 35644 (New York-White
Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ Metropolitan
Division). As discussed above, we are
proposing to reassign current
reclassifications to the CBSA that
contains the most proximate county that
is located outside of the reclassified
hospital’s proposed geographic labor
market area, and is currently part of the
original CBSA to which the hospital is
reclassified. In the case of the Orange
County, NY group reclassification, the
closest (and only) county from the
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28073
original reclassified area (CBSA 35644),
that would not be located in Orange
County’s proposed home labor market
area (CBSA 35614) is Putnam County,
NY. Therefore, we are proposing to
reassign the Orange County group
reclassification to CBSA 20524 (Putnam
County-Dutchess County, NY). If the
hospitals from the Orange County, NY
group reclassification do not wish to
maintain this assignment, we encourage
them to formally terminate the current
group reclassification within 45 days
from the publication of this proposed
rule, as discussed earlier in this section.
The following table shows proposed
hospital reclassification assignments for
hospitals reclassified to CBSAs from
which counties would be split off and
moved to a different CBSA under the
new OMB delineations. The following
table shows the current reclassified
CBSA and the CBSA to which CMS is
proposing reassignment.
PROPOSED HOSPITAL RECLASSIFICATION REASSIGNMENTS FOR HOSPITALS THAT ARE RECLASSIFIED TO
CBSAS FROM WHICH COUNTIES
WOULD BE SPLIT OFF AND MOVED
TO A DIFFERENT CBSA
CMS Certification number (CCN)
Current reclassified
CBSA
Proposed reassigned
CBSA
070006
070010
070018
070028
070033
070034
140B10
140012
140033
140084
140100
140110
140130
140155
140161
140186
140202
140291
150002
150004
150008
150034
150090
150125
150126
150165
150166
180012
180048
310002
310009
310014
310015
310017
310031
310038
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
31140
31140
35644
35644
37964
35644
35644
20764
35644
35614
35614
35614
35614
35614
35614
16974
20994
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
16974
31140
31140
35614
35614
37964
35614
35614
35614
20524
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28074
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED HOSPITAL RECLASSIFICATION REASSIGNMENTS FOR HOSPITALS THAT ARE RECLASSIFIED TO
CBSAS FROM WHICH COUNTIES
WOULD BE SPLIT OFF AND MOVED
TO A DIFFERENT CBSA—Continued
Current reclassified
CBSA
Proposed reassigned
CBSA
310039
310050
310054
310070
310076
310083
310096
310108
310119
330027
330106
330126
330135
330167
330181
330182
330198
330205
330224
330225
330259
330264
330331
330332
330372
340042
340068
390044
390096
390316
420085
510062
510070
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
CMS Certification number (CCN)
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
39100
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
35644
48900
48900
37964
37964
37964
48900
16620
16620
20524
35614
35614
20524
35614
35614
35614
20524
35614
35614
35614
20524
20524
35614
35614
35614
35614
20524
20524
35614
35614
20524
35614
35614
35614
48900
34820
33874
33874
33874
48900
16620
16620
Table 9A–2 for this proposed rule
(which is available via the Internet on
the CMS Web site) reflects all proposed
reassignments of hospital
reclassifications. We are proposing that
hospitals that disagree with our
determination of the most proximate
county must provide an alternative
method for determining proximity to
CMS within 45 days from the
publication of this proposed rule.
The hospital’s request for
reassignment should contain the
hospital’s name, address, CCN, and
point of contact information. All
requests must be sent to WageIndex@
cms.hhs.gov. Changes to a hospital’s
CBSA assignment on the basis of a
hospital’s disagreement with our
determination of closest county, or on
the basis of being granted a
reassignment due to meeting applicable
proximity criteria to an eligible CBSA
will be announced in the FY 2015 IPPS
final rule.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(3) Reclassifications to CBSAs That
Would Contain Hospital’s Geographic
County
We identified 14 reclassified hospitals
that would be geographically located in
their reclassified labor market area
under the new OMB delineations. For
example, hospital 34–0015 is located in
Rowan County, NC. Rowan County is
currently a Micropolitan Statistical Area
in NC, and treated as rural. The hospital
is reclassified to CBSA 16740 (CharlotteConcord-Rock Hill, NC–SC). Under the
new OMB delineations, CBSA 16740
(Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC–SC)
would include Rowan County.
Therefore, the current reclassification
would become redundant. CBSA 16740
did not lose any counties to another
labor market area; therefore, assignment
to another alternate CBSA would not be
an option under our proposed
methodology. Because, by definition, a
hospital would not be ‘‘reclassified’’ to
its own geographic labor market area,
and maintaining that ‘‘reclassified’’
status to its own geographic labor
market area would serve no beneficial
purpose for a hospital, we expect that
all such affected hospitals would wish
to terminate their reclassification status.
Therefore, we are assuming for purposes
of this proposed rule that the affected
hospitals would be terminating their
reclassification status for the remaining
years of their 3-year reclassification
period, and for FY 2015, we are
proposing to assign them the wage
index of the CBSA in which they are
geographically located. Affected
hospitals should inform CMS if they
wish to retain their current
reclassification by sending notice to
WageIndex@cms.hhs.gov within 45 days
from the publication of this proposed
rule. If an affected hospital does not
inform us that they wish to retain their
current reclassification, we will assume
that the hospital has elected to
terminate the reclassification. For
purposes of this proposed rule, we are
presenting tables under the presumption
that all 14 hospitals will opt to cancel
their reclassification status. We are
proposing to assign these hospitals the
wage index value of their home area
from Table 4A–2 for this proposed rule
(which is available via the Internet on
the CMS Web site), and not include
them as reclassified hospitals in Table
9A–2 for this proposed rule (which is
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site).
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
HOSPITALS RECLASSIFIED TO PROPOSED HOME LABOR MARKET AREA
CMS
certification
No. (CCN)
Current
geographic
CBSA
Proposed
geographic
CBSA
340015
340129
340144
420036
450596
420027
150088
150113
190003
440073
460017
460039
190144
490019
34
34
34
42
45
11340
11300
11300
19
44
46
46
19
49
16740
16740
16740
16740
23104
24860
26900
26900
29180
34980
36260
36260
43340
47894
We have included a footnote for Table
9A–2 for this proposed rule indicating
that these hospitals have been removed
from this table, pending notification by
the hospitals.
c. Applications for Reclassifications for
FY 2016
Applications for FY 2016
reclassifications are due to the MGCRB
by September 2, 2014 (the first working
day of September 2014). We note that
this is also the deadline for canceling a
previous wage index reclassification
withdrawal or termination under 42
CFR 412.273(d). As discussed in section
III.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are proposing to adopt the new
OMB labor market area delineations
announced on February 28, 2013.
Therefore, hospitals would apply for
reclassifications based on the new OMB
delineations we are proposing to use for
FY 2015. Applications and other
information about MGCRB
reclassifications may be obtained via the
Internet on the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-andGuidance/Review-Boards/MGCRB/
index.html, or by calling the MGCRB at
(410) 786–1174. The mailing address of
the MGCRB is: 2520 Lord Baltimore
Drive, Suite L, Baltimore, MD 21244–
2670.3.
We also are proposing changes to the
regulations at § 412.232(b)(2) and
§ 412.234(a)(3)(iv) to include reference
to the most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas (using the
most recent Census Bureau data and
estimates) that were adopted by CMS.
For rural groups, the group of hospitals
must demonstrate that the county in
which the hospitals are located meets
the standards for redesignation to an
MSA as an ‘‘outlying county.’’ For urban
groups, hospitals located in counties
that are in the same combined statistical
area or CBSA as the urban area to which
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
they seek redesignation qualify as
meeting the proximity requirements for
reclassification to the urban area to
which they seek redesignation. We are
not proposing any changes to the
reclassification policy, but would
include language to reflect use of the
most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas (using the
most recent Census Bureau data and
estimates) that were adopted by CMS in
consideration of group reclassification
applications submitted for review in FY
2015 (that is submitted by September
30, 2014, reviewed by the MGCRB in FY
2015, to be effective in FY 2016) and
future years.
3. Redesignation of Hospitals Under
Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
Section 1886(d)(8)(B)(i) of the Act
requires the Secretary to ‘‘treat a
hospital located in a rural county
adjacent to one or more urban areas as
being located in the urban metropolitan
statistical area to which the greatest
number of workers in the county
commute’’ if certain adjacency and
commuting criteria are met. The criteria
utilize standards for designating
Metropolitan Statistical Areas published
in the Federal Register by the Director
of the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) based on the most recently
available decennial population data.
Effective beginning FY 2005, we used
OMB’s CBSA standards based on the
2000 Census and the 2000 Census data
to identify counties in which hospitals
qualify under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of
the Act to receive the wage index of the
urban area. Hospitals located in these
counties have been known as ‘‘Lugar’’
hospitals and the counties themselves
are often referred to as ‘‘Lugar’’
counties.
As discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble to this proposed rule, we are
proposing to implement OMB’s revised
labor market area delineations based on
the Census 2010 data for purposes of
determining applicable wage indexes for
acute care hospitals beginning in FY
2015. As we have done in the past, we
also are proposing to use the new OMB
28075
delineations to identify rural counties
that would qualify as ‘‘Lugar’’ under
section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and
therefore would be redesignated to
urban areas for FY 2015. We are
proposing to revise the regulations at
§ 412.64(b)(3)(i) to reflect the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS. By
applying the new OMB delineations, the
number of qualifying counties, shown in
the following chart, would increase
from 98 to 127. After evaluating and
analyzing the 2010 Census commuting
data, we are proposing that, effective for
discharges on or after October 1, 2014,
in accordance with section 1886(d)(8)(B)
of the Act, hospitals located in the rural
counties listed in the first column of the
following table would be designated as
part of the urban area listed in the
second column based on the criteria
discussed above. We note that rural
counties that no longer meet the
qualifying criteria to be Lugar are
discussed below in section III.H.3.c. of
the preamble of this proposed rule.
RURAL COUNTIES CONTAINING HOSPITALS REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(d)(8)(B) OF THE ACT (BASED
ON NEW OMB DELINEATIONS AND CENSUS 2010 DATA)
Rural county
Lugar designated CBSA
NEW
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
County name
State
CBSA
CBSA name
Chambers County ...............................
Cherokee County ................................
Cleburne County .................................
Macon County .....................................
Talladega County ................................
Denali Borough ...................................
Hot Spring County ..............................
Litchfield County .................................
Bradford County ..................................
Levy County ........................................
Washington County .............................
Chattooga County ...............................
Jackson County ..................................
Lumpkin County ..................................
Polk County .........................................
Talbot County ......................................
Oneida County ....................................
Christian County .................................
Iroquois County ...................................
Logan County ......................................
Mason County .....................................
Ogle County ........................................
Union County ......................................
Clinton County ....................................
Greene County ....................................
Henry County ......................................
Marshall County ..................................
Parke County ......................................
Spencer County ..................................
Starke County .....................................
Tipton County ......................................
Warren County ....................................
Boone County .....................................
Buchanan County ...............................
Cedar County ......................................
Delaware County ................................
Iowa County ........................................
AL .....
AL .....
AL .....
AL .....
AL .....
AK .....
AR .....
CT .....
FL ......
FL ......
FL ......
GA .....
GA .....
GA .....
GA .....
GA .....
ID ......
IL .......
IL .......
IL .......
IL .......
IL .......
IL .......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IN ......
IA ......
IA ......
IA ......
IA ......
IA ......
12220
40660
11500
12220
11500
21820
26300
35300
27260
23540
37460
40660
12060
12060
40660
17980
36260
44100
28100
44100
37900
40420
16060
29200
14020
26900
43780
45460
21780
16980
26900
29200
11180
47940
26980
20220
26980
Auburn-Opelika, AL .........................................................................................
Rome, GA ........................................................................................................
Anniston-Oxford-Jacksonville, AL ....................................................................
Auburn-Opelika, AL .........................................................................................
Anniston-Oxford-Jacksonville, AL ....................................................................
Fairbanks, AK ..................................................................................................
Hot Springs, AR ...............................................................................................
New Haven-Milford, CT ...................................................................................
Jacksonville, FL ...............................................................................................
Gainesville, FL .................................................................................................
Panama City, FL ..............................................................................................
Rome, GA ........................................................................................................
Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, GA ................................................................
Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Roswell, GA ................................................................
Rome, GA ........................................................................................................
Columbus, GA-AL ............................................................................................
Ogden-Clearfield, UT .......................................................................................
Springfield, IL ...................................................................................................
Kankakee, IL ....................................................................................................
Springfield, IL ...................................................................................................
Peoria, IL .........................................................................................................
Rockford, IL .....................................................................................................
Carbondale-Marion, IL .....................................................................................
Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN ...........................................................................
Bloomington, IN ...............................................................................................
Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson, IN ..................................................................
South Bend-Mishawaka, IN-MI ........................................................................
Terre Haute, IN ................................................................................................
Evansville, IN-KY .............................................................................................
Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, IL-IN-WI ..................................................................
Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson, IN ..................................................................
Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN ...........................................................................
Ames, IA ..........................................................................................................
Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA .................................................................................
Iowa City, IA ....................................................................................................
Dubuque, IA .....................................................................................................
Iowa City, IA ....................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
28076
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
RURAL COUNTIES CONTAINING HOSPITALS REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(d)(8)(B) OF THE ACT (BASED
ON NEW OMB DELINEATIONS AND CENSUS 2010 DATA)—Continued
Rural county
Lugar designated CBSA
NEW
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
County name
State
CBSA
CBSA name
Jasper County .....................................
Franklin County ...................................
Nelson County ....................................
Assumption Parish ..............................
Jefferson Davis Parish ........................
St. Landry Parish ................................
Oxford County .....................................
Caroline County ..................................
Franklin County ...................................
Allegan County ....................................
Ionia County ........................................
Lenawee County .................................
Newaygo County .................................
Shiawassee County ............................
Tuscola County ...................................
Goodhue County .................................
Meeker County ....................................
Rice County ........................................
Pearl River County ..............................
Stone County ......................................
Dade County .......................................
Otoe County ........................................
Douglas County ..................................
Lyon County ........................................
Los Alamos County .............................
Cayuga County ...................................
Cortland County ..................................
Genesee County .................................
Greene County ....................................
Lewis County ......................................
Montgomery County ............................
Schuyler County ..................................
Seneca County ...................................
Camden County ..................................
Caswell County ...................................
Granville County .................................
Greene County ....................................
Harnett County ....................................
Polk County .........................................
Wilson County .....................................
Traill County ........................................
Ashtabula County ................................
Champaign County .............................
Columbiana County ............................
Harrison County ..................................
Preble County .....................................
Clinton County ....................................
Fulton County ......................................
Greene County ....................................
Lawrence County ................................
Schuylkill County .................................
Susquehanna County .........................
Adjuntas Municipio ..............................
Coamo Municipio ................................
´
Las Marıas Municipio ..........................
Maricao Municipio ...............................
Salinas Municipio ................................
Clarendon County ...............................
Colleton County ..................................
Lee County ..........................................
Marion County .....................................
Newberry County ................................
Meigs County ......................................
Blanco County .....................................
Bosque County ...................................
Calhoun County ..................................
Fannin County .....................................
Grimes County ....................................
Harrison County ..................................
IA ......
KS .....
KY .....
LA .....
LA .....
LA .....
ME ....
MD ....
MA ....
MI ......
MI ......
MI ......
MI ......
MI ......
MI ......
MN ....
MN ....
MN ....
MS ....
MS ....
MO ....
NE .....
NV .....
NV .....
NM ....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NY .....
NC .....
NC .....
NC .....
NC .....
NC .....
NC .....
NC .....
ND .....
OH ....
OH ....
OH ....
OH ....
OH ....
PA .....
PA .....
PA .....
PA .....
PA .....
PA .....
PR .....
PR .....
PR .....
PR .....
PR .....
SC .....
SC .....
SC .....
SC .....
SC .....
TN .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
19780
28140
31140
12940
29340
29180
30340
12580
44140
24340
24340
11460
24340
29620
40980
33460
33460
33460
25060
25060
44180
30700
16180
16180
42140
45060
27060
40380
10580
48060
10580
27060
40380
47260
15500
20500
24780
39580
43900
40580
24220
17460
44220
49660
48260
19380
48700
25180
38300
38300
39740
13780
38660
41980
32420
32420
25020
44940
16700
44940
22500
17900
17420
12420
47380
47020
19100
17780
30980
Des Moines-West Des Moines, IA ..................................................................
Kansas City, MO-KS .......................................................................................
Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN ..................................................................
Baton Rouge, LA .............................................................................................
Lake Charles, LA .............................................................................................
Lafayette, LA ...................................................................................................
Lewiston-Auburn, ME ......................................................................................
Baltimore-Columbia-Towson, MD ....................................................................
Springfield, MA ................................................................................................
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI ............................................................................
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI ............................................................................
Ann Arbor, MI ..................................................................................................
Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI ............................................................................
Lansing-East Lansing, MI ................................................................................
Saginaw, MI .....................................................................................................
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI .....................................................
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI .....................................................
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI .....................................................
Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS .......................................................................
Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS .......................................................................
Springfield, MO ................................................................................................
Lincoln, NE ......................................................................................................
Carson City, NV ...............................................................................................
Carson City, NV ...............................................................................................
Santa Fe, NM ..................................................................................................
Syracuse, NY ...................................................................................................
Ithaca, NY ........................................................................................................
Rochester, NY .................................................................................................
Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY ........................................................................
Watertown-Fort Drum, NY ...............................................................................
Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY ........................................................................
Ithaca, NY ........................................................................................................
Rochester, NY .................................................................................................
Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC ...............................................
Burlington, NC .................................................................................................
Durham-Chapel Hill, NC ..................................................................................
Greenville, NC .................................................................................................
Raleigh, NC .....................................................................................................
Spartanburg, SC ..............................................................................................
Rocky Mount, NC ............................................................................................
Grand Forks, ND-MN ......................................................................................
Cleveland-Elyria, OH .......................................................................................
Springfield, OH ................................................................................................
Youngstown-Warren-Boardman, OH-PA .........................................................
Weirton-Steubenville, WV-OH .........................................................................
Dayton, OH ......................................................................................................
Williamsport, PA ..............................................................................................
Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD-WV ...................................................................
Pittsburgh, PA ..................................................................................................
Pittsburgh, PA ..................................................................................................
Reading, PA ....................................................................................................
Binghamton, NY ..............................................................................................
Ponce, PR .......................................................................................................
San Juan-Carolina-Caguas, PR ......................................................................
¨
Mayaguez, PR .................................................................................................
¨
Mayaguez, PR .................................................................................................
Guayama, PR ..................................................................................................
Sumter, SC ......................................................................................................
Charleston-North Charleston, SC ....................................................................
Sumter, SC ......................................................................................................
Florence, SC ....................................................................................................
Columbia, SC ..................................................................................................
Cleveland, TN ..................................................................................................
Austin-Round Rock, TX ...................................................................................
Waco, TX .........................................................................................................
Victoria, TX ......................................................................................................
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX ......................................................................
College Station-Bryan, TX ...............................................................................
Longview, TX ...................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28077
RURAL COUNTIES CONTAINING HOSPITALS REDESIGNATED AS URBAN UNDER SECTION 1886(d)(8)(B) OF THE ACT (BASED
ON NEW OMB DELINEATIONS AND CENSUS 2010 DATA)—Continued
Rural county
Lugar designated CBSA
NEW
County name
State
CBSA
CBSA name
Henderson County ..............................
Hill County ...........................................
Milam County ......................................
Van Zandt County ...............................
Willacy County ....................................
King and Queen County .....................
Louisa County .....................................
Madison County ..................................
Orange County ....................................
Page County .......................................
Shenandoah County ...........................
Southampton County ..........................
Surry County .......................................
Island County ......................................
Mason County .....................................
Jackson County ..................................
Morgan County ...................................
Roane County .....................................
Green Lake County .............................
Jefferson County .................................
Walworth County .................................
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
TX .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
VA .....
WA ....
WA ....
WV ....
WV ....
WV ....
WI .....
WI .....
WI .....
46340
19100
12420
19100
15180
40060
40060
16820
47900
25500
49020
47260
47260
42660
36500
16620
25180
16620
22540
33340
33340
Tyler, TX ..........................................................................................................
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX ......................................................................
Austin-Round Rock, TX ...................................................................................
Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX ......................................................................
Brownsville-Harlingen, TX ...............................................................................
Richmond, VA ..................................................................................................
Richmond, VA ..................................................................................................
Charlottesville, VA ...........................................................................................
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV .........................................
Harrisonburg, VA .............................................................................................
Winchester, VA-WV .........................................................................................
Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC ...............................................
Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport News, VA-NC ...............................................
Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue, WA ........................................................................
Olympia-Tumwater, WA ..................................................................................
Charleston, WV ...............................................................................................
Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD-WV ...................................................................
Charleston, WV ...............................................................................................
Fond du Lac, WI ..............................................................................................
Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, WI ..............................................................
Milwaukee-Waukesha-West Allis, WI ..............................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Proposed New Lugar Areas for FY
2015
Of the 127 qualifying counties
identified as Lugar counties based on
the new OMB delineations, 58 counties
would be newly designated as Lugar for
FY 2015 if we finalize our proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations.
Hospitals in these counties, with at least
25 percent of their workers commuting
to a higher wage area, effective October
1, 2014, will be deemed to be located in
the CBSA to which the highest number
of their workers commute (which is
identified in the column titled ‘‘Lugar
Designated CBSA’’ in the table above).
Hospitals in these counties would
receive the reclassified urban wage
index of the corresponding Lugar
Designated CBSA, unless they choose to
waive their Lugar status, as discussed
later in this section.
Some areas that are currently urban
counties would be geographically rural
if we adopted the new OMB
delineations and would meet the
requirements for redesignation as Lugar
areas. As described in section
III.B.2.e.(2) of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing a 3year hold harmless transitional wage
index adjustment for hospitals located
in urban counties that become rural
under the new OMB delineations.
Because Lugar status is a form of
redesignation, hospitals that currently
are located in urban counties that would
become rural under the new OMB
delineations and are also considered
Lugar areas under the new OMB
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
New.
delineations would not be eligible for
the 3-year transition wage index
adjustment unless they choose to waive
Lugar status for FY 2015 (as discussed
later in this section) and seek no other
form of wage index reclassification.
readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47337
through 47338) for a discussion of this
policy.)
b. Hospitals Redesignated Under
Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act Seeking
Reclassification by the MGCRB
As in the past, hospitals redesignated
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
are also eligible to be reclassified to a
different area by the MGCRB. Using
Table 4C associated with this proposed
rule (which is available via the Internet
on the CMS Web site), affected hospitals
may compare the reclassified wage
index for the labor market area into
which they would be reclassified by the
MGCRB to the reclassified wage index
for the area to which they are
redesignated under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. Hospitals may
withdraw from an MGCRB
reclassification within 45 days of the
publication of this FY 2015 proposed
rule. (We refer readers to the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51598
through 51599) for the procedural rules
and requirements for a hospital that is
redesignated under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and seeking
reclassification under the MGCRB, as
well as our policy of measuring the
urban area, exclusive of the Lugar
County, for purposes of meeting
proximity requirements.)
We treat New England deemed
counties in a manner consistent with
how we treat Lugar counties. (We refer
If we adopt the new OMB
delineations, 29 rural counties would no
longer meet the qualifying criteria to be
redesignated as Lugar effective October
1, 2014, either because they would be
geographically located in an urban area,
or they would fail to meet the 25percent cumulative out-migration
threshold with application of the new
2010 Census commuting data.
Counties that were deemed urban
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act in
FY 2014, but would be geographically
located in an urban area under the new
OMB delineations for FY 2015 are:
Windham County, CT
Flagler County, FL
Walton County, FL
Morgan County, GA
Peach County, GA
De Witt County, IL
Allen County, KY
St. James Parrish, LA
Montcalm County, MI
Fillmore County, MN
Lincoln County, NC
Cotton County, OK
Linn County, OR
Adams County, PA
Monroe County, PA
Falls County, TX
Buckingham County, VA
Floyd County, VA
Green County, WI
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
c. Rural Counties No Longer Meeting the
Criteria To Be Redesignated as Lugar
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28078
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Counties that would fail to meet the
25-percent threshold in FY 2015 are:
Banks County, GA
Hendry County, FL
Bingham County, ID
Oceana County, MI
Columbia County, NY
Sullivan County, NY
Wyoming County, NY
Oconee County, SC
Middlesex County, VA
Wahkiakum County, WA
In section III.B.2.e.(2) of the preamble
of this proposed rule, to help ease
dramatic negative impacts in payment
for hospitals designated as urban under
the current FY 2014 OMB delineations,
but would be classified as rural under
the new OMB delineations, for FYs
2015, 2016, and 2017, assuming no
other form of wage index
reclassification or redesignation is
granted, we are proposing to assign
these hospitals the FY 2015 area wage
index value of the urban CBSA to which
they geographically belonged in FY
2014 (with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied to the
area wage index). (For purposes of the
wage index computation, the wage data
of these hospitals would remain
assigned to the statewide rural area in
which they are located.) Similarly, we
are proposing that the same 3-year
transition apply to hospitals located in
those counties that would lose their
deemed urban designation under
section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and
would become rural if we adopt the new
OMB delineations. Because these
hospitals would, in fact, lose their
designated urban status, we are
proposing to extend the 3-year hold
harmless transitional wage index
adjustment to these hospitals located in
counties formerly designated as urban
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act.
That is, for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017,
assuming no other form of wage index
reclassification or redesignation is
granted, we are proposing to assign
these hospitals the FY 2015 area wage
index value of the urban CBSA to which
they were designated as urban in FY
2014 (with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied). We are
proposing to use the wage data from
these hospitals as part of computing the
rural wage index. In addition, during
this 3-year transition period, these
hospitals would be eligible to apply for
reclassification by the MGCRB. As
discussed in section III.B.2.e.(3) of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing that if a hospital is currently
located in an urban county that would
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
become rural for FY 2015 under the new
OMB delineations, and such hospital
seeks and is granted any reclassification
or redesignation during FYs 2015, 2016,
or 2017, the hospital would
permanently lose its 3-year transitional
assigned wage index, and would not be
able to reinstate it. Similarly, we are
proposing that this policy also apply to
hospitals located in those counties that
would lose their deemed urban
designation under section 1886(d)(8)(B)
of the Act and would become rural if we
adopt the new OMB delineations. In FY
2018, we are proposing that these
hospitals would receive their statewide
rural wage index.
4. Waiving Lugar Redesignation for the
Out-Migration Adjustment
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51599 through 51600), we
adopted the policy that, beginning with
FY 2012, an eligible hospital that waives
its Lugar status in order to receive the
out-migration adjustment has effectively
waived its deemed urban status and,
thus, is rural for all purposes under the
IPPS, including being considered rural
for the DSH payment adjustment,
effective for the fiscal year in which the
hospital receives the out-migration
adjustment. (We refer readers to a
discussion of DSH payment adjustment
under section IV.F. of the preamble of
this proposed rule.)
In addition, we adopted a minor
procedural change that would allow a
Lugar hospital that qualifies for and
accepts the out-migration adjustment
(through written notification to CMS
within 45 days from the publication of
the proposed rule) to waive its urban
status for the full 3-year period for
which its out-migration adjustment is
effective. By doing so, such a Lugar
hospital would no longer be required
during the second and third years of
eligibility for the out-migration
adjustment to advise us annually that it
prefers to continue being treated as rural
and receive the out-migration
adjustment. Therefore, under the
procedural change, a Lugar hospital that
requests to waive its urban status in
order to receive the rural wage index in
addition to the out-migration
adjustment would be deemed to have
accepted the out-migration adjustment
and agrees to be treated as rural for the
duration of its 3-year eligibility period,
unless, prior to its second or third year
of eligibility, the hospital explicitly
notifies CMS in writing, within the
required period (generally 45 days from
the publication of the proposed rule),
that it instead elects to return to its
deemed urban status and no longer
wishes to accept the out-migration
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
adjustment. If the hospital does notify
CMS that it is electing to return to its
deemed urban status, it would again be
treated as urban for all IPPS payment
purposes.
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51599
through 51600) for a detailed discussion
of the policy and process for waiving
Lugar status for the out-migration
adjustment.
5. Update of Application of Urban to
Rural Reclassification Criteria
Section 401(a) of the Medicare,
Medicaid, and SCHIP Balanced Budget
Refinement Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 106–
113), which amended section 1886(d)(8)
of the Act by adding a new paragraph
(E), directed the Secretary to treat any
subsection (d) hospital located in an
urban area as being located in the rural
area of the State in which the hospital
is located, providing that the hospital
applied for reclassification in a manner
determined by the Secretary and met
certain criteria. As discussed in the FY
2001 interim final rule (65 FR 47029
through 47031), we codified in
regulation at § 412.103 the application
process and the qualifying criteria for
any hospital seeking rural
reclassification.
In order to be approved for a rural
reclassification, a hospital must meet
one of three criteria. The first criterion,
located at § 412.103(a)(1), qualifies a
hospital located in a rural census tract
of an MSA area, as determined under
the most recent version of the
Goldsmith Modification, the RuralUrban Commuting Area (RUCA) codes.
On February 28, 2013, OMB issued
OMB Bulletin No. 13–01, which
established revised delineations for
Metropolitan Statistical Areas,
Micropolitan Statistical Areas, and
Combined Statistical Areas, and
provided guidance on the use of the
delineations of these statistical areas.
These delineations are based on 2010
decennial Census data. Several
modifications of RUCA codes were
necessary to take into account updated
commuting data and revised OMB
delineations. We refer readers to the
U.S. Department of Agriculture’s
Economic Research Service Web site for
a detailed listing of updated RUCA
codes found at: https://
www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/ruralurban-commuting-area-codes.aspx. The
updated RUCA code definitions were
introduced in late 2013. As discussed at
§ 412.103(f), the duration of an
approved rural reclassification remains
in effect without need for reapproval
unless there is a change in the
circumstances under which the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
classification was approved. If a
hospital located in an urban area was
approved for a rural reclassification
under § 412.103(a)(1), that
reclassification would no longer be
valid if the hospital is no longer located
within a rural census tract of an MSA
defined as an RUCA. Therefore, we
encourage all hospitals with active rural
reclassifications under section
1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act to review their
original reclassification application and
determine whether the reclassification
status would still apply. As discussed in
section VI.C.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing a 2year grace period allowing affected
CAHs additional time to seek a new
rural reclassification without the threat
of losing its CAH status. As discussed in
section VI.C.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are not proposing a
grace period for other types of hospitals
to seek a new rural reclassification. We
note that rural reclassification status
under § 412.103 is effective as of the
filing date of the application. Therefore,
if the change in RUCA codes invalidates
any hospital’s rural reclassification
status, we believe hospitals will have
adequate time to apply for a new
reclassification using an alternative
qualification criterion specified at either
§ 412.103(a)(2) or § 412.103(a)(3). A
rural referral center (RRC) or a sole
community hospital (SCH) that
continues to meet the appropriate
qualification criteria would, in itself,
qualify for a rural reclassification. If a
complete application is received before
October 1, 2014, and is approved by the
CMS Regional Office, the hospital
would experience no interruption in its
rural status.
I. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
Adjustment Based on Commuting
Patterns of Hospital Employees
In accordance with section
1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by
section 505 of Public Law 108–173,
beginning with FY 2005, we established
a process to make adjustments to the
hospital wage index based on
commuting patterns of hospital
employees (the ‘‘out-migration’’
adjustment). The process, outlined in
the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR
49061), provides for an increase in the
wage index for hospitals located in
certain counties that have a relatively
high percentage of hospital employees
who reside in the county but work in a
different county (or counties) with a
higher wage index.
When this provision was
implemented for the FY 2005 wage
index, we analyzed commuting data
compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
which was derived from a special
tabulation of the 2000 Census journeyto-work data for all industries (CMS
extracted data applicable to hospitals).
These data were compiled from
responses to the ‘‘long-form’’ survey,
which the Census Bureau used at the
time, and it contained questions on
where residents in each county worked
(69 FR 49062). However, the 2010
Census was ‘‘short form’’ only;
therefore, this information was not
collected as part of the 2010 Census.
The Census Bureau is working with
CMS to provide an alternative dataset
based on the latest available data that is
expected to meet our needs for
developing a new out-migration
adjustment. We believe we will have the
necessary time to obtain, review and
analyze the data in order to propose
new out-migration adjustments based on
new commuting patterns developed
from the 2010 Census data beginning
with FY 2016. Section 1886(d)(13)(B) of
the Act requires the Secretary to use
data the Secretary determines to be
appropriate to establish the qualifying
counties. The data used for the FY 2014
out-migration adjustment are the most
recent data that have been analyzed, and
we believe that these data are
appropriate to establish the qualifying
counties. Therefore, we are proposing
that the FY 2015 out-migration
adjustments continue to be based on the
2000 Census data. We also are
proposing that the FY 2015 outmigration adjustments continue to be
based on the policies, procedures, and
computation that were used for the FY
2014 out-migration adjustment. (We
refer readers to a full discussion of the
adjustment, including rules on deeming
hospitals reclassified under section
1886(d)(8) or section 1886(d)(10) of the
Act to have waived the out-migration
adjustment, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51601 through
51602)). Table 4J, which is available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site, lists
the proposed out-migration adjustments
for the proposed FY 2015 wage index.
Section 1886(d)(13)(F) of the Act
states that ‘‘[a] wage index increase
under this paragraph shall be effective
for a period of 3 fiscal years, except that
the Secretary shall establish procedures
under which a subsection (d) hospital
may elect to waive the application of
such wage index increase.’’ Therefore,
for FY 2015, because we are proposing
to continue to use the out-migration
adjustment data used for FY 2014,
consistent with the statute, we also are
proposing to allow hospitals that
qualified in FY 2013 or FY 2014 to
receive the out-migration adjustment
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28079
based on the commuting data and the
CBSA delineations used for FY 2014 to
continue to receive the same outmigration adjustment for the remainder
of their 3-year qualification period.
Similarly, if a hospital qualifies for and
opts to receive the out-migration
adjustment for the first time in FY 2015,
we also are proposing to allow that
hospital to receive the out-migration
adjustment based on the data used for
FY 2014 for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017.
Accordingly, even if we propose to
adopt new out-migration adjustment
data for FY 2016, as we believe we will
be able to do, hospitals that are already
receiving an out-migration adjustment
beginning with a fiscal year prior to FY
2016 would still receive their outmigration adjustment based on the data
used for FY 2014 for the years that
remain of their 3-year qualification
period in FY 2016 and after.
We intend to address application of
the FY 2016 out-migration adjustment
in greater detail in the FY 2016
proposed rule. However, in this FY 2015
proposed rule, we are soliciting
comments on how to implement the
new out-migration adjustment data for
FY 2016, given the statutory
requirement at section 1886(d)(13)(F) of
the Act that an out-migration
adjustment be effective for 3 fiscal years.
As discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to use OMB’s new labor
market area delineations based on the
2010 Census data to identify counties
qualifying as Lugar counties for FY
2015. In section III.H.3 of the preamble
of this proposed rule, we discuss
hospitals located in rural counties that
are deemed to be urban under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. These rural
counties are known as ‘‘Lugar’’ counties.
Under the new OMB delineations, there
would be counties newly qualifying as
Lugar as well as counties that were
previously Lugar counties that would no
longer meet the criteria to be
redesignated as Lugar. As discussed in
section III.H.4. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, if a Lugar hospital
qualifies for and accepts the outmigration adjustment, it must waive its
deemed urban status and can do so for
the 3-year period for which the outmigration adjustment is effective.
Therefore, hospitals located in counties
newly designated as Lugar due to the
new OMB delineations would have the
choice to either maintain their Lugar
status or waive it in order to receive the
out-migration adjustment in FY 2015
based on the out-migration adjustment
data used for FY 2014.
On the other hand, there are hospitals
in counties deemed to be Lugar under
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28080
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the previous CBSA delineations that
waived their Lugar status for the outmigration adjustment, but are not Lugar
under the new OMB delineations. These
hospitals would continue to receive the
out-migration adjustment for the 3-year
eligibility period through FY 2015 or FY
2016. However, these hospitals that are
located in urban counties under the new
OMB delineations, and wish to continue
to maintain their rural status effective
October 1, 2014, must do so by
reclassifying from urban to rural under
§ 412.103. Section 1886(d)(13)(G) of the
Act states that a hospital cannot
simultaneously receive the outmigration adjustment and be subject to
a reclassification under section
1886(d)(8) or 1886(d)(10) of the Act.
Therefore, if such hospital is not located
in a geographically rural area under the
new OMB delineations, and reclassifies
under § 412.103 of the regulations in
order to be treated as rural for IPPS
purposes, the hospital would be
ineligible to receive an out-migration
adjustment, even if the 3-year eligibility
period has not expired.
As discussed in section III.B.5. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing a 1-year blended wage index
for any provider that experiences a
decrease in wage index value due to the
proposed implementation of the new
OMB labor market area delineations.
This proposal would create a wage
index that is 50 percent of the wage
index derived using the current FY 2014
OMB delineations, and 50 percent of the
wage index based on the proposed new
OMB delineations. As discussed in
section III.B.2.e.(4) of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we are proposing to
apply this blended wage index value to
any affected hospital in a budget neutral
manner. However, we are proposing that
hospitals receiving the out-migration
adjustment would have it added to the
result of the 50/50 blended wage index,
after budget neutrality is applied. We
are proposing the blended wage index
transition adjustment specifically to
address any negative impact that may be
caused by the proposed adoption of the
new OMB delineations in FY 2015. To
specifically identify and address any
such negative payment impact, we are
proposing to apply the out-migration
adjustment independent of the blended
wage index and other wage index
adjustments (for example, the rural
floor) and related budget neutrality
adjustments. This is consistent with our
current policy to apply the outmigration adjustment after all other
wage index adjustments and related
budget neutrality adjustments have been
applied. Therefore, we believe the out-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
migration adjustment would be properly
applied as a supplemental addition to a
hospital’s final wage index value,
similar to our treatment of hospitals
receiving the frontier State floor value of
1.00, as described under 42 CFR
412.64(m), that also qualify for an outmigration adjustment and would receive
that adjustment.
J. Process for Requests for Wage Index
Data Corrections
The preliminary, unaudited
Worksheet S–3 wage data and
occupational mix survey data files for
the proposed FY 2015 wage index were
made available on September 13, 2013,
through the Internet on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-FilesItems/FY-2015-Wage-Index-HomePage.html.
In the interest of meeting the data
needs of the public, beginning with the
proposed FY 2009 wage index, we post
an additional public use file on our Web
site that reflects the actual data that are
used in computing the proposed wage
index. The release of this file does not
alter the current wage index process or
schedule. We notify the hospital
community of the availability of these
data as we do with the current public
use wage data files through our Hospital
Open Door forum. We encourage
hospitals to sign up for automatic
notifications of information about
hospital issues and the scheduling of
the Hospital Open Door forums at the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Outreach-and-Education/Outreach/
OpenDoorForums/.
In a memorandum dated September
16, 2013, we instructed all MACs to
inform the IPPS hospitals they service of
the availability of the wage index data
files and the process and timeframe for
requesting revisions (including the
specific deadlines listed below). We also
instructed the MACs to advise hospitals
that these data were also made available
directly through their representative
hospital organizations.
If a hospital wished to request a
change to its data as shown in the
September 13, 2013 wage and
occupational mix data files, the hospital
was to submit corrections along with
complete, detailed supporting
documentation to its MAC by November
21, 2013. Hospitals were notified of this
deadline and of all other deadlines and
requirements, including the requirement
to review and verify their data as posted
in the preliminary wage index data files
on the Internet, through the September
16, 2013 memorandum referenced
above.
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
In the September 16, 2013
memorandum, we also specified that a
hospital requesting revisions to its
occupational mix survey data was to
copy its record(s) from the CY 2010
occupational mix preliminary files
posted to the CMS Web site in
September, highlight the revised cells
on its spreadsheet, and submit its
spreadsheet(s) and complete
documentation to its MAC no later than
November 21, 2013.
The MACs notified the hospitals by
early-February 2014 of any changes to
the wage index data as a result of the
desk reviews and the resolution of the
hospitals’ late-November revision
requests. The MACs also submitted the
revised data to CMS by late January
2014. CMS published the proposed
wage index public use files that
included hospitals’ revised wage index
data on February 20, 2014. Hospitals
had until March 3, 2014, to submit
requests to the MACs for
reconsideration of adjustments made by
the MACs as a result of the desk review,
and to correct errors due to CMS’ or the
MAC’s mishandling of the wage index
data. Hospitals also were required to
submit sufficient documentation to
support their requests.
After reviewing requested changes
submitted by hospitals, MACs were
required to transmit to CMS any
additional revisions resulting from the
hospitals’ reconsideration requests by
April 9, 2014. The deadline for a
hospital to request CMS intervention in
cases where the hospital disagreed with
the MAC’s policy interpretations was
April 16, 2014. We note that, beginning
with the FY 2015 wage index, per the
FY 2015 wage index timeline posted on
the CMS Web site at https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015WI-Timeline.pdf, the April appeals must
be sent via mail and email. We refer
readers to the wage index timeline for
complete details.
Upon release of this proposed rule,
hospitals should examine Table 2,
which is listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/WageIndex-Files-Items/FY-2015-Wage-IndexHome-Page.html. Table 2 contains each
hospital’s proposed adjusted average
hourly wage used to construct the wage
index values for the past 3 years,
including the FY 2011 data used to
construct the proposed FY 2015 wage
index. We note that the proposed
hospital average hourly wages shown in
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Table 2 only reflect changes made to a
hospital’s data that were transmitted to
CMS by February 26, 2014.
The final wage index data public use
files are posted on May 2, 2014 on the
Internet at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/WageIndex-Files-Items/FY-2015-Wage-IndexHome-Page.html. The May 2014 public
use files are made available solely for
the limited purpose of identifying any
potential errors made by CMS or the
MAC in the entry of the final wage
index data that resulted from the
correction process described above
(revisions submitted to CMS by the
MACs by April 9, 2014).
After the release of the May 2014
wage index data files, changes to the
wage and occupational mix data will
only be made in those very limited
situations involving an error by the
MAC or CMS that the hospital could not
have known about before its review of
the final wage index data files.
Specifically, neither the MAC nor CMS
will approve the following types of
requests:
• Requests for wage index data
corrections that were submitted too late
to be included in the data transmitted to
CMS by the MACs on or before April 9,
2014.
• Requests for correction of errors
that were not, but could have been,
identified during the hospital’s review
of the February 20, 2014 wage index
public use files.
• Requests to revisit factual
determinations or policy interpretations
made by the MAC or CMS during the
wage index data correction process.
If, after reviewing the May 2014 final
public use files, a hospital believes that
its wage or occupational mix data are
incorrect due to a MAC or CMS error in
the entry or tabulation of the final data,
the hospital should notify both its MAC
and CMS regarding why the hospital
believes an error exists and provide all
supporting information, including
relevant dates (for example, when it first
became aware of the error). The hospital
is required to send its request to CMS
and to the MAC no later than June 2,
2014. Similar to the April appeals,
beginning with the FY 2015 wage index,
in accordance with the FY 2015 wage
index timeline posted on the CMS Web
site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015WI-Timeline.pdf, the June appeals must
be sent via mail and email to CMS and
the MACs. We refer readers to the wage
index timeline for complete details. (We
refer readers to section II.K. of the
preamble to this proposed rule where
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
we are proposing revisions to the wage
index timetable.)
Verified corrections to the wage index
data received timely by CMS and the
MACs (that is, by June 2, 2014) will be
incorporated into the final wage index
in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, which will be effective October 1,
2014.
We created the processes described
above to resolve all substantive wage
index data correction disputes before we
finalize the wage and occupational mix
data for the FY 2015 payment rates.
Accordingly, hospitals that do not meet
the procedural deadlines set forth above
will not be afforded a later opportunity
to submit wage index data corrections or
to dispute the MAC’s decision with
respect to requested changes.
Specifically, our policy is that hospitals
that do not meet the procedural
deadlines set forth above will not be
permitted to challenge later, before the
PRRB, the failure of CMS to make a
requested data revision. We refer
readers also to the FY 2000 IPPS final
rule (64 FR 41513) for a discussion of
the parameters for appeals to the PRRB
for wage index data corrections.
Again, we believe the wage index data
correction process described above
provides hospitals with sufficient
opportunity to bring errors in their wage
and occupational mix data to the MAC’s
attention. Moreover, because hospitals
have access to the final wage index data
by early May 2014, they have the
opportunity to detect any data entry or
tabulation errors made by the MAC or
CMS before the development and
publication of the final FY 2015 wage
index by August 2014, and the
implementation of the FY 2015 wage
index on October 1, 2014. If hospitals
avail themselves of the opportunities
afforded to provide and make
corrections to the wage and
occupational mix data, the wage index
implemented on October 1 should be
accurate. Nevertheless, in the event that
errors are identified by hospitals and
brought to our attention after June 2,
2014, we retain the right to make
midyear changes to the wage index
under very limited circumstances.
Specifically, in accordance with 42
CFR 412.64(k)(1) of our existing
regulations, we make midyear
corrections to the wage index for an area
only if a hospital can show that: (1) The
MAC or CMS made an error in
tabulating its data; and (2) the
requesting hospital could not have
known about the error or did not have
an opportunity to correct the error,
before the beginning of the fiscal year.
For purposes of this provision, ‘‘before
the beginning of the fiscal year’’ means
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28081
by the June deadline for making
corrections to the wage data for the
following fiscal year’s wage index (for
example, June 2, 2014 for the FY 2015
wage index). This provision is not
available to a hospital seeking to revise
another hospital’s data that may be
affecting the requesting hospital’s wage
index for the labor market area. As
indicated earlier, because CMS makes
the wage index data available to
hospitals on the CMS Web site prior to
publishing both the proposed and final
IPPS rules, and the MACs notify
hospitals directly of any wage index
data changes after completing their desk
reviews, we do not expect that midyear
corrections will be necessary. However,
under our current policy, if the
correction of a data error changes the
wage index value for an area, the
revised wage index value will be
effective prospectively from the date the
correction is made.
In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR
47385 through 47387 and 47485), we
revised 42 CFR 412.64(k)(2) to specify
that, effective on October 1, 2005, that
is, beginning with the FY 2006 wage
index, a change to the wage index can
be made retroactive to the beginning of
the Federal fiscal year only when CMS
determines all of the following: (1) The
MAC or CMS made an error in
tabulating data used for the wage index
calculation; (2) the hospital knew about
the error and requested that the MAC
and CMS correct the error using the
established process and within the
established schedule for requesting
corrections to the wage index data,
before the beginning of the fiscal year
for the applicable IPPS update (that is,
by the June 2, 2014 deadline for the FY
2015 wage index); and (3) CMS agreed
before October 1 that the MAC or CMS
made an error in tabulating the
hospital’s wage index data and the wage
index should be corrected.
In those circumstances where a
hospital requested a correction to its
wage index data before CMS calculated
the final wage index (that is, by the June
2, 2014 deadline for the FY 2015 wage
index), and CMS acknowledges that the
error in the hospital’s wage index data
was caused by CMS’ or the MAC’s
mishandling of the data, we believe that
the hospital should not be penalized by
our delay in publishing or
implementing the correction. As with
our current policy, we indicated that the
provision is not available to a hospital
seeking to revise another hospital’s data.
In addition, the provision cannot be
used to correct prior years’ wage index
data; and it can only be used for the
current Federal fiscal year. In situations
where our policies would allow midyear
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28082
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
corrections other than those specified in
42 CFR 412.64(k)(2)(ii), we continue to
believe that it is appropriate to make
prospective-only corrections to the wage
index.
We note that, as with prospective
changes to the wage index, the final
retroactive correction will be made
irrespective of whether the change
increases or decreases a hospital’s
payment rate. In addition, we note that
the policy of retroactive adjustment will
still apply in those instances where a
final judicial decision reverses a CMS
denial of a hospital’s wage index data
revision request.
K. Notice of Change to Wage Index
Development Timetable
As explained in section III.J. the
preamble of this proposed rule, the
preliminary, unaudited Worksheet S–3
wage data and occupational mix survey
data files for the proposed FY 2015
wage index were made available on
September 13, 2013, through the
Internet on the CMS Web site. The
posting of these preliminary files
initiate what is virtually a year-long
cycle for developing the wage index
associated with the following IPPS fiscal
year. This lengthy, almost year-long
cycle is unique to the development of
the IPPS wage index, and occurs
independently from the development of
the IPPS proposed and final rules,
which typically are published in the
spring and summer each year. In
addition, the wage index, which is
based on hospitals’ wage data reported
on Worksheets S–3, Parts II and III of
the Form CMS–2552–10 of the Medicare
cost report and occupational mix data,
is the only portion of the IPPS that
historically has been subject to its own
annual review process, first by the
MACs, and then by CMS, followed by
distinct opportunities for hospitals to
appeal decisions made by the MACs or
CMS. This process is separate and
independent from the standard cost
report settlement and appeals processes
established under the regulations at 42
CFR 405.1800 through 405.1889.
Although this unique wage index
development timetable has been in
place since the early days of the IPPS,
the current timetable is rooted in
changes adopted in the FY 1998 IPPS
final rule with comment period (62 FR
45990 through 45993). However, with
numerous legislative and regulatory
changes made to the IPPS since FY
1998, the demands on hospitals, MACs,
and CMS have increased substantially.
As a result, it has become increasingly
challenging for wage index stakeholders
to manage the wage index timetable
with competing priorities. For the FY
2015 wage index, CMS made slight
changes to the wage index development
timetable, by posting the preliminary
public use file (PUF) in September 2013
rather than in October 2013, which, in
turn, moved back the deadline for
hospitals to request revisions to the data
displayed in that preliminary PUF to
November 2013, instead of December
2013. In addition, the date for the MACs
to complete desk reviews on that data
was similarly moved to a slightly earlier
deadline in early CY 2014. The FY 2015
Wage Index Development Timetable,
which is posted on the CMS Web site at
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015WI-Timeline.pdf, shows that hospitals
have a little more than 2 months to
request revisions to their data displayed
in the September 13, 2013 preliminary
PUF, until the commencement of the
desk review process by the MACs on
November 21, 2013. The MACs also
have a little more than 2 months to
complete the desk reviews and submit
revised cost report data to CMS by
January 29, 2014. Less than a month
later, on February 20, 2014, the revised
FY 2015 wage index and occupational
mix PUFs were posted on the CMS Web
site. Ensuring the accuracy of the
February PUF is extremely important
and beneficial to hospitals because, as
the timetable shows, it is the basis for
hospitals to appeal data that are
incorrect, with March 3, 2014 being the
last date that hospitals can request
revisions to errors in the February 20,
2014 PUF.
Therefore, we have concluded that
steps should be taken to improve the
accuracy of the February PUF, most
importantly by proposing changes to the
wage index timetables for future IPPS
fiscal years that are much more
significant and fundamental than the
slight revisions to the timetable
implemented for FY 2015. We believe
that the changes we are proposing below
would not only improve the accuracy of
the February PUF, but also would
reduce the number of hospital appeals
based on the February PUF. For
example, as specified below, instead of
the current timetable which only
provides CMS with less than a month to
review the MACs’ desk reviews and
prepare the February PUF, we are
proposing approximately 3 months
between the date that the MACs’ desk
reviews would end and the date that
CMS would post the subsequent PUF.
To allow hospitals and MACs adequate
time to prepare for the changes to the
wage index development timetable, we
are proposing to make the following
significant changes beginning with the
FY 2017 wage index cycle. We are
listing the proposed changes for FY
2017 below in a table side by side with
the existing timetable, so that
commenters may read the proposed
changes in the context of the existing
timetable. Under the proposed changes
for FY 2017, although we are not
providing exact dates for the FY 2017
wage index timetable, we note that, with
every change listed below, we intend to
provide hospitals and MACs with the
same or somewhat more time than
under the current timetable to complete
reviews and request revisions. The
proposed revisions would not reduce
the amount of time that either hospitals
or MACs have to review wage data.
Therefore, these proposed changes
would not result in additional work on
the part of the hospitals or MACs; in
fact, in shifting the various dates, we
expect that more time would be
provided to hospitals, MACs, and CMS
to ensure an even more accurate wage
index.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Deadlines
FY 2015 Timetable
Posting of Preliminary PUF on CMS Web site ........................................................
Deadline for Hospitals to Request Revisions to Preliminary PUF ..........................
Deadline for MACs to Complete Desk Reviews ......................................................
Posting of February PUF on CMS Web site ...........................................................
Deadline Following Posting of February PUF for Hospitals to Request Revisions
Completion of Appeals by MACs and Transmission of Final Wage Data to CMS
Deadline for Hospitals to Appeal in April .................................................................
Posting of Final Rule PUF .......................................................................................
Deadline for Hospitals to Appeal in June ................................................................
Expected Issuance of IPPS final rule ......................................................................
September 13, 2013 ................
November 21, 2013 .................
January 29, 2014 .....................
February 20, 2014 ....................
March 3, 2014 ..........................
April 9, 2014 .............................
April 16, 2014 ...........................
May 2, 2014 .............................
June 2, 2014 ............................
August 1, 2014 .........................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Proposed FY 2017 timetable
Mid May 2015.
Early August 2015.
Mid-October 2015.
Late January 2016.
Mid-February 2016.
Mid- to Late March 2016.
Early April 2016.
Late April 2016.
Late May 2016.
August 1, 2016.
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
With regard to the FY 2016 wage
index cycle, we believe it can serve as
a transition to the more significant
changes we are proposing for the FY
2017 wage index cycle. We believe that
there are steps we can take to improve
the accuracy of the February 2016 PUF
by building in more time to the FY 2016
wage index review process as well.
Specifically, we are notifying hospitals
of changes to the deadlines only in the
beginning of the FY 2016 wage index
timetable, as a transition to the more
significant proposed changes for the
entire FY 2017 wage index timetable.
That is, for FY 2016, we are only
changing the following four dates: the
posting of the preliminary wage index
PUF; the posting of the CY 2013
occupational mix survey data
preliminary PUF; the deadline for
hospitals to request revisions to the
wage data and occupational mix data
preliminary PUFs; and the deadline for
MACs to complete the desk reviews. We
are not changing the remainder of the
FY 2016 timetable at this time. We
expect that making these changes for the
FY 2016 timetable would improve the
accuracy of the February 2016 PUF, and
also mitigate the number of hospital
appeals based on the February 2016
PUF. In addition, we believe these
changes would help hospitals, MACs,
and CMS adjust to the more significant
timeline changes proposed for FY 2017.
We are listing only the changes for FY
2016 in the following table side by side
with the existing FY 2015 timetable, so
that commenters may read the FY 2016
changes in the context of the existing
timetable. We are not listing dates that
would remain unchanged for FY 2016.
Deadlines
FY 2015 Timetable
Posting of Preliminary Wage Data PUF on CMS Web site ....................................
Posting of Preliminary CY 2013 Occupational Mix Data PUF on CMS Web site ..
Deadline for Hospitals to Request Revisions to Preliminary PUF ..........................
Deadline for MACs to Complete Desk Reviews ......................................................
September 13, 2013 ................
September 13, 2013 ................
November 21, 2013 .................
January 29, 2014 .....................
Typically, the preliminary PUF
initiating the start of an IPPS wage
index fiscal year contains one
spreadsheet with the Worksheet S–3
wage data for the applicable fiscal year
on one tab, and another tab with the
preliminary occupational mix data for
that fiscal year. For the FY 2016 wage
index, new occupational mix survey
data will be available for use, based on
the CY 2013 occupational mix survey.
Hospitals are required to submit their
CY 2013 occupational mix surveys to
their MACs no later than July 1, 2014.
Therefore, we will not have the
preliminary CY 2013 occupational mix
survey data in time to post it
simultaneously in late May 2014 with
the preliminary FY 2016 wage data.
Accordingly, as the table above
indicates, we would post the
preliminary FY 2016 wage data by itself
first in late May 2014, to be followed by
a separate posting of the preliminary CY
2013 occupational mix survey data
when the data are available, in early to
mid-July 2014.
We are inviting public comments on
our proposals set forth above to make
revisions to the wage index timetables
for FY 2017.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
L. Labor-Related Share for the FY 2015
Wage Index
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act
directs the Secretary to adjust the
proportion of the national prospective
payment system base payment rates that
are attributable to wages and wagerelated costs by a factor that reflects the
relative differences in labor costs among
geographic areas. It also directs the
Secretary to estimate from time to time
the proportion of hospital costs that are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
labor-related: ‘‘The Secretary shall
adjust the proportion (as estimated by
the Secretary from time to time) of
hospitals’ costs which are attributable to
wages and wage-related costs of the
DRG prospective payment rates. . . .’’
We refer to the portion of hospital costs
attributable to wages and wage-related
costs as the labor-related share. The
labor-related share of the prospective
payment rate is adjusted by an index of
relative labor costs, which is referred to
as the wage index.
Section 403 of Public Law 108–173
amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the
Act to provide that the Secretary must
employ 62 percent as the labor-related
share unless this ‘‘would result in lower
payments to a hospital than would
otherwise be made.’’ However, this
provision of Public Law 108–173 did
not change the legal requirement that
the Secretary estimate ‘‘from time to
time’’ the proportion of hospitals’ costs
that are ‘‘attributable to wages and
wage-related costs.’’ Thus, hospitals
receive payment based on either a 62percent labor-related share, or the laborrelated share estimated from time to
time by the Secretary, depending on
which labor-related share resulted in a
higher payment.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50596 through 50607), we
rebased and revised the hospital market
basket. We established a FY 2010-based
IPPS hospital market basket to replace
the FY 2006-based IPPS hospital market
basket, effective October 1, 2013. In that
final rule, we presented our analysis
and conclusions regarding the frequency
and methodology for updating the laborrelated share for FY 2014. Using the FY
2010-based IPPS market basket, we
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28083
Adjusted
FY 2016 timetable
Late May 2014.
Early to Mid-July 2014.
Early October 2014.
Mid-December 2014.
finalized a labor-related share for FY
2014 of 69.6 percent. In addition, we
implemented this revised and rebased
labor-related share in a budget neutral
manner, but consistent with section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we did not take
into account the additional payments
that would be made as a result of
hospitals with a wage index less than or
equal to 1.0 being paid using a laborrelated share lower than the laborrelated share of hospitals with a wage
index greater than 1.0.
The labor-related share is used to
determine the proportion of the national
IPPS base payment rate to which the
area wage index is applied. In this FY
2015 proposed rule, we are not
proposing to make any further changes
to the national average proportion of
operating costs that are attributable to
wages and salaries, employee benefits,
contract labor, the labor-related portion
of professional fees, administrative and
facilities support services, and all other
labor-related services.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to continue to use a laborrelated share of 69.6 percent for
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014. Tables 1A and 1B, which are
published in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and
available via the Internet, reflect this
proposed labor-related share. For FY
2015, for all IPPS hospitals whose wage
indexes are less than or equal to 1.0000,
we are proposing to apply the wage
index to a labor-related share of 62
percent of the national standardized
amount. For all IPPS hospitals whose
wage indexes are greater than 1.0000,
for FY 2015, we are proposing to apply
the wage index to a proposed labor-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28084
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
related share of 69.6 percent of the
national standardized amount. We note
that, for Puerto Rico hospitals, the
national labor-related share is 62
percent because the national wage index
for all Puerto Rico hospitals is less than
1.0.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50601 through 50603), we
also rebased and revised the laborrelated share for the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts using FY 2010 as
a base year. We finalized a labor-related
share for the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts for FY 2014 of
63.2 percent. In this FY 2015 proposed
rule, we are not proposing to make any
further changes to the Puerto Rico
specific average proportion of operating
costs that are attributable to wages and
salaries, employee benefits, contract
labor, the labor-related portion of
professional fees, administrative and
facilities support services, and all other
labor-related services. Therefore, for FY
2015, we are proposing to continue to
use a labor-related share for the Puerto
Rico-specific standardized amounts of
63.2 percent for discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2014. Puerto Rico
hospitals are paid based on 75 percent
of the national standardized amounts
and 25 percent of the Puerto Ricospecific standardized amounts. For FY
2015, we are proposing to adopt that the
labor-related share of a hospital’s Puerto
Rico-specific rate would be either the
Puerto Rico-specific labor-related share
of 63.2 percent or 62 percent, depending
on which results in higher payments to
the hospital. If the hospital has a Puerto
Rico-specific wage index of greater than
1.0 for FY 2015, we are proposing to set
the hospital’s rates using a labor-related
share of 63.2 percent for the 25 percent
portion of the hospital’s payment
determined by the Puerto Rico
standardized amounts because this
amount would result in higher
payments. Conversely, a hospital with a
Puerto Rico-specific wage index of less
than or equal to 1.0 for FY 2015 would
be paid using the Puerto Rico-specific
labor-related share of 62 percent of the
Puerto Rico-specific rates because the
lower labor-related share would result
in higher payments. The proposed
Puerto Rico labor-related share of 63.2
percent for FY 2015 is reflected in Table
1C, which is published in section VI. of
the Addendum to this proposed rule
and available via the Internet.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
IV. Other Decisions and Proposed
Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs
and Graduate Medical Education
(GME) Costs
A. Proposed Changes to MS–DRGs
Subject to the Postacute Care Transfer
Policy (§ 412.4)
1. Background
Existing regulations at § 412.4(a)
define discharges under the IPPS as
situations in which a patient is formally
released from an acute care hospital or
dies in the hospital. Section 412.4(b)
defines acute care transfers, and
§ 412.4(c) defines postacute care
transfers. Our policy, set forth in
§ 412(f), provides that when a patient is
transferred and his or her length of stay
is less than the geometric mean length
of stay for the MS–DRG to which the
case is assigned, the transferring
hospital is generally paid based on a
graduated per diem rate for each day of
stay, not to exceed the full MS–DRG
payment that would have been made if
the patient had been discharged without
being transferred.
The per diem rate paid to a
transferring hospital is calculated by
dividing the full DRG payment by the
geometric mean length of stay for the
MS–DRG. Based on an analysis that
showed that the first day of
hospitalization is the most expensive
(60 FR 45804), our policy generally
provides for payment that is twice the
per diem amount for the first day, with
each subsequent day paid at the per
diem amount up to the full MS–DRG
payment (§ 412.4(f)(1)). Transfer cases
are also eligible for outlier payments. In
general, the outlier threshold for transfer
cases, as described in § 412.80(b), is
equal to the fixed-loss outlier threshold
for nontransfer cases (adjusted for
geographic variations in costs), divided
by the geometric mean length of stay for
the MS–DRG, and multiplied by the
length of stay for the case, plus one day.
We established the criteria set forth in
§ 412.4(d) for determining which DRGs
qualify for postacute care transfer
payments in the FY 2006 IPPS final rule
(70 FR 47419 through 47420). The
determination of whether a DRG is
subject to the postacute care transfer
policy was initially based on the
Medicare Version 23.0 GROUPER (FY
2006) and data from the FY 2004
MedPAR file. However, if a DRG did not
exist in Version 23.0 or a DRG included
in Version 23.0 is revised, we use the
current version of the Medicare
GROUPER and the most recent complete
year of MedPAR data to determine if the
DRG is subject to the postacute care
transfer policy. Specifically, if the MS–
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
DRG’s total number of discharges to
postacute care equals or exceeds the
55th percentile for all MS–DRGs and the
proportion of short-stay discharges to
postacute care to total discharges in the
MS–DRG exceeds the 55th percentile for
all MS–DRGs, CMS will apply the
postacute care transfer policy to that
MS–DRG and to any other MS–DRG that
shares the same base MS–DRG. In the
preamble to the FY 2006 IPPS final rule
(70 FR 47419), we stated that ‘‘we will
not revise the list of DRGs subject to the
postacute care transfer policy annually
unless we are making a change to a
specific DRG.’’
To account for MS–DRGs subject to
the postacute care transfer policy that
exhibit exceptionally higher shares of
costs very early in the hospital stay,
§ 412.4(f) also includes a special
payment methodology. For these MS–
DRGs, hospitals receive 50 percent of
the full MS–DRG payment, plus the
single per diem payment, for the first
day of the stay, as well as a per diem
payment for subsequent days (up to the
full MS–DRG payment (§ 412.4(f)(6)).
For an MS–DRG to qualify for the
special payment methodology, the
geometric mean length of stay must be
greater than 4 days, and the average
charges of 1-day discharge cases in the
MS–DRG must be at least 50 percent of
the average charges for all cases within
the MS–DRG. MS–DRGs that are part of
an MS–DRG group will qualify under
the DRG special payment policy if any
one of the MS–DRGs that share that
same base MS–DRG qualifies
(§ 412.4(f)(6)).
2. Proposed Changes to the Postacute
Care Transfer MS–DRGs
Based on our annual review of MS–
DRGs, we have identified a number of
MS–DRGs that should be included on
the list of MS–DRGs subject to the
postacute care transfer policy. As we
discuss in section II.G. of this proposed
rule, in response to public comments
and based on our analysis of FY 2013
MedPAR claims data, we are proposing
to make several changes to MS–DRGs to
better capture certain severity of illness
levels, to be effective for FY 2015.
Specifically, we are proposing to modify
the assignment of endovascular cardiac
valve replacements currently assigned
to MS–DRGs 216 (Cardiac Valve & Other
Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with
Cardiac Catheterization with MCC), 217
(Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac
Catheterization with CC), 218 (Cardiac
Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic
Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization
without CC/MCC), 219 (Cardiac Valve &
Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28085
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
without Cardiac Catheterization with
MCC), 220 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization with CC), and
221 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization without CC/
MCC) to MS–DRGs 266 and 267
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement with and without MCC,
respectively) to better reflect the
differences in patients receiving
endovascular cardiac valve
replacements from patients who
undergo an open chest cardiac valve
replacement. We also are proposing to
further refine back and neck procedures
currently assigned to MS–DRGs 490 and
491 (Back & Neck Procedure Except
Spinal Fusion with CC/MCC or Disc
Device/Neurostimulator and without
CC/MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator, respectively) into
additional severity levels, now
identified as MS–DRGs 518, 519, and
520 (Back & Neck Procedure Except
Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator, with CC, and without
MCC/CC, respectively). Finally, we are
proposing to remove the severity levels
for reverse shoulder replacements,
merging MS–DRGs 483 and 484 (Major
Joint & Limb Reattachment Procedure of
Upper Extremity with CC/MCC and
without CC/MCC, respectively) into
MS–DRG 483 (Major Joint/Limb
Reattachment Procedure of Upper
Extremities). A discussion of these
proposed changes can be found in
section II.G.4.c., II.G.5.c. and II.G.5.a.,
respectively, of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
In light of these proposed changes to
the MS–DRGs, according to the
regulations under § 412.4(c), we
evaluated these proposed FY 2015 MS–
DRGs against the general postacute care
transfer policy criteria using the FY
2013 MedPAR data. If an MS–DRG
qualified for the postacute care transfer
policy, we also evaluated that MS–DRG
under the special payment methodology
criteria according to regulations at
§ 412.4(f)(6). We continue believe it is
appropriate to reassess MS–DRGs when
proposing reassignment of diagnostic
codes that would result in material
changes to an MS–DRG. As a result of
our review, we found that MS–DRGs
216 through 221 would require no
revisions in postacute care transfer or
special payment policy status. However,
we are proposing to update the list of
MS–DRGs that are subject to the
postacute care transfer policy to include
the proposed new MS–DRGs 266, 267,
518, 519, and 520. (These MS–DRGs are
reflected in Table 5, which is listed in
section VI. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule and available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site, and also
are listed in the charts at the end of this
section.)
In addition, based on our evaluation
of the proposed FY 2015 MS–DRGs
using the FY 2013 Med PAR data, we
have determined that proposed revised
MS–DRG 483 would no longer meet the
postacute care transfer criteria.
Therefore, we are proposing that it be
removed from the list of MS–DRGs
subject to the postacute care transfer
policy, effective FY 2015. We refer
readers to the asterisk (*) bolded text in
the following table for which criterion
was not met in our analysis for each
MS–DRG removed from the postacute
care transfer policy list.
LIST OF MS–DRGS THAT WOULD CHANGE POSTACUTE CARE TRANSFER POLICY STATUS IN FY 2015
MS–
DRG
MS–DRG Title
266 .......
Endovascular Cardiac Valve .............
Replacement with MCC ....................
Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement w/o MCC.
Major Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of Upper Extremities.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion with CC.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC).
267 .......
483 .......
518 .......
519 .......
520 .......
Total cases
Postacute care
transfers (55th
percentile: 1,471)
Percent of
short-stay
postacute care
transfers to all
cases (55th
percentile:
7.9060%)
(percent)
Short-stay
postacute care
transfers
Postacute
transfer policy
status
4,086
2,851
1,030
25.21
YES.
4,476
2,800
835
18.66
YES.
41,372
17,289
2,271
* 5.49
NO.
3,844
2,136
412
10.72
YES.
15,238
7,405
1,126
* 7.39
YES.**
31,792
7,859
0
* 0.00
YES.**
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
* Indicates a current postacute care transfer policy criterion that the MS–DRG did not meet.
** As described in the policy at 42 CFR 412.4(d)(3)(ii)(D), MS–DRGs that share the same base MS–DRG will all qualify under the postacute
care transfer policy if any one of the MS–DRGs that share that same base MS–DRG qualifies.
Finally, we have determined that MS–
DRGs 266, 267, 518, 519, and 520 also
would meet the criteria for the special
payment methodology. Therefore, we
are proposing that they would be subject
to the MS–DRG special payment
methodology, effective FY 2015.
LIST OF MS–DRGS THAT WOULD CHANGE DRG SPECIAL PAYMENT POLICY STATUS IN FY 2015
Geometric mean
length of stay
MS–DRG
MS–DRG Title
266 ...........
Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement with
MCC.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00109
8.3643
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average
charges of 1-day
discharges
50% of average
charges for all
cases within
MS–DRG
$42,081
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
$126,326
15MYP2
Special pay
policy status
YES.*
28086
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
LIST OF MS–DRGS THAT WOULD CHANGE DRG SPECIAL PAYMENT POLICY STATUS IN FY 2015—Continued
Geometric mean
length of stay
MS–DRG
MS–DRG Title
267 ...........
Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement
without MCC.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion
with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion
with CC.
Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion
without CC/MCC.
518 ...........
519 ...........
520 ...........
50% of average
charges for all
cases within
MS–DRG
Average
charges of 1-day
discharges
Special pay
policy status
5.0271
128,013
95,141
YES.
4.2882
68,515
43,514
YES.
3.0507
0
0
YES.*
1.7315
0
0
YES.*
* As described in the policy at 42 CFR 412.4(d)(6)(iv), MS–DRGs that share the same base MS–DRG will all qualify under the DRG special
payment policy if any one of the MS–DRGs that share that same base MS–DRG qualifies.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient
Hospital Update for FY 2015
(§ 412.64(d))
1. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital
Update
In accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, each year we
update the national standardized
amount for inpatient operating costs by
a factor called the ‘‘applicable
percentage increase.’’ In FY 2014,
consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of
the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a)
and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act,
we set the applicable percentage
increase under the IPPS by applying the
following adjustments in the following
sequence. Specifically, the applicable
percentage increase under the IPPS is
equal to the rate-of-increase in the
hospital market basket for IPPS
hospitals in all areas, subject to a
reduction of 2.0 percentage points if the
hospital fails to submit quality
information under rules established by
the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, and then
subject to an adjustment based on
changes in economy-wide productivity
(the multifactor productivity (MFP)
adjustment), and an additional
reduction of 0.3 percentage point as
required by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act. Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and
(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act, as added by
section 3401(a) of the Affordable Care
Act, state that application of the MFP
adjustment and the additional FY 2014
adjustment of 0.3 percentage point may
result in the applicable percentage
increase being less than zero.
For FY 2015, there are three statutory
changes to the applicable percentage
increase compared to FY 2014. First,
under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the
Act, beginning with FY 2015, the
reduction in the applicable percentage
increase for hospitals that fail to submit
quality information under rules
established by the Secretary is one-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
quarter of the applicable percentage
increase (prior to the application of
statutory adjustments under sections
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi), and
1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act) or onequarter of the applicable market basket
update. For FY 2014, the reduction to
the applicable percentage increase for
hospitals that failed to submit quality
information under rules established by
the Secretary was 2.0 percentage points.
Second, beginning with FY 2015,
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) requires that
any hospital that is not a meaningful
electronic health record (EHR) user (as
defined in section1886(n)(3) of the Act
and not subject to an exception under
section1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act)) will
have ‘‘three-quarters’’ of the applicable
percentage increase (prior to the
application of statutory adjustments
under sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii),
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi), and 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii)
of the Act), or three-quarters of the
applicable market basket update,
reduced by 331⁄3 percent. The reduction
to three-quarters of the applicable
percentage increase for those hospitals
that are not meaningful EHR users
increases to 662⁄3 percent for FY 2016,
and, for FY 2017 and subsequent fiscal
years, to 100 percent. Third, for FY
2015, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the
Act applies an additional reduction of
0.2 percentage point compared to 0.3
percentage point for FY 2014.
To summarize, for FY 2015,
consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of
the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a)
and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act,
we are setting the applicable percentage
increase by applying the following
adjustments in the following sequence.
Specifically, the applicable percentage
increase under the IPPS is equal to the
rate-of-increase in the hospital market
basket for IPPS hospitals in all areas,
subject to a reduction of one-quarter of
the applicable percentage increase (prior
to the application of other statutory
adjustments; also referred to as the
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
market basket update or rate-of-increase
(with no adjustments)) for hospitals that
fail to submit quality information under
rules established by the Secretary in
accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and a 331⁄3
percent reduction to three-fourths of the
applicable percentage increase (prior to
the application of other statutory
adjustments; also referred to as the
market basket update or rate-of-increase
(with no adjustments)) for hospitals not
considered to be meaningful EHR users
in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, and then
subject to an adjustment based on
changes in economy-wide productivity
(the multifactor productivity (MFP)
adjustment), and an additional
reduction of 0.2 percentage point as
required by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act. As noted previously, sections
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and (b)(3)(B)(xii) of the
Act, as added by section 3401(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, state that
application of the MFP adjustment and
the additional FY 2015 adjustment of
0.2 percentage point may result in the
applicable percentage increase being
less than zero.
We note that, in compliance with
section 404 of the MMA, in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we replaced
the FY 2006-based IPPS operating and
capital market baskets with the revised
and rebased FY 2010-based IPPS
operating and capital market baskets for
FY 2014. We are proposing to continue
to use the FY 2010-based IPPS operating
and capital market baskets for FY 2015.
We also are proposing to continue to use
a labor-related share that is reflective of
the FY 2010 base year. For FY 2015, we
are proposing to continue using the
labor-related share of 69.6 percent,
which is based on the FY 2010-based
IPPS market basket.
Based on the most recent data
available for this FY 2015 proposed
rule, in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we are
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
proposing to base the proposed FY 2015
market basket update used to determine
the applicable percentage increase for
the IPPS on IHS Global Insight, Inc.’s
(IGI’s) first quarter 2014 forecast of the
FY 2010-based IPPS market basket rateof-increase with historical data through
fourth quarter 2013, which is estimated
to be 2.7 percent.
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51689 through 51692), we
finalized our methodology for
calculating and applying the MFP
adjustment. For FY 2015, we are not
proposing to make any change in our
methodology for calculating and
applying the MFP adjustment. For FY
2015, we are proposing a MFP
adjustment of ¥0.4 percentage point.
Similar to the market basket adjustment,
for this proposed rule, we used the most
recent data available to compute the
MFP adjustment.
For FY 2015, depending on whether
a hospital submits quality data under
the rules established in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act
(hereafter referred to as a hospital that
submits quality data) and is a
meaningful EHR user under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act (hereafter
referred to as a hospital that is a
meaningful EHR user), there are four
possible applicable percentage increases
that can be applied to the standardized
amount. Below we discuss these four
options.
• For a hospital that submits quality
data and is a meaningful EHR user, we
are proposing an applicable percentage
increase to the FY 2015 operating
standardized amount of 2.1 percent (that
is, the FY 2015 estimate of the market
basket rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent
less an adjustment of 0.4 percentage
point for economy-wide productivity
(that is, the MFP adjustment) and less
0.2 percentage point).
• For a hospitals that submits quality
data and is not a meaningful EHR user,
we are proposing an applicable
percentage increase to the operating
standardized amount of 1.425 percent
(that is, the FY 2015 estimate of the
market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent, less an adjustment of 0.675
percentage point (the market basket rateof-increase of 2.7 percent × 0.75)/3) for
failure to be a meaningful EHR user, less
an adjustment of 0.4 percentage point
for the MFP adjustment, and less an
additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage
point).
• For a hospital that does not submit
quality data and is a meaningful EHR
user, we are proposing an applicable
percentage increase to the operating
standardized amount of 1.425 percent
(that is, the FY 2015 estimate of the
market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent, less an adjustment of 0.675
percentage point (the market basket rateHospital
submitted
quality
data and is
a
meaningful
EHR user
FY 2015
Market Basket Rate-of-Increase ......................................
Adjustment for Failure to Submit Quality Data under
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act ...........................
Adjustment for Failure to be a Meaningful EHR User
under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act ..................
MFP Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the
Act ................................................................................
Statutory Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act ..........................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospital submitted
quality data
and is NOT
a
meaningful
EHR user
Frm 00111
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is a
meaningful
EHR user
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is NOT a
meaningful
EHR user
2.7
2.7
2.7
0.0
0.0
¥0.675
¥0.675
0.0
¥0.675
0.0
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.4
¥0.4
¥0.4
¥0.2
¥0.2
¥0.2
¥0.2
2.1
1.425
1.425
0.75
one-fourth of the applicable percentage
increase (prior to the application of
other statutory adjustments) if the
hospital fails to submit quality
information (under rules established by
the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act) and a 331⁄3
percent reduction to three-fourths of the
applicable percentage increase (prior to
the application of other statutory
adjustments) for a hospital that is not a
PO 00000
of-increase of 2.7 percent/4) for failure
to submit quality data, less an
adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for
the MFP adjustment, and less an
additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage
point).
• For a hospital that does not submit
quality data and is not a meaningful
EHR user, we are proposing an
applicable percentage increase to the
operating standardized amount of 0.75
percent (that is, the FY 2015 estimate of
the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent, less an adjustment of 0.675
percentage point (the market basket rateof-increase of 2.7 percent/4) for failure
to submit quality data, less an
adjustment of 0.675 percentage point
(the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent × 0.75)/3) for failure to be a
meaningful EHR user, less an
adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for
the MFP adjustment, and less an
additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage
point).
If more recent data become
subsequently available (for example, a
more recent estimate of the market
basket and the MFP adjustment), we are
proposing to use such data, if
appropriate, to determine the FY 2015
market basket update and MFP
adjustment in the final rule. Below we
provide a table summarizing the four
proposed applicable percentage
increases.
2.7
Proposed Applicable Percentage Increase Applied to Standardized Amount ...........................
We are proposing to revise the
existing regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(d)
to reflect the current law for the FY
2015 update. Specifically, in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we
are proposing to add a new paragraph
(vi) to § 412.64(d)(1) to reflect the
applicable percentage increase to the FY
2015 operating standardized amount as
the percentage increase in the market
basket index, subject to a reduction of
28087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
meaningful EHR user in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act,
less an MFP adjustment and less an
additional reduction of 0.2 percentage
point.
In addition, we are proposing to make
technical changes to §§ 412.64(d)(1),
(d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(v), (d)(2)(i),
(d)(2)(ii), and (d)(3) introductory text to
reflect the order in which CMS applies
the statutory adjustments to the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28088
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
applicable percentage increase under
section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act. As
mentioned above, consistent with
section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, CMS
sets the applicable percentage increase
under the IPPS by applying the
following adjustments in the following
sequence. Specifically, we set the
applicable percentage increase under
the IPPS equal to the rate-of-increase in
the hospital market basket for IPPS
hospitals in all areas subject to a
reduction for hospitals that fail to
submit quality information under rules
established by the Secretary in
accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and,
beginning in FY 2015, a reduction for
hospitals not considered to be
meaningful EHR users in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act;
and then subject to an adjustment based
on changes in economy-wide
productivity (the MFP adjustment), and
an additional reduction as required by
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act.
The existing regulation text at
§ 412.64(d)(2) and (d)(3) describes the
reductions for hospitals that fail to
submit quality information under rules
established by the Secretary in
accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and
hospitals not considered to be
meaningful EHR users in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act
as reductions to ‘‘the applicable
percentage change specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.’’ Section
412.64(d)(1) describes the applicable
percentage change for the applicable
fiscal year as the percentage increase in
the market basket index less the MFP
adjustment and less the additional
reduction required by section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act. This text
suggests that CMS applies the reduction
for hospitals that fail to submit quality
information and, beginning in FY 2015,
the reduction for hospitals not
considered to be meaningful EHR users,
after it applies the MFP adjustment and
the additional reduction under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act. Therefore,
we are proposing to revise the
regulations in § 412.64(d) to reflect the
order in which CMS applies the
adjustments to the applicable
percentage increase under section
1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act. We note that
we also are proposing clarifying
amendments to the regulatory text for
prior fiscal years under
§§ 412.64(d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(v) to
reflect the determination of the
applicable percentage change for those
prior years as well as other technical
changes for readability.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act
provides that the applicable percentage
increase to the hospital-specific rates for
SCHs and MDHs equals the applicable
percentage increase set forth in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the
same update factor as for all other
hospitals subject to the IPPS). Therefore,
the update to the hospital-specific rates
for SCHs and MDHs is also subject to
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as
amended by sections 3401(a) and
10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act.
Accordingly, for FY 2015, we are
proposing the following updates to the
hospital-specific rates applicable to
SCHs and MDHs: An update of 2.1
percent for a hospital that submits
quality data and is a meaningful EHR
user; an update of 1.425 percent for a
hospital that fails to submit quality data
and is a meaningful EHR user; an
update of 1.425 percent for a hospital
that submits quality data and is not a
meaningful EHR user; an update of 0.75
percent for a hospital that fails to submit
quality data and is not a meaningful
EHR user. (As noted below, under
current law, the MDH program is
effective for discharges occurring on or
before March 31, 2015.) For FY 2015,
the existing regulations in
§§ 412.73(c)(16), 412.75(d), 412.77(e),
412.78(e), and 412.79(d) contain
provisions that set the update factor for
SCHs and MDHs equal to the update
factor applied to the national
standardized amount for all IPPS
hospitals. Therefore, we are not
proposing to make any further changes
to these five regulatory provisions to
reflect the FY 2015 update factor for the
hospital-specific rates of SCHs and
MDHs. As mentioned above, for this
proposed rule, we used IGI’s first
quarter 2014 forecast of the FY 2010based IPPS market basket update with
historical data through fourth quarter
2013. Similarly, we used IGI’s first
quarter 2014 forecast of the MFP
adjustment. For the final rule, we are
proposing to use the most recent data
available.
We note that, as discussed in section
IV.G. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, section 1106 of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113–
67), enacted on December 26, 2013,
extended the MDH program from the
end of FY 2013 through the first half of
FY 2014 (that is, for discharges
occurring before April 1, 2014).
Subsequently, section 106 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014, Public Law 113–93, enacted on
April 1, 2014, further extended the
MDH program through the first half of
FY 2015 (that is, for discharges
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
occurring before April l, 2015). Prior to
the enactment of Public Law 113–67,
the MDH program was to be in effect
through the end of FY 2013 only. The
MDH program expires for discharges
beginning on April 1, 2015 under
current law. Accordingly, the proposed
update of the hospital-specific rates for
FY 2015 for MDHs will apply in
determining payments for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1,
2015.
2. FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
Puerto Rico hospitals are paid a
blended rate for their inpatient
operating costs based on 75 percent of
the national standardized amount and
25 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount. Section
1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act is the basis
for determining the applicable
percentage increase applied to the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount. Section 401(c) of Public Law
108–173 amended section
1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act, which states
that, for discharges occurring in a fiscal
year (beginning with FY 2004), the
Secretary shall compute an average
standardized amount for hospitals
located in any area of Puerto Rico that
is equal to the average standardized
amount computed under subclause (I)
for fiscal year 2003 for hospitals in a
large urban area (or, beginning with FY
2005, for all hospitals in the previous
fiscal year) increased by the applicable
percentage increase under subsection
(b)(3)(B) for the fiscal year involved.
Therefore, the update to the Puerto
Rico-specific operating standardized
amount equals the applicable
percentage increase set forth in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as amended
by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the
Affordable Care Act (that is, the same
update factor as for all other hospitals
subject to the IPPS). Accordingly, we are
proposing an applicable percentage
increase to the Puerto Rico-specific
operating standardized amount of 2.1
percent for FY 2015. We note that the
provisions of section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)
of the Act, which specify the
adjustments to the applicable
percentage increase for ‘‘subsection (d)’’
hospitals that do not submit quality data
under the rules established by the
Secretary, and the provisions of section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, which
specify the adjustments to the
applicable percentage increase for
‘‘subsection (d)’’ hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users, are not
applicable to hospitals located in Puerto
Rico.
For FY 2015, the existing regulations
in § 412.211(c) set the update factor for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount equal to the update factor
applied to the national standardized
amount for all IPPS hospitals. Therefore,
we are not proposing to make any
further changes to this regulatory
provision to reflect the FY 2015 update
factor for the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount.
As mentioned previously, for this
proposed rule, we used IGI’s first
quarter 2014 forecast of the FY 2010based IPPS market basket update with
historical data through fourth quarter
2013. For the final rule, we are
proposing to use the most recent data
available. Similarly, we used IGI’s first
quarter 2014 forecast of the MFP
adjustment. For the final rule, we are
proposing to use the most recent data
available.
C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs):
Proposed Annual Updates to Case-Mix
Index and Discharge Criteria (§ 412.96)
Under the authority of section
1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act, the
regulations at § 412.96 set forth the
criteria that a hospital must meet in
order to qualify under the IPPS as a
rural referral center (RRC). RRCs receive
some special treatment under both the
DSH payment adjustment and the
criteria for geographic reclassification.
Section 402 of Public Law 108–173
raised the DSH payment adjustment for
RRCs such that they are not subject to
the 12-percent cap on DSH payments
that is applicable to other rural
hospitals. RRCs are also not subject to
the proximity criteria when applying for
geographic reclassification. In addition,
they do not have to meet the
requirement that a hospital’s average
hourly wage must exceed, by a certain
percentage, the average hourly wage of
the labor market area where the hospital
is located.
Section 4202(b) of Public Law 105–33
states, in part, ‘‘[a]ny hospital classified
as an RRC by the Secretary . . . for
fiscal year 1991 shall be classified as
such an RRC for fiscal year 1998 and
each subsequent year.’’ In the August
29, 1997 IPPS final rule with comment
period (62 FR 45999), CMS reinstated
RRC status for all hospitals that lost the
status due to triennial review or MGCRB
reclassification. However, CMS did not
reinstate the status of hospitals that lost
RRC status because they were now
urban for all purposes because of the
OMB designation of their geographic
area as urban. Subsequently, in the
August 1, 2000 IPPS final rule (65 FR
47089), we indicated that we were
revisiting that decision. Specifically, we
stated that we would permit hospitals
that previously qualified as an RRC and
lost their status due to OMB
redesignation of the county in which
they are located from rural to urban, to
be reinstated as an RRC. Otherwise, a
hospital seeking RRC status must satisfy
all of the other applicable criteria. We
use the definitions of ‘‘urban’’ and
‘‘rural’’ specified in Subpart D of 42 CFR
Part 412. One of the criteria under
which a hospital may qualify as an RRC
is to have 275 or more beds available for
use (§ 412.96(b)(1)(ii)). A rural hospital
that does not meet the bed size
requirement can qualify as an RRC if the
hospital meets two mandatory
prerequisites (a minimum CMI and a
minimum number of discharges), and at
least one of three optional criteria
(relating to specialty composition of
medical staff, source of inpatients, or
referral volume). (We refer readers to
§ 412.96(c)(1) through (c)(5) and the
September 30, 1988 Federal Register (53
FR 38513).) With respect to the two
mandatory prerequisites, a hospital may
be classified as an RRC if—
• The hospital’s CMI is at least equal
to the lower of the median CMI for
urban hospitals in its census region,
excluding hospitals with approved
teaching programs, or the median CMI
for all urban hospitals nationally; and
• The hospital’s number of discharges
is at least 5,000 per year, or, if fewer, the
median number of discharges for urban
hospitals in the census region in which
the hospital is located. (The number of
discharges criterion for an osteopathic
hospital is at least 3,000 discharges per
year, as specified in section
1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act.)
1. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
Section 412.96(c)(1) provides that
CMS establish updated national and
regional CMI values in each year’s
annual notice of prospective payment
rates for purposes of determining RRC
status. The methodology we used to
determine the national and regional CMI
values is set forth in the regulations at
§ 412.96(c)(1)(ii). The proposed national
median CMI value for FY 2015 includes
data from all urban hospitals
nationwide, and the proposed regional
values for FY 2015 are the median CMI
values of urban hospitals within each
census region, excluding those hospitals
with approved teaching programs (that
is, those hospitals that train residents in
an approved GME program as provided
in § 413.75). These proposed values are
based on discharges occurring during
FY 2013 (October 1, 2012 through
September 30, 2013), and include bills
posted to CMS’ records through
December 2013.
We are proposing that, in addition to
meeting other criteria, if rural hospitals
with fewer than 275 beds are to qualify
for initial RRC status for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, they must have a CMI value for
FY 2013 that is at least—
• 1.5730; or
• The median CMI value (not
transfer-adjusted) for urban hospitals
(excluding hospitals with approved
teaching programs as identified in
§ 413.75) calculated by CMS for the
census region in which the hospital is
located.
The proposed CMI values by region
are set forth in the following table:
Proposed
case-mix index
value
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Region
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT) ........................................................................................................................................
Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY) ...........................................................................................................................................................
South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV) ...............................................................................................................
East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI) ..........................................................................................................................................
East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN) .............................................................................................................................................
West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD) ......................................................................................................................
West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX) ............................................................................................................................................
Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY) ...............................................................................................................................
Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA) .........................................................................................................................................................
We intend to update the preceding
numbers in the FY 2015 final rule to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reflect the updated FY 2013 MedPAR
file, which would contain data from
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
28089
Sfmt 4702
1.3602
1.4334
1.4815
1.4915
1.4099
1.5498
1.6041
1.6583
1.5680
additional bills received through March
2014.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28090
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
A hospital seeking to qualify as an
RRC should obtain its hospital-specific
CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) from
its fiscal intermediary or MAC. Data are
available on the Provider Statistical and
Reimbursement (PS&R) System. In
keeping with our policy on discharges,
the CMI values are computed based on
all Medicare patient discharges subject
to the IPPS MS–DRG-based payment.
2. Discharges
Section 412.96(c)(2)(i) provides that
CMS set forth the national and regional
numbers of discharges in each year’s
annual notice of prospective payment
rates for purposes of determining RRC
status. As specified in section
1886(d)(5)(C)(ii) of the Act, the national
standard is set at 5,000 discharges. We
are proposing to update the regional
standards based on discharges for urban
hospitals’ cost reporting periods that
began during FY 2012 (that is October
1, 2011 through September 30, 2012),
which are the latest cost report data
available at the time this proposed rule
was developed.
We are proposing that, in addition to
meeting other criteria, a hospital, if it is
to qualify for initial RRC status for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2014, must have, as the
number of discharges for its cost
reporting period that began during FY
2012, at least—
• 5,000 (3,000 for an osteopathic
hospital); or
• The median number of discharges
for urban hospitals in the census region
in which the hospital is located, as
indicated in the following table.
Number of
discharges
Region
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT) ........................................................................................................................................
Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY) ...........................................................................................................................................................
South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV) ...............................................................................................................
East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI) ..........................................................................................................................................
East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN) .............................................................................................................................................
West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD) ......................................................................................................................
West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX) ............................................................................................................................................
Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY) ...............................................................................................................................
Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA) .........................................................................................................................................................
We intend to update these numbers in
the FY 2015 final rule based on the
latest available cost report data.
We reiterate that, if an osteopathic
hospital is to qualify for RRC status for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2014, the hospital
would be required to have at least 3,000
discharges for its cost reporting period
that began during FY 2012.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
D. Proposed Payment Adjustment for
Low-Volume Hospitals (§ 412.101)
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(12) of the Act
provides for an additional payment to
each qualifying low-volume hospital
that is paid under IPPS beginning in FY
2005. Sections 3125 and 10314 of the
Affordable Care Act provided for a
temporary change in the low-volume
hospital payment policy for FYs 2011
and 2012. Section 605 of the American
Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA)
extended, for FY 2013, the temporary
changes in the low-volume hospital
payment policy provided for in FYs
2011 and 2012 by the Affordable Care
Act. Prior to the enactment of the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113–67) on December 26, 2013
and section 106 of the Protecting Access
to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–
93) on April l, 2014, beginning with FY
2014, the low-volume hospital
qualifying criteria and payment
adjustment returned to the statutory
requirements under section 1886(d)(12)
of the Act that were in effect prior to the
amendments made by the Affordable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Care Act and the ATRA. (For additional
information on the expiration of the
temporary changes in the low-volume
hospital payment policy for FYs 2011
through 2013 provided for by the
Affordable Care Act and the ATRA, we
refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50610 through
50613).)
Section 1105 of the Pathway for SGR
Reform Act extended, for the first 6
months of FY 2014 (that is, through
March 31, 2014), the temporary changes
in the low-volume hospital payment
policy provided for in FYs 2011 and
2012 by the Affordable Care Act and
extended through FY 2013 by the
ATRA. We addressed the extension of
the temporary changes to the lowvolume hospital payment policy
through March 31, 2014 under the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act in an
interim final rule with comment period
that appeared in the Federal Register on
March 18, 2014 (79 FR 15022 through
15025). In that March 18, 2014 interim
final rule with comment period, we also
amended the regulations at 42 CFR
412.101 to reflect the extension of the
temporary changes to the qualifying
criteria and the payment adjustment for
low-volume hospitals through March
31, 2014.
2. Provisions of the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014
Section 105 of the Protecting Access
to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–
93) extends, for an additional year (that
is, through March 31, 2015), the
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
7,679
10,661
10,591
8,130
7,065
7,925
4,524
8,830
8,261
temporary changes in the low-volume
hospital payment policy provided for in
FYs 2011 and 2012 by the Affordable
Care Act and extended through FY 2013
by the ATRA and the first half of FY
2014 by the Pathway for SGR Reform
Act. We intend to address the extension
of the temporary changes to the lowvolume hospital payment policy for the
second half of FY 2014 (that is, from
April 1, 2014 through September 30,
2014) under Public Law 113–93 in a
forthcoming Federal Register notice.
However, in this proposed rule, we are
proposing to make conforming changes
to the existing regulations text at
§ 412.101 to reflect the extension of the
changes to the qualifying criteria and
the payment adjustment methodology
for low-volume hospitals through the
first half of FY 2015 (that is, through
March 31, 2015) in accordance with
section 105 of Public Law 113–93.
Specifically, we are proposing to revise
paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(1),
(c)(2), and (d) of § 412.101. Under these
proposed changes to § 412.101,
beginning with FY 2015 discharges
occurring on or after April 1, 2015,
consistent with section 1886(d)(12) of
the Act, as amended, the low-volume
hospital qualifying criteria and payment
adjustment methodology would revert
to that which was in effect prior to the
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act and subsequent legislation
(that is, the low-volume hospital
payment adjustment policy in effect for
FYs 2005 through 2010).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
3. Low-Volume Hospital Definition and
Payment Adjustment for FY 2015
As discussed above, under section
1886(d)(12) of the Act, as amended, the
temporary changes in the low-volume
hospital payment policy originally
provided by the Affordable Care Act and
extended through subsequent
legislation, are effective for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1,
2015. To implement the extension of the
temporary change in the low-volume
hospital payment policy through the
first half of FY 2015 (that is, for
discharges occurring through March 31,
2015) provided for by Public Law 113–
93, in accordance with proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(ii) and consistent with
our historical approach, we are
proposing to update the discharge data
source used to identify qualifying lowvolume hospitals and calculate the
payment adjustment (percentage
increase) for FY 2015 discharges
occurring before April 1, 2015. Under
existing § 412.101(b)(2)(ii), for the
applicable fiscal years, a hospital’s
Medicare discharges from the most
recently available MedPAR data, as
determined by CMS, are used to
determine if the hospital meets the
discharge criteria to receive the lowvolume payment adjustment in the
current year. The applicable lowvolume percentage increase, as
originally provided for by the
Affordable Care Act, is determined
using a continuous linear sliding scale
equation that results in a low-volume
hospital payment adjustment ranging
from an additional 25 percent for
hospitals with 200 or fewer Medicare
discharges to a zero percent additional
payment adjustment for hospitals with
1,600 or more Medicare discharges. For
FY 2015 discharges occurring before
April 1, 2015, consistent with our
historical policy, we are proposing that
qualifying low-volume hospitals and
their payment adjustment would be
determined using the most recently
available Medicare discharge data from
the FY 2013 MedPAR file, as these data
are the most recent data available. Table
14 listed in the Addendum of this
proposed rule (which is available only
through the Internet on the CMS Web
site at https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
AcuteInpatientPPS/01_overview.asp)
lists the ‘‘subsection (d)’’ hospitals with
fewer than 1,600 Medicare discharges
based on the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file and their
proposed low-volume payment
adjustment for FY 2015 discharges
occurring before April 1, 2015 (if
eligible). Eligibility for the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment for the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
first 6 months of FY 2015 would also be
dependent upon meeting (in the case of
a hospital that did not qualify for the
low-volume hospital payment
adjustment in FY 2014) or continuing to
meet (in the case of a hospital that did
qualify for the low-volume hospital
payment adjustment in FY 2014) the
mileage criterion specified at proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(ii). A hospital also must
be located more than 15 road miles from
any other IPPS hospital in order to
qualify for a low-volume hospital
payment adjustment for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1,
2015. We note that the list of hospitals
with fewer than 1,600 Medicare
discharges in Table 14 does not reflect
whether or not the hospital meets the
mileage criterion. If more recent
Medicare discharge data become
available, we intend to use updated data
to determine the list of ‘‘subsection (d)’’
hospitals with fewer than 1,600
Medicare discharges based on the March
2014 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR
file and their potential low-volume
payment adjustment for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1,
2015 (if eligible) in Table 14 of the final
rule.
Furthermore, in accordance with
section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, as
amended, beginning with FY 2015
discharges occurring on or after April 1,
2015, the low-volume hospital
definition and payment adjustment
methodology will revert back to the
statutory requirements that were in
effect prior to the amendments made by
the Affordable Care Act and subsequent
legislation (including the Protecting
Access to Medicare Act). Therefore,
consistent with section 1886(d)(12) of
the Act, as amended, under the
proposed conforming changes to
§ 412.101(b)(2), effective for FY 2015
discharges occurring on or after April 1,
2015 and subsequent years, in order to
qualify as a low-volume hospital, a
subsection (d) hospital must be more
than 25 road miles from another
subsection (d) hospital and have less
than 200 discharges (that is, less than
200 discharges total, including both
Medicare and non-Medicare discharges)
during the fiscal year. Under our
existing policy, effective for FY 2015
discharges occurring on or after April 1,
2015 and subsequent years, qualifying
hospitals would receive the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment of an
additional 25 percent for discharges
occurring during the fiscal year (or
portion of the fiscal year). Consistent
with our existing policy for FYs 2005
through 2010, for FY 2015 discharges
occurring on or after April 1, 2015 (and
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28091
subsequent years), the discharge
determination for the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment would be
made based on the hospital’s number of
total discharges, that is, Medicare and
non-Medicare discharges, as specified at
proposed § 412.101(b)(2)(i). The
hospital’s most recently submitted cost
report is used to determine if the
hospital meets the discharge criterion to
receive the low-volume hospital
payment adjustment in the current fiscal
year. We use cost report data to
determine if a hospital meets the
discharge criterion because these data
are the best available data source that
includes information on both Medicare
and non-Medicare discharges. In
addition to a discharge criterion,
eligibility for the low-volume hospital
payment adjustment also depends on
the hospital meeting a mileage criterion.
As specified at proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(i), to meet the mileage
criterion to qualify for the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment for FY
2015 discharges occurring on or after
April 1, 2015 (and subsequent years), a
hospital must be located more than 25
road miles from the nearest subsection
(d) hospital.
Consistent with our previously
established procedure, for FY 2015, we
are proposing the following process for
requesting and obtaining the lowvolume hospital payment adjustment.
That is, in order to receive a low-volume
hospital payment adjustment under
§ 412.101, a hospital must notify and
provide documentation to its MAC that
it meets the discharge and distance
requirements under proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(ii) for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1,
2015, and under proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(i) for FY 2015 discharges
occurring on or after April 1, 2015, if
also applicable. The MAC will
determine, based on the most recent
data available, if the hospital qualifies
as a low-volume hospital, so that the
hospital would know in advance
whether or not it will receive a payment
adjustment. The MAC and CMS may
review available data, in addition to the
data the hospital submits with its
request for low-volume hospital status,
in order to determine whether or not the
hospital meets the qualifying criteria.
Consistent with our previously
established procedure, for FY 2015, we
are proposing that a hospital must make
a written request for low-volume
hospital status that is received by its
MAC no later than September 1, 2014,
in order for the applicable low-volume
hospital payment adjustment to be
applied to payments for its discharges
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28092
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
occurring on or after October 1, 2014,
and through March 31, 2015, under
proposed § 412.101(b)(2)(ii) or through
September 30, 2015, for hospitals that
also qualify under proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(i)). A hospital that
qualified for the low-volume payment
adjustment in FY 2014 may continue to
receive a low-volume payment
adjustment for FY 2015 discharges
occurring before April 1, 2015, without
reapplying if it continues to meet the
Medicare discharge criterion established
for FY 2015 (shown in Table 14, which
is available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site) and the distance criterion.
However, the hospital must send
written verification that is received by
its MAC no later than September 1,
2014, that it continues to be more than
15 miles from any other ‘‘subsection
(d)’’ hospital.
If a hospital’s written request for lowvolume hospital status for FY 2015 is
received after September 1, 2014, and if
the MAC determines that the hospital
meets the criteria to qualify as a lowvolume hospital under proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(ii), the MAC would
apply the applicable low-volume
hospital payment adjustment to
determine the payment for the hospital’s
FY 2015 discharges, effective
prospectively within 30 days of the date
of its low-volume hospital status
determination through discharges
occurring on or before March 31, 2015.
If the hospital also qualifies under
proposed § 412.101(b)(2)(i), the MAC
would apply the 25-percent low-volume
hospital payment adjustment to
determine the payment for the hospital’s
FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after
April 1, 2015. If a hospital’s written
request for low-volume hospital status
for FY 2015 is received on a later date
such that the prospective effective date
would be on or after April 1, 2015, and
the hospital qualifies under proposed
§ 412.101(b)(2)(i), the MAC would apply
the 25-percent low-volume hospital
payment adjustment to determine the
payment for the hospital’s FY 2015
discharges occurring from the
prospective effective date through
September 30, 2015. (For additional
details on our established process for
the low-volume hospital payment
adjustment, we refer readers to the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53408).)
E. Indirect Medical Education (IME)
Payment Adjustment (§ 412.105)
1. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
Under the IPPS, an additional
payment amount is made to hospitals
with residents in an approved graduate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
medical education (GME) program in
order to reflect the higher indirect
patient care costs of teaching hospitals
relative to nonteaching hospitals. The
payment amount is determined by use
of a statutorily specified adjustment
factor. The regulations regarding the
calculation of this additional payment,
known as the IME adjustment, are
located at § 412.105. We refer readers to
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51680) for a full discussion of the
IME adjustment and IME adjustment
factor. Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act
states that, for discharges occurring
during FY 2008 and fiscal years
thereafter, the IME formula multiplier is
1.35. Accordingly, for discharges
occurring during FY 2015, the formula
multiplier is 1.35. We estimate that
application of this formula multiplier
for the FY 2015 IME adjustment will
result in an increase in IPPS payment of
5.5 percent for every approximately 10
percent increase in the hospital’s
resident to bed ratio.
2. Proposed IME Medicare Part C AddOn Payments to Sole Community
Hospitals (SCHs) That Are Paid
According to Their Hospital-Specific
Rates and Proposed Change in
Methodology in Determining Payment
to SCHs
Section 1886(d)(11) of the Act
provides for an additional payment
amount to a subsection (d) teaching
hospital that has an approved medical
residency training program for each
applicable discharge of any individual
who is enrolled under Medicare
Managed Care under Part C. The amount
of such payment is specified in section
1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act and ‘‘shall be
equal to the applicable percentage (as
defined in subsection (h)(3)(D)(ii)) of the
estimated average per discharge amount
that would otherwise have been paid
under paragraph (5)(B) if the individuals
had not been enrolled as described in
subparagraph (B).’’
Under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the
Act, sole community hospitals (SCHs)
are paid based on their hospital-specific
rate from specified base years or the
IPPS Federal rate, whichever yields the
greatest aggregate payment for the
hospital’s cost reporting period.
Payments based on the Federal rate are
based on the IPPS standardized amount
and include all applicable IPPS add-on
payments, such as outliers, DSH, and
IME, while payments based on the
hospital-specific rate include no add-on
payments. Under CMS’ current payment
system, both the IME add-on payment
for Medicare Part A patient discharges
under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act
and the IME add-on payment for
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Medicare Part C patient discharges
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act are
included as part of the Federal rate
payment, whereas neither of these addon payments are included as part of the
hospital-specific rate payment. We note
that SCHs that are paid based on their
hospital-specific rate do not receive an
IME add-on payment for Medicare Part
A patient discharges because, generally,
the hospital-specific rate already reflects
the additional costs that a teaching
hospital incurs for its Medicare Part A
patients, but they also do not receive the
IME add-on payment for Medicare Part
C patient discharges under section
1886(d)(11) of the Act. Therefore, in the
case of Medicare Part C patients, there
is no component of the hospital-specific
rate that already accounts for the
additional costs that SCHs incur for
their Medicare Part C patients, and there
is currently no payment mechanism for
SCHs paid based on their hospitalspecific rate to receive the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patients.
For the reasons specified below,
effective for discharges occurring in cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2014, we are proposing: (1)
To provide all SCHs that are subsection
(d) teaching hospitals IME add-on
payments for applicable discharges of
Medicare Part C patients in accordance
with section 1886(d)(11) of the Act,
regardless of whether the SCH is paid
based on the Federal rate or its hospitalspecific rate; and (2) that, for purposes
of the comparison of payments based on
the Federal rate and payments based on
the hospital-specific rate under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, IME payments
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act for
Medicare Part C patients will no longer
be included as part of the Federal rate
payment. After the higher of the Federal
rate payment amount or the hospitalspecific rate payment amount is
determined, any IME add-on payments
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act
would be added to that payment for
purposes of determining the hospital’s
total payment amount.
As noted above, under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, SCHs are paid
based on their hospital-specific rate or
the IPPS Federal rate, whichever yields
the higher payment for the hospital’s
cost reporting period. For each cost
reporting period, the MAC determines
which of the payment options will yield
the higher aggregate payment. Interim
payments are automatically made on a
claim-by-claim basis at the higher rate
using the best data available at the time
the MAC makes the payment
determination for each discharge.
However, it may not be possible for the
MAC to determine in advance precisely
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
which of the rates will yield the higher
aggregate payment by year’s end. In
many cases, it is not possible to forecast
outlier payments or the final amount of
the DSH payment adjustment or the IME
adjustment until cost report settlement.
As noted above, these adjustment
amounts are applicable only to
payments based on the Federal rate and
not to payments based on the hospitalspecific rate. The MAC makes a final
adjustment at cost report settlement
after it determines precisely which of
the two payment rates would yield the
higher aggregate payment to the hospital
for its cost reporting period. This
payment methodology makes SCHs
unique because SCH payments can
change on a yearly basis from payments
based on the hospital-specific rate to
payments based on the Federal rate, or
vice versa.
As we stated earlier, section
1886(d)(11) of the Act provides for an
additional payment for each applicable
discharge of any subsection (d) teaching
hospital for treating Medicare Part C
patients. Section 1886(d)(11)(C) of the
Act specifies that the amount of the
payment ‘‘shall be equal to the
applicable percentage (as defined in
subsection (h)(3)(D)(ii)) of the estimated
average per discharge amount that
would otherwise have been paid under
paragraph (5)(B) if the individuals had
not been enrolled as described in
subparagraph (B)’’ (emphasis added).
Because an SCH that is paid based on
its hospital-specific rate does not
receive any IME add-on payment for
Medicare Part A patients as provided
under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act
because, generally, the hospital-specific
rate already reflects the additional costs
that a teaching hospital incurs for its
Medicare Part A patients, CMS has
interpreted section 1886(d)(11)(C) of the
Act to mean that an SCH that is paid
based on its hospital-specific rate also is
not entitled to receive an additional
payment for discharges of Medicare Part
C patients under section 1886(d)(11) of
the Act.
After further consideration of the
language at section 1886(d)(11) of the
Act, we believe that the statute would
allow an SCH that is paid based on its
hospital-specific rate to receive IME
add-on payments for its Medicare Part C
patient discharges. Section
1886(d)(11)(A) of the Act provides for
an additional payment amount for each
applicable discharge of a Medicare Part
C patient of a subsection (d) hospital
that has an approved medical residency
training program. Section 1886(d)(11)(C)
of the Act sets forth the amount of this
additional payment, by reference to the
amount that would otherwise have been
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
paid under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the
Act. Although an SCH that is paid based
on its hospital-specific rate does not
receive any amount under section
1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act for discharges of
Medicare Part A patients, we believe
that section 1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act
can be interpreted as simply
establishing the methodology for
calculating the amount of the add-on
payment, without limiting the
applicability of the add-on payment to
those SCHs that are paid based on the
Federal rate.
As noted earlier, in making the
comparison of SCH payments under the
Federal rate and the hospital-specific
rate under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the
Act, the aggregate Federal rate payments
are based on the IPPS standardized
amount and include IME add-on
payments for both Medicare Part A and
Medicare Part C patient discharges.
Payments based on the hospital-specific
rate do not include the Medicare Part A
IME add-on payment under section
1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act, under the
rationale that, generally, the hospitalspecific rate already reflects the
additional costs that a teaching hospital
incurs for its Medicare Part A patients.
Payments based on the hospital-specific
rate also do not include the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patient
discharges under section 1886(d)(11) of
the Act. As a result, under the current
methodology, if an SCH that is a
teaching hospital is paid based on its
hospital-specific rate, it receives no
IPPS payment that accounts for the
additional costs that a teaching hospital
incurs for its Medicare Part C patients.
In conjunction with our proposal to
provide IME add-on payments under
section 1886(d)(11) of the Act to SCHs,
regardless of whether the SCH is paid
based on the Federal rate or its hospitalspecific rate, we also believe that, for
purposes of the comparison of payments
under the Federal rate and the hospitalspecific rate for SCHs under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, it is no longer
appropriate for IME add-on payments
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act to
be included as part of the Federal rate
payment. Therefore, we are proposing to
no longer include these payments in the
comparison in order to more accurately
reflect comparable payments for
Medicare Part A patient discharges. In
addition, because the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patient
discharges for a given SCH would be the
same, regardless of whether it is paid
based on the Federal rate or its hospitalspecific rate, there would be no need to
include the IME add-on payment for
Medicare Part C patient discharges in
the comparison. This is because the Part
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28093
C IME adjustment is always multiplied
by the Federal rate that is used under
section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act,
regardless of whether the hospitalspecific rate is higher, in accordance
with section 1886(d)(11) of the Act,
which states that the IME Part C add-on
amount ‘‘shall be equal to the applicable
percentage . . . of the estimated average
per discharge amount that would
otherwise have been paid under
paragraph (5)(B).’’
In summary, effective with discharges
occurring in cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014,
we are proposing: (1) To provide all
SCHs that are subsection (d) teaching
hospitals IME add-on payments for
Medicare Part C patient discharges in
accordance with section 1886(d)(11) of
the Act; and (2) that, for purposes of the
comparison of payments based on the
Federal rate and the hospital-specific
rate for SCHs under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, IME add-on
payments under section 1886(d)(11) of
the Act for Medicare Part C patient
discharges will no longer be included in
the aggregate payment under the Federal
rate. That is, for purposes of
determining payment to an SCH under
section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, we are
proposing to compare aggregate
payments based on the Federal rate,
including the IME add-on payment for
Medicare Part A patients (where
applicable), but not the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patients, to
aggregate payments based on the
hospital-specific rate, which as
explained earlier, do not include any
IME add-on payments for either
Medicare Part A or Part C patients. After
the higher of the Federal rate payment
amount or the hospital-specific rate
payment amount under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act is determined,
the Part C IME adjustment factor would
be multiplied by the Federal rate
payment amount to determine the addon payment amount under section
1886(d)(11) of the Act, and then any
IME add-on payments under section
1886(d)(11) of the Act would be added
to the payment amount under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act for purposes of
determining the hospital’s total payment
amount. We are inviting public
comments on both of these proposals
and any alternatives that we should
consider.
3. Other Proposed Policy Changes
Affecting IME
In section IV.K. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we present other
proposed policy changes relating to
GME payments, which may also apply
to IME payments. We refer readers to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28094
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
DSH payment adjustment. Under
§ 412.106(a)(1)(i), the number of beds for
the Medicare DSH payment adjustment
is determined in accordance with bed
counting rules for the IME adjustment
under § 412.105(b).
that section of the preamble of this
proposed rule where we present the
proposed policies.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
F. Payment Adjustment for Medicare
Disproportionate Share Hospitals
(DSHs) (§ 412.106)
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
provides for additional Medicare
payments to subsection (d) hospitals
that serve a significantly
disproportionate number of low-income
patients. The Act specifies two methods
by which a hospital may qualify for the
Medicare disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) adjustment. Under the
first method, hospitals that are located
in an urban area and have 100 or more
beds may receive a Medicare DSH
payment adjustment if the hospital can
demonstrate that, during its cost
reporting period, more than 30 percent
of its net inpatient care revenues are
derived from State and local
government payments for care furnished
to needy patients with low incomes.
This method is commonly referred to as
the ‘‘Pickle method.’’ The second
method for qualifying for the DSH
payment adjustment, which is the most
common, is based on a complex
statutory formula under which the DSH
payment adjustment is based on the
hospital’s geographic designation, the
number of beds in the hospital, and the
level of the hospital’s disproportionate
patient percentage (DPP). A hospital’s
DPP is the sum of two fractions: The
‘‘Medicare fraction’’ and the ‘‘Medicaid
fraction.’’ The Medicare fraction (also
known as the ‘‘SSI fraction’’ or ‘‘SSI
ratio’’) is computed by dividing the
number of the hospital’s inpatient days
that are furnished to patients who were
entitled to both Medicare Part A and
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
benefits by the hospital’s total number
of patient days furnished to patients
entitled to benefits under Medicare Part
A. The Medicaid fraction is computed
by dividing the hospital’s number of
inpatient days furnished to patients
who, for such days, were eligible for
Medicaid, but were not entitled to
benefits under Medicare Part A, by the
hospital’s total number of inpatient days
in the same period.
Because the DSH payment adjustment
is part of the IPPS, the DSH statutory
references (under section 1886(d)(5)(F)
of the Act) to ‘‘days’’ apply only to
hospital acute care inpatient days.
Regulations located at § 412.106 govern
the Medicare DSH payment adjustment
and specify how the DPP is calculated
as well as how beds and patient days are
counted in determining the Medicare
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
2. Impact on Medicare DSH Payment
Adjustment of Proposed
Implementation of New OMB Labor
Market Delineations
As discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to implement the new OMB
labor market area delineations (which
are based on 2010 Decennial Census
data) for the FY 2015 wage index. This
proposal also would have an impact on
the calculation of Medicare DSH
payments to certain hospitals. Hospitals
that are designated as rural with less
than 500 beds and that are not rural
referral centers (RRCs) are subject to a
maximum DSH payment adjustment of
12 percent. Accordingly, hospitals with
less than 500 beds that are currently in
urban counties that would become rural
if we adopt the new OMB delineations,
and that do not become RRCs, would be
subject to a maximum DSH payment
adjustment of 12 percent. (We note that
urban hospitals are only subject to a
maximum DSH payment adjustment of
12 percent if they have less than 100
beds.)
Under existing regulations at 42 CFR
412.102, a hospital located in an area
that is reclassified from urban to rural,
as defined in the regulations, may
receive an adjustment to its rural
Federal payment amount for operating
costs for two successive fiscal years.
Specifically, the regulations state that,
in the first year after a hospital loses
urban status, the hospital will receive an
additional payment that equals twothirds of the difference between the
urban standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments as
applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and
the rural standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments
otherwise applicable to the hospital
subsequent to its redesignation from
urban to rural. In the second year after
a hospital loses urban status, the
hospital will receive an additional
payment that equals one-third of the
difference between the urban
standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments
applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and
the rural standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments
otherwise applicable to the hospital
subsequent to its redesignation from
urban to rural.
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We note that we no longer make a
distinction between the urban
standardized amount and the rural
standardized amount. Rather, hospitals
receive the same standardized amount
regardless of their geographic
designation. Accordingly, we are
proposing to revise the regulation at
§ 412.102 to remove references to the
urban and rural standardized amounts.
The provisions of § 412.102 would
continue to apply with respect to the
calculation of the DSH payments to
hospitals that are currently located in
urban counties that would become rural
if we adopt the new OMB delineations.
Specifically, the regulations would state
that in the first year after a hospital
loses urban status, the hospital will
receive an additional payment that
equals two-thirds of the difference
between disproportionate share
payments as applicable to the hospital
before its redesignation from urban to
rural and the disproportionate share
payments otherwise applicable to the
hospital subsequent to its redesignation
from urban to rural. In the second year
after a hospital loses urban status, the
hospital will receive an additional
payment that equals one-third of the
difference between the disproportionate
share payments applicable to the
hospital before its redesignation from
urban to rural and the disproportionate
share payments otherwise applicable to
the hospital subsequent to its
redesignation from urban to rural.
For the purposes of ratesetting,
calculating budget neutrality, and
modeling payment impacts for this
proposed rule, any hospital that was
previously urban but would be changed
to rural status in FY 2015 as a result of
the proposed adoption of the new OMB
labor market area delineations would
have its DSH payments modeled such
that the payment equals the amount of
the rural disproportionate share
payments plus two-thirds of the
difference between the urban
disproportionate share payments and
the rural disproportionate share
payments.
3. Payment Adjustment Methodology for
Medicare Disproportionate Share
Hospitals (DSHs) Under Section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act (§ 412.106)
a. General Discussion
Section 3133 of the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act, as amended by
section 10316 of the same act and
section 1104 of the Health Care and
Education Reconciliation Act (Pub. L.
111–152), added a new section 1886(r)
to the Act that modifies the
methodology for computing the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Medicare DSH payment adjustment
beginning in FY 2014. For purposes of
this proposed rule, we refer to these
provisions collectively as section 3133
of the Affordable Care Act.
Medicare DSH adjustment payments
are calculated under a statutory formula
that considers the hospital’s Medicare
utilization attributable to beneficiaries
who also receive Supplemental Security
Income (SSI) benefits and the hospital’s
Medicaid utilization. Beginning with
discharges in FY 2014, hospitals that
qualify for Medicare DSH payments
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
receive 25 percent of the amount they
previously would have received under
the statutory formula for Medicare DSH
payments. This provision applies
equally to hospitals that qualify for DSH
payments under section
1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(I) of the Act and those
hospitals that qualify under the Pickle
method under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(II)
of the Act.
The remaining amount, equal to an
estimate of 75 percent of what otherwise
would have been paid as Medicare DSH
payments, reduced to reflect changes in
the percentage of individuals under age
65 who are uninsured, is available to
make additional payments to each
hospital that qualifies for Medicare DSH
payments and that has uncompensated
care. The payments to each hospital for
a fiscal year are based on the hospital’s
amount of uncompensated care for a
given time period relative to the total
amount of uncompensated care for that
same time period reported by all
hospitals that receive Medicare DSH
payments for that fiscal year.
As provided by section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act, section 1886(r) of
the Act requires that, for FY 2014 and
each subsequent fiscal year, a
‘‘subsection (d) hospital’’ that would
otherwise receive a ‘‘disproportionate
share hospital payment . . . made
under subsection (d)(5)(F)’’ receives two
separately calculated payments.
Specifically, section 1886(r)(1) of the
Act provides that the Secretary shall pay
to such a subsection (d) hospital
(including a Pickle hospital) 25 percent
of the amount the hospital would have
received under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
the Act for disproportionate share
hospital payments, which represents
‘‘the empirically justified amount for
such payment, as determined by the
Medicare Payment Advisory
Commission in its March 2007 Report to
the Congress.’’ We refer to this payment
as the ‘‘empirically justified Medicare
DSH payment.’’
In addition to this payment, section
1886(r)(2) of the Act provides that, for
FY 2014 and each subsequent fiscal
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
year, the Secretary shall pay to ‘‘such
subsection (d) hospital an additional
amount equal to the product of’’ three
factors. The first factor is the difference
between ‘‘the aggregate amount of
payments that would be made to
subsection (d) hospitals under
subsection (d)(5)(F) if this subsection
did not apply’’ and ‘‘the aggregate
amount of payments that are made to
subsection (d) hospitals under
paragraph (1)’’ for each fiscal year.
Therefore, this factor amounts to 75
percent of the payments that would
otherwise be made under section
1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act.
The second factor is, for FYs 2014
through 2017, 1 minus the percent
change in the percent of individuals
under the age of 65 who are uninsured,
determined by comparing the percent of
such individuals who are uninsured in
2013, the last year before coverage
expansion under the Affordable Care
Act (as calculated by the Secretary
based on the most recent estimates
available from the Director of the
Congressional Budget Office before a
vote in either House on the Health Care
and Education Reconciliation Act of
2010 that, if determined in the
affirmative, would clear such Act for
enrollment), minus 0.1 percentage
points for FY 2014, and minus 0.2
percentage points for FYs 2015 through
2017. For FYs 2014 through 2017, the
baseline for the estimate of the change
in uninsurance is fixed by the most
recent estimate of the Congressional
Budget Office before the final vote on
the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010, which is
contained in a March 20, 2010 letter
from the Director of the Congressional
Budget Office to the Speaker of the
House. (A link to this letter is included
in section IV.F.3.d.(2) of the preamble of
this proposed rule).
For FY 2018 and subsequent years,
the second factor is 1 minus the percent
change in the percent of individuals
who are uninsured, as determined by
comparing the percent of individuals
‘‘who are uninsured in 2013 (as
estimated by the Secretary, based on
data from the Census Bureau or other
sources the Secretary determines
appropriate, and certified by the Chief
Actuary’’ of CMS, and the percent of
individuals ‘‘who are uninsured in the
most recent period for which data is
available (as so estimated and certified),
minus 0.2 percentage points for FYs
2018 and 2019.’’ Therefore, for FY 2018
and subsequent years, the statute
provides some greater flexibility in the
choice of the data sources to be used for
the estimate of the change in the percent
of uninsured individuals.
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28095
The third factor is a percent that, for
each subsection (d) hospital, ‘‘represents
the quotient of . . . the amount of
uncompensated care for such hospital
for a period selected by the Secretary (as
estimated by the Secretary, based on
appropriate data . . .),’’ including the
use of alternative data ‘‘where the
Secretary determines that alternative
data is available which is a better proxy
for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals
for . . . treating the uninsured,’’ and
‘‘the aggregate amount of
uncompensated care for all subsection
(d) hospitals that receive a payment
under this subsection.’’ Therefore, this
third factor represents a hospital’s
uncompensated care amount for a given
time period relative to the
uncompensated care amount for that
same time period for all hospitals that
receive Medicare DSH payments in that
fiscal year, expressed as a percent. For
each hospital, the product of these three
factors represents its additional
payment for uncompensated care for the
applicable fiscal year. We refer to the
additional payment determined by these
factors as the ‘‘uncompensated care
payment.’’
Section 1886(r) of the Act applies to
FY 2014 and each subsequent fiscal
year. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50620 through 50647)
and the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule
with comment period (78 FR 61191
through 61197), we set forth our policies
for implementing the required changes
to the DSH payment methodology made
by section 3133 of the Affordable Care
Act for FY 2014. In those rules, we
noted that, because section 1886(r) of
the Act modifies the payment required
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act,
it affects only the DSH payment under
the operating IPPS. It does not revise or
replace the capital IPPS DSH payment
provided under the regulations at 42
CFR Part 412, Subpart M, which were
established through the exercise of the
Secretary’s discretion in implementing
the capital IPPS under section
1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act.
Finally, section 1886(r)(3) of the Act
provides that there shall be ‘‘no
administrative or judicial review under
section 1869, section 1878, or
otherwise’’ of ‘‘any estimate of the
Secretary for purposes of determining
the factors described in paragraph (2),’’
or of ‘‘any period selected by the
Secretary’’ for the purpose of
determining those factors. Therefore,
there is no administrative or judicial
review of the estimates developed for
purposes of applying the three factors
used to determine uncompensated care
payments, or the periods selected in
order to develop such estimates.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28096
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
b. Eligibility for Empirically Justified
Medicare DSH Payments and
Uncompensated Care Payments
As indicated earlier, the payment
methodology under section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act applies to
‘‘subsection (d) hospitals’’ that would
otherwise receive a ‘‘disproportionate
share payment . . . made under
subsection (d)(5)(F).’’ Therefore,
eligibility for empirically justified
Medicare DSH payments is unchanged
under section 3133 of the Affordable
Care Act. Consistent with the law,
hospitals must receive empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments in a
fiscal year to receive an additional
Medicare uncompensated care payment
for that year. Specifically, section
1886(r)(2) of the Act states that ‘‘[i]n
addition to the payment made to a
subsection (d) hospital under paragraph
(1) . . . the Secretary shall pay to such
subsection (d) hospital an additional
amount . . .’’ (emphasis supplied).
Because paragraph (1) refers to
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments, the additional payment
under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act
therefore, is limited to hospitals that
receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments in accordance with
section 1886(r)(1) of the Act for the
applicable fiscal year.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50622) and the FY 2014
IPPS interim final rule with comment
period (78 FR 61193), we provided that
hospitals that are not eligible to receive
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments in a fiscal year will not
receive uncompensated care payments
for that year. We also specified that we
would make a determination concerning
eligibility for interim uncompensated
care payments based on each hospital’s
estimated DSH status for the applicable
fiscal year (using the most recent data
that are available). We indicated that
our final determination on the hospital’s
eligibility for uncompensated care
payments would be based on the
hospital’s actual DSH status on the cost
report for that payment year.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we also considered whether
several specific classes of hospitals are
included within the scope of section
1886(r) of the Act. As we specified in
that final rule (78 FR 50623), subsection
(d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are
eligible for DSH payments also are
eligible to receive empirically justified
Medicare DSH payments and
uncompensated care payments under
the new payment methodology.
In addition, in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we considered
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
whether Maryland hospitals that were
paid under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act,
would be eligible to receive
uncompensated care payments. We
explained that, under section 1814(b) of
the Act, hospitals in the State of
Maryland were subject to a waiver from
the Medicare payment methodologies
under which they would otherwise be
paid. Because Maryland waiver
hospitals were not paid under the IPPS
(section 1886(d) of the Act), in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
determined that Maryland hospitals that
operated under a waiver under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act were not eligible
to receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments and uncompensated care
payments under the payment
methodology of section 1886(r) of the
Act (78 FR 50623). As stated in section
IV.H. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, effective January 1, 2014, the State
of Maryland elected to no longer have
Medicare pay Maryland hospitals in
accordance with section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act and entered into an agreement
with CMS that Maryland hospitals
would be paid under the Maryland AllPayor Model. However, under the
Maryland All-Payor Model, Maryland
hospitals still are not paid under the
IPPS. Therefore, they remain ineligible
to receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments or the uncompensated
care payments under section 1886(r) of
the Act.
SCHs are paid based on their hospitalspecific rate from certain specified base
years or the IPPS Federal rate,
whichever yields the greater aggregate
payment for the hospital’s cost reporting
period. If an SCH is paid under its
hospital-specific rate, it is not eligible
for Medicare DSH payments. In order to
implement the provisions of section
1886(r) of the Act, in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50624), we
specified that we will continue to
determine interim payments for SCHs
based on what we estimate and project
their DSH status to be prior to the
beginning of the Federal fiscal year
(based on the best available data at that
time), subject to settlement through the
cost report. We also specified that SCHs
that receive interim empirically justified
Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year
would receive interim uncompensated
care payments for that fiscal year on a
per discharge basis, subject as well to
settlement through the cost report. Final
eligibility determinations will be made
at the end of the cost reporting period
at settlement, and both interim
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments and uncompensated care
payments will be adjusted accordingly.
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Therefore, we follow the same processes
of interim and final payments for SCHs
that we follow for eligible IPPS DSH
hospitals generally.
MDHs are paid based on the IPPS
Federal rate or, if higher, the IPPS
Federal rate plus 75 percent of the
amount by which the Federal rate is
exceeded by the updated hospitalspecific rate from certain specified base
years (76 FR 51684). The IPPS Federal
rate used in the MDH payment
methodology is the same IPPS Federal
rate that is used in the SCH payment
methodology. Uncompensated care
payments to MDHs were not explicitly
addressed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule because, at the time of the
publication of the final rule, the MDH
program was set to expire at the end of
FY 2013. Since the publication of the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the
MDH program was extended from
October 1, 2013, to March 31, 2014,
under the Pathway for SGR Reform Act
(Pub. L. 113–67) and was further
extended an additional year from April
1, 2014, to March 31, 2015, by the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93). Because MDHs
are paid under the IPPS Federal rate
and, therefore, are eligible to receive
Medicare DSH payments if their
disproportionate patient percentage is at
least 15 percent, we apply the same
process to determine eligibility for
Medicare DSH and the uncompensated
care payment as we do for all other IPPS
hospitals. That is, we make a
determination concerning eligibility for
interim uncompensated care payments
based on each hospital’s estimated DSH
status for the applicable fiscal year
(using the most recent data that are
available) and our final determination
on the hospital’s eligibility for
uncompensated care payments would
be based on the hospital’s actual DSH
status on the cost report for that
payment year. In addition, as we do for
all IPPS hospitals, we would calculate a
numerator for Factor 3 for all MDHs,
regardless of whether they are projected
to be eligible for DSH during the fiscal
year, but the denominator for Factor 3
would be based on the uncompensated
care data from the hospitals that we
have projected to be eligible for DSH
during the fiscal year.
Furthermore, in the FY 2014 IPPS
interim final rule with comment period
(79 FR 15027), which addressed MDH
payments for the first 6 months of FY
2014, we established a policy of
including a pro rata share of the
uncompensated care payment amount
for that period as part of the Federal rate
payment in the comparison of payments
under the hospital-specific rate and the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Federal rate. Consistent with that
policy, for MDH payments for the first
6 months of FY 2015, a pro rata share
of the uncompensated care payment
amount for that period will be included
as part of the Federal rate payment in
the comparison of payments under the
hospital-specific rate and the Federal
rate. That is, in making this comparison
at cost report settlement, we will
include the pro rata share of the
uncompensated care payment amount
that reflects the period of time the
hospital was paid under the MDH
program for its discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2014, and before
April 1, 2015. Consistent with the
policy for hospitals with Medicare cost
reporting periods that span more than 1
Federal fiscal year, this pro rata share
will be determined based on the
proportion of the applicable Federal
fiscal year that is included in that cost
reporting period (78 FR 61192 through
61194). As noted previously, section
106 of Public Law 113–93 provides for
an extension of the MDH program
through March 31, 2015, only.
Therefore, beginning April 1, 2015, all
hospitals that previously qualified for
MDH status will no longer have MDH
status under current law.
IPPS hospitals that have elected to
participate in the Bundled Payments for
Care Improvement initiative receive a
payment that links multiple services
furnished to a patient during an episode
of care. We have stated in previous
rulemaking that those hospitals
continue to be paid under the IPPS (77
FR 53342). Hospitals that elect to
participate in the initiative can still
receive DSH payments while
participating in the initiative, if they
otherwise meet the requirements for
receiving such payments. In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50625), we specified that we will apply
the new DSH payment methodology to
the hospitals participating in this
initiative, so that eligible hospitals will
receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments and uncompensated care
payments.
Section 410A of the Medicare
Modernization Act established the Rural
Community Hospital Demonstration
Program. After the initial 5-year period,
the demonstration was extended for an
additional 5-year period by sections
3123 and 10313 of the Affordable Care
Act. There are 23 hospitals currently
participating in the demonstration.
Under the payment methodology
provided in section 410A, participating
hospitals receive payment for Medicare
inpatient services on the basis of a cost
methodology. Specifically, for
discharges occurring in the hospitals’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
first cost reporting period of the initial
5-year demonstration or the first cost
reporting period of the 5-year extension,
the hospitals participating in the
demonstration receive payments for the
reasonable cost of providing such
services. For discharges occurring in
subsequent cost reporting periods
during the applicable 5-year period,
hospitals receive the lesser of the
current year’s reasonable cost-based
amount, or the previous year’s amount
updated by the percentage increase in
the IPPS market basket (the target
amount). The instructions (Change
Request 5020 (April 14, 2006) and
Change Request 7505 (July 22, 2011) for
the demonstration require that the MAC
not pay Medicare DSH payments in
addition to the amount received under
the reasonable cost-based payment
methodology. Because hospitals
participating in the demonstration do
not receive DSH payments, we
determined in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule that these hospitals also
are excluded from receiving empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments and
uncompensated care payments under
the new payment methodology (78 FR
50625).
c. Empirically Justified Medicare DSH
Payments
As we have discussed earlier, section
1886(r)(1) of the Act requires the
Secretary to pay 25 percent of the
amount of the DSH payment that would
otherwise be made under subsection
(d)(5)(F) to a subsection (d) hospital.
Because section 1886(r)(1) of the Act
merely requires the program to pay a
designated percentage of these
payments, without revising the criteria
governing eligibility for DSH payments
or the underlying payment
methodology, we stated in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that we did
not believe that it is necessary to
develop any new operational
mechanisms for making such payments.
Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50626), we
implemented this provision simply by
revising the claims payment
methodologies to adjust the interim
claim payments to the requisite 25
percent of what would have otherwise
been paid. We also made corresponding
changes to the hospital cost report so
that these empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments can be settled at the
appropriate level at the time of cost
report settlement. We provided more
detailed operational instructions and
cost report instructions following
issuance of the final rule that can be
found on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-
PO 00000
Frm 00121
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28097
Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/2014Transmittals-Items/R5P240.html.
d. Uncompensated Care Payments
As we have discussed earlier, section
1886(r)(2) of the Act provides that, for
each eligible hospital in FY 2014 and
subsequent years, the new
uncompensated care payment is the
product of three factors. These three
factors represent our estimate of 75
percent of the amount of Medicare DSH
payments that would otherwise have
been paid, an adjustment to this amount
for the percent change in the national
rate of uninsurance compared to the rate
of uninsurance in 2013, and each
eligible hospital’s estimated
uncompensated care amount relative to
the estimated uncompensated care
amount for all eligible hospitals. Below
we review the data sources and
methodologies for computing each of
these factors, our final policies for FY
2014, and our proposed policies for FY
2015.
(1) Proposed Calculation of Factor 1 for
FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of the Act
establishes Factor 1 in the calculation of
the uncompensated care payment.
Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of the Act states
that it is a factor ‘‘equal to the difference
between (i) the aggregate amount of
payments that would be made to
subsection (d) hospitals under
subsection (d)(5)(F) if this subsection
did not apply for such fiscal year (as
estimated by the Secretary); and (ii) the
aggregate amount of payments that are
made to subsection (d) hospitals under
paragraph (1) for such a fiscal year (as
so estimated).’’ Therefore, section
1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of the Act represents the
estimated Medicare DSH payment that
would have been made under section
1886(d)(5)(F) if section 1886(r) of the
Act did not apply for such fiscal year.
Under a prospective payment system,
we would not know the precise
aggregate Medicare DSH payment
amount that would be paid for a Federal
fiscal year until cost report settlement
for all IPPS hospitals is completed,
which occurs several years after the end
of the Federal fiscal year. Therefore,
section 1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of the Act
provides authority to estimate this
amount, by specifying that, for each
fiscal year to which the provision
applies, such amount is to be ‘‘estimated
by the Secretary.’’ Similarly, section
1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act represents
the estimated empirically justified
Medicare DSH payments to be made in
a fiscal year, as prescribed under section
1886(r)(1) of the Act. Again, section
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28098
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act provides
authority to estimate this amount.
Therefore, Factor 1 is the difference
between our estimates of: (1) The
amount that would have been paid in
Medicare DSH payments for the fiscal
year, in the absence of the new payment
provision; and (2) the amount of
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments that are made for the fiscal
year, which takes into account the
requirement to pay 25 percent of what
would have otherwise been paid under
section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act. In other
words, this factor represents our
estimate of 75 percent (100 percent
minus 25 percent) of our estimate of
Medicare DSH payments that would
otherwise be made, in the absence of
section 1886(r) of the Act, for the fiscal
year.
In order to determine Factor 1 in the
uncompensated care payment formula,
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50628 through 50630) and
in the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule
with comment period (78 FR 61194), we
adopted a policy under which we
develop final estimates of both the
aggregate amount of Medicare DSH
payments that would be made in the
absence of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act
and the aggregate amount of empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments to
hospitals under section 1886(r)(1) of the
Act prior to each fiscal year to which
the new provision applies. These
estimates are not revised or updated
after we know the final Medicare DSH
payments for the fiscal year.
Specifically, in order to determine the
two elements of Factor 1 (Medicare DSH
payments prior to the application of
section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, and
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments after application of section
1886(r)(1) of the Act), we use the most
recently available projections of
Medicare DSH payments for the fiscal
year, as calculated by CMS’ Office of the
Actuary. The Office of the Actuary
projects Medicare DSH payments on a
biannual basis, typically in February of
each year (based on data from December
of the previous year) as part of the
President’s Budget, and in July (based
on data from June) as part of the
Midsession Review. The estimates are
based on the most recently filed
Medicare hospital cost report with
Medicare DSH payment information,
supplemental cost report data provided
by Indian Health Service (IHS) hospitals
to CMS, and the most recent Medicare
DSH patient percentages and Medicare
DSH payment adjustments provided in
the IPPS Impact File.
Therefore, for the Office of the
Actuary’s February 2014 estimate, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
data are based on the December 2013
update of the Medicare Hospital Cost
Report Information System (HCRIS),
supplemental cost report data provided
by IHS hospitals to CMS as of December
2013 and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule IPPS Impact file, published in
conjunction with the publication of the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. For
the July 2014 estimate, we anticipate
that the data will be based on the March
2014 update of the HCRIS data,
supplemental cost report data provided
by IHS hospitals to CMS as of March
2014, and the FY 2015 proposed rule’s
IPPS Impact file, published in
conjunction with this proposed rule
(and which is available via the Internet
on the CMS Web site). For purposes of
this proposed rule, we are using the
February 2014 Medicare DSH estimates
to calculate Factor 1 and to model the
proposed impact of this provision. For
the final rule, we intend to use the July
2014 Medicare DSH estimates to
determine Factor 1 and to model the
impact of this provision. In addition,
because SCHs paid under their hospitalspecific payment rate are excluded from
the application of section 1886(r) of the
Act, we also exclude SCHs that are
projected to be paid under their
hospital-specific rate from our Medicare
DSH estimates. Similarly, because
Maryland hospitals participating in the
Maryland All-Payer Model and
hospitals participating in the Rural
Community Hospital Demonstration do
not receive DSH payments, we also
exclude these hospitals from our
Medicare DSH estimates.
Using the data sources discussed
above, the Office of the Actuary uses the
most recently submitted Medicare cost
report data to identify current Medicare
DSH payments, supplemental cost
report data provided by IHS hospitals to
CMS, and the most recent DSH payment
adjustments provided in the IPPS
Impact File, and applies inflation
updates and assumptions for future
changes in utilization and case-mix to
estimate Medicare DSH payments for
the upcoming fiscal year. The February
2014 Office of the Actuary estimate for
Medicare DSH payments for FY 2015,
without regard to the application of
section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, is $14.205
billion. This estimate excludes
Maryland hospitals participating in the
Maryland All-Payer Model, SCHs paid
under their hospital-specific payment
rate, and hospitals participating in the
Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration as discussed above.
Therefore, based on this estimate, the
estimate for empirically justified
Medicare DSH payments for FY 2015,
PO 00000
Frm 00122
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with the application of section
1886(r)(1) of the Act, is $3.551 billion
(25 percent of the total amount
estimated). Under § 412.l06(g)(1)(i) of
the regulations, Factor 1 is the
difference between these two estimates
of the Office of the Actuary. Therefore,
for the purpose of modeling Factor 1, we
are proposing that Factor 1 for FY 2015
would be $10.654 billion ($14.205
billion minus $3.551 billion). We are
inviting public comment on our
proposed calculation of Factor 1 for FY
2015.
(2) Proposed Calculation of Factor 2 for
FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(B) of the Act
establishes Factor 2 in the calculation of
the uncompensated care payment.
Specifically, section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of
the Act provides: ‘‘For each of fiscal
years 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, a
factor equal to 1 minus the percent
change in the percent of individuals
under the age of 65 who are uninsured,
as determined by comparing the percent
of such individuals (I) who are
uninsured in 2013, the last year before
coverage expansion under the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act (as
calculated by the Secretary based on the
most recent estimates available from the
Director of the Congressional Budget
Office before a vote in either House on
the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 that, if
determined in the affirmative, would
clear such Act for enrollment); and (II)
who are uninsured in the most recent
period for which data is available (as so
calculated), minus 0.1 percentage points
for fiscal year 2014 and minus 0.2
percentage points for each of fiscal years
2015, 2016, and 2017.’’
Section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i)(I) of the Act
further indicates that the percent of
individuals under 65 without insurance
in 2013 must be the percent of such
individuals ‘‘who are uninsured in
2013, the last year before coverage
expansion under the Patient Protection
and Affordable Care Act (as calculated
by the Secretary based on the most
recent estimates available from the
Director of the Congressional Budget
Office before a vote in either House on
the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 that, if
determined in the affirmative, would
clear such Act for enrollment).’’ The
Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111–152)
was enacted on March 30, 2010. It was
passed in the House of Representatives
on March 21, 2010, and by the Senate
on March 25, 2010. Because the House
of Representatives was the first House to
vote on the Health Care and Education
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Reconciliation Act of 2010 on March 21,
2010, we have determined that the most
recent estimate available from the
Director of the Congressional Budget
Office ‘‘before a vote in either House on
the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 . . .’’
(emphasis added) appeared in a March
20, 2010 letter from the director of the
CBO to the Speaker of the House.
Therefore, we believe that only the
estimates in this March 20, 2010 letter
meet the statutory requirement under
section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i)(I) of the Act. (To
view the March 20, 2010 letter, we refer
readers to the Web site at: https://
www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbo
files/ftpdocs/113xx/doc11379/amend
reconprop.pdf.)
In its March 20, 2010 letter to the
Speaker of the House of Representatives,
the CBO provided two estimates of the
‘‘post-policy uninsured population.’’
The first estimate is of the ‘‘Insured
Share of the Nonelderly Population
Including All Residents’’ (82 percent)
and the second estimate is of the
‘‘Insured Share of the Nonelderly
Population Excluding Unauthorized
Immigrants’’ (83 percent). In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50631), we used the first estimate that
includes all residents, including
unauthorized immigrants. We stated
that we believe this estimate is most
consistent with the statute which
requires us to measure ‘‘the percent of
individuals under the age of 65 who are
uninsured,’’ and provides no exclusions
except for individuals over the age of
65. In addition, we stated that we
believe that this estimate more fully
reflects the levels of uninsurance in the
United States that influence
uncompensated care for hospitals than
the estimate that reflects only legal
residents. The March 20, 2010 CBO
letter reports these figures as the
estimated percentage of individuals
with insurance. However, because
section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act
requires that we compare the percent of
individuals who are uninsured in the
applicable year with the percent of
individuals who were uninsured in
2013, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, we used the CBO insurance
rate figure and subtracted that amount
from 100 percent (that is the total
population without regard to insurance
status) to estimate the 2013 baseline
percent of individuals without
insurance. Therefore, for FYs 2014
through 2017, our estimate of the
uninsurance percentage for 2013 is 18
percent.
Section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act
requires that we compare the baseline
uninsurance rate to the percent of such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
individuals ‘‘who are uninsured in the
most recent period for which data is
available (as so calculated).’’ In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50634), we used the same data source,
CBO estimates, to calculate this percent
of individuals without insurance. In
response to public comments, we also
agreed that we should normalize the
CBO estimates, which are based on the
calendar year, for the Federal fiscal
years for which each calculation of
Factor 2 is made (78 FR 50633).
Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we employed the most
recently available estimate, specifically
CBO’s May 2013 estimates of the effects
of the Affordable Care Act on health
insurance coverage (which are available
at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/
files/cbofiles/attachments/44190_Effects
AffordableCareActHealthInsurance
Coverage_2.pdf) as amended by CBO’s
July 2013 estimates of changes in
estimates of the effects of insurance
coverage provisions in the Affordable
Care Act issued in conjunction with a
memo regarding ‘‘Analysis of the
Administration’s Announced Delay of
Certain Requirements Under the
Affordable Care Act,’’ which are
available at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/
default/files/cbofiles/attachments/
44465-ACA.pdf. The CBO’s May 2013
estimate of the rate of insurance for CY
2013 was 80 percent, and for CY 2014
was 84 percent. Therefore, the
calculation of Factor 2 for FY 2014,
employing a weighted average of the
CBO projections for CY 2013 and CY
2014, was as follows:
• CY 2013 rate of insurance coverage
(May 2013 CBO estimate): 80 percent.
• CY 2014 rate of insurance coverage
(May 2013 CBO estimate, updated with
July 2013 CBO estimate): 84 percent.
• FY 2014 rate of insurance coverage:
(80 percent * .25) + (84 percent * .75)
= 83 percent.
• Percent of individuals without
insurance for 2013 (March 2010 CBO
estimate): 18 percent.
• Percent of individuals without
insurance for FY 2014 (weighted
average): 17 percent.
1¥|[(0.17¥0.18)/0.18]| = 1¥0.056 =
0.944 (94.4 percent).
0.944 (94.4 percent)¥0.001 (0.1
percentage points) = 0.943 (94.3
percent).
0.943 = Factor 2
Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we adopted 0.943 as the
final determination of Factor 2 for FY
2014. In conjunction with this
determination, we also determined in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
and later revised in the FY 2014 IPPS
PO 00000
Frm 00123
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28099
interim final rule with comment period
(78 FR 61195) that the amount available
for uncompensated care payments for
FY 2014 would be approximately $9.046
billion (0.943 times our Factor 1
estimate of $9.593 billion).
For this FY 2015 proposed rule, we
have used CBO’s February 2014
estimates of the effects of the Affordable
Care Act on health insurance coverage
(which are available at https://
www.cbo.gov/publication/43900?utm_
source=feedblitz&utm_medium=Feed
BlitzEmail&utm_content=812526&utm_
campaign=0). The CBO’s February 2014
estimate of individuals under the age of
65 with insurance in CY 2014 is 84
percent. Therefore, the CBO’s most
recent estimate of the rate of
uninsurance in CY 2014 is 16 percent
(that is, 100 percent minus 84 percent.)
Similarly, the CBO’s February 2014
estimate of individuals under the age of
65 with insurance in CY 2015 is 86
percent. Therefore, the CBO’s most
recent estimate of the rate of
uninsurance in CY 2015 available
during the development of this
proposed rule is 14 percent (that is, 100
percent minus 86 percent.)
The calculation of the proposed
Factor 2 for FY 2015, employing a
weighted average of the CBO projections
for CY 2014 and CY 2015, is as follows:
• CY 2014 rate of insurance coverage
(February 2014 CBO estimate): 84
percent.
• CY 2015 rate of insurance coverage
(February 2014 CBO estimate): 86
percent.
• FY 2015 rate of insurance coverage:
(84 percent * .25) + (86 percent * .75)
= 85.5 percent.
• Percent of individuals without
insurance for 2013 (March 2010 CBO
estimate): 18 percent
• Percent of individuals without
insurance for FY 2015 (weighted
average): 14.5 percent
1¥|[(0.145—0.18)/0.18]| = 1¥0.19444 =
0.80556 (80.556 percent)
0.80556 (80.556 percent)¥0.002 (0.2
percentage points for FY 2015 under
section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act) =
0.8036 (80.36 percent)
0.8036 = Factor 2
Therefore, we are proposing that
Factor 2 for FY 2015 would be 0.8036.
Our proposal for Factor 2 is subject to
change if more recent CBO estimates of
the insurance rate become available at
the time of the preparation of the final
rule. We are inviting public comments
on our proposed calculation of Factor 2
for FY 2015.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28100
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(3) Proposed Calculation of Factor 3 for
FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act
defines Factor 3 in the calculation of the
uncompensated care payment. As we
have discussed earlier, section
1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act states that Factor
3 is ‘‘equal to the percent, for each
subsection (d) hospital, that represents
the quotient of (i) the amount of
uncompensated care for such hospital
for a period selected by the Secretary (as
estimated by the Secretary, based on
appropriate data (including, in the case
where the Secretary determines
alternative data is available which is a
better proxy for the costs of subsection
(d) hospitals for treating the uninsured,
the use of such alternative data)); and
(ii) the aggregate amount of
uncompensated care for all subsection
(d) hospitals that receive a payment
under this subsection for such period
(as so estimated, based on such data).’’
Therefore, Factor 3 is a hospitalspecific value that expresses the
proportion of the estimated
uncompensated care amount for each
subsection (d) hospital and each
subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital with
the potential to receive DSH payments
relative to the estimated uncompensated
care amount for all hospitals estimated
to receive DSH payments in the fiscal
year for which the uncompensated care
payment is to be made. Factor 3 is
applied to the product of Factor 1 and
Factor 2 to determine the amount of the
uncompensated care payment that each
eligible hospital will receive for FY
2014 and subsequent fiscal years. In
order to implement the statutory
requirements for this factor of the
uncompensated care payment formula,
it was necessary to determine: (1) The
definition of uncompensated care or, in
other words, the specific items that are
to be included in the numerator (that is,
the estimated uncompensated care
amount for an individual hospital) and
denominator (that is, the estimated
uncompensated care amount for all
hospitals estimated to receive DSH
payments in the applicable fiscal year);
(2) the data source(s) for the estimated
uncompensated care amount; and (3)
the timing and manner of computing the
quotient for each hospital estimated to
receive DSH payments. The statute
instructs the Secretary to estimate the
amounts of uncompensated care for a
period ‘‘based on appropriate data.’’ In
addition, we note that the statute
permits the Secretary to use alternative
data ‘‘in the case where the Secretary
determines that alternative data is
available,’’ which is a better proxy for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for
treating uninsured individuals.
In the course of considering how to
determine Factor 3 during the
rulemaking process for FY 2014, we
considered defining the amount
uncompensated care for a hospital as
the uncompensated care costs of each
hospital and considered potential data
sources for those costs. For purposes of
selecting an appropriate data source for
this possible definition of
uncompensated care costs, we reviewed
the literature and available data sources
and determined that Worksheet S–10 of
the Medicare cost report could
potentially provide the most complete
data for Medicare hospitals. (We refer
readers to the report ‘‘Improvements to
Medicare Disproportionate Share (DSH)
Payments’’ for a full discussion and
evaluation of the available data sources.
The report is available on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/dsh.html.) However,
we noted that Worksheet S–10 is a
relatively new data source that has been
used for specific payment purposes only
in relatively restricted ways (for
example, to provide a source of charity
care charges in the computation of EHR
incentive payments (75 FR 44456)). We
also noted that some stakeholders have
expressed concern that hospitals have
not had enough time to learn how to
submit accurate and consistent data
through this reporting mechanism.
Other stakeholders have maintained that
some instructions for Worksheet S–10
still require clarification in order to
ensure standardized and consistent
reporting by hospitals. At the same time,
we noted that Worksheet S–10 is the
only national data source that includes
data for all Medicare hospitals and is
designed to elicit data on
uncompensated care costs. We
discussed the possible use of data
reported on Worksheet S–10 to
determine uncompensated care costs in
more detail in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27586).
Because of concerns regarding
variations in the data reported on
Worksheet S–10 of the Medicare cost
report and the completeness of these
data, we did not propose to use data
from the Worksheet S–10 to determine
the amount of uncompensated care.
However, we stated our belief that
Worksheet S–10 of the Medicare cost
report would otherwise be an
appropriate data source to determine
uncompensated care costs. In particular,
we noted that Worksheet S–10 was
developed specifically to collect
information on uncompensated care
costs in response to interest by MedPAC
PO 00000
Frm 00124
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and other stakeholders regarding the
topic (for example, MedPAC’s March
2007 Report to Congress) and that it is
not unreasonable to expect information
on the cost report to be used for
payment purposes. Furthermore,
hospitals attest to the accuracy and
completeness of the information
reported in the cost report at the time of
submission. We indicated that we
expect reporting on Worksheet S–10 to
improve over time, particularly in the
area of charity care which is already
being used and audited for payment
determinations related to the EHR
Incentive Program, and that we will
continue to monitor these data.
Accordingly, we stated that we may
proceed with a proposal to use data on
the Worksheet S–10 to determine
uncompensated care costs in the future,
once hospitals are submitting accurate
and consistent data through this
reporting mechanism.
As a result of our concerns regarding
the data reported on Worksheet S–10 of
the Medicare cost report, we believed it
was appropriate to consider the use of
alternative data, at least in FY 2014, the
first year that this provision is in effect,
and possibly for additional years until
hospitals have adequate experience
reporting all of the data elements on
Worksheet S–10. We noted that this
approach is consistent with input we
received from some stakeholders in
response to the CMS National Provider
Call in January 2013, who stated their
belief that existing FY 2010 and FY
2011 data from the Worksheet S–10
should not be used for implementation
of section 1886(r) of the Act and who
requested the opportunity to resubmit
the data once more specific instructions
were issued by CMS. Accordingly, we
examined alternative data sources that
could be used to allow time for
hospitals to gain experience with and to
improve the accuracy of their reporting
on Worksheet S–10 of the Medicare cost
report. We stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule that we believe that
data on utilization for insured lowincome patients can be a reasonable
proxy for the treatment costs of
uninsured patients. Moreover, due to
the concerns regarding the accuracy and
consistency of the data reported on the
Worksheet S–10, we also determined
that these alternative data, which are
currently reported on the Medicare cost
report, would be a better proxy for the
amount of uncompensated care
provided by hospitals. Accordingly, in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50639), we adopted the policy of
employing the utilization of insured
low-income patients defined as
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
inpatient days of Medicaid patients plus
inpatient days of Medicare SSI patients
as defined in 42 CFR 412.106(b)(4) and
412.106(b)(2)(i), respectively, to
determine Factor 3. We also indicated
that we remained convinced that the
Worksheet S–10 could ultimately serve
as an appropriate source of more direct
data regarding uncompensated care
costs for purposes of determining Factor
3 once hospitals are submitting more
accurate and consistent data through
this reporting mechanism. In the
interim, we indicated that we would
take steps such as revising and
clarifying cost report instructions, as
appropriate. We stated that it is our
intention to propose introducing the use
of the Worksheet S–10 data for purposes
of determining Factor 3 within a
reasonable amount of time.
Since the publication of the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we have
continued to evaluate and assess the
comments we have received from
stakeholders about Worksheet S–10 as
well as evaluate what changes might
need to be made to the instructions to
make the data hospitals submit more
accurate and consistent across hospitals.
Although we have not yet developed
revisions to the Worksheet S–10
instructions at this time, we remain
committed to making improvements to
Worksheet S–10. For that reason, we
believe it would be premature to
propose the use of Worksheet S–10 data
for purposes of determining Factor 3 for
FY 2015. Therefore, we are proposing to
continue to employ the utilization of
insured low-income patients defined as
inpatient days of Medicaid patients plus
inpatient days of Medicare SSI patients,
as defined in § 412.106(b)(4) and
§ 412.106(b)(2)(i), respectively, to
determine Factor 3 for FY 2015.
Accordingly, we are proposing to revise
the regulations at 42 CFR
412.106(g)(1)(iii)(C) to state that, for FY
2015, CMS will base its estimates of the
amount of hospital uncompensated care
on the most recent available data on
utilization for Medicaid and Medicare
SSI patients, as determined by CMS in
accordance with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and
(b)(4) of that section of the regulations.
We are inviting public comments on
this proposal, and we will continue to
work with the hospital community and
others to develop the appropriate
clarifications and revisions to
Worksheet S–10 of the Medicare cost
report for reporting uncompensated care
data. In particular, we are inviting
public comments on what would be a
reasonable timeline for adopting
Worksheet S–10 of the Medicare cost
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
report as the data source for determining
Factor 3.
As we did for the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule, we are publishing
on the CMS Web site a table listing
Factor 3 for all hospitals that we
estimate would receive empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments in a
fiscal year (that is, hospitals that we
project would receive interim
uncompensated care payments during
the fiscal year), and for the remaining
subsection (d) and subsection (d) Puerto
Rico hospitals that have the potential of
receiving a DSH payment in the event
that they receive an empirically justified
Medicare DSH payment for the fiscal
year as determined at cost report
settlement. Hospitals have 60 days from
the date of public display of the IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule to review
these tables and notify CMS in writing
of a change in a hospital’s subsection (d)
hospital status, such as if a hospital has
closed or converted to a CAH.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50639), we considered
public comments which recommended
that we use the wage index to adjust
insured low-income days in
determining Factor 3 in order to account
for the differences in ‘‘purchasing
power’’ in different regions of the
country. With respect to these public
comments, we agreed that there may be
regional variation in uncompensated
care costs due to regional variations in
the costs of care generally. However, we
stated that we did not believe that there
was sufficient basis for believing that
the wage index reflects the variations in
uncompensated care costs well enough
to adopt it as the basis for adjusting
Factor 3. The wage index reflects the
relative hospital wage level in the
geographic area of the hospital
compared to the national average
hospital wage level. In computing the
wage index, we derive an average
hourly wage for each labor market area
(total wage costs divided by total hours
for all hospitals in the geographic area)
and a national average hourly wage
(total wage costs divided by total hours
for all hospitals surveyed in the nation).
A labor market area’s wage index value
is the ratio of the area’s average hourly
wage to the national average hourly
wage. We note that, for FY 2014, 69.6
percent of the standardized amount is
considered to be the labor-related share
and, therefore, adjusted by the wage
index. However, in addition to the
labor-related share of the standardized
amount being adjusted by the wage
index, the entire standardized amount is
also adjusted for the relative weight of
the MS–DRG for each individual
patient. In other words, the wage index
PO 00000
Frm 00125
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28101
only adjusts for a portion of the
variation in costs, and does not address
variations in resource use and patient
severity. Therefore, we stated that we
did not believe that there was sufficient
basis for believing that adjusting lowincome patient days by the wage index
would better reflect variations in
uncompensated care costs.
Since the publication of the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we have
continued to consider whether to
propose employing the wage index to
adjust insured low-income days in
determining Factor 3. After this
consideration, we continue to believe
that a wage index adjustment to insured
low-income days is not an appropriate
measure to account for variations in the
costs of uncompensated care among
hospitals. The intensity of such care,
and therefore the costs, may vary by
hospital, but we still lack convincing
evidence that the wage index data are an
accurate measure of that intensity.
Therefore, we are not proposing to
adopt such an adjustment to lowincome days for purposes of calculating
Factor 3 in FY 2015.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50639), we also considered
public comments that requested that we
include insured low-income days from
exempt units (specifically, inpatient
rehabilitation units paid under the IRF
PPS and inpatient psychiatric units paid
under the IPF PPS) of the hospital in the
computation of Factor 3, in order to
better capture the treatment costs of the
uninsured by the hospital. In response
to those public comments, we stated our
belief that there may be some merit to
including insured low-income days
from exempt units of the hospital in
order to better capture the full costs of
the treatment of the uninsured by the
hospital insofar as those data may be
publicly available, subject to audit, and
used for payment purposes. We also
indicated that we believed it would be
prudent to consider the degree to which
these data meet these conditions before
adopting this recommendation.
Therefore, we stated that we would
consider including this
recommendation among our proposals
in future rulemaking.
Since the publication of the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we have
conducted an analysis of the impact of
adopting this recommendation. That
analysis has indicated that the inclusion
of Medicaid and Medicare-SSI days for
exempt inpatient units does not
significantly change the distribution of
uncompensated care payments to
hospitals, with the exception of a few
hospitals with high utilization
associated with those exempt units that
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28102
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
would see increases in their
uncompensated care payments.
Furthermore, Medicaid and SSI days for
inpatient rehabilitation units have been
audited and are used for payment
purposes under the IRF PPS;
specifically, these data are used to
calculate the low-income payment (LIP)
adjustment under the IRF PPS.
However, the data for inpatient
psychiatric units are not generally
audited and have not been used
previously for payment purposes.
Therefore, we are not proposing at this
time to include those days in the
calculation of a hospital’s share of
uncompensated care payments. As we
indicated earlier, we believe it would be
appropriate to include such data in the
calculation of uncompensated care
payments only insofar as those data may
be publicly available, subject to audit,
and used for payment purposes. The use
of data for inpatient psychiatric units
would fail the second and third
conditions. At the same time, we do not
believe that including only inpatient
rehabilitation unit days without
inpatient psychiatric unit days would
improve the accuracy of the
uncompensated care payment
calculation. We also observe, as we have
previously noted, that the statutory
references under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of
the Act to ‘‘days’’ apply only to hospital
acute care inpatient days. Section
412.106(a)(1)(ii) of the regulations
therefore provides that, for purposes of
DSH payments, ‘‘the number of patient
days in the hospital includes only those
days attributable to units or wards of the
hospital providing acute care services
generally payable under the prospective
payment system and excludes’’ other
days. In the absence of compelling
reasons to do otherwise, we believe it is
preferable to maintain consistency with
this longstanding precedent in the
context of this temporary method for
determining uncompensated care
payments. However, we are inviting
public comments on this issue.
The statute also allows the Secretary
the discretion to determine the time
periods from which we will derive the
data to estimate the numerator and the
denominator of the Factor 3 quotient.
Specifically, section 1886(r)(2)(C)(i) of
the Act defines the numerator of the
quotient as ‘‘the amount of
uncompensated care for such hospital
for a period selected by the
Secretary. . . .’’ (emphasis added).
Section 1886(r)(2)(C)(ii) of the Act
defines the denominator as ‘‘the
aggregate amount of uncompensated
care for all subsection (d) hospitals that
receive a payment under this subsection
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
for such period’’ (emphasis added). In
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50638), we adopted a process of
making interim payments with final cost
report settlement for both the
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments and the uncompensated care
payments required by section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act. Consistent with
that process, we also determined the
time period from which to calculate the
numerator and denominator of the
Factor 3 quotient in a way that would
be consistent with making interim and
final payments. Specifically, we must
have Factor 3 values available for
hospitals that we estimate will qualify
for Medicare DSH payments using the
most recently available historical data
and for those hospitals that we do not
estimate will qualify for Medicare DSH
payments but that may ultimately
qualify for Medicare DSH payments at
the time of cost report settlement.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50638), therefore, we
adopted the policy to calculate the
numerator and the denominator of
Factor 3 for hospitals based on the most
recently available full year of Medicare
cost report data (including the most
recently available data that may be used
to update the SSI ratios) with respect to
a Federal fiscal year. In other words, we
use data from the most recently
available full year cost report for the
Medicaid days and the most recently
available SSI ratios (that is, latest
available SSI ratios before the beginning
of the Federal fiscal year) for the
Medicare SSI days. We noted that these
data are publicly available, subject to
audit, and used for payment purposes.
While we recognized that older data
also meet these criteria, we often use the
most recently available data for payment
determinations. Furthermore, in the FY
2014 IPPS interim final rule with
comment period (78 FR 61195), we
revised our policy to also include
supplemental cost report data submitted
to CMS only by IHS hospitals in order
allow their Medicaid days to be used to
calculate Factor 3.
Therefore, for FY 2014, we used data
from the most recently available full
year cost report for the Medicaid days
and the most recently available SSI
ratios, which meant data from the 2010/
2011 cost reports for the Medicaid days,
supplemental 2011 cost report data
submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals, and
the FY 2011 SSI ratios for the Medicare
SSI days to estimate Factor 3 for FY
2014. For FY 2015, we are again
proposing to use data from the most
recently available full year cost report
for the Medicaid days (that is, we are
proposing to use the 2012 cost report,
PO 00000
Frm 00126
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
unless that cost report is unavailable or
reflects less than a full 12-month year;
in the event the 2012 cost report is for
less than 12 months, we are proposing
to use the cost report from 2012 or 2011
that is closest to being a full 12-month
cost report), supplemental cost report
data submitted to CMS only by IHS
hospitals and the most recently
available SSI ratios. For purposes of this
proposed rule, we are using data from
the December 2013 update of the 2011/
2012 Medicare cost reports for the
Medicaid days and the FY 2011 SSI
ratios for the Medicare SSI days.
Consistent with our FY 2014 IPPS
interim final rule with comment period
(78 FR 61195), for FY 2015, we also are
using supplemental cost report data
provided by IHS hospitals to CMS as of
December 2013 in order to calculate the
proposed Factor 3. For the FY 2015 IPPS
final rule, we intend to use the March
2014 update of the 2011/2012 Medicare
cost reports, supplemental cost report
data submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals
as of March 2014, and the most recently
available SSI ratios (FY 2012 SSI ratios
and, if not available, the FY 2011 SSI
ratios) to calculate Factor 3. We believe
the March update to the Medicare cost
reports will be the most recently
available data to calculate Factor 3 at
the time of publication of the FY 2015
IPPS final rule. We believe this is
consistent with CMS’ historical policy
to use the best available data when
setting the payment rates and factors in
both the proposed and final rules.
Furthermore, this is consistent with our
approach in other areas of IPPS, where
we historically use the March update of
cost report data and MedPAR claims
data to calculate IPPS relative weights,
budget neutrality factors, the outlier
threshold, and the standardized amount
for the IPPS final rule. If we were to wait
for a later update of the cost report data
to become available, this could cause
delay of the publication of the IPPS final
rule.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50642), we discussed several
specific issues concerning the use of
cost report data to determine Factor 3.
One issue concerned the process and
data to be employed in determining
Factor 3 in the case of hospital mergers.
Specifically, two hospitals that merged
in 2011 with one surviving provider
number requested that we account for
the merger by including data from both
hospitals’ cost reports immediately prior
to the merger in the calculation of the
Factor 3 amount. In that final rule, we
had calculated Factor 3 using only the
surviving hospital’s cost report data and
SSI ratio data. In the final rule (78 FR
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
50602), we responded to the public
comment that Factor 3 would be
calculated based on the low-income
insured patient days (that is, Medicaid
days and SSI days) under the surviving
CCN, based on the most recent available
data for that CCN (for FY 2014, from the
cost report for 2011 or 2010). We noted
that this was consistent with the
treatment of other IPPS payment factors,
where data used to calculate a hospital’s
Medicare DSH payment adjustment,
CCRs for outlier payments, and wage
index values are tied to a hospital’s
CCN. Data associated with a CCN that is
no longer in use are not used to
determine those IPPS hospital payments
under the surviving CCN.
Since the publication of the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we have
received additional input from hospitals
that have undergone mergers that
suggest using only the surviving CCN
produces an estimate of the surviving
hospital’s uncompensated care burden
that is lower than warranted. For FY
2015, for example, Factor 3 of the
uncompensated care payment
calculation would be determined using
2011/2012 cost reports. As a result, for
any mergers occurring between FY 2011
and FY 2015, Factor 3 of the
uncompensated care payment for FY
2015 would reflect only the data of the
hospital with the surviving CCN, not the
combination of the data from the two
hospitals that merged. We believe that
revising our methodology to incorporate
data from both of the hospitals that
merged could improve our estimate of
the uncompensated care burden of the
merged hospital. Accordingly, we are
proposing to revise our methodology for
determining Factor 3 to incorporate data
from both merged hospitals until data
for the merged hospitals become
available under the surviving CCN.
In addition, because the data systems
used to calculate Factor 3 do not
identify hospitals that have merged, we
also are proposing to establish a process
to identify hospitals that have merged
after the period of the historical data
that are being used to calculate Factor
3, up to a point in time during
ratesetting for that Federal fiscal year.
Under this approach, we would
combine the data for the merged
hospitals to calculate Factor 3 of the
uncompensated care payment.
Specifically, we are proposing that we
would identify the hospitals that
merged after the period from which data
are being used to calculate Factor 3 (for
FY 2015, 2012 and 2011) but before the
publication of each year’s final rule. For
purposes of this proposal, we are
defining a merger to be an acquisition
where the Medicare provider agreement
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
of one hospital is subsumed into the
provider agreement of the surviving
provider. We would not consider an
acquisition where the new owner
voluntarily terminates the Medicare
provider agreement of the hospital it
purchased by rejecting assignment of
the previous owner’s provider
agreement to be a merger. We believe it
is appropriate to combine data to
calculate Factor 3 for a merged hospital
where the Medicare provider agreement
of one hospital is subsumed into the
provider agreement of the surviving
provider because, in this type of
acquisition as described in the
September 6, 2013 Survey &
Certification Memorandum S&C: 13–60–
ALL (https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Provider-Enrollment-and-Certification/
SurveyCertificationGenInfo/Downloads/
Survey-and-Cert-Letter-13-60.pdf), the
buyer is subject to all applicable statutes
and regulations and to the terms and
conditions under which the assigned
agreement was originally issued. These
include, but are not limited to, Medicare
requirements to adjust payments to
account for prior overpayments and
underpayments, even if they relate to a
pre-acquisition period (successor
liability), and to adjust payments to
collect civil monetary penalties.
Therefore, we believe it is appropriate to
also retain the data of the subsumed
hospital to calculate the uncompensated
care payment for the merged hospital.
Conversely, by rejecting assignment of
the Medicare provider agreement of the
subsumed hospital, the surviving
provider has voluntarily terminated the
Medicare provider agreement and is
precluded from having successor
liability for Medicare overpayments or
underpayments that would have
otherwise been made to the subsumed
provider. Furthermore, when the
surviving hospital rejects automatic
assignment of the existing provider
agreement, but wishes to participate in
the Medicare program, the merged
hospital is considered an initial
applicant to the Medicare program. In
an instance in which the surviving
provider has rejected assignment of the
Medicare provider agreement of the
subsumed provider, it would not seem
appropriate to use data from the
subsumed provider for purposes of
Medicare payment, including for the
calculation of a hospital’s
uncompensated care payment.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
identify mergers by querying the
Medicare contractors. We believe it is
appropriate to obtain merger
information from the Medicare
contractors, as a copy of each final sales
PO 00000
Frm 00127
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28103
agreement/transaction indicating the
effective date of the acquisition is
generally submitted to the Medicare
contractors once an acquisition is
finalized. For the purpose of this
proposed rule, we requested that the
Medicare contractors provide us with a
list of mergers that occurred between
October 1, 2010 (the first day of FY
2011, which is the earliest date that
would be included in any 2011 cost
report data that are used to calculate a
hospital’s Factor 3) through January
2014 (when we started preparing for the
FY 2015 IPPS proposed rule). On the
basis of this information, we would then
combine the data elements of any
hospitals that had merged to calculate
the uncompensated care payment for
the merged hospital. Specifically, we
would combine the Medicaid days from
the most recently available full year cost
reports and the SSI days from the most
recently available SSI ratios tied to the
two CCNs prior to the merger to
calculate the merged hospital’s Factor 3.
For FY 2015, we would combine the
Medicaid days from either the 2011 or
2012 cost reports and would use the
most recently available SSI ratios
available at the time the final rule is
developed.
In order to confirm these mergers and
the accuracy of the data used to
determine each merged hospital’s
uncompensated care payment, we are
proposing to publish a table on the CMS
Web site, in conjunction with the
issuance of the proposed and final rules
for a fiscal year, containing a list of the
mergers that we are aware of and the
computed uncompensated care payment
for each merged hospital. A copy of this
table is being published on the CMS
Web site in conjunction with the
issuance of this proposed rule. The
affected hospitals would then have the
opportunity to comment during the
public comment period on the accuracy
of this information.
We are proposing to treat hospitals
that merge after the development of the
final rule similar to new hospitals. For
these newly merged hospitals, we
would not have data currently available
to calculate a Factor 3 amount that
accounts for the merged hospital’s
uncompensated care burden. In
addition, we would not have data to
determine if the newly merged hospital
is eligible for Medicare DSH payment
and, therefore, eligible for
uncompensated care payments for the
applicable fiscal year because the only
data we would have to make this
determination are those for the
surviving CCN. Accordingly, we are
proposing to treat newly merged
hospitals in a similar manner as new
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28104
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hospitals, such that the newly merged
hospital’s final uncompensated care
payment would be determined at cost
report settlement where the numerator
of the newly merged hospital’s Factor 3
would be based on the Medicaid days
and SSI days reported on the cost report
used for the applicable fiscal year. We
are proposing that the interim
uncompensated care payments for the
newly merged hospitals would be based
on only the data of the surviving
hospital’s CCN at the time of the
preparation of the final rule for the
applicable fiscal year. In other words,
for newly merged hospitals, eligibility to
receive interim uncompensated care
payments and the amount of any
interim uncompensated care payments
would be based on the Medicaid days
from either the 2011 or 2012 cost reports
and the most recently available SSI
ratios available at the time the final rule
is developed for only the surviving
CCN. However, at cost report settlement,
we would determine the newly merged
hospital’s final uncompensated care
payments based on the Medicaid days
and SSI days reported on the cost report
used for the applicable fiscal year. That
is, we would revise the numerator of
Factor 3 for the newly merged hospital
to reflect the Medicaid and SSI days
reported on the cost report for the
applicable fiscal year. We are inviting
public comment on our proposed
change to the treatment of hospital
mergers in the calculation of a hospital’s
uncompensated care payment.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
G. Medicare-Dependent, Small Rural
Hospital (MDH) Program (§ 412.108)
1. Background
Section 1885(d)(5)(G) of the Act
provides special payment protections,
under the IPPS, to a Medicaredependent, small rural hospital (MDH).
(For additional information on the MDH
program and the payment methodology,
we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51683
through 51684.)) As we discussed in the
FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75
FR 50287) and in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51683
through 51684), section 3124 of the
Affordable Care Act extended the
expiration of the MDH program from the
end of FY 2011 (that is, for discharges
occurring before October 1, 2011) to the
end of FY 2012 (that is, for discharges
occurring before October 1, 2012).
Under prior law, as specified in section
5003(a) of Public Law 109–171 (DRA
2005), the MDH program was to be in
effect through the end of FY 2011 only.
Since the extension of the MDH
program through FY 2012 provided by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
section 3124 of the Affordable Care Act,
the MDH program has been further
extended multiple times. First, section
606 of the ATRA of 2012 (Pub. L. 112–
240) extended the MDH program
through FY 2013 (that is, for discharges
occurring before October 1, 2013.)
Second, section 1106 of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113–
67) extended the MDH program through
the first half of FY 2014 (that is, for
discharges occurring before April 1,
2014.) In the FY 2014 interim final rule
with comment period that appeared in
the Federal Register on March 18, 2013
(79 FR 15025 through 15027), we
discussed the expiration of the MDH
program on March 31, 2014, and
explained how providers may be
affected by the 6-month extension of the
MDH program under Public Law 113–67
and described the steps to reapply for
MDH status for FY 2014, as applicable.
Generally, a provider that was classified
as an MDH as of September 30, 2013,
was reinstated as an MDH effective
October 1, 2013, with no need to
reapply for MDH classification.
However, if the MDH had classified as
an SCH or cancelled its rural
classification under § 412.103(g)
effective on or after October 1, 2013, the
effective date of MDH status may not be
retroactive to October 1, 2013. In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50647 through 50649) and the FY 2014
interim final rule with comment period
(79 FR 15025 through 15027), we made
conforming changes to the regulations at
§ 412.108(a)(1) and (c)(2)(iii) to reflect
the extensions of the MDH program
provided for by the ATRA and Pathway
for SGR Reform Act, respectively.
Lastly, under current law, section 106 of
the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93) provides for a 1year extension of the MDH program
effective from April 1, 2014 through
March 31, 2015. Specifically, section
106 of Public Law 113–93 amended
sections 1886(d)(5)(G)(i) and
1886(d)(5)(G)(ii)(II) of the Act by
striking ‘‘April 1, 2014’’ and inserting
‘‘April 1, 2015’’. Section 106 of Public
Law 113–93 also made conforming
amendments to sections 1886(b)(3)(D)(i)
and 1886(b)(3)(D)(iv) of the Act.
We intend to address the extension of
the MDH program for the second half of
FY 2014 (that is, from April 1, 2014
through September 30, 2014) under
Public Law 113–93 in a separate Federal
Register notice. For additional
information on the extensions of the
MDH program after FY 2012, we refer
readers to the following rules: The FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53404 through 53405 and 53413 through
PO 00000
Frm 00128
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
53414); the FY 2013 IPPS notice that
appeared in the Federal Register on
March 7, 2013 (78 FR 14689); the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50647 through 50649); and the FY 2014
interim final rule with comment period
(79 FR 15025 through 15027).
2. Provisions of Public Law 113–93 for
FY 2015
Prior to the enactment of Public Law
113–93, under section 1106 of Public
Law 113–67, the MDH program
authorized by section 1886(d)(5)(G) of
the Act was set to expire midway
through FY 2014. Section 106 of Public
Law 113–93 amended sections
1886(d)(5)(G)(i) and 1886(d)(5)(G)(ii)(II)
of the Act to provide for an additional
1-year extension of the MDH program,
effective from April 1, 2014 through
March 31, 2015. Section 106 of Public
Law 113–93 also made conforming
amendments to sections 1886(b)(3)(D)(i)
and 1886(b)(3)(D)(iv) of the Act.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to make conforming changes
to the regulations at §§ 412.108(a)(1) and
(c)(2)(iii) to reflect the statutory
extension of the MDH program for the
first 6 months of FY 2015 made by
section 106 of Public Law 113–93.
3. Expiration of the MDH Program
Because section 106 of Public Law
113–93 extends the MDH program
through the first half of FY 2015 only,
effective April 1, 2015, the MDH
program will no longer be in effect.
Because the MDH program is not
authorized by statute beyond March 31,
2015, beginning April 1, 2015, all
hospitals that previously qualified for
MDH status will no longer have MDH
status and will be paid based on the
Federal rate. As noted earlier, in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53404 through 53405), we revised our
SCH policies to allow MDHs to apply
for SCH status and be paid as such
under certain conditions, following
expiration of the MDH program at the
end of FY 2012. We codified these
changes in the regulations at
§ 412.92(b)(2)(i) and § 412.92(b)(2)(v).
For additional information, we refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53404 through 53405
and 53674). We note that those same
conditions apply to MDHs that intend to
apply for SCH status with the expiration
of the MDH program on March 31, 2015.
Specifically, the existing regulations at
§ 412.92(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(v) allow for
an effective date of approval of SCH
status that is the day following the
expiration date of the MDH program. In
accordance with these regulations, in
order for an MDH to receive SCH status
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
effective April 1, 2015, it must apply for
SCH status at least 30 days before the
end of the MDH program; that is, the
MDH must apply for SCH status by
March 1, 2015. The MDH also must
request that, if approved as an SCH, the
SCH status be effective with the
expiration of the MDH program
provision; that is, the MDH must request
that the SCH status, if approved, be
effective April 1, 2015, immediately
after its MDH status expires with the
expiration of the MDH program on
March 31, 2015. We note that an MDH
that applies for SCH status in
anticipation of the expiration of the
MDH program would not qualify for the
April 1, 2015 effective date upon
approval if it does not apply by the
March 1, 2015 deadline. The provider
would instead be subject to the usual
effective date for SCH classification, that
is, 30 days after the date of CMS’ written
notification of approval as specified at
§ 412.92(b)(2)(i).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
H. Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program: Proposed Changes for FY 2015
Through FY 2017 (§§ 412.150 Through
412.154)
1. Statutory Basis for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
Section 3025 of the Affordable Care
Act, as amended by section 10309 of the
Affordable Care Act, added a new
section 1886(q) to the Act. Section
1886(q) of the Act establishes the
‘‘Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program,’’ effective for discharges from
an ‘‘applicable hospital’’ beginning on
or after October 1, 2012, under which
payments to those applicable hospitals
may be reduced to account for certain
excess readmissions.
Section 1886(q)(1) of the Act sets forth
the methodology by which payments to
‘‘applicable hospitals’’ will be adjusted
to account for excess readmissions. In
accordance with section 1886(q)(1) of
the Act, payments for discharges from
an ‘‘applicable hospital’’ will be an
amount equal to the product of the
‘‘base operating DRG payment amount’’
and the adjustment factor for the
hospital for the fiscal year. That is,
‘‘base operating DRG payments’’ are
reduced by a hospital-specific
adjustment factor that accounts for the
hospital’s excess readmissions. Section
1886(q)(2) of the Act defines the base
operating DRG payment amount as ‘‘the
payment amount that would otherwise
be made under subsection (d)
(determined without regard to
subsection (o) [the Hospital VBP
Program]) for a discharge if this
subsection did not apply; reduced by
. . . any portion of such payment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
amount that is attributable to payments
under paragraphs (5)(A), (5)(B), (5)(F),
and (12) of subsection (d).’’ Paragraphs
(5)(A), (5)(B), (5)(F), and (12) of
subsection (d) refer to outlier payments,
IME payments, DSH adjustment
payments, and add-on payments for
low-volume hospitals, respectively.
Furthermore, section 1886(q)(2)(B) of
the Act specifies special rules for
defining ‘‘the payment amount that
would otherwise be made under
subsection (d)’’ for certain hospitals,
including policies for SCHs and for
MDHs for FY 2013. In the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53374), we finalized policies to
implement the statutory provisions
related to the definition of ‘‘base
operating DRG payment amount’’ with
respect to those hospitals.
Section 1886(q)(3)(A) of the Act
defines the ‘‘adjustment factor’’ for an
applicable hospital for a fiscal year as
equal to the greater of ‘‘(i) the ratio
described in subparagraph (B) for the
hospital for the applicable period (as
defined in paragraph (5)(D)) for such
fiscal year; or (ii) the floor adjustment
factor specified in subparagraph (C).’’
Section 1886(q)(3)(B) of the Act, in turn,
describes the ratio used to calculate the
adjustment factor. It states that the ratio
is ‘‘equal to 1 minus the ratio of—(i) the
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions . . . and (ii) the aggregate
payments for all discharges . . . ’’
Section 1886(q)(3)(C) of the Act
establishes the floor adjustment factor,
which is set at 0.99 for FY 2013, 0.98
for FY 2014, and 0.97 for FY 2015 and
subsequent fiscal years.
Section 1886(q)(4) of the Act defines
the terms ‘‘aggregate payments for
excess readmissions’’ and ‘‘aggregate
payments for all discharges’’ for an
applicable hospital for the applicable
period. The term ‘‘aggregate payments
for excess readmissions’’ is defined in
section 1886(q)(4)(A) of the Act as ‘‘the
sum, for applicable conditions . . . of
the product, for each applicable
condition, of (i) the base operating DRG
payment amount for such hospital for
such applicable period for such
condition; (ii) the number of admissions
for such condition for such hospital for
such applicable period; and (iii) the
excess readmissions ratio. . . for such
hospital for such applicable period
minus 1.’’ The ‘‘excess readmissions
ratio’’ is a hospital-specific ratio based
on each applicable condition.
Specifically, section 1886(q)(4)(C) of the
Act defines the excess readmissions
ratio as the ratio of actual-over-expected
readmissions; specifically, the ratio of
‘‘risk-adjusted readmissions based on
actual readmissions’’ for an applicable
PO 00000
Frm 00129
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28105
hospital for each applicable condition,
to the ‘‘risk-adjusted expected
readmissions’’ for the applicable
hospital for the applicable condition.
Section 1886(q)(5) of the Act provides
definitions of ‘‘applicable condition,’’
‘‘expansion of applicable conditions,’’
‘‘applicable hospital,’’ ‘‘applicable
period,’’ and ‘‘readmission.’’ The term
‘‘applicable condition’’ (which is
addressed in detail in section IV.C.3.a.
of the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51665 through 51666)) is
defined as a ‘‘condition or procedure
selected by the Secretary among
conditions and procedures for which: (i)
Readmissions . . . represent conditions
or procedures that are high volume or
high expenditures . . . and (ii)
measures of such readmissions . . .
have been endorsed by the entity with
a contract under section 1890(a) [of the
Act] . . . and such endorsed measures
have exclusions for readmissions that
are unrelated to the prior discharge
(such as a planned readmission or
transfer to another applicable hospital).’’
Section 1886(q)(5)(B) of the Act also
requires the Secretary, beginning in FY
2015, ‘‘to the extent practicable, [to]
expand the applicable conditions
beyond the 3 conditions for which
measures have been endorsed . . . to
the additional 4 conditions that have
been identified by the Medicare
Payment Advisory Commission in its
report to Congress in June 2007 and to
other conditions and procedures as
determined appropriate by the
Secretary.’’
Section 1886(q)(5)(C) of the Act
defines ‘‘applicable hospital,’’ that is, a
hospital subject to the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program, as a
‘‘subsection (d) hospital or a hospital
that is paid under section 1814(b)(3) [of
the Act], as the case may be.’’ The term
‘‘applicable period,’’ as defined under
section 1886(q)(5)(D) of the Act,
‘‘means, with respect to a fiscal year,
such period as the Secretary shall
specify.’’ As explained in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51671), the ‘‘applicable period’’ is the
period during which data are collected
in order to calculate various ratios and
payment adjustments under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program.
Section 1886(q)(6) of the Act sets forth
the public reporting requirements for
hospital-specific readmission rates.
Section 1886(q)(7) of the Act limits
administrative and judicial review of
certain determinations made pursuant
to section 1886(q) of the Act. Finally,
section 1886(q)(8) of the Act requires
the Secretary to collect data on
readmission rates for all hospital
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28106
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
inpatients (not just Medicare patients)
for a broad range of both subsection (d)
and non-subsection(d) hospitals, in
order to calculate the hospital-specific
readmission rates for all such hospital
inpatients and to publicly report these
‘‘all-patient’’ readmission rates.
2. Regulatory Background
The payment adjustment factor set
forth in section 1886(q) of the Act did
not apply to discharges until FY 2013.
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51660 through 51676), we
addressed the issues of the selection of
readmission measures and the
calculation of the excess readmissions
ratio, which will be used, in part, to
calculate the readmissions adjustment
factor. Specifically, in that final rule, we
finalized policies that relate to the
portions of section 1886(q) of the Act
that address the selection of and
measures for the applicable conditions,
the definitions of ‘‘readmission’’ and
‘‘applicable period,’’ and the
methodology for calculating the excess
readmissions ratio. We also established
policies with respect to measures for
readmission for the applicable
conditions and our methodology for
calculating the excess readmissions
ratio.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53374 through 53401), we
finalized policies that relate to the
portions of section 1886(q) of the Act
that address the calculation of the
hospital readmission payment
adjustment factor and the process by
which hospitals can review and correct
their data. Specifically, in that final
rule, we addressed the base operating
DRG payment amount, aggregate
payments for excess readmissions and
aggregate payments for all discharges,
the adjustment factor, applicable
hospital, limitations on review, and
reporting of hospital-specific
information, including the process for
hospitals to review readmission
information and submit corrections. We
also established a new Subpart I under
42 CFR part 412 (§§ 412.150 through
412.154) to codify rules for
implementing the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50649 through 50676), we
finalized our policies that relate to
refinement of the readmissions
measures and related methodology for
the current applicable conditions,
expansion of the ‘‘applicable
conditions’’ beginning for FY 2015, and
clarification of the process for reporting
hospital-specific information, including
the opportunity to review and submit
corrections. We also established policies
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
related to the calculation of the
adjustment factor for FY 2014.
3. Overview of Proposals and Policies
for the FY 2015 Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program
In this proposed rule, we are—
• Proposing to make refinements to
the readmissions measures and related
methodology for FY 2015 and
subsequent years (section IV.H.4. of the
preamble of this proposed rule);
• Proposing to expand the scope of
‘‘applicable conditions’’ for FY 2017 to
include coronary artery bypass graft
(CABG) (section IV.H.6. of the preamble
of this proposed rule);
• Discussing the maintenance of
technical specifications for quality
measures (section IV.H.7. of the
preamble of this proposed rule);
• Describing a waiver from the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program for hospitals formerly paid
under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act
(§ 412.154(d)) (section IV.H.8. of the
preamble of this proposed rule);
• Proposing to specify the adjustment
factor floor for FY 2015 (section IV.H.9.
of the preamble of this proposed rule);
• Proposing to specify the applicable
period for FY 2015 (section IV.H.10. of
the preamble of this proposed rule);
• Proposing to make changes to the
calculation of the aggregate payments
for excess readmissions to include two
additional readmissions measures
(chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD) and THA/TKA) (section
IV.H.11. of the preamble of this
proposed rule); and
• Discussing whether to establish an
exceptions process to address hospitals
with extraordinary circumstances
(section IV.H.12. of the preamble of this
proposed rule).
4. Proposed Refinement of the
Readmission Measures and Related
Methodology for FY 2015 and
Subsequent Years Payment
Determinations
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned
Readmission Algorithm for Acute
Myocardial Infarction (AMI), Heart
Failure (HF), Pneumonia (PN), Chronic
Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD),
and Total Hip Arthroplasty and Total
Knee Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Readmission Measures
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50651 through 50655), we
finalized for 2014 and subsequent years’
payment determinations the use of the
CMS Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 2.1 in the AMI, HF, PN, COPD
and THA/TKA readmission measures.
The algorithm identifies readmissions
PO 00000
Frm 00130
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that are planned and occur within 30
days of discharge from the hospital. A
complete description of the CMS
Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 2.1, which includes lists of
planned diagnoses and procedures, can
be found on our Web site (available at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html). NQF has
endorsed the use of the algorithm for
these measures.
Last year’s stakeholder comments
supported the incorporation of the CMS
Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 2.1 and suggested that we
update it on a regular basis. In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50652), we agreed to continually review
the CMS Planned Readmission
Algorithm and make updates as needed.
Subsequently we have identified and
made improvements to the algorithm.
We are proposing to use the revised
version, the CMS Planned Readmission
Algorithm Version 3.0, for the AMI, HF,
PN, COPD, and THA/TKA readmission
measures for FY 2015 and subsequent
payment determinations. We are also
proposing to use this algorithm for the
CABG readmission measure proposed
for inclusion in the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
starting in FY 2017.
Version 3.0 incorporates
improvements that were made based on
a validation study of the algorithm.
Researchers reviewed 634 patients’
charts at 7 hospitals, classified
readmission as planned or unplanned
based on the chart review, and
compared the results to the claimsbased algorithm’s classification of the
readmissions. The findings suggested
the algorithm was working well but
could be improved.
Specifically, the study suggested the
need to make small changes to the tables
of procedures and conditions used in
the algorithm to classify readmission as
planned or unplanned. The algorithm
uses the Agency for Healthcare Research
and Quality’s (AHRQ’s) Clinical
Classification Software (CCS) to group
thousands of procedure and diagnosis
codes into fewer categories of related
procedures or diagnoses. The algorithm
then uses four tables of procedures and
diagnoses categories and a flow diagram
to classify tables as planned or
unplanned. For all measures, the first
table identifies procedures that, if
present in a readmission, classify the
readmission as planned. The second
table identifies primary discharge
diagnoses that always classify
readmissions as planned. Because
almost all planned admissions are for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
procedures or surgeries, a third table
identifies procedures for which patients
are typically admitted; if any of these
procedures are coded in the
readmission, we classify a readmission
as planned as long as that readmission
does not have an acute (unplanned)
primary discharge diagnosis. The fourth
table lists the acute (unplanned)
primary discharge diagnoses that
disqualify readmissions that include
one or more of the potentially planned
procedure in the third table as planned.
These tables are structured the same
across all measures but the specific
procedure and conditions they contain
vary slightly for certain measures based
on clinical considerations for each
cohort. The final proposed tables for
each measure can be found on our Web
site under the Measure Methodology
reports (available at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html).
Version 3.0 modifies two of these
tables by removing or adding
procedures or conditions to improve the
accuracy of the algorithm. First,
validation study revealed that the
algorithm could be improved by
removing two procedure CCS categories
from the third table, the potentially
planned procedure table: CCS 211—
Therapeutic Radiation and CCS 224—
Cancer Chemotherapy. Typically,
patients do not require admission for
scheduled Therapeutic Radiation
treatments (CCS 211). The study found
that readmissions that were classified as
planned because they included
Therapeutic Radiation were largely
unplanned.
The algorithm was also more accurate
when CCS 224—Cancer Chemotherapy
was removed from the potentially
planned procedure table. The second
table of the algorithm classifies all
readmissions with a principal diagnosis
of Maintenance Chemotherapy as
planned. Most patients who receive
cancer chemotherapy have both a code
for Cancer Chemotherapy (CCS 224) and
a principal discharge diagnosis of
Maintenance Chemotherapy (CCS 45).
In the validation study, the
readmissions for patients who received
Cancer Chemotherapy (CCS 224) but
who did not have a principal diagnosis
of Maintenance Chemotherapy were
largely unplanned, so removing CCS
224 from the potentially planned
procedure table improved the
algorithm’s accuracy. Therefore, Version
3.0 removes CCS 211 and CCS 224 from
the list of potentially planned
procedures to improve the accuracy of
the algorithm.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
As noted above, the algorithm uses a
table of acute principal discharge
diagnoses to help identify unplanned
readmissions. Readmissions that have a
principal diagnosis listed in the table
are classified as unplanned, regardless
of whether they include a procedure in
the potentially planned procedure table.
The validation study identified one
diagnosis CCS that should be added to
the table of acute diagnoses to more
accurately identify truly unplanned
admissions as unplanned: Hypertension
with Complications (CCS 99).
Hypertension with complications is a
diagnosis that is rarely associated with
planned readmissions.
In addition, the validation study
identified a subset of ICD–9–CM
diagnosis codes within two CCS
diagnosis categories that should be
added to the acute diagnosis table to
improve the algorithm. CCS 149,
Pancreatic Disorders, includes the code
for acute pancreatitis; clinically there is
no situation in which a patient with this
acute condition would be admitted for
a planned procedure. Therefore, Version
3.0 adds the ICD–9 code for acute
pancreatitis, 577.0, to the acute primary
diagnosis table to better identify
unplanned readmissions. Finally, CCS
149, Biliary Tract Disease, is a mix of
acute and nonacute diagnoses. Adding
the subset of ICD–9–CM codes within
this CCS group that are for acute
diagnoses to the list of acute conditions
improves the accuracy of the algorithm
for these acute conditions while still
ensuring that readmissions for planned
procedures, like cholecystectomies, are
counted accurately as planned. For
more detailed information on how the
algorithm is structured and the use of
tables to identify planned procedures
and diagnoses, we refer readers to
discussion of the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 2.1 in
our reports (available at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html). As noted
above, readers can find the specific
Version 3.0 tables for each measure in
the measure updates and specifications
reports at the above link.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip
Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Readmission Measure Cohort
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015 and
subsequent years, we are proposing to
refine the measure cohort for the
Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
(THA) and/or Total Knee Arthroplasty
PO 00000
Frm 00131
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28107
(TKA) All-Cause Unplanned 30-Day
Risk-Standardized Readmission
Measure.
Currently, the THA/TKA Readmission
Measure adopted for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program is
intended to only include patients who
have an elective THA or TKA. This
measure therefore excludes patients
who have a principal discharge
diagnosis of femur, hip, or pelvic
fracture on their index admission since
hip replacement for hip fracture is not
an elective procedure. However, after
hospitals reviewed their hospitalspecific THA/TKA Readmission
Measure data during the national dry
run conducted during September and
October of 2012, we learned that
hospitals code hip fractures that occur
during the same admission as a THA as
either a principal or secondary
diagnosis. According to feedback
received from hospitals participating in
the dry run, the measure methodology
failed to identify and therefore
appropriately exclude a small number of
patients (that is, 0.42 percent of patients
in 2009–2010 data) with hip fracture
who had non-elective total hip
arthroplasty.
To ensure that all such hip fracture
patients are excluded from the measure,
we are proposing to refine the measure
to exclude patients with hip fracture
coded as either principal or secondary
diagnosis during the index admission.
We believe this refinement is responsive
to comments from hospitals and will
allow us to accurately exclude patients
who were initially admitted for a hip
fracture and then underwent total hip
arthroplasty, making their procedure
nonelective.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed
Refinements on Measures
The proposed refinement of the CMS
Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 2.1 to Version 3.0 would have
had the following effects on the
measures based on our analyses of
discharges between July 2009 and June
2012, if these changes had been applied
for FY 2014. We note that these
statistics are for illustrative purposes
only, and we are not proposing to revise
the measure calculations for the FY
2014 payment determination. Rather,
we are proposing to apply these changes
to the readmission measures for the FY
2015 payment determination and
subsequent years.
Among hospitals that were subject to
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program in FY 2014 (Table IV.H.1), the
number of eligible discharges based on
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28108
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the July 2009 through June 2012 data
were 494,121 discharges for AMI;
1,165,606 discharges for HF; 954,033
discharges for PN; 926,433 discharges
for COPD; and 858,266 discharges for
hip/knee.
The proposed 30-day readmission rate
(excluding the planned readmissions)
would remain constant for AMI and
COPD; increase by 0.1 percentage points
for HF and PN; and increase by 0.4
percentage points for hip/knee.
The new national readmission
(unplanned) rate for each condition
would have been 17.9 percent for AMI;
23.0 percent for HF; 17.7 percent for PN;
21.1 percent for COPD; and 5.27 percent
for hip/knee.
The number of readmissions
considered planned (and, therefore, not
counted as a readmission) would
decrease by 319 for AMI; 1,313 for HF;
866 for PN, 547 for COPD; and 298 for
hip/knee.
The proposed modification of the hip/
knee measure cohort would have had
the following effects on the measure: the
measure cohort would have been
reduced by 0.37 percent; the crude
readmission rate would have been
reduced by 0.02 absolute percentage
points; and the mean RSRR would have
been reduced by 0.03 absolute
percentage points.
TABLE IV.H.1.—COMPARISON OF PLANNED READMISSION ALGORITHMS V 2.1 AND 3.0 FOR AMI/HF/PN/COPD/HK
READMISSION MEASURES
[Based on 2009–2012 discharges from 3,025 hospitals]
AMI
HF
V 3.0
Number of Discharges ..........
Number of Unplanned Readmissions .....
Readmission
Rate ...............
Number of
Planned Readmissions .....
Planned Readmission Rate ..
% of Readmissions that are
Planned ..........
V 2.1
V 3.0
494,121
494,121
1,165,606
88,567
88,248
17.9%
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Hip/Knee
V 2.1
V 3.0
V 2.1
V 3.0
V 2.1
1,165,606
954,033
954,033
926,433
926,433
858,266
858,266
268,072
266,759
169,213
168,347
195,595
195,048
45,205
44,907
17.9%
23.0%
22.9%
17.7%
17.6%
21.1%
21.1%
5.27%
5.23%
11,577
11,896
15,293
16,606
5,867
6,733
5,858
6,405
2,283
2,581
2.3%
2.4%
1.3%
1.4%
0.6%
0.7%
0.6%
0.7%
0.3%
0.3%
11.6%
11.9%
5.4%
5.9%
3.4%
3.8%
2.9%
3.2%
4.8%
5.4%
In FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
we finalized for FY 2015 two new
condition specific readmission
measures: (1) Hospital-level 30-day allcause risk-standardized readmission
rate following elective total hip
arthroplasty (THA) and total knee
arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551); (2)
Hospital-level 30-day all-cause riskstandardized readmission rate following
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD) (NQF #1891), bringing the total
number of finalized applicable
conditions to five over the past two
years of implementation. We also noted
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50657) that commenters
requested that we delay adding other
condition-specific measures. In view of
these requests and our belief that it is
reasonable to allow more time for
hospitals to become familiar with these
5 applicable conditions, before adding
other applicable conditions we are not
proposing any new applicable
conditions for FY 2016.
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
V 2.1
COPD
V 3.0
5. No Proposed Expansion of the
Applicable Conditions for FY 2016
VerDate Mar<15>2010
PN
6. Proposed Expansion of the
Applicable Conditions for FY 2017 to
Include the Patients Readmitted
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Surgery Measure
a. Background
Under section 1886(q)(5)(B) of the
Act, ‘‘[b]eginning with FY 2015, the
Secretary shall, to the extent practicable,
expand the applicable conditions
beyond the 3 conditions for which
measures have been endorsed as
described in subparagraph (A)(ii)(I) . . .
to the additional 4 conditions that have
been identified by the Medicare
Payment Advisory Commission
[MedPAC] in its report to Congress in
June 2007, and to other conditions and
procedures as determined appropriate
by the Secretary.’’ The four conditions
and procedures recommended by
MedPAC are: (1) Coronary artery bypass
graft (CABG) surgery; (2) chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD);
(3) percutaneous coronary intervention
(PCI); and (4) other vascular conditions.
Section 1886(q)(5)(A)(i) of the Act
directs the Secretary, in selecting an
‘‘applicable condition,’’ to choose from
among readmissions ‘‘that represent
conditions or procedures that are high
volume or high expenditures under this
title (or other criteria specified by the
Secretary).’’
PO 00000
Frm 00132
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
In accordance with section
1886(q)(5)(A) of the Act, effective for the
calculation of the readmissions payment
adjustment factors in FY 2017, we are
proposing to expand the scope of
applicable conditions and procedures to
include patients readmitted following
CABG surgery. This proposal is
consistent with the prior FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50657)
where we indicated our intent to
explore quality measures that address
CABG readmission rates. We describe
this measure in detail below.
We are proposing the inclusion of the
condition of CABG readmissions to the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program based on MedPAC’s
recommendations. For this condition,
we developed a Hospital-Level 30-Day
All-Cause Unplanned Readmission
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Surgery measure. The National
Quality Forum (NQF) Measure
Applications Partnership (MAP)
Hospital workgroup conditionally
supported this measure for use in the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program. The condition for support is
based on attainment of NQF
endorsement. On February 5, 2014, we
submitted the Hospital-Level 30-Day
All-Cause Unplanned Readmission
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(CABG) Surgery measure to NQF for
endorsement.
The rationale for expanding the
applicable conditions and the measures
used to estimate the excess
readmissions ratio is described in detail
below.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
b. Overview of the Proposed CABG
Readmissions Measure: Hospital-Level,
30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned
Readmission Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
Among the seven conditions MedPAC
identified in its 2007 Report to Congress
as having the highest potentially
preventable readmission rate, CABG had
the highest rate of readmissions within
15 days following discharge (13.5
percent) and second highest average
Medicare payment per readmission
($8,136).27 The annual cost to Medicare
for potentially preventable CABG
readmissions was estimated at $151
million.28
Evidence also shows variation in
readmissions rates for patients with
CABG surgery, supporting the finding
that opportunities exist for improving
care. The median, 30-day, riskstandardized readmission rate among
Medicare fee-for-service patients aged
65 or older hospitalized for CABG in
2009 was 17.2 percent, and ranged from
13.9 percent to 22.1 percent across 1,160
hospitals.29 Although data documenting
readmission reductions in CABG are
limited, there are data that support
CABG readmission as an important
quality metric.30 Studying readmission
rates after CABG surgery in New York,
Hannan, et al. found: (1) Wide variation
in readmission rates; (2) the most
common cause of readmission after
CABG is complication related to the
surgery; and (3) that hospital-level
variables such as use of cardiac
rehabilitation and length of stay
influenced readmission rates.31 The
authors also noted that readmission
rates were not closely correlated to
mortality rates and thus measuring
readmission rates likely offers a
27 Medicare Payment Advisory Committee. Report
to the Congress: Promoting Greater Efficiency in
Medicare, 2007.
28 Ibid.
29 Suter L.G., Wang, C., Vellanky S., Potteiger J.,
Curtis J., Lin Z., Geary L.L., Krumholz H.M., Drye
E.D. Hospital-level 30-day All-Cause Unplanned
Readmission Following Coronary Artery Bypass
Graft Surgery: Report prepared for the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services. 2012.
30 Rumsfield J, Allen L. Reducing Readmission
Rates: Does Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery
Provide Clarity? JACC Cardiovasc Interv. May
2011;4(5):2.
31 Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Lahey SJ, et al. 30-day
readmissions after coronary artery bypass graft
surgery in New York State. JACC Cardiovasc Interv.
2011;4(5):569–576.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
complementary metric intended to
assess a different domain of quality.
Mortality measures are more likely to
encourage improvements in clinical
quality, including rapid triage, effective
safety practices, and early intervention
and coordination in the hospital.
Readmission measures place an
increased emphasis on aspects of
quality related to effective transitions to
the outpatient setting, clear
communication with patients and
caregivers, and collaboration across
communities and providers. Together,
these data suggest that reducing
readmission rates following CABG
surgery is an important target for quality
improvement. In addition, inclusion of
this measure in the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program aligns
with CMS’ Quality Strategy objectives to
promote successful transitions of care
for patients from the acute care setting
to the outpatient setting, and to reduce
short-term readmission rates. In its final
recommendations for rulemaking, the
MAP conditionally supported the
inclusion of the proposed CABG
measure pending NQF endorsement and
implementation. In order to address this
concern, we submitted the CABG
readmission measure to NQF for
endorsement on February 5, 2014.
We believe the proposed HospitalLevel, 30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned
Readmission Measure Following CABG
Surgery warrants inclusion in the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program for FY 2017, because it meets
the criteria in section 1886(q)(5)(A) of
the Act, as a high cost, high volume
condition that was recognized by
MedPAC Report to Congress in 2007 as
a specific medical condition to focus on
for improving readmission rates. As
with other readmission measures, this
measure also excludes such unrelated
readmissions as planned readmissions
and transfers to other hospitals. For
these reasons we believe this measure is
appropriate for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
c. Proposed Methodology for the CABG
Measure: Hospital-Level, 30-Day, AllCause, Unplanned Readmission
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Surgery
The proposed CABG readmission
measure assesses hospitals’ 30-day, allcause risk-standardized rate of
unplanned readmission following
admission for a CABG procedure. In
general, the measure uses the same
approach to risk-adjustment and
hierarchical logistic modeling (HLM)
methodology that is specified for the
PO 00000
Frm 00133
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28109
AMI, HF, PN, COPD and THA/TKA
readmission measures that we
previously adopted for this program.
Information on how the measure
employs HLM can be found in the 2012
CABG Readmission Measure
Methodology Report (available at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html). This
approach appropriately accounts for the
types of patients a hospital treats (that
is, hospital case-mix), the number of
patients it treats, and the quality of care
it provides. The HLM methodology is an
appropriate statistical approach to
measuring quality based on patient
outcomes when the patients are
clustered within hospitals (and,
therefore, the patients’ outcomes are not
statistically independent) and sample
sizes vary across hospitals. The measure
methodology defines hospital case-mix
based on the clinical diagnoses
provided in the hospitals’ claims for the
hospitals’ patient inpatient and
outpatient visits for the 12 months prior
to the hospitalization for CABG, as well
as those present in the claims for care
at admission. However, the
methodology specifically does not
account for diagnoses present in the
index admission that may indicate
complications rather than patient
comorbidities.
We discuss the measure methodology
below.
(1) Data Sources
The proposed CABG readmission
measure is based on data derived from
administrative claims. It uses Medicare
administrative data from
hospitalizations for fee-for-service
Medicare beneficiaries hospitalized for a
CABG procedure.
(2) Definition of Outcome
The proposed CABG readmission
measure defines 30-day, all-cause
readmission as an unplanned
subsequent inpatient admission to any
applicable acute care facility for any
cause within 30 days of the date of
discharge from the index
hospitalization. A number of studies
demonstrate that improvements in care
at the time of discharge can reduce 30day readmission rates.32 33 Thirty days is
32 Gulshan Sharma, Kou Yong-Fang, Freeman
Jean L, Zhang Dong D, Goodwin James S.:
Outpatient Follow-up Visit and 30-Day Emergency
Department Visit and Readmission in Patients
Hospitalized for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary
Disease. Arch Intern Med. Oct. 2010;170:1664–
1670.
33 Nelson EA, Maruish ME, Axler JL.: Effects of
Discharge Planning and Compliance with
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
Continued
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28110
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a meaningful timeframe for hospitals
because readmissions are more likely
attributable to care received within the
index hospitalization and during the
transition to the outpatient setting.
The proposed CABG readmission
measure assesses all-cause unplanned
readmissions (excluding planned
readmissions) rather than readmissions
for CABG only. We include all
unplanned readmissions for several
reasons. First, from the patient
perspective, a readmission for any
reason is likely to be an undesirable
outcome of care, even though not all
readmissions are preventable. Second,
limiting the measure to CABG-related
readmissions may focus quality
improvement efforts too narrowly rather
than encouraging broader initiatives
aimed at improving the overall care
within the hospital and care transitions
from the hospital setting. Moreover, it is
often hard to exclude quality issues and
accountability for a readmission based
on the documented cause of
readmission. For example, a patient
who underwent a CABG surgery and
developed a hospital-acquired infection
might ultimately be readmitted for
sepsis. It would be inappropriate to
consider such a readmission to be
unrelated to the care the patient
received for their CABG surgery.
Finally, while the measure does not
presume that each readmission is
preventable, quality improvement
interventions generally have shown
reductions in all types of readmissions.
The proposed measure does not count
planned readmissions as readmissions.
Planned readmissions are identified in
claims data using the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0 that
detects planned readmissions that may
occur within 30 days of discharge from
the hospital. Version 2.1 of the
algorithm was finalized for use in the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50651 through 50655).
We have since updated the algorithm to
Version 3.0 as part of yearly measure
maintenance. The proposed CABG
readmission measure uses the planned
readmission algorithm, tailored for
CABG patients. We adapted the
algorithm for this group of patients with
input from Cardiothoracic surgeons and
other experts, narrowing the types of
readmissions considered planned since
planned readmissions following CABG
are less common and less varied than
among patients discharged from the
hospital following a medical admission.
More detailed information on how the
Outpatient Appointments on Readmission Rates.
Psychiatr Serv. July 1 2000;51(7):885–889.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
proposed CABG readmission measure
incorporates the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0 can
be found in the 2012 CABG
Readmission Measure Methodology
Report on the CMS Web site (available
at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html). For the
proposed CABG readmission measure,
unplanned readmissions that fall within
the 30-day post-discharge timeframe
from the index admission would not be
counted as readmissions for the index
admission if they were preceded by a
planned readmission.
(3) Cohort of Patients
In order to include a clinically
coherent set of patients in the measure,
we sought input from clinical experts
regarding the inclusion of other
concomitant cardiac and non-cardiac
procedures, such as valve replacement
and carotid endarterectomy. Adverse
clinical outcomes following such
procedures are higher than those
following ‘‘isolated’’ CABG procedures;
that is, CABG procedures performed
without concomitant high-risk cardiac
and noncardiac procedures.34 Limiting
the measure cohort to ‘‘isolated’’ CABG
patients is consistent with published
reports of CABG outcomes; therefore,
the proposed measure cohort considers
only patients undergoing isolated CABG
as eligible for inclusion in the measure.
We defined isolated CABG patients as
those undergoing CABG procedures
without concomitant valve or other
major cardiac, vascular or thoracic
procedures. In addition, our clinical
experts, consultants, and Technical
Expert Panel (TEP) members agreed that
an isolated CABG cohort is a clinically
coherent cohort suitable for a riskadjusted outcome measure. For detailed
information on the cohort definition, we
refer readers to the 2012 CABG
Readmission Measure Methodology
Report on the CMS Web site (available
at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html).
(4) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The proposed CABG readmission
measure includes hospitalizations for
patients who are 65 years of age or older
at the time of index admission and for
whom there was a complete 12 months
of Medicare fee-for-service enrollment
34 Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Lahey SJ, et al. 30-day
readmissions after coronary artery bypass graft
surgery in New York State. JACC Cardiovasc Interv.
2011;4(5):569–576.
PO 00000
Frm 00134
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to allow for adequate data for risk
adjustment. The measure excludes the
following admissions from the measure
cohort: (1) Admissions for patients who
are discharged against medical advice
(excluded because providers do not
have the opportunity to deliver full care
and prepare the patient for discharge);
(2) admissions for patients who die
during the initial hospitalization (these
patients are not eligible for
readmission); (3) admissions for patients
with subsequent qualifying CABG
procedures during the measurement
period (a repeat CABG procedure during
the measurement period very likely
represents a complication of the original
CABG procedure and is a clinically
more complex and higher risk surgery;
therefore, we select the first CABG
admission for inclusion in the measure
and exclude subsequent CABG
admissions from the cohort); and (4)
admissions for patients without at least
30 days post-discharge enrollment in
Medicare fee-for-service (excluded
because the 30-day readmission
outcome cannot be assessed in this
group).
(5) Transferred Patients and Attribution
of Readmission Outcome
Among medical conditions, such as
AMI, heart failure and pneumonia,
transfers between acute care facilities
can occur for a variety of different
reasons and it is likely that the
discharging hospital has the most
influence over a patient’s risk of
readmission and therefore the
readmission outcome is appropriately
assigned to the hospital that discharges
the patient. For that reason, the
currently publicly reported AMI, heart
failure and pneumonia readmission
measures attribute the readmission
outcome to the hospital discharging the
patient, even if that is not the hospital
that initially admitted the patient.
In contrast, following CABG surgery,
transfer to another acute care facility
after CABG is most likely due to a
complication of the CABG procedure or
the peri-operative care the patient
received. Therefore, the care provided
by the hospital performing the CABG
procedure likely dominates readmission
risk, even among transferred patients.
This viewpoint is supported by the high
proportion of CABG readmissions for
diagnoses such as heart failure, pleural
effusion and pneumonia and endorsed
by the clinical experts on both the Yale
New Haven Hospital Health Services
Corporation, Center for Outcomes
Research and Evaluation (YNHHSC/
CORE), and the Society of Thoracic
Surgeons (STS) CABG readmission
measure development working groups
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
and our TEP. Therefore, for this
measure, the readmission outcome is
attributed to the hospital performing the
first (‘‘index’’) CABG, even if this is not
the discharging hospital. For example, a
patient may be admitted to hospital A
for a CABG that qualifies them for
inclusion in the measure and is then
transferred to hospital B. The initial
admission to hospital A and the
admission to hospital B are considered
one acute episode of care, made up of
two inpatient admissions. The measure
identifies transferred patients as those
who are admitted to an acute care
hospital on the same day or following
day of discharge from an eligible
admission.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(6) Risk-Adjustment
The proposed CABG readmission
measure adjusts for differences across
hospitals in the level of risk their
patients have for readmission relative to
patients cared for by other hospitals.
The measure uses administrative claims
data to identify patient clinical
conditions and comorbidities to adjust
patient risk for readmission across
hospitals, but does not adjust for
potential complications of care. The
model does not adjust for
socioeconomic status or race because
risk adjusting for these characteristics
would hold hospitals with a large
proportion of patients of minority race
or low socioeconomic status to a
different standard of care than other
hospitals. Rather, this measure seeks to
illuminate quality differences, and risk
adjustment for socioeconomic status or
race would obscure such quality
differences.
(7) Calculating the Excess Readmissions
Ratio
The proposed CABG readmission
measure uses the same methodology
and statistical modeling approach as the
other Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program measures. We published a
detailed description of how the
readmission measures estimate the
excess readmissions ratio in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53380 through 53381).
In summary, we are proposing to
adopt the Hospital-Level, 30-Day, AllCause, Unplanned Readmission
Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Surgery measure in the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
beginning in FY 2017.
We note that the set of hospitals for
which this measure is calculated for the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program differs from those used in
calculations for the Hospital IQR
Program. The Hospital Readmissions
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Reduction Program includes only
subsection (d) hospitals as defined in
1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act (and, if not
waived from participating, hospitals
paid under section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act), while the Hospital IQR Program
calculations include non-IPPS hospitals
such as CAHs, cancer hospitals, and
hospitals located in the Territories of
the United States. However, we believe
that the CABG readmissions measure is
appropriate for use in both programs.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
7. Maintenance of Technical
Specifications for Quality Measures
Technical specification of the re
admission measures are provided at our
Web site in the Measure Methodology
Reports (available at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html). Additional
resources about the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program and
measure technical specifications and
methodology are on the QualityNet Web
site on the Resources Web page
(available at: https://www.qualitynet.
org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&page
name=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnet
Tier3&cid=1228772412995).
Many of the quality measures used in
different Medicare and Medicaid
reporting programs are NQF endorsed.
As part of its regular maintenance
process for NQF-endorsed performance
measures, the NQF requires measure
stewards to submit annual measure
maintenance updates and undergo
maintenance of endorsement review
every 3 years. In the measure
maintenance process, the measure
steward (owner/developer) is
responsible for updating and
maintaining the currency and relevance
of the measure and will confirm existing
or minor specification changes with
NQF on an annual basis. NQF solicits
information from measure stewards for
annual reviews, and it reviews measures
for continued endorsement in a specific
3-year cycle.
We note that NQF’s annual or
triennial maintenance processes for
endorsed measures may result in the
NQF requiring updates to the measures.
We believe that it is important to have
in place a subregulatory process to
incorporate nonsubstantive updates
required by the NQF into the measure
specifications we have adopted for the
Hospital Readmissions Program so that
these measures remain up-to-date. The
NQF regularly maintains its endorsed
measures through annual and triennial
reviews, which may result in the NQF
PO 00000
Frm 00135
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28111
requiring updates to the measures. We
note for this calendar year the AMI
readmission measure is undergoing the
NQF maintenance endorsement process.
For the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program, we are proposing to
follow the finalized processes outlined
for addressing changes to adopted
measures in the Hospital IQR Program
‘‘Maintenance of Technical
Specifications for Quality Measures’’
section found in section IX.A.1.b. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
We believe this proposal adequately
balances our need to incorporate NQF
updates to NQF-endorsed Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
measures in the most expeditious
manner possible while preserving the
public’s ability to comment on updates
that so fundamentally change an
endorsed measure that it is no longer
the same measure that we originally
adopted. We invite public comment on
this proposal.
8. Waiver From the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program for
Hospitals Formerly Paid Under Section
1814(b)(3) of the Act (§ 412.152 and
§ 412.154(d))
The definition of ‘‘applicable
hospital’’ under section 1886(q)(5)(C) of
the Act also includes hospitals paid
under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.
Section 1886(q)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act,
however, allows the Secretary to exempt
such hospitals from the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program,
provided that the State submit an
annual report to the Secretary
describing how a similar program to
reduce hospital readmissions in that
State achieves or surpasses the
measured results in terms of health
outcomes and cost savings established
by Congress for the program as applied
to ‘‘subsection (d) hospitals.’’
The State of Maryland entered into an
agreement with CMS, effective January
1, 2014, to participate in CMS’ new
Maryland All-Payer Model, a 5-year
hospital payment model. This model is
being implemented under section
1115A of the Act, as added by section
3021 of the Affordable Care Act, which
authorizes the testing of innovative
payment and service delivery models,
including models that allow States to
‘‘test and evaluate systems of all-payer
payment reform for the medical care of
residents of the State, including dualeligible individuals.’’ Section 1115A of
the Act authorizes the Secretary to
waive such requirements of titles XI and
XVIII of the Act as may be necessary
solely for purposes of carrying out
section 1115A of the Act with respect to
testing models.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28112
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
As part of this agreement, the State of
Maryland also elected to no longer have
Medicare pay Maryland hospitals in
accordance with section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act. Therefore, section
1886(q)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act is no longer
applicable to Maryland hospitals. The
effect of Maryland hospitals no longer
being paid under 1814(b)(3) of the Act
is that they are not entitled to be
exempted from the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program under
section 1886(q)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act and,
but for the model, would be included in
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program. In other words, the exemption
from the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act no longer applies.
However Maryland hospitals will not be
participating in the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
because section 1886(q) and its
implementing regulations have been
waived for purposes of the model,
subject to the terms of the agreement.
We are proposing to make conforming
changes to the implementing regulations
to reflect this change. Under § 412.152,
we are proposing to delete from the
definition of an ‘‘applicable hospital’’
the following language: ‘‘or a hospital in
Maryland that is paid under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act and that, absent
the waiver specified by section
1814(b)(3) of the Act, would have been
paid under the hospital inpatient
prospective payment system.’’ Under
§ 412.154, we are proposing to delete
§ 412.154(d) in its entirety. We invite
public comment on these proposals.
9. Floor Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
(§ 412.154(c)(2))
Section 1886(q)(3)(A) of the Act
defines the ‘‘adjustment factor’’ for an
applicable hospital for a fiscal year as
equal to the greater of ‘‘(i) the ratio
described in subparagraph (B) for the
hospital for the applicable period (as
defined in paragraph (5)(D)) for such
fiscal year; or (ii) the floor adjustment
factor specified in subparagraph (C).’’
Section 1886(q)(3)(B) of the Act, in turn,
describes the ratio used to calculate the
adjustment factor. Specifically, it states
that the ratio is ‘‘equal to 1 minus the
ratio of—(i) the aggregate payments for
excess readmissions . . . and (ii) the
aggregate payments for all discharges
. . . .’’ The calculation of this ratio is
codified at § 412.154(c)(1) of the
regulations. Section 1886(q)(3)(C) of the
Act specifies the floor adjustment factor,
which is set at 0.99 for FY 2013, 0.98
for FY 2014, and 0.97 for FY 2015 and
subsequent fiscal years. We codified the
floor adjustment factor at § 412.154(c)(2)
of the regulations (77 FR 53386).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Consistent with 1886(q)(3) of the Act,
codified at § 412.154(c)(2), the
adjustment factor is either the greater of
the ratio or, for FY 2015 and subsequent
fiscal years, a floor adjustment factor of
0.97. Under our established policy, the
ratio is rounded to the fourth decimal
place. In other words, for FY 2015 and
subsequent fiscal years, a hospital
subject to the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program will have an
adjustment factor that is between 1.0
and 0.9700.
10. Applicable Period for FY 2015
Under section 1886(q)(5)(D) of the
Act, the Secretary has the authority to
specify the applicable period with
respect to a fiscal year under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program. We finalized our policy to use
3 years of claims data to calculate the
readmission measures in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51671). In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53675), we codified the
definition of ‘‘applicable period’’ in the
regulations at 42 CFR 412.152 as the 3year period from which data are
collected in order to calculate excess
readmissions ratios and adjustments for
the fiscal year, which includes aggregate
payments for excess readmissions and
aggregate payments for all discharges
used in the calculation of the payment
adjustment.
Consistent with the definition at
§ 412.152, we established that the
applicable period for FY 2014 under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program is the 3-year period from July
1, 2009, to June 30, 2012. That is, we
determined the excess readmissions
ratios and calculate the payment
adjustment (including aggregate
payments for excess readmissions and
aggregate payments for all discharges)
for FY 2014 using data from the 3-year
time period of July 1, 2009 to June 30,
2012, as this was the most recent
available 3-year period of data upon
which to base these calculations (78 FR
50669).
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015,
consistent with the definition at
§ 412.152, we are proposing an
‘‘applicable period’’ for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program to be
the 3-year period from July 1, 2010 to
June 30, 2013. In other words, we are
proposing that the excess readmissions
ratios and the payment adjustment
(including aggregate payments for
excess readmissions and aggregate
payments for all discharges) for FY 2015
would be calculated based on data from
the 3-year time period of July 1, 2010 to
June 30, 2013. We note that for the
purpose of modeling the readmissions
PO 00000
Frm 00136
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
payment adjustments for FY 2015 in
this proposed rule, the excess
readmissions ratios will be based on the
applicable period from FY 2014 (that is
July 1, 2009 to June 30, 2012) and the
MedPAR claims data to calculate the
readmissions payment adjustments will
be based on the proposed applicable
period for FY 2015 (that is July 1, 2010
to June 30, 2013).
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
11. Proposed Inclusion of THA/TKA
and COPD Readmissions Measures To
Calculate Aggregate Payments for Excess
Readmissions Beginning in FY 2015
Under the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program the ‘‘base operating
DRG payment amount’’ defined at
§ 412.152 is used both to determine the
readmission adjustment factor that
accounts for excess readmissions under
section 1886(q)(3) of the Act and to
determine which payment amounts will
be adjusted to account for excess
readmissions under section 1886(q) of
the Act. Consistent with section
1886(q)(2) of the Act, in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53374
through 53383), under the regulations at
§ 412.152, we define the ‘‘base operating
DRG payment amount’’ and specify that
it does not include adjustments or addon payments for IME, DSH, outliers and
low-volume hospitals as required by
section 1886(q)(2) of the Act.
Furthermore, consistent with section
1886(q)(2)(B)(i) of the Act, for SCHs and
for MDHs for FY 2013, the definition of
‘‘base operating DRG payment amount’’
at § 412.152 excludes the difference
between the hospital’s applicable
hospital-specific payment rate and the
Federal payment rate.
For FY 2015 and subsequent years, for
purposes of calculating the payment
adjustment factors and applying the
payment methodology, we are
proposing that the base operating DRG
payment amount for MDHs includes the
difference between the hospital-specific
payment rate and the Federal payment
rate (as applicable).
Section 1886(q)(3)(B) of the Act
specifies the ratio used to calculate the
adjustment factor under the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program. It
states that the ratio is ‘‘equal to 1 minus
the ratio of—(i) the aggregate payments
for excess readmissions . . . and (ii) the
aggregate payments for all discharges.
. . .’’ The definition of ‘‘aggregate
payments for excess readmissions’’ and
‘‘aggregate payments for all discharges,’’
as well as a methodology for calculating
the numerator of the ratio (aggregate
payments for excess readmissions) and
the denominator of the ratio (aggregate
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payments for all discharges) are codified
at § 412.154(c)(2) of the regulations (77
FR 53387).
Section 1886(q)(4) of the Act sets forth
the definitions of ‘‘aggregate payments
for excess readmissions’’ and ‘‘aggregate
payments for all discharges’’ for an
applicable hospital for the applicable
period. The term ‘‘aggregate payments
for excess readmissions’’ is defined in
section 1886(q)(4)(A) of the Act as ‘‘for
a hospital for an applicable period, the
sum, for applicable conditions . . . of
the product, for each applicable
condition, of (i) the base operating DRG
payment amount for such hospital for
such applicable period for such
condition; (ii) the number of admissions
for such condition for such hospital for
such applicable period; and (iii) the
excess readmissions ratio . . . for such
hospital for such applicable period
minus 1.’’ We codified this definition of
‘‘aggregate payments for excess
readmissions’’ under the regulations at
§ 412.152 as the product, for each
applicable condition, of: (1) The base
operating DRG payment amount for the
hospital for the applicable period for
such condition; (2) the number of
admissions for such condition for the
hospital for the applicable period; and
(3) the excess readmissions ratio for the
hospital for the applicable period minus
1 (77 FR 53675).
The excess readmissions ratio is a
hospital-specific ratio calculated for
each applicable condition. Specifically,
section 1886(q)(4)(C) of the Act defines
the excess readmissions ratio as the
ratio of ‘‘risk-adjusted readmissions
based on actual readmissions’’ for an
applicable hospital for each applicable
condition, to the ‘‘risk-adjusted
expected readmissions’’ for the
applicable hospital for the applicable
condition. The methodology for the
calculation of the excess readmissions
ratio was finalized in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51673).
‘‘Aggregate payments for excess
readmissions’’ is the numerator of the
ratio used to calculate the adjustment
factor under the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program (as described in
further detail later in this section).
The term ‘‘aggregate payments for all
discharges’’ is defined at section
1886(q)(4)(B) of the Act as ‘‘for a
hospital for an applicable period, the
sum of the base operating DRG payment
amounts for all discharges for all
conditions from such hospital for such
applicable period.’’ ‘‘Aggregate
payments for all discharges’’ is the
denominator of the ratio used to
calculate the adjustment factor under
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program. We codified this definition of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
‘‘aggregate payments for all discharges’’
under the regulations at § 412.152 (77
FR 53387).
We finalized the inclusion of two
additional applicable conditions, COPD
and THA/TKA, to the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
beginning for FY 2015 in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50657
through 50664). In this section, we
discuss the proposed methodology to
include these two additional measures
in the calculation of the readmissions
payment adjustment for FY 2015.
Specifically, we are proposing how the
addition of COPD and THA/TKA
applicable conditions would be
included in the calculation of the
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions, which is the numerator of
the readmissions payment adjustment.
We note that this proposal does not alter
our established methodology for
calculating aggregate payments for all
discharges, that is, the denominator of
the ratio (77 FR 53387).
As discussed above, when calculating
the numerator (aggregate payments for
excess readmissions), we determine the
base operating DRG payments for the
applicable period. ‘‘Aggregate payments
for excess readmissions’’ (the
numerator) is defined as ‘‘the sum, for
applicable conditions . . . of the
product, for each applicable condition,
of (i) the base operating DRG payment
amount for such hospital for such
applicable period for such condition; (ii)
the number of admissions for such
condition for such hospital for such
applicable period; and (iii) the excess
readmissions ratio . . . for such hospital
for such applicable period minus 1.’’
When determining the base operating
DRG payment amount for an individual
hospital for such applicable period for
such condition, we use Medicare
inpatient claims from the MedPAR file
with discharge dates that are within the
same applicable period to calculate the
excess readmissions ratio. We use
MedPAR claims data as our data source
for determining aggregate payments for
excess readmissions and aggregate
payments for all discharges, as this data
source is consistent with the claims data
source used in IPPS rulemaking to
determine IPPS rates.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to use
MedPAR claims with discharge dates
that are on or after July 1, 2010, and no
later than June 30, 2013. Under our
established methodology that we use the
update of the MedPAR file for each
Federal fiscal year, which is updated 6
months after the end of each Federal
fiscal year within the applicable period,
as our data source (that is, the March
PO 00000
Frm 00137
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28113
updates of the respective Federal fiscal
year MedPAR files) for the final rules.
The FY 2010 through FY 2013
MedPAR data files can be purchased
from CMS. Use of these files allows the
public to verify the readmissions
adjustment factors. Interested
individuals may order these files
through the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/LimitedDataSets/ by
clicking on MedPAR Limited Data Set
(LDS)-Hospital (National). This Web
page describes the files and provides
directions and further detailed
instructions for how to order the data
sets. Persons placing an order must send
the following: A Letter of Request, the
LDS Data Use Agreement and Research
Protocol (refer to the Web site for further
instructions), the LDS Form, and a
check for $3,655 to:
• If using the U.S. Postal Service:
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services, RDDC Account, Accounting
Division, P.O. Box 7520, Baltimore, MD
21207–0520.
• If using express mail: Centers for
Medicare and Medicaid Services, OFM/
Division of Accounting–RDDC, Mailstop
C#–07–11, 7500 Security Boulevard,
Baltimore, MD 21244–1850.
For this proposed rule, we are
proposing to determine aggregate
payments for excess readmissions and
aggregate payments for all discharges
using data from MedPAR claims with
discharge dates that are on or after July
1, 2010, and no later than June 30, 2013.
However, we note that for the purpose
of modeling the proposed FY 2015
readmissions payment adjustment
factors for this proposed rule, we are
using excess readmissions ratios for
applicable hospitals from the FY 2014
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program applicable period. For the final
rule, applicable hospitals will have had
the opportunity to review and correct
data from the proposed FY 2015
applicable period of July 1, 2010 to June
30, 2013 before they are made public
under our policy regarding the reporting
of hospital-specific information, which
is discussed later in this section.
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to use MedPAR data from
July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2013.
Specifically, in this proposed rule, we
are using the March 2011 update of the
FY 2010 MedPAR file to identify claims
within FY 2010 with discharges dates
that are on or after July 1, 2010, the
March 2012 update of the FY 2011
MedPAR file to identify claims within
FY 2011, the March 2013 update of the
FY 2012 MedPAR file to identify claims
within FY 2012, and the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file to
identify claims within FY 2013 with
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28114
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
discharge dates no later than June 30,
2013. For the final rule, we are
proposing to use the same MedPAR files
as listed above for claims within FY
2010, FY 2011 and FY 2012. For claims
within FY 2013, we are proposing to use
in the final rule the March 2014 update
of the FY 2013 MedPAR file.
In order to identify the admissions for
each condition, including the two
additional conditions THA/TKA and
COPD, to calculate the aggregate
payments for excess readmissions for an
individual hospital, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to identify each applicable
condition using the ICD–9–CM codes
used to identify applicable conditions to
calculate the excess readmissions ratios.
Under our existing policy, we identify
eligible hospitalizations and
readmissions of Medicare patients
discharged from an applicable hospital
having a principal diagnosis for the
measured condition in an applicable
period (76 FR 51669). The discharge
diagnoses for each applicable condition
are based on a list of specific ICD–9–CM
codes for that condition. These codes
are posted on the QualityNet Web site
at: https://www.QualityNet.org >
Hospital-Inpatient > Claims-Based
Measures > Readmission Measures >
Measure Methodology.
In order to identify the applicable
conditions to calculate the aggregate
payments for excess readmissions, for
FY 2015, we are proposing to identify
the claim as an applicable condition
consistent with the methodology to
identify conditions to calculate the
excess readmissions ratio. In other
words, the applicable conditions of
AMI, HF and PN are identified for the
calculation of aggregate payments for
excess readmissions if the ICD–9–CM
code for that condition is listed as the
principal diagnosis on the claim.
In order to identify claims with the
applicable condition of THA/TKA, we
are proposing that any claim that has
the procedure codes for THA/TKA
listed in any diagnosis/procedure field
of the claim would be included in the
calculation of aggregate payments for
readmissions, consistent with the
methodology to calculate the excess
readmissions ratio for THA/TKA. In
order to identify claims with the
applicable condition of COPD, we are
proposing to identify claims that either
have the ICD–9–CM code for that
condition is listed as the principal
diagnosis on the claim or has a principal
diagnosis of some respiratory failure
along with secondary diagnosis of
COPD.
Under our established methodology
for calculating aggregate payments for
readmissions, admissions that are not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
considered index admissions for the
purpose of the readmissions measures
are excluded from the calculation of the
excess readmissions ratio, and therefore
also are not considered admissions for
the purposes of determining a hospital’s
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions (78 FR 50670 through
50876). With the addition of THA/TKA
and COPD as applicable conditions
beginning in FY 2015, we are proposing
to modify our current methodology to
identify the admissions included in the
calculation of ‘‘aggregate payments for
excess readmissions’’ for THA/TKA and
COPD in the same manner as the
original applicable conditions (AMI, HF
and PN). That is, THA/TKA and COPD
admissions that would not considered
index admissions in the readmissions
measures also would not considered
admissions for the purposes of
calculation a hospital’s aggregate
payments for excess readmissions.
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to continue to apply the
same exclusions to the claims in the
MedPAR file as we applied for FY 2014
(78 FR 50670 through 50673), and we
are proposing to apply those exclusions
for the two additional applicable
conditions, THA/TKA and COPD. For
FY 2015, in order to have the same
types of admissions to calculate
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions as is used to calculate the
excess readmissions ratio, we are
proposing to identify admissions for all
five applicable conditions, AMI, HF,
PN, THA/TKA and COPD, for the
purposes of calculating aggregate
payments for excess readmissions as
follows:
• We would exclude admissions that
are identified as an applicable condition
if the patient died in the hospital, as
identified by the discharge status code
on the MedPAR claim.
• We would exclude admissions
identified as an applicable condition for
which the patient was transferred to
another provider that provides acute
care hospital services (that is, a CAH or
an IPPS hospital), as identified through
examination of contiguous stays in
MedPAR at other hospitals.
• We would exclude admissions
identified as an applicable condition for
patients who are under the age of 65, as
identified by linking the claim
information to the information provided
in the Medicare Enrollment Database.
• For conditions identified as AMI,
we would exclude claims that are same
day discharges, as identified by the
admission date and discharge date on
the MedPAR claim.
• We would exclude admissions for
patients who did not have Medicare
PO 00000
Frm 00138
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Parts A and B FFS enrollment in the 12
months prior to the index admission,
based on the information provided in
the Medicare Enrollment Database.
• We would exclude admissions for
patients without at least 30 days postdischarge enrollment in Medicare Parts
A and B fee-for-service, based on the
information provided in the Medicare
Enrollment Database.
• We would exclude all multiple
admissions within 30 days of a prior
index admission’s discharge date, as
identified in the MedPAR file,
consistent with how multiple
admissions within 30 days of an index
admission are excluded from the
calculation of the excess readmissions
ratio.
These exclusions are consistent with
our current methodology, which was
established in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50671).
In addition to the exclusions
described above for all five applicable
conditions, for FY 2015, we are
proposing the following steps to identify
admissions specifically for THA/TKA
for the purposes of calculating aggregate
payments for excess readmissions:
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for all transfer
cases regardless of whether the
discharge was a transfer to another
hospital or from another hospital,
consistent with the calculation of the
excess readmissions ratio for THA/TKA.
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for cases
where the discharge includes a femur,
hip, or pelvic fracture coded in the
principal or secondary diagnosis fields,
consistent with the calculation of the
excess readmissions ratio for THA/TKA.
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for cases
where the discharge includes a
mechanical complication coded in the
principal diagnosis field, consistent
with the calculation of the excess
readmissions ratio for THA/TKA.
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for cases
where the discharge includes a
malignant neoplasm of the pelvis,
sacrum, coccyx, lower limbs, or bone/
bone marrow or a disseminated
malignant neoplasm coded in the
principal diagnosis field, consistent
with the calculation of the excess
readmissions ratio for THA/TKA.
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for cases
where the discharge includes more than
two hip/knee procedures.
• We are proposing to exclude
admissions for THA/TKA for cases that
meet either any of the following
conditions or following procedures
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
concurrent with THA/TKA: revision
procedures; partial hip arthroplasty
(PHA) procedures; resurfacing
procedures; and removal of implanted
devices/prostheses.
Furthermore, we are proposing to
only identify Medicare FFS claims that
meet the criteria (that is, claims paid for
under Medicare Part C (Medicare
Advantage) would not be included in
this calculation), consistent with the
methodology to calculate excess
readmissions ratios based solely on
admissions and readmissions for
Medicare FFS patients. Therefore,
consistent with our established
methodology, for FY 2015, we would
exclude admissions for patients enrolled
in Medicare Advantage as identified in
the Medicare Enrollment Database. This
proposal is consistent with how
admissions for Medicare Advantage
patients are identified in the calculation
of the excess readmissions ratios under
our established methodology. The tables
below list the ICD–9–CM codes we are
proposing to use to identify each
applicable condition to calculate the
28115
aggregate payments for excess
readmissions under this proposal for FY
2015. The tables include the ICD–9–CM
codes we are proposing to use to
identify the two conditions, THA/TKA
and COPD, added to the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
beginning for FY 2015. These ICD–9–
CM codes also would be used to identify
the applicable conditions to calculate
the excess readmissions ratios,
consistent with our established policy
(76 FR 51673 through 51676).
ICD–9–CM CODES TO IDENTIFY PNEUMONIA (PN) CASES
ICD–9–CM Code
480.0 .............................
480.1 .............................
480.2 .............................
480.3 .............................
480.8 .............................
480.9 .............................
481 ................................
482.0 .............................
482.1 .............................
482.2 .............................
482.30 ...........................
482.31 ...........................
482.32 ...........................
482.39 ...........................
482.40 ...........................
482.41 ...........................
482.42 ...........................
482.49 ...........................
482.81 ...........................
482.82 ...........................
482.83 ...........................
482.84 ...........................
482.89 ...........................
482.9 .............................
483.0 .............................
483.1 .............................
483.8 .............................
485 ................................
486 ................................
487.0 .............................
488.11 ...........................
Description of code
Pneumonia due to adenovirus.
Pneumonia due to respiratory syncytial virus.
Pneumonia due to parainfluenza virus.
Pneumonia due to SARS-associated coronavirus.
Viral pneumonia: pneumonia due to other virus not elsewhere classified.
Viral pneumonia unspecified.
Pneumococcal pneumonia [streptococcus pneumoniae pneumonia].
Pneumonia due to klebsiella pneumoniae.
Pneumonia due to pseudomonas.
Pneumonia due to hemophilus influenzae [h. influenzae].
Pneumonia due to streptococcus unspecified.
Pneumonia due to streptococcus group a.
Pneumonia due to streptococcus group b.
Pneumonia due to other streptococcus.
Pneumonia due to staphylococcus unspecified.
Pneumonia due to staphylococcus aureus.
Methicillin Resistant Pneumonia due to Staphylococcus Aureus.
Other staphylococcus pneumonia.
Pneumonia due to anaerobes.
Pneumonia due to escherichia coli [e.coli].
Pneumonia due to other gram-negative bacteria.
Pneumonia due to legionnaires’ disease.
Pneumonia due to other specified bacteria.
Bacterial pneumonia unspecified.
Pneumonia due to mycoplasma pneumoniae.
Pneumonia due to chlamydia.
Pneumonia due to other specified organism.
Bronchopneumonia organism unspecified.
Pneumonia organism unspecified.
Influenza with pneumonia.
Influenza due to identified novel H1N1 influenza virus with pneumonia.
ICD–9–CM CODES TO IDENTIFY HEART FAILURE (HF) CASES
ICD–9–CM
Code
402.01
402.11
402.91
404.01
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
404.03 ...........................
404.11 ...........................
404.13 ...........................
404.91 ...........................
404.93 ...........................
428.xx ...........................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Code description
Hypertensive heart disease, malignant, with heart failure.
Hypertensive heart disease, benign, with heart failure.
Hypertensive heart disease, unspecified, with heart failure.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, malignant, with heart failure and with chronic kidney disease stage I
through stage IV, or unspecified.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, malignant, with heart failure and with chronic kidney disease stage V
or end stage renal disease.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, benign, with heart failure and with chronic kidney disease stage I
through stage IV, or unspecified.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, benign, with heart failure and with chronic kidney disease stage I
through stage IV, or unspecified failure and chronic kidney disease stage V or end stage renal disease.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, unspecified, with heart failure and chronic kidney disease stage V or
end stage renal disease heart failure and with chronic kidney disease stage I through stage IV, or unspecified.
Hypertensive heart and chronic kidney disease, unspecified, with heart failure and chronic kidney disease stage V or
end stage renal disease.
Heart Failure.
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00139
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28116
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
ICD–9–CM CODES TO IDENTIFY ACUTE MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION (AMI) CASES
ICD–9–CM
Code
410.00
410.01
410.10
410.11
410.20
410.21
410.30
410.31
410.40
410.41
410.50
410.51
410.60
410.61
410.70
410.71
410.80
410.81
410.90
410.91
Description of code
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
...........................
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
AMI
(anterolateral wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(anterolateral wall)—initial episode of care.
(other anterior wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(other anterior wall)—initial episode of care.
(inferolateral wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(inferolateral wall)—initial episode of care.
(inferoposterior wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(inferoposterior wall)—initial episode of care.
(other inferior wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(other inferior wall)—initial episode of care.
(other lateral wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(other lateral wall)—initial episode of care.
(true posterior wall)—episode of care unspecified.
(true posterior wall)—initial episode of care.
(subendocardial)—episode of care unspecified.
(subendocardial)—initial episode of care.
(other specified site)—episode of care unspecified.
(other specified site)—initial episode of care.
(unspecified site)—episode of care unspecified.
(unspecified site)—initial episode of care.
ICD–9–CM CODES TO IDENTIFY CHRONIC OBSTRUCTIVE PULMONARY DISEASE (COPD) CASES
ICD–9–CM
Code
Description of code
491.21 ...........................
Obstructive chronic bronchitis; With (acute) exacerbation; acute exacerbation of COPD, decompensated COPD, decompensated COPD with exacerbation.
Obstructive chronic bronchitis; with acute bronchitis.
Other chronic bronchitis. Chronic: tracheitis, tracheobronchitis.
Unspecified chronic bronchitis.
Other emphysema; emphysema (lung or pulmonary): NOS, centriacinar, centrilobular, obstructive, panacinar,
panlobular, unilateral, vesicular. MacLeod’s syndrome; Swyer-James syndrome; unilateral hyperlucent lung.
Chronic obstructive asthma; asthma with COPD, chronic asthmatic bronchitis, unspecified.
Chronic obstructive asthma; asthma with COPD, chronic asthmatic bronchitis, with status asthmaticus.
Chronic obstructive asthma; asthma with COPD, chronic asthmatic bronchitis, with (acute) exacerbation.
Chronic: nonspecific lung disease, obstructive lung disease, obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) NOS. NOTE: This
code is not to be used with any code from categories 491–493.
Other diseases of lung; acute respiratory failure; respiratory failure NOS.
Other diseases of lung; acute respiratory failure; other pulmonary insufficiency, acute respiratory distress.
Other diseases of lung; acute respiratory failure; acute and chronic respiratory failure.
Other ill-defined and unknown causes of morbidity and mortality; respiratory arrest, cardiorespiratory failure.
491.22 ...........................
491.8 .............................
491.9 .............................
492.8 .............................
493.20 ...........................
493.21 ...........................
493.22 ...........................
496 ................................
518.81 * .........................
518.82 * .........................
518.84 * .........................
799.1 * ...........................
* Principal diagnosis when combined with a secondary diagnosis of AECOPD (491.21, 491.22, 493.21, or 493.22).
ICD–9–CM CODES TO IDENTIFY
TOTAL HIP ARTHROPLASTY/TOTAL
KNEE ARTHROPLATY (THA/TKA)
CASES
ICD–9–CM
Code
Description of code
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
81.51 ................
81.54 ................
Total hip arthroplasty.
Total knee arthroplasty.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
calculate aggregate payments for excess
readmissions, using MedPAR claims
from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2013, to
identify applicable conditions based on
the same ICD–9–CM codes used to
identify the conditions for the
readmissions measures, and to apply the
proposed exclusions for the types of
admissions discussed above. To
calculate aggregate payments for excess
readmissions, we are proposing to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
calculate the base operating DRG
payment amounts for all claims in the
3-year applicable period for each
applicable condition (AMI, HF, PN,
COPD and THA/TKA) based on the
claims we have identified as described
above. Once we have calculated the base
operating DRG amounts for all the
claims for the five applicable
conditions, we are proposing to sum the
base operating DRG payments amounts
by each condition, resulting in five
summed amounts, one amount for each
of the five applicable conditions. We are
proposing to then multiply the amount
for each condition by the respective
excess readmissions ratio minus 1 when
that excess readmissions ratio is greater
than 1, which indicates that a hospital
has performed, with respect to
readmissions for that applicable
condition, worse than the average
hospital with similar patients. Each
PO 00000
Frm 00140
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
product in this computation represents
the payments for excess readmissions
for that condition. We are proposing to
then sum the resulting products which
represent a hospital’s proposed
‘‘aggregate payments for excess
readmissions’’ (the numerator of the
ratio). Because this calculation is
performed separately for each of the five
conditions, a hospital’s excess
readmissions ratio must be less than or
equal to 1 on each measure to aggregate
payments for excess readmissions (and
thus a payment reduction under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program). We note that we are not
proposing any changes to our existing
methodology to calculate ‘‘aggregate
payments for all discharges’’ (the
denominator of the ratio).
We are proposing the following
methodology for FY 2015 as displayed
in the chart below.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
FORMULAS TO CALCULATE THE
READMISSIONS ADJUSTMENT FACTOR
Aggregate payments for excess readmissions = [sum of base operating DRG
payments for AMI × (Excess Readmissions Ratio for AMI–1)] + [sum of base
operating DRG payments for HF × (Excess Readmissions Ratio for HF–1)] +
[sum of base operating DRG payments
for PN × (Excess Readmissions Ratio for
PN–1)] + [sum of base operating DRG
payments for COPD) × (Excess Readmissions Ratio for COPD–1)] + [sum of base
operating DRG payments for THA/TKA ×
(Excess Readmissions Ratio for THA/
TKA–1)].
* Note, if a hospital’s excess readmissions
ratio for a condition is less than/equal to
1, then there are no aggregate payments
for excess readmissions for that condition
included in this calculation.
Aggregate payments for all discharges =
sum of base operating DRG payments for
all discharges.
Ratio = 1-(Aggregate payments for excess
readmissions/Aggregate payments for all
discharges).
Proposed Readmissions Adjustment Factor
for FY 2015 is the higher of the ratio or
0.9700.
* Based on claims data from July 1, 2010 to
June 30, 2013 for FY 2015.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
12. Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program Extraordinary Circumstances
Exceptions
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50676), we indicated that
commenters had requested a potential
waiver or exemption process for
hospitals located in areas that
experience disasters or other
extraordinary circumstances, even
though we had not proposed an
extraordinary circumstance exceptions/
exemptions (ECE) policy for the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program. We noted that there are several
policy and operational considerations in
developing a disaster exemption process
for the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program.
We welcome public comment on
whether an exemption process should
be implemented, and the policy and
operational considerations for a
potential Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program ECE policy.
I. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing
(VBP) Program
1. Statutory Background
Section 1886(o) of the Act, as added
by section 3001(a)(1) of the Affordable
Care Act, requires the Secretary to
establish a hospital value-based
purchasing program (the Hospital
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program)
under which value-based incentive
payments are made in a fiscal year to
hospitals that meet performance
standards established for a performance
period for such fiscal year. Both the
performance standards and the
performance period for a fiscal year are
to be established by the Secretary.
Section 1886(o)(1)(B) of the Act states
that the Hospital VBP Program applies
to payments for hospital discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2012. In
accordance with section 1886(o)(6)(A) of
the Act, we are required to make valuebased incentive payments under the
Hospital VBP Program to hospitals that
meet or exceed performance standards
for a performance period for a fiscal
year. As further required by section
1886(o)(6)(C)(ii)(I) of the Act, we base
each hospital’s value-based payment
percentage on the hospital’s Total
Performance Score (TPS) for a specified
performance period. In accordance with
section 1886(o)(7) of the Act, the total
amount available for value-based
incentive payments for a fiscal year will
be equal to the total amount of the
payment reductions for all participating
hospitals for such fiscal year, as
estimated by the Secretary. For FY 2014,
the available funding pool was equal to
1.25 percent of the base-operating DRG
payments to all participating hospitals,
as estimated by the Secretary. The size
of the applicable percentage has
increased to 1.50 percent for FY 2015
and will increase to 1.75 percent for FY
2016, and to 2.0 percent for FY 2017
and successive fiscal years.
Section 1886(o)(1)(C) of the Act
generally defines the term ‘‘hospital’’ for
purposes of the Hospital VBP Program
as a subsection (d) hospital (as that term
is defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the
Act), but excludes from the definition of
the term ‘‘hospital,’’ with respect to a
fiscal year: (1) A hospital that is subject
to the payment reduction under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) of the Act (the
Hospital IQR Program) for such fiscal
year; (2) a hospital for which, during the
performance period for the fiscal year,
the Secretary has cited deficiencies that
pose immediate jeopardy to the health
or safety of patients; and (3) a hospital
for which there are not a minimum
number (as determined by the Secretary)
of measures that apply to the hospital
for the performance period for the fiscal
year involved, or for which there are not
a minimum number (as determined by
the Secretary) of cases for the measures
that apply to the hospital for the
performance period for such fiscal year.
PO 00000
Frm 00141
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28117
2. Overview of Previous Hospital VBP
Program Rulemaking
We refer readers to the Hospital
Inpatient VBP Program final rule (76 FR
26490 through 26547), FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51653
through 51660), CY 2012 OPPS/ASC
final rule with comment period (76 FR
74527 through 74547), FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53567
through 53614), FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50676 through
50707), and CY 2014 OPPS/ASC final
rule with comment period (78 FR 75120
through 75121) for further descriptions
of our policies for the Hospital VBP
Program.
We have also codified certain
requirements for the Hospital VBP
Program at §§ 412.160 through 412.167
of our regulations.
3. FY 2015 Payment Details
a. Payment Adjustments
Section 1886(o)(7)(B) of the Act
instructs the Secretary to reduce the
base operating DRG payment amount for
a hospital for each discharge in a fiscal
year by an applicable percent. Under
section 1886(o)(7)(A) of the Act, the sum
total of these reductions in a fiscal year
must equal the total amount available
for value-based incentive payments for
all eligible hospitals for the fiscal year,
as estimated by the Secretary. We
finalized details on how we would
implement these provisions in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53571 through 53573) and refer readers
to that rule for further details.
Under section 1886(o)(7)(C)(iii) of the
Act, the applicable percent for the FY
2015 Hospital VBP Program is 1.50
percent. Using the methodology we
adopted in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53571 through 53573),
we estimate that the total amount
available for value-based incentive
payments for FY 2015 is $1.4 billion,
based on the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file. We intend to
update this estimate for the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, using the
March 2014 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file.
As finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, as referenced
above, we will utilize a linear exchange
function to translate this estimated
amount available into a value-based
incentive payment percentage for each
hospital, based on its TPS. We will then
calculate a value-based incentive
payment adjustment factor that will be
applied to the base operating DRG
payment amount for each discharge
occurring in FY 2015, on a per-claim
basis. We are publishing proxy value-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28118
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
based incentive payment adjustment
factors in Table 16 of this proposed rule
(which is available via the Internet on
the CMS Web site). The proxy factors
are based on the TPSs from the FY 2014
Hospital VBP Program. These FY 2014
performance scores are the most
recently available performance scores
that hospitals have been given the
opportunity to review and correct. The
slope of the linear exchange function
used to calculate those proxy valuebased incentive payment adjustment
factors was 2.0952951561. This slope,
along with the estimated amount
available for value-based incentive
payments, is also published in Table 16.
We intend to update this table as
Table 16A in the final rule (which will
be available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site) to reflect changes based on the
March 2014 update to the FY 2013
MedPAR file. We also intend to update
the slope of the linear exchange
function used to calculate those updated
proxy value-based incentive payment
adjustment factors. The updated proxy
value-based incentive payment
adjustment factors for FY 2015 will
continue to be based on historic FY
2014 Program TPSs because hospitals
will not have been given the
opportunity to review and correct their
actual TPSs for the FY 2015 Hospital
VBP Program until after the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule is published.
After hospitals have been given an
opportunity to review and correct their
actual TPSs for FY 2015, we will add
Table 16B (which will be available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site) to
display the actual value-based incentive
payment adjustment factors, exchange
function slope, and estimated amount
available for the FY 2015 Hospital VBP
Program. We expect that Table 16B will
be posted on the CMS Web site in
October 2014.
adjustment factors and applying the
payment methodology, we are
proposing that the base operating DRG
payment amount for MDHs will include
the difference between the hospitalspecific payment rate and the Federal
payment rate (as applicable). We are
also proposing to revise the definition of
base operating DRG payment amount in
§ 412.160 paragraph (2) of our
regulations to reflect this change. We
welcome comments on this proposal.
b. Base Operating DRG Payment
Amount Definition for MedicareDependent Small Rural Hospitals
(MDHs)
Section 106 of Public Law 113–93, the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (PAMA), extended the MDH
program through March 31, 2015. We
note that that the special treatment for
MDHs under section 1886(o)(7)(D)(ii)(I)
of the Act, with regard to definition of
base operating DRG payment amount,
does not apply to discharges occurring
after FY 2013.
For FY 2015 and subsequent years, for
purposes of calculating the payment
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized our proposal to
readopt measures from the prior
program year for each successive
program year, unless proposed and
finalized otherwise (for example,
because one or more of the measures is
‘‘topped-out’’ or for other policy
reasons). We stated our belief that this
policy would facilitate measure
adoption for the Hospital VBP Program
for future years, as well as align the
Hospital VBP Program with the Hospital
IQR Program (77 FR 53592). The FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program includes
the following measures:
4. Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital
VBP Program
a. Measures Previously Adopted
FINALIZED MEASURES FOR THE FY 2016 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Clinical Process of Care Domain
AMI–7a ..................
IMM–2 ...................
PN–6 .....................
SCIP–Inf–2 ............
SCIP–Inf–3 ............
SCIP–Inf–9 ............
SCIP–Card–2 ........
SCIP–VTE–2 .........
Fibrinolytic Therapy Received Within 30 Minutes of Hospital Arrival.
Influenza Immunization.
Initial Antibiotic Selection for CAP in Immunocompetent Patient.
Prophylactic Antibiotic Selection for Surgical Patients.
Prophylactic Antibiotics Discontinued Within 24 Hours After Surgery End Time.
Urinary Catheter Removed on Postoperative Day 1 or Postoperative Day 2.
Surgery Patients on Beta-Blocker Therapy Prior to Arrival Who Received a Beta-Blocker During the Perioperative Period.
Surgery Patients Who Received Appropriate Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis Within 24 Hours Prior to Surgery to 24
Hours After Surgery.
Patient Experience of Care Domain
HCAHPS ...............
Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems Survey.
Outcome Domain
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
CAUTI ...................
CLABSI .................
MORT–30–AMI .....
MORT–30–HF .......
MORT–30–PN .......
PSI–90 ..................
SSI ........................
Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection.
Central Line-Associated Blood Stream Infection.
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) 30-day mortality rate.
Heart Failure (HF) 30-day mortality rate.
Pneumonia (PN) 30-day mortality rate.
Complication/patient safety for selected indicators (composite).
Surgical Site Infection:
• Colon.
• Abdominal Hysterectomy.
Efficiency Domain
MSPB–1 ................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Medicare Spending per Beneficiary.
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00142
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
b. Proposed Changes Affecting Topped
Out Measures
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(1) Proposed Removal of Six ToppedOut Measures
For the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program measure set, we evaluated
whether any measures that we
previously adopted are now ‘‘topped
out’’ by focusing on two criteria: (1)
National measure data showing
statistically indistinguishable
performance levels at the 75th and 90th
percentiles; and (2) national measure
data showing a truncated coefficient of
variation (TCV) less than 0.10. We refer
readers to the Hospital Inpatient VBP
Program final rule (76 FR 26496 through
26497) for further discussion of these
current ‘‘topped-out’’ criteria and to our
proposal below to modify the second
criterion.
Based on our evaluation of the most
recently available data, we believe that
PN–6, SCIP–Card–2, SCIP–Inf–2, SCIP–
Inf–3, SCIP–Inf–9, and SCIP–VTE–2 are
all now ‘‘topped-out.’’ Therefore, we are
proposing to remove these six measures
from the FY 2017 Hospital VBP measure
set because measuring hospital
performance on these measures will
have no meaningful effect on a
hospital’s TPS. We believe that
removing these ‘‘topped-out’’ measures
will continue to ensure that we make
valid statistical comparisons through
our finalized scoring methodology, and
will reduce the reporting burden on
participating hospitals.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
(2) Proposed Change to Truncated
Coefficient of Variation Criterion to
Determine Whether a Measure is
Topped Out
As stated above, we have adopted two
criteria for determining the ‘‘toppedout’’ status of Hospital VBP Program
measures:
• Statistically indistinguishable
performance at the 75th and 90th
percentiles; and
• Truncated coefficient of variation
< 0.10.
We are proposing to modify the
second criterion to the following:
• Truncated coefficient of variation
≤ 0.10.
The coefficient of variation (CV) is a
common statistic that expresses the
standard deviation as a percentage of
the sample mean in a way that is
independent of the units of observation.
Applied to this analysis, a large CV
would indicate a broad distribution of
individual hospital scores, with large
and presumably meaningful differences
between hospitals in relative
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
performance. A small CV would
indicate that the distribution of
individual hospital scores is clustered
tightly around the mean value,
suggesting that it is not useful to draw
distinctions among individual hospitals’
measure performance. By proposing to
change the truncated CV from ‘‘less
than’’ to ‘‘less than or equal to’’ 0.10
under our ‘‘topped out’’ test, we will
better be able to distinguish measures
with significant variation in
performance among hospitals and more
accurately apply determine what
measures are ‘‘topped out’’ for purposes
of the Program.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
c. Proposed New Measures for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program
We considered if we should adopt
additional measures for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program. We considered
which measures are eligible for
adoption based on the statutory
requirements, including specification
under the Hospital IQR Program and
posting dates on the Hospital Compare
Web site, and our priorities for quality
improvement as outlined in the NQS
(available for download at https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/QualityInitiativesGenInfo/
Downloads/CMS-Quality-Strategy.pdf).
We believe that the following three
proposed measures meet the statutory
requirements for inclusion in the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program. We also
believe that these measures represent
important components of quality
improvement in the acute inpatient
hospital setting.
(1) Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus
aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia (NQF #1716)
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus
aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia (NQF #1716)
is a risk-adjusted outcome measure
monitoring hospital onset of MRSA
bloodstream infection events using the
standardized infection ratio (MRSA
bacteremia SIR) among all inpatients in
the facility, and is reported via CDC’s
National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN). We adopted this measure
beginning with the FY 2015 payment
determination under the Hospital IQR
Program in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51630), and initial
measure data were posted on Hospital
Compare in December 2013.
We remain concerned about the
persistent public health threat presented
by MRSA infections. According to a
2013 study available at the NIH Web
site, MRSA ‘‘results in longer
hospitalization, increased expenses, and
PO 00000
Frm 00143
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28119
poorer patient prognosis,’’ and MRSA
‘‘has been swiftly increasing worldwide
over the past several decades.’’ 35 As we
noted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, invasive MRSA infections
may cause about 18,000 deaths during a
hospital stay a year.36
The MAP supported the direction of
the MRSA bacteremia measure for
inclusion in the Hospital VBP Program
in the MAP Pre-Rulemaking Report:
2013 Recommendations on Measures
Under Consideration by HHS found at
https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?Link
Identifier=id&ItemID=72746. The MAP
noted that the measure addresses an
NQS priority not adequately addressed
in the program measure set, the measure
should be applied following public
reporting on Hospital Compare, and that
the most recent version of the NQFendorsed measure should be applied.
We believe that this measure is
eligible for the Hospital VBP Program
based on the MAP recommendation, our
adoption of the most recent NQFendorsed version under the Hospital
IQR Program, and our posting of
measure data on Hospital Compare.
Based on the continued danger that
MRSA infections present to patients and
to the public health, we further believe
that this measure is appropriate for the
Hospital VBP Program. Therefore, we
are proposing to adopt the MRSA
bacteremia measure for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program, and we are
proposing to place the measure into the
Safety domain.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
(2) Clostridium difficile Infection (NQF
#1717)
Clostridium difficile Infection (NQF
#1717) is a risk-adjusted outcome
measure monitoring hospital onset of C.
difficile infection events using the
standardized infection ratio (C. difficile
SIR) among all inpatients in the facility,
and is reported via CDC’s NHSN. We
adopted this measure for the FY 2015
payment determination under the
Hospital IQR Program in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51630
through 51631), and initial measure data
were posted on Hospital Compare in
December 2013.
As with MRSA infections, we are
concerned about the seriousness of C.
difficile infections. According to a 2012
35 Tatokoro et al. BMC Urology 2013, 13:35.
Available at https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/
articles/PMC3720197/pdf/1471-2490-13-35.pdf.
36 Catherine Liu, Arnold Bayer, et al., Clinical
practice Guidelines for the treatment of MethicillinResistant Staphylococcus aureus Infections in Adult
and Children. Infectious Disease Society of America
2011; 52:e18.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28120
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
study, ‘‘infection with Clostridium
difficile is associated with poor
outcomes for patients. Previous work
has determined that, regardless of
baseline risk of death, for every 10
patients that acquire C. difficile in
hospital, 1 patient will die. Clostridium
difficile is also associated with
increased health care costs. One of the
primary mechanisms by which C.
difficile increases costs is by increasing
the length of time patients spend in
hospital.’’ 37 As we stated in the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51630 through 51631), C. difficile
infections have become more frequent,
more severe, and more difficult to treat
in recent years. Each year, tens of
thousands of people in the United States
get sick from C. difficile, including some
otherwise healthy people who are not
hospitalized or taking antibiotics.
The MAP supported the direction of
the C. difficile infection measure for
inclusion in the Hospital VBP Program
in the MAP Pre-Rulemaking Report:
2013 Recommendations on Measures
Under Consideration by HHS found at
https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id
&ItemID=72746. The MAP noted that
the measure addresses an NQS priority
not adequately addressed in the
program measure set, the measure
should be applied following public
reporting on Hospital Compare, and that
the most recent version of the NQFendorsed measure should be applied.
We believe that this measure is
eligible for the Hospital VBP Program
based on the MAP recommendation, our
adoption of the most recent NQFendorsed version under the Hospital
IQR Program, and our posting of
measure data on Hospital Compare, as
well as the continued danger that C.
difficile infections present to patients
and the public health. Therefore, we are
proposing to adopt the C. difficile SIR
measure for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program, and we are proposing to place
the measure into the Safety domain.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
(3) PC–01: Elective Delivery Prior to 39
Completed Weeks Gestation (NQF
#0469)
PC–01: Elective Delivery Prior to 39
Completed Weeks Gestation (NQF
#0469) is a chart-abstracted measure
that we adopted beginning with the FY
2015 payment determination for the
37 Forster et al. ‘‘The effect of hospital-acquired
infection with Clostridium difficile on length of stay
in hospital.’’ Canadian Medical Association
Journal, January 10, 2012. Available at https://
www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3255231/
pdf/1840037.pdf.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospital IQR Program in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53528
through 53530). Initial measure data
were posted on Hospital Compare in
December 2013. Although this is a
chart-abstracted measure, we finalized
our policy in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53528 through
53529) that this measure would be
collected in aggregated numerator,
denominator, and exclusion counts per
hospital via a Web-based tool, instead of
collecting patient-level data from
hospitals.
As we described in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule referenced above,
the Strong Start Initiative (https://
www.innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/
strong-start/) was launched to help
reduce early elective births. At launch,
the HHS Secretary stated that more than
half a million infants are born
prematurely in America each year.
Fortunately, the early elective birth rate
has steadily decreased. In 2012, the
number of early elective births had
decreased to approximately 456,000 or
11.55 percent of the total number of
births.38 Early elective births may
require additional medical attention and
early intervention services. Research
indicates that elective deliveries before
39 weeks increase the risk of significant
complications for mother and baby, as
well as long-term health problems.
39 40 41 42 Early elective births are a
public health problem that has
significant consequences for families
well into a child’s life.
As a public campaign to reduce early
elective births, the Strong Start
Initiative’s objective is to test ways to
reverse this trend by helping provide
expectant mothers with the care they
need for a healthy delivery and a
healthy baby, and by focusing on
reducing early elective deliveries, which
can lead to a variety of health problems
for mothers and infants.
The Strong Start Initiative cuts across
many agencies within HHS and involves
external organizations including the
March of Dimes, and the American
College of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists (ACOG). We believe that
a reduction in the number of
nonmedically indicated elective
deliveries at ≥37 to <39 weeks gestation
will result in a substantial decrease in
neonatal morbidity and mortality, as
well as a significant savings in
healthcare costs. In addition, the rate of
cesarean sections should decrease with
fewer elective inductions, resulting in
decreased length of stay and healthcare
costs.
The MAP supported adoption of the
PC–01 Elective Delivery measure for
inclusion in the Hospital VBP Program
in the MAP Pre-Rulemaking Report:
2013 Recommendations on Measures
Under Consideration by HHS found at
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&Item
ID=72746. The MAP noted that the
measure addresses an NQS priority not
adequately addressed in the program
measure set.
We are proposing to adopt this
measure for the Hospital VBP Program
and we are proposing to place the
measure into the Clinical Care—Process
domain because we believe this measure
furthers the NQS’s three-part aim of
better health care for individuals, better
health for populations, and lower costs
for health care. In addition, although the
PC–01 measure captures data from all
applicable patients, we also believe that
the measure is specifically relevant to
the nearly 2 million Medicare
beneficiaries who are aged 44 and
under, most of who are dual eligible
beneficiaries, who have the potential to
be impacted by early elective births. In
2011, Medicare paid for roughly 14,000
births.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
38 Martin, JA, Hamilton, BE, Osterman, MJK,
Curtin, SC, Mathews, TJ. (2013). Births: Final data
for 2012. Natl Vital Stat Rpt. 62(9). Retrieved from
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nvsr/nvsr62/nvsr62_
09.pdf.
39 Glantz, J. (Apr. 2005). Elective induction vs.
spontaneous labor associations and outcomes. J
Reprod Med. 50(4):235–40.
40 Vardo, J., Thornburg, L., Glantz J., (2011).
Maternal and neonatal morbidity among
nulliparous women undergoing elective induction
of labor. J. report med. 56(1–2): 25–30.
41 Tita, A., Landon, M., Spong, C., Lai, Y., Leveno,
K., Varner, M., et al. (2009). Timing of elective
repeat cesarean delivery at term and neonatal
outcomes. [Electronic Version]. NEJM. 360:2, 111–
120.
42 Clark, S., Miller, D., Belfort, M., Dildy, G., Frye,
D., & Meyers, J. (2009). Neonatal and maternal
outcomes associated with elective delivery.
[Electronic Version]. Am J Obstet Gynecol.
200:156.e1–156.e4.
d. Proposed Adoption of the Current
CLABSI Measure (NQF #0139) for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50682 and 50686), we
adopted the CLABSI measure for the FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program. We stated
our belief that adopting the current
CLABSI measure is consistent with the
MAP’s recommendations in the MAP
Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS found at
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&Item
ID=72746, to use the standardized
infection ratio version of the measure
until the reliability-adjusted CLABSI
PO 00000
Frm 00144
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28121
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
measure is NQF-endorsed. We have
stated our intent to consider adopting
the reliability-adjusted CLABSI measure
in future rulemaking.
The reliability-adjusted standardized
infection ratio (SIR) is an outcome
measure that summarizes the
healthcare-associated infection
experience by type of infection (for
example, central-line associated
bloodstream infection, surgical site
infection) for individual hospitals. The
reliability-adjusted measure enables
more meaningful statistical
differentiation between hospitals by
accounting for differences in patient
case-mix, exposures to medical devices
or procedures (for example, central line
days, surgical procedure volume), and
unmeasured factors that are not
reflected in the unadjusted SIR and that
cause variation in outcomes between
hospitals. Accounting for these sources
of variability enables better measure
discrimination between hospitals and
leads to more reliable quality
measurements.
However, in the absence of NQF
endorsement of the reliability-adjusted
measure and any additional MAP
recommendations, and unless and until
the Hospital IQR Program adopts the
reliability adjustments, we believe we
may only consider the current version of
the CLABSI measure for adoption under
the Hospital VBP Program. We continue
to believe that the CLABSI measure
encourages hospitals to minimize
infection events that present significant
health risks to patients. Therefore, we
are proposing to adopt the current
version of the CLABSI measure for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program and
subsequent years. If a reliabilityadjusted version of the measure
becomes available to us in the future,
we will consider adopting it.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
e. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed New Measures for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
The following table outlines the
measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program that we are readopting, as well
as those measures we are proposing to
adopt. As discussed further below, this
table includes the FY 2017 domains in
which we would place the previously
adopted measures, as well as the
proposed domains in which we would
place the newly proposed measures.
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED NEW MEASURES FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Measure
Description
Domain
CAUTI * ............................
CLABSI ** .........................
C. difficile *** ....................
MRSA *** ..........................
PSI–90 * ...........................
SSI * .................................
MORT–30–AMI * ..............
Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection (NQF #0138) ......................................................
Central Line-Associated Blood Stream Infection (NQF #0139) ................................................
Clostridium difficile Infection (NQF #1717) ...............................................................................
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus Bacteremia (NQF #1726) ..................................
Complication/patient safety for selected indicators (composite) (NQF #0531) ........................
Surgical Site Infection: (NQF #0753) ........................................................................................
• Colon
• Abdominal Hysterectomy
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) 30-day mortality rate (NQF #0230) ....................................
MORT–30–HF * ................
Heart Failure (HF) 30-day mortality rate (NQF #0229) ............................................................
MORT–30–PN * ...............
Pneumonia (PN) 30-day mortality rate (NQF #0468) ...............................................................
AMI–7a * ...........................
Fibrinolytic Therapy Received Within 30 Minutes of Hospital Arrival (NQF #0164) ................
IMM–2 * ............................
Influenza Immunization (NQF #1659) .......................................................................................
PC–01 *** .........................
Elective Delivery Prior to 39 Completed Weeks Gestation (NQF #0469) ................................
MSPB–1 * .........................
Medicare Spending per Beneficiary (NQF #2158) ...................................................................
HCAHPS * ........................
Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems Survey (NQF #0166)
Safety.
Safety.
Safety.
Safety.
Safety.
Safety.
Clinical Care—Outcomes.
Clinical Care—Outcomes.
Clinical Care—Outcomes.
Clinical Care—Process.
Clinical Care—Process.
Clinical Care—Process.
Efficiency and Cost
Reduction.
Patient and Caregiver
Centered Experience of Care/Care
Coordination.
* Measures readopted for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program.
** Measure adopted for the FY 2016 Hospital VBP Program but not previously subject to automatic readoption.
*** Measures proposed for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5. Proposed Additional Measures for the
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
a. Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized
Complication Rate (RSCR) Following
Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
(THA) and Total Knee Arthroplasty
(TKA)
Hospital-level Risk-Standardized
Complication Rate (RSCR) Following
Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
(THA) and Total Knee Arthroplasty
(TKA) (NQF #1550) is an outcome
measure that we adopted beginning
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
with the FY 2015 payment
determination under the Hospital IQR
Program in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53516 through 53518).
The measure assesses complications
occurring after THA and TKA surgery
from the date of the index admission to
90 days post date of the index
admission. The outcome is one or more
of the following complications: Acute
myocardial infarction, pneumonia, or
sepsis/septicemia within 7 days of
admission; surgical site bleeding,
pulmonary embolism or death within 30
PO 00000
Frm 00145
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
days of admission; or mechanical
complications, periprosthetic joint
infection or wound infection within 90
days of admission. We posted THA/
TKA measure data on the Hospital
Compare Web site in December 2013.
We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule and to the THA/
TKA complication methodology report
(https://qualitynet.org/dcs/Blob
Server?blobkey=id&blobnocache=true&
blobwhere=1228890067881&
blobheader=multipart%2Foctet-stream&
blobheadername1=Content-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28122
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Disposition&blobheadervalue1=
attachment%3Bfilename%3DTHK_
CmpMsrUpdtSpecs_080113.pdf&
blobcol=urldata&blobtable=Mungo
Blobs) for additional details on the
THA/TKA measure.
We continue to believe that measuring
and reporting risk-standardized
complication rates will inform health
care providers about opportunities to
improve care, strengthen incentives for
quality improvement, and promote
improvements in the quality of care
received by patients and in the
outcomes they experience. We believe
that THA/TKA is an important measure
of clinical outcomes, and we therefore
are proposing to adopt it for the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program and subsequent
years. The MAP supported the adoption
of the measure for inclusion in the
Hospital VBP Program in its MAP PreRulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS found at https://
www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/
linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=
72746, noting it addresses a highvolume elective procedure with
variation in performance. We are
proposing to adopt this measure for FY
2019 based on the length of the
measure’s reporting period and the time
necessary to complete scoring
calculations. Because it is an outcome
measure, we are proposing to place it in
the Clinical Care—Outcomes domain.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
b. PSI–90 Measure
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50698), we declined to
finalize the PSI–90 measure for the FY
2019 Hospital VBP Program in order to
adopt a more recent baseline period
than would have been possible at that
time. However, we did not intend to
signal that we would not adopt the PSI–
90 measure for FY 2019 and subsequent
years. We continue to believe that
adopting this AHRQ PSI composite
measure provides strong incentives for
hospitals to ensure that patients are not
harmed by the medical care they
receive, which is a critical consideration
in quality improvement. In order to
clarify the measure’s status under the
Hospital VBP Program and ensure that
there is no confusion about our intent,
we are proposing to readopt the PSI–90
measure for FY 2019 Hospital VBP
Program and subsequent years.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
21:35 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
6. Possible Measure Topics for Future
Program Years
a. Care Transition Measure (CTM–3)
Items for HCAHPS Survey
We are considering proposing to add
the Care Transition Measure from the
Hospital Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems
(HCAHPS) Survey to the Patient and
Caregiver Centered Experience of Care/
Care Coordination (PEC/CC) domain of
the FY 2018 Hospital VBP Program. We
seek public comments on this topic.
The Care Transition Measure (CTM)
was added to the HCAHPS Survey of
hospital inpatients in January 2013 (77
FR 53513 through 53516). Three items
were added to the HCAHPS Survey to
create the new Care Transition Measure
composite. After collecting four quarters
of data on these items (January 2013
through December 2013), we intend to
publicly report CTM scores for the first
time on our Hospital Compare Web site
in October 2014.
Once the Care Transition Measure has
been publicly reported on Hospital
Compare for one year, in accordance
with the statutory requirements of the
Hospital VBP Program, we are
considering proposing to adopt CTM as
the ninth dimension of the HCAHPS
survey in the PEC/CC domain for the FY
2018 Hospital VBP Program. We intend
to propose that the PEC/CC domain in
the FY 2018 Hospital VBP Program
would have a baseline period of January
1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, and
a performance period of January 1, 2016
through December 31, 2016.
Currently, the PEC/CC domain
(formerly known as the Patient
Experience of Care domain) is
comprised of eight dimensions of the
HCAHPS Survey. Scoring in this
domain is based on two elements: the
HCAHPS Base Score and HCAHPS
Consistency Points Score. For additional
information on the calculation of the
PEC/CC domain score, we refer readers
to ‘‘A Step-by-Step Guide to Calculating
the Patient Experience of Care Domain
Score in the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing FY 2013 Actual Percentage
Payment Summary Report,’’ at: https://
www.hcahpsonline.org/Hospital
VBP.aspx.
We specifically seek public comments
on how the new CTM dimension should
be included in the scoring methodology
that we have adopted for the PEC/CC
domain. In accordance with the
finalized Hospital VBP Program scoring
methodology for other domains, we are
considering the ‘‘normalization’’
approach, which would introduce only
minor changes to the original scoring
formula, as follows.
PO 00000
Frm 00146
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
For purposes of the HCAHPS Base
Score, the new CTM dimension would
be calculated in the same manner as the
eight existing HCAHPS dimensions; for
further details, we refer readers to ‘‘A
Step-by-Step Guide to Calculating the
Patient Experience of Care Domain
Score in the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing FY 2013 Actual Percentage
Payment Summary Report,’’ at: https://
www.hcahpsonline.org/Hospital
VBP.aspx. For each of the nine
dimensions, Achievement Points (0–10
points) and Improvement Points (0–9
points) would be calculated, the larger
of which will be summed across the
nine dimensions to create a prenormalized HCAHPS Base Score (0–90
points, as compared to 0–80 points
when only eight dimensions were
included). The pre-normalized HCAHPS
Base Score would then be multiplied by
8/9 (0.88888) and rounded according to
standard rules (values of 0.5 and higher
are rounded up, values below 0.5 are
rounded down) to create the normalized
HCAHPS Base Score. Each of the nine
dimensions would be of equal weight,
so that, as before, the normalized
HCAHPS Base Score would range from
0 to 80 points.
HCAHPS Consistency Points would
then be calculated in the same manner
as before and would continue to range
from 0 to 20 points. The Consistency
Points Score would now consider scores
across all nine of the PEC/CC domain
dimensions, whereas before it
considered only the eight dimensions
that preceded the CTM measure.
The final element of the scoring
formula would be the sum of the
HCAHPS Base Score and the HCAHPS
Consistency Points Score and would
range from 0 to 100 points, as before.
We welcome public comments on this
approach to including the CTM–3
dimension in the PEC/CC domain score.
b. Possible Future Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain Measure Topics
In the interest of expanding the
Efficiency domain to include a more
robust measure set, including measures
that supplement the Medicare Spending
per Beneficiary (MSPB) measure with
more condition and/or treatment
specific episodes, as well as facilitating
alignment with the Physician ValueBased Payment Modifier (VM) Program,
we are considering proposing to add
new episode-based payment measures
to the Hospital VBP Program through
future rulemaking. Expanding the
Efficiency domain to include such
measures would create incentives for
coordination between hospitals and
physicians to optimize the care they
provide to Medicare beneficiaries and
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
would increase alignment between the
Hospital VBP and Physician VM
Programs. Any future Hospital VBP
Program measures would first be
finalized for inclusion in the Hospital
IQR Program and included on the
Hospital Compare Web site for one year,
as required by section 1886(o)(2)(C) of
the Act.
The six episode-based standardized
payment measures we are considering
are discussed below and are similar in
many ways to the NQF-endorsed MSPB
measure already included in the
Efficiency domain. Like the MSPB
measure, these episode-based
standardized payment measures would
include services initiated during an
episode that spans from 3 days prior to
a hospital admission through 30 days
post-discharge from the hospital. We
would sum the standardized Medicare
payment amounts for Part A and Part B
services provided during this timeframe
and attribute them to the hospital at
which the index admission occurred.
Medicare payments included in these
episode-based measures would be
standardized according to the CMS
standardization methodology finalized
for the MSPB measure in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51626).
Episodes in the six new measures
would be risk-adjusted in a manner
similar to the MSPB measure risk
adjustment methodology finalized in the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
FR 51625 through 51626). The
difference between the risk adjustment
approaches stems from the fact that
MSPB episodes are standardized at the
Major Diagnostic Category (MDC) level,
whereas two of the new episode-based
measures, the hip episode measure and
the knee episode measure, represent
conditions that are in the same MDC.
Accordingly, the new episode-based
measures would be individually riskadjusted at the specific episode type
level, in order to recognize the
distinctions.
The payment standardization
methodology is available in the
document entitled ‘‘CMS Price
Standardization’’ and the MSPB risk
adjustment methodology is included in
the document entitled ‘‘MSPB Measure
Information Form,’’ both available at:
https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/Content
Server?c=Page&pagename=Qnet
Public%2FPage%2FQnetTier4&cid=
1228772057350. The risk adjustment
methodology specific to these six
episode-based standardized payment
measures can be found on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/hospital-value-based-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
purchasing/?redirect=/
hospital-value-based-purchasing. Risk
adjustment and payment
standardization would allow us to
compare performance on these measures
across hospitals.
In contrast to the MSPB measure, we
would only include Medicare payments
for services that are clinically related to
the health conditions treated during the
hospital stay that triggered the episode.
The aim of including these episodebased payment measures in the Hospital
VBP Program would be to differentiate
between hospitals that provide care
efficiently (that is, high quality care at
a lower cost to Medicare). We believe
that risk-adjusted standardized
Medicare payments are an appropriate
indicator of efficiency as they allow us
to compare hospitals without regard to
such factors as geography and teaching
status. This comparison is particularly
important with clinically coherent
episodes because it distinguishes the
degree to which practice pattern
variation influences the cost of care. We
believe that creating incentives for
appropriately reducing practice pattern
variation is an important part of our
aims to lower the cost of care
appropriately and create better
coordinated care for Medicare
beneficiaries.
Another notable difference between
the episode-based measures we are
considering and the MSPB measure
occurs when, during the 30 days
following discharge from an index
admission, a beneficiary is readmitted
for a condition that is clinically related
to the index admission and that also
triggers an episode-based cost measure
episode. For example, if a beneficiary
were discharged after a hip replacement,
then readmitted for a revision 15 days
later, the standardized Medicare
payments associated with the revision
would count toward the initial hip
replacement/revision episode and
would also trigger a new hip
replacement/revision episode where the
index admission would be that for the
revision. Details of which admissions
would begin a new episode and
contribute to a preceding episode may
be found at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/hospital-valuebased-purchasing/?redirect=/
hospital-value-based-purchasing.
We are considering three medical and
three surgical episodes for the initial
expansion of the Efficiency domain. The
medical episodes would address the
following conditions: (1) Kidney/
urinary tract infection; (2) cellulitis; and
(3) gastrointestinal hemorrhage. A
medical episode would be ‘triggered’ by
PO 00000
Frm 00147
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28123
an inpatient claim with a specified MS–
DRG. The surgical episodes currently
under consideration are (1) hip
replacement/revision; (2) knee
replacement/revision; and (3) lumbar
spine fusion/refusion. A surgical
episode would be triggered when an
inpatient claim has one of the specified
MS–DRGs and at least one of the
procedure codes specified for that
episode. We welcome public comment
on the three medical and three surgical
conditions that we are considering as
new episode-based measures for initial
expansion of the Efficiency domain.
There are a number of other types of
episodes that could also meet the
episode selection criteria we describe
below, including those related to heart
and lung (for example, heart failure and
pneumonia). We note that we are
exploring data related to episodes for
these types of conditions under the
Physician VM Program. We welcome
comment regarding the applicability of
episode-based measures for these or
other conditions for future expansion of
the Efficiency domain.
In selecting the six conditions around
which we would develop episode
measures for future expansion of the
Efficiency domain, we considered the
following five criteria: (1) The condition
constitutes a significant share of
Medicare payments for hospitalized
patients during and surrounding the
hospital stay; (2) the degree to which
clinical experts consulted for this
project agree that standardized Medicare
payments for services provided during
the episode can be linked to the care
provided during the hospitalization; (3)
episodes of care for the condition are
comprised of a substantial proportion of
payments for post-acute care, indicating
episode payment differences are driven
by utilization outside of the MS–DRG
payment; (4) episodes of care for the
condition reflect high variation in postdischarge payments, enabling
differentiation between hospitals; and,
(5) the medical condition is managed by
general medicine physicians or
hospitalists and the surgical conditions
are managed by surgical subspecialists,
enabling comparison between similar
practitioner types within each episode
measure.
For analysis purposes, the five
selection criteria were applied to 2012
Medicare acute inpatient hospital data
in a hierarchical manner, to prioritize
the inpatient conditions. After the
selection criteria were applied, we
narrowed the medical and surgical
episodes to those episodes that are less
complex, in order to allow CMS and
hospitals to gain experience with this
new measure type. Full details of the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28124
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
episode selection criteria are available
on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/hospital-value-basedpurchasing/?redirect=/
hospital-value-based-purchasing. We
welcome public comments on the
episode selection criteria we utilized.
Complete episode specifications,
including the MS–DRG and ICD–9–CM
procedure codes used to identify each of
the episodes, details of episode
construction methodology, and
information on the clinical expert
reviewers for this project are available
on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/hospital-value-basedpurchasing/?redirect=/
hospital-value-based-purchasing. We
welcome public comments on these
specifications and the construction of
the six episode-based payment measures
that we are considering.
7. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Periods and Baseline
Periods for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
a. Background
Section 1886(o)(4) of the Act requires
the Secretary to establish a performance
period for the Hospital VBP Program for
a fiscal year that begins and ends prior
to the beginning of such fiscal year. We
refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50689 through
50692) and the CY 2014 OPPS/ASC
final rule with comment period (78 FR
75020 through 75021) for the
performance periods and baseline
periods for the Clinical Process of Care,
Patient Experience of Care, Outcome,
and Efficiency domains for the FY 2016
Hospital VBP Program.
As discussed further below, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50702 through 50704), we adopted new
NQS-based quality domains for FY
2017, and we are proposing to adopt
performance and baseline periods using
those new domains for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
b. Previously Adopted Baseline and
Performance Periods for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50692 through 50694 and
50698 through 50699), because of the
time needed to process measure data for
the three 30-day mortality measures
(Clinical Care—Outcomes domain) and
the PSI–90 measure (also referred to in
previous rulemaking as the AHRQ
patient safety PSI–90 composite
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
measure) (Safety domain), and in
consideration of our policy goal to
collect enough data to generate the most
reliable scores possible, we adopted
performance periods and performance
standards for the 30-day mortality
measures for FY 2017, FY 2018, and FY
2019, and for the PSI–90 measure for FY
2017 and FY 2018.
c. Proposed Clinical Care—Process
Domain Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we adopted a 12-month
performance period for the FY 2016
Clinical Process of Care domain
measures of CY 2014 (January 1, 2014
through December 31, 2014). We also
adopted a corresponding 12-month
baseline period of CY 2012 (January 1,
2012, through December 31, 2012), for
purposes of calculating improvement
points and performance standards.
Based on our review of FY 2013 and
FY 2014 Hospital VBP performance
period denominator data, we continue
to believe that a 12-month performance
period provides us with reliable and
sufficient data for scoring Clinical
Care—Process domain measures under
the Hospital VBP Program. These data
are available for public review on our
Hospital Compare Web site. We are
therefore proposing to adopt a 12-month
performance period for FY 2017 Clinical
Care—Process domain measures
(including the proposed PC–01
measure) of CY 2015 (January 1, 2015,
through December 31, 2015). We also
are proposing to adopt a corresponding
12-month baseline period of CY 2013
(January 1, 2013, through December 31,
2013) for purposes of calculating
improvement points and calculating
performance standards.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
d. Proposed Patient and CaregiverCentered Experience of Care/Care
Coordination (PEC/CC) Domain
Performance Period and Baseline Period
for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50689), we adopted a 12month performance period for FY 2016
Patient Experience of Care domain
measures of CY 2014, or January 1, 2014
through December 31, 2014, for the FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program. We also
adopted a corresponding 12-month
baseline period of CY 2012 (January 1,
2012 through December 31, 2012), for
purposes of calculating improvement
points and calculating performance
standards. We continue to believe that
a 12-month performance period
PO 00000
Frm 00148
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provides us sufficient HCAHPS data on
which to score hospital performance,
which is an important goal both for
CMS and for stakeholders.
We are proposing to adopt a 12-month
performance period for the FY 2017
PEC/CC domain of CY 2015 (January 1,
2015 through December 31, 2015). We
also are proposing to adopt a
corresponding 12-month baseline period
of CY 2013 (January 1, 2013 through
December 31, 2013) for purposes of
calculating improvement points and
calculating performance standards.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
e. Proposed Safety Domain Performance
Period and Baseline Period for NHSN
Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
In the CY 2014 OPPS/ASC final rule
with comment period (78 FR 75121), for
the three NHSN HAI measures that we
have adopted for the FY 2016 Hospital
VBP Program (CAUTI, CLABSI, and
SSI), we adopted an FY 2016
performance period of CY 2014 (January
1, 2014 through December 31, 2014),
with a corresponding baseline period of
CY 2012 (January 1, 2012 through
December 31, 2012) for purposes of
calculating improvement points and
calculating performance standards.
We continue to believe that a 12month performance period provides us
with sufficient data on which to score
hospital performance on NHSN
measures in the Safety domain. We also
note that 12-month performance and
baseline periods are consistent with the
reporting periods used for these
measures under the Hospital IQR
Program (78 FR 50689). Therefore, for
the FY 2017 NHSN measures in the
Safety domain (including the proposed
CLABSI, C. difficile infection and MRSA
bacteremia measures), we are proposing
to adopt a performance period of CY
2015 (January 1, 2015 through December
31, 2015), and a corresponding baseline
period of CY 2013 (January 1, 2013
through December 31, 2013) for
purposes of calculating improvement
points and calculating performance
standards.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
f. Proposed Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain Performance Period
and Baseline Period for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we adopted a 12-month
performance period for the MSPB
measure for the FY 2016 Hospital VBP
Program of CY 2014 (January 1, 2014,
through December 31, 2014), with a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
corresponding baseline period of CY
2012 (January 1, 2012, through
December 31, 2012). This performance
and baseline period enable us to collect
sufficient measure data, while allowing
time to calculate and incorporate MSPB
measure data into the Hospital VBP
Program scores in a timely manner.
We are proposing to adopt a 12-month
performance period for the FY 2017
Efficiency and Cost Reduction domain
of CY 2015 (January 1, 2015 through
December 31, 2015), with a
corresponding baseline period of CY
2013 (January 1, 2013 through December
31, 2013). We note that this proposed
performance and baseline period aligns
with the performance and baseline
periods for Clinical Care—Process, PEC/
CC, and certain Safety measures under
the new domain structure.
We invite public comments on these
proposals.
28125
g. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
The table below summarizes the
proposed baseline and performance
periods for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program (with previously adopted
baseline and performance periods for
the mortality and AHRQ PSI composite
(PSI–90) measures noted).
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED PERFORMANCE AND BASELINE PERIODS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP
PROGRAM
Domain
Baseline period
Safety:
• PSI–90* ....................................................
• NHSN (CAUTI, CLABSI, SSI, C. difficile
Infection, MRSA Bacteremia).
Clinical Care—Outcomes:.
• Mortality * .................................................
(MORT–30–AMI, .........................................
MORT–30–HF,
MORT–30–PN)
Clinical Care—Process:
• (AMI–7a, IMM–2, PC–01) ........................
Efficiency and Cost Reduction (MSPB–1) .........
Patient and Caregiver-Centered Experience of
Care/Care Coordination (HCAHPS).
Performance period
• October 1, 2010–June 30, 2012 * ................
• January 1, 2013–December 31, 2013
..........................................................................
• October 1, 2013–June 30, 2015.*
• October 1, 2010–June 30, 2012 * ................
• October 1, 2013–June 30, 2015.*
January 1, 2013–December 31, 2013 .............
January 1, 2013–December 31, 2013 .............
January 1, 2013–December 31, 2013 .............
January 1, 2015–December 31, 2015.
January 1, 2015–December 31, 2015.
January 1, 2015–December 31, 2015.
• January 1, 2015–December 31, 2015.
* Previously adopted performance and baseline periods.
We note that we intend to propose
additional baseline and performance
periods for the FY 2018 Hospital VBP
Program in future rulemaking.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Periods and Baseline
Periods for Certain Measures for the FY
2019 Hospital VBP Program
a. Previously Adopted and Proposed
Performance Period and Baseline Period
for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
for Clinical Care—Outcomes Domain
Measures
As described above, we have
previously adopted the FY 2019
performance and baseline periods for
the three 30-day mortality measures that
we have adopted for the former
Outcome domain and that we have
since placed into the Clinical Care—
Outcomes domain under the new
domain structure.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to adopt the THA/TKA
measure for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP
Program and to place that measure in
the Clinical Care—Outcomes domain.
THA/TKA is reported to the Hospital
IQR Program for 36-month time periods.
However, we do not believe that we can
feasibly adopt a 36-month performance
period for this measure and adopt it for
the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Based on the time needed to complete
measure calculations and performance
scoring, we believe that we must
conclude the performance period for
this measure by June 30, 2017. We
believe that a 30-month performance
period will result in sufficiently reliable
quality measure data for purposes of
Hospital VBP Program scoring, and our
analysis of historic data supports our
belief that comparisons between a 36month baseline period and a 30-month
performance period will not result in
significant differences in measure
scores. Further, adopting this proposed
performance period would enable us to
include the measure in the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program, which would
ensure that hospitals continue focusing
on measures of outcomes under the
Hospital VBP Program and that we
continue transitioning the Hospital VBP
Program from its initial focus on process
measures to outcome measures.
We note that we have proposed below
to adopt a 36-month performance period
for the THA/TKA measure for the FY
2020 Hospital VBP Program. We have
examined the correlation between
hospitals’ performance on the THA/
TKA measure for 30-month and 36month periods, and we believe that the
30-month period meets our standard for
moderate reliability of quality measure
PO 00000
Frm 00149
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
data during the specified time period.
However, as with the 30-day mortality
and PSI–90 measures, we are attempting
to align performance periods under the
Hospital VBP Program with reporting
periods under the Hospital IQR
Program, while introducing measures
covering important clinical topics into
the Hospital VBP Program as quickly as
possible. We believe that our proposal
for a 30-month performance period for
this measure for the FY 2019 Hospital
VBP Program allows us to bring the
measure into the Program in FY 2019
and to accomplish that alignment
beginning with the FY 2020 Hospital
VBP Program.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt
an FY 2019 performance period of
January 1, 2015, through June 30, 2017,
for the THA/TKA measure. Further, we
are proposing to adopt an FY 2019
baseline period for this measure of July
1, 2010 to June 30, 2013, for purposes
of calculating performance standards
and awarding improvement points.
We welcome public comments on
these proposals.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28126
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
b. Proposed Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the PSI–90 Safety
Domain Measure for the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50692 through 5094), we
adopted performance periods and
baseline periods for the PSI–90 measure
for the FY 2017 and FY 2018 Hospital
VBP Programs. We adopted this policy
in light of the time needed to process
measure data and our policy goal to
collect enough data to generate the most
reliable measure scores possible. We
stated our belief that aligning the
Hospital VBP Program performance
periods with the Hospital IQR Program
reporting period duration would allow
hospitals to review Hospital Compare
measure rates when they are updated
and incorporate this information into
their quality improvement efforts, rather
than having to wait until the Hospital
VBP Program provides its scoring
reports to hospitals. We stated our
further belief that aligning the Hospital
IQR Program and the Hospital VBP
Program in this manner will minimize
the burden on participating hospitals by
aligning the time periods during which
they must monitor their performance on
this measure.
We did not finalize a baseline period
and performance period for the AHRQ
PSI–90 measure for FY 2019 in that final
rule (78 FR 50692 through 50694). We
stated that, by declining to finalize the
measure’s FY 2019 performance and
baseline periods in that final rule, we
would be able to adopt a more recent
baseline period than we initially
proposed. We stated that we intended to
propose baseline and performance
periods for the AHRQ PSI measure for
the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program in
future rulemaking.
We continue to believe that we should
adopt performance and baseline periods
of 24 months for the PSI–90 measure.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt an
FY 2019 performance period for the
PSI–90 measure of July 1, 2015 through
June 30, 2017, with a corresponding 24month baseline period of July 1, 2011
through June 30, 2013, for purposes of
calculating performance standards and
awarding improvement points.
We welcome public comments on
these proposals.
c. Summary of Previously Adopted and
Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for Certain Measures
for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
The following table summarizes
previously adopted and proposed
performance and baseline periods for
the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program:
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED PERFORMANCE AND BASELINE PERIODS FOR CERTAIN MEASURES FOR THE FY
2019 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Domain
Baseline period
Performance period
Safety:
• PSI–90 .....................................................................................
• July 1, 2011–June 30, 2013 ...............................
• July 1, 2015–June
30, 2017.
Clinical Care–Outcomes:
• Mortality * .................................................................................
• July 1, 2009–June 30, 2012 * .............................
• July 1, 2010–June
30, 2013.
(MORT–30–AMI,
MORT–30–HF,
MORT-30–PN)
• THA/TKA .................................................................................
• July 1, 2010–June 30, 2013 * .............................
• January 1, 2015–
June 30, 2017.
* Previously adopted performance and baseline periods.
We welcome public comment on
these proposals.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
9. Proposed Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the Clinical Care—
Outcomes Domain for the FY 2020
Hospital VBP Program
As described above with respect to
the mortality measures, in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50692
through 50694), we adopted
performance periods and baseline
periods for the three 30-day mortality
measures for the FY 2017, FY 2018, and
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Programs. We
adopted this policy in light of the time
needed to process measure data and to
ensure that we collect enough measure
data for reliable performance scoring, as
described further above. We continue to
believe that we should adopt 36-month
performance and baseline periods for
the mortality measures when possible to
accommodate those durations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
We believe that a similar rationale
applies to the new THA/TKA measure
that we are proposing to adopt for the
Clinical Care—Outcomes domain for the
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program, and
which, under our policy of measure
readoption, we generally would readopt
for the FY 2020 Hospital VBP Program
if finalized. As stated above, we have
examined the correlation between
hospitals’ performance on the THA/
TKA measure for 30-month and 36month periods, and we believe that the
30-month period meets our standard for
moderate reliability of quality measure
data during the specified time period.
However, as with the 30-day mortality
and PSI–90 measures, we are attempting
to align performance periods under the
Hospital VBP Program with reporting
periods under the Hospital IQR
Program, while introducing measures
covering important clinical topics into
the Program as quickly as possible. We
PO 00000
Frm 00150
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
believe that our proposal for a 30-month
performance period for this measure for
FY 2019 allows us to accomplish that
alignment beginning with the FY 2020
Program.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt
a 36-month performance period for the
measures in the Clinical Care—
Outcomes domain in the FY 2020
Hospital VBP Program (including the
proposed THA/TKA measure for FY
2020, if that measure is adopted for the
FY 2020 Hospital VBP Program) of July
1, 2015 through June 30, 2018, with a
corresponding 36-month baseline period
of July 1, 2010 through June 30, 2013,
for purposes of calculating performance
standards and awarding improvement
points.
The following table summarizes the
proposed performance and baseline
period for the Clinical Care—Outcomes
domain for the FY 2020 Hospital VBP
Program:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28127
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED PERFORMANCE AND BASELINE PERIOD FOR THE CLINICAL CARE—OUTCOMES DOMAIN FOR THE FY 2020
HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Domain
Baseline period
Clinical Care—Outcomes:
• Mortality (MORT–30 AMI, MORT–30–HF, MORT–
30–PN).
• THA/TKA .....................................................................
We welcome public comment on
these proposals.
10. Proposed Performance Standards for
the Hospital VBP Program
a. Background
Section 1886(o)(3)(A) of the Act
requires the Secretary to establish
performance standards for the measures
selected under the Hospital VBP
Program for a performance period for
the applicable fiscal year. The
performance standards must include
levels of achievement and improvement,
as required by section 1886(o)(3)(B) of
the Act, and must be established and
announced not later than 60 days before
the beginning of the performance period
for the fiscal year involved, as required
by section 1886(o)(3)(C) of the Act. We
refer readers to the Hospital Inpatient
VBP Program final rule (76 FR 26511
through 26513) for further discussion of
achievement and improvement
standards under the Hospital VBP
Program.
In addition, when establishing the
performance standards, section
1886(o)(3)(D) of the Act requires the
Secretary to consider appropriate
factors, such as: (1) Practical experience
with the measures, including whether a
significant proportion of hospitals failed
to meet the performance standard
during previous performance periods;
(2) historical performance standards; (3)
improvement rates; and (4) the
opportunity for continued
improvement.
b. Performance Standards for the FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53599 through 53604), we
Performance period
• July 1, 2010–June 30, 2013 ...............
• July 1, 2015–June 30, 2018.
• July 1, 2010–June 30, 2013 ...............
• July 1, 2015–June 30, 2018.
adopted performance standards for FY
2015 and certain FY 2016 Hospital VBP
Program measures. We also finalized
our policy to update performance
periods and performance standards for
future Hospital VBP Program years via
notice on the CMS Web site or another
publicly available Web site.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50694 through 50698), we
revised our regulatory definitions of
‘‘achievement threshold’’ and
‘‘benchmark’’ at § 412.160 and adopted
performance standards for additional FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program measures.
We also adopted an interpretation of
‘‘achievement threshold’’ and
‘‘benchmark’’ under § 412.160 to not
include the numerical values that result
when the performance standards are
calculated. We further adopted a policy
under which we may update a
measure’s performance standards for a
fiscal year once if we identify data
issues, calculation errors, or other
problems that would significantly affect
the displayed performance standards.
We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50695
through 50698) for the complete set of
FY 2016 performance standards.
c. Previously Adopted Performance
Standards for the FY 2017, FY 2018, and
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Programs
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50698 through 50699), we
adopted performance standards for the
three 30-day mortality measures for the
FY 2017, FY 2018, and FY 2019
Hospital VBP Programs and for the PSI–
90 measure for the FY 2017 and FY
2018 Hospital VBP Programs. We refer
readers to that final rule for those
performance standards.
d. Proposed Additional Performance
Standards for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program
In accordance with our finalized
methodology for calculating
performance standards (discussed more
fully in the Hospital Inpatient VBP
Program final rule (76 FR 26511 through
26513)), we are proposing to adopt the
following additional performance
standards for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program. We note that the numerical
values for the performance standards
displayed below represent estimates
based on the most recently available
data, and we intend to update the
numerical values in the FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule. We note further
that the MSPB measure’s performance
standards are based on performance
period data; therefore, we are unable to
provide numerical equivalents for the
standards at this time.
We note further that the performance
standards for the NHSN measures
(CAUTI, SSI, and proposed CLABSI,
MRSA Bacteremia, and C. difficile
Infection), the PSI–90 measure, and the
MSPB measure are calculated with
lower values representing better
performance, in contrast to other
measures, on which higher values
indicate better performance. As
discussed further in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50684), the
performance standards for SSI are
computed separately for each measure
stratum, and we will award
achievement and improvement points to
each stratum separately, then compute a
weighted average of the points awarded
to each stratum by predicted infections.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM:
SAFETY, CLINICAL CARE—OUTCOMES, CLINICAL CARE—PROCESS, AND EFFICIENCY AND COST REDUCTION MEASURES
Measure ID
Achievement
threshold
Description
Benchmark
Safety Measures
CAUTI ...............................
CLABSI .............................
C. difficile ..........................
MRSA bacteremia ............
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection ......
Central Line-Associated Blood Stream Infection
Clostridium difficile Infection ..............................
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus
Bacteremia.
21:35 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00151
Fmt 4701
0.8371 .......................................
0. 4483 ......................................
0.7927 .......................................
0.8613 .......................................
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
28128
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM: SAFETY, CLINICAL CARE—OUTCOMES, CLINICAL CARE—PROCESS, AND EFFICIENCY AND COST REDUCTION MEASURES—
Continued
Measure ID
Description
Achievement
threshold
PSI–90 * ............................
Complication/patient safety for selected indicators (composite) *.
Surgical Site Infection.
• Colon ...........................................................
• Abdominal Hysterectomy ............................
0.577321 * .................................
0.397051 *
• 0.7117 ...................................
• 0.7509 ...................................
• 0.0000
• 0.0000
SSI ....................................
Benchmark
Clinical Care—Outcomes Measures
MORT–30–AMI * ...............
MORT–30–HF * ................
MORT–30–PN * ................
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) 30-day mortality rate *.
Heart Failure (HF) 30-day mortality rate * ..........
Pneumonia (PN) 30-day mortality rate * ............
0.851458 * .................................
0.871669 *
0.881794 * .................................
0.882986 * .................................
0.903985 *
0.908124 *
Clinical Care—Process Measures
AMI–7a .............................
IMM–2 ...............................
PC–01 ...............................
Fibrinolytic Therapy Received Within 30 Minutes of Hospital Arrival.
Influenza Immunization ......................................
Elective Delivery Prior to 39 Completed Weeks
Gestation.
0.954545 ...................................
1.000000
0.995882 ...................................
0.031250 ...................................
1.000000
1.000000
Efficiency and Cost Reduction Measure
MSPB–1 ...........................
Medicare Spending per Beneficiary ...................
Median Medicare Spending per
Beneficiary ratio across all
hospitals during the performance period.
Mean of the lowest decile
Medicare Spending per Beneficiary ratios across all hospitals during the performance
period.
* Previously adopted performance standards.
PROPOSED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM PATIENT AND CAREGIVER-CENTERED
EXPERIENCE OF CARE/CARE COORDINATION DOMAIN
Floor
(percent)
HCAHPS survey dimension
Communication with Nurses ..................................................................................................
Communication with Doctors .................................................................................................
Responsiveness of Hospital Staff ..........................................................................................
Pain Management ..................................................................................................................
Communication about Medicines ..........................................................................................
Hospital Cleanliness & Quietness .........................................................................................
Discharge Information ............................................................................................................
Overall Rating of Hospital ......................................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
We note that we intend to propose
additional performance standards for
the FY 2018 Hospital VBP Program in
future rulemaking.
We welcome public comments on
these proposed performance standards.
e. Proposed Performance Standards for
the FY 2019 and FY 2020 Hospital VBP
Programs
As discussed further above, we have
adopted certain Safety and Clinical
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Care—Outcomes domain measures for
future program years in order to ensure
that we can adopt performance periods
and baseline periods of sufficient length
for performance scoring purposes. We
are also proposing to adopt the PSI–90
measure in the Safety domain and the
THA/TKA measure in the Clinical
Care—Outcomes domain for the FY
2019 Hospital VBP Program. We note
that, as described above with respect to
PO 00000
Frm 00152
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Achievement
threshold
56.90
62.03
36.46
49.47
42.89
43.46
61.86
35.00
78.08
80.43
64.83
70.20
62.82
65.26
85.59
69.81
Benchmark
(percent)
86.41
88.71
79.62
78.18
73.15
79.06
91.04
84.27
the NHSN measures, the PSI–90
measure, and the MSPB measure, for the
THA/TKA measure, better performance
is represented by lower values.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt the
following performance standards for the
FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28129
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED AND PROPOSED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR CERTAIN SAFETY AND CLINICAL CARE—
OUTCOMES DOMAIN MEASURES FOR THE FY 2019 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Measure ID
Achievement
threshold
Description
Benchmark
Safety Measures
PSI–90 ...............................
Complication/patient safety for selected indicators (composite) ........................
0.840421
0.589716
* 0.850671
* 0.883472
* 0.882334
0.032521
* 0.873263
* 0.908094
* 0.907906
0.022895
Outcomes Measures
MORT–30–AMI * ................
MORT–30–HF * ..................
MORT–30–PN * ..................
THA/TKA ............................
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) 30-day mortality rate * ..................................
Heart Failure (HF) 30-day mortality rate * ...........................................................
Pneumonia (PN) 30-day mortality rate * .............................................................
Hospital-level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) And/Or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA).
* Previously adopted performance standards.
We welcome public comments on
these proposed performance standards.
We also are proposing to adopt the
following performance standards for the
FY 2020 Hospital VBP Program:
PROPOSED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR CLINICAL CARE—OUTCOMES DOMAIN MEASURES FOR THE FY 2020
HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM
Measure ID
Achievement
threshold
Description
Benchmark
Clinical Care—Outcomes Measures
MORT–30–AMI ..................
MORT–30–HF ....................
MORT–30–PN ....................
THA/TKA ............................
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) 30-day mortality rate ....................................
Heart Failure (HF) 30-day mortality rate .............................................................
Pneumonia (PN) 30-day mortality rate ...............................................................
Hospital-level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) And/Or Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
We welcome public comments on
these proposed performance standards.
f. Proposed Technical Updates Policy
for Performance Standards
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50694 through 50698), we
revised our regulatory definitions of
‘‘achievement threshold’’ and
‘‘benchmark’’ at § 412.160 and adopted
performance standards for additional FY
2016 Hospital VBP Program measures.
We also adopted an interpretation of
‘‘achievement threshold’’ and
‘‘benchmark’’ under § 412.160 to not
include the numerical values that result
when the performance standards are
calculated. We further adopted a policy
under which we may update a
measure’s performance standards for a
fiscal year once if we identify data
issues, calculation errors, or other
problems that would significantly
change the displayed performance
standards.
Our historic practice has been to
display Hospital VBP Program
performance standards’ numerical
values in rulemaking. We adopted this
practice for the convenience of the
public. Although we have typically
expressed the performance standards for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
each Hospital VBP measure as a
numerical value prior to the start of the
performance period for that measure, we
do not display numerical values for the
MSPB measure because the measure is
constructed as a measure of costs
attributable to patient care during a
specified episode of care during the
performance period itself (77 FR 53601).
We have stated that with respect to the
MSPB measure, we do not believe it is
helpful for hospitals to be compared
against performance standards
constructed from baseline period data
given the potential changes in market
forces and utilization practices that
occur over time.
Further, during the long interval
between the time we first display the
performance standards for all measures
but the MSPB measure and the time that
we calculate the achievement and
improvement scores for those measures
based on actual hospital performance,
one or more of those measures might
have been technically updated in a way
that inhibits our ability to ensure that
we are making appropriate comparisons
between the baseline and performance
period. For example, the software used
to calculate the PSI–90 measure is
PO 00000
Frm 00153
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
0.853511
0.881394
0.882281
0.032521
0.875840
0.905962
0.909460
0.022895
regularly updated to incorporate coding
changes, refinements based on the
consensus development process, and
refinements to improve specificity and
sensitivity. The statistical modeling we
use to adjust measure calculations for
PSI–90 and HCAHPS also needs to be
periodically updated to incorporate
coefficient factors that more properly
account for patient mix (both measures)
and the HCAHPS survey data collection
mode (HCAHPS survey). These types of
technical updates do not substantively
affect the measure rate calculation
methodology, but they do sometimes
affect our ability to make appropriate
comparisons between the baseline and
performance period if, for example, the
baseline performance standards are
tabulated using one version of the
software and hospital performance
during subsequent performance periods
is tabulated with another version. We
believe that in order to make the most
accurate comparison of hospital
performance across time, we should use
the most updated version of the measure
that is available at the time we calculate
that performance because the updated
version will produce the most valid
measure rates.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28130
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Further, as part of its regular
maintenance process for NQF-endorsed
performance measures, NQF requires
measure stewards to submit annual
measure maintenance updates and
undergo maintenance of endorsement
review every 3 years. In the measure
maintenance process, the measure
steward (owner/developer) is
responsible for updating and
maintaining the currency and relevance
of the measure and will confirm existing
or minor specification changes with
NQF on an annual basis. NQF solicits
information from measure stewards for
annual reviews, and it reviews measures
for continued endorsement in a specific
3-year cycle.
The NQF’s annual or triennial
maintenance processes for endorsed
measures may result in the NQF
requiring updates to the measures in
order to maintain endorsement status.
We believe that it is important to
incorporate nonsubstantive updates
required by the NQF, as well as
nonsubstantive updates made to other
measures, into the measure
specifications we have adopted for the
Hospital VBP Program so that these
measures remain up-to-date and ensure
that we make fair comparisons between
the performance and baseline periods
that we adopt under the Program. We
also recognize that some updates to
measures are substantive in nature and
might not be appropriate for adoption
without further rulemaking.
With respect to what constitutes
substantive versus nonsubstantive
changes to measures, we would make
this determination on a case-by-case
basis. Examples of nonsubstantive
changes to measures might include
updated diagnosis or procedure codes,
medication updates for categories of
medications, broadening of age ranges,
and exclusions for a measure (such as
the addition of a hospice exclusion to
the 30-day mortality measures). We
believe that nonsubstantive changes
may include updates to measures based
upon changes to guidelines upon which
the measures are based.
Therefore, we are proposing to amend
the definition of ‘‘performance
standards’’ under § 412.160 to enable us
to update performance standards’
numerical values to incorporate
nonsubstantive technical updates that
are made to Hospital VBP Program
measures between the time that they are
adopted for a particular program year
and the time that we actually calculate
hospital performance on those measures
after the performance period for the
program year has concluded. Further,
we are proposing to inform hospitals of
these technical updates through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
postings on our Hospital VBP Program
Web site, the QualityNet Web site, other
educational outreach efforts, and/or the
scoring reports that we provide for each
program year. We note that these
proposals, if finalized, may have the
effect of superseding the performance
standards that we establish prior to the
start of the performance period for the
affected measures, but we believe them
to be necessary to ensure that the
performance standards in the Hospital
VBP Program’s scoring calculations
enable the fairest comparisons between
performance measured during the
baseline period and performance period.
We would continue to use rulemaking
to adopt substantive updates to the
measures we have adopted for the
Hospital VBP Program. Examples of
changes that we might consider to be
substantive would be those in which the
changes are so significant that the
measure is no longer the same measure,
or when a standard of performance
assessed by a measure becomes more
stringent (for example: changes in
acceptable timing of medication,
procedure/process, or test
administration). We also note that the
NQF process incorporates an
opportunity for public comment and
engagement in the measure maintenance
process.
We are also proposing to include in
our revised definition of ‘‘performance
standards’’ under § 412.160 of our
regulations the policy we adopted in the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH final rule to update
the performance standards once if we
identify data issues, calculation errors,
or other problems that would
significantly change the standards (78
FR 50695). We are proposing to make
this change so that our policies
governing updates to the performance
standards appear together.
We welcome public comments on
these proposals. We also specifically
seek public comments on what we
should consider to be substantive
changes in measures’ performance
standards, including whether or not we
should consider certain changes in
performance standards as a result of
technical or non-substantive updates to
be substantive.
g. Request for Public Comments on ICD–
10–CM/PCS Transition
The ICD–10–CM/PCS transition is
scheduled to take place on October 1,
2015. After that date, we will collect
nonelectronic health record-based
quality measure data coded only in
ICD–10–CM/PCS. Even though we
expect that the endorsement status of
the measures we have adopted for the
Hospital VBP Program will remain the
PO 00000
Frm 00154
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
same, we are concerned that the
transition to a new coding system might
have unintended consequences on
quality measure data denominators,
statistical adjustment coefficients, and
measure rates. We are concerned about
the possible impacts on the Hospital
VBP Program, and request public
comments on how we should
accommodate the transition.
Specifically, we request comments on
how, if at all, we should adjust
performance scoring under the Hospital
VBP Program to accommodate quality
data coded under ICD–10–CM/PCS, or
otherwise ensure fair and accurate
comparisons under the Hospital VBP
Program once the transition date has
passed. For example, we could consider
analyzing the effects of the ICD–10–CM/
PCS transition on hospitals’ measured
performance and, if substantive
differences result, retrospectively
adjusting performance standards in
order to ensure that they accurately
reflect the underlying methodology. We
could also consider performing similar
adjustments to hospitals’ measure rates,
measure scores, or TPSs once our
analysis is completed. We also might
consider scoring hospitals only on
achievement if analysis indicates that
we are unable to reliably and validly
calculate improvement scores when
comparing ICD–9–CM based baseline
period data to ICD–10–CM/PCS based
performance period data. However,
while we intend to analyze the effects
of the ICD–10–CM/PCS transition on
hospitals’ performance, we do not have
the necessary data for all hospitals at
this time.
We intend to take two steps to analyze
ICD–10–CM/PCS potential impact
before receiving ICD–10–CM/PCS-based
fall 2015 discharge data in May 2016.
First, we will assess measure
specifications to qualitatively assess
impact to measure denominators after
CMS releases ICD–10–CM/PCS-based
measure specifications in the future.
Second, we intend to voluntarily solicit
information from no more than 9
hospitals before October 1, 2015 to
estimate the impact of ICD–10–CM/PCS
on their Hospital VBP measure rates and
denominator counts. We intend to use
this information to inform both
proposed and future Hospital VBP
Program policy and measures.
We welcome public comments on this
topic.
11. Proposed FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program Scoring Methodology
a. Proposed General Hospital VBP
Program Scoring Methodology
In the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program
final rule (76 FR 26514), we adopted a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
methodology for scoring clinical process
of care, patient experience of care, and
outcome measures. As noted in that
rule, this methodology outlines an
approach that we believe is well
understood by patient advocates,
hospitals, and other stakeholders
because it was developed during a
lengthy process that involved extensive
stakeholder input, and was based on a
scoring methodology we presented in a
report to Congress. We also noted in that
final rule that we had conducted
extensive additional research on a
number of other important methodology
issues to ensure a high level of
confidence in the scoring methodology.
In addition, we believe that, for reasons
of simplicity, transparency, and
consistency, it is important to score
hospitals using the same general
methodology each year, with
appropriate modifications to
accommodate new domains and
measures. We finalized a similar scoring
methodology for the MSPB measure in
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51654 through 51656).
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53604 through 53605), for
the FY 2015 Hospital VBP Program, we
finalized our proposal to use these same
general scoring methodologies to score
hospital performance for the FY 2015
Hospital VBP Program. In that rule, we
stated that we believe these scoring
methodologies continue to
appropriately capture hospital quality as
reflected by the finalized quality
measure sets. We also noted that
readopting the finalized scoring
methodology from prior program years
represents the simplest and most
consistent policy for providers and the
public. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50699), we readopted
the finalized general scoring
methodology adopted for the FY 2015
Hospital VBP Program for the FY 2016
Hospital VBP Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50702 through 50704), we
adopted new quality domains based on
the NQS for FY 2017 and subsequent
years.
We continue to agree with the
reasoning for the scoring methodology
outlined in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule and summarized above.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt the
general scoring methodology adopted
for the FY 2016 Hospital VBP Program
28131
for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program,
with appropriate modifications to
accommodate the new quality domains
that we have previously adopted. These
proposed modifications to our scoring
methodology are limited to reclassified
quality domains, new placements for
measures within those domains, and
domain weighting. We discuss below a
proposal to revise the finalized domain
weighting for FY 2017.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
b. Proposed Domain Weighting for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program for
Hospitals That Receive a Score on All
Domains
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50702 through 50704), we
adopted our proposal to align the
Hospital VBP Program’s quality
measurement domains with the NQS’
quality priorities, with certain
modifications. We adopted this
realignment beginning with the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program. We also adopted
the following domains and domain
weights for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program for hospitals that receive a
score in all newly aligned domains.
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED DOMAINS AND DOMAIN WEIGHTS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM FOR HOSPITALS
RECEIVING A SCORE ON ALL NEWLY ALIGNED DOMAINS
Domain
Weight
Safety ................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clinical Care:
• Clinical Care—Outcomes .......................................................................................................................................................
• Clinical Care—Process ..........................................................................................................................................................
Efficiency and Cost Reduction .........................................................................................................................................................
Patient and Caregiver Centered Experience of Care/Care Coordination ........................................................................................
15 percent.
35 percent.
• 25 percent.
• 10 percent.
25 percent.
25 percent.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
However, as discussed in more detail
above, we are proposing to remove six
‘‘topped out’’ measures from the FY
2017 Clinical Care—Process subdomain.
We believe that the proposed substantial
reduction in the number of measures
adopted for the Clinical Care—Process
subdomain, if finalized, warrants
reconsideration of the finalized domain
weighting for FY 2017 that we adopted
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule.
As described in more detail above, we
are proposing to re-adopt the CLABSI
measure and to adopt two new measures
(MRSA Bacteremia and C. difficile
Infection) for the Safety domain for FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program and
subsequent years, and, if finalized, they
would raise the total number of
measures in this domain for FY 2017 to
six. Because we are proposing to make
changes in the number of measures in
only two domains (Safety and Clinical
Care), we focused our proposed domain
weighting changes in this proposed rule
on these domains only. Because we
continue to believe that hospitals
should be provided strong incentives to
perform well on measures of patient
safety, in view of the new measures we
are proposing to add to that domain, we
are proposing to revise the previously
finalized domain weighting for the FY
2017 Hospital VBP Program for
hospitals receiving a score on all newly
aligned domains as follows:
PROPOSED REVISED DOMAIN WEIGHTS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM FOR HOSPITALS RECEIVING A SCORE
ON ALL NEWLY ALIGNED DOMAINS
Domain
Weight
Safety ................................................................................................................................................................................................
Clinical Care:
• Clinical Care—Outcomes .......................................................................................................................................................
• Clinical Care—Process ..........................................................................................................................................................
Efficiency and Cost Reduction .........................................................................................................................................................
20 percent.
30 percent.
• 25 percent.
• 5 percent.
25 percent.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00155
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28132
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED REVISED DOMAIN WEIGHTS FOR THE FY 2017 HOSPITAL VBP PROGRAM FOR HOSPITALS RECEIVING A SCORE
ON ALL NEWLY ALIGNED DOMAINS—Continued
Domain
Weight
Patient and Caregiver Centered Experience of Care/Care Coordination ........................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
c. Proposed Domain Weighting for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program for
Hospitals Receiving Scores on Fewer
Than Four Domains
In prior program years, we finalized a
policy that hospitals must have received
domain scores on all finalized domains
in order to receive a TPS. However,
because the Hospital VBP Program has
evolved from its initial two domains to
an expanded measure set with
additional domains, we considered
whether it was appropriate to continue
this policy.
Therefore, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53606 through
53607), we finalized our proposal that,
for the FY 2015 Hospital VBP Program
and subsequent years, hospitals with
sufficient data to receive at least two out
of the four domain scores that existed
for the FY 2015 Hospital VBP Program
(that is, sufficient cases and measures to
receive a domain score on at least two
domains) will receive a TPS. We also
finalized our proposal that, for hospitals
with at least two domain scores, TPSs
would be reweighted proportionately to
the scored domains to ensure that the
TPS is still scored out of a possible 100
points and that the relative weights for
the scored domains remain equivalent
to the weighting which occurs when
there are scores in all four domains. We
believe that this approach allows us to
include relatively more hospitals in the
Hospital VBP Program while continuing
to focus on reliably scoring hospitals on
their quality measure performance.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50701 through 50702), we
continued this approach for the FY 2016
Hospital VBP Program and subsequent
fiscal years for purposes of eligibility for
the program even though, based on the
NQS, we adopted four NQS-based
domains for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program (78 FR 50702 through 50704),
which include the subdivided Clinical
Care domain.
In light of the four NQS-based
domains we have adopted, we have
reconsidered the appropriate minimum
number of domains (that is, the number
of domains on which hospitals must
receive scores) in order to receive a TPS.
We are concerned that requiring just
two out of the four NQS-based domains
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
in order to receive a TPS may be
insufficient to ensure robust quality
measurement under the Hospital VBP
Program. Further, given the transition to
NQS-based domains that we have
adopted, we believe an additional
independent analysis of appropriate
minimum numbers of domains under
the new domain structure is
appropriate. We commissioned that
analysis from our Reports & Analytics
contractor for the Hospital VBP
Program. The results of that analysis
informed our proposal below, and we
intend to post a summary of the
reliability and minimum numbers
analysis on the CMS Web site during the
public comment period. We believe that
requiring three out of the four NQSbased domains appropriately balances
our desire to be as inclusive as possible
with Hospital VBP Program
requirements while ensuring that TPSs
under the Program are sufficiently
reliable.
Therefore, we are proposing to require
that, for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program and subsequent years, hospitals
must receive domain scores on at least
three quality domains in order to
receive a TPS. For purposes of the
Clinical Care domain score, we are
proposing to consider either the Clinical
Care—Process or Clinical Care—
Outcome subdomains as one domain in
order to meet this proposed
requirement. By adopting this policy,
we believe we will continue to allow as
many hospitals as possible may
participate in the program while
ensuring that reliable TPSs result.
However, we would only reweight
hospitals’ TPSs once, and will therefore
not reallocate the Clinical Care—Process
and Clinical Care—Outcome
subdomains’ weighting within the
Clinical Care domain if a hospital does
not have sufficient data for one of the
subdomains. For example, a hospital
receiving domain scores on all domains
except the Clinical Care—Process
subdomain would not have the 5
percent weighting from the Clinical
Care—Process subdomain reallocated
entirely to the Clinical Care—Outcome
subdomain. Instead, the 5 percent
weighting from the Clinical Care—
Process subdomain would be
proportionately reallocated across all
domains.
PO 00000
Frm 00156
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
25 percent.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
12. Proposed Minimum Numbers of
Cases and Measures for the FY 2016 and
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program’s
Quality Domains
a. Previously Adopted Minimum
Numbers of Cases and FY 2016
Proposed Minimum Numbers of Cases
In the Hospital Inpatient VBP Program
final rule (76 FR 26527 through 26531),
we adopted minimum numbers of at
least 10 cases on at least 4 measures for
hospitals to receive a Clinical Process of
Care domain score. In the same final
rule, we adopted a minimum number of
100 HCAHPS surveys for a hospital to
receive a Patient Experience of Care
domain score. In the CY 2012 OPPS/
ASC final rule with comment period (76
FR 74532 through 74534), we adopted a
minimum number of 10 cases for the
mortality measures that we adopted for
FY 2014. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53608 through
53609), we adopted a new minimum
number of 25 cases for the mortality
measures for FY 2015. In the same final
rule, we adopted a minimum number of
25 cases for the MSPB measure (77 FR
53609 through 53610), a minimum of
three cases for any underlying indicator
for the PSI–90 measure based on
AHRQ’s measure methodology (77 FR
53608 through 53609), and a minimum
of one predicted infection for NHSNbased surveillance measures based on
CDC’s minimum case criteria (77 FR
53608 through 53609). However, we
note that we adopted these case
minimums for FY 2015 only, although
we intended to adopt them for FY 2015
and subsequent years. We continue to
believe that the finalized minimum
numbers of cases described above are
appropriate and provide sufficiently
reliable data for scoring purposes under
the Hospital VBP Program. Therefore,
we are proposing to adopt the specified
case minimums for the FY 2016
Hospital VBP Program and subsequent
years.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal. We note that we are proposing
below to specify minimum numbers of
measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program and subsequent years based on
the new domain structure.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(2) Clinical Care—Outcomes Subdomain
b. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Safety Domain
As described in more detail above, we
have proposed to adopt six quality
measures in the Safety domain for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program. Of
these measures, five are NHSN-based
surveillance measures, and one is the
PSI–90 measure. After consideration of
these measures and of previous
independent analyses of the necessary
minimum number of measures adopted
for the Outcome domain, whose
measures formed the basis for part of the
new Safety domain, we are proposing to
adopt a minimum number of three
measures for the Safety domain for FY
2017 and subsequent years. We believe
this proposal balances our desire to be
as inclusive as possible with the
Hospital VBP Program and the need for
reliable quality measurement data on
which to base TPSs. We would also like
to clarify that we will continue to score
hospitals on NHSN measures if, as we
discussed with respect to the CLABSI
measure (77 FR 53608) and the SSI
measure (78 FR 50684), the hospital has
met CDC’s minimum case criteria, or
one predicted infection during the
applicable period.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
c. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Clinical Care Domain
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(1) Background
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we adopted a new domain
structure for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program and subsequent years based on
the National Quality Strategy. In that
final rule, we adopted a Clinical Care
domain that was subdivided into the
Clinical Care—Process and Clinical
Care—Outcomes subdomains. We
adopted these subdomains in order to
ensure that we place the appropriate
domain weighting on measures of
clinical processes and measures of
clinical outcomes. We believe the same
consideration is appropriate for
determining minimum numbers of
measures for each subdomain, and
based on prior independent analyses
conducted of the appropriate minimum
numbers for the Clinical Process of Care
and Outcome domains whose measures
formed the basis for the new Clinical
Care domain, are proposing separate
minimum numbers for each of these
subdomains below. As described further
above, we also attempted to balance our
desire to be as inclusive as possible with
the Hospital VBP Program and the need
for reliable quality measurement data on
which to base Total Performance Scores.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50707), we adopted a
minimum number of two measures in
the former Outcome domain. We stated
our belief that this minimum number is
appropriate for the expanded Outcome
domain that formed the basis for the
Clinical Care—Outcomes subdomain
because adding measure scores beyond
the minimum number of measures has
the effect of enhancing the domain
score’s reliability.
As noted above, the Clinical Care—
Outcomes subdomain now contains the
three 30-day mortality measures, and
based on previous independent analysis
of the appropriate minimum number of
measures for the Outcome domain that
formed the basis for the Clinical Care—
Outcomes domain (available on our
Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/hospital-valuebased-purchasing/Downloads/HVBP_
Measure_Reliability-.pdf), we continue
to believe that a minimum number of
two measures within the subdomain
appropriately balances scoring
reliability with inclusiveness under the
Program. As noted above, we intend to
post a summary of the reliability and
minimum numbers analysis on the CMS
Web site during the public comment
period. Therefore, we are proposing to
adopt a minimum number of two
measures in the Clinical Care—
Outcomes subdomain for FY 2017 and
subsequent years.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
(3) Clinical Care—Process Subdomain
We have reconsidered the finalized
minimum number of measures given the
significant reduction in Clinical Care—
Process measures due to ‘‘topped-out’’
removals that we are proposing in this
proposed rule. We are concerned that
requiring hospitals to report on all three
proposed Clinical Care—Process
measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program, or even requiring two out of
three measures, could prevent a
significant proportion of participating
hospitals from receiving a Clinical
Care—Process subdomain score. We are
aware that relatively few hospitals
report data for the AMI–7a measure, and
the proposed PC–01 measure will only
include hospitals that provide maternity
services. In accordance with our
preference for including as many
hospitals as possible in the Hospital
VBP Program while ensuring the
reliability of the domain score and
based on a prior independent analysis
conducted with respect the Clinical
PO 00000
Frm 00157
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28133
Process of Care domain that formed the
basis for the Clinical Care—Process
domain, we are proposing to require
hospitals to report a minimum of one
measure in the Clinical Care—Process
subdomain for the FY 2017 Hospital
VBP Program and subsequent years to
receive a domain score.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
d. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain
Because the MSPB measure remains
the only measure within the Efficiency
and Cost Reduction domain for FY
2017, we are proposing to require that
hospitals receive a MSPB measure score
in order to receive an Efficiency and
Cost Reduction domain score. If we
adopt additional measures for this
domain in the future, we will consider
if we should revisit this policy.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
e. Proposed Minimum Number of
Measures—Patient and Caregiver
Centered Experience of Care/Care
Coordination (PEC/CC) Domain
As with the MSPB measure adopted
for the Efficiency and Cost Reduction
domain described further above, we
have not adopted additional measures
for the PEC/CC domain. Because the
HCAHPS survey measure remains the
only measure within the PEC/CC
domain for FY 2017, we are proposing
to require that hospitals receive a
HCAHPS survey measure score in order
to receive a PEC/CC domain score. If we
adopt additional measures for this
domain in the future, we will consider
if we should revisit this policy.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
13. Applicability of the Hospital VBP
Program to Maryland Hospitals
Section 1886(o)(1)(C) of the Act
specifies the hospitals for which the
Hospital VBP Program applies.
Specifically, the term ‘‘hospital’’ is
defined under section 1886(o)(1)(C)(i) of
the Act as a ‘‘subsection (d) hospital (as
defined in section 1886(d)(1)(B) [of the
Act]).’’. Section 1886(o)(1)(C)(ii) of the
Act sets forth a list of exclusions to the
definition of the term ‘‘hospital’’ with
respect to a fiscal year. Section
1886(o)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act states that in
the case of a hospital that is paid under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, the
Secretary may exempt the hospital from
the Hospital VBP Program if the State
submits an annual report to the
Secretary describing how a similar
program in the State for a participating
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28134
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hospital or hospitals achieves or
surpasses the measured results in terms
of patient health outcomes and cost
savings established under the Hospital
VBP Program. We have interpreted the
reference to section 1814(b)(3) of the Act
to mean those Maryland hospitals that
were paid under section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act and that, absent the ‘‘waiver’’
provided by section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act, would have been paid under the
IPPS.
The State of Maryland entered into an
agreement with CMS, effective January
1, 2014, to participate in CMS’ new
Maryland All-Payer Model, a 5-year
hospital payment model. This model is
being implemented under section
1115A of the Act, as added by section
3021 of the Affordable Care Act, which
authorizes the testing of innovative
payment and service delivery models,
including models that allow States to
‘‘test and evaluate systems of all-payer
payment reform for the medical care of
residents of the State, including dualeligible individuals.’’ Section 1115A of
the Act authorizes the Secretary to
waive such requirements of titles XI and
XVIII of the Act as may be necessary
solely for purposes of carrying out
section 1115A of the Act with respect to
testing models.
Under the agreement with CMS,
Maryland will limit per capita total
hospital cost growth for all payers,
including Medicare. In order to
implement the new model, effective
January 1, 2014, Maryland elected to no
longer have Medicare pay Maryland
hospitals in accordance with section
1814(b)(3) of the Act. Maryland also
represented that it is no longer in
continuous operation of a
demonstration project reimbursement
system since July 1, 1977, as specified
under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.
Because Maryland hospitals are no
longer paid under section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act, they are no longer subject to
those provisions of the Act and related
implementing regulations that are
specific to hospitals paid under section
1814(b)(3)of the Act, including but not
limited to section 1886(o)(1)(C)(iv) of
the Act, which provides an exemption
for hospitals paid under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act from the
application of the Hospital VBP Program
if the State which is paid under that
section meets certain requirements.
In order to implement the Maryland
All-Payer Model, we have waived
certain provisions of the Act, and the
corresponding implementing
regulations, as set forth in the agreement
between CMS and Maryland and subject
to Maryland’s compliance with the
terms of the agreement. The effect of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Maryland hospitals no longer being paid
under 1814(b)(3) is that they are not
entitled to be exempted from the
Hospital VBP Program under section
1886(o)(1)(C)(iv) of the Act and, but for
the model, would be included in the
Hospital VBP Program. In other words,
although the exemption from the
Hospital VBP Program no longer
applies, Maryland hospitals will not be
participating in the Hospital VBP
Program because section 1886(o) of the
Act and its implementing regulations
have been waived for purposes of the
model, subject to the terms of the
agreement.
Accordingly, we are proposing to
make conforming revisions to § 412.160,
in the definition of ‘‘base-operating DRG
payment amount’’ and to § 412.161,
which describes the applicability of the
Hospital VBP Program. We are
proposing to delete references in these
regulations to hospitals paid under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act because, at
this time, there are no hospitals paid
under that section.
We welcome public comment on
these proposals.
14. Disaster/Extraordinary Circumstance
Exception Under the Hospital VBP
Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50704 through 50706), we
adopted a disaster/extraordinary
circumstance exception. We refer
readers to that final rule for the policy’s
details.
We note that we are currently in the
process of revising the Extraordinary
Circumstances/Disaster Extension or
Waiver Request form, previously
approved under OMB control number
0938–1171.
J. Proposed Changes to the HospitalAcquired Condition (HAC) Reduction
Program
1. Background
We refer readers to section V.I.1.a. of
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50707 through 50708) for a
general overview of the HAC Reduction
Program.
2. Statutory Basis for the HAC
Reduction Program
Section 3008 of the Affordable Care
Act added section 1886(p) to the Act to
provide an incentive for applicable
hospitals to reduce the incidence of
HACs. Section 1886(p) of the Act
requires the Secretary to make an
adjustment to payments to ‘‘applicable
hospitals’’ effective beginning on
October 1, 2014 and for subsequent
programs years. Section 1886(p)(1) of
PO 00000
Frm 00158
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the Act sets forth the requirements by
which payments to ‘‘applicable
hospitals’’ will be adjusted to account
for HACs with respect to discharges
occurring during FY 2015 or later. The
amount of payment shall be equal to 99
percent of the amount of payment that
would otherwise apply to such
discharges under section 1886(d) or
1814(b)(3) of the Act, as applicable.
Section 1886(p)(2)(A) of the Act defines
‘‘applicable hospitals’’ as subsection (d)
hospitals that meet certain criteria.
Section 1886(p)(2)(B)(i) of the Act
defines these criteria and specifies that
the payment adjustment would apply to
an applicable hospital that ranks in the
top quartile (25 percent) of all
subsection (d) hospitals, relative to the
national average, of conditions acquired
during the applicable period, as
determined by the Secretary. Section
1886(p)(2)(B)(ii) of the Act requires the
Secretary to establish and apply a riskadjustment methodology.
Sections 1886(p)(3) and (p)(4) of the
Act define ‘‘hospital-acquired
conditions’’ and ‘‘applicable period’’,
respectively. The term ‘‘hospitalacquired condition’’ means ‘‘a condition
identified in subsection
1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of the Act and any
other condition determined appropriate
by the Secretary that an individual
acquires during a stay in an applicable
hospital, as determined by the
Secretary.’’ The term ‘‘applicable
period’’ means, with respect to a fiscal
year, a period specified by the Secretary.
Section 1886(p)(5) of the Act requires
that, prior to FY 2015 and each
subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary
provides the delivery of confidential
reports to applicable hospitals with
respect to HACs of the applicable
hospital during the applicable period.
Section 1886(p)(6)(A) of the Act sets
forth the reporting requirements by
which the Secretary would make
information available to the public
regarding HACs for each applicable
hospital. Section 1886(p)(6)(B) of the
Act requires the Secretary to ensure that
an applicable hospital has the
opportunity to review, and submit
corrections for, the information to be
made public with respect to the HACs
of the applicable hospital prior to such
information being made public. Section
1886(p)(6)(C) of the Act requires that,
once corrected, the HAC information be
posted on the Hospital Compare Web
site on the Internet in an easily
understandable format.
Section 1886(p)(7) of the Act limits
administrative and judicial review of
certain determinations made pursuant
to section 1886(p) of the Act. These
determinations include what qualifies
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
as an applicable hospital, the
specifications of a HAC, the Secretary’s
determination of an applicable period,
the provision of confidential reports
submitted to the applicable hospital,
and the information publically reported
on the Hospital Compare Web site.
3. Implementation of the HAC
Reduction Program for FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Overview
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50707 through 50729), we
presented the general framework for
implementation of the HAC Reduction
Program for the FY 2015
implementation. We included the
following provisions for the program: (a)
The relevant definitions applicable to
the program; (b) the payment
adjustment under the program; (c) the
measure selection and conditions for the
program, including a risk-adjustment
and scoring methodology; (d)
performance scoring; (e) the process for
making hospital-specific performance
information available to the public,
including the opportunity for a hospital
to review the information and submit
corrections; and (f) limitation of
administrative and judicial review.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50967), we established the
rules governing the payment adjustment
under the HAC Reduction Program at
Subpart I of 42 CFR Part 412 (§§ 412.170
and 412.172). We also amended existing
§ 412.150 (the section that describes the
basis and scope of Subpart I of Part 412,
which contains the regulations
governing adjustments to the base
operating DRG payment amounts under
the IPPS for inpatient operating costs) to
incorporate the basis and scope of
§§ 412.170 and 412.172 for the HAC
Reduction Program.
In accordance with the provisions of
section 1886(p) of the Act, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
included, under § 412.170, definitions
for the terms ‘‘hospital-acquired
condition,’’ ‘‘applicable hospital,’’ and
‘‘applicable time period’’ (78 FR 50967).
In § 412.170, we defined ‘‘hospitalacquired condition’’ as a condition as
described in section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iv) of
the Act and any other condition
determined appropriate by the Secretary
that an individual acquires during a stay
in an applicable hospital, as determined
by the Secretary. We defined an
‘‘applicable hospital’’ as ‘‘a hospital
described in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the
Act (including a hospital in Maryland
that is paid under section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act and that, absent the waiver
specified by section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act, would have been paid under the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospital inpatient prospective payment
system) as long as the hospital meets the
criteria specified under § 412.172(e)’’
(78 FR 50967). We specified that this
definition does not include hospitals
and hospital units excluded from the
IPPS, such as LTCHs, cancer hospitals,
children’s hospitals, IRFs, IPFs, CAHs,
and Puerto Rico hospitals. We defined
the ‘‘applicable period’’ as, with respect
to a fiscal year, the 2-year period (as
specified by the Secretary) from which
data are collected in order to calculate
the Total HAC Score for the HAC
Reduction Program.
Below we summarize the specific
provisions for the HAC Reduction
Program that were established in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for
implementation in FY 2015.
b. Payment Adjustment Under the HAC
Reduction Program, Including
Exemptions
(1) Basic Payment Adjustment
Section 1886(p)(1) of the Act sets
forth the requirements by which
payments to ‘‘applicable hospitals’’ will
be adjusted to account for HACs with
discharges beginning on October 1,
2014. Section 1886(p)(1) of the Act
specifies that the amount of payment
shall be equal to 99 percent of the
amount of payment that would
otherwise apply to such discharges
under section 1886(d) or 1814(b)(3) of
the Act, as applicable. As specified in
the statute, this payment adjustment is
calculated and made after payment
adjustments under sections 1886(o) and
1886(q) of the Act, the Hospital VBP
Program and the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program respectively, are
calculated and made. (We note that the
Hospital VBP Program is discussed in
section IV.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule and the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program is
discussed in section IV.H. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.) Section
1886(p)(2)(A) of the Act defines
‘‘applicable hospitals’’ as subsection (d)
hospitals that meet certain criteria.
Section 1886(p)(2)(B)(i) of the Act
defines these criteria and specifies that
the payment adjustment would apply to
an applicable hospital that ranks in the
top quartile (25 percent) of all
subsection (d) hospitals, relative to the
national average of hospitals that report
conditions acquired during the
applicable period, as determined by the
Secretary.
Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR50967), we
specified in § 412.172(b) of the
regulations that, for applicable
hospitals, beginning with discharges
PO 00000
Frm 00159
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28135
occurring during FY 2015, the amount
of payment under § 412.172, or section
1814(b)(3) of the Act, as applicable, for
such discharges shall be equal to 99
percent of the amount of payment that
would otherwise apply to such
discharges under § 412.172, or section
1814(b)(3) of the Act. This amount of
payment will be determined after the
application of the payment adjustment
under the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program under § 412.154,
and the adjustment made under the
Hospital VBP Program under § 412.162,
and section 1814(l)(4) but without
regard to this section 1886(p) of the Act.
(2) Applicability to Maryland Hospitals
Section 1886(p)(2)(c) of the Act
specifies that the Secretary may exempt
hospitals paid under 1814(b)(3) ‘‘from
the application of this subsection if the
State which is paid under such section
submits an annual report to the
Secretary describing how a similar
program in the state for a participating
hospital or hospitals achieves or
surpasses the measured results in terms
of patient health outcomes and cost
savings established under this
subsection.’’ Accordingly, a program
established by the State of Maryland
that could serve to exempt hospitals in
the State from the HAC Reduction
Program would focus on hospitals
operating under the waiver provided by
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, that is,
those hospitals that would otherwise
have been paid by Medicare under the
IPPS, absent this provision. As we
stated in section IV.J.3. of the preamble
of this proposed rule, because hospitals
paid under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act
are subsection (d) hospitals, they are
included in determining ‘‘applicable
hospitals’’ (subject to the payment
adjustment under the HAC Reduction
Program), and unless the Secretary
exempts these hospitals from the
application of payment adjustments
under the HAC Reduction Program
under the authority of section
1886(p)(2)(C) of the Act, they are
considered to be ‘‘applicable hospitals’’
(subject to the payment adjustments in
the HAC Reduction Program) under the
HAC Reduction Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50967 through 50968), we
established criteria for evaluation to
determine whether Maryland will be
exempted from the application of the
payment adjustments under the HAC
Reduction Program for a given fiscal
year. Under § 412.172(c), we specified
that ‘‘CMS will determine whether to
exempt Maryland hospitals that are paid
under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act and
not under the hospital inpatient
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28136
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
prospective payment system. . . .’’ and
that, absent the provisions of section
1814(b)(3) of the Act, to make payment
under section 1886(d) of the Act exempt
from the application of payment
adjustments under the HAC Reduction
Program, provided that the State
submits an annual report to the
Secretary describing how a similar
program to reduce hospital acquired
conditions in that State achieves or
surpasses the measured results in terms
of health outcomes and cost savings for
the HAC Reduction Program as applied
to hospitals described in section
1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act. We specified in
the regulations that ‘‘CMS will establish
criteria for evaluation of Maryland’s
annual report to the Secretary to
determine whether Maryland will be
exempted from the application of
payment adjustments under this
program for a given fiscal year.’’ We also
specified that Maryland’s annual report
to the Secretary and request for
exemption from the HAC Reduction
Program must be resubmitted and
reconsidered annually. We provided
that, for FY 2015, Maryland must
submit a preliminary report to us by
January 15, 2014 and a final report to us
by June 1, 2014.
We noted that our criteria to evaluate
Maryland’s program is for FY 2015, the
first year of the payment adjustment
under the HAC Reduction Program, and
that our evaluation criteria may change
through notice and comment
rulemaking as this program evolves.
The State of Maryland entered into an
agreement with CMS, effective January
1, 2014, to participate in CMS’ new
Maryland All-Payer Model, a 5-year
hospital payment model. This model is
being implemented under section
1115A of the Social Security Act
(‘‘Act’’), as added by section 3021 of the
Affordable Care Act, which authorizes
the testing of innovative payment and
service delivery models, including
models that allow states to ‘‘test and
evaluate systems of all-payer payment
reform for the medical care of residents
of the State, including dual eligible
individuals.’’ Section 1115A of the Act
authorizes the Secretary to waive such
requirements of titles XI and XVIII of
the Act as may be necessary solely for
purposes of carrying out Section 1115A
with respect to testing models.
Under the agreement with CMS,
Maryland will limit per capita total
hospital cost growth for all payers,
including Medicare. In order to
implement the new model, effective
January 1, 2014, Maryland elected to no
longer have Medicare reimburse
Maryland hospitals in accordance with
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act. Maryland
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
also represented that it is no longer in
continuous operation of a
demonstration project reimbursement
system since July 1, 1977, as specified
under Section 1814(b)(3) of the Act.
Because Maryland hospitals are no
longer reimbursed under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act, they are no longer
subject to those provisions of the Act
and related implementing regulations
that are specific to section 1814(b)(3)
hospitals, including but not limited to
section 1886(p)(2)(C) of the Act, which
provides exemptions for hospitals paid
under section 1814(b)(3) from the
application of the HAC Reduction
Program.
However, in order to implement the
Maryland All-Payer Model, CMS has
waived certain provisions of the Act for
Maryland hospitals, including section
1886(p), and the corresponding
implementing regulations, as set forth in
the agreement between CMS and
Maryland and subject to Maryland’s
compliance with the terms of the
agreement. In other words, although
section 1886(p)(2)(C) of the Act no
longer applies to Maryland hospitals,
Maryland hospitals will not be
participating in the HAC Reduction
Program because section 1886(p) of the
Act and its implementing regulations
have been waived for purposes of the
model, subject to the terms of the
agreement. Consequently, we are
proposing that the Total HAC scores for
Maryland hospitals will not be included
when identifying the top quartile of all
hospitals with respect to their Total
HAC Score during the applicable
period.
As a result of changes to the status of
Maryland hospitals under 1814(b)(3) of
the Act described above, we are
proposing conforming changes to these
regulations and seek public comment on
this proposal. Specifically, we are
proposing to remove the entire contents
of paragraph (c) under § 412.172 and
reserve the paragraph (c) designation.
c. Measure Selection and Conditions,
Including a Risk-Adjustment Scoring
Methodology
(1) General Selection of Measures
We are not proposing any new
measures for the HAC Reduction
Program in this FY 2015 proposed rule.
Although we are not required under
section 1886(p) of the Act to address
specific measure scoring methodologies
and domain weights regarding the HAC
Reduction Program in notice-andcomment rulemaking, as required under
the Hospital VBP program, we believe
that it is important to set forth such
scoring methodologies for each
PO 00000
Frm 00160
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
individual HAC measure, in order for
the public to understand how the
measures adopted in previous
rulemaking relate to the performance
methodology used to determine the
applicable hospitals subject to the
payment adjustment under the HAC
Reduction Program. However, below we
set forth the specific measure scoring
methodology and domain weights
regarding the HAC Reduction Program
for FY 2015 as finalized in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
(2) Updates on AHRQ PSI–90, and CDC
NHSN CLABSI and CAUTI Measures
For FY 2015, we will keep the AHRQ
PSI–90 composite measure (in Domain
1) that we adopted in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50717) as
it is currently endorsed by NQF.
However, we note that the AHRQ PSI–
90 composite measure is currently
undergoing NQF maintenance review.
The PSI–90 composite consists of eight
component indicators: PSI–3 Pressure
ulcer rate; PSI–6 Iatrogenic
pneumothorax rate; PSI–7 Central
venous catheter-related blood stream
infections rate; PSI–8 Postoperative hip
fracture rate; PSI–12 Postoperative PE/
DVT rate; PSI–13 Postoperative sepsis
rate; PSI–14 Wound dehiscence rate;
and PSI–15 Accidental puncture &
laceration rate. AHRQ is considering the
addition of PSI–9 (Perioperative
hemorrhage rate), PSI–10 (Perioperative
physiologic metabolic derangement rate)
and PSI–11 (Post-operative respiratory
failure rate) or a combination of these
three measures into the PSI–90
composite. We consider the inclusion of
measures in the PSI–90 composite to be
a significant change to the PSI–90
composite that we finalized in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. Should
the changes be significant, we will issue
notice-and-comment rulemaking prior
to requiring reporting of this composite.
Similarly, the CDC NHSN CatheterAssociated Urinary Tract Infection
(CAUTI) and Central Line-Associated
Blood Stream Infection (CLABSI)
measures in Domain 2 that we adopted
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50717) for FY 2015 also are
currently undergoing NQF maintenance
review. Should the changes be
significant, we will issue notice-andcomment rulemaking prior to requiring
reporting of the changes made to CDCs
NHSN CLABSI and CAUTI measures.
For FY 2015, we will keep CDC’s NHSN
CAUTI and CLABSI measures in
Domain 2 as they are currently
endorsed.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(3) Measure Selection
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50717), we finalized the
following measures for selection: (i) The
AHRQ PSI–90 composite measure for
Domain 1 and the CDC NHSN measures
CAUTI and CLABSI for Domain 2 for FY
2015; (ii) addition of CDC NHSN
Surgical Site Infection (SSI) measure for
FY 2016; and (iii) addition of CDC
NHSN Methicillin-Resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Bactremia and C. difficile measures for
FY 2017. Several of these measures are
already part of the Hospital IQR
Program and are reported on the
Hospital Compare Web site.
(4) Measure Risk-Adjustment
Methodology
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we established that we will use the
existing measure-level risk-adjustment
that is already part of the methodology
for the individual measures for Domains
1 and 2 in order to fulfill this
requirement (78 FR 50719). We codified
the use of this methodology under
§ 412.172(d) of the regulations. The
AHRQ PSI–90 composite measure and
the CDC NHSN measures selected for
the program are risk-adjusted and
reliability-adjusted. Specifically, risk
factors such as the patient’s age, gender,
comorbidities, and complications will
be considered in the calculation of the
measure rates so that hospitals serving
a large proportion of sicker patients are
not unfairly penalized. We noted that
the risk-adjustment methodology for
these measures meets NQF endorsement
criteria. We believe that such riskadjustment is appropriate, pursuant to
section 1886(p) of the Act.
We will continue to examine the
impact of the additional measures in the
program, and propose refinements to the
program if necessary. Should changes to
the risk-adjustment models for the
measures be adopted during NQF
endorsement maintenance processes, we
will propose adopting these changes as
soon as possible through rulemakings.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(5) Measure Calculations
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50717 through 50719), we
established that we will perform
measure calculations for the AHRQ PSI–
90 composite measure under Domain 1
and the CDC NHSN measures under
Domain 2. We stated that measure
calculations for the AHRQ PSI–90
composite measures included using
ICD–9–CM diagnosis and/or procedure
codes and, for the principal and
secondary diagnoses, a present on
admission (POA) indicator value
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
associated with all diagnoses on the
claim. We also stated that subsection (d)
Maryland hospitals paid under the
waiver at section 1814(b)(3) of the Act
also must report on whether a diagnosis
is present on admission (78 FR 50718).
(As noted in section IV.J.3.b.(2) of the
preamble of this proposed rule, in order
to implement the new Maryland AllPayer Model, Maryland elected to no
longer have Medicare payment made to
Maryland hospitals in accordance with
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, effective
January 1, 2014. Although CMS has
waived certain provisions of the Act for
Maryland hospitals as set forth in the
agreement between CMS and Maryland
and subject to Maryland’s compliance
with the terms of the agreement, CMS
has not waived the POA indicator
reporting requirement. In other words,
the changes to the status of Maryland
hospitals under section 1814(b)(3) of the
Act as described above do not in any
way change the POA indicator reporting
requirement for Maryland hospitals.)
We also finalized that the same rules
under the Hospital IQR Program be
applied to determine how the AHRQ
PSI–90 composite measure and CDC
NHSN measures are applied and
calculated.
(6) Applicable Time Period
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule
(78 FR 50717), we adopted a 2-year
applicable period to collect data that
would be used to calculate the Total
HAC Score for FY 2015. For Domain 1
(AHRQ PSI–90 composite measure), we
established a 2-year data period to
calculate the measures based on
recommendations from AHRQ, the
measure developer, as we believed that
the 24-month data period will provide
hospitals and the general public the
most current data available. The 24month data period also will allow time
to complete the complex calculation
process for these measures, to perform
comprehensive quality assurance to
enhance the accuracy of measure
results, and to disseminate confidential
reports on hospital-level results to
individual hospitals.
As such, for FY 2015, we will use the
24-month period from July 1, 2011
through June 30, 2013 as the applicable
time period for the AHRQ PSI–90
composite measure. The claims for all
Medicare FFS beneficiaries discharged
during this period will be included in
the calculation of measure results for FY
2015. This includes claims data from
the 2011, 2012, and 2013 Inpatient
Standard Analytic Files (SAFs).
The CDC NHSN measures, CAUTI and
CLABSI, are currently collected and
calculated on a quarterly basis.
PO 00000
Frm 00161
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28137
However, for the purpose of the HAC
Reduction Program, we will use 2 years
of data to calculate the Domain 2 score.
For FY 2015, we will use calendar years
2012 and 2013 for the HAC Reduction
Program. As noted above, we codified
the definition of ‘‘applicable time
period’’ in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule at § 412.170.
d. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and
Performance Scoring Policy
The HAC Reduction Program does not
contain specific statutory directives on
scoring methods, as found with other
programs. Therefore, our main concern
when establishing scoring methods for
the HAC Reduction Program was to
align with existing scoring
methodologies in similar hospital
programs. Accordingly, in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50721), we finalized a scoring
methodology that aligns with the
achievement scoring methodology
currently used under the Hospital VBP
Program (78 FR 27629). We believe
aligning the scoring methodologies
reduces confusion associated with
multiple scoring methodologies.
Additionally, we note that alignment
benefits the hospital stakeholders who
have prior experience with the Hospital
VBP Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27629), we
proposed to implement a methodology
for assessing the top quartile of
applicable hospitals for HACs based on
performance standards, where we
would score each hospital based on
whether they fall in the top quartile for
each applicable measure and where in
the top quartile they fall. In addition, we
proposed to calculate a Total HAC Score
for each hospital by summing the
hospital’s performance score on each
measure within a domain to determine
a score for each domain, then
multiplying each domain score by a
proposed weight (Domain 1—AHRQ
Patient Safety Indicators 50 percent,
Domain 2—CDC NHSN Measures 50
percent), and adding together the
weighted domain scores to determine
the Total HAC Score.
We reviewed the public input on the
proposed 75th percentile benchmark.
Several commenters requested that a
change to the proposed minimum
benchmark for scoring each measure
was necessary. We agreed with these
commenters, and in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50722), we
modified our proposal and established
that the scoring will begin at the
minimum value for each measure rather
than the 75th percentile. The
methodology finalized in the FY 2014
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28138
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule will assess
the top quartile of applicable hospitals
for HACs based on the Total HAC Score.
The support for Domain 2 measures in
general, coupled with multiple
recommendations, and specifically
those from MedPAC, to provide more
weight to Domain 2 measures led us to
conclude that such scoring changes are
necessary. Therefore, we finalized a
different weight for each Domain than
originally proposed (78 FR 50721).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50722), we further specified
that we will calculate a Total HAC Score
for each hospital by using the hospital’s
performance score on each measure
within a domain to determine a score
for each domain, then multiply each
domain score by the following weights:
Domain 1—(AHRQ PSI–90 composite
measure), 35 percent; and Domain 2—
(CDC NHSN measures), 65 percent; and
combine the weighted domain scores to
determine the Total HAC Score
(§ 412.172(e)(3)). We use each hospital’s
Total HAC Score to determine the top
quartile of subsection (d) hospitals
(applicable hospitals) that are subject to
the payment adjustment beginning with
discharges on or after October 1, 2014.
With respect to a subsection (d)
hospital, we identify the top quartile of
all hospitals that are subsection (d)
hospitals with respect to their rate of
HACs during the applicable period
(§ 412.172(e)(1)). We use a Total HAC
Score to identify applicable hospitals
and identify the 25 percent of hospitals
with the highest Total HAC Scores as
applicable hospitals (§ 412.172(e)(2)).
We finalized the PSI–90 composite
measure for Domain 1. Because
hospitals may not have complete data
for every AHRQ indicator in the
composite measure for this Domain 1
measure, we finalized the same
methodology used for the Hospital VBP
Program to determine the minimum
number of indicators with complete
data to be included in the calculation of
the Domain measure.
Additionally, we finalized the
following rules to determine the number
of AHRQ indicators to be included in
the calculation for a hospital’s Domain
1 score. In this discussion, ‘‘complete
data’’ refers to whether a hospital has
enough eligible discharges to calculate a
rate for a measure. Complete data for the
AHRQ PSI–90 composite measure
means the hospital has three or more
eligible discharges for at least one
component indicator. Specifically—
If a hospital does not have ‘‘complete
data’’ for the PSI–90 composite, we will
not calculate a Domain 1 score for that
hospital.
If a hospital has ‘‘complete data’’ for
at least one indicator for the AHRQ PSI–
90 composite, we will calculate a
Domain 1 score.
The calculation of the SIR for the CDC
measures requires that the facility have
a ≥ 1 predicted HAI event. The predicted
number of events is calculated using the
national HAI rate and the denominator
counts (that is, number of device days,
procedure days, or patient days
depending on the HAI). In the event an
SIR cannot be calculated because the
facility has <1 predicted infection,
Domain 1 scores exclusively will be
used to calculate a HAC score. In other
words, we will exclude from the overall
HAC score calculation any measure for
which an SIR cannot be calculated for
the reason set out above.
Because of the differences among the
measures for the HAC Reduction
Program and the distribution of measure
results, simply adding up the measure
results to calculate the domain or Total
HAC Score will make the scores less
meaningful to hospitals and the general
public. As a result, as we indicated in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50720 through 50725), points
will be assigned to hospitals’
performance for each measure. This
approach aligns with the Hospital VBP
Program for measuring hospital
achievement. In particular, the Hospital
VBP Program assigns up to 10 points for
each measure based on a hospital’s
performance result for that measure for
a given time period. We note that, for
the HAC Reduction Program, unlike the
Hospital VBP Program where a higher
score means better performance, the
more points a hospital receives on a
measure corresponds with a poorer
score performance. For the HAC
Reduction Program, we finalized use of
a slightly different methodology for
scoring points, depending on the
specific measure (Table C in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50723), which is also included below).
Specifically—
• For the AHRQ Patient Safety for
Selected Condition (PSI–90) composite
in Domain 1, point assignment will be
based on a hospital’s score for the
composite measure.
• For the PSI–90 composite measure,
1 to 10 points will be assigned to the
hospital.
• For the CDC NHSN measures in
Domain 2, point assignment for each
measure will be based on the SIR for
that measure.
• For each SIR, 1 to 10 points will be
assigned to the hospital for each
measure (CAUTI and CLABSI for FY
2015).
• The Domain 2 score will consist of
the average of points assigned to the SIR
(CAUTI and CLABSI for FY 2015).
TABLE C—CALCULATION OF DOMAIN 1 AND 2 MEASURES FOR FY 2015
Individual measure score
(points)
Measure name
Measure result
Scenario
Domain 1 AHRQ PSI–90 *** ...............
Weighted average of rates of component indicators.
Standard Infection Ratio (SIR) ..........
Composite value ................................
1—10.
SIR .....................................................
1—10 (refer to Figure
A).
Domain 2
CLABSI.
CDC
NHSN
CAUTI
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*** These measure rates are risk-adjusted and reliability-adjusted.
For all measures finalized for the HAC
Reduction Program, we will use the
following rules to determine the number
of points assigned to a measure (78 FR
50723 through 50725). Based on the
distribution for PSI–90 rates for all the
hospitals, we will divide the results into
percentiles in increments of 10 with the
lowest percentile ranges meaning better
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
performance. Hospitals with PSI–90
rates within the lowest tenth percentile
will be given one point; those with PSI–
90 rates within the second lowest
percentile range (between the 11th and
20th percentile) will be given 2 points,
and so forth.
PO 00000
Frm 00162
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
FIGURE A—POINT ASSIGNMENT FOR
HOSPITAL A’S PSI–90 SCORE
If Hospital A’s PSI–90 rate
falls into this percentile
1st–10th ................................
11th–20th ..............................
21st–30th ..............................
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Then assign
this number of
points
1
2
3
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
FIGURE A—POINT ASSIGNMENT FOR payment reduction for nonsubmission
HOSPITAL A’S PSI–90 SCORE— of quality reporting data.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
Continued
If Hospital A’s PSI–90 rate
falls into this percentile
Then assign
this number of
points
31st–40th ..............................
41st–50th ..............................
51st–60th ..............................
61st–70th ..............................
71st–80th ..............................
81st–90th ..............................
91st–100th ............................
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
For Domain 2, we will obtain measure
results that hospitals submitted to the
CDC NHSN for the Hospital IQR
Program. The CDC NHSN HAI measures
capture adverse events that occurred
within intensive care units (ICUs),
including pediatric and neonatal units.
For the Hospital IQR Program, hospitals
that elected to participate in the
reporting program (that is, had an active
IQR pledge), but did not have ICUs, can
apply for an ICU waiver so that they
will not be subject to the 2-percent
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
rule, we noted in the second quarter of
2012, among the 3,321 IPPS hospitals
with an active IQR pledge for data
submission, 377 (or 10.1 percent)
applied and received an ICU waiver. At
the same time, 2,939 hospitals (88.5
percent) of the IPPS hospitals did not
have an ICU waiver and submitted data
for the CDC HAI CLABSI measure,
while 4 hospitals (0.1 percent) that had
no ICU waiver failed to submit data to
the NHSN. For the same quarter, of the
3,321 IPPS hospitals with an active IQR
pledge, 2,935 (88.4 percent) that did not
have an ICU waiver submitted data for
the CDC HAI CAUTI measure, whereas
8 hospitals (0.2 percent) did not submit
data. Because data availability for the
two CDC HAI measures impact the score
for Domain 2 and eventually the Total
HAC Score, we aim to encourage
hospitals with an ICU that did not
submit data to begin data submission,
and to reward hospitals that have
already submitted data to continue data
submission for all the CDC HAI
PO 00000
Frm 00163
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28139
measures. To this end, we finalized the
following rules (Figure B in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50724), which is included below):
• If a hospital has an ICU waiver for
the CDC HAI measures, we will use only
the Domain 1 score to calculate its Total
HAC Score.
• If a hospital does not have an ICU
waiver for a CDC HAI measure:
Æ If the hospital does not submit data
for the CDC HAI measures, we will
assign 10 points to that measure for that
hospital.
Æ If the hospital does submit data for
at least one CDC NHSN measure:
D If there are ‘‘complete data’’ (that is,
enough adverse events to calculate the
SIR) for at least one measure, we will
use those data to calculate a Domain 2
score and use the hospital’s Domain 1
and Domain 2 scores to calculate the
Total HAC Score.
D If there are not enough adverse
events to calculate the SIR for any of the
measures, we will use only the
hospital’s Domain 1 score to calculate
its Total HAC Score.
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 4120–01–C
(1) Clarification of Finalized Measure
Result Scoring for FY 2015 and
Subsequent Years
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50723), we finalized for the
HAC Reduction Program a scoring
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
methodology that divides the measure
results into percentiles in increments of
10 and assigns points (1 to 10) in
accordance with the percentile into
which the hospital’s measure result
falls. Our preliminary analysis of the
measures showed that multiple
PO 00000
Frm 00164
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
hospitals had the same measure results,
and that in certain instances, the
number of hospitals with the same
measure results exceeded the number of
hospitals for their appropriate
percentile. Consequently a few hospitals
with the same measure results fall into
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
EP15MY14.001
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28140
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the next higher percentile. In these
instances, we will assign the same point
for all hospitals with the same measure
results, and that point will be based on
the prior or the lowest appropriate
percentile.
For example, if, for the CAUTI
measure, 13 percent of hospitals have an
SIR of 0, we will assign a point of 1 to
all 13 percent of hospitals, even though,
arguably, 10 percent of them fall into
the first percentile, and 3 percent of the
13 percent fall into the second
percentile. Because each percentile
range ideally represents 10 percent of
hospitals, we will assign a point of 2 to
the remaining 7 percent of hospitals in
the second percentile because their SIR
is larger than 0. We believe this is the
most favorable method for scoring
measure results for hospitals. We note
that randomly assigning some hospitals
with the same SIR a higher (for example,
less favorable) score would be both
arbitrary and capricious, which are
prohibited by the Administrative
Procedure Act.
(2) Proposed Clarification of FY 2015
Finalized Narrative of Rules To
Calculate the Total HAC Score
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized a series of rules to
determine how to calculate the Domain
2 score and ultimately the Total HAC
Score when there were waivers for the
collection of CDC NHSN HAI measures
(78 FR 50723). We also illustrated and
finalized these rules in Figure B of the
final rule (78 FR 50724). We are
proposing to clarify that the narrative
for Figure B should also include ‘‘other
waivers’’ that waive hospitals from
collecting CDC HAI measure data. The
clarified rules that we are proposing are
as follows for the collection of CDC HAI
measures:
• If a hospital has an ICU waiver or
other waiver for the CDC NHSN HAI
measures, we will use only the Domain
1 score to calculate its Total HAC Score.
• If a hospital does not have an ICU
waiver or other waiver for the CDC HAI
measures:
Æ If the hospital does not submit data
for the CDC HAI measures, we will
assign 10 points to that measure for that
hospital.
Æ If the hospital does submit data for
at least one CDC NHSN measure:
D If there are ‘‘complete data’’ (that is,
enough adverse events to calculate the
SIR) for at least one measure, we will
use those data to calculate a Domain 2
score and use the hospital’s Domain 1
and Domain 2 scores to calculate the
Total HAC Score.
D If there are not enough adverse
events to calculate the SIR for any of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
measures, we will use only the
hospital’s Domain 1 score to calculate
its Total HAC Score.
As discussed earlier, if a hospital has
enough data to calculate the PSI–90
composite score for Domain 1 and
‘‘complete data’’ for at least one measure
in Domain 2, the scores of the two
domains will contribute to the Total
HAC Score at 35 percent for Domain 1
and 65 percent for Domain 2. However,
if a hospital does not have enough data
to calculate the PSI–90 composite score
for Domain 1 but it has ‘‘complete data’’
for at least one measure in Domain 2, its
Total HAC Score will depend entirely
on its Domain 2 score. Similarly, if a
hospital has ‘‘complete data’’ to
calculate the PSI–90 composite score in
Domain 1 but none of the measures in
Domain 2, its Total HAC Score will be
based entirely on its Domain 1 score. If
the hospital does not have ‘‘complete
data’’ to calculate the PSI–90 composite
score for Domain 1 or any of the
measures in Domain 2, we will not
calculate a Total HAC Score for this
hospital.
e. Reporting Hospital-Specific
Information, Including the Review and
Correction of Information
(1) Confidential Reports to Applicable
Hospitals
Section 1886(p)(5) of the Act requires
the Secretary to provide confidential
reports to the applicable hospitals with
respect to HACs. To meet the
requirements under section 1886(p)(5)
of the Act, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we finalized the
provision of confidential reports for the
HAC Reduction Program to include
information related to claims-based
measure data for the PSI measures, the
domain score for each domain, and the
Total HAC Score (78 FR 50725). We
noted that we use chart-abstracted
measures in the HAC Reduction
Program, and such information will be
contained in the reports hospitals
currently receive as part of the Hospital
IQR Program and can be reviewed and
corrected through the process specified
for that program. We stated that we
believe that this method would reduce
the burden on hospitals, by alleviating
the need to correct data present in two
different programs.
(2) Availability of Information to the
Public
Section 1886(p)(6)(A) of the Act
requires the Secretary to ‘‘make
information available to the public
regarding HAC rates of each subsection
(d) hospital’’ under the HAC Reduction
Program. Section 1886(p)(6)(C) of the
PO 00000
Frm 00165
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28141
Act requires the Secretary to post the
HAC information for each applicable
hospital on the Hospital Compare Web
site in an easily understood format.
Section 1886(p)(6)(B) of the Act also
requires the Secretary to ‘‘ensure that an
applicable hospital has the opportunity
to review, and submit corrections for,
the HAC information to be made public
for each hospital.’’
To meet the requirements under
section 1886(p)(6)(C) of the Act, in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
finalized policies that the following
information will be made public on the
Hospital Compare Web site relating to
the HAC Reduction Program: (1)
Hospital scores with respect to each
measure; (2) each hospital’s domain
specific score; and (3) the hospital’s
Total HAC Score (78 FR 50725).
(3) Review and Correction of
Information
Section 1886(p)(6)(B) of the Act
requires the Secretary to ensure that
each hospital has the opportunity to
review and submit corrections for the
information to be made available to the
public with respect to each hospital
under section 1886(p)(6)(A) of the Act
prior to such information being made
available to the public.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we codified the reporting of
hospital-specific information at
§ 412.172(f) (78 FR 50968), in which
CMS will make information available to
the public regarding HAC rates of all
hospitals described in section
1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, including
hospitals in Maryland paid under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, under the
HAC Reduction Program (paragraph (f)).
As noted in section IV.J.3.b.(2) of the
preamble of this proposed rule, in order
to implement the new Maryland AllPayer Model, Maryland elected to no
longer have Medicare pay Maryland
hospitals in accordance with section
1814(b)(3) of the Act, effective January
1, 2014.
In summary, we established that CMS
will provide each hospital with
confidential hospital-specific reports
and discharge level information used in
the calculation of its Total HAC Score
(paragraph (f)(1) of § 412.172). Hospitals
will have a period of 30 days after
receipt of the information provided
under paragraph (f)(1) to review and
submit corrections for the hospitalacquired conditions domain score for
each condition that is used to calculate
the Total HAC Score for the fiscal year.
The administrative claims data used to
calculate a hospital’s Total HAC Score
for those conditions for a fiscal year will
not be subject to review and correction
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28142
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(paragraph (f)(2)). CMS will post the
Total HAC Score for the applicable
conditions for a fiscal year for each
applicable hospital on the Hospital
Compare Web site. We refer readers to
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50725 through 50728) for
detailed discussions of the above
provisions.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(4) Preliminary Analysis of the HAC
Reduction Program
In order to model estimated payment
changes for this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule, we conducted a
preliminary analysis of the HAC
Reduction Program using currently
available historical data as a proxy for
the actual data that will be used to
determine hospital performance under
the program. The results of this
preliminary analysis can be found on
the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/ under
the FY 2015 IPPS Proposed Rule Home
Page link as Table 17.—FY 2015
Preliminary Analysis of the HospitalAcquired Condition Reduction Program.
When the actual data for the
performance periods finalized in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS rule for each
measure are available, hospitals will
have an opportunity to review and
submit corrections as discussed in
section IV.J.3.e.(3) of the preamble of
this proposed rule.
f. Limitation on Administrative and
Judicial Review
Section 1886(p)(7) of the Act provides
that there will be no administrative or
judicial review under Section 1869 of
the Act, under Section 1878 of the Act,
or otherwise for any of the following:
• The criteria describing an
applicable hospital under section
1886(p)(2)(A) of the Act.
• The specification of hospital
acquired conditions under section
1886(p)(3) of the Act.
• The specification of the applicable
period under section 1886(p)(4) of the
Act.
• The provision of reports to
applicable hospitals under section
1886(p)(5) of the Act.
• The information made available to
the public under section 1886(p)(6) of
the Act.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we included these statutory
provisions under § 412.172(g) of the
regulations (78 FR 50729 and 50968).
We note that section 1886(p)(6) of the
Act requires the Secretary to make
information available to the public
regarding HAC scores of each applicable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospital under the HAC Reduction
Program. Section 1886(p)(6)(B) of the
Act also requires the Secretary to ensure
that an applicable hospital has the
opportunity to review, and submit
corrections for, the information to be
made available to the public, prior to
that information being made public. We
believe that the review and correction
process explained above in section
IV.I.3.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule will provide hospitals
with the opportunity to correct data
prior to its release on the Hospital
Compare Web site.
4. Proposed Maintenance of Technical
Specifications for Quality Measures
Technical specifications of the HAC
measures for the Agency for Health
Research and Quality (AHRQ) Patient
Safety Indicator 90 (PSI–90) in Domain
1 can be found at AHRQ’s Web site at:
https://qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/
Modules/PSI_TechSpec.aspx. Technical
specifications for the CDC NHSN’s HAI
measures in Domain 2 can be found at
CDC’s NHSN Web site at: https://
www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acute-care-hospital/
index.html. Both Web sites provide
measure updates and other information
necessary to guide hospitals
participating in the collection of HAC
Reduction Program data.
Many of the quality measures used in
different Medicare and Medicaid
reporting programs are NQF-endorsed.
As part of its regular maintenance
process for NQF-endorsed performance
measures, the NQF requires measure
stewards to submit annual measure
maintenance updates and undergo
maintenance of endorsement review
every 3 years. In the measure
maintenance process, the measure
steward (owner/developer) is
responsible for updating and
maintaining the currency and relevance
of the measure and will confirm existing
or minor specification changes with
NQF on an annual basis. NQF solicits
information from measure stewards for
annual reviews, and it reviews measures
for continued endorsement in a specific
3-year cycle.
We note that NQF’s annual or
triennial maintenance processes for
endorsed measures may result in the
NQF requiring updates to the measures.
We believe that it is important to have
in place a subregulatory process to
incorporate nonsubstantive updates
required by the NQF into the measure
specifications we have adopted for the
HAC Reduction Program, so that these
measures remain up-to-date.
For the HAC Reduction Program, we
are proposing to follow the finalized
processes outlined for addressing
PO 00000
Frm 00166
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
changes to adopted measures in the
Hospital IQR Program ‘‘Maintenance of
Technical Specifications for Quality
Measures’’ section found in section
IX.A.1.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
We believe this proposal adequately
balances our need to incorporate
updates to HAC Reduction Program
measures in the most expeditious
manner possible while preserving the
public’s ability to comment on updates
that so fundamentally change an
endorsed measure that it is no longer
the same measure that we originally
adopted. We invite public comments on
this proposal.
5. Extraordinary Circumstances
Exceptions/Exemptions
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50711), we indicated that we
had received public comments
requesting a potential waiver or
exemption process for hospitals located
in areas that experience disasters or
other extraordinary circumstances (EC),
even though we did not propose an
extraordinary circumstance exceptions/
exemptions (ECE) policy for the HAC
Reduction Program. We stated in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that we
were reviewing this issue and might
consider such a proposal in future
rulemaking. We also noted that should
we consider a policy we intend to focus
on several policy and operational
considerations in developing a disaster
exemption process for the HAC
Reduction Program. We welcome public
comments on whether an exemption
process should be implemented and the
policy and operational considerations
for a potential HAC Reduction Program
ECE policy.
6. Implementation of the HAC
Reduction Program for FY 2016
a. Measure Selection and Conditions,
Including a Risk-Adjustment Scoring
Methodology
(1) General Selection of Measures
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized measures for FY 2015
and onwards, but only finalized a
scoring methodology for FY 2015 for the
HAC Reduction Program (78 FR 50712
through 50713). We are not proposing
any new additional measures for the
HAC Reduction Program for FY 2016 in
this proposed rule. We note that
AHRQ’s PSI–90 Composite measure and
CDC’s NHSN CLABSI (NQF #0138) and
CAUTI (NQF #0139) measures were
submitted in January 2014 and
December 2013, respectively, as part of
the NQF maintenance endorsement
process. As noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50719),
should changes to the risk-adjustment
models for the measures be adopted
during NQF endorsement maintenance
processes, CMS will adopt these
changes as soon as possible. Finally,
although we are not required under
section 1886(p) of the Act to address
specific measure scoring methodologies
regarding the HAC Reduction Program
in notice-and-comment rulemaking, as
required under the Hospital VBP
Program, we believe that it is important
to set forth such scoring methodologies
for each individual HAC measure, in
order for the public to understand how
the measures discussed and finalized in
this year’s rulemaking relate to the
performance methodology used to
determine the applicable hospitals
subject to the payment adjustment
under the HAC Reduction Program.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(2) Measure Selection and Scoring
Methodology for FY 2016
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50713), we finalized for FY
2016 and onwards CDC’s NHSN
Surgical Site Infection measure (NQF
#0753) and its measure methodology.
The SSI and other measure
specifications are available at: https://
www.qualityforum.org/QPS/
QPSTool.aspx. To locate a specific
measure, search by the NQF number: (1)
for the SSI measure use NQF #0753; (2)
for the CLABSI measure use NQF #0139;
and (3) for the CAUTI measure use NQF
#0138. For SSI updates related to CMS
programs and the use of CDC’s NHSN
measures, we refer readers to the Web
site at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acutecare-hospital/ssi. The SSI measure
explanation of SIR in the NHSN enewsletter is available at: https://
www.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/Newsletters/
NHSN_NL_OCT_2010SE_final.pdf.
CDC’s SSI measure was finalized as a
Domain 2 measure in the calculation of
the Total HAC Score. We are not
proposing to change CDC’s measure
methodology for the SSI measure.
b. Measure Risk-Adjustment
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized the measure riskadjustment for AHRQ’s PSI–90
Composite for Domain 1 and the riskadjustment for CDC’s NHSN measures
for Domain 2. In this proposed rule, we
are not proposing any risk-adjustment
changes for any of the measures
finalized in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50718 through
50719).
c. Measure Calculations
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized the measure
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
calculations for AHRQ’s PSI–90
Composite measure for Domain 1 and
the measure calculations for CDC’s
NHSN measures for Domain 2. In this
proposed rule, we are not proposing any
measure calculation changes for any of
the measures finalized in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50718
through 50719).
d. Applicable Time Period
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized and codified policy at
§ 412.170 that there will be a 2-year
applicable time period to collect data
used to calculate the Total HAC Score
(78 FR 50717).
For the Domain 1 AHRQ PSI–90
Composite measure, we are proposing
for FY 2016 a 24-month period from
July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2014 as
the applicable time period. The claims
for all Medicare FFS beneficiaries
discharged during this period would be
included in the calculation of measure
results for FY 2016. This includes
claims data from the 2012, 2013, and
2014 Inpatient Standard Analytic Files
(SAFs).
The Domain 2 CDC NHSN measures
(CAUTI, CLABSI, and SSI) are currently
collected and calculated on a quarterly
basis. However, for the purpose of the
HAC Reduction Program, we will use 2
years of data to calculate the Domain 2
score. For FY 2016, we are proposing to
use calendar years 2013 and 2014 for all
three Domain 2 measures in the HAC
Reduction Program.
e. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and
Performance Scoring
For FY 2016, we are proposing a
change to the scoring methodology of
the Total HAC Score. This proposal is
intended to address the implementation
of CDC’s NHSN SSI measure in Domain
2 finalized for implementation in FY
2016.
(1) Finalized Scoring Methodology for
Domains 1 and 2 for FY 2015
We finalized a scoring methodology
for the Total HAC Score in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50722). This finalized scoring
methodology is similar to the
achievement scoring methodology
currently used under the Hospital VBP
Program. With respect to an applicable
hospital, we finalized that CMS will
identify the top quartile of all hospitals
with respect to their Total HAC Score
during the applicable period (§ 412.170).
In addition, we finalized that the Total
HAC Score will be determined by the
following three steps: (1) Each measure
result will be scored as outlined in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
PO 00000
Frm 00167
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28143
FR 50723); (2) Domain scores will be
determined by the scores assigned to the
measures within the domain; and (3) the
Total HAC Score will be determined by
the sum of the weighted domains. For
FY 2015, the Total HAC Score is the
sum of the Domain 1 score multiplied
by 35 percent plus the Domain 2 score
multiplied by 65 percent. For further
details of the general scoring
methodology finalized for the HAC
Reduction Program, we refer readers to
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50719 through 50725).
(2) Proposed Scoring Methodology of
Domain 2 and New Weighting of
Domains 1 and 2 for FY 2016
We are proposing to adjust the scoring
methodology of Domain 2 and the
weighting of Domains 1 and 2 beginning
in FY 2016 due to the addition of CDC’s
NHSN SSI measure. For the scoring of
CDC’s NHSN SSI measure, we are
proposing an identical process of
assigning points to the SSI measure
results. We note that the SSI measure,
reported via CDC’s NHSN, is currently
specified under the Hospital IQR
program and is restricted to colon
procedures (including incision,
resection or anastomosis of the large
intestine and large-to-small and smallto-large bowel anastomosis), and
abdominal hysterectomy procedures
including those performed by
laparoscope. The SSI measure assesses
SSIs based on the type of surgery
procedures (that is, the SSI measure is
stratified into infections that occur with
colonic procedures and those that occur
in abdominal hysterectomy procedures).
We also note that patient age and a
preoperative health score are risk factors
taken into account using the
Standardized Infection Ratio (SIR) (78
FR 20625). Use of an SIR is consistent
with CDC’s NHSN CLABSI and CAUTI
measures that also report SIRs. In order
to calculate an SSI measure score for
Domain 2, we are proposing to calculate
an abdominal hysterectomy procedure
SSI SIR and a colonic procedure SSI SIR
and pool both SIRs for each hospital.
We are proposing pooling the
abdominal hysterectomy SSI SIR and
colonic procedure SSI SIR as this would
provide a single SSI SIR, which is
consistent with reporting a single SSI
SIR as meant by design of the NQF
endorsed measure (NQF #0753), and
would allow a risk-adjusted weighting
of the surgical volume among the two
procedures. We are proposing that a
pooled SSI SIR for an applicable
hospital is the sum of all observed
infections among abdominal
hysterectomy and colonic procedures
divided by the sum of all predicted
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28144
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
infections among abdominal
hysterectomy and colonic procedures
performed at the applicable hospital.
The pooled SSI SIR would be scored in
the same manner as all measures
finalized for the HAC Reduction
Program (refer to Figure A in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50723), which is also included above in
this proposed rule). To determine a
Domain 2 score, we are proposing taking
the average of the three CDC HAI SIR
scores. We noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule that there will be
instances in which applicable hospitals
may not have data on all four measures
and therefore a set of rules was finalized
to determine how to score each Domain.
We are proposing to follow the same
finalized rules used to determine
scoring of Domains 1 and 2 (FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50723
through 50725)0 and the proposed
changes in section IV.I.6.b. of this
proposed rule. We invite public
comments on this proposal.
In addition, for FY 2016 we are
proposing to weight Domain 1 at 25
percent, and Domain 2 at 75 percent.
We are proposing to decrease Domain
1’s weight from 35 percent to 25 percent
for two reasons. First, with the
implementation of CDC’s SSI measure,
we believe the weighting of both
domains needs to be adjusted to reflect
the addition of a fourth measure; and
second, in keeping with public
comments from the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, MedPAC and others
stated that Domain 2 should be
weighted more than Domain 1. Finally,
the Total HAC Score for applicable
hospitals would be the sum of the
weighted scores from Domain 1
(weighted at 25 percent) and Domain 2
(weighted at 75 percent). We invite
public comments on this proposal.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
f. Proposed Rules To Calculate the Total
HAC Score for FY 2016
We are proposing to adopt the
‘‘Proposed Clarification of FY 2015
Finalized Narrative of Rules to Calculate
the Total HAC Score’’ as discussed in
section IV.I.3.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We invite public
comments on this proposal.
7. Future Considerations for the Use of
Electronically Specified Measures
We believe that collection and
reporting of data through health
information technology will greatly
simplify and streamline reporting for
many CMS quality reporting programs.
Through electronic reporting, hospitals
will be able to leverage EHRs to capture,
calculate, and electronically submit
quality data submitted to CMS for the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospital IQR Program. CMS has become
aware of some hospitals and health
systems that have developed or adopted
a methodology to identify and measure
all-cause harm through their electronic
health record (EHR) systems. Some
hospitals and health systems are able to
use the results of these electronic
measures to address adverse events at
the point of care and to track
improvement over time. Many of these
measures capture a broad range of
common hospital-acquired conditions
that may not be captured by existing
national measures (examples include
measures of adverse drug events and
hypoglycemia). Given that these
measures are captured using clinical
data from EHR systems, collection of
HAC data will allow CMS to align
measures across multiple settings.
We are seeking comment as to
whether the use of a standardized
electronic composite measure of allcause harm should be used in the HAC
reduction program in future years in
addition to, or in place of, claims-based
measures assessing HACs. We welcome
any suggestions of specific all-cause
harm electronic measures, including
detailed measure specifications.
Specifically, we invite public comments
on the feasibility and the perceived
value of such a measure, and what
would be the most appropriate
weighting of this measure in the Total
HAC Performance Score. In addition, we
are requesting suggestions on the
timeframe for which such standardized
electronic composite measure of allcause harm should be proposed.
We intend for the future direction of
electronic quality measure reporting to
significantly enhance the tracking of
HACs under the HAC Reduction
Program. We will continue to work with
measure stewards and developers to
develop new measure concepts, and
conduct pilot, reliability and validity
testing as part of efforts to promote the
adoption of Certified Electronic Health
Record Technology in hospitals.
K. Payments for Indirect and Direct
Graduate Medical Education (GME)
Costs (§§ 412.105 and 413.75 Through
413.83)
1. Background
Section 1886(h) of the Act, as added
by section 9202 of the Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act
(COBRA) of 1985 (Pub. L. 99–272) and
as currently implemented in the
regulations at 42 CFR 413.75 through
413.83, establishes a methodology for
determining payments to hospitals for
the direct costs of approved graduate
medical education (GME) programs.
PO 00000
Frm 00168
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Section 1886(h)(2) of the Act sets forth
a methodology for the determination of
a hospital-specific base-period per
resident amount (PRA) that is calculated
by dividing a hospital’s allowable direct
costs of GME in a base period by its
number of full-time equivalent (FTE)
residents in the base period. The base
period is, for most hospitals, the
hospital’s cost reporting period
beginning in FY 1984 (that is, October
1, 1983 through September 30, 1984).
The base year PRA is updated annually
for inflation. In general, Medicare direct
GME payments are calculated by
multiplying the hospital’s updated PRA
by the weighted number of FTE
residents working in all areas of the
hospital complex (and at nonprovider
sites, when applicable), and the
hospital’s Medicare share of total
inpatient days.
Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act
provides for a payment adjustment
known as the indirect medical
education (IME) adjustment under the
hospital inpatient prospective payment
system (IPPS) for hospitals that have
residents in an approved GME program,
in order to account for the higher
indirect patient care costs of teaching
hospitals relative to nonteaching
hospitals. The regulations regarding the
calculation of this additional payment
are located at 42 CFR 412.105. The
hospital’s IME adjustment applied to the
DRG payments is calculated based on
the ratio of the hospital’s number of FTE
residents training in either the inpatient
or outpatient departments of the IPPS
hospital to the number of inpatient
hospital beds.
The calculation of both direct GME
and IME payments is affected by the
number of FTE residents that a hospital
is allowed to count. Generally, the
greater the number of FTE residents a
hospital counts, the greater the amount
of Medicare direct GME and IME
payments the hospital will receive.
Therefore, Congress, through the
Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (Pub. L.
105–33), established a limit on the
number of allopathic and osteopathic
residents that a hospital may include in
its FTE resident count for direct GME
and IME payment purposes. Under
section 1886(h)(4)(F) of the Act, for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 1997, a hospital’s
unweighted FTE count of residents for
purposes of direct GME may not exceed
the hospital’s unweighted FTE count for
direct GME in its most recent cost
reporting period ending on or before
December 31, 1996. Under section
1886(d)(5)(B)(v) of the Act, a similar
limit based on the FTE count for IME
during that cost reporting period is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
applied effective for discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 1997.
Dental and podiatric residents are not
included in this statutorily mandated
cap.
The Affordable Care Act made a
number of statutory changes relating to
the determination of a hospital’s FTE
resident count for direct GME and IME
payment purposes and the manner in
which FTE resident limits are calculated
and applied to hospitals under certain
circumstances. Regulations
implementing these changes are
discussed in the November 24, 2010
final rule (75 FR 72133) and the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53416).
2. Proposed Changes in the Effective
Date of the FTE Resident Cap, 3-Year
Rolling Average, and Intern- and
Resident-to-Bed (IRB) Ratio Cap for New
Programs in Teaching Hospitals
Section 1886(h)(4)(H)(i) of the Act
requires the Secretary to establish rules
for calculating the direct GME caps for
new teaching hospitals that are training
residents in new medical residency
training programs established on or after
January 1, 1995. Under section
1886(d)(5)(B)(viii) of the Act, such rules
also apply to the establishment of a
hospital’s IME cap on the number of
FTE residents training in new programs.
We implemented these statutory
requirements in rules published in the
August 29, 1997 Federal Register (62 FR
46002 through 46008) and in the May
12, 1998 Federal Register (63 FR 26323
through 26325 and 26327 through
26336). Generally, under existing
regulations at 42 CFR 413.79(e)(1) (for
direct GME) and 42 CFR
412.105(f)(1)(vii) (for IME), if a hospital
did not train any allopathic or
osteopathic residents in its most recent
cost reporting period ending on or
before December 31, 1996, and it begins
to participate in training residents in a
new medical residency training program
(allopathic or osteopathic) on or after
January 1, 1995, the hospital’s
unweighted FTE resident cap (which
would otherwise be zero) may be
adjusted based on the sum of the
product of the highest number of FTE
residents in any program year during
the third year of the first new program’s
existence, for each new residency
training programs established during
that 3-year period, and the minimum
accredited length for each type of
program. The number of FTE resident
cap slots that a teaching hospital
receives for each new program may not
exceed the number of accredited slots
that are available for each new program.
Once a hospital’s FTE resident cap is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
established, no subsequent cap
adjustments may be made for new
programs, unless the teaching hospital
is a rural hospital. A rural hospital’s
FTE resident caps may be adjusted for
participation in subsequent new
residency training programs. A hospital
that did not train any allopathic or
osteopathic residents in its most recent
cost reporting period ending on or
before December 31, 1996, may only
receive a permanent FTE resident cap
adjustment for training residents in a
truly ‘‘new’’ residency training program;
no permanent cap adjustment would be
given for training residents associated
with an existing program. That is, if a
hospital that did not train any allopathic
or osteopathic residents in its most
recent cost reporting period ending on
or before December 31, 1996, serves as
a training site for residents in a program
that exists or existed previously at
another teaching hospital that remains
open, that ‘‘new’’ teaching hospital does
not receive a ‘‘new program’’ cap
adjustment because it is not
participating in training residents in a
truly ‘‘new’’ program. However, it may
be possible for that ‘‘new’’ teaching
hospital to receive a temporary cap
adjustment if it enters into a Medicare
GME affiliation agreement with the
existing teaching hospital as specified at
§ 413.79(f) (for direct GME) and
§ 412.105(f)(1)(vi) (for IME). (For a
detailed discussion of the distinctions
between a new medical residency
training program and an existing
medical residency training program, we
refer readers to the August 27, 2009
final rule (74 FR 43908 through 43920).
For a detailed discussion regarding
participation in Medicare GME
affiliation agreements, we refer readers
to 74 FR 43574.)
For new programs started prior to
October 1, 2012, hospitals that did not
yet have an FTE resident cap
established had a ‘‘3-year window’’ in
which to participate in and ‘‘grow’’ new
programs, before the FTE resident caps
for IME and direct GME were
permanently set for the hospital
beginning with the fourth program year
of the first new program start. In the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53415 through 53425), we revised the
regulations at § 413.79(e) to increase the
cap-building period for new programs
from 3 years to 5 years. That is, for a
hospital that did not yet have an FTE
resident cap established, the hospital’s
FTE resident cap is effective beginning
with the sixth program year of the first
new program’s existence. This revised
policy is effective for urban hospitals
that first begin to participate in training
PO 00000
Frm 00169
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28145
residents in their first new program on
or after October 1, 2012, and for rural
hospitals that start a new program on or
after October 1, 2012. In that final rule,
we also finalized a methodology used to
calculate a cap adjustment for an
individual hospital if residents in a new
program rotate to more than one
hospital (or hospitals). The methodology
is based on the sum of the products of
the following three factors: (1) The
highest total number of FTE residents
trained in any program year, during the
fifth year of the first new program’s
existence at all of the hospitals to which
the residents in that program rotate; (2)
the number of years in which residents
are expected to complete the program,
based on the minimum accredited
length for each type of program; and (3)
the ratio of the number of FTE residents
in the new program that trained at the
hospital over the entire 5-year period to
the total number of FTE residents that
trained at all hospitals over the entire 5year period. Finally, we made minor
revisions to the regulation text at
§§ 413.79(e)(2) through (e)(4) for
purposes of maintaining consistency
throughout § 413.79(e). We refer readers
to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53415 through 53425) for
further details regarding the
methodology for calculating the FTE
resident caps.
While the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule discussed the methodology for
calculating the FTE resident caps to be
effective beginning with the sixth
program year of the first new program’s
existence, for hospitals that do not yet
have FTE resident caps established, that
final rule did not discuss when the 3year rolling average for IME and direct
GME or the intern- and resident-to-bed
(IRB) ratio cap for IME is effective for
FTE residents training in new programs.
The regulations regarding the 3-year
rolling average and the IRB ratio cap
with respect to new medical residency
training programs were established in
the following Federal Register rules: the
FY 1998 IPPS final rule with comment
period (62 FR 46002 through 46008); the
May 12, 1998 final rule (63 FR 26323
through 26325 and 26327 through
26336); FY 2000 IPPS final rule (64 FR
41518 through 41523); and the FY 2002
IPPS final rule (66 FR 39878 through
39883). Specifically, the regulations at
§ 412.105(f)(1)(v) regarding the 3-year
rolling average and new medical
residency training programs for IME
state: ‘‘If a hospital qualified for an
adjustment to the limit established
under paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of this section
for new medical residency programs
created under paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28146
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
this section, the count of residents
participating in new medical residency
training programs above the number
included in the hospital’s FTE count for
the cost reporting period ending during
calendar year 1996 is added after
applying the averaging rules in this
paragraph (f)(l)(v) for a period of years.
Residents participating in new medical
residency training programs are
included in the hospital’s FTE count
before applying the averaging rules after
the period of years has expired. For
purposes of this paragraph, for each new
program started, the period of years
equals the minimum accredited length
for each new program. The period of
years for each new program begins
when the first resident begins training
in each new program.’’ In addition, the
regulations for the interaction of the IRB
ratio cap and new medical residency
training programs for IME at
§ 412.105(a)(1)(ii) state: ‘‘The exception
for new programs described in
paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of this section
applies to each new program
individually for which the full-time
equivalent cap may be adjusted based
on the period of years equal to the
minimum accredited length of each new
program.’’
The regulations at § 413.79(d)(5)
regarding the interplay of the 3-year
rolling average with new medical
residency training programs for direct
GME similarly state: ‘‘If a hospital
qualifies for an adjustment to the limit
established under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section for new medical residency
programs created under paragraph (e) of
this section, the count of the residents
participating in new medical residency
training programs above the number
included in the hospital’s FTE count for
the cost reporting period ending during
calendar year 1996 is added after
applying the averaging rules in this
paragraph (d), for a period of years.
Residents participating in new medical
residency training programs are
included in the hospital’s FTE count
before applying the averaging rules after
the period of years has expired. For
purposes of this paragraph (d), for each
new program started, the period of years
equals the minimum accredited length
for each new program. The period of
years begins when the first resident
begins training in each new program.’’
Therefore, the FTE resident caps for
IME and direct GME are always effective
beginning with the start of the sixth
program year of the first new program
started for urban hospitals that do not
yet have FTE resident caps established
(§ 413.79(e)(1)(iii)), and for rural
hospitals, beginning with the start of the
sixth program year of each new
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
individual program started
(§ 413.79(e)(3)), regardless of the fact
that other new programs may have
started after the start of the first new
program. However, the timing of when
the 3-year rolling average for IME and
direct GME and the IRB ratio cap for
IME are first applied is dependent upon
the minimum accredited length of each
new program started within the 5-year
window. For example, new teaching
Hospital A participates in training
residents in new medical residency
training programs for the first time
beginning on July 1, 2013. On July 1,
2013, Hospital A participates in training
residents in a new family medicine
program (minimum accredited length is
3 years), on July 1, 2014, it also
participates in training residents in a
new sports medicine fellowship
(minimum accredited length is 1 year),
and on July 1, 2015, it also participates
in training residents in a new general
surgery program (minimum accredited
length is 5 years). For the purpose of
establishing Hospital A’s FTE resident
caps, the 5-year growth window for
Hospital A closes on June 30, 2018, and
the IME and direct GME FTE resident
caps for Hospital A are effective on July
1, 2018, the beginning of the sixth
program year of the first new program’s
existence; that is, family medicine.
However, the 3-year rolling average and
the IRB ratio cap are effective at
different points in time. Because the
family medicine residency is 3 years in
length, FTE residents in the new family
medicine program are subject to the 3year rolling average and the IRB ratio
cap beginning on July 1, 2016. Because
the sports medicine fellowship is a 1year program, and it started on July 1,
2014, the number of sports medicine
FTE residents must be included in the
3-year rolling average and is subject to
the IRB ratio cap effective on July 1,
2015. Lastly, the FTE residents in the
new general surgery program would
only be subject to the rolling average
and the IRB ratio cap effective July 1,
2020. The Medicare cost report
worksheets on CMS Form 2552–10 for
IME (Worksheet E, Part A) and for direct
GME (Worksheet E–4) currently can
accommodate reporting of FTE residents
separately based on whether those FTE
residents are in new medical residency
training programs and are not subject to
the FTE resident cap (line 16 of
Worksheet E, Part A, and line 15 of
Worksheet E–4). However, these cost
report worksheets are not designed to
accommodate reporting of FTE residents
that are exempt from the FTE resident
cap, but are subject to the rolling
average and IRB ratio cap, because the
PO 00000
Frm 00170
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
‘‘period of years’’ equal to the minimum
accredited length of each new program
started has already expired. The reverse
also may occur, as in the example above
with the new general surgery program
started by Hospital A, where the FTE
resident caps are effective July 1, 2018,
but the number of FTE residents in the
general surgery program would not be
subject to the rolling average or the IRB
ratio cap until July 1, 2020.
Complicating matters further is the fact
that, while the effective dates of these
policies associated with new medical
residency training program FTE
residents are effective on a program year
basis (that is, July 1), many teaching
hospitals do not have a fiscal year that
begins on July 1. Therefore, under the
existing policy, the number of FTE
residents needs to be prorated, and
special accommodations need to be
made to calculate the portion of FTE
residents that are subject to the FTE
resident cap, the 3-year rolling average,
and the IRB ratio cap for the respective
portions of the hospital’s cost reporting
period occurring on and after July 1.
Integrating the rolling average, the IRB
ratio cap, and the FTE resident caps for
residents in new medical residency
training programs in an accurate manner
on the Medicare cost report has proved
challenging to the point where we have
had to deal with each instance brought
to our attention by the new teaching
hospital or by a Medicare contractor on
an individual and manual basis (in
order to ensure application of a
consistent methodology). In fact, the
Medicare cost report instructions direct
the hospital to do the following: for
CMS Form 2552–10, Worksheet E, Part
A, line 10—‘‘. . . Contact your
contractor for instructions on how to
complete this line if you have a new
program for which the period of years
is less than or more than three years.
. . .’’; for CMS Form 2552–10,
Worksheet E–4, line 6—‘‘. . . Contact
your contractor for instructions on how
to complete this line if you have a new
program for which the period of years
is less than or greater than 3 years. . . .’’
The Medicare contractors, in turn,
have been instructed to contact CMS for
instructions on how to report the
number of FTE residents that are still
within the ‘‘period of years’’ of the new
program. The ‘‘three years’’ referenced
in the Form 2552–10 cost report
instructions are based on the 3-year
growth window for new medical
residency training programs that is in
effect for new programs started prior to
October 1, 2012, when, within the 3year growth window, new teaching
hospitals also may have started new
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
medical residency training programs
with different minimum accredited
lengths. (We note that while the
previous Form 2552–96 cost report did
not include the same instructions, CMS
did deal with the reporting of the
number of FTE residents in new
medical residency training programs on
an individual basis when requests for
assistance were brought to its attention.)
However, these instructions also apply
for new medical residency training
programs started with different
minimum accredited lengths on and
after October 1, 2012.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to simplify and streamline
the timing of when FTE residents in
new medical residency training
programs are subject to the FTE resident
cap, the 3-year rolling average, and the
IRB ratio cap, both for urban teaching
hospitals that have not yet had FTE
resident caps established under
§ 413.79(e)(1) and for rural teaching
hospitals that may or may not have FTE
resident caps established under
§ 413.79(e)(3). That is, we are proposing
that the methodology for calculating the
FTE resident caps for hospitals that
participate in training residents in new
medical residency training programs
would continue to be the same
methodology instituted in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53415
through 53425) for new medical
residency training programs started on
or after October 1, 2012, specified at
§ 413.79(e)(1). However, once the FTE
resident caps are calculated, we are
proposing to change the timing of when
the FTE resident caps would be
effective, to synchronize the effective
dates and the application of the 3-year
rolling average and the IRB ratio cap
with each applicable hospital’s fiscal
year begin date. Specifically, we are
proposing that the FTE resident caps
would continue to be calculated as
finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule—the methodology is
based on the sum of the products of the
following three factors: (1) The highest
total number of FTE residents trained in
any program year, during the fifth year
of the first new program’s existence at
all of the hospitals to which the
residents in that program rotate; (2) the
number of years in which residents are
expected to complete the program,
based on the minimum accredited
length for each type of program; and (3)
the ratio of the number of FTE residents
in the new program that trained at the
hospital over the entire 5-year period to
the total number of FTE residents that
trained at all hospitals over the entire 5year period. However, once calculated
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
in this manner, we are proposing that,
instead of the FTE resident caps being
effective beginning with the sixth
program year of the first new program
start, those FTE resident caps, rolling
average, and IRB ratio cap would be
effective beginning with the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the first new program started.
Using the example of Hospital A that we
presented earlier, assume Hospital A
has a January 1 to December 31 cost
reporting year. The first new program
started, family medicine, was started on
July 1, 2013. A sports medicine
fellowship and a general surgery
program also were started timely within
the 5-year growth window. Hospital A
has 5 program years to grow its FTE
resident caps, from July 1, 2013 through
June 30, 2018. The FTE resident caps
would be calculated based on the 5
program years in accordance with the
methodology established at
§ 413.79(e)(1) in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule; therefore, the
hospital would wait until after June 30,
2018 to obtain the FTE counts to
calculate the FTE resident caps.
However, we are proposing that those
IME and direct GME FTE resident caps,
once calculated after June 30, 2018,
instead of being effective on July 1,
2018, would be effective at the
beginning of Hospital A’s cost reporting
period that precedes July 1, 2018; that
is, the FTE resident caps for Hospital A
would be effective permanently on
January 1, 2018, the start of Hospital A’s
cost reporting period that precedes the
start of the sixth program year of the
first new program started. The hospital
could file its fiscal year end December
31, 2018 cost report including the FTE
resident caps applicable to the entire
cost reporting period accordingly.
As noted earlier, we are proposing
that, for all new medical residency
training programs in which the hospital
participates during the 5-year growth
window, the FTEs in those new
programs also would be subject to the 3year rolling average and the IRB ratio
cap simultaneously with the effective
date of the FTE resident caps, at the
beginning of the applicable hospital’s
cost reporting period that precedes the
beginning of the sixth program year of
the first new program started. Again,
using the example of Hospital A that we
presented earlier, the FTE residents in
the family medicine program, the sports
medicine fellowship, and the general
surgery program would all be subject to
the 3-year rolling average and IRB ratio
cap beginning on January 1, 2018. With
regard to reporting on the Medicare cost
PO 00000
Frm 00171
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28147
report, for Hospital A’s fiscal year end
dates of December 31, 2013 through and
including December 31, 2017, we are
proposing that the number of FTE
residents in the family medicine
program, the sports medicine
fellowship, and the general surgery
program would be reported so as not to
be included in the IME rolling average
or the IRB ratio cap, and so as not to be
included in the direct GME rolling
average. (On the CMS Form 2552–10, for
Hospital A’s fiscal year end dates of
December 31, 2013 through and
including December 31, 2017, this
means that the number of FTE residents
in the family medicine program, the
sports medicine fellowship, and the
general surgery program would be
reported on Worksheet E, Part A, line
16, and on Worksheet E–4, line 15).
However, on Hospital A’s cost report for
fiscal year ending December 31, 2018,
the number of FTE residents in these
three programs would be subject to the
FTE resident cap, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap, and
would be reported accordingly. (On the
CMS Form 2552–10, for Hospital A’s
cost report for fiscal year ending
December 31, 2018, this means that
none of the FTE residents in these three
programs would be reported on
Worksheet E, Part A, line 16 for IME,
and Worksheet E–4, line 15 for direct
GME. Instead, all of the FTE residents
would be reported on Worksheet E, Part
A, line 10 for IME, and Worksheet E–4,
line 6 for direct GME, in order to be
subject to the FTE resident cap, the 3year rolling average, and the IRB ratio
cap.) We note that once the 3-year
rolling average is effective in that cost
reporting period that includes the sixth
program year of the first new program
started, the number of FTE residents in
the new programs also must be reported
both as part of the prior year FTE
resident counts and the penultimate
FTE resident counts, in order to
effectuate the 3-year rolling average
calculation on the IME Worksheet E,
Part A, and the direct GME Worksheet
E–4, respectively.
In the example that we presented
earlier, Hospital A has a fiscal year that
begins on January 1. If Hospital A’s
fiscal year begin date would have been
October 1, then, as proposed, while the
sixth program year of the first new
program started would still be July 1,
2018, the FTE residents caps, the 3-year
rolling average, and the IRB ratio cap
would be effective on October 1, 2017,
the fiscal year begin date that precedes
July 1, 2018, the sixth program year. If
Hospital A’s fiscal year begin date
would have been July 1, the FTE
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28148
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
residents caps, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap would
instead be effective on July 1, 2017, the
fiscal year begin date that precedes July
1, 2018, the sixth program year.
We understand that this proposal, if
finalized, would reduce the amount of
time that the new medical residency
training programs would be exempt
from the FTE resident caps. However,
even though we are proposing to make
the effective date of the FTE resident
caps earlier than under current policy,
because we also are proposing that the
calculation of the FTE resident caps
would still be based on the highest total
number of FTE residents trained in any
program year, during the fifth year of
the first new program’s existence at all
of the hospitals to which the residents
in that program rotate, a new teaching
hospital would still have the full 5
program years to grow its program(s),
and its FTE resident caps would reflect
a full 5 years of growth. Therefore,
because, by the fifth program year, a
program should, in most typical
circumstances, have grown to its full
capacity, barring unusual
circumstances, the FTE resident caps
that would take effect under the
proposed policy at the beginning of the
fiscal year that precedes the sixth
program year should accommodate the
FTE resident count training in the fifth
and subsequent program years.
Therefore, we believe that this proposal
to streamline and synchronize the
effective dates of the FTE resident caps,
the 3-year rolling average, and the IRB
ratio cap not only is easier to
comprehend and to implement, but also
is reasonable and equitable in its effect
on the IME and direct GME payments of
hospitals establishing FTE resident
caps. Specifically, if this proposal is
finalized, there would no longer be a
need for CMS Form 2552–10, Worksheet
E, Part A, line 10 and Worksheet E–4,
line 6 to instruct hospitals to contact
their contractor for instructions on how
to complete those lines, as both
hospitals and Medicare contractors
would understand how to report the
number of FTE residents in new
programs, even when those programs
have different accredited lengths.
Instead, hospitals and Medicare
contractors would follow the
methodology instituted in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53415
through 53425) to calculate the FTE
resident caps for new medical residency
training programs started on or after
October 1, 2012, and once the FTE
resident caps are calculated, hospitals
and Medicare contractors would
implement the FTE resident caps, the 3-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
year rolling average, and the IRB ratio
cap effective beginning with the
applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of the first new
program started. Under this proposed
methodology, FTE residents and FTE
resident caps would no longer need to
be prorated, and we would no longer
need to make special accommodations
to calculate the portion of FTE residents
that are subject to the FTE resident cap,
the 3-year rolling average, and the IRB
ratio cap for the respective portions of
the hospital’s cost reporting period
occurring on and after July 1. The
existing CMS Form 2552–10 already
accommodates this proposed
methodology, unlike the complicated
process currently in place. Thus, clarity,
efficiency, and payment accuracy would
be improved for hospitals, contractors,
and CMS.
With regard to rural hospitals that,
under § 413.79(e)(3) of the regulations,
may receive FTE resident cap
adjustments at any time for participating
in training residents in new programs,
we are proposing a similar policy, with
modifications reflecting the fact that
each new program in which the rural
hospital participates receives its own 5year growth window before the rural
hospital’s FTE resident cap is adjusted
based on that new program. That is, we
are proposing that, for rural hospitals,
the FTE resident caps, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap for each
new program started would be effective
beginning with the applicable hospital’s
cost reporting period that precedes the
start of the sixth program year of each
new program started. For example, rural
Hospital B has a fiscal year that begins
on January 1. It starts a family medicine
program on July 1, 2013, and a general
surgery program on July 1, 2016. The
sixth program year for the family
medicine program begins on July 1,
2018. The sixth program year for the
general surgery program begins on July
1, 2021. With regard to Medicare cost
reporting, during Hospital B’s fiscal
years end dates of December 31, 2013
through and including December 31,
2017, the number of family medicine
FTE residents would be reported so as
not to be included in the IME 3-year
rolling average or the IRB ratio cap, and
so as not to be included in the direct
GME 3-year rolling average. (This means
that on CMS Form 2552–10, during
Hospital B’s fiscal year end dates of
December 31, 2013 through and
including December 31, 2017, the
number of family medicine FTE
residents would be reported on
Worksheet E, Part A, line 16 for IME,
PO 00000
Frm 00172
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and on Worksheet E–4, line 15, for
direct GME. Instead, the number of
family medicine FTE residents would be
reported on Worksheet E, Part A, line
16, and Worksheet E–4, line 15.) Then,
beginning with Hospital B’s cost report
for fiscal year ending December 31,
2018, the number of FTE residents in
only the family medicine program
would be subject to the FTE residents
caps, the 3-year rolling average, and the
IRB ratio cap, and would be reported
accordingly in order to be subject to the
FTE resident cap, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap. (This
means that on CMS Form 2552–10,
beginning with Hospital B’s cost report
ending December 31, 2018, the number
of family medicine FTE residents would
be reported on Worksheet E, Part A, line
10 for IME, and Worksheet E–4, line 6
for direct GME.) Because the general
surgery program started on July 1, 2016,
for Hospital B’s fiscal year end dates of
December 31, 2016 through and
including fiscal year end date of
December 31, 2020, the number of
general surgery FTE residents would be
reported (on Worksheet E, Part A, line
16) so as not to be included in the IME
3-year rolling average or the IRB ratio
cap, and (on Worksheet E–4, line 15), so
as not to be included in the direct GME
3-year rolling average. Then, beginning
with Hospital B’s cost report for fiscal
year ending December 31, 2021, the
number of FTE residents in the general
surgery program would be subject to the
FTE resident caps, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap, and
would be reported accordingly (on
Worksheet E, Part A, line 10 for IME,
and Worksheet E–4, line 6 for direct
GME), in order to be subject to the FTE
resident cap, the 3-year rolling average,
and the IRB ratio cap. We note that once
the 3-year rolling average is effective in
that cost reporting period that includes
the sixth program year of each new
program started, the number of FTE
residents in the new programs also must
be reported as part of the prior year FTE
resident counts, and the penultimate
FTE resident counts, in order to
effectuate the 3-year rolling average
calculation on the IME Worksheet E,
Part A, and the direct GME Worksheet
E–4, respectively.
We are proposing that this policy
regarding the effective dates of the FTE
residency caps, the 3-year rolling
average, and the IRB ratio cap for FTE
residents in new medical residency
training programs would be consistent
with the methodology for calculation of
the FTE resident caps as described in
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
and implemented in the regulations at
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
§§ 413.79(e)(1) and (e)(3). That is,
because the policy providing a 5-year
growth period for establishing the FTE
resident caps (§§ 413.79(e)(1) and (e)(3))
is effective for new programs started on
or after October 1, 2012, this proposal is
effective for urban hospitals that first
begin to participate in training residents
in their first new medical residency
training program, and for rural
hospitals, on or after October 1, 2012.
We also are proposing to revise the
regulations for IME and direct GME,
respectively, at § 412.105(a)(1)(ii) for the
IME IRB ratio cap, at § 412.105(f)(1)(v)
for the IME 3-year rolling average, and
at § 413.79(d)(5) for the direct GME 3year rolling average to reflect that the
exception from the IRB ratio cap and the
3-year rolling average for new programs
applies to each new program
individually during the cost reporting
periods prior to the beginning of the
applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of the first new
program started, for hospitals for which
the FTE cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e)(1), and
prior to the beginning of the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of each individual new program
started, for hospitals for which the FTE
cap may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(3). After the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the first new program started for
hospitals for which the FTE cap may be
adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(1), and after the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of each individual new program
started for hospitals for which the FTE
cap may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(3), FTE residents
participating in new medical residency
training programs are included in the
hospital’s IRB ratio cap and the 3-year
rolling average.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Proposed Changes to IME and Direct
GME Policies as a Result of New OMB
Labor Market Area Delineations
a. New Program FTE Resident Cap
Adjustment for Rural Hospitals
Redesignated as Urban
As stated earlier in this proposed rule,
under existing regulations, a new
teaching hospital that starts training
residents for the first time on or after
October 1, 2012, has 5 years from when
it first begins training residents in its
first new program to build its FTE
resident cap. If the teaching hospital is
a rural teaching hospital, it can continue
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to receive permanent cap adjustments
for training residents in new programs
after the initial 5-year cap-building
period that applies to new teaching
hospitals ends. (We refer readers to
section IV.K.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a discussion of our
proposal to change the effective dates
for when the FTE resident cap, the 3year rolling average, and the IRB ratio
cap are applied to new teaching
hospitals and to new programs at rural
teaching hospitals.)
In section III.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss the policies
we are proposing to implement as a
result of the new OMB labor market area
delineations announced in the February
28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No. 13–01. As a
result of the new OMB delineations,
some teaching hospitals may be
redesignated from being located in a
rural area to an urban area, thereby
losing their ability to increase their FTE
resident caps for new programs started
after their initial 5-year cap-building
period ends. We have been asked
whether a rural teaching hospital that
already has a cap and is redesignated as
urban while it is in the process of
establishing another new program(s) can
still receive a permanent cap adjustment
for that new program(s). We believe that
because the hospital had already started
training residents in the new program(s)
while it was rural, the former rural
hospital should be permitted to
continue building its new program(s)
and receive a permanent FTE resident
cap adjustment for that new program(s).
Therefore, we are proposing to revise
the regulations to allow a hospital that
was rural as of the time it started
training residents in a new program(s)
and is redesignated as urban for
Medicare payment purposes during its
cap-building period for that program(s)
to be able to continue building that
program(s) for the remainder of the capbuilding period and receive a
permanent FTE resident cap adjustment
for that new program(s). Once the capbuilding period for the new program(s)
that was started while the hospital was
still rural expires, the teaching hospital
that has been redesignated as urban
would no longer be able to receive any
additional permanent cap adjustments.
We are proposing that the teaching
hospital must be actively training
residents in the new program while it is
still rural, that is, prior to the
redesignation taking effect, in order for
the hospital to continue receiving a cap
adjustment for the new program. For
example, if a rural hospital begins
training residents in a new internal
medicine program on July 1, 2013, and
PO 00000
Frm 00173
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28149
begins training residents in a new
general surgery program on July 1, 2014,
and the rural hospital is redesignated as
urban effective on October 1, 2014, the
teaching hospital would be able to
continue receiving a cap adjustment for
both the new internal medicine program
and the new general surgery program
after it has been redesignated as urban.
However, if the rural hospital is
redesignated as urban effective on
October 1, 2014, and started training
residents in a new internal medicine
program on July 1, 2013, but did not
start training residents in a new general
surgery program while it was still rural,
that is, prior to October 1, 2014, the
teaching hospital would receive a
permanent cap adjustment for the new
internal medicine program, but would
not receive a cap adjustment for the new
general surgery program. We are
proposing to revise the regulations at
§ 412.105(f)(1)(iv)(D) for IME and
§ 413.79(c)(6) for direct GME to
implement this proposed change. We
are proposing that these regulatory
revisions be effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014. The proposed regulations at
§ 412.105(f)(1)(iv)(D) read as follows: ‘‘A
rural hospital redesignated as urban
after September 30, 2004, as a result of
the most recent census data and
implementation of the new labor market
area definitions announced by OMB on
June 6, 2003, may retain the increases to
its FTE resident cap that it received
under paragraphs (f)(1)(iv)(A) and
(f)(1)(vii) of this section while it was
located in a rural area. Effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2014, if a rural hospital is
redesignated as urban due to the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and
was training residents in a new program
prior to the redesignation becoming
effective, the redesignated urban
hospital may retain any existing
increases to its FTE resident cap and
receive an increase to its FTE resident
cap for the new program in which it was
training residents when the
redesignation became effective, in
accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of
this section.’’ The proposed regulations
at § 413.79(c)(6) read as follows: ‘‘A
rural hospital redesignated as urban
after September 30, 2004, as a result of
the most recent census data and
implementation of the new MSA
definitions announced by OMB on June
6, 2003, may retain the increases to its
FTE resident cap that it received under
paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (e)(1)(iii), and (e)(3)
of this section while it was located in a
rural area. Effective for cost reporting
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28150
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated
as urban due to the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS, and was training
residents in a new program prior to the
redesignation becoming effective, the
redesignated urban hospital may retain
any existing increases to its FTE
resident cap, and receive an increase to
its FTE resident cap for the new
program in which it was training
residents when the redesignation
became effective, in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section.’’
b. Participation of Redesignated
Hospital in Rural Training Track
To encourage the training of residents
in rural areas, section 407(c) of Public
Law 106–113 amended
section1886(h)(4)(H) of the Act to add a
provision that, in the case of a hospital
that is not located in a rural area (an
urban hospital) that establishes
separately accredited approved medical
residency training programs (or rural
tracks) in a rural area or has an
accredited training program with an
integrated rural track, the Secretary
shall adjust the urban hospital’s cap on
the number of FTE residents under
subparagraph (F), in an appropriate
manner in order to encourage training of
physicians in rural areas. Section 407(c)
of Public Law 106–113 was made
effective for direct GME payments to
hospitals for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after April 1, 2000, and
for IME payments applicable to
discharges occurring on or after April 1,
2000. We refer readers to the August 1,
2000 interim final rule with comment
period (65 FR 47033 through 47037) and
the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR
39902 through 39909) where we
implemented section 407(c) of Public
Law 106–113.
The regulations at § 413.79(k) specify
that, subject to certain criteria, an urban
hospital may count the FTE residents in
the rural track in addition to those FTE
residents subject to its cap up to a ‘‘rural
track FTE limitation’’ for that hospital.
In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule, we
revised the regulations at § 413.79(k) to
add a new paragraph (7) to state that if
an urban hospital had established a
rural track program with a rural hospital
and that hospital subsequently becomes
urban due to the implementation of the
new labor market area definitions
announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit for rural track
programs established before the
implementation of the new labor market
area definitions. We also stated that, in
order for the urban hospital to receive
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
a cap adjustment for a new rural track
program, the urban hospital must
establish a rural track program with
hospitals that are designated rural based
on the most recent geographical location
designations adopted by CMS (70 FR
47456; 47489).
As discussed earlier in this section,
we are proposing to implement,
effective October 1, 2014, the new OMB
labor market area delineations
announced in the February 28, 2013
OMB Bulletin No. 13–01. As a result of
the new delineations, certain areas can
be redesignated from urban to rural or
from rural to urban, which may, in turn,
affect GME policies that require the
participation of rural teaching hospitals.
For example, as noted above, in order
for an urban teaching hospital to receive
a FTE resident cap adjustment for
training residents in a rural track, the
residents must rotate for more than onehalf of the duration of the program to a
rural hospital(s) or rural nonprovider(s)
site. We have received a question as to
what happens to a rural track when a
rural hospital that is participating as the
rural site is redesignated as urban, while
the rural track for the urban hospital is
in the process of being established. That
is, what happens to the rural track when
the rural hospital is redesignated as
urban during the period that is used to
establish the urban hospital’s rural track
FTE limitation, prior to the effective
date of the urban hospital’s rural track
FTE limitation being established?
Existing regulations at § 413.79(k)(7)
address the scenario where a rural
hospital that is participating as the rural
site is redesignated as urban, after the
rural track FTE limitation for the urban
hospital has already become effective.
Specifically, the regulations at
§ 413.79(k)(7) state that if an urban
hospital had established a rural track
with a hospital located in a rural area
and that rural area subsequently
becomes an urban area due to the most
recent census data and implementation
of new labor market area definitions
announced by OMB June 6, 2003, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit for the rural track
programs established prior to the
adoption of the new labor market area
definitions. Therefore, consistent with
the existing regulations at § 413.79(k)(7)
and with our proposal to allow rural
hospitals redesignated as urban to
continue receiving a FTE resident cap
adjustment for new programs that
started while the redesignated hospital
was still rural, we are proposing to
revise the existing regulations
applicable to urban hospitals generally.
Specifically, we are proposing to
address the status of the ‘‘original’’
PO 00000
Frm 00174
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
urban hospital’s rural track FTE
limitation, in the situation where a rural
hospital that is participating in the
original urban hospital’s rural track is
located in an area redesignated by OMB
as urban during the 3-year period that is
used to calculate the urban hospital’s
rural track FTE limitation. We are
proposing that, in these situations, the
original urban hospital’s opportunity to
receive a rural track FTE limitation
would not be negatively impacted by
the fact that the rural hospital with
which it has partnered to be the rural
site for its rural training track is located
in an area redesignated by OMB as
urban during the 3-year period that is
used to calculate the urban hospital’s
rural track FTE limitation. That is, we
are proposing that the original urban
hospital may receive a rural track FTE
limitation for that new rural track
program.
With regard to the status of the rural
hospital that is partnered with the urban
hospital to serve as a rural training site
for the rural training track program, as
mentioned earlier, existing regulations
at § 413.79(k)(7) address the scenario
where a rural hospital that is
participating as the rural site is
redesignated as urban, after the rural
track FTE limitation for the urban
hospital has already become effective.
(We note that we are proposing to apply
the existing policy at § 413.79(k)(7),
which applies to redesignations that
occurred on June 6, 2003, in a similar
manner, to redesignations announced by
OMB after June 6, 2003, as well.) In
addition, we are proposing that once the
rural hospital is redesignated as located
in an urban area due to the
implementation of the new OMB labor
market area delineations, regardless of
whether that redesignation occurs
during the 3-year period that is used to
establish the rural track FTE limitation
for the urban hospital, or after the 3-year
period that is used to establish the rural
track FTE limitation for the urban
hospital, the redesignated urban
hospital can no longer qualify as the
rural site and the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital would not be able to count
those residents under its rural track FTE
limitation if it continues to use the
redesignated urban hospital as the rural
site for purposes of the rural track.
However, because the redesignated
urban hospital was rural when residents
started training in the rural track, we are
proposing to provide for a 2-year
transition period during which either of
the following two conditions must be
met in order for the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital to be able to count the residents
under its rural track FTE limitation
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
when the 2-year transition period ends:
(1) the redesignated newly urban
hospital must reclassify back to rural
under § 412.103 of the regulations; or (2)
the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital must find
a new geographically rural site to
participate as the rural site for purposes
of the rural track. We note that we are
proposing to apply these two criteria
both in the case where the rural hospital
is redesignated as urban after the urban
hospital already has its rural track FTE
limit established, and also in the case
where the rural hospital is redesignated
as urban during the 3-year period when
the rural track program is still growing,
prior to the rural track FTE limit being
established. This 2-year transition
period would begin when new OMB
labor market area delineations take
effect for Medicare payment purposes
and would end exactly 2 years from that
date. During this 2-year transition
period, we would hold the ‘‘original’’
urban hospital harmless and would pay
the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital for the
FTE residents in the rural track. At the
end of the 2-year transition period, in
order for the urban hospital to receive
payment for a rural track program under
§ 413.79(k)(1) or (k)(2), either the
redesignated urban hospital must be
granted reclassification as rural under
§ 412.103 or the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital must already be training FTE
residents at a geographically rural site.
We note that, because the rural
reclassification provision of § 412.103
only applies to IPPS hospitals and for
purposes of section 1886(d) of the Act,
it only applies to IPPS hospitals for IME
payment purposes and not for direct
GME payment purposes because direct
GME is authorized under section
1886(h) of the Act. Therefore, if the
redesignated hospital reclassifies as
rural under § 412.103, the ‘‘original’’
urban hospital would only be able to
count FTE residents towards its rural
track FTE limitation for IME payment
purposes, but not for direct GME
payment purposes. In addition, we note
that this discussion has centered on the
scenario where a rural hospital that is
the rural site for purposes of the rural
track has been redesignated as urban.
Under such a scenario, the redesignated
urban hospital does have an option to
reclassify as rural. However, as noted
above, the reclassification only applies
to IPPS hospitals for IME payment
purposes. If a nonprovider site is
functioning as the rural site under
§ 413.79(k)(2) for purposes of the rural
track and the area where that
nonprovider site is located is
redesignated as urban, the nonprovider
site would not have the option of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reclassifying as rural and, therefore, the
‘‘original’’ urban hospital would be
required to find a new geographically
rural site within the 2-year transition
period in order for the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital to receive payment for a rural
track program under § 413.79(k)(1) or
(k)(2).
The following examples illustrate
how the proposed policy would be
applied to a rural track in which the
rural site is a hospital and the rural
hospital has been redesignated as urban:
• An urban teaching hospital and a
rural teaching hospital are participating
in training residents in a new rural track
program that begins July 1, 2014.
Effective October 1, 2014, the rural
hospital is redesignated as urban. We
are proposing that the timeframe for the
urban hospital to build the rural track
program for purposes of calculating its
rural track FTE limitation would
continue to be through June 30, 2017.
During the time period of October 1,
2014 to September 30, 2016, the
redesignated urban hospital would
continue participating as a rural
hospital and the urban hospital would
count FTE residents it is training that
are in the rural track for IME and direct
GME. However, in order for the
‘‘original’’ urban hospital to continue to
get paid for its rural track program after
September 30, 2016, then, by September
30, 2016, the redesignated urban
hospital must either reclassify as rural
under § 412.103 of the regulations for
purposes of IME payment only, or the
urban hospital must find a new
geographically rural hospital or
nonprovider site to train the residents in
the rural track for more than one-half of
their training. If neither of these
conditions is met, by September 30,
2016, the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital
would not able to receive payment for
that specific program as a rural training
track under § 413.79(k)(1) or (k)(2)
because it would no longer meet the
requirement that more than one-half of
the training must be provided in a rural
setting.
• Another scenario could be one in
which the rural hospital is redesignated
as urban after the 3-year cap-building
period for the rural track has passed. For
example, the rural track program began
July 1, 2007, but effective October 1,
2014, the rural hospital is redesignated
as urban. We are proposing in this
scenario that, by September 30, 2016,
either the redesignated urban hospital
must reclassify to rural under § 412.103
for purposes of IME payment only, or
the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital must find
a new geographically rural site that can
participate as the rural site for purposes
of the rural track. If neither of these
PO 00000
Frm 00175
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28151
conditions is met by September 30,
2016, the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital
would not be able to receive payment
for that specific program as a rural track
under § 413.79(k)(1) or (k)(2) because it
would no longer meet the requirement
that more than one-half of the training
must be provided in a rural setting.
We note that if the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital was not able to meet one of the
two proposed conditions noted earlier
in this section by the end of the 2-year
transition period, but at some point later
is able to meet one of the two proposed
conditions, we are proposing that the
‘‘original’’ urban hospital would be able
to ‘‘revive’’ and use its already
established rural track FTE limitation
from that point forward. In the instance
where the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital’s
rural track FTE limitation was not set
because the hospital was not able to
meet one of the two proposed
conditions by the end of the 2-year
transition period, which fell within the
3-year cap-building timeframe, but at
some point later is able to meet one of
the two proposed conditions, we are
proposing that the ‘‘original’’ urban
hospital would be able to have a rural
track FTE limitation calculated and
established based on the highest number
of FTE residents in any program year
training in the rural track in the third
year of the program, even if during the
third year of the program, the ‘‘original’’
urban hospital was not in compliance
with the two proposed conditions.
Consistent with similar policy discussed
in the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR
39905), it would be the responsibility of
the hospitals involved to provide the
necessary information regarding the
rotations of the residents in the third
program year to the Medicare contractor
in order for the calculation to be
completed and the rural track FTE limit
to be set.
In summary, we are proposing that
any time a rural hospital participating in
a rural track is in an area redesignated
by OMB as urban after residents started
training in the rural track and during the
3-year period that is used to calculate
the urban hospital’s rural track FTE
limitation, the urban hospital may
receive a cap adjustment for that rural
track after it has been redesignated as
urban. Furthermore, we are proposing
that, regardless of whether the
redesignation of the rural hospital
occurs during the 3-year period that is
used to calculate the urban hospital’s
rural track FTE limitation, or after the 3year period used to calculate the urban
hospital’s rural track FTE limitation, the
redesignated urban hospital can
continue to be considered a rural
hospital for purposes of the rural track
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28152
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
for up to 2 years. However, by the end
of those 2 years, either the redesignated
urban hospital must reclassify as rural
under § 412.103 for purposes of IME
payment only (in addition, this
reclassification option only applies to
IPPS hospitals, not nonprovider sites) or
the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital must have
found a new site in a geographically
rural area that will serve as the rural site
for purposes of the rural track in order
for the ‘‘original’’ urban hospital to
receive payment under § 413.79(k)(1) or
(k)(2).
We are proposing to revise the
regulations at § 413.79(k)(7) to
implement these provisions and to
establish that these changes would be
effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014.
The proposed regulations at
§ 413.79(k)(7) read as follows: ‘‘(i)
Effective for cost reporting periods
beginning prior to October 1, 2014, if an
urban hospital had established a rural
track training program under the
provisions of this paragraph (k) with a
hospital located in a rural area and that
rural area subsequently becomes an
urban area due to the most recent
census data and implementation of the
new labor market area definitions
announced by OMB on June 6, 2003, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit in accordance
with this paragraph (k) for the rural
track programs established prior to the
adoption of such new labor market area
definitions. In order to receive an
adjustment to its FTE resident cap for a
new rural track residency program, the
urban hospital must establish a rural
track program with hospitals that are
designated rural based on the most
recent geographical location
designations adopted by CMS. (ii)
Effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014, if
an urban hospital had started a rural
track training program under the
provisions of this paragraph (k) with a
hospital located in a rural area and,
during the 3-year period that is used to
calculate the urban hospital’s rural track
FTE limit, that rural area subsequently
becomes an urban area due to the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and the
most recent Census Bureau data, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit in accordance
with this paragraph (k) and subject to
paragraph (k)(7)(iii) for the rural track
programs established prior to the
adoption of such new OMB standards
for delineating statistical areas. (iii)
Effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014, if
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
an urban hospital had established a
rural track training program under the
provisions of this paragraph (k) with a
hospital located in a rural area and that
rural area subsequently becomes an
urban area due to the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS and the most
recent Census Bureau data, regardless of
whether the redesignation of the rural
hospital occurs during the 3-year period
that is used to calculate the urban
hospital’s rural track FTE limit, or after
the 3-year period used to calculate the
urban hospital’s rural track FTE limit,
the urban hospital may continue to
adjust its FTE resident limit in
accordance with this paragraph (k)
based on the rural track programs
established prior to the change in the
hospital’s geographic designation. In
order for the urban hospital to receive
or use the adjustment to its FTE resident
cap for training FTE residents in the
rural track residency program that was
established prior to the most recent
OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS, one of
the following two conditions must be
met by the end of a 2-year period that
begins when the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas are adopted by CMS: The hospital
that has been redesignated from rural to
urban must reclassify as rural under
§ 412.103 of this chapter, for purposes of
IME only; or the urban hospital must
find a new site that is geographically
rural consistent with the most recent
geographical location delineations
adopted by CMS. In order to receive an
adjustment to its FTE resident cap for an
additional new rural track residency
program, the urban hospital must
establish a rural track program with
sites that are geographically rural based
on the most recent geographical location
delineations adopted by CMS.’’
We also have determined that there is
an outdated, incorrect reference
included in the definition of ‘‘Rural
track FTE limitation’’ under § 413.75(b).
The reference included in the definition
is ‘‘§ 413.79(l)’’. The correct reference is
‘‘§ 413.79(k)’’. Therefore, we are
proposing to make a technical
correction to the definition of ‘‘Rural
track FTE limitation’’ so that it reads
‘‘means the maximum number of
residents (as specified in § 413.79(k))
training in a rural track residency
program that an urban hospital may
include in its FTE count and that is in
addition to the number of FTE residents
already included in the hospital’s FTE
cap.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00176
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
4. Proposed Clarification of Policies on
Counting Resident Time in Nonprovider
Settings Under Section 5504 of the
Affordable Care Act
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 71808,
72134 through 72141, and 72153), we
implemented section 5504 of the
Affordable Care Act regarding counting
resident time in nonprovider settings.
We also mentioned the scope of section
5504 of the Affordable Care Act in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(78 FR 27638) and final rule (78 FR
50735). Section 5504(a) of the
Affordable Care Act made changes to
section 1886(h)(4)(E) of the Act to
reduce the costs that hospitals must
incur for residents training in
nonprovider sites in order to count the
FTE residents for purposes of Medicare
direct GME payments on a prospective
basis. Notably, section 5504(a)(3) of the
Affordable Care Act amended the Act
effective for ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010,’’ for
direct GME, to permit hospitals to count
the time that a resident trains in
activities related to patient care in a
nonprovider site in its FTE count if the
hospital incurs the costs of the
residents’ salaries and fringe benefits for
the time that the resident spends
training in the nonprovider site. Section
5504(b)(2) of the Affordable Care Act
made similar changes to section
1886(d)(5)(B)(iv) of the Act for IME
payment purposes, with the provision
being effective for discharges occurring
on or after July 1, 2010, for IME. In
connection with those periods and
discharges, if more than one hospital
incurs the residency training costs in a
nonprovider setting, under certain
circumstances, sections 5504(a)(3) and
(b)(2) of the Affordable Care Act allow
each hospital to count a proportional
share of the training time that a resident
spends training in that setting, as
determined by a written agreement
between the hospitals. When Congress
enacted section 5504 of the Affordable
Care Act, it retained the statutory
language which provides that a hospital
can only count the time so spent by a
resident under an approved medical
residency training program in its FTE
count if that one single hospital by itself
‘‘incurs all, or substantially all, of the
costs for the training program in that
setting.’’ In doing so, Congress also
revised the statutory language in
sections 5504(a)(1) and (b)(1) to
explicitly make this longstanding
substantive standard and requirement
applicable to ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning before July 1, 2010’’ for direct
GME, and to ‘‘discharges occurring on
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
or after October 1, 1997, and before July
1, 2010,’’ for IME (sections
1886(d)(5)(B)(iv)(I) and 1886(h)(4)(E)(i)
of the Act). Beginning at least as early
as 1988, the Secretary consistently
noted in the preamble of various rules
that the statute only allowed a hospital
to count the time that its residents spent
training in a nonprovider site in the FTE
resident count for direct GME and IME
purposes if that single hospital incurred
‘‘all of substantially all’’ of the costs of
the training program in that setting. For
a full discussion of the longstanding
substantive standard and requirement
that a hospital can only count residents
training if that one single hospital
incurs all or substantially all of the costs
for the training, we refer readers to the
discussion in the November 24, 2010
final rule with comment period (75 FR
72134 through 72141), in the May 11,
2007 final rule (72 FR 26953 and
26969), and in the August 1, 2003 final
rule (68 FR 45439).
Section 5504(c) of the Affordable Care
Act specifies that the amendments made
by the provisions of sections 5504(a)
and (b) ‘‘shall not be applied in a
manner that requires reopening of any
settled hospital cost reports as to which
there is not a jurisdictionally proper
appeal pending as of the date of the
enactment of this Act on the issue of
payment for indirect costs of medical
education . . . or for direct graduate
medical education costs. . . .’’ The date
of enactment of the Affordable Care Act
was March 23, 2010.
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period, we revised the
regulations at § 412.105(f)(1)(ii)(E) for
IME and §§ 413.78(f) and (g) for direct
GME to reflect the changes made by
section 5504 of the Affordable Care Act.
Section 413.78(g) is the implementing
regulation that corresponds to the
statutory amendments set forth in
sections 5504(a)(3) and (b)(2) of the
Affordable Care Act. The introductory
regulatory language of § 413.78(g)
explicitly states that paragraph (g)
governs only ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010.’’
Paragraph (g)(5) of § 413.78 also
expressly states that the paragraph is
limited to ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010.’’
Accordingly, we have repeatedly stated,
and we believe that the existing
regulation makes plain, that paragraph
(g) of § 413.78 ‘‘is explicitly made
applicable only to ‘cost reporting
periods beginning on or after July l,
2010,’ whereas earlier cost reporting
periods are governed by other preceding
paragraphs of § 413.78’’ (78 FR 50735).
In addition, we also revised the
definition of ‘‘all or substantially all of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the costs for the training program in the
nonhospital setting’’ in the regulations
at § 413.75(b) to reflect that both the
statute and regulations require that, for
cost reporting periods beginning on and
after July 1, 2007 and before July 1,
2010, one hospital must by itself incur
‘‘all or substantially all of the costs’’ of
the residents training in the
nonprovider site in order for the
hospital to receive Medicare IME and
direct GME payment for that training.
Finally, we also revised the IME
regulations at § 412.105 to reflect these
statutory amendments, by incorporating
by reference § 413.78(g).
Despite the fact that sections 5504(a)
and (b) of the Affordable Care Act
provide clear effective dates with
respect to the amendments provided
therein to sections 1886(h)(4)(E) and
1886(d)(5)(B)(iv) of the Act, and that the
preamble discussion of the
implementation of these provisions and
further discussion of the statutory
amendments in the November 24, 2010
final rule with comment period and in
the August 19, 2013 final rule provide
further explanation that, specifically,
nothing in section 5504(c) overrides
those effective date (75 FR 72136), we
have received questions about the
applicability of section 5504(c) and the
associated regulation text at
§ 413.78(g)(6). Specifically, questions
have been raised with respect to the
applicability of sections 5504(c) of the
Affordable Care Act and § 413.78(g)(6)
of the regulations to periods prior to
July 1, 2010, particularly if a hospital
had, as of March 23, 2010, appealed an
IME or direct GME issue for a settled
cost reporting period occurring prior to
July 1, 2010. As noted earlier, section
5504(c) of the Affordable Care Act
provides that the amendments made by
the provisions of sections 5504(a) and
(b) ‘‘shall not be applied in a manner
that requires reopening of any settled
hospital cost reports as to which there
is not a jurisdictionally proper appeal
pending as of . . . [March 23, 2010] on
the issue of payment for indirect costs
of medical education . . . or for direct
graduate medical education costs. . . .’’
Upon revisiting the existing
regulation text, we determined that
§ 413.78(g)(6) was not written in a
manner that is as consistent with
section 5504(c) of the Affordable Care
Act and reflective of our reading of that
provision and our policy as it could be.
Specifically, § 413.78(g)(6) states, ‘‘The
provisions of paragraphs (g)(1)(ii), (g)(2),
(g)(3), and (g)(5) of this section cannot
be applied in a manner that would
require the reopening of settled cost
reports, except those cost reports on
which there is a jurisdictionally proper
PO 00000
Frm 00177
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28153
appeal pending on direct GME or IME
payments as of March 23, 2010.’’ In this
proposed rule, we are reiterating our
existing interpretation of the statutory
amendments made by sections 5504(a),
(b), and (c) of the Affordable Care Act
and also proposing to clarify the
regulation text implementing these
provisions by revising the language at
§ 413.78(g)(6) to read more consistently
with the language in section 5504(c) of
the Affordable Care Act and to ensure
no further confusion with respect to the
applicability of section 5504(c) of the
Affordable Care Act and § 413.78(g)(6)
of the regulations.
We believe that sections 5504(a) and
(b) of the Affordable Care Act contained
three primary directives (a fourth
regarding recordkeeping requirement is
tangential to this discussion): (1) Under
sections 5504(a)(1) and (b)(1) of the
Affordable Care Act (sections
1886(h)(4)(E)(i) and 1886(d)(5)(B)(iv)(I)
of the Act), for ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning before July 1, 2010’’ for direct
GME, and for ‘‘discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 1997, and before July
1, 2010’’ for IME, these sections
explicitly retained the statutory
language that provides that a hospital
can only count the time so spent by a
resident under an approved medical
residency training program in its FTE
count if a hospital by itself ‘‘incurs all,
or substantially all, of the costs for the
training program in that setting’’; (2)
under sections 5504(a)(3) and (b)(2) of
the Affordable Care Act (sections
1886(h)(4)(E)(ii) and 1886(d)(5)(B)(iv)(II)
of the Act), for ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010’’ for
direct GME, and for ‘‘discharges
occurring on or after July 1, 2010’’ for
IME, these sections eliminated the ‘‘all
or substantially all’’ requirement,
instead requiring a hospital to incur the
residents’ salaries and fringe benefits for
the time spent at the nonprovider site;
and (3) under sections 5504(a)(3) and
(b)(2) of the Affordable Care Act
(sections 1886(h)(4)(E)(ii) and
1886(d)(5)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act), for ‘‘cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
July 1, 2010’’ for direct GME, and for
‘‘discharges occurring on or after July 1,
2010’’ for IME, these sections created a
new provision with regard to allowing
more than one hospital to share the
costs of residents training in a
nonprovider setting under certain
circumstances, in order for each
hospital to count a proportional share of
the FTE training time in the
nonprovider setting.
Separately from sections 5504(a) and
(b) of the Affordable Care Act, section
5504(c) of the Affordable Care Act, as
mentioned earlier, specifies that the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28154
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
amendments made by the provisions of
sections 5504(a) and (b) ‘‘shall not be
applied in a manner that requires
reopening of any settled hospital cost
reports as to which there is not a
jurisdictionally proper appeal pending
as of’’ March 23, 2010, the date of the
enactment of the Affordable Care Act,
on the issue of payment for IME and
direct GME. When we proposed to
implement section 5504(c) in the
August 3, 2010 proposed rule (75 FR
46385) and when we implemented
section 5504(c) in the November 24,
2010 final rule with comment period (75
FR 72136), we had to consider what
new meaning it was adding to sections
5504(a) and (b) of the Affordable Care
Act because unlike, for example, section
5505 of the Affordable Care Act which
has an effective date prior to enactment
of the Affordable Care Act and,
therefore, would apply to prior cost
reporting periods, section 5504’s
applicable effective date for the new
standards it creates was July 1, 2010, a
date that came after enactment of the
Affordable Care Act and was fully
prospective. As we stated in the
November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period (75 FR 72136),
‘‘Section 5504(c) is fully prospective
with an explicit effective date of July 1,
2010, for the new standards it creates.
Nothing in section 5504(c) overrides
that effective date. Section 5504(c)
merely notes that the usual
discretionary authority of Medicare
contractors to reopen cost reports is not
changed by the provisions of section
5504; it simply makes clear that
Medicare contractors are not required by
reason of section 5504 to reopen any
settled cost report as to which a
provider does not have a jurisdictionally
proper appeal pending. It does not
require reopening in any circumstance;
and the new substantive standard is, in
any event, explicitly prospective. We
believe if Congress had wanted to
require such action or to apply the new
standards to cost years or discharges
prior to July 1, 2010, it would have done
so in far more explicit terms.’’ We also
noted in that rule (75 FR 72139) that
‘‘[the] statute does not provide CMS
discretion to allow the counting of
resident time spent in shared
nonprovider site rotations for cost
reporting periods beginning prior to July
l, 2010.’’ We continue to believe that
Congress was clear in amending
sections 1886(h)(4)(E) and
1886(d)(5)(B)(iv) of the Act to provide
for new standards to be applied only
prospectively, effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after,
and discharges occurring on or after,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
July 1, 2010. We also continue to believe
that the plain meaning of section
5504(c) of the Affordable Care Act is
that the Secretary is not required to
reopen a cost report when there is no
jurisdictionally proper appeal pending
as of March 23, 2010, the date of the
enactment of the Affordable Care Act,
on the issue of payment for IME and
direct GME. Therefore, we believe that
section 5504(c) of the Affordable Care
Act is merely a confirmation of the
Secretary’s existing discretionary
authority in one particular context, and
that sections 5504(a) and (b) of the
Affordable Care Act and their effective
dates become all the more prominent,
and are not affected by section 5504(c).
As noted earlier, we revised the
regulations at § 412.105(f)(1)(ii)(E) for
IME, and § 413.78(g) for direct GME, to
reflect the changes made by section
5504 of the Affordable Care Act in the
November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period. We reiterate here that
the introductory language of § 413.78(g)
explicitly states that paragraph (g)
governs only ‘‘cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010’’ and
paragraph (g)(5) also expressly states
that the paragraph is limited to ‘‘cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
July 1, 2010’’ (78 FR 50735 and 78 FR
27639). As we noted before, we believe
that the paragraphs of the regulations
which precede paragraph (g),
particularly paragraphs (c) through (f),
consistent with the statute, make clear
that a hospital may only count the time
so spent by a resident under an
approved medical residency training
program in its FTE count, in connection
with its pre-July l, 2010 cost reporting
periods and pre-July l, 2010 patient
discharges, if that one single hospital by
itself ‘‘incurs all, or substantially all, of
the costs for the training program in that
setting.’’ Separately, we believe that the
new standards set forth in sections
5504(a)(3) and (b)(2) of the Affordable
Care Act and implemented by regulation
at §§ 413.78(g) and 412.105(f)(1)(ii)(E),
allowing cost sharing under certain
circumstances do not ever apply to preJuly 1, 2010 cost reporting periods and
pre-July l, 2010 patient discharges.
Moreover, we continue to believe the
language in paragraph (g)(6) (along with
the remainder of paragraph (g)) only
applies to cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010 and
does not apply retroactively to cost
reporting periods beginning before July
1, 2010. We had intended that the
language under § 413.78(g) do no more
than simply paraphrase the language in
section 5504(c) of the Affordable Care
Act.
PO 00000
Frm 00178
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Accordingly, we believe that it is
apparent that the provisions of sections
5504(a)(3) and (b)(2) of the Affordable
Care Act are not to be applied prior to
July l, 2010, irrespectively of whether a
hospital may have had a jurisdictionally
proper appeal pending as of March 23,
2010, on an IME or direct GME issue
from a cost reporting period occurring
prior to July 1, 2010.
In this proposed rule, we are
reiterating our existing interpretation of
the statutory amendments made by
sections 5504(a) and (b) of the
Affordable Care Act and also are
proposing to clarify the regulatory text
that implements these provisions by
revising the § 413.78(g)(6) to be more
consistent with the language at section
5504(c) of the Affordable Care Act. We
are proposing to revise the regulatory
language to read as follows: ‘‘The
provisions of paragraphs (g)(1)(ii), (g)(2),
(g)(3), and (g)(5) of this section shall not
be applied in a manner that requires
reopening of any settled cost reports as
to which there is not a jurisdictionally
proper appeal pending as of March 23,
2010, on direct GME or IME payments.
Cost reporting periods beginning before
July 1, 2010 are not governed by
paragraph (g) of this section.’’ The IME
regulations at § 412.105(f)(1)(ii)(E)
include a reference to § 413.78(g)(6);
therefore, no proposed change is needed
to this section.
5. Proposed Changes to the Review and
Award Process for Resident Slots Under
Section 5506 of the Affordable Care Act
In the past, if a teaching hospital
closed, its direct GME and IME FTE
resident cap slots would be ‘‘lost’’
because those cap slots are associated
with a specific hospital’s Medicare
provider agreement, which would be
retired upon the hospital’s closure.
Under existing regulations at § 413.79(h)
for direct GME and § 412.105(f)(1)(ix)
for IME, a hospital that is training FTE
residents at or in excess of its FTE
resident caps and takes in residents
displaced by the closure of another
teaching hospital may receive a
temporary increase to its FTE resident
caps so that it may receive direct GME
and IME payment associated with those
displaced FTE residents. However,
those temporary FTE resident caps are
tied to those specific displaced FTE
residents, and the temporary caps expire
when those displaced residents
complete their training program.
Section 5506 of the Affordable Care
Act amended section 1886(h)(4)(H) of
the Act to add a new clause (vi) that
instructs the Secretary to establish a
process by regulation under which, in
the event a teaching hospital closes, the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Secretary will permanently increase the
FTE resident caps for hospitals that
meet certain criteria up to the number
of the closed hospital’s FTE resident
caps. The Secretary is directed to ensure
that the aggregate number of FTE
resident cap slots distributed shall be
equal to the aggregate number of slots in
the closed hospital’s direct GME and
IME FTE resident caps, respectively. For
a detailed discussion of the regulations
implementing section 5506 of the
Affordable Care Act, we refer readers to
the November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period (75 FR 72212 through
72238) and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53434 through 53448).
a. Effective Date of Slots Awarded
Under Section 5506 of the Affordable
Care Act
In distributing slots permanently
under the provisions of section 5506 of
the Affordable Care Act, section 5506(d)
provides that ‘‘the Secretary shall give
consideration to the effect of the
amendments made by this section on
any temporary adjustment to a
hospital’s FTE cap under § 413.79(h)
. . . (as in effect on the date of
enactment of this Act) in order to ensure
that there is no duplication of FTE slots
. . .’’ In consideration of this statutory
language, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53437), we stated
that in distributing slots permanently
under section 5506, we would be
cognizant of the number of FTE
residents for whom a temporary FTE
cap adjustment was provided under
existing regulations at § 413.79(h), and
when those residents will complete
their training, at which point the
temporary slots associated with those
displaced residents would then be
available for permanent redistribution.
Therefore, in initially developing
ranking criteria and application
materials that we would use to award
available slots, we considered how to
interpret this statutory language at
section 5506(d) of the Affordable Care
Act within the context of our existing
GME regulations and section 5506’s
amendment to section 1886(h) of the
Act generally.
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period and the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 72216
and 77 FR 53436, respectively), we
discussed the various ranking criteria
that we would use for hospitals
applying for slots from closed hospitals.
Currently, if after distributing the slots
from a closed hospital to increase the
FTE caps for applying hospitals that fall
within Ranking Criteria One, Two, and
Three, there are still excess slots
available and any of those excess slots
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
are associated with displaced residents
for whom temporary cap adjustments
under § 413.79(h) are in place, any slots
awarded to hospitals that fall within
Ranking Criteria Four through Eight are
permanently assigned only once the
displaced residents have completed
their training and the temporary cap
adjustments associated with those
residents have expired. That is, in
applying the requirement for ‘‘no
duplication of FTE slots’’ set forth in
section 5506(d), we currently consider
all temporary cap adjustments received
by hospitals on a national basis and not
specifically the hospital that is applying
for cap slots under section 5506, when
deciding the effective date for slots
permanently awarded to hospitals
applying under Ranking Criteria Four
through Eight. Specifically, in the
November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period, we stated that we
believe the ‘‘no duplication of FTE
slots’’ requirement applies across all
hospitals. Therefore, although a hospital
may not have received a temporary cap
adjustment under § 413.79(h), other
hospitals may have taken in residents
and received temporary cap adjustments
for the same program, and we believed
that the appropriate policy was to delay
the slots associated with that program
from being permanently distributed
until it is known that any and all
temporary cap adjustments for those
slots have expired (75 FR 72227)
Applying this policy to an example, if
Hospital A is training displaced
residents and is receiving a temporary
cap adjustment under § 413.79(h) for
training those residents and Hospital B,
which is not receiving a temporary cap
adjustment for training any displaced
residents, has applied under Ranking
Criterion Five to expand its internal
medicine program, as explained in the
November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period, we would only award
permanent slots under section 5506 to
Hospital B on a flow basis; that is,
effective after each displaced resident
completes his/her training, and,
therefore, the temporary cap
adjustments associated with that
resident expire at Hospital A.
However, the policy of applying the
‘‘no duplication of FTE slot’’
requirement at section 5506(d) of the
Affordable Care Act to all hospitals
rather than simply to each specific
hospital that is applying for slots has
thus far proven to be a very complex
process due to the number of displaced
residents and the timing of multiple
graduation dates which must be tracked
and considered when awarding slots on
a permanent basis. We believe this
PO 00000
Frm 00179
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28155
practice has delayed the awarding of
slots and is also unnecessarily
burdensome for hospitals applying
under Ranking Criteria Four through
Eight that are not receiving any cap
adjustments for training displaced
residents under § 413.79(h). We believe
the current policy that we apply for ‘‘no
duplication of FTE slots’’ is
unnecessarily burdensome for these
hospitals because, instead of receiving
their permanent slots under section
5506 as soon as possible, the hospitals
may receive their section 5506 awards
with staggered effective dates due to the
graduation dates of displaced FTE
residents training at other hospitals that
did receive temporary adjustments
under § 413.79(h). While we believe that
awarding permanent slots to a hospital
that is simultaneously receiving a
temporary cap adjustment for training
displaced FTE residents under
§ 413.79(h) would clearly be a
duplication of FTE slots and contrary to
the statutory directive, we believe there
is flexibility in interpreting this
statutory language and that the statute
does not require such a policy to be
applied to hospitals that are not
receiving temporary cap adjustments
under § 413.79(h). Furthermore, in
considering the specific statutory
language regarding ‘‘no duplication of
FTE slots,’’ section 5506(d) in part
provides that ‘‘The Secretary of Health
and Human Services shall give
consideration to the effect of the
amendments made by this section on
any temporary adjustment to a
hospital’s FTE cap under section
413.79(h) of title 42, Code of Federal
Regulations (as in effect on the date of
enactment of this Act) in order to ensure
that there is no duplication of FTE
slots.’’ Because this language refers to ‘‘a
hospital,’’ we believe the statute
provides us with the flexibility to apply
the ‘‘no duplication of FTE slots’’
requirement on a hospital-specific basis,
considering separately whether each
hospital did or did not receive a
temporary cap adjustment under
§ 413.79(h), rather than on a national
all-hospital basis. Bearing in mind the
statutory language and our experience to
date in awarding slots as well as the
unnecessary burden placed on hospitals
that are receiving section 5506 slots, but
are not receiving temporary cap
adjustments under § 413.79(h), we
believe it is appropriate to propose a
policy that would provide for a more
efficient and faster method for awarding
of slots to hospitals applying under
Ranking Criteria Four through Eight.
Therefore, we are proposing that,
effective for section 5506 application
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28156
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rounds announced on or after October 1,
2014, for purposes of applying the
requirement for ‘‘no duplication of FTE
slots,’’ we would only require that there
be no duplication of FTE slots on a
hospital-specific basis. That is, in
determining the effective date for slots
awarded permanently under section
5506, we would only be concerned with
whether the hospital that is applying for
slots is also receiving a temporary cap
adjustment under § 413.79(h) for
training displaced residents. When
awarding slots to the applying hospital,
we would not be concerned whether
any other hospital is receiving a
temporary cap adjustment for training
displaced residents under § 413.79(h).
For example, if Hospital A is receiving
a temporary cap adjustment under
§ 413.79(h) for training displaced
residents in its general surgery program
but is applying under Ranking Criterion
Five to start a pediatrics program and
Hospital B is not receiving a temporary
cap adjustment for training displaced
residents and is applying under Ranking
Criterion Eight to expand a cardiology
program, in awarding section 5506 slots,
we would only allow Hospital A to
receive a permanent adjustment to its
FTE cap for training residents in its
pediatrics program once its temporary
adjustments for the displaced residents
training in the general surgery program
have expired. We would not consider
displaced residents when awarding
section 5506 slots to Hospital B.
In conjunction with our proposal to
interpret the ‘‘no duplication of FTE
slots’’ requirement to apply on a
hospital-specific basis to hospitals that
are receiving temporary cap adjustments
under § 413.79(h), we are proposing to
amend the effective dates of section
5506 slots received under Ranking
Criteria Four through Eight for those
hospitals that are not receiving
temporary cap adjustments under
§ 413.79(h). (We refer readers to section
IV.K.5.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule where we discuss our
proposal to amend Ranking Criteria
Seven and Eight.) Existing policy
requires that slots awarded under
Ranking Criteria Four through Eight for
expanding an existing residency
training program or starting a new
residency training program are effective
the later of when a hospital can
demonstrate to the MAC that the slots
associated with a new program or
program expansion are actually filled
and, therefore, are needed as of a
particular date (usually July 1, possibly
retroactive), or the July 1 after displaced
residents complete their training. If a
hospital is awarded slots under Ranking
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Criterion Eight for cap relief, slots are
effective the date of CMS’ award
announcement, or the July 1 after
displaced residents complete their
training, whichever is later. However,
because we are proposing an alternative
approach to interpreting section 5506(d)
that would permit us to apply the ‘‘no
duplication of FTE slots’’ requirement
on a hospital-specific basis, we are
proposing to change the effective date
for slots received under Ranking Criteria
Four through Eight so that if a hospital
is not receiving a temporary cap
adjustment under § 413.79(h), the slots
awarded under section 5506 would be
effective when the hospital can
demonstrate to its MAC that the slots
needed for a new program or program
expansion are actually filled and,
therefore, are needed as of a particular
date (usually July 1, possibly
retroactive). If a hospital is awarded
slots under Ranking Criteria Four
through Eight and is receiving a
temporary cap adjustment to train
displaced residents under § 413.79(h),
the current policy would apply such
that the slots are awarded on a
permanent basis, the later of when a
hospital can demonstrate to the MAC
that the slots associated with a new
program or program expansion are
actually filled and, therefore, are needed
as of a particular date (usually July 1,
possibly retroactive), or the July 1 after
an equivalent amount of a displaced
FTE resident(s) complete their training.
For example, assume in a hypothetical
situation that there is a closed teaching
hospital, and that another hospital takes
in two displaced FTE residents, for
which the hospital is receiving a
temporary cap adjustment under
§ 413.79(h). One resident is graduating
on June 30, 2016, and the second
resident is graduating on June 30, 2018.
Assume that when the section 5506
Round is announced, the hospital also
applies for two slots to expand an
internal medicine program under
Ranking Criterion Five. In January of
2017, CMS awards two permanent slots
to the hospital under Ranking Criterion
Five. For the program year starting July
1, 2017, the hospital successfully
demonstrates to the MAC that it filled
the two additional internal medicine
positions. Because one displaced FTE
resident already graduated on June 30,
2016, the MAC may approve one slot on
a permanent basis effective July 1, 2017.
However, the hospital would have to
wait until July 1, 2018, to receive from
the MAC the permanent slot for the
second displaced internal medicine
resident because the second displaced
PO 00000
Frm 00180
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
FTE resident is not graduating until
June 30, 2018.
We are not proposing any changes to
the effective date for slots awarded
under Ranking Criterion One, Ranking
Criterion Two, or Ranking Criterion
Three. Consistent with existing policy,
if a hospital is applying under Ranking
Criterion One or Ranking Criterion
Three and is not receiving a temporary
cap adjustment for training displaced
residents under § 413.79(h), the effective
date of the section 5506 slots is the date
of the hospital closure. If a hospital is
applying under Ranking Criterion One
or Ranking Criterion Three and is
receiving a temporary cap for training
displaced residents under § 413.79(h),
the effective date of the section 5506
slots is after the displaced resident(s)
graduate. If a hospital is receiving a
temporary cap for training displaced
residents under § 413.79(h), and is
applying under Ranking Criterion One
or Ranking Criterion Three and is also
separately applying under Ranking
Criterion Four or subsequent Ranking
Criteria, for slots awarded under
Ranking Criteria One or Three, the
effective date of the section 5506 slots
is after the displaced resident(s)
graduate. For slots awarded under
Ranking Criteria Four or subsequent
Ranking Criteria, the slots are awarded
the later of when a hospital can
demonstrate to the MAC that the slots
associated with a new program or
program expansion are actually filled
and, therefore, are needed as of a
particular date (usually July 1, possibly
retroactive), or the July 1 after an
equivalent amount of a displaced FTE
resident(s) at the hospital complete their
training. Therefore, for such a hospital,
the effective dates of slots awarded
under Ranking Criteria One/Three, and
Ranking Criteria Four through Eight
might coincide. Also, consistent with
existing policy, if a hospital is applying
under Ranking Criterion Two, the
effective date of the permanent award of
section 5506 slots is the date of the
hospital closure. We discuss these
existing policies in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53437
through 53445).
The following list includes the
current and proposed ranking criteria
along with the current and proposed
effective dates.
• Current Ranking Criterion One: The
applying hospital is requesting the
increase in its FTE resident cap(s)
because it is assuming (or assumed) an
entire program (or programs) from the
hospital that closed, and the applying
hospital is continuing to operate the
program(s) exactly as it had been
operated by the hospital that closed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(that is, same residents, possibly the
same program director, and possibly the
same (or many of the same) teaching
staff).
• Proposed Ranking Criterion One:
The applying hospital is requesting the
increase in its FTE resident cap(s)
because it is assuming (or assumed) an
entire program (or programs) from the
hospital that closed, and the applying
hospital is continuing to operate the
program(s) exactly as it had been
operated by the hospital that closed
(that is, same residents, possibly the
same program director, and possibly the
same (or many of the same) teaching
staff). The applying hospital’s FTE
resident caps were erroneously reduced
by CMS under section 1886(h)(8)(A)(i)
of the Act, contrary to the statutory
exception at section 1886(h)(8)(A)(ii)(I)
of the Act, and CMS Central Office was
made aware of the error prior to posting
of the FY 2015 IPPS proposed rule on
the CMS Web site. (This language
reflects the proposed modification of
Ranking Criterion One. We refer readers
to section IV.K.5.c. of the preamble of
this proposed rule where we discuss
this proposed modification.)
Æ Current Policy: If the hospital is
receiving a temporary cap adjustment,
slots are effective the day after the
graduation date(s) of actual displaced
resident(s). If the hospital is not
receiving a temporary cap adjustment,
slots are effective with the date of the
hospital closure.
Æ Proposed Policy: No change.
• Current Ranking Criterion Two: The
applying hospital was listed as a
participant of a Medicare GME affiliated
group on the most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement of which the
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed, and under the terms of
that Medicare GME affiliation
agreement, the applying hospital
received slots from the hospital that
closed, and the applying hospital will
use the additional slots to continue to
train at least the number of FTE
residents it had trained under the terms
of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement. If the most recent Medicare
GME affiliation agreement of which the
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed was with a hospital that
itself has closed or is closing, preference
would be given to an applying hospital
that was listed as a participant in the
next most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement (but not one which
was entered into more than 5 years prior
to the hospital’s closure) of which the
first closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed, and that
applying hospital received slots from
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the closed hospital under the terms of
that affiliation agreement.
• Clarified Ranking Criterion Two:
The applying hospital was listed as a
participant of a Medicare GME affiliated
group on the most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement of
which the closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed, and under
the terms of that Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement, the
applying hospital received slots from
the hospital that closed, and the
applying hospital will use the
additional slots to continue to train at
least the number of FTE residents it had
trained under the terms of the Medicare
GME affiliation agreement, or
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreement. If the most recent Medicare
GME affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement of
which the closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed was with a
hospital that itself has closed or is
closing, preference would be given to an
applying hospital that was listed as a
participant in the next most recent
Medicare GME affiliation agreement or
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreement (but not one which was
entered into more than 5 years prior to
the hospital’s closure) of which the first
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed, and that applying
hospital received slots from the closed
hospital under the terms of that
affiliation agreement. (This language
reflects our clarification in this
proposed rule regarding inclusion of
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreements in Ranking Criterion Two.
We refer readers to section IV.K.5.d. of
the preamble of this proposed rule
where we discuss this clarification.)
Æ Current Policy: Slots are effective
with the date of the hospital closure.
Æ Proposed Policy: No change.
• Ranking Criterion Three: The
applying hospital took in residents
displaced by the closure of the hospital,
but is not assuming an entire program
or programs, and will use the additional
slots to continue training residents in
the same programs as the displaced
residents, even after those displaced
residents complete their training (that
is, the applying hospital is permanently
expanding its own existing programs).
Æ Current Policy: If the hospital is
receiving temporary cap adjustment,
slots are effective the day after the
graduation date(s) of actual displaced
resident(s). If the hospital is not
receiving a temporary cap adjustment,
slots are effective with the date of the
hospital closure.
PO 00000
Frm 00181
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28157
Æ Proposed Policy: No change.
• Ranking Criterion Four: The
program does not meet Ranking Criteria
1, 2, or 3, and the applying hospital will
use additional slots to establish a new
or expand an existing geriatrics
residency program.
• Ranking Criterion Five: The
program does not meet Ranking Criteria
1 through 4, the applying hospital is
located in a HPSA, and will use all the
additional slots to establish or expand a
primary care or general surgery
residency program.
• Ranking Criterion Six: The program
does not meet Ranking Criteria 1
through 5, and the applying hospital is
not located in a HPSA, and will use all
the additional slots to establish or
expand a primary care or general
surgery residency program.
• Current Ranking Criterion Seven:
The applying hospital will use
additional slots to establish or expand a
primary care or general surgery
program, but the program does not meet
Ranking Criterion 5 or 6 because the
hospital is also separately applying
under Ranking Criterion 8 for slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or nongeneral surgery program and/or
for cap relief.
• Proposed Ranking Criterion Seven:
The applying hospital will use
additional slots to establish or expand a
primary care or general surgery
program, but the program does not meet
Ranking Criterion 5 or 6 because the
hospital is also separately applying
under Ranking Criterion 8 for slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or nongeneral surgery program. (This
language reflects our proposal in this
proposed rule to revise Ranking Criteria
Seven and Eight. We refer readers to
section IV.K.5.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule where we discuss our
proposals to amend Ranking Criteria
Seven and Eight.)
Æ Current Policy for Ranking Criteria
Four through Seven: The later of when
the hospital can demonstrate to the
MAC that the slots associated with a
new program or program expansion are
actually filled, and therefore, are needed
as of a particular date (usually July 1,
possibly retroactive), or the July 1 after
displaced residents complete their
training.
Æ Proposed Policy for Ranking
Criterion Four through Proposed
Ranking Criterion Seven: If the hospital
is receiving a temporary cap adjustment
for training displaced residents, the later
of when the hospital can demonstrate to
the MAC that the slots associated with
a new program or program expansion
are actually filled, and therefore, are
needed as of a particular date (usually
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28158
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
July 1, possibly retroactive), or the July
1 after displaced residents complete
their training. If the hospital is not
receiving a temporary cap adjustment,
when the hospital can demonstrate to
the MAC that the slots needed for a new
program or program expansion are
actually filled, and therefore, are needed
as of a particular date (usually July 1,
possibly retroactive).
• Current Ranking Criterion Eight:
The program does not meet Ranking
Criteria 1 through 7, and the applying
hospital will use additional slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or a nongeneral surgery program or for
cap relief.
• Proposed Ranking Criterion Eight:
The program does not meet Ranking
Criteria 1 through 7, and the applying
hospital will use additional slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or a nongeneral surgery program. (This
language reflects our proposal in this
proposed rule to revise Ranking
Criterion Eight. We refer readers to
section IV.K.5.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule where we discuss our
proposals to amend Ranking Criterion
Eight.)
Æ Current Policy: If slots are for
starting or expanding a nonprimary care
or nongeneral surgery program, the
effective date is same as that for Ranking
Criteria Four through Seven. If slots are
for cap relief (under current policy), the
effective date is the effective date of
CMS’ award announcement, or after
displaced residents complete their
training, whichever is later.
Æ Proposed Policy for Proposed
Ranking Criterion Eight: If the hospital
is receiving a temporary cap adjustment
for training displaced residents, the later
of when the hospital can demonstrate to
the MAC that the slots associated with
a new program or program expansion
are actually filled and, therefore, are
needed as of a particular date (usually
July 1, possibly retroactive), or the July
1 after displaced residents complete
their training. If the hospital is not
receiving a temporary cap adjustment,
when the hospital can demonstrate to
the MAC that the slots needed for a new
program or program expansion are
actually filled, and therefore, are needed
as of a particular date (usually July 1,
possibly retroactive).
In summary, we are proposing that,
effective for section 5506 application
rounds announced on or after October 1,
2014, the statutory provision at section
5506(d) requiring the Secretary to
consider temporary cap adjustments
under § 413.79(h) and to ensure no
duplication of FTE slots, be interpreted
in a manner such that the requirement
for ‘‘no duplication of FTE slots’’ is
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
applied on a hospital-specific basis
rather than across all hospitals receiving
temporary cap adjustments under
§ 413.79(h). Consistent with this
proposed change, we are proposing to
amend the effective date for slots
received under Ranking Criteria Four
through Eight so that if a hospital is not
receiving a temporary cap adjustment
under § 413.79(h), the slots awarded
under section 5506 would be effective
when the hospital can demonstrate to its
MAC that the slots needed for a new
program or program expansion are
actually filled and, therefore, are needed
as of a particular date (usually July 1,
possibly retroactive).
b. Proposal To Remove Seamless
Requirement
Under current policy, if a hospital is
applying under Ranking Criterion One
or Three, the hospital must show that it
is seamlessly replacing displaced FTE
residents with new FTE residents once
the displaced residents graduate (75 FR
72219 and 72221 through 72222). We
have stated that in instances where a
hospital seamlessly operates an entire
program or part of a program from the
closed hospital (or takes over an entire
program prior to the hospital’s closure),
such a hospital is demonstrating a
strong commitment to maintain GME
programs in the community for the long
term and should we awarded slots
under higher ranking criteria (75 FR
72216). Therefore, we required that, in
order to receive slots under Ranking
Criterion One and Three, the applying
hospital must demonstrate that upon
graduation of the displaced FTE
residents that it is training, the slots
held by those displaced FTEs are
seamlessly replaced with new FTE
residents (75 FR 72219 and 72221
through 72222). In the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53441), in
response to concerns associated with
the seamless requirement and timeline
used by the National Resident Match
Program or other resident match
services, we revised the seamless
requirement. We stated that in the
instance where a teaching hospital
closed after December 31 of an academic
year, in order for a hospital to qualify
under Ranking Criterion One or Three
for cap slots associated with displaced
FTE residents who will graduate June 30
of the academic year in which the
applying hospital took in the displaced
FTE residents, the applying hospital
must be able to demonstrate that it will
fill slots vacated by displaced FTE
residents by July 1 of the second
academic year following the hospital
closure. However, in the instance where
a teaching hospital closed before
PO 00000
Frm 00182
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
December 31 of an academic year, in
order for a hospital to qualify under
Ranking Criterion One or Three for cap
slots associated with displaced FTE
residents who will graduate June 30 of
the academic year in which the
applying hospital took in the displaced
FTE residents, the applying hospital
must be able to demonstrate that it will
seamlessly fill slots vacated by
displaced FTE residents by that July 1;
that is, the day immediately after the
June 30 that the displaced FTE residents
graduate (77 FR 53441 through 53442).
We also revised the CMS Application
Form to instruct a hospital applying
under Ranking Criterion One or Three to
list the names and graduation dates of
specific displaced residents who, upon
their graduation, have been or will be
seamlessly replaced by new residents
(77 FR 53446). Because Ranking Criteria
One and Three fall under Demonstrated
Likelihood Criterion 2, the hospital is
taking over all of part of an existing
residency program from the closed
hospital, or expanding an existing
residency training program, the
requirement to include a list with the
names and graduation dates of specific
displaced residents who have been or
will be seamlessly replaced was added
under Demonstrated Likelihood
Criterion 2 on the CMS Application
Form.
In addition to the match deadlines
associated with the National Resident
Matching Program and match deadlines
associated with matching into
osteopathic programs, we have recently
been made aware of other match
deadlines associated with certain
fellowship programs. From the
experience we have had so far in
reviewing section 5506 applications,
where we have observed the complexity
of tracking various match deadlines as
well as the intersection between these
deadlines and when the section 5506
awards are announced by CMS, we are
proposing to remove the seamless
requirement for slots awarded under
Ranking Criterion One and Three
effective for section 5506 application
rounds announced on or after October 1,
2014. We are not proposing to make any
other additional changes to Ranking
Criterion One or Three; that is, the
hospital must still be training displaced
residents and must either take over or
have taken over an entire program from
the closed hospital and continue
operating that program in the same
manner in which it was operated by the
closed hospital or the hospital must take
over part of a closed hospital’s program
and permanently expand its own
program as a result of training displaced
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
residents. Hospitals would continue to
be required to submit supporting
documentation when applying under
Ranking Criterion One or Three that
indicates that they have made a
commitment to take over the closed
hospital’s program or that they have
made the commitment to permanently
expand their own residency training
program resulting from taking over part
of a closed hospital’s program.
In determining the effective date of
slots awarded under Ranking Criterion
One or Three where the hospital has
been training residents that were
displaced by the closed hospital and
receiving a temporary cap adjustment
under § 413.79(h), the hospital would
work with its MAC to determine when
it could be permanently awarded the
slots based on the graduation dates of
the displaced residents it is training.
Consistent with our proposal, we are
proposing to remove the following
requirement under Demonstrated
Likelihood Criterion 2 on the CMS
Application Form: ‘‘Hospitals applying
for slots under option (a) which
correlates to Ranking Criterion 1 or (b)
which correlates to Ranking Criterion 3
must list the names and graduation
dates of specific displaced residents
who, upon their graduation, have been
or will be seamlessly replaced by new
residents. The list may be added as an
attachment to this application.’’ We are
proposing to replace this requirement
with the following requirement under
Demonstrated Likelihood Criteria 1 and
2’’ ‘‘Please indicate Y or N: As of the
time of submitting this application, are
you receiving a temporary cap
adjustment for IME and/or direct GME
under 42 CFR 413.79(h) for residents
displaced by the closure of the hospital
subject to this Round of section 5506?
(Y/N)’’ so that we are aware which
hospitals are receiving temporary cap
adjustments for training displaced
residents under § 413.79(h), and when
we award slots, we would know which
hospitals to instruct to work with their
MACs to determine when the slots
could be permanently awarded to them
based on the graduation dates of the
displaced residents they are training.
In summary, we are proposing to
remove the seamless requirement
currently included as part of Ranking
Criterion One or Three. We also are
proposing to remove from the CMS
Application Form, the following
requirement: ‘‘Hospitals applying for
slots under option a) which correlates to
Ranking Criterion 1 or b) which
correlates to Ranking Criterion 3 must
list the names and graduation dates of
specific displaced residents who, upon
their graduation, have been or will be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
seamlessly replaced by new residents.
This list may be added as an attachment
to this application.’’
c. Proposed Revisions to Ranking
Criteria One, Seven, and Eight for
Applications Under Section 5506
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 72223), we
finalized the Ranking Criteria within
each of the three first statutory priority
categories (that is, same or contiguous
CBSAs, same State, and same region) to
be used to rank applications for
assignment of slots under section 5506
of the Affordable Care Act. For each
application, we assigned slots based on
Ranking Criteria, with Ranking Criterion
One being the highest ranking and
Ranking Criterion Seven being the
lowest. For a detailed discussion of the
ranking categories, we refer readers to
the November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period (75 FR 72212 through
72240).
After reviewing applications
submitted during the first section 5506
application process (those applications
that were due to CMS on April 1, 2011),
we observed that the overwhelming
majority of applications fell under
Ranking Criterion Seven; that is, the
applying hospital seeks the slots for
purposes that do not fit into any of
Ranking Criterion One through Ranking
Criterion Six. These applications
included applications from hospitals
that applied for FTE cap slots for both
primary care and/or general surgery and
for nonprimary care specialties as well
as applications for general cap relief.
The sheer number of applications we
received under Ranking Criterion Seven
indicate a need to further prioritize
among the applicants that would have
qualified under Ranking Criterion
Seven. Therefore, in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53434
through 53437), we finalized changes to
the Ranking Criteria, replacing Ranking
Criterion Seven with two separate
Ranking Criteria (Ranking Criterion
Seven and Ranking Criterion Eight)
resulting in a total of eight Ranking
Criteria. Under the Ranking Criteria, as
modified by the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, a hospital that is
applying both for the purpose of
establishing or expanding primary care
or general surgery programs, and in
addition is requesting slots for the
purpose of establishing or expanding
nonprimary care or nongeneral surgery
programs and/or for cap relief must
submit an application requesting
additional FTE slots for its primary care
or general surgery programs under
Ranking Criterion Seven. The hospital’s
request for additional FTE slots to
PO 00000
Frm 00183
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28159
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or nongeneral surgery program and/or
for additional FTE slots for cap relief
would then be made under Ranking
Criterion Eight. Prior to this change, if
a hospital applied for additional FTE
slots to establish or expand both a
primary care or general surgery program
in addition to a nonprimary care or
nongeneral surgery program and/or for
additional FTE slots for cap relief, all of
its applications (with the exception of
Ranking Criteria One through Three)
would fall under Ranking Criteria
Seven. For a complete list of the
Ranking Criteria, we refer readers to
section IV.K.5.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, which discusses the
background for preservation of resident
cap positions from closed hospitals
under section 5506 of the Affordable
Care Act.
After reviewing applications and
making awards under several more
rounds of section 5506 applications, we
have observed that, as hospital closings
continue to occur, there has been a
significant increase in the time between
a hospital’s closure and the
announcement of section 5506 awards
by CMS. We believe that this delay is
partly due to the administratively
burdensome task of processing,
reviewing, and responding to such a
large number of applications for each
hospital closure, or each round of
section 5506 awards. When
implementing section 5506 in the
November 24, 2010 final rule with
comment period (75 FR 72212 through
72249), we initially envisioned the
reviewing of applications and awarding
of section 5506 FTE slots as being a
more streamlined and expedient
process. However, as a practical matter,
we have found that process has been
much more resource and time intensive
than we had originally anticipated. This
is partly due to the time and resources
needed to properly apply the process
established by CMS in reviewing section
5506 applications and awarding FTE
cap slots. Since the initial
implementation of section 5506, we
have attempted to be responsive to these
unexpected delays by refining the
ranking criteria to make the review
process less administratively
burdensome. However, these changes
did not alleviate the process to the
desired extent. Furthermore, we have
observed that, while many of the
applications submitted to CMS are
applications requesting FTE slots for
purposes of general cap relief, we have
more often than not awarded no slots at
all for cap relief. This is due in large
part to the limited number of slots
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28160
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
available (many of the closed teaching
hospitals did not have large FTE
resident caps) and an overwhelming
demand for those slots from applicants
who apply for FTE slots for reasons
other than cap relief. Since we finalized
the modified Ranking Criterion Seven
and added Ranking Criterion Eight in
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
we have announced three new rounds of
section 5506 applications due to the
closures of six hospitals. We have
received a total of 424 applications from
hospitals seeking cap relief. Of those
424 applications, only 6 applications
were ultimately awarded FTE slots,
which is only 1.42 percent of the total
cap relief applications. We believe that
the ratio of cap relief awardees to cap
relief applications does not warrant the
administrative burden and the delay in
announcements of section 5506 awards
that result from the large number of cap
relief applications submitted to CMS
that are invariably denied. Therefore, in
an effort to streamline the review
process and to facilitate publishing
section 5506 awards in a more timely
manner, we are proposing to modify
Ranking Criterion Eight so that Ranking
Criterion Eight would only apply to
hospitals seeking FTE slots to establish
or expand a nonprimary care or
nongeneral surgery program. Ranking
Criterion Eight would no longer be
applicable to hospitals seeking FTE cap
slots for cap relief. Our proposal to
eliminate section 5506 awards of FTE
slots for cap relief is consistent with
current policy goals to increase training
in primary care and general surgery. By
proposing to eliminate awarding of FTE
slots for residents that are already being
trained by a hospital, there will be more
FTE resident slots available to award to
other hospitals seeking to establish or
expand a primary care or general
surgery program under Ranking Criteria
Four through Seven.
Accordingly, we are proposing to
revise Ranking Criterion Eight so that it
reads as follows:
Proposed Ranking Criterion Eight:
The program does not meet Ranking
Criteria 1 through 7, and the applying
hospital will use additional slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or a nongeneral surgery program.
In light of the modifications we are
proposing to Ranking Criterion Eight,
we believe it is also necessary to modify
the language of proposed Ranking
Criterion Seven to specify the types of
applications that would properly be
made under this Ranking Criterion; that
is, we are proposing to remove the
reference to cap relief from Ranking
Criterion Seven so that it read as
follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Proposed Ranking Criterion Seven:
The applying hospital will use
additional slots to establish or expand a
primary care or general surgery
program, but the program does not meet
Ranking Criterion 5 or 6 because the
hospital is also separately applying
under Ranking Criterion 8 for slots to
establish or expand a nonprimary care
or nongeneral surgery program.
Separately, we also are proposing a
change related to Ranking Criterion
One. Current ranking Criterion One is
for an applying hospital that assumed
an entire program or programs from the
hospital that closed. We are proposing
to revise Ranking Criterion One to
provide priority to hospitals in one
scenario. Section 5503 of the Affordable
Care Act amended section 1886(h) of the
Act by adding new paragraph (8), which
provided for the permanent reduction
and distribution of residency slots.
Section 1886(h)(8)(A)(ii) of the Act
provides specific exceptions to the
application of the reduction at section
1886(h)(8)(A)(i) of the Act, and
expressly states: ‘‘Exceptions—This
subparagraph shall not apply to (I) a
hospital located in a rural area (as
defined in subsection (d)(2)(D)(ii)) with
fewer than 250 acute care inpatient
beds.’’ The November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 72147)
describes the agency’s interpretation of
this statutory provision. As of the time
that this proposed rule is posted on the
CMS Web site, we are aware of one
instance in which CMS erroneously
reduced a hospital’s FTE resident cap
contrary to this statutory exception. We
are proposing to amend Ranking
Criterion One under section 5506 to
provide priority to a hospital which had
FTE resident cap slots erroneously
removed under section 5503 contrary to
the statutory exception at section
1886(h)(8)(A)(ii)(I) of the Act. We are
proposing to revise Ranking Criterion
One as follows:
b Ranking Criterion One. The
applying hospital is requesting the
increase in its FTE resident cap(s)
because it is assuming (or assumed) an
entire program (or programs) from the
hospital that closed, and the applying
hospital is continuing to operate the
program(s) exactly as it had been
operated by the hospital that closed
(that is, same residents, possibly the
same program director, and possibly the
same (or many of the same) teaching
staff). The applying hospital’s FTE
resident caps were erroneously reduced
by CMS under section 1886(h)(8)(A)(i) of
the Act, contrary to the statutory
exception at section 1886(h)(8)(A)(ii)(I)
of the Act, and CMS Central Office was
made aware of the error prior to posting
PO 00000
Frm 00184
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of the FY 2015 IPPS proposed rule on
the CMS Web site.
d. Clarification to Ranking Criterion
Two Regarding Emergency Medicare
GME Affiliation Agreements
Ranking Criterion Two gives
preference to applying hospitals that
received slots under the terms of a
Medicare GME affiliation agreement
from the closed hospital. Under section
1886(h)(4)(H)(ii) of the Act, hospitals
may form a Medicare GME affiliated
group and elect to aggregate their
respective FTE resident caps and apply
them on an aggregate basis. The
regulations at 42 CFR 413.75(b) and
413.79(f) implemented this statutory
provision, providing specific rules for
sharing FTE resident cap slots among
members of the Medicare GME affiliated
group, one such rule being that member
hospitals must have a ‘‘shared rotational
arrangement.’’ A ‘‘shared rotational
arrangement’’ is defined at 42 CFR
413.75(b) as a residency training
program under which a resident(s)
participates in training at two or more
hospitals in that program. Specifically,
Ranking Criterion Two states the
following:
Ranking Criterion Two. The applying
hospital was listed as a participant of a
Medicare GME affiliated group on the
most recent Medicare GME affiliation
agreement of which the closed hospital
was a member before the hospital
closed, and under the terms of that
Medicare GME affiliation agreement, the
applying hospital received slots from
the hospital that closed, and the
applying hospital will use the additional
slots to continue to train at least the
number of FTE residents it had trained
under the terms of the Medicare GME
affiliation agreement. If the most recent
Medicare GME affiliation agreement of
which the closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed was with a
hospital that itself has closed or is
closing, preference would be given to an
applying hospital that was listed as a
participant in the next most recent
Medicare GME affiliation agreement
(but not one which was entered into
more than 5 years prior to the hospital’s
closure) of which the first closed
hospital was a member before the
hospital closed, and that applying
hospital received slots from the closed
hospital under the terms of that
affiliation agreement.
A question has been raised as to
whether hospitals that were members of
an emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreement with the closed hospital prior
to its closure may be considered under
Ranking Criterion Two as well. The
regulations at 42 CFR 413.79(f)(7)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
govern emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreements, which are
applicable in the instance where a
statutory section 1135 waiver is
invoked. In this situation, due to
emergency conditions, the ‘‘home’’
hospital is unable to continue to train its
residents. Therefore, under the terms of
the emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreement, the ‘‘home’’ hospital may
agree to temporarily transfer FTE
resident cap slots to ‘‘host’’ hospitals
that would train the displaced residents
during the emergency period.
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 72216), we
stated that ‘‘section 1886(h)(4)(H)(vi) of
the Act, as added by section 5506(a) of
the Affordable Care Act, directs the
Secretary to give preference to hospitals
that are members of the same affiliated
group as the hospital that closed. We
believe that, generally, if the applying
hospital was affiliated to receive slots
from the hospital that closed, then the
applying hospital was relying on that
number of FTE resident slots that it
received in order to maintain its fair
share of the cross-training of the
residents in the jointly operated
programs. In the absence of those slots
received from the closed hospital, the
applying hospital may not be able to
continue training that number of FTE
residents, and those same residents
would not only be displaced from the
closed hospital, but might essentially
become ‘displaced’ from the affiliated
hospitals in which they were used to
doing a portion of their training.
Accordingly, we proposed this ranking
criterion to allow hospitals that were
affiliated with the closed hospitals to at
least maintain their fair share of the
training of the residents in the programs
that they had jointly operated with the
closed hospital.’’
In determining whether Ranking
Criterion Two may encompass
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreements, we considered the key
differences and similarities between
regular Medicare GME affiliation
agreements and emergency Medicare
GME affiliation agreements. Regarding
the differences, in the case of emergency
affiliations, there may not have been
historical cross-training or jointly
operated programs between the
applicant hospital and the hospital that
closed. Furthermore, after the natural
disaster that precipitates the section
1135 waiver, the ‘‘home’’ hospital
would be in no condition to train its
share of residents, which is why the
‘‘shared rotational arrangement’’
requirements at 42 CFR 413.79(f)(2) for
regular Medicare GME affiliation
agreements are waived for emergency
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Medicare GME affiliation agreements.
However, it is often true with
emergency affiliations that a hospital
agrees to take over the training of the
hospital in need, ‘‘receiving’’ FTE cap
slots and residents from the ‘‘home’’
hospital, thereby creating the training
relationship. In the event where,
following the disaster that triggers the
section 1135 waiver, a hospital should
actually close, the ‘‘host’’ hospital that
accepted the residents perhaps might
even continue to train its share of the
residents in the program after the
hospital closes. Therefore, emergency
affiliation agreements are similar to
regular affiliation agreements in that the
‘‘host’’ hospital received FTE cap slots
from the ‘‘home’’ hospital to train the
‘‘home’’ hospital’s residents. Further, in
the event that the ‘‘home’’ hospital
closes, triggering a Round of section
5506, the ‘‘host’’ hospital also would
need those FTE cap slots in order to
continue training the share of its
program for which it had taken
responsibility under the emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement
before the ‘‘home’’ hospital closed.
As we stated in the November 24,
2010 final rule with comment period (75
FR 72219 through 72220), ‘‘we believe
the intent of section 5506 is to promote
continuity and limit disruption in
residency training. In that light, we
believe it is logical to give preference to
a hospital that received slots under the
terms of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement so that the hospital could
continue to train at least the number of
FTE residents it had trained under the
terms of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement, avoiding the displacement of
even more residents. . . .’’ We further
stated that we ‘‘. . . are only giving
preference to hospitals that received
slots from the closed hospital under the
terms of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement, so that the hospital could
continue to train at least the number of
FTE residents it had trained under the
terms of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement. . . .’’ Finally, we stated
‘‘that the hospital or hospitals that were
most recently affiliated with and
received slots from the closed hospital
would have the most immediate need
for those slots.’’
While the circumstances may vary,
we believe that ‘‘host’’ hospitals under
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreements could fulfill much of the
same role as hospitals that received slots
from the hospital that closed under
regular Medicare GME affiliation
agreements. That is, continuity of
training would be encouraged and
disruption would be mitigated, to the
extent that the ‘‘host’’ hospital could
PO 00000
Frm 00185
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28161
document to CMS that it would
continue to ‘‘train at least the number of
FTE residents it had trained under the
terms of the’’ emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreement, and in doing so,
would demonstrate it has the ‘‘most
immediate need for those slots’’ as
compared to another hospital. Given
these similarities between regular
Medicare GME affiliation agreements
and emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreements, we believe that
the existing Ranking Criterion Two may
be read to already encompass
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreements. Accordingly, we are
clarifying the existing Ranking Criterion
Two to include emergency Medicare
GME affiliation agreements, to read as
follows:
b Ranking Criterion Two. The
applying hospital was listed as a
participant of a Medicare GME affiliated
group on the most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement of
which the closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed, and under
the terms of that Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement, the
applying hospital received slots from
the hospital that closed, and the
applying hospital will use the additional
slots to continue to train at least the
number of FTE residents it had trained
under the terms of the Medicare GME
affiliation agreement, or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement. If
the most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement of
which the closed hospital was a member
before the hospital closed was with a
hospital that itself has closed or is
closing, preference would be given to an
applying hospital that was listed as a
participant in the next most recent
Medicare GME affiliation agreement or
emergency Medicare GME affiliation
agreement (but not one which was
entered into more than 5 years prior to
the hospital’s closure) of which the first
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed, and that applying
hospital received slots from the closed
hospital under the terms of that
affiliation agreement.
We are making these changes to
Ranking Criterion Two in the Section
5506 Application Form.
We are including below a revised
Section 5506 Application Form that
reflects all of the proposed changes
discussed above.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28162
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
CMS Application Form
As Part of the Application for the
Increase in a Hospital’s FTE Cap(s)
under Section 5506 of the Affordable
Care Act: Preservation of FTE Cap Slots
from Teaching Hospitals that Close
Directions: Please fill out the
information below for each residency
program for which the applicant
hospital intends to use the increase in
its FTE cap(s). If the hospital is
applying for slots for a particular
program, but the requested slots in that
program qualify under two different
ranking criteria, submit two separate
application forms accordingly. If the
hospital is applying for slots associated
with a Medicare GME affiliation
agreement with a hospital that closed,
that application must be submitted
separately from an individual program
request.
NAME OF HOSPITAL: lllllll
MEDICARE
PROVIDER
NUMBER
(CCN): lllllllllllllll
NAME OF MEDICARE CONTRACTOR:
llllllllllllllllll
l
CORE-BASED STATISTICAL AREA
(CBSA in which the hospital is physically located—write the 5 digit code
here): lllllllllllllll
COUNTY NAME (in which the hospital
is physically located): llllllll
Complete the following, as applicable:
1.
Name
of
Specialty
Training
Program: llllllllllllll
2. Medicare GME Affiliated Group: ll
(Check one): b Allopathic Program
b Osteopathic Program
NUMBER OF FTE SLOTS REQUESTED
FOR SPECIFIC PROGRAM (OR
OVERALL IF SEEKING SLOTS
ASSOCIATED WITH A MEDICARE
GME AFFILIATED GROUP) AT YOUR
HOSPITAL:
Direct GME:llll
IME:llll
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Section A: Demonstrated Likelihood
Criteria (DLC) of Filling the FTE
Slots
The applicant hospital must provide
documentation to demonstrate the
likelihood of filling requested slots
under section 5506 within the 3
academic years immediately following
the application deadline to receive slots
after a particular hospital closes. Please
indicate the specific use for which you
are requesting an increase in your
hospital’s FTE cap(s). If you are
requesting an increase in the hospital’s
FTE cap(s) for a combination of DLC1,
DLC2, or DLC3, you must complete a
separate CMS Application Form for
each DLC and specify the distinct
VerDate Mar<15>2010
21:35 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
criterion from the list below within each
Form.
Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 1:
Establishing a New Residency Program
The hospital does not have sufficient
room under its direct GME FTE cap or
IME FTE cap, or both, and will establish
a new residency program in the
specialty.
Please indicate Y or N: As of the time
of submitting this application, are you
receiving a temporary cap adjustment
for IME and/or direct GME under 42
CFR 413.79(h) for residents displaced
by the closure of the hospital subject to
this Round of section 5506?
(Y/N)llll
The hospital must check at least one
of the following:
Application for approval of the new
residency program has been submitted
to the ACGME, AOA or the ABMS (The
hospital must attach a copy.)
The hospital has submitted an
institutional review document or
program information form concerning
the new program in an application for
approval of the new program. (The
hospital must attach a copy.)
The hospital has received written
correspondence from the ACGME, AOA
or ABMS acknowledging receipt of the
application for the new program, or
other types of communication from the
accrediting bodies concerning the new
program approval process (such as
notification of site visit). (The hospital
must attach a copy.)
The hospital has other documentation
demonstrating that it has made a
commitment to start a new program
(The hospital must attach a copy.)
Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 2:
Taking Over All or Part of an Existing
Residency Program from the Closed
Hospital, or Expanding an Existing
Residency Program
The hospital does not have sufficient
room under its direct GME FTE cap or
IME FTE cap, or both, and (a) has
permanently taken over the closed
hospital’s entire residency program, or
(b) is permanently expanding its own
previously established and approved
residency program resulting from taking
over part of a residency program from
the closed hospital, or (c) is
permanently expanding its own existing
residency program.
Please indicate Y or N: As of the time
of submitting this application, are you
receiving a temporary cap adjustment
for IME and/or direct GME under 42
CFR 413.79(h) for residents displaced
by the closure of the hospital subject to
this Round of section 5506?
(Y/N) llll
PO 00000
Frm 00186
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The hospital must check at least one
of the following:
Application for approval to take over
the closed hospital’s residency program
has been submitted to the ACGME,
AOA, or the ABMS, or approval has
been received from the ACGME, AOA,
or the ABMS. (The hospital must attach
a copy.)
Application for approval of an
expansion of the number of approved
positions in its residency program
resulting from taking over part of a
residency program from the closed
hospital has been submitted to the
ACGME, AOA or the ABMS, or approval
has been received from the ACGME,
AOA, or the ABMS. (The hospital must
attach a copy.)
Application for approval of an
expansion of the number of approved
positions in its residency program has
been submitted to the ACGME, AOA or
the ABMS, or approval has been
received from the ACGME, AOA, or the
ABMS. (The hospital must attach a
copy.)
The hospital currently has unfilled
positions in its residency program that
have previously been approved by the
ACGME, AOA, or the ABMS, and is
now seeking to fill those positions. (The
hospital must attach documentation
clearly showing its current number of
approved positions, and its current
number of filled positions).
The hospital has submitted an
institutional review document or
program information form concerning
the program in an application for
approval of an expansion to the program
(The hospital must attach a copy).
Demonstrated Likelihood Criterion 3:
Receiving Slots by Virtue of Medicare
GME Affiliated Group Agreement or
Emergency Medicare GME Affiliated
Group Agreement With Closed Hospital
The hospital was listed as a
participant of a Medicare GME affiliated
group on the most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation
agreement of which the closed hospital
was a member before the hospital
closed, and under the terms of that
Medicare GME affiliation agreement or
emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreement, the applying
hospital received slots from the hospital
that closed, and the applying hospital
will use the additional slots to continue
to train at least the number of FTE
residents it had trained under the terms
of the Medicare GME affiliation
agreement or emergency Medicare
GME affiliation agreement. If the
most recent Medicare GME affiliation
agreement or emergency Medicare
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
GME affiliation agreement of which
the closed hospital was a member before
the hospital closed was with a hospital
that itself has closed or is closing, the
applying hospital was listed as a
participant in the next most recent
Medicare GME affiliation agreement or
emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreement (but not one
which was entered into more than 5
years prior to the hospital’s closure) of
which the first closed hospital was a
member before the hospital closed, and
that applying hospital received slots
from the closed hospital under the terms
of that affiliation agreement. (Copies of
EACH of the following must be
attached.)
Copies of the recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement (or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation agreement) of
which the applying hospital and the
closed hospital were a member of before
the hospital closed.
Copies of the most recent
accreditation letters for all of the
hospital’s training programs in which
the hospital had a shared rotational
arrangement (as defined at § 413.75(b))
with the closed hospital.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Section B. Level Priority Category
(Place an ‘‘X’’ in the appropriate box
that is applicable to the level priority
category that describes the applicant
hospital.)
First, to hospitals located in the same
core-based statistical area (CBSA) as, or
in a CBSA contiguous to, the hospital
that closed.
Second, to hospitals located in the
same State as the closed hospital.
Third, to hospitals located in the same
region as the hospital that closed.
Fourth, if the slots have not yet been
fully distributed, to qualifying hospitals
in accordance with the criteria
established under section 5503,
‘‘Distribution of Additional Residency
Positions’’
Section C. Ranking Criteria
(Place an ‘‘X’’ in the box for each
criterion that is appropriate for the
applicant hospital and for the program
for which the increase in the FTE cap
is requested.)
b Ranking Criterion One. The
applying hospital is requesting the
increase in its FTE resident cap(s)
because it is assuming (or assumed) an
entire program (or programs) from the
hospital that closed, and the applying
hospital is continuing to operate the
program(s) exactly as it had been
operated by the hospital that closed
(that is, same residents, possibly the
same program director, and possibly the
same (or many of the same) teaching
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
staff). The applying hospital’s FTE
resident caps were erroneously reduced
by CMS under section 1886(h)(8)(A)(i) of
the Act, contrary to the statutory
exception at section 1886(h)(8)(A)(ii)(I)
of the Act, and CMS Central Office was
made aware of the error prior to posting
of the FY 2015 IPPS proposed rule on
the CMS Web site.
Ranking Criterion Two. The applying
hospital was listed as a participant of a
Medicare GME affiliated group on the
most recent Medicare GME affiliation
agreement or emergency Medicare
GME affiliation agreement of which
the closed hospital was a member before
the hospital closed, and under the terms
of that Medicare GME affiliation
agreement or emergency Medicare
GME affiliation agreement, the
applying hospital received slots from
the hospital that closed, and the
applying hospital will use the additional
slots to continue to train at least the
number of FTE residents it had trained
under the terms of the Medicare GME
affiliation agreement, or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation
agreement. If the most recent Medicare
GME affiliation agreement or
emergency Medicare GME
affiliation agreement of which the
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed was with a hospital that
itself has closed or is closing, preference
would be given to an applying hospital
that was listed as a participant in the
next most recent Medicare GME
affiliation agreement or emergency
Medicare GME affiliation
agreement (but not one which was
entered into more than 5 years prior to
the hospital’s closure) of which the first
closed hospital was a member before the
hospital closed, and that applying
hospital received slots from the closed
hospital under the terms of that
affiliation agreement.
Ranking Criterion Three. The
applying hospital took in residents
displaced by the closure of the hospital,
but is not assuming an entire program
or programs, and will use the additional
slots to continue training residents in
the same programs as the displaced
residents, even after those displaced
residents complete their training (that
is, the applying hospital is permanently
expanding its own existing programs).
Ranking Criterion Four. The program
does not meet Ranking Criteria 1, 2, or
3, and the applying hospital will use
additional slots to establish a new or
expand an existing geriatrics residency
program.
b Ranking Criterion Five: The
program does not meet Ranking Criteria
1 through 4, the applying hospital is
located in a HPSA, and will use all the
PO 00000
Frm 00187
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28163
additional slots to establish or expand
a primary care or general surgery
residency program.
Ranking Criterion Six: The program
does not meet Ranking Criteria 1
through 5, and the applying hospital is
not located in a HPSA, and will use all
the additional slots to establish or
expand a primary care or general
surgery residency program.
Ranking Criterion Seven: The
applying hospital will use additional
slots to establish or expand a primary
care or general surgery program, but the
program does not meet Ranking
Criterion 5 or 6 because the hospital is
also separately applying under Ranking
Criterion 8 for slots to establish or
expand a nonprimary care or nongeneral surgery program.
Ranking Criterion Eight: The program
does not meet Ranking Criteria 1
through 7, and the applying hospital
will use additional slots to establish or
expand a nonprimary care or a
nongeneral surgery program.
Application Process and CMS
Central Office Mailing Address for
Receiving Increases in FTE Resident
Caps
In order for hospitals to be considered
for increases in their FTE resident caps,
each qualifying hospital must submit a
timely application. The following
information must be submitted on
applications to receive an increase in
FTE resident caps:
D The name and Medicare provider
number, and Medicare contractor (to
which the hospital submits its cost
report) of the hospital.
The total number of requested FTE
resident slots for direct GME or IME, or
both.
A completed copy of the CMS
Application Form for each residency
program for which the hospital intends
to use the requested increase in FTE
residents.
Source documentation to support the
assertions made by the hospital on the
CMS Application Form.
FTE resident counts for direct GME
and IME and FTE resident caps for
direct GME and IME reported by the
hospital in the most recent as-filed cost
report. Include copies of Worksheets E,
Part A, and E–4.
An attestation, signed and dated by an
officer or administrator of the hospital
who signs the hospital’s Medicare cost
report, with the following information:
‘‘I hereby certify that I understand that
misrepresentation or falsification of any
information contained in this
application may be punishable by
criminal, civil, and administrative
action, fine and/or imprisonment under
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28164
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
federal law. Furthermore, I understand
that if services identified in this
application were provided or procured
through payment directly or indirectly
of a kickback or were otherwise illegal,
criminal, civil, and administrative
action, fines and/or imprisonment may
result. I also certify that, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, it is a true,
correct, and complete application
prepared from the books and records of
the hospital in accordance with
applicable instructions, except as noted.
I further certify that I am familiar with
the laws and regulations regarding
Medicare payment to hospitals for the
training of interns and residents.’’
CMS Central Office Mailing Address
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services (CMS)
Director, Division of Acute Care
7500 Security Boulevard
Mailstop C4–08–06
Baltimore, MD 21244–1850
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6. Proposed Clarification and Policy
Change Applicable To Direct GME
Payments to Federally Qualified Health
Centers (FQHCs) and Rural Health
Clinics (RHCs) for Training Residents in
Approved Programs
Under section 1886(k) of the Act, and
as implemented in the regulations at 42
CFR 405.2468(f), federally qualified
health centers (FQHCs) and rural health
clinics (RHCs) may receive payment for
the costs of direct GME for training
residents in an approved program under
certain circumstances. Specifically, the
regulations at § 405.2468(f)(1) state:
‘‘Effective for that portion of cost
reporting periods occurring on or after
January 1, 1999, if an RHC or an FQHC
incurs ‘all or substantially all’ of the
costs for the training program in the
nonhospital setting as defined in
§ 413.75(b) of this chapter, the RHC or
FQHC may receive direct graduate
medical education payment for those
residents.’’ We refer readers to the July
31, 1998 final rule (63 FR 40986) for a
detailed discussion of this longstanding
policy. As noted earlier, the regulatory
text of § 405.2468(f)(1) incorporates the
definition of ‘‘all or substantially all of
the costs for the training program in a
nonhospital setting’’ that is defined at
§ 413.75(b), as part of a number of
definitions applicable generally to
hospital direct GME payments and those
regulations at § 413.76 through § 413.83.
Section 413.75(b) is based on the
statutory provision at section
1886(h)(4)(E) of the Act, which
establishes the requirements that
hospitals must meet in order to receive
direct GME payment for residents
training in nonprovider settings.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The statutory use of the phrase ‘‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in that setting’’ is
located in section 1886(h)(4)(E) of the
Act, as added by section 9314 of the
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1986 (Pub. L. 99–509) (OBRA ‘86). For
a detailed discussion of the
implementation of section 9314 of
OBRA ‘86, we refer readers to the
September 29, 1989 final rule (54 FR
40292). Section 1886(h)(4)(E) of the Act,
as added by OBRA ’86, established the
requirements that hospitals must meet
in order to receive direct GME payment
for residents training in nonprovider
settings. However, section 5504(a) of the
Affordable Care Act made changes to
section 1886(h)(4)(E) of the Act to
reduce the costs that hospitals must
incur for residents training in
nonprovider sites in order to count the
FTE residents for purposes of direct
GME payments. In making these
changes to section 1886(h)(4)(E) of the
Act, section 5504(a) of the Affordable
Care Act amended the Act
prospectively, effective with ‘‘cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
July 1, 2010’’ for direct GME, by
removing the phrase ‘‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in that setting’’ and
instead permitting hospitals to count the
time that residents train in activities
related to patient care in a nonprovider
site if the hospital incurs the costs of the
residents’ salaries and fringe benefits for
the time that the resident spends
training in the nonprovider site. In
effect, this amendment reduced the
costs that hospitals must incur for
residents training in nonprovider
settings.
Based on this statutory amendment,
in the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 72134), we
revised the regulations at
§ 412.105(f)(1)(ii)(E) for IME and
§§ 413.78(f) and (g) for direct GME to
reflect the changes made by section
5504(a) of the Affordable Care Act. In
addition, we revised the regulatory
definition of ‘‘all or substantially all of
the costs for the training program in the
nonhospital setting’’ in order to
implement the statutory amendment
and apply the effective date as set forth
in the statute to cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010.
Specifically, the regulations at
§ 413.75(b), which define ‘‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in the nonhospital
setting’’ were revised as follows:
‘‘(1) Effective on or after January 1,
1999 and for cost reporting periods
beginning before July 1, 2007, the
residents’ salaries and fringe benefits
PO 00000
Frm 00188
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(including travel and lodging where
applicable) and the portion of the cost
of teaching physicians’ salaries and
fringe benefits attributable to direct
graduate medical education (GME); and
‘‘(2) Effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after July 1,
2007 and before July 1, 2010, at least 90
percent of the total of the costs of the
residents’ salaries and fringe benefits
(including travel and lodging where
applicable) and the portion of the cost
of teaching physicians’ salaries
attributable to nonpatient care direct
GME activities.’’
Ultimately, with regard to the costs
that hospitals must incur for residents
training in nonprovider sites in order to
count the FTE residents for purposes of
direct GME payments, the phrase ‘‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in the nonhospital
setting’’ no longer applies, effective for
cost reporting periods beginning on and
after July 1, 2010.
In the November 24, 2010 final rule
with comment period (75 FR 72134), we
amended the regulations applicable to
direct GME payments to hospitals at
§§ 413.75(b) and 413.78(g) to reflect the
changes made by section 5504(a) of the
Affordable Care Act. However, at that
time, we inadvertently did not make
conforming changes to the regulations at
§ 405.2468(f)(1) to clarify the
requirements that FQHCs and RHCs
must meet in order to receive direct
GME payment for training residents in
their facilities. Therefore, in compliance
with our longstanding policy that
FQHCs and RHCs must meet the same
requirements applicable to teaching
hospitals for direct GME payments with
respect to training residents in
nonprovider settings, in this proposed
rule, we are providing clarification that,
based on statutory amendments
discussed earlier, the applicable policy
cross-referenced in § 405.2468(f)(1) has
changed for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2010. In
addition, to ensure statutory and
regulatory consistency, we are
proposing to revise the regulations at
§ 405.2468(f)(1) to add a sentence at the
end of the paragraph as follows:
‘‘However, in connection with cost
reporting periods for which ‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in the nonhospital
setting’ is not defined in § 413.75(b) of
this chapter, if an RHC or an FQHC
incurs the salaries and fringe benefits
(including travel and lodging where
applicable) of residents training at the
RHC or FQHC, the RHC or FQHC may
receive direct graduate medical
education payment for those residents.’’
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
L. Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program
1. Background
Section 410A(a) of Public Law 108–
173 required the Secretary to establish
a demonstration program to test the
feasibility and advisability of
establishing ‘‘rural community’’
hospitals to furnish covered inpatient
hospital services to Medicare
beneficiaries. The demonstration pays
rural community hospitals under a
reasonable cost-based methodology for
Medicare payment purposes for covered
inpatient hospital services furnished to
Medicare beneficiaries. A rural
community hospital, as defined in
section 410A(f)(1), is a hospital that—
• Is located in a rural area (as defined
in section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Act) or is
treated as being located in a rural area
under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act;
• Has fewer than 51 beds (excluding
beds in a distinct part psychiatric or
rehabilitation unit) as reported in its
most recent cost report;
• Provides 24-hour emergency care
services; and
• Is not designated or eligible for
designation as a CAH under section
1820 of the Act.
Section 410A(a)(4) of Public Law 108–
173 specified that the Secretary was to
select for participation no more than 15
rural community hospitals in rural areas
of States that the Secretary identified as
having low population densities. Using
2002 data from the U.S Census Bureau,
we identified the 10 States with the
lowest population density in which
rural community hospitals were to be
located in order to participate in the
demonstration: Alaska, Idaho, Montana,
Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North
Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and
Wyoming. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau,
Statistical Abstract of the United States:
2003).
CMS originally solicited applicants
for the demonstration in May 2004; 13
hospitals began participation with cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2004. In 2005, 4 of these 13
hospitals withdrew from the program
and converted to CAH status. This left
nine hospitals participating at that time.
In 2008, we announced a solicitation for
up to six additional hospitals to
participate in the demonstration
program. Four additional hospitals were
selected to participate under this
solicitation. These four additional
hospitals began under the
demonstration payment methodology
with the hospital’s first cost reporting
period starting on or after July 1, 2008.
At that time, 13 hospitals were
participating in the demonstration.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Five hospitals (3 of the hospitals were
among the 13 hospitals that were
original participants in the
demonstration program and 2 of the
hospitals were among the 4 hospitals
that began the demonstration program
in 2008) withdrew from the
demonstration program during CYs
2009 and 2010. (Three of these hospitals
indicated that they would be paid more
for Medicare inpatient hospital services
under the rebasing option allowed
under the SCH methodology provided
for under section 122 of the Medicare
Improvements for Patients and
Providers Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110–275).
One hospital restructured to become a
CAH, and one hospital closed.) In CY
2011, one hospital that was among the
original set of hospitals that participated
in the demonstration withdrew from the
demonstration. These actions left seven
of the originally participating hospitals
(that is, hospitals that were selected to
participate in either 2004 or 2008)
participating in the demonstration
program as of June 1, 2011.
Sections 3123 and 10313 of the
Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111–148)
amended section 410A of Public Law
108–173, which established the rural
community hospital demonstration
program. Sections 3123 and 10313 of
the Affordable Care Act changed the
rural community hospital
demonstration program in several ways.
First, the Secretary is required to
conduct the demonstration program for
an additional 5-year period that begins
on the date immediately following the
last day of the initial 5-year period.
Further, the Affordable Care Act
requires, in the case of a rural
community hospital that is participating
in the demonstration program as of the
last day of the initial 5-year period, the
Secretary to provide for the continued
participation of such rural hospital in
the demonstration program during the
5-year extension, unless the hospital
makes an election, in such form and
manner as the Secretary may specify, to
discontinue participation (section
410A(g)(4)(A) of Pub. L. 108–173, as
added by section 3123(a) of the
Affordable Care Act and further
amended by section 10313 of such Act).
In addition, the Affordable Care Act
provides that, during the 5-year
extension period, the Secretary shall
expand the number of States with low
population densities determined by the
Secretary to 20 (section 410A(g)(2) of
Pub. L. 108–173, as added by section
3123(a) and amended by section 10313
of the Affordable Care Act). Further, the
Secretary is required to use the same
criteria and data that the Secretary used
to determine the States under section
PO 00000
Frm 00189
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28165
410A(a)(2) of Public Law 108–173 for
purposes of the initial 5-year period.
The Affordable Care Act also allows not
more than 30 rural community hospitals
in such States to participate in the
demonstration program during the 5year extension period (section
410A(g)(3) of Pub. L. 108–173, as added
by section 3123(a) of the Affordable
Care Act and as further amended by
section 10313 of such Act).
We published a solicitation for
applications for additional participants
in the rural community hospital
demonstration program in the Federal
Register on August 30, 2010 (75 FR
52960). Applications were due on
October 14, 2010. The 20 States with the
lowest population density that were
eligible for the demonstration program
are: Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas,
Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Maine,
Minnesota, Mississippi, Montana,
Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North
Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South
Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming (Source:
U.S. Census Bureau, Statistical Abstract
of the United States: 2003). We
approved 19 new hospitals for
participation in the demonstration
program. We determined that each of
these new hospitals would begin
participating in the demonstration with
its first cost reporting period beginning
on or after April 1, 2011.
Three of these 19 hospitals declined
participation prior to the start of the cost
reporting periods for which they would
have begun the demonstration. In
addition to the 7 hospitals that were
selected in either 2004 or 2008, the new
selection led to a total of 23 hospitals in
the demonstration. During CY 2013, one
additional hospital among the set
selected in 2011 withdrew from the
demonstration, similarly citing a
relative financial advantage to returning
to the customary SCH payment
methodology, which left 22 hospitals
participating in the demonstration.
In addition, section 410A(c)(2) of
Public Law 108–173 required that, ‘‘[i]n
conducting the demonstration program
under this section, the Secretary shall
ensure that the aggregate payments
made by the Secretary do not exceed the
amount which the Secretary would have
paid if the demonstration program
under this section was not
implemented.’’ This requirement is
commonly referred to as ‘‘budget
neutrality.’’ Generally, when we
implement a demonstration program on
a budget neutral basis, the
demonstration program is budget
neutral in its own terms; in other words,
the aggregate payments to the
participating hospitals do not exceed
the amount that would be paid to those
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28166
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
same hospitals in the absence of the
demonstration program. Typically, this
form of budget neutrality is viable
when, by changing payments or aligning
incentives to improve overall efficiency,
or both, a demonstration program may
reduce the use of some services or
eliminate the need for others, resulting
in reduced expenditures for the
demonstration program’s participants.
These reduced expenditures offset
increased payments elsewhere under
the demonstration program, thus
ensuring that the demonstration
program as a whole is budget neutral or
yields savings. However, the small scale
of this demonstration program, in
conjunction with the payment
methodology, makes it extremely
unlikely that this demonstration
program could be viable under the usual
form of budget neutrality.
Specifically, cost-based payments to
participating small rural hospitals are
likely to increase Medicare outlays
without producing any offsetting
reduction in Medicare expenditures
elsewhere. Therefore, a rural
community hospital’s participation in
this demonstration program is unlikely
to yield benefits to the participant if
budget neutrality were to be
implemented by reducing other
payments for these same hospitals.
In the past 10 IPPS final regulations,
spanning the period for which the
demonstration program has been
implemented, we have adjusted the
national inpatient PPS rates by an
amount sufficient to account for the
added costs of this demonstration
program, thus applying budget
neutrality across the payment system as
a whole rather than merely across the
participants in the demonstration
program. As we discussed in the FYs
2005 through 2014 IPPS final rules (69
FR 49183; 70 FR 47462; 71 FR 48100;
72 FR 47392; 73 FR 48670; 74 FR 43922,
75 FR 50343, 76 FR 51698, 77 FR 53449,
and 78 FR 50740, respectively), we
believe that the language of the statutory
budget neutrality requirements permits
the agency to implement the budget
neutrality provision in this manner. In
light of the statute’s budget neutrality
requirement, in this FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are
proposing to continue to use the
methodology we finalized in FY 2013 to
calculate a budget neutrality adjustment
factor to the FY 2015 national IPPS
rates.
In general terms, in each of these
previous years, we used available cost
reports for the participating hospitals to
derive an estimate of the additional
costs attributable for the demonstration.
Prior to FY 2013, we used finalized, or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
settled, cost reports, as available, and
‘‘as submitted’’ cost reports for hospitals
for which finalized cost reports were not
available. Annual market basket
percentage increase amounts provided
by the CMS Office of the Actuary
reflecting the growth in the prices of
inputs for inpatient hospitals were
applied to these cost amounts. In the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53452), we used ‘‘as submitted’’ cost
reports (for cost reporting periods
ending in CY 2010) for each hospital
participating in the demonstration in
estimating the costs of the
demonstration. In addition, in FY 2013,
we incorporated different update factors
(the market basket percentage increase
and the applicable percentage increase,
as applicable, to several years of data as
opposed to solely using the market
basket percentage increase) for the
calculation of the budget neutrality
offset amount. Finally, in each of the
previous years, an annual update factor
provided by the CMS Office of the
Actuary reflecting growth in the volume
of inpatient operating services was also
applied. For the budget neutrality
calculations in the IPPS final rules for
FYs 2005 through 2011, the annual
volume adjustment applied was 2
percent; for the IPPS final rules for FYs
2012, 2013, and 2014, it was 3 percent.
For a detailed discussion of our budget
neutrality offset calculations, we refer
readers to the IPPS final rule applicable
to the fiscal year involved.
In general, for FYs 2005 through 2009,
we based the budget neutrality offset
estimate on the estimated cost of the
demonstration in an earlier given year.
For these periods, we derived that
estimated cost by subtracting the
estimated amount that would otherwise
be paid without the demonstration in an
earlier given year from the estimated
amount for the same year that would be
paid under the demonstration under the
reasonable cost-based methodology
authorized by section 410A of Public
Law 108–173. (We note that section
410A of Pub. L. 108–173 was later
amended by the Affordable Care Act.)
The reasonable cost-based methodology
authorized by section 410A of Public
Law 108–173, as amended, is hereafter
referred to as the ‘‘reasonable cost
methodology.’’ (We ascertained the
estimated amount that would be paid in
an earlier given year under the
reasonable cost methodology and the
estimated amount that would otherwise
be paid without the demonstration in an
earlier given year from ‘‘as submitted’’
cost reports that were submitted by the
hospitals prior to the inception of the
demonstration.) We then updated the
PO 00000
Frm 00190
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
estimated cost described above to the
current year by multiplying it by the
market basket percentage increases
applicable to the years involved and the
applicable annual volume adjustment.
For the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH
PPS final rule, data from finalized cost
reports reflecting the participating
hospitals’ experience under the
demonstration were available.
Specifically, the finalized cost reports
for the first 2 years of the
demonstration, that is, cost reports for
cost reporting years beginning in FYs
2005 and 2006 (CYs 2004, 2005, and
2006) were available. These data
showed that the actual costs of the
demonstration for these years exceeded
the amounts originally estimated in the
respective final rules for the budget
neutrality adjustment. In the FY 2010
IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule, we
included in the budget neutrality offset
amount an amount in addition to the
estimate of the demonstration costs in
that fiscal year. This additional amount
was based on the amount that the costs
of the demonstration for FYs 2005 and
2006 exceeded the budget neutrality
offset amounts finalized in the IPPS
rules applicable for those years.
Following upon the FY 2010 IPPS/RY
2010 LTCH PPS final rule, we have
continued to propose a methodology for
calculating the budget neutrality offset
amount to account for both the
estimated demonstration costs in the
upcoming fiscal year and an amount by
which the actual demonstration costs
corresponding to an earlier, given year
(which would be known once we have
finalized cost reports for that year)
exceeded the budget neutrality offset
amount finalized in the corresponding
year’s IPPS final rule. However, we
noted in the FYs 2011, 2012, and 2013
IPPS final rules that, because of a delay
affecting the settlement process for cost
reports for IPPS hospitals occurring on
a larger scale than merely for the
demonstration, we were unable to
finalize this component of the budget
neutrality offset amount accounting for
the amount by which the actual
demonstration costs in a given year
exceeded the budget neutrality offset
amount finalized in the corresponding
year’s IPPS final rule for cost reports of
demonstration hospitals dating to those
beginning in FY 2007.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53449 through 53453), we
adopted changes to the methodology for
calculating the budget neutrality offset
amount in an effort to further improve
and refine it. We noted that the revised
methodology varied, in part, from that
finalized in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51698 through
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
51705). Specifically, in adopting
refinements to the methodology, our
objective was to simplify the calculation
so that it included as few steps as
possible. In addition, we incorporated
different update factors (the market
basket percentage increase and the
applicable percentage increase, as
applicable, to several years of data as
opposed to solely using the market
basket percentage increase) for the
calculation of the budget neutrality
offset amount. We stated that we
believed this approach would maximize
the precision of our calculation because
it would more closely replicate
payments made with and without the
demonstration. We refer readers to the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77
FR 53449 through 53453) for a detailed
discussion of the methodology we used
for FY 2013. We noted that, although we
were making changes to certain aspects
of the budget neutrality offset amount
calculation for FY 2013, several core
components of the methodology would
remain unchanged. For example, we
continued to include in the budget
neutrality offset amount methodology
the estimate of the demonstration costs
for the upcoming fiscal year and the
amount by which the actual
demonstration costs corresponding to an
earlier year (which would be
determined once we have finalized cost
reports for that year) exceeded the
budget neutrality offset amount
finalized in the corresponding year’s
IPPS final rule. However, finalized cost
reports for the hospitals participating in
the demonstration were not available for
FYs 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010 at the
time of development of the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. Therefore,
we were unable to finalize this
component of the budget neutrality
offset calculation. We stated in the final
rule that we expected settled cost
reports for all of the demonstration
hospitals that participated in the
applicable fiscal year (FYs 2007, 2008,
2009, and 2010) to be available prior to
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50739 through 50744), we
determined the final budget neutrality
offset amount to be applied to the FY
2014 IPPS rates to be $52,589,741. This
amount was comprised of two distinct
components: (1) the final resulting
difference between the estimated
reasonable cost amount to be paid under
the demonstration to the 22
participating hospitals in FY 2014 for
covered inpatient hospital services and
the estimated amount that would
otherwise be paid to such hospitals in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
FY 2014 without the demonstration
(this amount was $46,549,861); and (2)
the amount by which the actual costs of
the demonstration for FY 2007, as
shown in the finalized cost reports for
the hospitals that participated in the
demonstration during FY 2007,
exceeded the budget neutrality offset
amount that was finalized in the FY
2007 IPPS final rule (this amount,
$6,039,880, was derived from finalized
cost reports for cost reporting periods
beginning in FY 2007 for the 9 hospitals
that participated in the demonstration
during that year).
2. Proposed FY 2015 Budget Neutrality
Offset Amount
For the reasons discussed in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53449 through 53453), we are proposing
in this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule to continue to use the
methodology finalized in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to calculate a
budget neutrality adjustment factor to be
applied to the FY 2015 national IPPS
payment rates. As we stated in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53451), we revised our methodology in
that final rule to further improve and
refine the calculation of the budget
neutrality offset amount and to simplify
the methodology so that it includes only
a few steps. Consistent with the
methodology finalized in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the proposed
methodology for calculating the
estimated FY 2015 demonstration cost
for the participating hospitals is as
follows:
Step 1: For each of the participating
hospitals, we are proposing to identify
the general reasonable cost amount
calculated under the reasonable cost
methodology for covered inpatient
hospital services (as indicated on the
‘‘as submitted’’ cost report for the
hospital’s cost reporting period ending
in CY 2012). The general reasonable cost
amount calculated under the reasonable
cost methodology is hereafter referred to
as the ‘‘reasonable cost amount.’’ As we
explained in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53451), we believe
that a way to streamline our
methodology for calculating the budget
neutrality offset amount would be to use
cost reports with the same status and
from the same time period for all
hospitals participating in the
demonstration. Because ‘‘as submitted’’
cost reports ending in CY 2012 are the
most recent available cost reports, we
believe they would be an accurate
predictor of the costs of the
demonstration in FY 2015 because they
give us a recent picture of the
participating hospitals’ costs.
PO 00000
Frm 00191
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28167
Because section 410A of Public Law
108–173 stipulates swing-bed services
are to be included among the covered
inpatient hospital services for which the
demonstration payment methodology
applies, we are proposing to include the
cost of these services, as reported on the
cost reports for the hospitals that
provide swing-bed services, within the
general total estimated FY 2012
reasonable cost amount for covered
inpatient hospital services under the
demonstration. As indicated above, we
are proposing to use ‘‘as submitted’’ cost
reports for the hospital’s cost reporting
period ending in CY 2012 for this
calculation.
We are proposing to sum the two
above-referenced amounts to calculate
the general total estimated FY 2012
reasonable cost amount for covered
inpatient hospital services for all
participating hospitals.
We are proposing to multiply this
sum (that is, the general total estimated
FY 2012 reasonable cost amount for
covered inpatient hospital services for
all participating hospitals) by the FY
2013, FY 2014, and FY 2015 IPPS
market basket percentage increases,
which are formulated by the CMS Office
of the Actuary. In this proposed rule,
the current estimate of the FY 2015 IPPS
market basket percentage increase
provided by the CMS Office of the
Actuary is specified in section IV.B.1. of
the preamble of this proposed rule. We
are proposing to use the final FY 2015
IPPS market basket percentage increase
in the final rule. We also are proposing
to then multiply the product of the
general total estimated FY 2012
reasonable cost amount for all
participating hospitals and the market
basket percentage increases applicable
to the years involved by a 3-percent
annual volume adjustment for FYs 2013
through 2015—the result would be the
general total estimated FY 2015
reasonable cost amount for covered
inpatient hospital services for all
participating hospitals.
We are proposing to apply the IPPS
market basket percentage increases
applicable for FYs 2013 through 2015 to
the FY 2012 reasonable cost amount
described above to model the estimated
FY 2015 reasonable cost amount under
the demonstration. We are proposing to
use the IPPS market basket percentage
increases because we believe that these
update factors appropriately indicate
the trend of increase in inpatient
hospital operating costs under the
reasonable cost methodology for the
years involved. The 3-percent annual
volume adjustment was stipulated by
the CMS Office of the Actuary and is
being proposed because it is intended to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28168
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
accurately reflect the tendency of
hospitals’ inpatient caseloads to
increase. We acknowledge the
possibility that inpatient caseloads for
small hospitals may fluctuate, and are
proposing to incorporate into the
estimate of demonstration costs a factor
to allow for a potential increase in
inpatient hospital services.
Step 2: For each of the participating
hospitals, we are proposing to identify
the general estimated amount that
would otherwise be paid in FY 2012
under applicable Medicare payment
methodologies for covered inpatient
hospital services (as indicated on the
‘‘as submitted’’ cost report for cost
reporting periods ending in CY 2012) if
the demonstration was not
implemented. Similarly, as in Step 1, for
the hospitals that provide swing-bed
services, we are proposing to identify
the estimated amount that generally
would otherwise be paid for these
services (as indicated on the ‘‘as
submitted’’ cost report for cost reporting
periods ending in CY 2012) and include
it in the total FY 2012 general estimated
amount that would otherwise be paid
for covered inpatient hospital services
without the demonstration. We are
proposing to sum these two amounts in
order to calculate the estimated FY 2012
total payments that generally would
otherwise be paid for covered inpatient
hospital services for all participating
hospitals without the demonstration.
We are proposing to multiply the
above amount (that is, the estimated FY
2012 total payments that generally
would otherwise be paid for covered
inpatient hospital services for all
participating hospitals without the
demonstration) by the FYs 2013 through
2015 IPPS applicable percentage
increases. In this proposed rule, the
current estimate of the FY 2015
applicable percentage increase is
specified in section IV.B. of this
preamble. This methodology differs
from Step 1, in which we are proposing
to apply the market basket percentage
increases to the sum of the hospitals’
general total FY 2012 estimated
reasonable cost amount for covered
inpatient hospital services. We believe
that the IPPS applicable percentage
increases are appropriate factors to
update the estimated amounts that
generally would otherwise be paid
without the demonstration. This is
because IPPS payments would
constitute the majority of payments that
would otherwise be made without the
demonstration and the applicable
percentage increase is the factor used
under the IPPS to update the inpatient
hospital payment rates. Hospitals
participating in the demonstration
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
would be participating under the IPPS
payment methodology if they were not
in the demonstration. (We are proposing
to use the final FY 2015 applicable
percentage increase in the final rule.)
Then we are proposing to multiply the
product of the estimated FY 2012 total
payments that generally would
otherwise be made without the
demonstration and the applicable IPPS
percentage increases for the years
involved by a 3-percent annual volume
adjustment for FYs 2013 through 2015.
The result would be the general total
estimated FY 2015 costs that would
otherwise be paid without the
demonstration for covered inpatient
hospital services to the participating
hospitals.
Step 3: We are proposing to subtract
the amount derived in Step 2
(representing the sum of estimated
amounts that generally would otherwise
be paid to the participating hospitals for
covered inpatient hospital services for
FY 2015 if the demonstration were not
implemented) from the amount derived
in Step 1 (representing the sum of the
estimated reasonable cost amount that
generally would be paid under the
demonstration to all participating
hospitals for covered inpatient hospital
services for FY 2015). We are proposing
that the resulting difference would be
one component of the estimated amount
for which an adjustment to the national
IPPS rates would be calculated (as
further discussed below).
For this proposed rule, the resulting
difference is $53,673,008. This
estimated amount is based on the
specific assumptions identified
regarding the data sources used, that is,
‘‘as submitted’’ recently available cost
reports. Also, we note that if updated
data become available prior to the FY
2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
would use them to the extent
appropriate to estimate the costs of the
demonstration program in FY 2015.
Therefore, this estimated budget
neutrality offset amount might change
in the final rule, depending on the
availability of updated data.
In addition, similar to previous years,
we are proposing to include in the
budget neutrality offset amount the
amount by which the actual
demonstration costs corresponding to an
earlier given year (which would be
determined once we had finalized cost
reports for that year) exceeded the
budget neutrality offset amount
finalized in the corresponding year’s
IPPS final rule. For this FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule, we have
calculated the amount by which the
actual costs of the demonstration in FY
2008 (that is, the costs of the
PO 00000
Frm 00192
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
demonstration for the 10 hospitals that
participated in FY 2008, as shown in
these hospitals’ finalized cost reports for
the cost report period beginning in that
fiscal year), exceeded the budget
neutrality offset amount that was
finalized in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule.
We have calculated this amount to be
$10,389,771 for this proposed rule.
However, we are noting that if updated
data become available prior to the FY
2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
would use them to the extent
appropriate to determine this amount.
Therefore, this amount might change in
the final rule, depending on the
availability of updated data. We also are
currently working with the MACs that
service the hospitals participating in the
demonstration to obtain finalized cost
reports for FYs 2009, 2010, and 2011.
Similar to previous years, we are
proposing that if settled cost reports for
all of the demonstration hospitals that
participated in an applicable year (FYs
2009, 2010, or 2011) are available prior
to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we would include in the budget
neutrality offset amount any additional
amounts by which the final settled costs
of the demonstration for the year (FYs
2009, 2010, or 2011) exceed the budget
neutrality offset amount applicable to
such year as finalized in the respective
year’s IPPS final rule.
Therefore, the total budget neutrality
offset amount that we are proposing to
be applied to the FY 2015 IPPS rates is
$64,062,779. This is the sum of two
separate components: (1) The difference
between the total estimated FY 2015
reasonable cost amount to be paid under
the demonstration to the 22
participating hospitals for covered
inpatient hospital services and the total
estimated amount that would otherwise
be paid to the participating hospitals in
FY 2015 without the demonstration
($53,673,008); and (2) the amount by
which the actual costs of the
demonstration for FY 2008 (as shown in
the finalized cost reports for cost
reporting periods beginning in FY 2008
for the hospitals that participated in the
demonstration during FY 2008) exceed
the budget neutrality offset amount that
was finalized in the FY 2008 IPPS final
rule ($10,389,771). We are proposing
that the resulting total ($64,062,779)
would be the amount for which an
adjustment to the national IPPS rates
would be calculated.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
M. Requirement for Transparency of
Hospital Charges Under the Affordable
Care Act
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Overview
Hospitals determine their charges for
items and services provided to patients.
While Medicare does not pay billed
charges, hospital reported charges are
used in determining Medicare’s national
payment rates (for example, billed
charges are adjusted to cost to determine
how much to pay for one type of case
relative to another). Although the
Medicare payment amount for a
discharge under the IPPS or a service
furnished under the OPPS is not based
directly on the hospital’s charges for the
individual services provided, we believe
that hospital charges nevertheless
remain an important component of our
healthcare system. For example,
hospital charges are often billed, in full,
to uninsured patients who cannot
benefit from discounts negotiated by
insurance companies. Hospital charges
also vary significantly by hospital,
making it challenging for patients to
compare the cost of similar services
across hospitals.
In 2013, we released data that
demonstrated significant variation
across the country and within
communities in what hospitals charge
for a number of common inpatient and
outpatient services. These data also
showed that hospital charges for
services furnished in both the inpatient
setting and the outpatient setting were,
in general, significantly higher than the
amount paid by Medicare under the
IPPS or the OPPS. The data that we
released are posted on the Web site at:
https://www/cms.gov/ResearchStatistics-Data-and-Systems/StatisticsTrends-and-Reports/Medicare-ProviderCharge-Data/. Our intent in
releasing these data was to enable the
public to examine the relationship
between the amounts charged by
individual hospitals for comparable
services and Medicare’s payment for
that inpatient or outpatient care. We
believe that providing charge data
comparisons is introducing both
transparency and accountability to
hospital pricing, and we are continuing
to pursue opportunities to report on
hospital charging practices.
2. Transparency Requirement Under the
Affordable Care Act
The Affordable Care Act contains a
provision that is consistent with our
effort to improve the transparency of
hospital charges. As a result of the
Affordable Care Act, section 2718(e) of
the Public Health Service Act requires
that ‘‘[e]ach hospital operating within
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the United States shall for each year
establish (and update) and make public
(in accordance with guidelines
developed by the Secretary) a list of the
hospital’s standard charges for items
and services provided by the hospital,
including for diagnosis-related groups
established under section 1886(d)(4) of
the Social Security Act.’’
In this proposed rule, we are
reminding hospitals of their obligation
to comply with the provisions of section
2718(e) of the Public Health Service Act.
Hospitals are responsible for
establishing their charges and are in the
best position to determine the exact
manner and method by which to make
those charges available to the public.
Therefore, we are providing hospitals
with the flexibility to determine how
they make a list of their standard
charges public. Our guidelines for
implementing section 2718(e) of the
Public Health Service Act are that
hospitals either make public a list of
their standard charges (whether that be
the chargemaster itself or in another
form of their choice), or their policies
for allowing the public to view a list of
those charges in response to an inquiry.
We encourage hospitals to undertake
efforts to engage in consumer friendly
communication of their charges to help
patients understand what their potential
financial liability might be for services
they obtain at the hospital, and to
enable patients to compare charges for
similar services across hospitals. We
expect that hospitals will update the
information at least annually, or more
often as appropriate, to reflect current
charges.
We are confident that hospital
compliance with this statutory
transparency requirement will greatly
improve the public accessibility of
charge information. As hospitals make
data publicly available in compliance
with section 2718(e) of the Public
Health Service Act, we also will
continue to review and post relevant
charge data in a consumer friendly way,
as we previously have done by posting
on the CMS Web site the following
hospital and physician charge
information: May and June 2013
hospital charge data releases; 2013
physician data requests for information;
and the April 2014 physician data
releases and data provided on
geographic variation in payments and
payments per beneficiary.
N. Medicare Payment for Short
Inpatient Hospital Stays
Some members of the hospital
community have expressed support for
the general concept of an alternative
payment methodology under the
PO 00000
Frm 00193
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28169
Medicare program for short inpatient
hospital stays. We are interested in
public comments on such a payment
methodology, specifically how it might
be designed. There are several issues of
consideration that would inform how
such a payment methodology would be
devised. Below we outline some specific
questions and considerations that we
have identified as critical for developing
such a methodology. This list of
questions and considerations is not
exhaustive, and we welcome additional
questions, suggestions, and input from
stakeholders.
• Defining short or low cost inpatient
hospital stays:
One issue would be how to define a
short inpatient hospital stay for the
purpose of determining the appropriate
Medicare payment. For instance, would
a short inpatient hospital stay be one
where the average length of stay for the
MS–DRG is short or would it be
atypically short or low cost cases
relative to other cases within same MS–
DRG? There are significant differences
in mean lengths of stay among MS–
DRGs. (We refer readers to Table 5.—
List of Proposed Medicare Severity
Diagnosis-Related Groups (MS–DRGs),
Relative Weighting Factors, and
Geometric and Arithmetic Mean Length
of Stay for this proposed rule, which is
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site.) For example, many frequently
billed MS–DRGs have historically had
mean lengths of stay of approximately 2
days, such as MS–DRG 313 (Chest Pain).
Other MS–DRGs such as MS–DRG 871
(Septicemia or Severe Sepsis without
Mechanical Ventilation 96+ hours with
MCC) have had longer lengths of stay.
If we adopted a policy that paid less
for atypically low-cost or short-stay
cases relative to the average case in the
same MS–DRG, we believe such a policy
is more likely to affect an MS–DRG like
MS–DRG 871 that has a longer average
length of stay or higher average cost
associated with the typical patient. Such
a policy is less likely to apply to MS–
DRG 313 because the typical case is
already low cost or short stay.
• Determining appropriate payment
for short inpatient hospital stays:
Another issue would be how to
determine the appropriate payment
once a short stay has been identified.
Some have suggested a per diem based
payment amount, perhaps modelled on
the existing transfer payment policy.
Again, such a policy is far more likely
to affect payment for an atypically shortstay or low-cost case in an MS–DRG
with a longer average length of stay. For
short-stay cases in an MS–DRG where
the average length of stay for the MS–
DRG is short, this methodology would
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28170
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
be unlikely to affect payment as the full
IPPS payment would be made in 1 or 2
days.
For these types of short-stay cases,
one relevant issue to address may be
that payment for the same case will be
very different under the OPPS and the
IPPS depending upon whether the
patient has been formally admitted to
the hospital as an inpatient, pursuant to
a physician order. Under what
circumstances should the IPPS payment
amount be limited to the OPPS payment
amount and under what circumstances
might it be appropriate for the payment
amount to be higher? If it were
appropriate for the payment amount to
be higher, how would the amount of the
additional payment be determined?
We welcome input on these and other
issues related to an alternative payment
methodology under the Medicare
program for short inpatient hospital
stays.
O. Suggested Exceptions to the 2Midnight Benchmark
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50943 through 50954), we
discussed modifications and
clarifications to CMS’ longstanding
policy on how Medicare contractors
review inpatient hospital and CAH
admissions for payment purposes.
Under that final rule, we established a
2-midnight benchmark for determining
the appropriateness of an inpatient
hospital admission versus treatment on
an outpatient basis. We provided in
regulations at § 412.3(e)(1) that, in
addition to services designated as
inpatient only, surgical procedures,
diagnostic tests, and other treatments
are generally appropriate for inpatient
hospital admission and payment under
Medicare Part A when the physician (1)
expects the beneficiary to require a
medically necessary hospital stay that
crosses at least 2 midnights and (2)
admits the beneficiary to the hospital
based upon that expectation. The FY
2014 policy responded to both hospital
calls for more guidance about when an
inpatient admission and Part A payment
are appropriate, and beneficiaries’
concerns about increasingly long stays
as outpatients due to hospital
uncertainties about payment.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, at § 412.3(e)(2), we recognized that
if an unforeseen circumstance, such as
a beneficiary’s death or transfer, results
in a shorter beneficiary stay than the
physician’s expectation of at least 2
midnights, the patient may be
considered to be appropriately treated
on an inpatient basis and hospital
inpatient payment may be made under
Medicare Part A. We also clarified, in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
both the final rule and subsequent
subregulatory guidance, that the
unforeseen circumstances specified at
§ 412.3(e)(2) are not all-inclusive and
could also include additional
circumstances such as unexpected
clinical improvement, election of
hospice care, or departure against
medical advice.
The FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule also indicated that there are
exceptions to the 2-midnight
benchmark. In other words, we expect
there to be cases in which an admitting
practitioner expects the beneficiary’s
length of stay to last less than 2
midnights and yet inpatient admission
would still be appropriate. For example,
we specified that procedures on the
OPPS inpatient only list are always
appropriately inpatient, regardless of
the actual time expected at the hospital,
so long as the procedure is medically
necessary and performed pursuant to a
physician order and formal admission.
In addition to procedures contained
on the OPPS inpatient only list, we
noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule that there may be other rare
and unusual circumstances in which a
hospital stay expected to last less than
2 midnights would nonetheless be
appropriate for inpatient hospital
admission and Part A payment. We
indicated that we would explore other
potential exceptions to the generally
applicable benchmark and would detail
any such rare and unusual
circumstances in subregulatory
guidance. As part of this process,
throughout the year, we have accepted
and considered suggestions from
stakeholders on this topic.
In January 2014, we identified
medically necessary, newly initiated
mechanical ventilation (excluding
anticipated intubations related to minor
surgical procedures or other treatment)
as the first rare and unusual exception
to the 2-midnight rule and announced it
on the CMS Web site.
We recognize that there could be
additional rare and unusual
circumstances that we have not
identified that justify inpatient
admission and Part A payment absent
an expectation of care spanning at least
2 midnights and are inviting further
feedback on this issue. Suggestions can
be sent to CMS via written
correspondence or emailed to
SuggestedExceptions@cms.hhs.gov with
‘‘Suggested Exceptions to the 2Midnight Benchmark’’ in the subject
line. We will continue to respond to
these suggestions through subregulatory
guidance, such as postings on the CMS
Web site or manual instruction.
PO 00000
Frm 00194
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
V. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for
Capital-Related Costs
A. Overview
Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the
Secretary to pay for the capital-related
costs of inpatient acute hospital services
‘‘in accordance with a prospective
payment system established by the
Secretary.’’ Under the statute, the
Secretary has broad authority in
establishing and implementing the IPPS
for acute care hospital inpatient capitalrelated costs. The IPPS for capitalrelated costs was initially implemented
in the Federal fiscal year (FY) 1992 IPPS
final rule (56 FR 43358), in which we
established a 10-year transition period
to change the payment methodology for
Medicare hospital inpatient capitalrelated costs from a reasonable costbased methodology to a prospective
methodology (based fully on the Federal
rate).
FY 2001 was the last year of the 10year transition period established to
phase in the IPPS for hospital inpatient
capital-related costs. For cost reporting
periods beginning in FY 2002, capital
IPPS payments are based solely on the
Federal rate for almost all acute care
hospitals (other than hospitals receiving
certain exception payments and certain
new hospitals). (We refer readers to the
FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39910
through 39914) for additional
information on the methodology used to
determine capital IPPS payments to
hospitals both during and after the
transition period.)
The basic methodology for
determining capital prospective
payments using the Federal rate is set
forth in § 412.312 of the regulations. For
the purpose of calculating capital
payments for each discharge, the
standard Federal rate is adjusted as
follows:
(Standard Federal Rate) × (DRG
Weight) × (Geographic Adjustment
Factor (GAF)) × (COLA for hospitals
located in Alaska and Hawaii) × (1 +
Capital DSH Adjustment Factor +
Capital IME Adjustment Factor, if
applicable).
In addition, under § 412.312(c),
hospitals also may receive outlier
payments under the capital IPPS for
extraordinarily high-cost cases that
qualify under the thresholds established
for each fiscal year.
B. Additional Provisions
1. Exception Payments
The regulations at § 412.348 provide
for certain exception payments under
the capital IPPS. The regular exception
payments provided under §§ 412.348(b)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
through (e) were available only during
the 10-year transition period. For a
certain period after the transition
period, eligible hospitals may have
received additional payments under the
special exceptions provisions at
§ 412.348(g). However, FY 2012 was the
final year hospitals could receive
special exceptions payments. For
additional details regarding these
exceptions policies, we refer readers to
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51725).
Under § 412.348(f), a hospital may
request an additional payment if the
hospital incurs unanticipated capital
expenditures in excess of $5 million due
to extraordinary circumstances beyond
the hospital’s control. Additional
information on the exception payment
for extraordinary circumstances in
§ 412.348(f) can be found in the FY 2005
IPPS final rule (69 FR 49185 and 49186).
2. New Hospitals
Under the capital IPPS, § 412.300(b)
of the regulations defines a new hospital
as a hospital that has operated (under
previous or current ownership) for less
than 2 years and lists examples of
hospitals that are not considered new
hospitals. In accordance with
§ 412.304(c)(2), under the capital IPPS a
new hospital is paid 85 percent of its
allowable Medicare inpatient hospital
capital-related costs through its first 2
years of operation, unless the new
hospital elects to receive full
prospective payment based on 100
percent of the Federal rate. We refer
readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51725) for additional
information on payments to new
hospitals under the capital IPPS.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico
Section 412.374 of the regulations
provides for the use of a blended
payment amount for prospective
payments for capital-related costs to
hospitals located in Puerto Rico.
Accordingly, under the capital IPPS, we
compute a separate payment rate
specific to Puerto Rico hospitals using
the same methodology used to compute
the national Federal rate for capitalrelated costs. In general, hospitals
located in Puerto Rico are paid a blend
of the applicable capital IPPS Puerto
Rico rate and the applicable capital IPPS
Federal rate. Capital IPPS payments to
hospitals located in Puerto Rico are
computed based on a blend of 25
percent of the capital IPPS Puerto Rico
rate and 75 percent of the capital IPPS
Federal rate. For additional details on
capital IPPS payments to hospitals
located in Puerto Rico, we refer readers
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51725).
C. Proposed Annual Update for FY 2015
The proposed annual update to the
capital PPS Federal and Puerto Ricospecific rates, as provided for at
§ 412.308(c), for FY 2015 is discussed in
section III. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule.
We note that, in section II.D. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we
present a discussion of the MS–DRG
documentation and coding adjustment,
including previously finalized policies
and historical adjustments, as well as
the recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amounts under section
1886(d) of the Act that we are proposing
for FY 2015 in accordance with the
amendments made to section 7(b)(1)(B)
of Public Law 110–90 by section 631 of
the ATRA. Because section 631 of the
ATRA requires CMS to make a
recoupment adjustment only to the
operating IPPS standardized amount, we
are not proposing a similar adjustment
to the national or Puerto Rico capital
IPPS rates (or to the operating IPPS
hospital-specific rates or Puerto Ricospecific standardized amount). This
approach is consistent with our
historical approach regarding the
application of the recoupment
adjustment authorized by section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90.
In section II.D.7. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we also note our
discussion in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule of the possibility of
applying an additional prospective
adjustment to account for the
cumulative MS–DRG documentation
and coding effect through FY 2010. In
that same final rule (78 FR 50515
through 50517 and 50747), we stated
that if we were to apply an additional
prospective adjustment for the
cumulative MS–DRG documentation
and coding effect through FY 2010, we
believe the most appropriate additional
adjustment is ¥0.55 percent. We did
not apply an additional prospective
adjustment in FY 2014 for the
cumulative MS–DRG documentation
and coding effect through FY 2010,
consistent with the approach taken for
the operating IPPS standardized amount
(and hospital-specific rates). We
continue to believe that if we were to
apply an additional prospective
adjustment for the cumulative MS–DRG
documentation and coding effect
through FY 2010, the most appropriate
additional adjustment is ¥0.55 percent.
However, we are not proposing such an
adjustment to the capital Federal rate in
FY 2015, consistent with the approach
taken for the operating IPPS
PO 00000
Frm 00195
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28171
standardized amount (and hospitalspecific rates) as discussed in section
II.D.7. of the preamble of this proposed
rule. We will consider whether such an
adjustment to the capital IPPS Federal
rate is appropriate in future years’
rulemaking.
VI. Proposed Changes for Hospitals
Excluded from the IPPS
A. Proposed Rate-of-Increase in
Payments to Excluded Hospitals for FY
2015
Certain hospitals excluded from a
prospective payment system, including
children’s hospitals, 11 cancer
hospitals, and hospitals located outside
the 50 States, the District of Columbia,
and Puerto Rico (that is, hospitals
located in the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands,
and American Samoa) receive payment
for inpatient hospital services they
furnish on the basis of reasonable costs,
subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling. A
per discharge limit (the target amount as
defined in § 413.40(a) of the regulations)
is set for each hospital based on the
hospital’s own cost experience in its
base year, and updated annually by a
rate-of-increase percentage. For each
cost reporting period, the updated target
amount is multiplied by total Medicare
discharges during that period and
applies as an aggregate upper limit (the
ceiling as defined in § 413.40(a) of total
inpatient operating costs for a hospital’s
cost reporting period. In accordance
with § 403.752(a) of the regulations,
RNHCIs also are subject to the rate-ofincrease limits established under
§ 413.40 of the regulations discussed
above.
As explained in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50747),
beginning with FY 2006, we have used
the percentage increase in the IPPS
operating market basket to update the
target amounts for children’s hospitals,
cancer hospitals, and RNHCIs.
Consistent with §§ 412.23(g),
413.40(a)(2)(ii)(A), and
413.40(c)(3)(viii), we also have used the
percentage increase in the IPPS
operating market basket to update the
target amounts for short-term acute care
hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin
Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana
Islands, and American Samoa. For the
reasons explained in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50747), we
are proposing to continue to use the
percentage increase in the IPPS
operating market basket to update the
target amounts for children’s hospitals,
cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and shortterm acute care hospitals located in the
U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28172
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa
for FY 2015 and subsequent fiscal years.
In addition, because we have revised
and rebased the IPPS operating market
basket to a FY 2010 base year, we are
proposing to continue to use the
percentage increase in the FY 2010based IPPS operating market basket to
update these target amounts for FY 2015
and subsequent fiscal years. (We refer
readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50596 through 50603)
for a further discussion of the revision
and rebasing of the IPPS operating
market to a FY–2010 base year.)
Accordingly, for FY 2015, the rate-ofincrease percentage to be applied to the
target amount for these children’s
hospitals, cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and
short-term acute care hospitals located
in the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the
Northern Mariana Islands, and
American Samoa would be the FY 2015
percentage increase in the FY 2010based IPPS operating market basket.
For this proposed rule, based on IHS
Global Insight, Inc.’s 2014 first quarter
forecast, we estimated that the FY 2010based IPPS operating market basket
update for FY 2015 is 2.7 percent (that
is, the estimate of the market basket
rate-of-increase). We are proposing that
if more recent data become available for
the final rule, we would use them to
calculate the IPPS operating market
basket update for FY 2015.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Proposed Updates to the Reasonable
Compensation Equivalent (RCE) Limits
on Compensation for Physician Services
Provided in Providers (§ 415.70)
1. Background
Under section 1848 of the Act and 42
CFR Parts 414 and 415, medical or
surgical services furnished by
physicians to individual Medicare
beneficiaries generally are billed and
paid under Medicare Part B on a fee-forservice basis under the Medicare
Physician Fee Schedule (MPFS). As
required by section 1887(a)(2)(B) of the
Act, the amount of allowable
compensation for services furnished by
physicians to providers that are paid by
Medicare on a reasonable cost basis is
subject to reasonable compensation
equivalent (RCE) limits. Under these
limits, Medicare recognizes as
reasonable, for purposes of payment to
the provider, the lower of the actual cost
of the services furnished by the
physician to the provider (that is, any
form of compensation to the physician)
or an RCE. The allowable compensation
costs for physicians’ services to a
provider are described in § 415.55 of the
regulations. Under § 415.60(a) of the
regulations, for purposes of applying the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
RCE limits, ‘‘physician compensation
costs means monetary payments, fringe
benefits, deferred compensation, and
any other items of value (excluding
office space and billing and collection
services) that a provider or other
organization furnishes a physician in
return for the physician’s services’’ to
the provider.
On March 2, 1983, we published a
final rule in the Federal Register that
codified regulations to implement
section 1887(a)(2)(B) of the Act
(currently at 42 CFR 415.70) and
established the first set of RCE limits (48
FR 8902). In accordance with
§ 415.70(a)(2), RCE limits do not apply
to the costs of physician compensation
attributable to furnishing inpatient
hospital services for which payment is
made under the IPPS or to the costs of
physician compensation attributable to
approved GME programs that are
payable under §§ 413.75 through 413.83
of the regulations. In addition, under
§ 415.70(a)(3), compensation that a
physician receives for activities that
may not be paid for under either
Medicare Part A or Part B is not
considered in applying these RCE
limits. Furthermore, in accordance with
§ 413.70, RCE limits are not used in
determining the reasonable costs that
CAHs incur in compensating physicians
for services furnished to the CAH.
The RCE limits apply equally to all
physicians’ services to providers that
are payable on a reasonable cost basis
under Medicare. If a physician receives
any compensation from one or more
providers for his or her services to the
provider (that is, those services that
benefit patients generally), payment to
those providers for the costs of such
compensation is subject to the RCE
limits. The RCE limits are not applied
to payment for services that are
identifiable medical or surgical services
to individual patients and paid under
the MPFS, even if the physician agrees
to accept compensation (for example,
from a hospital) for those services.
Payments to teaching hospitals that
have elected to be paid for physicians’
services to the provider on a reasonable
cost basis in accordance with section
1861(b)(7) of the Act are subject to the
limits (68 FR 45458).
2. Overview of the Current RCE Limits
a. Application of the RCE Limits
Currently, we use the RCE limits to
compute Medicare payments when a
physician is compensated by a provider
that is subject to the RCE limits. We also
use these limits when the physician is
compensated by any other providerrelated organization for physician
PO 00000
Frm 00196
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
administrative, supervisory, and other
services to the provider under Medicare.
In applying the RCE limits, we compute
the Medicare payments using
information submitted on the cost
report, and ensure that each
compensated physician is assigned to
the most appropriate specialty category.
The current physician specialty
categories for RCE limits are General/
Family Practice, Internal Medicine,
Surgery, Pediatrics, OB/GYN,
Radiology, Psychiatry, Anesthesiology,
Pathology, and Total. If there is no
specific specialty category (for example,
for an emergency room physician), we
use the ‘‘Total’’ category, for which the
RCE limits are calculated based on mean
annual income data for all physicians.
If the physician’s contractual
compensation covers all duties,
activities, and services furnished to the
provider and, under a reassignment, all
physicians’ services furnished to
individual patients of the provider, and
the physician is employed by the
provider full time, we use the RCE limit
for the appropriate specialty, adjusted
by the physician’s allocation agreement
(which reflects the percentage of total
time spent performing services
furnished to the provider) to arrive at
the Medicare program’s share of the
provider’s allowable physician
compensation costs (§ 415.60). In the
absence of an allocation agreement, we
would assume that 100 percent of the
compensation paid to the physician by
the provider is related to physicians’
services for which payment is made
under the MPFS and that there are no
allowable physician compensation costs
to the provider (§ 415.60(f)(2)).
If a physician’s compensation from
the provider represents payment only
for services that benefit patients
generally (that is, the physician bills for
all services furnished to individual
patients), we use the appropriate
specialty RCE limit. If a physician is
employed by a provider to furnish
services of general benefit to patients on
other than a full-time basis, the RCE
limit will be adjusted to reflect the
hours the physician actually worked, as
reported on the provider’s cost report,
related to a full work year of 2,080
hours.
b. Exceptions to the RCE Limits
Some providers such as small or rural
hospitals may be unable to recruit or
maintain an adequate number of
physicians at a compensation level
within the prescribed RCE limits. In
accordance with section 1887(a)(2)(C) of
the Act and § 415.70(e) of the
regulations, if a provider can
demonstrate to the MAC its inability to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
recruit or maintain physicians at a
compensation level allowable under the
RCE limits (as documented, for
example, by unsuccessful advertising
through national medical or health care
publications), the MAC may grant the
provider an exception to the RCE limits
established under these rules. Such
exceptions would allow the provider to
be paid based on costs for compensation
higher than the RCE limit.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. Methodology for Establishing the RCE
Limits
In the March 2, 1983 final rule with
comment period (48 FR 8902), we
published the initial RCE limits, along
with the methodology used to calculate
those limits, that were applicable to cost
reporting periods beginning during CYs
1982 and 1983. As part of that same
rule, we established regulations that
outline our general authority to develop,
publish, and apply RCE limits (currently
at § 415.70). Section 415.70(b) of the
regulations specifies that we establish
the methodology for determining annual
RCE limits, considering, to the extent
possible, average physician incomes by
specialty and type of location, using the
best available data.
The methodology for establishing the
initial RCE limits was based on the
analysis contained in an internal
working paper, ‘‘A Methodology for
Determination of Reasonable FTE
Compensation for Hospital-Based
Physicians.’’ 43 (Copies of this working
paper are available on the CMS Web site
at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare-Feefor-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/.) As
outlined in this working paper, our
methodology for establishing the initial
reasonable levels of compensation
includes the following five steps (for
additional discussion of this
methodology, we refer readers to the
March 2, 1983 final rule with comment
period (48 FR 8902)):
Step 1: We estimated the national
average (mean) income for all
physicians using 1979 physician net
incomes from the American Medical
Association (AMA) Periodic Survey of
Physicians (PSP), published by the
AMA in its Profile of Medical Practices,
1981.
Step 2: We projected physicians’ 1979
base net income levels to the
appropriate future year to account for
changes in net income levels occurring
after the period for which we have data
using the Consumer Price Index for All
43 Cantwell, James R. and Sobaski, William J., A
Methodology for Determination of Reasonable FTE
Compensation for Hospital-Based Physicians,
Working Paper No. OR–32, revised December 1982.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Urban Consumers (CPI–U), and
projected the results using forecasts of
the CPI–U for future years.
Step 3: We determined the
relationship between average net
income for all physicians (estimated in
the first step above) and net income of
certain categories of specialist
physicians that are commonly
compensated by providers for services
that generally benefit Medicare
beneficiaries resulting in separate
specialty adjusters for nine physician
specialties as well as the adjuster for the
‘‘Total’’ category.
Step 4: We also adjusted each of these
specialty (including the ‘‘Total’’)
adjusters for differences in costs
between types of geographic locations
using Standard Metropolitan Statistical
Areas (SMSAs) as defined by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB).
Step 5: Using the AMA PSP data, we
calculated the average hours practiced
per year for each specialty and location
adjuster combination, which we then
related to a standard full-time
equivalent (FTE) work year of 2,080
hours. We used these ratios to weight
the specialty-location adjusters from the
previous step.
This same methodology was used to
update the RCE limits published in a
notice in the Federal Register on May
5, 1997 (62 FR 24483). These updated
RCE limits were effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
May 5, 1997.
For RCE limits established prior to
January 1, 1998, we used the CPI–U to
update the RCE limits. In a final rule
with comment period published in the
Federal Register on October 31, 1997
(62 FR 59075), we finalized a policy to
use the Medicare Economic Index (MEI)
to update the RCE limits (rather than the
CPI–U), effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after January 1,
1998. We adopted the MEI as the
applicable update factor in order to
achieve a measure of consistency in the
methodologies used to determine
payments to physicians for medical and
surgical services furnished to individual
patients and reasonable compensation
levels for services that are of general
benefit to a provider’s patients.
However, we did not update the RCE
limits at that time.
In the FY 2004 IPPS final rule
published in the Federal Register on
August 1, 2003 (68 FR 45458), we
published updated RCE limits that were
effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2004.
We updated the RCE limits using the
CPI–U to adjust the data to 1997, and
the MEI to adjust the data from 1998 to
2004. In addition, we continued to
PO 00000
Frm 00197
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28173
adjust the RCE limits to account for
differences in salary levels by location,
as well as by specialty. For the location
adjustment, we continued to base the
geographical classifications of the
providers on Metropolitan Statistical
Areas (MSAs) (the OMB changed the
area name to describe metropolitan
areas in the 1980’s from SMSAs to
MSAs, but the definition of MSAs
differed only slightly from the
previously used SMSAs).
3. Proposed Changes to the RCE Limits
In accordance with § 415.70(b), when
establishing the methodology to
determine the RCE limits, we consider,
to the extent possible, the average
physician incomes by specialty and type
of location using the best available data.
Since the initial RCE limits were
developed, we have adjusted the RCE
data to account for specialty and
location (as discussed earlier in this
section). In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to use the most recent MEI
data to update the RCE limits and to
replace the RCE limits that have been in
effect since January 1, 2004. We believe
that doing so will enhance the accuracy
of the RCE limits. In addition, for the
reasons discussed below, we are
proposing to eliminate the location
adjustment to the RCE data, while
continuing to adjust the RCE limits by
specialty. We are not proposing changes
to any of the other existing policies with
respect to the application of and
exceptions to the RCE limits.
In establishing the initial and
subsequently updated RCE limits, we
included an adjustment to account for
differences in salary levels based on the
location of the provider using
geographic classifications based on the
MSAs as defined by the OMB. We
assigned an appropriate MSA
designation based on the State/county
in which the provider is located. We
included a table in each of the previous
RCE limit notices and rules, whereby
each MSA designation was grouped into
one of three categories: Metropolitan
areas with a population greater than 1
million, metropolitan areas with a
population less than 1 million, and nonmetropolitan areas. The MSA
designation of the provider is then used
to identify the appropriate RCE limit.
To update the current RCE limits by
location under the current methodology,
we would need to use, as in past
updates, the MSA designations that
correspond with the update period.
However, since 2003, the OMB no
longer updates or uses MSAs. We
considered continuing to use the MSA
designations, as we have in the past, but
we would have no way to account for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28174
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
shifts in populations among MSAs
because the OMB no longer updates
geographic classifications based on
MSA designations. The OMB regularly
updates the geographic definitions, and
the counties included in each area, to
account for population shifts due to
migrations, birth, and death rates but
currently the OMB uses Core-Based
Statistical Area (CBSA) designations
rather than MSAs. If we were to
continue to use the MSA designation,
providers could potentially be
underpaid or overpaid if the population
of their MSA changed significantly from
2004. Therefore, we determined that,
because the MSA designations are no
longer updated, it would not be
appropriate to continue using the
previous location adjustment
methodology. The most recent
geographic delineations used by the
OMB are CBSAs, a term used to refer to
both Metropolitan and Micropolitan
Statistical Areas. However, CBSA
delineations do not match the MSA
definitions that were used to develop
the initial and subsequently updated
RCE limits. As noted above, we have
used the AMA PSP data to develop
previous and current RCE limits. The
AMA PSP data were collected from
1970 to 1980 and included physicians’
income, hours worked, and MSA-based
population information. The data that
have been used to develop and update
the RCE limits were developed using
MSAs as the geographic unit. It is not
possible to exactly crosswalk the MSA
designations to the CBSA designations
in order to update the RCE limits using
the current location adjustment
methodology. Even if it was possible to
crosswalk the MSAs to the CBSAs, it
would not be appropriate to use the
MSA-based AMA PSP data to develop
CBSA-based RCE limits. There have
been significant changes in the
populations of the MSA-based locations
contained in the AMA PSP data that
could not be translated into CBSAs. As
such, that data would no longer be valid
as the basis to develop RCE limits based
on CBSAs
The OMB has cautioned users about
using the new CBSA designations. For
instance, in OMB’s 2010 ‘‘Standards for
Delineating Metropolitan and
Micropolitan Statistical Areas (CBSAs)’’
published on June 28, 2010 in the
Federal Register (75 FR 37246), OMB
states:
‘‘OMB establishes and maintains
these areas solely for statistical
purposes. In reviewing and revising
these areas, OMB does not take into
account or attempt to anticipate any
public or private sector nonstatistical
uses that may be made of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
delineations. These areas are not
designed to serve as a general-purpose
geographic framework applicable for
nonstatistical activities or for use in
program funding formulas.
‘‘Furthermore, the Metropolitan and
Micropolitan Statistical Area Standards
do not produce an urban-rural
classification, and confusion of these
concepts can lead to difficulties in
program implementation. Counties
included in Metropolitan and
Micropolitan Statistical Areas and many
other counties may contain both urban
and rural territory and populations. . . .
OMB urges agencies, organizations, and
policy makers to review carefully the
goals of nonstatistical programs and
policies to ensure that appropriate
geographic entities are used to
determine eligibility for the allocation of
Federal funds.’’ (Emphasis in original.)
For CMS to accurately update the
location-adjusted RCE limits using the
CBSAs, we believe it would be
necessary to use a new data source for
information on physician salaries,
specialties, location, and hours worked;
and the data would need to be allocated
to different geographic areas based on
CBSAs. The AMA PSP collected data
from a large sample of office-based
physicians. We considered using data
that are currently collected and publicly
available. We could not find a reliable
dataset that contained all of the
necessary data elements needed to
update the location-adjusted RCE limits
based on CBSAs. The most reliable data
we could find came from the Bureau of
Labor Statistics (BLS) Occupational
Employment Statistics (OES). The BLS
OES data are collected annually, and
capture a large and diverse population
of physicians and corresponding CBSA.
We believe the BLS OES data are the
most current, reliable source of income
data for physicians. Although, the BLS
OES is very reliable and collects data
points for physician specialties, salary,
and location, it does not collect detailed
information for all 10 specialties; the
‘‘Radiology’’ and ‘‘Pathology’’
specialties are not separately captured.
As such, we did not believe it was
appropriate to use the BLS OES data to
create an updated RCE limit if we would
not have data available for two
specialties.
We also weighed the benefit of
collecting updated information from
physicians (through use of a new
nationwide survey) in order to obtain
the data necessary for application of an
appropriate locality adjustment based
on CBSAs against the burden placed on
such physicians in providing such data.
In order to have a dataset that could
accurately capture all the necessary
PO 00000
Frm 00198
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
information, we would need to collect
data from a large population of
physicians, including a sufficient
sample size for each physician specialty
in each CBSA. We weighed the burden
that such a nationwide survey would
entail for all physicians, including
office-based physicians, to be asked to
respond to an in-depth survey regarding
their salary, specialty, location, hours
worked, and other practice information
against the benefit of using updated,
CBSA-based information to include a
location adjustment for the providers
that are subject to the RCE limits.
When the RCE limits were developed
in 1983, other than inpatient acute care
hospitals paid under the IPPS, most
provider types were reimbursed on a
reasonable cost basis. Since then,
providers such as skilled nursing
facilities (SNFs), long-term care
hospitals (LTCHs), inpatient
rehabilitation facilities (IRFs), inpatient
psychiatric facilities (IPFs), and home
health agencies (HHAs) that previously
were paid on a reasonable cost basis
have transitioned to prospective
payment systems and are no longer
subject to the RCE limits. As of FY 2011
(the most recent cost report year for
which we have complete data), our data
show that there were only 59 children’s
hospitals and cancer hospitals and 46
teaching hospitals (that have elected to
be paid for physicians’ services to the
provider on a reasonable cost basis) that
are subject to the RCE limits. As such,
we believe the benefit that could be
gained by gathering the new data that
would be necessary to maintain a
location adjustment for the RCE limits is
outweighed by the burden of conducting
such a comprehensive survey of
physicians.
Furthermore, we analyzed how the
elimination of the location adjustment
would affect the accuracy and
appropriateness of the proposed RCE
limits. To perform this analysis, we
needed a reliable source of physician
income data (without a location
adjustment) which could be compared
to the RCE limits without a location
adjustment. We determined that the best
available source of physician income
data is the mean annual income data for
similar RCE physician specialties
collected by the BLS OES. As
mentioned above, the BLS OES data are
collected annually and capture a large
and diverse population of physicians.
These data are the most current, reliable
source of income data by physician
specialties. In addition, when
comparing salaries, it is important to
compare salary amounts that reflect the
same number of hours worked per year.
Because many physicians do not work
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a 2,080 hour work year, their salary may
seem higher or lower due to the number
of hours actually worked. The RCE
limits are based on physicians who
worked a 2,080 hour work year. The
BLS OES data also are based on a 2,080
hour work year; therefore, we believe
that comparing the RCE limits to these
BLS OES data is appropriate for
purposes of our analysis.
We performed an analysis comparing
RCE limits for 2012, calculated without
a location adjustment and solely for
purposes of the analysis, to the most
recently published (at the time of the
analysis) BLS OES physician mean
annual income data for the same year,
to determine whether RCE limits based
on the AMA PSP data, but without a
location adjustment, would continue to
reasonably reflect mean annual
physician income data. For 2012, the
BLS OES had income information for 8
of the 10 RCE specialties, which include
the ‘‘Total’’ category; the BLS OES data
did not capture the ‘‘Radiology’’ and
‘‘Pathology’’ specialties. We searched
for another reliable data source for
‘‘Radiology’’ and ‘‘Pathology’’ but we
could not find one with sufficient data
elements to compare with the RCE
limits. We used the MEI to update the
28175
RCE limits for these eight specialties to
2012 without including the location
factor. We then compared these 2012
RCE limits to the 2012 BLS OES data for
these same eight specialties. As shown
in the table below, we found that the
RCE limits ranged from 10.41 percent
above the BLS OES mean annual
income data to 3.58 percent below the
BLS OES data. Only three of the eight
specialties had RCE limits slightly less
than the current BLS OES mean annual
wages for their specialty. The remaining
five specialties had RCE limits above the
current BLS OES mean annual wages for
the specialties.
ANALYSIS CHART
RCE limits updated to 2012*
Specialty
Total .............................................................................................................................................
General/Family Practice ..............................................................................................................
Internal Medicine .........................................................................................................................
Surgery ........................................................................................................................................
Pediatrics .....................................................................................................................................
OB/GYN .......................................................................................................................................
Radiology .....................................................................................................................................
Psychiatry ....................................................................................................................................
Anesthesiology .............................................................................................................................
Pathology .....................................................................................................................................
BLS OES
mean 2012
annual wage
$206,300
174,600
192,700
240,300
165,500
231,200
265,200
176,800
233,500
253,900
$184,820
180,850
191,520
230,540
167,640
216,760
N/A
177,520
232,820
N/A
Percent
difference
10.41
¥3.58
0.61
4.06
¥1.29
6.25
N/A
¥0.41
0.29
N/A
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
* These limits were calculated using the proposed methodology only for purposes of this impact analysis.
The RCE amounts updated to 2012
and the BLS OES numbers for 2012
varied only slightly, and in most cases,
the RCE limit was higher than the BLS
OES mean annual wage. Based on this
analysis, we believe that RCE limits
calculated using the AMA PSP data, and
our proposed elimination of the location
adjustment for the updated RCE limits,
would result in RCE limits that are a
reasonable reflection of mean annual
physician income and would continue
to ensure that providers subject to the
RCE limits are paid in a fair and
accurate manner.
Because there are a relatively small
number of providers currently affected
by the RCE limits and because, as
discussed above, we believe the revised
RCE limits without a location
adjustment would continue to ensure
appropriate payment to such providers,
we believe that eliminating the location
adjustment would have a minimal
overall effect on providers subject to the
RCE limits and on the industry as a
whole.
For the reasons discussed above, we
are proposing to eliminate the location
adjustment under the RCE limit
methodology, and to revise § 415.70(b)
of the regulations to remove
consideration of the ‘‘type of location’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
as part of the methodology used to
establish RCE limits.
Set forth below are the proposed
updated RCE limits on the amount of
allowable compensation for services
furnished by physicians to providers for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after January 1, 2015. To calculate these
proposed RCE limits, we used the same
methodology that was used to calculate
the original and previous updates to the
RCE limits, but did not apply an
adjustment based on geographical
classification. As noted earlier, this
methodology was derived from the 1982
working paper. We used the mean
physician income by specialty from that
working paper to calculate the RCE
limits without adjusting for
geographical classification. We then
updated these data by the CPI–U (from
1982 to 1997) and then by the MEI (from
1998 to 2015) to compute the proposed
updated RCE limits. The proposed RCE
limits effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after January 1,
2015 are shown in the chart below.
PROPOSED CY 2015 RCE LIMITS—
Continued
Pediatrics ..................................
OB/GYN ....................................
Radiology ..................................
Psychiatry .................................
Anesthesiology .........................
Pathology ..................................
170,200
237,800
272,700
181,800
240,100
261,100
We are inviting public comments on
our proposals to update the RCE limits
and to eliminate the location adjustment
for the RCE limits for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after January 1,
2015. In addition, we are inviting public
comments on our proposal to revise
§ 415.70(b) of the regulations to
eliminate consideration of the type of
location as part of the methodology to
establish RCE limits for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after January 1,
2015.
C. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
1. Background
Sections 1820 and 1861(mm) of the
Act, as amended by section 4201 of the
Balanced Budget Act (BBA) of 1997,
PROPOSED CY 2015 RCE LIMITS
replaced the Essential Access
Total ..........................................
$212,100 Community Hospitals and Rural
General/Family Practice ...........
179,500 Primary Care Hospitals (EACH/RPCH)
Internal Medicine ......................
198,100 program with the Medicare Rural
Surgery .....................................
247,100 Hospital Flexibility Program (MRHFP),
PO 00000
Frm 00199
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28176
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
under which a qualifying facility can be
designated as a CAH. CAHs
participating in the MRHFP must meet
the conditions for designation by the
State and be certified by the Secretary
in accordance with section 1820 of the
Act. Further, in accordance with section
1820(e)(3) of the Act, a CAH must meet
other criteria that the Secretary
specifies.
The regulations that govern the
conditions of participation (CoPs) for
CAHs under the statutory requirements
of section 1820 are codified at 42 CFR
Part 485, Subpart F.
2. Proposed Changes Related to
Reclassification as Rural for CAHs
Under section 1820(c)(2)(B)(i) of the
Act, a facility is eligible for designation
as a CAH only if it is located in a county
or equivalent unit of local government
in a rural area (as defined in section
1886(d)(2)(D) of the Act), or is being
treated as being located in a rural area
in accordance with section 1886(d)(8)(E)
of the Act. The regulations
implementing this location requirement
are located at § 485.610(b). The
regulations governing the process for a
facility located in an urban area to apply
for reclassification as a rural facility
under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act
are located at § 412.103.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to implement the most
recently published OMB delineations
(we refer readers to section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for a
discussion of the changes that were
announced in OMB Bulletin No. 13–01).
As previously stated, a facility must be
located in a rural area in order to be
eligible for designation as a CAH.
Therefore, a new OMB delineation that
redesignates an area from rural to urban,
affects the status of a facility that is
currently a CAH and had met the CAH
location requirements prior to the new
OMB delineation. A facility that is
located in an urban area cannot remain
a CAH unless it is reclassified as rural
under § 412.103 of the regulations. In
both the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR
49221 and 69 FR 60252) and the FY
2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43940), we amended the regulations at
§ 412.103(a) and § 485.610(b) to provide
for a transition period during which
CAHs that had previously been located
in rural areas but, as a result of new
OMB delineations, were now located in
urban areas, could reclassify as rural
under § 412.103. Specifically, in both
the FY 2005 IPPS final rule and the FY
2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
provided for a 2-year period during
which a CAH located in an urban area
as a result of the new OMB delineations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
could continue participating without
interruption as a CAH, thereby allowing
the CAH sufficient time to reclassify as
rural under § 412.103. If the facility did
not reclassify as a rural facility by the
end of that 2-year period, the CAH
would not be able to retain its CAH
status beyond that 2-year period.
However, under the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule and the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, the application of the
regulation was limited to October 1,
2004 through September 30, 2006, and
October 1, 2009 through September 30,
2011, respectively. As a result, in the
absence of a new amendment to the
regulations each time there are new
OMB delineations, a CAH that becomes
located in an urban area as a result of
those OMB delineations would not be
given 2 years to reclassify as rural under
§ 412.103 of the regulations.
In the FY 2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (74 FR 43940), we stated that we
would consider whether it would be
appropriate to propose, in future IPPS
rulemaking, to revise § 485.610 and
§ 412.103 to provide for a transition
period any time a CAH that was
formerly located in a rural area is
designated as being located in an urban
area as a result of the redesignation of
its county from rural to urban. After
further consideration, we believe that it
is appropriate to propose to change the
regulations to provide for a transition
period that is not restricted to a
timeframe, but rather can be applied any
time a facility that is currently
designated as a CAH becomes located in
an urban area as a result of a new OMB
delineation.
Therefore, we are proposing that,
effective October 1, 2014, a CAH that
was previously located in a rural area
but is now located in an urban area as
a result of a new OMB labor market area
delineation will continue to be treated
as rural for 2 years from the date the
OMB delineation is implemented.
Accordingly, if the OMB delineations
announced in OMB Bulletin No. 13–01
on February 28, 2013 discussed in
section III.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule are implemented in the
FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
effective October 1, 2014, any CAH
affected by the new OMB delineations
in OMB Bulletin No. 13–01 would
retain its rural status through September
30, 2016. An affected CAH would be
required to reclassify as a rural facility
under § 412.103 within that 2-year
period in order to continue participating
in the Medicare program as a CAH after
the 2-year transition period ends.
Therefore, taking into consideration the
example above, any CAH affected by a
new OMB delineation that is
PO 00000
Frm 00200
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
implemented in the FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule would be required
to reclassify as rural by September 30,
2016, in order to retain its CAH status
after September 30, 2016.
To implement this proposed change,
we are proposing to revise § 412.103 by
adding a new paragraph (a)(6), and to
revise § 485.610 by making a
conforming change to the introductory
text of paragraph (b) and adding a new
paragraph (b)(5) to provide for a 2-year
transition period that will apply any
time a new OMB delineation causes a
facility that was previously located in a
rural area and is designated as a CAH to
be located in an urban area. We believe
that this proposal to revise the
regulations to automatically provide for
a 2-year transition period following the
implementation of new OMB
delineations is more efficient than
providing for a regulatory change
limited to a timeframe, and, as a result,
will be more effective in reducing any
disruption caused by new OMB
delineations.
3. Proposed Revision of the
Requirements for Physician Certification
of CAH Inpatient Services
For inpatient CAH services to be
payable under Medicare Part A, section
1814(a)(8) of the Act requires that a
physician certify ‘‘that the individual
may reasonably be expected to be
discharged or transferred to a hospital
within 96 hours after admission to the
critical access hospital.’’ The regulations
implementing this statutory requirement
are located at 42 CFR 424.15.
Prior to FY 2014, this physician
certification was required no later than
1 day before the date on which the
claim for payment for the inpatient CAH
service is submitted. In the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we revised
the CAH regulations concerning the
timing requirements for certification of
inpatient CAH services. Specifically, we
revised § 424.15(b) to state:
‘‘Certification begins with the order for
inpatient admission. The certification
must be completed, signed, and
documented in the medical record prior
to discharge’’ (78 FR 50970). This
change was effective October 1, 2013.
However, in order to provide CAHs
with greater flexibility in meeting this
certification requirement, we are now
proposing to amend the regulations
governing the timing of the 96-hour
certification requirement at § 424.15(b)
such that physician certification is
required no later than 1 day before the
date on which the claim for payment for
the inpatient CAH service is submitted.
That is, we are proposing to remove the
requirement that certification of the 96-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hour requirement must be completed
prior to discharge and are proposing to
reinstate the timing requirement that
was in place prior to October 1, 2013.
We are proposing to revise § 424.15(b)
to remove the phrase ‘‘prior to
discharge’’ and replace it with ‘‘no later
than 1 day before the date on which the
claim for payment for the inpatient CAH
service is submitted’’. In addition, we
are proposing to make a conforming
amendment to § 424.11(d)(5). Section
424.11(d)(5) states ‘‘[f]or all inpatient
hospital or critical access hospital
inpatient services, including inpatient
psychiatric facility services, a delayed
certification may not extend past
discharge.’’ Because we are proposing to
change the timing requirement for
physician certification of CAH inpatient
services at § 424.15(b), such that the
certification could be completed past
discharge, we are proposing to revise
§ 424.11(d)(5) to remove the phrase ‘‘or
critical access hospital inpatient’’. We
are seeking public comment on these
proposed changes to the regulations
governing the requirement for physician
certification of CAH inpatient services.
VII. Proposed Changes to the LongTerm Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System (LTCH PPS) for FY
2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Background of the LTCH PPS
1. Legislative and Regulatory Authority
Section 123 of the Medicare,
Medicaid, and SCHIP (State Children’s
Health Insurance Program) Balanced
Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA)
(Pub. L. 106–113) as amended by
section 307(b) of the Medicare,
Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits
Improvement and Protection Act of
2000 (BIPA) (Pub. L. 106–554) provides
for payment for both the operating and
capital-related costs of hospital
inpatient stays in long-term care
hospitals (LTCHs) under Medicare Part
A based on prospectively set rates. The
Medicare prospective payment system
(PPS) for LTCHs applies to hospitals
that are described in section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act, effective for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2002.
Section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(I) of the Act
defines a LTCH as ‘‘a hospital which has
an average inpatient length of stay (as
determined by the Secretary) of greater
than 25 days.’’ Section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act also
provides an alternative definition of
LTCHs: specifically, a hospital that first
received payment under section 1886(d)
of the Act in 1986 and has an average
inpatient length of stay (LOS) (as
determined by the Secretary of Health
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
and Human Services (the Secretary)) of
greater than 20 days and has 80 percent
or more of its annual Medicare inpatient
discharges with a principal diagnosis
that reflects a finding of neoplastic
disease in the 12-month cost reporting
period ending in FY 1997.
Section 123 of the BBRA requires the
PPS for LTCHs to be a ‘‘per discharge’’
system with a diagnosis-related group
(DRG) based patient classification
system that reflects the differences in
patient resources and costs in LTCHs.
Section 307(b)(1) of the BIPA, among
other things, mandates that the
Secretary shall examine, and may
provide for, adjustments to payments
under the LTCH PPS, including
adjustments to DRG weights, area wage
adjustments, geographic reclassification,
outliers, updates, and a disproportionate
share adjustment.
In the August 30, 2002 Federal
Register, we issued a final rule that
implemented the LTCH PPS authorized
under the BBRA and BIPA (67 FR
55954). For the initial implementation
of the LTCH PPS (FYs 2003 through FY
2007), the system used information from
LTCH patient records to classify
patients into distinct long-term care
diagnosis-related groups (LTC–DRGs)
based on clinical characteristics and
expected resource needs. Beginning in
FY 2008, we adopted the Medicare
severity long-term care diagnosis-related
groups (MS–LTC–DRGs) as the patient
classification system used under the
LTCH PPS. Payments are calculated for
each MS–LTC–DRG and provisions are
made for appropriate payment
adjustments. Payment rates under the
LTCH PPS are updated annually and
published in the Federal Register.
The LTCH PPS replaced the
reasonable cost-based payment system
under the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA)
(Pub. L. 97–248) for payments for
inpatient services provided by a LTCH
with a cost reporting period beginning
on or after October 1, 2002. (The
regulations implementing the TEFRA
reasonable cost-based payment
provisions are located at 42 CFR Part
413.) With the implementation of the
PPS for acute care hospitals authorized
by the Social Security Amendments of
1983 (Pub. L. 98–21), which added
section 1886(d) to the Act, certain
hospitals, including LTCHs, were
excluded from the PPS for acute care
hospitals and were paid their reasonable
costs for inpatient services subject to a
per discharge limitation or target
amount under the TEFRA system. For
each cost reporting period, a hospitalspecific ceiling on payments was
determined by multiplying the
PO 00000
Frm 00201
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28177
hospital’s updated target amount by the
number of total current year Medicare
discharges. (Generally, in section VII. of
the preamble of this proposed rule,
when we refer to discharges, we
describe Medicare discharges.) The
August 30, 2002 final rule further
details the payment policy under the
TEFRA system (67 FR 55954).
In the August 30, 2002 final rule, we
provided for a 5-year transition period
from payments under the TEFRA system
to payments under the LTCH PPS.
During this 5-year transition period, a
LTCH’s total payment under the PPS
was based on an increasing percentage
of the Federal rate with a corresponding
decrease in the percentage of the LTCH
PPS payment that is based on
reasonable cost concepts, unless a LTCH
made a one-time election to be paid
based on 100 percent of the Federal rate.
Beginning with LTCHs’ cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2006, total LTCH PPS payments are
based on 100 percent of the Federal rate.
In addition, in the August 30, 2002
final rule, we presented an in-depth
discussion of the LTCH PPS, including
the patient classification system,
relative weights, payment rates,
additional payments, and the budget
neutrality requirements mandated by
section 123 of the BBRA. The same final
rule that established regulations for the
LTCH PPS under 42 CFR Part 412,
Subpart O, also contained LTCH
provisions related to covered inpatient
services, limitation on charges to
beneficiaries, medical review
requirements, furnishing of inpatient
hospital services directly or under
arrangement, and reporting and
recordkeeping requirements. We refer
readers to the August 30, 2002 final rule
for a comprehensive discussion of the
research and data that supported the
establishment of the LTCH PPS (67 FR
55954).
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51733
through 51743) for a chronological
summary of the main legislative and
regulatory developments affecting the
LTCH PPS through the annual update
cycles prior to the FY 2014 rulemaking
cycle. In addition, in this proposed rule,
we discuss the provisions of the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113–67), enacted on December
26, 2013, that affect the LTCH PPS. In
section VII.I.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss the
provisions of section 1206(a) of Public
Law 113–67, which amended section
1886(m) of the Act by adding paragraph
(6) and established, among other things,
patient-level criteria for payments under
the LTCH PPS for implementation
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28178
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
beginning with FY 2016. In section
VII.E. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we discuss the provisions of
section 1206(b)(1) of Public Law 113–
67, which provide for the retroactive
reinstatement and extension, for an
additional 4 years, of the moratorium on
the full implementation of the 25percent threshold payment adjustment
policy (except for ‘‘grandfathered’’
hospitals-within-hospitals (HwHs),
which are permanently exempt from
this policy). In section VII.G. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we
discuss the provisions of section
1206(b)(2) of Public Law 113–67 (as
amended by section 112(b) of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act (Pub.
L. 113–93), which, subject to certain
defined exceptions, provide for
statutory moratoria on the establishment
of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities and a new statutory
moratorium on the increase in the
number of hospital beds in LTCHs or
LTCH satellite facilities for the period
beginning April 1, 2014 and ending
September 30, 2017. In section IX.C. of
the preamble of this proposed rule, we
discuss the provisions of section 1206(c)
of Public Law 113–67, which amended
the LTCH Quality Reporting Program
established under section 1886(m)(5) of
the Act by requiring the Secretary to
establish a functional status quality
measure to evaluate the in mobility
among inpatients requiring ventilator
support no later than October 1, 2015.
In section VII.H. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss the findings
of a review of payments to certain
LTCHs (that is, LTCHs classified under
subclause (II) of section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act) that was
conducted in accordance with section
1206(d) of Public Law 113–67, and
propose to apply a payment adjustment
under the LTCH PPS to ‘‘subclause (II)’’
LTCHs beginning in FY 2015 that would
result in payments to this type of LTCH
resembling payments under the
reasonable cost TEFRA payment system
model.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Criteria for Classification as an LTCH
a. Classification as an LTCH
Under the regulations at
§ 412.23(e)(1), to qualify to be paid
under the LTCH PPS, a hospital must
have a provider agreement with
Medicare. Furthermore, § 412.23(e)(2)(i),
which implements section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(I) of the Act, requires
that a hospital have an average Medicare
inpatient length of stay of greater than
25 days to be paid under the LTCH PPS.
Alternatively, § 412.23(e)(2)(ii) states
that, for cost reporting periods
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
beginning on or after August 5, 1997, a
hospital that was first excluded from the
PPS in 1986 and can demonstrate that
at least 80 percent of its annual
Medicare inpatient discharges in the 12month cost reporting period ending in
FY 1997 have a principal diagnosis that
reflects a finding of neoplastic disease
must have an average inpatient length of
stay for all patients, including both
Medicare and non-Medicare inpatients,
of greater than 20 days.
b. Hospitals Excluded From the LTCH
PPS
The following hospitals are paid
under special payment provisions, as
described in § 412.22(c) and, therefore,
are not subject to the LTCH PPS rules:
• Veterans Administration hospitals.
• Hospitals that are reimbursed under
State cost control systems approved
under 42 CFR Part 403.
• Hospitals that are reimbursed in
accordance with demonstration projects
authorized under section 402(a) of the
Social Security Amendments of 1967
(Pub. L. 90–248) (42 U.S.C. 1395b–1) or
section 222(a) of the Social Security
Amendments of 1972 (Pub. L. 92–603)
(42 U.S.C. 1395b–1 (note)) (Statewide
all-payer systems, subject to the rate-ofincrease test at section 1814(b) of the
Act).
• Nonparticipating hospitals
furnishing emergency services to
Medicare beneficiaries.
3. Limitation on Charges to Beneficiaries
In the August 30, 2002 final rule, we
presented an in-depth discussion of
beneficiary liability under the LTCH
PPS (67 FR 55974 through 55975). In the
RY 2005 LTCH PPS final rule (69 FR
25676), we clarified that the discussion
of beneficiary liability in the August 30,
2002 final rule was not meant to
establish rates or payments for, or define
Medicare-eligible expenses. Under
§ 412.507, if the Medicare payment to
the LTCH is the full LTC–DRG payment
amount, consistent with other
established hospital prospective
payment systems, a LTCH may not bill
a Medicare beneficiary for more than the
deductible and coinsurance amounts as
specified under §§ 409.82, 409.83, and
409.87 and for items and services
specified under § 489.30(a). However,
under the LTCH PPS, Medicare will
only pay for days for which the
beneficiary has coverage until the shortstay outlier (SSO) threshold is exceeded.
Therefore, if the Medicare payment was
for a SSO case (§ 412.529) that was less
than the full LTC–DRG payment amount
because the beneficiary had insufficient
remaining Medicare days, the LTCH
could also charge the beneficiary for
PO 00000
Frm 00202
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
services delivered on those uncovered
days (§ 412.507).
4. Administrative Simplification
Compliance Act (ASCA) and Health
Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA)
Compliance
Claims submitted to Medicare must
comply with both the Administrative
Simplification Compliance Act (ASCA)
(Pub. L. 107–105), and the Health
Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
(Pub. L. 104–191). Section 3 of the
ASCA requires that the Medicare
Program deny payment under Part A or
Part B for any expenses incurred for
items or services ‘‘for which a claim is
submitted other than in an electronic
form specified by the Secretary.’’
Section 1862(h) of the Act (as added by
section 3(a) of the ASCA) provides that
the Secretary shall waive such denial in
two specific types of cases and may also
waive such denial ‘‘in such unusual
cases as the Secretary finds appropriate’’
(68 FR 48805). Section 3 of the ASCA
operates in the context of the HIPAA
regulations, which include, among other
provisions, the transactions and code
sets standards requirements codified
under 45 CFR Parts 160 and 162
(generally known as the Transactions
Rule). The Transactions Rule requires
covered entities, including covered
health care providers, to conduct certain
electronic health care transactions
according to the applicable transactions
and code sets standards.
The Department of Health and Human
Services has a number of initiatives
designed to encourage and support the
adoption of health information
technology and promote nationwide
health information exchange to improve
health care. The Office of the National
Coordinator for Health Information
Technology (ONC) leads these efforts in
collaboration with other agencies,
including CMS and the Office of the
Assistant Secretary for Planning and
Evaluation (ASPE). Through a number
of activities, including several open
government initiatives, HHS is
promoting the adoption of electronic
health record (EHR) technology certified
under the ONC Health Information
Technology (HIT) Certification Program
developed to support secure,
interoperable, health information
exchange. While certified EHR
technology is not yet available for
LTCHs and other types of providers that
are not eligible for the Medicare and
Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs, ONC
has requested the HIT Policy Committee
(a Federal Advisory Committee) to
explore the expansion of EHR
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
certification under the ONC HIT
Certification Program, focusing on EHR
certification criteria needed for longterm and postacute care (including
LTCHs) and behavioral health care
providers. ONC has issued a proposed
rule concerning a voluntary 2015
Edition of EHR certification criteria that
would more easily accommodate HIT
certification for health care settings
where individual or institutional health
care providers are not typically eligible
to qualify for meaningful use incentive
payments under Medicare or Medicaid,
such as behavioral health or long-term
postacute care settings. We believe that
the use of certified EHRs by LTCHs (and
other types of providers that are
ineligible for the Medicare and
Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs) can
effectively and efficiently help
providers improve internal care delivery
practices, support the exchange of
important information across care
partners and during transitions of care,
and could enable the reporting of
electronically specified clinical quality
measures (eCQMs) (as described
elsewhere in this rule). More
information on the proposed rule
concerning a voluntary 2015 Edition of
EHR certification criteria, identification
of EHR certification criteria and
development of standards applicable to
LTCHs can be found at:
• https://www.healthit.gov/policyresearchers-implementers/standardsand-certification-regulations;
• https://www.healthit.gov/facas/
FACAS/health-it-policy-committee/
hitpc-workgroups/certificationadoption;
• https://wiki.siframework.org/
LCC+LTPAC+Care+Transition+SWG;
and
• https://wiki.siframework.org/
Longitudinal+Coordination+of+Care.
B. Proposed Medicare Severity LongTerm Care Diagnosis-Related Group
(MS–LTC–DRG) Classifications and
Relative Weights for FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Background
Section 123 of the BBRA requires that
the Secretary implement a PPS for
LTCHs (that is, a per discharge system
with a diagnosis-related group (DRG)based patient classification system
reflecting the differences in patient
resources and costs). Section 307(b)(1)
of the BIPA modified the requirements
of section 123 of the BBRA by requiring
that the Secretary examine ‘‘the
feasibility and the impact of basing
payment under such a system [the longterm care hospital (LTCH) PPS] on the
use of existing (or refined) hospital
DRGs that have been modified to
account for different resource use of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
LTCH patients, as well as the use of the
most recently available hospital
discharge data.’’
When the LTCH PPS was
implemented for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2002,
we adopted the same DRG patient
classification system (that is, the CMS
DRGs) that was utilized at that time
under the IPPS. As a component of the
LTCH PPS, we refer to this patient
classification system as the ‘‘long-term
care diagnosis-related groups (LTC–
DRGs).’’ Although the patient
classification system used under both
the LTCH PPS and the IPPS are the
same, the relative weights are different.
The established relative weight
methodology and data used under the
LTCH PPS result in relative weights
under the LTCH PPS that reflect ‘‘the
differences in patient resource use . . .’’
of LTCH patients (section 123(a)(1) of
the BBRA (Pub. L. 106–113)).
As part of our efforts to better
recognize severity of illness among
patients, in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47130), the
MS–DRGs and the Medicare severity
long-term care diagnosis-related groups
(MS–LTC–DRGs) were adopted under
the IPPS and the LTCH PPS,
respectively, effective beginning
October 1, 2007 (FY 2008). For a full
description of the development,
implementation, and rationale for the
use of the MS–DRGs and MS–LTC–
DRGs, we refer readers to the FY 2008
IPPS final rule with comment period (72
FR 47141 through 47175 and 47277
through 47299). (We note that, in that
same final rule, we revised the
regulations at § 412.503 to specify that
for LTCH discharges occurring on or
after October 1, 2007, when applying
the provisions of 42 CFR Part 412,
Subpart O applicable to LTCHs for
policy descriptions and payment
calculations, all references to LTC–
DRGs would be considered a reference
to MS–LTC–DRGs. For the remainder of
this section, we present the discussion
in terms of the current MS–LTC–DRG
patient classification system unless
specifically referring to the previous
LTC–DRG patient classification system
that was in effect before October 1,
2007.)
The MS–DRGs adopted in FY 2008
represent an increase in the number of
DRGs by 207 (that is, from 538 to 745)
(72 FR 47171). The MS–DRG
classifications are updated annually.
There are currently 751 MS–DRG
groupings. If we finalize the proposed
changes to the MS–DRG groupings
described in section II.G. of this
preamble, there would be a total of 753
MS–DRG groupings for FY 2015.
PO 00000
Frm 00203
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28179
Consistent with section 123 of the
BBRA, as amended by section 307(b)(1)
of the BIPA, and § 412.515 of the
regulations, we use information derived
from LTCH PPS patient records to
classify LTCH discharges into distinct
MS–LTC–DRGs based on clinical
characteristics and estimated resource
needs. We then assign an appropriate
weight to the MS–LTC–DRGs to account
for the difference in resource use by
patients exhibiting the case complexity
and multiple medical problems
characteristic of LTCHs. Below we
provide a general summary of our
existing methodology for determining
the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights.
In a departure from the IPPS, and as
discussed in greater detail below in
section VII.B.3.f. of this preamble, we
are proposing to continue to use
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
(that is, proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with
less than 25 LTCH cases) in determining
the proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights because LTCHs do not typically
treat the full range of diagnoses as do
acute care hospitals. For purposes of
determining the proposed relative
weights for the large number of
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs,
we are proposing to group all of the lowvolume MS–LTC–DRGs into five
quintiles based on average charge per
discharge. (A detailed discussion of the
initial development and application of
the quintile methodology appears in the
August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule
(67 FR 55978).) Under our existing
methodology, we are proposing to
account for adjustments to payments for
short-stay outlier (SSO) cases (that is,
cases where the covered length of stay
at the LTCH is less than or equal to fivesixths of the geometric average length of
stay for the MS–LTC–DRG).
Furthermore, we are proposing to make
adjustments to account for
nonmonotonically increasing weights,
when necessary. That is, theoretically,
cases under the MS–LTC–DRG system
that are more severe require greater
expenditure of medical care resources
and will result in higher average charges
such that, in the severity levels within
a base MS–LTC–DRG, the proposed
relative weights should increase
monotonically with severity from the
lowest to highest severity level. (We
discuss nonmonotonicity in greater
detail and our proposed methodology to
adjust the proposed MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights to account for
nonmonotonically increasing proposed
relative weights in section VII.B.3.g.
(Step 6) of this preamble.)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28180
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Patient Classifications into MS–LTC–
DRGs
a. Background
The MS–DRGs (used under the IPPS)
and the MS–LTC–DRGs (used under the
LTCH PPS) are based on the CMS DRG
structure. As noted above in this
section, we refer to the DRGs under the
LTCH PPS as MS–LTC–DRGs although
they are structurally identical to the
MS–DRGs used under the IPPS.
The MS–DRGs are organized into 25
major diagnostic categories (MDCs),
most of which are based on a particular
organ system of the body; the remainder
involve multiple organ systems (such as
MDC 22, Burns). Within most MDCs,
cases are then divided into surgical
DRGs and medical DRGs. Surgical DRGs
are assigned based on a surgical
hierarchy that orders operating room
(O.R.) procedures or groups of O.R.
procedures by resource intensity. The
GROUPER software program does not
recognize all ICD–9–CM procedure
codes as procedures affecting DRG
assignment. That is, procedures that are
not surgical (for example, EKGs), or
minor surgical procedures (for example,
a biopsy of skin and subcutaneous
tissue (procedure code 86.11)) do not
affect the MS–LTC–DRG assignment
based on their presence on the claim.
Generally, under the LTCH PPS, a
Medicare payment is made at a
predetermined specific rate for each
discharge and that payment varies by
the MS–LTC–DRG to which a
beneficiary’s stay is assigned. Cases are
classified into MS–LTC–DRGs for
payment based on the following six data
elements:
• Principal diagnosis;
• Additional or secondary diagnoses;
• Surgical procedures;
• Age;
• Sex; and
• Discharge status of the patient.
Through FY 2010, the number of
diagnosis and procedure codes
considered for MS–DRG assignment was
limited to nine and six, respectively.
However, for claims submitted on the
5010 format beginning January 1, 2011,
we increased the capacity to process
diagnosis and procedure codes up to 25
diagnoses and 25 procedures. This
includes one principal diagnosis and up
to 24 secondary diagnoses for severity of
illness determinations. We refer readers
to section II.G.11.c. of the preamble of
the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
for a complete discussion of this change
(75 FR 50127).
Under HIPAA transactions and code
sets regulations at 45 CFR Parts 160 and
162, covered entities must comply with
the adopted transaction standards and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
operating rules specified in Subparts I
through S of Part 162. Among other
requirements, by January 1, 2012,
covered entities were required to use the
ASC X12 Standards for Electronic Data
Interchange Technical Report Type 3—
Health Care Claim: Institutional (837),
May 2006, ASC X12N/005010X223, and
Type 1 Errata to Health Care Claim:
Institutional (837) ASC X12 Standards
for Electronic Data Interchange
Technical Report Type 3, October 2007,
ASC X12N/005010X233A1 for the
health care claims or equivalent
encounter information transaction (45
CFR 162.1102).
HIPAA requires covered entities to
use the applicable medical data code set
requirements when conducting HIPAA
transactions (45 CFR 162.1000).
Currently, upon the discharge of the
patient, the LTCH must assign
appropriate diagnosis and procedure
codes from the most current version of
the Internal Classification of Diseases,
Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification
(ICD–9–CM). For additional information
on the ICD–9–CM coding system, we
refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final
rule with comment period (72 FR 47241
through 47243 and 47277 through
47281). We also refer readers to the
detailed discussion on correct coding
practices in the August 30, 2002 LTCH
PPS final rule (67 FR 55981 through
55983). Additional coding instructions
and examples are published in the
Coding Clinic for ICD–9–CM, a product
of the American Hospital Association.
(We refer readers to section II.G.13. of
the preamble of this proposed rule for
additional information on the annual
revisions to the ICD–9–CM codes.)
Providers use the code sets under the
ICD–9–CM coding system to report
diagnoses and procedures for Medicare
hospital inpatient services under the
MS–DRG system. We have been
discussing the conversion to the ICD–10
coding system for many years. We refer
readers to section II.G.1. of the preamble
of this proposed rule for additional
information on the implementation of
the ICD–10 coding system.
To create the MS–DRGs (and by
extension, the MS–LTC–DRGs), base
DRGs were subdivided according to the
presence of specific secondary
diagnoses designated as complications
or comorbidities (CCs) into one, two, or
three levels of severity, depending on
the impact of the CCs on resources used
for those cases. Specifically, there are
sets of MS–DRGs that are split into 2 or
3 subgroups based on the presence or
absence of a CC or a major complication
or comorbidity (MCC). We refer readers
to section II.D. of the FY 2008 IPPS final
rule with comment period for a detailed
PO 00000
Frm 00204
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
discussion about the creation of MS–
DRGs based on severity of illness levels
(72 FR 47141 through 47175).
Medicare administrative contractors
(MACs) enter the clinical and
demographic information submitted by
LTCHs into their claims processing
systems and subject this information to
a series of automated screening
processes called the Medicare Code
Editor (MCE). These screens are
designed to identify cases that require
further review before assignment into a
MS–LTC–DRG can be made. During this
process, certain cases are selected for
further development (74 FR 43949).
After screening through the MCE,
each claim is classified into the
appropriate MS–LTC–DRG by the
Medicare LTCH GROUPER software on
the basis of diagnosis and procedure
codes and other demographic
information (age, sex, and discharge
status). The GROUPER software used
under the LTCH PPS is the same
GROUPER software program used under
the IPPS. Following the MS–LTC–DRG
assignment, the Medicare contractor
determines the prospective payment
amount by using the Medicare PRICER
program, which accounts for hospitalspecific adjustments. Under the LTCH
PPS, we provide an opportunity for
LTCHs to review the MS–LTC–DRG
assignments made by the Medicare
contractor and to submit additional
information within a specified
timeframe as provided in § 412.513(c).
The GROUPER software is used both
to classify past cases to measure relative
hospital resource consumption to
establish the MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights and to classify current cases for
purposes of determining payment. The
records for all Medicare hospital
inpatient discharges are maintained in
the MedPAR file. The data in this file
are used to evaluate possible MS–DRG
and MS–LTC–DRG classification
changes and to recalibrate the MS–DRG
and MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
during our annual update under both
the IPPS (§ 412.60(e)) and the LTCH PPS
(§ 412.517), respectively.
b. Proposed Changes to the MS–LTC–
DRGs for FY 2015
As specified by our regulations at
§ 412.517(a), which require that the MS–
LTC–DRG classifications and relative
weights be updated annually, and
consistent with our historical practice of
using the same patient classification
system under the LTCH PPS as is used
under the IPPS, we are proposing to
update the MS–LTC–DRG classifications
effective October 1, 2014, through
September 30, 2015 (FY 2015)
consistent with the proposed changes to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
specific MS–DRG classifications
presented in section II.G. of this
preamble (that is, proposed GROUPER
Version 32.0). Therefore, the proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs for FY 2015 presented
in this proposed rule are the same as the
proposed MS–DRGs that are being
proposed for use under the IPPS for FY
2015. In addition, because the proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs for FY 2015 are the
same as the proposed MS–DRGs for FY
2015, the other proposed changes that
affect MS–DRG (and by extension MS–
LTC–DRG) assignments under proposed
GROUPER Version 32.0 as discussed in
section II.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, including the proposed
changes to the MCE software and the
ICD–9–CM coding system, also are
applicable under the LTCH PPS for FY
2015.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Development of the Proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights
a. General Overview of the Development
of the MS–LTC–DRG Relative Weights
One of the primary goals for the
implementation of the LTCH PPS is to
pay each LTCH an appropriate amount
for the efficient delivery of medical care
to Medicare patients. The system must
be able to account adequately for each
LTCH’s case-mix in order to ensure both
fair distribution of Medicare payments
and access to adequate care for those
Medicare patients whose care is more
costly (67 FR 55984). To accomplish
these goals, we have annually adjusted
the LTCH PPS standard Federal
prospective payment system rate by the
applicable relative weight in
determining payment to LTCHs for each
case.
The basic methodology used to
develop the MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights generally continues to be
consistent with the general methodology
established when the LTCH PPS was
implemented in the August 30, 2002
LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55989
through 55991), with the exception of
some modifications of our historical
procedures for assigning relative
weights in cases of zero volume and/or
nonmonotonicity resulting from the
adoption of the MS–LTC–DRGs. (For
details on the modifications to our
historical procedures for assigning
relative weights in cases of zero volume
and/or nonmonotonicity, we refer
readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47289
through 47295) and the FY 2009 IPPS
final rule (73 FR 48542 through 48550).)
Under the LTCH PPS, relative weights
for each MS–LTC–DRG are a primary
element used to account for the
variations in cost per discharge and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
resource utilization among the payment
groups (§ 412.515). To ensure that
Medicare patients classified to each
MS–LTC–DRG have access to an
appropriate level of services and to
encourage efficiency, we calculate a
relative weight for each MS–LTC–DRG
that represents the resources needed by
an average inpatient LTCH case in that
MS–LTC–DRG. For example, cases in a
MS–LTC–DRG with a relative weight of
2 will, on average, cost twice as much
to treat as cases in a MS–LTC–DRG with
a relative weight of 1.
b. Proposed Development of the MS–
LTC–DRG Relative Weights for FY 2015
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50755 through 50760), we
presented our policies for the
development of the MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights for FY 2014. The basic
methodology we used to develop the FY
2014 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
was the same as the methodology we
used to develop the FY 2013 MS–LTC–
DRG relative weights in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and was
consistent with the general methodology
established when the LTCH PPS was
implemented in the August 30, 2002
LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 55989
through 55991). In this FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are
proposing to continue to apply our
established methodology to develop the
FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
for FY 2015, which includes application
of established policies related to the
data, the hospital-specific relative value
(HSRV) methodology, the treatment of
severity levels in the MS–LTC–DRGs,
low-volume and no-volume MS–LTC–
DRGs, adjustment for nonmonotonicity,
and the steps for calculating the MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights with a
budget neutrality factor. Below we
present the methodology that we are
proposing to continue to use to
determine the MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights for FY 2015, which is consistent
with the methodology presented in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
Beginning with the FY 2008 update,
we established a budget neutrality
requirement for the annual update to the
MS–LTC–DRG classifications and
relative weights at § 412.517(b) (in
conjunction with § 412.503), such that
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments would be unaffected, that is,
would be neither greater than nor less
than the estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments that would have been made
without the classification and relative
weight changes (72 FR 26882 through
26884). Consistent with § 412.517(b), we
are proposing to continue to apply our
established two-step budget neutrality
PO 00000
Frm 00205
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28181
methodology, which is based on the
current year MS–LTC–DRG
classifications and relative weights. We
are proposing to continue to apply our
established two-step budget neutrality
methodology such that the annual
update to the MS–LTC–DRG
classifications and relative weights for
FY 2015 are based on the FY 2014 MS–
LTC–DRG classifications and relative
weights established in Table 11 listed in
section VI. of the Addendum to the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
51002). (For additional information on
the established two-step budget
neutrality methodology, we refer readers
to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule (72 FR
47295 through 47296).)
c. Data
For the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50755), to calculate the MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights for FY 2014,
we obtained total charges from FY 2012
Medicare LTCH bill data from the
December 2012 update of the FY 2012
MedPAR file, which were the best
available data at that time, and used the
finalized Version 31.0 of the GROUPER
to classify LTCH cases. Consistent with
our historical practice, to calculate the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights for FY 2015 in this proposed
rule, we are proposing to obtain total
charges from the FY 2013 Medicare
LTCH bill data from the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file,
which are the best available data at this
time, and to use Version 32.0 of the
GROUPER to classify LTCH cases.
In this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule and consistent with our
historical methodology, we are
proposing to exclude the data from
LTCHs that are all-inclusive rate
providers and LTCHs that are
reimbursed in accordance with
demonstration projects authorized
under section 402(a) of Public Law 90–
248 or section 222(a) of Public Law 92–
603. Furthermore, consistent with our
historical practice, we are proposing to
exclude Medicare Advantage (Part C)
claims, which are now included in the
MedPAR files, in the calculations for the
proposed relative weights under the
LTCH PPS that are used to determine
payments for Medicare fee-for-service
claims. Specifically, we are proposing
not to use any claims from the MedPAR
files that have a GHO Paid indicator
value of ‘‘1,’’ which effectively removes
Medicare Advantage claims from the
proposed relative weight calculations.
Accordingly, in the development of the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights in this proposed rule,
we excluded the data of 12 all-inclusive
rate providers and one LTCH that is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28182
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
paid in accordance with demonstration
projects that had claims in the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file, as well as any Medicare
Advantage claims.
d. Hospital-Specific Relative Value
(HSRV) Methodology
By nature, LTCHs often specialize in
certain areas, such as ventilatordependent patients and treatment of
infections and wound care. Some case
types (MS–DRGs) may be treated, to a
large extent, in hospitals that have, from
a perspective of charges, relatively high
(or low) charges. This nonrandom
distribution of cases with relatively high
(or low) charges in specific MS–LTC–
DRGs has the potential to
inappropriately distort the measure of
average charges. In this proposed rule,
to account for the fact that cases may
not be randomly distributed across
LTCHs, consistent with the
methodology we have used since the
implementation of the LTCH PPS, we
are proposing to continue to use a
hospital-specific relative value (HSRV)
methodology to calculate the proposed
MS–LTC–DRG relative weights for FY
2015. We believe this method removes
this hospital-specific source of bias in
measuring LTCH average charges (67 FR
55985). Specifically, under this
methodology, we reduce the impact of
the variation in charges across providers
on any particular proposed MS–LTC–
DRG relative weight by converting each
LTCH’s charge for a case to a relative
value based on that LTCH’s average
charge.
Under the HSRV methodology, we
standardize charges for each LTCH by
converting its charges for each case to
hospital-specific relative charge values
and then adjusting those values for the
LTCH’s case-mix. The adjustment for
case-mix is needed to rescale the
hospital-specific relative charge values
(which, by definition, average 1.0 for
each LTCH). The average relative weight
for a LTCH is its case-mix, so it is
reasonable to scale each LTCH’s average
relative charge value by its case-mix. In
this way, each LTCH’s relative charge
value is adjusted by its case-mix to an
average that reflects the complexity of
the cases it treats relative to the
complexity of the cases treated by all
other LTCHs (the average case-mix of all
LTCHs).
In accordance with our established
methodology, we are proposing to
continue to standardize charges for each
case by first dividing the adjusted
charge for the case (adjusted for SSOs
under § 412.529 as described in section
VII.B.3.g. (Step 3) of this preamble) by
the average adjusted charge for all cases
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
at the LTCH in which the case was
treated. SSO cases are cases with a
length of stay that is less than or equal
to five-sixths the average length of stay
of the MS–LTC–DRG (§ 412.529 and
§ 412.503). The average adjusted charge
reflects the average intensity of the
health care services delivered by a
particular LTCH and the average cost
level of that LTCH. The resulting ratio
is multiplied by that LTCH’s case-mix
index to determine the standardized
charge for the case (67 FR 55989).
Multiplying the resulting ratio by the
LTCH’s case-mix index accounts for the
fact that the same relative charges are
given greater weight at a LTCH with
higher average costs than they would at
a LTCH with low average costs, which
is needed to adjust each LTCH’s relative
charge value to reflect its case-mix
relative to the average case-mix for all
LTCHs. Because we standardize charges
in this manner, we count charges for a
Medicare patient at a LTCH with high
average charges as less resource
intensive than they would be at a LTCH
with low average charges. For example,
a $10,000 charge for a case at a LTCH
with an average adjusted charge of
$17,500 reflects a higher level of relative
resource use than a $10,000 charge for
a case at a LTCH with the same casemix, but an average adjusted charge of
$35,000. We believe that the adjusted
charge of an individual case more
accurately reflects actual resource use
for an individual LTCH because the
variation in charges due to systematic
differences in the markup of charges
among LTCHs is taken into account.
e. Treatment of Severity Levels in
Developing the Proposed MS–LTC–DRG
Relative Weights
For purposes of determining the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights, under our historical
methodology, there are three different
categories of MS–DRGs based on
volume of cases within specific MS–
LTC–DRGs. Proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
with at least 25 cases are each assigned
a unique proposed relative weight;
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
(that is, proposed MS–LTC–DRGs that
contain between 1 and 24 cases based
on a given year’s claims data) are
grouped into quintiles (as described
below) and assigned the proposed
relative weight of the quintile. Proposed
no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs (that is, no
cases in the given year’s claims data are
assigned to those proposed MS–LTC–
DRGs) are cross-walked to other
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs based on the
clinical similarities and assigned the
proposed relative weight of the crosswalked MS–LTC–DRG (as described in
PO 00000
Frm 00206
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
greater detail below). In this proposed
rule, we are proposing to continue to
utilize these same three categories of
MS–LTC–DRGs for purposes of the
treatment of severity levels in
determining the proposed MS–LTC–
DRG relative weights for FY 2015. (We
provide in-depth discussions of our
policy regarding weight-setting for
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
in section VII.B.3.f. of the preamble of
this proposed rule and for proposed novolume MS–LTC–DRGs, under Step 5 in
section VII.B.3.g. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.)
Furthermore, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights, when necessary, we are
proposing to make adjustments to
account for nonmonotonicity, as
discussed in greater detail below in Step
6 of section VII.B.3.g. of this preamble.
We refer readers to the discussion in the
FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final
rule for our rationale for including an
adjustment for nonmonotonicity (74 FR
43953 through 43954).
f. Proposed Low-Volume MS–LTC–
DRGs
In order to account for proposed MS–
LTC–DRGs with low volume (that is,
with fewer than 25 LTCH cases),
consistent with our existing
methodology for purposes of
determining the proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights, we are
proposing to continue to employ the
quintile methodology for proposed lowvolume MS–LTC–DRGs, such that we
group the proposed ‘‘low-volume MS–
LTC–DRGs’’ (that is, proposed MS–
LTC–DRGs that contained between 1
and 24 cases annually) into one of five
categories (quintiles) based on average
charges (67 FR 55984 through 55995
and 72 FR 47283 through 47288). In
determining the proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights in this
proposed rule, in cases where the initial
assignment of a proposed low-volume
MS–LTC–DRG to a quintile results in
nonmonotonicity within a base-DRG, in
order to ensure appropriate Medicare
payments, consistent with our historical
methodology, we are proposing to make
adjustments to the treatment of
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs to
preserve monotonicity, as discussed in
detail below in section VII.B.3.g. (Step
6) of the preamble of this proposed rule.
In this proposed rule, using LTCH
cases from the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file (which is
currently the best available data), we
identified 297 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
that contained between 1 and 24 cases.
This list of proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
was then divided into one of the 5 low-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
volume quintiles, each containing 59
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (297/5 = 59
with two proposed MS–LTC–DRGs as
the remainder). We are proposing to
assign a proposed low-volume MS–
LTC–DRG to a specific low-volume
quintile by sorting the proposed lowvolume MS–LTC–DRGs in ascending
order by average charge in accordance
with our established methodology.
Based on the data available for this
proposed rule, the number of proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs with less than 25 cases
is not evenly divisible by 5. Therefore,
consistent with our historical approach,
we are proposing to use the average
charge of the low-volume quintile to
determine which of the low-volume
quintiles contain the additional
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRG.
Specifically for this proposed rule, after
organizing the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
by ascending order by average charge,
we are proposing to assign the first fifth
(1st through 59th) of proposed lowvolume MS–LTC–DRGs (with the lowest
average charge) into proposed Quintile
1. The proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with
the highest average charge cases were
assigned into proposed Quintile 5.
Because the average charge of the 119th
proposed low-volume MS–LTC–DRG in
the sorted list was closer to the average
charge of the 118th proposed lowvolume MS–LTC–DRG (assigned to
proposed Quintile 2) than to the average
charge of the 120th proposed lowvolume MS–LTC–DRG (assigned to
proposed Quintile 2), we are proposing
to assign it to proposed Quintile 2 (such
that proposed Quintile 2 contains 60
proposed low-volume MS– LTC–DRGs
before any adjustments for
nonmonotonicity, as discussed below).
This resulted in 3 of the 5 proposed
low-volume quintiles containing 59
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (proposed
Quintiles 1, 3, and 4) and two proposed
low-volume quintiles containing 60
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (Quintiles 2
and 5). Table 13A, which is listed in
section VI. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule and is available via the
Internet, lists the proposed composition
of the low-volume quintiles for
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for FY 2015.
Accordingly, in order to determine
the proposed FY 2015 relative weights
for the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with
low volume, we are proposing to use the
five proposed low-volume quintiles
described above. We determined a
proposed relative weight and
(geometric) average length of stay for
each of the five proposed low-volume
quintiles using the methodology that we
are proposing to apply to the proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs (25 or more cases), as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
described below in section VII.B.3.g. of
the preamble of this proposed rule. We
are proposing to assign the same
proposed relative weight and average
length of stay to each of the proposed
low-volume MS–LTC–DRGs that make
up an individual proposed low-volume
quintile. We note that, as this system is
dynamic, it is possible that the number
and specific type of proposed MS–LTC–
DRGs with a low volume of LTCH cases
will vary in the future.
Furthermore, we note that we will
continue to monitor the volume (that is,
the number of LTCH cases) in the
proposed low-volume quintiles to
ensure that our proposed quintile
assignments used in determining the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights result in appropriate payment
for such cases and do not result in an
unintended financial incentive for
LTCHs to inappropriately admit these
types of cases.
g. Steps for Determining the Proposed
FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG Relative
Weights
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to determine the proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
based on our existing methodology. (For
additional information on the original
development of this methodology, and
modifications to it since the adoption of
the MS–LTC–DRGs, we refer readers to
the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final
rule (67 FR 55989 through 55995) and
the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS
final rule (74 FR 43951 through 43966).)
In summary, to determine the proposed
FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights,
we are proposing to group LTCH cases
to the appropriate proposed MS–LTC–
DRG, while taking into account the
proposed low-volume quintile (as
described above). After grouping the
cases to the appropriate proposed MS–
LTC–DRG (or proposed low-volume
quintile), we are proposing to calculate
the FY 2015 relative weights by first
removing statistical outliers and cases
with a length of stay of 7 days or less
(Steps 1 and 2 below). Next, we are
proposing to adjust the number of cases
in each proposed MS–LTC–DRG (or
proposed low-volume quintile) for the
effect of SSO cases (Step 3 below). After
removing statistical outliers (Step 1
below) and cases with a length of stay
of 7 days or less (Step 2 below), the SSO
adjusted discharges and corresponding
charges were then used to calculate
‘‘relative adjusted weights’’ for each
proposed MS–LTC–DRG (or proposed
low-volume quintile) using the HSRV
method.
Below we discuss in detail the steps
for calculating the proposed FY 2015
PO 00000
Frm 00207
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28183
MS–LTC–DRG relative weights. We note
that, as we discussed in section
VII.B.3.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we excluded the data of
all-inclusive rate LTCHs, LTCHs that are
paid in accordance with demonstration
projects, and any Medicare Advantage
claims in the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file.
Step 1—Remove statistical outliers.
The first step in the calculation of the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights is to remove statistical
outlier cases. Consistent with our
historical relative weight methodology,
we are proposing to continue to define
statistical outliers as cases that are
outside of 3.0 standard deviations from
the mean of the log distribution of both
charges per case and the charges per day
for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG. These
statistical outliers are removed prior to
calculating the proposed relative
weights because we believe that they
may represent aberrations in the data
that distort the measure of average
resource use. Including those LTCH
cases in the calculation of the proposed
relative weights could result in an
inaccurate proposed relative weight that
does not truly reflect relative resource
use among the proposed MS–LTC–
DRGs. (For additional information on
this step of the relative weight
methodology, we refer readers to 67 FR
55989 and 74 FR 43959.)
Step 2—Remove cases with a length
of stay of 7 days or less.
The proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights reflect the average of resources
used on representative cases of a
specific type. Generally, cases with a
length of stay of 7 days or less do not
belong in a LTCH because these stays do
not fully receive or benefit from
treatment that is typical in a LTCH stay,
and full resources are often not used in
the earlier stages of admission to a
LTCH. If we were to include stays of 7
days or less in the computation of the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights, the value of many
proposed relative weights would
decrease and, therefore, payments
would decrease to a level that may no
longer be appropriate. We do not believe
that it would be appropriate to
compromise the integrity of the
payment determination for those LTCH
cases that actually benefit from and
receive a full course of treatment at a
LTCH by including data from these very
short stays. Therefore, consistent with
our historical relative weight
methodology, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights, we are proposing to
remove LTCH cases with a length of stay
of 7 days or less. (For additional
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28184
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
information on this step of the relative
weight methodology, we refer readers to
67 FR 55989 and 74 FR 43959.)
Step 3—Adjust charges for the effects
of SSOs.
After removing cases with a length of
stay of 7 days or less, we were left with
cases that have a length of stay of greater
than or equal to 8 days. As the next step
in the calculation of the proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights,
consistent with our historical relative
weight methodology, we are proposing
to adjust each LTCH’s charges per
discharge for those remaining cases for
the effects of SSOs (as defined in
§ 412.529(a) in conjunction with
§ 412.503).
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to make this adjustment by
counting an SSO case as a fraction of a
discharge based on the ratio of the
length of stay of the case to the average
length of stay for the proposed MS–
LTC–DRG for non-SSO cases. This has
the effect of proportionately reducing
the impact of the lower charges for the
SSO cases in calculating the average
charge for the proposed MS–LTC–DRG.
This process produces the same result
as if the actual charges per discharge of
an SSO case were adjusted to what they
would have been had the patient’s
length of stay been equal to the average
length of stay of the MS–LTC–DRG.
Counting SSO cases as full discharges
with no adjustment in determining the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights would lower the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weight for affected proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs because the relatively
lower charges of the SSO cases would
bring down the average charge for all
cases within a proposed MS–LTC–DRG.
This would result in an
‘‘underpayment’’ for non-SSO cases and
an ‘‘overpayment’’ for SSO cases.
Therefore, we are proposing to adjust for
SSO cases under § 412.529 in this
manner because it results in more
appropriate payments for all LTCH
cases. (For additional information on
this step of the relative weight
methodology, we refer readers to 67 FR
55989 and 74 FR 43959.)
Step 4—Calculate the proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights on
an iterative basis.
Consistent with our historical relative
weight methodology, we are proposing
to calculate the proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights using the
HSRV methodology, which is an
iterative process. First, for each LTCH
case, we are proposing to calculate a
hospital-specific relative charge value
by dividing the SSO adjusted charge per
discharge (see Step 3) of the LTCH case
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(after removing the statistical outliers
(see Step 1) and LTCH cases with a
length of stay of 7 days or less (see Step
2)) by the average charge per discharge
for the LTCH in which the case
occurred. The resulting ratio was then
multiplied by the LTCH’s case-mix
index to produce an adjusted hospitalspecific relative charge value for the
case. An initial case-mix index value of
1.0 was used for each LTCH.
For each proposed MS–LTC–DRG, we
calculated the proposed FY 2015
relative weight by dividing the average
of the adjusted hospital-specific relative
charge values (from above) for the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG by the overall
average hospital-specific relative charge
value across all cases for all LTCHs.
Using these recalculated proposed MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights, each LTCH’s
average relative weight for all of its
cases (that is, its case-mix) was
calculated by dividing the sum of all the
LTCH’s proposed MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights by its total number of
cases. The LTCHs’ hospital-specific
relative charge values (from above) were
then multiplied by the hospital-specific
case-mix indexes. The hospital-specific
case-mix adjusted relative charge values
were then used to calculate a new set of
proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights across all LTCHs. This iterative
process was continued until there was
convergence between the relative
weights produced at adjacent steps, for
example, when the maximum difference
was less than 0.0001.
Step 5—Determine a proposed FY
2015 relative weight for proposed MS–
LTC–DRGs with no LTCH cases.
As we stated above, we determined
the proposed FY 2015 relative weight
for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG using
total Medicare allowable total charges
reported in the best available LTCH
claims data (that is, the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file for
this proposed rule). Using these data,
we identified the proposed MS–LTC–
DRGs for which there were no LTCH
cases in the database, such that no
patients who would have been classified
to those MS–LTC–DRGs were treated in
LTCHs during FY 2013 and, therefore,
no charge data were available for these
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs. Therefore, in
the process of determining the proposed
MS–LTC–DRG relative weights, we were
unable to calculate proposed relative
weights for the proposed MS–LTC–
DRGs with no LTCH cases using the
methodology described in Steps 1
through 4 above. However, because
patients with a number of the diagnoses
under these proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
may be treated at LTCHs, consistent
with our historical methodology, we are
PO 00000
Frm 00208
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposing to assign a proposed relative
weight to each of the proposed novolume MS–LTC–DRGs based on
clinical similarity and relative costliness
(with the exception of proposed
‘‘transplant’’ MS–LTC–DRGs and
proposed ‘‘error’’ MS–LTC–DRGs, as
discussed below). (For additional
information on this step of the relative
weight methodology, we refer readers to
67 FR 55991 and 74 FR 43959 through
43960.)
In general, we determined proposed
FY 2015 relative weights for the
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs with no LTCH
cases in the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file used in this
proposed rule (that is, proposed ‘‘novolume’’ MS–LTC–DRGs) by crosswalking each proposed no-volume MS–
LTC–DRG to another proposed MS–
LTC–DRG with a calculated proposed
relative weight (determined in
accordance with the methodology
described above). Then, the proposed
‘‘no-volume’’ MS–LTC–DRG was
assigned the same proposed relative
weight (and average length of stay) of
the proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which it
was cross-walked (as described in
greater detail below).
Of the 753 proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
for FY 2015, we identified 237 proposed
MS–LTC–DRGs for which there are no
LTCH cases in the database (including
the 8 proposed ‘‘transplant’’ MS–LTC–
DRGs and 2 proposed ‘‘error’’ MS–LTC–
DRGs). As stated above, we are
proposing to assign proposed relative
weights for each of the 237 proposed novolume MS–LTC–DRGs (with the
exception of the 8 proposed
‘‘transplant’’ MS–LTC–DRGs and the 2
proposed ‘‘error’’ MS–LTC–DRGs,
which are discussed below) based on
clinical similarity and relative costliness
to one of the remaining 516 (753 ¥ 237
= 516) proposed MS–LTC–DRGs for
which we were able to determine
proposed relative weights based on FY
2013 LTCH claims data using the steps
described above. (For the remainder of
this discussion, we refer to the proposed
‘‘cross-walked’’ MS–LTC–DRGs as the
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs to which we
cross-walked one of the 237 proposed
‘‘no volume’’ MS–LTC–DRGs, with the
exception of the 8 proposed
‘‘transplant’’ MS–LTC–DRGs and the 2
proposed ‘‘error’’ MS–LTC–DRGs, for
purposes of determining a proposed
relative weight.) Then, we are proposing
to assign the proposed no-volume MS–
LTC–DRG the proposed relative weight
of the proposed cross-walked MS–LTC–
DRG. (As explained below in Step 6,
when necessary, we are proposing to
make adjustments to account for
nonmonotonicity.)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
For this proposed rule, we crosswalked the proposed no-volume MS–
LTC–DRG to a proposed MS–LTC–DRG
for which there were LTCH cases in the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file, and to which it was
similar clinically in intensity of use of
resources and relative costliness as
determined by criteria such as care
provided during the period of time
surrounding surgery, surgical approach
(if applicable), length of time of surgical
procedure, postoperative care, and
length of stay. We evaluated the relative
costliness in determining the applicable
proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which a
proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRG was
cross-walked in order to assign an
appropriate proposed relative weight for
the proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
in FY 2015. (For more details on our
process for evaluating relative
costliness, we refer readers to the FY
2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule
(73 FR 48543).) We believe in the rare
event that there would be a few LTCH
cases grouped to one of the proposed
no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs in FY 2015,
the proposed relative weights assigned
based on the proposed cross-walked
MS–LTC–DRGs would result in an
appropriate LTCH PPS payment because
the crosswalks, which are based on
similar clinical similarity and relative
costliness, generally require equivalent
relative resource use.
We then assigned the proposed
relative weight of the proposed crosswalked MS–LTC–DRG as the proposed
relative weight for the proposed novolume MS–LTC–DRG such that both of
these proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (that is,
the proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRG
and the proposed cross-walked MS–
LTC–DRG) have the same proposed
relative weight for FY 2015. We note
that if the proposed cross-walked MS–
LTC–DRG had 25 cases or more, its
proposed relative weight, which was
calculated using the methodology
described in Steps 1 through 4 above,
was assigned to the proposed no-volume
MS–LTC–DRG as well. Similarly, if the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG to which the
proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRG was
cross-walked had 24 or less cases and,
therefore, was designated to one of the
proposed low-volume quintiles for
purposes of determining the proposed
relative weights, we assigned the
proposed relative weight of the
applicable proposed low-volume
quintile to the proposed no-volume MS–
LTC–DRG such that both of these
proposed MS–LTC–DRGs (that is, the
proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRG and
the proposed cross-walked MS–LTC–
DRG) have the same proposed relative
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
weight for FY 2015. (As we noted above,
in the infrequent case where
nonmonotonicity involving a proposed
no-volume MS–LTC–DRG resulted,
additional adjustments as described in
Step 6 were required in order to
maintain monotonically increasing
proposed relative weights.)
For this proposed rule, a list of the
proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
and the proposed MS–LTC–DRGs to
which each was cross-walked (that is,
the proposed cross-walked MS–LTC–
DRGs) for FY 2015 is shown in Table
13B, which is listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and is
available via the Internet.
To illustrate this methodology for
determining the proposed relative
weights for the proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRGs with no LTCH cases, we are
providing the following example, which
refers to the proposed no-volume MS–
LTC–DRGs crosswalk information for
FY 2015 provided in Table 13B.
Example: There were no cases in the
FY 2013 MedPAR file used for this
proposed rule for proposed MS–LTC–
DRG 61 (Acute Ischemic Stroke with
Use of Thrombolytic Agent with MCC).
We determined that proposed MS–LTC–
DRG 70 (Nonspecific Cerebrovascular
Disorders with MCC) was similar
clinically and based on resource use to
proposed MS–LTC–DRG 61. Therefore,
we assigned the same proposed relative
weight of proposed MS–LTC–DRG 70 of
0.8657 for FY 2015 to proposed MS–
LTC–DRG 61 (obtained from Table 11,
which is listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and is
available via the Internet).
Again, we note that, as this system is
dynamic, it is entirely possible that the
number of proposed MS–LTC–DRGs
with no volume of LTCH cases based on
the system will vary in the future. We
used the most recent available claims
data in the MedPAR file to identify
proposed no-volume MS–LTC–DRGs
and to determine the proposed relative
weights in this proposed rule.
Furthermore, for FY 2015, consistent
with our historical relative weight
methodology, we are proposing to
establish a relative weight of 0.0000 for
the following proposed transplant MS–
LTC–DRGs: Heart Transplant or Implant
of Heart Assist System with MCC
(proposed MS–LTC–DRG 1); Heart
Transplant or Implant of Heart Assist
System without MCC (proposed MS–
LTC–DRG 2); Liver Transplant with
MCC or Intestinal Transplant (proposed
MS–LTC–DRG 5); Liver Transplant
without MCC (proposed MS–LTC–DRG
6); Lung Transplant (proposed MS–
LTC–DRG 7); Simultaneous Pancreas/
Kidney Transplant (proposed MS–LTC–
PO 00000
Frm 00209
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28185
DRG 8); Pancreas Transplant (proposed
MS–LTC–DRG 10); and Kidney
Transplant (proposed MS–LTC–DRG
652). This is because Medicare will only
cover these procedures if they are
performed at a hospital that has been
certified for the specific procedures by
Medicare and presently no LTCH has
been so certified. At the present time,
we include these eight proposed
transplant MS–LTC–DRGs in the
proposed GROUPER program for
administrative purposes only. Because
we use the same proposed GROUPER
program for LTCHs as is used under the
IPPS, removing these proposed MS–
LTC–DRGs would be administratively
burdensome. (For additional
information regarding our treatment of
transplant MS–LTC–DRGs, we refer
readers to the RY 2010 LTCH PPS final
rule (74 FR 43964).)
Step 6—Adjust the proposed FY 2015
MS–LTC–DRG relative weights to
account for nonmonotonically
increasing relative weights.
As discussed earlier in this section,
the MS–DRGs contain base DRGs that
have been subdivided into one, two, or
three severity of illness levels. Where
there are three severity levels, the most
severe level has at least one secondary
diagnosis code that is referred to as an
MCC (that is, major complication or
comorbidity). The next lower severity
level contains cases with at least one
secondary diagnosis code that is a CC
(that is, complication or comorbidity).
Those cases without an MCC or a CC are
referred to as ‘‘without CC/MCC.’’ When
data do not support the creation of three
severity levels, the base MS–DRG is
subdivided into either two levels or the
base MS–DRG is not subdivided. The
two-level subdivisions could consist of
the MS–DRG with CC/MCC and the
MS–DRG without CC/MCC.
Alternatively, the other type of twolevel subdivision may consist of the
MS–DRG with MCC and the MS–DRG
without MCC.
In those base MS–LTC–DRGs that are
split into either two or three severity
levels, cases classified into the ‘‘without
CC/MCC’’ MS–LTC–DRG are expected
to have a lower resource use (and lower
costs) than the ‘‘with CC/MCC’’ MS–
LTC–DRG (in the case of a two-level
split) or both the ‘‘with CC’’ and the
‘‘with MCC’’ MS–LTC–DRGs (in the
case of a three-level split). That is,
theoretically, cases that are more severe
typically require greater expenditure of
medical care resources and will result in
higher average charges. Therefore, in the
three severity levels, proposed relative
weights should increase by severity,
from lowest to highest. If the proposed
relative weights decrease as severity
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28186
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
increases (that is, if within a base
proposed MS–LTC–DRG, a proposed
MS–LTC–DRG with CC has a higher
proposed relative weight than one with
MCC, or the proposed MS–LTC–DRG
‘‘without CC/MCC’’ has a higher
proposed relative weight than either of
the others), they are nonmonotonic. We
continue to believe that utilizing
nonmonotonic proposed relative
weights to adjust Medicare payments
would result in inappropriate payments
because the payment for the cases in the
higher severity level in a base proposed
MS–LTC–DRG (which are generally
expected to have higher resource use
and costs) would be lower than the
payment for cases in a lower severity
level within the same base proposed
MS–LTC–DRG (which are generally
expected to have lower resource use and
costs). Consequently, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights in this proposed rule,
consistent with our historical
methodology, we are proposing to
combine MS–LTC–DRG severity levels
within a base proposed MS–LTC–DRG
for the purpose of computing a
proposed relative weight when
necessary to ensure that monotonicity
was maintained. For a comprehensive
description of our existing methodology
to adjust for nonmonotonicity, we refer
readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010
LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43964
through 43966). Any adjustments for
nonmonotonicity that were made in
determining the proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights in this
proposed rule by applying this
methodology are denoted in Table 11,
which is listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and is
available via the Internet.
Step 7— Calculate the proposed FY
2015 budget neutrality factor.
In accordance with the regulations at
§ 412.517(b) (in conjunction with
§ 412.503), the annual update to the
MS–LTC–DRG classifications and
relative weights is done in a budget
neutral manner such that estimated
aggregate LTCH PPS payments would be
unaffected, that is, would be neither
greater than nor less than the estimated
aggregate LTCH PPS payments that
would have been made without the MS–
LTC–DRG classification and relative
weight changes. (For a detailed
discussion on the establishment of the
budget neutrality requirement for the
annual update of the MS–LTC–DRG
classifications and relative weights, we
refer readers to the RY 2008 LTCH PPS
final rule (72 FR 26881 and 26882).)
The MS–LTC–DRG classifications and
relative weights are updated annually
based on the most recent available
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
LTCH claims data to reflect changes in
relative LTCH resource use (§ 412.517(a)
in conjunction with § 412.503). Under
the budget neutrality requirement at
§ 412.517(b), for each annual update, the
MS–LTC–DRG relative weights are
uniformly adjusted to ensure that
estimated aggregate payments under the
LTCH PPS would not be affected (that
is, decreased or increased). Consistent
with that provision, we are proposing to
update the MS–LTC–DRG classifications
and relative weights for FY 2015 based
on the most recent available LTCH data,
and apply a budget neutrality
adjustment in determining the proposed
FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights.
To ensure budget neutrality in the
update to the MS–LTC–DRG
classifications and relative weights
under § 412.517(b), we are proposing to
continue to use our established two-step
budget neutrality methodology. In this
proposed rule, in the first step of our
proposed MS–LTC–DRG budget
neutrality methodology, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to calculate and apply a
normalization factor to the recalibrated
proposed relative weights (the result of
Steps 1 through 6 above) to ensure that
estimated payments were not affected
by changes in the composition of case
types or the changes to the classification
system. That is, the proposed
normalization adjustment is intended to
ensure that the recalibration of the
proposed MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights (that is, the process itself)
neither increases nor decreases the
average CMI.
To calculate the proposed
normalization factor for FY 2015 (the
first step of our proposed budget
neutrality methodology), we are
proposing to use the following three
steps: (1.a.) we use the most recent
available LTCH claims data (FY 2013)
and group them using the proposed FY
2015 GROUPER (Version 32.0) and the
recalibrated proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights (determined
in Steps 1 through 6 of the Steps for
Determining the Proposed FY 2015 MS–
LTC–DRG Relative Weights above) to
calculate the average CMI; (1.b.) we
group the same LTCH claims data (FY
2013) using the FY 2014 GROUPER
(Version 31.0) and FY 2014 MS–LTC–
DRG relative weights and calculated the
average CMI; and (1.c.) we compute the
ratio of these average CMIs by dividing
the average CMI for FY 2014
(determined in Step 1.b.) by the average
CMI for FY 2015 (determined in Step
1.a.). In determining the proposed MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights for FY 2015,
each recalibrated proposed MS–LTC–
DRG relative weight was multiplied by
1.12619 (determined in Step 1.c.) in the
PO 00000
Frm 00210
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
first step of the proposed budget
neutrality methodology, which
produced proposed ‘‘normalized
relative weights.’’
In the second step of our proposed
MS–LTC–DRG budget neutrality
methodology, we are proposing to
determine a budget neutrality factor to
ensure that estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments (based on the most recent
available LTCH claims data) after
reclassification and recalibration (that
is, the proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
classifications and relative weights) are
equal to estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments before reclassification and
recalibration (that is, the FY 2014 MS–
LTC–DRG classifications and relative
weights). Accordingly, consistent with
our existing methodology, we are
proposing to use FY 2013 discharge data
to simulate payments and compared
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments using the FY 2014 MS–LTC–
DRGs and relative weights to estimate
aggregate LTCH PPS payments using the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRGs and
relative weights. Specifically, for this
proposed rule, as discussed previously
in section VII.B.3.c. of this preamble, we
are proposing to use LTCH claims data
from the December 2013 update of the
FY 2013 MedPAR file, as these are the
best available data at this time.
For this proposed rule, we are
proposing to determine the proposed FY
2015 budget neutrality adjustment factor
using the following three steps: (2.a.) we
simulate estimated total LTCH PPS
payments using the proposed
normalized relative weights for FY 2015
and proposed GROUPER Version 32.0
(as described above); (2.b.) we simulate
estimated total LTCH PPS payments
using the FY 2014 GROUPER (Version
31.0) and the FY 2014 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights in Table 11 of the
Addendum to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule available on the Internet
(78 FR 51002); and (2.c.) we calculate
the ratio of these estimated total LTCH
PPS payments by dividing the estimated
total LTCH PPS payments using the FY
2014 GROUPER (Version 31.0) and the
FY 2014 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
(determined in Step 2.b.) by the
estimated total LTCH PPS payments
using the proposed FY 2015 GROUPER
(Version 32.0) and the proposed
normalized MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights for FY 2015 (determined in Step
2.a.). In determining the proposed FY
2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative weights,
each proposed normalized relative
weight was multiplied by a proposed
budget neutrality factor of 0.995275
(determined in Step 2.c.) in the second
step of the proposed budget neutrality
methodology to determine the proposed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
budget neutral FY 2015 relative weight
for each proposed MS–LTC–DRG.
Accordingly, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG
relative weights in this proposed rule,
consistent with our existing
methodology, we are proposing to apply
a proposed normalization factor of
1.12619 and a proposed budget
neutrality factor of 0.995275 (computed
as described above). Table 11, which is
listed in section VI. of the Addendum to
this proposed rule and is available via
the Internet, lists the proposed MS–
LTC–DRGs and their respective
proposed relative weights, geometric
mean length of stay, five-sixths of the
geometric mean length of stay (used to
identify SSO cases under § 412.529(a)),
and the ‘‘IPPS Comparable Thresholds’’
(used in determining SSO payments
under § 412.529(c)(3)), for FY 2015 (and
reflect both the proposed normalization
factor of 1.12619 and the proposed
budget neutrality factor of 0.995275).
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Payment Rates
for FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Overview of Development of the
LTCH Payment Rates
The basic methodology for
determining LTCH PPS Federal
prospective payment rates is set forth at
§ 412.515 through § 412.536. In this
section, we discuss the factors that we
are proposing to use to update the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate for FY 2015,
that is, effective for LTCH discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2014
through September 30, 2015.
For further details on the
development of the FY 2003 standard
Federal rate when the LTCH PPS was
initially implemented, we refer readers
to the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final
rule (67 FR 56027 through 56037). For
subsequent updates to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate as implemented
under § 412.523(c)(3), we refer readers
to the following final rules: RY 2004
LTCH PPS final rule (68 FR 34134
through 34140); RY 2005 LTCH PPS
final rule (68 FR 25682 through 25684);
RY 2006 LTCH PPS final rule (70 FR
24179 through 24180); RY 2007 LTCH
PPS final rule (71 FR 27819 through
27827); RY 2008 LTCH PPS final rule
(72 FR 26870 through 27029); RY 2009
LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 26800
through 26804); FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010
LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 44021
through 44030); FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (75 FR 50443 through
50444); FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51769 through 51773); FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53479 through 53481); and FY 2014
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50760
through 50765).
The proposed update to the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate for FY 2015
is presented in section V.A. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule. The
components of the proposed annual
market basket update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate for FY 2015 are
discussed below, including the
reduction to the annual update for
LTCHs that fail to submit quality
reporting data for fiscal year FY 2015 as
required by the statute (as discussed
below in section VII.C.2.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule).
Furthermore, as discussed below in
section VII.C.3. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, for FY 2015, in addition
to the proposed update factor, under the
final year of the 3-year phase-in under
the current regulations at
§ 412.523(d)(3), we are proposing to
make a one-time prospective adjustment
to the standard Federal rate for FY 2015
so that the effect of any significant
difference between the data used in the
original computations of budget
neutrality for FY 2003 and more recent
data to determine budget neutrality for
FY 2003 is not perpetuated in the
prospective payment rates for future
years. In addition, as discussed in
section V.A. of the Addendum of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
make an adjustment to the standard
Federal rate to account for the estimated
effect of the changes to the area wage
level adjustment for FY 2015 on
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments, in accordance with
§ 412.523(d)(4). (We refer readers to the
discussion of the reduction to the
annual update for LTCHs that fail to
submit quality reporting data under
section VII.C.2.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, the proposed application
of the one-time prospective adjustment
under the final year of the 3-year phasein under section VII.C.3. of this
preamble, and the proposed budget
neutrality adjustment for changes in the
area wage levels under section V.A. of
the Addendum of this proposed rule.)
2. Proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS Annual
Market Basket Update
a. Overview
Historically, the Medicare program
has used a market basket to account for
price increases in the services furnished
by providers. The market basket used
for the LTCH PPS includes both
operating and capital-related costs of
LTCHs because the LTCH PPS uses a
single payment rate for both operating
and capital-related costs. As discussed
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
PO 00000
Frm 00211
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28187
rule (77 FR 53468 through 53476), we
adopted the newly created FY 2009based LTCH-specific market basket for
use under the LTCH PPS beginning in
FY 2013. For additional details on the
historical development of the market
basket used under the LTCH PPS, we
refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53467 through
53468) and this preamble.
Section 3401(c) of the Affordable Care
Act provides for certain adjustments to
any annual update to the standard
Federal rate and refers to the timeframes
associated with such adjustments as a
‘‘rate year’’ (which are discussed in
more detail in section VII.C.2.b. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.) We
note that because the annual update to
the LTCH PPS policies, rates, and
factors now occurs on October 1, we
adopted the term ‘‘fiscal year’’ (FY)
rather than ‘‘rate year’’ (RY) under the
LTCH PPS beginning October 1, 2010, to
conform with the standard definition of
the Federal fiscal year (October 1
through September 30) used by other
PPSs, such as the IPPS (75 FR 50396
through 50397). Although the language
of sections 3004(a) 3401(c), 10319, and
1105(b) of the Affordable Care Act refers
to years 2010 and thereafter under the
LTCH PPS as ‘‘rate year,’’ consistent
with our change in the terminology used
under the LTCH PPS from ‘‘rate year’’ to
‘‘fiscal year,’’ for purposes of clarity,
when discussing the annual update for
the LTCH PPS, including the provisions
of the Affordable Care Act, we use
‘‘fiscal year’’ rather than ‘‘rate year’’ for
2011 and subsequent years.
b. Proposed Revision of Certain Market
Basket Updates as Required by the
Affordable Care Act
Section 1886(m)(3)(A) of the Act, as
added by section 3401(c) of the
Affordable Care Act, specifies that, for
rate year 2010 and each subsequent rate
year through 2019, any annual update to
the standard Federal rate shall be
reduced:
• For rate year 2010 through 2019, by
the ‘‘other adjustment’’ specified in
sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and (m)(4) of
the Act; and
• For rate year 2012 and each
subsequent year, by the productivity
adjustment (which we refer to as ‘‘the
multifactor productivity (MFP)
adjustment’’) described in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act.
Section 1886(m)(3)(B) of the Act
provides that the application of
paragraph (3) of section 1886(m) of the
Act may result in the annual update
being less than zero for a rate year, and
may result in payment rates for a rate
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28188
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
year being less than such payment rates
for the preceding rate year.
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act
defines the MFP adjustment as equal to
the 10-year moving average of changes
in annual economy-wide, private
nonfarm business multifactor
productivity (as projected by the
Secretary for the 10-year period ending
with the applicable fiscal year, calendar
year, cost reporting period, or other
annual period). Under our methodology,
the end of the 10-year moving average
of changes in the MFP coincides with
the end of the appropriate FY update
period. In addition, the MFP adjustment
that is applied in determining any
annual update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate is the same
adjustment that is required to be applied
in determining the applicable
percentage increase under the IPPS
under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act
as they are both based on a fiscal year.
The MFP adjustment is derived using a
projection of MFP that is currently
produced by IHS Global Insight, Inc.
(For additional details on the
development of the MFP adjustment
and its application under the LTCH
PPS, we refer readers to the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51691
through 51692 and 51770 through
51771).)
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
continue to use our methodology for
calculating and applying the proposed
MFP adjustment to determine the
annual update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate for FY 2015. (For
details on the development of the
proposed MFP adjustment, including
our finalized methodology for
calculating and applying the MFP
adjustment, we refer readers to the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51689 through 51692).)
c. Proposed Adjustment to the Annual
Update to the LTCH PPS Standard
Federal Rate Under the Long-Term Care
Hospital Quality Reporting (LTCHQR)
Program
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Background
In accordance with section 1886(m)(5)
of the Act, as added by section 3004(a)
of the Affordable Care Act, the Secretary
established the Long-Term Care
Hospital Quality Reporting (LTCHQR)
Program. (As noted above, although the
language of section 3004(a) of the
Affordable Care Act refers to years 2011
and thereafter under the LTCH PPS as
‘‘rate year,’’ consistent with our change
in the terminology used under the LTCH
PPS from ‘‘rate year’’ to ‘‘fiscal year,’’ for
purposes of clarity, when discussing the
annual update for the LTCH PPS,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
including the provisions of the
Affordable Care Act, we use ‘‘fiscal
year’’ rather than ‘‘rate year’’ for 2011
and subsequent years.) Under the
LTCHQR Program, as required by
section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, for
FY 2014 and each subsequent year, in
the case of an LTCH that does not
submit quality reporting data to the
Secretary in accordance with section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to
such a year, any annual update to a
standard Federal rate for discharges for
the hospital during the year, and after
application of section 1886(m)(3) of the
Act, shall be reduced by 2.0 percentage
points. Section 1886(m)(5)(A)(ii) of the
Act provides that the application of the
2.0 percentage points reduction may
result in an annual update that is less
than 0.0 for a year, and may result in
LTCH PPS payment rates for a year
being less than such LTCH PPS payment
rates for the preceding year.
Furthermore, section 1886(m)(5)(B) of
the Act specifies that the 2.0 percentage
points reduction is applied in a
noncumulative manner, such that any
reduction made under section
1886(m)(5)(A) of the Act shall apply
only with respect to the year involved,
and shall not be taken into account in
computing the LTCH PPS payment
amount for a subsequent year. For
additional information on the history of
the LTCHQR Program, including the
statutory authority and the selected
measures, we refer readers to section
IX.C. of the preamble of this proposed
rule.
2. Proposed Reduction to the Annual
Update to the LTCH PPS Standard
Federal Rate Under the LTCHQR
Program
Consistent with section
1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, for FY 2014
and subsequent fiscal years, for LTCHs
that do not submit quality reporting data
under the LTCHQR Program with
respect to such a fiscal year, any annual
update to a standard Federal rate for
discharges for the LTCH during the
fiscal year and after application of the
market basket update adjustments
required by section 1886(m)(3) of the
Act, is further reduced by 2.0 percentage
points. That is, in establishing an
update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate for FY 2014 and subsequent
fiscal years, the full LTCH PPS market
basket increase estimate, subject to an
adjustment based on changes in
economy-wide productivity (‘‘the MFP
adjustment’’) required under section
1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act and an
additional reduction required by
sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and
1886(m)(4) of the Act, is further reduced
PO 00000
Frm 00212
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
by 2.0 percentage points for LTCHs that
fail to submit quality reporting data
under the LTCHQR Program. The
reduction in the annual update to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate for
failure to report quality data under the
LTCHQR Program for FY 2014 and
subsequent fiscal years is codified under
§ 412.523(c)(4) of the regulations.
Specifically, consistent with section
1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of the Act, under
§ 412.523(c)(4)(i), for an LTCH that does
not submit quality reporting data in the
form and manner and at the time
specified by the Secretary under the
LTCHQR Program, the annual update to
the standard Federal rate under
§ 412.523(c)(3) is further reduced by 2.0
percentage points. In addition,
consistent with section 1886(m)(5)(A)(ii)
of the Act, § 412.523(c)(4)(ii) specifies
that any reduction of the annual update
to the standard Federal rate under
§ 412.523(c)(4)(i) will apply only to the
fiscal year involved and will not be
taken into account in computing the
annual update to the standard Federal
rate for a subsequent fiscal year. Lastly,
consistent with section 1886(m)(5)(B) of
the Act, under § 412.523(c)(4)(iii), the
application of any reduction of the
annual update to the standard Federal
rate under § 412.523(c)(4)(i) may result
in an annual update that is less than 0.0
percent for a fiscal year, and may result
in payment rates for a fiscal year that
would be less than such payment rates
for the preceding rate year.
We discuss the application of the 2.0
percentage point reduction under
§ 412.523(c)(4)(i) in our discussion of
the proposed annual market basket
update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate for FY 2015 below in
section VII.C.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
d. Proposed Market Basket Under the
LTCH PPS for FY 2015
Under the authority of section 123 of
the BBRA as amended by section 307(b)
of the BIPA, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53468), we
adopted a newly created FY 2009-based
LTCH-specific market basket for use
under the LTCH PPS beginning in FY
2013. The FY 2009-based LTCH-specific
market basket is based solely on the
Medicare cost report data submitted by
LTCHs and, therefore, specifically
reflects the cost structures of only
LTCHs. For additional details on the
development of the FY 2009-based
LTCH-specific market basket, we refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53467 through 53476).
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
continue to use the FY 2009-based
LTCH-specific market basket to update
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
the LTCH PPS for FY 2015. We continue
to believe that the FY 2009-based LTCHspecific market basket appropriately
reflects the cost structure of LTCHs for
the reasons discussed when we adopted
the FY 2009-based LTCH-specific
market basket for use under the LTCH
PPS in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53467 through 53476).
e. Proposed Annual Market Basket
Update for LTCHs for FY 2015
Consistent with our historical
practice, we are proposing to estimate
the market basket update and the
proposed MFP adjustment based on
IGI’s forecast using the most recent
available data. Based on IGI’s first
quarter 2014 forecast, the proposed FY
2015 full market basket estimate for the
LTCH PPS using the FY 2009-based
LTCH-specific market basket is 2.7
percent. Using our established
methodology for determining the MFP
adjustment, the current estimate of the
proposed MFP adjustment for FY 2015
based on IGI’s first quarter 2014 forecast
is 0.4 percent, as discussed in section
IV.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule. In addition, consistent with our
historical practice of using the best
available data, we are proposing that if
more recent data is available, we would
use such data to estimate the market
basket update and the MFP adjustment
for FY 2015 in the final rule.
For FY 2015, section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i)
of the Act requires that any annual
update to the standard Federal rate be
reduced by the productivity adjustment
(‘‘the MFP adjustment’’) described in
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act.
Consistent with the statute, we are
proposing to reduce the full FY 2015
market basket update by the proposed
FY 2015 MFP adjustment. To determine
the market basket update for LTCHs for
FY 2015, as reduced by the MFP
adjustment, consistent with our
established methodology, we are
proposing to subtract the proposed FY
2015 MFP adjustment from the
proposed FY 2015 market basket
update. Furthermore, sections
1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and 1886(m)(4)(E) of
the Act requires that any annual update
to the standard Federal rate for FY 2015
be reduced by the ‘‘other adjustment’’
described in paragraph (4), which is 0.2
percentage point for FY 2015. Therefore,
following application of the proposed
productivity adjustment, we are
proposing to reduce the adjusted market
basket update (that is, the proposed full
market basket increase less the proposed
MFP adjustment) by the ‘‘other
adjustment’’ specified by sections
1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and 1886(m)(4) of the
Act. (For additional details on our
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
established methodology for adjusting
the market basket increase by the MFP
and the ‘‘other adjustment’’ required by
the statute, we refer readers to the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51771).)
As discussed previously in section
VII.C.2.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, for FY 2015, section
1886(m)(5) of the Act requires that for
LTCHs that do not submit quality
reporting data under the LTCHQR
Program, any annual update to a
standard Federal rate, after application
of the adjustments required by section
1886(m)(3) of the Act, is further reduced
by 2.0 percentage points. Therefore, the
proposed update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate for FY 2015 for
LTCHs that fail to submit quality
reporting data under the LTCHQR
Program, the full LTCH PPS market
basket increase estimate, subject to an
adjustment based on changes in
economy-wide productivity (‘‘the MFP
adjustment’’) as required under section
1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act and an
additional reduction required by
sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and
1886(m)(4) of the Act, would also be
further reduced by 2.0 percentage
points.
In this proposed rule, in accordance
with the statute, we are proposing to
reduce the proposed FY 2015 full
market basket estimate of 2.7 percent
(based on IGI’s first quarter 2014
forecast of the FY 2009-based LTCHspecific market basket) by the proposed
FY 2015 MFP adjustment (that is, the
10-year moving average of MFP for the
period ending FY 2015, as described in
section IV.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule) of 0.4 percentage point
(based on IGI’s first quarter 2014
forecast). Following application of the
proposed productivity adjustment, the
adjusted market basket update of 2.3
percent (2.7 percent minus 0.4
percentage point) would then be
reduced by 0.2 percentage point, as
required by sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii)
and 1886(m)(4)(E) of the Act. Therefore,
in this proposed rule, under the
authority of section 123 of the BBRA as
amended by section 307(b) of the BIPA,
we are proposing to establish an annual
market basket update under the LTCH
PPS for FY 2015 of 2.1 percent (that is,
the most recent estimate of the LTCH
PPS proposed market basket update at
this time of 2.7 percent, less the
proposed MFP adjustment of 0.4
percentage point, and less the 0.2
percentage point required under section
1886(m)(4)(E) of the Act), provided the
LTCH submits quality reporting data in
accordance with section 1886(m)(5) of
the Act. Accordingly, we are proposing
PO 00000
Frm 00213
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28189
to revise § 412.523(c)(3) by adding a
new paragraph (xi), which specifies that
the standard Federal rate for FY 2015
would be the standard Federal rate for
the previous LTCH PPS year updated by
2.7 percent, and as further adjusted, as
appropriate, as described in
§ 412.523(d). For LTCHs that fail to
submit quality reporting data under the
LTCHQR Program, under proposed
§ 412.523(c)(3)(xi) in conjunction with
§ 412.523(c)(4), we are proposing to
further reduce the annual update to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate by 2.0
percentage points in accordance with
section 1886(m)(5) of the Act.
Accordingly, we are proposing to
establish an annual update to the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate of 0.1 percent
(that is, 2.1 percent minus 2.0
percentage points) for FY 2015 for
LTCHs that fail to submit quality
reporting data under the LTCHQR
Program. As stated above, consistent
with our historical practice of using the
best available data, we are proposing
that if more recent data is available, we
would use such data to establish an
annual update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate for FY 2015 under
§ 412.523(c)(3)(xi) in the final rule. (We
note that, we also are proposing to
adjust the proposed FY 2015 standard
Federal rate by applying a one-time
prospective adjustment under the final
year of the 3-year phase-in under
§ 412.523(d)(3) (discussed in section
VII.C.3. of the preamble of this proposed
rule) and by a proposed area wage level
budget neutrality factor in accordance
with § 412.523(d)(4) (as discussed in
section V.B.5. of the Addendum of this
proposed rule).)
3. Proposed Adjustment for the Final
Year of the Phase-In of the One-Time
Prospective Adjustment to the Standard
Federal Rate Under § 412.523(d)(3)
We set forth regulations implementing
the LTCH PPS, based upon the broad
authority granted to the Secretary, under
section 123 of the BBRA (as amended by
section 307(b) of the BIPA). Section
123(a)(1) of the BBRA required that the
system ‘‘maintain budget neutrality’’ in
the August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final
rule (67 FR 55954). The statutory budget
neutrality requirement means that
estimated aggregate payments under the
LTCH PPS for FY 2003 would be equal
to the estimated aggregate payments that
would have been made if the LTCH PPS
were not implemented for FY 2003. The
methodology for determining the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate for FY 2003
that would ‘‘maintain budget neutrality’’
is described in considerable detail in the
August 30, 2002 final rule (67 FR 56027
through 56037). Our methodology for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28190
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
estimating payments for the purposes of
budget neutrality calculations used the
best available data, and necessarily
reflected several assumptions (for
example, costs, inflation factors, and
intensity of services provided) in
estimating aggregate payments that
would have been made if the LTCH PPS
had not been implemented (without
accounting for certain statutory
provisions that affect the level of
payments to LTCHs in years prior to the
implementation of the LTCH PPS, as
required by the statute).
In the August 30, 2002 final rule, we
also stated our intentions to monitor
LTCH PPS payment data to evaluate
whether later data varied significantly
from the data available at the time of the
original budget neutrality calculations
(for example, data related to inflation
factors, intensity of services provided,
or behavioral response to the
implementation of the LTCH PPS). To
the extent the later data significantly
differed from the data employed in the
original calculations, the aggregate
amount of payments during FY 2003
based on later data may be higher or
lower than the estimates upon which
the budget neutrality calculations were
based. Therefore, in that same final rule,
under the broad authority conferred
upon the Secretary in developing the
LTCH PPS, including the authority for
establishing appropriate adjustments,
under section 123(a)(1) of the BBRA, as
amended by section 307(b) of the BIPA,
we provided in § 412.523(d)(3) of the
regulations for the possibility of making
a one-time prospective adjustment to
the LTCH PPS rates, so that the effect of
any significant difference between
actual payments and estimated
payments for the first year of the LTCH
PPS would not be perpetuated in the
LTCH PPS rates for future years. We
refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53487 through
53488) for a complete discussion of the
history of the development of the onetime prospective adjustment to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate at
§ 412.523(d)(3).
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53495), we finalized our
policy to make a one-time prospective
adjustment to the standard Federal rate
so that it will be permanently reduced
by approximately 3.75 percent to
account for the estimated difference
between projected aggregate FY 2003
LTCH PPS payments and the projected
aggregate payments that would have
been made in FY 2003 under the TEFRA
payment system if the LTCH PPS had
not been implemented. Specifically,
using the methodology we adopted in
that same final rule, we determined that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
permanently applying a factor of 0.9625
(that is, a permanent reduction of
approximately 3.75 percent) to the
standard Federal rate is necessary to
ensure estimated total FY 2003 LTCH
PPS payments equal estimated total FY
2003 TEFRA payments consistent with
our stated policy goal of the one-time
prospective adjustment under
§ 412.523(d)(3) (that is, to ensure that
the difference between estimated total
FY 2003 LTCH PPS payments and
estimated total FY 2003 TEFRA
payments is not perpetuated in the
LTCH PPS payment rates in future
years). (We refer readers to the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53487
through 53502) for a complete
discussion of the evaluation approach,
methodology, and determination of the
one-time prospective adjustment to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate at
§ 412.523(d)(3).)
Given the magnitude of this
adjustment, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53501 through
53502), under § 412.523(d)(3), we
established a policy to phase-in the
permanent adjustment of 0.9625 to the
standard Federal rate over a 3-year
period. To achieve a permanent
adjustment of 0.9625, under the phasein of this adjustment, in that same final
rule, we explained that we will apply a
factor of 0.98734 to the standard Federal
rate in each year of the 3-year phase-in,
that is, in FY 2013 (which does not
apply to payments for discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2012,
and on or before December 28, 2012,
consistent with current law), FY 2014,
and FY 2015. By applying a permanent
factor of 0.98734 to the standard Federal
rate in each year for FYs 2013, 2014,
and 2015, we will completely account
for the entire adjustment by having
applied a cumulative factor of 0.9625
(calculated as 0.98734 × 0.98734 ×
0.98734 = 0.9625) to the standard
Federal rate. Accordingly, under
§ 412.523(d)(3), we applied a permanent
factor of 0.98734 to the standard Federal
rate in both FY 2013 and FY 2014 under
the established 3-year phase-in of the
one-time prospective adjustment.
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to apply a permanent onetime prospective adjustment factor of
0.98734 to the standard Federal rate for
FY 2015 under the last year of the 3-year
phase-in of the one-time prospective
adjustment, in accordance with the
existing regulations under
§ 412.523(d)(3).
PO 00000
Frm 00214
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
D. Proposed Revision of LTCH PPS
Geographic Classifications
1. Background
As discussed in the August 30, 2002
LTCH PPS final rule, which
implemented the LTCH PPS (67 FR
56015 through 56019), in establishing
an adjustment for area wage levels, the
labor-related portion of an LTCH’s
standard Federal payment rate is
adjusted by using an appropriate wage
index based on the labor market area in
which the LTCH is located. Specifically,
the application of the LTCH PPS area
wage-level adjustment, which is
codified under existing § 412.525(c) of
the regulations, is based on the location
of the LTCH—either in an ‘‘urban’’ area
or a ‘‘rural’’ area. Currently, under the
LTCH PPS, as codified under § 412.503
of the regulations, an ‘‘urban area’’ is
defined as a Metropolitan Statistical
Area (which includes a Metropolitan
division, where applicable) as defined
by the Executive OMB, and a ‘‘rural
area’’ is defined as any area outside of
an urban area.
In the RY 2006 LTCH PPS final rule
(70 FR 24184 through 24185), we
revised § 412.525(c) to update the labor
market area definitions used under the
LTCH PPS, effective for discharges
occurring on or after July 1, 2005, based
on the Executive OMB’s Core-Based
Statistical Area (CBSA) designations
(‘‘CBSA designations’’), which are based
on 2000 Census data. We made this
revision because we believed that the
CBSA designations (geographic
classifications) would ensure that the
LTCH PPS wage index adjustment most
appropriately accounts for and reflects
the relative hospital wage levels in the
geographic area of the hospital as
compared to the national average
hospital wage level. We noted that these
were the same CBSA designations
implemented for acute care hospitals
under the IPPS, which were codified
under § 412.64(b) of the regulations,
beginning in FY 2005. (For a further
discussion of the CBSA-based labor
market area designations currently used
under the LTCH PPS, we refer readers
to the RY 2006 LTCH PPS final rule (70
FR 24182 through 24191).) We have
generally updated the LTCH PPS CBSA
designations annually since they were
adopted for RY 2006 when updates from
OMB were available (73 FR 26812
through 26814, 74 FR 44023 through
44204, and 75 FR 50444 through 50445).
In OMB Bulletin No. 10–2, issued on
December 1, 2009, OMB announced that
the CBSA changes in that bulletin
would be the final update prior to the
2010 Census of Population and Housing.
We adopted those changes under the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
LTCH PPS in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (75 FR 50444 through
50445), effective October 1, 2010. We
continued to use these CBSA
designations for FYs 2012 and 2013 (76
FR 51808 and 77 FR 53710,
respectively). New OMB labor market
area delineations (which we refer to in
this section as ‘‘new OMB
delineations’’) based on 2010 standards
and the 2010 Decennial Census data
were announced by OMB on February
28, 2013. OMB issued Bulletin No. 13–
01, which announced revisions to the
delineation of Metropolitan Statistical
Areas, Micropolitan Statistical Areas,
and Combined Statistical Areas, and
provided guidance on the uses of the
delineation of these labor market areas.
(For a copy of this bulletin, we refer
readers to the following Web site: https://
www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/
omb/bulletins/2013/b-13-01.pdf. This
bulletin specifically provides the
delineations of all Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSAs), Metropolitan
Divisions, Micropolitan Statistical
Areas, Combined Statistical Areas, and
New England City and Town Areas in
the United States and Puerto Rico based
on the standards published in the
Federal Register on June 28, 2010 (75
FR 37246 through 37252) and 2010
Census data. (We note that, as discussed
in section III.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, consistent with the
terminology used in the OMB Bulletin
No. 13–01 and the standards published
in the Federal Register on June 28,
2010, when referencing the new OMB
geographic boundaries of Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSAs) based on 2010
standards, we are using the term ‘‘new
OMB delineations’’ rather than the term
‘‘CBSA-based labor market area
definitions’’ that we have used in the
past to refer to OMB geographic
boundaries of statistical areas (75 FR
37249).)
As discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50994
through 50995), in order to implement
these changes for the LTCH PPS (as in
the case of the IPPS), it is necessary to
identify the new OMB delineations for
each county and hospital in the country.
While the revisions OMB published on
February 28, 2013, are not as sweeping
as the changes OMB announced in 2003,
the February 28, 2013 bulletin does
contain a number of significant changes.
For example, under the new OMB
delineations, there are new CBSAs,
urban counties that have become rural,
rural counties that have become urban,
and existing CBSAs that have been split
apart and moved to other CBSAs.
Because the update was not issued until
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
February 28, 2013, and it was necessary
for the changes made by the update and
their ramifications to be extensively
reviewed and verified, we were unable
to undertake such a lengthy process
before publication of the FY 2014
rulemaking cycle. That is, by the time
the update was issued, the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule was in
the advanced stages of development,
and the proposed FY 2014 LTCH PPS
wage indexes based on the CBSA
designations that are currently used
under the LTCH PPS had been
developed. Therefore, we did not
propose to use the changes to the LTCH
PPS CBSA designations for FY 2014
based on the new OMB delineations.
Rather, to allow for sufficient time to
assess the new changes and their
ramifications, we stated that we
intended to propose the adoption of the
new OMB delineations and the
corresponding changes to the wage
index based on those delineations under
the LTCH PPS for FY 2015 through
notice and comment rulemaking,
consistent with the approach used
under the IPPS (78 FR 50994 through
50995). As discussed below, in this
proposed rule, under the authority of
section 123 of the BBRA, as amended by
section 307(b) of the BIPA, we are
proposing to adopt the new OMB
delineations announced in the February
28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No. 13–01,
effective for FY 2015 under the LTCH
PPS, consistent with the approach
proposed for the IPPS as discussed in
section III.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
2. Proposed Use of the New OMB Labor
Market Area Delineations (‘‘New OMB
Delineations’’)
Historically, Medicare prospective
payment systems have utilized labor
market area definitions developed by
the OMB. As discussed above, the CBSA
designations currently used under the
LTCH PPS are based on the most recent
market area definitions issued by the
OMB. The OMB reviews its market area
definitions/delineations based on data
from the preceding decennial census to
reflect more recent population changes.
As discussed above and in section III.B.
of the preamble of this proposed rule,
the new OMB delineations are based on
the OMB’s latest market area
delineations based on the 2010
Decennial Census data. Because we
believe that the OMB’s latest labor
market area delineations are the best
available data that reflect the local
economies and wage levels of the areas
in which hospitals are currently located,
we are proposing to adopt the new OMB
delineations based on the 2010
PO 00000
Frm 00215
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28191
Decennial Census data under the LTCH
PPS, beginning in FY 2015, for the
reasons discussed below (which are
consistent with the IPPS proposal
discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule).
When we implemented the wage
index adjustment under § 412.525(c) for
the LTCH PPS, and updated the LTCH
PPS labor market area definitions based
on the CBSA designations beginning in
RY 2006, we explained that the LTCH
PPS wage index adjustment was
intended to reflect the relative hospital
wage levels in the geographic area of the
hospital as compared to the national
average hospital wage level. (We refer
readers to the RY 2003 LTCH PPS final
rule (67 FR 56016) and the RY 2006
LTCH PPS final rule (70 FR 24184).)
Because we believe that the new OMB
delineations based on 2010 Decennial
Census data reflect the most recent
available geographic classifications
(market area delineations), we are
proposing to revise the geographic
classifications used under the LTCH
PPS based on these new OMB
delineations to ensure that the LTCH
PPS wage index adjustment continues to
most appropriately account for and
reflect the relative hospital wage and
wage-related costs in the geographic
area of the hospital as compared to the
national average hospital wage and
wage-related costs. Specifically, we are
proposing to adopt the new OMB
delineations (as discussed in greater
detail below), effective for LTCH PPS
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014 (that is, effective for FY 2015).
We note that, because the application of
the LTCH PPS area wage-level
adjustment under existing § 412.525(c)
is made on the basis of the location of
the LTCH—either in an ‘‘urban’’ area or
a ‘‘rural’’ area as those terms are defined
under existing § 412.503. Under
§ 412.503, an ‘‘urban area’’ is defined as
a Metropolitan Statistical Area as
defined by the Executive OMB. A ‘‘rural
area’’ is defined as any area outside of
an urban area. Therefore, we are not
proposing any changes to the existing
regulations under this proposal.
As discussed in section III.B. of this
preamble, while CMS and other
stakeholders have explored potential
alternatives to the current CBSA-based
labor market system, no consensus has
been achieved regarding how best to
implement a replacement system. While
we recognize that MSAs are not
designed specifically to define labor
market areas, we believe that they do
represent a useful proxy for this
purpose. Consistent with the approach
taken for the IPPS, we have used MSAs
to define labor market areas for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28192
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
purposes of Medicare wage indices
under the LTCH PPS since its
implementation in FY 2003. MSAs also
are used to define labor market areas for
purposes of the wage index for many of
the other Medicare payment systems
(for example, the IRF PPS, the SNF PPS,
the HHA PPS, the OPPS, and the IPF
PPS). (We refer readers to the RY 2006
LTCH PPS final rule (70 FR 24184).)
Therefore, under the authority of section
123 of the BBRA, as amended by section
307(b) of the BIPA, we are proposing to
adopt the new OMB delineations as
described in the February 28, 2013 OMB
Bulletin No. 13–01, effective under the
LTCH PPS for FY 2015. In addition, we
are proposing to use these new OMB
delineations to calculate area wage
indexes in a manner that is consistent
with the CBSA-based methodologies
finalized in the RY 2006 LTCH PPS final
rule, as refined in subsequent
rulemaking. We also are proposing a
wage index transition policy (as
discussed in more detail below) for
LTCHs that would experience a negative
payment impact due to the proposed
use of the new OMB delineations. This
proposal, including the proposed wage
index transition policy, is consistent
with the proposal under the IPPS
presented in section III.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. The
discussion below is focused on issues
related to the proposed use of the new
OMB delineations to define labor
market areas for purposes of the wage
index adjustment under the LTCH PPS,
and is consistent with what is being
proposed for the IPPS.
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
When we adopted the CBSA
designations under the LTCH PPS in RY
2006, we discussed CMS’ consideration
of whether to use Micropolitan
Statistical Areas to define the labor
market areas for the purpose of the
LTCH PPS wage index. OMB defines a
‘‘Micropolitan Statistical Area’’ as a
Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical
Area (CMSA) ‘‘associated with at least
one urban cluster that has a population
of at least 10,000, but less than 50,000’’
(70 FR 24183). We refer to these areas
as ‘‘Micropolitan Areas.’’ After
conducting an extensive impact
analysis, we determined that the best
course of action would be to treat all
hospitals located in ‘‘Micropolitan
Areas’’ as ‘‘rural,’’ and to include these
hospitals in the calculation of each
State’s rural wage index. Because
Micropolitian Areas tend to encompass
smaller population centers and contain
fewer hospitals than MSAs, we
determined that if Micropolitan Areas
were to be treated as separate labor
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
market areas, the IPPS wage index
would include drastically more singleprovider labor market areas. This larger
number of labor market areas with fewer
providers could create instability in
year-to-year wage index values for a
large number of hospitals; could reduce
the averaging effect of the wage index,
lessening some of the efficiency
incentive inherent in a system based on
the average hourly wages for a large
number of hospitals; and could arguably
create an inequitable system when so
many hospitals would have wage
indexes based solely on their own wage
data while other hospitals’ wage indexes
would be based on an average hourly
wage across many hospitals. For these
reasons, we adopted a policy to include
Micropolitan Areas in the State’s rural
wage area, and have continued this
policy through the present. (We refer
reader to the RY 2006 LTCH PPS final
rule (70 FR 24187).)
Based upon the 2010 Decennial
Census data, a number of rural and
urban counties have joined or have
become Micropolitan Areas, while other
counties that once were part of a
Micropolitan Area under previous OMB
CBSA designations, have become either
urban or rural under the new OMB
delineations. Overall, there are fewer
Micropolitan Areas (541) under the new
OMB delineations based on 2010
Decennial Census data than existed
under the data from the 2000 Census
(581). We believe that it is appropriate
to continue the policy established in the
RY 2006 LTCH PPS final rule, and we
are proposing to treat Micropolitan
Areas as rural labor market areas under
the LTCH PPS. These areas continue to
be defined as having relatively small
urban cores (populations of 10,000–
49,999). We do not believe that it would
be appropriate to calculate a separate
wage index for areas that typically may
include only a few hospitals for the
reasons set forth in the RY 2006 LTCH
PPS final rule, as discussed above.
Therefore, in conjunction with our
proposal to use the new OMB labor
market area delineations, under the
authority of section 123 of the BBRA, as
amended by section 307(b) of the BIPA,
for FY 2015, we are proposing to
continue to treat Micropolitan Areas as
‘‘rural,’’ and to assign the Micropolitan
Area the statewide rural wage index for
the State in which the LTCH is located.
We also are proposing that, beginning in
FY 2015, the wage data for any IPPS
hospitals located in the Micropolitan
Areas would be included in the
calculation of each State’s LTCH PPS
rural area wage index. (As discussed in
section V.B.2. of the Addendum to this
PO 00000
Frm 00216
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposed rule, the LTCH PPS area wage
index values are calculated using the
wage data of IPPS hospitals.) We note
that this proposal is consistent with the
proposal for the IPPS discussed in
section III.B.2.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We refer readers to
section VII.D.2.e. of this preamble for a
discussion of our proposals to moderate
the impact of our proposed use of the
new OMB delineations under the LTCH
PPS.
b. Urban Counties That Became Rural
Under the New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
In proposing to use the new OMB
delineations, which are based upon
2010 Decennial Census data, for FY
2015, we found that there are a number
of counties (or county equivalents) that
are defined as ‘‘urban’’ under the
previous CBSA designations that are
now defined as ‘‘rural’’ under the new
OMB delineations. As discussed in
section III.B. of this preamble, an
analysis of the new OMB delineations
shows that a total of 37 counties (and
county equivalents) that were
considered to be part of an ‘‘urban’’
CBSA are now considered to be located
in a ‘‘rural’’ area, beginning in FY 2015,
based on the new OMB delineations. We
refer readers to a table presented in
section III.B.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule that lists the 37 urban
counties that would be defined as rural
if we finalize our proposal to use the
new OMB delineations. Under our
proposal to use the new OMB
delineations for the LTCH PPS, we are
proposing that LTCHs located in any of
the 37 counties listed in the table under
section III.B.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule would be considered
‘‘rural,’’ and would receive their
respective State’s rural area wage index
for FY 2015 under the LTCH PPS. We
note that, currently, there are no LTCHs
located in any of the 37 counties listed
in the table that are currently
considered to be part of an ‘‘urban’’
CBSA and that would be considered to
be located in a ‘‘rural’’ area, beginning
in FY 2015, if the proposed adoption of
the new OMB delineations is finalized.
We also proposing that, if finalized, the
wage data for any IPPS hospitals located
in those 37 counties listed in the table
now would be considered ‘‘rural’’ when
calculating the respective State’s LTCH
PPS rural area wage index beginning in
FY 2015. (As discussed in section V.B.2.
of the Addendum to this proposed rule,
the LTCH PPS area wage index values
are calculated using the area wage data
of IPPS hospitals.) We note that this
proposal is consistent with the proposal
under the IPPS discussed in section
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
III.B.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We refer readers to
section VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a discussion of our
proposals to moderate the impact of our
proposal to implement the new OMB
delineations under the LTCH PPS.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. Rural Counties That Became Urban
Under the New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
In proposing to use the new OMB
labor market area delineations (which
are based upon 2010 Decennial Census
data) for FY 2015, we found that there
are a number of counties (or county
equivalents) that are defined as ‘‘rural’’
under the previous OMB definitions
(that is, CBSA designations) that would
be considered ‘‘urban’’ if the proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations
is finalized. As discussed in section
III.B.2.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, an analysis of the new
OMB labor market area delineations
shows that a total of 105 counties (and
county equivalents) that were
previously located in ‘‘rural’’ areas now
are located in an ‘‘urban’’ area under the
new OMB delineations. We refer readers
to a table in section III.B.2.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule that lists
the 105 ‘‘rural’’ counties that would be
located in an ‘‘urban’’ area, if we
finalize our proposal to adopt the new
OMB delineations presented in section
III.B.2.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. There are currently no
LTCHs located in the 105 ‘‘rural’’
counties listed in that table.
Under our proposal to adopt the new
OMB labor market area delineations, we
are proposing that LTCHs located in any
of those 105 counties now would be
included in their new respective
‘‘urban’’ CBSAs and would receive the
respective ‘‘urban’’ CBSA’s area wage
index. We also are proposing that,
beginning in FY 2015, the wage data for
any IPPS hospitals located within those
105 counties now would be included in
the calculation of the LTCH PPS area
wage index for those hospitals’
respective ‘‘urban’’ CBSAs. (As
discussed in section V.B.2. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule, the
LTCH PPS area wage index values are
calculated using the area wage data of
IPPS hospitals.) We note that this
proposal is consistent with the proposal
for the IPPS discussed in section
III.B.2.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We refer readers to
section VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a discussion of our
proposals to moderate the impact of our
proposal to implement the new OMB
delineations under the LTCH PPS.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
d. Urban Counties Moved to a Different
Urban CBSA Under the New OMB Labor
Market Area Delineations
In addition to ‘‘rural’’ counties that
would become ‘‘urban’’ and ‘‘urban’’
counties that would become ‘‘rural’’
under the new OMB delineations, we
found that several urban counties
shifted from one urban CBSA to another
urban CBSA. In certain cases, the new
OMB delineations involved a change
only in the CBSA name or code, while
the CBSA continued to encompass the
same constituent counties. However, in
other cases, under the new OMB
delineations, some counties are shifted
between existing urban CBSAs and new
urban CBSAs, changing the constituent
makeup of those CBSAs. For example,
in some cases, entire CBSA are
subsumed by another CBSA. In other
cases, some CBSAs have counties that
are split off as part of a different urban
CBSA, or to form entirely new labor
market areas. We refer readers to section
III.B.2.d. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for additional
information, including examples, on
urban counties that are moved from one
urban CBSA to a different urban CBSA
under the new OMB delineations.
LTCHs located in these affected
counties that would move from one
urban CBSA to a different urban CBSA
under our proposal to adopt the new
OMB delineations would experience
both negative and positive impacts in
regard to the LTCH’s specific area wage
index values. We refer readers to section
VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a discussion of our
proposals to moderate the impact
imposed upon hospitals because of our
proposal to adopt the new OMB labor
market area delineations under the
LTCH PPS.
e. Proposed Transition Period
As indicated above, overall, we
believe that our proposal to adopt the
new OMB delineations would result in
LTCH PPS wage index values being
more representative of the actual costs
of labor in a given area. However, we
also recognize that some LTCHs would
experience decreases in their area wage
index values as a result of our proposal.
We also realize that many LTCHs would
have higher area wage index values
under our proposal. To mitigate the
impact imposed upon hospitals, we
have in the past provided for transition
periods when adopting changes that
have significant payment implications,
particularly large negative impacts.
While we believe that using the new
OMB delineations would create a more
accurate payment adjustment for
PO 00000
Frm 00217
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28193
differences in area wage levels, we also
recognize that adopting such changes
may cause some short-term instability in
LTCH PPS payments. Therefore, under
the authority of section 123 of the
BBRA, as amended by section 307(b) of
the BIPA, we are proposing a transition
policy for LTCHs that would experience
a decrease in their area wage index
values due to our proposal to adopt the
new OMB delineations under the LTCH
PPS. Specifically, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to compute a blended area
wage index value for any LTCH that
would experience a decrease in its area
wage index value solely due to the
proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations beginning in FY 2015. That
is, for purposes of determining an
LTCH’s area wage index for FY 2015, we
are proposing to compute LTCH PPS
wage index values using the proposed
area wage data discussed above and in
section V.B.4. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule under both the current
(FY 2014) CBSA designations and the
proposed (FY 2015) new OMB
delineations based on the 2010 OMB
Decennial Census data. For each LTCH,
we are proposing to compare these two
proposed wage indexes. If an LTCH’s
proposed wage index under the
proposed adoption for FY 2015 of the
new OMB delineations is lower than the
LTCH’s proposed wage index under the
FY 2014 CBSA designations, we are
proposing that, for FY 2015, the LTCH
would be paid based on a blended wage
index that would be computed as the
sum of 50 percent of each of the two
proposed wage index values described
above (referred to as the proposed 50/50
blended wage index). If an LTCH’s
proposed wage index under the
proposed adoption for FY 2015 of the
new OMB delineations is higher than
the LTCH’s proposed wage index under
the FY 2014 CBSA designations, we are
proposing that, for FY 2015, the LTCH
would be paid based on 100 percent of
the proposed wage index under the
proposed FY 2015 new OMB
delineations (and would not receive the
proposed 50/50 blended wage index).
Furthermore, we are proposing that
the proposed transitional area wage
index policy be used in a budget neutral
manner. Under § 412.525(c)(2), any
changes to the adjustment for
differences in area wage levels are made
in a budget neutral manner such that
estimated aggregate FY 2015 LTCH PPS
payments are unaffected; that is, will be
neither greater than nor less than
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments without such changes to the
area wage-level adjustment. Under this
policy, we determine an area wage-level
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28194
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
adjustment budget neutrality factor that
is applied to the standard Federal rate
(under § 412.523(d)(4)) to ensure that
any changes to the area wage-level
adjustments are budget neutral such that
any changes to the wage index values or
labor-related share would not result in
any change (increase or decrease) in
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments. Because our proposed
transition policy for LTCHs that would
experience a decrease in their area wage
index values solely as a result of our
finalized policy to adopt the new OMB
delineations under the LTCH PPS
would result in an increase in estimated
aggregate LTCH PPS payments without
such changes, we are proposing to
include the proposed 50/50 blended
wage index in our calculations for the
proposed area wage-level adjustment
budget neutrality factor that would be
applied to the proposed standard
Federal rate to ensure that any changes
to the area wage-level adjustment are
budget neutral. Specifically, consistent
with our established methodology, we
are proposing to use the following
methodology to determine a proposed
area wage-level adjustment budget
neutrality factor for FY 2015:
• Proposed Step 1—We are proposing
to simulate estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments using the FY 2014 wage
index values as established in Tables
12A and 12B for the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (which is available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site)
and the FY 2014 labor-related share of
62.537 percent as established in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50996).
• Proposed Step 2—We are proposing
to simulate estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments using the proposed FY
2015 wage index values as shown in
Tables 12A through 12D for this
proposed rule (which are available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site),
including the proposed transitional 50/
50 blended wage index values, if
applicable (as discussed in section
V.B.4. of the Addendum of this
proposed rule), and the proposed FY
2015 labor-related share of 62.571
percent (as discussed in section V.B.3.
of the Addendum to this proposed rule).
• Proposed Step 3—We are proposing
to determine the ratio of these estimated
total LTCH PPS payments by dividing
the estimated total LTCH PPS payments
using the FY 2014 area wage-level
adjustments (calculated in proposed
Step 1) by the estimated total LTCH PPS
payments using the proposed FY 2015
area wage-level adjustments (calculated
in proposed Step 2) to determine the
proposed FY 2015 area wage-level
adjustment budget neutrality factor.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• Proposed Step 4—We are proposing
to then apply the proposed FY 2015 area
wage-level adjustment budget neutrality
factor from proposed Step 3 to the
proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate after the application of the
proposed FY 2015 annual update as
discussed in section V.A.2. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule.
As explained above, we are proposing
to apply this factor in determining the
proposed FY 2015 standard Federal rate
to ensure that the proposed updates to
the area wage-level adjustment for FY
2015 would be implemented in a budget
neutral manner. For this proposed rule,
using the steps in the methodology
described above, we determined a FY
2015 area wage-level adjustment budget
neutrality factor of 1.0002034.
We note that this proposed
transitional area wage index policy
under our proposal to adopt the new
OMB delineations for FY 2015 under
the LTCH PPS is consistent with the
proposals under the IPPS presented in
sections III.B.2.e.(5) and (6) of the
preamble of this proposed rule. As
noted previously in section VII.D.2.b. of
the preamble of this proposed rule,
there are currently no LTCHs located in
an ‘‘urban’’ county that would become
‘‘rural’’ under the proposal to adopt the
new OMB delineations. Therefore, we
are not proposing a transitional area
wage index policy that is consistent
with the IPPS proposal presented in
section III.B.2.e.(2). of the preamble of
this proposed rule for hospitals that are
currently located in an ‘‘urban’’ county
that would become ‘‘rural’’ under the
proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations. We also note that we are
not proposing any transitional policies
under the LTCH PPS that would be
consistent with those presented under
the IPPS for hospitals with a
reclassification or redesignation as
discussed in section III.B.2.e.(3). of the
preamble of this proposed rule, or for
hospitals deemed urban under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act as discussed in
section III.B.2.e.(4) of the preamble of
this proposed rule, as those
reclassifications, redesignations, and
statutory deems are not applicable to
LTCHs.
E. Reinstatement and Extension of
Certain Payment Rules for LTCH
Services—The 25-Percent Threshold
Payment Adjustment
1. Background
Section 1206(b)(1)(A) of the Pathway
for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L.
113–67), enacted on December 26, 2013,
provides for the retroactive
reinstatement and extension, for an
PO 00000
Frm 00218
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
additional 4 years, of the moratorium on
the full implementation of the 25percent threshold payment adjustment
(hereinafter referred to as ‘‘the 25percent policy’’) under the LTCH PPS
established under section 114(c) of the
MMSEA, as amended by section 4302(a)
of the ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act. In
addition, section 1206(b)(1)(B) of Public
Law 113–67 provides for a permanent
exemption from the application of the
25-percent policy for certain
grandfathered co-located LTCHs and
LTCH satellite facilities.
Section 1206(b)(1)(C) of Public Law
113–67 also requires that ‘‘. . . [n]ot
later than 1 year before the end of the
9-year period referred to in section
114(c)(1) of the Medicare, Medicaid, and
SCHIP Extension Act of 2007 (42 U.S.C.
1395ww note), as amended by
subparagraph (B) [of section 1206 of
Pub. L. 113–67], the Secretary of Health
and Human Services shall submit to
Congress a report on the need for any
further extensions (or modifications of
the extensions) of the 25 percent rule
described in sections 412.534 and
412.536 of title 42, Code of Federal
Regulations, particularly taking into
account the application of section
1886(m)(6) of the Social Security Act, as
added by subsection (a)(1) [of section
1206 of Pub. L. 113–67].’’ We refer
readers to section VII.I.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for
further discussion of this report.
The 25-percent policy is a payment
adjustment under the LTCH PPS,
originally established in our regulations
at 42 CFR 412.534 for LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and their co-located
referring hospitals in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rule (69 FR 49191), and at 42 CFR
412.536 for all other LTCHs and
referring hospitals in the RY 2007 LTCH
PPS final rule (72 FR 26870), based on
analyses of Medicare discharge data that
indicated that patterns of patient
shifting appeared to be occurring more
for provider financial advantage than for
patient benefit. In order to discourage
such activity, a payment adjustment was
applied for LTCH discharges of patients
who were admitted to the LTCH from
the same referring hospital in excess of
an applicable percentage threshold,
which was to transition to a 25-percent
threshold after specified phase-in
periods. (For rural and single-urban
LTCHs and those with MSA-dominant
referring hospitals, a 50-percent
threshold was applied.). Under this
policy, discharges in excess of the
threshold are paid at an ‘‘IPPS
equivalent’’ rate, instead of the much
higher LTCH PPS rate. (We refer readers
to detailed discussions of the 25-percent
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
policy for LTCH HwHs and LTCH
satellite facilities in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rule (69 FR 49191 through 49214)
and its application to all other LTCHs in
the RY 2008 LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR
26919 through 26944).)
The results of the different
rulemaking schedules in effect when
§§ 412.534 and 412.536 were
implemented (FY 2005 (October 1,
2004) and RY 2007 (July 1, 2006),
respectively) are as follows: for colocated LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities governed under § 412.534, the
25-percent policy was effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2005 (‘‘October’’ LTCHs); for
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities
governed under § 412.536, the 25percent policy was effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
July 1, 2007 (‘‘July’’ LTCHs). In
addition, even though grandfathered
LTCH HwHs and LTCH satellite
facilities are governed under
§ 412.534(h), they are ‘‘July’’ LTCHs
because the 25-percent policy was
applied to these facilities in the RY 2008
LTCH PPS final rule.
Section 114(c) of the MMSEA, as
amended by section 4302(a) of the
ARRA and sections 3106(c) and
10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act,
provided for a 5-year moratorium on the
full application of the 25-percent policy
that expired for some LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2012 (‘‘October’’ LTCHs) and for other
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after July 1, 2012 (‘‘July’’ LTCHs). (For
a detailed description of the moratorium
on the application of the 25-percent
policy, we refer readers to the May 22,
2008 Interim Final Rule with Comment
Period (73 FR 29699 through 29704) and
the August 27, 2009 Interim Final Rule
with Comment Period for the ARRA,
which was published in the FY 2010
IPPS final rule and Changes to the LTCH
PPS and Rate Years 2010 and 2009 Rates
final rule (74 FR 43990 through 43992).
The expiration of the statutory
moratorium for both ‘‘July’’ and
‘‘October’’ LTCHs was delayed because
CMS established regulatory extensions
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53483 through 53484), as
amended by the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS correcting amendment (77 FR
63751 through 63753). Specifically, we
established a 1-year extension (that is,
for cost reporting periods beginning on
or after October 1, 2012, and before
October 1, 2013) on the full application
of the 25-percent policy for ‘‘October’’
LTCHs. For those ‘‘July’’ LTCHs that
would have been affected by the ‘‘gap’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
between the expiration of the statutory
moratorium (for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2012) and
our prospective regulatory relief (for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2012), we also provided
for an additional moratorium based on
LTCH discharges occurring on or after
October 1, 2012 and ending at the start
of the LTCHs’ next cost reporting
period. For those ‘‘July’’ LTCHs with
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2012, the regulatory
extension of the statutory moratorium,
described above, effective for the
hospital’s first cost reporting period
beginning on or after October 1, 2012,
resulted in seamless coverage for that
group. However, for those ‘‘July’’ LTCHs
with cost reporting periods beginning
on or after July 1, 2012, and before
October 1, 2012, that would have
otherwise been subject to the ‘‘gap’’
between the expiration of the statutory
moratorium and the effective date of the
regulatory moratoria, we established a
second regulatory moratorium effective
with discharges occurring beginning
October 1, 2012, through the end of the
LTCH’s cost reporting period (that is,
the end of the cost reporting period that
began on or after July 1, 2012, and
before October 1, 2012). Therefore, by
providing for the above described
regulatory extension for ‘‘July’’ LTCHs,
we eliminated the distinction between
‘‘July’’ and ‘‘October’’ LTCHs, which
resulted in the 25-percent policy being
applied for all cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2012,
following the expiration of the
moratorium. For more details about
these moratoria, we refer readers to the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77
FR 53483 through 53484).
Because we did not extend the
regulatory moratorium on the 25percent policy in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, the full
application of the payment adjustment
policy was effective for all LTCHs (both
‘‘October’’ and ‘‘July’’ LTCHs) for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2013 (78 FR 50772).
2. Proposed Implementation of Section
1206(b)(1) of Public Law 113–67
As stated earlier, section 1206(b)(1)(A)
of Public Law 113–67 provides an
additional amendment to section 114(c)
of the MMSEA, as amended by section
4302(a) of the ARRA and sections
3106(c) and 10312(a) of the Affordable
Care Act, that extends the ‘‘original’’
statutory moratorium on the full
implementation of the 25-percent policy
to a total of 9 years from the original
effective dates established by the
MMSEA (July 1 or October 1, 2007, as
PO 00000
Frm 00219
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28195
applicable). As a result, the lapse of the
regulatory moratorium on the full
implementation of the 25-percent policy
is moot. This ‘‘seamless’’ statutory
moratorium provides relief until cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
July 1, or October 1, 2016, as applicable.
Section 1206(b)(1)(B) provides a
permanent exemption from the 25percent policy for certain grandfathered
co-located LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities.
In this proposed rule, based on the
statutory changes made by sections
1206(b)(1)(A) and (b)(1)(B) of Public
Law 113–67, we are proposing to make
conforming amendments to the
regulations governing application of the
25-percent policy. Specifically, we are
proposing to revise §§ 412.534(c)(1)(i)
and (c)(1)(ii), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(1) and
(d)(1)(i), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(1) and (e)(1)(i),
(e)(2), (e)(3), the introductory text of
paragraph (h), (h)(4), and (h)(5) and to
remove paragraph (h)(6); and removing
paragraphs (a)(1)(iii) and (a)(2)(ii),
revising (a)(2), and removing paragraph
(a)(3) of § 412.536 to reflect the statutory
changes.
F. Proposed Changes to the Fixed-Day
Thresholds Under the ‘‘Greater Than
3-Day Interruption of Stay’’ Policy
Under the LTCH PPS
1. Background
The interrupted stay policy is a
payment adjustment that was included
under the LTCH PPS from the inception;
that is, for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2002
(FY 2003). In this discussion, we use the
terms ‘‘interrupted stay’’ and
‘‘interruption of stay’’ interchangeably.
An ‘‘interruption of stay’’ occurs when
during the course of an LTCH
hospitalization, a patient is discharged
to an inpatient acute care hospital, an
IRF, or a SNF for treatment or services
not available at the LTCH for a specified
period followed by a readmittance to the
same LTCH. We refer readers to the RY
2003 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR
56002). When we established this
policy, we believed that the readmission
to the LTCH represented a continuation
of the initial treatment, a stay in which
an ‘‘interruption’’ occurred, rather than
a new admission if the length of stay at
the intervening facility was within a
specified number of days. If an
‘‘interruption of stay’’ occurred,
payment for both ‘‘halves’’ of the LTCH
discharge were then ‘‘bundled,’’ and
Medicare would make one payment
based on the second date of discharge.
Specifically, under this policy, we
established a fixed-day threshold, which
applied to the specified number of days
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28196
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a Medicare beneficiary spends as an
inpatient at an acute care hospital, an
IRF, or a SNF. In the RY 2003 LTCH PPS
final rule, we explained that we were
implementing this policy because we
wanted ‘‘. . .to reduce the incentives
inherent in a discharged-based
prospective payment system of
‘‘shifting’’ patients between Medicarecovered sites of care in order to
maximize Medicare payments. This
policy is particularly appropriate for
LTCHs because, as a group, these
hospitals differ considerably in the
range of services offered such that
where some LTCHs may be able to
handle certain acute conditions, others
will need to transfer their patients to
acute care hospitals.
‘‘For instance, some LTCHs are
equipped with operating rooms and
intensive care units and are capable of
performing minor surgeries. However,
other LTCHs are unable to provide those
services and will need to transfer the
beneficiary to an acute care hospital. We
believed that our policy also provided
for a patient . . . ‘‘who no longer
requires hospital-level care, but is not
ready to return to the community,’’ and
who ‘‘. . . could be transferred to a
SNF.’’ (We refer readers to the RY 2003
LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56002).)
Therefore, in the regulations under 42
CFR 412.531, we defined two types of
interruptions of stays. Under
§ 412.531(a)(1), ‘‘[a] 3-day or less
interruption of stay’’ means a stay at a
LTCH during which a Medicare
inpatient is discharged from the LTCH
to an acute care hospital, IRF, SNF, or
the patient’s home and readmitted to the
same LTCH within 3 days of the
discharge from the LTCH. Whereas
under the ‘‘3 day or less interruption of
stay policy,’’ the fixed-day threshold
period begins with the calendar date of
discharge from the LTCH and ends not
later than midnight of the third day, if
an LTCH patient’s ‘‘interruption’’
exceeds this threshold, payment is
governed by the ‘‘greater than 3-day
interruption of stay’’ policy. (We refer
readers to the RY 2005 LTCH PPS final
rule (69 FR 25690 through 25700), the
RY 2006 LTCH PPS final rule (70 FR
24206), and the RY 2007 LTCH PPS
final rule (71 FR 27872 through 27875)
for detailed discussions of the 3-day or
less interruption of stay policy.) We are
not proposing to revise the 3-day or less
category of interrupted stays, but we
make mention of the policy for clarity
in making a distinction between the 3day or less interruption of stay policy
and the greater than 3-day interruption
of stay policy that we are proposing to
revise.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The ‘‘greater than 3-day interruption
of stay policy,’’ is defined under
§ 412.531(a)(2) as a stay ‘‘. . . during
which a Medicare inpatient is
transferred upon discharge to an acute
care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for
treatment or services that are not
available in the long-term care hospital
and returns to the same long-term care
hospital within the applicable fixed-day
period specified in regulations under
§ 412.531(a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii).’’ For
a discharge to an acute care hospital, the
applicable fixed-day period is between
4 and 9 consecutive days; the counting
of the days begins on the calendar day
of discharge from the LTCH and ends on
the 9th day when the patient is
readmitted to the LTCH. For a discharge
to an IRF, the applicable fixed-day
period is between 4 and 27 consecutive
days; the counting of the days begins on
the calendar day of discharge from the
LTCH and ends on the 27th day. For a
discharge to a SNF, the applicable fixedday period is between 4 and 45
consecutive days; the counting of the
days begins on the calendar day of
discharge from the LTCH and ends on
the 45th day.
These timeframes reflect our policy of
only paying for more than one discharge
if the patient’s length of stay exceeds
one standard deviation from the average
length of stay. As we stated in the RY
2003 LTCH PPS final rule, this policy
was established with the intent of
‘‘balanc[ing] the payment incentives of
both the LTCH and the acute care
hospital, IRF, or SNF to which the
LTCH patient is discharged before being
readmitted to the LTCH,’’ and is
intended to ensure ‘‘that discharges
from LTCHs are based on clinical
considerations and not financial
incentives’’ (67 FR 56002). As we stated
at that time, we believed that a
threshold of one standard deviation
from the average length of stay would
address the cost-based disincentives
inherent in cases that significantly
exceed the average length of stay.
Furthermore, the threshold would
‘‘capture the majority of the discharges
that are similar to the average length of
stay for the respective DRG,
combination CMG and comorbidity tier,
or for all Medicare SNF cases.’’
Specifically, in establishing this policy,
we calculated the average length of stay
plus one standard deviation for each
inpatient setting in which an
‘‘interruption’’ could occur in order to
determine a fixed-day threshold. This
use of a standard deviation as the
justification for additional payment is
consistent with our use of a standard
deviation measure as the measure for
PO 00000
Frm 00220
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
paying additional amounts for new
technologies under the acute care
hospital inpatient prospective payment
system. Under that system, ‘‘the cost of
a new technology must exceed one
standard deviation beyond the mean
standardized charge for all cases in the
DRG to which the new technology is
assigned in order to receive additional
payments’’ (67 FR 56002).
Therefore, if an LTCH readmission
occurs within the fixed-day period both
halves of the LTCH discharge are treated
as a single discharge for the purposes of
payment under the LTCH PPS. In such
instances, the beneficiary’s readmittance
to the LTCH is paid for with a single
LTC–DRG payment that covers the
initial admission to the LTCH, and the
subsequent readmission. That is, a
single Medicare payment is made for the
entire two-part discharge. Payment to
the acute care hospital, the IRF, or the
SNF is then made in accordance with
the applicable payment policies for
those providers when the interruption
of stay exceeds 3 days. Therefore, we
balanced the payment incentives of both
the LTCH and the acute care hospital,
IRF, or SNF to which the LTCH patient
might be discharged before being
readmitted to the LTCH.
As we discussed in the RY 2003
LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56007), our
concerns about patient shifting were
significantly increased in the context of
transfers between co-located LTCHS and
LTCH satellite facilities, or for LTCH
hospital-within-hospital transfers.
Collectively, we refer to these
arrangements as transfers to ‘‘onsite’’
providers. In the regulations under
§ 412.532(b), we define a facility that is
‘‘co-located or ‘‘on-site’’ as ‘‘a hospital,
satellite facility, unit, or SNF that
occupies space in a building also used
by another hospital or unit or in one or
more buildings on the same campus, as
defined in § 413.65(a)(2) of this
subchapter, as buildings used by
another hospital or unit.’’ Under this
LTCH PPS policy, if more than 5
percent of the Medicare patients
discharged from an LTCH during a cost
reporting period were discharged to an
‘‘onsite’’ SNF, IRF, or psychiatric
facility, or to an ‘‘onsite’’ acute care
hospital, and directly readmitted to the
same LTCH, the LTCH would be paid
one MS–LTC–DRG payment to cover
both LTCH discharges, regardless of the
length of the interrupted stay. As is the
case in regard to the greater than 3-day
interruption of stay policy, payment to
an acute care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF
would not be affected under the 5percent policy. We refer readers to the
RY 2003 LTCH PPS final rule for a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
detailed description of the 5-percent
policy (67 FR 56007 through 56014).
Our concern about patient shifting
among ‘‘onsite’’ providers did not
originate with the implementation of the
LTCH PPS. The LTCH 5-percent policy
under § 412.532 was recodified from an
earlier regulation under § 413.40(a)(3),
which applied a payment adjustment to
hospitals paid under the TEFRA
payment system, including LTCHs, to
address inappropriate discharges of
patients to a host hospital paid under
the inpatient prospective payment
system from an excluded hospitalwithin-a-hospital (such as a LTCH), that
culminated in a readmission to the
hospital-within-a-hospital. (We refer
readers to the RY 1999 LTCH PPS final
rule (64 FR 41353) and the RY 2003
LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56007).) In
the RY 2003 LTCH PPS final rule, we
adopted this payment adjustment under
the LTCH PPS to ‘‘address inappropriate
shifting of patients among these
providers without clinical justification
to maximize Medicare payment’’ due to
inappropriate incentives to prematurely
discharge patients to one of these other
onsite providers once their lengths of
stay at the LTCH exceeded the
thresholds established by the short-stay
outlier policies.’’ Therefore, we sought
to ensure that discharges would not be
based on ‘‘payment considerations
rather than on a clinical basis as an
extension of the normal progression of
appropriate patient care.’’
2. Thresholds Used in Recent Statutory
Programs
Two previously implemented
Medicare initiatives, the Hospital IQR
Program, established by section 501(b)
of the Medicare Prescription Drug,
Improvement, and Modernization Act
(MMA) of 2003, and the Readmission
Reduction Program, established by
section 3025 of the Affordable Care Act,
include measures that focus, among
other things, on the implied
relationships between quality patient
care and payment consequences for the
Medicare program resulting from patient
readmissions. The Hospital IQR
Program, which we discuss in detail in
section IX.A. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, publicly reports, among
other things, inpatient outcome
measures, including 30-day
readmissions for specific medical
conditions (acute myocardial infarction,
heart failure, pneumonia, total hip/knee
arthroplasty, hospital-wide all-cause
unplanned, stroke, and COPD). The
Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program, which we discuss in section
IV.H. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, requires CMS to reduce payments
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to IPPS hospitals with excess
readmissions, effective for discharges
beginning on October 1, 2012. Under
that program, we define a
‘‘readmission’’ as an admission to a
subsection (d) hospital within 30 days
of a discharge from the same or another
subsection (d) hospital. As noted in our
response to a public comment in the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the
‘‘timeframe of 30 days from the date of
the initial discharge from the index
hospitalization is the timeframe that has
been NQF[National Quality Forum]endorsed as part of the three
readmission measures. The timeframe of
30 days is considered an acceptable
standard [for quality measurement] in
both the research and measurement
communities, as this time period is long
enough to capture a substantial
proportion of readmissions attributable
to an index hospitalization . . . and yet
it is short enough that outcomes can be
attributed to and influenced by hospital
care and the early transition to the
outpatient setting. The use of the 30-day
timeframe is also a clinically
meaningful period for hospitals to
collaborate with their communities in
an effort to reduce readmissions.’’ (We
refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51669 through
51670).)
In light of the 30-day threshold
established for the Hospital IQR
Program and the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program, we conducted an
evaluation of our greater than 3-day
interruption of stay policy. A review of
claims data indicates that interrupted
stays at acute care hospitals constitute
the vast majority of the intervening stays
under the interruption of stay policy.
When implementing policies under the
Hospital IQR Program and the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program, we
have, in effect, asserted that a second
inpatient episode of care that occurs
within 30 days of an initial (index)
hospitalization is likely linked to the
first stay. Under the LTCH PPS, the
application of the payment adjustment
specified in the ‘‘greater than 3-day
interruption of stay’’ policy is based on
the number of days that elapsed
between the initial LTCH discharge and
the beneficiary’s readmission to the
same LTCH. An interruption of stay that
does not exceed the fixed-day threshold
would result in one ‘‘bundled’’
discharge-based payment to cover both
LTCH discharges. An interruption of
stay that exceeds the fixed-day
threshold would currently result in two
separate Medicare payments under the
LTCH PPS. However, we believe that it
would be more appropriate to use a 30-
PO 00000
Frm 00221
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28197
day interval as the fixed-day threshold
under the greater than 3-day
interruption of stay policy under the
LTCH PPS because that is consistent
with the intervals used in the Hospital
Readmissions Reductions Program and
the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
Program. As such, we are proposing to
revise the fixed-day thresholds under
the greater than 3-day interruption of
stay policy to provide for a 30-day fixed
threshold as an ‘‘acceptable standard’’
for determining a linkage between an
index discharge and a readmission from
an inpatient facility as specified under
this policy, that is, an IPPS hospital, an
IRF, or a SNF.
3. Proposed Changes to the Greater Than
3-Day Interruption of Stay Policy
We are proposing to adopt a 30-day
standard as the fixed-day threshold
under the LTCH PPS ‘‘greater than 3-day
interruption of stay’’ policy. To do so,
we are proposing to amend our
regulations by revising §§ 412.531(a)(2)
and (b)(4) and adding new paragraphs
(a)(3) and (b)(5) to reflect this proposed
policy change.
Under our proposed policy revision,
Medicare payments to LTCHs for
patients discharged on or after October
1, 2014, who are treated in an acute care
hospital, IRF, or SNF and readmitted to
the same LTCH within 30 days of the
index LTCH discharge, both discharges
from the LTCH would be treated as one
episode of care and a single discharge
payment would be made to the LTCH.
In addition, because we believe that this
30-day fixed-day threshold policy
would address ‘‘onsite’’ concerns, we
are proposing to remove § 412.532, that
currently governs discharges from
LTCHs to ‘‘onsite’’ providers that
subsequently readmit the patient to the
same LTCH. If we finalize our proposal
to adopt the 30-day fixed-day threshold
under the LTCH PPS greater than 3-day
interruption of stay policy, we no longer
believe that the regulatory requirements
under § 412.532 are necessary and,
therefore, we are proposing to remove
that section in its entirety. Furthermore,
a determination as to whether an LTCH
has exceeded its 5-percent threshold
under the LTCH PPS 5-percent policy
occurs only upon cost report settlement,
and as such, reflects an ‘‘after the fact’’
payment adjustment rather than an ‘‘up
front’’ payment adjustment, such as the
payment adjustments that would be
applied under our proposed greater than
3-day interruption of stay policy. As
such, we believe that the 5-percent
policy has a limited impact on provider
behavior, and we do not believe that
retaining it has significant value to the
Medicare program.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28198
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
moratorium on increases in the number
of hospital beds in existing LTCHs and
LTCH satellite facilities. (For a detailed
description of the ‘‘expired’’ moratoria
provisions (including the applicable
exceptions) that were in effect from
December 29, 2007 through December
28, 2012, we refer readers to the May 22,
2008 Interim Final Rule with Comment
Period (73 FR 29705 through 29708).
In light of the expiration date of the
‘‘expired’’ moratoria on December 28,
G. Moratoria on the Establishment of
2012, and the effective date of the
LTCHs and LTCH Satellite Facilities and ‘‘new’’ moratoria on April 1, 2014, there
on the Increase in the Number of Beds
has been a period of time in which new
in Existing LTCHs or LTCH Satellite
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities
Facilities
have been allowed to be established,
As previously noted, Public Law 113– and during which time there may have
67 was enacted on December 26, 2013.
been increases in the number of hospital
Section 1206(b)(2) of Public Law 113–67 beds in LTCHs and LTCH satellite
amended section 114(d) of the MMSEA
facilities. In accordance with section
of 2007, as previously amended by
114(d)(1) of the MMSEA, as amended by
section 4302 of the American Recovery
section 112(b) of Public Law 113–93, for
and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) of 2009
the period beginning April 1, 2014
(Pub. L. 111–5) and sections 3106(b) and through September 30, 2017, CMS will
10312(b) of the Affordable Care Act
be unable to designate any hospital as
(Pub. L. 111–148). As further amended
an LTCH, unless one of the exceptions
by section 112(b) of the Protecting
(described below) is met.
Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L.
Additionally, as of April 1, 2014, in
113–93), section 114(d) of the MMSEA
accordance with sections 114(d)(6) and
includes a ‘‘new’’ statutory moratoria on (d)(7) of the MMSEA, as amended by
the establishment of new LTCHs and
section 112(b) of Public Law 113–93, an
LTCH satellite facilities, and on the
existing LTCH may not increase the
increase in the number of hospital beds
number of its hospital beds. This
in existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite
moratorium will extend through
facilities, ‘‘for the period beginning
September 30, 2017, and is not subject
April 1, 2014 and ending September 30, to any exceptions.
2017,’’ which mirrors nearly identical
To qualify for an exception under the
provisions of the ‘‘expired’’ moratoria
‘‘new’’ moratorium to establish a new
under section 114(d)(1) of the MMSEA,
LTCH or LTCH satellite facility during
as amended by sections 4302 of the
the timeframe between April 1, 2014,
ARRA and sections 3106(b) and
and September 30, 2017, a hospital or
10312(b) of the Affordable Care Act.
entity must meet the following criteria:
These prior, yet nearly identical,
• The hospital or entity must have
provisions of section 114(d)(1) of the
begun its qualifying period for payment
MMSEA, as amended by the ARRA and
as an LTCH under 42 CFR 412.23(e).
• The hospital or entity must have a
the Affordable Care Act, expired on
binding written agreement with an
December 28, 2012. For clarity and
brevity, we will refer to the ‘‘expired’’
outside, unrelated party for the actual
moratoria or moratorium to reference
construction, renovation, lease, or
those that expired on December 28,
demolition for an LTCH, and must have
2012, and the ‘‘new’’ moratoria or
expended before April 1, 2014, at least
moratorium to reference those that
10 percent of the estimated cost of the
began on April 1, 2014, as applicable,
project or, if less, $2,500,000.
• The hospital or entity must have
throughout this discussion.
The primary difference between the
obtained an approved certificate of need
‘‘expired’’ moratoria and the ‘‘new’’
in a State where one is required.
While this exception only applies to
moratoria is that, while the ‘‘expired
the ‘‘new’’ moratorium on the
moratoria’’ provided for specific
establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH
exceptions to both the moratorium on
satellite facilities under section
the establishment of new LTCHs and
114(d)(7) of the MMSEA, as amended by
LTCH satellite facilities and on
section 112(b) of Public Law 113–93, the
increases in the number of beds in
mechanics of the exception are
existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite
analogous to those established under the
facilities, the ‘‘new’’ moratoria only
‘‘expired’’ moratorium, which ended in
provides exceptions to the moratorium
on the establishment of new LTCHs and 2012. The ‘‘expired’’ moratoria were
implemented in a May 22, 2008 Interim
LTCH satellite facilities. No exceptions
Final Rule with Comment Period (73 FR
are provided under the ‘‘new’’
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
In summary, we are proposing to
revise the regulations under
§§ 412.531(a)(2) and (b)(4) and to add
new §§ 412.531(a)(3) and (b)(5) to reflect
this proposed payment policy revision.
In addition, we are proposing to remove
§ 412.532 in its entirety and make a
conforming change to § 412.525 by
removing and reserving paragraph
(d)(3), which references payments under
§ 412.532.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00222
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
29704 through 29707). As discussed in
that rule, some of the terminology in the
statutory provision was internally
inconsistent. A strictly literal reading of
the statutory language under section
114(d)(2) of the MMSEA, as amended by
section 4302 of the ARRA and sections
3106(b) and 10312(b) of the Affordable
Care Act, presented practical challenges
for implementation in light of the
established LTCH classification criteria
under § 412.23(e) of the regulations.
Therefore, we adopted interpretations
that we believed would reasonably
reconcile seemingly inconsistent
provisions and that would result in a
logical and workable mandate.
Specifically, as drafted, the exception
only applies to a hospital or entity when
it is already classified as an ‘‘LTCH.’’
Such entities would not need an
exception to the moratorium on
becoming an ‘‘LTCH’’ because they
would already be an LTCH. As such, we
are proposing to interpret this provision
under the new exception as we
interpreted the exceptions to the
‘‘expired’’ moratorium. We discuss our
interpretations below.
At the outset of this discussion, we
want to clarify which provisions of
section 114(d) of the MMSEA, as
amended, were subject to the ‘‘expired’’
moratoria, and which are subject to the
‘‘new’’ moratoria. Sections 114(d)(2) and
(3) of the MMSEA, as amended, only
address exceptions under the ‘‘expired’’
moratoria. Section (d)(6) of the MMSEA,
as amended, defines when the
exceptions addressed in sections
114(d)(2) and (3) expired. Section (d)(7)
of the MMSEA addresses the exception
under the ‘‘new’’ moratorium on the
establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities. There are no
exceptions to the ‘‘new’’ moratorium on
the increases in the number of beds in
existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities, as noted above.
Section 114(d)(7)(A) of the MMSEA,
as amended, mirrors the expired
provisions of section 114(d)(2)(A). Both
provisions refer to an LTCH that began
its qualifying period for payment as a
‘‘long-term care hospital’’ on or before a
given date. However, a hospital would
not be classified as an LTCH during that
qualifying period; the facility or entity
would typically be classified as an IPPS
hospital. For a full discussion of our
rationale for interpreting section
114(d)(2)(A) of the MMSEA to refer to
an IPPS hospital meeting the stated
requirements, we refer readers to our
May 22, 2008 Interim Final Rule with
Comment Period (73 FR 20704 through
29707) regarding the implementation of
the ‘‘expired’’ moratorium. We are
proposing to apply the same rationale in
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
regard to the interpretation of section
114(d)(7)(A), that is, we are proposing to
interpret the provision to refer to an
acute care hospital meeting the stated
requirements as the hospital or entity
seeks classification as an LTCH. As we
did when interpreting the same
language under the ‘‘expired’’
moratorium exception under section
114(d)(2)(A) of the MMSEA, as amended
by section 4302 of the ARRA and
sections 3106(b) and 10312(b) of the
Affordable Care Act, we note that the
exception under section 114(d)(7)(A) of
the MMSEA cannot provide any relief to
LTCH satellite facilities because there is
no ‘‘qualifying period’’ for the
establishment of a LTCH satellite
facility for payment as a LTCH under
§ 412.23(e). Therefore, an LTCH satellite
facility cannot meet the stated
requirements for an exception under
section 114(d)(7)(A) of the MMSEA.
Section 114(d)(7)(B) of the MMSEA
specifies the conditions for an exception
to the moratorium on the establishment
of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities having: (1) A binding written
agreement with an outside, unrelated
party for the actual construction,
renovation, lease, or demolition for an
LTCH; and (2) expended, before the date
of enactment of Public Law 113–93,
April 1, 2014, ‘‘at least 10 percent of the
estimated cost of the project (or, if less,
$2,500,000).’’ As drafted, this provision
is also problematic. In cases in which a
hospital has not yet been built, but there
is a binding written agreement for the
actual construction of a hospital that
intends to be classified as an LTCH, the
entity hiring those who would complete
the construction would not be classified
as an LTCH. Prior to the designation or
classification of a hospital or an entity
as an LTCH, a hospital must first be
established and certified and must then
complete the procedures specified
under § 412.23(e) in order to qualify as
an LTCH, at which point the hospital
would be reclassified as an LTCH.
In accordance with our interpretation
of section 114(d)(2)(B) of the MMSEA,
as amended by section 4302 of the
ARRA and sections 3106(b) and
10312(b) of the Affordable Care Act, we
are proposing to interpret the
contracting and expenditure provisions
under section 114(d)(7)(B) of the
MMSEA, as added by section 112(b) of
Public Law 113–93, to apply to the
hospital/entity requesting an exception
to the moratorium on the establishment
of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities between April 1, 2014, and
September 30, 2017—the entity that
would be classified as an LTCH if it
meets the stated requirements. That
entity must have a binding written
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
agreement with an outside unrelated
party for the actual construction,
renovation, lease, or demolition for
converting the hospital to an LTCH, and
it must have expended at least 10
percent of the estimated cost of the
project (or, if less, $2,500,000) by the
date of enactment of Public Law 113–
93—April 1, 2014.
Furthermore, with regard to the first
prong, as when we implemented the
‘‘expired’’ moratoria, we continue to
believe that the use of the term ‘‘actual’’
in the context of the ‘‘actual
construction, renovation, lease, or
demolition’’ indicates that the provision
focuses only on the specific actions
cited in the statute, and does not
include those actions that are being
contemplated or are not yet
substantially underway. Although we
are aware that a hospital or some other
type of entity may enter into binding
written agreements regarding services
and items (for example, feasibility
studies or land purchase) and incur
costs for those services and items prior
to actual construction, renovation, lease
or demolition, we believe that those
services or items are not included in
what we are permitted to consider
under the statutory language of the
exception requirements.
With respect to the second prong, the
statute specifies that the hospital or
entity must have ‘‘expended’’ at least 10
percent of the estimated cost of the
project (or, if less, $2,500,000) by April
1, 2014. As we did in regard to the
interpretation of section 114(d)(2)(B) of
the MMSEA, as amended by section
4302 of the ARRA and section 3106(b)
and 10312(b) of the Affordable Care Act,
we are proposing to interpret the phrase
‘‘cost of the project’’ to mean the
activities enumerated in the first prong:
‘‘The actual construction, renovation,
lease, or demolition for a long-term care
hospital.’’ That is, the statute requires
the hospital or entity to have spent the
amount specified in the statute on the
actual construction, renovation, lease, or
demolition for the contemplated LTCH.
Furthermore, as we did previously in
regard to the interpretation of section
114(d)(2)(B) of the MMSEA, as amended
by section 4302 of the ARRA and
sections 3106(b) and 10312(b) of the
Affordable Care Act, because the statute
uses the phrase ‘‘has expended’’ (that is,
a past tense phrase), we are proposing
to limit funds counting toward the 10
percent or $2,500,000 minimum to those
funds that have actually been
transferred as payment for the stated
aspects of the project prior to April 1,
2014, as opposed to merely obligating
capital and posting the cost of the
project on its books. We believe that the
PO 00000
Frm 00223
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28199
provision addressed the concept of
‘‘obligate’’ in the first prong of the test
where the statute specifies ‘‘a binding
written agreement . . . for the actual
construction, renovation, lease, or
demolition of the long-term care
hospital . . .’’ and there is no reason to
believe that the second prong of the test,
which requires the ‘‘expenditure’’ of 10
percent of the project or, if less,
$2,500,000, was intended as a
redundancy. The ability to post the
expense on the hospital’s or entity’s
books could be satisfied by merely
having a binding written agreement
under the first prong of section
114(d)(7)(B) of the MMSEA. The fact
that a second requirement is included
that involves an expenditure indicates
that an additional threshold must be
met.
Finally, section 114(d)(7)(C) of the
MMSEA includes an exception to the
moratorium if an LTCH, as of April 1,
2014, has ‘‘obtained an approved
certificate of need in a State where one
is required.’’ As discussed above, we are
proposing to apply this exception
requirement to the entity that is
requesting approval for an exception to
the moratorium on the establishment of
new LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities
between April 1, 2014, and September
30, 2017—the entity that would be
classified as an ‘‘LTCH’’ if the stated
requirements are met.
However, with that said, we are
clarifying what kind of certificate of
need we are proposing to accept under
the provisions of section 114(d)(7) of the
MMSEA. We believe that the certificate
of need exception applies to a
‘‘hospital’’ or entity that was actively
engaged in developing an LTCH, as
evidenced by the fact that either an
entity that wanted to create a LTCH but
did not exist as a hospital as of April 1,
2014, had obtained a certificate of need
for a hospital by the date of enactment,
or an existing hospital had obtained a
certificate of need to convert the
hospital into a new LTCH by that date.
We are proposing not to apply this
exception requirement to a hospital that
was already in existence prior to the
date of enactment of Public Law 113–93,
and that had previously obtained an
approved certificate of need for a
hospital (other than a LTCH) on or
before April 1, 2014. We believe that
Congress intended the exception to the
moratorium to save those entities that
were already actively engaged in
becoming an LTCH. The fact that a
hospital may have had a certificate of
need issued to it years before April 1,
2014, to operate a hospital (other than
a LTCH) is not indicative of such active
engagement, and, we believe, is outside
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28200
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
of what is contemplated in these LTCHspecific statutory provisions. We are
proposing to only apply this exception
requirement where the certificate of
need was specifically for an LTCH.
Because the certificate of need process
is controlled at the State level, in
determining whether the hospital or
entity has obtained an approved
certificate of need on or before April 1,
2014, we would consult the applicable
State on a case-by-case basis for that
determination.
Decisions regarding the application of
these moratoria and exceptions
provided within the provisions of
section 114(d) of the MMSEA will be
handled on a case-by-case basis by the
applicant’s MAC and the CMS Regional
Office.
In accordance with these proposals,
we also are proposing to revise our
regulations under § 412.23(e)(6) and
(e)(7) to include a description of the
‘‘new’’ moratoria, which is in effect
from April 1, 2014, through September
30, 2017, on the establishment of new
LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities
(with specific exceptions), and on
increasing the number of beds in
existing LTCHs and existing LTCH
satellite facilities.
H. Evaluation and Proposed Treatment
of LTCHs Classified Under Section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act
Section 1206(d) of the Pathway for
SGR Reform Act (Pub. L. 113–67)
instructs the Secretary to evaluate
payments and regulations governing
‘‘hospitals which are classified under
subclause (II) of subsection (d)(1)(B)(iv)
. . .’’ as part of the annual rulemaking
for payment rates under subsection (d)
of section 1886 of the Act for FY 2015
or FY 2016. (We refer to hospitals
‘‘classified under subclause (II) of
subsection (d)(1)(B)(iv) . . .’’ as
‘‘subclause (II) LTCHs.’’) Based on the
results of this evaluation, the Secretary
is authorized to adjust the payment rates
under section 1886(b)(3) of the Act for
this type of hospital (such as by
applying a payment adjustment such
that the payments resemble those under
a ‘‘TEFRA-payment model’’). To
implement such a payment adjustment,
the Secretary would have to propose
changes to the existing regulations
governing subclause (II) LTCHs.
For this proposed rule, under the
requirements of section 1206(d)(1) of
Public Law 113–67 to evaluate the
payment rates and regulations governing
subclause (II) LTCHs, we have reviewed
Medicare data from the only hospital
meeting the statutory definition of a
subclause (II) LTCH. As a result of these
analyses, we are proposing to apply a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
payment adjustment to subclause (II)
LTCHs beginning in FY 2015, which
would result in payments for this
category of LTCHs that resemble a
payment based upon a TEFRA payment
model (that is, a reasonable cost
payment, subject to a ceiling).
Section 4417(b) of the BBA
established the meaning of ‘‘subsection
(d) hospitals,’’ which are paid under the
IPPS, and in doing so, excluded two
categories of hospitals that experience
extended average inpatient length of
stays. It also authorized the Secretary to
define how an average inpatient length
of stay would be calculated for these
excluded hospitals. These provisions
are included under sections
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(I) and (d)(1)(B)(iv)(II)
of the Act, and the two categories of
hospitals are generally referred to as
subclause (I) and subclause (II) LTCHs.
Subclause (I) LTCHs are required to
have an average inpatient length of stay
that is greater than 25 days. Subclause
(II) LTCHs are only required to have an
average inpatient length of stay of
greater than 20 days. The subclause (II)
LTCH definition further limited the
classification of a subclause (II) LTCH
by including the requirement that the
LTCH must have been first excluded
from the IPPS in CY 1986, and treated
a Medicare inpatient population in
which 80 percent of the discharges in
the 12-month reporting period ending in
Federal FY 1997 had a principal
diagnosis that reflected a finding of
neoplastic disease. This statutory
requirement is implemented under 42
CFR 412.23(e)(2)(ii).
In establishing the category of
subclause (II) LTCHs, Congress
essentially authorized special treatment
of a hospital that, since 1986, had
focused on the provision of palliative
care to Medicare beneficiaries diagnosed
with end-stage cancer. In consideration
of the distinction between hospitals
qualifying as LTCHs, either as a
subclause (I) LTCH or a subclause (II)
LTCH, we established different
standards for counting the average
inpatient length of stay values for these
two categories of LTCHs. We calculate
the greater than 25-day average length of
stay criteria using only Medicare claims
data for subclause (I) LTCHs. However,
for subclause (II) LTCHs, we calculate
the average length of stay based on its
entire patient population. We refer
readers to the RY 2003 LTCH PPS final
rule (67 FR 55974) for a full discussion
of our rationale for implementing these
average length of stay calculation
methodologies.
The theoretical foundations of any
PPS are based on a system of averages,
where the costs of some cases may
PO 00000
Frm 00224
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
exceed the payment, while other cases’
costs will be less than the payment,
creating an adequate balance in
payments. Therefore, it is assumed that
a hospital paid under a PPS would be
able to maintain a balance of patients
that will allow the hospital to achieve
fiscal stability. With that said, in
developing the LTCH PPS we were
aware that a per discharge PPS system
that pays the same amount for every
case in a specific MS–LTC–DRG could
encourage hospitals to make decisions
based on financial considerations (such
as prematurely discharging patients to
reduce the cost of such cases). As per
discharge payments under the LTCH
PPS are based on the extended lengths
of stay that characterize LTCHs, at the
outset of the LTCH PPS, we established
a short-stay outlier (SSO) policy under
which we apply a payment adjustment
for LTCH discharges with lengths of stay
that do not exceed 5⁄6 of the geometric
average length of stay of the MS–LTC–
DRG. Equally, we were aware that there
would be exceptionally expensive cases
that could create financial disincentives
to treat such patients and, therefore, we
adopted a high-cost outlier (HCO) policy
as well. However, given the nature of a
subclause (II) LTCH’s patient
population, it may not be reasonable to
expect a balancing of more and less
costly cases, as these LTCHs are
generally only treating a subset of very
sick patients. As such, we modified our
original SSO payment policy for
subclause (II) LTCHs, and we exempted
this category of LTCHs from additional
changes to the SSO policy to account for
the extremely high percentage of cases
that our data analysis revealed would
have been subject to our SSO policy if
that policy were to be applied to
subclause (II) LTCHs.
In accordance with the requirements
of section 1206(d)(1) of Public Law 113–
67, we conducted an evaluation of the
payment rates and regulations governing
subclause (II) LTCHs. We analyzed
MedPAR claims data for FY 2010 and
estimated Medicare costs incurred by
the one LTCH currently classified as a
subclause (II) LTCH, a 225-bed LTCH
located in New York. We also evaluated
the same metrics for two comparison
groups of LTCHs, that is, approximately
40 LTCHs located in the same census
region (that is, the Northeast Census
Region, which includes Connecticut,
Maine, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania),
and approximately 25 LTCHs with the
same bed size category (that is, between
150 and 250 beds) in order to assess the
distinctions between a subclause (I)
LTCH and a subclause (II) LTCH. For
purposes of this analysis, LTCH PPS
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payments were calculated from the
payment field in the MedPAR claims
data, and the estimated costs for those
claims were calculated using the
covered charges and CCRs in the
Provider-Specific File (PSF) that
correlate to the discharge date on each
claim. We calculated the aggregate
average margins (ratio of payment to
costs) for the subclause (II) LTCH and
for the two sets of comparison groups of
LTCHs using the calculated FY 2010
costs and payments. Our analysis found
that, under current LTCH PPS payment
policy, the subclause (II) LTCH has
much lower margins than comparable
LTCHs located in the Northeast Census
Region or LTCHs with 150–250 beds.
Specifically, the subclause (II) LTCH
had a negative margin for its Medicare
patients paid under LTCH PPS in FY
2010, while both the Northeast Census
Region LTCHs and LTCHs with 150–250
beds had positive aggregate margins for
its Medicare patients paid under LTCH
PPS for the same period.
In our evaluation of subclause (II)
LTCHs under the LTCH PPS, in
accordance with the requirements of
section 1206(d) of Public Law 113–67,
we also compared the types of patients
treated at subclause (I) and subclause
(II) LTCHs. The top five MS–LTC–DRGs
for patients treated at the subclause (II)
LTCH in FY 2010 account for almost
one-third of all of its Medicare
discharges. Four of the top five MS–
LTC–DRGs for the subclause (II) LTCH
involve a neoplastic disease, and its
case-mix differs significantly from the
subclause (I) LTCHs, which had large
proportions of ventilator and respiratory
patients. The five most common MS–
LTC–DRGs for the subclause (I) LTCHs
were: Respiratory system diagnosis with
ventilator support 96+ hours (MS–LTC–
DRG 207); Pulmonary edema and
respiratory failure (MS–LTC–DRG 189);
Septicemia or severe sepsis without
ventilator support 96+ hours with MCC
(MS–LTC–DRG 870); Skin ulcers with
MCC (MS–LTC–DRG 592); and
Respiratory system diagnosis with
ventilator support < 96 hours (MS–LTC–
DRG 208). In comparison, for the
subclause (II) LTCH, the five most
common MS–LTC–DRGs were:
Respiratory neoplasms with CC (MS–
LTC–DRG 181); Digestive malignancy
with CC (MS–LTC–DRG 375);
Respiratory neoplasms with MCC (MS–
LTC–DRG 180); Organic disturbances &
mental retardation (MS–LTC–DRG 884);
and Malignancy, female reproductive
system w CC (MS–LTC–DRG 755).
These data highlight significant
differences between a subclause (I)
LTCH and a subclause (II) LTCH based
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
on patient-mix and Medicare margins,
notwithstanding the considerations that
have been made in structuring the
current LTCH regulations to
acknowledge the uniqueness of an
LTCH meeting the statutory definition
of a subclause (II) LTCH.
In evaluating ‘‘both the payment rates
and regulations governing hospitals
which are classified under subclause (II)
. . .,’’ as required by section 1206(d) of
Public Law 113–67, we also analyzed
the impacts of upcoming changes to the
LTCH PPS under section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67. In discussing these
analyses, we note that, as discussed in
section VII.I.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are not proposing any
specific policy and payment changes in
this proposed rule to implement the
provisions of section 1206(a) of Public
Law 113–67. We intend to establish
policies related to the types of LTCH
cases expected to meet the legislative
patient-level criteria for the ‘‘standard
LTCH PPS payment’’ and cases
expected to meet the criteria for the
‘‘site neutral’’ payments under the
LTCH PPS in the FY 2016 rulemaking
cycle. Although we are not making any
proposals in this proposed rule related
to the provisions of section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67 at this time, we
discuss these provisions in this section
because they relate to our analysis of the
LTCH PPS payment rates and
regulations governing subclause (II)
LTCHs.
Absent policy proposals for the
implementation of section 1206(d) of
Public Law 113–67, the payment
changes required by section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67 would apply to
subclause (II) LTCHs beginning with
discharges occurring in cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2015 (that is, FY 2016 and beyond). Due
to the changes required by the
provisions of section 1206(a) of Public
Law 113–67 (discussed at greater length
under section VII.I. of the preamble of
this proposed rule), beginning in FY
2016, only those LTCH discharges
meeting specified patient-level clinical
criteria will be paid a ‘‘standard LTCH
PPS payment amount.’’ Discharges not
meeting those criteria will be paid based
on a ‘‘site neutral’’ payment amount (the
lesser of the ‘‘IPPS comparable’’
amount, as applied under our SSO
policy at § 412.529, or 100 percent of the
estimated costs of the case). The
statutory requirements to be paid the
‘‘standard LTCH PPS payment amount’’
are that the LTCH discharge does not
have a principal diagnosis relating to a
psychiatric diagnosis or to
rehabilitation, and:
PO 00000
Frm 00225
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28201
• The stay in the LTCH was
immediately preceded by a discharge
from an acute care hospital that
included at least 3 days in an intensive
care unit (ICU); or
• The stay in the LTCH was
immediately preceded by a discharge
from an acute care hospital and the
patient’s LTCH stay is assigned to an
MS–LTC–DRG based on the receipt of
ventilator services of at least 96 hours.
Furthermore, section
1206(a)(1)(C)(ii)(II) of Public Law 113–
67 specifies that, effective with cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
FY 2020, any LTCH with an ‘‘LTCH
discharge payment percentage’’ that
demonstrates that more than 50 percent
of that LTCH’s discharges were paid for
based on the ‘‘site neutral’’ payment rate
will subsequently be paid for all
discharges at the rate ‘‘. . . that would
apply under subsection (d) for the
discharge if the hospital were a
subsection (d) hospital.’’ We refer
readers to section VII.I. of the preamble
of this proposed rule for a further
discussion of the provisions of section
1206(a) of Public Law 113–67.
In light of these forthcoming statutory
changes, we evaluated MedPAR claims
data from the only hospital meeting the
statutory definition of a subclause (II)
LTCH for FY 2010 to project the impact
of the revisions to the LTCH PPS made
by section 1206(a) of Public Law 113–
67. Our simulations included analyses
of the potential financial impact of
applying the patient-level criteria and
‘‘site neutral’’ payment policies to a
subclause (II) LTCH, and the financial
impact on payments if that LTCH were
to be paid for more than 50 percent of
its discharges at the ‘‘site neutral’’
payment rate. In conducting this
analysis in the absence of rules
implementing the changes mandated by
section 1206(a) of Public Law 113–67,
we assumed that there would be no
changes in LTCH admission patterns in
response to the LTCH PPS payment
changes required by section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67. Furthermore, we
used the FY 2010 claims data for the
subclause (II) LTCH and the two LTCH
comparison groups described above in
order to compare the potential effects of
the payment changes under the LTCH
PPS required by section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67 between subclause
(I) LTCHs and subclause (II) LTCHs. We
simulated payments for those discharges
that would be expected to meet the
legislative patient-level criteria for the
‘‘standard LTCH PPS payment’’ and for
discharges that would be expected to
receive ‘‘site neutral’’ payments under
the LTCH PPS. Our analysis found that
the subclause (II) LTCH would be
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28202
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
expected to have significantly fewer
(approximately 5 times fewer)
discharges that would be expected meet
the legislative patient-level criteria for
the ‘‘standard LTCH PPS payment’’ than
the comparison groups of subclause (I)
LTCHs (that is, Northeast Census Region
LTCHs and LTCHs with 150–250 beds).
Additionally, we analyzed the
potential effects of the ‘‘LTCH discharge
payment percentage’’ provision under
the requirements of section
1206(a)(1)(C)(ii)(II) of Public Law 113–
67, as noted above. We evaluated FY
2010 claims data from the subclause (II)
LTCH to project the potential impact of
this provision. Based on our simulations
in which we projected which FY 2010
LTCH claims would be expected to
receive ‘‘site neutral’’ payments under
the LTCH PPS (as described above), and
having found a significant number, we
project that a significant negative
financial impact would be imposed
upon the subclause (II) LTCH’s
payments. Without considerable
behavioral changes, the subclause (II)
LTCH would be expected to have more
than 50 percent of its discharges paid
based on a ‘‘site neutral’’ payment and,
therefore, would receive a payment
adjustment under the provisions of
section 1206(a)(1)(C)(ii)(II) of Public
Law 113–67 for all of its discharges.
Furthermore, our analysis revealed that,
given the particular medical profile of
their patient population, that the
‘‘subsection (d)’’ comparable payment
amount under the payment adjustment
required by section 1206(a)(1)(C)(ii)(II)
of Public Law 113–67 would not likely
cover the costs for a significant number
of their discharges. Consequently, our
analysis shows that the subclause (II)
LTCH is projected to experience a large
negative aggregate average margin for its
Medicare discharges under the payment
changes required by section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67.
Based on our findings under our
evaluation of payments to subclause (II)
LTCHs under the LTCH PPS and
consistent with the provisions of section
1206(d) of Public Law 113–67, we
evaluated adjustments that could be
applied to ensure appropriate payments
under the LTCH PPS for a subclause (II)
LTCH under the LTCH PPS. This
analysis included consideration of a
reasonable-cost based model, such as
the TEFRA payment system under
which certain PPS-excluded hospitals
(such as children’s and cancer hospitals)
are currently paid. The TEFRA payment
system, which was established under
the provisions of Public Law 97–248, is
implemented under the regulations at
42 CFR 413.40.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
In addition to governing the current
payment of certain PPS-excluded
hospitals, the TEFRA payment system
was also previously used to pay LTCHs
prior to the implementation of the LTCH
PPS. As described in the RY 2003 LTCH
PPS final rule (67 FR 55957), the TEFRA
payment system was ‘‘. . . established
[to make] payments based on hospitalspecific limits for inpatient operating
costs. A ceiling on payments to such
hospitals is determined by calculating
the product of a facility’s base year costs
(the year on which its target
reimbursement limit is based) per
discharge, updated to the current year
by a rate-of-increase percentage, and
multiplied by the number of total
current year discharges.’’ (A detailed
discussion of target amount payment
limits under Public Law 97–248 can be
found in the September 1, 1983 final
rule published in the Federal Register
(48 FR 39746).)’’ Under the TEFRA
payment system, in accordance with
section 1886(g) of the Act, Medicare
allowable capital costs are paid on a
reasonable cost basis.
To evaluate reasonable cost-based
payments under a TEFRA-payment
model for subclause (II) LTCHs, we
estimated operating and capital
payments under the TEFRA payment
system principles using FY 2010 cost
report data for the one LTCH currently
classified as a subclause (II) LTCH (the
225-bed LTCH located in New York
noted previously). As described above,
payments for operating costs under the
TEFRA payment system are based on
hospital-specific limits (that is, a
ceiling). The ceiling on payments is
determined as the product of a
hospital’s base year costs (the year on
which its target reimbursement limit is
based) per discharge (‘‘target amount per
discharge’’), updated to the current year
by a rate-of-increase percentage, and
multiplied by the number of its
Medicare discharges for the year. For
purposes of this analysis, we
determined the subclause (II) LTCH’s
TEFRA-based target amount per
discharge by updating its FY 2000 target
amount per discharge (prior to the
implementation of the LTCH PPS) using
the annual update factors as established
under § 413.40(c)(3). We used the FY
2000 target amount per discharge in
order to calculate a target amount per
discharge that does not include the
increased target amounts and caps on
the target amounts provided to LTCHs
under section 307(a) of the BIPA.
Specifically, section 307(a) of the BIPA
provided a 2-percent increase to the
wage-adjusted 75th percentile cap on
the TEFRA target amounts for existing
PO 00000
Frm 00226
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
LTCHs for cost reporting periods
beginning in FY 2001, and a 25-percent
increase to the hospital-specific TEFRA
target amounts for LTCHs, subject to the
increased 75th percentile cap. These
provisions were promulgated prior to
the implementation of the LTCH PPS.
However, as required by section
307(a)(2) of the BIPA, the 2-percent
increase to the 75th percentile cap and
the 25-percent increase to the TEFRA
target amounts were not to be taken into
account in the development and
implementation of the LTCH PPS. To
ensure that these increases would not be
included in the LTCH PPS payments to
subclause (II) LTCHs, consistent with
the statutory requirement under section
307(a)(2) of the BIPA, for purposes of
our analysis, we determined the
subclause (II) LTCH’s updated target
amount by starting with its target
amount from the FY 2000 cost report,
the year prior to when these increases
were effective. Then we updated its FY
2000 target amount per discharge using
the annual update factors established
under § 413.40. This approach is
consistent with the methodology we
used to estimate each LTCH’s FY 2003
payment per discharge for inpatient
operating costs under the TEFRA
payment system in determining the onetime prospective adjustment under
§ 412.523(d)(3) in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53498). For
payments for capital-related costs, we
used the hospital’s capital cost data
from Worksheets D, Parts I and II, as
reported on their FY 2000 cost report.
As described previously, Medicare
allowable capital costs are paid on a
reasonable cost basis under the TEFRA
payment system, in accordance with the
regulations under§ 413.40. This
approach is also consistent with the
methodology we used to estimate each
LTCH’s FY 2003 payment per discharge
for inpatient capital-related costs under
the TEFRA payment system in
determining the one-time prospective
adjustment at § 412.523(d)(3), in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53499). Our analysis of the subclause
(II) LTCH’s projected payments under a
TEFRA-payment model indicated that
such payments would reasonably cover
the costs for most of their discharges,
and consequently, the subclause (II)
LTCH is not projected to experience a
negative aggregate margin for its
Medicare discharges, unlike our
projections under both the current
LTCH PPS and the forthcoming
payment changes to the LTCH PPS
required by section 1206(a) of Public
Law 113–67.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
In the above analyses, we evaluated
the current regulations as well as
anticipated payment rates under various
statutorily mandated policies for FY
2016 on a subclause (II) LTCH under the
LTCH PPS based on FY 2010 discharge
data, including payments, costs and
case-mix. As discussed above, our
evaluation indicates that, given the
required patient-mix for a subclause (II)
LTCH, the forthcoming changes to the
LTCH PPS are likely to result in a
financial situation that is not
sustainable for the subclause (II) LTCH
evaluated above. Furthermore, our
analysis also shows that current LTCH
PPS payments for a subclause (II) LTCH,
even with taking into account the
considerations that have been made in
structuring current LTCH PPS policies
to acknowledge the uniqueness of a
subclause (II) LTCH, may not be
sufficient to cover the costs incurred for
the treatment of patients of the
particular medical profile of the
subclause (II) patient population
prescribed by the statute. Furthermore,
we believe that in establishing
subclause (II) LTCHs, Congress
endorsed the support of the unique
mission of this particular category of
hospital. In fact, while mandating a
significant revision to the LTCH PPS
under section 1206(a) of Public Law
113–67, under section 1206(d) of the
same statute, Congress directed the
Secretary to evaluate the impact of the
LTCH PPS on subclause (II) LTCHs, and,
based on those findings, authorized the
Secretary to adjust payment rates and
other regulations, as appropriate, for
this category of LTCHs.
Accordingly, in recognition of the
subclause (II) LTCH’s current estimated
payment-to-cost ratio under the LTCH
PPS and further anticipated losses that
would likely otherwise occur under the
forthcoming statutory changes to the
LTCH PPS, which would render this
type of specially recognized facility
fiscally untenable, we believe that it is
appropriate to exercise the authority
under section 1206(d)(2) of Public Law
113–67. Therefore, in this proposed
rule, for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014
(FY 2015 and beyond), we are proposing
to apply a payment adjustment to
subclause (II) LTCH payments under the
LTCH PPS such that these LTCH PPS
payments would resemble payments
made under the reasonable cost-based
TEFRA payment system. We believe
that it would be appropriate to apply
this proposed payment adjustment for a
subclause (II) LTCH’s first cost reporting
period beginning on or after October 1,
2014, rather than discharges occurring
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
on or after October 1, 2014, because it
is consistent with the annual update of
the hospital-specific limits (ceiling) for
inpatient operating costs under the
TEFRA payment system (as described
below). We are proposing to implement
this proposed payment adjustment for
subclause (II) LTCHs in the regulations
by adding new § 412.526 under 42 CFR
Part 412, Subpart O.
Specifically, we are proposing to
establish new regulations under
§ 412.526 that would provide that, for
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 2014, payments to a
‘‘subclause (II)’’ LTCH that are made
under the LTCH PPS and under Subpart
O of Part 412, as adjusted. This adjusted
payment amount would generally be
equivalent to an amount determined
under the reasonable cost-based
reimbursement rules for both operating
and capital-related costs under 42 CFR
Part 413. As described above, Medicare
payments for inpatient operating costs
under the reasonable-cost based TEFRA
payment system are subject to a
hospital-specific ceiling on payments
that is determined as the product of a
hospital’s base year costs per discharge
(‘‘target amount per discharge’’),
updated to the current year by a rate-ofincrease percentage, and multiplied by
the number of its Medicare discharges
for the year. Medicare allowable
inpatient capital-related costs are paid
on a reasonable cost basis, in
accordance with section 1886(g) of the
Act.
Under this proposed payment
adjustment under new § 412.526 for
inpatient operating costs, the adjusted
payment amount would generally be
determined in accordance with the cited
provisions of § 413.40. Accordingly, we
are proposing to establish a ‘‘target
amount’’ for a subclause (II) LTCH for
purposes of calculating a hospitalspecific ceiling on payments for
inpatient operating costs under this
proposed payment adjustment. We are
proposing to determine such a target
amount based on the subclause (II)
LTCH’s target amount that was used to
determine its payments for inpatient
operating costs under the TEFRA
payment system prior to the
implementation of the LTCH PPS,
updated by the TEFRA payment system
rate-of-increase percentages under
§ 413.40(c)(3). Furthermore, in
determining a subclause (II) LTCH’s
target amount for purposes of this
proposed payment adjustment,
consistent with the statute (as explained
below), we are proposing not to include
the increases to LTCHs’ TEFRA target
amounts and caps provided for by
section 307(a) of the BIPA. As discussed
PO 00000
Frm 00227
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28203
previously, prior to the implementation
of the LTCH PPS, section 307(a) of the
BIPA provided a 2-percent increase to
the wage-adjusted 75th percentile cap
on the TEFRA target amounts for
existing LTCHs for cost reporting
periods beginning in FY 2001 and a 25percent increase to the hospital-specific
TEFRA target amounts for LTCHs,
subject to the increased 75th percentile
cap. Section 307(a)(2) of the BIPA also
specifies that the 2-percent increase to
the 75th percentile cap and the 25percent increase to the TEFRA target
amounts were not to be taken into
account in the development and
implementation of the LTCH PPS.
Therefore, consistent with the statutory
requirement under section 307(a)(2) of
the BIPA, under new § 412.526, we are
proposing to determine a subclause (II)
LTCH’s updated target amount based on
its FY 2000 TEFRA payment system
target amount, the year prior to when
the increases under section 307(a) of the
BIPA were effective. Using its FY 2000
TEFRA payment system target amount
would ensure that the increases
provided for by section 307(a) of the
BIPA would not be included in the
LTCH PPS payments to subclause (II)
LTCHs under this proposed LTCH PPS
payment adjustment. This approach for
excluding those increases to the TEFRA
payment system target amounts is
consistent with the methodology that
was used to develop the one-time
prospective adjustment to the standard
Federal rate in which we calculated
what amount would have been paid
under the TEFRA payment system had
the LTCH PPS not been implemented
(77 FR 53497 through 53500). Therefore,
under the proposed payment adjustment
for subclause (II) LTCHs under new
§ 412.526, we are proposing to
determine a FY 2015 TEFRA-based
target amount by updating the subclause
(II) LTCH’s FY 2000 TEFRA target
amount using the applicable rate-ofincrease percentages for FYs 2001
through 2015 established under
§ 413.40(c)(3).
In addition to payment for inpatient
operating costs, the proposed adjusted
payment amount for subclause (II)
LTCHs that would be equivalent to an
amount determined under the
reasonable cost-based reimbursement
rules under 42 CFR Part 413 would also
include payment for inpatient capitalrelated costs. Under the TEFRA
payment system, in accordance with the
regulations under 42 CFR Part 413,
Medicare allowable capital costs are
paid on a reasonable cost basis,
consistent with section 1886(g) of the
Act. Therefore, we are proposing that
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28204
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the payment adjustment to subclause (II)
LTCHs under new § 412.526 would
include reasonable cost-based payments
for capital-related costs. Payments
under the LTCH PPS encompass both
inpatient operating and capital-related
costs of furnishing covered inpatient
LTCH services, including routine and
ancillary costs (67 FR 55983).
Accordingly, under new § 412.526, the
proposed adjusted payment amount that
would be equivalent to an amount
determined under the reasonable costbased reimbursement rules is based only
on inpatient operating and capitalrelated costs incurred by the subclause
(II) LTCH for furnishing covered
inpatient LTCH services, and does not
include any other TEFRA system
payment amounts, such as bonus and
relief payments, continuous
improvement bonus payments, or
adjustments to the rate-of-increase
limits.
In summary, for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014,
we are proposing that payment to a
‘‘subclause (II)’’ LTCH be made under
the LTCH PPS, as adjusted. The
adjusted payment amount would be
equivalent to an amount determined
under the reasonable cost-based
reimbursement rules for both operating
and capital-related costs in accordance
with the cited portions of Part 413.
Under this proposed payment
adjustment, Medicare inpatient
operating costs would be reimbursed on
a reasonable cost basis, subject to a
ceiling; that is, an aggregate upper limit
on the amount of a hospital’s net
Medicare inpatient operating costs that
would be recognized for payment
purposes. For each cost reporting
period, the ceiling on payments for
Medicare inpatient operating costs
would be determined by multiplying the
updated target amount for that period by
the number of LTCH PPS discharges
during that period. For cost reporting
periods beginning during FY 2015, the
target amount would be equal to the
hospital’s target amount determined
under § 413.40(c)(4) for its cost
reporting period beginning during FY
2000, updated by the applicable annual
rate-of-increase percentages specified in
§ 413.40(c)(3) to the subject period (that
is, for FYs 2001 through 2015). For
subsequent cost reporting periods, the
target amount would equal the
hospital’s target amount for the previous
cost reporting period updated by the
applicable annual rate-of-increase
percentage specified in § 413.40(c)(3) for
the subject cost reporting period.
Payment for Medicare allowable
inpatient capital-related costs under this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
proposed payment adjustment would be
paid on a reasonable cost basis, in
accordance with the cited portions of 42
CFR Part 413. We are proposing to
codify the provisions of this proposed
payment adjustment to subclause (II)
LTCHs under new § 412.526 of the
regulations. In addition, we are
proposing to make conforming changes
to § 412.521(a)(2) to refer to this
proposed payment adjustment under
new § 412.526.
I. Description of Statutory Framework
for Patient-Level Criteria-Based Payment
Adjustment Under the LTCH PPS Under
Public Law 113–67
1. Overview
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27668 through
27676), we presented a description of
our research on the development of
patient-level and facility-level criteria
for LTCHs and a potential framework for
developing changes to the LTCH PPS.
The framework was based on the
preliminary findings of two projects
conducted by Kennell and Associates
(Kennell) and its subcontractor, RTI,
under the guidance of CMS’ Center for
Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (the
Innovation Center). We stated that we
believed that the findings from these
projects, in large part, could be used to
identify the subpopulation of Medicare
beneficiaries that should form the core
group of patients under the LTCH PPS
(that is, a chronically critical ill/
medically ill (CCI/MC) framework for
the LTCH PPS). Although this research
was not completed at the time of
issuance of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule, we solicited feedback
from LTCH stakeholders in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule on the
description of the interim framework,
and indicated that any public comments
submitted would be evaluated and
considered by our contractors with the
expectation of formulating a proposal
for FY 2015 based on this research (78
FR 27668 through 27676).
Section 1206(a) of Public Law 113–67
amended section 1886(m) of the Act by
adding paragraph (6), which establishes
patient-level criteria for payments under
the LTCH PPS for implementation
beginning in FY 2016. Therefore, our
prior intention to present a proposal for
a CCI/MC framework for the LTCH PPS
(as discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed and final rules) in this FY
2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule has
been superseded. Accordingly, we are
not proposing revisions to the LTCH
PPS based upon the Kennell/RTI
framework for FY 2015. Rather, we
intend to propose to implement the
PO 00000
Frm 00228
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
requirements established by section
1206(a) of Public Law 113–67 in the FY
2016 LTCH PPS rulemaking cycle. (We
note that the final report on the CCI/MC
framework developed by Kennell/RTI
under our research contract is expected
to be available later this year and will
be made available to the public through
a Web site.)
In section VII.I.2. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we summarize the
statutory provisions of section 1206(a)
of Public Law 113–67, and in section
VII.I.3. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we discuss several significant
issues arising from these statutory
changes to the LTCH PPS, on which we
are interested in receiving stakeholder
feedback prior to developing our
proposals for FY 2016 implementation.
2. Provisions of Section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67
Section 1206(a) of Public Law 113–67
added a new section 1886(m)(6), which
establishes patient-level clinical criteria
that must be met in order for a standard
LTCH PPS payment to be made and
provides that patients stays that do not
meet those criteria that will be paid
based on an adjusted or ‘‘site neutral’’
payment rate. The provisions of section
1206(a) are effective for LTCH
discharges occurring during cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2015 (FY 2016).
Specifically, the patient-level clinical
criteria that must be met in order for a
standard LTCH PPS payment to be made
under section 1886(m)(6) of the Act, as
added by section 1206(a) of Public Law
113–67, are that:
• The stay in the LTCH is
immediately preceded by a discharge
from an acute care hospital that
included at least 3 days in an intensive
care unit (ICU); or the stay in the LTCH
is immediately preceded by a discharge
from an acute care hospital and the
patient’s LTCH stay was assigned to an
MS–LTC–DRG based on the receipt of
ventilator services of at least 96 hours;
and
• The LTCH discharge does not have
a principal diagnosis relating to a
psychiatric diagnosis or to
rehabilitation.
Section 1886(m)(6)(A) of the Act, as
added by section 1206(a) of Public Law
113–67, specifies that payments for
LTCH discharges that do not meet the
clinical criteria will be made at the
applicable ‘‘site neutral payment rate.’’
The statute defines ‘‘site neutral
payment rate’’ as the lower of the ‘‘IPPS
comparable’’ amount or 100 percent of
the ‘‘estimated cost’’ of the case. The
‘‘IPPS comparable’’ amount, which the
statute specifies is calculated based on
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the methodology applied under the
short stay outlier (SSO) policy at 42 CFR
412.529(d)(4), is an amount comparable
to the hospital inpatient prospective
payment system per diem capped at an
amount comparable to the full MS–DRG
payment rate, including any applicable
outlier payments under § 412.525. We
expect to propose calculating the ‘‘cost
of the case,’’ as specified in the
regulations at § 412.529(d)(2), by
multiplying the applicable hospitalspecific CCR by the Medicare allowable
charges for a case, consistent with how
we currently estimate the cost of the
case under both the SSO and high-cost
outlier policies.
Section 1886(m)(6)(B) of the Act also
requires a phase-in of this payment
policy change under the LTCH PPS over
2 years. Therefore, for LTCH discharges
occurring in cost reporting periods
during FYs 2016 and 2017 that do not
meet the patient level clinical criteria,
the total payment amount for LTCH
services will be based on one-half of the
calculated ‘‘site neutral’’ payment rate
and one-half of the standard LTCH PPS
payment rate. The full payment
adjustment based on the requirements of
Public Law 113–67 will begin to effect
payments to LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities for discharges beginning with
LTCHs’ and LTCH satellite facilities’ FY
2018 cost reporting period. Therefore,
for cost reporting periods beginning
during FY 2018, LTCHs will be paid the
standard LTCH PPS payment amount
only for LTCH discharges that meet the
statutory clinical criteria under section
1886(m)(6) of the Act. LTCH discharges
that do not meet the clinical criteria will
be paid based on the ‘‘site neutral’’
payment rate.
Section 1886(m)(6)(C) of the Act, as
added by section 1206(a)(1) of Public
Law 113–67, also includes a limit on
payments for all hospital discharges
occurring in cost reporting periods
during or after FY 2021 if a hospital fails
to meet the applicable LTCH discharge
threshold. In anticipation of this limit
on payments, section 1886(m)(6)(C)(i) of
the Act specifies that, for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2015 (FY 2016), the Secretary is
required to notify each LTCH of its
‘‘discharge payment percentage,’’ which
is defined under section
1886(m)(6)(C)(iv) of the Act as the
percentage resulting from the ratio of
the LTCH’s discharges paid based on the
standard LTCH PPS payment amount to
the LTCH’s total discharges for each cost
reporting period.
Section 1886(m)(6)(C)(ii) of the Act
specifies that, for cost reporting periods
during or after FY 2020, the Secretary is
required to provide notice to LTCHs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
with a ‘‘discharge payment percentage’’
that indicates that the LTCH does not
meet the ‘‘at least 50 percent’’ threshold.
An LTCH that does not meet the
required threshold for a cost reporting
period in FY 2020 will be paid for
services as if the hospital were an acute
care hospital until such time as that
facility is reinstated under section
1886(m)(6)(C)(iii) of the Act.
Specifically, section 1886(m)(6)(C)(ii) of
the Act provides that LTCHs that are
determined to be treating a Medicare
population with less than 50 percent of
patients for whom a standard LTCH PPS
payment is made, that is, LTCHs for
whom 50 percent or more Medicare
beneficiary discharges are paid at the
‘‘site neutral’’ payment rate will receive
‘‘. . . the payment amount that would
apply under subsection (d) for all
discharges as if the hospital were a
subsection (d) hospital.’’ In other words,
LTCHs failing to meet the applicable
discharge threshold will be paid an IPPS
equivalent payment rate.
Section 1886(m)(6)(C)(iii) of the Act
provides that the Secretary is authorized
to establish a ‘‘reinstatement’’ process
through which an LTCH that fails to
meet the required discharge threshold
percentage can be ‘‘reinstated’’ and
resume receiving payments under the
new payment policy for LTCH services
established by section 1206(a)(1) of
Public Law 113–67, that is, standard
LTCH PPS payments or ‘‘site neutral’’
payments, as applicable.
Section 1886(m)(6)(D) of the Act, as
added by section 1206(a)(1) of Public
Law 113–67, specifies that subsection
(d) hospitals in Puerto Rico are deemed
to be included in any reference in
section 1886(m) of the Act to a
subsection (d) hospital.
Section 1206(a)(3) of Public Law 113–
67 revised the existing policy for
calculating whether an LTCH or LTCH
satellite facility meets the greater than
25-day average length of stay
requirement in sections
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(I) and 1861(ccc)(2) of
the Act, which is implemented in the
regulations at § 412.23(e)(2) and (e)(3).
Specifically, section 1206(a)(3) provides
that cases for which Medicare paid the
provider under the ‘‘site neutral’’ rate,
as well as any paid under a Medicare
Advantage plan (that is, Medicare Part
C) shall be excluded from the
calculations of the average length of stay
of an LTCH or an LTCH satellite facility.
LTCHs that had not attained their LTCH
designation by December 10, 2013, are
exempt from this statutorily mandated
change.
As previously stated, section
1206(a)(1) of Pub. L 113–67 provides for
‘‘site neutral’’ payments to an LTCH for
PO 00000
Frm 00229
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28205
certain specified patient discharges
effective for discharges occurring in cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2015. We intend to propose
the specific policy and payment changes
that will be necessary to implement the
Public Law 113–67 provisions for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2015, during the FY 2016
rulemaking cycle. Although we are not
proposing the changes mandated by
section 1206(a)(1) of Public Law 113–67
in this proposed rule, in light of the
degree of forthcoming changes, in
section VII.I.3. we discuss some of the
changes in this proposed rule, and
request public feedback to inform our
proposals for FY 2016.
3. Additional LTCH PPS Issues
The LTCH PPS was originally
established for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2002,
by section 123(a) of the BBRA (Pub. L.
106–113) and section 307(b) of the BIPA
(Pub. L. 106–554). (We also refer readers
to section 1886(m) of the Act, as added
by section 114(e) of the MMSEA.)
Section 307(b) of the BIPA granted the
Secretary considerable authority in
developing the LTCH PPS, specifying
that the Secretary shall ‘‘. . . examine
and may provide for appropriate
adjustments to the long-term hospital
payment system, including adjustments
to DRG weights, area wage adjustments,
geographic reclassification, outliers,
updates, and a disproportionate share
adjustment. . . .’’
Accordingly, as we evaluate the
revisions to the LTCH PPS required by
section 1206(a)(1) of Public Law 113–67,
we believe that the broad authority
permitted by the original statutory
mandates continues to grant us the
authority to modify, if appropriate,
methodologies for our payment
determinations under the LTCH PPS.
(We refer readers to the RY 2003 LTCH
PPS final rule (67 FR 55954), which
describes the development and
implementation of the LTCH PPS for FY
2003.) Specifically, section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67 establishes two
distinct payment groups for LTCH
discharges under the revised system:
discharges meeting specified patientlevel criteria that will be paid under the
‘‘standard LTCH PPS payment amount’’
and all other patient discharges that will
be paid under the ‘‘site neutral’’
payment rate and methodology
(discussed above). In setting the
payment rates and factors under the
LTCH PPS as required by section
1206(a) of Public Law 113–67 for certain
LTCH PPS payment adjustments, such
as the MS–LTC–DRG relative weights
and high-cost outlier payments, we plan
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28206
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
to evaluate whether it would be
appropriate to modify our historical
methodology to account for the
establishment of the two distinct
payment methodologies for LTCHs. For
example, we intend to examine
whether, beginning in FY 2016, it is still
appropriate to include data for all LTCH
PPS cases, including ‘‘site neutral’’
payment cases, in our methodology for
setting relative payment weights for
MS–LTC–DRGs. We also intend to
explore the need for changes to the
LTCH PPS high-cost outlier payment
policies. Given the fact that, for a
number of LTCH patients, payment will
be made based on the lower of the ‘‘IPPS
comparable’’ per diem payment and the
estimated cost of the case, we will need
to decide whether to maintain a single
high-cost outlier ‘‘target’’ for all LTCH
PPS cases (including ‘‘site neutral’’
payment cases) or whether it may be
more appropriate to establish separate
high-cost outlier ‘‘targets’’ for each of
the two payment groups under the
revised LTCH PPS. Our existing
methodology for calculating the MS–
LTC–DRG relative weights is discussed
during the annual rulemaking cycle and
was, most recently, included in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule (78 FR 50753
through 50760). Our detailed
description of our existing high-cost
outlier payment policy, which has
remained the same since being
implemented, can be found in the RY
2003 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56022
through 56027). (We note that our
proposed methodology for calculating
the MS–LTC–DRG relative payment
weights for FY 2015 can be found in
section VII.B.3. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, and our proposals under
the high-cost outlier payment policy for
FY 2015 can be found in section V.D. of
the Addendum to this proposed rule.)
We are interested in receiving
feedback from LTCH stakeholders on
our plans to evaluate whether it would
be appropriate to modify any of our
historical methodologies as we
implement the payment changes to the
LTCH PPS under section 1206(a) of
Public Law 113–67. In particular, we are
interested in public feedback on the
issues mentioned earlier (that is,
policies relating to establishing the
relative payment weights and high-cost
outliers) so that we may evaluate
various options in preparation for
developing proposals to implement the
statutory changes beginning in FY 2016.
J. Proposed Technical Change
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to update the legislative basis
for the regulations governing the LTCH
PPS under Subpart O of Part 412.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Specifically, we are proposing to add
references under new paragraphs (a)(4),
(a)(5), and (a)(6) of § 412.500 of the
regulations to the revisions to the Act
made by section 4302(a) of Public Law
111–5, sections 3106(a) and 10312(a) of
Public Law 111–148, and section 1206
of Public Law 113–67, respectively.
VIII. Appropriate Claims in Provider
Cost Reports; Administrative Appeals
by Providers and Judicial Review
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to revise the cost reporting
regulations in 42 CFR Part 413, Subpart
B by requiring a provider to include an
appropriate claim for a specific item in
its Medicare cost report in order to
receive or potentially qualify for
Medicare payment for the specific item.
If the provider’s cost report does not
include an appropriate claim for a
specific item, payment for the item will
not be included in the notice of program
reimbursement (NPR) issued by the
Medicare Administrative Contractor
(MAC) (formerly known as fiscal
intermediary and herein referred to as
‘‘contractor’’) or in any decision or order
issued by a reviewing entity (as defined
in 42 CFR 405.1801(a) of the
regulations) in an administrative appeal
filed by the provider. In addition, we are
proposing to revise the appeals
regulations in 42 CFR Part 405, Subpart
R, by eliminating the requirement that a
provider must include an appropriate
claim for a specific item in its cost
report in order to meet the
dissatisfaction requirement for
jurisdiction before the Provider
Reimbursement Review Board (Board),
and by specifying the procedures for
Board review of whether the provider’s
cost report meets the proposed
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim for
a specific item. We also are proposing
technical revisions to other Board
appeal regulations to conform those
regulations to the main revisions
(described above) to the cost reporting
regulations and the provider appeal
regulations, in addition to proposing
similar revisions to the Part 405,
Subpart R regulations for appeals before
the contractor hearing officers. In
addition, we are proposing to conform
the terminology in Part 405, Subpart R
and all subparts of Part 413 from
‘‘intermediary’’ or ‘‘fiscal intermediary’’
to ‘‘contractor’’ pursuant to sections
1816, 1874A and 1878 of the Act. All of
these proposed revisions to the cost
reporting regulations and the provider
appeals regulations would apply to
provider cost reporting periods
beginning on or after the effective date
of the final IPPS annual update rule.
PO 00000
Frm 00230
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
A. Background
1. Payments and Cost Reporting
Requirements
For cost reporting years beginning
before October 1, 1983, all providers
were reimbursed on a reasonable cost
basis for Part A (hospital insurance)
covered items and services that were
furnished to Medicare beneficiaries.
Reasonable cost is defined at section
1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and
implementing regulations at 42 CFR Part
413. In the Social Security Amendments
of 1983 (Pub. L. 98–21), Congress added
section 1886(d) to the Act, which,
effective with cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 1983,
changed the payment method for
inpatient hospital services furnished by
short-term acute care hospitals to a
prospective payment system (PPS). In
accordance with section 1886(d) of the
Act and implementing regulations at 42
CFR Part 412, a PPS payment is made
at a predetermined specific rate for each
hospital discharge (classified according
to a list of diagnosis-related groups
(DRGs)), excluding certain costs that are
paid on a reasonable cost basis.
Later statutory amendments expanded
the types of providers and services that
are subject to a PPS. The various
prospective payment systems for
inpatient hospital services are
summarized in § 412.1 of the
regulations. Other prospective payment
systems for different types of providers
and services are summarized in
§§ 413.170, 413.300, 413.330, and 419.1
of the regulations. As explained in
§ 413.1(b) of the regulations, if a service
is not subject to a PPS when it is
furnished, the provider is paid on the
basis of reasonable cost. (For ease of
reference, we will use the terms
‘‘reimbursement’’ and ‘‘payment’’
interchangeably unless a particular
context calls for the use of one of these
terms instead of the other.)
Before October 1, 2005, payments to
providers were ordinarily made through
private organizations known as fiscal
intermediaries, under contracts with the
Secretary. After a 6-year transition
period (§ 421.400(a)), the claims
processing and payment functions of the
fiscal intermediaries are now performed
by MACs, under contracts with the
Secretary.
For covered items and services paid
on a reasonable cost basis, the
contractor pays a provider during its
cost reporting period interim payments
that approximate the provider’s actual
costs. Under a PPS, providers are
generally paid for each patient discharge
after a bill is submitted.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Sections 1815(a) and 1833(e) of the
Act provide that no payments will be
made to a provider unless it has
furnished the information, requested by
the Secretary, needed to determine the
amount of payments due the provider
under the Medicare program. In general,
providers submit this information
through annual cost reports that cover a
12-month period of time.
All providers participating in the
Medicare program are required under
§ 413.20(a) to ‘‘maintain sufficient
financial records and statistical data for
proper determination of costs.’’
Moreover, providers must use
standardized definitions and follow
accounting, statistical, and reporting
practices that are widely accepted in the
hospital and related fields. Under the
provisions of §§ 413.20(b) and 413.24(f),
providers are required to submit cost
reports annually, with the reporting
period based on the provider’s
accounting year. For cost years
beginning on or after October 1, 1989,
section 1886(f)(1) of the Act and
§ 413.24(f)(4) of the regulations require
hospitals to submit cost reports in a
standardized electronic format, and the
same requirement was later imposed for
other types of providers. In addition,
§ 412.52 of the regulations requires all
PPS hospitals to meet the recordkeeping
and cost reporting requirements of
§§ 413.20 and 413.24, which include
submitting a cost report for each 12month period.
2. Administrative Appeals by Providers
and Judicial Review
Upon receipt of a provider’s cost
report, the contractor reviews or audits
the cost report, makes any necessary
adjustments to the provider’s Medicare
reimbursement for the cost reporting
period, and finally determines the total
amount of payment due the provider.
This year-end reconciliation of
Medicare payment for the provider’s
cost reporting period constitutes a
contractor determination, as defined in
§ 405.1801(a). Under §§ 405.1801(a)(1),
(2) and 405.1803, the contractor must
give the provider written notice of the
final contractor determination for the
cost period in a notice of the total
amount of program reimbursement
(NPR). The NPR is an appealable
determination, and the contractor
determination is final and binding
unless it is revised on appeal or
reopening (§ 405.1807).
Under section 1878(a) of the Act, a
provider that has submitted a timely
cost report may appeal to the Provider
Reimbursement Review Board (the
Board) a final determination of program
reimbursement made by a contractor, as
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
well as certain final determinations by
the Secretary involving payment under
the IPPS. The Secretary’s delegate, the
Administrator of CMS, may review
certain Board decisions under section
1878(f)(1) of the Act and § 405.1875 of
the regulations. The final decision of the
Board or the Administrator is subject to
judicial review under section 1878(f)(1)
of the Act and § 405.1877 of the
regulations. In addition, by regulation,
providers are given the right to appeal
to the Board or to contractor hearing
officers certain other determinations. A
CMS reviewing official may review
some contractor hearing officer
decisions under § 405.1834 of the
regulations, but there is no judicial
review of decisions by contractor
hearing officers or a CMS reviewing
official.
Under sections 1878(a)(1)(A), (a)(2),
and (a)(3) of the Act, and
§ 405.1835(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3)(i) of
the regulations, a provider may obtain a
Board hearing if: (1) the provider is
‘‘dissatisfied’’ with a final determination
of the contractor [formerly intermediary]
or the Secretary; (2) the amount in
controversy is at least $10,000; and (3)
the provider files a request for a hearing
to the Board within 180 days of notice
of the final determination of the
contractor or the Secretary. The same
jurisdictional requirements govern
provider appeals to contractor hearing
officers under § 405.1811(a)(1), (a)(2),
and (a)(3)(i) of the regulations, except
that the amount in controversy
requirement is at least $1,000 but less
than $10,000.
However, the statutory requirements
for Board jurisdiction are somewhat
different if the provider does not receive
a final determination of the contractor
on a timely basis. Under sections
1878(a)(1)(B), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of the
Act, a provider may obtain a Board
hearing if: (1) The provider does not
receive a final determination of the
contractor on a timely basis, after the
provider filed a cost report that
complied with the cost reporting
regulations; (2) the amount in
controversy is at least $10,000; and (3)
the provider files a request for a hearing
to the Board within 180 days after
notice of the contractor’s final
determination would have been
received if such contractor
determination had been issued on a
timely basis. Moreover,
§ 405.1835(a)(3)(ii) of the regulations
provides that a contractor determination
is not timely if it is not issued, through
no fault of the provider, within 12
months of the contractor’s receipt of the
provider’s perfected cost report or
amended cost report (as specified in
PO 00000
Frm 00231
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28207
§ 413.24(f) of the regulations). The same
jurisdictional requirements govern
provider appeals to contractor hearing
officers, based on an untimely
contractor determination, under
§ 405.1811(a), except that the amount in
controversy requirement is at least
$1,000 but less than $10,000.
3. Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost
Reports
Under longstanding Medicare policy
as set forth in § 413.24 of the regulations
and section 115 of the Provider
Reimbursement Manual (PRM), Part 2
(CMS Pub. 15–2), a provider must make
an appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item in order to be reimbursed
for the item, whether through the NPR
issued by the contractor or as the result
of an administrative appeal or judicial
review. For example, as set forth in
§ 413.24, providers receiving payment
on the basis of reimbursable cost are
required to provide adequate cost data
to the contractor to support payments
made for services furnished to
beneficiaries. In addition, as set forth in
section 115 of the PRM, Part 2, we also
require that providers make a specific
claim for an item in its cost report, in
order to meet the dissatisfaction
requirement for Board jurisdiction. The
Medicare cost report has always
included particular ‘‘lines’’ for specific
allowable costs such as interest expense
and depreciation. If a provider makes a
cost report claim for a cost that is
allowable, and reimbursement is
claimed in accordance with Medicare
payment policy, the NPR will include
appropriate reimbursement for the cost.
(For ease of reference, we will use the
terms ‘‘specific item’’ or ‘‘item’’ to refer
to a particular aspect of reasonable costbased payment or a specific aspect of
payment under a prospective payment
system unless a particular context calls
for the use of more specific terms (for
example, the term ‘‘allowable cost’’ as
used in determining reasonable costbased payment).)
If the NPR does not include
reimbursement for a specific item or if
the provider believes it should have
received more reimbursement for the
item, the provider can request a hearing
before the Board or the contractor
hearing officers (if the amount in
controversy is at least $1,000 but less
than $10,000). However, our
longstanding policy is that an
appropriate cost report claim is a
jurisdictional requirement for an appeal
to the Board or the contractor hearing
officers. As explained above, section
1878(a)(1)(A) of the Act provides for a
hearing before the Board if the provider
has filed a timely cost report with the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28208
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
contractor, and the provider is
‘‘dissatisfied’’ with a final determination
of the contractor or the Secretary. Our
view has been that, in order for a
provider to be dissatisfied with a
specific aspect of the contractor
determination, the provider must
include an appropriate cost report claim
for the specific item so that the
contractor can respond to the provider’s
claim in the NPR and thereby
potentially produce a specific
reimbursement result about which the
provider is dissatisfied.
Under our policy for Board
jurisdiction, we required a provider to
make a specific claim for an item in its
cost report, in order to meet the
dissatisfaction requirement for Board
jurisdiction. We did not permit a
provider to ‘‘self-disallow’’ a specific
item, even if the Medicare contractor
had no discretion to award payment for
the item. (In self-disallowing an item,
the provider submits a cost report that
complies with Medicare policy for the
item and then appeals the item to the
Board; the contractor’s NPR then would
not include any disallowance of the
item, and therefore the provider would
effectively self-disallow the item.)
However, the Supreme Court rejected
our longstanding policy in Bethesda
Hospital Association v. Bowen, 485 U.S.
399 (1988). The Court held that, despite
the providers’ failure to claim all the
reimbursement they believed should
have been made, the plain language of
the dissatisfaction requirement in
section 1878(a)(1)(A) of the Act
supported Board jurisdiction because
the contractor had no authority to award
reimbursement in excess of a regulation
by which it was bound, and thus it
would have been futile for the providers
to try to persuade the contractor
otherwise. The Court also stated in
dicta, however, that the dissatisfaction
requirement might not be met if
providers were to ‘‘bypass a clearly
prescribed exhaustion requirement or
. . . fail to request from the
intermediary reimbursement for all
costs to which they are entitled under
applicable rules’’ (Bethesda Hosp., 485
U.S. at 404–05).
Following the Bethesda decision, we
no longer required providers to make a
cost report claim for reimbursement of
items for which the contractor did not
have the discretion to award payment
due to a regulation or manual provision
but, consistent with the dicta in
Bethesda, we continued to require
providers to include cost report claims
for allowable costs. However, our
policy, as revised in response to
Bethesda, was also challenged in the
courts, and a ‘‘circuit split’’ resulted.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Compare Little Co. of Mary Hosp. v.
Shalala, 165 F.3d 1162 (7th Cir. 1999)
(sustaining our interpretation of the
statutory dissatisfaction requirement for
Board jurisdiction) with Loma Linda
Univ. Med. Ctr. v. Leavitt, 492 F.3d 1065
(9th Cir. 2007) (rejecting our
interpretation of the dissatisfaction
requirement); Maine General Med. Ctr.
v. Shalala, 205 F.3d 493 (1st Cir. 2000)
(same).
In response to the Supreme Court’s
Bethesda decision and the ensuing
circuit split, we then addressed the
dissatisfaction requirement in notice
and comment rulemaking. In a 2008
final rule, we revised § 405.1811(a)(1)
and § 405.1835(a)(1) for contractor and
Board hearings, respectively (73 FR
30190, 30195 through 30200, 30244
through 30245, 30249 through 30250
(May 23, 2008)). Under the revised
regulations, in order to preserve its
appeal rights, a provider must either
claim an item in its cost report where it
is seeking reimbursement that it
believes to be in accordance with
Medicare policy, or self-disallow the
item if it is seeking reimbursement that
it believes may not comport with
Medicare policy (for example, where the
contractor does not have the discretion
to award the reimbursement sought by
the provider). In order to self-disallow
an item, the provider must follow the
applicable procedures for filing a cost
report under protest, which are
contained currently in section 115 of the
PRM, Part 2.
As explained in the preamble to the
2008 final rule, we believe the revised
dissatisfaction policy set forth in
§ 405.1835(a)(1) is a reasonable
interpretation of the dissatisfaction
requirement for Board jurisdiction in
section 1878(a)(1)(A) of the Act (73 FR
30195 through 30200). The
dissatisfaction requirement in
§ 405.1835(a)(1) comports with the
Supreme Court’s statement (discussed
above) that the statutory dissatisfaction
requirement might not be met if a
provider bypassed a clearly prescribed
exhaustion requirement or failed to ask
the contractor for reimbursement of all
costs to which it is entitled under
applicable rules. (Bethesda Hosp., 485
U.S. at 404–05; Little Co. of Mary, 165
F.3d 1162 (sustaining our interpretation
of the statutory dissatisfaction
requirement for Board jurisdiction on
the basis of the forgoing statements by
the Supreme Court); Little Co. of Mary
Hosp. v. Shalala, 24 F.3d 984 (7th Cir.
1994) (same).
Upon further reflection, however, we
believe that the requirement that a
provider either claim reimbursement for
a specific cost, or expressly self-
PO 00000
Frm 00232
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
disallow the cost, in its cost report is
more appropriately treated as a cost
reporting requirement under sections
1815(a) and 1833(e) of the Act, as the
agency cannot make payments to a
provider without sufficient information
on all claims for which the provider
believes it should be paid. Indeed, it is
eminently reasonable for the Secretary
to require a provider to make an
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item if the provider wants to be
paid for the item. As we explain in
detail in the next section, requiring a
cost report claim for full reimbursement
or an express self-disallowance of the
cost enables the contractor to review
and audit the claim, make any
adjustments that seem appropriate, and
include final payment for the cost as
part of the NPR. Accordingly, we are
proposing to revise the cost reporting
regulations in Part 413, Subpart B by
adding the substantive reimbursement
requirement that a provider must
include an appropriate claim for an item
in its cost report. The failure to account
appropriately for the item in its cost
report will foreclose payment for the
item in the NPR issued by the contractor
and in any decision, order, or other
action by a reviewing entity (as defined
in § 405.1801(a) of the regulations) in an
administrative appeal filed by the
provider.
However, we recognize that the
proposed addition to the cost reporting
regulations of the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item would be potentially
duplicative of the existing jurisdictional
requirement in the Board appeals
regulations of an appropriate cost report
claim. In order to avoid such
duplication, we also are proposing to
revise the appeals regulations in Part
405, Subpart R by eliminating the
requirement that a provider must
include an appropriate claim for an item
in its cost report in order to meet the
dissatisfaction requirement for Board
jurisdiction. Our longstanding
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim would be made a
substantive reimbursement requirement
in the cost reporting regulations and the
existing Board jurisdiction requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim
would be eliminated. These proposed
revisions to the cost reporting
regulations and the provider appeals
regulations would apply on a
prospective-only basis, to provider cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
the effective date of the final IPPS
annual update rule.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
B. Proposed Changes Regarding the
Claims Required in Provider Cost
Reports, and for Provider
Administrative Appeals
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Proposed Addition to the Cost
Reporting Regulations of the
Substantive Reimbursement
Requirement of an Appropriate Cost
Report Claim
a. Specific Provisions of Proposed
Paragraph (j) of § 413.24
We are proposing to add a new
paragraph (j) to § 413.24 of the
regulations. Proposed paragraph (j)(1) of
§ 413.24 provides that in order to
receive or potentially qualify for
payment for a specific item, the
provider must include in its cost report
an appropriate claim for the specific
item. In order to make an appropriate
claim for an item in its cost report, the
provider must either claim payment for
the item in its cost report where it is
seeking payment that it believes is
consistent with Medicare policy, or selfdisallow the item if the provider is
seeking payment that it believes may
not comport with Medicare policy (for
example, where the contractor does not
have the authority or discretion to
award the payment sought by the
provider). In order to self-disallow a
specific item, the provider would have
to follow the applicable procedures for
filing a cost report under protest, which
are now contained in section 115 of the
PRM, Part 2 and are included in
proposed paragraph (j)(2) of § 413.24.
Specifically, the provider would have to
include an estimated payment amount
for each self-disallowed item in the
‘‘protested amount’’ line of the cost
report, and attach a worksheet
explaining why a self-disallowance is
necessary (instead of claiming payment
for the item in its cost report) and
describing how it determined the
estimated payment amount for each selfdisallowed item.
Proposed paragraph (j)(3) of § 413.24
specifies the procedures for determining
whether there is an appropriate cost
report claim for a specific item. The
default rule is that the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
includes an appropriate claim for the
specific item must be determined by
reference to the cost report that the
provider submits originally to, and is
accepted by, the contractor, unless one
of three exceptions applies. The first
exception is that if the provider submits
an amended cost report that is accepted
by the contractor, the question of
whether there is an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item must
be determined by reference to such
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
amended cost report, unless one of the
two remaining exceptions applies. The
second exception is that if the
contractor adjusts the provider’s cost
report, as submitted originally by the
provider and accepted by the contractor
or as amended by the provider and
accepted by the contractor, whichever is
applicable, with respect to the specific
item, the question of whether there is an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item must be determined by
reference to the provider’s cost report,
as such cost report is adjusted for the
specific item in the contractor’s initial
determination (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a)), unless the remaining
exception applies. The third exception
is that if the contractor reopens either
the initial contractor determination for
the provider’s cost reporting period
(pursuant to § 405.1885) or a revised
contractor determination for such
period (issued pursuant to § 405.1889)
and adjusts the provider’s cost report
with respect to the specific item, the
question of whether there is an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item must be determined by
reference to the provider’s cost report,
as such cost report is adjusted for the
specific item in the contractor’s most
recent revised contractor determination
for such period.
Providers should make every effort to
comply with the default rule set forth in
proposed paragraph (j)(3) of § 413.24,
even though one of the exceptions to the
default rule might come into play later.
In order to ensure compliance with the
substantive requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item, the provider should either
claim full payment for, or properly selfdisallow, the item in the cost report that
the provider submits originally to the
contractor. However, failure to include
an appropriate claim for the specific
item in the provider’s original ‘‘as
submitted’’ cost report does not
necessarily foreclose any further
opportunity to meet the requirement of
an appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item. Under the first exception
to the default rule under proposed
paragraph (j)(3), the provider could
include an appropriate cost report claim
for the specific item in an amended cost
report, but the contractor has discretion
whether to accept an amended cost
report by the provider. Under the
second and third exceptions to the
default rule under proposed paragraph
(j)(3), the requirement of an appropriate
cost report claim could be met through
the contractor’s adjustment of the
provider’s cost report, either in the
contractor’s initial determination for the
PO 00000
Frm 00233
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28209
provider’s cost reporting period (as
defined in § 405.1801(a)) or, if the initial
contractor determination is reopened, in
the contractor’s revised determination.
However, in preparing the initial
contractor determination for a
provider’s cost reporting period, the
contractor has discretion whether to
adjust the provider’s cost report with
respect to the specific item and, if so,
how to adjust the cost report for such
item. Similarly, after the initial
contractor determination is issued, the
contractor has discretion whether to
reopen the initial contractor
determination and, if the specific item
is reopened, whether to adjust the cost
report for such item and how to make
any such adjustment.
In order to exemplify the workings of
proposed paragraph (j)(3) of § 413.24,
consider a hospital that seeks a
Medicare DSH payment adjustment that,
on the provider’s view, should be
calculated on the basis of 2,000
Medicaid eligible patient days in the
numerator of the DSH Medicaid fraction
(42 CFR 412.106(b)(4)). If the hospital’s
as submitted cost report claimed only
1,000 Medicaid eligible patient days for
the numerator of the DSH Medicaid
fraction, and the number of Medicaid
eligible patient days was not changed in
an amended cost report by the provider
or through adjustments to the cost
report by the contractor, the hospital
would have made an appropriate cost
report claim for only 1,000 Medicaid
eligible patient days (instead of 2,000
such days). However, if the provider
submitted, and the contractor accepted,
an amended cost report that claimed a
total of 1,500 Medicaid eligible patient
days, the provider would have made a
valid cost report claim for 1,500
Medicaid eligible patient days (instead
of 2,000 such days). However, if the
hospital asked the contractor, during the
contractor’s review and settlement of
the provider’s cost report, to count 250
more Medicaid eligible patient days,
and the contractor agreed to consider
those days in the contractor’s initial
intermediary determination, the
provider would have made a valid cost
report claim of 1,750 Medicaid eligible
patient days (instead of 2,000 such
days). Finally, if the provider next
requested, or the contractor initiated on
its own motion, the reopening of the
initial contractor determination on the
specific issue of the number of Medicaid
eligible patient days for the DSH
Medicaid fraction’s numerator, and the
contractor did reopen for that specific
issue, the provider would have a valid
cost report claim of 2,000 Medicaid
eligible patient days. At that juncture,
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28210
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the hospital would have met the
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim for all of the 2,000
Medicaid eligible patient days, which is
the number of such days that the
provider believed from the outset
should be used in determining the
numerator of the DSH Medicaid
fraction.
We believe proposed paragraph (j)(3)
of § 413.24 appropriately reflects the
usual process in which a cost report
claim that is first made in the cost report
that is submitted originally to, and
accepted by, the contractor, might be
altered through an amended cost report
by the provider (if the amended cost
report is accepted by the contractor) or
through adjustments of the provider’s
cost report claim that are made in the
contractor’s initial determination or, in
the event of a reopening, in the
contractor’s revised determination. This
process enables a provider to ensure
compliance with the substantive
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim for a specific item, by
including in the cost report that the
provider submits originally to, and is
accepted by, the contractor, either a full
claim for payment for a specific item or
a proper self-disallowance of the item.
In addition, this process gives a
provider additional opportunities to
meet the requirement of an appropriate
cost report claim through an amended
cost report by the provider (if the
amended cost report is accepted by the
contractor) and adjustments to the
provider’s cost report claim that are
included in the contractor’s initial
contractor determination or, if there is a
reopening, in the revised contractor
determination. Unlike with the
provider’s original as submitted cost
report, however, the contractor has
discretion whether to accept an
amended cost report; whether to include
particular cost report claim adjustments
in the initial contractor determination
and, if so, how to determine such
adjustments; and whether to reopen a
contractor determination and, if there is
a reopening, how to determine any cost
report claim adjustments that may be
included in the revised contractor
determination. This ‘‘back and forth’’
process between the provider and the
contractor, which is reflected in
proposed paragraph (j)(3) of § 413.24,
facilitates appropriate determinations of
program payment and enhances
administrative efficiency. Each of the
Medicare contractors has substantial
experience in reviewing and auditing
cost reports and in properly determining
payment amounts. The back and forth
process between the provider and the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
contractor eliminates, or minimizes and
sharpens, potential disagreements,
which obviates the need to file some
administrative appeals or narrows the
issues in many cases.
In addition, proposed paragraph (j)(4)
of § 413.24 provides that, to the extent
a provider fails to claim a specific item
appropriately in its cost report, the final
contractor determination (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a)) may not include payment
for the item. However, if the contractor
determines that the provider made an
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item but the contractor
disagrees with material aspects of the
provider’s claim for the item, the
contractor must make appropriate
adjustments to the provider’s cost report
and include payment for the specific
item in the final contractor
determination in accordance with the
contractor’s adjustments to the cost
report and to the extent permitted by
program policy.
Proposed paragraph (j)(5) of § 413.24
provides that if a party to an
administrative appeal questions
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal, the
reviewing entity (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a)) must follow the
procedures (which we discuss in detail
below) that are set forth in proposed
§ 405.1873 (if the appeal was filed
originally with the Board), or the
procedures in § 405.1832 (if the appeal
was filed initially with the contractor),
for review of whether the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item is satisfied. Those
regulations require the reviewing entity
to follow the procedures (discussed
above) that are set forth in paragraph
(j)(3) of this section for determining
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal. Also, the
reviewing entity may permit payment
for the specific item under appeal solely
to the extent authorized by § 405.1873(f)
(if the appeal was filed originally with
the Board) or by § 405.1832(f) (if the
appeal was filed initially with the
contractor).
b. Statutory and Policy Bases for
Proposed Paragraph (j) of § 413.24
We believe the Medicare statute
provides ample authority for the abovedescribed proposal to add a new
paragraph (j) to § 413.24 of the
regulations. This proposal is well within
the Secretary’s general rulemaking
authority under sections 1102 and 1871
of the Act. Moreover, proposed
§ 413.24(j) is an appropriate exercise of
PO 00000
Frm 00234
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the Secretary’s broad authority under
sections 1815(a), 1833(e), and 1886(f)(1)
of the Act to require providers to furnish
the information needed to determine the
amount of payment due a provider
under the Medicare program. As
described above, we have relied on
these particular statutory provisions in
adopting regulations that require
providers to submit annual cost reports;
specify the requisite contents of cost
reports; and impose various procedural
requirements for cost reports (such as
time periods for timely submission of
cost reports and certification
requirements for cost reports).
Moreover, we have invoked the same
statutory provisions in requiring
providers to report other specific
information as a condition for Medicare
payment (we refer readers to, for
example, Community Hosp. of Monterey
Peninsula v. Thompson, 323 F.3d 782,
790, 795–800 (9th Cir. 2003) (sustaining
Medicare’s policy that providers must
bill ‘‘crossover bad debts’’ to the State
Medicaid agency because 42 U.S.C.
1395g(a) (that is, section 1815(a) of the
Act) ‘‘specifically granted the Secretary
broad discretion as to what information
to require as a condition of payment to
providers under the Medicare
program’’). Indeed, as explained above,
the Secretary’s broad discretion with
respect to cost reporting requirements is
also reflected in the Board appeals
provisions of section 1878(a) of the Act,
which makes provider compliance with
cost reporting requirements a
prerequisite of Board jurisdiction.
In addition to the plainly sufficient
statutory authority for proposed
§ 413.24(j), we believe there are sound
policy reasons for requiring a provider
to include an appropriate claim for an
item in its cost report by either claiming
payment for the item (where the
provider believes such claim would
comport with Medicare policy), or by
self-disallowing the item (if the provider
is seeking payment that it believes may
not be consistent with Medicare policy).
This proposal has three main parts, each
of which we address separately.
First, we believe that if a cost is
allowable and the provider does not
disagree with how Medicare determines
payment for the cost, the provider’s cost
report should include a claim for full
payment of the cost in accordance with
the program’s payment policy. In such
cases, a cost report claim for full
payment of the cost enables the
contractor to review the claim, make
any adjustments that seem appropriate,
and include final payment for the cost
as part of the NPR. Requiring a cost
report claim for full payment of
allowable costs (where the provider
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
does not disagree with how Medicare
determines payment for the cost)
facilitates the contractor’s discharge of
some of its principal responsibilities,
which include using the contractor’s
expertise and experience to review and
audit payment claims, make any
necessary adjustments, and include
final payment for the cost in the NPR.
Absent some misstep by the contractor
in reviewing such a cost report claim
and determining final payment for the
item, there would be no need for the
provider to later request reopening or to
file an administrative appeal regarding
the item. Even if the provider disagreed
with some aspect of the contractor’s
payment determination for the specific
item, any such disagreement would be
narrowed and delineated more precisely
because our proposal, to require a full
cost report claim for payment of
allowable costs, will give the contractor
an opportunity to review and audit the
claim and determine the extent to which
(if at all) to include payment for the
claim in the NPR. Therefore, the
interests of administrative finality and
efficiency will be advanced if providers
are required to include a cost report
claim for full payment of allowable
costs.
Proposed § 413.24(j)’s requirement of
a cost report claim for full payment of
allowable cost also comports with the
division of responsibilities between the
contractors and the Board and the other
reviewing entities (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a)). At present, there are 12
contractors, each of which has a fairly
large staff with substantial experience
and expertise in reviewing and auditing
cost reports and determining final
payment in accordance with Medicare
policy. By contrast, the Board has only
five members and a relatively small
staff. We believe it is a waste of scarce
resources and very inefficient for a
provider to first raise a clearly allowable
cost in an appeal to the Board when the
contractor could have reviewed and
finally determined payment for such an
allowable cost in the NPR, if the
provider had simply made a timely cost
report claim for full payment of the
allowable cost. As indicated by the very
name of the Provider Reimbursement
Review Board, it is a ‘‘Review Board’’ or
administrative appeals tribunal, not the
Medicare program’s front line auditors
charged with making the initial
determination of program
reimbursement for such allowable costs.
Second, there are also sound policy
reasons for proposing, under a new
paragraph (j) in § 413.24, that a provider
must self-disallow a specific item if it is
seeking payment that it believes may
not comport with Medicare policy (for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
example, because the provider believes
the contractor does not have the
discretion to make the payment sought
by the provider), by following the
applicable procedures for filing a cost
report under protest (procedures that, as
explained above, are now contained in
section 115 of the PRM, Part 2 and
would be set forth in proposed
paragraph (j)(2) of § 413.24). When a
provider self-disallows an item by
accounting for it appropriately in the
‘‘protested amount’’ line of the cost
report (instead of claiming payment for
the item), the contractor has an
opportunity to correct any
misconceptions that the provider may
have had about the item. For example,
the contractor could determine, contrary
to the provider’s apparent
understanding in self-disallowing a
specific item, that the item in question
is actually an allowable cost that is
reimbursable in accordance with
program policy. Another example: the
contractor might determine, despite the
provider’s understanding of Medicare
policy and its concomitant selfdisallowance, that program policy has
changed and the item is now an
allowable cost or a new payment policy
now applies that permits the payment
methodology used by the provider in
support of its self-disallowance of the
item (for example, 75 FR 50042; 50275
through 50286 (August 16, 2010)
(discussing CMS Ruling 1498–R, which
revised Medicare disproportionate share
hospital (DSH) payment policy in
response to adverse judicial precedent,
and made such revisions applicable to
open cost reports and certain pending
administrative appeals). In such cases,
the contractor’s deep expertise and
experience and its resources can be
brought to bear in reviewing selfdisallowed items, making any necessary
corrections, and finally allowing
payment for corrected items in the NPR.
Indeed, these kinds of contractor actions
comport with section 1874A(a)(4) of the
Act and § 413.20(b) of the regulations,
which require the contractors to furnish
providers with consultative services,
education, training, information and
instructions, and technical assistance
regarding the interpretation and
application of payment principles and
other program policies; be available to
address provider questions and
problems on a daily basis; and facilitate
communication between the agency and
providers. Accordingly, we believe our
proposed addition of a self-disallowance
requirement to the cost reporting
regulations will facilitate exhaustion of
administrative remedies through the
contractor’s review and final settlement
PO 00000
Frm 00235
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28211
of the provider’s cost report, and when
the contractor corrects errors in a
provider’s self-disallowance, the
erstwhile need to appeal to the Board or
request reopening could be obviated (we
refer readers to Little Co. of Mary Hosp.
v. Shalala, 165 F.3d 1162, 1165 (7th Cir.
1999) (the Secretary’s requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for an item
ensures that the contractor will have the
‘‘first shot’’ at determining any
reimbursement for the item, before any
appeal to the Board need be filed).
By requiring the self-disallowance of
items that providers believe may not
comport with Medicare policy,
proposed § 413.24(j) would also
contribute importantly to other aspects
of program administration. For example,
this proposal would facilitate provider
compliance with the existing
requirements in § 413.24(f) that each
provider submit a complete, accurate,
and timely cost report, and that the
provider’s administrator or chief
financial officer certify that the
submitted cost report is complete and
accurate. Our proposed selfdisallowance requirement would also
enhance CMS’ ability to accurately
estimate the program’s potential
liabilities (for example, for purposes of
the agency’s preparation of required
financial statements). Similarly, this
proposal would improve the
contractors’ ability to establish audit
and other workload priorities. The
proposed addition of a self-disallowance
requirement (for items that providers
believe may not comport with Medicare
policy) to the cost reporting regulations
would also enable us to better monitor
Medicare policy and potentially adjust
our policies in response to a pattern of
provider self-disallowances of a given
item. Indeed, the importance of
requiring complete and accurate cost
report information is highlighted by the
fact that we use cost report data for a
wide variety of purposes such as setting
and refining prospective payment rates;
establishing hospital market basket
weights; calculating Medicare and total
facility margins; determining payment
for graduate medical education (GME)
and indirect medical education (IME);
creating projections for the President’s
annual budget and for the annual
Medicare Trustees Report; for various
research projects; and for responding to
requests from the public, the Congress,
the Executive Office of Management and
Budget (EOMB), and other parts of the
Administration.
Third, we believe there also are sound
reasons for our proposal that, under a
new § 413.24(j), if a provider fails to
account appropriately for an item in its
cost report (by making a full claim for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28212
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
payment for the item or self-disallowing
the item if the provider believes a
payment claim would not comport with
Medicare policy), the NPR issued by the
contractor may not include payment for
the item and payment also may not be
permitted in any decision, order, or
other action by a reviewing entity (as
defined in § 405.1801(a)) in an
administrative appeal filed by the
provider. Under existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3),
the consequence of not making an
appropriate cost report claim for an item
is that the Board would not have
jurisdiction over the provider’s appeal
of the item. (Similarly, under
§§ 405.1811(a)(1) and 405.1814(b)(3),
the contractor hearing officers would
lack jurisdiction for an item if the
provider did not make an appropriate
cost report claim for the item.) As
explained below, however, we are
proposing to eliminate the jurisdictional
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim in existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3) for
Board appeals (and the corresponding
jurisdictional requirement in
§§ 405.1811(a)(1) and 405.1814(b)(3) for
contractor hearing officer appeals),
because we believe it is a requirement
more appropriately placed in the cost
reporting regulations. Given that our
longstanding policy of requiring an
appropriate cost report claim for an item
would be added to the cost reporting
regulations, in proposed paragraph (j) of
§ 413.24, this provision is a natural
place to spell out the consequences of
not abiding by this cost reporting
requirement. In this regard, we note that
the proposed addition of a new
paragraph (j) to § 413.24 is like the
existing paragraph (e) in § 413.20, which
provides for the suspension of Medicare
payments if a provider fails to maintain
the records necessary for proper
determination of Medicare
reimbursement. Similarly, if a provider
fails to include an appropriate claim for
an item in its cost report, the NPR
issued by the contractor will not include
payment for the item and payment also
will not be permitted in any decision,
order, or other action by a reviewing
entity (as defined in § 405.1801(a)) in an
administrative appeal filed by the
provider.
2. Proposed Revisions to the Provider
Reimbursement Appeal Regulations
a. Elimination of the Jurisdictional
Requirement of an Appropriate Cost
Report Claim
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to eliminate the requirement
in existing §§ 405.1835(a)(1) and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
405.1840(b)(3) of the regulations that a
provider must include an appropriate
claim for an item in its cost report in
order to meet the dissatisfaction
requirement for Board jurisdiction. We
believe there is a sound basis in law and
policy for this proposal. Our proposal to
eliminate an appropriate cost report
claim as a requirement for Board
jurisdiction is well within the
Secretary’s general rulemaking authority
under sections 1102 and 1871 of the
Act. Moreover, this specific proposal is
a reasonable interpretation of the
‘‘dissatisfied’’ provision in section
1878(a)(1)(A) of the Act. In our view,
this statutory provision is ambiguous
and the interpretation in the existing
appeal regulations, which requires
providers to make appropriate cost
report claims in order to meet the
dissatisfaction prerequisite of Board
jurisdiction with respect to a specific
item, is a permissible interpretation of
the statute. As described above,
however, providers have challenged our
interpretation of the statutory
dissatisfaction provision in litigation
spanning more than 30 years, and in
public comments on current
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3) of
the regulations which were adopted in
the FY 2008 IPPS final rule (73 FR
30195 through 30200; CMS’ response to
public comments on the current Board
appeals regulations that are based on
our interpretation of the statutory
dissatisfaction provision). Providers
have maintained throughout this
litigation and in the referenced public
comments that the statutory
dissatisfaction provision does not
support our policy of requiring an
appropriate cost report claim as a
prerequisite of Board jurisdiction. We
continue to disagree with this view of
the statute, and still believe that the
existing Board appeals regulations are
based on a permissible interpretation of
the statutory dissatisfaction provision.
As explained above, existing
§ 405.1835(a)(1) comports with the
Supreme Court’s statement that the
statutory dissatisfaction requirement
might not be met if a provider bypassed
a clearly prescribed exhaustion
requirement or failed to ask the
contractor for payment of all costs to
which it is entitled under applicable
rules (Bethesda Hosp., 485 U.S. at 404–
05). Furthermore, the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Seventh Circuit has
twice sustained our interpretation of the
statutory dissatisfaction provision, on
the basis of the forgoing statements by
the Supreme Court (Little Co. of Mary,
165 F.3d 1162; Little Co. of Mary, 24
F.3d 984). Nonetheless, we believe our
PO 00000
Frm 00236
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposal, to eliminate § 405.1835(a)(1)’s
jurisdictional requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim certainly
does not conflict with the ‘‘dissatisfied’’
provision in section 1878(a)(1)(A) of the
Act.
This particular proposal is supported
by section 1878(a)(1)(B) of the Act,
which authorizes certain Board appeals
if the provider does not receive a final
contractor determination on a timely
basis. (Section 405.1835(a)(3)(ii) of the
regulations specifies the time period
and other conditions for Board appeals
where the provider does not receive a
final contractor determination on a
timely basis.) Section 1878(a)(1)(B) of
the Act does not include an express
dissatisfaction provision. Thus, our
proposal, to eliminate existing
§ 405.1835(a)(1)’s dissatisfaction
jurisdictional requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim, would
result in Board appeals regulations that
more closely track the express terms of
section 1878(a)(1)(B) of the Act.
In addition to the sufficient statutory
authority for our proposed elimination
of an appropriate cost report claim as a
requirement for Board jurisdiction, there
are sound policy reasons for this
proposal. As explained above, we
believe that, by requiring appropriate
cost report claims in proposed
§ 413.24(j), complete and accurate
determinations of provider
reimbursement will be facilitated as will
the many other important aspects of
program administration. Thus, because
we would require an appropriate cost
report claim in proposed § 413.24(j), it
is reasonable to eliminate the Board
jurisdiction requirement in existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3) of
an appropriate cost report claim. We
note that once this amendment to the
Board appeals regulations becomes
effective, this proposal will facilitate an
orderly end to any litigation regarding
the Board jurisdiction requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim.
As explained above, our proposed
revisions to the cost reporting
regulations and the provider appeals
regulations would apply on a
prospective-only basis, to provider cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
the effective date of the final IPPS
annual update rule. Until these
proposed regulations take effect,
however, the requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim in
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3) of
the regulations will continue to be a
requirement for Board jurisdiction.
Thus, until these proposed regulations
become effective, the Board and the
Administrator of CMS will continue to
determine Board jurisdiction by
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
reference to the appropriate cost report
claim requirements of §§ 405.1835(a)(1)
and 405.1840(b)(3), along with other
applicable jurisdictional provisions of
section 1878 of the Act and §§ 405.1835
and 405.1840 of the regulations. We
believe that, because it is essential to
require appropriate cost report claims
for the various reasons that we
discussed above, it is necessary and
proper to continue to require an
appropriate cost report claim as a
prerequisite of Board jurisdiction under
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3)
until the proposed addition to the cost
reporting regulations, of the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim, takes
effect.
b. Proposed Addition of § 405.1873
Regarding Board Review of Compliance
with Cost Report Claim Requirements in
Proposed § 413.24(j)
We are proposing to add a new
§ 405.1873 to the Board appeal
regulations, which will address how the
Board should proceed when any party
to an appeal questions whether a
provider made an appropriate cost
report claim (as required by proposed
§ 413.24(j)) for a specific item under
appeal. We believe this new regulation
is necessary to forestall potential
confusion about how the substantive
reimbursement requirement in proposed
§ 413.24(j) of an appropriate cost report
claim for a specific item will pertain to
Board appeals of the same item.
Under paragraph (b)(1) of proposed
new § 405.1873, the Board will consider
timely submitted factual evidence and
legal argument on, and then prepare
written specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law regarding, the
question of whether the provider’s cost
report complied with proposed
§ 413.24(j). The Board will give these
written specific factual findings and
legal conclusions to each party to the
appeal, and they must be included in
the record of administrative proceedings
for the appeal. Paragraph (b)(2) of
proposed § 405.1873 provides that,
upon giving the parties to the appeal the
Board’s written factual findings and
legal conclusions on the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate cost claim for
the specific item under appeal, the
Board then must proceed to issue one of
four types of overall decisions with
respect to such item. As discussed
below, paragraph (d) of proposed
§ 405.1873 provides that, if the Board
issues either of two types of overall
Board decisions regarding the specific
item under appeal (that is, a hearing
decision or an expedited judicial review
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(EJR) decision where EJR is granted), the
Board’s written specific factual findings
and legal conclusions (reached under
proposed § 405.1873(b)) about whether
there was an appropriate cost report
claim for the item, must be included in
such overall Board decision regarding
the specific item, along with the other
matters that are already required for a
Board hearing decision or a Board EJR
decision where EJR is granted. However,
under paragraph (e) of proposed
§ 405.1873, if the Board issues either of
two other types of overall Board
decisions regarding the specific item
under appeal (that is, a jurisdictional
dismissal decision or an EJR decision
where EJR is denied), the Board’s
written specific factual findings and
legal conclusions (pursuant to proposed
§ 405.1873(b)) must not be included in
the overall Board decision regarding the
specific item. In any event, the Board’s
factual findings and legal conclusions
about whether there was an appropriate
cost report claim for the item must be
included in the record of administrative
proceedings for the appeal in
accordance with § 405.1865 of the
regulations.
We believe that, in order to ensure
full and appropriate implementation of
both the addition of the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim (in
proposed § 413.24(j)) and the
elimination of the Board jurisdiction
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim (in existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3)), it
is necessary to foreclose certain types of
Board decisions, orders, and other
actions. Accordingly, in order to give
full force and effect to our proposed
elimination of the Board jurisdiction
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim, paragraph (c)(1) of new
§ 405.1873 would prohibit a denial of
jurisdiction, a declination to exercise
jurisdiction, the imposition of a
sanction, and various other actions by
the Board, if any such jurisdictional
decision, order, sanction, or other
specified action is based on (in whole or
in part) the Board’s determination that
the provider’s cost report did not meet
proposed § 413.24(j)’s substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item.
In some cases, the Board jurisdiction
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim has been addressed in
different but related terms. For example,
Board jurisdiction has been denied
based on the absence, in the final
contractor determination or Secretary
determination under appeal, of an
adjustment, revision, correction, or
PO 00000
Frm 00237
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28213
other change to the specific item under
appeal. Another example: Board
jurisdiction has also been denied due to
the lack of a particular determination by
the contractor or the Secretary regarding
the specific item under appeal, in the
final contractor determination or
Secretary determination under appeal.
We believe that, in order to give full
force and effect to the proposed
elimination of the Board jurisdiction
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim, it is also necessary to
address related terms such as the
absence of specific adjustments and the
lack of particular determinations
regarding the specific item under
appeal. Accordingly, paragraph (c)(2) of
proposed new § 405.1873 would
prohibit a denial of jurisdiction, a
declination to exercise jurisdiction, the
imposition of a sanction, and various
other actions by the Board, if any such
jurisdictional decision, sanction, or
other specified action is based on (in
whole or in part) the absence, in the
final contractor determination or
Secretary determination under appeal,
of an adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item in
the final contractor determination or
Secretary determination under appeal.
However, paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) of
proposed new § 405.1873 would
provide for an important exception: if
the provider’s appeal of the specific
item is based on the reopening of such
item (pursuant to § 405.1885 of the
regulations) where the specific item is
not revised, adjusted, corrected, or
otherwise changed in a revised final
contractor determination or Secretary
determination, the Board must deny
jurisdiction over the specific item under
appeal (as prescribed in §§ 405.1887(d)
and 405.1889(b) of the regulations). The
reopening regulations are an exercise of
the Secretary’s general rulemaking
authority under sections 1102 and 1872
of the Act, and this exception (in
proposed § 405.1873(c)(2)(i)(A)) is
necessary to ensure consistency with
the above-referenced reopening
regulations, our longstanding ‘‘issue
specific’’ interpretation of the reopening
regulations, and the interests of
administrative finality and efficiency
(we refer readers, for example, to HCA
Health Servs. of Okla. v. Shalala, 27
F.3d 614 (D.C. Cir. 1994) (the reopening
regulations are based on the Secretary’s
general rulemaking authority, and the
issue specific interpretation of the
reopening rules is reasonable and
supportive of administrative finality).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28214
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Under paragraph (d) of proposed
§ 405.1873, there are two types of Board
decisions that must include any specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
by the Board (reached under paragraph
(b) of proposed § 405.1873), on the
question of whether the provider’s cost
report included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal. First,
paragraph (d)(1) of proposed § 405.1873
provides that, if the Board issues a
hearing decision on the specific item
under appeal (pursuant to § 405.1871 of
the regulations), the Board’s specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
about whether there was an appropriate
cost report claim for the specific item,
must be included in such a hearing
decision along with the other matters
prescribed in existing § 405.1871(a). A
Board hearing decision addresses
whether the provider has established
that it should receive relief on the
matter at issue (as specified in
§ 405.1871(a)(3)). Under proposed
§ 413.24(j), the requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim is a
substantive prerequisite of any payment
for the specific item, which applies in
addition to other payment requirements
for the particular item (for example, the
specific requirements for payment of
interest expense under § 413.153 of the
regulations). We believe that, because a
Board hearing decision addresses
whether the provider has established
that it meets the substantive
requirements for payment of the item
under appeal whereas an appropriate
cost report claim is a substantive
prerequisite of any payment for the
specific item (under proposed
§ 413.24(j)), any factual findings and
legal conclusions about whether there
was an appropriate cost report claim
should be included in any hearing
decision that might be issued by the
Board regarding the specific item. In
addition, we note that if the Board elects
to issue a hearing decision that also
includes factual findings and legal
conclusions about whether the other
payment requirements for the specific
item were satisfied (in addition to the
Board’s findings and conclusions about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the item), such a
hearing decision (addressing all the
substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item) will
safeguard against piecemeal proceedings
before the Board and potentially before
the Administrator of CMS and a Federal
court. However, paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of
proposed § 405.1873 provides that, if
the Board determines that the provider’s
cost report did not include an
appropriate claim for the specific item
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
under appeal, the Board has discretion
whether or not to address in its hearing
decision whether the other substantive
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are also satisfied.
Second, paragraph (d)(2) of proposed
§ 405.1873 provides that, if the Board
issues an expedited judicial review
(EJR) decision where EJR is granted
regarding the specific item under appeal
(pursuant to § 405.1842(f)(1) of the
regulations), any specific findings of fact
and conclusions of law by the Board
(reached under paragraph (b) of
proposed § 405.1873) about whether
there was an appropriate cost report
claim for the specific item, must be
included in such an EJR decision.
Section 1878(f)(1) of the Act and
§ 405.1842 of the regulations authorize
EJR if the requirements for Board
jurisdiction over a specific item are
satisfied, and the Board determines that
it lacks the authority to decide a legal
question that is relevant to the specific
item under appeal. The Administrator of
CMS may review the Board’s
determination as to whether there is
Board jurisdiction over the specific
item, but the Administrator may not
review the Board’s determination as to
whether it has the authority to decide a
relevant legal question. We believe that
paragraph (d)(2) of proposed § 405.1873
will also safeguard against piecemeal
proceedings before the Board, the
Administrator of CMS, and a Federal
court. By requiring a Board EJR decision
that grants EJR to include any factual
findings and legal conclusions (reached
under proposed § 405.1873(b)) about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item under
appeal, along with the Board’s
determinations that the two
requirements for EJR were satisfied (that
is, a finding of Board jurisdiction plus
the Board’s determination that it lacks
the authority to decide a legal question
relevant to the specific item under
appeal), piecemeal proceedings would
be minimized or eliminated because the
Board EJR decision will encompass both
the question of whether there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item and the relevant legal
question for which EJR was granted (and
for which the Board determined that it
has no authority to decide such legal
question). Piecemeal proceedings before
the Administrator of CMS would also be
minimized or eliminated because, under
proposed § 405.1875(a)(2)(v) (which we
discuss separately below), if the
Administrator reviews and issues an EJR
decision on the question of whether
there is Board jurisdiction over the
specific item under appeal, the
PO 00000
Frm 00238
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Administrator will also review, and any
decision will address, the Board’s
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law about whether there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item. In turn, our proposal to
require an EJR decision that grants EJR
to include any specific factual findings
and legal conclusions under proposed
§ 405.1873(b) would ensure that when a
Federal court exercises its EJR authority
under section 1878(f)(1) of the Act and
§ 405.1842 of the regulations by
reviewing a relevant legal question (for
which the Board determined it has no
decisional authority), the court’s review
can also potentially encompass the final
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law by the Board or the
Administrator, as applicable, about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item. If it
is determined, in a final EJR decision
that grants EJR, that there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item under appeal, the court
may have no occasion to review the
final specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law on the question of
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item.
However, if it is instead determined, in
a final EJR decision that grants EJR, that
the provider’s cost report did not
include an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal, the court
can potentially review in one
proceeding the final specific findings of
fact and conclusions of law about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item, along
with the relevant legal question for
which EJR was granted (and for which
the Board determined that it has no
authority to decide such legal question).
However, paragraph (e) of proposed
new § 405.1873 would provide that
there are two other types of Board
decisions that must not include any
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law by the Board (reached under
proposed § 405.1873(b)), on the question
of whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal. On the one
hand, paragraph (e)(1) of proposed new
§ 405.1873 would provide that if the
Board issues a jurisdictional dismissal
decision on the specific item under
appeal (pursuant to § 405.1840(c)), the
Board’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law about whether there
was an appropriate cost report claim for
the specific item must not be included
in such a jurisdictional dismissal
decision. When the Board issues a
jurisdictional dismissal decision on a
specific item under appeal, the Board’s
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
denial of jurisdiction obviates any need
to address the question of whether the
substantive reimbursement
requirements that are specific to the
particular item (for example, the
specific requirements for payment for
certain depreciation under § 413.134)
are satisfied. Because the requirement of
an appropriate cost report claim for each
specific item is also a substantive
prerequisite of any payment for the
specific item (as prescribed in proposed
§ 413.24(j)), a denial of jurisdiction over
the specific item also obviates any need
to address the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim in the
Board’s jurisdictional dismissal
decision.
Similarly, under paragraph (e)(2) of
proposed new § 405.1873, if the Board
issues an EJR decision where EJR is
denied on the specific item under
appeal (pursuant to § 405.1842(f)(2)), the
Board’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law (reached under
paragraph (b) of proposed new
§ 405.1873) about whether there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item, must not be included in
such an EJR decision. If EJR is denied
solely because the Board determines
that it does have the authority to decide
the legal question relevant to the
specific item under appeal, the Board
would conduct further proceedings and
issue another decision (as specified in
§ 405.1842(h)(2)(i)). If such further
decision is a hearing decision, under
proposed § 405.1873(d)(1), the Board’s
factual findings and legal conclusions
(under proposed § 405.1873(b)) about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim must be included in the
Board’s hearing decision; if the Board
elects to also include in the hearing
decision its factual findings and legal
conclusions about whether the other
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are satisfied, piecemeal
proceedings before the Board and
potentially before the Administrator of
CMS and a Federal court would be
minimized or eliminated. However, if
EJR is denied because the Board lacked
jurisdiction over the specific item under
appeal, the Board’s factual findings and
legal conclusions about whether there
was an appropriate cost report claim
must not be included in such an EJR
decision; as explained above regarding
Board jurisdictional dismissal decisions,
the denial of Board jurisdiction in such
an EJR decision obviates the need to
address the substantive reimbursement
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim, just as there is no need to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
consider other payment requirements
for the particular item under appeal.
Paragraph (f) of proposed new
§ 405.1873 addresses the various effects
of the Board’s factual findings and legal
conclusions (reached under paragraph
(b) of proposed § 405.1873) regarding
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim in the two types of Board
decisions where such factual findings
and legal conclusions must be included:
Board hearing decisions, and Board EJR
decisions where EJR is granted. An
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item is a necessary, but not
sufficient, condition for Medicare
payment for the specific item. This is
because the requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim for each
specific item is a substantive
prerequisite of any payment for the
specific item (as prescribed in proposed
§ 413.24(j)), but all other payment
requirements (for example, the
particular requirements for payment for
certain bad debts under § 413.89) also
must be satisfied. Accordingly, under
paragraph (f)(1) of proposed new
§ 405.1873, if the Board determines, as
part of a final hearing decision, that the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal (as prescribed in
§ 413.24(j)), payment for the specific
item is made in accordance with
Medicare policy, but only if the Board
further determines in such hearing
decision that all the other substantive
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are also satisfied.
Conversely, if the Board determines, in
a final hearing decision, that the cost
report lacked an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal, payment
for the specific item is not made,
regardless of whether the Board further
determines in such hearing decision
that the other substantive
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are satisfied.
Similarly, paragraph (f)(2) of proposed
new § 405.1873 provides that, if the
Board or the Administrator of CMS (as
applicable) determines, as part of a final
EJR decision where EJR is granted, the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal (as prescribed in
§ 413.24(j)), payment for the specific
item is made in accordance with
Medicare policy, but only to the extent
permitted by the final decision of a
Federal court pursuant to the EJR
provisions of section 1878(f)(1) of the
Act (see also §§ 405.1842 and 405.1877)
regarding the legal question that is
relevant to the specific item (but for
which the Board determined it has no
decisional authority). By contrast, if the
PO 00000
Frm 00239
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28215
Board or the Administrator of CMS (as
applicable) determines, in a final EJR
decision where EJR is granted, that the
cost report lacked an appropriate claim
for the specific item under appeal,
payment for the specific item is not
made unless: (i) The specific factual
findings and legal conclusions by the
Board or the Administrator of CMS, as
applicable, about whether there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item are reversed or modified
by the final decision of a Federal court
(pursuant to section 1878(f)(1) of the Act
and § 405.1877 of the regulations)); and
(ii) only to the extent permitted by the
final decision of a Federal court
pursuant to the EJR provisions of
section 1878(f)(1) of the Act (see also
§§ 405.1842 and 405.1877 of the
regulations) regarding the legal question
that is relevant to the specific item (but
for which the Board determined it has
no decisional authority).
c. Related Proposed Revisions to
§ 405.1875 Regarding Administrator
Review
We are proposing two revisions to
§ 405.1875 of the regulations, which
provides for review by the
Administrator of CMS of certain Board
decisions, orders, and other actions. We
believe these revisions will facilitate the
full and appropriate implementation of
our proposals (discussed above) to add
the substantive reimbursement
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim (in proposed § 413.24(j)),
eliminate the Board jurisdiction
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim (in existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3)),
and to add specific procedures for Board
review of questions about compliance
with the substantive reimbursement
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim (in proposed new
§ 405.1873).
First, under existing § 405.1875(a)(2)
of the regulations, the Administrator
may review a Board hearing decision, a
Board dismissal decision, the Board’s
jurisdictional determination in an EJR
decision (but not the Board’s
determination, in an EJR decision, of
whether it has the authority to decide a
relevant legal question), and any other
Board decision or action deemed to be
final by the Administrator. We are
proposing to add a new paragraph
(a)(2)(v) to § 405.1875, which would
provide that if the Administrator
reviews a Board hearing decision, or the
jurisdictional component of a Board EJR
decision where EJR is granted, regarding
a specific item, the Administrator’s
review of such a hearing decision or
such an EJR decision, as applicable, will
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28216
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
include, and any decision issued by the
Administrator under § 405.1875(e) of
the regulations will address, the Board’s
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law in such hearing decision or EJR
decision (as prescribed in proposed
§ 405.1873(b) and (d)) on the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j)). We believe
this proposed revision to
§ 405.1875(a)(2) is an important
additional safeguard against piecemeal
administrative appeal proceedings and
potentially before a Federal court. As
explained above with respect to
proposed § 405.1873(d)(1), if the Board
elects to issue a hearing decision that
also includes factual findings and legal
conclusions about whether the other
payment requirements for the specific
item were satisfied (in addition to the
Board’s findings and conclusions about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the item), all of the
payment requirements for the specific
item will be presented in one Board
hearing decision for purposes of any
review by the Administrator under
proposed § 405.1875(a)(2)(v) and a
Federal court. Moreover, for the specific
reasons set forth above regarding
proposed § 405.1873(d)(2), our proposal
to require that the Board’s factual
findings and legal conclusions about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the item be included in
an EJR decision where EJR is granted
will also minimize or eliminate
piecemeal proceedings before the Board
and, given the proposed addition of
§ 405.1875(a)(2)(v), before the
Administrator of CMS and a Federal
court.
Second, existing § 405.1875(a)
requires the Board to promptly send
copies of hearing decisions and EJR
decisions to the Office of the Attorney
Advisor. Although the Board often
(perhaps typically) sends copies of
dismissal decisions to the Office of the
Attorney Advisor, the Board is not
required to so. We are proposing to
amend the last sentence of paragraph (a)
of § 405.1875 by requiring the Board to
promptly send copies of dismissal
decisions to the Office of the Attorney
Advisor. This revision will facilitate the
Administrator’s exercise of her
discretion under § 405.1875(a)(2)(ii) as
to whether to review specific Board
dismissal decisions. Also, given our
proposals to eliminate the Board
jurisdiction requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim (in
existing §§ 405.1835(a)(1) and
405.1840(b)(3)) and to add procedures
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
for Board review of compliance with the
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim (in
proposed § 405.1873)), our further
proposal to require the Board to
promptly send copies of dismissal
decisions to the Office of the Attorney
Advisor will enhance the
Administrator’s ability to ensure full
and appropriate implementation of our
proposed revisions to the Board appeal
regulations.
C. Proposed Conforming Changes to the
Board Appeal Regulations and
Corresponding Revisions to the
Contractor Hearing Regulations
We are proposing technical revisions
to several other Board appeal
regulations. We believe these other
technical revisions are necessary and
appropriate to maintain consistency
with our principal proposals (discussed
above) to add the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim (in
proposed § 413.24(j)); eliminate the
Board jurisdiction requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim (in
existing §§ 405.1835(a)(1) and
405.1840(b)(3)); and add procedures for
Board review of compliance with the
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim (in
proposed § 405.1873)). Finally, we are
proposing similar revisions to the
existing regulations for appeals to the
contractor hearing officers. Specifically,
we are proposing to eliminate an
appropriate cost report claim as a
jurisdictional requirement for contractor
hearing officer appeals (in existing
§§ 405.1811(a)(1) and 405.1814(b)(3));
add a new § 405.1832 that (like new
§ 405.1873 for Board appeals) will detail
the procedures for contractor hearing
officer review of compliance with the
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim (as
prescribed in proposed § 413.24(j)).
These proposed revisions to the existing
regulations for appeals to the contractor
hearing officers comport with our usual
practice of adopting similar regulations
for both Board appeals and for
contractor hearing officer appeals unless
there is a sufficient reason to do
otherwise.
1. Technical Corrections and
Conforming Changes to §§ 405.1801 and
405.1803
We are proposing to revise the
definition of ‘‘intermediary
determination’’ in § 405.1801(a) to
clarify that the determination is final as
set forth in 1878(a) of the Act and to
reflect the conforming technical
correction to ‘‘contractor
PO 00000
Frm 00240
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
determination’’. We are proposing to
revise § 405.1801(b) to more
appropriately refer to § 413.24 generally
(following the proposed addition of
paragraph (j) to § 413.24). We are
proposing to revise § 405.1803 to refer to
the final contractor (instead of
intermediary) determination as set forth
in § 405.1801 and to appropriately
cross-reference the proposed newly
revised § 405.1835(a).
2. Technical Corrections and
Conforming Changes to §§ 405.1811,
405.1813, and 405.1814
As we are proposing to eliminate the
jurisdictional requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim in existing
§§ 405.1835(a)(1) and 405.1840(b)(3) for
Board appeals, we are similarly
proposing to eliminate the
corresponding jurisdictional
requirement in §§ 405.1811(a)(1) and
405.1814(b)(3) for contractor hearing
officer appeals. Specifically, we are
proposing to eliminate an appropriate
cost report claim as a jurisdictional
requirement for contractor hearing
officer appeals. In addition, we are
proposing to revise § 405.1813 to add an
appropriate cross-reference to
§ 405.1811, pursuant to the proposed
technical correction in § 405.1811. We
are proposing technical corrections to
§§ 405.1836 and 405.1837 in
conformance with the proposed revision
to § 405.1835(a)(1) to eliminate the
reference to the jurisdictional
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim.
3. Proposed New § 405.1832
We are proposing to add new
§ 405.1832 which will detail the
procedures for contractor hearing officer
review of compliance with the
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim (as
prescribed in proposed § 413.24(j)) in
appeals first filed with contractor
hearing officers.
4. Proposed Revisions to § 405.1834
We are proposing to amend
§ 405.1834, which provides for review
of contractor hearing officer decisions
by the CMS reviewing official, by
adding a new paragraph (b)(2)(iii).
Under proposed § 405.1834(b)(2)(iii),
the CMS reviewing official will review,
and address in any decision, the specific
factual findings and legal conclusions of
contractor hearing officers regarding
compliance with the substantive
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim (as prescribed in proposed
§ 413.24(j)), as part of the CMS
reviewing official’s review of a
contractor hearing decision.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
5. Technical Corrections and
Conforming Changes to §§ 405.1836,
405.1837, and 405.1839
We are proposing technical and
conforming changes to §§ 405.1836,
405.1837, and 405.1839 to comport and
maintain consistency with the principal
proposed regulation changes discussed
above.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6. Technical Corrections to 42 CFR Part
405, Subpart R and All Subparts of 42
CFR part 413
We are proposing to conform the
terminology in 42 CFR part 405 Subpart
R and all subparts of 42 CFR part 413
by replacing the term ‘‘intermediary’’
and its various deviations to
‘‘contractor’’, and its various deviations,
pursuant to sections 1816, 1874A, and
1878 of the Act.
IX. Proposed Quality Data Reporting
Requirements for Specific Providers
and Suppliers
We seek to promote higher quality
and more efficient health care for
Medicare beneficiaries. This effort is
supported by the adoption of widely
agreed-upon quality measures. We have
worked with relevant stakeholders to
define quality measures for most
settings and to measure various aspects
of care for most Medicare beneficiaries.
These measures assess structural aspects
of care, clinical processes, patient
experiences with care, and,
increasingly, outcomes.
We have implemented quality
reporting programs for multiple care
settings, including:
• Hospital inpatient services under
the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
(IQR) Program (formerly referred to as
the Reporting Hospital Quality Data for
Annual Payment Update (RHQDAPU)
Program);
• Hospital outpatient services under
the Hospital Outpatient Quality
Reporting (OQR) Program (formerly
referred to as the Hospital Outpatient
Quality Data Reporting Program (HOP
QDRP));
• Care furnished by physicians and
other eligible professionals under the
Physician Quality Reporting System
(PQRS, formerly referred to as the
Physician Quality Reporting Program
Initiative (PQRI));
• Inpatient rehabilitation facilities
under the Inpatient Rehabilitation
Facility Quality Reporting Program (IRF
QRP);
• Long-term care hospitals under the
Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program;
• PPS-exempt cancer hospitals under
the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital
Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
• Ambulatory surgical centers under
the Ambulatory Surgical Center Quality
Reporting (ASCQR) Program;
• Inpatient psychiatric facilities
under the Inpatient Psychiatric
Facilities Quality Reporting (IPFQR)
Program;
• Home health agencies under the
home health quality reporting program
(HH QRP); and,
• Hospice facilities under the Hospice
Quality Reporting Program.
We have also implemented the EndStage Renal Disease Quality Incentive
Program and Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing Program (described further
below) that link payment to
performance.
In implementing the Hospital IQR
Program and other quality reporting
programs, we have focused on measures
that have high impact and support CMS
and HHS priorities for improved quality
and efficiency of care for Medicare
beneficiaries. Our goal for the future is
to align the clinical quality measure
requirements of the Hospital IQR
Program with various other Medicare
and Medicaid programs, including those
authorized by the Health Information
Technology for Economic and Clinical
Health (HITECH) Act, so that the
reporting burden on providers will be
reduced. As appropriate, we will
consider the adoption of clinical quality
measures with electronic specifications
so that the electronic collection of
performance information is part of care
delivery. Establishing such a system
will require interoperability between
EHRs and CMS data collection systems,
additional infrastructural development
on the part of hospitals and CMS, and
adoption of standards for capturing,
formatting, and transmitting the data
elements that make up the measures.
However, once these activities are
accomplished, adoption of many
measures that rely on data obtained
directly from EHRs will enable us to
expand the Hospital IQR Program
measure set with less cost and reporting
burden to hospitals. We believe that in
the near future, collection and reporting
of data elements for many measures
through EHRs will greatly simplify and
streamline reporting for various CMS
quality reporting programs, and that
hospitals will be able to switch
primarily to EHR-based data reporting
for many measures that are currently
manually chart-abstracted and
submitted to CMS for the Hospital IQR
Program.
We also have implemented a Hospital
Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
under section 1886(o) of the Act. In
2011, we issued the Hospital Inpatient
VBP Program final rule (76 FR 26490
PO 00000
Frm 00241
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28217
through 26547). We most recently
adopted additional policies for the
Hospital VBP Program in section XIV. of
the CY 2014 OPPS/ASC final rule with
comment period (78 FR 75120 through
75121). We are proposing additional
policies for this program in section IV.I.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Under the Hospital VBP Program,
hospitals will receive value-based
incentive payments based on their
quality performance with respect to
performance standards for a
performance period for the fiscal year
involved. The measures under the
Hospital VBP Program must be selected
from the measures (other than
readmission measures) specified under
the Hospital IQR Program as required by
section 1886(o)(2)(A) of the Act.
In selecting measures for the Hospital
IQR Program, we are mindful of the
conceptual framework we have
described for the Hospital VBP Program.
The Hospital IQR Program is linked
with the Hospital VBP Program because
many of the measures and the reporting
infrastructure for the programs overlap.
We view the Hospital VBP Program as
the next step in promoting higher
quality care for Medicare beneficiaries
by transforming Medicare from a
passive payer of claims into an active
purchaser of quality healthcare for its
beneficiaries. Value-based purchasing is
an important step to revamping how
care and services are paid for, moving
increasingly toward rewarding better
value, outcomes, and innovations
instead of merely volume.
We also view the Hospital-Acquired
Condition (HAC) payment adjustment
program authorized by section 1886(p)
of the Act, as added by section 3008 of
the Affordable Care Act, and the
Hospital VBP Program, as related but
separate efforts to reduce HACs. The
Hospital VBP Program is an incentive
program that awards payments to
hospitals based on quality performance
on a wide variety of measures, while the
HAC Reduction Program creates a
payment adjustment resulting in
payment reductions for the lowest
performing hospitals based on their
rates of HACs. Proposed policies for the
Hospital VBP Program are included in
section IV.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. Proposed policies for the
HAC Reduction Program are included in
section IV.J. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
Although we intend to monitor the
various interactions of programs
authorized by the Affordable Care Act
and their overall impact on providers
and suppliers, we also view programs
that could potentially affect a hospital’s
Medicaid payment as separate from
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28218
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
HCAHPS technical specifications by
updating the HCAHPS Quality
Assurance Guidelines manual annually,
and include detailed instructions on
survey implementation, data collection,
data submission and other relevant
topics. As necessary, HCAHPS Bulletins
are issued to provide notice of changes
and updates to technical specifications
in HCAHPS data collection systems.
Many of the quality measures used in
different Medicare and Medicaid
reporting programs are endorsed by the
National Quality Forum (NQF). As part
of its regular maintenance process for
endorsed performance measures, the
NQF requires measure stewards to
A. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
submit annual measure maintenance
(IQR) Program
updates and undergo maintenance of
1. Background
endorsement review every 3 years. In
the measure maintenance process, the
a. History of the Hospital IQR Program
We refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/ measure steward (owner/developer) is
responsible for updating and
RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
maintaining the currency and relevance
43860 through 43861) and the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50180 of the measure and will confirm existing
or minor specification changes with
through 50181) for detailed discussions
NQF on an annual basis. NQF solicits
of the history of the Hospital IQR
Program, including the statutory history, information from measure stewards for
annual reviews, and it reviews measures
and to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
for continued endorsement in a specific
final rule (78 FR 50789 through 50807)
3-year cycle.
for the measures we have adopted for
The NQF regularly maintains its
the Hospital IQR measure set through
the FY 2016 payment determination and endorsed measures through annual and
triennial reviews, which may result in
subsequent years.
the NQF making updates to the
b. Maintenance of Technical
measures. We believe that it is
Specifications for Quality Measures
important to have in place a
subregulatory process to incorporate
The technical specifications for the
Hospital IQR Program measures, or links nonsubstantive updates made by the
NQF into the measure specifications we
to Web sites hosting technical
have adopted for the Hospital IQR
specifications, are contained in the
Program so that these measures remain
CMS/The Joint Commission (TJC)
up-to-date. We also recognize that some
Specifications Manual for National
changes the NQF might make to its
Hospital Quality Measures
endorsed measures are substantive in
(specifications manual). This
nature and might not be appropriate for
Specifications Manual is posted on the
adoption using a subregulatory process.
QualityNet Web site at https://
Therefore, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
www.qualitynet.org/. We generally
PPS final rule (77 FR 53504 through
update the Specifications Manual on a
53505), we finalized a policy under
semiannual basis and include in the
which we use a subregulatory process to
updates detailed instructions and
make nonsubstantive updates to
calculation algorithms for hospitals to
use when collecting and submitting data measures used for the Hospital IQR
Program. With respect to what
on required measures. These
semiannual updates are accompanied by constitutes substantive versus
nonsubstantive changes, we expect to
notifications to users, providing
make this determination on a case-bysufficient time between the change and
the effective date in order to allow users case basis. Examples of nonsubstantive
changes to measures might include
to incorporate changes and updates to
updated diagnosis or procedure codes,
the specifications into data collection
medication updates for categories of
systems.
medications, broadening of age ranges,
The technical specifications for the
and exclusions for a measure (such as
HCAHPS patient experience of care
the addition of a hospice exclusion to
survey are contained in the current
HCAHPS Quality Assurance Guidelines the 30-day mortality measures). We
believe that nonsubstantive changes
manual, which is available at the
may include updates to NQF-endorsed
HCAHPS On-Line Web site, https://
www.hcahpsonline.org. We maintain the measures based upon changes to
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
programs that could potentially affect a
hospital’s Medicare payment.
In the preamble of this proposed rule,
we are proposing changes to the
following Medicare quality reporting
systems:
• In section IX.A., the Hospital IQR
Program.
• In section IX.B., the PCHQR
Program.
• In section IX.C., the LTCHQR
Program.
In addition, in section IX.D. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing changes to the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00242
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
guidelines upon which the measures are
based.
We will continue to use rulemaking to
adopt substantive updates made to
measures we have adopted for the
Hospital IQR Program. Examples of
changes that we might consider to be
substantive would be those in which the
changes are so significant that the
measure is no longer the same measure,
or when a standard of performance
assessed by a measure becomes more
stringent (for example: Changes in
acceptable timing of medication,
procedure/process, or test
administration). Another example of a
substantive change would be where the
NQF has extended its endorsement of a
previously endorsed measure to a new
setting, such as extending a measure
from the inpatient setting to hospice.
These policies regarding what is
considered substantive versus
nonsubstantive would apply to all
measures in the Hospital IQR Program.
We also note that the NQF process
incorporates an opportunity for public
comment and engagement in the
measure maintenance process.
We believe this policy adequately
balances our need to incorporate
updates to Hospital IQR Program
measures in the most expeditious
manner possible while preserving the
public’s ability to comment on updates
that so fundamentally change an
endorsed measure that it is no longer
the same measure that we originally
adopted.
c. Public Display of Quality Measures
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(VII) of the
Act, as amended by section 3001(a)(2) of
the Affordable Care Act, requires that
the Secretary establish procedures for
making information regarding measures
submitted available to the public after
ensuring that a hospital has the
opportunity to review its data before
they are made public. In this proposed
rule, we are not proposing to change our
current policy of reporting data from the
Hospital IQR Program as soon as it is
feasible on CMS Web sites such as the
Hospital Compare Web site (https://
www.medicare.gov/hospitalcompare)
and/or the interactive https://
data.medicare.gov Web site, after a
preview period.
The Hospital Compare Web site is an
interactive Web tool that assists
beneficiaries by providing information
on hospital quality of care to those who
need to select a hospital. For more
information on measures reported to
Hospital Compare, please see https://
www.medicare.gov/hospitalcompare.
Other information not reported to
Hospital Compare may be made
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
available on other CMS Web sites such
as https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Hospital
QualityInits/ or https://
data.medicare.gov.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50777 through 50778) we
responded to public comments on what
additional quality measures and
information featured on Hospital
Compare may be highly relevant to
patients and other consumers of health
care, and how we may better display
this information on the Hospital
Compare Web site.
2. Removal and Suspension of Hospital
IQR Program Measures
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Considerations in Removing Quality
Measures From the Hospital IQR
Program
As discussed further below, we
generally retain measures from the
previous year’s Hospital IQR Program
measure set for subsequent years’
measure sets except when we
specifically propose to remove or
replace them. As we stated in the FY
2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR
50185), the criteria that we consider
when determining whether to remove
Hospital IQR Program measures are the
following: (1) Measure performance
among hospitals is so high and
unvarying that meaningful distinctions
and improvements in performance can
no longer be made (‘‘topped out’’
measures); (2) availability of alternative
measures with a stronger relationship to
patient outcomes; (3) a measure does
not align with current clinical
guidelines or practice; (4) the
availability of a more broadly applicable
(across settings, populations, or the
availability of a measure that is more
proximal in time to desired patient
outcomes for the particular topic; (6) the
availability of a measure that is more
strongly associated with desired patient
outcomes for the particular topic; and
(7) collection or public reporting of a
measure leads to negative unintended
consequences other than patient harm.
We also take into account the views of
the Measure Applications Partnership
(MAP) when determining when a
measure should be removed, and we
strive to eliminate redundancy of
similar measures (77 FR 53505 through
53506).
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to change the criteria for
determining when a measure is
‘‘topped-out.’’ A measure is ‘‘toppedout’’ when measure performance among
hospitals is so high and unvarying that
meaningful distinctions and
improvements in performance can no
longer be made (‘‘topped out’’ measures)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(77 FR 53505 through 53506). We do not
believe that measuring hospital
performance on ‘‘topped-out’’ measures
provides meaningful information on the
quality of care provided by hospitals.
We further believe that quality
measures, once ‘‘topped out,’’ represent
care standards that have been widely
adopted by hospitals. We believe such
measures should be considered for
removal from the Hospital IQR Program
because their associated reporting
burden may outweigh the value of the
quality information they provide.
In order to determine ‘‘topped out’’
status, we are proposing to apply the
following two criteria, the first of which
was previously adopted by the HVBP
Program in the Hospital Inpatient VBP
Program final rule (76 FR 26496 through
26497), to Hospital IQR measures. The
second criterion is a modified version of
what was previously adopted by the
Hospital VBP Program in the above
mentioned final rule, with the change
from the ‘‘less than’’ operator (<) to the
‘‘less than or equal to’’ operator (≤):
• Statistically indistinguishable
performance at the 75th and 90th
percentiles; and
• Truncated coefficient of variation ≤
0.10.
The coefficient of variation (CV) is a
common statistic that expresses the
standard deviation as a percentage of
the sample mean in a way that is
independent of the units of observation.
Applied to this analysis, a large CV
would indicate a broad distribution of
individual hospital scores, with large
and presumably meaningful differences
between hospitals in relative
performance. A small CV would
indicate that the distribution of
individual hospital scores is clustered
tightly around the mean value,
suggesting that it is not useful to draw
distinctions among individual hospitals’
measure performance. By adopting ‘‘less
than or equal to’’ in our ‘‘topped out’’
test, we are clarifying the interpretation
of the CV when a tie at 0.1 occurs due
to rounding. We believe that the
proposed criteria distinguish measures
with significant variation in
performance among hospitals.
In the Hospital VBP Program context,
we used a modified version of the CV,
namely a truncated CV, for each
measure, in which the 5 percent of
hospitals with the lowest scores, and the
5 percent of hospitals with highest
scores were first truncated (set aside)
before calculating the CV. This was
done to avoid undue effects of the
highest and lowest outlier hospitals,
which if included, would tend to greatly
widen the dispersion of the distribution
PO 00000
Frm 00243
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28219
and make the measure appear to be
more reliable or discerning.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
b. Proposed Removal of Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
As we continue moving towards
including more clinical outcomes
measures as opposed to process-of-care
measures in the Hospital IQR Program
measure set, we have considered
removing additional measures using our
previously-adopted removal criteria. We
are proposing to remove five measures
from the Hospital IQR Program for the
FY 2017 payment determination and
subsequent years, which begins in the
CY 2015 reporting period: (1) AMI–1
Aspirin at arrival (NQF #0132); (2)
AMI–3 ACEI/ARB for left ventricular
systolic dysfunction (NQF #0137); (3)
AMI–5 Beta-blocker prescribed at
discharge (NQF #0160); (4) SCIP INF–6
Appropriate Hair Removal; and (5)
Participation in a systematic database
for cardiac surgery (NQF #0113).
We are proposing to remove the first
four process measures because they
were previously determined to be
‘‘topped out’’ and suspended (77 FR
53509). We are proposing to remove the
fifth measure because the MAP
recommended the measure’s removal in
its MAP Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2014
Recommendations on Measures for
More than 20 Federal Programs, which
is available at: https://
www.qualityforum.org/Publications/
2014/01/MAP_Pre-Rulemaking_Report_
_2014_Recommendations_on_
Measures_for_More_than_20_Federal_
Programs.aspx. The MAP report states
that the measure’s NQF endorsement
has been placed on reserve status
because the measure is ‘‘topped-out.’’
The purpose of reserve status is to retain
endorsement of reliable and valid
quality performance measures that have
overall high levels of performance with
little variability so that performance
could be monitored in the future if
necessary to ensure that performance
does not decline. This status would
apply only to highly credible, reliable,
and valid measures that have high levels
of performance due to quality
improvement actions (often facilitated
or motivated through public reporting
and other accountability programs).
More information about NQF reserve
status is available at: https://
www.qualityforum.org/docs/Reserve_
Endorsement_Status.aspx.
By removing these measures, we
would alleviate the maintenance costs
and administrative burden to hospitals
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28220
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
associated with retaining them. Should
we determine that hospital adherence to
these practices has unacceptably
declined, we would propose to resume
data collection in future rulemaking. In
addition, we would comply with any
requirements imposed by the Paperwork
Reduction Act before re-proposing these
measures.
We also analyzed the remainder of the
Hospital IQR measure set for other
potential ‘‘topped out’’ measures using
the previously adopted criteria. The
analysis was based on the most recent
two quarters of clinical process of care
data available in the CMS Clinical Data
Warehouse for IPPS eligible hospitals,
which covers a measurement period
from 01/01/2013 to 06/30/2013 (Q1
2013–Q2 2013). Based on this analysis
and using the previously adopted
criteria, we believe that an additional 15
chart-abstracted measures are ‘‘topped
out,’’ and we are proposing to remove
them from the measure set for the FY
2017 payment determination and
subsequent years. However, we are
proposing to retain the electronic
clinical quality measure version of 10 of
these chart-abstracted measures for
Hospital IQR Program reporting as
discussed further in section IX.A.7.f. of
the preamble of this proposed rule. We
believe that retaining ‘‘topped out’’
measures under certain circumstances
enables us to continue monitoring the
clinical topic covered by the measure to
ensure that hospitals continue to
maintain high levels of performance.
Further, we believe the additional
reporting burden associated with
retaining these measures is mitigated by
retaining electronic versions of those
measures, which are more easily
reported by hospitals. These 10
measures are denoted in the chart below
by an asterisk.
‘‘TOPPED OUT’’ CHART-ABSTRACTED MEASURES PROPOSED FOR REMOVAL FOR THE FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATION
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AMI–1: Aspirin at Arrival (previously suspended).
AMI–3: ACEI or ARB for left ventricular systolic dysfunction—Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Patients (previously suspended) (NQF #0137).
AMI–5: Beta-Blocker Prescribed at Discharge for AMI (previously suspended) (NQF #0160).
AMI–8a: Primary PCI received within 90 minutes of hospital arrival * (NQF #0163).
HF–2: Evaluation of left ventricular systolic function (NQF #0135).
PN–6: Initial antibiotic selection for community-acquired pneumonia (CAP) in immunocompetent patients* (NQF #0147).
SCIP–Inf–1: Prophylactic antibiotic received within one hour prior to surgical incision* (NQF #0527).
SCIP–Inf–2: Prophylactic antibiotic selection for surgical patients* (NQF #0528).
SCIP–Inf–3: Prophylactic antibiotics discontinued within 24 hours after surgery end time (48 hours for cardiac surgery) (NQF #0529).
SCIP–Inf–4: Cardiac surgery patients with controlled postoperative blood glucose (NQF #0300).
SCIP–Inf–6: Surgery patients with appropriate hair removal (previously suspended) (NQF #0301).
SCIP–Inf–9: Urinary catheter removed on Postoperative Day 1 (POD1) or Postoperative Day 2 (POD2) with day of surgery being day zero.*
(NQF #0453).
SCIP–Card–2: Surgery patients on beta blocker therapy prior to arrival who received a beta blocker during the perioperative period (NQF
#0284).
SCIP–VTE–2: Surgery Patients Who Received Appropriate Venous Thromboembolism (VTE) Prophylaxis Within 24 Hours Prior to Surgery to
24 Hours After Surgery (NQF #0218).
STK–2: Discharged on antithrombotic therapy * (NQF #0435).
STK–3: Anticoagulation therapy for atrial fibrillation/flutter* (NQF #0436).
STK–5: Antithrombotic therapy by the end of hospital day two* (NQF #0438).
STK–10: Assessed for rehabilitation* (NQF #0441).
VTE–4: Patients receiving un-fractionated Heparin with doses/labs monitored by protocol*.
Participation in a systematic database for cardiac surgery (NQF #0113).
* Proposed to be retained as an electronic clinical quality measure.
We welcome public comments on our
proposal to remove these measures.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Process for Retaining Previously
Adopted Hospital IQR Program
Measures for Subsequent Payment
Determinations
We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53512
through 53513), for our finalized
measure retention policy. When we
adopt measures for the Hospital IQR
Program beginning with a particular
payment determination, these measures
are automatically adopted for all
subsequent payment determinations
unless we propose to remove, suspend,
or replace the measures.
We are not proposing any changes to
our policy for retaining previously
adopted measures for subsequent
payment determinations.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
4. Additional Considerations in
Expanding and Updating Quality
Measures Under the Hospital IQR
Program
We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53510
through 53512) for a discussion of the
considerations we use to expand and
update quality measures under the
Hospital IQR Program. We are not
proposing any changes to the
considerations in expanding or updating
quality measures.
5. Previously Adopted Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2016
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
For currently adopted and future
condition-specific, claims-based
measures, beginning with the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years, we would like to propose to use
3 years of data to calculate measures
unless otherwise specified. In other
PO 00000
Frm 00244
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
words, this reporting period would
apply to all future calculations of
condition specific measures already
adopted in the Hospital IQR Program
and any condition-specific measures
that may be subsequently adopted in
future years. The currently adopted,
applicable measures are:
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, riskstandardized mortality rate (RSMR)
following acute myocardial infarction
(AMI) hospitalization for patients 18
and older (NQF #0230)
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, riskstandardized mortality rate (RSMR)
following heart failure (HF)
hospitalization for patients 18 and
older (NQF #0229)
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, riskstandardized mortality rate (RSMR)
following pneumonia hospitalization
(NQF #0468)
• Stroke 30-day mortality rate
• Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, RiskStandardized Mortality Rate (RSMR)
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
following Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
Hospitalization (NQF #1893)
30-day all-cause, Acute Myocardial
Infarction (AMI) 30-day risk
standardized readmission rate (RSMR)
following Acute Myocardial Infarction
(AMI) hospitalization (NQF #0505)
30-day all-cause, risk standardized
readmission rate (RSMR) following
Heart Failure (HF) hospitalization
(NQF #0330)
30-day all-cause, risk standardized
readmission rate (RSMR) following
Pneumonia (PN) hospitalization (NQF
#0506)
30-day risk standardized readmission
rate (RSMR) following Total Hip/Total
Knee Arthroplasty (NQF #1551)
30-day risk standardized readmission
rate (RSMR) following Stroke
hospitalization
30-day risk standardized readmission
rate (RSMR) following COPD
hospitalization (NQF #1891)
Hip/Knee Complication: Hospitallevel Risk-Standardized Complication
Rate (RSCR) following Elective
Topic
Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (NQF
#1550)
We welcome public comments on our
proposal to use 3 years of data to
calculate current and future conditionspecific, claims-based measures.
The Influenza Vaccination Coverage
Among Healthcare Personnel (HCP)
(NQF #0431) was finalized for the
Hospital IQR program in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51633)
and the Hospital Outpatient Quality
Reporting (HOQR) in the CY 2014
OPPS/ASC final rule (78 FR 75099). We
received public comments regarding the
burden of separately collecting and
reporting HCP influenza vaccination
statuses for both the inpatient and
outpatient settings. In response to these
concerns, we clarified that beginning
with the 2014–2015 influenza season
(CY 2014 reporting period and FY 2016
payment determination), facilities
should collect and report a single
vaccination count for each healthcare
facility by CMS Certification Number
(CCN), instead of separately by inpatient
or outpatient setting, in order to reduce
burden. We announced this clarification
28221
regarding how to designate HCP for this
measure in an Operational Guidance
document which can be found on our
on our Web page at: https://
origin.glb.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/HCP/
Operational-Guidance-ACH–HCPFlu.pdf. Using the CCN will allow
healthcare facilities with multiple care
settings to simplify data collection and
submit a single count applicable across
the inpatient and outpatient settings.
We will then publicly report the
percentage of HCP who received an
influenza vaccination per CCN. This
single count per CCN will inform the
public of the percentage of vaccinated
HCP at a particular healthcare facility,
which would still provide meaningful
data and help to improve the quality of
care. Specific details on data submission
for this measure can be found at: https://
www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acute-care-hospital/
hcp-vaccination/ and at https://
www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acute-care-hospital/
index.html.
The following table shows measures
currently adopted for the Hospital IQR
Program, including suspended
measures.
Hospital IQR program measures previously adopted for the FY 2016 payment determination and subsequent years
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Measures
• AMI–1: Aspirin at Arrival (previously suspended).
• AMI–3: ACEI or ARB for left ventricular systolic dysfunction—Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) Patients (previously
suspended) (NQF #0137).
• AMI–5: Beta-Blocker Prescribed at Discharge for AMI (previously suspended) (NQF #0160).
• AMI–7a Fibrinolytic therapy received within 30 minutes of hospital arrival (NQF #0164).
• AMI–8a: Primary PCI received within 90 minutes of hospital arrival (NQF #0163) *.
Heart Failure (HF) Measure
• HF–2 Evaluation of left ventricular systolic function (NQF #0135) *.
Stroke (STK) Measure Set
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
STK–1 Venous thromboembolism (VTE) prophylaxis (NQF #0434).
STK–2 Discharged on antithrombotic therapy (NQF #0435) *.
STK–3 Anticoagulation therapy for atrial fibrillation/flutter (NQF #0436) *.
STK–4 Thrombolytic therapy (NQF #0437).
STK–5 Antithrombotic therapy by the end of hospital day two (NQF #0438).
STK–6 Discharged on statin medication (NQF #0439).
STK–8 Stroke education.
STK–10 Assessed for rehabilitation (NQF #0441).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Venous Thromboembolism (VTE) Measure Set
•
•
•
•
•
•
VTE–1
VTE–2
VTE–3
VTE–4
VTE–5
VTE–6
Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis (NQF #0371).
Intensive care unit venous thromboembolism prophylaxis (NQF #0372).
Venous thromboembolism patients with anticoagulation overlap therapy (NQF #0373).
Patients receiving un-fractionated Heparin with doses/labs monitored by protocol.
VTE discharge instructions.
Incidence of potentially preventable VTE.
Pneumonia (PN) Measure
• PN–6 Initial antibiotic selection for community-acquired pneumonia (CAP) in immunocompetent patients (NQF #0147).
Surgical Care Improvement Project (SCIP) Measures
• SCIP INF–1 Prophylactic antibiotic received within one hour prior to surgical incision (NQF #0527) *.
• SCIP INF–2 Prophylactic antibiotic selection for surgical patients (NQF #0528).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00245
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28222
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Topic
Hospital IQR program measures previously adopted for the FY 2016 payment determination and subsequent years
• SCIP INF–3 Prophylactic antibiotics discontinued within 24 hours after surgery end time (48 hours for cardiac surgery)
(NQF #0529).
• SCIP INF–4 Cardiac surgery patients with controlled postoperative blood glucose (NQF #0300).
• SCIP INF–9 Urinary catheter removed on Postoperative Day 1 (POD1) or Postoperative Day 2 (POD2) with day of surgery being day zero (NQF #0453).
• SCIP Card-2 Surgery patients on beta blocker therapy prior to arrival who received a beta blocker during the
perioperative period (NQF #0284).
• SCIP–VTE-2 Surgery Patients Who Received Appropriate Venous Thromboembolism (VTE) Prophylaxis Within 24
Hours Prior to Surgery to 24 Hours After Surgery (NQF #0218).
Mortality Measures
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following acute myocardial infarction (AMI) hospitalization for patients 18 and older (NQF #0230).
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following heart failure (HF) hospitalization for patients 18 and older (NQF #0229).
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following pneumonia hospitalization (NQF #0468).
• Stroke 30-day mortality rate.
• Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate (RSMR) following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1893).
Patient Experience of Care Measure
• HCAHPS survey (NQF #0166) (expanded to include two new ‘‘About You’’ items and the 3-item Care Transition Measure) (NQF #0228).
Readmission Measures
• Hospital 30-day all-cause risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following acute myocardial infarction (AMI) hospitalization (NQF #0505).
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following heart failure hospitalization (NQF
#0330).
• Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following pneumonia hospitalization (NQF
#0506).
• Hospital-level 30-day, all-cause risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following elective primary total hip
arthroplasty (THA) and/or total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551).
• Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned Readmission (HWR) (NQF #1789).
• 30-day risk standardized readmission rate (RSMR) following Stroke hospitalization.
• Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary
Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1891).
AHRQ Patient Safety Indicators (PSIs) Composite Measure
• PSI–90 Patient safety for selected indicators (composite) (NQF #0531).
AHRQ PSI and Nursing Sensitive Care Measure
• PSI–4 Death among surgical inpatients with serious treatable complications (NQF #0351).
Structural Measures
•
•
•
•
Participation in a Systematic Database for Cardiac Surgery (NQF #0113).
Participation in a Systematic Clinical Database Registry for Nursing Sensitive Care.
Participation in a Systematic Clinical Database Registry for General Surgery.
Safe Surgery Checklist Use.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Healthcare-Associated Infections (HAI) Measures
• National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Central line-associated Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI) Outcome Measure
(NQF #0139).
• American College of Surgeons—Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (ACS–CDC) Harmonized Procedure Specific Surgical Site Infection (SSI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0753).
—SSI following Colon Surgery.
—SSI following Abdominal Hysterectomy.
• National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Catheter-associated Urinary Tract Infection (CAUTI) Outcome Measure
(NQF #0138).
• National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide Inpatient Hospital-onset Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia Outcome Measure (NQF #1716).
• National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide Inpatient Hospital-onset Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #1717).
• Influenza vaccination coverage among healthcare personnel (HCP) (NQF #0431).
Surgical Complications Measures
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00246
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Topic
28223
Hospital IQR program measures previously adopted for the FY 2016 payment determination and subsequent years
• Hospital-level risk-standardized complication rate (RSCR) following elective primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) and/or
total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1550).
Emergency Department (ED) Throughput Measures
• ED–1 Median time from ED arrival to ED departure for admitted ED patients (NQF #0495).
• ED–2 Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (NQF #0497).
Prevention: Global Immunization (IMM) Measures
• IMM–1 Pneumococcal Immunization (previously suspended) (NQF #1653).
• IMM–2 Influenza Immunization (NQF #1659).
Cost Efficiency Measures
• Payment-Standardized Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary (MSPB) (NQF #2158).
• AMI Payment per Episode of Care.
Perinatal Care (PC) Measure
• PC–01 Elective delivery (NQF #0469)
* Measures proposed for removal for the FY 2016 payment determination and subsequent years.
6. Proposed Refinements to Existing
Measures in the Hospital IQR Program
We are proposing to incorporate
refinements for several measures that
were previously adopted in the Hospital
IQR Program. These refinements have
either arisen out of the NQF
endorsement maintenance process, or
during our internal efforts to harmonize
measure approaches. The measure
refinements include the following: (1)
Refining the planned readmission
algorithm for all seven readmission
measures included in the Hospital IQR
Program; (2) modifying the hip/knee
readmission and complication measure
cohorts to exclude index admissions
with a secondary fracture diagnosis; and
(3) modifying the hip/knee complication
measure to not count as complications
coded as ‘‘present on admission’’ (POA)
during the index admission.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned
Readmission Algorithm for 30-Day
Readmission Measures
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50785 through 50787) we
adopted the CMS Planned Readmission
Algorithm Version 2.1 (the Algorithm)
for the Hospital IQR Program. In the
same final rule (78 FR 50785 through
50787, 50790 through 50792, and 50794
through 50798), we also finalized the
use of the CMS Planned Readmission
Algorithm Version 2.1 in the AMI, HF,
PN, THA/TKA, HWR, and COPD
measures. This algorithm identifies
readmissions that are planned and occur
within 30 days of discharge from the
hospital. A complete description of the
Algorithm, which includes lists of
planned diagnoses and procedures, is
available at: https://www.cms.gov/
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/Hospital
QualityInits/Measure-Methodology.html
in the ‘‘Planned Readmission’’ folder.
NQF has endorsed the use of the
Algorithm for these measures.
In that final rule (78 FR 50652), in
response to comments, we agreed to
continually review the Algorithm and
make updates as needed. Since its
development, we have identified and
made improvements. As a result, we are
now proposing to use an updated,
revised version, the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0, for
the AMI, HF, PN, THA/TKA, HWR,
COPD, and Stroke readmission
measures for the FY 2015 payment
determination and subsequent years. As
discussed further below, we are also
proposing to use Version 3.0 of this
algorithm for the CABG readmission
measure that we are proposing to
include in the Hospital IQR Program
starting in FY 2017, proposed in section
IX.A.7.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
Version 3.0 incorporates
improvements made based on a
validation study of the algorithm.
Researchers reviewed 634 patients’
charts at 7 hospitals, classified
readmission as planned or unplanned
based on the chart review, and
compared the results to the claimsbased algorithm’s classification of the
readmissions. The findings suggested
the algorithm was working well but
could be improved.
Specifically, the study suggested the
need to make small changes to the tables
of procedures and conditions used in
the algorithm to classify readmission as
planned or unplanned. The algorithm
uses the Agency for Healthcare Research
PO 00000
Frm 00247
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and Quality’s (AHRQ’s) Clinical
Classification Software (CCS) to group
thousands of procedure and diagnosis
codes into fewer categories of related
procedures or diagnoses. The algorithm
then uses four tables of procedures and
diagnoses categories and a flow diagram
to classify tables as planned or
unplanned. Additional information on
this software is available at: https://
www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/toolssoftware/
ccs/ccs.jsp. For all measures, the first
table identifies procedures that, if
present in a readmission, classify the
readmission as planned. The second
table identifies primary discharge
diagnoses that always classify
readmissions as planned. Because
almost all planned admissions are for
procedures or surgeries, a third table
identifies procedures for which patients
are typically admitted; if any of these
procedures is coded in the readmission,
we classify a readmission as planned as
long as that readmission does not have
an acute (unplanned) primary discharge
diagnosis. The fourth table lists the
acute (unplanned) primary discharge
diagnoses that disqualify readmissions
that include one or more of the
potentially planned procedure in the
third table as planned. These tables are
structured the same across all measures
but the specific procedure and
conditions they contain vary slightly for
certain measures based on clinical
considerations for each cohort. The
current tables for each measure can be
found in the measure methodology
reports at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/Hospital
QualityInits/Measure-Methodology.
html.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28224
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Version 3.0 modifies two of these
tables by removing or adding
procedures or conditions to improve the
accuracy of the algorithm. First, the
validation study revealed that the
algorithm could be improved by
removing two procedure CCS categories
from the third table, the potentially
planned procedure table: CCS 211—
Therapeutic Radiation and CCS 224—
Cancer Chemotherapy. Typically,
patients do not require admission for
scheduled Therapeutic Radiation
treatments (CCS 211). The study found
that readmissions that were classified as
planned because they included
Therapeutic Radiation were largely
unplanned.
The algorithm was also more accurate
when CCS 224—Cancer Chemotherapy
was removed from the potentially
planned procedure table. The second
table of the algorithm classifies all
readmissions with a principal diagnosis
of Maintenance Chemotherapy as
planned. Most patients who receive
cancer chemotherapy have both a code
for Cancer Chemotherapy (CCS 224) and
a principal discharge diagnosis of
Maintenance Chemotherapy (CCS 45).
In the validation study, the
readmissions for patients who received
Cancer Chemotherapy (CCS 224) but
who did not have a principal diagnosis
of Maintenance Chemotherapy were
largely unplanned, therefore removing
CCS 224 from the potentially planned
procedure table improved the
algorithm’s accuracy. Therefore, Version
3.0 removes CCS 211 and CCS 224 from
the list of potentially planned
procedures to improve the accuracy of
algorithm.
As noted above, the algorithm uses a
table of acute principal discharge
diagnoses to help identify unplanned
readmissions. Readmissions that have a
principal diagnosis listed in the table
are classified as unplanned, regardless
of whether they include a procedure in
the potentially planned procedure table.
The validation study identified one
diagnosis CCS that should be added to
the table of acute diagnoses to more
accurately identify truly unplanned
admissions as unplanned: Hypertension
with Complications (CCS 99).
Hypertension with complications is a
diagnosis that is rarely associated with
planned readmissions.
In addition, the validation study
identified a subset of ICD–9 diagnosis
codes within two CCS diagnosis
categories that should be added to the
acute diagnosis table to improve the
algorithm. CCS 149, Pancreatic
Disorders, includes the code for acute
pancreatitis; clinically there is no
situation in which a patient with this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
acute condition would be admitted for
a planned procedure. Therefore, Version
3.0 adds the ICD–9 code for acute
pancreatitis, 577.0, to the acute primary
diagnosis table to better identify
unplanned readmissions. Finally, CCS
149, Biliary Tract Disease, is a mix of
acute and non-acute diagnoses. Adding
the subset of ICD–9 codes within this
CCS group that are for acute diagnoses
to the list of acute conditions improves
the accuracy of the algorithm for these
acute conditions while still ensuring
that readmissions for planned
procedures, like cholecystectomies, are
counted accurately as planned. For
more detailed information on how the
algorithm is structured and the use of
tables to identify planned procedures
and diagnoses, we refer readers to
CMS’s Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 2.1: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html. As noted above,
readers can find the specific Version 3.0
tables for each measure in the measure
updates and specifications reports at the
above link.
We invite public comment on our
proposal to use the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0, for
the AMI, HF, PN, THA/TKA, HWR,
COPD, and Stroke readmission
measures for the FY 2015 payment
determination and subsequent years.
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip
Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Complication and Readmission
Measures
In this proposed rule, for the FY 2015
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are proposing to refine: (1)
The measure outcome and cohort for the
Elective Primary THA/TKA All-Cause
30-Day Risk-Standardized Complication
Measure (NQF #1550); and (2) the
measure cohort for the Elective Primary
THA/TKA All-Cause Unplanned 30-Day
Risk-Standardized Readmission
Measure (NQF #1551).
As part of measure implementation,
CMS conducted a dry run for both the
THA/TKA readmission and
complication measures in September/
October of 2012. More information on
the dry run is available at: https://
www.qualitynet.org/dcs/BlobServer?
blobkey=id&blobnocache=true&
blobwhere=1228889945763&
blobheader=multipart%2Foctet-stream&
blobheadername1=ContentDisposition&blobheadervalue
1=attachment%3Bfilename%3
DDryRun_HWR-HK_SummRept_122112.
PO 00000
Frm 00248
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
pdf&blobcol=urldata&blobtable=Mungo
Blobs.
During the dry run, several
commenters suggested CMS evaluate the
use of Present on Admission (POA)
codes for both the hip/knee readmission
and complication measures. We agreed
with the suggestion and have been
monitoring POA data collection and
testing its readiness for use in claimsbased measures. We also noted our
intent to evaluate the use of POA codes
in Hospital IQR Program measures, such
as the stroke mortality rate measure, in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50801). We have since tested the
use of the POA codes and propose to
incorporate POA codes into the hip/
knee complication measure for FY 2015
payment determination and subsequent
years in order to prevent identifying a
condition as a complication of care if it
was present during admission.
In addition, currently, the THA/TKA
Readmission Measure (NQF #1551)
adopted for the Hospital IQR Program is
intended to only include patients who
have an elective THA or TKA.
Currently, this measure excludes
patients who have a principal discharge
diagnosis of femur, hip, or pelvic
fracture on their index admission since
hip replacement for hip fracture is not
an elective procedure. However, after
hospitals reviewed their hospitalspecific THA/TKA Readmission
Measure data during the national dryrun, CMS learned that hospitals code
hip fractures that occur during the same
admission as a THA as not only a
principal diagnosis, but also
alternatively, a secondary diagnosis,
instead of just a principal diagnosis as
currently specified by the measure.
According to feedback received from
hospitals participating in the dry-run,
the measure methodology failed to
identify, and, appropriately exclude, a
small number of patients (that is, 0.42
percent of patients in 2009–2010 data)
with a hip fracture that had non-elective
total hip arthroplasty as captured by
these secondary diagnoses.
Therefore, to ensure that all such nonelective hip fracture patients are
excluded from the measure, we are
proposing to refine the measure to
exclude patients with hip fractures
coded as either a principal or secondary
diagnosis during the index admission
beginning with the FY 2015 payment
determination and subsequent years. We
believe this refinement is responsive to
comments from hospitals (78 FR 50709)
and will allow us to accurately exclude
patients who were initially admitted for
a hip fracture and who then
subsequently underwent total hip
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
arthroplasty, making their procedure
non-elective.
We invite public comment on these
proposed refinements.
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed
Refinements to Existing Measures
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Based on our analyses of discharges
between July 2009 and June 2012, our
proposal to use the Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0
would have the following effects on
measures had these changes been
applied for the FY 2014 payment
determination as an example. We are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
sharing this information to provide the
public with a sense of the extent to
which these refinements to the
measures will change the measure
scores. As the results show, while the
refinements improve the accuracy of the
measures, the changes in actual scores
are very slight.
The proposed 30-day readmission rate
(excluding the planned readmissions)
would increase by 0.1 percentage points
for AMI; 0.2 percentage points for HF;
0.1 percentage points for PN; 0.1
percentage points for COPD; 0.0
percentage points for hip/knee; 0.1
PO 00000
Frm 00249
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28225
percentage points for HWR; and 0.0
percentage points for stroke.
The new national measure
(unplanned) rate for each condition
would have been 18.4 percent for AMI;
23.2 percent for HF; 17.7 percent for PN;
21.1 percent for COPD; 5.4 percent for
hip/knee; 16.1 percent for HWR; and
13.8 percent for stroke.
The number of readmissions
considered planned (and, therefore, not
counted as a readmission) would
decrease by 334 for AMI; 1,375 for HF;
981 for PN, 574 for COPD; 309 for hip/
knee; 7,417 for HWR; and 242 for stroke.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Number of Discharges ....
Number of Unplanned
Readmissions ..............
Readmission Rate ..........
Number of Planned Readmissions ..................
Planned Readmission
Rate .............................
% of Readmissions that
are Planned .................
V 2.1
513,331
AMI
93,940
18.3%
12,281
2.4%
11.6%
513,331
V 3.0
94,453
18.4%
11,947
2.3%
11.2%
HF
20:20 May 14, 2014
5.3%
1.3%
16,230
292,976
23.2%
1,262,826
V 3.0
5.7%
1.4%
17,605
290,450
23.0%
1,262,826
V 2.1
PN
3.3%
0.6%
6,545
192,887
17.7%
1,089,758
V 3.0
3.8%
0.7%
7,526
191,797
17.6%
1,089,758
V 2.1
COPD
3.0%
0.7%
6,447
208,759
21.1%
989,381
V 3.0
3.3%
0.7%
7,021
207,770
21.0%
989,381
V 2.1
4.7%
0.3%
2,326
47,236
5.4%
879,641
V 3.0
5.3%
0.3%
2,635
47,236
5.4%
879,641
V 2.1
Hip/Knee
HWR
7.1%
1.2%
85,673
1,112,885
16.1%
6,918,467
V 3.0
7.8%
1.3%
93,180
1,105,378
16.0%
6,918,467
V 2.1
Stroke
7.7%
1.1%
5,750
69,323
13.8%
502,376
V 3.0
8.0%
1.2%
5,992
69,081
13.8%
502,376
V 2.1
COMPARISON OF PLANNED READMISSION ALGORITHMS V 2.1 AND 3.0 FOR AMI/HF/PN/COPD/HK/HWR/STROKE READMISSION MEASURES (BASED ON 2009–
2012 DISCHARGES)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28226
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00250
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
7. Proposed Additional Hospital IQR
Program Measures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
For purposes of the Hospital IQR
Program, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(aa) of
the Act requires that any measure
specified by the Secretary must have
been endorsed by the entity with a
contract under section 1890(a) of the
Act. However, the statutory
requirements under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act provide
an exception that, in the case of a
specified area or medical topic
determined appropriate by the Secretary
for which a feasible and practical
measure has not been endorsed by the
entity with a contract under section
1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may
specify a measure that is not so
endorsed as long as due consideration is
given to measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization identified by the Secretary.
We are proposing to add a total of
eleven measures to measure set for the
FY 2017 payment determination and
subsequent years. The first nine new
measures are: (1) Hospital 30-day, allcause, unplanned, risk-standardized
readmission rate (RSRR) following
coronary artery bypass graft (CABG)
surgery (claims-based); (2) Hospital 30day, all-cause, risk-standardized
mortality rate (RSMR) following
coronary artery bypass graft (CABG)
surgery (claims-based); (3) Hospitallevel, risk-standardized 30-day episodeof-care payment measure for pneumonia
(claims-based); (4) Hospital-level, riskstandardized 30-day episode-of-care
payment measure for heart failure
(claims-based); (5) Severe Sepsis and
Septic Shock: Management Bundle
(NQF #0500) (chart-abstracted); (6)
EHDI–1a Hearing Screening Prior to
Hospital Discharge (NQF #1354)
(electronic health record-based); (7) PC–
05 Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding and
the subset measure PC–05a Exclusive
Breast Milk Feeding Considering
Mother’s Choice (NQF #0480)
(electronic health record-based); (8)
CAC–3 Home Management Plan of Care
(HMPC) Document Given to Patient/
Caregiver (electronic health recordbased); and, (9) Healthy Term Newborn
(NQF #0716) (electronic health recordbased).
In addition, to align the Hospital IQR
Program with the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program for Eligible Hospitals
and Critical Access Hospitals and allow
hospitals as many measure options as
possible that overlap both programs, we
are proposing to readopt two measures
previously removed from the Hospital
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
IQR Program as voluntary electronic
clinical quality measures: (10) AMI–2
Aspirin Prescribed at Discharge for AMI
(NQF #0142) (electronic clinical quality
measure); and (11) AMI–10 Statin
Prescribed at Discharge (NQF #0639)
(electronic clinical quality measure).
These two measures are part of the Stage
2 Medicare EHR Incentive Program
measure set for eligible hospitals and
CAHs.
The four proposed claims-based
measures (1–4, above) were included on
a publicly available document entitled
‘‘List of Measures Under Consideration
for December 1, 2013’’ in compliance
with section 1890A(a)(2) of the Act, and
they were reviewed by the MAP in its
MAP 2014 Recommendations on
Measures for More Than 20 Federal
Programs final report, available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
The proposed chart-abstracted
measure (5 above) Severe Sepsis and
Septic Shock: Management Bundle
(NQF #0500) was included in the MAP
Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS final report,
available at: https://www.qualityforum.
org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier
=id&ItemID=72738.
The proposed measures 6–9 above
were included on a publicly available
document entitled ‘‘List of Measures
Under Consideration for December 1,
2012’’ in compliance with section
1890A(a)(2) of the Act, and they were
reviewed by the MAP in its MAP PreRulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS final report,
available at: https://www.quality
forum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?Link
Identifier=id&ItemID=72738.
Measures 10 and 11 were included on
a publicly available document entitled
‘‘Measures Under Consideration for
Calendar Year 2012’’ in compliance
with section 1890A(a)(2) of the Act, and
they were reviewed by the MAP in its
Pre-Rulemaking Report: Input on
Measures Under Consideration by HHS
for 2012 Rulemaking available at
https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2012/02/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__Input_on_
Measures_Under_Consideration_by_
HHS_for_2012_Rulemaking.aspx.
PO 00000
Frm 00251
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28227
a. Proposed Hospital 30-day, All-cause,
Unplanned, Risk-Standardized
Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
Surgery
(1) Background
CABG is a priority area for outcomes
measure development, because it is a
common procedure associated with
considerable morbidity, mortality, and
health care spending. In 2007, there
were 114,028 hospitalizations for CABG
surgery and 137,721 hospitalizations for
combined surgeries for CABG and valve
procedures (‘‘CABG plus valve’’
surgeries) in the U.S.44
Readmission rates following CABG
surgery are high and vary across
hospitals. For example, in 2009
Medicare fee-for-service (FFS) data, the
median hospital-level risk-standardized
readmission rate after CABG was 17.2
percent and ranged from 13.9 percent to
22.1 percent.45 This is consistent with
published data as the average 30-day allcause, hospital-level readmission rate in
New York state was 16.5 percent and
ranged from 8.3 percent to 21.1 percent
among all patients who underwent
CABG surgery between January 1, 2005
and November 30, 2007.46 Among
patients readmitted within 30 days, 87.3
percent of readmissions were for
reasons related to CABG surgery, with a
30-day rate of readmissions due to
complications of CABG surgery of 14.4
percent. Patients readmitted within 30
days also experienced a 2.8 percent inhospital mortality rate during their
readmission(s), three-fold higher than
the 30-day mortality rate for patients
without readmissions.47 Hence,
addressing the causes of readmission
will improve outcomes for patients.
Readmissions after CABG also impose
significant health care costs. In 2007,
the Medicare Payment Advisory
Committee (MedPAC) published a
report to Congress in which it identified
the seven conditions associated with the
most costly potentially preventable
44 Drye E, Krumholz H, Vellanky S, Wang Y.
Probing New Conditions and Procedures for New
Measure Development: Yale New Haven Health
Systems Corporation; Center for Outcomes Research
and Evaluation.; 2009:1–7.
45 Suter L.G., Wang, C., Vellanky S., Potteiger J.,
Curtis J., Lin Z., Geary L.L., Krumholz H.M., Drye
E.D. Hospital-level 30-day All-Cause Unplanned
Readmission Following Coronary Artery Bypass
Graft Surgery: Report prepared for the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services. 2012.
46 Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Lahey SJ, et al. 30-day
readmissions after coronary artery bypass graft
surgery in New York State. JACC Cardiovasc Interv.
2011;4(5):569–576.
47 Ibid.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28228
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
readmissions in the U.S.48 Among these
seven, CABG ranked as having the
highest potentially preventable
readmission rate within 15 days
following discharge (13.5 percent) and
the second highest average Medicare
payment per readmission ($8,136).49
The annual cost to Medicare for
potentially preventable CABG
readmissions was estimated at $151
million.
High readmission rates and wide
variation in these rates suggest that
there is room for improvement.
Reducing readmissions after CABG
surgery has been identified as a target
for quality measurement. An all-cause
readmission measure for patients who
undergo CABG surgery will provide
hospitals with an incentive to reduce
readmissions through prevention and/or
early recognition and treatment of
postoperative complications, and
improved coordination of peri-operative
care and discharge planning.
The specifics of the measure
methodology are included in the
measure methodology report we have
posted on our Web site at: https://
cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-InitiativesPatient-Assessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html. We refer readers to
the report for further details on the riskadjustment statistical model.
We are proposing to include this nonNQF-endorsed measure in the Hospital
IQR Program under the exception
authority in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act as
previously discussed in section IX.A.7.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Although the proposed measure is not
currently NQF-endorsed, we considered
available measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by the NQF. We
also are not aware of any other 30-day,
all-cause, unplanned, risk-standardized
readmission rate (RSRR) following
coronary artery bypass graft (CABG)
surgery measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization, and found no other
feasible and practical measures on this
topic. The measure has been reviewed
by the MAP and was conditionally
supported pending NQF endorsement as
detailed in its Pre-Rulemaking 2014
Map Recommendations Report available
at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
Setting_Priorities/Partnership/MAP_
Final_Reports.aspx. This measure was
submitted to NQF on February 5, 2014
and is currently under review.
48 Medicare Payment Advisory Committee. Report
to the Congress: Promoting Greater Efficiency in
Medicare, 2007.
49 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(2) Overview of Measure
The CABG readmission measure
assesses hospitals’ 30-day, all-cause
risk-standardized rate of unplanned
readmission following admission for a
CABG procedure. In general, the
measure uses the same approach to risk
adjustment and hierarchical logistic
modeling (HLM) methodology that is
specified for CMS’s other readmission
measures previously adopted for this
program. Information on how the
measure employs HLM can be found in
the 2012 CABG Readmission Measure
Methodology Report (available at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
(3) Data Sources
The proposed measure is claimsbased. It uses Medicare administrative
data from hospitalizations for Medicare
FFS beneficiaries hospitalized for a
CABG procedure.
(4) Outcome
The outcome for this measure is 30day, all-cause readmission, defined as
an unplanned subsequent inpatient
admission to any applicable acute care
facility for any cause within 30 days of
the date of discharge from the index
hospitalization. This outcome period is
consistent with other NQF-endorsed
publicly reported readmission measures
(AMI, HF, PN, COPD, HWR and, THA/
TKA).
The measure assesses all-cause
unplanned readmissions (excluding
planned readmissions) rather than
readmissions for CABG only for several
reasons. First, from the patient
perspective, a readmission for any
reason is likely to be an undesirable
outcome of care, even though not all
readmissions are preventable. Second,
limiting the measure to CABG-related
readmissions may limit the effort focus
too narrowly rather than encouraging
broader initiatives aimed at improving
the overall care within the hospital and
transitions from the hospital setting.
Moreover, it is often hard to exclude
quality issues and accountability based
on the documented cause of
readmission. For example, a patient
who underwent a CABG surgery and
develops a hospital-acquired infection
may ultimately be readmitted for sepsis.
It would be inappropriate to consider
such a readmission to be unrelated to
the care the patient received for their
CABG surgery. Finally, while the
measure does not presume that each
readmission is preventable,
interventions generally have shown
PO 00000
Frm 00252
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reductions in all types of
readmissions.50 51
The measure does not count planned
readmissions as readmissions. Planned
readmissions would be identified in
claims data using the CMS Planned
Readmission Algorithm Version 3.0 that
detects planned readmissions that may
occur within 30 days of discharge from
the hospital. Version 2.1 of the
algorithm was finalized for use in the
current Hospital IQR Program
readmission measures in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50785
through 50787, 50790 through 50792
and 50794 through 50798). However, we
are proposing to update the algorithm to
version 3.0, and details on the updates
to this algorithm can be found in section
IX.A.6.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. The proposed CABG
readmission measure uses the planned
readmission algorithm tailored for
CABG patients. We adapted the
algorithm for this group of patients with
input from CABG surgeons and other
experts, narrowing the types of
readmissions considered planned since
planned readmissions following CABG
are less common and less varied than
among patients discharged from the
hospital following a medical admission.
More detailed information on how the
CABG measure incorporates the
Planned Readmission Algorithm
Version 3.0 can be found on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html. Once at the Web site
go to the Coronary Artery Bypass Graft
(CABG) Readmission zip file. Open the
file labeled, ‘‘Version10_Readmission_
CABG_Measure_Methodology_Report_3
19 2014’’ and refer to Section 2.3.3. For
the CABG measure, unplanned
readmissions that fall within the 30-day
post-discharge timeframe from the index
admission would not be counted as
readmissions for the index admission if
they were preceded by a planned
readmission.
(5) Cohort
The cohort includes patients aged 65
years and older who received a
qualifying CABG procedure at an acute
care facility. Patients are eligible for
50 Gulshan Sharma, Kou Yong-Fang, Freeman
Jean L, Zhang Dong D, Goodwin James S.:
Outpatient Follow-up Visit and 30-Day Emergency
Department Visit and Readmission in Patients
Hospitalized for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary
Disease. Arch Intern Med. Oct. 2010;170:1664–
1670.
51 Nelson EA, Maruish ME, Axler JL.: Effects of
Discharge Planning and Compliance with
Outpatient Appointments on Readmission Rates.
Psychiatr Serv. July 1 2000;51(7):885–889.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
inclusion if they had a qualifying CABG
procedure and continuous enrollment in
Medicare FFS one year prior to the first
day of the index hospital stay and
through 30 days post-discharge. The
index stay is the stay that triggers the
30-day measurement period.
In order to include a clinicallycoherent set of patients in the measure,
we sought input from clinical experts
regarding the inclusion of other
concomitant cardiac and non-cardiac
procedures, such as valve replacement
and carotid endarterectomy. Adverse
clinical outcomes following such
procedures are higher than those
following ‘‘isolated’’ CABG procedures,
that is, CABG procedures performed
without concomitant high-risk cardiac
and non-cardiac procedures.52 Limiting
the measure cohort to ‘‘isolated’’ CABG
patients is consistent with published
reports of CABG outcomes; 9 therefore,
the measure cohort considers only
patients undergoing isolated CABG as
eligible for inclusion in the measure. We
defined isolated CABG patients as those
undergoing CABG procedures without
concomitant valve or other major
cardiac, vascular or thoracic procedures.
In addition, our clinical experts,
consultants, and Technical Expert Panel
(TEP) members agreed that an isolated
CABG cohort is a clinically coherent
cohort for quality measurement. For
detailed information on the cohort
definition, we refer readers to the 2012
CABG Readmission Measure
Methodology Report on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The measure includes
hospitalizations for patients who are 65
years of age or older at the time of index
admission and for whom there was a
complete 12 months of Medicare FFS
enrollment to allow for adequate risk
adjustment. The measure excludes the
following admissions from the measure
cohort: (1) Admissions for patients who
are discharged against medical advice
(excluded because providers do not
have the opportunity to deliver full care
and prepare the patient for discharge);
(2) admissions for patients who die
during the initial hospitalization (these
patients are not eligible for
readmission); (3) admissions for patients
with subsequent qualifying CABG
procedures during the measurement
52 Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Lahey SJ, et al. 30-day
readmissions after coronary artery bypass graft
surgery in New York State. JACC Cardiovasc Interv.
2011;4(5):569–576.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
period (a repeat CABG procedure during
the measurement period very likely
represents a complication of the original
CABG procedure and is a clinically
more complex and higher risk surgery,
therefore we select the first CABG
admission for inclusion in the measure
and exclude subsequent CABG
admissions from the cohort); and (4)
admissions for patients without at least
30 days post-discharge enrollment in
Medicare FFS (excluded because the 30day readmission outcome cannot be
assessed in this group).
(7) Risk-Adjustment
The measure adjusts for differences
across hospitals in how at risk their
patients are for readmission relative to
patients cared for by other hospitals.
The measure uses claims data to
identify patient clinical conditions and
comorbidities to adjust patient risk for
readmission across hospitals, but does
not adjust for potential complications of
care. The model does not adjust for
socioeconomic status or race because
risk adjusting for these characteristics
would hold hospitals with a large
proportion of minority or low
socioeconomic status patients to a
different standard of care than other
hospitals. One goal of this measure is to
illuminate quality differences that such
risk adjustment would obscure.
(8) Calculating the Risk-Standardized
Readmission Ratio (RSRR)
The measure is calculated using
hierarchical logistic modeling (HLM).
This approach appropriately accounts
for the types of patients a hospital treats
(that is, hospital case mix), the number
of patients it treats, and the quality of
care it provides. The HLM is an
appropriate statistical approach to
measuring quality based on patient
outcomes when the patients are
clustered within hospitals (and
therefore the patients’ outcomes are not
statistically independent) and the
number of eligible patients for the
measure varies from hospital to
hospital. As noted above, the measure
methodology defines hospital case mix
based on the clinical diagnoses
provided in the hospital claims for their
patients’ inpatient and outpatient visits
for the 12 months prior to the CABG
hospitalization, as well as those present
in the claims for care at admission. The
methodology, however, specifically
does not account for diagnoses present
in the index admission that may
indicate complications rather than
patient comorbidities.
The RSRR is calculated as the ratio of
the number of predicted readmissions to
the number of expected readmissions
PO 00000
Frm 00253
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28229
and then the ratio is multiplied by the
national unadjusted readmission rate.
The ratio is greater than one for
hospitals that have more readmissions
that would be expected for an average
hospital with similar cases and less than
one if the hospital has fewer
readmissions than would be expected
for an average hospital with similar
cases. This approach is analogous to a
ratio of ‘‘observed’’ or ‘‘crude’’ rate to an
‘‘expected’’ or risk-adjusted rate used in
other similar types of statistical
analyses.
The RSRR is a point estimate—the
best estimate of a hospital’s readmission
rate based on the hospital’s case mix.
For displaying the measure for the
Hospital IQR Program, we computed an
interval estimate, which is similar to the
concept of a confidence interval, to
characterize the level of uncertainty
around the point estimate. We use the
point estimate and interval estimate to
determine hospital performance (for
example, higher than expected, as
expected, or lower than expected). For
more detailed information on the
calculation methodology, we refer
readers to our Web site at: https://
cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives
PatientAssessmentInstruments/Hospital
QualityInits/Measure-Methodology.
html.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
b. Proposed Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause,
Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate
(RSMR) Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery 53
(1) Background
CABG is a priority area for outcomes
measure development because it is a
common procedure associated with
considerable morbidity, mortality, and
health care spending. In 2007, there
were 114,028 hospitalizations for CABG
surgery and 137,721 hospitalizations for
combined surgeries for CABG and valve
procedures (‘‘CABG plus valve’’
surgeries) among Medicare FFS patients
in the U.S.54
CABG surgeries are costly procedures
that account for the majority of major
cardiac surgeries performed nationally.
In FY 2009, isolated CABG surgeries
accounted for almost half (47.6 percent)
of all cardiac surgery hospital
53 Krumholz H. CABG Mortality Measure
Methodology Report Section 1, Subtask 3.1,
Deliverable #49a: Yale New Haven Systems
Corporation; Center for Outcomes Research and
Evaluation; 2012.
54 Drye E, Krumholz H, Vellanky S, Wang Y.
Probing New Conditions and Procedures for New
Measure Development: Yale New Haven Systems
Corporation; Center for Outcomes Research and
Evaluation; 2009:7.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28230
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
admissions in Massachusetts.55 This
provides an example of the frequency in
which a CABG Is performed for a
patient admitted for cardiac surgery. In
2008, the average Medicare payment
was $30,546 for CABG without valve
and $47,669 for CABG plus valve
surgeries.56
Mortality rates following CABG
surgery are not insignificant and vary
across hospitals. For example, in 2009
Medicare FFS data indicated that the
median hospital-level, risk-standardized
mortality rate after CABG was 3.0
percent and ranged from 1.5 percent to
7.9 percent.57 Even within a single state,
the observed in-hospital, 30-day allcause, hospital-level mortality rate was
1.81 percent and ranged from 0.0
percent to 5.6 percent among patients
who were discharged after CABG
surgery (without any other major heart
surgery earlier in the hospital stay) in
New York in 2008. The risk-adjusted
mortality rate ranged from 0.0 percent to
8.2 percent.58
Variation in these rates suggests that
there is room for improvement. An allcause mortality measure for patients
who undergo CABG surgery will
provide hospitals with an incentive to
reduce mortality through improved
coordination of perioperative care and
discharge planning. This is further
supported by the success of registrybased mortality measures in reducing
CABG mortality rates. For example,
California reports that CABG mortality
in that state has steadily declined from
2.9 percent in 2003, the first year of
mandatory reporting of their state
registry measure, to 2.2 percent in
2008.59
The specifics of the measure
methodology are included in the
measure methodology report we have
posted on our Web site at: https://
cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-InitiativesPatient-Assessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html. We refer readers to
the report for further details on the riskadjustment statistical model.
We are proposing to include this nonNQF-endorsed measure in the Hospital
55 Massachusetts Data Analysis Center. Adult
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts: Hospital and
Surgeons Risk-Standardized 30-Day Mortality Rates.
In: Health MDoP, ed. Boston; 2009:77.
56 Pennsylvania Health Care Cost Containment
Council. Cardiac Surgery in Pennsylvania 2008–
2009. Harrisburg; 2011:60.
57 Ibid.
58 New York State Department of Health. Adult
Cardiac Surgery in New York State 2006–2008;
2010:54.
59 California CABG Outcomes Reporting Program.
The California Report on Coronary Artery Bypass
Graft Surgery: 2007–2008 Hospital and Surgeon
Data. 2011:119.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
IQR Program under the exception
authority in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act as
previously discussed in section IX.A.7.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Although the proposed measure is not
currently NQF-endorsed, we considered
available measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by the NQF, and
we were unable to identify any
measures that assess hospital 30-day,
all-cause, risk-standardized mortality
rate (RSMR) following coronary artery
bypass graft (CABG) surgery. We also
are not aware of any other 30-day, allcause, RSMR measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization, and found no other
feasible and practical measures on this
topic. The measure has been reviewed
by the MAP and was conditionally
supported pending NQF endorsement as
detailed in its Pre-Rulemaking 2014
Map Recommendations Report available
at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
This measure was submitted to NQF on
March 17, 2014 and is currently under
review.
(2) Overview of Measure
The CABG mortality measure assesses
hospitals’ 30-day, all-cause riskstandardized rate of mortality following
admission for a CABG procedure. In
general, the measure uses the same
approach to risk adjustment and
hierarchical logistic modeling (HLM)
methodology that is specified for CMS’s
other mortality measures previously
adopted for this program. Information
on how the measure employs HLM can
be found in the 2012 CABG Mortality
Measure Methodology Report (available
at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
(3) Data Sources
The proposed measure is claimsbased. It uses Medicare administrative
data from hospitalizations for Medicare
FFS beneficiaries hospitalized for a
CABG procedure.
(4) Outcome
The outcome for this measure is 30day, all-cause mortality, defined as
death for any cause within 30 days of
the date of the index procedure date. We
use a standard period of assessment so
that the outcome for each patient is
measured consistently. Without a
standard period, variation in length of
stay would have an undue influence on
PO 00000
Frm 00254
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mortality rates, and institutions would
have an incentive to adopt strategies to
shift deaths out of the hospital without
improving quality. The measure differs
from the timeframe used in the other 30day mortality measures in the Hospital
IQR Program by starting the outcome
window from the procedure date rather
than the admission date. Data from 2009
Medicare FFS patients demonstrates
that 25 percent of CABG procedures
occurred more than 3 days after the
admission date. Therefore, dating the
measurement period from admission
would potentially underestimate the
period of risk for a substantial number
of hospitals.
We chose 30-day mortality because it
is an outcome that can be strongly
influenced by hospital care and the
early transition to the outpatient setting.
Clinical experts concur that a 30-day
timeframe is clinically sensible for
measuring outcomes following CABG
surgery.
The measure assesses all-cause
mortality rather than CABG-specific
mortality for several reasons. First,
limiting the measure to CABG-related
mortalities may limit the focus of efforts
to improve care to a narrow set of
approaches as opposed to encouraging
broader initiatives aimed at improving
the overall in-hospital care. Second,
cause of death may be unreliably
recorded and it is often not possible to
exclude quality issues and
accountability based on the documented
cause of mortality. Finally, from a
patient perspective, death due to any
cause is the outcome that matters.
(5) Cohort
The cohort includes patients aged 65
years and older who received a
qualifying CABG procedure at an acute
care facility. Patients are eligible for
inclusion if they had a qualifying CABG
procedure and continuous enrollment in
Medicare FFS one year prior to the first
day of the index hospital stay and
through 30 days post-procedure.
In order to include a clinicallycoherent set of patients in the measure,
we sought input from clinical experts
regarding the inclusion of other
concomitant cardiac and non-cardiac
procedures, such as valve replacement
and carotid endarterectomy. Adverse
clinical outcomes following such
procedures are higher than those
following ‘‘isolated’’ CABG procedures,
that is, CABG procedures performed
without concomitant high-risk cardiac
and non-cardiac procedures.60 Limiting
60 Hannan EL, Zhong Y, Lahey SJ, et al. 30-day
readmissions after coronary artery bypass graft
surgery in New York State. JACC Cardiovasc Interv.
2011;4(5):569–576.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the measure cohort to ‘‘isolated’’ CABG
patients is consistent with published
reports of CABG outcomes; 61 therefore,
the measure cohort considers only
patients undergoing isolated CABG as
eligible for inclusion in the measure. We
defined isolated CABG patients as those
undergoing CABG procedures without
concomitant valve or other major
cardiac, vascular or thoracic procedures.
In addition, our clinical experts,
consultants, and Technical Expert Panel
(TEP) members agreed that an isolated
CABG cohort is a clinically coherent
cohort for quality measurement. For
detailed information on the cohort
definition, we refer readers to the 2012
CABG Mortality Measure Methodology
Report on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The measure includes
hospitalizations for patients who are 65
years of age or older at the time of index
admission and for whom there was a
complete 12 months of Medicare FFS
enrollment to allow for adequate risk
adjustment. The measure excludes the
following admissions from the measure
cohort: (1) Admissions for patients who
leave hospital against medical advice
excluded because providers do not have
the opportunity to deliver full care and
prepare the patient for discharge); and
(2) admissions for patients with
subsequent qualifying CABG procedures
during the measurement period (a
repeat CABG procedure during the
measurement period very likely
represents a complication of the original
CABG procedure and is a clinically
more complex and higher risk surgery,
therefore we select the first CABG
admission for inclusion in the measure
and exclude subsequent CABG
admissions from the cohort).
(7) Risk-Adjustment
The measure adjusts for differences
across hospitals in how at risk their
patients are for death relative to patients
cared for by other hospitals. The
measure uses claims data to identify
patient clinical conditions and
comorbidities to adjust patient risk for
readmission across hospitals, but does
not adjust for potential complications of
care. Consistent with NQF guidelines,
the model does not adjust for
socioeconomic status or race because
risk adjusting for these characteristics
would hold hospitals with a large
proportion of minority or low
61 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
28231
socioeconomic status patients to a
different standard of care than other
hospitals. One goal of this measure is to
illuminate quality differences that such
risk adjustment would obscure.
Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
(8) Calculating the Risk-Standardized
Mortality Ratio (RSMR)
The measure is calculated using
hierarchical logistic modeling (HLM).
This approach appropriately accounts
for the types of patients a hospital treats
(that is, hospital case mix), the number
of patients it treats, and the quality of
care it provides. The HLM is an
appropriate statistical approach to
measuring quality based on patient
outcomes when the patients are
clustered within hospitals (and
therefore the patients’ outcomes are not
statistically independent) and the
number of eligible patients for the
measure varies from hospital to
hospital. As noted above, the measure
methodology defines hospital case mix
based on the clinical diagnoses
provided in the hospital claims for their
patients’ inpatient and outpatient visits
for the 12 months prior to the CABG
hospitalization, as well as those present
in the claims for care at admission. The
methodology, however, specifically
does not account for diagnoses present
in the index admission that may
indicate complications rather than
patient comorbidities.
The RSMR is calculated as the ratio of
the number of predicted deaths to the
number of expected deaths and then the
ratio is multiplied by the national
unadjusted mortality rate. The ratio is
greater than one for hospitals that have
more deaths than would be expected for
an average hospital with similar cases
and less than one if the hospital has
fewer deaths than would be expected for
an average hospital with similar cases.
This approach is analogous to a ratio of
‘‘observed’’ or ‘‘crude’’ rate to an
‘‘expected’’ or risk-adjusted rate used in
other similar types of statistical
analyses.
The RSMR is a point estimate—the
best estimate of a hospital’s mortality
rate based on the hospital’s case mix.
For displaying the measure for the
Hospital IQR Program, we computed an
interval estimate, which is similar to the
concept of a confidence interval, to
characterize the level of uncertainty
around the point estimate. We use the
point estimate and interval estimate to
determine hospital performance (for
example, higher than expected, as
expected, or lower than expected). For
more detailed information on the
calculation methodology, we refer
readers to our Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-
c. Proposed Hospital-Level, RiskStandardized 30-Day Episode-of-Care
Payment Measure for Pneumonia
PO 00000
Frm 00255
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) Background
Providing high-value care is an
essential part of our mission to provide
better health care for individuals, better
health for populations, and lower costs
for health care. In order to incentivize
innovation that promotes high-quality
care at high value it is critical to
examine measures of payment and
patient outcomes concurrently. There is
evidence of variation in payments at
hospitals for pneumonia patients; mean
30-day risk-standardized payment
among Medicare FFS patients aged 65 or
older hospitalized for pneumonia in
2008–2009 was $13,237, and ranged
from $8,281 to $27,975 across 4,155
hospitals. However, high or low
payments to hospitals are difficult to
interpret in isolation. Some high
payment hospitals may have better
clinical outcomes when compared with
low payment hospitals while other high
payment hospitals may not have better
outcomes. For this reason, the value of
hospital care is more clearly assessed
when pairing hospital payments with
hospital quality. Therefore, we are
proposing to include this non-NQFendorsed measure in the Hospital IQR
Program under the exception authority
in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the
Act as previously discussed in section
IX.A.7. of the preamble of this proposed
rule. Although the proposed measure is
not currently NQF-endorsed, we
considered available measures that have
been endorsed or adopted by the NQF,
and we were unable to identify any
measures that assess hospital riskstandardized payment associated with a
30-day episode-of-care for pneumonia.
We also are not aware of any other 30day episode-of-care pneumonia
measures that have been endorsed or
adopted by a consensus organization,
and found no other feasible and
practical measures on this topic. The
MAP supports this measure but
reiterated the need for this measure to
be submitted for NQF-endorsement:
https://www.qualityforum.org/Setting_
Priorities/Partnership/MAP_Final_
Reports.aspx. This measure was
submitted to the NQF for endorsement
on April 18, 2014.
We believe it is important to adopt
this measure as pneumonia is one of the
leading causes of hospitalization for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28232
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Americans 65 and over, and pneumonia
patients incur roughly $10 billion in
aggregate health care costs.62
Furthermore, because 30-day all-cause
mortality and readmission measures for
pneumonia are already publicly
reported, pneumonia serves as a model
condition for assessing relative value for
an episode of care that begins with an
acute hospitalization because including
this measure in the Hospital IQR
Program and publicly reporting it on
Hospital Compare will allow
stakeholders to assess information about
a hospital’s quality and cost of care for
pneumonia. The measure reflects
differences in the management of care
for patients with pneumonia both
during hospitalization and immediately
post-discharge. By focusing on one
specific condition, value assessments
may provide actionable feedback to
hospitals and incentivize targeted
improvements in care.
(2) Overview of Measure and Rationale
for Examining Payments for a 30-Day
Episode-of-Care
The pneumonia payment measure
assesses hospital risk-standardized
payment associated with a 30-day
episode-of-care for pneumonia for any
hospital participating in the Hospital
IQR Program. The measure includes
Medicare FFS patients aged 65 or older
admitted for pneumonia and calculates
payments for these patients over a 30day episode-of-care beginning with the
index admission. In general, the
measure uses the same approach to riskadjustment as our 30-day outcome
measures previously adopted for the
Hospital IQR Program. We refer readers
to our Web site at: https://cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html.
When examining variation in
payments, consideration of the episodeof-care triggered by admission is
meaningful for several reasons. First,
hospitalizations represent a brief period
of illness that requires ongoing
management post-discharge and
decisions made at the admitting hospital
affect payments for care in the
immediate post-discharge period.
Second, attributing payments for a
continuous episode-of-care to admitting
hospitals may reveal practice variations
in the full care of the illness that can
result in increased payments. Third, a
62 Lindenauer PK, Lagu T, Shieh M, Pekow PS,
Rothberg MB. Association of diagnostic coding with
trends in hospitalizations and mortality of patients
with pneumonia, 2003–2009. JAMA: The Journal of
the American Medical Association.
2012;307(13):1405–1413.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
30-day preset window provides a
standard observation period by which to
compare all hospitals. Lastly, the
pneumonia payment measure is
intended to be paired with our 30-day
pneumonia mortality and readmission
measures and capture payments for
Medicare patients across care settings,
services, and supplies, except for
Medicare Part D (that is, inpatient,
outpatient, skilled nursing facility,
home health, hospice, physician/
clinical laboratory/ambulance services,
supplier Part B items, and durable
medical equipment, prosthetics/
orthotics, and supplies).
We have posted the measure
methodology report on our Web site at:
https://cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html. We refer
readers to the report for further details
on the risk adjustment statistical model
as well as the model results.
(3) Data Sources
The proposed measure is claimsbased and uses Medicare administrative
data that contain hospitalizations and
payments for Medicare FFS
beneficiaries hospitalized with
pneumonia.
(4) Outcome
The primary outcome of the
pneumonia payment measure is the
hospital-level risk-standardized
payment for a pneumonia episode-ofcare. The measure captures payments
for Medicare patients across all care
settings, services, and supplies, except
Part D. By risk-standardizing the
payment measure, we are able to adjust
for case-mix at any given hospital and
compare a specific hospital’s
pneumonia payment to other hospitals
with the same case-mix. The analytic
time frame for the pneumonia payment
measure begins with the index
admission for pneumonia and ends 30
days post-admission.
In order to isolate payment variation
that reflects practice patterns rather than
CMS payment adjustments, the
pneumonia payment measure excludes
policy and geography payment
adjustments unrelated to clinical care
decisions. We achieve this by
‘‘stripping’’ or ‘‘standardizing’’
payments for each care setting.
Stripping refers to removing geographic
differences and policy adjustments in
payment rates for individual services
from the total payment for that service.
Standardizing refers to averaging
payments across geographic areas for
those services where geographic
differences in payment cannot be
PO 00000
Frm 00256
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
stripped. Stripping and standardizing
the payment amounts allows for a fair
comparison across hospitals based
solely on payments for decisions related
to clinical care of pneumonia.
(5) Cohort
We created the pneumonia payment
measure cohort to be aligned with the
publicly reported pneumonia mortality
measure cohort. Consistent with these
measures, the pneumonia payment
measure includes hospitalizations with
a principal hospital discharge diagnosis
of pneumonia using the International
Classification of Diseases, Ninth
revision, Clinical Modification (ICD–9–
CM). These measures will use data from
July 2010–Jun 2013 which does not yet
include the period for which ICD–10
codes are mandatory. ICD–10 will
officially be implemented on October 1,
2015. A full list of ICD–9–CM codes
included in the final cohort can be
found in Appendix B of the technical
report on our Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html. The
measure includes only those
hospitalizations from short-stay acute
care hospitals in the index cohort and
restricts the cohort to patients enrolled
in FFS Medicare Parts A and B (with no
Medicare Advantage coverage).
(6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The pneumonia payment measure
includes hospitalizations for patients 65
years or older at the time of index
admission and for whom there was a
complete 12 months of FFS enrollment
to allow for adequate risk adjustment.
An index admission/hospitalization is
the initial pneumonia admission that
triggers the 30-day episode-of-care for
this payment calculation. The measure
excludes the following admissions from
the measure cohort: (1) Admissions for
patients with fewer than 30 days of
post-admission enrollment in Medicare
because this is necessary in order to
identify the outcome (payments) in the
sample over the analytic period; (2)
admissions for patients having a
principal diagnosis of pneumonia
during the index hospitalization who
were transferred from another acute care
facility are excluded, because the
hospital where the patient was initially
admitted made the critical acute care
decisions (including the decision to
transfer and where to transfer); (3)
admissions for pneumonia patients who
were discharged on the same or next
day as the index admission and did not
die or get transferred are excluded,
because it is unlikely these patients
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
suffered a clinically significant
pneumonia; (4) admissions for patients
enrolled in the Medicare Hospice
program any time in the 12 months
prior to the index hospitalization,
including the first date of the index
admission are excluded, because it is
likely that these patients are continuing
to seek comfort care and their goal may
not be survival; (5) admissions for
patients who are discharged alive and
against medical advice are excluded
because providers did not have the
opportunity to deliver full care and
prepare the patient for discharge; (6)
admissions for patients transferred to or
from federal or Veterans Administration
hospitals are excluded, because we do
not have claims data for these hospitals;
thus, including these patients would
systematically underestimate payments;
and (7) admissions without a DRG or
DRG weight for the index
hospitalization are excluded, because
we cannot calculate a payment for these
patients’ index admission using the
IPPS; this would underestimate
payments for the entire episode-of-care.
There are two portions of the DRG
system that determine how much a
provider is reimbursed. The first is the
DRG itself which indicates the reason a
patient was admitted. The second is the
DRG weight which determines the
severity of the admission. Without
either of these, we were unable to
calculate the payment for the index
admission.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(7) Risk Adjustment
The measure adjusts for differences
across hospitals in how payments are
affected by patient comorbidities
relative to patients cared for by other
hospitals. Consistent with NQF
guidelines, the model does not adjust
for socioeconomic status or race,
because risk-adjusting for these
characteristics would hold hospitals
with a large proportion of minority or
low socioeconomic status patients to a
different standard of care than other
hospitals. One goal of this measure is to
illuminate quality differences that such
risk-adjustment would obscure.
(8) Calculating the Risk-Standardized
Payment (RSP)
The measure is calculated using a
hierarchical generalized linear model
with a log link and a Poisson error
distribution. This is a widely accepted
statistical method that enables fair
evaluation of relative hospital
performance by taking into account
patient risk factors as well as the
number of patients that a hospital treats.
This statistical model accounts for the
structure of the data (patients clustered
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
within hospitals) and calculates: (1)
How much variation in hospital
payment overall is accounted for by
patients’ individual risk factors (such as
age and other medical conditions); and
(2) how much variation is accounted for
by hospital-specific performance. This
approach appropriately models a
positive, continuous, right-skewed
outcome like payment and also accounts
for the types of patients a hospital treats
(that is, hospital case mix), the number
of patients it treats, and the quality of
care it provides. The hierarchical
generalized linear model is an
appropriate statistical approach to
measuring quality based on patient
outcomes when the patients are
clustered within hospitals and sample
sizes vary across hospitals. Clustered
patients are within the same hospital,
and the quality of care of the hospital
affects all patients, so the outcomes for
each hospital’s patients are not fully
independent (that is, completely
unrelated) as is assumed by many
statistical models. As noted above, the
measure methodology defines hospital
case mix based on the clinical diagnoses
provided in the hospital claims for their
patients’ inpatient and outpatient visits
for the 12 months prior to the
pneumonia hospitalization, as well as
those present in the claims for care at
admission. This methodology
specifically does not, however, account
for diagnoses present in the index
admission that may indicate
complications rather than patient
comorbidities.
The RSP is calculated as the ratio of
predicted payments to expected
payments and then the ratio is
multiplied by the national unadjusted
average payment for an episode of care.
The ratio is greater than one for
hospitals that have higher payments
than would be expected for an average
hospital with similar cases and less than
one if the hospital has lower payments
than would be expected for an average
hospital with similar cases. This
approach is analogous to a ratio of
‘‘observed’’ or ‘‘crude’’ rate to an
‘‘expected’’ or ‘‘risk-adjusted’’ rate used
in other similar types of statistical
analyses.
The RSP is a point estimate—the best
estimate of a hospital’s payment based
on the hospital’s case mix. To calculate
the measure for the Hospital IQR
Program, we computed an interval
estimate, which is similar to the concept
of a confidence interval, to characterize
the level of uncertainty around the point
estimate, we use the point estimate and
interval estimate to determine hospital
performance (for example, higher than
expected, as expected, or lower than
PO 00000
Frm 00257
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28233
expected). The interval estimate
indicates that the true value of the
payment ratio lies between the lower
limit and the upper limit of the interval.
For more detailed information on the
calculation methodology, we refer
readers to our Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
This measure is meant to be paired
with our 30-day pneumonia mortality
and/or readmission measure in order for
us to gain a better understanding of the
value of care for a hospital’s patients
and the nation as a whole.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
d. Proposed Hospital-Level, RiskStandardized 30-day Episode-of-Care
Payment Measure for Heart Failure
(1) Background
There is evidence of variation in
payments at hospitals for heart failure
patients; mean 30-day risk-standardized
payment among Medicare FFS patients
aged 65 or older hospitalized for heart
failure in 2008–2009 was $13,922, and
ranged from $9,630 to $20,646 across
3,714 hospitals. However, high or low
payments to hospitals are difficult to
interpret in isolation. Some high
payment hospitals may have better
clinical outcomes when compared with
low payment hospitals while other high
payment hospitals may not have better
outcomes. For this reason, the value of
hospital care is more clearly assessed
when pairing hospital payments with
hospital quality. Therefore, we are
proposing to include this non-NQFendorsed measure: hospital riskstandardized payment associated with a
30-day episode-of-care for heart failure
in the Hospital IQR Program under the
exception authority in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(IX)(bb) of the Act as
previously discussed in section IX.A.7.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Although the proposed measure is not
currently NQF-endorsed, we considered
available measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by the NQF, and
we were unable to identify any
measures that assess hospital riskstandardized payment associated with a
30-day episode-of-care for heart failure.
We also are not aware of any other 30day episode-of-care heart failure
measures that have been endorsed or
adopted by a consensus organization,
and found no other feasible and
practical measures on this topic. The
MAP supports this measure but
reiterated the need for this measure to
be submitted for NQF-endorsement:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28234
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
https://www.qualityforum.org/Setting_
Priorities/Partnership/MAP_Final_
Reports.aspx. The HF measure was
submitted to NQF and is currently
under review as part of the cost and
resource use project.
We believe it is important to adopt
this measure as heart failure is one of
the leading causes of hospitalization for
Americans 65 and over and costs
roughly $34 billion annually.63 64
Furthermore, because 30-day all-cause
mortality and readmission measures for
heart failure are already publicly
reported, heart failure serves as a model
condition for assessing relative value for
an episode of care that begins with an
acute hospitalization. Including this
measure in the Hospital IQR Program
and publicly reporting it on Hospital
Compare will allow stakeholders to
assess information about a hospital’s
quality and cost of care for heart failure.
The measure reflects differences in the
management of care for patients with
heart failure both during hospitalization
and immediately post-discharge. By
focusing on one specific condition,
value assessments may provide
actionable feedback to hospitals and
incentivize targeted improvements in
care.
(2) Overview of Measure and Rationale
for Examining Payments for a 30-Day
Episode-of-Care
The heart failure payment measure
assesses hospital risk-standardized
payment associated with a 30-day
episode-of-care for heart failure for any
hospital participating in the Hospital
IQR Program. The measure includes
Medicare FFS patients aged 65 or older
admitted for heart failure and calculates
payments for these patients over a 30day episode-of-care beginning with the
index admission. In general, the
measure uses the same approach to riskadjustment as our 30-day outcome
measures previously adopted for the
Hospital IQR Program. We refer readers
to the measure methodology report on
our Web site at: https://cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html.
When examining variation in
payments, consideration of the episodeof-care triggered by admission is
meaningful for several reasons. First,
63 Russo CA, Elixhauser, A. Hospitalizations in
the Elderly Population, 2003. Agency for Healthcare
Research and Quality. 2006.
64 Heidenriech PA, Trogdon JG, Khavjou OA,
Butler J, Dracup K, Ezekowitz MD, et al. Forecasting
the future of cardiovascular disease in the United
States: a policy statement from the American Heart
Association. Circulation. 2011;123(8):933–44.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospitalizations represent brief periods
of illness that require ongoing
management post-discharge; and
decisions made at the admitting hospital
affect payments for care in the
immediate post-discharge period.
Second, attributing payments for a
continuous episode-of-care to admitting
hospitals may reveal practice variations
in the full care of the illness that can
result in increased payments. Third, a
30-day preset window provides a
standard observation period by which to
compare all hospitals. The term preset
window means that every admission
will be tracked 30 days post admission
in order to apply a standardized
measurement window. In order to
compare payments across providers it is
important that the comparison window
is identical for each admission at each
hospital. Lastly, the heart failure
payment measure is intended to be
paired with our 30-day heart failure
mortality and readmission measures and
capture payments for Medicare patients
across all care settings, services, and
supplies, except for Medicare Part D
(that is, inpatient, outpatient, skilled
nursing facility, home health, hospice,
physician/clinical laboratory/ambulance
services, supplier Part B items, and
durable medical equipment, prosthetics/
orthotics, and supplies).
We have posted the measure
methodology report on our Web site at:
https://cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html. We refer
readers to the report for further details
on the risk adjustment statistical model
as well as the model results.
(3) Data Sources
The proposed measure is claimsbased and uses Medicare administrative
data that contain hospitalizations and
payments for Medicare FFS
beneficiaries hospitalized with heart
failure.
(4) Outcome
The primary outcome of the heart
failure payment measure is the hospitallevel risk-standardized payment for a
heart failure episode-of-care. The
measure captures payments for
Medicare patients across all care
settings, services, and supplies, except
Part D. By risk-standardizing the
payment measure, we are able to adjust
for case-mix at any given hospital and
compare a specific hospital’s heart
failure payment to other hospitals with
the same case-mix. The analytic time
frame for the heart failure payment
measure begins with the index
admission for heart failure and ends 30
PO 00000
Frm 00258
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
days post-admission. The index
admission is any admission included in
the measure calculation that begins the
30-day AMI episode of care.
In order to isolate payment variation
that reflects practice patterns rather than
CMS payment adjustments, the heart
failure payment measure excludes
policy and geography payment
adjustments unrelated to clinical care
decisions. We achieve this by
‘‘stripping’’ or ‘‘standardizing’’
payments for each care setting. These
concepts were also discussed previously
in the proposed hospital-level, riskstandardized 30-day episode-of-care
payment measure for pneumonia
measure in section IX.A.7.c.(4) of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
(5) Cohort
We created the heart failure payment
measure cohort to be aligned with the
publicly reported heart failure mortality
measure cohort. Consistent with these
measures, the heart failure payment
measure includes hospitalizations with
a principal hospital discharge diagnosis
of heart failure using ICD–9–CM codes
included in the final cohort can be
found in Appendix B of the technical
report on our Web site at: https://
cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-InitiativesPatient-Assessment-Instruments/
HospitalQualityInits/MeasureMethodology.html. The measure will be
using data from July 2010–Jun 2013
which does not yet include the period
where ICD–10 codes are mandatory.
ICD–10–CM/PCS will officially be
implemented on October 1, 2015;
therefore, the measure will not include
ICD–10 data for another three reporting
periods. An index admission/
hospitalization is the initial heart failure
admission that triggers the 30-day
episode-of-care for this payment
calculation. The measure includes only
those hospitalizations from short-stay
acute care hospitals in the index cohort
and restricts the cohort to patients
enrolled in FFS Medicare Parts A and B
(with no Medicare Advantage coverage).
These hospitalizations are the
admissions which were included in the
measure after applying all inclusion/
exclusion criteria.
(6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
The heart failure payment measure
includes hospitalizations for patients 65
years or older at the time of index
admission and for whom there was a
complete 12 months of FFS enrollment
to allow for adequate risk adjustment.
The measure excludes the following
admissions from the measure cohort: (1)
Admissions for patients with fewer than
30 days of post-admission enrollment in
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Medicare because this is necessary in
order to identify the outcome
(payments) in the sample over the
analytic period; (2) admissions for
patients having a principal diagnosis of
heart failure during the index
hospitalization who were transferred
from another acute care facility are
excluded, because the hospital where
the patient was initially admitted made
the critical acute care decisions
(including the decision to transfer and
where to transfer); (3) admissions for
heart failure patients who were
discharged on the same or next day as
the index admission and did not die or
get transferred are excluded, because it
is unlikely these patients suffered a
clinically significant heart failure; (4)
admissions for patients enrolled in the
Medicare Hospice program any time in
the 12 months prior to the index
hospitalization, including the first date
of the index admission are excluded,
because it is likely that these patients
are continuing to seek comfort care and
their goal may not be survival; (5)
admissions for patients who are
discharged alive and against medical
advice are excluded because providers
did not have the opportunity to deliver
full care and prepare the patient for
discharge; (6) admissions for patients
transferred to or from federal or
Veterans Administration hospitals are
excluded, because we do not have
claims data for these hospitals; thus,
including these patients would
systematically underestimate payments;
(7) admissions without a DRG or DRG
weight for the index hospitalization are
excluded, because we cannot calculate a
payment for these patients’ index
admission using the IPPS; this would
underestimate payments for the entire
episode-of-care; and (8) admissions for
patients who receive a heart transplant
or LVAD during the index admissions or
episode of care because these patients
are clinically distinct, generally very
high payment cases, and not
representative of the typical heart
failure patient that this measure aims to
capture.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(7) Risk Adjustment
The measure adjusts for differences
across hospitals in how payments are
affected by patient comorbidities
relative to patients cared for by other
hospitals. The model does not adjust for
socioeconomic status or race, because
risk-adjusting for these characteristics
would hold hospitals with a large
proportion of minority or low
socioeconomic status patients to a
different standard of care than other
hospitals. One goal of this measure is to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
illuminate quality differences that such
risk-adjustment would obscure.
(8) Calculating the Risk-Standardized
Payment (RSP)
The measure is calculated using
hierarchical generalized linear statistical
models with a log link and a Gamma
error distribution. This approach
appropriately models a positive,
continuous, right-skewed outcome like
payment and also accounts for the types
of patients a hospital treats (that is,
hospital case-mix), the number of
patients it treats, and the quality of care
it provides. The hierarchical generalized
linear model is an appropriate statistical
approach to measuring quality based on
patient outcomes when the patients are
clustered within hospitals (and
therefore the patients’ outcomes are not
statistically independent) and sample
sizes vary across hospitals. As noted
above, the measure methodology defines
hospital case mix based on the clinical
diagnoses provided in the hospital
claims for their patients’ inpatient and
outpatient visits for the 12 months prior
to the heart failure hospitalization, as
well as those present in the claims for
care at admission. This methodology
specifically does not, however, account
for diagnoses present in the index
admission that may indicate
complications rather than patient
comorbidities.
The RSP is calculated as the ratio of
predicted payments to expected
payments and then the ratio is
multiplied by the national unadjusted
average payment for an episode of care.
The ratio is greater than one for
hospitals that have higher payments
than would be expected for an average
hospital with similar cases and less than
one if the hospital has lower payments
than would be expected for an average
hospital with similar cases. This
approach is analogous to a ratio of
‘‘observed’’ or ‘‘crude’’ rate to an
‘‘expected’’ or ‘‘risk-adjusted’’ rate used
in other similar types of statistical
analyses.
The RSP is a point estimate—the best
estimate of a hospital’s payment based
on the hospital’s case mix. For
displaying the measure for the Hospital
IQR Program, we computed an interval
estimate, which is similar to the concept
of a confidence interval, to characterize
the level of uncertainty around the point
estimate, we use the point estimate and
interval estimate to determine hospital
performance (for example, higher than
expected, as expected, or lower than
expected). For more detailed
information on the calculation
methodology, we refer readers to our
Web site at: https://cms.gov/Medicare/
PO 00000
Frm 00259
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28235
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/HospitalQualityInits/
Measure-Methodology.html.
This measure is meant to be paired
with our 30-day heart failure mortality
and/or readmission measure in order for
us to gain a better understanding of the
value of care for a hospital’s patients
and the nation as a whole.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
e. Proposed Severe Sepsis and Septic
Shock: Management Bundle Measure
(NQF #0500)
(1) Background
Sepsis, severe sepsis, and septic shock
can arise from a simple infection, such
as pneumonia or urinary tract infection.
Although it can affect anyone at any age,
it is more common in infants, the
elderly, and patients with chronic
health conditions such as diabetes and
immunosuppressive disorders seen in
transplant patients. Information for this
measure comes from the NQF Measure
Information-Composite for the severe
sepsis and septic shock: management
bundle (NQF #0500).65 More
information on this issue is available
from the Surviving Sepsis Campaign:
International Guidelines for
Management of Severe Sepsis and
Septic Shock: 2012.66 Sepsis is
associated with mortality rates of over
16 to 49 percent, which is more than 8
times higher than the rate for inpatient
stays for other hospital admissions.
Findings from the National Hospital
Discharge Survey indicate that the
number of hospital stays for septicemia
more than doubled between the years of
2000 and 2008, and patients with this
condition were more severely ill than
patients hospitalized for other
conditions. Severe sepsis and septic
shock are frequent causes of rehospitalizations, especially during the
first year after the initial hospitalization.
Based on national discharge data
reported by the Agency for Healthcare
Research and Quality (AHRQ), sepsis
was the sixth most common principal
reason for hospitalization in the United
States in 2009, accounting for 836,000
hospital stays. There were an additional
829,500 stays with a secondary
diagnosis of sepsis for a total of
1,665,400 inpatient stays and 258,000
65 National Quality Forum (NQF). Measure
Information-Composite. #500 Severe Sepsis and
Septic Shock: Management Bundle. Updated 2014
Jan 2. NQF: Washington, DC https://www.quality
forum.org/Home.aspx.
66 Dellinger RP, Levy MM, Rhodes A, Annane D,
et al. Surviving Sepsis Campaign: international
guidelines for management of severe sepsis and
septic shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013 Feb;
41(2):580–637.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28236
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
deaths. From 1993 to 2009, sepsisrelated hospital stays increased by 153
percent, with an average annual
increase of 6 percent. Medicare was the
predominant payer for sepsis-related
hospital stays, covering 58.1 percent of
patients. Sepsis cases and sepsis-related
deaths are expected to continue to
increase with the aging of the
population.
In a landmark study by Rivers et al.,67
it has been shown that an absolute and
relative reduction in mortality from
sepsis can be reduced 16 percent and 30
percent, respectively, when aggressive
care is provided within 6 hours of
hospital arrival. Furthermore, a recent
study of the 2008 Healthcare Cost and
Utilization Project (HCUP) Nationwide
Inpatient Sample 68 determined that
patients admitted through the
Emergency Department had a 17 percent
lower likelihood of dying from sepsis
than when directly admitted.
The severe sepsis and septic shock:
management bundle measure (NQF
#0500) is NQF endorsed and is
conditionally supported by the MAP in
its Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS, available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=
id&ItemID=72738. The MAP noted the
measure addresses an NQS priority not
adequately addressed in the program
measure set, but conditionally
supported this measure stating, ‘‘Not
ready for implementation; measure
concept is promising but requires
modification or further development.’’
In addition, ‘‘MAP noted the need for
continued development of electronic
specifications for NQF #0500 Severe
Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management
Bundle. We are recommending this
measure because we believe severe
sepsis and septic shock are important
conditions to monitor. While some
workgroup members challenged the
feasibility and evidence behind this
measure, MAP deferred to the recent
endorsement review of this measure and
conditionally supported it for the
Meaningful Use Program. Public
comment from Edwards Lifesciences
supports MAP’s conclusion.’’
67 Rivers
E, Nguyen B, Havstad S et al. Early goaldirected therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis
and septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2001; 345: 1368–
77.
68 HCUP Nationwide Inpatient Sample (NIS).
Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUP).
2007–2009. Agency for Healthcare Research and
Quality, Rockville, MD. https://www.hcup-us.
ahrq.gov/nisoverview.jsp.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(2) Overview of Measure
The purpose of the proposed severe
sepsis and septic shock: management
bundle measure is to support the
efficient, effective, and timely delivery
of high quality sepsis care in support of
the Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) aims
for quality improvement. This is
consistent with the Department of
Health and Human Service National
Quality Strategy’s priorities directed at
one of the leading causes of mortality.
By providing timely, patient-centered
care, and making sepsis care more
affordable through early intervention,
reduced resource use and complication
rates can result. The severe sepsis and
septic shock early management bundle
provides a standard operating procedure
for the early risk stratification and
management of a patient with severe
infection. Through applying this
standard operating procedure, a
clinically and statistically significant
decrease in organ failure, mortality, and
the utilization of health care resources
has been demonstrated for over 10
years. Additional information about this
measure is available on the NQF’s Web
site at https://www.qualityforum.org/
QPS/0500.
(3) Data Sources
The proposed measure is chartabstracted data of patients presenting
with septic shock who received
treatment detailed in the Calculations
section below.
(4) Outcome
The outcome criteria for this measure
consists of: measure lactate; blood
cultures; timely antibiotics; fluid
resuscitation; lactate clearance;
vasopressors, central venous pressure
(CVP), central venous oxygen saturation
(ScvO2); and overall bundle
compliance. These are discussed in
more detail below:
• Measure Lactate
Measurement of lactate levels is
specifically associated with improved
outcomes in sepsis, and an elevated
lactate value identifies patients at higher
risk for poor outcomes. Up to 10 percent
of in-hospital cardiac arrest in the
United States per year is secondary to
sepsis (pneumonia). These patients are
often misdiagnosed and sent to the
medical floors only to suffer acute
hemodynamic deterioration. These
outcomes could be potentially avoided
with lactate measurement upon
admission providing risk stratification
triggering alternative dispositions.
Levy et al. (2010) conducted an
international, multisite ‘‘Surviving
Sepsis Campaign’’ (SSC) initiative (Levy
PO 00000
Frm 00260
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
et al. SSC initiative) to determine the
rate of change at which the sites reached
the SSC guideline targets. In the first
quarter of this initiative, only 61.0
percent of patients had lactate values
measured consistent with guidelines. In
addition, prior studies have shown that
care prompted by measurement of
lactate levels in sepsis patients reduced
resource utilization and cost. This leads
to lower likelihood of hospital-acquired
conditions. This performance measure
has been previously used as a core
component of multicenter and national
quality improvement initiatives.
Formalizing it as a national performance
measure will provide direct targets for
intervention that are closely linked with
improvements in mortality and cost.
• Blood Cultures
In the first quarter of the Levy et al.
SSC initiative, only 64.5 percent of
patients had blood cultures collected
prior to antibiotic administration.
Collecting blood cultures prior to
antibiotic administration is specifically
associated with improved outcomes in
sepsis, and pathogens identified by
blood cultures allow for customized
therapy. As a result, blood cultures
continue as a recommendation of the
current Surviving Sepsis Guidelines.
By obtaining blood cultures, antibiotic
regimens can be customized to treat the
specific infecting organism. This will
result in less unnecessary exposure to
antibiotics, reducing complications
associated with antibiotic use, including
drug reactions, allergies and adverse
events, the development of drugresistant organisms, and the occurrence
of Clostridium difficile colitis. The
performance measure for collecting
blood cultures for suspected sepsis has
been previously used and continues as
a core component of the SSC guidelines.
• Timely Antibiotics
Kumar et al.69 found the median time
to appropriate antibiotics was 6 hours
after shock. In the first quarter of the
Levy et al.70 SSC initiative, only 60.4
percent of patients received timely
antibiotics. Multiple studies, for
example, have demonstrated that delays
in administration of appropriate
antibiotics in patients with sepsis and
other severe infections are associated
with longer lengths of stay, higher costs,
69 Kumar A, Roberts D, Wood K, Light B, et al.
Duration of Hypotension before Initiation of
Effective Antimicrobial Therapy is the Critical
Determinant of Survival in Human Septic Shock.
Crit Care Med. 2006;34 (6):1589–96.
70 Levy MM, Dellinger RP, et al.; Surviving Sepsis
Campaign. The Surviving Sepsis Campaign: results
of an international guideline based performance
improvement program targeting severe sepsis. Crit
Care Med. 2010 Feb;38(2):367–74.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
and higher mortality. In septic shock,
the Kumar et al. study demonstrated
that every hour in delay of appropriate
antibiotics was associated with a 7.6
percent higher mortality. The timely
administration of broad-spectrum
antibiotics was associated with
significantly higher risk adjusted
survival. Based on a preponderance of
data, the current recommendations in
the international guidelines for the
management of severe sepsis and septic
shock includes the administration of
broad-spectrum antibiotic therapy
within 1 hour of diagnosis of septic
shock and severe sepsis.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Fluid Resuscitation
A common finding in patients with
septic shock, manifested by low blood
pressure and/or other signs of organ
hypoperfusion, such as elevated serum
lactate levels, is intravascular volume
depletion. The degree of the
intravascular volume deficit in sepsis
varies, yet nearly all patients require
initial volume resuscitation and many
patients require continuing fluid
resuscitation over the first 24 hours.
Early fluid resuscitation is associated
with improved outcomes for patients
with acute lung injury due to septic
shock. International guidelines
recommend that patients with suspected
hypovolemia be initially treated with at
least 30 mL/kg of crystalloid (for
example, Ringer’s solution) to determine
clinical response. In the first quarter of
the Levy et al.71 SSC initiative, only
59.8 percent of patients received fluid
resuscitation consistent with guidelines.
Timely fluid resuscitation avoids an
error of omission in which indicated
therapy is delayed or omitted. By
improving outcomes, length of stay is
reduced. This leads to lower likelihood
of hospital-acquired conditions. This
performance measure has been
previously used as a core component
and continues as a core component of
the SSC guidelines. Formalizing it as a
national performance measure will
provide direct targets for intervention
that are closely linked with
improvements in mortality and cost.
• Lactate Clearance
Elevated lactate levels prompt the
consideration of specific care practices
toward hemodynamic optimization
guided by either central venous oxygen
saturation or lactate clearance.
International guidelines recommend
that patients with sepsis and continued
elevated lactate values have additional
therapies until lactate levels are
normalized. However, normal lactate
71 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
levels can be seen in septic shock,
especially in children.
• Vasopressors, Central Venous
Pressure (CVP), and Central Venous
Oxygen Saturation (ScvO2)
Performance gaps in individual
bundle elements can range from 79
percent (Confidence Interval (CI) (69–89
percent) for vasopressors, to 27 percent
(CI 18–36 percent) for Central Venous
Pressure (CVP) measurement, and as
low as 15 percent (CI 7–23 percent) for
Central Venous Oxygen Saturation
(ScvO2) in some community emergency
departments. These numbers increase
(50–75 percent) in larger hospital
settings. CVP has been shown to have a
significant association with mortality 72
and multiple studies and meta-analysis
have shown a significant association
with reaching an ScvO2 of 70 percent
and improved mortality.
• Overall Bundle Compliance
Multiple initiatives promoting
bundles of care for severe sepsis and
septic shock were associated with
improved guideline compliance and
lower hospital mortality. Even with
compliance rates of less than 30 percent,
absolute reductions in mortality of 4–6
percent have been noted. Coba et al.73
found that when all bundle elements
were completed within 18 hours and
compared with patients who did not
have bundle completion, the mortality
difference was 10.2 percent. Thus, there
is a direct association between bundle
compliance and improved mortality.
Additionally, a continuous quality
improvement (CQI) initiative, can
improve compliance rates. CQI is a
quality management process that
encourages continually assessing
performance and whether
improvements can be made.74 Multiple
studies have shown that standardized
order sets, enhanced bedside monitor
display, telemedicine and
comprehensive CQI feedback is feasible,
modifies clinician behavior and is
associated with decreased hospital
mortality.
(5) Cohort
This measure will focus on patients
aged 18 years and older who present
with symptoms of severe sepsis or
72 Varpula M, Tallgren M, Saukkonen K, VoipioPulkki LM, Pettila V. Hemodynamic variables
related to outcome in septic shock. Intensive Care
Med. Jun 23 2005;31:1066–1071.
73 Coba V, Whitmill M, Mooney R, et al.
Resuscitation Bundle Compliance in Severe Sepsis
and Septic Shock: Improves Survival, Is Better Late
than Never. J Intensive Care Med. Jan 10 2011.
74 Edwards PJ, et al. Maximizing your investment
in EHR: Utilizing EHRs to inform continuous
quality improvement. JHIM 2008;22(1):32–7.
PO 00000
Frm 00261
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28237
septic shock. These patients will be
eligible for the 3 hour (severe sepsis)
and/or 6 hour (septic shock) early
management measures.
(6) Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
Numerator Statement: the numerator
is: Patients from the denominator who
received all the following: Step 1, Step
2, and Step 3 within 3 hours of time of
presentation, and if septic shock is
present (as either defined as
hypotension or lactate >=4 mmol/L),
who also received Step 4, Step 5, Step
6, and Step 7 within 6 hours of time of
presentation. The steps are described in
detail below.
Step 1: Measure lactate level
Step 2: Obtain blood cultures prior to
antibiotics
Step 3: Administer broad spectrum
antibiotics
Step 4: Administer 30 ml/kg crystalloid
for hypotension or lactate >= 4 mmol/
L
Step 5: Apply vasopressors (for
hypotension that does not respond to
initial fluid resuscitation to maintain
a mean arterial pressure >= 65)
Step 6: In the event of persistent arterial
hypotension despite volume
resuscitation (septic shock) or initial
lactate >= 4 mmol/L (36 mg/dl),
measure central venous pressure and
central venous oxygen saturation
Step 7: Re-measure lactate if initial
lactate is elevated
Denominator: The denominator is the
number of patients presenting with
severe sepsis or septic shock. The
following patients presenting with
severe sepsis or septic shock will be
excluded from the denominator:
• Patients with advanced directives
for comfort care;
• Patients with clinical conditions
that preclude total measure completion;
• Patients for whom a central line is
clinically contraindicated;
• Patients for whom a central line
was attempted but could not be
successfully inserted;
• A patient or a surrogate decision
maker declines or is unwilling to
consent to such therapies or central line
placement; and
• Patients who are transferred to an
acute care facility from another acute
care facility.
(7) Calculations
In calculating this measure, the
denominator is the number of patients
presenting with severe sepsis or septic
shock. The numerator in this measure is
patients from the denominator who had
their lactate levels measured, had blood
cultures obtained prior to receiving
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28238
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
antibiotics, and who received broad
spectrum antibiotics within 3 hours of
presentation. If septic shock is present,
the patients also must receive 30 ml/kg
crystalloid for hypotension or lactate
>=4 mmol/L, apply vasopressors (for
hypotension that does not respond to
initial fluid resuscitation to maintain a
mean arterial pressure >= 65), in the
event of persistent arterial hypotension
despite volume resuscitation (septic
shock) or initial lactate >=4 mmol/L
(36mg/dl) measure central venous
pressure and central venous oxygen
saturation, and the patient’s lactate level
must be re-measured if the initial lactate
level is elevated.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
f. Electronic Health Record-Based
Voluntary Measures
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
(1) Overview of New Electronic Health
Record-Based Voluntary Measures
We are proposing four new voluntary
electronic health record-based measures
to be submitted as electronically
specified measures: (1) Hearing
Screening Prior to Hospital Discharge
(NQF #1354); (2) PC–05 Exclusive
Breast Milk Feeding and the Subset
Measure PC–05a Exclusive Breast Milk
Feeding Considering Mother’s Choice
(Collectively Referred to as NQF #0480);
(3) Home Management Plan of Care
(HMPC) Document Given to Patient/
Caregiver (measure de-endorsed
therefore not appropriate to associate
with an NQF #); (4) and Healthy Term
Newborn (NQF #0716). The four
proposed electronic health record-based
measures were included on a publicly
available document entitled ‘‘List of
Measures Under Consideration for
December 1, 2012’’ in compliance with
section 1890A(a)(2) of the Act, and they
were reviewed by the MAP in its MAP
Pre Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS. The final MAP
report is available at: https://www.
qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?
LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=72746. We
considered the input and
recommendations provided by the MAP
in selecting measures to propose for the
Hospital IQR Program.
The specifications for the electronic
clinical quality measures for eligible
hospitals are found at: https://cms.gov/
Regulations-and-Guidance/Legislation/
EHRIncentivePrograms/eCQM_
Library.html.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(2) Proposed Voluntary Electronically
Specified Measure: Hearing Screening
Prior to Hospital Discharge (NQF #1354)
The Hearing Screening Prior to
Hospital Discharge (NQF #1354)
measure assesses the proportion of all
live births born at a hospital that have
been screened for hearing loss before
hospital discharge. The Joint Committee
on Infant Hearing encourages early
screening and intervention in infants
with hearing loss to maximize linguistic
competence and literacy development
in children with hearing loss or who are
hard of hearing. Early intervention
improves developmental and social
outcomes for children. The States and
CDC have collected this measure as a
population-based measure for more than
10 years.
This measure is NQF-endorsed and
was supported by the MAP in their Pre
Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS, available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&
ItemID=72738. The MAP noted that the
measure addresses a high-impact
condition not adequately addressed in
the program measure set.
The numerator is all live births during
the measurement period born at a
facility and screened for hearing loss
prior to discharge, or screened but still
not discharged, or not screened due to
medical reasons or a medical exclusion.
The denominator includes all live
births during the measurement period
born at a facility and discharged without
being screened, or screened prior to
discharge, or screened but still not
discharged.
The measure excludes any patient
deceased prior to discharge and has not
received hearing screening.
(3) Proposed Voluntary Measure: PC–05
Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding and the
Subset Measure PC–05a Exclusive
Breast Milk Feeding Considering
Mother’s Choice (Collectively Referred
to as NQF #0480)
Exclusive breast milk feeding for the
first 6 months of neonatal life has long
been the expressed goal of World Health
Organization (WHO), HHS, American
Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) and
American College of Obstetricians and
Gynecologists (ACOG).
The PC–05 Exclusive Breast Milk
Feeding measure and the subset
measure PC–05a Exclusive Breast Milk
Feeding Considering Mother’s Choice
(NQF #0480) is endorsed by the NQF
and supported by the MAP in its Pre
Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
PO 00000
Frm 00262
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Consideration by HHS, available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=
id&ItemID=72738. The MAP noted that
the measure addresses a high-impact
condition not adequately addressed in
the program measure set.
This measure assesses the number of
newborns exclusively fed breast milk
during the newborn’s entire
hospitalization; and the subset measure
only includes those newborns whose
mothers chose to exclusively feed breast
milk.
The numerator is the same for both
the measure and subset measure—
newborns that were fed breast milk only
since birth. However, the denominators
differ. For PC–05, the denominator is
defined as single term liveborn
newborns discharged alive from the
hospital with ICD–9–CM Principal
Diagnosis Code for single liveborn
newborn. The denominator for the
subset measure, PC–05a, is defined as
single term newborns discharged alive
from the hospital excluding those whose
mothers chose not to breast feed with
ICD–9–CM Principal Diagnosis Code for
single liveborn newborn. The ICD–9–
CM Principal Diagnosis Codes for single
liveborn newborns are found in
Appendix A, Table 11.20.1: Single Live
Newborn in the Specifications Manual
for Joint Commission National Quality
Measures available at: https://manual.
jointcommission.org/releases/
TJC2013A/AppendixATJC.html.
Excluded populations:
• Admitted to the Neonatal Intensive
Care Unit (NICU) at this hospital during
the hospitalization.
• ICD–9–CM Other Diagnosis Codes
for galactosemia as defined in Appendix
A, Table 11.21 in the Specifications
Manual for Joint Commission National
Quality Measures found at: https://
manual.jointcommission.org/releases/
TJC2013A/AppendixATJC.html.
• ICD–9–CM Principal Procedure
Code or ICD–9–CM Other Procedure
Codes for parenteral infusion as defined
in Appendix A, Table 11.22 in the
Specifications Manual for Joint
Commission National Quality Measures
found at: https://manual.joint
commission.org/releases/TJC2013A/
AppendixATJC.html.
• Experienced death.
• Length of Stay >120 days.
• Enrolled in clinical trials.
• Patients transferred to another
hospital.
• ICD–9–CM Other Diagnosis Codes
for premature newborns as defined in
Appendix A, Table 11.23 in the
Specifications Manual for Joint
Commission National Quality Measures
found at: https://manual.joint
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
commission.org/releases/TJC2013A/
AppendixATJC.html.
• Documented Reason for Not
Exclusively Feeding Breast Milk.
The maternal reasons for not
exclusively breastfeeding are limited to
the following situations:
• HIV infection;
• Human t-lymphotrophic virus type
I or II;
• Substance abuse and/or alcohol
abuse;
• Active, untreated tuberculosis;
• Taking certain medications, that is,
prescribed cancer chemotherapy,
radioactive isotopes, antimetabolites,
antiretroviral medications and other
medications where the risk of morbidity
outweighs the benefits of breast milk
feeding;
• Undergoing radiation therapy;
• Active, untreated varicella;
• Active herpes simplex virus with
breast lesions; and
• Admission to Intensive Care Unit
(ICU) post-partum.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
(4) Proposed Voluntary Measure CAC–3:
Home Management Plan of Care (HMPC)
Document Given to Patient/Caregiver
Asthma is the most common chronic
disease in children and a major cause of
morbidity and health care costs
nationally. For children, asthma is one
of the most frequent reasons for
admission to hospitals. There were
approximately 157,000 admissions for
childhood asthma in the United States
in 2009. Under-treatment and/or
inappropriate treatment of asthma are
recognized as major contributors to
asthma morbidity and mortality.
Guidelines developed by the National
Asthma Education and Prevention
Program (NAEPP) of the National Heart,
Lung and Blood Institute (NHLBI), as
well as by the American Academy of
Pediatrics (AAP) for the diagnosis and
management of asthma in children,
recommend establishing a plan for
maintaining control of asthma and for
establishing plans for managing
exacerbations.
The CAC–3: Home Management Plan
of Care (HMPC) Document Given to
Patient/Caregiver measure is no longer
endorsed by the NQF and was not
supported by the MAP in its PreRulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=
id&ItemID=72738, because the measure
no longer meets the NQF endorsement
criteria. However, based on the
prevalence of asthma among children,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
as well as the risks associated with
under-treatment or over-treatment
described above, we believe the measure
is appropriate for voluntary collection.
Because asthma is a serious, and
potentially life-threatening disease, we
believe that it is important to allow
hospitals to voluntarily report this data,
which may help inform our policy.
This measure assesses the proportion
of pediatric asthma patients (aged 2–17
years) discharged from an inpatient
hospital stay with a HMPC document in
place. The numerator is the number of
pediatric asthma inpatients with
documentation that they or their
caregivers were given a written HMPC
document that addresses: (1)
arrangements for follow-up care, (2)
environmental control and control of
other triggers, (3) method and timing of
rescue actions, (4) use of controllers,
and (5) use of relievers.
The denominator is the number of
pediatric asthma inpatients (age 2 years
through 17 years) discharged with a
principal diagnosis of asthma.
The measure excludes: (1) Patients
with an age less than 2 years or 18 years
or greater; (2) patients who have a
length of stay greater than 120 days; and
(3) patients enrolled in clinical trials.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
(5) Proposed Voluntary Measure:
Healthy Term Newborn (NQF #0716)
This measure assesses the optimal
outcome of pregnancy and childbirth,
specifically a healthy term newborn. It
evaluates the impact of any changes in
the management or intervention on the
positive outcome for the newborn.
The measure is NQF endorsed. The
MAP recommended removal of this
measure in its Pre Rulemaking Report:
2013 Recommendations on Measures
under Consideration by HHS available
at: https://www.qualityforum.org/Work
Area/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&
ItemID=72738, because the measure
required modification or further
development. However, the MAP
strongly supported the measure concept
for inclusion once technical issues were
resolved. Given its endorsement by
NQF, as well as the MAP’s strong
support for the measure concept, we
believe the measure is appropriate for
voluntary reporting.
The result of the measure calculation
is the percentage of term singleton live
births (excluding those with diagnoses
originating in the fetal period) that do
not have significant complications
during birth or the nursery care.75
75 National
Quality Forum. National Voluntary
Consensus Standards for Patient Outcomes 2009.
PO 00000
Frm 00263
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28239
The numerator of this measure is the
absence of conditions or procedures
reflecting morbidity that happened
during birth and nursery care to an
otherwise normal infant.
The denominator is composed of
singleton, term (>=37 weeks), inborn,
live births in their birth admission. The
denominator further has eliminated fetal
conditions likely to be present before
labor. Maternal and obstetrical
conditions (for example, hypertension,
prior cesarean, malpresentation) are not
excluded unless there is evidence of
fetal effect prior to labor (for example,
Intrauterine Growth Restriction (IUGR)/
Small for Gestational Age (SGA)).
This measure excludes: (1) Multiple
gestations; (2) preterm, congenital
anomalies; and, (3) fetuses affected by
selected maternal conditions.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
g. Proposed Readoption of Measures as
Voluntarily Reported Electronic Clinical
Quality Measures
In order to align with the EHR
Incentive Program for eligible hospitals
(EHs) and critical access hospitals
(CAHs), we are proposing to re-adopt
two measures previously removed from
the Hospital IQR Program; (a) AMI–2
Aspirin Prescribed at Discharge for AMI
(acute myocardial infarction) (NQF
#0142) (electronic clinical quality
measure); and (b) AMI–10 Statin
Prescribed at Discharge (NQF #0639)
(electronic clinical quality measure). We
are proposing to add these measures to
the list of voluntarily reported
electronic clinical quality measures as
described in section IX.A.7.f. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. We
believe we should continue aligning the
Hospital IQR Program and the EHR
Incentive Program in order to minimize
reporting burden and continue the
transition to reporting of electronic
clinical quality measures, and we
believe voluntary adoption of these
measures will further that aim. Further,
allowing hospitals the option to
electronically report topped-out
measures will provide hospitals with an
opportunity to test the accuracy of their
electronic health record reporting
systems.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal.
(1) Proposed Readoption of AMI–2
Aspirin Prescribed at Discharge (NQF
#0142)
The AMI–2 Aspirin Prescribed at
Discharge (NQF #0142) assesses the
Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=
67546.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28240
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
percentage of acute myocardial
infarction (AMI) patients who are
prescribed aspirin at hospital discharge.
The measure is NQF endorsed, but
has been placed in reserve status, as the
performance on this measure is topped
out. The MAP recommended the
measure should be suspended and
phased out in its Pre-Rulemaking
Report: 2013 Recommendations on
Measures under Consideration by HHS
available at: https://www.qualityforum.
org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?Link
Identifier=id&ItemID=72738. However,
as stated above, we intend to continue
aligning the Hospital IQR Program and
EHR Incentive Program, and we believe
collecting this measure on a voluntary
basis enables us to continue collecting
quality data on this topic while working
to minimize reporting burden on
participating hospitals. Further,
allowing hospitals the option to
electronically report topped-out
measures will provide hospitals with an
opportunity to test the accuracy of their
electronic health record reporting
systems.
The numerator includes AMI patients
in the denominator who are prescribed
aspirin at hospital discharge. The
denominator includes patients with the
following ICD–9–CM principal
diagnosis codes of AMI: 410.00, 410.01,
410.10, 410.11, 410.20, 410.21, 410.30,
410.31, 410.40, 410.41, 410.50, 410.51,
410.60, 410.61, 410.70, 410.71, 410.80,
410.81, 410.90, and 410.91.
The following patients are excluded
from this measure:
• Patients less than 18 years of age;
• Patients who have a length of stay
greater than 120 days;
• Patients enrolled in clinical trials;
• Patients who were discharged to
another hospital;
• Patients who expired;
• Patients who left the hospital
against medical advice;
• Patients who were discharged to
home for hospice care;
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI)
Measures.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Stroke Measure (STK) Set .............
Venous Thromboembolism (VTE)
Measure Set.
20:20 May 14, 2014
(2) Proposed Readoption of AMI–10
AMI-Statin Prescribed at Discharge
(NQF #0639)
AMI–10 AMI-Statin Prescribed at
Discharge (NQF #0639) assesses the
percent of acute myocardial infarction
(AMI) patients who are prescribed a
statin at hospital discharge.
The measure is NQF endorsed. The
MAP recommended phased removal in
its Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2013
Recommendations on Measures under
Consideration by HHS available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=
id&ItemID=72738 because the
performance on this measure is likely
topped out. However, as stated above,
we intend to continue aligning the
Hospital IQR Program and EHR
Incentive Program, and we believe
collecting this measure on a voluntary
basis enables us to continue collecting
quality data on this topic while working
to minimize reporting burden on
participating hospitals. Further,
allowing hospitals the option to
electronically report topped-out
measures will provide hospitals with an
opportunity to test the accuracy of their
electronic health record reporting
systems.
The numerator includes AMI patients
in the denominator who are prescribed
a statin medication at hospital
discharge. The denominator includes
patients with the following ICD–9–CM
principal diagnosis codes of AMI:
410.00, 410.01, 410.10, 410.11, 410.20,
410.21, 410.30, 410.31, 410.40, 410.41,
410.50, 410.51, 410.60, 410.61, 410.70,
410.71, 410.80, 410.81, 410.90, and
410.91.
The following patients are excluded
from this measure:
• Patients less than 18 years of age;
• Patients who have a length of stay
greater than 120 days;
• Patients with comfort measures
only documented;
• Patients enrolled in clinical trials;
• Patients who were discharged to
another hospital;
• Patients who left the hospital
against medical advice;
• Patients who expired;
• Patients who were discharged to
their home for hospice care;
• Patients who were discharged to a
health care facility for hospice care;
• Patients with low-density
lipoprotein less than 100 mg/dL within
the first 24 hours after hospital arrival
or 30 days prior to hospital arrival and
not discharged on a statin; and
• Patients with a reason for not
prescribing statin medication at
discharge.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
In summary, for FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to: (1) Adopt 11 total
measures—9 new measures (4 of which
are voluntary electronic clinical quality
measures) and 2 previously removed
measures re-adopted as voluntary
electronic clinical quality measures, and
(2) remove 10 measures (4 of which
were previously suspended). If
finalized, this would give a total of 62
measures (46 required and 16 voluntary
electronic clinical quality measures) in
the Hospital IQR Program measure set.
Set out below is a table showing both
the previously adopted and the
proposed quality measures for the FY
2017 payment determination and
subsequent years. Please note that this
table does not include suspended
measures or measures proposed for
removal.
Previously adopted hospital IQR program measures and measures proposed in this proposed rule for the
FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years
Topic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
• Patients who were discharged to a
health care facility for hospice care;
• Patients with comfort measures
only documented; and
• Patients with a documented reason
for no aspirin at discharge.
We invite public comments on this
proposal.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AMI–2 Aspirin Prescribed at Discharge for AMI */b/† (NQF #0142).
AMI–7a Fibrinolytic therapy received within 30 minutes of hospital arrival b (NQF #0164).
AMI–8a Primary PCI received within 90 minutes of hospital arrival b/† (NQF #0163).
AMI–10 Statin Prescribed at Discharge */b/† (NQF #0639).
STK–1 Venous thromboembolism (VTE) prophylaxis (NQF #0434).
STK–2 Discharged on antithrombotic therapy b/† (NQF #0435).
STK–3 Anticoagulation therapy for atrial fibrillation/flutter b/† (NQF #0436).
STK–4 Thrombolytic therapy b (NQF #0437).
STK–5 Antithrombotic therapy by the end of hospital day two b/† (NQF #0438).
STK–6 Discharged on statin medication b (NQF #0439).
STK–8 Stroke education b.
STK–10 Assessed for rehabilitation b/† (NQF #0441).
VTE–1 Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis b (NQF #0371).
VTE–2 Intensive care unit venous thromboembolism prophylaxis b (NQF #0372).
VTE–3 Venous thromboembolism patients with anticoagulation overlap therapy b (NQF #0373).
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00264
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Previously adopted hospital IQR program measures and measures proposed in this proposed rule for the
FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years
Topic
Sepsis Measure ..............................
Pneumonia (PN) Measure ..............
•
•
•
•
•
Surgical Care Improvement Project
(SCIP) Measures.
•
•
•
Mortality Measures ..........................
•
•
•
•
•
•
Patient Experience of Care Measure.
Readmission Measures ..................
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
AHRQ Patient Safety Indicators
(PSIs) Composite Measure.
AHRQ PSI and Nursing Sensitive
Care.
Structural Measures ........................
Healthcare-Associated
(HAI) Measures.
Infections
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Payment-Standardized Medicare Spending Per Beneficiary (MSPB) (NQF #2158).
AMI Payment per Episode of Care.
Hospital-level, risk-standardized 30-day episode-of-care payment measure for heart failure.*
Hospital-level, risk-standardized 30-day episode-of-care payment measure for pneumonia.*
•
•
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Emergency
Department
(ED)
Throughput Measures.
Prevention: Global Immunization
(IMM) Measure.
Cost Efficiency ................................
20:20 May 14, 2014
Death among surgical inpatients with serious treatable complications (NQF #0351).
Participation in a Systematic Clinical Database Registry for Nursing Sensitive Care (NQF #0113).
Participation in a Systematic Clinical Database Registry for General Surgery (NQF #0493).
Safe Surgery Checklist Use.
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Central line-associated Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #0139).
American College of Surgeons—Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (ACS–CDC) Harmonized
Procedure Specific Surgical Site Infection (SSI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0753).
—SSI following Colon Surgery.
—SSI following Abdominal Hysterectomy.
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Catheter-associated Urinary Tract Infection (CAUTI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0138).
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide Inpatient Hospital-onset Methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia Outcome Measure (NQF #1716).
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-wide Inpatient Hospital-onset Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI) Outcome Measure (NQF #1717).
Influenza vaccination coverage among healthcare personnel (HCP) (NQF #0431).
Hospital-level risk-standardized complication rate (RSCR) following elective primary total hip arthroplasty
(THA) and/or total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1550).
ED–1 Median time from ED arrival to ED departure for admitted ED patients (NQF #0495). b
ED–2 Admit Decision Time to ED Departure Time for Admitted Patients (NQF #0497). b
Influenza Immunization (NQF #1659).
•
Surgical Complications ...................
VTE–4 Patients receiving un-fractionated Heparin with doses/labs monitored by protocol b/†.
VTE–5 VTE discharge instructions b.
VTE–6 Incidence of potentially preventable VTE b (NQF #0376).
Severe sepsis and septic shock: management bundle * (NQF #0500).
PN–6 Initial Antibiotic Selection for community-acquired pneumonia (CAP) in Immunocompetent Patients b/† (NQF #0147).
SCIP INF–1 Prophylactic antibiotic received within one hour prior to surgical incision b/† (NQF #0527).
SCIP INF–2 Prophylactic antibiotic selection for surgical patients b/† (NQF #0528).
SCIP INF–9 Urinary catheter removed on Postoperative Day 1 (POD1) or Postoperative Day 2 (POD2)
with day of surgery being day zero b/† (NQF #0453).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following acute myocardial infarction
(AMI) hospitalization for patients 18 and older (NQF #0230).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following heart failure (HF) hospitalization for patients 18 and older (NQF #0229).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following pneumonia hospitalization
(NQF #0468).
Stroke 30-day mortality rate.
Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Mortality Rate (RSMR) following Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1893).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR) following coronary artery bypass
graft (CABG) surgery (NQF #1893).*
HCAHPS survey (NQF #0166) (expanded to include two new ‘‘About You’’ items and the 3-item Care
Transition Measure) (NQF #0228).
Hospital 30-day all-cause risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following acute myocardial infarction (AMI) hospitalization (NQF #0505).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following heart failure hospitalization (NQF #0330).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following pneumonia hospitalization (NQF #0506).
Hospital-level 30-day, all-cause risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following elective primary
total hip arthroplasty (THA) and/or total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1551).
Hospital-Wide All-Cause Unplanned Readmission (HWR) (NQF #1789).
Stroke 30-day Risk Standardized Readmission.
Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) following Chronic Obstructive
Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Hospitalization (NQF #1891).
Hospital 30-day, all-cause, unplanned, risk-standardized readmission rate (RSRR) following coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) surgery.*
PSI–90 Patient safety for selected indicators (composite) (NQF #0531).
• PSI–4
•
VerDate Mar<15>2010
28241
•
•
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00265
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28242
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Topic
Previously adopted hospital IQR program measures and measures proposed in this proposed rule for the
FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years
Perinatal Care (PC) ........................
• PC–01 Elective delivery b (NQF #0469).
• PC–05 Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding and the subset measure PC–05a Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding
Considering Mother’s Choice (NQF #0480). */b/†
• Children’s Asthma Care-3 Home Management Plan of Care (HMPC) document given to patient/caregiver. */b/†
• Healthy Term Newborn (NQF #0716). */b/†
• Hearing Screening Prior to Hospital Discharge (NQF #1354). */b/†
* New or expanded measures for FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years.
b Electronic clinical quality measure.
† Voluntary measure.
PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED VOLUNTARY ELECTRONIC CLINICAL QUALITY MEASURES AND PROPOSED VOLUNTARY ELECTRONIC
CLINICAL QUALITY MEASURES FOR THE FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATION AND ASSOCIATED NQF DOMAINS
Short name
Measure name
ED–1 .................
Emergency Department Throughput—Median time from ED arrival to
ED departure for admitted ED patients.
Emergency Department Throughput—admitted patients—Admit decision time to ED departure time for admitted patients.
Discharged on antithrombotic therapy .....................................................
Anticoagulation therapy for atrial fibrillation/flutter ...................................
Thrombolytic Therapy ...............................................................................
Antithrombotic therapy by end of hospital day two ..................................
Discharged on Statin Medication .............................................................
Stroke education ......................................................................................
Assessed for rehabilitation .......................................................................
Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis ....................................................
Intensive care unit venous thromboembolism prophylaxis ......................
Venous thromboembolism patients with anticoagulation overlap therapy
Patients receiving un-fractionated Heparin with doses/labs monitored
by protocol.
VTE discharge instructions ......................................................................
Incidence of potentially preventable VTE ................................................
Elective Delivery .......................................................................................
Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding and the subset measure PC–05a Exclusive Breast Milk Feeding Considering Mother´s Choice.*
Hearing screening prior to hospital discharge * .......................................
Healthy Term Newborn * ..........................................................................
Home Management Plan of Care (HMPC) Document Given to Patient/
Caregiver.
Aspirin Prescribed at Discharge for AMI * ................................................
Fibrinolytic Therapy Received Within 30 minutes of Hospital Arrival ......
Primary PCI Received Within 90 Minutes of Hospital Arrival ..................
Statin Prescribed at Discharge * ..............................................................
Initial Antibiotic Selection for Community-Acquired Pneumonia (CAP) in
Immunocompetent Patients.
Prophylactic Antibiotic Received within one Hour Prior to Surgical Incision.
Prophylactic Antibiotic Selection for Surgical Patients ............................
ED–2 .................
STK–2 ...............
STK–3 ...............
STK–4 ...............
STK–5 ...............
STK–6 ...............
STK–8 ...............
STK–10 .............
VTE–1 ...............
VTE–2 ...............
VTE–3 ...............
VTE–4 ...............
VTE–5
VTE–6
PC–01
PC–05
...............
...............
...............
...............
EHDI–1a ...........
CAC–3 ..............
AMI–2 ...............
AMI–7a .............
AMI–8a .............
AMI–10 .............
PN–6 .................
SCIP–Inf–1a .....
SCIP–Inf–2a .....
SCIP–Inf–9 .......
Domain as assigned in Stage 2
final rule 76
NQF #
Urinary catheter removed on Postoperative Day 1 (POD1) or Postoperative Day 2 (POD2) with day of surgery being day zero.
0495
Patient and Family Engagement.
0497
Patient and Family Engagement.
0435
0436
0437
0438
0439
N/A
0441
0371
0372
0373
N/A
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Patient and Family Engagement.
Care Coordination.
Patient Safety.
Patient Safety.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
N/A
0376
0469
0480
Patient and Family Engagement.
Patient Safety.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
1354
0716
N/A
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Patient Safety.
Patient and Family Engagement.
0142
0164
0163
0639
0147
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Clinical Process/Effectiveness.
Efficient Use of Healthcare Resources.
Patient Safety.
0527
0528
0453
Efficient Use of Healthcare Resources.
Patient Safety.
* Measure proposed for adoption or readoption in Hospital IQR Program.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
h. Electronic Clinical Quality Measures
(1) Data Submission Requirements for
Quality Measures That May Be
Voluntarily Electronically Reported for
the FY 2017 Payment Determination
We believe that collection and
reporting of data through health
information technology will greatly
76 Medicare EHR Incentive Program Stage 2 final
rule (77 FR 54083 through 54087).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
simplify and streamline reporting for
many CMS quality reporting programs.
Through electronic reporting, hospitals
will be able to leverage EHRs to capture,
calculate, and electronically submit
quality data that is currently manually
chart-abstracted and submitted to CMS
for the Hospital IQR Program. As we
noted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51614), we recognize
the need to align and harmonize
measures across CMS quality reporting
PO 00000
Frm 00266
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
programs to minimize the reporting
burden imposed on hospitals. In the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program Stage
2 final rule (77 FR 54083 through
54087), we finalized a total of 29
clinical quality measures from which
hospitals must select at least 16
measures covering three National
Quality Strategy (NQS) domains to
report beginning in FY 2014. We
anticipate that, as health information
technology evolves and infrastructure is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
expanded, we will have the capacity to
accept electronic reporting of many of
the chart-abstracted measures that are
currently part of the Hospital IQR
Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, for the STK (with the exception of
STK–1), VTE, ED, and PC measure sets,
we allowed hospitals to either: (1)
electronically report at least one quarter
of CY 2014 (Q1, Q2, or Q3) quality
measure data for each measure in one or
more of those four measure sets; or (2)
continue reporting all measures in those
four measure sets using chart-abstracted
data for all four quarters of CY 2014 (78
FR 50818).
For the FY 2017 payment
determination, we are proposing to
expand this policy, such that providers
may select to voluntarily report any 16
of the 28 Hospital IQR Program
electronic clinical quality measures that
align with the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program as long as those 16 measures
span three different NQS domains. The
28 measures are listed in the table
below. Only 28 of the 29 measures
adopted in the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program are applicable for the Hospital
IQR Program, because the measure ED–
3 Median time from ED arrival to ED
departure for discharged ED patients
(NQF #0496) is an outpatient setting
measure. We expect eligible hospitals to
select measures that best apply to their
patient mix.
28243
For the FY 2017 payment
determination, we also are proposing to
expand the reporting requirement of
electronic clinical quality measures to
require a full year’s data collection and
submission instead of a minimum of
one quarter. In addition, for the FY 2017
payment determination, we are
proposing to require data submission
within approximately 60 days after the
end of a calendar year quarter. We have
listed the proposed submission
deadlines in the table below. We also
refer readers to section IX.D.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for a
description of the electronic clinical
quality measures data reporting periods
and proposed submission deadlines.
CY 2015/FY 2017 ELECTRONIC CLINICAL QUALITY MEASURES DATA REPORTING PERIODS AND PROPOSED SUBMISSION
DEADLINES
CY 2015 quarter
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1
2
3
4
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
January 1–March 31 ......................................................................
April 1–June 30 .............................................................................
July 1–September 30 ....................................................................
October 1–December 31 ...............................................................
As an incentive for hospitals to
voluntarily submit electronicallyspecified clinical quality measures, we
are proposing that for the FY 2017
payment determination, hospitals
successfully submitting electronic
clinical quality measures according to
our procedures will not have to validate
those electronic clinical quality
measures by submitting chart-abstracted
data to validate the accuracy of the
measure data submitted electronically.
By proposing these changes, we
would further align the Hospital IQR
Program and the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program and promote greater
electronic clinical quality measure data
reporting for hospitals. In addition, we
believe that these changes would ease
hospitals’ administrative burden, as
they will be able to report the same
clinical quality measures once to
partially satisfy both the Hospital IQR
and Medicare EHR Incentive Programs’
requirements.
(2) Public Reporting of Electronic
Clinical Quality Measures
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50813 through 50818), we
adopted a policy under which we would
only publicly report electronic clinical
quality measure data under the Hospital
IQR Program if we determined that the
data are accurate enough to be reported.
However, we noted that the majority of
public commenters had opposed our
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Proposed
submission
deadline
(2015)
Reporting period (2015)
Jkt 232001
proposal to withhold the electronically
reported data from publication on
Hospital Compare, and instead urged us
to publicly display it (78 FR 50815).
Therefore, for electronic clinical quality
measure data submitted for the FY 2016
payment determination, we will
publically report the data as previously
finalized. However, for the FY 2017
payment determination, we now
propose to provide hospitals that
voluntarily report one year of electronic
clinical quality measure data (as
proposed above) an option to have their
data reported on Hospital Compare with
a preview period prior to public
reporting. We also propose to add a
footnote next to that publically reported
data indicating that it is a result of
electronically-specified measures.
We welcome public comments on
these proposals.
8. Possible New Quality Measures and
Measure Topics for Future Years
a. Mandatory Electronic Clinical Quality
Measure Reporting for FY 2018 Payment
Determination
We anticipate that, as EHR technology
changes and improves, hospitals will
electronically report all clinical processof-care and HAI measures, which are
currently part of the Hospital IQR
Program or which have been proposed
for adoption into the Program. As stated
PO 00000
Frm 00267
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
May 30.
Aug 30.
Nov 30.
Feb 28.
above, we intend for the future direction
of electronic quality measure reporting
to significantly reduce administrative
burden on hospitals under the Hospital
IQR Program. We will continue to work
with measure stewards and developers
to develop new measure concepts, and
conduct pilot, reliability, and validity
testing. We believe that this voluntary
reporting option will provide hospitals
and CMS with the ability to test systems
in CY 2015 for future quality program
proposals that, if finalized, will make
electronic reporting a requirement
instead of voluntary. We believe this
will simplify measure collection and
submission for the Hospital IQR
Program, and will reduce the burden on
hospitals to report chart-abstracted
measures.
We intend to propose to require
reporting of electronic clinical quality
measures for the Hospital IQR Program
beginning for the CY 2016 reporting
period or FY 2018 payment
determination. We considered
proposing to require hospitals to
electronically report some Hospital IQR
Program quality measures in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78
FR 27695). After considering public
comments, we made electronic
reporting voluntary in CY 2014 in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
FR 50813 through 50814). However,
after two years, we believe that hospitals
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28244
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
are more prepared and should be
required to report Hospital IQR Program
measures as electronic clinical quality
measures beginning in CY 2016. We
intend to propose this policy in future
rulemaking, but request comments on
this intention here.
b. Possible Future Electronic Clinical
Quality Measures
We intend to continue to support the
following measure domains in the
Hospital IQR Program measure set:
effective clinical care (for example, the
AMI, PN, STK, and VTE measures),
communication and care coordination
(for example, the readmission
measures), patient safety (for example,
the HAI measures), person and
caregiver-centered experience (for
example, the HCAHPS measure),
community/population health (for
example, the global immunization
measure), and efficiency and cost
reduction (for example, the Medicare
Spending per Beneficiary measure).
This approach will enhance better
patient care while aligning the Hospital
IQR Program with our other established
quality reporting and pay-forperformance programs, such as the
Hospital VBP Program.
Based on the above approach, we
intend to propose to adopt the following
electronic clinical quality measures
with data collection beginning with
October 1, 2016 discharges (or, as
described further above, January 1,
2017, if the proposal to align reporting
under the Hospital IQR Program and
Medicare EHR Incentive Program is
finalized) to coincide with EHR
Incentive Program Stage 3 collection:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• Hepatitis B Vaccine Coverage Among
All Live Newborn Infants Prior to
Hospital or Birthing Facility Discharge
NQF #0475
The Hepatitis B Vaccine Coverage
Among All Live Newborn Infants Prior
to Hospital or Birthing Facility
Discharge NQF #0475 measure is NQFendorsed, supported by the MAP and
conditionally supported by the MAP as
an electronic clinical quality measure
for the EHR Incentive Program by the
MAP in its 2014 Recommendations on
Measures for More Than 20 Federal
Programs final report available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
However, the MAP recommends a
review of the electronic specifications of
this measure through the NQF
endorsement process.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
This measure requires each hospital/
birthing facility to measure its
administration of a dose of hepatitis B
vaccine to all infants born in their
hospital/birthing facility prior to
discharge for a specific time period (for
example, one calendar year). Hospitals
are required to assess infants whose
parents refused vaccination for
exclusion from the coverage estimate.
• PC–02 Cesarean Section NQF #0471
The PC–02 Cesarean Section NQF
#0471 is NQF-endorsed and supported
by the MAP in its 2014
Recommendations on Measures for
More Than 20 Federal Programs final
report available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_Pre-Rule
making_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
The MAP noted that there is an
important public education piece to the
reporting of PC–02 and recommended
that CMS work with others to ensure
consumers understand what the results
mean and why the measure is
important.
This measure assesses the number of
nulliparous women with a term,
singleton baby in a vertex position
delivered by cesarean section.
• Adverse Drug Events—Hyperglycemia
Adverse Drug Events—Hyperglycemia
is conditionally supported by the MAP
in its 2014 Recommendations on
Measures for More Than 20 Federal
Programs final report available at:
https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
Use of this measure would address a
very common condition. The MAP
expressed concerns over the feasibility
of using this measure in the Hospital
IQR Program as it has been tested using
electronic data and stated that the NQF
endorsement process should resolve this
issue.
This measure assesses the average
percentage of hyperglycemic hospital
days for individuals with a diagnosis of
diabetes mellitus, anti-diabetic drugs
(except metformin) administered, or at
least one elevated glucose level during
the hospital stay. The measure’s
numerator is the sum of the percentage
of hospital days in hyperglycemia for all
admissions in the denominator. The
measure’s denominator is the total
number of admissions with a diagnosis
of diabetes mellitus, at least one
administration of insulin or any oral
anti-diabetic medication except
PO 00000
Frm 00268
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
metformin, or at least one elevated
blood glucose value (>200 mg/dL [11.1
mmol/L]) at any time during the entire
hospital stay.
Exclusions include: (1) Admissions
with a diagnosis of diabetic ketoacidosis
(DKA) or hyperglycemic hyperosmolar
syndrome (HHS); (2) admissions
without any hospital days included in
the analysis; (3) admissions with lengths
of stay greater than 120 days.
• Adverse Drug Events—Hypoglycemia
Adverse Drug Events—Hypoglycemia
is conditionally supported by the MAP
in its 2014 Recommendations on
Measures for More Than 20 Federal
Programs final report, which is available
at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
Use of this measure would address a
common condition that is very
dangerous to patients. The MAP
expressed concerns over the feasibility
of using this measure in the Hospital
IQR Program as it has been tested using
electronic data and that the NQF
endorsement process should resolve this
issue.
This measure assesses the rate of
hypoglycemic events following the
administration of an anti-diabetic agent.
The measure’s numerator is the total
number of hypoglycemic events (<40
mg/dL) that were preceded by
administration of a short/rapid-acting
insulin within 12 hours or an antidiabetic agent other than a short/rapidacting insulin within 24 hours, were not
followed by another glucose value
greater than 80 mg/dL within 5 minutes,
and were at least 20 hours apart. The
measure’s denominator is total number
of hospital days with at least one antidiabetic agent administered. Exclusions
include admissions with length of stay
greater than 120 days.
We request comments on these
possible future measures.
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality
Data Submission
a. Background
Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(I) and (II)
of the Act state that the applicable
percentage increase for FY 2007 and
each subsequent fiscal year shall be
reduced by 2.0 percentage points (or
beginning with FY 2015, by one-quarter
of such applicable percentage increase
(determined without regard to sections
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), (xi), or (xii) of the
Act)) for any subsection (d) hospital that
does not submit, to the Secretary in
accordance with this clause and in a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
form and manner, and at a time,
specified by the Secretary, data required
to be submitted on measures selected
under this clause with respect to such
a fiscal year. We note that, in
accordance with this section, the FY
2015 payment determination begins the
first year that the Hospital IQR Program
will reduce the applicable percentage
increase by one-quarter of such
applicable percentage increase. In order
to participate in the Hospital IQR
Program, hospitals must meet specific
procedural requirements.
Hospitals choosing to participate in
the Hospital IQR Program must also
meet specific data collection,
submission, and validation
requirements. For each Hospital IQR
Program year, we require that hospitals
submit data on each measure in
accordance with the measure’s
specifications for a particular period of
time. The data submission
requirements, Specifications Manual,
and submission deadlines are posted on
the QualityNet Web site at: https://
www.QualityNet.org/.
Hospitals submit quality data through
the secure portion of the QualityNet
Web site. This Web site meets or
exceeds all current Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act
requirements for security of protected
health information.
In order to participate in the Hospital
IQR Program, hospitals must meet
specific procedural requirements.
Hospitals choosing to participate in the
Hospital IQR Program must also meet
specific data collection, submission, and
validation requirements.
b. Procedural Requirements for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
The Hospital IQR Program procedural
requirements are codified in regulation
at 42 CFR 412.140. We refer readers to
the codified regulations for participation
requirements, as further explained by
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50810 through 50811).
c. Data Submission Requirements for
Chart-Abstracted Measures
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51640
through 51641), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53536 through
53537), and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50811) for details
on the Hospital IQR Program data
submission requirements for chartabstracted measures.
We are not proposing any changes to
data submission requirements for chartabstracted measures at this time.
d. Alignment of the EHR Incentive
Program Reporting and Submission
Timelines for Clinical Quality Measures
With Hospital IQR Program Reporting
and Submission Timelines
The Hospital IQR Program and the
EHR Incentive Program have different
reporting and submission periods for
clinical quality measures, with hospitals
reporting data to the Hospital IQR
Program based on calendar year
deadlines while the EHR Incentive
Program is based on fiscal year
deadlines. In addition, the Hospital IQR
Program generally requires quarterly
reporting and submission of data for
chart-abstracted measures while the
EHR Incentive Program requires annual
submission of clinical process of care
measure data.
As a result of the different and
incongruent Hospital IQR and Medicare
EHR Incentive Programs’ schedules,
hospitals reporting and submitting
measure data to both programs would
have to do so multiple times in a
calendar year. This discrepancy may
create confusion and additional burden
for hospitals attempting to report data to
both programs. To alleviate this possible
confusion and reduce provider burden,
beginning with the CY 2015 reporting
period/FY 2017 payment determination,
we are proposing to incrementally align
the data reporting and submission
periods for clinical quality measures for
the Medicare EHR Incentive Program
and the Hospital IQR Program on a
calendar year basis.
28245
This proposed change also would also
move us closer to meeting our
commitment to align quality
measurement and reporting among our
programs, as we described in the
Electronic Health Record Incentive
Program –Stage 2 final rule (77 FR
54049 through 54051), the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53502
and 53534), and the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50811
through 50819 and 78 FR 50903 through
50904).
In order to ease the transition and
prevent the delay of Medicare EHR
Incentive Program payments, we are
proposing to incrementally shift the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program
reporting and submission periods for
clinical quality measures to align with
that of the Hospital IQR Program. We
refer readers to section IX.E.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for a
detailed discussion of this proposal in
the EHR Incentive Program.
Specifically, for the CYs 2015 and 2016,
we are proposing in the EHR Incentive
Program to require CY reporting, but
only for the first three calendar quarters
(that is, January through September).
This proposal will allow us to align data
reporting and submission periods
without shifting the EHR incentive
payments.
We note that for the Hospital IQR
Program, for the FY 2017 payment
determination, we are proposing to
change the November 30th submission
deadline to require data submission
within approximately 60 days of the
close of a quarter. We refer readers to
section IX.A.7.h.(1) of the preamble of
this proposed rule where this proposal
is made. We are also proposing this
change in the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program in order to align the two
programs. We refer readers to section
IX.D.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule where this proposal is made. In
summary, we are proposing to align the
reporting and submission periods of the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program
clinical quality measures with that of
the Hospital IQR Program for CYs 2015
and 2016.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
PROPOSED REPORTING TIMELINE TO ALIGN THE EHR INCENTIVE PROGRAM WITH PROPOSED HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM
SUBMISSION PERIODS
CY
2015 Reporting Period .........................................
EHR incentive program
reporting requirements*
Hospital IQR program
reporting requirements
Submission period **
Q1 ...
January 1—March 31,
2015.
April 1—June 30, 2015 .....
January 1—March 31,
2015.
April 1—June 30, 2015 .....
July 1—September 30,
2015.
July 1—September 30,
2015.
Data must be submitted by
May 31, 2015.
Data must be submitted by
August 31, 2015.
Data must be submitted by
November 30, 2015.
Q2 ...
Q3 ...
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00269
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28246
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED REPORTING TIMELINE TO ALIGN THE EHR INCENTIVE PROGRAM WITH PROPOSED HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM
SUBMISSION PERIODS—Continued
CY
Hospital IQR program
reporting requirements
Submission period **
Q4 ...
2016 Reporting Period .........................................
EHR incentive program
reporting requirements*
N/A for EHR Incentive Program.
October 1—December 31,
2015.
Q1 ...
January 1—March 31,
2016.
April 1—June 30, 2016 .....
January 1—March 31,
2016.
April 1—June 30, 2016 .....
July 1—September 30,
2016.
N/A for EHR Incentive Program.
July 1—September 30,
2016.
October 1—December 31,
2016.
For Hospital IQR Program,
Data must be submitted
by February 28, 2016.
Data must be submitted by
May 31, 2016.
Data must be submitted by
August 31, 2016.
Data must be submitted by
November 30, 2016.
For Hospital IQR Program,
Data must be submitted
by February 28, 2017.
Q2 ...
Q3 ...
Q4 ...
* Calendar year alignment and quarterly reporting for 2015 and 2016 would apply for electronically reported CQM data only.
** Proposed EHR Incentive Program and Hospital IQR submission period would allow data submission on an ongoing basis starting January 2
of the reporting year, and ending approximately 60 days after the end of the quarter.
The Medicare EHR Incentive Program
also clarifies case threshold
denominator and reporting zero
denominators are included in the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program at
sections IX.D.5. and IX.D.6. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
We invite public comments on these
proposals.
e. Sampling and Case Thresholds for the
FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50230), the
FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
FR 51641), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53537), and the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50819) for details on our sampling and
case thresholds for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years.
We are not proposing any changes to
sampling or case thresholds.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
f. HCAHPS Requirements for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
We refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50220), the
FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
FR 51641 through 51643), the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53537
through 53538), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule and (78 FR 50819 through
50820) for details on HCAHPS
requirements.
We are not proposing any changes to
HCAHPS requirements at this time.
Hospitals and HCAHPS survey
vendors should, however, regularly
check the official HCAHPS Web site at
https://www.hcahpsonline.org for new
information and program updates
regarding the HCAHPS Survey, its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
administration, oversight and data
adjustments.
g. Data Submission Requirements for
Structural Measures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51643
through 51644), and the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53538
through 53539) for details on the data
submission requirements for structural
measures.
We are not proposing any changes to
data submission requirements for
structural measures at this time.
h. Data Submission and Reporting
Requirements for Healthcare-Associated
Infection (HAI) Measures Reported via
NHSN
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51631
through 51633; 51644 through 51645),
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53539), and the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50820
through 50822) for details on the data
submission and reporting requirements
for healthcare-associated infection (HAI)
measures reported via the CDC’s
National Healthcare Support Network
(NHSN) Web site. The data submission
deadlines are posted on the QualityNet
Web site at: https://www.QualityNet.
org/.
We are not proposing any changes to
data submission and reporting
requirements for healthcare-associated
infection measures reported via the
NHSN.
10. Submission and Access of HAI
Measures Data Through the CDC’s
NHSN Web site
As finalized in the FY 2014 Hospital
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50805
PO 00000
Frm 00270
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
through 50807), the Hospital IQR
Program requires hospitals to report
data via the CDC’s NHSN Web site for
the following HAI measures: (1) CLABSI
(NQF #0139); (2) CAUTI (NQF #0138);
(3) SSI following colon surgery; (4) SSI
following abdominal hysterectomy; (5)
laboratory-identified MRSA bacteremia
infection (NQF #1716); (6) laboratoryidentified Clostridium difficile infection
(NQF #1717); and, (7) healthcare
personnel vaccination (NQF #0413). In
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51644 through 51645), we
adopted the data submission and
reporting standard procedures that have
been set forth by CDC for NHSN
participation in general and for
submission of specific HAI measures to
NHSN.
For the FY 2016 payment
determination and subsequent years, for
the Hospital IQR program, we are
clarifying our data reporting and
submission requirements for the above
stated HAI measures. By adopting the
data reporting and submission
procedures set forth by the CDC, we
intended that hospitals report, through
the existing NHSN process, any and all
data elements at the patient-level that
are designated as ‘‘required’’ on NHSN
forms (such as, the ‘‘primary
bloodstream infection’’ or ‘‘annual
facility survey’’ forms). Some examples
of these ‘‘required’’ patient-level data
elements include: patient identifier,
date of birth, and gender; detailed event
data, such as specific symptoms
identified to meet case definitions and
laboratory results; and risk factor data
used to calculate the hospital-level
measures. Hospitals may find a
comprehensive list of required forms
and data elements on the NHSN Web
site (https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/acutecare-hospital/).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
We further wish to clarify that the
NHSN required data collected by the
CDC will be shared with CMS for
Hospital IQR Program and Hospital VBP
Program administration, monitoring and
evaluation activities, including
validation, appeals review, program
impact evaluation, and development of
quality measure specifications. CMS
routinely uses submitted quality
measure data for these types of program
administration, monitoring and
evaluation activities.
In addition, we are proposing that we
will also receive access from the CDC to
voluntarily submitted name and race
identifying information with respect to
Hospital IQR Program required
measures. These data will also be used
for Hospital IQR Program and Hospital
VBP Program administration,
monitoring and evaluation activities,
including validation, appeals review,
program impact evaluation, and
development of quality measure
specifications. More specifically, for
Hospital IQR Program validation, we
propose to use these data to ensure
accurate matching between patient
charts submitted for HAI validation that
cannot be matched to NHSN using
Medicare beneficiary identification
numbers. We also propose to use these
data as appropriate for program
evaluation.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
11. Proposed Modifications to the
Existing Processes for Validation of
Chart-Abstracted Hospital IQR Program
Data
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53539 through 53553), we
finalized the processes and procedures
for validation of chart-abstracted
measures in the Hospital IQR Program
for the FY 2015 payment determination
and subsequent years; this rule also
contained a comprehensive summary of
all procedures finalized in previous
years and still in effect. Several
modifications to these processes were
finalized for the FY 2016 and FY 2017
payment determinations in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50822
through 50835). For the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are proposing additional
modifications to these processes.
Proposed changes fall into the following
categories: (a) Eligibility criteria for
hospitals selected for validation; (b)
number of charts to be submitted per
hospital for validation; (c) combining
scores for HAI and clinical process-ofcare measures; (d) processes to submit
medical records for chart-abstracted
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
measures; and (e) plans to validate
electronic clinical quality measure data.
a. Eligibility Criteria for Hospitals
Selected for Validation
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50833 through 50834), for
the FY 2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, we finalized our
process to draw a random sample of 400
hospitals and an additional sample of
up to 200 hospitals meeting specific
targeting criteria for purposes of
validation. For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing one minor change to this
process. In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (75 FR 50227), we defined
hospitals eligible for validation as the
subset of subsection (d) hospitals that
successfully submitted ‘‘at least one
case for the third calendar quarter of the
year two years prior to the year to which
validation applies.’’
For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to change the definition of
validation-eligible hospitals to be the
subset of subsection (d) hospitals that
successfully submitted at least one case
to the Hospital IQR Clinical Data
Warehouse during the quarter
containing the most recently available
data. The quarter containing the most
recently available data will be defined
based on when the random sample is
drawn. For example, for the FY 2017
payment determination, we intend to
draw this sample in November or
December of 2014. The second quarter
(Q2) of 2014 ends in June 2014, but
hospitals participating in the Hospital
IQR Program may submit quality data
from this quarter until November 15,
2014 (see www.qualitynet.org for
submission deadlines). If CMS draws its
sample early in November 2014, before
all the second quarter hospital data are
submitted and processed by the Clinical
Data Warehouse, the ‘‘quarter
containing the most recently available
data’’ will be first quarter (Q1) of 2014.
On the other hand, if CMS draws its
sample late November or early
December 2014 after the second quarter
2014 hospital data are processed, the
second quarter of 2014 will contain the
most recently available data.
We are proposing this change
because, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50822 through 50825),
for the FY 2017 annual payment
determination and subsequent years, we
changed the timing of quarters for
validation of HAI measures, as
illustrated in the three graphs (78 FR
50824). To align with this change for
HAI measures and to give hospitals
more time to complete HAI validation
PO 00000
Frm 00271
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28247
template requirements once selected, we
intend to draw the validation sample
several months sooner than we have
historically drawn it. Historically, we
drew the sample early in each calendar
year. This proposal provides us with
greater flexibility for when we can
sample hospital data and allows CMS to
use the most recent data available to
select hospitals.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
b. Number of Charts To Be Submitted
per Hospital for Validation
(1) Background
In the sections that follow, we are
proposing to: (1) Change the number of
charts hospitals must submit for
validation; (2) change the measurespecific sample sizes for HAI validation;
and (3) change the topic areas and
sample design for clinical process-ofcare measures. We are proposing these
changes because Section 1886(o) of the
Act requires the Hospital VBP Program
to use a subset of Hospital IQR Program
measures and there is a declining
number of measures and chartabstracted measure topic areas available
to the Hospital VBP Program. Our
proposals also will direct more
resources to measures and topic areas
that also overlap with the Hospital VBP
Program. Finally, our proposals will
ensure that all chart-abstracted measure
topic areas containing required
measures within the Hospital IQR
Program are included in validation. A
more detailed rationale accompanies
each proposal.
As described in the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53539
through 53553), the Hospital IQR
Program validates chart-abstracted data
submitted to two different systems:
clinical process-of-care data submitted
to the Hospital IQR Program Clinical
Data Warehouse and HAI data
submitted to the NHSN. Different
validation approaches are used for the
data submitted to each of the systems.
The process for selecting and validating
HAI data was first introduced in the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51646 through 51648) and has evolved
annually in each successive IPPS/LTCH
PPS rule. In contrast, validation of the
clinical process of care measures, which
involves separate samples for each topic
area, has not substantively changed
since it was first finalized for the FY
2012 payment determination in the FY
2010 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43884 through 43889).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28248
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(2) Proposed Number of Charts to be
Submitted for Validation
(A) Total Number of Charts Required for
Validation
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Our current policy requires hospitals
to submit 96 charts for validation (60
charts for clinical process-of-care
measures and 36 charts for HAIs) (78 FR
50825 through 50834). For the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are proposing to require
hospitals selected for Hospital IQR
Program validation to submit 18 patient
charts per quarter for a total of 72 charts
per year. A sample size of 72 charts is
statistically estimated to be the number
of charts needed to determine whether
an individual hospital clearly passed
validation and to assess hospital
performance across both types of
measures (HAIs and clinical process-ofcare) combined. As finalized in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53551), hospitals may fall into three
validation categories: (1) Hospitals pass
validation with a lower bound of the
confidence interval greater than or equal
to 75 percent; (2) hospitals fail
validation with an upper bound for a
hospital’s confidence interval lower
than 75 percent; and (3) hospitals
neither pass nor fail validation with a 90
percent confidence interval that
includes values above and below 75
percent. Hospitals in the third category
that neither pass nor fail validation
receive their annual payment update,
but may be randomly sampled for
inclusion in the targeted validation in
the following year.
We estimate that a sample of 72 charts
will be sufficient to estimate a reliability
of 75 percent +/- 10 percent with 90
percent confidence, assuming a design
effect no greater than 1.4. Historical data
suggests that most hospitals in the
Hospital IQR Program pass validation
and validated data have a high level of
accuracy. For example, for the FY 2013
payment determination, approximately
95 percent of hospitals validated had
data reliability of 85 percent or higher.
With a sample of 72 charts and an
expected mean data reliability well
above 85 percent, we should be able to
identify most hospitals that pass
validation. Of the remaining hospitals,
we will use the same conservative
approach to identify hospitals failing
validation that we have used since the
inception of the Hospital IQR Program.
(B) Number of Charts Required for HAI
and Clinical Process-of-Care Measures
As finalized in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule for the FY 2017
payment determination and future
years, we require hospitals to submit 9
charts for HAI measures per quarter (78
FR 50831) and for the FY 2016 payment
determination and future years, we
require hospitals to submit 15 charts for
clinical process-of-care measures per
quarter for validation (78 FR 50830). For
the FY 2017 payment determination and
subsequent years, we are proposing that
of the 18 charts proposed to be
submitted per quarter (above), 10 charts
would be submitted to validate HAI
measures and 8 charts would be
submitted to validate clinical processof-care measures. This would equal 72
charts per year with a mix of 40 HAI
and 32 clinical process-of-care measure
charts. We are proposing to require
more HAI charts than clinical processof-care measure charts because HAI
measures now, as proposed, have a
greater impact on the Hospital VBP and
the Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC)
Reduction Programs. Considering only
the relative importance of HAIs and
clinical process-of-care charts to the
Hospital VBP Program, which is about
4 times as great, CMS might choose a
ratio larger than 10 HAI charts for every
8 clinical process-of-care charts.
However, we estimate that CMS spends
about 4 times as much money per chart
to validate HAIs than clinical processof-care measures. Moreover, the clinical
process of care measures are still a
critical part of the Hospital IQR
Program. Therefore, CMS proposed this
mix of 40 HAI and 32 clinical process
of care charts per year because we
believe it to be optimal after considering
both the relative importance of the two
types of charts to the Hospital IQR
Program and related payment incentive
programs and the relative cost of
validation for the two types of charts.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
(3) HAI Validation: Measures and
Measure-Specific Sample Sizes
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule
(78 FR 50828 through 50832) for the FY
2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, we finalized the HAI
measures to be included in validation,
the processes for completing validation,
and the specific sample sizes for each.
To validate HAI data, hospitals must use
Validation Templates to provide
supplemental data to CMS. These
supplemental data provide CMS with a
set of candidate infections for each HAI.
As finalized previously, hospitals
sampled for validation will be randomly
assigned to provide two Validation
Templates, either: (1) CLABSI and
CAUTI, or 2) MRSA and CDI.
Consequently, up to 300 hospitals will
provide data on each of these 4
measures. We also previously finalized
a decision to validate a smaller number
of patient charts for SSI from twice as
many hospitals because of the smaller
number of candidate SSIs expected per
hospital per quarter. We are not
proposing to change the process for
validating individual measures.
However, above in this section, we are
proposing to increase the total HAI
sample size by 1 chart per quarter for a
total of 4 more charts per year. As
explained below in this section, HAI
measures have greater relative scoring
weights in the Hospital VBP and HAC
Reduction Programs than clinical
process-of-care measures. Therefore, in
order to align the Hospital IQR Program
with the Hospital VBP and HAC
Reduction Programs, we are proposing
to increase measure-specific sample size
targets to support this 1 chart per
quarter increase in the Hospital IQR
Program for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years.
Specifically, the total number of charts
for CLABSI, CAUTI, MRSA, and CDI
would increase by 1 from 15 to 16; and
the total number of charts for SSI would
increase by 2 from 6 to 8. The
previously finalized and proposed
specific sample-size charts are detailed
in the tables below.
PREVIOUSLY FINALIZED NUMBER OF CHARTS REQUIRED FOR HAI VALIDATION FOR THE FY 2017 PAYMENT
DETERMINATION AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
HAI
Number of hospitals
Previously Finalized:
Central line associated bloodstream infections (CLABSI) ...........
Catheter-associated urinary tract infections (CAUTI) ..................
MRSA ...........................................................................................
Number of
quarters
Up to 300 ...................
Up to 300 ...................
Up to 300 ...................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00272
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
Charts/quarter/
hospital
4
4
4
15MYP2
* 3.75
* 3.75
* 3.75
Number of
charts per
hospital
15
15
15
28249
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PREVIOUSLY FINALIZED NUMBER OF CHARTS REQUIRED FOR HAI VALIDATION FOR THE FY 2017 PAYMENT
DETERMINATION AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS—Continued
HAI
Number of
quarters
Number of hospitals
CDI ...............................................................................................
SSI ................................................................................................
Up to 300 ...................
Up to 600 ...................
Charts/quarter/
hospital
4
4
Number of
charts per
hospital
* 3.75
* 1.5
15
6
* As previously finalized, within each hospital, quarterly targets are 3, 3, and 1 respectively for CLABSI, CAUTI, and SSI, and 3, 3, and 1 respectively for MRSA, CDI, and SSI. As finalized, 2 additional charts per quarter per hospital were to be randomized to meet the fractional case
targets on average.
PROPOSED NUMBER OF CHARTS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR HAI VALIDATION FOR THE FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATION
AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
HAI
Number of
quarters
Number of hospitals
Proposed:
Central line associated bloodstream infections (CLABSI) ...........
Catheter-associated urinary tract infections (CAUTI) ..................
MRSA ...........................................................................................
CDI ...............................................................................................
SSI ................................................................................................
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
(4) Clinical Process of Care Measures:
Topic Areas and Sample Design
As discussed above in this section, we
are proposing to sample 8 total patient
charts for clinical process-of-care
measures per quarter per hospital
included in validation for the Hospital
IQR Program for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years.
Those 8 charts are discussed in greater
detail below.
As shown in the table below, two
other Hospital IQR Program clinical
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
to
to
to
to
to
300
300
300
300
600
...................
...................
...................
...................
...................
process-of-care topic areas overlap with
measures proposed for inclusion in the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program.
Regardless, we are not proposing to
target those topic areas for the following
reasons. One of these measures, PC–01,
Elective delivery prior to 39 completed
weeks of gestation, is reported in
aggregate. We cannot use the same
mechanism to validate PC–01 as we use
for measures reported at the patient
level, but we hope to include it in our
validation program in the future should
reporting PC–01 as an electronic clinical
quality measure becomes a requirement.
Charts/quarter/
hospital
4
4
4
4
4
Number of
charts per
hospital
4
4
4
4
2
16
16
16
16
8
The second measure is AMI–7a. AMI–7a
describes a process of care only
performed in small rural hospitals. Of
the approximately 3,300 hospitals
participating in the Hospital IQR
Program for the FY 2015 payment
determination, only 113 submitted cases
for this measure in the first two quarters
of CY 2013. Therefore, targeting
hospitals that report the AMI–7a
measure would unduly single out small
rural hospitals that disproportionately
report relatively high AMI–7a measure
denominator counts for validation, and
would be inequitable.
NUMBER OF CHART-ABSTRACTED CLINICAL PROCESS-OF-CARE MEASURES PER TOPIC AREA PROPOSED TO BE
REPORTED IN THE HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM IN THE CY 2014 AND CY 2015 DATA COLLECTION PERIODS *
Number of
required measures reported in
CY 2014 for FY
2016 hospital
IQR program
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Topic area
Number of
required measures proposed
for CY 2015 for
FY 2017 hospital
IQR program
2
1
1
7
6
8
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
5
4
2
1
1
1
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI) .........................................................................................
Heart Failure (HF) .................................................................................................................
Pneumonia (PN) ....................................................................................................................
Surgical Care Improvement Project (SCIP) ..........................................................................
Venous thromboembolism (VTE) ..........................................................................................
Stroke (STK) ..........................................................................................................................
Emergency department throughput (ED) ..............................................................................
Prevention—global immunization (IMM) ...............................................................................
Sepsis ....................................................................................................................................
Perinatal Care (PC) ** ...........................................................................................................
Proposed to
include in the
Hospital VBP
program for
FY 2017
Yes.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes.
No.
Yes.
* Data validated for the FY 2017 payment determination are Quarter 3, CY 2014, Quarter 4, CY 2014 Quarter 1, CY 2015 and Quarter 2, CY
2015 (78 FR 50824).
** Not reported at the patient level and not proposed for inclusion in validation.
For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
are proposing that the remaining 5 of
the 8 clinical process-of-care charts be
PO 00000
Frm 00273
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
drawn from a systematic random sample
of charts across all topic areas
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28250
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
containing required measures other
aside from those in the immunization
and perinatal care topic areas. Across all
hospitals included in validation, we
believe this approach will ensure
adequate numbers of patient charts are
sampled for each topic area. Under this
proposal, the pool of clinical process-ofcare topic areas sampled for validation
will include: STK, VTE, ED, and sepsis,
as well as all other IQR required topic
areas such as AMI. We received many
comments in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50807 through
50810; 78 FR 50825) regarding the
importance of validating VTE, STK, and
ED measures not included in validation
for the FY 2016 payment determination.
With this proposal, STK, VTE, ED, and
sepsis measures would be included in
the pool of clinical process-of-care
measures for validation. The systematic
random sample of topic areas from this
pool would ensure that charts are
sampled proportionate to the number of
charts submitted for each topic. Thus, a
sample of 20 charts per year would not
be limited to only one topic area by
random occurrence. In addition, across
all hospitals included in validation, we
believe this approach will ensure
adequate numbers of patient charts are
sampled for each topic area.77
This proposal simultaneously
simplifies the sampling plan for clinical
process-of-care measures and gives us
the flexibility of introducing or
removing new topic areas into
validation each year without having to
redesign and propose a new sampling
strategy. Using a random sample
ensures that new topic areas are not
excluded from the validation sample
and we can more easily adjust as the
topic areas change over the years. If this
proposal is finalized, every time a new
required topic area is added to the
Hospital IQR Program, it will
automatically be added to validation,
and every time a topic is removed from
the Hospital IQR Program, it will
automatically be excluded from
validation.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
(5) Immunization Measure Validation
We are proposing for the Hospital IQR
Program for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years,
that 3 of the 8 total patient charts each
quarter be targeted from the
Immunization topic area. Currently, this
topic area only includes the
Immunization for Influenza (NQF
#1659) measure, which overlaps with
77 We used data submitted to the Clinical Data
Warehouse for the Hospital IQR Program from
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the Hospital VBP Program. We want to
ensure that every hospital included in
validation is validated for this topic area
because of the overlap.
c. Combining Scores for HAI and
Clinical Process of Care Topic Areas
We refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43885) for
the process of scoring clinical processof-care measures, the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50832
through 50833) for the process of
scoring HAI measures, and FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50833)
for the process to be used to compute
the confidence interval. We are not
proposing any changes to those
established policies.
However, for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to modify our approach to
weighting the scores for each of the HAI,
IMM and ‘‘other topic areas’’ with two
proposals.
In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50226) and the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53548
through 53553), we established a
process to combine the HAI and clinical
process-of-care measure scores by
weighting them proportionate to the
number of measures included in
validation. For example, in section
IX.A.11.b.4. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, our proposal to validate
all clinical process of care measures
required by the Hospital IQR Program
for the FY 2017 payment determination
would yield 14 clinical process-of-care
measures in validation in CY 2015 and
only 5 HAI measures in validation.
Using the previously finalized weights,
the clinical process of care measures
score would contribute 14/19 and the
HAI score would contribute only 5/19 to
the combined score. This weighting
does not reflect either the relative
importance of HAIs to clinical process
of care measures in the Hospital VBP
Program nor the resources proposed to
devote to their validation.
In sections IV.I. and IV.J. of the
preamble of this proposed rule (the
Hospital VBP Program and the HAC
Reduction Program, respectively), we
are proposing to weight the patient
safety domain (of which the HAI
measures are part) more heavily in the
Hospital VBP Program (20 percent for
the patient safety domain versus 5
percent for the clinical process of care
measures) and to use the HAI measures
for the HAC Reduction Program. In this
section, we are proposing to weight the
HAI measures more heavily than the
quarters 1 and 2 of 2013 to estimate that at least
PO 00000
Frm 00274
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
clinical process of care scores to align
with these proposals in sections IV.I and
IV.J. For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to weight the HAI score
66.7 percent (or 2/3) of the total score
and the clinical process-of-care
measures to weight 33.3 percent
(or 1/3) of the total score. Further
justification is provided after the second
proposal.
In addition, we are proposing to
weight the IMM measures more heavily
than other chart-abstracted clinical
process-of-care measures validated in
the Hospital IQR Program to align with
the Hospital VBP Program. We are
changing the process currently
established to calculate the clinical
process-of-care score, which is based on
application of the formulas for the
variance of a stratified single-stage
cluster sample with unequal cluster
sizes and the variance of a proportion in
a stratified random sample (see
reference to Cochran’s ‘‘Sampling
Techniques’’ at 75 FR 50226 and 78 FR
53550). We have previously applied this
formula without consideration for the
relative importance of different
measures. When so applied, each topic
area is weighted proportionate to the
amount of data submitted to the
warehouse for that topic area.
However, we are proposing to modify
the formulas as previously applied to
weight the IMM topic area more heavily
because of the overlap with the Hospital
VBP Program. For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to weight the ‘‘IMM’’
clinical topic area as 66.7 percent (2/3)
and all other topic areas combined 33.3
percent (1/3) of the clinical process-ofcare score. The weights reflect our
policy preference to place greater
relative weight on Hospital VBP
Program included measures to better
ensure accurate scores and payment.
Emphasizing chart-abstracted clinical
process of care measures validated in
the Hospital IQR Program to align with
the Hospital VBP Program will address
the need to validate Hospital IQR
Program data not currently included in
Hospital VBP Program for public
reporting and validation feedback to
hospitals.
The table below shows the effect of
the two proposals combined (the first to
weight the HAI score more heavily than
the clinical process-of-care score and
the second to weight IMM data more
heavily than other clinical process-ofcare topic areas). The HAI topic area
will count 3 times as much as the IMM
400 cases per topic area would be validated per year
(across all hospitals).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28251
topic area and 6 times as much as all
other topic areas combined.
PROPOSED WEIGHTING TO COMBINE SCORES ACROSS CHART-ABSTRACTED TOPIC AREAS INCLUDED IN VALIDATION FOR
THE FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATION AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
Weight
(percent)
Topic area
Health care associated infection (HAI) ........................................................................................................................................
Immunization (IMM) .....................................................................................................................................................................
Other (AMI, ED, sepsis, STK, VTE) ............................................................................................................................................
66.7
22.2
11.1
Total ......................................................................................................................................................................................
100
Previously, the clinical process of care
measures accounted for 20 percent of
the Hospital VBP Program score,
whereas the HAI measures were a subset
of the outcome measures weighted 30
percent (FR 53605 through 53606). The
proposed relative weights for the HAI
(66 percent) and IMM (22 percent) topic
areas better reflect the strong emphasis
we are proposing for the HAI measures.
These proposals will require
adjustments to the formulas applied to
compute the confidence intervals. As
we have done in the past, we intend to
post the specific formulas used to
compute the confidence interval on the
QualityNet Web site at least one year
prior to final computation (https://
www.qualitynet.org/dcs/Content
Server?c=Page&pagename=Qnet
Public%2FPage%2FQnet
Tier2&cid=1138115987129). These
formulas will continue to account
appropriately for the manner in which
patient charts were sampled and data
were abstracted.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. Processes To Submit Patient Medical
Records for Chart-abstracted Measures
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50834 through 50835), we
finalized a process for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years that allows hospitals to submit
patient charts for validation via: (1)
Paper patient medical records; or (2)
secure transmission of electronic
versions of patient information. The
process previously finalized restricts
electronic submission of patient
information to digital images of patient
medical records submitted using
encrypted CD–ROMs, DVDs, or flash
drives.
We are proposing for the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years to expand the options for secure
transmission of electronic versions of
patient medical records. Specifically,
we are proposing to allow hospitals to
submit digital images (PDFs) of patient
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
charts using a Secure File Transfer
Portal on the QualityNet Web site. This
portal would allow hospitals to transfer
files through either a Web-based portal
or directly from a client application
using a secure file transfer protocol. The
system provides a mechanism for
securely exchanging documents
containing sensitive information such as
Protected Health Information (PHI) or
Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
Detailed instructions on how to use this
system are available in the Secure File
Transfer 1.0 User Manual available on
QualityNet at: https://www.quality
net.org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&page
name=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnet
Basic&cid=1228773343598. After July
2014, hospitals can submit all Hospital
IQR Program validation data using this
portal. This proposal responds to many
commenters from the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS rulemaking that were
concerned that encrypted CD–ROMs
were cumbersome and requested viable
alternatives. We believe that the burden
associated with using this portal will be
similar to or less than that involved
with submitting patient medical records
via portable electronic media (that is,
encrypted CD–ROMS, DVDs, or flash
drives). Therefore, we intend to
reimburse hospitals according to the
rate established for submitting patient
medical records via portable electronic
media (78 FR 50956).
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
e. Plans To Validate Electronic Clinical
Quality Measure Data
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50807 through 50810), we
finalized a voluntary process allowing
hospitals to partially meet Hospital IQR
Program requirements for the FY 2014
payment determination by submitting
electronic clinical quality measure data
via certified electronic health record
technology. Many commenters
expressed concern that we did not have
an adequate methodology to validate
these data.
PO 00000
Frm 00275
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
To respond to these concerns as well
as to ensure that Hospital IQR Program
data are accurate and reliable, we
conducted an environmental scan,
including review of prior public
comments to CMS proposed rules and
requests for information, review of the
technical and academic literatures,
numerous listening sessions, and
interviews with nine hospitals. From
these activities, we identified three key
categories of threats to data accuracy: (1)
The design of the EHR product,
including both the manufacturerprovided EHR product and the
hospital’s customizations of that EHR
product to support the hospital’s
specific workflows and processes, (2)
hospital and provider documentation
practice, and (3) EHR and electronic
clinical quality measure standards and
specifications. We understand the
potential threats to validity in each of
these categories. To respond to these
concerns, we are currently conducting a
small scale test of a remote real-time
validation strategy for electronic clinical
quality measures in approximately 9
hospitals.
We are not proposing any
requirements for validation of electronic
clinical quality measures for the FY
2017 payment determination. However,
we intend to conduct a larger scale pilot
test of validation activities in FY 2015.
The pilot test will engage up to 100
volunteer hospitals in a highly
interactive test abstraction of their EHR
systems using a secure remote access,
real-time abstraction technology that
meets the HIPAA Privacy and Security
Rules’ requirements. Hospitals that
volunteer to participate must meet the
EHR Incentive Program Stage 2 criteria
(77 FR 53968 through54162) and be able
to produce QRDA Category 1 Revision 2
extracted data (individual patient data)
for at least 6 of the 16 measures in the
STK, VTE, ED, and PC topic areas. The
Office of the National Coordinator for
Health Information Technology (ONC)
adopted QRDA as the standard to
support both QRDA Category I
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28252
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(individual patient) and QRDA Category
III (aggregate) data submission
approaches for meaningful use Stage 2
in the Health Information Technology:
Standards, Implementation
Specifications, and Certification Criteria
for Electronic Health Record
Technology, 2014 Edition; Revisions to
the Permanent Certification Program for
Health Information Technology rule (77
FR 54163 through 54292). Interested
hospitals will be invited to attend a 30minute pre-briefing session where they
will be provided with detailed
instructions about the process and a
demonstration explaining how to install
needed software and have any concerns
about security or systems requirements
addressed. The software to be installed,
Bomgar, is approved by CMS and meets
our security requirements allowing
CDAC to remotely view isolated records
in real-time under hospital supervision,
comparing all abstracted data with
QRDA Category 1 file data and
summarizing the results after the realtime session.
We implemented Bomgar software, a
commercial product, in a CMS data
center to allow for the review of medical
records securely over the Internet. The
product will allow the CDAC staff and
Hospital medical record staff to easily
set up remote support sessions for
reviewing Hospital IQR Program-related
EHR records under hospital supervision.
The software was tested and passed our
strict security standards. The electronic
sessions do not require changes to a
hospital’s firewall or network because
both the CDAC computer and the
hospital computer connect to the
product through secure outbound
connections. The product will log and
record every session and all session data
will be safe-guarded by federal
government approved encryption.
While CDAC has limited, remote
viewing access, hospitals will be asked
to:
• Generate separate lists of patients
eligible for measures in each of the four
topic areas (STK, VTE, ED, and PC);
• Generate QRDA Category 1 files
extracted automatically from an EHR for
all applicable measures for up to 3
records within each of the 4 topic areas
(for a total of 12 records) as selected by
CDAC; and
• Show selected records, such as
laboratory records, and patient medical
history, navigating through the EHR
system as directed by CDAC.
During this remote real-time session,
CDAC will:
• Follow the specifications for the
electronic measure to abstract relevant
information related to each data element
from up to 10 different sources, for
example, medication administration
records, laboratory reports, and patient
history, (including structured and
unstructured fields) within each patient
medical record.
After concluding the real-time session
with a hospital, CDAC will:
• Compare all abstracted data with
QRDA Category 1 file data; and
• Summarize results identifying
patterns of concern.
Based on these results, CMS and our
contractors will:
• Work with measure stewards to
refine measure specifications based on
conflicting findings;
• Share conflicting findings with
individual hospitals to support
improvement;
• Publicize de-identified patterns of
conflicting findings that allow vendors
to develop automated checks;
• Determine reliability (agreement)
between QRDA Category 1 extracted and
abstracted data; and
• Produce descriptive statistics to
estimate sample size requirements for
future validation.
To address the burden associated with
this test, we intend to reimburse
hospitals for the burden associated with
their participation. Details about
reimbursement are included in section
XIII.B.6. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We will post on
QualityNet a detailed draft of the
operational procedures that volunteer
hospitals will be expected to follow
during the public comment period. We
developed this process to attempt to
meet all of our goals for validity, as
further explained in the table below.
ELECTRONIC CLINICAL QUALITY MEASURE VALIDATION STRATEGY SUMMARY FOR THE HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM
Desired Attributes of Validation Strategy
•
•
•
•
•
•
Assesses accuracy including reliability and population representativeness.
Employs a standardized process conducted by an objective third party.
Minimizes burden to hospitals.
Minimizes costs to CMS by being performed at a central location.
Leverages the dynamic qualities of an EHR, including query functions.
May ultimately integrate with validation of other IQR measures.
Goals of Test
•
•
•
•
Assess the accuracy and completeness of electronic clinical quality measure data.
Assess Hospital IQR Program readiness for electronic clinical quality measure reporting requirements.
Identify the needs for and implement updates to measure specifications and standards.
Plan future validation requirements, including detailed operational instructions and sample size.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Planned Process Overview
Hospitals will:
• Allow CMS’ Clinical Data Abstraction Contractor (CDAC) to remotely view records in real-time.
• Generate separate lists of patients eligible for measures to be validated.
• Generate QRDA Category 1 extract files for all applicable measures for up to 12 records selected by CDAC.
• Show selected records, navigating through the EHR system as directed by CDAC.
CDAC will:
• Abstract data following the specifications for the electronic measure and relevant information related to each data element from up to 10
different sources (including structured and unstructured fields) within each medical record.
• Compare all abstracted data with QRDA Category 1 file data.
• Assess and refine operational processes.
CMS and its contractors will:
• Determine reliability (agreement) between extracted and abstracted measures.
• Work with measure stewards to refine measure specifications based on conflicting findings.
• Share conflicting findings with individual hospitals to support improvement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00276
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28253
ELECTRONIC CLINICAL QUALITY MEASURE VALIDATION STRATEGY SUMMARY FOR THE HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM—
Continued
• Publicize de-identified common patterns of conflicting findings that allow vendors to develop automated checks.
• Produce descriptive statistics to estimate sample size requirements for future validation.
• Reimburse hospitals for burden associated with participation in test.
We invite public comment on this
voluntary pilot test for validation.
We also considered other validation
approaches including one that
supplements the current procedures and
compares quality data manually
abstracted by the hospitals with QRDA
Category 1 extracts from their EHRs.
Although we are making no specific
proposals related to these alternatives at
this time, we invite comments on
whether we should develop or identify
existing computerized applications to
assist hospitals in self-validation and on
the specific functionalities that may be
useful for self-validation. For example,
as part of the validation process, should
CMS develop or identify an existing
application that would use natural
language processing, to identify
potential threats to validity that human
abstractors might then review more
closely. An example of such an
application might be one that searches
the unstructured fields for
contraindications to VTE prophylaxis,
even if such contraindications were not
noted in a structured field within an
EHR. We also invite comments any
other types of applications that would
be useful for self-validation.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
12. Data Accuracy and Completeness
Acknowledgement Requirements for the
FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53554) for
information for details on DACA
requirements for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years.
We are not proposing any changes to
DACA form requirements at this time.
13. Public Display Requirements for the
FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
We refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS
final rule (72 FR 47360), the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR
50230), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51650), the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53554), and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50836) for details
on public display requirements for the
FY 2017 payment determination and
subsequent years.
The Hospital IQR Program quality
measures are typically reported on the
Hospital Compare Web site at: https://
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
www.medicare.gov/hospitalcompare,
but on occasion are reported on other
CMS Web sites such as https://www.cms.
gov and/or https://data.medicare.gov.
We are not proposing any changes to
public display requirements at this time.
the event of extraordinary
circumstances beyond the control of the
hospital. Specific requirements for
submission of a request for an extension
or exemption are available on
QualityNet.org.’’
14. Reconsideration and Appeal
Procedures for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH final rule (76 FR 51650 through
51651), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final
rule (78 FR 50836), and at 42 CFR
§ 412.140(e) for details on
reconsideration and appeal procedures
for the FY 2017 payment determination
and subsequent years.
We are not proposing any changes to
the reconsideration and appeals
procedures at this time.
B. PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting (PCHQR) Program
15. Hospital IQR Program Extraordinary
Circumstances Extensions or
Exemptions
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51651
through 51652), the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50836 through
50837), and 42 CFR 412.140(c)(2) for
details on the Hospital IQR Program
extraordinary circumstances extensions
or waivers. We are not proposing any
substantive changes to these policies or
the processes. However, in the future,
we will refer to the process as the
Extraordinary Circumstances Extensions
or Exemptions process. We are currently
in the process of revising the
Extraordinary Circumstances/Disaster
Extension or Waiver Request form,
previously approved under OMB
control number 0938–1171.
In addition, we are proposing to make
a conforming change from the phrase
‘‘extension or waiver’’ to the phrase
‘‘extension or exemption’’ in 42 CFR
412.140(c)(2). Section 412.140(c)(2)
currently states, ‘‘Exception. Upon
request by a hospital, CMS may grant an
extension or waiver of one or more data
submission deadlines in the event of
extraordinary circumstances beyond the
control of the hospital. Specific
requirements for submission of a request
for an extension or waiver are available
on QualityNet.org.’’ We are proposing to
revise this language to state, ‘‘Exception.
Upon request by a hospital, CMS may
grant an extension or exemption of one
or more data submission deadlines in
PO 00000
Frm 00277
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1. Statutory Authority
Section 3005 of the Affordable Care
Act added new sections 1866(a)(1)(W)
and (k) to the Act. Section 1866(k)
establishes a quality reporting program
for hospitals described in section
1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act (referred to as
a ‘‘PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital’’ or
‘‘PCH’’). Section 1866(k)(1) of the Act
states that, for FY 2014 and each
subsequent fiscal year, a PCH must
submit data to the Secretary in
accordance with section 1866(k)(2) of
the Act with respect to such a fiscal
year. Section 1866(k)(2) of the Act
provides that, for FY 2014 and each
subsequent fiscal year, each hospital
described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of
the Act must submit data to the
Secretary on quality measures specified
under section 1866(k)(3) of the Act in a
form and manner, and at a time,
specified by the Secretary.
Section 1866(k)(3)(A) of the Act
requires that any measure specified by
the Secretary must have been endorsed
by the entity with a contract under
section 1890(a) of the Act, unless an
exception under section 1866(k)(3)(B) of
the Act applies. The National Quality
Forum (NQF) currently holds this
contract. The NQF is a voluntary,
consensus-based, standard-setting
organization with a diverse
representation of consumer, purchaser,
provider, academic, clinical, and other
health care stakeholder organizations.
The NQF was established to standardize
healthcare quality measurement and
reporting through its consensus
development processes. We have
generally adopted NQF-endorsed
measures in our reporting programs.
However, section 1866(k)(3)(B) of the
Act provides an exception. Specifically,
it provides that, in the case of a
specified area or medical topic
determined appropriate by the Secretary
for which a feasible and practical
measure has not been endorsed by the
entity with a contract under section
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28254
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may
specify a measure that is not so
endorsed as long as due consideration is
given to measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization identified by the Secretary.
Under section 1866(k)(3)(C) of the
Act, the Secretary was required to
publish the measure selection for PCHs
no later than October 1, 2012, with
respect to FY 2014.
Section 1866(k)(4) of the Act requires
the Secretary to establish procedures for
making public the data submitted by
PCHs under the PPS-Exempt Cancer
Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR)
Program. Such procedures must ensure
that a PCH has the opportunity to
review the data that are to be made
public with respect to the PCH prior to
such data being made public. The
Secretary must report quality measures
of process, structure, outcome, patients’
perspective on care, efficiency, and
costs of care that relate to services
furnished by PCHs on the CMS Web
site.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Covered Entities
Section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act
excludes particular cancer hospitals
from payment under the IPPS. This
proposed rule covers only those PPSexcluded cancer hospitals meeting
eligibility criteria specified in 42 CFR
412.23(f).
4. Proposed Update to the Clinical
Process/Oncology Care Measures
Beginning With the FY 2016 Program
3. Previously Finalized PCHQR Program
Quality Measures
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53556 through 53561), we
finalized five quality measures for the
FY 2014 program and subsequent years.
Specifically, we finalized two of the
CDC NHSN-based HAI quality measures
(outcome measures): (1) CLABSI; and (2)
CAUTI. We also finalized three cancerspecific process of care measures: (1)
Adjuvant chemotherapy is considered
or administered within 4 months (120
days) of surgery to patients under the
age of 80 with the American Joint
Committee on Cancer (AJCC) III (lymph
node positive) colon cancer; (2)
Combination chemotherapy is
considered or administered within 4
months (120 days) of diagnosis for
women under 70 with AJCC T1c, or
Stage II or III hormone receptor negative
breast cancer; and (3) Adjuvant
hormonal therapy. We also discussed
the collection requirements and
submission timeframes for these
measures in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53563 through
53566).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50838 through 50840), we
finalized one new quality measure for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the FY 2015 program and subsequent
years. Specifically, we finalized the
CDC’s NHSN HAI measure of Surgical
Site Infection (SSI). We did not remove
or replace any of the previously
finalized measures from the PCHQR
Program for the FY 2015 program and
subsequent years.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50840 through 50846), we
finalized 12 new quality measures for
the FY 2016 program and subsequent
years. Specifically, we finalized six new
SCIP measures, five new clinical
process/oncology care measures and the
HCAHPS Survey for reporting beginning
with the FY 2016 program and
subsequent years. We did not remove or
replace any of the previously finalized
measures from the PCHQR Program for
the FY 2016 program and subsequent
years. We also discussed the collection
requirements and submission
timeframes for these measures in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50850 through 50853).
We are not proposing to remove or
replace any of the previously finalized
measures from the PCHQR Program for
the FY 2017 program and subsequent
years.
Beginning with the FY 2016 program,
we are proposing to update the
specifications for each of the five
clinical process/oncology care measures
so that for each measure, PCHs must
report all-patient data. We believe that
the delivery of high quality care in the
PCH setting is critically important and
that collecting data on all patients will
enable us to ensure that high quality
care is delivered to Medicare
beneficiaries in this setting. In addition,
all-patient data increases transparency
in the health care system, aligns with
State and federal initiatives,78 and
improves research efforts. Our proposal
to require PCHs to collect all-patient
data provides us with the data to inform
the public with the most robust and
accurate reflection of the quality of care
and patient outcomes in the PCH
setting. In addition, this proposal will
align the specifications of the clinical
process/oncology care measures with
those of the SCIP PCHQR measures, for
which all-patient data are required for
submission.
We welcome public comments on this
proposal for the clinical process/
78 All-Payer Claims Database (APCD) Fact Sheet;
available at: https://www.apcdcouncil.org/issuebriefs-and-fact-sheets.
PO 00000
Frm 00278
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
oncology care measures for the FY 2016
program and subsequent years.
5. Proposed New Quality Measure
Beginning With the FY 2017 Program
a. Considerations in the Selection of
Quality Measures
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53556) and in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50837
through 50838), we indicated that we
have taken a number of principles into
consideration when developing and
selecting measures for the PCHQR
Program, and that many of these
principles are modeled on those we use
for measure development and selection
under the Hospital IQR Program:
• Public reporting should rely on a
mix of standards, outcomes, process of
care measures, and patient experience of
care measures, including measures of
care transitions and changes in patient
functional status.
• The measure set should evolve so
that it includes a focused core set of
measures appropriate to cancer
hospitals that reflects the level of care
and the most important areas of service
furnished by those hospitals. The
measures should address gaps in the
quality of cancer care.
• We also consider input solicited
from the public through rulemaking and
public listening sessions.
• We consider suggestions and input
from a PCH Technical Expert Panel
(TEP), convened by a CMS measure
development contractor, which rated
potential PCH quality measures for
importance, scientific soundness,
usability, and feasibility. The TEP
membership includes health care
providers specializing in the treatment
of cancer, cancer researchers, consumer
and patient advocates, disparities
experts, and representatives from payer
organizations.
Like the Hospital IQR Program, the
PCHQR Program supports the National
Quality Strategy (NQS), national
priorities, HHS Strategic Plans and
Initiatives, the CMS Quality Strategy,
and strives for burden reduction
whenever possible. The PCHQR
Program also takes into consideration
the recommendations of the Measure
Applications Partnership (MAP). The
MAP is a multi-stakeholder body
convened by the NQF for the purpose of
providing input to HHS on the selection
of measures.
b. Proposed New Quality Measure
Beginning With the FY 2017 Program
We are proposing to adopt one new
clinical effectiveness measure for the FY
2017 program and subsequent years:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
External Beam Radiotherapy for Bone
Metastases (NQF #1822). The proposed
clinical effectiveness measure was
included on a publicly available
document entitled ‘‘List of Measures
under Consideration for December 1,
2013,’’ a list of quality and efficiency
measures being considered for use in
various Medicare programs. The
proposed measure was submitted to the
MAP Hospital Workgroup for review.
The MAP supported the inclusion of
this measure in the PCHQR Program.
The MAP’s conclusions can be found in
the ‘‘MAP Pre-Rulemaking Report: 2014
Recommendations on Measures Under
Consideration by HHS,’’ which is
available at: https://
www.qualityforum.org/Publications/
2014/01/MAP_Pre-Rulemaking_Report_
_2014_Recommendations_on_
Measures_for_More_than_20_Federal_
Programs.aspx. We considered the
MAP’s input and recommendations for
this proposed measure for the PCHQR
Program, and specifically, we note that
the proposed measure addresses the
MAP priority of palliative care for
cancer patients. In addition, the
proposed measure addresses the NQS
domain of effective clinical care.
We believe that this NQF-endorsed
measure developed by the American
Society for Radiation Oncology
(ASTRO) meets the requirement under
section 1866(k)(3)(A) of the Act that
measures specified for the PCHQR
generally be endorsed by the entity with
a contract under section 1890(a) of the
Act (currently the NQF). This measure
assesses the percentage of patients (both
Medicare and non-Medicare) with
painful bone metastases and no history
of previous radiation who receive EBRT
with an acceptable dosing schedule. The
measure numerator includes all patients
with painful bone metastases, and no
previous radiation to the same site, who
receive EBRT with any of the following
Topic
recommended fractionation schemes:
30Gy/10fxns, 24Gy/6fxns, 20Gy/5fxns,
or 8Gy/1fxn. The measure denominator
includes all patients with painful bones
metastases and no previous radiation to
the same site, who receive EBRT. The
following patients are excluded from the
denominator: Patients who have had
previous radiation to the same site;
patients with femoral axis cortical
involvement greater than 3 cm in length;
patients who have undergone a surgical
stabilization procedure; and patients
with spinal cord compression, cauda
equina compression, or radicular pain.
For the reasons explained more fully
below, we believe that this measure will
reduce the rate of EBRT services
overuse, support our commitment to
promoting patient safety, and support
the NQS domains.
Bone metastases are a common
manifestation of malignancy. Some
cancer types have a bone metastasis
prevalence as high as 70 to 95 percent.79
EBRT can provide significant pain relief
in 50 to 80 percent of patients with
painful bone metastases.
In October 2009, ASTRO organized a
Task Force to perform an assessment of
existing recommendations in order to
address a lack of palliative radiotherapy
guidelines. Based on a review of the
literature, the Task Force recommended
the following EBRT dosing schedules
for patients with previously unirradiated painful bone metastases: 30
Gy over the course of 10 fractions, 24 Gy
over the course of 6 fractions, 20 Gy
over the course of 5 fractions, and a
single 8 Gy fraction.80 Despite the
recommendations, the actual doses
applied for EBRT continue to include
dosing schedules as high as 25
fractions.81 Other studies support the
conclusion that shorter EBRT schedules
produce similar pain relief outcomes
when compared to longer EBRT
schedules, and that patients prefer
shorter EBRT schedules because of their
28255
convenience, increased tolerability, and
reduced side effects.82
In addition, the ASTRO Task Force
found that the frequency and severity of
side effects associated with a single
fraction were the same or less than those
associated with multiple fraction
regimens, indicating that shorter
treatment schedules may be
preferable.83 The proposed External
Beam Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases
measure seeks to address the
performance gap in treatment variation,
ensure appropriate use of EBRT, and
prevent the overuse of radiation
therapy. We believe that this measure is
necessary to support patient preferences
for shorter EBRT schedules as well as to
ensure patient safety, given that shorter
treatment courses show similar or fewer
side effects while producing similar
clinical outcomes.
We believe the proposed measure is
applicable to the PCH setting because it
addresses cancer care associated with
radiation therapy. The adoption of
measures that apply to multiple health
care settings is one of our objectives in
promoting quality care consistently
across all health care settings. Detailed
specifications for this proposed measure
can be found at: https://www.quality
forum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?Link
Identifier=id&ItemID=70374.
In summary, in addition to the 18
measures that we previously finalized
for the PCHQR Program, we are
proposing one new measure for
reporting beginning with the FY 2017
program. The proposed policies
regarding the form, manner, and timing
of data collection for this measure are
discussed in later sections. The table
below lists all previously adopted
measures as well as the proposed new
measure for the PCHQR Program for the
FY 2017 program and subsequent years.
We welcome public comment on this
proposal.
PCHQR program measures for the FY 2017 program and subsequent years (including proposed new measure)
Safety and Healthcare-Associated Infection—HAI
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
• (NQF #0139) NHSN Central Line-Associated Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI) Outcome Measure *.
• (NQF #0138) NHSN Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI) Outcome Measure *.
• (NQF #0753) Harmonized Procedure Specific Surgical Site Infection (SSI) Outcome Measure* (currently includes SSIs following Colon Surgery and Abdominal Hysterectomy Surgery).
Clinical Process/Cancer-Specific Treatments
• (NQF #0223) Adjuvant Chemotherapy is Considered or Administered Within 4 Months (120 days) of Surgery to Patients
Under the Age of 80 with AJCC III (lymph node positive) Colon Cancer *.
79 Coleman RE. Metastatic bone disease: Clinical
features, pathophysiology and treatment strategies.
Cancer Treat Rev. 2001;27:165–176.
80 Lutz S, Berk L, Chang E, et al. Palliative
radiotherapy for bone metastases: An ASTRO
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
evidence-based guideline. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol
Phys. 2011;79(4):965–976.
81 Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=
70374.
PO 00000
Frm 00279
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
82 Lutz S, Berk L, Chang E, et al. Palliative
radiotherapy for bone metastases: An ASTRO
evidence-based guideline. Int J Radiat Oncol Biol
Phys. 2011;79(4):965–976.
83 FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule 77 FR 53561
(NQF# 0223, 0559, and 0220).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28256
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Topic
PCHQR program measures for the FY 2017 program and subsequent years (including proposed new measure)
• (NQF #0559) Combination Chemotherapy is Considered or Administered Within 4 Months (120 days) of Diagnosis for
Women Under 70 with AJCC T1c, or Stage II or III Hormone Receptor Negative Breast Cancer *.
• (NQF #0220) Adjuvant Hormonal Therapy *.
SCIP
• (NQF #0218) Surgery Patients who Received Appropriate VTE Prophylaxis within 24 Hrs Prior to Surgery to 24 Hrs After
Surgery End Time *.
• (NQF #0453) Urinary Catheter Removed on Post-Operative Day 1 or Post-Operative Day 2 with Day of Surgery Being Day
Zero *.
• (NQF #0527) Prophylactic Antibiotic Received Within 1 Hr Prior to Surgical Incision *.
• (NQF #0528) Prophylactic Antibiotic Selection for Surgical Patients *.
• (NQF #0529) Prophylactic Antibiotic Discontinued Within 24 Hrs After Surgery End Time *.
• (NQF #0284) Surgery Patients on Beta Blocker Therapy Prior to Admission who Received a Beta Blocker During the
Perioperative Period *.
Clinical Process/Oncology Care Measures
•
•
•
•
•
(NQF
(NQF
(NQF
(NQF
(NQF
#0382)
#0383)
#0384)
#0390)
#0389)
Oncology-Radiation Dose Limits to Normal Tissues *.
Oncology: Plan of Care for Pain *.
Oncology: Pain Intensity Quantified *.
Prostate Cancer-Adjuvant Hormonal Therapy for High-Risk Patients *.
Prostate Cancer-Avoidance of Overuse Measure-Bone Scan for Staging Low-Risk Patients *.
Patient Engagement/Experience of Care
• (NQF #0166) HCAHPS *.
Clinical Effectiveness Measure
• (NQF #1822) External Beam Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases **.
* Previously finalized measures.
** Proposed for the FY 2017 program and subsequent years in this proposed rule.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
6. Possible New Quality Measure Topics
for Future Years
We seek to develop a comprehensive
set of quality measures for widespread
use for informed decision-making and
quality improvement in the PCH setting.
Therefore, in future rulemaking, we
intend to propose to adopt new or
updated measures, such as measures
that assess the safety and efficiency of
the diagnosis and treatment of cancer,
measures that take into account novel
diagnostic and treatment modalities,
measures that assess symptoms and
functional status, and measures of
appropriate disease management.
Additional measure topics to be
considered include patient centered
care planning and care coordination,
shared decision making, measures of
quality of life outcomes, and measures
of admissions for complications of
cancer and treatment for cancer. We
believe that such measures will help us
further our goal of achieving better
health care and improved health for
Medicare beneficiaries who obtain
cancer services through the widespread
dissemination and use of quality of care
information.
We welcome public comment and
specific suggestions for measure topics
for the following measure domains:
outcomes, quality of life, clinical quality
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
of care, care coordination, patient safety,
patient and caregiver experience of care,
population/community health, and
efficiency. These domains align with
those of the NQS, and we believe that
selecting measures to address these
domains will promote better cancer care
while aligning the PCHQR Program with
other established quality reporting and
pay for performance programs such as
the Hospital IQR Program, the Hospital
OQR Program and the Hospital VBP
Program.
Generally, we retain measures from
the previous years’ PCHQR Program
measure sets for subsequent years.
However, in future years we will
consider developing criteria to
determine whether or not to remove or
replace measures from the PCHQR
Program measure set. In developing
removal criteria, we will consider those
criteria used by other CMS quality
reporting programs in order to align the
PCHQR Program with those programs.
We welcome public comments on the
criteria for removal or replacement of
measures from the PCHQR Program.
In an effort to reduce the reporting
burden for PCHs, in future years, we
will consider proposing to require PCHs
to report electronically specified clinical
quality measures for the PCHQR
Program. We believe that the collection
and reporting of data through health
PO 00000
Frm 00280
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
information technology would greatly
simplify and streamline reporting for
many CMS quality reporting programs,
including the PCHQR Program. Through
electronic reporting, PCHs would be
able to leverage EHRs to capture,
calculate, and electronically submit
quality data that is currently manually
chart-abstracted and submitted to CMS
for the PCHQR Program. In developing
future proposals for electronic clinical
quality measures adoption, we will
consider the need to align and
harmonize measures across various
quality reporting programs to minimize
the reporting burden imposed on PCHs.
We welcome public comments on the
development of electronic clinical
quality measure reporting criteria for
future years.
7. Maintenance of Technical
Specifications for Quality Measures
We maintain technical specifications
for the PCHQR Program measures, and
we periodically update those
specifications. The specifications can be
found on the QualityNet Web site at:
https://qualitynet.org/dcs/Content
Server?cid=1228772356060&pagename=
QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier2&c=
Page.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53504 through 53505), we
finalized a policy under which we use
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a subregulatory process to make
nonsubstantive updates to measures
used for the Hospital IQR Program. We
also adopted this process for all
measures adopted for the PCHQR
Program. With respect to what
constitutes substantive versus nonsubstantive changes, we expect to make
this determination on a case-by-case
basis. Examples of nonsubstantive
changes to measures might include
updated diagnosis or procedure codes,
medication updates for categories of
medications, broadening of age ranges,
and exclusions for a measure. We
believe that nonsubstantive changes
may include updates to measures based
upon changes to guidelines upon which
the measures are based.
We will continue to use rulemaking to
adopt substantive updates to the
measures we have adopted for the
PCHQR Program. Examples of changes
that we might consider to be substantive
would be those in which the changes
are so significant that the measure is no
longer the same measure, or when a
standard of performance assessed by a
measure becomes more stringent (for
example: Changes in acceptable timing
of medication, procedure/process, or
test administration). Another example of
a substantive change would be where
the NQF has extended its endorsement
of a previously endorsed measure to a
new setting, such as extending a
measure from the inpatient setting to
hospice. We also note that to the extent
a PCHQR measure is endorsed by the
NQF, the NQF measure maintenance
process incorporates an opportunity for
public comment and engagement.
We believe the endorsement
processes, as well as our treatment of
substantive versus nonsubstantive
measure changes, adequately balances
our need to incorporate updates to
PCHQR Program measures in the most
expeditious manner possible while
preserving the public’s ability to
comment on updates that so
fundamentally change an endorsed
measure that it is no longer the same
measure that we originally adopted.
8. Public Display Requirements
Beginning With the FY 2014 Program
Section 1866(k)(4) of the Act requires
the Secretary to establish procedures for
making the data submitted under the
PCHQR Program available to the public.
Such procedures must ensure that a
PCH has the opportunity to review the
data that is to be made public with
respect to the PCH prior to such data
being made public. Section 1866(k)(4) of
the Act also provides that the Secretary
must report quality measures of process,
structure, outcome, patients’ perspective
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
on care, efficiency, and costs of care that
relate to services furnished in such
hospital on the CMS Web site.
In order to meet these requirements,
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53562 through 53563), we
finalized our policy to publicly display
the submitted data on the Hospital
Compare Web site (https://
www.hospitalcompare.hhs.gov/) and
established a preview period of 30 days
prior to making such data public.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50847 through 50848), we
finalized our proposal to display
publicly in 2014 and subsequent years
the data for the measures listed below:
• Adjuvant Chemotherapy is
considered or administered within 4
months (120 days) of surgery to patients
under the age of 80 with AJCC III
(lymph node positive) colon cancer
(NQF #0223); and
• Combination Chemotherapy is
considered or administered within 4
months (120 days) of diagnosis for
women under 70 with AJCC T1c, or
Stage II or III hormone receptor negative
breast cancer (NQF #0559).
This year we are proposing to
publicly display in 2015 and subsequent
years the data for the Adjuvant
Hormonal Therapy measure (NQF
#0220).
We are also proposing to publicly
display no later than 2017 and for
subsequent years the data for the
measures listed below:
• NHSN Catheter-Associated Urinary
Tract Infections (CAUTI) Outcome
Measure (NQF #0138); and
• NHSN Central Line-Associated
Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #0139).
At present, all PCHs are reporting
CLABSI and CAUTI data to the NHSN
under the PCHQR Program. However,
due to the low volume of data produced
and reported by the small number of
facilities (in fewer than 2 years), the
CDC is unable to calculate reasonable
and reliable baseline estimates, or
expected rates, which are needed for the
purpose of calculating these measure
rates. Therefore, we estimate that the
first public posting of the CLABSI and
CAUTI PCHQR Program data reported to
the NHSN from the PCHs will be no
later than 2017.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Data
Submission Beginning With the FY
2017 Program
a. Background
Section 1866(k)(2) of the Act requires
that, beginning with the FY 2014
PO 00000
Frm 00281
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28257
PCHQR Program, each PCH must submit
to the Secretary data on quality
measures specified under section
1866(k)(3) of the Act in a form and
manner, and at a time as specified by
the Secretary.
Data submission requirements and
deadlines for the PCHQR Program are
generally posted on the QualityNet Web
site at: https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/
ContentServer?c=Page&pagename=
QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier3&
cid=1228772864228.
b. Proposed Reporting Requirements for
the Proposed New Measure: External
Beam Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases
(NQF #1822) Beginning With the FY
2017 Program
We are proposing that PCHs report the
proposed External Beam Radiotherapy
for Bone Metastases (NQF #1822)
measure beginning with January 1, 2015
discharges and for subsequent years. We
are proposing that PCHs would report
this measure to CMS via a CMS Webbased Measures Tool on an annual basis
(July 1—August 15 of each respective
year). This approach is consistent with
the data submission deadlines finalized
for the clinical process/oncology care
measures (78 FR 50850 through 50851)
and PCHs are already preparing to begin
submitting PCHQR data using this
timeline. We also believe that annual
data submission of once per year (as
opposed to quarterly data submission of
four times per year) will reduce PCH
cost and burden. We believe that these
proposed dates will provide enough
advance notice for PCHs to prepare to
report the measure.
We are proposing to collect the EBRT
for Bone Metastases measure rates for
the FY 2017 program and subsequent
years using all-patient (both Medicare
and non-Medicare) data from the four
quarters (Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4) of CY
2015, and that PCHs must submit
aggregated data for the measure for each
of these quarters during a data
submission window that would be open
from July 1 through August 15, 2016.
For the FY 2017 program and
subsequent years, we refer readers to the
reporting periods and data submission
window outlined in the table below in
this section.
For data collection, we are proposing
that PCHs submit aggregate-level data
through the CMS Web-based Measures
Tool or submit an aggregate data file
through a vendor (via QualityNet
infrastructure). We refer readers to the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
FR 50850 through 50851) for more
information on the CMS Web-based
aggregated data collection tool.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28258
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
We welcome public comment on the
proposed reporting periods, data
submission timeframes, and data
collection methods/modes for the
proposed measure for the FY 2017
program and subsequent years.
PROPOSED EXTERNAL BEAM RADIOTHERAPY FOR BONE METASTASES (NQF #1822) MEASURE-REPORTING PERIODS AND
SUBMISSION TIMEFRAMES FOR THE FY 2017 PROGRAM AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
Program year
(FY)
Reporting periods
(CY)
2017 ...................................
Q1 2015 discharges (January 1, 2015–March 31, 2015) ................................
Q2 2015 discharges (April 1, 2015–June 30, 2015)
Q3 2015 discharges (July 1, 2015–September 30, 2015)
Q4 2015 discharges (October 1, 2015–December 31, 2015)
Q1 2016 discharges (January 1, 2016–March 31, 2016) ................................
Q2 2016 discharges (April 1, 2016–June 30, 2016)
Q3 2016 discharges (July 1, 2016–September 30, 2016)
Q4 2016 discharges (October 1, 2016–December 31, 2016)
Q1 discharges (January 1–March 31 of each year 2 years before the program year).
Q2 discharges (April 1–June 30 of each year 2 years before the program
year)
Q3 discharges (July 1–September 30 of each year 2 years before the program year)
Q4 discharges (October 1–December 31 of each year 2 years before the
program year)
2018 ...................................
Subsequent Years .............
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. Proposed Reporting Options for the
Clinical Process/Cancer Specific
Treatment Measures Beginning with the
FY 2015 Program and the SCIP and
Clinical Process/Oncology Care
Measures Beginning With the FY 2016
Program
We are proposing to modify the data
submission requirements for the three
clinical process/cancer specific
treatment measures 84 that we adopted
in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53564), and the six SCIP
measures and five clinical process/
oncology care measures that we adopted
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule (78
FR 50846). Under those requirements,
PCHs submit aggregate-level clinical
process/cancer specific treatment
measure data to a CMS contractor,
aggregate-level clinical process/
oncology care measure data through the
CMS Web-based Measures Tool, and
patient-level SCIP measure data through
the QualityNet infrastructure. We are
now proposing to allow PCHs to report
the clinical process/cancer specific
treatment, SCIP, and clinical process/
oncology care data to CMS using one of
two mechanisms. Under the first option,
which is newly proposed for the SCIP
and clinical process/oncology care
Data submission deadlines
measure sets, PCHs or their authorized
vendors can enter aggregate numerator
and denominator data into a CMS Web
page located on the secure part of the
CMS QualityNet infrastructure. Under
the second option, which is newly
proposed for the clinical process/cancer
specific treatment, SCIP, and clinical
process/oncology care measures, PCHs
or their authorized vendors can submit
an aggregate data file through a CMS
secure QualityNet file exchange process.
We are proposing these options in order
to decrease the reporting burden for
PCHs.
We believe that the newly proposed
submission option, which is further
described below for the SCIP measures,
will result in a considerable burden
reduction for PCHs, as it includes once
annually, rather than once quarterly,
submission deadlines and submission of
aggregate data as opposed to patient
level data for the SCIP measures. We are
proposing this update to the SCIP
measures submission requirements in
anticipation of a possible change to the
Hospital IQR Program IT infrastructure
to discontinue patient level SCIP data
collection. This IT infrastructure change
is due to the proposed removal of SCIP
measures from the Hospital IQR
July 1, 2016–August 15, 2016.
July 1, 2017–August 15, 2017.
July 1–August 15 of each year before the program year.
Program, which we are proposing in
section IX.A.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. We believe that
providing PCHs with a choice regarding
how they submit data on these measures
will result in a considerable burden
reduction for PCHs because under both
options, PCHs will be able to submit the
data once annually and in an aggregate
form.
We are proposing that PCHs submit
an annual data file stratified by four
quarters for each of the SCIP measures.
We believe that this proposal provides
the public with sufficiently reliable
quality measure information while
reducing PCH burden through providing
two data collection options. We will
provide detailed technical file format
specifications on the public QualityNet
Web site (www.qualitynet.org) following
publication of this year’s final rule. The
newly proposed submission deadlines
for the SCIP measures are outlined in
the table below.
These proposed requirements would
replace, for the purposes of the PCHQR
Program, the update to the SCIP
timeline and IT infrastructure that we
finalized for the PCHQR Program in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
FR 50851 through 50852).
PROPOSED UPDATE TO THE SIX SCIP MEASURES-REPORTING PERIODS AND SUBMISSION TIMEFRAMES FOR THE FY 2016
PROGRAM AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
Program year
(FY)
Reporting periods
(CY)
Data submission
deadlines
2016 ...................................
2017 ...................................
Q1 2015 discharges (January 1, 2015–March 31, 2015) ...................................
Q2 2015 discharges (April 1, 2015–June 30, 2015) ........................................
July 1, 2015–August 15, 2015.
July 1, 2016–August 15, 2016.
84 FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule; 77 FR
53561 (NQF# 0223, 0559, and 0220).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00282
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28259
PROPOSED UPDATE TO THE SIX SCIP MEASURES-REPORTING PERIODS AND SUBMISSION TIMEFRAMES FOR THE FY 2016
PROGRAM AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS—Continued
Program year
(FY)
Subsequent Years .............
Reporting periods
(CY)
Q3 2015 discharges (July 1, 2015–September 30, 2015)
Q4 2015 discharges (October 1, 2015–December 31, 2015)
Q1 discharges (January 1–March 31 of each year two years before the program year).
Q2 discharges (April 1–June 30 of each year two years before the program
year)
Q3 discharges (July 1–September 30 of each year two years before the program year)
Q4 discharges (October 1–December 31 of each year two years before the
program year)
We invite public comment on the
proposed new reporting mechanism that
would apply to the three clinical
process/cancer specific treatment
measures, five clinical process/oncology
care treatment measures, and six SCIP
measures.
We are not proposing any changes to
the previously finalized procedural
requirements, Notice of Participation
(NOP) requirements, or Data Accuracy
and Completeness Acknowledgement
(DACA) requirements. We refer readers
to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53563 through 53567) for
more information on these
requirements.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. Proposed New Sampling
Methodology for the Clinical Process/
Oncology Care Measures Beginning
With the FY 2016 Program
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50842), we adopted a policy
under which PCHs could report the five
clinical process/oncology care measures
finalized for the FY 2016 program and
subsequent years using the same
sampling methodology that we allow for
the reporting of those measures under
the PQRS. We are proposing to replace
the previously adopted sampling
methodology with a sampling
methodology similar to the one we have
allowed hospitals to use to report the
SCIP measures under the Hospital IQR
Program. The sampling methodology
specified in the PQRS Specifications
Manual is specific to the physician
office setting. We believe that the
methodology we are proposing in this
proposed rule is more applicable to
PCHs because it was developed for
hospital level reporting.
The proposed methodology will allow
for different numbers of cases to be
reported based on each PCH’s cancer
patient population size. This is
necessary for the PCHQR Program
because bed size varies among PCHs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Data submission
deadlines
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
from 20 to >250 beds.85 The proposed
sampling methodology for the clinical
process/oncology care measures is
shown below, and we believe it will
decrease the reporting burden on PCHs
while producing reliable measure rates.
Average
quarterly
initial
population
size ‘‘N’’
>125 .........
51–125 .....
10–50 .......
<10 ...........
Minimum required sample size
‘‘N’’
25.
20 percent of the initial patient
population.
10.
No sampling; 100 percent of the
initial patient population.
We are also proposing that PCHs
report population and sample size
counts (by measure) for Medicare and
non-Medicare discharges by quarter for
the five clinical process/oncology care
measures for the FY 2016 program and
subsequent years.
We are proposing these requirements
in order to support our effort to align
with existing reporting requirements
used in other CMS quality reporting
programs, such as the Hospital IQR
Program, which requires participating
hospitals to submit population and
sample size counts for certain measures
in addition to the all payer data needed
to calculate measure rates. We view it as
vital for PCHs to accurately determine
their aggregate population and
appropriate sample size data in order for
CMS to assess PCHs’ data reporting
accuracy and completeness for their
total population of cases, including both
Medicare and non-Medicare patients.
We welcome public comments on
these proposals for the clinical process/
oncology care measures for the FY 2016
program and subsequent years.
85 American Hospital Directory: https://
www.ahd.com/freesearch.php.
PO 00000
Frm 00283
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
July 1–August 15 of each year before the program year.
10. Exceptions From Program
Requirements
In our experience with other quality
reporting and performance programs,
we have noted occasions when
providers have been unable to submit
required quality data due to
extraordinary circumstances that are not
within their control (for example,
natural disasters). We do not wish to
unduly increase their burden during
these times. Therefore, in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50848), we finalized our policy that, for
the FY 2014 program and subsequent
years, PCHs may request and we may
grant exceptions (formerly referred to as
waivers) with respect to the reporting of
required quality data when
extraordinary circumstances beyond the
control of the PCH warrant. When
exceptions are granted, we will notify
the respective PCH. We are in the
process of revising the Extraordinary
Circumstances/Disaster Extension or
Waiver Request form (CMS–10432),
approved under OMB control number
0938–1171.
We are not proposing any substantive
changes to this PCHQR exception
process.
C. Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
1. Background
In accordance with section 1886(m)(5)
of the Act, as added by section 3004(a)
of the Affordable Care Act, the Secretary
established the Long-Term Care
Hospital Quality Reporting (LTCHQR)
Program. Under section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i)
of the Act, for the rate year 2014 and
each subsequent rate year, in the case of
an LTCH that does not submit data to
the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to
such a rate year, any annual update
(which we also refer to as a ‘‘payment
determination’’) to a standard Federal
rate for discharges for the hospital
during the rate year, and after
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28260
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
application of section 1886(m)(3) of the
Act, shall be reduced by two percentage
points. As we discussed in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51743
through 51744), for the purposes of the
LTCH PPS, the term ‘‘rate year’’ and the
term ‘‘fiscal year’’ both refer to the time
period beginning October 1 and ending
September 30. In order to eliminate any
possible confusion, we will use the term
‘‘fiscal year’’ rather than ‘‘rate year’’ in
our discussion of the LTCHQR Program.
Under section 1886(m)(5)(D)(i) of the
Act, the quality measures for the
LTCHQR Program are measures selected
by the Secretary that have been
endorsed by an entity that holds a
contract with the Secretary under
section 1890(a) of the Act, unless
section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act
applies. This contract is currently held
by NQF. Additional information
regarding NQF and its measure review
processes is available at: https://
www.qualityforum.org/Measuring_
Performance/Measuring_
Performance.aspx.
While as a general matter the
Secretary must select endorsed
measures for the LTCHQR Program,
section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act
provides that an exception may be made
in the case of a specified area or medical
topic determined appropriate by the
Secretary for which a feasible and
practical measure has not been endorsed
by the entity that holds a contract with
the Secretary under section 1890(a) of
the Act. In such a case, section
1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act authorizes
the Secretary to specify a measure that
is not so endorsed, as long as due
consideration is given to measures that
have been endorsed or adopted by a
consensus organization identified by the
Secretary.
The LTCHQR Program was
implemented in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51743
through 51756).
2. General Considerations Used for
Selection of Quality Measures for the
LTCHQR Program
We seek to promote higher quality
and more efficient health care for the
beneficiaries we serve. Quality reporting
programs, including public reporting of
quality information, advance such
quality improvement efforts. Quality
measurement remains the key tool to the
success of these programs. Therefore,
the selection of only the highest caliber
of measures is a priority for CMS.
We seek to adopt measures for the
LTCHQR Program that promote better,
safer, and more efficient care. Our
measure development and selection
activities for the LTCHQR Program take
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
into account national priorities, such as
those established by the National
Priorities Partnership (https://
www.qualityforum.org/Setting_
Priorities/NPP/National_Priorities_
Partnership.aspx), the HHS Strategic
Plan (https://www.hhs.gov/secretary/
about/priorities/priorities.html), the
National Quality Strategy (NQS)
(https://www.ahrq.gov/
workingforquality/nqs/
nqs2011annlrpt.htm), and the CMS
Quality Strategy (https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/Quality
InitiativesGenInfo/CMS-QualityStrategy.html).
We also must consider input from the
NQF MAP when selecting measures
under the LTCHQR Program. The MAP
is composed of multi-stakeholder
groups convened by the NQF, our
current contractor under section 1890 of
the Act. The NQF must convene these
stakeholders and provide us with the
stakeholders’ input on the selection of
certain categories of quality and
efficiency measures as part of a prerulemaking process described in section
1890A of the Act. We, in turn, must take
this input into consideration in
selecting those categories of measures.
The NQF MAP met in December 2013
and January 2014 and provided input to
CMS as required under section
1890A(a)(3) of the Act. This input
appears in the MAP’s January 2014 PreRulemaking Report available for
download at: https://www.qualityforum.
org/Publications/2014/01/MAP_PreRulemaking_Report__2014_
Recommendations_on_Measures_for_
More_than_20_Federal_Programs.aspx.
Measures proposed for the LTCHQR
Program in this proposed rule are
measures CMS included under the List
of Measures under Consideration (MUC
List) for December 1, 2013,86 a list that
the Secretary must make available to the
public by December 1 of each year, as
part of the pre-rulemaking process, as
described in section 1890A(a)(2) of the
Act. The measures we are proposing in
this rule for the LTCHQR Program are
discussed in the MAP Pre-Rulemaking
Report (pp. 192–193). The MAP
reviewed each measure proposed in this
rule. We refer readers to the following
sections of the preamble of this
proposed rule for more information on
the MAP’s recommendations:
IX.C.7.a.(1), Functional Status Quality
Measure: Percent of Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients with an Admission
and Discharge Functional Assessment
86 Available at: https://www.qualityforum.org/
WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&Item
ID=74245.
PO 00000
Frm 00284
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function; IX.C.7.a.(2), Functional Status
Quality Measure: Functional Outcome
Measure: Change in Mobility among
Long-Term Care Hospital Patients
Requiring Ventilator Support; and
IX.C.7.b., Proposed Quality Measure:
National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN) Ventilator-Associated Event
(VAE) Outcome Measure.
After due consideration to any
measures that may have been endorsed
or adopted by a consensus organization,
including the NQF, for the LTCH
setting, we are proposing measures that
are either fully supported by the MAP
for the LTCHQR Program, or that we
believe most closely align with the
national priorities discussed in this
section of the proposed rule. In the
absence of the MAP’s full support, in
some cases we are proposing measures
for which there is MAP conditional
support and that meet the exception
criteria in section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of
the Act. Further discussion of why each
proposed measure is a high priority in
the LTCH setting is included below.
3. Policy for Retention of LTCHQR
Program Measures Adopted for Previous
Payment Determinations
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53614 through 53615), for
the LTCHQR Program, we adopted a
policy that once a quality measure is
adopted, it will be retained for use in
subsequent years, unless otherwise
stated. For the purpose of streamlining
the rulemaking process, when we
initially adopt a measure for the
LTCHQR Program for a payment
determination, this measure will be
automatically adopted for all
subsequent years or until we propose to
remove, suspend, or replace the
measure. For further information on
how measures are considered for
removal, suspension, or replacement,
we refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule.
We are not proposing any changes to
this policy for retaining LTCHQR
Program measures adopted for previous
payment determinations.
4. Policy for Adopting Changes to
LTCHQR Program Measures
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53615 through 53616), we
adopted our policy that if the NQF
updates an endorsed measure that we
have adopted for the LTCHQR Program
in a manner that we consider to not
substantively change the nature of the
measure, we will use a subregulatory
process to incorporate those updates to
the measure specifications that apply to
the LTCHQR Program. With respect to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28261
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
what constitutes a substantive versus a
nonsubstantive change, we expect to
make this determination on a measureby-measure basis. Examples of such
nonsubstantive changes might include
updated diagnosis or procedure codes,
medication updates for categories of
medications, broadening of age ranges,
and changes to exclusions for a
measure. The subregulatory process for
nonsubstantive changes will include
revision of the LTCHQR Program
Manual and posting of updates on our
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/. Examples of
changes that we might consider to be
substantive would be those in which the
changes are so significant that the
measure is no longer the same measure,
or when a standard of performance
assessed by a measure becomes more
stringent, such as changes in acceptable
timing of medication, procedure/
process, test administration, or
expansion of the measure to a new
setting.
We are not proposing any changes to
this policy for adopting changes to
LTCHQR Program measures.
5. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
a. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
for the FY 2015 and FY 2016 Payment
Determinations and Subsequent Years
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53624 through 53636), we
retained the application of Percent of
Residents with Pressure Ulcers That are
New or Worsened (Short-Stay) (NQF
#0678) to the LTCH setting (initially
adopted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51745 through 51750))
for the FY 2015 payment determination
and subsequent years, and adopted
updated versions of National Health
Safety Network (NHSN) CatheterAssociated Urinary Tract Infection
(CAUTI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0138)
and NHSN Central Line-Associated
Blood Stream Infection (CLABSI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #0139), for the
FY 2014 payment determination and
subsequent years. We also adopted two
new quality measures for the LTCHQR
Program for the FY 2016 payment
determination and subsequent years, in
addition to the three previously adopted
measures (the CAUTI measure, CLABSI
measure, and Pressure Ulcer measure):
(1) Percent of Residents or Patients Who
Were Assessed and Appropriately Given
the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (ShortStay) (NQF #0680); and (2) Influenza
Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare
Personnel (NQF #0431) (77 FR 53624
through 53636).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50861 through 50863), we
adopted the NQF-endorsed version of
the Pressure Ulcer measure, Percent of
Residents or Patients with Pressure
Ulcers That Are New or Worsened
(Short-Stay) (NQF #0678), for the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2015
payment determination and subsequent
years.
Set out below are the quality
measures, both previously adopted
measures retained in the LTCHQR
Program and measures adopted in FY
2013 and FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rules, for the FY 2015 and FY 2016
payment determinations and subsequent
years.
LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY MEASURES ADOPTED FOR THE FY 2015 AND FY 2016 PAYMENT DETERMINATIONS AND
SUBSEQUENT YEARS
NQF Measure ID
Measure title
Payment
determination
NQF #0138 ................
National Health Safety Network (NHSN) Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection
(CAUTI) Outcome Measure*.
National Health Safety Network (NHSN) Central Line-Associated Blood Stream Infection (CLABSI) Outcome Measure*.
Percent of Residents or Patients with Pressure Ulcers That Are New or Worsened
(Short-Stay)*.
Percent of Residents or Patients Who Were Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay)**.
Influenza Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel** ...................................
FY 2015 and Subsequent FYs.
NQF #0139 ................
NQF #0678 ................
NQF #0680 ................
NQF #0431 ................
b. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
for the FY 2017 and FY 2018 Payment
Determinations and Subsequent Years
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we adopted three additional
measures for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years (78
FR 50863 through 50874) and one
additional measure for the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
FY 2015 and Subsequent FYs.
FY 2015 and Subsequent FYs.
FY 2016 and Subsequent FYs.
FY 2016 and Subsequent FYs.
years (78 FR 50874 through 50877).
These measures are set out in the table
below.
LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY MEASURES PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED FOR THE FY 2017 AND FY 2018 PAYMENT
DETERMINATIONS AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS
Payment
determination
Measure title
NQF #1716 ................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
NQF Measure ID
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-Wide Inpatient Hospital-Onset
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia Outcome Measure.
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-Wide Inpatient Hospital-Onset
Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI) Outcome Measure.
All-cause Unplanned Readmission Measure for 30 Days Post-Discharge from LongTerm Care Hospitals.
Percent of Residents Experiencing One or More Falls with Major Injury (Long-Stay) ...
NQF #1717 ................
NQF Review Pending
(NQF #2512).
Application of NQF
#0674.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00285
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
FY 2017
Years.
FY 2017
Years.
FY 2017
Years.
FY 2017
Years.
15MYP2
and
Subsequent
and
Subsequent
and
Subsequent
and
Subsequent
28262
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
6. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
Previously Adopted Quality Measures
We are proposing, for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years, to revise data collection timelines
and submission deadlines for a measure
that we previously adopted for the
LTCHQR Program: Percent of Residents
or Patients Who Were Assessed and
Appropriately Given the Seasonal
Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay) (NQF
#0680). We are also reproposing, for the
FY 2018 payment determination only,
revised data collection timelines and
submission deadlines for the
Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls with
Major Injury (Long-Stay) (Application of
NQF #0674) measure. For all subsequent
years (FY 2019 and beyond), data
collection for this measure would begin
on January 1 and continue through
December 31.
a. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
Percent of Residents or Patients Who
Were Assessed and Appropriately Given
the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short
Stay) (NQF #0680)
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50858 through 50861), we
revised the Percent of Residents or
Patients Who Were Assessed and
Appropriately Given the Seasonal
Influenza Vaccine (Short Stay) (NQF
#0680) measure for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years. Specifically, we finalized that for
the FY 2016 payment determination,
LTCHs must collect data for any patient
admitted or discharged during the
influenza vaccination season, from
October 1, 2014, through April 30, 2015,
and submit data for these patients by
May 15, 2015.
We are seeking to better align the data
collection timelines and submission
deadlines of the Percent of Residents or
Patients Who Were Assessed and
Appropriately Given the Seasonal
Influenza Vaccine (Short Stay) (NQF
#0680) measure with the data collection
timelines and submission deadlines of
the Percent of Residents or Patients with
Pressure Ulcers That Are New or
Worsened (Short Stay) (NQF #0678)
measure because both measures are
reported using the same data collection
instrument, the LTCH Continuity
Assessment Record and Evaluation
(CARE) Data Set. Therefore, for the FY
2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, we are proposing to
revise the data collection timelines and
submission deadlines for the Percent of
Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short Stay)
(NQF #0680) measure. Specifically, we
are proposing that the first data
collection timeline would take place
during the fourth quarter of the CY
preceding the applicable FY (for
example, October 2014 through
December 2014 for the FY 2016
payment determination), with data
submission by February 15, 2015 and
the second data collection timeline
would take place during the first quarter
of the CY preceding the applicable FY
(for example, January 2015 through
March 2015 for the FY 2016 payment
determination), with data submission by
May 15, 2015. The proposed changes are
illustrated below for the FY 2016 and
FY 2017 payment determinations only,
but similar collection timelines and
submission deadlines would also apply
to subsequent years. By taking into
account the influenza vaccination
season, these proposed changes would
align data collection and submission for
this measure (NQF #0680) with the rest
of the LTCH CARE Data Set.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES FOR LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2016 AND FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATIONS: PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO WERE ASSESSED
AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Data collection timelines
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
October
January
October
January
1,
1,
1,
1,
Submission deadlines
2014–December 31, 2014 .................................................................
2015–March 31, 2015 ........................................................................
2015–December 31, 2015 .................................................................
2016–March 31, 2016 ........................................................................
We note that these proposed changes
would only apply to the Percent of
Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short Stay)
(NQF #0680) for the LTCHQR Program,
and would not be applicable to any
other LTCHQR Program measures,
proposed or adopted, unless explicitly
stated.
We invite public comments on our
proposal to revise the data collection
timelines and submission deadlines for
this patient influenza vaccination
measure (NQF #0680) for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
February 15, 2015 ................................
May 15, 2015.
February 15, 2016 ................................
May 15, 2016.
b. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for
the Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls With
Major Injury (Long-Stay) (NQF #0674)
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50874 through 50877), we
adopted this measure for the FY 2018
payment determination. We further
finalized that LTCHs should begin to
collect and submit data on this measure
using the LTCH CARE Data Set starting
January 1, 2016.
To ensure the successful
implementation of new and updated
versions of LTCH CARE Data Set, we
will be following an implementation
cycle beginning April 1, 2016, which
will allow for a predictable future
release schedule. We believe that
adherence to a predictable future release
PO 00000
Frm 00286
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Payment
determination
FY 2016.
FY 2017.
schedule that takes into account both
the changes that must be made to the
LTCH CARE Data Set, as well as
requirements that are managed by
LTCHs for such changes, will help
ensure successful implementation.
Therefore, we will be adhering to a date
of April 1 of any given year, when
releasing future iterations of the LTCH
CARE Data Set. This change will
effectively delay the implementation of
the January 1, 2016, release by three
months, allowing LTCHs additional
time to become familiar with and to
participate in trainings related to the
revised LTCH CARE Data Set, as well as
time to incorporate given changes into
their existing IT infrastructure.
Therefore, we are proposing that for
the FY 2018 payment determination,
data collection for this measure would
begin on April 1, 2016. For all
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28263
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
subsequent years, data collection for
this measure would begin on January 1
and continue through December 31. The
proposed changes are illustrated below
for the FY 2018 and FY 2019 payment
determinations.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES FOR LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2018 AND FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATIONS: APPLICATION OF PERCENT OF RESIDENTS EXPERIENCING ONE
OR MORE FALLS WITH MAJOR INJURY (LONG-STAY) (NQF #0674)
Data collection timelines
Submission deadlines
April 1, 2016–June 30, 2016 ................................................................................
July 1, 2016–September 30, 2016 .......................................................................
October 1, 2016–December 31, 2016 .................................................................
January 1, 2017–March 31, 2017 ........................................................................
April 1, 2017–June 30, 2017 ................................................................................
July 1, 2017–September 30, 2017 .......................................................................
October 1, 2017–December 31, 2017 .................................................................
August 15, 2016 ...................................
November 15, 2016..
February 15, 2017..
May 15, 2017 ........................................
August 15, 2017.
November 15, 2017.
February 15, 2018.
We note that these proposed changes
would be applicable only to the
Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls with
Major Injury (Long-Stay) (NQF #0674)
measure, and not applicable to any
other LTCHQR Program measures,
proposed or adopted, unless specifically
proposed for such measures.
We invite public comments on these
proposals.
7. Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Quality Measures for the FY 2018
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
We are proposing three new quality
measures for the FY 2018 payment
determination and subsequent years.
Two of these are related to functional
status, and one measure is related to
ventilator-associated events (VAE). One
of the proposed functional status quality
measures is Percent of Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients with an Admission
and Discharge Functional Assessment
and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function. The second proposed
functional status quality measure is
Functional Outcome Measure: Change
in Mobility among Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients Requiring Ventilator
Support. The quality measures are
described in more detail below.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Functional Status Quality Measures for
the FY 2018 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
Patients in LTCHs present with
clinically complex conditions. In
addition to having complex medical
care needs for an extended period of
time, LTCH patients often have
functional limitations due to the nature
of their conditions, as well as
deconditioning due to prolonged bed
rest and treatment requirements (for
example, ventilator use). These patients
are therefore at high risk for functional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
decline during the LTCH stay that is
both condition-related and iatrogenic.
The National Committee on Vital and
Health Statistics, Subcommittee on
Health,87 noted: ‘‘[i]nformation on
functional status is becoming
increasingly essential for fostering
healthy people and a healthy
population. Achieving optimal health
and well-being for Americans requires
an understanding across the life span of
the effects of people’s health conditions
on their ability to do basic activities and
participate in life situations in other
words, their functional status.’’
The functional assessment items
included in the two functional status
quality measures were originally
developed and tested as part of the PostAcute Care Payment Reform
Demonstration version of the CARE Item
Set, which was designed to standardize
assessment of patients’ status across
acute and post-acute settings, including
LTCHs, IRFs, SNFs, and HHAs. The
functional status items on the CARE
Item Set are daily activities that
clinicians typically assess at the time of
admission and/or discharge in order to
determine patients’ needs, evaluate
patient progress and prepare patients
and families for a transition to home or
to another setting.
The development of the CARE Item
Set and a description and rationale for
each item is described in a report
entitled ‘‘The Development and Testing
of the Continuity Assessment Record
and Evaluation (CARE) Item Set: Final
Report on the Development of the CARE
Item Set: Volume 1 of 3.’’ 88 Reliability
and validity testing were conducted as
part of CMS’ Post-Acute Care Payment
87 Subcommittee on Health National Committee
on Vital and Health Statistics, ‘‘Classifying and
Reporting Functional Status’’ (2001).
88 Barbara Gage et al., ‘‘The Development and
Testing of the Continuity Assessment Record and
Evaluation (CARE) Item Set: Final Report on the
Development of the CARE Item Set’’ (RTI
International, 2012).
PO 00000
Frm 00287
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Payment
determination
FY 2018.
FY 2019
Reform Demonstration, and we
concluded that the functional status
items have acceptable reliability and
validity. A description of the testing
methodology and results are available in
several reports, including the report
entitled ‘‘The Development and Testing
of the Continuity Assessment Record
And Evaluation (CARE) Item Set: Final
Report On Reliability Testing: Volume 2
of 3’’ 89 and the report entitled ‘‘The
Development and Testing of The
Continuity Assessment Record And
Evaluation (CARE) Item Set: Final
Report on Care Item Set and Current
Assessment Comparisons: Volume 3 of
3.’’ 90 The reports are available at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/Post-Acute-Care-QualityInitiatives/CARE-Item-Set-and-BCARE.html.
(1) Proposed Functional Status Quality
Measure: Percent of Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients With an Admission
and Discharge Functional Assessment
and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function
The first functional status quality
measure we are proposing for the FY
2018 payment determination and
subsequent years is a process quality
measure entitled Percent of Long-Term
Care Hospital Patients with an
Admission and Discharge Functional
Assessment and a Care Plan That
Addresses Function. This quality
measure reports the percent of LTCH
patients with both an admission and a
discharge functional assessment and a
care plan that addresses function.
This process measure requires the
collection of admission and discharge
functional status data by trained
clinicians using standardized clinical
assessment items, or data elements, that
assess specific functional activities (that
89 Ibid.
90 Ibid.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28264
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
is, self-care, mobility, cognition,
communication, and bladder
continence). The self-care and mobility
function items are coded using a 6-level
rating scale that indicates the patient’s
level of independence with the activity;
higher scores indicate more
independence. The codes for rating the
cognition, communication and bladder
items range from 2 to 7 levels. For this
quality measure, inclusion of function
in the patient’s care plan is determined
based on whether a functional goal is
recorded at admission for at least one of
the standardized self-care or mobility
function items using the 6-level rating
scale.
An increasing body of reported
evidence has supported the safety and
feasibility of early mobilization and
rehabilitation of critically ill but stable
patients, with minimal adverse events
and risk to the patient.91 92 93 94 95 96 Early
mobility and rehabilitation in these
settings have been associated with
improved patient outcomes. Therefore,
this quality measure addresses the
importance of: (1) Conducting a
functional assessment at the time of
admission addressing self-care,
mobility, cognition, communication,
and bladder continence; (2)
incorporating the functional assessment
findings made at the time of admission
into the patients’ care plan and setting
at least one discharge self-care or
mobility functional status goal; and (3)
conducting a functional assessment at
the time of discharge addressing selfcare, mobility, cognition,
communication, and bladder
continence.
Functional limitations following
critical illness are becoming
increasingly prevalent as a result of
improving critical care medicine and
survival rates.97 Short-term and long91 J. Adler and D. Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in
the intensive care unit: a systematic review,’’
Cardiopulm Phys Ther J 23, no. 1 (2012).
92 J.P. Kress, ‘‘Clinical trials of early mobilization
of critically ill patients,’’ Crit Care Med 37, no. 10
Suppl (2009).
93 W.D. Schweickert and J.P. Kress,
‘‘Implementing early mobilization interventions in
mechanically ventilated patients in the ICU,’’ Chest
140, no. 6 (2011).
94 W.D. Schweickert et al., ‘‘Early physical and
occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated,
critically ill patients: a randomised controlled
trial,’’ Lancet 373, no. 9678 (2009).
95 J.M. Zanni et al., ‘‘Rehabilitation therapy and
outcomes in acute respiratory failure: an
observational pilot project,’’ J Crit Care 25, no. 2
(2010).
96 A. Drolet et al., ‘‘Move to improve: the
feasibility of using an early mobility protocol to
increase ambulation in the intensive and
intermediate care settings,’’ Phys Ther 93, no. 2
(2013).
97 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
term adverse consequences among
critically ill and chronically, critically
ill patients in LTCH and Intensive Care
Unit (ICU) settings include severe
weakness,98 99 100 101 muscle atrophy,102
connective-tissue shortening,103 loss of
bone mass,104 increased risk for blood
clots,105 increased risk for pressure
ulcers,106 deconditioning,107 108 deficits
in self-care and ambulation,109 and
functional impairment,110 fatigue,111 as
well as cognitive impairment, including
profound and persistent deficits in
memory, attention/concentration, and
executive function,112 113 114 and the
inability to return to work one year after
hospital discharge.115 116 Cognitive
impairment in survivors of critical
illness has been associated with anxiety
and depression, inability to return to
work, and inability of older persons to
return home.117 To mitigate these
adverse consequences, traditional
practices of bed rest and immobility
have been challenged in recent years,
and early mobility and rehabilitation
98 Ibid.
99 S.L. Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility,’’
Crit Care Nurs Q 36, no. 2 (2013).
100 E.H. Skinner et al., ‘‘Development of a
physical function outcome measure (PFIT) and a
pilot exercise training protocol for use in intensive
care,’’ Crit Care Resusc 11, no. 2 (2009).
101 Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK),
‘‘Rehabilitation after critical illness [Internet].’’
National Institute for Health and Clinical
Excellence (NICE), https://www.nice.org.uk/
nicemedia/live/12137/43564/43564.pdf.
102 Zanni et al., ‘‘Rehabilitation therapy and
outcomes in acute respiratory failure: an
observational pilot project.’’
103 Ibid.
104 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
105 Ibid.
106 Ibid.
107 Schweickert and Kress, ‘‘Implementing early
mobilization interventions in mechanically
ventilated patients in the ICU.’’
108 Zanni et al., ‘‘Rehabilitation therapy and
outcomes in acute respiratory failure: an
observational pilot project.’’
109 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
110 Skinner et al., ‘‘Development of a physical
function outcome measure (PFIT) and a pilot
exercise training protocol for use in intensive care.’’
111 Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK),
‘‘Rehabilitation after critical illness [Internet].’’
112 Ibid.
113 M.E. Wilcox et al., ‘‘Cognitive dysfunction in
ICU patients: risk factors, predictors, and
rehabilitation interventions,’’ Crit Care Med 41, no.
9 Suppl 1 (2013).
114 N.E. Brummel et al., ‘‘A combined early
cognitive and physical rehabilitation program for
people who are critically ill: the activity and
cognitive therapy in the intensive care unit (ACT–
ICU) trial,’’ Phys Ther 92, no. 12 (2012).
115 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
116 H.J. Engel et al., ‘‘ICU early mobilization: from
recommendation to implementation at three
medical centers,’’ Crit Care Med 41, no. 9 Suppl 1
(2013).
117 Wilcox et al., ‘‘Cognitive dysfunction in ICU
patients: risk factors, predictors, and rehabilitation
interventions.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00288
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
have been increasingly recognized as
important to improve patients’ longterm functional outcomes,118 119 120 with
recovery of function being described as
both desirable and possible.121 The lack
of early mobility initiation in ICU
settings has also been described as a
strong predictor of patient outcomes.122
The clinical practice guideline
Rehabilitation after Critical Illness 123
from the National Institute for Health
and Clinical Excellence (NICE)
recommends performing clinical
assessment to determine the patient’s
risk of developing physical and
nonphysical morbidity during the
critical care stay as early as clinically
possible, identifying current
rehabilitation needs for patients at risk
of morbidity, establishing short-term
and medium-term rehabilitation goals
based on the clinical assessment,
starting an individualized structured
rehabilitation program as early as
possible, and performing clinical
reassessment before discharge.
The importance of standardized
functional assessment in LTCH settings
is also supported by the high prevalence
of therapy services provided in this
setting, as well as the need for care
coordination for patients returning
home and receiving follow-up care in
the community and patients receiving
additional institutional healthcare
services after discharge from an LTCH.
A study 124 of 1,419 ventilatordependent patients from 23 LTCHs
reported that physical, occupational,
and speech therapy were the most
commonly provided services among a
comprehensive list of 34 procedures,
services, and treatments provided
during the LTCH stay. The high
frequency of physical (84.8 percent),
occupational (81.5 percent), and speech
(79.7 percent) therapy reflects use of the
rehabilitative model of care adopted by
many post-ICU ventilator weaning
programs, which is important in
restoration of function. This high
utilization of therapy services supports
the need for standardized functional
118 Drolet et al., ‘‘Move to improve: the feasibility
of using an early mobility protocol to increase
ambulation in the intensive and intermediate care
settings.’’
119 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
120 Z. Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review,’’ Arch Phys Med Rehabil 94, no. 3 (2013).
121 C.L. Rochester, ‘‘Rehabilitation in the
intensive care unit,’’ Semin Respir Crit Care Med
30, no. 6 (2009).
122 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
123 Centre for Clinical Practice at NICE (UK),
‘‘Rehabilitation after critical illness [Internet].’’
124 D.J. Scheinhorn et al., ‘‘Post-ICU mechanical
ventilation at 23 long-term care hospitals: a
multicenter outcomes study,’’ Chest 131, no. 1
(2007).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
assessment at admission to document
functional status, identify the need for
therapy, set functional status goals and
assist with discharge planning and care
coordination.
Whether an LTCH patient is
discharged home or to another care
setting for continuing health care,
functional status is an important aspect
of a person’s health status to document
at the time of transition. The study 125
also reported that 28.8 percent of
patients were discharged directly home
or to assisted living, further supporting
the importance of functional assessment
and early rehabilitation to facilitate
discharge planning and home discharge,
when possible.
Reported benefits of early mobility
and rehabilitation include: (1) Improved
strength 126 127 128 and functional
status; 129 130 131 (2) earlier achievement
of mobilization milestones, such as outof-bed mobilization; 132 133 (3)
improvement in mobility and self-care
function scores from admission to
discharge; 134 135 (4) greater incidence of
return to functional baseline in mobility
and self-care, greater unassisted walking
and walking distances, and improved
self-reported physical function scores at
hospital discharge compared with
persons not participating in early
mobility and rehabilitation; 136 (5)
enhanced recovery of functional
exercise capacity; 137 (6) improved selfperceived functional status; 138 and (7)
reduced physiological and cognitive
complications 139 and improved
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
125 Ibid.
126 Schweickert and Kress, ‘‘Implementing early
mobilization interventions in mechanically
ventilated patients in the ICU.’’
127 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
128 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
129 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
130 Schweickert et al., ‘‘Early physical and
occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated,
critically ill patients: a randomised controlled
trial.’’
131 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
132 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
133 P.E. Morris, ‘‘Moving our critically ill patients:
Mobility barriers and benefits,’’ Crit Care Clin 23,
no. 1 (2007).
134 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
135 Scheinhorn et al., ‘‘Post-ICU mechanical
ventilation at 23 long-term care hospitals: a
multicenter outcomes study.’’
136 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
137 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
138 Ibid.
139 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
cognitive function.140 Early mobility
and rehabilitation have also been
associated with reduced ICU and
hospital length of stay; 141 142 143 144 145 146
reduced incidence of delirium and
improved patient awareness; 147 148
increased ventilator-free days and
improved weaning outcomes; 149 150 151
greater incidence of discharge home
directly after hospitalization compared
with patients not receiving early
mobilization; 152 153 and reduced
hospital readmission or death in the
year following hospitalization.154 155
Short-term and long-term cognitive
impairment are very frequent
complications of critical illness, and
negatively influence survivors’ abilities
to function independently.156 157 158
Delirium during hospitalization is
highly prevalent in critically ill patients
and has been associated with longer
lengths of stay, increased duration of
mechanical ventilation, and higher risk
140 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
141 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
142 Kress, ‘‘Clinical trials of early mobilization of
critically ill patients.’’
143 Schweickert et al., ‘‘Early physical and
occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated,
critically ill patients: a randomised controlled
trial.’’
144 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
145 Engel et al., ‘‘ICU early mobilization: From
recommendation to implementation at three
medical centers.’’
146 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
147 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
148 Schweickert et al., ‘‘Early physical and
occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated,
critically ill patients: a randomised controlled
trial.’’
149 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
150 Dang, ‘‘ABCDEs of ICU: Early mobility.’’
151 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
152 Schweickert et al., ‘‘Early physical and
occupational therapy in mechanically ventilated,
critically ill patients: a randomised controlled
trial.’’
153 Engel et al., ‘‘ICU early mobilization: From
recommendation to implementation at three
medical centers.’’
154 Adler and Malone, ‘‘Early mobilization in the
intensive care unit: a systematic review.’’
155 Li et al., ‘‘Active mobilization for
mechanically ventilated patients: a systematic
review.’’
156 Wilcox et al., ‘‘Cognitive dysfunction in ICU
patients: Risk factors, predictors, and rehabilitation
interventions.’’
157 Brummel et al., ‘‘A combined early cognitive
and physical rehabilitation program for people who
are critically ill: The activity and cognitive therapy
in the intensive care unit (ACT–ICU) trial.’’
158 P.P. Pandharipande, T.D. Girard, and E.W. Ely,
‘‘Long-term cognitive impairment after critical
illness,’’ N Engl J Med 370, no. 2 (2014).
PO 00000
Frm 00289
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28265
of death.159 A longer duration of
delirium has been associated with worse
short- and long-term cognition and
executive function.160 161 Given these
adverse consequences, the importance
of early assessment of cognitive
function, including possible delirium,
and early initiation of cognitive
rehabilitation in critical care settings, is
being increasingly recognized.162 163
Also, given the positive effects of
physical exercise on cognitive function
in other populations, the potential
positive influence of exercise on
cognitive function in the critically ill
population is being examined by
researchers.
A technical expert panel convened by
our measure development contractor
provided input on the technical
specifications of this quality measure,
including the items included in the
quality measure, inclusion and
exclusion criteria and risk adjustors. We
also solicited public comment on the
draft specifications of this quality
measure on the CMS Quality Measures
Public Comment Page (https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/MMS/
CallforPublicComment.html) between
February 21 and March 14 2014, and
received 22 responses from stakeholders
with comments and suggestions.
Additional information regarding these
comments may be found on our Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/.
Based on the evidence discussed
above, we are proposing to adopt for the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
years the quality measure entitled
Percent of Long-Term Care Hospital
Patients with an Admission and
Discharge Functional Assessment and a
Care Plan That Addresses Function.
This quality measure was developed by
CMS, and we plan to submit the quality
measure to the NQF for review. The
MAP met in December 2013 and January
2014, and provided input to CMS as
required under section 1890A(a)(3) of
the Act. In its January 2014 PreRulemaking Report, the MAP
159 Wilcox et al., ‘‘Cognitive dysfunction in ICU
patients: Risk factors, predictors, and rehabilitation
interventions.’’
160 Ibid.
161 Pandharipande, Girard, and Ely, ‘‘Long-term
cognitive impairment after critical illness.’’
162 Brummel et al., ‘‘A combined early cognitive
and physical rehabilitation program for people who
are critically ill: The activity and cognitive therapy
in the intensive care unit (ACT–ICU) trial.’’
163 R.S. Miller et al., ‘‘Outcomes of trauma
patients who survive prolonged lengths of stay in
the intensive care unit,’’ J Trauma 48, no. 2 (2000).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28266
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
conditionally supported this proposed
measure and stated that the measure
concept is promising, but requires
modification or further development,
and that functional status is a critical
area of measurement. Since the time of
the MAP meeting, we have continued
further development of the measure
with input from technical experts,
including empirical data analysis.
Subsequently, we released draft
specifications for the function quality
measures, and requested public
comment between February 21 and
March 14, 2014. We received 22
responses from stakeholders with
comments and suggestions during the
public comment period, and have
updated the quality measures
specifications based on these comments
and suggestions. The updated
specifications are available for review at
the LTCHQR Program Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
index.html?redirect=/LTCH-QualityReporting/. We refer readers to section
IX.C.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule for more information on the MAP.
In section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act,
the exception authority provides that
‘‘[i]n the case of a specified area or
medical topic determined appropriate
by the Secretary for which a feasible and
practical measure has not been endorsed
by the entity with a contract under
section 1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary
may specify a measure that is not so
endorsed as long as due consideration is
given to measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization identified by the
Secretary.’’ We reviewed the NQF’s
consensus endorsed measures and were
unable to identify any NQF-endorsed
quality measures focused on assessment
of function for patients in the LTCH
setting. We are unaware of any other
quality measures for functional
assessment that have been endorsed or
adopted by another consensus
organization for the LTCH setting.
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt
this functional assessment measure for
use in the LTCHQR Program for the FY
2018 payment determination and
subsequent years under the Secretary’s
authority to select non-NQF-endorsed
measures.
Additional information regarding the
quality measure may be found on our
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/.
We are proposing that data for the
proposed quality measure be collected
through the LTCH CARE Data Set, with
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the submission through the Quality
Improvement and Evaluation System
(QIES) Assessment Submission and
Processing (ASAP) system. For more
information on LTCHQR Program
reporting using the QIES ASAP system,
we refer readers to our Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
LTCHTechnicalInformation.html. We
intend to revise the LTCH CARE Data
Set to include new items that assess
functional status, should this proposed
measure be adopted. These items, which
assess specific functional activities (that
is, self-care, mobility, cognition,
communication, and bladder
continence), would be based on
functional items included in the PostAcute Care Payment Reform
Demonstration version of the CARE Item
Set. The items have been carefully
developed and tested for reliability and
validity.
We invite public comments on our
proposal to adopt the quality measure
entitled Percent of Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients with an Admission
and Discharge Functional Assessment
and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function for the LTCHQR Program, with
data collection starting on April 1, 2016,
for the FY 2018 payment determination
and subsequent years. We refer readers
to section IX.C.9.c. of the preamble of
this proposed rule for more information
on the proposed data collection and
submission timeline for this proposed
quality measure.
(2) Proposed Functional Status Quality
Measure: Functional Outcome Measure:
Change in Mobility Among Long-Term
Care Hospital Patients Requiring
Ventilator Support
Section 1206(c) of Division B of
Public Law 113–67, the Pathway to SGR
Reform Act of 2013, amended section
1886(m)(5)(D) of the Act to add a new
clause (iv) requiring the Secretary to
establish by no later than October 1,
2015, ‘‘a functional status quality
measure for change in mobility among
inpatients requiring ventilator support.’’
Accordingly, the second functional
status quality measure that we are
proposing is an outcome quality
measure entitled the Functional
Outcome Measure: Change in Mobility
among Long-Term Care Hospital
Patients Requiring Ventilator Support.
This measure estimates the risk-adjusted
change in mobility score between the
time of admission and the time of
discharge among LTCH patients
requiring ventilator support at the time
of admission. As noted above, LTCH
patients often have functional
PO 00000
Frm 00290
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
limitations and receive rehabilitation
therapy services so that they can
become more independent when
performing functional activities.
Functional improvement is particularly
relevant for patients who require
ventilator support because these
patients have traditionally had limited
mobility due to cardiovascular and
pulmonary instability, delirium,
sedation, lack of rehabilitation therapy
staff, and lack of physician referral.164
Several studies have examined
functional improvement among patients
in the long-term care hospitals and
setting. In a sample of 101 patients in
LTCHs (three-quarters were ventilatordependent), median functional status
scores using the Functional Status Score
(FSS)–ICU (rolling, supine-to-sit
transfers, unsupported sitting, sit-tostand transfers, and ambulation)
improved significantly from admission
to discharge, with significant change in
all five functional items.165 A separate
study of 103 patients with respiratory
failure examined functional
improvement and found that by the end
of the respiratory ICU stay, 69.4 percent
of survivors ambulated more than 100
feet, 8.2 percent ambulated less than
100 feet, 15.3 percent could sit in a
chair, 4.7 percent could sit on the edge
of the bed, and 2.4 percent did not
accomplish any of these activities.166
The importance of monitoring
improvement in mobility skills among
LTCH patients who require ventilator
support at the time of admission is also
supported by the high prevalence of
therapy service provision as part of the
treatment plan and the percent of
patients discharged home after an LTCH
stay. In a study of 1,419 ventilatordependent patients from 23 LTCHs with
weaning programs,167 physical therapy,
occupational therapy, and speech
therapy were the three most commonly
provided services among 34 procedures,
services, and treatments provided
during the LTCH admission. The very
high frequency of physical (84.8
percent), occupational (81.5 percent),
and speech (79.7 percent) therapy
reflects use of the rehabilitative model
of care adopted by many post-ICU
164 Zanni et al., ‘‘Rehabilitation therapy and
outcomes in acute respiratory failure: An
observational pilot project.’’
165 A. Thrush, M. Rozek, and J.L. Dekerlegand,
‘‘The clinical utility of the functional status score
for the intensive care unit (FSS–ICU) at a long-term
acute care hospital: A prospective cohort study,’’
Phys Ther 92, no. 12 (2012).
166 P. Bailey et al., ‘‘Early activity is feasible and
safe in respiratory failure patients,’’ Crit Care Med
35, no. 1 (2007).
167 Scheinhorn et al., ‘‘Post-ICU mechanical
ventilation at 23 long-term care hospitals: A
multicenter outcomes study.’’
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
weaning programs, which is important
in the restoration of function.
Improvement in functional status,
including mobility and self-care was
noted from admission to discharge.
Nearly 30 percent of all patients
discharged alive returned directly home
or to assisted living.168
A technical expert panel convened by
our measure development contractor
provided input on the technical
specifications of this quality measure.
We also solicited public comment on
the draft specifications of this quality
measure, on the CMS Quality Measures
Public Comment Page (https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/MMS/
CallforPublicComment.html) between
February 21 and March 14, 2014 and
received 22 responses from stakeholder
with comments and suggestions.
Additional information regard the
quality measure may be found on our
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/.
We are proposing that data for the
proposed quality measure be collected
through the LTCH CARE Data Set, with
the submission through the QIES ASAP
system. For more information on
LTCHQR Program reporting using the
QIES ASAP system, we refer readers to
our Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/
LTCHTechnicalInformation.html. We
intend to revise the LTCH CARE Data
Set to include new items that assess the
functional status and the risk adjustors,
should this proposed application of the
measure be adopted. These items, which
assess specific functional activities (that
is, self-care, mobility, cognition,
communication, and bladder
continence), would be based on
functional status items included in the
Post-Acute Care Payment Reform
demonstration version of the CARE Item
Set. The items have been carefully
developed and tested for reliability and
validity.
Based on the evidence discussed
above, we are proposing to adopt for the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
years the quality measure entitled
Functional Outcome Measure: Change
in Mobility among Long-Term Care
Hospital Patients Requiring Ventilator
Support. This quality measure is
developed by CMS, and we plan to
submit the quality measure to the NQF
168 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
for review. The MAP met in December
2013 and January 2014, and the NQF
provided the MAP’s input to CMS as
required under section 1890A(a)(3) of
the Act. In its January 2014 PreRulemaking Report, the MAP
conditionally supported this proposed
measure and stated that the measure
concept is promising, but requires
modification or further development,
and that functional status is a critical
area of measurement. Since the time of
the MAP meeting, we have continued
further development of the measure
with input from technical experts,
including empirical data analysis.
Subsequently, we have released draft
specifications for the function quality
measures, and requested public
comment between February 21 and
March 14, 2014. We received 22
responses from stakeholders with
comments and suggestions during the
public comment period, and have
updated the quality measures
specifications based on these comments
and suggestions. The updated
specifications are available for review at
the LTCHQR Program Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
index.html?redirect=/LTCH-QualityReporting/. We refer readers to section
IX.C.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule for more information on the MAP.
In section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act,
the exception authority provides that
‘‘[i]n the case of a specified area or
medical topic determined appropriate
by the Secretary for which a feasible and
practical measure has not been endorsed
by the entity with a contract under
section 1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary
may specify a measure that is not so
endorsed as long as due consideration is
given to measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization identified by the
Secretary.’’ We reviewed the NQF’s
consensus endorsed measures and were
unable to identify any NQF-endorsed
quality measures focused on
improvement of function among
patients in the LTCH setting. We are
unaware of any other quality measures
for functional improvement that have
been endorsed or adopted by another
consensus organization for the LTCH
setting. Moreover, as discussed above,
the Secretary is now required to
establish such a measure by October 1,
2015. Therefore, we are proposing to
adopt this functional improvement
measure for use in the LTCHQR
Program for the FY 2018 payment
determination and subsequent years
PO 00000
Frm 00291
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28267
under the Secretary’s authority to select
non-NQF-endorsed measures.
We invite public comments on our
proposal to adopt the quality measure
entitled Functional Outcome Measure:
Change in Mobility among Patients
Requiring Ventilator Support for the
LTCHQR Program, with data collection
starting on April 1, 2016, for the FY
2018 payment determination and
subsequent years. We refer readers to
section IX.C.9.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for more information on
the proposed data collection and
submission timeline for this proposed
quality measure.
b. Proposed Quality Measure: National
Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN)
Ventilator-Associated Event (VAE)
Outcome Measure
The third quality measure that we are
proposing is the CDC-developed
National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN) Ventilator-Associated Event
(VAE) outcome measure. The term
‘‘Ventilator-Associated Events’’
incorporates a range of ventilatorassociated events, including ventilatorassociated pneumonia (VAP),
pulmonary edema, acute respiratory
distress syndrome, sepsis, and
atelectasis.169 The NHSN VAE Outcome
Measure provides increased measure
sensitivity, more objective definitions
for ventilator-associated conditions, and
the potential for automated outcome
detection.170 The NHSN VAE Outcome
Measure is designed for use across
multiple inpatient care settings,
including LTCHs. The measure
specifications were created and tested in
the acute care setting. During CY 2013,
105 LTCHs submitted VAE data to
CDC’s NHSN.171
According to the CDC, ‘‘more than
300,000 patients receive mechanical
ventilation in the United States each
year.’’ 172 These patients are at increased
risk for infections, such as pneumonia
and sepsis, as well as other serious
complications including pulmonary
edema, pulmonary embolism, and
death.173 174 175 These complications can
169 Klompas, M., Y. Khan, et al. (2011).
‘‘Multicenter Evaluation of a Novel Surveillance
Paradigm for Complications of Mechanical
Ventilation.’’ PLoS ONE 6(3): e18062.
170 Magill, S. S., M. Klompas, et al. (2013).
‘‘Developing a new, national approach to
surveillance for ventilator-associated events*.’’ Crit
Care Med 41(11): 2467–2475.
171 Data from CMS–CDC correspondence on
February 10, 2014.
172 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC). Ventilator-Associated Event (VAE). January
2014. https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/pscManual/
10-VAE_FINAL.pdf.
173 Esteban, A., A. Anzueto, et al. (2002).
‘‘Characteristics and outcomes in adult patients
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
Continued
15MYP2
28268
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
lead to longer stays in the ICU and
hospital, increased health care costs and
increased risk of disability (or death).176
The estimated mortality rate in patients
aged 85 years and older with acute lung
injury on mechanical ventilation is 60
percent.177
Ventilator-Associated Events
represent a high-priority complication
in the LTCH setting, given the older,
medically complex population in
LTCHs and the high prevalence of
mechanical ventilation in this setting. A
MedPAC analysis of MedPAR data
found that 16 percent of LTCH patients
used at least one ventilator-related
service in 2012.178 In FY 2012, MS–
LTC–DRG 207, a diagnosis-related group
that refers to respiratory diagnosis with
ventilator support for 96 or more hours,
represented the most frequently
occurring diagnosis among LTCH
patients, at 11.3 percent of all LTCH
discharges,179 and MS–LTC–DRG–4, a
diagnosis-related group that refers to
tracheostomy with ventilator support for
96 or more hours or primary diagnosis
except face, mouth, and neck without
major OR procedure, represented an
additional 1.3 percent of all LTCH
discharges. Together, the two diagnosisrelated groups account for a total of
nearly 18,000 discharges. Furthermore,
the number of ventilated patients in
LTCHs is increasing—the number of
discharged patients with respiratory
diagnosis with ventilator support for 96
or more hours increased 7.4 percent
between 2008 and 2011.180
Although there are no nationwide or
LTCH-specific estimates of the
prevalence of ventilator-associated
conditions (VACs) and infection-related
ventilator-associated complications
(IVACs), a recent study of mechanically
ventilated patients in ICUs found that
approximately 10 percent developed a
VAC and 5 percent developed an
IVAC.181 Adherence to clinical practice
guidelines for the prevention of VAP
has been associated with decreased VAC
rates in ICUs.182 Because VAP, one type
of VAC, is considered preventable,
surveillance and measurement of
infection rates is important to improving
quality of care and patient safety.
The importance of the NHSN VAE
Outcome Measure in LTCHs was
underscored by the MAP, which stated
in its January 2014 Pre-Rulemaking
Report that the measure addresses a
National Quality Strategy aim or priority
that is currently not adequately
addressed. The MAP supported the
addition of this measure addressing
VAEs in the LTCH setting and stated
that ‘‘although this measure is not NQFendorsed, it provides useful information
for healthcare facilities to help them
monitor ventilator use and identify
improvements for preventing
complications.’’ 183
The exception authority found in
section 1886(m)(5)(D)(ii) of the Act
provides that ‘‘[i]n the case of a
specified area or medical topic
determined appropriate by the Secretary
for which a feasible and practical
measure has not been endorsed by the
entity with a contract under section
1890(a) of the Act, the Secretary may
specify a measure that is not so
endorsed as long as due consideration is
given to measures that have been
endorsed or adopted by a consensus
organization identified by the
Secretary.’’ We reviewed the NQF’s
consensus endorsed measures and were
unable to identify any NQF-endorsed
measures for VAEs in the LTCH setting
(or a related setting). We are unaware of
any other measures for VAEs that have
been endorsed or adopted by another
consensus organization for the LTCH
setting (or a related inpatient setting).
Therefore, we are proposing to adopt the
NHSN VAE Outcome Measure for use in
the LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
years under the Secretary’s authority to
select non-NQF-endorsed measures.
We are proposing to use the CDC’s
NHSN reporting and submission
infrastructure for reporting of the
proposed NHSN VAE Outcome
Measure. Details related to the
procedures for using CDC’s NHSN for
data submission and information on
definitions, numerator data,
denominator data, data analyses, and
measure specifications for the proposed
NHSN VAE Outcome Measure can be
found at: https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/
PDFs/pscManual/10-VAE_FINAL.pdf.
CDC’s NHSN is the data collection
and submission framework currently
used for reporting the CAUTI (NQF
#0138) and CLABSI (NQF #0139)
measures for the LTCHQR Program.
Further, CDC’s NHSN is the data
collection and submission framework
adopted for data collection and
reporting for the Influenza Vaccination
Coverage among Healthcare Personnel
measure (NQF #0431) starting on
October 1, 2014, and for the NHSN
Facility-Wide Inpatient Hospital-Onset
Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus
aureus (MRSA) Bacteremia Outcome
Measure (NQF #1716) and NHSN
Facility-Wide Inpatient Hospital-Onset
Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #1717) starting
on January 1, 2015. By building on the
CDC’s NHSN reporting and submission
infrastructure, we intend to reduce the
administrative burden related to data
collection and submission for this
measure under the LTCHQR Program.
We refer readers to section IX.C.9.d. of
the preamble of this proposed rule for
more information on the proposed data
collection and submission timeline for
this proposed quality measure.
We invite public comments on our
proposal to adopt the NHSN VAE
Outcome Measure for the LTCHQR
Program, with data collection beginning
on January 1, 2016, for the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
years. We also invite public comments
on our proposal to use the CDC’s NHSN
for data collection and submission for
this measure.
receiving mechanical ventilation: A 28-day
international study.’’ JAMA 287(3): 345–355.
174 Klompas, M., Y. Khan, et al. (2011).
‘‘Multicenter Evaluation of a Novel Surveillance
Paradigm for Complications of Mechanical
Ventilation.’’ PLoS ONE 6(3): e18062.
175 Rubenfeld, G.D., E. Caldwell, et al. (2005).
‘‘Incidence and outcomes of acute lung injury.’’ N
Engl J Med 353(16): 1685–1693.
176 Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC). Ventilator-Associated Event (VAE). January
2014. https://www.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/pscManual/
10-VAE_FINAL.pdf.
177 Rubenfeld G.D, Caldwell E, Peabody E, et al.
Incidence and outcomes of acute lung injury. N
Engl J Med 2005: 353:1685–93.
178 MedPAC ‘‘Report to Congress: Medicare
Payment Policy’’ Chapter 11 ‘‘Long-term care
hospital services.’’ March 2014. https://
www.medpac.gov/chapters/Mar14_Ch11.pdf.
179 Ibid.
180 Ibid.
181 Muscedere, J., T. Sinuff, et al. (2013). ‘‘The
clinical impact and preventability of ventilatorassociated conditions in critically ill patients who
are mechanically ventilated.’’ Chest 144(5): 1453–
1460.
182 Ibid.
183 National Quality Forum. Measure
Applications Partnership Pre-Rulemaking Report:
Public Comment Draft: January 2014. Available:
https://www.qualityforum.org/map/.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00292
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
8. LTCHQR Program Quality Measures
and Concepts Under Consideration for
Future Years
We are considering whether to
propose one or more of the quality
measures and quality measure topics
listed in the table below for future years
in the LTCHQR Program. We invite
public comments on these measures and
measure topics. We specifically invite
public comments regarding the clinical
importance of these measures and
measure topics in LTCH setting,
feasibility of data collection and
implementation, current use of these
measures and measure topics in the
LTCH setting, and the usability of data
for these measures and measure topics
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28269
to inform future quality improvements
in the LTCH setting.
FUTURE MEASURES AND MEASURE TOPICS UNDER CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSAL FOR THE LTCH QUALITY REPORTING
PROGRAM
National Quality Strategy Priority: Patient Safety:
• Measures addressing Ventilator Bundle.
• Measures addressing avoidable injuries secondary to polypharmacy.
• Application of Hospital-Based Inpatient Psychiatric Services (HBIPS)-2 Hours of Physical Restraint Use (NQF #0640).
• Application of Percent of Residents Who Were Physically Restrained (Long Stay) (NQF #0687).
National Quality Strategy Priority: Effective Clinical Processes:
• Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management Bundle.
• Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis (NQF #0371).
• Ventilator Weaning Rate.
• Pain Management.
National Quality Strategy Priority: Patient- and Caregiver-Centered Care:
• Depression Assessment and Management.
• Application of Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (HCAHPS) (NQF #0166).
• Measures addressing patients’ experience of care.
• Measures addressing pain control—patients’ preference.
National Quality Strategy Priority: Communication and Coordination of Care:
• Application of Medication Reconciliation (NQF #0097).
• Application of Medication Reconciliation Post-Discharge (NQF #0554).
• Reconciled Medication List Received by Discharged Patients (Discharges from an Inpatient Facility to Home/Self Care or Any Other Site
of Care) (NQF #0646).
• Transition Record with Specified Elements Received by Discharged Patients (Discharges from an Inpatient Facility to Home/Self Care or
Any Other Site of Care) (NQF #0647).
• Timely Transmission of Transition Record (Discharges from an Inpatient Facility to Home/Self Care or Any Other Site of Care) (NQF
#0648).
• Measures addressing care transitions.
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality
Data Submission for the FY 2016
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Background
Section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act
requires that, for the FY 2014 payment
determination and subsequent years,
each LTCH submit to the Secretary data
on quality measures specified by the
Secretary and that such data shall be
submitted in a form and manner, and at
a time, specified by the Secretary. As
required by section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of
the Act, for any LTCH that does not
submit data in accordance with section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to
a given rate year, any annual update to
the standard Federal rate for discharges
for the hospital during the rate year
must be reduced by two percentage
points.
b. Finalized Timeline for Data
Submission Under the LTCHQR
Program for the FY 2016 and FY 2017
Payment Determinations (Except NQF
#0680 and NQF #0431)
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50857 through 50861 and
50878 through 50881), we finalized the
data submission timelines and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
submission deadlines for measures for
the FY 2016 and FY 2017 payment
determinations. We refer readers to the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for
a more detailed discussion of these
timelines and deadlines. Specifically,
we refer readers to the table at 78 FR
50878 of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule for the data collection
timelines and submission deadlines for
the FY 2016 payment determination and
the tables at 78 FR 50881 of that final
rule for the data collection timelines
and submission deadlines for the FY
2017 payment determination.
c. Proposed Revision to the Previously
Adopted Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines for Percent of
Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay)
(NQF #0680) for the FY 2016 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50858 through 50861), we
revised the Percent of Residents or
Patients Who Were Assessed and
Appropriately Given the Seasonal
Influenza Vaccine (Short Stay) (NQF
#0680) measure for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
PO 00000
Frm 00293
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
years. In that rule (78 FR 50861, 50880
through 50882), we also revised the data
collection timelines and submission
deadlines for the FY 2016 through FY
2018 payment determinations for this
measure.
For the reasons discussed in section
IX.C.6.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
change to the data collection timeframes
and submission deadlines for the FY
2016 payment determination and
subsequent years. Specifically, as
discussed in section IX.C.6.a. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, for the
FY 2016 payment determination, we are
proposing submission deadlines of
February 15, 2015, and May 15, 2015,
respectively, for this measure for data
collection periods October 1–December
31, 2014, and January 1–March 31,
2015, respectively, instead of the
previously finalized submission
deadline of May 15, 2015, for the data
collection period of October 1, 2014–
April 30, 2015. The proposed changes
applicable to this measure (NQF #680)
are illustrated below for the FY 2016
payment determination. Please refer to
section IX.C.6 of the preamble of this
proposed rule for further information
regarding this proposed revision.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28270
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2016 PAYMENT DETERMINATION FOR PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO WERE ASSESSED AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2016 payment determination
Data collection timelines (CY)
Q4 (October–December 2014) .................................................................
Q1 (January–March 2015) ........................................................................
Further, as discussed in section
IX.C.6.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing similar
February 15, 2015.
May 15, 2015.
deadlines for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years for
the LTCHQR Program. The proposed
changes applicable to this measure
(NQF #680) are illustrated below.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2017 PAYMENT DETERMINATION AND SUBSEQUENT YEARS FOR PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO
WERE ASSESSED AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
payment determination (FY)
Data collection timelines (CY)
Q4 of the CY two years before the payment determination year (for ex- February 15, of the FY preceding the payment determination year (for
ample, October–December 2015 for the FY 2017 payment deterexample, February 15, 2016 for the FY 2017 payment determinamination).
tion).
Q1 of the CY one year before the payment determination year (for ex- May 15 of the FY preceding the payment determination year (for example, January–March 2016 for the FY 2017 payment determination).
ample, May 15, 2016 for the FY 2017 payment determination).
We invite public comment on the
proposed submission deadlines for this
measure (NQF #0680) for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent
years.
d. Proposed Data Submission
Mechanisms for the FY 2018 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years for
Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Quality Measures and for Proposed
Revisions to Previously Adopted
Quality Measures
For the two proposed functional
status measures and the application of
the Percent of Residents Experiencing
One or More Falls with Major Injury
(Long Stay) (NQF #0674) measure, we
are proposing that all LTCHs would be
required to collect data using the LTCH
CARE Data Set (Version 3.00).184 We
will release the technical data
submission specifications and update
LTCHQR Program Manual for the LTCH
CARE Data Set (Version 3.00) to include
items related to the functional status
measures and the application of the
Percent of Residents Experiencing One
or More Falls with Major Injury (Long-
Stay) (NQF #0674) measure in CY 2015.
The QIES ASAP system would remain
the data submission mechanism for the
LTCH CARE Data Set. Further
information on data submission of the
LTCH CARE Data Set for the LTCHQR
Program Reporting using the QIES
ASAP system is available at: https://
www.qtso.com/ and https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
LTCHTechnicalInformation.html.
For the proposed VAE measure, we
are proposing that LTCHs would be
required to use the CDC’s NHSN
reporting and submission infrastructure.
Details related to the procedures for
using CDC’s NHSN for data submission
and information on definitions,
numerator data, denominator data, data
analyses, and measure specifications for
the proposed NHSN VAE Outcome
Measure can be found at: https://
www.cdc.gov/nhsn/PDFs/pscManual/
10-VAE_FINAL.pdf.
We invite public comments on these
proposals.
e. Proposed Data Collection Timelines
and Submission Deadlines Under the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
Payment Determination
In sections IX.C.9.c. and f. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing, for the FY 2016 payment
determination and subsequent years, to
revise the data collection timelines and
submission deadlines for the Percent of
Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay)
(NQF #0680) measure and, for the FY
2018 payment determination and
subsequent years, to revise the data
collection timelines and submission
deadlines for the application of the
Percent of Residents Experiencing One
or More Falls with Major Injury (LongStay) (NQF #0674) measure. In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50882), we adopted the data collection
timelines and submission deadlines for
the remaining quality measures
applicable to the FY 2018 payment
determination as listed in the following
tables.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
TIMEFRAMES FOR DATA COLLECTION OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION
NQF measure ID
Data collection timelines
NQF #0138 ...............................................................................................
184 The LTCH CARE Data Set (Version 2.01) was
approved on June 10, 2013, by OMB in accordance
with the PRA. The OMB Control Number is 0938–
1163. Expiration Date June 30, 2016. Available on
the Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
January 1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
and-Guidance/Legislation/PaperworkReductionAct
of1995/PRA-Listing-Items/CMS1252160.html. CMS
will revise the LTCH CARE Data Set (Version 3.00)
and submit for OMB review for PRA approval to
support data collection for the two functional status
PO 00000
Frm 00294
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
measures and the application of the Percent of
Residents Experiencing One or More Falls with
Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674). LTCH CARE
Data Set (Version 3.00) is proposed for April 1,
2016, implementation date.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28271
TIMEFRAMES FOR DATA COLLECTION OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT
DETERMINATION—Continued
NQF measure ID
Data collection timelines
NQF #0139 ...............................................................................................
NQF #0678 ...............................................................................................
NQF #0431 ...............................................................................................
NQF #1716 ...............................................................................................
NQF #1717 ...............................................................................................
January
January
October
2017.
January
January
1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
1, 2016 (or when vaccine becomes available)–March 31,
1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
TIMELINE FOR SUBMISSION OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION FOR ALL
MEASURES EXCEPT INFLUENZA VACCINATION COVERAGE AMONG HEALTHCARE PERSONNEL (NQF #0431) AND PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO WERE ASSESSED AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA
VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2018 payment
determination
Data collection timeline: CY 2016
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
(January–March 2016) ........................................................................
(April–June 2016) ................................................................................
(July–September 2016) .......................................................................
(October–December 2016) .................................................................
May 15, 2016.
August 15, 2016.
November 15, 2016.
February 15, 2017.
TIMELINE FOR SUBMISSION OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION:
INFLUENZA VACCINATION COVERAGE AMONG HEALTHCARE PERSONNEL (NQF #0431)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2018 payment determination
Data collection timeline
October 1 2016 (or when vaccine becomes available)–March 31, 2017
For the new measures that we are
proposing to adopt for the FY 2018
May 15, 2017.
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are proposing the following
data collection timelines and
submission deadlines.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES FOR NEW LTCHQR PROGRAM MEASURES FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT
DETERMINATION
NQF Measure ID or Measure Name
(when NQF Measure ID not available)
Data collection timeline
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Ventilator-Associated
Event (VAE) Outcome Measure.
Functional Outcome Measure: Change in Mobility among Long-Term
Care Hospital Patients Requiring Ventilator Support.
Percent of Long-Term Care Hospital Patients with an Admission and
Discharge Functional Assessment and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function.
January 1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
April 1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
April 1, 2016–December 31, 2016.
PROPOSED SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION:
NATIONAL HEALTHCARE SAFETY NETWORK (NHSN) VENTILATOR-ASSOCIATED EVENT (VAE) OUTCOME MEASURE
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2018 payment determination
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Data collection timeline
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
(January–March 2016) ........................................................................
(April–June 2016) ................................................................................
(July–September 2016) .......................................................................
(October–December 2016). ................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00295
Fmt 4701
May 15, 2016.
August 15, 2016.
November 15, 2016.
February 15, 2017.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28272
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION:
FUNCTIONAL OUTCOME MEASURE: CHANGE IN MOBILITY AMONG LONG-TERM CARE HOSPITAL PATIENTS REQUIRING
VENTILATOR SUPPORT AND PERCENT OF LONG-TERM CARE HOSPITAL PATIENTS WITH AN ADMISSION AND DISCHARGE FUNCTIONAL ASSESSMENT AND A CARE PLAN THAT ADDRESSES FUNCTION
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2018 payment determination
Data collection timeline
Q2 (April–June 2016) ................................................................................
Q3 (July–September 2016) .......................................................................
Q4 (October–December 2016) .................................................................
We invite public comments on these
data collection timelines and
submission deadlines for the three
proposed new quality measures for FY
2018 payment determination.
f. Proposed Data Collection Timelines
and Submission Deadlines for the
Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls with
Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674)
for the FY 2018 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we revised the Application of the
Percent of Residents Experiencing One
or More Falls with Major Injury (Long
August 15, 2016.
November 15, 2016.
February 15, 2017.
Stay) (NQF #0674) measure for the FY
2018 payment determination and
subsequent years (78 FR 50874 through
50877). We are proposing, for the FY
2018 payment determination only, to
move the start date for data collection of
this measure to April 1, 2016, instead of
the previously finalized start date of
January 1, 2016. Data collection and
submission of this measure would
continue through December 31, 2016, as
previously finalized for the FY 2018
payment determination. This proposed
change in the data collection start date
would only affect CY 2016 data
collection and submission for the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018
payment determination. For all
subsequent years, data collection for
this measure would begin on January 1
and continue through December 31. We
note that these proposed changes would
be applicable only to the Application of
Percent of Residents Experiencing One
or More Falls with Major Injury (Long
Stay) (NQF #0674) measure, and not
applicable to any other LTCHQR
Program measures, proposed or
adopted, unless explicitly stated. We
refer readers to section IX.C.6. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for
further information and rationale.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2018 PAYMENT DETERMINATION FOR THE APPLICATION OF PERCENT OF RESIDENTS EXPERIENCING ONE OR
MORE FALLS WITH MAJOR INJURY (LONG STAY) (NQF #0674)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2018 payment determination
Data collection timeline: CY 2016
Q2 (April–June 2016) ................................................................................
Q3 (July–September 2016) .......................................................................
Q4 (October–December 2016) .................................................................
We invite public comment on the
proposed data collection timeline and
quarterly submission deadlines for the
Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls with
Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674)
for the FY 2018 payment determination.
August 15, 2016.
November 15, 2016.
February 15, 2017.
g. Proposed Data Collection Timelines
and Submission Deadlines Under the
LTCHQR Program for the FY 2019
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
For the quality measures applicable to
the FY 2019 payment determination and
subsequent years, including those that
we are proposing in section IX.C.7. of
the preamble of this proposed rule, if
finalized, we are proposing the
following data collection timelines and
submission deadlines.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATION
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
NQF Measure ID or Measure Name
(when NQF Measure ID not available)
Data collection timeline
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infection (CAUTI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0138).
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Central Line-Associated
Bloodstream Infection (CLABSI) Outcome Measure (NQF #0139).
Percent of Residents or Patients with Pressure Ulcers That Are New or
Worsened (Short-Stay) (NQF #0678).
Percent of Residents or Patients Who Were Assessed and Appropriately Given the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay) (NQF
#0680).
Influenza Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare Personnel (NQF
#0431).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00296
Fmt 4701
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
October 1, 2017–March 31, 2018.
October 1, 2017–March 31, 2018.
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28273
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATION—Continued
NQF Measure ID or Measure Name
(when NQF Measure ID not available)
Data collection timeline
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-Wide Inpatient
Hospital-Onset Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus areus (MRSA)
Bacteremia Outcome Measure (NQF #1716).
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Facility-Wide Inpatient
Hospital-Onset Clostridium difficile Infection (CDI) Outcome Measure
(NQF #1717).
Application of Percent of Residents Experiencing One or More Falls
with Major Injury (Long-Stay) (NQF #0674).
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN) Ventilator-Associated
Event (VAE) Outcome Measure.
Functional Outcome Measure: Change in Mobility among Patients Requiring Ventilator Support.
Percent of LTCH Patients with an Admission and Discharge Functional
Assessment and a Care Plan That Addresses Function.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
January 1, 2017–December 31, 2017.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATION FOR ALL MEASURES EXCEPT INFLUENZA VACCINATION COVERAGE AMONG
HEALTHCARE PERSONNEL (NQF #0431) AND PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO WERE ASSESSED AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2019 payment determination
Data collection timeline: CY 2017
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
(January–March 2017) ........................................................................
(April–June 2017) ................................................................................
(July–September 2017) .......................................................................
(October–December 2017) .................................................................
May 15, 2017.
August 15, 2017.
November 15, 2017.
February 15, 2018.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATION: PERCENT OF RESIDENTS OR PATIENTS WHO WERE ASSESSED AND APPROPRIATELY GIVEN THE SEASONAL INFLUENZA VACCINE (SHORT-STAY) (NQF #0680)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2019 payment determination
Data collection timeline
October 1, 2017–December 31, 2017 ......................................................
January 1, 2018–March 31, 2018 .............................................................
February 15, 2018.
May 15, 2018.
PROPOSED DATA COLLECTION TIMELINES AND SUBMISSION DEADLINES OF LTCHQR PROGRAM QUALITY DATA FOR THE
FY 2019 PAYMENT DETERMINATION: INFLUENZA VACCINATION COVERAGE AMONG HEALTHCARE PERSONNEL (NQF
#0431)
Final submission deadlines for the LTCHQR Program
FY 2019 payment determination
Data collection timeline
October 1 2017–March 31, 2018 ..............................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
10. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data
Completion Thresholds for the FY 2016
Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
a. Overview
Section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act
requires that, for the FY 2014 payment
determination and subsequent years,
each LTCH submit to the Secretary data
on quality measures specified by the
Secretary in a form and manner, and at
a time, specified by the Secretary. As
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
May 15, 2018.
required by section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of
the Act, for any LTCH that does not
submit data in accordance with section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to
a given fiscal year, any annual update to
the standard Federal rate for discharges
for the hospital during the rate fiscal
year must be reduced by two percentage
points. To date, we have not established
a standard for compliance other than
that LTCHs submit all applicable
required data for all finalized measures,
by the previously finalized quarterly
deadlines. In response to input from our
stakeholders seeking additional
PO 00000
Frm 00297
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
specificity related to the LTCHQR
Program compliance affecting FY
payment update determinations and,
due to the importance of ensuring the
integrity of quality data submitted to
CMS, we are proposing to set specific
LTCHQR Program thresholds for
completeness of LTCH quality data
beginning with data affecting the FY
2016 payment determination and
subsequent years.
The LTCHQR Program, through the
FY 2012, FY 2013, and FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rules, requires LTCHs to
submit quality data using two separate
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28274
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
data collection/submission mechanisms:
measures collected using the LTCH
CARE Data Set (LCDS) are submitted
through the CMS Quality Improvement
Evaluation System (QIES); and measures
stewarded by the CDC (such as
Healthcare Acquired Infection (HAI)
and vaccination measures), are
submitted using the CDC’s National
Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN). We
have also previously finalized a claimsbased measure (All-Cause Unplanned
Readmission Measure for 30 Days Post
Discharge from Long Term Care
Hospitals); however, claims-based
measures do not require LTCHs to
actually submit quality data to CMS, as
they are calculated using claims data
submitted to CMS for payment
purposes. Thus, with claims-based
measures, there is no submitted quality
data to which we could apply data
completion thresholds.
To ensure that LTCHs are meeting an
acceptable standard for completeness of
submitted data, we are proposing that
for the FY 2016 payment determination
and subsequent years, LTCHs meet or
exceed two separate program
thresholds: one threshold for
completion of quality measures data
collected using the LCDS and submitted
through QIES; and a second threshold
for quality measures data collected and
submitted using the CDC’s NHSN. We
are proposing that LTCHs must meet or
exceed both thresholds discussed
below, in order to avoid receiving a 2
percentage point reduction to their
annual payment update for a given FY,
beginning with FY 2016.
We are proposing to hold LTCHs
accountable for different data
completion thresholds for each of the
two data submission mechanisms; an 80
percent data completion threshold for
data collected using the LCDS and
submitted through the QIES mechanism;
and a 100 percent data completion
threshold for data submitted through the
CDC’s NHSN. We are proposing to hold
LTCHs to the higher data completion
threshold for the CDC’s NHSN initially,
because many LTCHs have been
mandated by States to report infection
data using the CDC’s NHSN system for
surveillance purposes, prior to the start
of the LTCHQR Program on October 1,
2012, and, therefore, we believe LTCHs
are more familiar with the NHSN
collection and submission process.
In contrast, LTCHs had never
submitted quality data using a
standardized data collection instrument
before October 1, 2012, such as the
LCDS submitted through the QIES
mechanism. In addition, we require the
submission of LCDS admission and
discharge data through QIES, in order
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
for LTCHs to meet the proposed data
accuracy compliance standard, which
with regard to discharge data, may be
more difficult to collect on patients that
are discharged emergently or against
medical advice, in effect making it more
difficult to meet a higher level of
compliance initially. Lastly, through the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
finalized accelerated quarterly deadlines
for submission of quality data,
beginning January 2014, of 45 days
beyond the end of each CY quarter, as
opposed to the previous 135 day postquarterly deadline LTCHs were
previously required to meet. We feel
that this is an additional challenge that
LTCHs may face. We invite comment on
other obstacles LTCHs may face in
meeting a higher level of compliance
with regard to submission of quality
data using the LCDS.
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data
Completion Threshold for the Required
LTCH CARE Data Set (LCDS) Data Items
The LCDS is composed of data
collection items designed to inform
quality measure calculations, including
risk-adjustment calculations, as well as
internal consistency checks for logical
inaccuracies. We are proposing that
beginning with quality data affecting the
FY 2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, LTCHs must meet or
exceed a proposed LCDS data
completion threshold of 80 percent. We
are proposing to assess the
completeness of submitted data by
verifying that for all LCDS assessments
submitted by any given LTCH, at least
80 percent of those LCDS Assessments
must have 100 percent of the required
quality data items completed, where, for
the purposes of this proposed rule,
‘‘completed’’ is defined as having
provided actual patient data, as opposed
to a non-informative response, such as
a dash (-), that indicates the LTCH was
unable to provide patient data. The
proposed threshold of 80 percent is
based on the need for substantially
complete records, which allows
appropriate analysis of quality measure
data for the purposes of updating
quality measure specifications as they
undergo yearly and triennial measure
maintenance reviews with the NQF. In
addition, complete data is needed to
understand the validity and reliability
of quality data items, including riskadjustment models. Finally, we want to
ensure complete quality data from
LTCHs, which will ultimately be
reported to the public, allowing our
beneficiaries to gain an understanding
of LTCH performance related to these
quality metrics, and helping them to
make informed health care choices.
PO 00000
Frm 00298
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Our data suggest that the majority of
current LTCHs are in compliance with,
or exceeding, this proposed threshold
already. Our decision to set this
proposed data completion threshold at a
lower level initially, with the intent to
raise the proposed 80 percent threshold
in subsequent program years, is based
on our understanding that LTCHs are
still new to quality reporting, and that
their experience and understanding,
with respect to reporting quality data
using a standardized data collection
instrument, and thus their compliance,
will increase over time. However, we
invite public comment on
circumstances that might prevent
LTCHs from meeting this level of
compliance. All items that we are
proposing to require under the LTCHQR
Program are identified in Appendix D of
the LTCHQR Program Manual version
2.01, which is available for download
on the CMS Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
LTCHTechnicalInformation.html.
We are also proposing that any LTCH
that does not meet the proposed
requirement that 80 percent of all LCDS
assessments submitted contain 100
percent of all required quality data
items, will be subject to a reduction of
2 percentage points to the applicable FY
annual payment update beginning with
FY 2016. In order to establish this
program threshold, we analyzed all
LCDS submissions from January 2013
through September 2013, and we
believe that the majority of LTCHs will
be able to meet the proposed 80 percent
data completion threshold. It is our
intent to raise this threshold over the
next 2 years, through the formal noticeand-comment rulemaking process. As
stated above, we feel that as LTCHs
continue to submit data using a
standardized data collection instrument,
such as the LCDS, and as they continue
to take advantage of the resources we
provide to guide LTCHs in their
submission of this data (national
trainings, CMS Special Open Door
Forums, LTCHQR Program Manual, and
technical trainings available on our Web
site), we feel LTCH performance with
respect to data completion will improve
over time. We are proposing that this
threshold will have to be met by LTCHs,
in addition to the CDC NHSN threshold
discussed below, in order to avoid
receiving a 2 percentage point reduction
to the applicable FY annual payment
update.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
c. LTCHQR Program Data Completion
Threshold For Measures Submitted
Using the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC) National
Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN)
The LTCHQR Program through the FY
2012, FY 2013, and FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rules, requires that LTCHs
submit CDC-stewarded quality measure
data using the CDC’s NHSN, including
data for the previously finalized CAUTI,
CLABSI, and Influenza Vaccination
Coverage among Healthcare Personnel
(HCP) quality measures. More
specifically, we require LTCHs follow
CDC quality measure protocols, which
require them LTCHs to complete all data
fields required for both numerator and
denominator data within NHSN,
including the ‘‘no events’’ field for any
month during which no infection events
were identified. LTCHs are required to
submit this data on a monthly basis
(except for the HCP measure, which is
only required to be reported once per
year). However, LTCHs have until the
associated quarterly deadline (45
calendar days beyond the end of each
CY quarter) by which to report infection
data to the CDC for each of the three
months within any given quarter. For
more information on the LTCHQR
Program quarterly deadlines, we refer
readers to section IX.C.9.b. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
We are proposing that beginning with
FY 2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, this previously
finalized requirement for monthly
reporting must be met in addition to the
proposed LCDS data completion
threshold discussed above in order to
avoid a 2 percentage point reduction to
the applicable FY annual payment
update. That is, we are proposing that
LTCHs must meet a threshold of 100
percent for measures submitted via the
NHSN, achieved by submitting relevant
infection, vaccination, or other required
quality measure data for each month of
any given CY, in addition to meeting the
above-proposed data item completion
threshold for required quality data items
on the LCDS. As the LTCHQR Program
expands, and LTCHs begin reporting
measures that were previously finalized,
but not yet implemented, or newly
proposed and finalized measures, we
are proposing to apply this same
threshold.
d. Application of the 2 Percentage Point
Reduction for LTCHs That Fail To Meet
the Proposed Data Completion
Thresholds
Above we have proposed that LTCHs
must meet two separate data completion
thresholds in order to avoid a 2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
percentage point reduction to their
applicable FY annual payment update;
a data completion threshold of 80
percent for those required data elements
collected using the LCDS and submitted
through QIES; and a second data
completion threshold of 100 percent for
quality measure data submitted through
the CDC’s NHSN. We are proposing that
these data completion thresholds must
be met in addition to the data validation
threshold of 75 percent we are
proposing below, in order to avoid a 2
percentage point reduction to their
applicable FY annual payment update.
While we are proposing that LTCHs
must meet both the proposed data
completion and data validation
thresholds, LTCHs cannot have their
applicable annual payment update
reduced twice. That is, should an LTCH
fail to meet either one or both of the
proposed thresholds, it will only receive
one reduction of 2 percentage points to
its applicable fiscal year annual
payment update.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
11. Proposed Data Validation Process for
the FY 2016 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
a. Proposed Data Validation Process
Historically, we have built
consistency and internal validation
checks into our data submission
specifications to ensure that the basic
elements of the LCDS assessments
conform to requirements such as proper
format and facility information. These
internal consistency checks are
automated and occur during the LTCH
submission process, and help ensure the
integrity of the data submitted by
LTCHs by rejecting submissions or
issuing warnings when LTCH data
contain logical inconsistencies. These
internal consistency checks are referred
to as ‘‘system edits’’ and are further
outlined in the LTCH Data Submission
Specifications version 1.01, which are
available for download on the LTCH
Quality Reporting Technical
Information Web page at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
LTCHTechnicalInformation.html.
Validation is intended to provide
added assurance of the accuracy of the
data that will be reported to the public
as required by section 1886(m)(5)(E) of
the Act. We are proposing, for the FY
2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, to validate the data
elements submitted to CMS for quality
purposes. Initially, for the FY 2016
payment determination, this data
PO 00000
Frm 00299
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28275
accuracy validation will apply only to
the LCDS items that inform the
measures Percent of Patients or
Residents with Pressure Ulcers That are
New or Worsened (Short-Stay) (NQF
#0678). We intend to expand this
validation process for quality measures
affecting the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years
through future notice-and-comment
rulemaking.
We are proposing to validate the data
elements submitted to CMS for Percent
of Residents or Patients with Pressure
Ulcers That are New or Have Worsened
(Short-Stay) (NQF #0678) under the
LTCHQR Program by requesting the
minimum chart data necessary to
confirm a statistically valid random
sample of 260 LTCHs. From the random
sample of 260 LTCHs, 5 LCDS
assessments submitted through the
National Assessment Collection
Database would be randomly selected
by the CMS validation contractor. In
accordance with § 164.512 (d)(1)(iii) of
the HIPAA Privacy Rule, we would
request from these LTCHs the specified
portions of the 5 Medicare patient charts
that correspond to the randomly
selected assessments, which would
need to be copied and submitted via
traceable mail to a CMS contractor for
validation. We are proposing that the
specific portions of the 5 beneficiary
charts would be identified in the written
request, but may include: admission and
discharge assessments, relevant nursing
notes following the admission, relevant
nursing notes preceding the discharge,
physician admission summary and
discharge summary, and any
Assessment of Pressure Ulcer Form the
facility may utilize. We are proposing
that the CMS contractor would utilize
the portions of the patient charts to
compare that information with the
quality data submitted to CMS.
Differences that would affect measure
outcomes or measure rates would be
identified and reported to CMS. These
differences could include but are not
limited to unreported worsened
pressure ulcers.
We are proposing that all data that has
been submitted to the National
Assessment Collection Database under
the LTCHQR Program would be subject
to the data validation process.
Specifically, we are proposing that the
contractor would request copies of the
randomly selected medical charts from
each LTCH via certified mail (or other
traceable methods that require an LTCH
representative to sign for CMS
correspondence), and the LTCH would
have 45 days from the date of the
request (as documented on the request
letter) to submit the requested records to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28276
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the contractor. If the LTCH does not
comply within 30 days, the contractor
would send a second certified letter to
them, reminding the LTCH that it must
return copies of the requested medical
records within 45 calendar days
following the date of the initial
contractor medical record request. If the
LTCH still does not comply, then the
contractor would assign a ‘‘zero’’ score
to each measure in each missing record.
If, however, the LTCH does comply, the
contractor would review the data
submitted by the LTCH on the LCDS
assessments for the required data
elements associated with the Pressure
Ulcer measure, until such time that
LTCHs begin to submit additional
quality measures that are collected
using the LCDS. Initially, this review
would consist solely of those required
data elements that inform the Pressure
Ulcer measure calculation and checks
for logical inconsistencies. As LTCHs
begin to report additional finalized
measures, we intend to expand this
validation process to quality measures
affecting the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years,
through future notice-and-comment
rulemaking. The contractor would then
calculate the percentage of matching
data elements which would constitute a
validation score. Because we would not
be validating all records, we would need
to calculate a confidence interval that
incorporates a potential sampling error.
To receive the full FY 2016 annual
payment update, we are proposing that
LTCHs in the random sample must
attain at least a 75 percent validation
score, based upon our validation
process, which would use charts
requested from patient assessments
submitted for CY 2013. We would
calculate a 95 percent confidence
interval associated with the observed
validation score. If the upper bound of
this confidence interval is below the 75
percent cutoff point, we would not
consider a hospital’s data to be
‘‘validated’’ for payment purposes. We
are proposing that LTCHs failing the
validation requirements would be
subject to the 2 percent annual payment
update reduction, beginning with their
fiscal year annual payment update. In
addition, all LTCHs validated would
receive educational feedback, including
specific case details.
b. Application of the 2 Percentage Point
Reduction for LTCHs That Fail To Meet
the Proposed Data Accuracy Threshold
We are proposing that LTCHs must
meet a data accuracy threshold of 75
percent in order to avoid receiving a 2
percentage point reduction to their
applicable fiscal year annual payment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
update. We are proposing that this
proposed data accuracy threshold of 75
percent must be met in addition to the
proposed data completion thresholds
(80 percent for data collected using the
LTCH CARE Data Set and submitted
using QIES, and 100 percent for data
submitted using the CDC’s NHSN), in
order to avoid receiving a 2 percentage
point reduction to their applicable FY
annual payment update. While we are
proposing that LTCHs must meet both
the proposed data accuracy and data
completion thresholds, LTCHs cannot
have their applicable annual payment
update reduced twice. That is, should
an LTCH fail to meet either one or both
of the proposed thresholds (data
completion and/or data accuracy), it
will only receive one reduction of 2
percentage points to its applicable FY
annual payment update.
We invite public comment on these
proposals and suggestions to improve
the utility of the approach or to reduce
the burden on LTCHs.
12. Public Display of Quality Measure
Data for the LTCHQR Program
Under section 1886(m)(5)(E) of the
Act, the Secretary is required to
establish procedures for making data
submitted under section 1886(m)(5)(C)
of the Act available to the public.
Section 1886(m)(5)(E) of the Act
requires that such procedures shall
ensure that an LTCH has the
opportunity to review the data that is to
be made public with respect to the
LTCH prior to such data being made
public. The statute also requires that the
Secretary report quality measures that
relate to services furnished in inpatient
settings in LTCHs on our Web site. In
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53637), we received and
responded to public comments
regarding the public reporting of quality
data under the LTCHQR Program.
Currently, we are developing plans
regarding the implementation of these
provisions. We appreciate the need for
transparency into the processes and
procedures that will be implemented to
allow for public reporting of the
LTCHQR Program data and to afford
LTCHs the opportunity to review that
data before it is made public. At this
time, we have not established
procedures or timelines for public
reporting of data, but we intend to
include related proposals in future
rulemaking.
We welcome public comment on what
we should consider when developing
future proposals related to public
reporting of quality measures for the
LTCHQR Program.
PO 00000
Frm 00300
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
13. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Submission Exception and Extension
Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50883 through 50885), we
referred to these requirements as
submission ‘‘waiver’’ requirements. We
are proposing to instead use the phrase
‘‘exception and extension’’ requirements
for purposes of clarity. For the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are proposing to continue
using the LTCHQR Program’s
requirements that we adopted in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for the
FY 2015 payment determination and
subsequent years, although the term
‘‘waiver’’ is replaced by ‘‘exception and
extension.’’
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we finalized a process for LTCHs
to request and for us to grant waivers
with respect to the quality data
reporting requirements of the LTCHQR
Program for one or more quarters,
beginning with the FY 2015 payment
determination, when there are certain
extraordinary circumstances beyond the
control of the LTCH. We are proposing
to continue to use this previously
finalized process.
In the event that an LTCH seeks to
request a submission exception or
extension for quality reporting
purposes, the LTCH must request an
exception or extension within 30 days
of the date that the extraordinary
circumstances occurred by submitting a
written request to CMS via email to the
LTCH mailbox at LTCHQRP
Reconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov.
Exception or extension requests sent to
CMS through any other channel will not
be considered as a valid request for an
exception or extension from the
LTCHQR Program’s reporting
requirements for any payment
determination. The written request must
contain all of the finalized requirements
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, and on our Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
LTCH-Quality-ReportingReconsideration-and-Disaster-WaiverRequests.html.
When an exception or extension is
granted, an LTCH will not incur
payment reduction penalties for failure
to comply with the requirements of the
LTCHQR Program, for the timeframe
specified by CMS. If an LTCH is granted
an exception, we will not require that
the LTCH submit any quality data for a
given period of time. If we grant an
extension to an LTCH, the LTCH will
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
still remain responsible for submitting
quality data collected during the
timeframe in question, although we will
specify a revised deadline by which the
LTCH must submit this quality data.
In addition, in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized a
policy that allowed CMS to grant
exceptions or extensions to LTCHs that
have not requested them if it is
determined that extraordinary
circumstances affects an entire region or
locale. We stated that if this
determination was made, we will
communicate this decision through
routine communication channels to
LTCHs and vendors, including, but not
limited to, issuing memos, emails, and
notices at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/. More information
on the LTCHQR Program exception and
extension requirements and processes,
and all related announcements may be
found at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Quality-Initiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
index.html.
For the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing that we may grant an
exception or extension to LTCHs if we
determine that a systemic problem with
one of our data collection systems
directly affected the ability of the LTCH
to submit data. Because we do not
anticipate that these types of systemic
errors will happen often, we do not
anticipate granting a waiver or
extension on this proposed basis
frequently. We are proposing that if we
make the determination to grant an
exception or extension, we would
communicate this decision through
routine communication channels to
LTCHs and vendors, including, but not
limited to, issuing memos, emails, and
notices on our Web site at: https://
www.cms.gov/Medicare/QualityInitiatives-Patient-AssessmentInstruments/LTCH-Quality-Reporting/
index.html.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
14. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Reconsideration and Appeals
Procedures for the FY 2016 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
a. Previously Finalized LTCHQR
Program Reconsideration and Appeals
Procedures for the FY 2014 and FY 2015
Payment Determinations
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50885 through 50887), we
finalized a voluntary process that
allowed LTCHs the opportunity to seek
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reconsideration of our initial
noncompliance decision for the FY 2014
and FY 2015 payment determinations.
We refer readers to that rule for a
discussion of this process.
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program
Reconsideration and Appeals
Procedures for the FY 2016 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
For the FY 2016 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are proposing to adopt an updated
process, as described below, that will
enable an LTCH to request a
reconsideration of our initial
noncompliance decision in the event
that an LTCH believes that it was
incorrectly identified as being subject to
the 2-percentage point reduction to its
annual payment due to noncompliance
with the LTCHQR Program reporting
requirements for a given reporting
period.
For the FY 2016 payment
determination, and subsequent years,
we are proposing that an LTCH would
receive a notification of noncompliance
if we determine that the LTCH did not
submit data in accordance with section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act with respect to
the applicable fiscal year and that the
LTCH is therefore subject to a 2percentage point reduction in the
applicable payment determination as
required by section 1886(m)(5)(A)(i) of
the Act. We would only consider
requests for reconsideration after an
LTCH has been found to be
noncompliant and not before.
An LTCH would have 30 days from
the date of the initial notification of
noncompliance to review its payment
determination and submit to us a
request for reconsideration. This
proposed time frame would allow us to
balance our desire to ensure that LTCHs
have the opportunity to request
reconsideration with our need to
complete the process and provide
LTCHs with our reconsideration
decision in a timely manner.
Notifications of noncompliance and any
subsequent notifications from CMS
would be sent via a traceable delivery
method, such as certified U.S. mail or
registered U.S. mail. We are proposing
that an LTCH may withdraw its request
at any time and may file an updated
request within the proposed 30-day
deadline. We also are proposing that, in
very limited circumstances, we may
grant a request by an LTCH to extend
the proposed deadline for
reconsideration requests. It would be
the responsibility of an LTCH to request
an extension and demonstrate that
extenuating circumstances existed that
prevented the filing of the
PO 00000
Frm 00301
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28277
reconsideration request by the proposed
deadline.
We also are proposing that as part of
the LTCH’s request for reconsideration,
the LTCH would be required to submit
all supporting documentation and
evidence demonstrating: (1) Full
compliance with all LTCHQR Program
reporting requirements during the
reporting period; or (2) extenuating
circumstances that affected
noncompliance if the LTCH was not
able to comply with the requirements
during the reporting period. We would
not review any reconsideration request
that fails to provide the necessary
documentation and evidence along with
the request. The documentation and
evidence may include copies of any
communications that demonstrate its
compliance with the program’s
requirements, as well as any other
records that support the LTCH’s
rationale for seeking reconsideration. A
sample list of acceptable supporting
documentation and evidence, as well as
instructions for LTCHs to retrieve copies
of the data submitted to CMS for the
appropriate program year can be found
on our Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/LTCH-Quality-ReportingReconsideration-and-Disaster-WaiverRequests.html.
We are proposing that an LTCH
wishing to request a reconsideration of
our initial noncompliance
determination would be required to do
so by submitting an email to the
following email address: LTCHQRP
Reconsiderations@cms.hhs.gov. Any
request for reconsideration submitted to
us by an LTCH would be required to
follow the guidelines outlined on our
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/LTCH-Quality-ReportingReconsideration-and-Disaster-WaiverRequests.html.
Following receipt of a request for
reconsideration, we will provide—
• An email acknowledgment, using
the contact information provided in the
reconsideration request, to the CEO or
CEO-designated representative that the
request has been received; and
• Once we have reached a decision
regarding the reconsideration request,
an email to the LTCH CEO or CEOdesignated representative, using the
contact information provided in the
reconsideration request, regarding our
decision.
We are proposing to require an LTCH
that believes it was incorrectly
identified as being subject to the 2percentage point reduction to its annual
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28278
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payment update to submit a timely
request for reconsideration and receive
a decision on that request before the
LTCH can file an appeal with the PRRB.
If the LTCH is dissatisfied with the
decision rendered at the reconsideration
level, the LTCH could appeal the
decision with the PRRB under 42 CFR
405.1835. We believe this proposed
process is more efficient and less costly
for CMS and for LTCHs because it
decreases the number of PRRB appeals
by resolving issues earlier in the
process. Additional information about
the reconsideration process including
requirements for submitting a
reconsideration request is posted on our
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-PatientAssessment-Instruments/LTCH-QualityReporting/LTCH-Quality-ReportingReconsideration-and-Disaster-WaiverRequests.html.
We invite public comment on the
proposed procedures for reconsideration
and appeals.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
15. Electronic Health Records (EHR) and
Health Information Exchange (HIE)
We are also interested in
understanding the current state of
electronic health record (EHR) adoption
and use of Health Information Exchange
(HIE) in the LTCH community.
Therefore, we are soliciting feedback
and input from LTCHs and the public
on EHR adoption and HIE usage. We are
especially interested in LTCH feedback
and input on the following questions:
• Have you adopted an EHR in your
LTCH setting?
• If your LTCH setting uses EHRs,
what functional aspects of EHRs do you
find most important (for example, the
ability to send or receive transfer of care
information; the ability to support
medication orders/medication
reconciliation)?
• Does the EHR system used in your
LTCH setting support interoperable
document exchange with other
healthcare providers (for example, acute
care hospitals, physician practices,
skilled nursing facilities, etc.)?
In addition to seeking public feedback
and input on the feasibility and
desirability of EHR adoption and use of
HIE in LTCHs, we are also interested in
public comment on the need to develop
electronic clinical quality measures, and
the benefits and limitations of
implementing these measures for
LTCHs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
D. Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program and Meaningful Use
(MU)
1. Background
The HITECH Act (Title IV of Division
B of the ARRA, together with Title XIII
of Division A of the ARRA) authorizes
incentive payments under Medicare and
Medicaid for the adoption and
meaningful use of certified electronic
health record (EHR) technology
(CEHRT). We refer to this program as
the EHR Incentive Program. Eligible
hospitals (EHs) and critical access
hospitals (CAHs) may qualify for these
incentive payments under Medicare (as
authorized under sections 1886(n) and
1814(l) of the Act, respectively) if they
successfully demonstrate meaningful
use of CEHRT, which includes reporting
on clinical quality measures (CQMs)
using CEHRT. Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)
and 1814(l) of the Act also establish
downward payment adjustments under
Medicare, beginning with fiscal year
2015, for eligible hospitals and CAHs
that are not meaningful users of CEHRT
for certain associated reporting periods.
We refer to this part of the EHR
Incentive Program as the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program. Sections
1903(a)(3)(F) and 1903(t) of the Act
provide the statutory basis for Medicaid
incentive payments.
The set of CQMs from which eligible
hospitals and CAHs will report under
the EHR Incentive Program beginning in
FY 2014 is listed in Table 10 of the EHR
Incentive Program Stage 2 final rule (77
FR 54083 through 54087). We continue
to believe there are important synergies
with respect to the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program and the Hospital IQR
Program. We believe the financial
incentives under the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program for the adoption and
meaningful use of CEHRT by EHs and
CAHs will encourage the adoption and
use of CEHRT for the electronic
reporting of CQMs under the Hospital
IQR Program. We expect that the
electronic submission of quality data
from EHRs under the EHR Incentive
Program will provide a foundation for
establishing the capacity of hospitals to
send, and for CMS to receive, CQMs via
CEHRT for certain Hospital IQR
Program measures.
2. Alignment of the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program Reporting and
Submission Timelines for Clinical
Quality Measures With Hospital IQR
Program Reporting and Submission
Timelines
We believe it is important to continue
our goal of aligning the EHR Incentive
Program with the Hospital IQR Program
PO 00000
Frm 00302
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
because alignment of these programs
will serve to reduce hospital reporting
burden and encourage the adoption and
meaningful use of CEHRT by eligible
hospitals and CAHs. Section
1886(n)(3)(B)(iii) of the Act requires
that, in selecting measures and
establishing the form and manner for
reporting measures under the EHR
Incentive Program, the Secretary shall
seek to avoid redundant or duplicative
reporting with reporting otherwise
required, including reporting under
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act (the
Hospital IQR Program). The reporting
and submission timelines for the EHR
Incentive Program for eligible hospitals
and CAHs currently operate on a
Federal fiscal year basis, while the
reporting and submission timelines for
the Hospital IQR Program currently
operate on a calendar year basis. This
difference may create confusion and
additional burden for hospitals
attempting to report data to both
programs. To alleviate this possible
confusion, reduce provider burden, and
strengthen our commitment to aligning
programs, we are proposing to align the
reporting and submission periods for
clinical quality measures for the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program with
that of the Hospital IQR Program on a
calendar year basis in 2015 and 2016.
We realize that aligning the Medicare
EHR Incentive Program to the calendar
year would mean shifting the timeline
for reporting and submission of CQMs
such that the submission period would
continue through February of the
subsequent calendar year rather than
ending in November as it is currently
done, and therefore would delay the
incentive eligibility assessment, and
subsequently delay the EHR incentive
payments under Medicare made to
eligible hospitals and CAHs. In order to
ease the transition of the reporting
period to the calendar year, and to
prevent the delay of Medicare EHR
incentive payments, we are proposing to
incrementally shift the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program reporting periods for
CQMs. Specifically, for 2015 and 2016,
we are proposing for the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program to require calendar
year reporting for CQM data that are
submitted electronically, but require
that the data be reported only for the
first three calendar quarters (that is,
January through March, April through
June and July through September)
allowing the reporting period, incentive
eligibility assessment, and incentive
payments to remain on their current
schedule.
We note that this proposal would only
apply for eligible hospitals and CAHs
submitting CQMs electronically for 2015
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
and 2016, and that hospitals
demonstrating meaningful use for the
first time in 2015 or 2016 would still be
required to report CQMs by attestation
for a continuous 90-day period in FY
2015 or 2016, or report CQMs
electronically for a 3-month calendar
year quarter, by July 1 of the given year
to avoid the Medicare penalty in the
subsequent year as finalized in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50903 through 50905). Medicaid-only
providers would continue to report
according to State requirements. The
proposal would not change the
reporting periods or requirements for
the meaningful use objectives and
associated measures under 42 CFR 495.6
or for CQMs that are reported by
attestation via the Registration and
Attestation System. This proposal
would allow us to align the CQM
reporting periods for the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program with that of the
Hospital IQR Program without delaying
payment of the Medicare EHR incentive
payments for 2015 and 2016.
To further align CQM reporting for the
two programs, we are proposing to
require quarterly reporting of
electronically reported CQMs for the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program to
align with the currently established
quarterly electronic CQM reporting
periods for the Hospital IQR Program.
28279
Additionally, the Hospital IQR Program
is proposing to change its submission
period for electronic CQMs from annual
to quarterly submission in this rule. We
refer readers to the Hospital IQR
Program discussion in section IX.A.7.h.
of the preamble of this proposed rule for
more information about this proposal.
Therefore, for the CY 2015 and 2016
reporting periods, we are also proposing
to align the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program submission period with that
being proposed for the Hospital IQR
Program. The table below illustrates the
current reporting periods, and the
following table further illustrates our
proposals.
CURRENT (2014) TIMELINES FOR EHR INCENTIVE PROGRAM AND HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM REPORTING AND SUBMISSION
EHR incentive program CQM reporting requirements
2014 Reporting Period ......
FY 2014 October 1, 2013–
September 30, 2014.
Hospital IQR program reporting requirements for FY
2016 payment determination
Report one full year OR ....
Q4 CY 2013 ......................
October 1, 2013–December 31, 2013. N/A for
2014 Hospital IQR Program reporting.
Report one three-month
quarter OR.
Report any continuous 90day period.
Q1 CY 2014 ......................
January 1–March 31,
2014.
April 1–June 30, 2014.
Q2 CY 2014 ......................
Q3 CY 2014 ......................
Submission Period ............
Jan 2, 2014–Nov 30, 2014
July 1–September 30,
2014.
October 1, 2013–November 30, 2014.
PROPOSED TIMELINES TO ALIGN THE EHR INCENTIVE PROGRAM WITH PROPOSED HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM REPORTING
AND SUBMISSION
CY
Q1 ...
January 1–March 31, 2015 .......
January 1–March 31, 2015 .......
April 1–June 30, 2015 ...............
April 1–June 30, 2015 ...............
July 1–September 30, 2015 ......
July 1–September 30, 2015 ......
Q4 ...
N/A for EHR Incentive Program
October 1–December 31, 2015
Q1 ...
January 1–March 31, 2016 .......
January 1–March 31, 2016 .......
Q2 ...
April 1–June 30, 2016 ...............
April 1–June 30, 2016 ...............
Q3 ...
July 1–September 30, 2016 ......
July 1–September 30, 2016 ......
Q4 ...
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Submission period **
Q3 ...
2016 Reporting Period ..
Hospital IQR program reporting
requirements
Q2 ...
2015 Reporting Period ..
EHR incentive program
reporting requirements *
N/A for EHR Incentive Program
October 1–December 31, 2016
Data must be submitted by May 30,
2015.
Data must be submitted by August 30,
2015.
Data must be submitted by November
30, 2015.
For Hospital IQR Program, data must
be submitted by February 28, 2016.
Data must be submitted by May 30,
2016.
Data must be submitted by August 30,
2016.
Data must be submitted by November
30, 2016.
For Hospital IQR Program, data must
be submitted by February 28, 2017.
* Calendar year alignment and quarterly reporting for 2015 and 2016 would apply for electronically reported CQM data only.
** Proposed EHR Incentive Program and Hospital IQR Program submission period would allow data submission on an ongoing basis starting
January 2 of the reporting year, and ending approximately 60 days after the end of the quarter.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
3. Quality Reporting Data Architecture
Category III (QRDA–III) Option in 2015
In the EHR Incentive Program Stage 2
final rule (77 FR 54088), we finalized
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
two options for eligible hospitals and
CAHs to electronically submit CQMs
beginning in FY 2014 under the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program.
Option 1 was to electronically submit
aggregate-level CQM data using QRDA–
PO 00000
Frm 00303
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
III. Option 2 was to electronically
submit data using a method similar to
the 2012 and 2013 EHR Incentive
Program electronic reporting pilot for
EHs and CAHs, which used QRDA–I
(patient-level data). We also stated in
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28280
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
that final rule that, consistent with
section 1886(n)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act, in
the event the Secretary does not have
the capacity to receive CQM data
electronically, eligible hospitals and
CAHs that are beyond their first year of
meaningful use may continue to report
aggregate CQM results through
attestation.
We noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50904 through
50905) that we had determined that the
electronic submission of aggregate-level
data using QRDA–III would not be
feasible in 2014 for eligible hospitals
and CAHs under the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program. Therefore, for the
2014 reporting period under the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program,
eligible hospitals and CAHs would have
the option to continue to report
aggregate CQM results through
attestation. We stated that we would
reassess this policy for the 2015 and
future reporting periods.
We have determined that the
electronic submission of aggregate-level
data using QRDA–III will not be feasible
in 2015 for eligible hospitals and CAHs
under the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program. Therefore, for the 2015
reporting period under the Medicare
EHR Incentive Program, eligible
hospitals and CAHs would have the
option to continue to report aggregate
CQM results through attestation. We
note that submissions of aggregate CQM
data via attestation would not satisfy the
reporting requirements for the Hospital
IQR Program, and consistent with our
proposal above regarding alignment of
these programs, attested CQM data
would need to be submitted for one full
fiscal year in 2015 via the Registration
and Attestation System, and would not
require quarterly submissions. Hospitals
in their first year of demonstrating
meaningful use in 2015 would still be
required to report CQMs by attestation
for a continuous 90-day period in FY
2015, or report CQMs electronically for
a 3-month calendar year quarter, by July
1, 2015 to avoid the Medicare penalty in
FY 2016 as finalized in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50903
through 50905). We also note that this
policy does not apply to the Medicaid
EHR Incentive Program. Therefore,
States may still require the submission
of QRDA–III files to fulfill the CQM
reporting requirements for hospitals that
participate in the Medicaid EHR
Incentive Program.
In order to remain aligned with the
Hospital IQR Program, and because over
66 percent of hospitals that participate
in the Hospital IQR Program are already
meaningful users, we strongly
recommend that hospitals that are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
eligible to participate in both programs
electronically submit up to 16 electronic
clinical quality measures of the 28
inpatient measures identified by the
Hospital IQR Program. We believe that
keeping the two programs aligned will
ultimately reduce reporting burden for
hospitals. We note again that reporting
via attestation would not count towards
the reporting requirements for the
Hospital IQR Program.
4. Electronically Specified Clinical
Quality Measures (CQMs) Reporting for
2015
In the EHR Incentive Program Stage 2
final rule, we finalized the CQMs that
eligible hospitals and CAHs would be
required to report for purposes of
meeting the CQM component of
meaningful use under the EHR Incentive
Program starting in 2014 (77 FR 54083
through 54077 Table 10). These CQMs
are updated routinely to account for
changes, including but not limited to
changes in billing and diagnosis codes
and changes in medical practices. The
requirements specified in the EHR
Incentive Program Stage 2 final rule
allow for the reporting of different
versions of the CQMs. For 2015, it is not
technically feasible for CMS to accept
data that is electronically reported
according to the specifications of the
older versions of the CQMs, including
versions that may be allowed for
reporting under the EHR Incentive
Program. We stated in the EHR
Incentive Program Stage 2 final rule
that, consistent with section
1886(n)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act, in the event
that the Secretary does not have the
capacity to receive CQM data
electronically, eligible hospitals and
CAHs may continue to report aggregate
CQM results through attestation (77 FR
54088). We are proposing that eligible
hospitals and CAHs that seek to report
CQMs electronically under the Medicare
EHR Incentive Program must use the
most recent version of the electronic
specifications for the CQMs and have
CEHRT that is tested and certified to the
most recent version of the electronic
specifications for the CQMs.
Eligible hospitals and CAHs that do
not wish to report CQMs electronically
using the most recent version of the
electronic specifications (for example, if
their CEHRT has not been certified for
that particular version) would be
allowed to report CQM data by
attestation for the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program.
We invite public comment on these
proposals.
PO 00000
Frm 00304
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
5. Clarification Regarding Reporting
Zero Denominators
As we stated in the EHR Incentive
Program Stage 2 final rule (77 FR 54079)
we expect eligible hospitals and CAHs
to adopt EHR technology that includes
CQMs relevant to each eligible
hospital’s or CAH’s patient mix. We
understand, however, that there are
situations in which an eligible hospital
or CAH does not have data to report on
a particular CQM, and its EHR is not
certified to additional CQMs that can be
used to replace that CQM with another
for which it has data. For example, a
health system with multiple eligible
hospitals or CAHs may have an EHR
certified for 16 CQMs, which is the
minimum number of required CQMs for
reporting, but not all of the eligible
hospitals or CAHs in the health system
may have cases to report on those
particular 16 CQMs. We have received
questions on how eligible hospitals and
CAHs should meet their reporting
requirements in this situation; therefore,
we are clarifying our policy as set forth
below regarding the reporting of a zero
denominator for the purposes of the
EHR Incentive Program and the Hospital
IQR Program.
If the eligible hospital’s or CAH’s EHR
is certified to a CQM, but the eligible
hospital or CAH does not have patients
that meet the denominator criteria of
that CQM, the eligible hospital or CAH
can submit a zero in the denominator
for that CQM. Submission of a zero in
the denominator for a CQM counts as a
successful submission for that CQM for
both the EHR Incentive Program and the
Hospital IQR Program. For example, if
the eligible hospital or CAH within the
previously mentioned health system
does not provide maternity services, but
one of the 16 CQMs the health system’s
EHR is certified to is a maternity
measure, that eligible hospital’s or
CAH’s EHR may render a zero in the
denominator for that CQM. The eligible
hospital or CAH would therefore report
a zero denominator for that maternity
care CQM, and this would count toward
the 16 required CQMs for the EHR
Incentive Program and the Hospital IQR
Program. Eligible hospitals or CAHs
within that health system for which that
maternity CQM does apply would
provide data on that measure.
6. Case Threshold Exemption Policy;
Clarification for 2014 and Proposed
Change for 2015
In the EHR Incentive Program—Stage
2 final rule (77 FR 54080), we finalized
the policy that eligible hospitals and
CAHs that have 5 or fewer discharges
per quarter in the same quarter as their
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
reporting period in FY 2014, or 20 or
fewer discharges per full FY reporting
period beginning in FY 2015, for which
data are being electronically submitted
(Medicare and non-Medicare combined)
as defined by the clinical quality
measure’s denominator population are
exempted from reporting the CQM. To
be eligible for the exemption, eligible
hospitals and CAHs must submit their
aggregate population and sample size
counts for Medicare and non-Medicare
discharges for the CQM for the reporting
period.
In the Health Information Technology:
Revisions to the 2014 Edition Electronic
Health Record Certification Criteria; and
Medicare and Medicaid Programs;
Revisions to the Electronic Health
Record Incentive Program interim final
rule, we revised the case threshold
exemption policy to make it applicable
for eligible hospitals and CAHs in all
stages of meaningful use beginning with
FY 2013, including those that are
demonstrating meaningful use for the
first time and submitting CQMs by
attestation (77 FR 72988 through 72989).
Eligible hospitals and CAHs with 5 or
fewer discharges during the relevant
EHR reporting period (if attesting to a
90-day EHR reporting period), or 20 or
fewer discharges during the year (if
attesting to a full year EHR reporting
period) as defined by the CQM’s
denominator population would be
exempted from reporting on that CQM.
We stated in the interim final rule (77
FR 72989) that beginning in FY 2014,
the reporting requirement is to report 16
CQMs covering at least 3 domains from
a list of 29 CQMs. We stated further that
in order to be exempted from reporting
fewer than 16 CQMs, the eligible
hospital or CAH would need to qualify
for the case threshold exemption for
more than 13 of the 29 CQMs. If the
eligible hospital or CAH does not meet
the criteria for a case threshold
exemption for 13 or more CQMs, the
eligible hospital or CAH would be able
to report at least 16 CQMs. Likewise, we
stated that if the CQMs for which the
eligible hospital or CAH can meet the
case threshold of discharges do not
cover at least 3 domains, the eligible
hospital or CAH would be exempt from
the requirement to cover the remaining
domains. For example, if the eligible
hospital or CAH does not meet the case
threshold of discharges for 13 clinical
quality measures, and thus could report
16 clinical quality measures, but the 16
clinical quality measures cover only 2 of
the 3 domains, the eligible hospital or
CAH would be exempt from covering
the third domain.
For the reporting periods in 2014, our
policy requires that an eligible hospital
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
or CAH that claims a case threshold
exemption for one CQM must choose
another CQM on which to submit data,
or continue to invoke the case threshold
exemption until it exceeds 13 case
threshold exemptions and may therefore
report fewer than the 16 required CQMs.
This policy assumes that the eligible
hospital or CAH has an EHR that is
certified to more than the minimum of
16 CQMs, and the eligible hospital or
CAH has other CQMs in its EHR to
choose from for reporting. We realize,
however, that there could be many
EHRs that are certified to only the
minimum of 16 CQMs required by
ONC’s regulations at 45 CFR 170.102
(the definition of ‘‘Base EHR’’), and for
eligible hospitals and CAHs using those
EHRs, this policy may result in the
eligible hospital or CAH needing to
submit data on a CQM for which the
EHR is not certified. It was not our
intent to have eligible hospitals or CAHs
report on measures for which their
EHRs are not certified.
Beginning with the reporting periods
in 2015, we are proposing to change the
case threshold exemption policy so that
if an eligible hospital or CAH qualifies
for an exemption from reporting on a
particular CQM, the exemption would
count toward the 16 required CQMs. For
example, if the eligible hospital’s or
CAH’s EHR is certified to report 16
CQMs, and for one of those CQMs the
eligible hospital or CAH has 5 or fewer
discharges during the relevant EHR
reporting period (if attesting to a 90-day
EHR reporting period), or 20 or fewer
discharges during the year (if attesting
to a full year EHR reporting period) as
defined by the CQM’s denominator
population, the eligible hospital or CAH
would report data for the 15 CQMs for
which the case threshold exemption
does not apply, and invoke a case
threshold exemption for the one CQM
for which the exemption does apply for
a total of 16 CQMs.
We expect eligible hospitals and
CAHs to adopt EHR technology that
includes CQMs relevant to the eligible
hospital’s or CAH’s case mix, though we
understand that in some cases, the
eligible hospital or CAH may not meet
the case threshold of discharges for a
particular CQM. We believe this
proposed policy better reflects our
intent for eligible hospitals and CAHs to
report on only those measures for which
their EHRs are certified while meeting
the reporting requirements for the EHR
Incentive Program and Hospital IQR
Program.
We invite public comment on this
proposal.
PO 00000
Frm 00305
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28281
X. Proposed Revision of Regulations
Governing Use and Release of Medicare
Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
A. Background
Section 1853 of the Act requires the
Secretary to make payments to Medicare
Advantage (MA) organizations offering
local and regional MA plans with
respect to coverage of individuals
enrolled under Medicare Part C. Section
1853(a)(1)(C) of the Act requires the
Secretary to adjust such payments for
such risk factors as age, disability status,
gender, institutional status, and such
other factors as the Secretary determines
appropriate, including health status. To
support these risk adjustments, section
1853(a)(3)(B) of the Act requires
submission of data by MA organizations
regarding the services provided to
enrollees and other information the
Secretary deems necessary but does not
limit the Secretary’s use of such data or
information. In addition, section 1106 of
the Act authorizes the Secretary to
adopt regulations governing release of
information gathered in the course of
administering programs under the Act.
Implementing regulations at 42 CFR
422.310 set forth the requirements for
the submission of risk adjustment data
that CMS uses to risk-adjust payments.
MA organizations must submit data, in
accordance with CMS instructions, to
characterize the context and purposes of
items and services provided to their
enrollees by a provider, supplier,
physician, or other practitioner. Section
422.310(d)(1) provides that MA
organizations submit risk adjustment
data to CMS as specified by CMS. This
includes comprehensive data equivalent
to Medicare fee-for-service claims data
(often referred to as encounter data) or
data in abbreviated formats. Section
422.310(f) currently specifies CMS’ uses
of the risk adjustment data.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to revise the existing
regulation at § 422.310(f) to broaden the
specified uses of risk adjustment data in
order to strengthen program
management and increase transparency
in the MA program and to specify the
conditions for release of risk adjustment
data to entities outside of CMS.
B. Proposed Regulatory Changes
1. Proposed Expansion of Uses and
Reasons for Disclosure of Risk
Adjustment Data
We are first proposing to revise a
reference in existing § 422.310(f) (now
proposed paragraph (f)(1)) from ‘‘data
obtained under this section’’ to ‘‘data
described in paragraphs (a) through (d)
of this section’’ in order to indicate that
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28282
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the data used or released under
proposed paragraph (f)(1) would not
include the medical records and other
data collected separately under
paragraph (e) for the purpose of risk
adjustment data validation (RADV)
audits. We do not intend for the
proposed § 422.310(f) to authorize any
additional use or release of the data
described in paragraph (e). The data
described in paragraphs (a) through (d)
would include those elements that
constitute an encounter data record,
including contract, plan, and provider
identifiers, with the exception of
disaggregated payment data as
discussed below. In addition, we note
that paragraph (d)(1) also authorizes the
collection of abbreviated data.
The existing regulation at § 422.310(f)
specifies five purposes for which CMS
may use risk adjustment data obtained
from MA organizations. We are
clarifying in this proposed rule that
CMS’ uses of these data may include
disclosure to CMS contractors or other
agents that perform activities or
analyses on CMS’ behalf in connection
with authorized use of the data. The
existing specified purposes are: (1) To
determine the risk adjustment factors
used to adjust payments, as required
under §§ 422.304(a) and (c); (2) to
update risk adjustment models; (3) to
calculate Medicare DSH percentages; (4)
to conduct quality review and
improvement activities; and (5) for
Medicare coverage purposes. Under our
proposal, paragraph (f) would be
restructured to identify the purposes for
which CMS may use and release risk
adjustment data and to impose certain
conditions on any release of that data.
We are proposing to revise paragraph
(f) to add four purposes for which CMS
may use risk adjustment data submitted
by MA organizations: (1) To conduct
evaluations and other analysis to
support the Medicare program
(including demonstrations) and to
support public health initiatives and
other health care-related research; (2) for
activities to support the administration
of the Medicare program; (3) for
activities conducted to support program
integrity; and (4) for purposes permitted
by other laws. These new authorized
purposes are proposed at
§ 422.310(f)(1)(vi) through (f)(1)(ix). In
general, we anticipate that
comprehensive risk adjustment data
submitted by MA organizations, which
MA organizations began submitting to
CMS effective CY 2012, will enable
CMS to generate improved data analyses
that could support Medicare program
evaluations, demonstration designs, and
CMS’ effective and efficient operational
management of the Medicare program.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Risk adjustment data also could be
useful to support public health
initiatives by governmental entities and
to advance health care-related research
by universities and other research
organizations. We also believe that risk
adjustment data can support CMS’
program integrity activities in the
Medicare program and other Federal
health care and related programs; we
intend this general term to encompass
audits, investigations, efforts to combat
waste, fraud, and abuse, and any other
actions designed to ensure that the
program operates within its authority.
This includes audits, evaluations, and
investigations by the Office of the
Inspector General (OIG) as well as CMS’
own efforts. In addition, risk adjustment
data may be useful in supporting
Medicare administrative activities, such
as the review of the validity of bid and
medical loss ratio data submitted by MA
organizations. Finally, we are proposing
to acknowledge that other laws may
permit other uses of risk adjustment
data and that this regulation is not
intended to supersede such other laws.
Regarding the use of risk adjustment
data outside of CMS, we are proposing
at § 422.310(f)(2) that other HHS
agencies, other Federal executive branch
agencies, States, and external entities
would only be able to obtain from CMS
and use risk adjustment data for one or
more of the purposes listed in proposed
paragraph (f)(1). An external entity may
be an individual, group, or organization.
We anticipate that other HHS agencies
and other Federal executive branch
agencies may request this data for the
same purposes CMS proposes to use the
data and believe such use is
appropriate. Under our proposal, other
agencies that evaluate and analyze the
Medicare program, perform health carerelated research, support public health
initiatives, perform activities in the
administration of the Medicare program,
or conduct activities to support program
integrity in the Medicare program and
other Federal health care and related
programs would be able to access and
use risk adjustment data for these
purposes. States, such as while
conducting program integrity activities
for Medicaid programs or in the
administration of Medicare-Medicaid
demonstrations (for example, refer to
the Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare-Medicaid-Coordination/
Medicare-and-Medicaid-Coordination/
Medicare-Medicaid-CoordinationOffice/FinancialAlignmentInitiative/
FinancialModelstoSupportStatesEfforts
inCareCoordination.html), may access
and use risk adjustment data under this
proposal. We anticipate that
PO 00000
Frm 00306
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
nongovernmental external entities
would generally only gain access to risk
adjustment data under this proposal in
connection with public health
initiatives and health care-related
research, as such external entities
appear to have limited, if any, roles in
the other purposes identified in our
proposal.
CMS is seeking to balance protection
of confidential beneficiary information
and the proprietary interests of MA
organizations with the need to
effectively administer Federal health
care programs and to encourage research
into better ways to provide health care.
CMS is seeking public comments on the
proposed uses and release of data and
how else to achieve the necessary
balance. In particular, we are soliciting
public comment on the extent to which
a commercial purpose underlying a
request for risk adjustment data should
be a factor in evaluating whether the
request is for one of the purposes that
permit a disclosure under this
regulation or if one of the purposes in
paragraph (f)(1) of § 422.310, for which
CMS would disclose data under this
section, should address commercial
uses of the data.
2. Proposed Conditions for CMS Release
of Data
The existing regulations at § 422.310
do not specify conditions for release by
CMS of risk adjustment data that are
submitted by MA organizations to CMS.
We are proposing to add a paragraph (2)
to § 422.310(f) to address CMS’ release
of such data to non-CMS entities. First,
as discussed above in connection with
proposed paragraph (f)(1), our proposal
is limited to the risk adjustment data
described in § 422.310(a) through (d)
and does not include the medical
records and other data collected
separately under paragraph (e) for the
purpose of risk adjustment data
validation (RADV) audits. We do not
intend for the proposed revision to
§ 422.310(f) to authorize any additional
use or release of the data described in
paragraph (e).
Second, we are proposing that CMS
would release only the minimum data
that CMS determines is necessary to
fulfill the analytical or operational goal
for a particular project. In other words,
CMS may determine that the
appropriate data release for an approved
research project is a subset of encounter
data records requested to conduct the
proposed inquiry (instead of all
encounter data in CMS’ systems for all
years and provider types) or is a subset
of the abbreviated data requested.
Third, we are proposing that CMS
may release data under this authority to
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Federal executive branch agencies,
States, and external entities, only for
purposes identified in paragraph (f)(1)
(discussed above) and subject to a
number of additional limitations: (i)
Applicable Federal laws; (ii) CMS data
sharing procedures; (iii) protection of
beneficiary identifier elements and
beneficiary confidentiality, including:
(A) a prohibition against public
disclosure of beneficiary identifying
information; (B) release of beneficiary
identifying information to other HHS
agencies, other Federal executive branch
agencies, Congressional support
agencies, and States only when such
information is needed to accomplish the
purpose(s) of the disclosure; and (C)
release of beneficiary identifying
information to external entities only to
the extent needed to link datasets; and
(iv) the aggregation of payment data to
protect commercially sensitive data.
These limitations are included at
proposed paragraphs (f)(2)(i) through
(f)(2)(iv), respectively, of § 422.310. We
are soliciting public comment on other
conditions or limitations on the release
of this data that will help maintain a
balance between protecting confidential
and proprietary information with the
need to effectively administer Federal
health care programs and to encourage
research into better ways to provide
health care.
Under the provisions at proposed
§ 422.310(f)(2)(iv), we would not release
payment data at the encounter level. We
believe that release of payment data at
the level of the encounter record might
reveal proprietary negotiated payment
rates between MA plans and providers.
Given the commercially sensitive nature
of this information, we are not
proposing to release payment data at the
level of the encounter record. In the
interest of providing as much
transparency as possible, while at the
same time protecting proprietary
information, we are proposing to
authorize release of aggregate payment
information. For example, we could
aggregate the payment data by service
category, by plan, by contract, or across
contracts. We are seeking public
comments on these or other approaches
to aggregating payment data for release
and whether the specified options are
sufficiently aggregated to protect
commercially sensitive information. In
addition, we are seeking public
comment on our conclusion that
releasing payment rates at the level of
the encounter data record would reveal
proprietary negotiated payment rates.
Specifically, we are requesting public
comment on what strategies might be
used under which payment data could
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
be released while protecting
commercially sensitive information.
To the extent that a requestor has
separate statutory authority for requiring
CMS disclosure of data, these proposed
provisions do not limit or supersede
such authority. For example, some
Congressional support agencies may
compel release of data under separate
statutory authority, such as 31 U.S.C.
716; 2 U.S.C. 166(d)(1) and 601(d); and
section 1805 of the Act (42 U.S.C.
1395b–6), for the purposes of
conducting Congressional oversight,
monitoring, making recommendations
and analysis of the Medicare program.
In addition, the OIG has separate
statutory authority under section 1128J
of the Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7k), coupled
with section 6(a) of the Inspector
General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App. 3)
authorizing the OIG to access data as
necessary to perform its responsibilities.
This regulation would not limit that
authority.
3. Proposed Technical Change
We are proposing to amend § 422.300,
which identifies the basis and scope of
the regulations for payments to MA
organizations, to add a reference to
section 1106 of the Social Security Act,
which governs the release of
information gathered in the course of
administering our programs under the
Act.
XI. Proposed Changes to Enforcement
Provisions for Organ Transplant
Centers
A. Background
In February 2004, the Office of the
Inspector General (OIG) published a
report entitled ‘‘Medicare-Approved
Heart Transplant Centers’’ (OEI–01–02–
00520), in which the OIG outlined three
recommendations for CMS’ oversight of
heart transplant centers: (1) That CMS
expedite the development of continuing
criteria for volume and survival-rate
performance and for periodic
recertification; (2) that CMS develop
guidelines and procedures for taking
actions against centers that do not meet
Medicare criteria for volume and
survival-rate performance requirements;
and (3) that CMS take immediate steps
to improve its ability to maintain
accurate and timely data regarding the
performance of transplant centers.
As part of CMS’ efforts to strengthen
oversight of organ transplant centers, we
published the final rule ‘‘Medicare
Program: Hospital Conditions of
Participation, Requirements for
Approval and Reapproval of Transplant
Centers To Perform Organ Transplants’’
on March 30, 2007 in the Federal
PO 00000
Frm 00307
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28283
Register (72 FR 15198) that established
conditions of participation (CoPs) for
organ transplant centers and applied the
survey and certification enforcement
process (that is used for all other
providers and suppliers of Medicare
services) to Medicare-approved
transplant centers. In the preamble of
that final rule, we discussed our efforts
to improve organ donation and
transplantation services and our goals
to: (1) Protect patients who are awaiting
organs for transplantation; (2) establish
key quality and procedural standards;
and (3) improve outcomes for patients
(such as patient survival) and reduce
Medicare expenses by decreasing the
likelihood that a transplant would fail.
In the March 30, 2007 final rule, we
codified the CoPs for transplant centers
at 42 CFR Part 482, Subpart E (§§ 482.68
through 482.104) and the special
procedures for approval and re-approval
of organ transplant centers at 42 CFR
488.61. The CoPs set forth explicit
expectations for outcomes, patient
safety, informed choice, and quality of
transplantation services. In particular,
§§ 482.80 and 482.82 specify that a
transplant center’s outcomes are not
acceptable if, among other factors, the
number of observed patient deaths or
graft failures 1 year after receipt of a
transplant exceeds the risk-adjusted
expected number by 1.5 times, based on
the most recent program-specific report
from the Scientific Registry of
Transplant Recipients (SRTR).
Failure to meet the transplant center
requirements will lead CMS to deny
approval or re-approval of a center’s
Medicare participation under § 488.61.
However, §§ 488.61(a)(4) and (c)(4)
authorize CMS to consider mitigating
factors when determining approval and
re-approval, respectively, for a
transplant center that has not met the
data submission, clinical experience, or
outcome requirements, or other CoPs, if
the center submits a formal, written
request for such a review. The existing
regulations do not limit the factors that
CMS may consider, but enumerates, at
a minimum, the following factors to be
considered: (1) The extent to which
outcome measures are met or exceeded;
(2) the availability of Medicareapproved transplant centers in the area;
and (3) extenuating circumstances that
may have a temporary effect on a
transplant center meeting the
requirements under the CoPs, such as a
natural disaster. CMS approval or reapproval based on mitigating factors
permits a transplant center to operate as
a Medicare-approved transplant center
under certain circumstances despite a
finding of noncompliance. Under
existing regulations at
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28284
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
§§ 488.61(b)(4)(iv) and (c)(4)(iv), CMS
will not approve a center with
condition-level deficiencies but may reapprove a center with standard-level
deficiencies.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Basis for Proposals in This Proposed
Rule
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to strengthen, clarify, and
provide additional transparency for the
survey, certification, and enforcement
procedures under § 488.61 for transplant
centers that are requesting initial
approval or re-approval for participation
in the Medicare program when the
centers have not met one or more of the
CoPs but wish to have certain mitigating
factors taken into consideration.
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating
Factors Based on CMS’ Experience
The existing organ transplant
enforcement regulation at § 488.61 does
not provide detailed information on the
factors generally needed for approval or
re-approval of a request based on
mitigating factors that a transplant
center may make in order to participate,
or continue to participate, in Medicare.
However, since the adoption of the
organ transplant CoPs and
corresponding enforcement regulations,
we have expanded our knowledge
regarding: (a) The factors and processes
that promote improvement in transplant
center outcomes; and (b) other
mitigating factors that merit explicit
recognition under CMS regulations.
The preponderance of requests for
initial approval or re-approval based on
mitigating factors that we have
approved are for the transplant centers
that have been able to effect substantial
program improvements and, based on
meaningful post-transplant survival
data, demonstrated much-improved
patient and graft survival subsequent to
those program reforms. These
performance improvements occurred
after the program was cited for
substandard performance by CMS and
was at risk of losing Medicare
participation, usually while the program
was operating during the mitigating
factors review process or under a
binding Systems Improvement
Agreement (SIA) with CMS. Under an
SIA, CMS agrees to extend the effective
date of a prospectively scheduled
termination from Medicare participation
(that is, denial of re-approval) and holds
in temporary abeyance a final review of
the transplant center’s mitigating factors
request if the transplant center agrees to
engage in a structured regimen of
quality improvement to improve
performance during a specified period
of time. At the end of the SIA period
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(typically 12 months), we review the
transplant center’s performance and
make a final decision as to whether: (a)
The transplant center’s patient and graft
survival is within the acceptable limits
set forth in the regulations; or (b) the
transplant center qualifies for approval
or re-approval based on mitigating
factors.
As of August 2013, CMS had rendered
a final determination for 129 requests
for approval to operate as a Medicareapproved transplant center based on
mitigating factors. Of those
determinations, 48 of the requests (37.8
percent) were approved based on
information provided by the transplant
center on its mitigating factors alone
(that is, without entering into an SIA)
because the transplant center had
implemented substantial program
improvements during the extended CMS
review period, and CMS concluded that
the most recent patient and graft
survival data (taking into consideration
the lag time in data inherent in the
SRTR reports) demonstrated compliance
with outcome requirements; 33 of the
requests (25.6 percent) were eventually
approved on the basis of the transplant
center’s successful SIA completion and
much-improved outcomes data for the
affected program; 24 of the requests
(18.6 percent) involved transplant
centers that were approved and the
transplant centers were permitted to
continue operation because CMS
determined that the transplant centers
met the outcome requirements during
the time period it took for CMS to
review the mitigating factors request; 2
of the requests (1.6 percent) were
approved where the transplant center
did not enter into a SIA but had made
extensive use of innovative practices
that were not included in the SRTR riskadjustment methodology; 2 of the
requests (1.6 percent) were approved
because natural disasters temporarily
impacted the transplant centers; and 20
of the requests (15.5 percent) were
denied because the center failed to meet
the outcome or clinical experience
requirements and therefore voluntarily
withdrew its participation from the
Medicare program.
2. Coordination With Efforts of the
Organ Procurement and Transplantation
Network (OPTN) and Health Resources
and Services Administration
When we adopted the outcome
standards for transplant programs in
2007, we sought to harmonize CMS’
outcome standards with standards of the
Organ Procurement and Transplantation
Network (OPTN) so that transplant
centers would have a single, consistent
set of outcome expectations on which to
PO 00000
Frm 00308
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
focus. We also sought to organize CMS
activities in a manner that would
reinforce and continue the OPTN as the
first line of external review and quality
improvement for transplant centers.
The OPTN is the unified transplant
network established under the National
Organ Transplant Act (NOTA) of 1984.
The NOTA called for the network to be
operated by a private, nonprofit
organization under Federal contract.
The OPTN is a public-private
partnership that links all of the
professionals involved in the donation
and transplantation system. The
primary goals of the OPTN are to: (a)
Increase the effectiveness and efficiency
of organ-sharing and equity in the
national system of organ allocation; and
(b) increase the supply of donated
organs available for transplantation. For
more details about the OPTN, we refer
readers to the Web site at: https://
optn.transplant.hrsa.gov/optn/
profile.asp.
The OPTN and the Health Resources
and Services Administration (HRSA) are
considering adoption of an alternative
methodology for calculating expected
transplant outcomes, known as the
‘‘Bayesian’’ methodology, and for setting
a threshold that would ‘‘flag’’ a
transplant center for OPTN review of
performance. However, CMS has
insufficient experience with the new
‘‘Bayesian’’ methodology, and
insufficient data to determine an
appropriate threshold for a Medicare
outcomes deficiency under a
‘‘Bayesian’’ methodology. Therefore, we
are not proposing any changes in our
regulations regarding this new
methodology. However, we wish to
continue to coordinate with, and
reinforce, the OPTN’s efforts if the
OPTN chooses to adopt a new
methodology. Therefore, we are
proposing that if a program has been
cited for an outcomes deficiency by
CMS, but has not been flagged for
review by the OPTN, CMS would take
these facts into consideration if the
transplant program has requested
approval based on mitigating factors.
For a perspective on the ‘‘Bayesian’’
methodology, we refer readers to the
Web site at: https://www.srtr.org/faqs/
16.aspx.
C. Provisions of the Proposed
Regulations
We are proposing to revise the
regulations at § 488.61 to include
specific additional provisions
describing and expanding the mitigating
factors that CMS may consider when
determining requests and explain the
conditions under which each factor
would apply.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating
Factors List
Existing §§ 488.61(a)(4) and (c)(4)
provide three specific mitigating factors
for review by CMS when determining
whether a transplant center can be
approved or re-approved, respectively,
based on mitigating factors. These
mitigating factors are: (1) The extent to
which outcome measures are met or
exceeded; (2) the availability of
Medicare-approved transplant centers in
the area; and (3) extenuating
circumstances that may have a
temporary effect on meeting the CoPs.
We are proposing to move the listing of
mitigating factors from paragraphs
(a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) and (c)(4)(i)
through (c)(4)(iii) to new proposed
paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) under
§ 488.61, and to include additional
factors under these three new proposed
paragraphs that may be reviewed in
addition to the existing three factors. We
are proposing to move existing
paragraphs (a)(4)(iv) and (c)(4)(iv) to the
proposed new paragraph (g)(2). We also
are proposing to provide clarification of
the existing three mitigating factors and
the conditions under which they would
apply. Finally, we are proposing to
revise existing paragraphs (a)(4) and
(c)(4) of § 488.61 to include crossreferences to the new proposed
paragraphs (f), (g), and (h).
Under proposed new paragraph (f) of
§ 488.61, we are proposing to relist the
existing three mitigating factors under
paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii)
and paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through
(c)(4)(iii) and expand the mitigating
factors that CMS may consider by
adding more description to those
factors, as well as by adding new factors
for review. We also are proposing to
specify the procedures and timeframes
for transplant centers to request
consideration for approval based on
mitigating factors.
Specifically, in proposed new
paragraph (f)(1), we are proposing to
specify the mitigating factors, except for
situations of immediate jeopardy, as
follows:
• The extent to which outcome
measures are not met or exceeded
(existing paragraphs (a)(4)(i) and
(c)(4)(i); now proposed paragraph
(f)(1)(i)).
• Availability of Medicare-approved
transplant centers in the area (existing
paragraphs (a)(4)(ii) and (c)(4)(ii); now
proposed paragraph (f)(1)(ii)).
• Extenuating circumstances (for
example, natural disaster) that may have
a temporary effect on meeting the CoPs
(existing paragraphs (a)(4)(iii) and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(c)(4)(iii); now proposed paragraph
(f)(1)(iii)).
• Program improvements that
substantially address root causes of graft
failures or patient deaths and that have
been implemented and institutionalized
on a sustainable basis (proposed new
paragraph (f)(1)(iv)).
• Recent patient and graft survival
data to determine if there is sufficient
clinical experience and survival for
CMS to conclude that the program is in
compliance with CMS requirements,
except for the data lag inherent in the
reports from the SRTR (proposed new
paragraph (f)(1)(v)).
• Extensive use of innovative
transplantation practices relative to
other transplant programs, such as a
high rate of transplantation of
individuals who are highly sensitized or
children who have undergone the
Fontan procedure, where CMS finds
that the innovative practices are
supported by evidence-based, published
research or nationally recognized
standards or Institutional Review Board
(IRB) approvals, and the SRTR riskadjustment methodology does not take
the relevant key factors into
consideration (proposed new paragraph
(f)(1)(vi)).
• The program’s performance, based
on the OPTN method of calculating
patient and graft survival, is within the
OPTN’s thresholds for acceptable
performance and does not flag OPTN
performance review under the
applicable OPTN policy (proposed new
paragraph (f)(1)(vii)).
Under proposed new paragraph (f)(2),
we are proposing to include details on
the content of the request for
consideration of mitigating factors,
based on examples that have proven to
be most useful in considering successful
mitigating requests. Specifically, we are
proposing that a request for
consideration of mitigating factors
include sufficient information to permit
an adequate review and understanding
of the transplant program, the factors
that have contributed to outcomes,
program improvements or innovations
that have been implemented or planned,
and, in the case of natural disasters, the
recovery actions planned. Examples of
information to be submitted with each
request could include, but are not
limited to, the following:
(i) The name and contact information
for the transplant hospital and the
names and roles of key personnel of the
transplant program;
(ii) The type of organ transplant
program(s) for which approval is
requested;
(iii) The CoPs that the program failed
to meet, and with respect to which the
PO 00000
Frm 00309
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28285
transplant center is requesting CMS’
review of mitigating factors;
(iv) The rationale and relevant
supporting evidence for CMS’ review
must include, but not be limited to—
Æ Root Cause Analysis of patient
deaths and graft failures, including
factors the program has identified as
likely causal or contributing factors for
patient deaths and graft failures;
Æ Program improvements or
innovations (where applicable) that
have been implemented and
improvements that are planned;
Æ Patient and donor/organ selection
criteria and evaluation protocols,
including methods for pre-transplant
patient evaluation by cardiologists,
hematologists, nephrologists, and
psychiatrists or psychologists, to the
extent applicable;
Æ Organizational chart with full-time
equivalent levels, roles, and structure
for reporting to hospital leadership;
Æ Waitlist management protocols and
practices relevant to outcomes;
Æ Pre-operative management
protocols and practices;
Æ Immunosuppression/infection
prophylaxis protocols;
Æ Post-transplant monitoring and
management protocols and practices;
Æ Quality Assessment and
Performance Improvement (QAPI)
Program meeting minutes from the most
recent four meetings and attendance
rosters from the most recent 12 months;
Æ Quality dashboard and other
performance indicators;
Æ Recent outcomes data for both
patient survival and graft survival; and
Æ Documentation of whether the
program has engaged with the OPTN to
review program outcomes, the status of
any such review, and any steps taken to
address program outcomes in
accordance with the OPTN review.
Under proposed new paragraph (f)(3),
we are proposing to specify a timeline
for the transplant program to submit a
request for mitigating factors and to
make clear that, for requests related to
clinical experience or outcomes, the
program has additional time within
which to submit supporting
information. Specifically, we are
proposing that within 10 days after CMS
has issued formal written notice of a
condition-level deficiency to the
program, CMS must receive notice of
the program’s request to seek
consideration of mitigating factors. CMS
would require that all information
necessary for consideration be received
within 30 days of CMS’ initial
notification for any deficiency, except a
deficiency based on insufficient clinical
experience or outcomes; and within 120
days of CMS’ written notification for a
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28286
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
deficiency based on insufficient clinical
experience or outcomes. Failure of a
transplant program to meet these
timeframes may be the basis for denial
of requests for consideration based on
mitigating factors.
2. Content and Timeframe for Mitigating
Factors Requests
Under proposed new § 488.61(g), we
propose to clarify and expand on the
description of the mitigating factors
application and review process. Under
existing regulations, a transplant center
seeking initial approval or re-approval
of Medicare participation based on the
presence of mitigating factors is
required to submit a formal written
request to the CMS Central Office, as
described earlier. If there are no
deficiencies that constitute immediate
jeopardy to a patient’s health and safety,
in limited circumstances, CMS may
approve continued Medicare
participation based on mitigating
factors. However, where a transplant
program demonstrates that it is making
significant progress toward correction
and program improvement, but does not
yet qualify for approval based on
mitigating factors, we believe there may
be merit in many cases to temporarily
extend the effective date of the
program’s Medicare participation
termination in exchange for a hospital’s
agreement to engage in a significant and
directed regimen of further quality
improvement under a Systems
Improvement Agreement (SIA). As we
noted above, programs that have entered
into SIAs have demonstrated significant
improvements. Therefore, we are
proposing to provide an explicit
procedure in the regulations at proposed
new § 488.61(g)(1)(iii) for CMS to offer
an SIA and hold in abeyance a final
decision on the mitigating factors
request until the SIA period has ended.
Proposed new paragraphs (g)(1)(i),
(g)(1)(ii), and (g)(1)(iii) outline the three
outcomes of CMS mitigating factors
decisions: (i) Initial approval or reapproval of a program’s Medicare
participation based upon consideration
of mitigating factors; (ii) denial of the
program’s request; or (iii) offer of a timelimited SIA when a transplant program
has waived its appeal rights, has
committed to substantial program
improvements that address root causes
and are institutionally supported by the
hospital’s governing body on a
sustainable basis, and has requested
more time to design or implement
additional improvements or
demonstrate compliance with CMS
outcome requirements. The proposed
new paragraph (g)(1)(iii) would clarify
that, during the SIA, CMS holds the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
mitigating factors request in abeyance
and makes a final decision to approve
or deny Medicare participation when
the SIA is ended, based on the results
of the program’s performance of the SIA.
Existing regulations at
§§ 488.61(a)(4)(iv) and (c)(4)(iv)) state
that CMS will not approve any program
with a condition-level deficiency.
However, CMS could approve a program
with a standard-level deficiency upon
receipt of an acceptable plan of
correction. A condition-level deficiency
represents a serious classification and,
unless the deficiency is remedied,
precludes a provider from participating
in Medicare. A standard-level
deficiency represents a less serious
deficiency, such as one in which just a
small part of a CoP is found to be out
of compliance. We are proposing to
move this to the proposed new
paragraph § 488.61(g)(2).
3. System Improvement Agreements
(SIAs)
We are proposing to add proposed
new paragraph (h) to § 488.61 to set
forth the purpose, intent, and contents
of an SIA and the timeframes for an
approved SIA with CMS.
a. Purpose and Intent of an SIA
Based on information and
documentation provided by the
transplant program at the time of its
request, CMS may determine that,
despite a deficiency or deficiencies, the
transplant center has made substantial
progress, has full support of the hospital
governing body, and is on a quality
improvement path that promises to
improve prospects for patient survival.
In such cases, we exercise our limited
discretion to offer the transplant
program the opportunity to enter into an
SIA. In the absence of a written request
for consideration on the basis of
mitigating factors, CMS would
otherwise proceed with the proposed
date of termination based on
noncompliance with one or more of the
CoPs. In this proposed regulation, we
are clarifying and specifying the terms
for such SIAs.
CMS may offer an SIA to a transplant
program if the transplant center can
show that it has identified, or is actively
improving its identification of, the root
causes of its noncompliance and if the
transplant center has initiated actions to
correct those root causes. However, if
we conclude that a transplant center
does not qualify for initial approval or
re-approval based on mitigating factors,
the proposed rule would explicitly
provide CMS with the option of offering
a time-limited SIA to those transplant
centers that have demonstrated progress
PO 00000
Frm 00310
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
in making substantive program
improvements to address root causes of
deficient outcomes, agree to undertake a
structured regimen of further quality
improvement, and agree to waive their
appeal rights. In some instances, a
voluntary period of inactivity of the
transplant center is warranted, or a
period of inactivity may be required by
CMS as a condition of an SIA approval,
as a requirement of initiating an SIA for
a specified period, or until certain
milestones are achieved.
During the SIA period, CMS’
oversight and enforcement authority
continue and CMS may conduct routine
unannounced surveys, complaint
investigations, and/or terminate the
transplant center’s participation in the
Medicare program if there is not
substantial compliance with Federal
requirements under 42 CFR Part 482 or
if the program fails to follow the terms
of the SIA. In consideration for the
opportunity to continue to participate in
the Medicare program under an SIA
during the time that structured
improvements and corrections are
made, despite having been found to be
in noncompliance with the
requirements, a transplant center would
be required to waive any appeal rights
that they may have, either
administratively or judicially, if CMS
ultimately terminates Medicare
participation or denies initial approval
of the transplant center. We are
proposing that such a waiver applies,
regardless of whether revocation or
termination of approval/re-approval
occurs due to a finding that the hospital
failed to fulfill the terms of the SIA or
due to the deficiency findings that the
SIA was designed to address, pursuant
to CMS’ enforcement authority under
the regulations.
A transplant center’s approval to
operate as a Medicare-approved
transplant center does not guarantee any
subsequent re-approvals and may be
time-limited. The transplant center must
submit a separate request for
consideration of mitigating factors,
including updated supporting
documentation each time a CMS review
(generally a 3–5 year cycle) or complaint
investigation determines that the
transplant center does not meet one or
more of the data submission, clinical
experience, and outcomes requirements,
or other CoPs. At such time, we would
review any prior mitigating factors
approval to determine if the
circumstances that originally warranted
approval would still apply. However, in
the case of past mitigating factors
approval based on innovative practice,
CMS may seek information in advance
of a recertification survey to determine
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
if the reasons for past approval still
prevail and, in such a case, CMS may
consider mitigating factors
concomitantly with the recertification
survey.
b. Description and Contents of an SIA
The SIA is a binding agreement
between CMS and the hospital within
which a transplant center operates. A
transplant center, in turn, may have one
or more organ-specific programs, such
as a heart, kidney, pancreas, liver, or
lung transplant program. Each SIA is
focused on a particular organ transplant
program. The SIA is a plan for a series
of actions, activities, and goals that
provide opportunities for the hospital
and transplant center to conduct
internal improvement analysis and
action, and engage external experts to
ensure that the transplant center is in
compliance with evidence-based
standards and advances in the field that
would optimize the care provided to
patients.
Through an SIA, CMS is able to offer
transplant centers additional time to
achieve compliance with the CoPs
through a structured and monitored
process. In particular, the use of the
formal SIA process reflects CMS’
recognition that it may sometimes
require more than the usual time to
correct the 1-year post-transplant
patient or graft survival and have the
results of such improvement become
manifest in the tracking data, or to
develop and implement a plan to correct
low-volume performance rates. We
generally do not expect to use an SIA in
cases of noncompliance with other
CoPs, although we do not preclude such
a possibility if highly unusual
circumstances are present.
The SIA process (discussed in more
detail below) has demonstrated
effectiveness in improving patient and
graft survival. An important measure of
outcome is the extent to which observed
patient deaths 1 year after transplant
compare with the risk-adjusted expected
number of deaths or graft failure for a
particular transplant program. The
SRTR risk adjustment methodology
(used to calculate the expected
numbers) takes into consideration the
organs transplanted and the
characteristics of the donors and
recipients (for example, factors that
have a bearing on the risk to patient or
graft survival, such as diabetes,
hypertension, advanced age, cold
ischemic time of the organ to be
transplanted, among others). For
example, the national number of
expected deaths 1 year after transplant
for all transplant centers in the United
States is 1.0. A transplant center that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
had twice the expected number of
deaths would have a standardized
mortality ratio (SMR) of 2.0. As of
August 2013, adult kidney transplant
programs cited by CMS for substandard
outcomes and placed on a Medicare
enforcement track, for which there was
a 2-year post-CMS survey tracking
period (N=15), improved their average
SMR for 1-year post-transplant patient
survival performance rate from 2.05 to
1.17 (close to the 1.0 national average).
The transplant centers under an
approved SIA improved their outcomes
from an average SMR ranging from 2.41
before the SIA to 0.76 after the SIA
(much better than the national average).
Transplant centers not cited for
substandard kidney transplant outcomes
improved outcomes slightly from 0.89 to
0.84.185
The proposed new § 488.61(h)
explicitly incorporates and specifies
elements that have been important to
the successful use of the SIA structure.
We propose to define an SIA as a
binding agreement, entered into
voluntarily by the hospital and CMS,
through which CMS extends the
effective date of a prospectively
scheduled termination of the center’s
Medicare participation (thereby
permitting the program additional time
to achieve compliance with the CoPs),
contingent on the hospital’s agreement
to participate in a structured regimen of
quality improvement activities and
subsequent demonstration of improved
outcomes. In some cases, transplant
programs have entered a period of
inactivity—voluntarily, or imposed as a
condition of the SIA.
Under proposed new § 488.61(h)(1)(i)
through (h)(1)(x), we are proposing that
in the SIA, in exchange for additional
time to initiate or continue activities to
achieve compliance with the CoPs, the
transplant center must agree to a
regimen of specified activities,
including (but not limited to) all of the
following:
• Patient notification about the degree
and type of noncompliance by the
program, an explanation of what the
program improvement efforts mean for
patients, and financial assistance to
defray the out-of-pocket costs of
copayments and testing expenses for
any wait-listed individual who wishes
to be listed with another program
(proposed paragraph (h)(1)(i)).
• An external independent peer
review team that conducts an onsite
assessment of program policies, staffing,
185 Hamilton, Thomas E., Regulatory Oversight in
Transplantation: Are Patients Really Better Off,
Curr Opin Organ Transplant 2013, 18:203–209.
Available at: at https://www.co-transplantation.com.
PO 00000
Frm 00311
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28287
operations, relationship to hospital
services, and factors that contribute to
program outcomes; that suggests quality
improvements the hospital should
consider; that provides both verbal and
written feedback to the hospital; and
that provides a verbal debriefing to
CMS. Neither the hospital nor the peer
review team may be required to provide
a written report to CMS. The peer
review team would include a transplant
surgeon with expertise in the relevant
organ type(s), a transplant
administrator, an individual with
expertise in transplant QAPI systems, a
social worker or psychologist or
psychiatrist, and a specialty physician
with expertise in conditions particularly
relevant to the applicable organ types(s)
such as a cardiologist, nephrologist, or
hepatologist. Except for the transplant
surgeon, CMS may permit substitution
of an individual with one type of
expertise for another individual who
has expertise particularly needed for the
type of challenges experienced by the
program, such as substitution of an
infection control specialist in lieu of, or
in addition to, a social worker (proposed
paragraph (h)(1)(ii)).
• An action plan that addresses
systemic quality improvements and is
updated after the onsite peer review
(proposed paragraph (h)(1)(iii)).
• An onsite consultant whose
qualifications are approved by CMS,
and who provides services for 8 days
per month on average for the duration
of the agreement, except that CMS may
permit a portion of the time to be spent
offsite and may agree to fewer
consultant days each month after the
first 3 months of the SIA (proposed
paragraph (h)(1)(iv)).
• A comparative effectiveness
analysis that compares policies,
procedures, and protocols of the
transplant program with those of other
programs in areas of endeavor that are
relevant to the transplant center’s
current quality improvement needs
(proposed paragraph (h)(1)(v)).
• Development of increased
proficiency, or demonstration of current
proficiency, with patient-level data from
the SRTR and the use of registry data to
analyze outcomes and inform quality
improvement efforts (proposed
paragraph (h)(1)(vi)).
• A staffing analysis that examines
the level, type, training, and skill of staff
in order to inform transplant center
efforts to ensure the engagement and
appropriate training and credentialing
of staff (proposed paragraph (h)(1)(vii)).
• Activities to strengthen
performance of the Quality Assessment
and Performance Improvement (QAPI)
Program to ensure full compliance with
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28288
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the requirements at § 482.96 (proposed
paragraph (h)(1)(viii)).
• Monthly (unless otherwise
specified) reporting and conference calls
with CMS regarding the status of
programmatic improvements, the results
of the actions, data, reports, or other
deliverables specified in the SIA, and
regarding the number of transplants, the
death and graft failures that occur
within 1 year post-transplant (proposed
paragraph (h)(1)(ix)).
• Additional or alternative
requirements specified by CMS, tailored
to the transplant program type and
circumstances (proposed paragraph
(h)(1)(x)).
c. Effective Period for an SIA
Under proposed new § 488.61(h)(2),
we are proposing to specify that an SIA
will be established for a 12-month
period, subject to CMS’ discretion to
determine if a shorter time period
would suffice. At the hospital’s request
and at CMS’s discretion, CMS may
extend an SIA for up to one additional
6-month period.
Under section 1886(e)(4)(B) of the
Act, the Secretary must consider
MedPAC’s recommendations regarding
hospital inpatient payments. Under
section 1886(e)(5) of the Act, the
Secretary must publish in the annual
proposed and final IPPS rules the
Secretary’s recommendations regarding
MedPAC’s recommendations. We have
reviewed MedPAC’s March 2014
‘‘Report to the Congress: Medicare
Payment Policy’’ and have given the
recommendations in the report
consideration in conjunction with the
proposed policies set forth in this
proposed rule. MedPAC
recommendations for the IPPS for FY
2015 are addressed in Appendix B to
this proposed rule.
For further information relating
specifically to the MedPAC reports or to
obtain a copy of the reports, contact
MedPAC at (202) 653–7226, or visit
MedPAC’s Web site at: https://
www.medpac.gov.
XIII. Other Required Information
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Requests for Data From the Public
In order to respond promptly to
public requests for data related to the
prospective payment system, we have
established a process under which
commenters can gain access to raw data
on an expedited basis. Generally, the
data are now available on compact disc
(CD) format. However, many of the files
are available on the Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Medicare-
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1. CMS Wage Data Public Use File
This file contains the hospital hours
and salaries from Worksheet S–3, Parts
II and III from FY 2011 Medicare cost
reports used to create the proposed FY
2015 prospective payment system wage
index. Multiple versions of this file are
created each year. For a complete
schedule on the release of different
versions of this file, we refer readers to
the wage index schedule in section III.J.
of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Processing
year
XII. MedPAC Recommendations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatient
PPS/. Data files and the cost
for each file, if applicable, are listed
below. Anyone wishing to purchase
data tapes, cartridges, or diskettes
should submit a written request along
with a company check or money order
(payable to CMS–PUF) to cover the cost
to the following address: Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services, Public
Use Files, Accounting Division, P.O.
Box 7520, Baltimore, MD 21207–0520,
(410) 786–3691. Files on the Internet
may be downloaded without charge.
Wage data
year
PPS fiscal
year
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
2009
2008
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
WIFN/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 2007 through
FY 2015 IPPS Update.
2. CMS Occupational Mix Data Public
Use File
This file contains the 2010
occupational mix survey data to be used
to compute the occupational mix
adjustment wage indexes. Multiple
versions of this file are created each
year. For a complete schedule on the
release of different versions of this file,
we refer readers to the wage index
schedule in section III.J. of the preamble
of this proposed rule.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
WIFN/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
3. Provider Occupational Mix
Adjustment Factors for Each
Occupational Category Public Use File
This file contains each hospital’s
occupational mix adjustment factors by
occupational category. Two versions of
PO 00000
Frm 00312
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
these files are created each year to
support the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
WIFN/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
4. Other Wage Index Files
CMS releases other wage index
analysis files after each proposed and
final rule.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
WIFN/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 2005 through
FY 2015 IPPS Update.
5. FY 2015 IPPS SSA/FIPS CBSA State
and County Crosswalk
This file contains a crosswalk of State
and county codes used by the Social
Security Administration (SSA) and the
Federal Information Processing
Standards (FIPS), county name, and a
historical list of Metropolitan Statistical
Areas (MSAs).
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
6. HCRIS Cost Report Data
The data included in this file contain
cost reports with fiscal years ending on
or after September 30, 1996. These data
files contain the highest level of cost
report status.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/CostReports/02_
HospitalCostReport.asp and Compact
Disc (CD).
File Cost: $100.00 per year.
7. Provider-Specific File
This file is a component of the
PRICER program used in the MAC’s
system to compute DRG/MS–DRG
payments for individual bills. The file
contains records for all prospective
payment system eligible hospitals,
including hospitals in waiver States,
and data elements used in the
prospective payment system
recalibration processes and related
activities. Beginning with December
1988, the individual records were
enlarged to include pass-through per
diems and other elements.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/ProspMedicareFee
SvcPmtGen/03_psf_text.asp.
Period Available: Quarterly Update.
8. CMS Medicare Case-Mix Index File
This file contains the Medicare casemix index by provider number as
published in each year’s update of the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Medicare hospital inpatient prospective
payment system. The case-mix index is
a measure of the costliness of cases
treated by a hospital relative to the cost
of the national average of all Medicare
hospital cases, using DRG/MS–DRG
weights as a measure of relative
costliness of cases. Two versions of this
file are created each year to support the
rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 1985 through
FY 2015.
9. MS–DRG Relative Weights (Also
Table 5—MS–DRGs)
This file contains a listing of MS–
DRGs, MS–DRG narrative descriptions,
relative weights, and geometric and
arithmetic mean lengths of stay for the
annual rulemaking. There are two
versions of this file to support the
rulemaking. (We note that Table 5 is
issued concurrently with the proposed
rule and the final rule and is available
only via the Internet on the CMS Web
site.)
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 2005 through
FY 2015 IPPS Update.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
10. IPPS Payment Impact File
This file contains data used to
estimate payments under Medicare’s
hospital inpatient prospective payment
systems for operating and capital-related
costs. The data are taken from various
sources, including the Provider-Specific
File, HCRIS Cost Report Data, Minimum
Data Sets, and prior impact files. The
data set is abstracted from an internal
file used for the impact analysis of the
changes to the prospective payment
systems published in the Federal
Register. Two versions of this file are
created each year to support the
rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
HIF/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 1994 through
FY 2015 IPPS Update.
11. AOR/BOR Tables
This file contains data used to
develop the MS–DRG relative weights. It
contains mean, maximum, minimum,
standard deviation, and coefficient of
variation statistics by MS–DRG for
length of stay and standardized charges.
The BOR tables are ‘‘Before Outliers
Removed’’ and the AOR is ‘‘After
Outliers Removed.’’ (Outliers refer to
statistical outliers, not payment
outliers.)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Two versions of this file are created
each year to support the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Periods Available: FY 2005 through
FY 2015 IPPS Update.
12. Prospective Payment System (PPS)
Standardizing File
This file contains information that
standardizes the charges used to
calculate relative weights to determine
payments under the hospital inpatient
operating and capital prospective
payment systems. Variables include
wage index, cost-of-living adjustment
(COLA), case-mix index, indirect
medical education (IME) adjustment,
disproportionate share, and the Corebased Statistical Area (CBSA). The file
supports the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
13. Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program File
This file contains information on the
calculation of the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
payment adjustment. Variables include
the proxy excess readmission ratios for
acute myocardial infarction, pneumonia
and heart failure and the proxy
readmissions payment adjustment for
each provider included in the program.
The file supports the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
14. Medicare Disproportionate Share
Hospital (DSH) Supplemental File
This file contains information on the
calculation of the uncompensated care
payments for FY 2015. Variables
include a hospital’s SSI days and
Medicaid days used to determine a
hospital’s share of uncompensated care
payments, total uncompensated care
payments and estimated per claim
uncompensated care payment amounts.
The file supports the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://www.cms.
hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/FFD/list.
asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
15. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC)
Reduction Program File
This file contains information on the
calculation of the payment adjustment
under the HAC Reduction Program.
PO 00000
Frm 00313
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28289
Variables include the current estimate of
a hospital’s total HAC Score for use in
the FY 2015 HAC reduction program,
the associated percentile, and a flag if
the hospital would be subject to the FY
2015 reduction under section 1886(p)(1)
of the Act based on this percentile. The
file supports the rulemaking.
Media: Internet at: https://
www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/
FFD/list.asp#TopOfPage.
Period Available: FY 2015 IPPS
Update.
For further information concerning
these data tapes, contact the CMS Public
Use Files Hotline at (410) 786–3691.
Commenters interested in discussing
any data used in constructing this
proposed rule should contact Nisha
Bhat at (410) 786–5320.
B. Collection of Information
Requirements
1. Statutory Requirement for Solicitation
of Comments
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995, we are required to provide 60day notice in the Federal Register and
solicit public comment before a
collection of information requirement is
submitted to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review and
approval. In order to fairly evaluate
whether an information collection
should be approved by OMB, section
3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 requires that we
solicit comment on the following issues:
• The need for the information
collection and its usefulness in carrying
out the proper functions of our agency.
• The accuracy of our estimate of the
information collection burden.
• The quality, utility, and clarity of
the information to be collected.
• Recommendations to minimize the
information collection burden on the
affected public, including automated
collection techniques.
In this proposed rule, we are
soliciting public comment on each of
these issues for the following sections of
this document that contain information
collection requirements (ICRs).
2. ICRs for Add-On Payments for New
Services and Technologies
Section II.I.1. of the preamble of this
proposed rule discusses add-on
payments for new services and
technologies. Specifically, this section
states that applicants for add-on
payments for new medical services or
technologies for FY 2016 must submit a
formal request. A formal request
includes a full description of the
clinical applications of the medical
service or technology and the results of
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28290
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
any clinical evaluations demonstrating
that the new medical service or
technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement. In addition, the
request must contain a significant
sample of the data to demonstrate that
the medical service or technology meets
the high-cost threshold.
We believe the burden associated
with this requirement is exempt from
the PRA under 5 CFR 1320.3(c), which
defines the agency collection of
information subject to the requirements
of the PRA as information collection
imposed on 10 or more persons within
any 12-month period. This information
collection does not impact 10 or more
entities in a 12-month period. In FYs
2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, FY
2014, and FY 2015, we received 1, 4, 5,
3, 3, 5, 5, and 7 applications,
respectively.
3. ICRs for the Proposed Occupational
Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY
2015 Index (Hospital Wage Index
Occupational Mix Survey)
Section III.F. of the preamble of this
proposed rule discusses the
occupational mix adjustment to the
proposed FY 2015 wage index,
respectively. While the preamble of this
proposed rule does not contain any new
ICRs, we note that there is an OMB
approved information collection request
associated with the hospital wage index.
Section 304(c) of Public Law 106–554
amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the
Act to require CMS to collect data at
least once every 3 years on the
occupational mix of employees for each
short-term, acute care hospital
participating in the Medicare program
in order to construct an occupational
mix adjustment to the wage index. We
collect the data via the occupational mix
survey.
The burden associated with this
information collection requirement is
the time and effort required to collect
and submit the data in the Hospital
Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey to
CMS. The aforementioned burden is
subject to the PRA; it is currently
approved under OCN 0938–0907.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Hospital Applications for Geographic
Reclassifications by the MGCRB
Section III.H.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule discusses proposed
changes to the wage index based on
hospital reclassifications. As stated in
that section, under section 1886(d)(10)
of the Act, the MGCRB has the authority
to accept short-term IPPS hospital
applications requesting geographic
reclassification for wage index and to
issue decisions on these requests by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospitals for geographic reclassification
for purposes of payment under the IPPS.
The burden associated with this
application process is the time and
effort necessary for an IPPS hospital to
complete and submit an application for
reclassification to the MGCRB. The
burden associated with this requirement
is subject to the PRA. It is currently
approved under OCN 0938–0573.
5. ICRs for Application for GME
Resident Slots
The information collection
requirements associated with the
preservation of resident cap positions
from closed hospitals, addressed under
section IV.J.3. of this preamble, are not
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act,
as stated in section 5506 of the
Affordable Care Act.
6. ICRs for the Hospital Inpatient
Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
The Hospital IQR Program (formerly
referred to as the Reporting Hospital
Quality Data for Annual Payment
(RHQDAPU) Program) was originally
established to implement section 501(b)
of the MMA, Public Law 108–173. This
program expanded our voluntary
Hospital Quality Initiative. The Hospital
IQR Program originally consisted of a
‘‘starter set’’ of 10 quality measures. The
collection of information associated
with the original starter set of quality
measures was previously approved
under OMB control number 0938–0918.
All of the information collection
requirements previously approved
under OMB control number 0938–0918
have been combined with the
information collection request
previously approved under OMB
control number 0938–1022. We no
longer use OMB control number 0938–
0918.
We added additional quality measures
to the Hospital IQR Program and
submitted the information collection
request to OMB for approval. This
expansion of the Hospital IQR measures
was part of our implementation of
section 5001(a) of the DRA. Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(III) of the Act, added
by section 5001(a) of the DRA, requires
that the Secretary expand the ‘‘starter
set’’ of 10 quality measures that were
established by the Secretary as of
November 1, 2003, to include measures
‘‘that the Secretary determines to be
appropriate for the measurement of the
quality of care furnished by hospitals in
inpatient settings.’’ The burden
associated with these reporting
requirements was previously approved
under OMB control number 0938–1022.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53666), we stated that, for
PO 00000
Frm 00314
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the FY 2016 payment determinations
and subsequent years updates, we
sought OMB approval for a revised
information collection request using the
same OMB control number (0938–1022).
The FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50955) does not change the
method for information collection
requests. In a revised request for the FY
2017 payment determination, we will
add the 4 claims-based measures that
we are proposing in this proposed rule:
(1) Hospital 30-day, all-cause,
unplanned, risk-standardized
readmission rate (RSRR) following
coronary artery bypass graft (CABG)
surgery; (2) Hospital 30-day, all-cause,
risk-standardized mortality rate (RSMR)
following coronary artery bypass graft
(CABG) surgery; (3) Hospital-level, riskstandardized 30-day episode-of-care
payment measure for pneumonia; and
(4) Hospital-level, risk-standardized 30day episode-of-care payment measure
for heart failure. We will also add the
chart-abstracted measure we are
proposing in this proposed rule: Severe
sepsis and septic shock: management
bundle (NQF#0500).
In addition, we believe there will be
a reduction in the burden associated
with the removal of 20 total measures
proposed for removal in this rule: 186 (1)
AMI–1 Aspirin at Arrival; (2) AMI–3
ACEI/ARB for left ventricular systolic
dysfunction; (3) AMI–5 Beta-blocker
prescribed at discharge; (4) AMI–8a
Timing of Receipt of Primary
Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
(PCI); (5) HF–2 Evaluation of left
ventricular systolic function; (6) SCIP–
INF–1 Prophylactic antibiotic received
within 1 hour prior to surgical incision;
(7) SCIP–INF–2 Prophylactic antibiotic
selection for surgical patients; (8) SCIP
INF–3 Prophylactic antibiotics
discontinued within 24 hours after
surgery end time (48 hours for cardiac
surgery); (9) SCIP INF–4: Cardiac
surgery patients with controlled 6AM
postoperative serum glucose; (10) SCIP
INF–6 Appropriate hair removal; (11)
SCIP–INF–9 Postoperative urinary
catheter removal on post-operative day
1 or 2 with day of surgery being day
zero; (12) SCIP–VTE–2: Surgery patients
who received appropriate VTE
prophylaxis within 24 hours pre/postsurgery; (13) SCIP Cardiovascular-2:
Surgery Patients on a Beta Blocker prior
to arrival who received a Beta Blocker
during the perioperative period; (14)
PN–6 Appropriate initial antibiotic
186 We note that some of these measures are being
proposed to be removed as chart-abstracted
measures, but are being proposed to be retained as
electronic clinical quality measures. We refer
readers to section IX.A.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for further discussion.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
selection; (15) STK–2 Antithrombotic
therapy for ischemic stroke; (16) STK–
3 Anticoagulation therapy for Afib/
flutter; (17) STK–5 Antithrombotic
therapy by the end of hospital day 2;
(18) STK–10 Assessed for rehab; and
(19) VTE–4 Patients receiving unfractionated Heparin with doses/labs
monitored by protocol, and (20) one
structural measure: Participation in a
systematic database for cardiac surgery.
Because claims-based measures can
be calculated based on data that are
already reported to the Medicare
program for payment purposes, we
believe no additional information
collection will be required from the
hospitals for the four proposed claimsbased measures. However, we believe
that the proposed chart-abstracted
measure will cause some additional
burden. For the FY 2017 payment
28291
determination, we estimate the burden
to be 1,775 hours annually per hospital.
We estimate the total burden for chart
abstraction and structural measures for
the approximately 3,300 Hospital IQR
Program-participating hospitals to be
5.86 million hours. The table below
describes the hospital burden associated
with the all Hospital IQR Program
requirements.
BURDEN IMPACT OF HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Burden per hospital
for previously finalized
requirements
Burden per hospital
for all requirements as
proposed
(continuing, removed,
added)
Chart-abstracted and structural measures, forms ....
Review reports for claims-based measures .............
Reporting of voluntary electronic clinical quality
measures (E–CQM) in place of chart-abstracted
measures.
Validation templates ..................................................
E–CQM validation test ..............................................
Validation charts photocopying .................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Hospital IQR program requirement
Number of hospitals
impacted
3,300 .........................
3,300 .........................
Unknown ...................
1,291 hours ...............
4 hours ......................
¥570 hours ...............
963 hours ..................
4 hours ......................
¥554 hours ...............
¥328 hours.
0.
16 hours.
Up to 600 ..................
Up to 100 ..................
Up to 600 ..................
144 hours ..................
0 ................................
$8,640 .......................
144 hours ..................
16 hours ....................
$8,496 .......................
0.
16 hours.
¥$144.
In addition, we believe that there will
be a reduction in burden for 15 of the
20 chart-abstracted measures that we are
proposing for removal: (1) AMI–8a
Timing of Receipt of Primary
Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
(PCI); (2) HF–2 Evaluation of left
ventricular systolic function; (3) SCIP–
INF–1 Prophylactic antibiotic received
within 1 hour prior to surgical incision;
(4) SCIP–INF–2 Prophylactic antibiotic
selection for surgical patients; (5) SCIP
INF–3 Prophylactic antibiotics
discontinued within 24 hours after
surgery end time (48 hours for cardiac
surgery); (6) SCIP INF–4: Cardiac
surgery patients with controlled 6AM
postoperative serum glucose; (7) SCIP–
INF–9 Postoperative urinary catheter
removal on postoperative day 1 or 2
with day of surgery being day zero; (8)
SCIP–VTE–2: Surgery patients who
received appropriate VTE prophylaxis
within 24 hours pre/postsurgery; (9)
SCIP Cardiovascular-2: Surgery Patients
on a Beta Blocker prior to arrival who
received a Beta Blocker during the
perioperative period; (10) PN–6
Appropriate initial antibiotic selection;
(11) STK–2 Antithrombotic therapy for
ischemic stroke; (12) STK–3
Anticoagulation therapy for Afib/flutter;
(13) STK–5 Antithrombotic therapy by
the end of hospital day 2; (14) STK–10
Assessed for rehab; and (15) VTE–4
Patients receiving un-fractionated
Heparin with doses/labs monitored by
protocol.
The four chart-abstracted measures
that we are proposing to remove have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
been suspended from the program;
therefore, their removal will not impact
the reporting burden. The structural
measure we have proposed to remove,
participation in a systematic database
for cardiac surgery (NQF #0113), has an
estimated a burden of nearly zero hours;
therefore, its removal will not result a
reduction in a significant burden
reduction. Therefore, for the FY 2017
payment determination, we estimate a
reduction in burden from our proposed
removal of 20 measures (both chartabstracted and structural) to be 1,775
hours annually per hospital. We
estimate the total reduction in burden
for chart abstraction and structural
measures for the approximately 3,300
Hospital IQR Program-participating
hospitals to be 5.86 million hours.
Utilizing the estimates above, we
estimate an overall reduction in burden
from the from the FY 2016 estimate of
5.9 million hours annually to 3.7
million hours annually for the FY 2017
payment determination year. This
burden estimate includes both the new
proposed measures and the measures
which we are reproposing. It excludes
the burden associated with the NHSN
and HCAHPS measures, both of which
are submitted under separate
information collection requests and are
approved under separate OMB control
numbers.
We intend to enroll up to 100
hospitals in a voluntary large scale test
of validation for electronic clinical
quality measures for the Hospital IQR
Program. We estimate a total of 16 hours
PO 00000
Frm 00315
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Net change in
burden per
hospital
each. We intend to reimburse hospitals
$26 per hour for up to 16 hours for their
participation in this test. Details
regarding this reimbursement rate are as
follows:
• The labor performed can be
accomplished by medical records and
health information technology staff,
with a mean hourly wage in general
medical and surgical hospitals of
$19.24.187
• Applying OMB Circular A–76, we
assumed full fringe benefits of 36.25
percent, for a fully burdened labor rate
of $26.25 per hour, rounding to $26 per
hour, that accounts for the full cost of
labor. The circular is available at https://
www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/
omb/assets/omb/circulars/a076/a76_
incl_tech_correction.pdf.
For the FY 2017 payment
determination, we also are encouraging
hospitals to voluntarily submit up to 16
measures electronically for the Hospital
IQR Program in a manner that would
permit eligible hospitals to partially
align Hospital IQR Program
requirements with some requirements
under the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program. We estimate that the total
burden associated with the electronic
187 In May 2012, the hourly wage was $18.68.
Occupational employment and wages, May 2012,
29–2071 Medical records and health information
technicians. Bureau of Labor Statistics, https://
www.bls.gov/oes/2012/may/oes292071.htm, last
accessed 3/31/2014. We increased this wage by 3.0
percent to account for inflation in the past 24
months. U.S. Inflation Calculator. https://
www.usinflationcalculator.com/inflation/currentinflation-rates/, last accessed 3/31/2014.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28292
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
clinical quality measure reporting
option will be similar to the burden
outlined for hospitals in the EHR
Incentive Program Stage 2 final rule (77
FR 53968 through 54162). As described
above for participation in the test of
validation for electronic clinical quality
metrics in the Hospital IQR Program, we
believe an individual with
commensurate skills will submit
electronic clinical quality measures on
behalf of the hospital at a rate of
approximately $26.00 per hour.
Therefore, we believe it will cost a
hospital approximately $277.33 ($26.00
x 10 hours and 40 minutes) to report 16
electronic clinical quality measures.
Additional information about the chart
abstraction burden is detailed in section
II.K. of Appendix A to this proposed
rule.
Previously, we required hospitals to
provide 96 patient charts for validation
per hospital per year, including 36
charts for HAI validation (with an
average page length of 1,500) and 60
charts for clinical process of care
measure validation (with an average
page length of 300) for a total of 72,000
pages per hospital per year. For the FY
2017 payment determination and
subsequent years, we are proposing to
reduce this requirement to 72 charts per
hospital per year, including 40 charts
for HAI validation and 36 charts for
clinical process of care validation, for a
total of 70,800 pages per hospital per
year—a decrease of 1,200 pages per
hospital per year. We reimburse
hospitals at 12 cents per photocopied
page (68 FR 67956 and 70 FR 23667).
Therefore, the reduced burden is $144
per hospital for up to 600 hospitals.
To support validation of four HAI
measures for the FY 2017 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
estimate an annual burden of 43,200
hours. This estimate is based on up to
600 hospitals completing HAI
Templates averaging 18 hours per
quarter over 4 quarters. This burden is
10,800 hours more than that for the FY
2016 payment determination as
finalized in the FY 2014 IPPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50822 through
50825) of 32,400 hours because the HAI
measures are to be validated for 4
quarters instead of 3 quarters.
7. ICRs for PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital
Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program
As discussed in section IX.B. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, section
1866(k)(1) of the Act requires, for
purposes of FY 2014 and each
subsequent fiscal year, that a hospital
described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of
the Act (a PPS-exempt cancer hospital,
or a PCH) submit data in accordance
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
with section 1866(k)(2) of the Act with
respect to such fiscal year.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to adopt one new clinical
effectiveness measure (External Beam
Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases) for
the FY 2017 program and subsequent
years, which, if finalized, would
increase the total number of measures
for the FY 2017 PCHQR measure set to
19 measures.
We also are proposing to update the
specifications for the 5 previously
finalized clinical process/oncology care
measures to require PCHs to report allpatient data for each of these measures,
and to adopt a new sampling
methodology that PCHs can use to
report these measures. Furthermore, we
are proposing to require PCHs to submit
population and sample size counts for
these measures.
We believe that requiring PCHs to
submit the proposed new clinical
effectiveness measure data as well as the
proposed sample and population size
data will not prove burdensome. At
least seven PCHs are currently reporting
quality measure data (including
population and sampling data for
HCAHPS measures) on a voluntary basis
to CMS. PCHs may also have experience
submitting quality and population/
sample size data to other entities, such
as State survey agencies and The Joint
Commission. As a result, we believe that
the new reporting requirements we are
proposing to adopt will not significantly
impact PCHs.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50957 through 50959), we
included burden estimates for the FY
2015 and FY 2016 programs. We noted
in that final rule that those estimates
represented a worst case scenario of
estimated burden. In this proposed rule,
we are providing a revised burden
estimate for FY 2016 and a burden
estimate for FY 2017. The revised
estimate for FY 2016 takes into account
our proposal to adopt a new sampling
methodology that PCHs can use to
report the five clinical process/oncology
care measures. The revised FY 2016 and
new FY 2017 burden estimates also
incorporate the sampling methodology
allowed for the SCIP measures and
HCAHPS Survey because last year’s
burden reflected the ‘‘worst-case
scenario’’ of our burden estimates (78
FR 50958). The anticipated revised
burden on PCHs for the FY 2016
program and the anticipated new
burden on PCHs for the FY 2017
program consist of the following: new
measure training and measure
maintenance, as well as the time
required for collection, aggregation, and
submission of data for all measures.
PO 00000
Frm 00316
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We estimate that 11 PCHs will submit
quality measure data on approximately
37,496 cancer cases annually beginning
with FY 2016 and 43,266 cancer cases
annually beginning with FY 2017.188 In
addition, we estimate that PCHs will
spend 0.5 hours on chart abstraction
and data submission per case/event, 0.5
hours on training per each new
measure, 0.25 hours on measure
maintenance per each existing measure,
and a maximum of 5 hours summarizing
and reporting population and sample
size counts for the six SCIP measures
and five oncology care measures.
We are reducing the burden estimates
for the HCAHPS Survey, the six SCIP
measures, and the five clinical process/
oncology care measures in this proposed
rule to take into consideration the
sampling that PCHs may use for these
measures. As a result, we estimate that
the reporting burden on each PCH for
the FY 2016 program will be 18,758
hours. We estimate that the reporting
burden on each PCH for FY 2017 would
increase by 2,885 hours because PCHs
would be required to report an
additional quality measure (External
Beam Radiotherapy for Bone
Metastases). Therefore, we estimate the
overall burden for all of the FY 2017
PCHQR Program requirements to be
21,643 hours per PCH. This FY 2017
estimate, which includes an additional
proposed measure, represents a decrease
of 30,287 hours 189 per PCH from the FY
2016 burden estimate that we published
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule (78
FR 50957 through 50959), or an overall
decrease of 58 percent in the number of
hours for each PCH. Coupled with our
estimated salary costs,190 this revised
estimate results in a net reduction in
estimated cost of $285,252 per PCH. We
believe that this burden estimate more
accurately captures the hour and cost
impact on PCHs participating in the
PCHQR Program and reflects efforts to
minimize the burden impact through
the proposed adoption of a new
sampling methodology that PCHs can
use to report the clinical process/
oncology care measures.
However, we note that these estimates
are based on PCH reporting of Medicare
data only. We intend to update the
burden estimate to more accurately
reflect the burden to PCHs for reporting
188 FY 2011 CMS MedPAR file based on Medicare
data alone.
189 Represents the difference between previous
burden estimate (51,930 hours) in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50958) and
current burden estimate (21,643 hours).
190 We are now estimating an hourly salary of $33
(https://swz.salary.com/salarywizard/Staff-Nurse-RN
-Hourly-Salary-Details.aspxper). After accounting
for employee benefits and overhead, this results in
a total cost of $66 per labor hour.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
all-patient data in future years, should
we adopt our proposal to use all-patient
data.
We will be submitting a revision of
the information collection request
currently approved under ONC 0938–
1175 to account for the aforementioned
proposed changes to the program when
they are finalized.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8. ICRs for the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing (VBP) Program
In section IV.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss requirements
for the Hospital VBP Program.
Specifically, in this proposed rule, we
are proposing to adopt three new
measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program: (1) Methicillin-Resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Bacteremia; (2) Clostridium difficile are
measures of healthcare-associated
infections reported via the CDC’s
National Healthcare Safety Network;
and (3) PC–01: Elective Delivery Prior to
39 Completed Weeks Gestation is a
chart-abstracted measure. We also are
proposing to adopt Hospital-level RiskStandardized Complication Rate (RSCR)
Following Elective Primary Total Hip
Arthroplasty (THA) and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (TKA) for the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program.
As provided for in section
1886(o)(2)(A) of the Act, all of these
additional measures are required for the
Hospital IQR Program. Therefore, their
inclusion in the Hospital VBP Program
does not result in any additional burden
because the Hospital VBP Program uses
data that are required for the Hospital
IQR Program.
9. ICRs for the Long-Term Care Hospital
Quality Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
As discussed in sections IX.C.3.
through IX.C.5. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, for the LTCHQR
Program, for the FY 2015 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are retaining the following three quality
measures: (1) National Healthcare Safety
Network (NHSN) Catheter-Associated
Urinary Tract Infections (CAUTI)
Outcome Measure (NQF #0138); (2)
National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN) Central Line CatheterAssociated Blood Stream Infection
Event (CLABSI) Outcome Measure (NQF
#0139); and (3) and Percent of Residents
or Patients with Pressure Ulcers That
Are New or Worsened (Short-Stay)
(NQF #0678). For the FY 2016 payment
determination and subsequent years, we
are retaining the following two
measures in addition to the measures
finalized for previous years: (1) Percent
of Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay)
(NQF #0680); and (2) Influenza
Vaccination Coverage among Healthcare
Personnel (NQF #0431). For the FY 2017
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are retaining the following
three measures in addition to the
measures finalized for previous years:
(1) National Health Safety Network
(NHSN) Facility-Wide Inpatient
Hospital-Onset Methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA)
Bacteremia Outcome Measure (NQF
#1716); (2) National Health Safety
Network (NHSN) Facility-Wide
Inpatient Hospital-Onset Clostridium
Difficile Infection (CDI) Outcome
Measure (NQF #1717); and (3) All-Cause
Unplanned Readmission Measure for 30
Days Post-Discharge from Long-Term
Care Hospitals. For the FY 2018
payment determination and subsequent
years, we are retaining the following
measure in addition to the measures
finalized for previous years: Application
of Percent of Residents Experiencing
One or More Falls with Major Injury
(Long Stay) (NQF #0674).
As discussed in section IX.C.7.of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing three new quality measures
for inclusion in the LTCHQR Program
for the FY 2018 payment determination
and subsequent years: (1) Percent of
Long-Term Care Hospital Patients with
an Admission and Discharge Functional
Assessment and a Care Plan That
Addresses Function; (2) Functional
Outcome Measure: Change in Mobility
among Long-Term Care Hospital
Patients Requiring Ventilator Support;
and (3) National Healthcare Safety
Network (NHSN) Ventilator-Associated
Event (VAE) Outcome Measure.
Six of the previously adopted and
newly proposed measures either will or
would be collected via the NHSN. The
NHSN is a secure, Internet-based
healthcare-associated infection (HAI)
tracking system maintained and
managed by the CDC. The NHSN
enables health care facilities to collect
and use data about HAIs, adherence to
clinical practices known to prevent
HAIs, and other adverse events within
their organizations. NHSN data
collection occurs via a Web-based tool
hosted by the CDC and provided free of
charge to facilities. We believe that any
burden increase related to complying
with the submission of the proposed
NHSN VAE Outcome Measure would be
minimal because LTCHs have already
completed the initial setup of the NHSN
submission process and have become
familiar with reporting data in the
NHSN system due to the requirement to
report CAUTI and CLABSI measures.
While this requirement is subject to the
PO 00000
Frm 00317
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28293
PRA, we believe that the associated
burden is approved under OMB control
number 0920–0666, for those measures
previously finalized, with an expiration
date of November, 31, 2016.
The All-Cause Unplanned
Readmission Measure for 30 Days PostDischarge from Long-Term Care
Hospitals is a Medicare claims-based
measure. Because claims-based
measures can be calculated based on
data that are already reported to the
Medicare program for payment
purposes, we believe that this measure
will not add any additional reporting
burden for LTCHs.
The remaining five previously
adopted and newly proposed measures
either will or would be collected
utilizing the LTCH CARE Data Set. The
LTCH CARE Data Set, in its current
form, has been approved under OMB
control number 0938–1163. Additions
will need to be made to the LTCH CARE
Data Set in order to allow for collection
of the two functional status measures
we are proposing in section IX.C.7.a. of
the preamble of this proposed rule: (1)
Percent of Long-Term Care Hospital
Patients with an Admission and
Discharge Functional Assessment and a
Care Plan That Addresses Function; and
(2) Functional Outcome Measure:
Change in Mobility among Long-Term
Care Hospital Patients Requiring
Ventilator Support. The revised data
collection will be resubmitted to OMB
for approval. While this requirement is
subject to the PRA, we believe the
associated burden is either approved
under OMB control number 0938–1163,
for those measures previously finalized,
with an expiration date of June 30, 2016,
or will be contained in the updated
information collection request.
Assuring data accuracy is vital to
public reporting programs. In section
IX.C.11. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing, for the
FY 2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, to validate data
submitted to CMS on the LTCH CARE
Data Set by requesting that a statistically
valid random sample of 260 LTCHs
copy and send portions of five patient
charts each from a given CY (for a total
of portions of 1,300 LTCH patient
charts) to a CMS validation contractor.
We are proposing that the specific
portions of the patient charts would be
identified in the written request, but
may include the following sections,
which are listed with our estimated
number of pages for each: first 3 days of
nurses’ notes would be approximately
15 pages; the last 3 days of nurses’ notes
would be approximately 10 pages; the
physician, physician’s assistant, or
nurse practitioner’s admission history
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28294
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
our proposal, the proposal does not
require a review by OMB under the
authority of the Paperwork Reduction
Act of 1995.
If you comment on these information
collection and recordkeeping
requirements, please submit your
comments electronically as specified in
the ADDRESSES section of this proposed
rule.
10. Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program and Meaningful Use
(MU)
In section IX.D. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we are proposing to
align the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program reporting and submission
timelines for clinical quality measures
for eligible hospitals and CAHs with the
Hospital IQR Program’s reporting and
submission timelines. In addition, we
provide guidance and clarification of
certain policies for reporting zero
denominators on clinical quality
measures and our policy on case
threshold exemptions. Because these
proposals for data collection would
align with the reporting requirements in
place for the Hospital IQR Program, we
do not believe there is any additional
burden for this collection of
information.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
and physical would be approximately
30 pages; the physician, physician’s
assistant, or nurse practitioner’s
discharge summary would be
approximately 15 pages; the nurses’
admission database would be
approximately 40 pages; pressure ulcer
assessments will would approximately
30 pages; physician’s progress notes
would be approximately 30 pages;
physician’s orders would be
approximately 30 pages; and laboratory
reports would be approximately 70
pages. We estimate the total submission
to be no more than 270 pages in length.
We estimate that 1,300 charts will allow
us to validate data submitted to CMS
with an estimated reliability of 70
percent, with a 5-percent margin of
error, at a 95-percent confidence level.
Although charts will be randomly
selected, we are proposing to limit the
request to specific portions of five charts
per LTCH.
42 CFR Part 405
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Health
professions, Kidney diseases, Medicare,
Reporting and recordkeeping, rural
areas, X-rays.
42 CFR Part 412
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Medicare,
Puerto Rico, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
2. Section 405.1801 is amended by—
a. Removing the definition of
‘‘Intermediary determination’’ under
paragraph (a).
■ b. Adding in alphabetical order a new
definition of ‘‘Medicare Administrative
Contractor determination (contractor
determination)’’ under paragraph (a).
■ c. Revising paragraph (b)(1).
The additions and revisions read as
follows:
§ 405.1801
11. ICR Regarding Proposed Revision of
Regulations Governing Use and Release
of Medicare Advantage (MA) Risk
Adjustment Data (§ 422.310(f))
Medicare Advantage (MA)
organizations are required to submit risk
adjustment data to CMS organizations
under current authority at § 422.310(b)
through (d). The proposed changes we
are proposing to make to the use and
release of MA risk adjustment data
under section X. of the preamble of this
proposed rule provision do not change
the requirements on MA organizations
for submission of information to CMS,
which have been in place for several
years. Therefore, this proposal does not
impose new information collection
requirements on MA organizations.
Consequently, because there are no new
information collection requirements in
42 CFR Part 422
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Health
maintenance, organizations (HMO),
Medicare, Penalties, Privacy, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
C. Response to Public Comments
Because of the large number of public
comments we normally receive on
Federal Register documents, we are not
able to acknowledge or respond to them
individually. We will consider all
public comments we receive by the date
and time specified in the DATES section
of this preamble, and, when we proceed
with a subsequent document, we will
respond to the public comments in the
preamble of that document.
List of Subjects
42 CFR Part 413
Health facilities, Kidney diseases,
Medicare, Puerto Rico, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
42 CFR Part 415
Health facilities, Health professions,
Medicare, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
42 CFR Part 424
Emergency medical services, Health
facilities, Health professions, Medicare.
42 CFR Part 485
Grant programs—health, Health
facilities, Medicaid, Medicare,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
42 CFR Part 488
Administrative practice and
procedure, Health facilities, Medicare,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00318
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
For the reasons stated in the preamble
of this proposed rule, the Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services is
proposing to amend 42 CFR Chapter IV
as set forth below:
Title 42—Public Health
PART 405—FEDERAL HEALTH
INSURANCE FOR THE AGED AND
DISABLED
Subpart R—Provider Reimbursement
Determinations and Appeals
1. The authority citation for Subpart R
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 205, 1102, 1814(b),
1815(a), 1816, 1833, 1861(v), 1871, 1872,
1874A, 1878, and 1886 of the Social Security
Act (42 U.S.C. 405, 1302, 1395f(b), 1395g(a),
1395l, 1395x(v), 1395hh, 1395ii, 1395oo, and
1395ww).
■
■
Introduction.
(a) * * *
Medicare Administrative Contractor
determination (contractor
determination) means the following:
(1) With respect to a provider of
services that has filed a cost report
under §§ 413.20 and 413.24 of this
chapter, the term means a final
determination of the amount of total
reimbursement due the provider,
pursuant to § 405.1803 following the
close of the provider’s cost reporting
period, for items and services furnished
to beneficiaries for which
reimbursement may be made on a
reasonable cost basis under Medicare for
the period covered by the cost report.
(2) With respect to a hospital that
receives payments for inpatient hospital
services under the prospective payment
system (part 412 of this chapter), the
term means a final determination of the
total amount of payment due the
hospital, pursuant to § 405.1803
following the close of the hospital’s cost
reporting period, under that system for
the period covered by the final
determination.
(3) For purposes of appeal to the
Provider Reimbursement Review Board,
the term is synonymous with the
phrases ‘‘intermediary’s final
determination,’’ ‘‘final determination of
the organization serving as its fiscal
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
intermediary,’’ ‘‘Secretary’s final
determination’’ and ‘‘final
determination of the Secretary’’, as
those phrases are used in section
1878(a) of the Act, and with the phrases
‘‘final Medicare administrative
contractor determination, ’’ ‘‘final
contractor determination’’, and ‘‘final
Secretary determination’’ as those
phrases are used in this subpart.
(4) For purposes of § 405.376
concerning claims collection activities,
the term does not include an action by
CMS with respect to a compromise of a
Medicare overpayment claim, or
termination or suspension of collection
action on an overpayment claim, against
a provider or physician or other
supplier.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *(1) Providers. In order to be
paid for covered services furnished to
Medicare beneficiaries, a provider must
file a cost report with its contractor as
specified in § 413.24 of this chapter. For
purposes of this subpart, the term
‘‘provider’’ includes a hospital (as
described in part 482 of this chapter),
hospice program (as described in § 418.3
of this chapter), critical access hospital
(CAH), comprehensive outpatient
rehabilitation facility (CORF), renal
dialysis facility, Federally qualified
health center (FQHC), home health
agency (HHA), rural health clinic (RHC),
skilled nursing facility (SNF), and any
other entity included under the Act.
(FQHCs and RHCs are providers, for
purposes of this subpart, effective with
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after October 1, 1991).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Section 405.1803 is amended by
revising the section heading and
paragraph (a) introductory text to read
as follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 405.1803 Contractor determination and
notice of amount of program
reimbursement.
(a) General requirement. Upon receipt
of a provider’s cost report, or amended
cost report where permitted or required,
the contractor must within a reasonable
period of time (as described in
§ 405.1835(a)(2)(ii)), furnish the
provider and other parties as
appropriate (see § 405.1805) a written
notice reflecting the contractor’s final
determination of the total amount of
reimbursement due the provider. The
contractor must include the following
information in the notice, as
appropriate:
*
*
*
*
*
■ 4. Section 405.1811 is amended by—
■ a. Revising the section heading.
■ b. Revising paragraph (a).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
c. Revising paragraph (b) introductory
text and paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2).
■ d. Revising paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2),
and (c)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
■
§ 405.1811 Right to contractor hearing;
contents of, and adding issues to, hearing
request.
(a) Right to a contractor hearing on
final contractor determination. A
provider (but no other individual,
entity, or party) has a right to a
contractor hearing, as a single provider
appeal, for specific items claimed for a
cost reporting period that is subject to
a final contractor or Secretary
determination if—
(1) The amount in controversy (as
determined in accordance with
§ 405.1839) is at least $1,000 but less
than $10,000; and
(2) Unless the provider qualifies for a
good cause extension under § 405.1813,
the date of receipt by the contractor of
the provider’s hearing request is—
(i) No later than 180 days after the
date of receipt by the provider of the
final contractor or Secretary
determination; or
(ii) If the final contractor
determination is not issued (through no
fault of the provider) within 12 months
of the date of receipt by the contractor
of the provider’s perfected cost report or
amended cost report (as specified in
§ 413.24(f) of this chapter), no later than
180 days after the expiration of the 12month period for issuance of the final
contractor determination. The date of
receipt by the contractor of the
provider’s perfected cost report or
amended cost report is presumed to be
the date the contractor stamped
‘‘Received’’ unless it is shown by a
preponderance of the evidence that the
contractor received the cost report on an
earlier date.
(b) Contents of request for a
contractor hearing. The provider’s
request for a contractor hearing must be
submitted in writing to the contractor,
and the request must include the
elements described in paragraphs (b)(1)
through (b)(3) of this section. If the
provider submits a hearing request that
does not meet the requirements of
paragraph (b)(1), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this
section, the contractor hearing officer
may dismiss with prejudice the appeal,
or take any other remedial action he or
she considers appropriate.
(1) A demonstration that the provider
satisfies the requirements for a
contractor hearing as specified in
paragraph (a) of this section, including
a specific identification of the final
contractor or Secretary determination
under appeal.
PO 00000
Frm 00319
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28295
(2) For each specific item under
appeal, a separate explanation of why,
and a description of how, the provider
disagrees with the specific aspects of the
final contractor or Secretary
determination under appeal, including
an account of all of the following:
(i) Why the provider believes
Medicare payment is incorrect for each
disputed item (or, where applicable,
why the provider is unable to determine
whether Medicare payment is correct
because it allegedly does not have
access to underlying information
concerning the calculation of its
payment);
(ii) How and why the provider
believes Medicare payment should be
determined differently for each disputed
item; and
(iii) If the provider self-disallows a
specific item (as specified in § 413.24(j)
of this chapter), an explanation of the
nature and amount of each selfdisallowed item, the reimbursement
sought for the item, and why the
provider self-disallowed the item
instead of claiming reimbursement for
the item.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) The request to add issues complies
with the requirements of paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this section as to each new
specific item at issue.
(2) The specific items raised in the
initial hearing request and the specific
matters identified in subsequent
requests to add issues, when combined,
satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.
(3) The contractor hearing officer
receives the requests to add issues no
later than 60 days after the expiration of
the applicable 180-day period
prescribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this
section.
§ 405.1813
[Amended]
5. In § 405.1813, paragraphs (a) and
(b) are amended by removing the crossreference ‘‘§ 405.1811(a)(3)’’ and adding
in its place the cross-reference
‘‘§ 405.1811(a)(2)’’.
■
§ 405.1814
[Amended]
6. Section 405.1814 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(3).
■ 7. A new § 405.1832 is added to read
as follows:
■
§ 405.1832 Contractor hearing officer
review of compliance with the substantive
reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim.
(a) General. In order to receive or
potentially qualify for reimbursement
for a specific item, the provider must
include in its cost report an appropriate
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28296
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
claim for the specific item (as prescribed
in § 413.24(j) of this chapter). If the
provider files an appeal to the
contractor seeking reimbursement for a
specific item and any party to such
appeal questions whether the provider’s
cost report included an appropriate
claim for the specific item, the
contractor hearing officer(s) must
address such questions in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this
section.
(b) Summary of procedures. (1)
Preliminary steps. The contractor
hearing officer(s) must give each party
to the appeal an adequate opportunity to
submit factual evidence and legal
argument regarding the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal. Upon
receipt of timely submitted factual
evidence and legal argument (if any),
the contractor hearing officer(s) must
review such evidence and argument,
and prepare written specific findings of
fact and conclusions of law on the
question of whether the provider’s cost
report complied with, for the specific
item under appeal, the cost report claim
requirements prescribed in § 413.24(j) of
this chapter. In reaching such specific
factual findings and legal conclusions,
the contractor hearing officer(s) must
follow the procedures set forth in
§ 413.24(j)(3) of this chapter for
determining whether the provider’s cost
report included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal. The
contractor hearing officer(s) must
promptly give a copy of such written
specific factual findings and legal
conclusions to each party to the appeal,
and such factual findings and legal
conclusions must be included in the
record of administrative proceedings for
the appeal (as prescribed in § 405.1827).
(2) Limits on contractor hearing
officer(s) actions. The contractor hearing
officer(s)’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law (pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) must
not be invoked or relied on by the
contractor hearing officer(s) as a basis to
deny, or decline to exercise, jurisdiction
over a specific item or take any other of
the actions specified in paragraph (c) of
this section. Upon giving the parties to
the appeal the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s written specific factual
findings and legal conclusions
(pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this
section) on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item under appeal, the
contractor hearing officer(s) must
proceed to issue one of the two types of
overall decisions specified in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section
with respect to the specific item. If the
contractor hearing officer(s) issues an
overall contractor hearing decision (as
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section) regarding the specific item
under appeal, the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s written specific factual
findings and legal conclusions
(pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this
section) must be included in such
overall contractor hearing decision
regarding the specific item, along with
the other matters that are required by
the regulations for an overall contractor
hearing decision. However, if the
contractor hearing officer(s) issues an
overall jurisdictional dismissal decision
(as specified in paragraph (e) of this
section) regarding the specific item
under appeal, the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s written specific factual
findings and legal conclusions
(pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this
section) must not be included in the
overall jurisdictional dismissal decision
regarding the specific item. The
contractor hearing officer(s) may permit
reimbursement for the specific item
under appeal, as part of an overall
contractor hearing decision, but such
reimbursement may be permitted only
to the extent authorized by paragraph (f)
of this section.
(c) Prohibition of certain types of
decisions, orders, and other actions. (1)
If the contractor hearing officer(s)
determines, in its findings of fact and
conclusions of law (as prescribed by
paragraph (b)(1) of this section), that the
provider’s cost report did not include an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal, the contractor hearing
officer(s) may not—
(i) Deny jurisdiction over the specific
item under appeal, based on (in whole
or in part) the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s factual findings and legal
conclusions (reached under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section);
(ii) Decline to exercise jurisdiction
over the specific item under appeal,
based on (in whole or in part) the
contractor hearing officer(s)’s factual
findings and legal conclusions (reached
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section);
or
(iii) Impose any sanction or take any
other action against the interests of any
party to the appeal except as provided
in paragraph (f) of this section, based on
(in whole or in part) the contractor
hearing officer(s)’s factual findings and
legal conclusions (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section).
(2) Regardless of whether the
contractor hearing officer(s) determines,
in its findings of fact and conclusions of
law (as prescribed by paragraph (b)(1) of
PO 00000
Frm 00320
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
this section), that the provider’s cost
report did or did not include an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal, the contractor hearing
officer(s) may not—
(i) Deny jurisdiction over the specific
item under appeal, based on (in whole
or in part) the absence, in the final
contractor or Secretary determination
under appeal, of an adjustment,
revision, correction, or other change to
the specific item under appeal, or the
lack of a particular determination by the
contractor or the Secretary regarding the
specific item. Exception: If the
provider’s appeal of the specific item is
based on a reopening of such item
(pursuant to § 405.1885) where the
specific item is not revised, adjusted,
corrected, or otherwise changed in a
revised final contractor or Secretary
determination, the contractor must deny
jurisdiction over the specific item under
appeal (as prescribed in §§ 405.1887(d)
and 405.1889(b));
(ii) Decline to exercise jurisdiction
over the specific item under appeal,
based on (in whole or in part) the
absence, in the final contractor or
Secretary determination under appeal,
of an adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item; or
(iii) Impose any sanction or take any
other action against the interests of any
party to the appeal except as provided
in paragraph (f) of this section, based on
(in whole or in part) the absence, in the
final contractor or Secretary
determination under appeal, of an
adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item.
(d) Contractor hearing decision must
include any factual findings and legal
conclusions under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section. If the contractor hearing
officer(s) issues a hearing decision
regarding the specific item under appeal
(pursuant to § 405.1831), any specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
by the contractor hearing officer(s)
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item,
must be included in such hearing
decision along with the other matters
prescribed by § 405.1831. The contractor
hearing officer(s)’s factual findings and
legal conclusions (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) about
whether there was an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item under
appeal are subject to the provisions of
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
§ 405.1833 just as those provisions
apply to the other parts of the contractor
hearing decision. If the contractor
hearing officer(s) determines that the
provider’s cost report—
(1) Included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter),
the contractor hearing decision must
also address whether the other
substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are
also satisfied; or
(2) Did not include an appropriate
claim for the specific item under appeal,
the contractor hearing officer(s) has
discretion whether or not to address in
the contractor hearing decision whether
the other substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are
also satisfied.
(e) Contractor jurisdictional dismissal
decision must not include factual
findings and legal conclusions under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section. If the
contractor hearing officer(s) issues a
jurisdictional dismissal decision
regarding the specific item under appeal
(pursuant to § 405.1814(c)), the
contractor hearing officer(s)’s specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section) on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item
must not be included in such
jurisdictional dismissal decision.
(f) Effects of the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s factual findings and legal
conclusions under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section when part of a final
contractor hearing decision. If the
contractor hearing officer(s) determines,
as part of a final and binding contractor
hearing decision (pursuant to § 405.1833
and paragraphs (b)(1) and (d) of this
section), that the provider’s cost
report—
(1) Included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter),
the specific item is reimbursable in
accordance with Medicare policy, but
only if the contractor hearing officer(s)
further determines in such final
contractor hearing decision that all the
other substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are
also satisfied; or
(2) Did not include an appropriate
cost report claim for the specific item
under appeal, then the specific item is
not reimbursable, regardless of whether
the contractor hearing officer(s) further
determines in such final contractor
hearing decision that the other
substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are or
are not satisfied.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
8. Section 405.1834 is amended by
adding a new paragraph (b)(2)(iii) to
read as follows:
■
§ 405.1834 CMS reviewing official
procedure.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) If the CMS reviewing official
reviews an contractor hearing decision
regarding a specific item, the CMS
reviewing official’s review of such a
contractor hearing decision will
include, and any decision issued by the
CMS reviewing official (under
paragraph (e) of this section) will
address, the contractor hearing
officer(s)’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law in such contractor
hearing decision (as prescribed in
§ 405.1832(b)(1) and (d)) on the question
of whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Section 405.1835 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraph (a).
■ b. Revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2)
introductory text, and (b)(2)(iii).
■ c. Revising paragraphs (c)(1), (c)(2),
and (c)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 405.1835 Right to Board hearing;
contents of, and adding issues to, hearing
request.
(a) Right to hearing on final contractor
determination. A provider (but no other
individual, entity, or party) has a right
to a Board hearing, as a single provider
appeal, for specific items claimed in its
cost report for a cost reporting period
that is subject to a final contractor or
Secretary determination, if—
(1) The amount in controversy (as
determined in accordance with
§ 405.1839) is $10,000 or more; and
(2) Unless the provider qualifies for a
good cause extension under § 405.1836,
the date of receipt by the Board of the
provider’s hearing request is—
(i) No later than 180 days after the
date of receipt by the provider of the
final contractor or Secretary
determination; or
(ii) If the final contractor
determination is not issued (through no
fault of the provider) within 12 months
of the date of receipt by the contractor
of the provider’s perfected cost report or
amended cost report (as specified in
§ 413.24(f) of this chapter), no later than
180 days after the expiration of the 12month period for issuance of the final
contractor determination. The date of
receipt by the contractor of the
provider’s perfected cost report or
PO 00000
Frm 00321
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28297
amended cost report is presumed to be
the date the contractor stamped
‘‘Received’’ unless it is shown by a
preponderance of the evidence that the
contractor received the cost report on an
earlier date.
(b) * * *
(1) A demonstration that the provider
satisfies the requirements for a Board
hearing as specified in paragraph (a) of
this section, including a specific
identification of the final contractor or
Secretary determination under appeal.
(2) For each specific item under
appeal, a separate explanation of why,
and a description of how, the provider
disagrees with the specific aspects of the
final contractor or Secretary
determination under appeal, including
an account of all of the following:
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) If the provider self-disallows a
specific item (as specified in § 413.24(j)
of this chapter), an explanation of the
nature and amount of each selfdisallowed item, the reimbursement
sought for the item, and why the
provider self-disallowed the item
instead of claiming reimbursement for
the item.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) The request to add issues complies
with the requirements of paragraphs (a)
and (b) of this section as to each new
specific item at issue.
(2) The specific items raised in the
initial hearing request and the specific
items identified in subsequent requests
to add issues, when combined, satisfy
the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of
this section.
(3) The Board receives the request to
add issues no later than 60 days after
the expiration of the applicable 180-day
period prescribed in paragraph (a)(2) of
this section.
§ 405.1836
[Amended]
10. In § 405.1836, paragraphs (a) and
(b) are amended by removing the crossreference ‘‘§ 405.1835(a)(3)’’ and adding
in its place the cross-reference
‘‘§ 405.1835(a)(2)’’.
■ 11. Section 405.1837 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1), (c)(2)
introductory text, (c)(2)(iii) and (e)(4) to
read as follows:
■
§ 405.1837
Group appeals.
(a) * * *
(1) The provider satisfies individually
the requirements for a Board hearing
under § 405.1835(a)(1);
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) An explanation (for each specific
item at issue) of each provider’s
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28298
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
disagreement with its final contractor or
Secretary determination under appeal,
including an account of—
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) If the provider self-disallows a
specific item (as specified in § 413.24(j)
of this chapter), an explanation of the
nature and amount of each selfdisallowed item, the reimbursement
sought for the item, and why the
provider self-disallowed the item
instead of claiming reimbursement for
the item.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(4) A provider may submit a request
to the Board to join a group appeal any
time before the Board issues one of the
decisions specified in § 405.1875(a)(1).
By submitting a request, the provider
agrees that, if the request is granted, the
provider is bound by the Board’s actions
and decision in the appeal. If the Board
denies a request, the Board’s action is
without prejudice to any separate
appeal the provider may bring in
accordance with § 405.1811, § 405.1835,
or this section. For purposes of
determining timeliness for the filing of
any separate appeal and for the adding
of issues to such appeal, the date of
receipt of the provider’s request to form
or join the group appeal is considered
the date of receipt for purposes of
meeting the applicable 180-day period
prescribed in § 405.1835(a)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
§ 405.1839
[Amended]
12. In 405.1839, paragraph (a)(1) is
amended by removing the crossreference ‘‘§ 405.1811(a)(2) of this
subpart’’ and adding in its place the
cross-reference ‘‘§ 405.1811(a)(1)’’; and
by removing the cross-reference
‘‘§ 405.1835(a)(2) of this subpart’’ and
adding in its place the cross-reference
‘‘§ 405.1835(a)(1)’’.
■
§ 405.1840
[Amended]
13. Section 405.1840 is amended by
removing paragraph (b)(3).
■ 14. A new § 405.1873 is added to read
as follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 405.1873 Board review of compliance
with the reimbursement requirement of an
appropriate cost report claim.
(a) General. In order to receive or
potentially receive reimbursement for a
specific item, the provider must include
in its cost report an appropriate claim
for the specific item (as prescribed in
§ 413.24(j) of this chapter). If the
provider files an appeal to the Board
seeking reimbursement for the specific
item and any party to such appeal
questions whether the provider’s cost
report included an appropriate claim for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the specific item, the Board must
address such question in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this
section.
(b) Summary of procedures. (1)
Preliminary steps. The Board must give
the parties an adequate opportunity to
submit factual evidence and legal
argument regarding the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal. Upon
receipt of timely submitted factual
evidence or legal argument (if any), the
Board must review such evidence and
argument and prepare written specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report complied with, for
the specific item under appeal, the cost
report claim requirements prescribed in
§ 413.24(j) of this chapter. In reaching
such specific factual findings and legal
conclusions, the Board must follow the
procedures set forth in § 413.24(j)(3) of
this chapter for determining whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal. The Board must promptly
give a copy of such written specific
factual findings and legal conclusions to
each party to the appeal, and such
factual findings and legal conclusions
must be included in the record of
administrative proceedings for the
appeal (as prescribed in § 405.1865).
(2) Limits on Board actions. The
Board’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law (pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) must
not be invoked or relied on by the Board
as a basis to deny, or decline to exercise,
jurisdiction over a specific item or take
any other of the actions specified in
paragraph (c) of this section. Upon
giving the parties to the appeal the
Board’s written specific factual findings
and legal conclusions (pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) on the
question of whether the provider’s cost
report included an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item under
appeal, the Board must proceed to issue
one of the four types of overall decisions
specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of
this section with respect to the specific
item. If the Board issues either of two
types of overall Board decisions (as
specified in paragraph (d) of this
section) regarding the specific item
under appeal, the Board’s written
specific factual findings and legal
conclusions (pursuant to paragraph
(b)(1) of this section) must be included
in such overall Board decision regarding
the specific item, along with the other
matters that are required by the
regulations for the pertinent type of
overall Board decision. However, if the
PO 00000
Frm 00322
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Board issues either of two other types of
overall Board decisions (as specified in
paragraph (e) of this section) regarding
the specific item under appeal, the
Board’s written specific factual findings
and legal conclusions (pursuant to
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) must
not be included in the overall Board
decision regarding the specific item.
The Board may permit reimbursement
for the specific item under appeal, as
part of one of the two types of overall
Board decisions that are specified in
paragraph (d) of this section, but such
reimbursement may be permitted only
to the extent authorized by paragraph (f)
of this section.
(c) Prohibition of certain types of
decisions, orders, and other actions. (1)
If the Board determines, in its findings
of fact and conclusions of law (as
prescribed by paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), that the provider’s cost report
did not include an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal, the
Board may not—
(i) Deny jurisdiction over the specific
item under appeal, based on (in whole
or in part) the Board’s factual findings
and legal conclusions (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section);
(ii) Decline to exercise jurisdiction
over the specific item under appeal,
based on (in whole or in part) the
Board’s factual findings and legal
conclusions (reached under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section); or
(iii) Take any of the actions set forth
in § 405.1868(b), (c), or (d), impose any
sanction, or take any other action
against the interests of any party to the
appeal, except as provided in paragraph
(f) of this section, based on (in whole or
in part) the Board’s factual findings and
legal conclusions (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section).
(2) Regardless of whether the Board
determines, in its findings of fact and
conclusions of law (as prescribed by
paragraph (b)(1) of this section), that the
provider’s cost report did or did not
include an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal, the Board
may not—
(i) Deny jurisdiction over the specific
item under appeal, based on (in whole
or in part) the absence, in the final
contractor determination or Secretary
determination under appeal, of an
adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item.
Exception: If the provider’s appeal of the
specific item is based on a reopening of
such item (pursuant to § 405.1885)
where the specific item is not revised,
adjusted, corrected, otherwise changed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
in a revised final contractor or Secretary
determination, the Board must deny
jurisdiction over the specific item under
appeal (as prescribed in §§ 405.1887(d)
and 405.1889(b));
(ii) Decline to exercise jurisdiction
over the specific item under appeal,
based on (in whole or in part) the
absence, in the final contractor
determination or Secretary
determination under appeal, of an
adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item; or
(iii) Take any of the actions set forth
in § 405.1868(b), (c), or (d), impose any
sanction, or take any other action
against the interests of any party to the
appeal, except as provided in paragraph
(f) of this section, based on (in whole or
in part) the absence, in the final
contractor determination or Secretary
determination under appeal, of an
adjustment, revision, correction, or
other change to the specific item under
appeal, or the lack of a particular
determination by the contractor or the
Secretary regarding the specific item.
(d) Two types of Board decisions that
must include any factual findings and
legal conclusions under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section. (1) Board hearing
decision. If the Board issues a hearing
decision regarding the specific item
under appeal (pursuant to § 405.1871),
any specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law by the Board
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item,
must be included in such hearing
decision along with the other matters
prescribed by § 405.1871(a). The Board’s
factual findings and legal conclusions
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), about whether there was an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item under appeal, are subject
to the provisions of § 405.1871(b) just as
those provisions apply to the other parts
of the Board’s hearing decision. If the
Board determines that the provider’s
cost report—
(i) Included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter),
the Board’s hearing decision must also
address whether the other substantive
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are also satisfied; or
(ii) Did not include an appropriate
claim for the specific item under appeal,
the Board has discretion whether or not
to address in the Board’s hearing
decision whether the other substantive
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
reimbursement requirements for the
specific item are also satisfied.
(2) Board expedited judicial review
(EJR) decision, where EJR is granted. If
the Board issues an EJR decision where
EJR is granted regarding a legal question
that is relevant to the specific item
under appeal (pursuant to
§ 405.1842(f)(1)), the Board’s specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item,
must be included in such EJR decision
along with the other matters prescribed
by § 405.1842(f)(1). The Board’s factual
findings and legal conclusions (reached
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section)
about whether there was an appropriate
cost report claim for the specific item
under appeal are subject to the
provisions of § 405.1842(g)(1), (g)(2),
(h)(1), and (h)(3) just as those provisions
apply to the other parts of the Board’s
EJR decision.
(e) Two other types of Board decisions
that must not include the Board’s
factual findings and legal conclusions
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(1) Board jurisdictional dismissal
decision. If the Board issues a
jurisdictional dismissal decision
regarding the specific item under appeal
(pursuant to § 405.1840(c)), the Board’s
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law (reached under paragraph (b)(1)
of this section), on the question of
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item, must not be included in
such jurisdictional dismissal decision.
(2) Board expedited judicial review
(EJR) decision, where EJR is denied. If
the Board issues an EJR decision where
EJR is denied regarding a legal question
that is relevant to the specific item
under appeal (pursuant to
§ 405.1842(f)(2)), the Board’s specific
findings of fact and conclusions of law
(reached under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section), on the question of whether the
provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the same item,
must not be included in such EJR
decision. If the Board conducts further
proceedings and issues another decision
(as specified in § 405.1842(h)(2)(i)), the
Board’s specific findings of fact and
conclusions of law (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section)—
(i) Must be included in any further
hearing decision or EJR decision where
EJR is granted regarding the specific
item under appeal (as prescribed in
paragraph (d) of this section); but
(ii) Must not be included in any
further jurisdictional dismissal decision
or EJR decision where EJR is denied
PO 00000
Frm 00323
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28299
regarding the specific item under appeal
(as prescribed in paragraph (e) of this
section).
(f) Effects of the Board’s factual
findings and legal conclusions under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section in two
types of final decisions. (1) When part
of a final hearing decision. If the Board
determines, as part of a final and
binding hearing decision (pursuant to
§ 405.1871(b) and paragraphs (b)(1) and
(d)(1) of this section), that the provider’s
cost report—
(i) Included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter),
the specific item is reimbursable in
accordance with Medicare policy, but
only if the Board further determines in
such final hearing decision that all the
other substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are
also satisfied; or
(ii) Did not include an appropriate
cost report claim for the specific item
under appeal, then the specific item is
not reimbursable, regardless of whether
the Board further determines in such
final hearing decision that the other
substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are or
are not satisfied.
(2) When part of a final EJR decision
that grants EJR. If the Board determines
or the Administrator of CMS determines
(pursuant to § 405.1875), as applicable,
in a final and binding EJR decision that
grants EJR regarding a legal question
that is relevant to the specific item
under appeal (pursuant to
§ 405.1842(g)(1) and paragraphs (b)(1)
and (d)(2) of this section), that the
provider’s cost report—
(i) Included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter),
the specific item is reimbursable in
accordance with Medicare policy, but
only to the extent permitted by the final
decision of a Federal court pursuant to
the EJR provisions of section 1878(f)(1)
of the Act (see also §§ 405.1842 and
405.1877)); or
(ii) Did not include an appropriate
claim for the specific item under appeal,
then the specific item is not
reimbursable, unless—
(A) The specific factual findings and
legal conclusions (reached under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section) of the
Board or the Administrator, as
applicable, on the question of whether
the provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for the specific item
under appeal, are reversed or modified
by the final decision of a Federal court
(pursuant to section 1878(f)(1) of the Act
and § 405.1877); and
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28300
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(B) Only to the extent otherwise
permitted by the final decision of a
Federal court pursuant to the EJR
provisions of section 1878(f)(1) of the
Act (see also §§ 405.1842 and 405.1877)
and by Medicare policy.
■ 15. Section 405.1875 is amended by—
■ a. Revising the last sentence of
paragraph (a) introductory text.
■ b. Adding a new paragraph (a)(2)(v).
■ c. Revising paragraph (f)(5).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 405.1875
Subpart R—[Amended]
16. Amend Subpart R of part 405 by
removing the term or phrase in the first
column and replacing it with the term
or phrase in the second column:
■
Remove
Add
an intermediary .........
intermediary ..............
intermediaries ............
intermediaries ............
‘‘intermediary’s’’ .........
‘‘a contractor’’
‘‘contractor’’
‘‘contractors’’
‘‘contractors’’’
‘‘contractor’s’’
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Subpart X—Rural Health Clinic and
Federally Qualified Health Center
Services
17. The authority citation for Subpart
X, continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh).
18. Section 405.2468 is amended by
revising paragraph (f)(1) to read as
follows:
■
§ 405.2468
Allowable costs.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) Effective for portions of cost
reporting periods occurring on or after
January 1, 1999, if an RHC or an FQHC
incurs ‘‘all or substantially all’’ of the
costs for the training program in the
nonhospital setting as defined in
§ 413.75(b) of this chapter, the RHC or
FQHC may receive direct graduate
medical education payment for those
residents. However, in connection with
cost reporting periods for which ‘‘all or
substantially all of the costs for the
training program in the nonhospital
setting’’ is not defined in § 413.75(b) of
this chapter, if an RHC or an FQHC
incurs the salaries and fringe benefits
(including travel and lodging where
applicable) of residents training at the
RHC or FQHC, the RHC or FQHC may
receive direct graduate medical
education payments for those residents.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 412—PROSPECTIVE PAYMENT
SYSTEMS FOR INPATIENT HOSPITAL
SERVICES
19. The authority citation for Part 412
is revised to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh), sec. 124 of Public Law 106–113
(113 Stat. 1501A–332), sec. 1206 of Public
Law 113–67, and sec. 112 of Public Law 113–
93.
20. Section 412.23 is amended by—
a. Revising paragraphs (e)(6)(i),
(e)(6)(ii) introductory text, and
(e)(6)(ii)(B)(2).
■
■
PO 00000
Frm 00324
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
b. Revising paragraphs (e)(7)(i) and
(e)(7)(ii) introductory text.
■ c. Adding new paragraph (e)(7)(iii).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
■
Administrator review.
(a) * * * The Board is required to
send to the Office of the Attorney
Advisor a copy of each decision
specified in paragraphs (a)(2)(i),
(a)(2)(ii), and (a)(2)(iii) of this section
upon issuance of the decision.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) * * *
(v) If the Administrator reviews a
Board hearing decision regarding a
specific item, or for a Board EJR
decision, on the question of whether
there is Board jurisdiction over a
specific item, the Administrator’s
review of such a hearing decision or EJR
decision, as applicable, will include,
and any decision issued by the
Administrator (under paragraph (e) of
this section) will address, the Board’s
specific findings of fact and conclusions
of law in such hearing decision or EJR
decision (as prescribed in
§ 405.1873(b)(1) and (d)) on the question
of whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal (as
prescribed in § 413.24(j) of this chapter).
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(5) In addition to ordering a remand
to the Board, the Administrator may
order a remand to any component of
HHS or CMS or to a contractor under
appropriate circumstances, including,
but not limited to, for the purpose of
effectuating a court order (as described
in § 405.1877(g)(2)). When the
contractor’s denial of the relief, that the
provider sought before the Board and
that is under review by the
Administrator, was based on procedural
grounds (such as the alleged failure of
the provider to satisfy a time limit) or
was based on the alleged failure to
supply adequate documentation to
support the provider’s claim, and the
Administrator rules that the basis of the
contractor’s denial is invalid, the
Administrator remands to the contractor
for the contractor to make a
determination on the merits of the
provider’s claim.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Nomenclature Changes
§ 412.23 Excluded hospitals:
Classifications.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(6) * * * (i) General rule. Except as
specified in paragraphs (e)(6)(ii) and
(e)(6)(iii) of this section for the period
beginning December 29, 2007 and
ending December 28, 2012, and the
period beginning April 1, 2014 and
ending September 30, 2017, a
moratorium applies to the establishment
and classification of a long-term care
hospital as described in paragraphs (e)
and (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section
or a long-term care hospital satellite
facility as described in § 412.22(h).
(ii) Exception. The moratorium
specified in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this
section is not applicable to the
establishment and classification of a
long-term care hospital that meets the
requirements of paragraphs (e) and (e)(1)
through (e)(5) of this section, or a longterm care hospital satellite facility that
meets the requirements of § 412.22(h), if
the long-term care hospital or long-term
care satellite facility meets the following
criteria on or before December 29, 2007,
or on or before April 1, 2014, as
applicable:
*
*
*
*
*
(B) * * *
(2)(i) Has expended before December
29, 2007, at least 10 percent (or, if less,
$2.5 million) of the estimated cost of the
project specified in paragraph
(e)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of his section;
(ii) Has expended, before April 1,
2014, at least 10 percent (or, if less, $2.5
million) of the estimated cost of the
project specified in paragraph
(e)(6)(ii)(B)(1) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(7) * * * (i) For purposes of this
paragraph, an existing long-term care
hospital or long-term care hospital
satellite facility means a long-term care
hospital that meets the requirements of
paragraph (e) of this section or longterm care hospital satellite facility that
meets the requirements of § 412.22(h)
and received payment under the
provisions of subpart O of this part prior
to the dates noted in the following
moratorium clauses.
(ii) December 29, 2007, through
December 28, 2007—
*
*
*
*
*
(iii) April 1, 2014 through September
30, 2017—The number of Medicarecertified beds in an existing long-term
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
care hospital or an existing long-term
care hospital satellite facility must not
be increased beyond the number of
Medicare-certified beds on April 1,
2014.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 21. Section 412.64 is amended by—
■ a. Removing paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(D).
■ b. Revising paragraph (b)(3)(i).
■ c. Revising paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2)(i)
introductory text, (d)(2)(ii), and (d)(3)
introductory text.
■ d. In paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(4)(vi),
removing the date ‘‘October 1, 2014’’
and adding in its place the date
‘‘October 1, 2015’’.
The revisions read as follows:
§ 412.64 Federal rates for inpatient
operating costs for Federal fiscal year 2005
and subsequent fiscal years.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(3)(i) For discharges occurring on or
after October 1, 2004, a hospital that is
located in a rural county adjacent to one
or more urban areas is deemed to be
located in an urban area and receives
the Federal payment amount for the
urban area to which the greater number
of workers in the county commute if the
rural county would otherwise be
considered part of an urban area, under
the standards for designating MSAs if
the commuting rates used in
determining outlying counties were
determined on the basis of the aggregate
number of resident workers who
commute to (and, if applicable under
the standards, from) the central county
or central counties of all adjacent MSAs.
Qualifying counties are determined
based upon OMB standards, using the
most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas adopted by
CMS.
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(1) The applicable percentage change
for updating the standardized amount
for all hospitals in all areas is—
(i) For fiscal year 2005 through fiscal
year 2009, the percentage increase in the
market basket index (as defined in
§ 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for
prospective payment hospitals, subject
to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of
this section.
(ii) For fiscal year 2010, for
discharges—
(A) On or after October 1, 2009 and
before April 1, 2010, the percentage
increase in the market basket index (as
defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)
for prospective payment hospitals,
subject to the provisions of paragraph
(d)(2) of this section; and
(B) On or after April 1, 2010 and
before October 1, 2010, the percentage
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
increase in the market basket index (as
defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)
for prospective payment hospitals,
subject to the provisions of paragraph
(d)(2) of this section, less 0.25
percentage point.
(iii) For fiscal year 2011, the
percentage increase in the market basket
index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of
this subchapter) for prospective
payment hospitals, subject to the
provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, less 0.25 percentage point.
(iv) For fiscal years 2012 and 2013,
the percentage increase in the market
basket index (as defined in
§ 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for
prospective payment hospitals, subject
to the provisions of paragraph (d)(2) of
this section, less a multifactor
productivity adjustment (as determined
by CMS) and less 0.1 percentage point.
(v) For fiscal year 2014, the
percentage increase in the market basket
index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of
this chapter) for prospective payment
hospitals, subject to the provisions of
paragraph (d)(2) of this section, less a
multifactor productivity adjustment (as
determined by CMS) and less 0.3
percentage point.
(vi) For fiscal year 2015, the
percentage increase in the market basket
index (as defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of
this chapter) for prospective payment
hospitals, subject to the provisions of
paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this
section, less a multifactor productivity
adjustment (as determined by CMS) and
less 0.2 percentage point.
(2)(i) In the case of a ‘‘subsection (d)
hospital,’’ as defined under section
1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, that does not
submit quality data on a quarterly basis
to CMS, in the form and manner
specified by CMS, the percentage
increase in the market basket index (as
defined in § 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter)
for prospective payment hospitals is
reduced—
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) Any reduction pursuant to this
paragraph (d)(2) will apply only to the
fiscal year involved and will not be
taken into account in computing the
applicable percentage change for a
subsequent fiscal year.
(3) Beginning fiscal year 2015, in the
case of a ‘‘subsection (d) hospital,’’ as
defined under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of
the Act, that is not a meaningful
electronic health record (EHR) user as
defined in Part 495 of this chapter for
the applicable EHR reporting period and
does not receive an exception, threefourths of the percentage increase in the
market basket index (as defined in
§ 413.40(a)(3) of this chapter) for
PO 00000
Frm 00325
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28301
prospective payment hospitals is
reduced—
*
*
*
*
*
■ 22. Section 412.101 is amended by
revising paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii),
(c)(1), (c)(2) introductory text, and (d) to
read as follows:
§ 412.101 Special treatment: Inpatient
hospital payment adjustment for lowvolume hospitals.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) For FY 2005 through FY 2010 and
the portion of FY 2015 beginning on
April 1, 2015, and subsequent fiscal
years, a hospital must have fewer than
200 total discharges, which includes
Medicare and non-Medicare discharges,
during the fiscal year, based on the
hospital’s most recently submitted cost
report, and be located more than 25 road
miles (as defined in paragraph (a) of this
section) from the nearest ‘‘subsection
(d)’’ (section 1886(d) of the Act)
hospital.
(ii) For FY 2011 through FY 2014, and
the portion of FY 2015 before April 1,
2015, a hospital must have fewer than
1,600 Medicare discharges, as defined in
paragraph (a) of this section, during the
fiscal year, based on the hospital’s
Medicare discharges from the most
recently available MedPAR data as
determined by CMS, and be located
more than 15 road miles, as defined in
paragraph (a) of this section, from the
nearest ‘‘subsection (d)’’ (section
1886(d) of the Act) hospital.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) For FY 2005 through FY 2010 and
the portion of FY 2015 beginning on
April 1, 2015 and subsequent fiscal
years, the adjustment is an additional 25
percent for each Medicare discharge.
(2) For FY 2011 through FY 2014 and
the portion of FY 2015 before April 1,
2015, the adjustment is as follows:
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Eligibility of new hospitals for the
adjustment. For FYs 2005 through 2010
and the portion of FY 2015 beginning on
April 1, 2015, and subsequent fiscal
years, a new hospital will be eligible for
a low-volume adjustment under this
section once it has submitted a cost
report for a cost reporting period that
indicates that it meets discharge
requirements during the applicable
fiscal year and has provided its fiscal
intermediary or Medicare administrative
contractor with sufficient evidence that
it meets the distance requirement, as
specified under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
■ 23. Section 412.102 is revised to read
as follows:
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28302
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 412.102 Special treatment: Hospitals
located in areas that are changing from
urban to rural as a result of a geographic
redesignation.
An urban hospital that was part of an
MSA, but was redesignated as rural as
a result of the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS, may receive an
adjustment to its rural Federal payment
amount for operating costs for 2
successive fiscal years as provided in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(a) First year adjustment. (1) Effective
on or after October 1, 1983 and before
October 1, 2014, the hospital’s rural
average standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments as
described in § 412.106 are adjusted on
the basis of an additional amount that
equals two-thirds of the difference
between the urban standardized amount
and disproportionate share payments
applicable to the hospital before its
geographic redesignation and the rural
standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments
otherwise applicable to the Federal
fiscal year for which the adjustment is
made.
(2) Effective on or after October 1,
2014, the hospital’s rural
disproportionate share payments as
described in § 412.106 are adjusted on
the basis of an additional amount that
equals two-thirds of the difference
between the disproportionate share
payments as an urban hospital
applicable to the hospital before its
geographic redesignation to a rural area
as a result of implementation of the
most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas adopted by
CMS and the rural disproportionate
share payment otherwise applicable to
the Federal fiscal year for which the
adjustment is made.
(b) Second year adjustment. (1)
Effective on or after October 1, 1983 and
before October 1, 2014, if a hospital’s
status continues to be rural as a result
of geographic redesignation, its rural
average standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments are
adjusted on the basis of an additional
amount that equals one-third of the
difference between the urban
standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments
applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation and the rural standardized
amounts and disproportionate share
payments otherwise applicable to the
Federal fiscal year for which the
adjustment is made.
(2) Effective on or after October 1,
2014, if a hospital’s status continues to
be rural as a result of geographic
redesignation, its disproportionate share
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
payments are adjusted on the basis of an
additional amount that equals one-third
of the difference between the
disproportionate share payments
applicable to the hospital before its
geographic redesignation to a rural area
as a result of implementation of the
most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas adopted by
CMS and the rural disproportionate
share payments otherwise applicable to
the Federal fiscal year for which the
adjustment is made.
■ 24. Section 412.103 is amended by
adding a new paragraph (a)(6) to read as
follows:
§ 412.103 Special treatment: Hospitals
located in urban areas and that apply for
reclassification as rural.
(a) * * *
(6) For any period on or after October
1, 2014, a CAH in a county that was not
in an urban area as defined by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB), but
was included in an urban area as a
result of the most recent OMB standards
for delineating statistical areas adopted
by CMS and the most recent Census
Bureau data, may be reclassified as
being located in a rural area for
purposes of meeting the rural location
requirement at § 485.610(b) of this
chapter for a period of 2 years,
beginning with the date of the
implementation of the new labor market
area delineations, if it meets any of the
requirements under paragraph (a)(1),
(a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 25. Section 412.105 is amended by
revising paragraphs (a)(1)(ii),
(f)(1)(iv)(D), and (f)(1)(v), to read as
follows:
§ 412.105 Special treatment: Hospitals that
incur indirect costs for graduate medical
education programs.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) (A) For new programs started prior
to October 1, 2012, the exception for
new programs described in paragraph
(f)(1)(vii) of this section applies to each
new program individually for which the
full-time equivalent cap may be
adjusted based on the period of years
equal to the minimum accredited length
of each new program.
(B) For new programs started on or
after October 1, 2012, the exception for
new programs described in paragraph
(f)(1)(vii) of this section applies to each
new program individually during the
cost reporting periods prior to the
beginning of the applicable hospital’s
cost reporting period that precedes the
start of the sixth program year of the
PO 00000
Frm 00326
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
first new program started, for hospitals
for which the full-time equivalent cap
may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and prior
to the beginning of the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the each individual new program
started, for hospitals for which the fulltime equivalent cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e)(3) of this
chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) * * *
(D) A rural hospital redesignated as
urban after September 30, 2004, as a
result of the most recent census data
and implementation of the new labor
market area definitions announced by
OMB on June 6, 2003, may retain the
increases to its full-time equivalent
resident cap that it received under
paragraphs (f)(1)(iv)(A) and (f)(1)(vii) of
this section while it was located in a
rural area. Effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated
as urban due to the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS and was training
residents in a new program prior to the
redesignation becoming effective, the
redesignated urban hospital may retain
any existing increases to its full-time
equivalent resident cap and receive an
increase to its full-time equivalent
resident cap for the new program in
which it was training residents when
the redesignation became effective, in
accordance with paragraph (f)(1)(vii) of
this section.
(v)(A) For a hospital’s cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
1997, and before October 1, 1998, the
total number of full-time equivalent
residents for payment purposes is equal
to the average of the actual full-time
equivalent resident counts (subject to
the requirements listed in paragraphs
(f)(1)(ii)(C) and (f)(1)(iv) of this section)
for that cost reporting period and the
preceding cost reporting period.
(B) For a hospital’s cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
1998, the total number of full-time
equivalent residents for payment
purposes is equal to the average of the
actual full-time equivalent resident
count (subject to the requirements set
forth in paragraphs (f)(1)(ii)(C) and
(f)(1)(iv) of this section) for that cost
reporting period and the preceding two
cost reporting periods.
(C) For new programs started prior to
October 1, 2012, if a hospital qualified
for an adjustment to the limit
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
established under paragraph (f)(1)(iv) of
this section for new medical residency
programs created under paragraph
(f)(1)(vii) of this section, the count of
residents participating in new medical
residency training programs above the
number included in the hospital’s fulltime equivalent count for the cost
reporting period ending during calendar
year 1996 is added after applying the
averaging rules in paragraphs
(f)(l)(v)(A), (f)(1)(v)(B), and this
paragraph (f)(1)(v)(C) for a period of
years. Residents participating in new
medical residency training programs are
included in the hospital’s full-time
equivalent count before applying the
averaging rules after the period of years
has expired. For purposes of this
paragraph, for each new program
started, the period of years equals the
minimum accredited length for each
new program. The period of years for
each new program begins when the first
resident begins training in each new
program.
(D) For new programs started on or
after October 1, 2012, for hospitals for
which the full-time equivalent cap may
be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e) of this chapter, full-time
equivalent residents participating in
new medical residency training
programs are excluded from the
hospital’s full-time equivalent count
before applying the averaging rules
during the cost reporting periods prior
to the beginning of the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the first new program started, for
hospitals for which the full-time
equivalent cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e)(1) of this
chapter, and prior to the beginning of
the applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of the each
individual new program started, for
hospitals for which the full-time
equivalent cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e)(3) of this
chapter. After the applicable hospital’s
cost reporting period that precedes the
start of the sixth program year of the
first new program started for hospitals
for which the full-time equivalent cap
may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and after
the applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of each individual
new program started for hospitals for
which the full-time equivalent cap may
be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter, full-time
equivalent residents participating in
new medical residency training
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
programs are included in the hospital’s
full-time equivalent count before
applying the averaging cap.
(E) Subject to the provisions of
paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section, fulltime equivalent residents that are
displaced by the closure of either
another hospital or another hospital’s
program are added to the full-time
equivalent count after applying the
averaging rules in this paragraph
(f)(1)(v)(B) for the receiving hospital for
the duration of time that the displaced
residents are training at the receiving
hospital.
(F) Subject to the provisions of
paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this section,
effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after April 1, 2000, fulltime equivalent residents at an urban
hospital in a rural track program are
included in the urban hospital’s rolling
average calculation described in this
paragraph (f)(1)(v)(B).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 26. Section 412.106 is amended by
revising paragraph (g)(1)(iii)(C) to read
as follows:
§ 412.106 Special treatment: Hospitals that
serve a disproportionate share of lowincome patients.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(1)
(iii) * * *
(C) For fiscal year 2014 and for fiscal
year 2015, CMS will base its estimates
of the amount of hospital
uncompensated care on the most recent
available data on utilization for
Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as
determined by CMS in accordance with
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 412.108
[Amended]
27. In § 412.108, paragraph (a)(1)
introductory text and paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) introductory text, remove the
date ‘‘April 1, 2014’’ and add in its
place the date ‘‘April 1, 2015’’.
■ 28. Section 412.140 is amended by
revising paragraph (c)(2) to read as
follows:
■
§ 412.140 Participation, data submission,
and validation requirements under the
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR)
Program.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(2) Exception. Upon request by a
hospital, CMS may grant an extension or
exemption of one or more data
submission deadlines in the event of
extraordinary circumstances beyond the
control of the hospital. Specific
PO 00000
Frm 00327
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28303
requirements for submission of a request
for an extension or exemption are
available on QualityNet.org.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 29. Section 412.152 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘Applicable
hospital’’ to read as follows:
§ 412.152 Definitions for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program.
*
*
*
*
*
Applicable hospital is a hospital
described in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the
Act or a hospital paid under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 412.154
[Amended]
30. Section 412.154 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (d).
■ 31. Section 412.160 is amended by
revising the definitions of ‘‘Base
operating DRG payment amount’’ and
‘‘Performance standards’’ to read as
follows:
■
§ 412.160 Definitions for the Hospital
Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program.
*
*
*
*
*
Base operating DRG payment amount
means the following:
(1) With respect to a subsection (d)
hospital (as defined in section
1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act), the wageadjusted DRG operating payment plus
any applicable new technology add-on
payments under subpart F of this part.
This amount is determined without
regard to any payment adjustments
under the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program, as specified under
§ 412.154. This amount does not include
any additional payments for indirect
medical education under § 412.105, the
treatment of a disproportionate share of
low-income patients under § 412.106,
outliers under subpart F of this part, or
a low volume of discharges under
§ 412.101.
(2) With respect to a Medicaredependent, small rural hospital that
receives payments under § 412.108(c) or
a sole community hospital that receives
payments under § 412.92(d), the wageadjusted DRG operating payment plus
any applicable new technology add-on
payments under subpart F of this part.
This amount does not include any
additional payments for indirect
medical education under § 412.105, the
treatment of a disproportionate share of
low-income patients under § 412.106,
outliers under subpart F of this part, or
a low volume of discharges under
§ 412.101. With respect to a Medicaredependent, small rural hospital that
receives payments under § 412.108(c)
(for discharges occurring in FY 2013) or
a sole community hospital that receives
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28304
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payments under § 412.92(d), this
amount also does not include the
difference between the hospital-specific
payment rate and the Federal payment
rate determined under subpart D of this
part.
*
*
*
*
*
Performance standards are the levels
of performance that hospitals must meet
or exceed in order to earn points under
the Hospital VBP Program, and are
calculated with respect to a measure for
a fiscal year no later than 60 days prior
to the start of the performance period for
that measure for that fiscal year. The
performance standards for a measure
may be updated as follows:
(1) To make a single correction to
correct a calculation error, data issue, or
other problem that would significantly
change the performance standards; or
(2) To incorporate nonsubstantive
technical updates made to the measure
between the time that CMS first displays
the performance standards for that
measure for a fiscal year and the time
that CMS calculates hospital
performance on that measure at the
conclusion of the performance period
for that measure for a fiscal year.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 32. Section 412.161 is revised to read
as follows:
§ 412.161 Applicability of the Hospital
Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
The Hospital VBP Program applies to
hospitals, as that term is defined in
§ 412.160.
§ 412.172
[Amended]
33. Section 412.172 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph (c).
■ 34. Section 412.232 is amended by
revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as
follows:
■
§ 412.232 Criteria for all hospitals in a rural
county seeking urban redesignation.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(2) For fiscal years beginning with FY
2005, the group of hospitals must
demonstrate that the county in which
the hospitals are located meets the
standards for redesignation to an MSA
as an outlying county using the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and the
most recent Census Bureau data.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 35. Section 412.234 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(3)(iv) to read as
follows:
§ 412.234 Criteria for all hospitals in an
urban county seeking redesignation to
another urban area.
(a) * * *
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(3) * * *
(iv) For Federal fiscal year 2008 and
thereafter, hospitals located in counties
that are in the same Combined
Statistical Area (CSA) or Core-Based
Statistical Area (CBSA) (under the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and the
most recent Census Bureau data) as the
urban area to which they seek
redesignation qualify as meeting the
proximity requirement for
reclassification to the urban area to
which they seek redesignation.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 36. Section 412.500 is amended by
adding paragraphs (a)(4), (a)(5), and
(a)(6) to read as follows:
§ 412.500
Basis and scope of subpart.
(a) * * *
(4) Section 4302(a) of Public Law
111–5, which amended sections 114(c)
and (d) of Public Law 110–173 relating
to several moratoria on the
establishment of new long-term care
hospitals and satellite facilities and on
the increase in the number of beds in
existing long-term care hospitals and
satellite facilities under the long-term
care hospital prospective payment
system.
(5) Sections 3106(a) and 10312(a) of
Public Law 111–148, which extended
certain payment rules and moratoria
under the long-term care hospital
prospective payment system by further
amending sections 114(c) and (d) of
Public Law 110–173.
(6) Section 1206 of Public Law 113–
67, which further extended certain
payment rules and moratoria under the
long-term care hospital prospective
payment system by amending sections
114(c) and (d) of Public Law 110–173,
and which:
(i) Added a new section 1886(m)(6) to
the Act to establish a site neutral
payment amount for long-term care
hospital discharges that fail to meet the
applicable criteria in cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2015; and
(ii) Requires the Secretary’s review of
the payment rates and regulations
governing long-term care hospitals
established under section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act and
application of payment adjustments
based on that review.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 37. Section 412.521 is amended by
revising paragraph (a)(2) to read as
follows:
§ 412.521
Basis for payment.
(a) * * *
(2) Except as provided for in
§ 412.526, the amount of payment under
PO 00000
Frm 00328
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the prospective payment system is
based on the Federal payment rate
established in accordance with
§ 412.523, including adjustments
described in § 412.525, and, if
applicable during a transition period, on
a blend of the Federal payment rate and
the cost-based reimbursement rate
described in § 412.533.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 38. Section 412.523 is amended by
adding a new paragraph (c)(3)(xi) to
read as follows:
§ 412.523 Methodology for calculating the
Federal prospective payment rates.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
(xi) For long-term care hospital
prospective payment system fiscal year
beginning October 1, 2014, and ending
September 30, 2015. The standard
Federal rate for the long-term care
hospital prospective payment system
beginning October 1, 2014, and ending
September 30, 2015, is the standard
Federal rate for the previous long-term
care hospital prospective payment
system fiscal year updated by 2.1
percent, and further adjusted, as
appropriate, as described in paragraph
(d) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
§ 412.525
[Amended]
39. Section 412.525 is amended by
removing and reserving paragraph
(d)(3).
■ 40. A new § 412.526 is added to read
as follows:
■
§ 412.526 Payment provisions for a
‘‘subclause (II)’’ long-term care hospital.
(a) Definition. A ‘‘subclause (II)’’ longterm care hospital is a hospital that
qualifies as an LTCH under section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act.
(b) Method of payment.—(1) For cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2003 and before September
30, 2014, payment to a ‘‘subclause (II)’’
long-term care hospital is made under
the prospective payment system
specified in § 412.1(a)(4) and Subpart O
of this part.
(2) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014,
payment to a ‘‘subclause (II)’’ long-term
care hospital is made under the
prospective payment system specified
in § 412.1(a)(4) and under Subpart O of
this part, as adjusted. The adjusted
payment amount is determined based
on reasonable cost, as described at
§ 412.526(c).
(c) Determining the adjusted payment
for Medicare inpatient operating and
capital-related costs under the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
reasonable cost-based reimbursement
rules. Medicare inpatient operating
costs are paid based on reasonable cost,
subject to a ceiling. The ceiling is the
aggregate upper limit on the amount of
a hospital’s net Medicare inpatient
operating costs that the program will
recognize for payment purposes, as
determined under paragraph (c)(1) of
this section.
(1) Ceiling. For each cost reporting
period, the ceiling is determined by
multiplying the updated target amount,
as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, for that period by the number
of Medicare discharges paid under this
subpart during that period.
(2) Target amounts.—(i) For cost
reporting periods beginning during
Federal fiscal year 2015, the target
amount equals the hospital’s target
amount determined under § 413.40(c)(4)
for its cost reporting period beginning
during Federal fiscal year 2000, updated
by the applicable annual rate-of-increase
percentages specified in § 413.40(c)(3) to
the subject period.
(ii) For subsequent cost reporting
periods, the target amount equals the
hospital’s target amount for the previous
cost reporting period updated by the
applicable annual rate-of-increase
percentage specified in § 413.40(c)(3) for
the subject cost reporting period.
(3) Payment for inpatient operating
costs. For cost reporting periods subject
to this section, the hospital’s Medicare
allowable net inpatient operating costs
for that period (as defined at
§ 413.40(a)(3)) are paid on a reasonable
cost basis, subject to that hospital’s
ceiling (as determined under paragraph
(c)(1) of this section) for that period.
(4) Payment for inpatient capitalrelated costs. Medicare allowable net
inpatient capital costs are paid on a
reasonable cost basis, in accordance
with the regulations under Part 413 of
this chapter.
■ 41. Section 412.531 is amended by—
■ a. Revising paragraph (a)(2)
introductory text.
■ b. Adding a new paragraph (a)(3).
■ c. Revising paragraph (b)(4)
introductory text.
■ d. Adding a new paragraph (b)(5).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 412.531 Special payment provisions
when an interruption of a stay occurs in a
long-term care hospital.
§ 412.532
(a) * * *
(2) A greater than 3-day interruption
of stay defined. For long-term care
hospital discharges occurring on or
before September 30, 2014, ‘‘a greater
than 3-day or less interruption of stay’’
means a stay in a long-term care
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospital during which a Medicare
inpatient is discharged from the longterm care hospital to an acute care
hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for a period
of greater than 3 days but within the
applicable fixed-day period specified in
paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (a)(2)(iii) of
this section before being readmitted to
the same long-term care hospital.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For long-term care hospital
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014, ‘‘a greater than 3-day or less
interruption of stay’’ means a stay in a
long-term care hospital during which a
Medicare inpatient is discharged from
the long-term care hospital to an acute
care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for a
fixed day period of between 4 days and
30 consecutive days before being
readmitted to the same long-term care
hospital.
(b) * * *
(4) Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(5) of this section, if a patient who
has been discharged from a long-term
care hospital to another facility and is
readmitted to the long-term care
hospital for additional treatment or
services in the long-term care hospital
directly following the stay at the other
facility, the subsequent admission to the
long-term care hospital is considered a
new stay, even if the case is determined
to fall into the same MS–LTC–DRG, and
the long-term care hospital will receive
two separate Federal prospective
payments if one of the following
conditions are met:
*
*
*
*
*
(5) For long-term care hospital
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014, if a patient who has been
discharged from a long-term care
hospital to another facility is readmitted
to the long-term care hospital for
additional treatment or services directly
following the stay at the other facility,
the subsequent admission to the longterm care hospital is considered a new
stay, even if the case is determined to
fall into the same MS–LTC–DRG, and
the long-term care hospital will receive
two separate Federal prospective
payments only if the patient has a
length of stay at the other facility that
exceeded 30 days from the initial date
of discharge from the long-term care
hospital.
*
*
*
*
*
[Removed]
42. Section 412.532 is removed.
43. Section 412.534 is amended by—
a. Revising and paragraph (c)(1).
b. Removing the year ‘‘2013’’ and
adding in its place the year ‘‘2016’’ in
paragraph (c)(1)(i) and (ii) and (c)(2)
paragraph heading.
■
■
■
■
PO 00000
Frm 00329
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28305
c. Revising paragraph (c)(3).
d. Removing the year ‘‘2013’’ and
adding in its place the year ‘‘2016’’ in
paragraphs (d)(1) heading, (d)(1)(i), and
(d)(2) heading.
■ e. Revising paragraph (d)(3).
■ f. Removing the year ‘‘2013’’ and
adding in its place the year ‘‘2016’’ in
paragraphs (e)(1) heading, (e)(1)(i), and
(e)(2) heading.
■ g. Revising paragraph (e)(3).
■ h. Revising paragraphs (h)
introductory text, (h)(4), and (h)(5).
■ i. Removing paragraph (h)(6).
The revisions read as follows:
■
■
§ 412.534 Special payment provisions for
long-term care hospitals within hospitals
and satellites of long-term care hospitals.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2004
and before October 1, 2007 and for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2016. (i) Except as provided
in paragraphs (c)(3), (g), and (h) of this
section, for any cost reporting period
beginning on or after October 1, 2004
and before October 1, 2007, and for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2016 in which the long-term
care hospital or its satellite facility has
a discharged Medicare inpatient
population of whom no more than 25
percent were admitted to the hospital or
its satellite facility from the co-located
hospital, payments are made under the
rules at §§ 412.500 through 412.541 in
this subpart with no adjustment under
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) For a long-term care hospital
satellite facility described in
§ 412.22(h)(3)(i), for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after July 1,
2007 and before July 1, 2016, payments
will be determined using the
methodology specified in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section, except that the
applicable percentage threshold for
Medicare discharges is 50 percent.
(d) * * *
(3) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and
before July 1, 2016, payment for a longterm care hospital satellite facility
described in § 412.22(h)(3)(i) will be
determined using the methodology
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, except that the applicable
percentage threshold for Medicare
discharges is 75 percent.
(e) * * *
(3) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and
before July 1, 2016, payments for a longterm care hospital satellite facility
described in § 412.22(h)(3)(i) will be
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28306
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
determined using the methodology
specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, except that the applicable
percentage threshold for Medicare
discharges is 75 percent.
*
*
*
*
*
(h) Effective date of policies in this
section for certain co-located long-term
care hospitals and satellite facilities of
long-term care hospitals. Except as
specified in paragraph (h)(4) of this
section, the policies set forth in this
paragraph (h) apply to Medicare patient
discharges that were admitted from a
hospital located in the same building or
on the same campus as a long-term care
hospital described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i)
that meets the criteria in § 412.22(f) and
a satellite facility of a long-term care
hospital as described under
§ 412.22(h)(3)(i) for discharges occurring
in cost reporting periods beginning on
or after July 1, 2007.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) For a long-term care hospital
described in § 412.23(e)(2)(i) that meets
the criteria in § 412.22(f), the policies
set forth in this paragraph (h) and in
§ 412.536 do not apply for discharges
occurring in cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2007.
(5) For a long-term care hospital or a
satellite facility that, as of December 29,
2007, was co-located with an entity that
is a provider-based, off-campus location
of a subsection (d) hospital which did
not provide services payable under
section 1886(d) of the Act at the offcampus location, the policies set forth
in this paragraph (h) and in § 412.536 do
not apply for discharges occurring in
cost reporting periods beginning on or
after July 1, 2007 and before July 1,
2016.
■ 44. Section 412.536 is amended by—
■ a. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(1)(iii).
■ b. Revising paragraph (a)(2)
introductory text.
■ c. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a)(2)(ii).
■ d. Removing paragraph (a)(3).
The revisions read as follows:
§ 412.536 Special payment provisions for
long-term care hospitals and satellites of
long-term care hospitals that discharged
Medicare patients admitted from a hospital
not located in the same building or on the
same campus as the long-term care
hospital or satellite of the long-term care
hospital.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) [Reserved].
*
*
*
*
*
(2) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after July 1, 2007 and
before July 1, 2016, the policies set forth
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
in this section are not applicable to
discharges from:
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) [Reserved].
*
*
*
*
*
PART 413—PRINCIPLES OF
REASONABLE COST
REIMBURSEMENT; PAYMENT FOR
END–STAGE RENAL DISEASE
SERVICES; OPTIONAL
PROSPECTIVELY DETERMINED
PAYMENT RATES FOR SKILLED
NURSING FACILITIES
45. The authority for Part 413
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102, 1861(v)(1)(A), and
1871 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
1302, 1395x(v)(1)(A), and 1395hh).
Nomenclature Changes
PART 413 [Amended]
46. Throughout Part 413, according to
the list below, remove the term or
phrase in the first column and replace
it with the term or phrase in the second
column:
■
Remove
Add
an intermediary’s ....
fiscal intermediary ..
fiscal intermediary’s
intermediary ............
intermediaries .........
intermediary’s .........
‘‘a contractor’s’’
‘‘contractor’’
‘‘contractor’s’’
‘‘contractor’’
‘‘contractors’’
‘‘contractor’s’’
47. Section 413.24 is amended by
reserving paragraph (i) and adding a
new paragraph (j) to read as follows:
■
§ 413.24
finding.
Adequate cost data and cost
*
*
*
*
*
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Substantive reimbursement
requirement of an appropriate cost
report claim. (1) General requirement. In
order for a provider to receive or
potentially qualify for reimbursement
for a specific item for its cost reporting
period, the provider’s cost report,
whether determined on an as submitted,
as amended, or as adjusted basis (as
prescribed in paragraph (j)(3) of this
section), must include an appropriate
claim for the specific item, by either—
(i) Claiming full reimbursement in the
provider’s cost report for the specific
item in accordance with Medicare
policy, if the provider seeks payment for
the item that it believes comports with
program policy; or
(ii) Self-disallowing the specific item
in the provider’s cost report, if the
provider seeks payment that it believes
may not be allowable or may not
comport with Medicare policy (for
example, if the provider believes the
PO 00000
Frm 00330
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
contractor lacks the authority or
discretion to award the reimbursement
the provider seeks for the item), by
following the procedures (set forth in
paragraph (j)(2) of this section) for
properly self-disallowing the specific
item in the provider’s cost report as a
protested amount.
(2) Self-disallowance procedures. In
order to properly self-disallow a specific
item, the provider must—
(i) Include an estimated
reimbursement amount for each specific
self-disallowed item in the protested
amount line (or lines) of the provider’s
cost report; and
(ii) Attach a separate work sheet to the
provider’s cost report for each specific
self-disallowed item, explaining why
the provider self-disallowed each
specific item (instead of claiming full
reimbursement in its cost report for the
specific item) and describing how the
provider calculated the estimated
reimbursement amount for each specific
self-disallowed item.
(3) Procedures for determining
whether there is an appropriate cost
report claim. Whether the provider’s
cost report for its cost reporting period
includes an appropriate claim for a
specific item (as prescribed in paragraph
(j)(1) of this section) must be determined
by reference to the cost report that the
provider submits originally to, and was
accepted by, the contractor for such
period, provided that none of the
following exceptions applies:
(i) If the provider submits an amended
cost report for its cost reporting period
and such amended cost report is
accepted by the contractor, whether
there is an appropriate cost report claim
for the specific item must be determined
by reference to such amended cost
report, provided that neither of the
exceptions set forth in paragraphs
(j)(3)(ii) and (j)(3)(iii) of this section
applies;
(ii) If the contractor adjusts the
provider’s cost report, as submitted
originally by the provider and accepted
by the contractor or as amended by the
provider and accepted by the contractor,
whichever is applicable, with respect to
the specific item, whether there is an
appropriate cost report claim for the
specific item must be determined by
reference to the provider’s cost report,
as such cost report claim is adjusted for
the specific item in the initial contractor
determination (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a) of this chapter) for the
provider’s cost reporting period,
provided that the exception set forth in
paragraph (j)(3)(iii) of this section does
not apply;
(iii) If the contractor reopens either
the initial contractor determination for
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
the provider’s cost reporting period
(pursuant to § 405.1885 of this chapter)
or a revised contractor determination for
such period (issued pursuant to
§ 405.1889 of this chapter) and the
contractor adjusts the provider’s cost
report with respect to the specific item,
whether there is an appropriate cost
report claim for the specific item must
be determined by reference to the
provider’s cost report, as such cost
report claim is adjusted for the specific
item in the most recent revised
contractor determination for such
period.
(4) Reimbursement effects of
contractor’s determination of whether
there is an appropriate cost report
claim. If the contractor determines that
the provider’s cost report included an
appropriate claim for a specific item (as
specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and
(j)(3) of this section) and that all the
other substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are
also satisfied, the final contractor
determination (as defined in
§ 405.1801(a) of this chapter) must
include reimbursement for the specific
item to the extent permitted by
Medicare policy. If the contractor
determines that the provider made an
appropriate cost report claim for a
specific item but the contractor
disagrees with material aspects of the
provider’s claim for the specific item,
the contractor must make appropriate
adjustments to the provider’s cost report
and include reimbursement for the
specific item in the final contractor
determination in accordance with such
cost report adjustments and to the
extent permitted by program policy. If
the contractor determines that the
provider did not make an appropriate
cost report claim for a specific item, the
final contractor determination must not
include any reimbursement for the
specific item, regardless of whether the
other substantive reimbursement
requirements for the specific item are or
are not satisfied.
(5) Administrative review of whether
there is an appropriate cost report
claim. If the provider files an
administrative appeal (pursuant to Part
405, Subpart R of this chapter) seeking
reimbursement for a specific item and
any party to such appeal questions
whether the provider’s cost report
included an appropriate claim for the
specific item under appeal (as specified
in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), (j)(3), and
(j)(4) of this section), the reviewing
entity (as defined in § 405.1801(a) of
this chapter) must follow the procedures
prescribed in § 405.1873 of this chapter
(if the appeal was filed originally with
the Board), or the procedures set forth
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
in § 405.1832 of this chapter (if the
appeal was filed initially with the
contractor), for review of whether the
substantive reimbursement requirement
of an appropriate cost report claim for
the specific item under appeal is
satisfied. The reviewing entity must
follow the procedures set forth in
paragraph (j)(3) of this section in
determining whether the provider’s cost
report included an appropriate claim for
the specific item under appeal. The
reviewing entity may permit
reimbursement for the specific item
under appeal solely to the extent
authorized by § 405.1873(f) of this
chapter (if the appeal was filed
originally with the Board) or by
§ 405.1832(f) of this chapter (if the
appeal was filed initially with the
contractor).
■ 48. Section 413.75 is amended by
revising the definition of ‘‘Rural track
FTE limitation’’ under paragraph (b) to
read as follows:
§ 413.75 Direct GME payments: General
requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
Rural track FTE limitation means the
maximum number of residents (as
specified in § 413.79(k)) training in a
rural track residency program that an
urban hospital may include in its FTE
count and that is in addition to the
number of FTE residents already
included in the hospital’s FTE cap.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 49. Section 413.78 is amended by
revising paragraph (g)(6) to read as
follows:
§ 413.78 Direct GME payment:
Determination of the total number of FTE
residents.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) * * *
(6) The provisions of paragraphs
(g)(1)(ii), (g)(2), (g)(3), and (g)(5) of this
section shall not be applied in a manner
that requires reopening of any settled
cost reports as to which there is not a
jurisdictionally proper appeal pending
as of March 23, 2010, on direct GME or
IME payments. Cost reporting periods
beginning before July 1, 2010 are not
governed by paragraph (g) of this
section.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 50. Section 413.79 is amended by
revising paragraphs (c)(6), (d)(5), and
(k)(7), to read as follows:
§ 413.79 Direct GME payments:
Determination of the weighted number of
FTE residents.
*
*
*
(c) * * *
PO 00000
Frm 00331
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
28307
(6) FTE resident caps for rural
hospitals that are redesignated as
urban. A rural hospital redesignated as
urban after September 30, 2004, as a
result of the most recent census data
and implementation of the new MSA
definitions announced by OMB on June
6, 2003, may retain the increases to its
FTE resident cap that it received under
paragraphs (c)(2)(i), (e)(1)(iii), and (e)(3)
of this section while it was located in a
rural area. Effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, if a rural hospital is redesignated
as urban due to the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS, and was training
residents in a new program prior to the
redesignation becoming effective, the
redesignated urban hospital may retain
any existing increases to its FTE
resident cap, and receive an increase to
its FTE resident cap for the new
program in which it was training
residents when the redesignation
became effective, in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this section.
(d) * * *
(5)(i) For new programs started prior
to October 1, 2012, if a hospital qualifies
for an adjustment to the limit
established under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section for new medical residency
programs created under paragraph (e) of
this section, the count of the residents
participating in new medical residency
training programs above the number
included in the hospital’s FTE count for
the cost reporting period ending during
calendar year 1996 is added after
applying the averaging rules in this
paragraph (d), for a period of years.
Residents participating in new medical
residency training programs are
included in the hospital’s FTE count
before applying the averaging rules after
the period of years has expired. For
purposes of this paragraph (d), for each
new program started, the period of years
equals the minimum accredited length
for each new program. The period of
years begins when the first resident
begins training in each new program.
(ii) For new programs started on or
after October 1, 2012, for hospitals for
which the FTE cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e) of this
chapter, FTE residents participating in
new medical residency training
programs are excluded from the
hospital’s FTE count before applying the
averaging rules during the cost reporting
periods prior to the beginning of the
applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of the first new
program started, for hospitals for which
the FTE may be adjusted in accordance
with § 413.79(e)(1) of this chapter, and
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28308
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
prior to the beginning of the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the each individual new program
started, for hospitals for which the FTE
cap may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter. After the
applicable hospital’s cost reporting
period that precedes the start of the
sixth program year of the first new
program started for hospitals for which
the FTE cap may be adjusted in
accordance with § 413.79(e)(1) of this
chapter, and after the applicable
hospital’s cost reporting period that
precedes the start of the sixth program
year of the each individual new program
started for hospitals for which the FTE
cap may be adjusted in accordance with
§ 413.79(e)(3) of this chapter, FTE
residents participating in new medical
residency training programs are
included in the hospital’s FTE count
before applying the averaging rules.
*
*
*
*
*
(k) * * *
(7) (i) Effective for cost reporting
periods beginning prior to October 1,
2014, if an urban hospital had
established a rural track training
program under the provisions of this
paragraph (k) with a hospital located in
a rural area and that rural area
subsequently becomes an urban area
due to the most recent census data and
implementation of the new labor market
area definitions announced by OMB on
June 6, 2003, the urban hospital may
continue to adjust its FTE resident limit
in accordance with this paragraph (k)
for the rural track programs established
prior to the adoption of such new labor
market area definitions. In order to
receive an adjustment to its FTE
resident cap for a new rural track
residency program, the urban hospital
must establish a rural track program
with hospitals that are designated rural
based on the most recent geographical
location delineations adopted by CMS.
(ii) Effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014, if
an urban hospital had started a rural
track training program under the
provisions of this paragraph (k) with a
hospital located in a rural area and,
during the 3-year period that is used to
calculate the urban hospital’s rural track
FTE limit, that rural area subsequently
becomes an urban area due to the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and the
most recent Census Bureau data, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit in accordance
with this paragraph (k) and subject to
paragraph (k)(7)(iii) for the rural track
programs established prior to the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
adoption of such new OMB standards
for delineating statistical areas.
(iii) Effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, if an urban hospital had
established a rural track training
program under the provisions of this
paragraph (k) with a hospital located in
a rural area and that rural area
subsequently becomes an urban area
due to the most recent OMB standards
for delineating statistical areas adopted
by CMS and the most recent Census
Bureau data, regardless of whether the
redesignation of the rural hospital
occurs during the 3-year period that is
used to calculate the urban hospital’s
rural track FTE limit, or after the 3-year
period used to calculate the urban
hospital’s rural track FTE limit, the
urban hospital may continue to adjust
its FTE resident limit in accordance
with this paragraph (k) based on the
rural track programs established prior to
the change in the hospital’s geographic
designation. In order for the urban
hospital to receive or use the adjustment
to its FTE resident cap for training FTE
residents in the rural track residency
program that was established prior to
the most recent OMB standards for
delineating statistical areas adopted by
CMS, one of the following two
conditions must be met by the end of a
2-year period that begins when the most
recent OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas are adopted by CMS: the
hospital that has been redesignated from
rural to urban must reclassify as rural
under § 412.103 of this chapter, for
purposes of IME only; or the urban
hospital must find a new site that is
geographically rural consistent with the
most recent geographical location
delineations adopted by CMS. In order
to receive an adjustment to its FTE
resident cap for an additional new rural
track residency program, the urban
hospital must establish a rural track
program with sites that are
geographically rural based on the most
recent geographical location
delineations adopted by CMS.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 415—SERVICES FURNISHED BY
PHYSICIANS IN PROVIDERS,
SUPERVISING PHYSICIANS IN
TEACHING SETTINGS, AND
RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN SETTINGS
51. The authority citation for Part 415
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh), and sec. 124 of Public Law 106–113
(113 Stat. 1501A–332).
52. Section 415.70 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
■
PO 00000
Frm 00332
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 415.70 Limits on compensation for
physician services in providers.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Methodology for establishing
limits. (1) For cost reporting periods
beginning before January 1, 2015. CMS
establishes a methodology for
determining annual reasonable
compensation equivalency limits and, to
the extent possible, considers average
physician incomes by specialty and type
of location using the best available data.
(2) For cost reporting periods
beginning on or after January 1, 2015.
CMS establishes a methodology for
determining annual reasonable
compensation equivalency limits and, to
the extent possible, considers average
physician incomes by specialty using
the best available data.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 422—MEDICARE ADVANTAGE
PROGRAM
53. The authority citation for Part 422
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395hh).
54. Section 422.300 is revised to read
as follows:
■
§ 422.300
Basis and scope.
This subpart is based on sections
1106, 1853, 1854, and 1858 of the Act.
It sets forth the rules for making
payments to Medicare Advantage (MA)
organizations offering local and regional
MA plans, including calculation of MA
capitation rates and benchmarks,
conditions under which payment is
based on plan bids, adjustments to
capitation rates (including risk
adjustment), collection of risk
adjustment data, conditions for use and
disclosure of risk adjustment data, and
other payment rules. See § 422.458 in
subpart J for rules on risk sharing
payments to MA regional organizations.
■ 55. Section 422.310 is amended by
revising paragraph (f) to read as follows:
§ 422.310
Risk adjustment data.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Use and release of data.
(1) CMS use of data. CMS may use the
data described in paragraphs (a) through
(d) of this section for the following
purposes:
(i) To determine the risk adjustment
factors used to adjust payments, as
required under §§ 422.304(a) and (c);
(ii) To update risk adjustment models;
(iii) To calculate Medicare DSH
percentages;
(iv) To conduct quality review and
improvement activities;
(v) For Medicare coverage purposes;
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(vi) To conduct evaluations and other
analysis to support the Medicare
program (including demonstrations) and
to support public health initiatives and
other health care-related research;
(vii) For activities to support the
administration of the Medicare program;
(viii) For activities conducted to
support program integrity; and
(ix) For purposes permitted by other
laws.
(2) CMS release of data. Regarding
data described in paragraphs (a) through
(d) of this section, CMS may release the
minimum data it determines is
necessary for one or more of the
purposes listed in paragraph (f)(1) of
this section to other HHS agencies, other
Federal executive branch agencies,
States, and external entities in
accordance with the following:
(i) Applicable Federal laws;
(ii) CMS data sharing procedures;
(iii) Subject to the protection of
beneficiary identifier elements and
beneficiary confidentiality, including—
(A) A prohibition against public
disclosure of beneficiary identifying
information;
(B) Release of beneficiary identifying
information to other HHS agencies,
other Federal executive branch agencies,
Congressional support agencies, and
States only when such information is
needed; and
(C) Release of beneficiary identifying
information to external entities only to
the extent needed to link datasets.
(iv) Subject to the aggregation of
payment data to protect commercially
sensitive data.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 424—CONDITIONS FOR
MEDICARE PAYMENT
56. The authority citation for Part 424
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395(hh)).
57. Section 424.11 is amended by
revising paragraph (d)(5) to read as
follows:
■
§ 424.11
General procedures.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
*
*
*
*
*
(d) * * *
(5) For all inpatient hospital services,
including inpatient psychiatric facility
services, a delayed certification may not
extend past discharge.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 58. Section 424.15 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) to read as follows:
§ 424.15 Requirements for inpatient CAH
services.
*
*
*
VerDate Mar<15>2010
*
*
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(b) Certification begins with the order
for inpatient admission. The
certification must be completed, signed,
and documented in the medical record
no later than 1 day before the date on
which the claim for payment for the
inpatient CAH service is submitted.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 485—CONDITIONS OF
PARTICIPATION: SPECIALIZED
PROVIDERS
59. The authority citation for Part 485
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395(hh)).
60. Section 485.610 is amended by
revising paragraph (b) introductory text
and adding a new paragraph (b)(5) to
read as follows:
■
§ 485.610 Conditions of participation:
Status and location.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Standard: Location in a rural area
or treatment as rural. The CAH meets
the requirements of either paragraph
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section or the
requirements of paragraph (b)(3), (b)(4),
or (b)(5) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) Effective on or after October 1,
2014, for a period of 2 years beginning
with the effective date of the most
recent Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS, the
CAH no longer meets the location
requirements in either paragraph (b)(1)
or (b)(2) of this section and is located in
a county that, prior to the most recent
OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS and the
most recent Census Bureau data, was
located in a rural area as defined by
OMB, but under the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS and the most
recent Census Bureau data, is located in
an urban area.
*
*
*
*
*
PART 488—SURVEY, CERTIFICATION,
AND ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
61. The authority citation for Part 488
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Secs. 1102 and 1871 of the
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302 and
1395(hh)).
62. Section 488.61 is amended by—
a. Revising paragraphs (a)(4) and
(c)(4).
■ b. Adding new paragraphs (f), (g), and
(h).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
■
■
PO 00000
Frm 00333
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28309
§ 488.61 Special procedures for approval
and re-approval of organ transplant centers.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) * * *
(4) CMS will consider mitigating
factors in accordance with paragraphs
(f), (g), and (h) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(4) CMS will consider mitigating
factors in accordance with paragraphs
(f), (g), and (h) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) Consideration of mitigating factors
in initial approval and re-approval
survey, certification, and enforcement
actions for transplant centers.
(1) Factors. Except for situations of
immediate jeopardy, CMS will consider
mitigating factors, including (but not
limited to) the following, in making a
decision of initial and re-approval of a
transplant center that does not meet the
data submission, clinical experience, or
outcome requirements, or other
conditions of participation:
(i) The extent to which outcome
measures are not met or exceeded;
(ii) Availability of Medicare-approved
transplant centers in the area;
(iii) Extenuating circumstances (for
example, natural disaster) that have a
temporary effect on meeting the
conditions of participation;
(iv) Program improvements that
substantially address root causes of graft
failures or patient deaths and that have
been implemented and institutionalized
on a sustainable basis;
(v) Recent patient and graft survival
data to determine if there is sufficient
clinical experience and survival for
CMS to conclude that the program is in
compliance with CMS requirements,
except for the data lag inherent in the
reports from the Scientific Registry of
Transplant Recipients (SRTR);
(vi) Whether the program has made
extensive use of innovative
transplantation practices relative to
other transplant programs, such as a
high rate of transplantation of
individuals who are highly sensitized or
children who have undergone a Fontan
procedure compared to most other
transplant programs, where CMS finds
that the innovative practices are
supported by evidence-based published
research literature or nationally
recognized standards or Institution
Review Board (IRB) approvals, and the
SRTR risk-adjustment methodology
does not take the relevant key factors
into consideration; and
(vii) Whether the program’s
performance, based on the OPTN
method of calculating patient and graft
survival, is within the OPTN’s
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28310
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
thresholds for acceptable performance
and does not flag OPTN performance
review under the applicable OPTN
policy.
(2) Content. A request for
consideration of mitigating factors must
include sufficient information to permit
an adequate review and understanding
of the transplant program, the factors
that have contributed to outcomes,
program improvements or innovations
that have been implemented or planned,
and in the case of natural disasters, the
recovery actions planned. Examples of
information to be submitted with each
request include (but are not limited to)
the following:
(i) The name and contact information
for the transplant hospital and the
names and roles of key personnel of the
transplant program;
(ii) The type of organ transplant
program(s) for which approval is
requested;
(iii) The conditions of participation
that the program does not meet for
which the transplant center is
requesting CMS’ review for mitigating
factors;
(iv) The rationale and supporting
evidence for CMS’ review may include
(but is not limited to)—
(A) Root Cause Analysis for patient
deaths and graft failures, including
factors the program has identified as
likely causal or contributing factors for
patient deaths and graft failures;
(B) Program improvements or
innovations (where applicable) that
have been implemented and
improvements that are planned;
(C) Patient and donor/organ selection
criteria and evaluation protocols,
including methods for pre-transplant
patient evaluation by cardiologists,
hematologists, nephrologists, and
psychiatrists or psychologists to the
extent applicable;
(D) Organizational chart with fulltime equivalent levels, roles, and
structure for reporting to hospital
leadership;
(E) Waitlist management protocols
and practices relevant to outcomes;
(F) Pre-operative management
protocols and practices;
(G) Immunosuppression/infection
prophylaxis protocols;
(H) Post-transplant monitoring and
management protocols and practices;
(I) Quality Assessment and
Performance Improvement (QAPI)
Program meeting minutes from the most
recent four meetings and attendance
rosters from the most recent 12 months;
(J) Quality dashboard and other
performance indicators;
(K) Recent outcomes data for both
patient survival and graft survival; and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(L) Whether the program has engaged
with the OPTN to review program
outcomes, the status of any such review,
and any steps taken to address program
outcomes pursuant to the OPTN review.
(3) Timing. Within 10 days after CMS
has issued formal written notice of a
condition-level deficiency to the
program, CMS must receive notification
of the program’s intent to seek
mitigating factors approval or reapproval, and receive all information for
consideration of mitigating factors
within 30 days of the CMS written
notification for any deficiency that is
not for insufficient clinical experience
or outcomes, and 120 days of the CMS
written notification for a deficiency due
to clinical experience or outcomes.
Failure to meet these timeframes may be
the basis for denial of mitigating factors.
(g) Results of mitigating factors
review.
(1) Actions. Upon review of the
request to consider mitigating factors,
CMS may take the following actions:
(i) Approve initial approval or reapproval of a program’s Medicare
participation based upon approval of
mitigating factors;
(ii) Deny the program’s request for
Medicare approval or re-approval based
on mitigating factors.
(iii) Offer a time-limited Systems
Improvement Agreement, in accordance
with paragraph (h) of this section, when
a transplant program has waived its
appeal rights, has implemented
substantial program improvements that
address root causes and are
institutionally supported by the
hospital’s governing body on a
sustainable basis, and has requested
more time to design or implement
additional improvements or
demonstrate compliance with CMS
outcome requirements. Upon
completion of the Systems Improvement
Agreement or a CMS finding that the
hospital has failed to meet the terms of
the Agreement, CMS makes a final
determination of whether to approve or
deny a program’s request for Medicare
approval or re-approval based on
mitigating factors. A Systems
Improvement Agreement follows the
process specified in paragraph (h) of
this section.
(2) Limitation. CMS will not approve
any program with a condition-level
deficiency. However, CMS may approve
a program with a standard-level
deficiency upon receipt of an acceptable
plan of correction.
(h) Transplant Systems Improvement
Agreement. A Systems Improvement
Agreement is a binding agreement,
entered into voluntarily by the hospital
and CMS, through which CMS extends
PO 00000
Frm 00334
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
a prospective Medicare termination date
and offers the program additional time
to achieve compliance with the
conditions of participation, contingent
on the hospital’s agreement to
participate in a structured regimen of
quality improvement activities,
demonstrate improved outcomes, and
waive the right to appeal termination
based on the identified deficiency or
deficiencies that led to the Agreement in
consideration for more time to
demonstrate compliance. In some cases,
transplant programs may enter a period
of inactivity—voluntarily, or imposed as
a condition of the Systems Improvement
Agreement.
(1) Content. In exchange for the
additional time to initiate or continue
activities to achieve compliance with
the conditions of participation, the
hospital must agree to a regimen of
specified activities, including (but not
limited to) all of the following:
(i) Patient notification about the
degree and type of noncompliance by
the program, an explanation of what the
program improvement efforts mean for
patients, and financial assistance to
defray the out-of-pocket costs of
copayments and testing expenses for
any wait-listed individual who wishes
to be listed with another program;
(ii) An external independent peer
review team that conducts: An onsite
assessment of program policies, staffing,
operations, relationship to hospital
services, and factors that contribute to
program outcomes; that suggests quality
improvements the hospital should
consider; that provides both verbal and
written feedback to the hospital; and
that provides a verbal debriefing to
CMS. Neither the hospital nor the peer
review team is required to provide a
written report to CMS. The peer review
team must include a transplant surgeon
with expertise in the relevant organ
type(s), a transplant administrator, an
individual with expertise in transplant
QAPI systems, a social worker or
psychologist or psychiatrist, and a
specialty physician with expertise in
conditions particularly relevant to the
applicable organ types(s) such as a
cardiologist, nephrologist, or
hepatologist. Except for the transplant
surgeon, CMS may permit substitution
of one type of expertise for another
individual who has expertise
particularly needed for the type of
challenges experienced by the program,
such as substitution of an infection
control specialist in lieu of, or in
addition to, a social worker;
(iii) An action plan that addresses
systemic quality improvements and is
updated after the onsite peer review;
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(iv) An onsite consultant whose
qualifications are approved by CMS,
and who provides services for 8 days
per month on average for the duration
of the agreement, except that CMS may
permit a portion of the time to be spent
offsite and may agree to fewer
consultant days each month after the
first 3 months of the Systems
Improvement Agreement;
(v) A comparative effectiveness
analysis that compares policies,
procedures, and protocols of the
transplant program with those of other
programs in areas of endeavor that are
relevant to the center’s current quality
improvement needs;
(vi) Development of increased
proficiency, or demonstration of current
proficiency, with patient-level data from
the Scientific Registry of Transplant
Recipients and the use of registry data
to analyze outcomes and inform quality
improvement efforts;
(vii) A staffing analysis that examines
the level, type, training, and skill of staff
in order to inform transplant center
efforts to ensure the engagement and
appropriate training and credentialing
of staff.
(viii) Activities to strengthen
performance of the Quality Assessment
and Performance Improvement Program
to ensure full compliance with the
requirements of § 482.96 of this chapter;
(ix) Monthly (unless otherwise
specified) reporting and conference calls
with CMS regarding the status of
programmatic improvements, results of
the deliverables in the Systems
Improvement Agreement, and the
number of transplants, deaths, and graft
failures that occur within 1 year posttransplant; and
(x) Additional or alternative
requirements specified by CMS, tailored
to the transplant program type and
circumstances.
(2) Timeframe. A Systems
Improvement Agreement will be
established for up to a 12-month period,
subject to CMS’ discretion to determine
if a shorter timeframe may suffice. At
the hospital’s request, CMS may extend
the agreement for up to an additional 6month period.
(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance
Program No. 93.773, Medicare—Hospital
Insurance; Program No. 93.774, Medicare—
Supplementary Medical Insurance Program;
and Program No. 93.778, Medical Assistance)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Dated: April 18, 2014.
Marilyn Tavenner,
Administrator, Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services.
Dated: April 22, 2014.
Kathleen Sebelius,
Secretary, Department of Health and Human
Services.
Note: The following Addendum and
Appendixes will not appear in the Code of
Federal Regulations.
Addendum—Proposed Schedule of
Standardized Amounts, Update
Factors, and Rate-of-Increase
Percentages Effective With Cost
Reporting Periods Beginning On or
After October 1, 2014 and Payment
Rates for LTCHs Effective for
Discharges Occurring On or After
October 1, 2014.
I. Summary and Background
In this Addendum, we are setting
forth a description of the methods and
data we used to determine the proposed
prospective payment rates for Medicare
hospital inpatient operating costs and
Medicare hospital inpatient capitalrelated costs for FY 2015 for acute care
hospitals. We also are setting forth the
proposed rate-of-increase percentages
for updating the target amounts for
certain hospitals excluded from the
IPPS for FY 2015. We note that, because
certain hospitals excluded from the
IPPS are paid on a reasonable cost basis
subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling (and
not by the IPPS), these hospitals are not
affected by the figures for the
standardized amounts, offsets, and
budget neutrality factors. Therefore, in
this proposed rule, we are proposing the
rate-of-increase percentages for updating
the target amounts for certain hospitals
excluded from the IPPS that are
effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2014.
In addition, we are setting forth a
description of the methods and data we
used to determine the proposed
standard Federal rate that will be
applicable to Medicare LTCHs for FY
2015.
In general, except for SCHs, MDHs
and hospitals located in Puerto Rico, for
FY 2015, each hospital’s payment per
discharge under the IPPS is based on
100 percent of the Federal national rate,
also known as the national adjusted
standardized amount. This amount
reflects the national average hospital
cost per case from a base year, updated
for inflation.
SCHs are paid based on whichever of
the following rates yields the greatest
aggregate payment: the Federal national
rate (including, as discussed in section
PO 00000
Frm 00335
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28311
IV.F. of the preamble to this proposed
rule, uncompensated care payments
under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act); the
updated hospital-specific rate based on
FY 1982 costs per discharge; the
updated hospital-specific rate based on
FY 1987 costs per discharge; the
updated hospital-specific rate based on
FY 1996 costs per discharge; or the
updated hospital-specific rate based on
FY 2006 costs per discharge.
We note that, as discussed in section
IV.G. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, section 1106 of the Pathway to
SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113–
67), enacted on December 26, 2013,
extended the MDH program from the
end of FY 2013 (that is, for discharges
occurring after September 30, 2013)
through the first half of FY 2014 (that is,
for discharges occurring before April 1,
2014). Subsequently, section 106 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on April
1, 2014, further extended the MDH
program through the first half of FY
2015 (that is, for discharges occurring
before April 1, 2015). Prior to the
enactment of Public Law 113–67, the
MDH program was only to be in effect
through the end of FY 2013. Under
current law, the MDH program will
expire for discharges on or after April 1,
2015.
Under section 1886(d)(5)(G) of the
Act, MDHs historically have been paid
based on the Federal national rate or, if
higher, the Federal national rate plus 50
percent of the difference between the
Federal national rate and the updated
hospital-specific rate based on FY 1982,
FY 1987, or FY 2002 costs per
discharge, whichever was higher.
Section 5003(c) of Public Law 109–171
further required that MDHs be paid
based on the Federal national rate or, if
higher, the Federal national rate plus 75
percent of the difference between the
Federal national rate and the updated
hospital-specific rate. Further, based on
the provisions of section 5003(d) of
Public Law 109–171, MDHs are no
longer subject to the 12-percent cap on
their DSH payment adjustment factor.
For hospitals located in Puerto Rico,
the payment per discharge is based on
the sum of 25 percent of an updated
Puerto Rico-specific rate based on
average costs per case of Puerto Rico
hospitals for the base year and 75
percent of the Federal national rate. (We
refer readers to section II.D.2. of this
Addendum for a complete description.)
As discussed below in section II. of
this Addendum, we are proposing to
make changes in the determination of
the prospective payment rates for
Medicare inpatient operating costs for
acute care hospitals for FY 2015. In
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28312
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
section III. of this Addendum, we
discuss our proposed policy changes for
determining the prospective payment
rates for Medicare inpatient capitalrelated costs for FY 2015. In section IV.
of this Addendum, we are setting forth
our proposed changes for determining
the rate-of-increase limits for certain
hospitals excluded from the IPPS for FY
2015. In section V. of this Addendum,
we discuss proposed policy changes for
determining the standard Federal rate
for LTCHs paid under the LTCH PPS for
FY 2015. The tables to which we refer
in the preamble of this proposed rule
are listed in section VI. of this
Addendum and are available via the
Internet.
II. Proposed Changes to Prospective
Payment Rates for Hospital Inpatient
Operating Costs for Acute Care
Hospitals for FY 2015
The basic methodology for
determining prospective payment rates
for hospital inpatient operating costs for
acute care hospitals for FY 2005 and
subsequent fiscal years is set forth under
§ 412.64. The basic methodology for
determining the prospective payment
rates for hospital inpatient operating
costs for hospitals located in Puerto
Rico for FY 2005 and subsequent fiscal
years is set forth under §§ 412.211 and
412.212. Below we discuss the factors
we are using for determining the
proposed prospective payment rates for
FY 2015.
In summary, the standardized
amounts set forth in Tables 1A, 1B, and
1C that are listed and published in
section VI. of this Addendum (and
available via the Internet) reflect—
• Equalization of the standardized
amounts for urban and other areas at the
level computed for large urban hospitals
during FY 2004 and onward, as
provided for under section
1886(d)(3)(A)(iv)(II) of the Act.
Hospital submitted quality
data and is a
meaningful
EHR user
FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Market Basket Rate-of-Increase ......................................................................
Adjustment for Failure to Submit Quality Data under Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act .........................................................................
Adjustment for Failure to be a Meaningful EHR User under Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act ..........................................................................
MFP Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act ..........................
Statutory Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act ...................
Proposed Applicable Percentage Increase Applied to Standardized Amount
• A proposed update of 2.1 percent to
the Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount (that is, the FY 2015 estimate of
the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent less a proposed adjustment of
0.4 percentage point for MFP and less
0.2 percentage point), in accordance
with section 1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act,
as amended by section 401(c) of Public
Law 108–173, which sets the update to
the Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount equal to the applicable
percentage increase set forth under
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act.
• An adjustment to the standardized
amount to ensure budget neutrality for
DRG recalibration and reclassification,
as provided for under section
1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act.
• An adjustment to ensure the wage
index changes are budget neutral, as
provided for under section
1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act. We note that
section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act
requires that when we compute such
budget neutrality, we assume that the
provisions of section 1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Frm 00336
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Hospital submitted quality
data and is
NOT a meaningful EHR
user
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is a
meaningful
EHR user
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is NOT a
meaningful
EHR user
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
0.0
0.0
¥0.675
¥0.675
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.2
2.1
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.2
1.425
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.2
1.425
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.2
0.75
the Act (requiring a 62 percent laborrelated share in certain circumstances)
had not been enacted.
• An adjustment to ensure the effects
of geographic reclassification are budget
neutral, as provided for under section
1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, by removing
the FY 2014 budget neutrality factor and
applying a revised factor.
• As discussed below and in section
III. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, an adjustment to offset the cost of
the transitional wage index provisions
provided by CMS as a result of the
proposed adoption of the new OMB
labor market area delineations.
• An adjustment to ensure the effects
of the rural community hospital
demonstration program required under
section 410A of Public Law 108–173, as
amended by sections 3123 and 10313 of
Public Law 111–148, which extended
the demonstration program for an
additional 5 years, are budget neutral as
required under section 410A(c)(2) of
Public Law 108–173.
PO 00000
• The labor-related share that is
applied to the standardized amounts
and Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amounts to give the hospital the highest
payment, as provided for under sections
1886(d)(3)(E) and 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of
the Act.
For FY 2015, depending on whether a
hospital submits quality data under the
rules established in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act
(hereafter referred to as a hospital that
submits quality data) and is a
meaningful EHR user under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act (hereafter
referred to as a hospital that is a
meaningful EHR user), there are four
possible applicable percentage increases
that can be applied to the national
standardized amount. We refer the
reader to section IV.B. of the preamble
of this proposed rule for a complete
discussion on the FY 2015 proposed
inpatient hospital update. Below is a
table with these four options:
• An adjustment to remove the FY
2014 outlier offset and apply an offset
for FY 2015, as provided for under
section 1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act.
• As discussed below and in section
II.D. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, a proposed recoupment to meet the
requirements of section 631 of ATRA to
adjust the standardized amount to offset
the estimated amount of the increase in
aggregate payments as a result of not
completing the prospective adjustment
authorized under section 7(b)(1)(A) of
Public Law 110–90 until FY 2013.
Beginning in FY 2008, we applied the
budget neutrality adjustment for the
rural floor to the hospital wage indices
rather than the standardized amount. As
we did for FY 2014, for FY 2015,
consistent with current law, we are
proposing to continue to apply the rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment to
hospital wage indexes rather than the
standardized amount. Also, consistent
with section 3141 of the Affordable Care
Act, instead of applying a State level
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
to the wage index, we are proposing to
apply a uniform, national budget
neutrality adjustment to the proposed
FY 2015 wage index for the rural floor.
We note that, in section III.G.2.b. of the
preamble to this proposed rule, we are
proposing to extend the imputed floor
policy (both the original methodology
and alternative methodology) for
another year, through September 30,
2015.
Therefore, for this proposed rule, we
are proposing to continue to include the
imputed floor (calculated under the
original and alternative methodologies)
in calculating the uniform, national
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment,
which will be reflected in the proposed
FY 2015 wage index.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Calculation of the Proposed Adjusted
Standardized Amount
1. Standardization of Base-Year Costs or
Target Amounts
In general, the national standardized
amount is based on per discharge
averages of adjusted hospital costs from
a base period (section 1886(d)(2)(A) of
the Act), updated and otherwise
adjusted in accordance with the
provisions of section 1886(d) of the Act.
For Puerto Rico hospitals, the Puerto
Rico-specific standardized amount is
based on per discharge averages of
adjusted target amounts from a base
period (section 1886(d)(9)(B)(i) of the
Act), updated and otherwise adjusted in
accordance with the provisions of
section 1886(d)(9) of the Act. The
September 1, 1983 interim final rule (48
FR 39763) contained a detailed
explanation of how base-year cost data
(from cost reporting periods ending
during FY 1981) were established for
urban and rural hospitals in the initial
development of standardized amounts
for the IPPS. The September 1, 1987
final rule (52 FR 33043 and 33066)
contains a detailed explanation of how
the target amounts were determined and
how they are used in computing the
Puerto Rico rates.
Sections 1886(d)(2)(B) and
1886(d)(2)(C) of the Act require us to
update base-year per discharge costs for
FY 1984 and then standardize the cost
data in order to remove the effects of
certain sources of cost variations among
hospitals. These effects include casemix, differences in area wage levels,
cost-of-living adjustments for Alaska
and Hawaii, IME costs, and costs to
hospitals serving a disproportionate
share of low-income patients.
In accordance with section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, the Secretary
estimates, from time-to-time, the
proportion of hospitals’ costs that are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
attributable to wages and wage-related
costs. In general, the standardized
amount is divided into labor-related and
nonlabor-related amounts; only the
proportion considered to be the laborrelated amount is adjusted by the wage
index. Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act
requires that 62 percent of the
standardized amount be adjusted by the
wage index, unless doing so would
result in lower payments to a hospital
than would otherwise be made. (Section
1886(d)(9)(C)(iv)(II) of the Act extends
this provision to the labor-related share
for hospitals located in Puerto Rico.)
For FY 2015, we are proposing to use
the national and Puerto Rico-specific
labor-related and nonlabor-related
shares established for FY 2014, using
the FY 2010-based hospital market
basket. Specifically, under section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, the Secretary
estimates from time to time the
proportion of payments that are laborrelated: ‘‘[T]he Secretary shall adjust the
proportion, (as estimated by the
Secretary from time to time) of
hospitals’ costs which are attributable to
wages and wage-related costs, of the
DRG prospective payment rates . . . .’’
We refer to the proportion of hospitals’
costs that are attributable to wages and
wage-related costs as the ‘‘labor-related
share.’’ For FY 2015, as discussed in
section III. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
establish a labor-related share of 69.6
percent for the national standardized
amounts, and 63.2 percent for the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount, if the hospital has a wage index
value that is greater than 1.0000.
Consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of
the Act, we are proposing to apply the
wage index to a labor-related share of 62
percent of the national standardized
amount for all IPPS hospitals whose
wage index values are less than or equal
to 1.0000. For all IPPS hospitals whose
wage indices are greater than 1.0000, we
are proposing to apply the wage index
to a labor-related share of 69.6 percent
of the national standardized amount.
For FY 2015, all Puerto Rico hospitals
have a proposed wage index value that
is less than 1.0000 because the proposed
average hourly rate of every hospital in
Puerto Rico divided by the proposed
national average hourly rate (the sum of
all salaries and hours for all hospitals in
the 50 United States and Puerto Rico)
results in a proposed wage index that is
below 1.0000. However, when we
divide the proposed average hourly rate
of every hospital located in Puerto Rico
by the proposed Puerto Rico-specific
national average hourly rate (the sum of
all salaries and hours for all hospitals
PO 00000
Frm 00337
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28313
located only in Puerto Rico), we
determine a proposed Puerto Ricospecific wage index value for some
hospitals that is either above, or below
1.0000, depending on the hospital’s
location within Puerto Rico.
Therefore, for hospitals located in
Puerto Rico, we are proposing to apply
a labor-related share of 63.2 percent if
its Puerto Rico-specific wage index is
greater than 1.0000. For hospitals
located in Puerto Rico whose Puerto
Rico-specific wage index values are less
than or equal to 1.0000, we are
proposing to apply a labor share of 62
percent.
The proposed standardized amounts
for operating costs appear in Tables 1A,
1B, and 1C that are listed and published
in section VI. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule and are available via the
Internet.
2. Computing the National Average
Standardized Amount and Puerto RicoSpecific Standardized Amount
Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(iv)(II) of the Act
requires that, beginning with FY 2004
and thereafter, an equal standardized
amount be computed for all hospitals at
the level computed for large urban
hospitals during FY 2003, updated by
the applicable percentage update.
Section 1886(d)(9)(A)(ii)(II) of the Act
equalizes the Puerto Rico-specific urban
and rural area rates. Accordingly, we are
proposing to calculate the FY 2015
national average standardized amount
and Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount irrespective of whether a
hospital is located in an urban or rural
location.
3. Updating the National Average
Standardized Amount and Puerto RicoSpecific Standardized Amount
Section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act
specifies the applicable percentage
increase used to update the
standardized amount for payment for
inpatient hospital operating costs. We
note that, in compliance with section
404 of the MMA, in this proposed rule,
we are using the revised and rebased FY
2010-based IPPS operating and capital
market baskets for FY 2015 (which
replaced the FY 2006-based IPPS
operating and capital market baskets in
FY 2014). As discussed in section IV.B.
of the preamble of this proposed rule, in
accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of
the Act, as amended by section 3401(a)
of the Affordable Care Act, we are
proposing to reduce the proposed FY
2015 applicable percentage increase
(which is based on IHS Global Insight,
Inc.’s (IGI’s) first quarter 2014 forecast of
the FY 2010-based IPPS market basket)
by the proposed MFP adjustment (the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28314
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
10-year moving average of MFP for the
period ending FY 2015) of 0.4
percentage point, which is calculated
based on IGI’s first quarter 2014
forecast.
In addition, in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as
amended by sections 3401(a) and
10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we
are proposing to further update the
standardized amount for FY 2015 by the
estimated market basket percentage
increase less 0.2 percentage point for
hospitals in all areas. Sections
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and (xii) of Act, as
added and amended by sections 3401(a)
and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act,
further state that these adjustments may
result in the applicable percentage
increase being less than zero. The
percentage increase in the market basket
reflects the average change in the price
of goods and services comprising
routine, ancillary, and special care unit
hospital inpatient services.
Based on IGI’s 2014 first quarter
forecast of the hospital market basket
increase (as discussed in Appendix B of
this proposed rule), the most recent
forecast of the hospital market basket
increase for FY 2015 is 2.7 percent. As
discussed above, for FY 2015,
depending on whether a hospital
submits quality data under the rules
established in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and is a
meaningful EHR user under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, there are
four possible applicable percentage
increases that could be applied to the
standardized amount. We refer readers
to section IV. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a complete discussion
on the FY 2015 proposed inpatient
hospital update to the standardized
amount. We also refer readers to the
table above for the four possible
proposed applicable percentage
increases that would be applied to
update the national standardized
amount. The proposed standardized
amounts shown in Tables 1A through
1C that are published in section VI. of
this Addendum and that are available
via the Internet reflect these differential
amounts.
Section 401(c) of Public Law 108–173
amended section 1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the
Act and states that, for discharges
occurring in a fiscal year (beginning
with FY 2004), the Secretary shall
compute an average standardized
amount for hospitals located in any area
of Puerto Rico that is equal to the
average standardized amount computed
under subclause (I) for FY 2003 for
hospitals in a large urban area (or,
beginning with FY 2005, for all
hospitals in the previous fiscal year)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
increased by the applicable percentage
increase under subsection (b)(3)(B) for
the fiscal year involved. Therefore, the
update to the Puerto Rico-specific
operating standardized amount is
subject to the applicable percentage
increase set forth under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as amended
by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the
Affordable Care Act (that is, the same
update factor as for all other hospitals
subject to the IPPS). Accordingly, we are
proposing to establish an applicable
percentage increase to the Puerto Ricospecific standardized amount of 2.1
percent for FY 2015.
Although the update factors for FY
2015 are set by law, we are required by
section 1886(e)(4) of the Act to
recommend, taking into account
MedPAC’s recommendations,
appropriate update factors for FY 2015
for both IPPS hospitals and hospitals
and hospital units excluded from the
IPPS. Section 1886(e)(5)(A) of the Act
requires that we publish our proposed
recommendations in the Federal
Register for public comment. Our
recommendation on the update factors
is set forth in Appendix B of this
proposed rule.
4. Other Adjustments to the Average
Standardized Amount
As in the past, we are proposing to
adjust the FY 2015 standardized amount
to remove the effects of the FY 2014
geographic reclassifications and outlier
payments before applying the proposed
FY 2015 updates. We then apply budget
neutrality offsets for outliers and
geographic reclassifications to the
proposed standardized amount based on
proposed FY 2015 payment policies.
We do not remove the prior year’s
budget neutrality adjustments for
reclassification and recalibration of the
DRG relative weights and for updated
wage data because, in accordance with
sections 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) and
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, estimated
aggregate payments after updates in the
DRG relative weights and wage index
should equal estimated aggregate
payments prior to the changes. If we
removed the prior year’s adjustment, we
would not satisfy these conditions.
Budget neutrality is determined by
comparing aggregate IPPS payments
before and after making changes that are
required to be budget neutral (for
example, changes to MS–DRG
classifications, recalibration of the MS–
DRG relative weights, updates to the
wage index, and different geographic
reclassifications). We include outlier
payments in the simulations because
they may be affected by changes in these
parameters.
PO 00000
Frm 00338
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
In order to appropriately estimate
aggregate payments in our modeling, we
make several inclusions and exclusions
so that the appropriate universe of
claims and charges are included. We
discuss IME Medicare Advantage
payment amounts, fee-for-service only
claims, and charges for anti-hemophilic
blood factor and organ acquisition
below.
First, consistent with our
methodology established in the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50422
through 50433), because IME Medicare
Advantage payments are made to IPPS
hospitals under section 1886(d) of the
Act, we believe these payments must be
part of these budget neutrality
calculations. However, we note that it is
not necessary to include Medicare
Advantage IME payments in the outlier
threshold calculation or the outlier
offset to the standardized amount
because the statute requires that outlier
payments be not less than 5 percent nor
more than 6 percent of total ‘‘operating
DRG payments,’’ which does not
include IME and DSH payments. We
refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule for a complete discussion
on our methodology of identifying and
adding the total Medicare Advantage
IME payment amount to the budget
neutrality adjustments.
Second, consistent with the
methodology in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, in order to ensure that
we capture only fee-for-service claims,
we are only including claims with a
‘‘Claim Type’’ of 60 (which is a field on
the MedPAR file that indicates a claim
is a fee-for-service claim).
Third, consistent with our
methodology established in the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50422
through 50423), we examined the
MedPAR file and removed pharmacy
charges for anti-hemophilic blood factor
(which are paid separately under the
IPPS) with an indicator of ‘‘3’’ for blood
clotting with a revenue code of ‘‘0636’’
from the covered charge field for the
budget neutrality adjustments. We also
removed organ acquisition charges from
the covered charge field for the budget
neutrality adjustments because organ
acquisition is a pass-through payment
not paid under the IPPS.
The Bundled Payments for Care
Improvement (BPCI) initiative,
developed under the authority of
section 3021 of the Affordable Care Act
(codified at section 1115A of the Act),
is comprised of four broadly defined
models of care, which link payments for
multiple services beneficiaries receive
during an episode of care. Under the
BPCI initiative, organizations enter into
payment arrangements that include
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
financial and performance
accountability for episodes of care. On
January 31, 2013, CMS announced the
health care organizations selected to
participate in the BPCI initiative. For
additional information on the BPCI
initiative, we refer readers to the CMS
Center for Medicare and Medicaid
Innovation’s Web site at: https://
innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/BundledPayments/.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53341 through 53343), for
FY 2013 and subsequent fiscal years, we
finalized a methodology to treat
hospitals that participate in the BPCI
initiative the same as prior fiscal years
for the IPPS payment modeling and
ratesetting process (which includes
recalibration of the MS–DRG relative
weights, ratesetting, calculation of the
budget neutrality factors, and the impact
analysis) without regard to a hospital’s
participation within these bundled
payment models (that is, as if they are
not participating in those models under
the BPCI initiative). Therefore, for FY
2015, as discussed in section II.H.4.of
the preamble to this proposed rule, we
are proposing to continue to include all
applicable data from subsection (d)
hospitals participating in BPCI Models
1, 2, and 4 in our IPPS payment
modeling and ratesetting calculations.
We refer the reader to the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule for a complete
discussion on our final policy for the
treatment of hospitals in the BPCI
initiative in our rate setting process.
The Affordable Care Act established
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program and the Hospital VBP Program
which adjust payments to certain IPPS
hospitals beginning with discharges on
or after October 1, 2012. Because the
adjustments made under these programs
affect the estimation of aggregate IPPS
payments, in this proposed rule,
consistent with our methodology
established in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53687 through
53688), we believe that it is appropriate
to include adjustments for these
programs within our budget neutrality
calculations. We discuss the treatment
of these two programs in the context of
budget neutrality adjustments below.
Section 1886(q) of the Act establishes
the ‘‘Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program’’ effective for discharges from
an ‘‘applicable hospital’’ beginning on
or after October 1, 2012, under which
payments to those hospitals under
section 1886(d) of the Act are reduced
to account for certain excess
readmissions. Under the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program, for
discharges beginning on October 1, 2012
discharges from an ‘‘applicable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospital’’ are paid at an amount equal to
the product of the ‘‘base operating DRG
payment amount’’ and an ‘‘adjustment
factor’’ that accounts for excess
readmissions for the hospital for the
fiscal year plus any applicable add-on
payments. We refer readers to section
IV.H. of the preamble of this proposed
rule for full details of our
implementation of and proposed FY
2015 policy changes to the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program. We
also note that the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program provided for under
section 1886(q) of the Act is not budget
neutral.
Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the
Secretary to establish a Hospital VBP
Program under which, for discharges
beginning on October 1, 2012, valuebased incentive payments are made in a
fiscal year to eligible subsection (d)
hospitals that meet performance
standards established for a performance
period for that fiscal year. As specified
under section 1886(o)(7)(B)(i) of the Act,
these value-based incentive payments
are funded by a reduction applied to
each eligible hospital’s base-operating
DRG payment amount, for each
discharge occurring in the fiscal year.
As required by section 1886(o)(7)(A) of
the Act, the total amount of allocated
funds available for value-based
incentive payments with respect to a
fiscal year is equal to the total amount
of base-operating DRG payment
reductions, as estimated by the
Secretary. In a given fiscal year,
hospitals may earn a value-based
incentive payment amount for a fiscal
year that is greater than, equal to, or less
than the reduction amount, based on
their performance on quality measures
under the Hospital VBP Program. Thus,
the Hospital VBP Program is estimated
to have no net effect on overall
payments. We refer readers to section
IV.I. of the preamble of this proposed
rule for full details regarding the
Hospital VBP Program.
Both the hospital readmissions
payment adjustment (reduction) and the
hospital VBP payment adjustment
(redistribution) are applied on a claimby-claim basis by adjusting, as
applicable, the base-operating DRG
payment amount for individual
subsection (d) hospitals, which affects
the overall sum of aggregate payments
on each side of the comparison within
the budget neutrality calculations. For
example, when we calculate the budget
neutrality factor for MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration of the
relative weights, we compare aggregate
payments estimated using the prior
year’s GROUPER and relative weights to
estimated payments using the new
PO 00000
Frm 00339
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28315
GROUPER and relative weights. (We
refer readers to section II.A.4.a. of this
Addendum for full details.) Other
factors, such as the DSH and IME
payment adjustments, are the same on
both sides of the comparison because
we are only seeking to ensure that
aggregate payments do not increase or
decrease as a result of the changes of
MS–DRG reclassification and
recalibration.
In order to properly determine
aggregate payments on each side of the
comparison, as we did for FY 2014, for
FY 2015 and subsequent years, we are
proposing to continue to apply the
hospital readmissions payment
adjustment and the hospital VBP
payment adjustment on each side of the
comparison, consistent with the
methodology that we adopted in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53687 through 53688). That is, we are
proposing to apply the readmissions
payment adjustment factor and the
hospital VBP payment adjustment factor
on both sides of our comparison of
aggregate payments when determining
all budget neutrality factors described in
section II.A.4. of this Addendum.
For the purpose of calculating the
proposed FY 2015 readmissions
payment adjustment factors, we are
proposing to use excess readmission
ratios and aggregate payments for excess
readmissions based on admissions from
the prior fiscal year’s applicable period
because hospitals have had the
opportunity to review and correct these
data before the data were made public
under the policy we adopted regarding
the reporting of hospital-specific
readmission rates, consistent with
section 1886(q)(6) of the Act. For this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
calculate the readmissions payment
adjustment factors using excess
readmission ratios and aggregate
payments for excess readmissions based
on admissions from the finalized
applicable period for FY 2015 as
hospitals have had the opportunity to
review and correct these data under our
policy regarding the reporting of
hospital-specific readmission rates
consistent with section 1886(q)(6) of the
Act. We discuss our policy regarding the
reporting of hospital-specific
readmission rates for FY 2015 in section
IV.H.3.f. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. (For additional
information on our general policy for
the reporting of hospital-specific
readmission rates, consistent with
section 1886(q)(6) of the Act, we refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53399 through 53400).)
In addition, for this proposed rule, for
the purpose of modeling aggregate
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28316
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payments when determining all budget
neutrality factors, we are proposing to
use proxy hospital VBP payment
adjustment factors for FY 2015 that are
based on data from a historical period
because hospitals have not yet had an
opportunity to review and submit
corrections for their data from the FY
2015 performance period. (For
additional information on our policy
regarding the review and correction of
hospital-specific measure rates under
the Hospital VBP Program, consistent
with section 1886(o)(10)(A)(ii) of the
Act, we refer readers to the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53578
through 53581), the CY 2012 OPPS/ASC
final rule with comment period (76 FR
74544 through 74547), and the Hospital
Inpatient VBP final rule (76 FR 26534
through 26536).)
The Affordable Care Act also
established section 1886(r) of the Act,
which modifies the methodology for
computing the Medicare DSH payment
adjustment beginning in FY 2014.
Beginning in FY 2014, IPPS hospitals
receiving Medicare DSH payment
adjustments will receive an empirically
justified Medicare DSH payment equal
to 25 percent of the amount that would
previously have been received under the
current statutory formula set forth under
section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
governing the Medicare DSH payment
adjustment. In accordance with section
1886(r)(2) of the Act, the remaining
amount, equal to an estimate of 75
percent of what otherwise would have
been paid as Medicare DSH payments,
reduced to reflect changes in the
percentage of individuals under age 65
who are uninsured, will be available to
make additional payments to Medicare
DSH hospitals based on their share of
the total amount of uncompensated care
reported by Medicare DSH hospitals for
a given time period. In order to properly
determine aggregate payments on each
side of the comparison for budget
neutrality, prior to FY2014, we included
estimated Medicare DSH payments on
both sides of our comparison of
aggregate payments when determining
all budget neutrality factors described in
section II.A.4. of this Addendum.
To do this for FY 2015 and
subsequent years (as we did for FY
2014), we are proposing to include
estimated empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments that will be paid in
accordance with section 1886(r)(1) of
the Act and also to include estimates of
the additional uncompensated care
payments made to hospitals receiving
Medicare DSH payment adjustments as
described by section 1886(r)(2) of the
Act. That is, we are proposing to
consider estimated empirically justified
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Medicare DSH payments at 25 percent
of what would otherwise have been
paid, and also the estimated additional
uncompensated care payments for
hospitals receiving Medicare DSH
payment adjustments on both sides of
our comparison of aggregate payments
when determining all budget neutrality
factors described in section II.A.4. of
this Addendum.
We note that, when calculating total
payments for budget neutrality, to
determine total payments for SCHs we
model total hospital-specific rate
payments and total federal rate
payments and then include whichever
one of the total payments are greater. As
discussed in section IV.F. of the
preamble to this proposed rule and
below, we are continuing the FY 2014
finalized methodology under which we
will take into consideration
uncompensated care payments in the
comparison of payments under the
Federal rate and the hospital-specific
rate for SCHs. Therefore, we are
including estimated uncompensated
care payments in this comparison.
Similarly, for MDHs, as discussed in
section IV. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, when computing the
Federal national rate plus 75 percent of
the difference between the Federal
national rate and the updated hospitalspecific rate, we are continuing to take
into consideration uncompensated care
payments in the computation of
payments under the Federal rate and the
hospital-specific rate for MDHs.
Also, for FY 2015, CMS has yet to
finalize a list of hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act. Therefore,
we are proposing not to include this
adjustment to the standardized amount
(for those hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users) in our modeling
of aggregate payments for budget
neutrality for FY 2015. CMS intends to
release a final list of hospitals that are
not meaningful EHR user in September
2014. Hospitals identified on this list
will be paid based on the applicable
proposed standardized amount in Table
1A for discharges occurring in FY 2015.
We finally note that the wage index
value is calculated and assigned to a
hospital based on the hospital’s labor
market area. Under section 1886(d)(3)(E)
of the Act, beginning with FY 2005, we
delineate hospital labor market areas
based on the Core-Based Statistical
Areas (CBSAs) established by the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB). The
current statistical areas used in FY 2014
are based on OMB standards published
on December 27, 2000 (65 FR 82228)
and Census 2000 data and Census
Bureau population estimates for 2007
PO 00000
Frm 00340
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and 2008 (OMB Bulletin No. 10–02). For
purposes of determining all of the FY
2014 budget neutrality factors, we
determined aggregate payments on each
side of the comparison for our budget
neutrality calculations using wage
indexes based on the current CBSAs.
As stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27552) and
final rule (78 FR 50586), on February 28,
2013, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No.
13–01, which established revised
delineations for Metropolitan Statistical
Areas, Micropolitan Statistical Areas,
and Combined Statistical Areas, and
provided guidance on the use of the
delineations of these statistical areas. In
order to implement these changes for
the IPPS, it is necessary to identify the
new OMB labor market area delineation
for each county and hospital in the
country. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50586), we stated that
we intended to propose changes to the
wage index policy based on the new
OMB delineations in this FY 2015
proposed rule. As discussed in section
III. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are proposing to adopt the new
OMB labor market area delineations as
described in the February 28, 2013 OMB
Bulletin No. 13–01, effective for the FY
2015 IPPS wage index.
Consistent with our proposal to adopt
the new OMB delineations, in order to
properly determine aggregate payments
on each side of the comparison for our
budget neutrality calculations, we are
proposing to use wage indexes based on
the new OMB delineations in the
determination of all of the proposed
budget neutrality factors discussed
below (with the exception of the
proposed transitional budget neutrality
factor and proposed outlier threshold as
explained below). We also note that,
consistent with past practice as
finalized in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
(69 FR 49034), we are not adopting the
new OMB delineations themselves in a
budget neutral manner. We continue to
believe that the revision to the labor
market areas in and of itself do not
constitute an ‘‘adjustment or update’’ to
the adjustment for area wage
differences, as provided under section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act.
a. Proposed Recalibration of MS–DRG
Relative Weights and Updated Wage
Index—Budget Neutrality Adjustment
Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act
specifies that, beginning in FY 1991, the
annual DRG reclassification and
recalibration of the relative weights
must be made in a manner that ensures
that aggregate payments to hospitals are
not affected. As discussed in section
II.H. of the preamble of this proposed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
rule, we normalized the recalibrated
MS–DRG relative weights by an
adjustment factor so that the average
case relative weight after recalibration is
equal to the average case relative weight
prior to recalibration. However,
equating the average case relative
weight after recalibration to the average
case relative weight before recalibration
does not necessarily achieve budget
neutrality with respect to aggregate
payments to hospitals because payments
to hospitals are affected by factors other
than average case relative weight.
Therefore, as we have done in past
years, we are proposing to make a
budget neutrality adjustment to ensure
that the requirement of section
1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act is met.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act
requires us to update the hospital wage
index on an annual basis beginning
October 1, 1993. This provision also
requires us to make any updates or
adjustments to the wage index in a
manner that ensures that aggregate
payments to hospitals are not affected
by the change in the wage index.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act
requires that we implement the wage
index adjustment in a budget neutral
manner. However, section
1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act sets the
labor-related share at 62 percent for
hospitals with a wage index less than or
equal to 1.0000, and section
1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act provides that
the Secretary shall calculate the budget
neutrality adjustment for the
adjustments or updates made under that
provision as if section 1886(d)(3)(E)(ii)
of the Act had not been enacted. In
other words, this section of the statute
requires that we implement the updates
to the wage index in a budget neutral
manner, but that our budget neutrality
adjustment should not take into account
the requirement that we set the laborrelated share for hospitals with wage
indices less than or equal to 1.0 at the
more advantageous level of 62 percent.
Therefore, for purposes of this budget
neutrality adjustment, section
1886(d)(3)(E)(i) of the Act prohibits us
from taking into account the fact that
hospitals with a wage index less than or
equal to 1.0000 are paid using a laborrelated share of 62 percent. Consistent
with current policy, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to adjust 100 percent of the
wage index factor for occupational mix.
We describe the proposed occupational
mix adjustment in section III.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
For FY 2015, to comply with the
requirement that MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration of the
relative weights be budget neutral for
the Puerto Rico standardized amount
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
and the hospital-specific rates, we used
FY 2013 discharge data to simulate
payments and compared the following:
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, the FY 2014
relative weights, and the FY 2014 prereclassified wage data, and applied the
proposed FY 2015 hospital
readmissions payment adjustments and
estimated FY 2015 hospital VBP
payment adjustments; and
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, the proposed FY
2015 relative weights, and the FY 2014
pre-reclassified wage data, and applied
the same hospital readmissions payment
adjustments and estimated hospital VBP
payment adjustments applied above.
Based on this comparison, we
computed a proposed budget neutrality
adjustment factor equal to 0.992938. As
discussed in section IV. of this
Addendum, we also are proposing to
apply the proposed MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration budget
neutrality factor of 0.992938 to the
hospital-specific rates that are effective
for cost reporting periods beginning on
or after October 1, 2014.
In order to meet the statutory
requirements that we do not take into
account the labor-related share of 62
percent when computing wage index
budget neutrality, it was necessary to
use a three-step process to comply with
the requirements that MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration of the
relative weights and the updated wage
index and labor-related share have no
effect on aggregate payments for IPPS
hospitals. Under the first step, we
determined a proposed MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration budget
neutrality factor of 0.992938 (by using
the same methodology described above
to determine the MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration budget
neutrality factor for the Puerto Rico
standardized amount and hospitalspecific rates). Under the second step, to
compute a proposed budget neutrality
factor for wage index and labor-related
share changes we used FY 2013
discharge data to simulate payments
and compared the following:
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, proposed FY
2015 relative weights and the FY 2014
pre-reclassified wage indices, applied
the FY 2014 labor-related share of 69.6
percent to all hospitals (regardless of
whether the hospital’s wage index was
above or below 1.0), and applied the
proposed FY 2015 hospital
readmissions payment adjustment and
PO 00000
Frm 00341
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28317
the proposed FY 2015 estimated
hospital VBP payment adjustment; and
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, proposed FY
2015 relative weights and the proposed
FY 2015 pre-reclassified wage indices,
applied the proposed labor-related share
for FY 2015 of 69.6 percent to all
hospitals (regardless of whether the
hospital’s wage index was above or
below 1.0), and applied the same
proposed FY 2015 hospital
readmissions payment adjustments and
estimated proposed FY 2015 hospital
VBP payment adjustments applied
above.
In addition, we applied the proposed
MS–DRG reclassification and
recalibration budget neutrality factor
(derived in the first step) to the payment
rates that were used to simulate
payments for this comparison of
aggregate payments from FY 2014 to FY
2015. By applying this methodology, we
determined a proposed budget
neutrality adjustment factor of 1.000578
for changes to the wage index. Finally,
we multiplied the proposed MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration budget
neutrality adjustment factor of 0.992938
(derived in the first step) by the
proposed budget neutrality adjustment
factor of 1.000578 for changes to the
wage index (derived in the second step)
to determine the proposed MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration and
updated wage index budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 0.993512.
b. Reclassified Hospitals—Budget
Neutrality Adjustment
Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
provides that certain rural hospitals are
deemed urban. In addition, section
1886(d)(10) of the Act provides for the
reclassification of hospitals based on
determinations by the MGCRB. Under
section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, a hospital
may be reclassified for purposes of the
wage index.
Under section 1886(d)(8)(D) of the
Act, the Secretary is required to adjust
the standardized amount to ensure that
aggregate payments under the IPPS after
implementation of the provisions of
sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and
1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal to the
aggregate prospective payments that
would have been made absent these
provisions. We note that the wage index
adjustments provided for under section
1886(d)(13) of the Act are not budget
neutral. Section 1886(d)(13)(H) of the
Act provides that any increase in a wage
index under section 1886(d)(13) shall
not be taken into account in ‘‘applying
any budget neutrality adjustment with
respect to such index’’ under section
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28318
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act. To calculate
the proposed budget neutrality factor for
FY 2015, we used FY 2013 discharge
data to simulate payments and
compared the following:
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, proposed FY
2015 relative weights, and proposed FY
2015 wage data prior to any
reclassifications under sections
1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and 1886(d)(10) of
the Act, and applied the proposed FY
2015 hospital readmissions payment
adjustments and the proposed estimated
FY 2015 hospital VBP payment
adjustments; and
• Aggregate payments using the new
OMB labor market area delineations
proposed for FY 2015, proposed FY
2015 relative weights, and proposed FY
2015 wage data after such
reclassifications, and applied the same
proposed hospital readmissions
payment adjustments and the estimated
hospital VBP payment adjustments
applied above.
We note that the reclassifications
applied under the second simulation
and comparison are those listed in
Tables 9A2 and 9C2, which are posted
on the CMS Web site. These tables
reflect reclassification crosswalks based
on the new OMB labor market area
delineations proposed for FY 2015, and
apply the policies explained in section
III. of the preamble to this proposed
rule. Based on these simulations, we
calculated a proposed budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 0.991412 to ensure
that the effects of these provisions are
budget neutral, consistent with the
statute.
The proposed FY 2015 budget
neutrality adjustment factor was applied
to the proposed standardized amount
after removing the effects of the FY 2014
budget neutrality adjustment factor. We
note that the proposed FY 2015 budget
neutrality adjustment reflects proposed
FY 2015 wage index reclassifications
approved by the MGCRB or the
Administrator.
c. Proposed Rural Floor Budget
Neutrality Adjustment
Under § 412.64(e)(4), we make an
adjustment to the wage index to ensure
that aggregate payments after
implementation of the rural floor under
section 4410 of the BBA (Pub. L. 105–
33) and the imputed floor under
§ 412.64(h)(4) are equal to the aggregate
prospective payments that would have
been made in the absence of such
provisions. Consistent with section 3141
of the Affordable Care Act and as
discussed in section III.G. of the
preamble of this proposed rule and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
codified at § 412.64(e)(4)(ii), the budget
neutrality adjustment for the rural and
imputed floor is a national adjustment
to the wage index.
As noted above and as discussed in
section III.G.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, in the FY 2012 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we extended the
imputed floor calculated under the
original methodology through FY 2013
(76 FR 51594). In the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we established an
alternative methodology for calculating
the imputed floor and established a
policy that the minimum wage index
value for an all-urban state would be the
higher of the value determined under
the original methodology or the value
computed using the alternative
methodology (77 FR 53368 through
53369). Consistent with the
methodology for treating the imputed
floor, similar to the methodology we
used in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53368 through 53369),
we included this alternative
methodology for computing the imputed
floor index in the calculation of the
uniform, national rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment for FY 2014. For
FY 2015, as discussed in section
III.G.2.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
extend the imputed floor using the
higher of the value determined under
the original methodology or the
alternative methodology for FY 2015.
Therefore, in order to ensure that
aggregate payments to hospitals are not
affected, similar to prior years, we
would follow our policy of including
the imputed floor in the rural floor
budget neutrality adjustment to the
wage index.
As discussed above, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to implement the new
OMB delineations as described in the
February 28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No.
13–01, effective for the FY 2015 IPPS
wage index. Therefore, the budget
neutrality adjustment for the rural floor
and imputed floor would be calculated
using the new OMB delineations.
Under the OMB delineations used for
FY 2014, the imputed floor (both the
original methodology and alternative
methodology) was applied to New
Jersey and Rhode Island because these
were the only two all-urban States.
Under OMB’s 2010 revised delineations
based on Census 2010 data, in addition
to New Jersey and Rhode Island,
Delaware would become an all-urban
state. Therefore, for FY 2015, the
proposed imputed floor would be
applied to New Jersey, Rhode Island,
and Delaware.
Similar to our calculation in the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00342
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
51593 and 51788), the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53689), and
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50975 through 50976), for FY
2015, we are calculating a proposed
national rural Puerto Rico wage index
(used to adjust the labor-related share of
the national standardized amount for
hospitals located in Puerto Rico which
receive 75 percent of the national
standardized amount) and a proposed
rural Puerto Rico-specific wage index
(which is used to adjust the laborrelated share of the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount for hospitals
located in Puerto Rico that receive 25
percent of the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount). Because there are
no rural Puerto Rico hospitals with
established wage data, our calculation of
the FY 2015 rural Puerto Rico wage
index is based on the policy adopted in
the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with
comment period (72 FR 47323). That is,
we will use the unweighted average of
the wage indexes from all CBSAs (urban
areas) that are contiguous (share a
border with) to the rural counties to
compute the rural floor (72 FR 47323; 76
FR 51594). Under the new OMB labor
market area delineations, except for
Arecibo, Puerto Rico (CBSA 11640), all
other Puerto Rico urban areas are
contiguous to a rural area. Therefore,
based on our existing policy, the FY
2015 rural Puerto Rico wage index is
calculated based on the average of the
FY 2015 wage indices for the following
urban areas: Aguadilla-Isabela, PR
(CBSA 10380); Guayama, PR (CBSA
25020); Mayaguez, PR (CBSA 32420);
Ponce, PR (CBSA 38660), San German,
PR (CBSA 41900) and San JuanCarolina-Caguas, PR, PR (CBSA 41980).
To calculate the proposed national
rural floor and imputed floor budget
neutrality adjustment factor and the
proposed Puerto Rico-specific rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment
factor, we used FY 2013 discharge data
to simulate payments, the proposed FY
2015 new OMB labor market area
delineations, and post-reclassified
national and Puerto Rico-specific wage
indices and compared the following:
• The national and Puerto Ricospecific simulated payments without
the national rural floor and imputed
floor and Puerto Rico-specific rural floor
applied; and
• The national and Puerto Ricospecific simulated payments with the
national rural floor and imputed floor
and Puerto Rico-specific rural floor
applied.
Based on this comparison, we
determined a proposed national rural
budget neutrality adjustment factor of
0.989455 and the proposed Puerto Rico-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
specific budget neutrality adjustment
factor of 0.991359. The proposed
national adjustment was applied to the
proposed national wage indexes to
produce a proposed national rural floor
budget neutral wage index and the
proposed Puerto Rico-specific
adjustment was applied to the proposed
Puerto Rico-specific wage indexes to
produce a proposed Puerto Rico-specific
rural floor budget neutral wage index.
d. Proposed Wage Index Transition
Budget Neutrality
As discussed in section III. of the
preamble to this proposed rule, in the
past, we have provided for transition
periods when adopting changes that
have significant payment implications,
particularly large negative impacts.
Similar to FY 2005, for FY 2015, we
have determined that the proposed
transition to using the new OMB
delineations would have the largest
impact on hospitals that are currently
located in an urban county that would
become rural under the new OMB
delineations. To alleviate the decreased
payments associated with having a rural
wage index, in calculating the area wage
index, similar to the transition provided
in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we
generally are proposing a policy to
assign them the urban wage index value
of the CBSA to which they are
physically located for FY 2014 for FYs
2015, 2016, and 2017.
In addition to the 3-year transition
adjustment for hospitals being
transitioned from urban to rural status
as discussed above, we are proposing a
1-year blended wage index for all
hospitals that would experience any
decrease in their actual payment wage
index (that is, a hospital’s actual wage
index used for payment, which accounts
for all applicable effects of
reclassification and redesignation)
exclusively due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations. Similar to the policy
adopted in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule
(69 FR 49033), we are proposing that a
post-reclassified wage index with the
rural and imputed floor applied would
be computed based on the hospital’s FY
2014 CBSA (that is, using all of its FY
2014 constituent county/ies), and
another post-reclassified wage index
with the rural and imputed floor
applied would be computed based on
the hospital’s new FY 2015 CBSA (that
is, the FY 2015 constituent county/ies).
We are proposing to compare these two
wage indexes. If the proposed FY 2015
wage index with FY 2015 CBSAs would
be lower than the proposed FY 2015
wage index with FY 2014 CBSAs, we
are proposing that a blended wage index
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
would be computed, consisting of 50
percent of each of the two wage indexes
added together. We are proposing that
this blended wage index would be the
hospital’s wage index for FY 2015.
Hospitals that benefit from the proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations
would receive their new wage index
based on the new OMB delineations. We
refer readers to section III. of the
preamble to this proposed rule for a
completer discussion on the transitional
wage index policy.
In the past, CMS has budget
neutralized transitional wage indexes.
Because we are proposing a policy that
allows for the application of a
transitional wage index only when it
would benefit the hospital, we believe
that it would be appropriate to ensure
that such a transitional policy does not
increase aggregate Medicare payments
beyond the payments that would be
made had we simply adopted the new
OMB delineations without any
transitional provisions. Therefore, for
FY 2015, we are proposing to use our
exceptions and adjustments authority
under section 1886(d)(5)(I)(i) of the Act
to make an adjustment to the national
and Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amounts to ensure that total payments,
including the effect of the transitional
wage index provisions, would equal
what payments would have been if we
had proposed to fully adopt the new
OMB delineations without any
transitional provisions.
As stated above, the proposed 50/50
blended wage indexes would use postreclassified wage index data with the
rural and imputed floor applied
computed based on FY 2014 CBSAs.
Because the proposed 50/50 blend
methodology would use data based on
FY 2014 CBSAs, in order to properly
calculate the proposed transitional
budget neutrality factor, it was first
necessary to calculate the following
proposed budget neutrality factors based
on the FY 2014 CBSAs: An MS–DRG
and a wage index budget neutrality, a
reclassification budget neutrality, and a
rural floor budget neutrality. It was
necessary to compute the first three
budget neutrality factors of MS–DRG,
wage index, and reclassification budget
neutrality (which are applied to the
standardized amount) to ensure that the
calculation of the rural and imputed
floor budget neutrality factor applied to
the wage index based on FY 2014
CBSAs is accurate. We calculated these
four budget neutrality factors using the
same methodology stated above, but
used the FY 2014 CBSAs instead of the
proposed FY 2015 CBSAs on both the
sides of the comparison.
PO 00000
Frm 00343
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28319
After calculating all of the proposed
budget neutrality factors using FY 2014
and FY 2015 CBSAs, to calculate the
proposed transitional wage index
budget neutrality factor for FY 2015, we
used FY 2013 discharge data to simulate
payments and compared the following:
• Aggregate payments using new
OMB delineations proposed for FY
2015, the proposed FY 2015 relative
weights, proposed FY 2015 wage data
after such reclassifications under
sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and (C) and
1886(d)(10) of the Act (using the new
OMB delineations), applied the
proposed rural floor budget neutrality
factor to the wage index (using the new
OMB delineations), and applied the
proposed FY 2015 hospital
readmissions payment adjustments and
the proposed estimated FY 2015
hospital VBP payment adjustments; and
• Aggregate payments using proposed
FY 2015 relative weights, proposed FY
2015 wage data after applying the
transitional wage indexes, and applied
the same proposed hospital
readmissions payment adjustments and
the estimated hospital VBP payment
adjustments applied above. We note that
hospitals that did not receive the
proposed transitional 50/50 blended
wage index were assigned the postreclassified wage index values with the
proposed rural floor budget neutrality
based on the proposed FY 2015 new
OMB delineations.
Based on these simulations, we
calculated a proposed budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 0.998856.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to apply a transitional wage
index budget neutrality adjustment
factor of 0.998856 to the national
average and Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts to ensure that the
effects of these proposed transitional
wage indices are budget neutral.
We note that the proposed budget
neutrality adjustment factor calculated
above is based on the increase in
payments in FY 2015 that would result
from the transitional wage indexes.
Therefore, we are proposing to apply
this budget neutrality adjustment factor
as a one-time adjustment to the FY 2015
national and Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts in order to offset
the increase in payments in FY 2015 as
a result of these transitional wage
indexes. For subsequent fiscal years, we
are proposing to not take into
consideration the adjustment factor
applied to the national and Puerto Ricospecific standardized amounts in the
previous fiscal year’s update when
calculating the current fiscal year
transitional wage index budget
neutrality adjustment factor (that is, we
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28320
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
are proposing that this adjustment
would not be applied cumulatively).
Because we are proposing a 3-year
transitional wage index policy for urban
hospitals that became rural as a result of
the proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations, we intend to propose
transitional wage index budget
neutrality adjustment factors to apply to
the FY 2016 and FY 2017 national and
Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amounts during those respective
rulemaking cycles. Similar to the
proposal for FY 2015, we plan on
proposing that the FYs 2016 and 2017
adjustments would be applied as ‘‘onetime’’ adjustments and not cumulative
adjustments applied each fiscal year.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. Proposed Case-Mix Budget Neutrality
Adjustment
Below we summarize the proposed
recoupment adjustment to the proposed
FY 2015 payment rates, as required by
section 631 of ATRA, to account for the
increase in aggregate payments as a
result of not completing the prospective
adjustment authorized under section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110–90 until
FY 2013. We refer readers to section
II.D. of the preamble of this proposed
rule for a complete discussion regarding
our proposed policies for FY 2015 in
this proposed rule and previously
finalized policies (including our
historical adjustments to the payment
rates) relating to the effect of changes in
documentation and coding that do not
reflect real changes in case-mix.
(1) Recoupment or Repayment
Adjustment Authorized by Section 631
of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of
2012 (ATRA) to the National
Standardized Amount
Section 631 of the ATRA amended
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90
to require the Secretary to make a
recoupment adjustment totaling $11
billion by FY 2017. Our actuaries
estimated that if CMS were to fully
account for the $11 billion recoupment
required by section 631 of ATRA in FY
2014, a one-time ¥9.3 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount
would be necessary. It is often our
practice to delay or phase-in payment
rate adjustments over more than 1 year,
in order to moderate the effect on
payment rates in any 1 year. Therefore,
consistent with the policies that we
have adopted in many similar cases, for
FY 2014, we applied a ¥0.8 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing
to apply an additional ¥0.8 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount
for FY 2015. We note that, as section
631 of the ATRA instructs the Secretary
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
to make a recoupment adjustment only
to the standardized amount, this
adjustment would not apply to the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount and hospital-specific payment
rates.
e. Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program Adjustment
As discussed in section IV.L. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, section
410A of Public Law 108–173 originally
required the Secretary to establish a
demonstration program that modifies
reimbursement for inpatient services for
up to 15 small rural hospitals. Section
410A(c)(2) of Public Law 108–173
requires that ‘‘[i]n conducting the
demonstration program under this
section, the Secretary shall ensure that
the aggregate payments made by the
Secretary do not exceed the amount
which the Secretary would have paid if
the demonstration program under this
section was not implemented.’’
Sections 3123 and 10313 of the
Affordable Care Act extended the
demonstration program for an
additional 5-year period, and allowed
up to 30 hospitals to participate in 20
States with low population densities
determined by the Secretary. (In
determining which States to include in
the expansion, the Secretary is required
to use the same criteria and data that the
Secretary used to determine the States
for purposes of the initial 5-year period.)
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53449 through 53453), in
order to achieve budget neutrality, we
adjusted the national IPPS payment
rates by an amount sufficient to account
for the added costs of this
demonstration program as described in
section IV.K. of that final rule. In other
words, we applied budget neutrality
across the payment system as a whole
rather than merely across the
participants of this demonstration
program, consistent with past practice.
We stated that we believe the language
of the statutory budget neutrality
requirement permits the agency to
implement the budget neutrality
provision in this manner. The statutory
language requires that ‘‘aggregate
payments made by the Secretary do not
exceed the amount which the Secretary
would have paid if the demonstration
. . . was not implemented,’’ but does
not identify the range across which
aggregate payments must be held equal.
As we did for FY 2014, for FY 2015,
we are proposing to adjust the national
IPPS payment rates according to the
same methodology that we used for FY
2013, as set forth in section IV.L. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, to
account for the estimated additional
PO 00000
Frm 00344
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
costs of the demonstration program for
FY 2015. For this proposed rule, the
estimated amount of this proposed
budget neutrality adjustment factor
applied to the national IPPS payment
rates for FY 2015 is $53,673,008. In
addition, similar to previous years, we
are proposing to include in the budget
neutrality offset amount the amount by
which the actual demonstration costs
corresponding to an earlier given year
(which would be determined once we
have finalized cost reports for that year)
exceeded the budget neutrality offset
amount finalized in the corresponding
year’s IPPS final rule. For this FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we have
calculated the amount by which the
actual costs of the demonstration in FY
2008, (that is, the costs of the
demonstration for the 10 hospitals that
participated in FY 2008, as shown in
these hospitals’ finalized cost reports for
the cost report period beginning in that
calendar year), exceeded the amount
that was finalized in the FY 2008 IPPS
final rule. We are proposing a budget
neutrality offset amount of $10,389,771
for this proposed rule, but we note that
this amount may change based on data
used for the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule subject to methodological
refinements. We also are currently
working with the MACs that service the
hospitals participating in the
demonstration to obtain finalized cost
reports for FYs 2009, 2010, and 2011).
Depending on our progress in obtaining
these cost reports, we may also include
in the FY IPPS final rule the difference
between the demonstration costs for one
or more of these years and the amounts
that were finalized in the respective
fiscal years’ final rules.
Therefore, the final total budget
neutrality offset amount that we are
proposing to be applied to the FY 2015
IPPS rates is $ 64,062,779. This amount
is the sum of two separate components:
(1) The difference between the total
estimated FY 2014 reasonable cost
amount to be paid under the
demonstration to the 22 participating
hospitals participating in the
demonstration program for covered
inpatient services, and the total
estimated amount that would be
otherwise be paid to the participating
hospitals in FY 2014 without the
demonstration ($53,673,008); and (2) the
amount by which the actual costs of
demonstration for FY 2008, which are
calculated in accordance with the
finalized cost reports for the hospitals
that participated in the demonstration
during FY 2008, exceed the budget
neutrality offset amount that was
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
finalized in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
($10,389,771).
Accordingly, using the most recent
data available to account for the
estimated costs of the demonstration
program, for FY 2015, we computed a
proposed factor of 0.999283 for the rural
community hospital demonstration
program budget neutrality adjustment
that will be applied to the IPPS standard
Federal payment rate.
g. Proposed Outlier Payments
Section 1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act
provides for payments in addition to the
basic prospective payments for ‘‘outlier’’
cases involving extraordinarily high
costs. To qualify for outlier payments, a
case must have costs greater than the
sum of the prospective payment rate for
the DRG, any IME and DSH payments,
any new technology add-on payments,
and the ‘‘outlier threshold’’ or ‘‘fixedloss’’ amount (a dollar amount by which
the costs of a case must exceed
payments in order to qualify for an
outlier payment). We refer to the sum of
the prospective payment rate for the
DRG, any IME and DSH payments, any
new technology add-on payments, and
the outlier threshold as the outlier
‘‘fixed-loss cost threshold.’’ To
determine whether the costs of a case
exceed the fixed-loss cost threshold, a
hospital’s CCR is applied to the total
covered charges for the case to convert
the charges to estimated costs. Payments
for eligible cases are then made based
on a marginal cost factor, which is a
percentage of the estimated costs above
the fixed-loss cost threshold. The
marginal cost factor for FY 2015 is 80
percent, the same marginal cost factor
we have used since FY 1995 (59 FR
45367).
In accordance with section
1886(d)(5)(A)(iv) of the Act, outlier
payments for any year are projected to
be not less than 5 percent nor more than
6 percent of total operating DRG
payments (which does not include IME
and DSH payments) plus outlier
payments. When setting the outlier
threshold, we compute the 5.1 percent
target by dividing the total operating
outlier payments by the total operating
DRG payments plus outlier payments.
We do not include any other payments
such as IME and DSH within the outlier
target amount. Therefore, it is not
necessary to include Medicare
Advantage IME payments in the outlier
threshold calculation. Section
1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act requires the
Secretary to reduce the average
standardized amount by a factor to
account for the estimated proportion of
total DRG payments made to outlier
cases. Similarly, section
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1886(d)(9)(B)(iv) of the Act requires the
Secretary to reduce the average
standardized amount applicable to
hospitals located in Puerto Rico to
account for the estimated proportion of
total DRG payments made to outlier
cases. More information on outlier
payments may be found on the CMS
Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/AcuteInpatientPPS/
outlier.html.
(1) Proposed FY 2015 Outlier FixedLoss Cost Threshold
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50977–50983), in response
to public comments on the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH proposed rule, we made
changes to our methodology for
projecting the outlier fixed-loss cost
threshold for FY 2014. We refer readers
to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule for detailed discussion of the
changes. In this proposed rule, for FY
2015, we are proposing to continue to
use the outlier threshold methodology
used in FY 2014.
As we have done in the past, to
calculate the proposed FY 2015 outlier
threshold, we simulated payments by
applying proposed FY 2015 payment
rates and policies using cases from the
FY 2013 MedPAR file. Therefore, in
order to determine the proposed FY
2015 outlier threshold, we inflated the
charges on the MedPAR claims by 2
years, from FY 2013 to FY 2015. As
discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, we believe a
methodology that is based on 1-year of
charge data will provide a more stable
measure to project the average charge
per case because our prior methodology
used a 6-month measure, which
inherently uses fewer claims than a 1year measure and makes it more
susceptible to fluctuations in the
average charge per case as a result of
any significant charge increases or
decreases by hospitals. Under this new
methodology, to compute the 1-year
average annualized rate-of-change in
charges per case for FY 2015, we are
proposing to compare the second
quarter of FY 2012 through the first
quarter of FY 2013 (January 1, 2012,
through December 31, 2012) to the
second quarter of FY 2013 through the
first quarter of FY 2014 (January 1, 2013,
through December 31, 2013). This rateof-change is 5.6 percent (1.055736) or
11.5 percent (1.114579) over 2 years.
As we have done in the past, we are
proposing to establish the proposed FY
2015 outlier threshold using hospital
CCRs from the December 2013 update to
the Provider-Specific File (PSF)—the
most recent available data at the time of
PO 00000
Frm 00345
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28321
this proposed rule. For FY 2015, we also
are proposing to continue to apply an
adjustment factor to the CCRs to account
for cost and charge inflation (as
explained below). In the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50979), we
adopted a new methodology to adjust
the CCRs. Specifically, we finalized a
policy to compare the national average
case-weighted operating and capital
CCR from the most recent update of the
PSF to the national average caseweighted operating and capital CCR
from the same period of the prior year.
Therefore, as we did for FY 2014, for
FY 2015, we are proposing to adjust the
CCRs from the December 2013 update of
the PSF by comparing the percentage
change in the national average caseweighted operating CCR and capital
CCR from the December 2012 update of
the PSF to the national average caseweighted operating CCR and capital
CCR from the December 2013 update of
the PSF. We note that we used total
transfer adjusted cases from FY 2013 to
determine the national average caseweighted CCRs for both sides of the
comparison. As stated in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50979), we believe that it is appropriate
to use the same case count on both sides
of the comparison as this will produce
the true percentage change in the
average case-weighted operating and
capital CCR from one year to the next
without any effect from a change in case
count on different sides of the
comparison.
Using the proposed methodology
above, we calculated a December 2012
operating national average caseweighted CCR of 0.295101 and a
December 2013 operating national
average case-weighted CCR of 0.289587.
We then calculated the percentage
change between the two national
operating case-weighted CCRs by
subtracting the December 2012
operating national average caseweighted CCR from the December 2013
operating national average caseweighted CCR and then dividing the
result by the December 2012 national
operating average case-weighted CCR.
This resulted in a proposed national
operating CCR adjustment factor of
0.981315.
We also used the same methodology
proposed above to adjust the capital
CCRs. Specifically, we calculated a
December 2012 proposed capital
national average case-weighted CCR of
0.025079 and a December 2013
proposed capital national average caseweighted CCR of 0.024868. We then
calculated the percentage change
between the two national capital caseweighted CCRs by subtracting the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28322
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
December 2012 capital national average
case-weighted CCR from the December
2013 capital national average caseweighted CCR and then dividing the
result by the December 2012 capital
national average case-weighted CCR.
This resulted in a proposed national
capital CCR adjustment factor of
0.991587.
Consistent with our methodology in
the past and as stated in the FY 2009
IPPS final rule (73 FR 48763), we
continue to believe that it is appropriate
to apply only a 1-year adjustment factor
to the CCRs. On average, it takes
approximately 9 months for a fiscal
intermediary or MAC to tentatively
settle a cost report from the fiscal year
end of a hospital’s cost reporting period.
The average ‘‘age’’ of hospitals’ CCRs
from the time the fiscal intermediary or
the MAC inserts the CCR in the PSF
until the beginning of FY 2015 is
approximately 1 year. Therefore, as
stated above, we believe a 1-year
adjustment factor to the CCRs is
appropriate.
As stated above, for FY 2015, we
applied the proposed FY 2015 payment
rates and policies using cases from the
FY 2013 MedPAR files in calculating
the proposed outlier threshold.
As discussed above, for FY 2015, we
are proposing to apply transitional wage
indexes because of the proposed
adoption of the new OMB labor market
area delineations. Also, as discussed in
section III.B.3. of the preamble to the FY
2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR
50160 and 50161) and in section III.G.3.
of the preamble of this proposed rule, in
accordance with section 10324(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, beginning in FY
2011, we created a wage index floor of
1.00 for all hospitals located in States
determined to be frontier States. We
note that the frontier State floor
adjustments will be calculated and
applied after rural and imputed floor
budget neutrality adjustments are
calculated for all labor market areas, in
order to ensure that no hospital in a
frontier State will receive a wage index
lesser than 1.00 due to the rural and
imputed floor adjustment. In accordance
with section 10324(a) of the Affordable
Care Act, the frontier State adjustment
will not be subject to budget neutrality,
and will only be extended to hospitals
geographically located within a frontier
State. However, for purposes of
estimating the proposed outlier
threshold for FY 2015, it was necessary
to apply the proposed transitional wage
indexes and adjust the wage index of
those eligible hospitals in a frontier
State when calculating the outlier
threshold that results in outlier
payments being 5.1 percent of total
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
payments for FY 2015. If we did not
take the above into account, our
estimate of total FY 2015 payments
would be too low, and, as a result, our
proposed outlier threshold would be too
high, such that estimated outlier
payments would be less than our
projected 5.1 percent of total payments.
As we did in establishing the FY 2009
outlier threshold (73 FR 57891), in our
projection of FY 2015 outlier payments,
we are proposing not to make any
adjustments for the possibility that
hospitals’ CCRs and outlier payments
may be reconciled upon cost report
settlement. We continue to believe that,
due to the policy implemented in the
June 9, 2003 Outlier final rule (68 FR
34494), CCRs will no longer fluctuate
significantly and, therefore, few
hospitals will actually have these ratios
reconciled upon cost report settlement.
In addition, it is difficult to predict the
specific hospitals that will have CCRs
and outlier payments reconciled in any
given year. We also note that
reconciliation occurs because hospitals’
actual CCRs for the cost reporting period
are different than the interim CCRs used
to calculate outlier payments when a
bill is processed. Our simulations
assume that CCRs accurately measure
hospital costs based on information
available to us at the time we set the
outlier threshold. For these reasons, we
are proposing not to make any
assumptions about the effects of
reconciliation on the outlier threshold
calculation.
As described in sections IV.H. and
IV.I., respectively, of the preamble of
this proposed rule, sections 1886(q) and
1886(o) of the Act establish the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program and
the Hospital VBP Program, respectively.
We do not believe that it is appropriate
to include the hospital VBP payment
adjustments and the hospital
readmissions payment adjustments in
the outlier threshold calculation or the
outlier offset to the standardized
amount. Specifically, consistent with
our definition of the base operating DRG
payment amount for the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program under
§ 412.152 and the Hospital VBP Program
under § 412.160, outlier payments under
section 1886(d)(5)(A) of the Act are not
affected by these payment adjustments.
Therefore, outlier payments would
continue to be calculated based on the
unadjusted base DRG payment amount
(as opposed to using the base-operating
DRG payment amount adjusted by the
hospital readmissions payment
adjustment and the hospital VBP
payment adjustment). Consequently, we
are proposing to exclude the hospital
VBP payment adjustments and the
PO 00000
Frm 00346
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
hospital readmissions payment
adjustments from the calculation of the
outlier fixed-loss cost threshold.
We note, to the extent section 1886(r)
of the Act modifies the existing DSH
payment methodology under section
1886(d)(5)(F), the new uncompensated
care payment under section 1886(r)(2),
like the empirically justified Medicare
DSH payment under section 1886(r)(1),
may be considered an amount payable
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
such that it would be reasonable to
include the payment in the outlier
determination under section
1886(d)(5)(A). As we did for FY 2014,
for FY 2015 we also are proposing to
allocate an estimated per-discharge
uncompensated care payment amount to
all cases for the hospitals eligible to
receive the uncompensated care
payment amount in the calculation of
the outlier fixed-loss cost threshold
methodology. We continue to believe
that allocating an eligible hospital’s
estimated uncompensated care payment
to all cases equally in the calculation of
the outlier fixed-loss cost threshold
would best approximate the amount we
would pay in uncompensated care
payments during the year because,
when we make claim payments to a
hospital eligible for such payments, we
would be making estimated perdischarge uncompensated care
payments to all cases equally.
Furthermore, we continue to believe
that using the estimated per-claim
uncompensated care payment amount to
determine outlier estimates provides
predictability as to the amount of
uncompensated care payments included
in the calculation of outlier payments.
Therefore, consistent with the
methodology used in FY 2014 to
calculate the outlier fixed-loss cost
threshold, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to include estimated FY 2015
uncompensated care payments in the
computation of the proposed outlier
fixed-loss cost threshold. Specifically,
we are proposing to use the estimated
per-discharge uncompensated care
payments to hospitals eligible for the
uncompensated care payment for all
cases in the calculation of the outlier
fixed-loss cost threshold methodology.
Using this methodology, we
calculated a proposed outlier fixed-loss
cost threshold for FY 2015 equal to the
proposed prospective payment rate for
the MS–DRG, plus any IME, empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments,
estimated uncompensated care
payment, and any add-on payments for
new technology, plus $25,799.
We note that, the proposed FY 2015
fixed-loss cost threshold is higher than
the FY 2014 final outlier fixed-loss cost
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
threshold of $21,748. We believe that
the increase in the charge inflation
factor (compared to the FY 2014 charge
inflation factor) contributed to a higher
proposed outlier fixed-loss threshold for
FY 2015. As charges increase, so do
outlier payments. As a result, it would
be necessary for us to raise the outlier
fixed-loss cost threshold to decrease the
amount of outlier payments expended
in order to reach the 5.1 percent target.
(2) Other Proposed Changes Concerning
Outliers
As stated in the FY 1994 IPPS final
rule (58 FR 46348), we establish an
outlier threshold that is applicable to
both hospital inpatient operating costs
and hospital inpatient capital-related
costs. When we modeled the combined
operating and capital outlier payments,
we found that using a common
threshold resulted in a lower percentage
of outlier payments for capital-related
costs than for operating costs. We
project that the thresholds for FY 2015
will result in outlier payments that will
equal 5.1 percent of operating DRG
payments and 6.26 percent of capital
payments based on the Federal rate.
In accordance with section
1886(d)(3)(B) of the Act, we are
proposing to reduce the proposed FY
2015 standardized amount by the same
percentage to account for the projected
proportion of payments paid as outliers.
The proposed outlier adjustment
factors that would be applied to the
standardized amount based on the FY
2015 outlier threshold are as follows:
Operating
standardized
amounts
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
National ............................................................................................................................................................
Puerto Rico ......................................................................................................................................................
We are proposing to apply the outlier
adjustment factors to the proposed FY
2015 payment rates after removing the
effects of the FY 2014 outlier adjustment
factors on the standardized amount.
To determine whether a case qualifies
for outlier payments, we apply hospitalspecific CCRs to the total covered
charges for the case. Estimated operating
and capital costs for the case are
calculated separately by applying
separate operating and capital CCRs.
These costs are then combined and
compared with the outlier fixed-loss
cost threshold.
Under our current policy at § 412.84,
we calculate operating and capital CCR
ceilings and assign a statewide average
CCR for hospitals whose CCRs exceed
3.0 standard deviations from the mean
of the log distribution of CCRs for all
hospitals. Based on this calculation, for
hospitals for which the fiscal
intermediary or MAC computes
operating CCRs greater than 1.22 or
capital CCRs greater than 0.173, or
hospitals for which the fiscal
intermediary or MAC is unable to
calculate a CCR (as described under
§ 412.84(i)(3) of our regulations),
statewide average CCRs are used to
determine whether a hospital qualifies
for outlier payments. Table 8A listed in
section VI. of this Addendum (and
available only via the Internet) contains
the proposed statewide average
operating CCRs for urban hospitals and
for rural hospitals for which the fiscal
intermediary or MAC is unable to
compute a hospital-specific CCR within
the above range. Effective for discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2014,
these statewide average ratios would
replace the ratios posted on our Web
site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/FY-2014-IPPS-FinalRule-Home-Page-Items/FY-2014-IPPSFinal-Rule-CMS-1599-F-Tables.html.
Table 8B listed in section VI. of this
Addendum (and available via the
Internet) contains the proposed
comparable statewide average capital
CCRs. Again, the CCRs in Tables 8A and
8B would be used during FY 2015 when
hospital-specific CCRs based on the
latest settled cost report are either not
available, or are outside the range noted
above. Table 8C listed in section VI. of
this Addendum (and available via the
Internet) contains the proposed
statewide average total CCRs used under
the LTCH PPS as discussed in section V.
of this Addendum.
We finally note that we published a
manual update (Change Request 3966)
to our outlier policy on October 12,
2005, which updated Chapter 3, Section
20.1.2 of the Medicare Claims
Processing Manual. The manual update
covered an array of topics, including
CCRs, reconciliation, and the time value
of money. We encourage hospitals that
are assigned the statewide average
operating and/or capital CCRs to work
with their fiscal intermediary or MAC
on a possible alternative operating and/
or capital CCR as explained in Change
Request 3966. Use of an alternative CCR
developed by the hospital in
conjunction with the fiscal intermediary
or MAC can avoid possible
overpayments or underpayments at cost
report settlement, thereby ensuring
better accuracy when making outlier
payments and negating the need for
outlier reconciliation. We also note that
a hospital may request an alternative
operating or capital CCR ratio at any
time as long as the guidelines of Change
PO 00000
Frm 00347
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28323
0.949000
0.928942
Capital Federal
rate
0.937425
0908313
Request 3966 are followed. In addition,
as mentioned above, we published an
additional manual update (Change
Request 7192) to our outlier policy on
December 3, 2010, which also updated
Chapter 3, Section 20.1.2 of the
Medicare Claims Processing Manual.
The manual update outlines the outlier
reconciliation process for hospitals and
Medicare contractors. To download and
view the manual instructions on outlier
reconciliation, we refer readers to the
CMS Web site: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/
manuals/downloads/clm104c03.pdf.
(3) FY 2013 and FY 2014 Outlier
Payments
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50983 through 50984), we
stated that, based on available data, we
estimated that actual FY 2013 outlier
payments would be approximately 4.77
percent of actual total MS–DRG
payments. This estimate was computed
based on simulations using the FY 2012
MedPAR file (discharge data for FY
2012 claims). That is, the estimate of
actual outlier payments did not reflect
actual FY 2013 claims, but instead
reflected the application of FY 2013
payment rates and policies to available
FY 2012 claims.
Our current estimate, using available
FY 2013 claims data, is that actual
outlier payments for FY 2013 were
approximately 4.81 percent of actual
total MS–DRG payments. Therefore, the
data indicate that, for FY 2013, the
percentage of actual outlier payments
relative to actual total payments is lower
than we projected for FY 2013.
Consistent with the policy and statutory
interpretation we have maintained since
the inception of the IPPS, we do not
make retroactive adjustments to outlier
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28324
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
payments to ensure that total outlier
payments for FY 2013 are equal to 5.1
percent of total MS–DRG payments.
We currently estimate that, using the
latest CCRs from the December 2013
update of the PSF, actual outlier
payments for FY 2014 will be
approximately 5.79 percent of actual
total MS–DRG payments, approximately
0.69 percentage point higher than the
5.1 percent we projected when setting
the outlier policies for FY 2014. This
estimate of 5.79 percent is based on
simulations using the FY 2013 MedPAR
file (discharge data for FY 2013 claims).
5. Proposed FY 2015 Standardized
Amount
The adjusted standardized amount is
divided into labor-related and nonlaborrelated portions. Tables 1A and 1B
listed and published in section VI. of
this Addendum (and available via the
Internet) contain the proposed national
standardized amounts that we are
proposing to apply to all hospitals,
except hospitals located in Puerto Rico,
for FY 2015. The proposed Puerto Ricospecific amounts are shown in Table 1C
listed and published in section VI. of
this Addendum (and available via the
Internet). The proposed amounts shown
in Tables 1A and 1B differ only in that
the labor-related share applied to the
standardized amounts in Table 1A is
69.6 percent, and the labor-related share
applied to the standardized amounts in
Table 1B is 62 percent. In accordance
with sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and
1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act, we are
proposing to apply a labor-related share
of 62 percent, unless application of that
percentage would result in lower
payments to a hospital than would
otherwise be made. In effect, the
statutory provision means that we will
apply a labor-related share of 62 percent
for all hospitals whose wage indices are
less than or equal to 1.0000.
In addition, Tables 1A and 1B include
the proposed standardized amounts
reflecting the proposed applicable
percentage increases for FY 2015.
Under section 1886(d)(9)(A)(ii) of the
Act, the Federal portion of the Puerto
Rico payment rate is based on the
discharge-weighted average of the
national large urban standardized
amount (this amount is set forth in
Table 1A). The proposed labor-related
and nonlabor-related portions of the
national average standardized amounts
for Puerto Rico hospitals for FY 2015 are
set forth in Table 1C listed and
published in section VI. of this
Addendum (and available via the
Internet). This table also includes the
proposed Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts. The labor-related
share applied to the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount is the proposed
labor-related share of 63.2 percent, or 62
percent, depending on which provides
higher payments to the hospital.
(Section 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act, as
amended by section 403(b) of Public
Law 108–173, provides that the laborrelated share for hospitals located in
Puerto Rico be 62 percent, unless the
application of that percentage would
result in lower payments to the
hospital.)
The following table illustrates the
proposed changes from the FY 2014
national standardized amount. The
second through fifth columns display
the proposed changes from the FY 2014
standardized amounts for each
applicable FY 2015 proposed
standardized amount. The first row of
the table shows the updated (through
FY 2014) average standardized amount
after restoring the FY 2014 offsets for
outlier payments, demonstration budget
neutrality, the geographic
reclassification budget neutrality, and
the retrospective documentation and
coding adjustment under section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90. The
MS–DRG reclassification and
recalibration wage index budget
neutrality adjustment factors are
cumulative. Therefore, those FY 2014
adjustment factors are not removed from
this table.
COMPARISON OF FY 2014 STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS TO THE FY 2015 PROPOSED STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Hospital submitted
quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user
FY 2014 Base Rate after removing:
1. FY 2014 Geographic Reclassification
Budget Neutrality (0.990718)
2. FY 2014 Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program Budget Neutrality (0.999415)
3. Cumulative Factor: FY 2008, FY
2009, FY 2012, FY 2013, and FY
2014 Documentation and Coding Adjustment as Required under Sections
7(b)(1)(A) and 7(b)(1)(B) of Public
Law 110–90 and Documentation and
Coding Recoupment Adjustment as
required under Section 631 of the
American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012
(0.9403)
4. FY 2014 Operating Outlier Offset
(0.948995)
Proposed FY 2015 Update Factor .................
Proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG Recalibration
and Wage Index Budget Neutrality Factor.
Proposed FY 2015 Reclassification Budget
Neutrality Factor.
Proposed FY 2015 Rural Community Demonstration Program Budget Neutrality Factor.
Proposed FY 2015 Operating Outlier Factor
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospital submitted
quality data and is
NOT a meaningful
EHR user
Hospital did NOT submit quality data and is
a meaningful EHR
user
Hospital did NOT submit quality data and is
NOT a meaningful
EHR user
If Proposed Wage
Index is Greater
Than 1.0000: Labor
(69.6%): $4,230.38
Nonlabor (30.4%):
$1,847.75.
If Proposed Wage
Index is less Than
or Equal to 1.0000:
Labor (62%):
$3,768.45 Nonlabor
(38%): $2,309.70.
If Proposed Wage
Index is Greater
Than 1.0000: Labor
(69.6%): $4,230.38
Nonlabor (30.4%):
$1,847.75.
If Proposed Wage
Index is less Than
or Equal to 1.0000:
Labor (62%):
$3,768.45 Nonlabor
(38%): $2,309.70.
If Proposed Wage
Index is Greater
Than 1.0000: Labor
(69.6%): $4,230.38
Nonlabor (30.4%):
$1,847.75.
If Proposed Wage
Index is less Than
or Equal to 1.0000:
Labor (62%):
$3,768.45 Nonlabor
(38%): $2,309.70
If Proposed Wage
Index is Greater
Than 1.0000: Labor
(69.6%): $4,230.38
Nonlabor (30.4%):
$1,847.75.
If Proposed Wage
Index is less Than
or Equal to 1.0000:
Labor (62%):
$3,768.45 Nonlabor
(38%): $2,309.70.
1.021 ..........................
0.993512 ....................
1.01425 ......................
0.993512 ....................
1.01425 ......................
0.993512 ....................
1.0075.
0.993512.
0.991412 ....................
0.991412 ....................
0.991412 ....................
0.991412.
0.999283 ....................
0.999283 ....................
0.999283 ....................
0.999283.
0.949000 ....................
0.949000 ....................
0.949000 ....................
0.949000.
PO 00000
Frm 00348
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28325
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
COMPARISON OF FY 2014 STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS TO THE FY 2015 PROPOSED STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS—Continued
Hospital submitted
quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user
Cumulative Factor: FY 2008, FY 2009, FY
2012, FY 2013, FY 2014 and FY 2015
Documentation and Coding Adjustment as
Required under Sections 7(b)(1)(A) and
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110–90 and Documentation and Coding Recoupment Adjustment as required under Section 631 of
the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012.
Proposed FY 2015 New Labor Market Delineation Wage Index Transition Budget Neutrality Factor.
Proposed National Standardized Amount for
FY 2015 if Wage Index is Greater Than
1.0000; Labor/Non-Labor Share Percentage (69.6/30.4).
Proposed National Standardized Amount for
FY 2015 if Wage Index is less Than or
Equal to 1.0000; Labor/Non-Labor Share
Percentage (62/38).
The following table illustrates the
proposed changes from the FY 2014
Puerto Rico-specific payment rate for
hospitals located in Puerto Rico. The
second column shows the proposed
changes from the FY 2014 Puerto Rico
specific payment rate for hospitals with
a Puerto Rico-specific wage index
greater than 1.0000. The third column
Hospital submitted
quality data and is
NOT a meaningful
EHR user
Hospital did NOT submit quality data and is
a meaningful EHR
user
Hospital did NOT submit quality data and is
NOT a meaningful
EHR user
0.9329 ........................
0.9329 ........................
0.9329 ........................
0.9329.
0.998856 ....................
0.998856 ....................
0.998856 ....................
0.998856.
Labor: $3,759.46 ........
Nonlabor: $1,642.06 ..
Labor: $3,734.61 ........
Nonlabor: $1,631.20 ..
Labor: $3,734.61 ........
Nonlabor: $1,631.20 ..
Labor: $3,709.75.
Nonlabor: $1,620.35.
Labor: $3,384.94 ........
Nonlabor: $2,052.58 ..
Labor: $3,326.80 ........
Nonlabor: $2,039.01 ..
Labor: $3,326.80 ........
Nonlabor: $2,039.01 ..
Labor: $3,304.66.
Nonlabor: $2,025.44.
shows the proposed changes from the
FY 2014 Puerto Rico specific payment
rate for hospitals with a Puerto Ricospecific wage index less than or equal
to 1.0000. The first row of the table
shows the updated (through FY 2014)
Puerto Rico-specific payment rate after
restoring the FY 2014 offsets for Puerto
Rico-specific outlier payments, rural
community hospital demonstration
program budget neutrality, and the
geographic reclassification budget
neutrality. The MS–DRG recalibration
budget neutrality adjustment factor is
cumulative and is not removed from
this table.
COMPARISON OF FY 2014 PUERTO RICO-SPECIFIC PAYMENT RATE TO THE FY 2015 PROPOSED PUERTO RICO-SPECIFIC
PAYMENT RATE
Update
(2.1 percent); proposed wage
index is greater than 1.0000;
labor/non-labor share percentage
(63.2/36.8)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
FY 2014 Puerto Rico Base Rate, after removing:
1. FY 2014 Geographic Reclassification Budget Neutrality
(0.990718)
2. FY 2014 Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program
Budget Neutrality (0.999415)
3. FY 2014 Puerto Rico Operating Outlier Offset (0.943455)
Proposed FY 2015 Update Factor ..........................................................
Proposed FY 2015 MS–DRG Recalibration Budget Neutrality Factor ...
Proposed FY 2015 Reclassification Budget Neutrality Factor ................
Proposed FY 2015 Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program
Budget Neutrality Factor.
Proposed FY 2015 New Labor Market Delineation Wage Index Transition Budget Neutrality Factor.
Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Operating Outlier Factor ......................
Proposed Puerto Rico-Specific Payment Rate for FY 2015 ...................
B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage
Levels and Cost-of-Living
Tables 1A through 1C, as published in
section VI. of this Addendum (and
available via the Internet), contain the
proposed labor-related and nonlaborrelated shares that we used to calculate
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Labor: $1,722.31 ...........................
Nonlabor: $1,002.86 ......................
Labor: $1,689.61
Nonlabor: $1,035.56.
1.021 ..............................................
0.992938 ........................................
0.991412 ........................................
0.999283 ........................................
1.021.
0.992938.
0.991412.
0.999283.
0.998856 ........................................
0.998856.
0.928942 ........................................
Labor: $1,605.07 ...........................
Nonlabor: $934.59. ........................
0.928942.
Labor: $1,574.59.
Nonlabor: $965.07.
the proposed prospective payment rates
for hospitals located in the 50 States, the
District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico
for FY 2015. This section addresses two
types of adjustments to the standardized
amounts that are made in determining
the prospective payment rates as
described in this Addendum.
PO 00000
Frm 00349
Fmt 4701
Update
(2.1 percent); proposed wage
index is less than or equal to
1.0000; labor/non-labor share percentage (62/38)
Sfmt 4702
1. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage
Levels
Sections 1886(d)(3)(E) and
1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of the Act require that
we make an adjustment to the laborrelated portion of the national and
Puerto Rico prospective payment rates,
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28326
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
respectively, to account for area
differences in hospital wage levels. This
adjustment is made by multiplying the
labor-related portion of the adjusted
standardized amounts by the
appropriate wage index for the area in
which the hospital is located. In section
III. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we discuss the data and
methodology for the proposed FY 2015
wage index.
2. Proposed Adjustment for Cost-ofLiving in Alaska and Hawaii
Section 1886(d)(5)(H) of the Act
provides discretionary authority to the
Secretary to make ‘‘such adjustments
. . . as the Secretary deems appropriate
to take into account the unique
circumstances of hospitals located in
Alaska and Hawaii.’’ Higher labor-
related costs for these two States are
taken into account in the adjustment for
area wages described above. To account
for higher nonlabor-related costs for
these two States, we multiply the
nonlabor-related portion of the
standardized amount for hospitals
located in Alaska and Hawaii by an
adjustment factor.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we established a methodology to
update the COLA factors for Alaska and
Hawaii that were published by the U.S.
Office of Personnel Management (OPM)
every 4 years (at the same time as the
update to the labor-related share of the
IPPS market basket), beginning in FY
2014. We refer readers to the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and final
rules for additional background and a
detailed description of this methodology
(77 FR 28145 through 28146 and 77 FR
53700 through 53701, respectively).
For FY 2014, in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50985
through 50987), we updated the COLA
factors published by OPM for 2009 (as
these are the last COLA factors OPM
published prior to transitioning from
COLAs to locality pay) using the
methodology that we finalized in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
Based on the policy finalized in the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
are proposing to use the same COLAs
factors established in FY 2014 for FY
2015 to adjust the nonlabor-related
portion of the standardized amount for
hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii.
Below is a table listing the proposed
COLA factors for FY 2015.
PROPOSED FY 2015 COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT FACTORS: ALASKA AND HAWAII HOSPITALS
Cost of living
adjustment factor
Area
Alaska:
City of Anchorage and 80-kilometer (50-mile) radius by road .............................................................................................
City of Fairbanks and 80-kilometer (50-mile) radius by road ..............................................................................................
City of Juneau and 80-kilometer (50-mile) radius by road ..................................................................................................
Rest of Alaska ......................................................................................................................................................................
Hawaii:
City and County of Honolulu ................................................................................................................................................
County of Hawaii ..................................................................................................................................................................
County of Kauai ....................................................................................................................................................................
County of Maui and County of Kalawao ..............................................................................................................................
Based on the policy finalized in the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the
next update to the COLA factors for
Alaska and Hawaii would occur in FY
2018.
C. Calculation of the Proposed
Prospective Payment Rates
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
General Formula for Calculation of the
Prospective Payment Rates for FY 2015
In general, the operating prospective
payment rate for all hospitals paid
under the IPPS located outside of Puerto
Rico, except SCHs and MDHs, for FY
2015 equals the Federal rate (which
includes uncompensated care
payments).
We note that, as discussed in section
IV.G. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, section 1106 of the Pathway to
SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113–
67), enacted on December 26, 2013,
extended the MDH program from the
end of FY 2013 through the first half of
FY 2014 (that is, for discharges
occurring before April 1, 2014).
Subsequently, section 106 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on April
1, 2014, further extended the MDH
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
program through the first half of FY
2015 (that is, for discharges occurring
before April 1, 2015). Prior to the
enactment of Public Law 113–67, the
MDH program was only to be in effect
through the end of FY 2013. Under
current law, the MDH program will
expire for discharges beginning on April
1, 2015.
SCHs are paid based on whichever of
the following rates yields the greatest
aggregate payment: The Federal national
rate (which, as discussed in section
IV.F. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, includes uncompensated care
payments); the updated hospitalspecific rate based on FY 1982 costs per
discharge; the updated hospital-specific
rate based on FY 1987 costs per
discharge; the updated hospital-specific
rate based on FY 1996 costs per
discharge; or the updated hospitalspecific rate based on FY 2006 costs per
discharge to determine the rate that
yields the greatest aggregate payment.
The prospective payment rate for
SCHs for FY 2015 equals the higher of
the applicable Federal rate, or the
hospital-specific rate as described
below.
PO 00000
Frm 00350
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1.23
1.23
1.23
1.25
1.25
1.19
1.25
1.25
The prospective payment rate for
MDHs for FY 2015 discharges occurring
before April 1, 2015 equals the higher of
the Federal rate or the Federal rate plus
75 percent of the difference between the
Federal rate and the hospital-specific
rate as described below. For MDHs, the
updated hospital-specific rate is based
on FY 1982, FY 1987 or FY 2002 costs
per discharge, whichever yields the
greatest aggregate payment.
The prospective payment rate for
hospitals located in Puerto Rico for FY
2015 equals 25 percent of the Puerto
Rico-specific payment rate plus 75
percent of the applicable national rate.
1. Federal Rate
The Federal rate is determined as
follows:
Step 1—Select the applicable average
standardized amount depending on
whether the hospital submitted
qualifying quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user, as described
above.
Step 2—Multiply the labor-related
portion of the standardized amount by
the applicable wage index for the
geographic area in which the hospital is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
located or the area to which the hospital
is reclassified.
Step 3—For hospitals located in
Alaska and Hawaii, multiply the
nonlabor-related portion of the
standardized amount by the applicable
cost-of-living adjustment factor.
Step 4—Add the amount from Step 2
and the nonlabor-related portion of the
standardized amount (adjusted, if
applicable, under Step 3).
Step 5—Multiply the final amount
from Step 4 by the relative weight
corresponding to the applicable MS–
DRG (Table 5 listed in section VI. of this
Addendum and available via the
Internet).
The Federal payment rate as
determined in Step 5 may then be
further adjusted if the hospital qualifies
for either the IME or DSH adjustment.
In addition, for hospitals that qualify for
a low-volume payment adjustment
under section 1886(d)(12) of the Act and
42 CFR 412.101(b), the payment in Step
5 would be increased by the formula
described in section IV.D. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. The
base-operating DRG payment amount
may be further adjusted by the hospital
readmissions payment adjustment and
the hospital VBP payment adjustment as
described under sections 1886(q) and
1886(o) of the Act, respectively. Finally,
we add the uncompensated care
payment to the total claim payment
amount. We note that, as discussed
above, we take uncompensated care
payments into consideration when
calculating outlier payments.
2. Hospital-Specific Rate (Applicable
Only to SCHs and MDHs)
a. Calculation of Hospital-Specific Rate
Section 1886(b)(3)(C) of the Act
provides that SCHs are paid based on
whichever of the following rates yields
the greatest aggregate payment: The
Federal rate (which, as discussed in
section IV.F. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, includes uncompensated
care payments); the updated hospitalspecific rate based on FY 1982 costs per
discharge; the updated hospital-specific
rate based on FY 1987 costs per
discharge; the updated hospital-specific
rate based on FY 1996 costs per
discharge; or the updated hospitalspecific rate based on FY 2006 costs per
discharge to determine the rate that
yields the greatest aggregate payment.
As discussed previously, currently
MDHs are paid based on the Federal
national rate or, if higher, the Federal
national rate plus 75 percent of the
difference between the Federal national
rate and the greater of the updated
hospital-specific rates based on either
FY 1982, FY 1987, or FY 2002 costs per
discharge.
For a more detailed discussion of the
calculation of the hospital-specific rates,
Hospital submitted quality
data and is a
meaningful EHR
user
FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Market Basket Rate-of-Increase ................................................
Adjustment for Failure to Submit Quality Data under Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act ..................................................
Adjustment for Failure to be a Meaningful EHR User under
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act .......................................
MFP Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act ....
Statutory Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the
Act ..........................................................................................
Proposed Applicable Percentage Increase Applied to HospitalSpecific Rate ..........................................................................
For a complete discussion of the
applicable percentage increase applied
to the hospital-specific rates for SCHs
and MDHs, we refer readers to section
IV.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule.
In addition, because SCHs and MDHs
use the same MS–DRGs as other
hospitals when they are paid based in
whole or in part on the hospital-specific
rate, the hospital-specific rate is
adjusted by a budget neutrality factor to
ensure that changes to the MS–DRG
classifications and the recalibration of
the MS–DRG relative weights are made
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Frm 00351
we refer readers to the FY 1984 IPPS
interim final rule (48 FR 39772); the
April 20, 1990 final rule with comment
period (55 FR 15150); the FY 1991 IPPS
final rule (55 FR 35994); and the FY
2001 IPPS final rule (65 FR 47082). We
also refer readers to section IV.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for a
complete discussion on empirically
justified Medicare DSH and
uncompensated care payments.
b. Updating the FY 1982, FY 1987, FY
1996 and FY 2006 Hospital-Specific
Rate for FY 2015
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act
provides that the applicable percentage
increase applicable to the hospitalspecific rates for SCHs and MDHs
equals the applicable percentage
increase set forth in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the
same update factor as for all other
hospitals subject to the IPPS). Because
the Act sets the update factor for SCHs
and MDHs equal to the update factor for
all other IPPS hospitals, the update to
the hospital-specific rates for SCHs and
MDHs is subject to the amendments to
section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act made by
sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the
Affordable Care Act. Accordingly, the
proposed applicable percentage
increases to the hospital-specific rates
applicable to SCHs and MDHs are the
following:
Hospital submitted
quality data and is
NOT a meaningful
EHR user
Hospital did NOT
submit quality
data and is a
meaningful EHR
user
Hospital did NOT
submit quality
data and is NOT a
meaningful EHR
user
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
0.0
0.0
¥0.675
¥0.675
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.675
¥0.4
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.2
¥0.2
¥0.2
¥0.2
2.1
1.425
in a manner so that aggregate IPPS
payments are unaffected. Therefore, a
SCH’s and MDH’s hospital-specific rate
is adjusted by the proposed MS–DRG
reclassification and recalibration budget
neutrality factor of 0.992938, as
discussed in section III. of this
Addendum. The resulting rate is used in
determining the payment rate that an
SCH would receive for its discharges
beginning on or after October 1, 2014,
and the payment rate that an MDH
would receive for its discharges
beginning on or after October 1, 2014,
and before April 1, 2015. We note that,
PO 00000
28327
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1.425
0.75
in this proposed rule, for FY 2015, we
are not proposing to make a
documentation and coding adjustment
to the hospital-specific rate. We refer
readers to section II.D. of the preamble
of this proposed rule for a complete
discussion regarding our proposed
policies and previously finalized
policies (including our historical
adjustments to the payment rates)
relating to the effect of changes in
documentation and coding that do not
reflect real changes in case-mix.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28328
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
3. General Formula for Calculation of
Prospective Payment Rates for Hospitals
Located in Puerto Rico Beginning On or
After October 1, 2014, and Before
October 1, 2015
Section 1886(d)(9)(E)(iv) of the Act
provides that, effective for discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2004,
hospitals located in Puerto Rico are paid
based on a blend of 75 percent of the
national prospective payment rate and
25 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific
rate.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
a. Puerto Rico-Specific Rate
The Puerto Rico-specific prospective
payment rate is determined as follows:
Step 1—Select the applicable average
standardized amount considering the
applicable wage index (obtained from
Table 1C published in section VI. of this
Addendum and available via the
Internet).
Step 2—Multiply the labor-related
portion of the standardized amount by
the applicable Puerto Rico-specific wage
index.
Step 3—Add the amount from Step 2
and the nonlabor-related portion of the
standardized amount.
Step 4—Multiply the amount from
Step 3 by the applicable MS–DRG
relative weight (obtained from Table 5
listed in section VI. of this Addendum
and available via the Internet).
Step 5—Multiply the result in Step 4
by 25 percent.
b. National Prospective Payment Rate
The national prospective payment
rate is determined as follows:
Step 1—Select the applicable national
average standardized amount.
Step 2—Multiply the labor-related
portion of the national average
standardized amount by the applicable
wage index for the geographic area in
which the hospital is located or the area
to which the hospital is reclassified.
Step 3—Add the amount from Step 2
and the nonlabor-related portion of the
national average standardized amount.
Step 4—Multiply the amount from
Step 3 by the applicable MS–DRG
relative weight (obtained from Table 5
listed in section VI. of this Addendum
and available via the Internet).
Step 5—Multiply the result in Step 4
by 75 percent.
The sum of the Puerto Rico-specific
rate and the national prospective
payment rate computed above equals
the prospective payment rate for a given
discharge for a hospital located in
Puerto Rico. This payment rate is then
further adjusted if the hospital qualifies
for either the IME or DSH adjustment.
Finally, we add the uncompensated
care payment to the total claim payment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
amount. We note that, as discussed
above, we take uncompensated care
payments into consideration when
calculating outlier payments.
III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates
for Acute Care Hospital Inpatient
Capital-Related Costs for FY 2015
The PPS for acute care hospital
inpatient capital-related costs was
implemented for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 1991.
Effective with that cost reporting period,
over a 10-year transition period (which
extended through FY 2001) the payment
methodology for Medicare acute care
hospital inpatient capital-related costs
changed from a reasonable cost-based
methodology to a prospective
methodology (based fully on the Federal
rate).
The basic methodology for
determining Federal capital prospective
rates is set forth in the regulations at 42
CFR 412.308 through 412.352. Below we
discuss the factors that we used to
determine the proposed capital Federal
rate for FY 2015, which would be
effective for discharges occurring on or
after October 1, 2014.
The 10-year transition period ended
with hospital cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2001
(FY 2002). Therefore, for cost reporting
periods beginning in FY 2002, all
hospitals (except ‘‘new’’ hospitals under
§ 412.304(c)(2)) are paid based on the
capital Federal rate. For FY 1992, we
computed the standard Federal payment
rate for capital-related costs under the
IPPS by updating the FY 1989 Medicare
inpatient capital cost per case by an
actuarial estimate of the increase in
Medicare inpatient capital costs per
case. Each year after FY 1992, we
update the capital standard Federal rate,
as provided at § 412.308(c)(1), to
account for capital input price increases
and other factors. The regulations at
§ 412.308(c)(2) also provide that the
capital Federal rate be adjusted annually
by a factor equal to the estimated
proportion of outlier payments under
the capital Federal rate to total capital
payments under the capital Federal rate.
In addition, § 412.308(c)(3) requires that
the capital Federal rate be reduced by an
adjustment factor equal to the estimated
proportion of payments for exceptions
under § 412.348. (We note that, as
discussed in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (77 FR 53705), there is
generally no longer a need for an
exceptions payment adjustment factor.)
However, in limited circumstances, an
additional payment exception for
extraordinary circumstances is provided
for under § 412.348(f) for qualifying
hospitals. Therefore, in accordance with
PO 00000
Frm 00352
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 412.308(c)(3), an exceptions payment
adjustment factor may need to be
applied if such payments are made.
Section 412.308(c)(4)(ii) requires that
the capital standard Federal rate be
adjusted so that the effects of the annual
DRG reclassification and the
recalibration of DRG weights and
changes in the geographic adjustment
factor (GAF) are budget neutral.
Section 412.374 provides for blended
payments to hospitals located in Puerto
Rico under the IPPS for acute care
hospital inpatient capital-related costs.
Accordingly, under the capital PPS, we
compute a separate payment rate
specific to hospitals located in Puerto
Rico using the same methodology used
to compute the national Federal rate for
capital-related costs. In accordance with
section 1886(d)(9)(A) of the Act, under
the IPPS for acute care hospital
operating costs, hospitals located in
Puerto Rico are paid for operating costs
under a special payment formula.
Effective October 1, 2004, in accordance
with section 504 of Public Law 108–173,
the methodology for operating payments
made to hospitals located in Puerto Rico
under the IPPS was revised to make
payments based on a blend of 25
percent of the applicable standardized
amount specific to Puerto Rico hospitals
and 75 percent of the applicable
national average standardized amount.
In conjunction with this change to the
operating blend percentage, effective
with discharges occurring on or after
October 1, 2004, we also revised the
methodology for computing capital
payments made to hospitals located in
Puerto Rico to be based on a blend of
25 percent of the Puerto Rico capital
rate and 75 percent of the national
capital Federal rate (69 FR 49185).
A. Determination of the Proposed
Federal Hospital Inpatient CapitalRelated Prospective Payment Rate
Update
In the discussion that follows, we
explain the factors that we used to
determine the proposed capital Federal
rate for FY 2015. In particular, we
explain why the proposed FY 2015
capital Federal rate increases
approximately 0.9 percent, compared to
the FY 2014 capital Federal rate. As
discussed in the impact analysis in
Appendix A to this proposed rule, we
estimate that capital payments per
discharge would increase 1.2 percent
during that same period. Because capital
payments constitute about 10 percent of
hospital payments, a percent change in
the capital Federal rate yields only
about a 0.1 percent change in actual
payments to hospitals.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Projected Capital Standard Federal
Rate Update
a. Description of the Update Framework
Under § 412.308(c)(1), the capital
standard Federal rate is updated on the
basis of an analytical framework that
takes into account changes in a capital
input price index (CIPI) and several
other policy adjustment factors.
Specifically, we adjust the projected
CIPI rate-of-increase as appropriate each
year for case-mix index-related changes,
for intensity, and for errors in previous
CIPI forecasts. The proposed update
factor for FY 2015 under that framework
is 1.5 percent based on the best data
available at this time. The proposed
update factor under that framework is
based on a projected 1.5 percent
increase in the FY 2010-based CIPI, a
0.0 percentage point adjustment for
intensity, a 0.0 percentage point
adjustment for case-mix, a 0.0
percentage point adjustment for the FY
2013 DRG reclassification and
recalibration, and a forecast error
correction of 0.0 percentage point. As
discussed below in section III.C. of this
Addendum, we continue to believe that
the CIPI is the most appropriate input
price index for capital costs to measure
capital price changes in a given year.
We also explain the basis for the FY
2015 CIPI projection in that same
section of this Addendum. Below we
describe the policy adjustments that we
are proposing to apply in the update
framework for FY 2015.
The case-mix index is the measure of
the average DRG weight for cases paid
under the IPPS. Because the DRG weight
determines the prospective payment for
each case, any percentage increase in
the case-mix index corresponds to an
equal percentage increase in hospital
payments.
The case-mix index can change for
any of several reasons:
• The average resource use of
Medicare patients changes (‘‘real’’ casemix change);
• Changes in hospital documentation
and coding of patient records result in
higher-weighted DRG assignments
(‘‘coding effects’’); and
• The annual DRG reclassification
and recalibration changes may not be
budget neutral (‘‘reclassification
effect’’).
We define real case-mix change as
actual changes in the mix (and resource
requirements) of Medicare patients as
opposed to changes in documentation
and coding behavior that result in
assignment of cases to higher-weighted
DRGs, but do not reflect higher resource
requirements. The capital update
framework includes the same case-mix
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
index adjustment used in the former
operating IPPS update framework (as
discussed in the May 18, 2004 IPPS
proposed rule for FY 2005 (69 FR
28816)). (We no longer use an update
framework to make a recommendation
for updating the operating IPPS
standardized amounts as discussed in
section II. of Appendix B to the FY 2006
IPPS final rule (70 FR 47707).)
For FY 2015, we are projecting a 0.5
percent total increase in the case-mix
index. We estimated that the real casemix increase will also equal 0.5 percent
for FY 2015. The proposed net
adjustment for change in case-mix is the
difference between the projected real
increase in case-mix and the projected
total increase in case-mix. Therefore, the
proposed net adjustment for case-mix
change in FY 2015 is 0.0 percentage
point.
The capital update framework also
contains an adjustment for the effects of
DRG reclassification and recalibration.
This adjustment is intended to remove
the effect on total payments of prior
year’s changes to the DRG classifications
and relative weights, in order to retain
budget neutrality for all case-mix indexrelated changes other than those due to
patient severity of illness. Due to the lag
time in the availability of data, there is
a 2-year lag in data used to determine
the adjustment for the effects of DRG
reclassification and recalibration. For
example, we have data available to
evaluate the effects of the FY 2013 DRG
reclassification and recalibration as part
of our update for FY 2015. We estimate
that FY 2013 DRG reclassification and
recalibration resulted in no change in
the case-mix when compared with the
case-mix index that would have resulted
if we had not made the reclassification
and recalibration changes to the DRGs.
Therefore, we are proposing to make a
0.0 percentage point adjustment for
reclassification and recalibration in the
update framework for FY 2015.
The capital update framework also
contains an adjustment for forecast
error. The input price index forecast is
based on historical trends and
relationships ascertainable at the time
the update factor is established for the
upcoming year. In any given year, there
may be unanticipated price fluctuations
that may result in differences between
the actual increase in prices and the
forecast used in calculating the update
factors. In setting a prospective payment
rate under the framework, we make an
adjustment for forecast error only if our
estimate of the change in the capital
input price index for any year is off by
0.25 percentage point or more. There is
a 2-year lag between the forecast and the
availability of data to develop a
PO 00000
Frm 00353
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28329
measurement of the forecast error. A
forecast error of 0.0 percentage point
was calculated for the proposed FY
2015 update. Historically, when forecast
error of the CIPI is greater than 0.25
percentage point in absolute terms, it is
reflected in the update recommended
under this framework. Current historical
data indicate that the forecasted FY
2013 rate-of-increase of the FY 2006based CIPI (1.2 percent) used in
calculating the FY 2013 update factor
slightly understated the actual realized
FY 2013 price increases of the FY 2006based CIPI (1.3 percent) by 0.1
percentage point because the prices
associated with both the depreciation
and other capital-related cost categories
grew more quickly than anticipated.
Because this forecast error does not
exceed the 0.25 percentage point
threshold, we are proposing to make a
0.0 percentage point adjustment for
forecast error in the update for FY 2015.
Under the capital IPPS update
framework, we also make an adjustment
for changes in intensity. Historically, we
calculated this adjustment using the
same methodology and data that were
used in the past under the framework
for operating IPPS. The intensity factor
for the operating update framework
reflected how hospital services are
utilized to produce the final product,
that is, the discharge. This component
accounts for changes in the use of
quality-enhancing services, for changes
within DRG severity, and for expected
modification of practice patterns to
remove noncost-effective services. Our
intensity measure is based on a 5-year
average.
We calculate case-mix constant
intensity as the change in total cost per
discharge, adjusted for price level
changes (the CIPI for hospital and
related services) and changes in real
case-mix. Without reliable estimates of
the proportions of the overall annual
intensity increases that are due,
respectively, to ineffective practice
patterns and the combination of qualityenhancing new technologies and
complexity within the DRG system, we
assume that one-half of the annual
increase is due to each of these factors.
The capital update framework thus
provides an add-on to the input price
index rate of increase of one-half of the
estimated annual increase in intensity,
to allow for increases within DRG
severity and the adoption of qualityenhancing technology.
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to continue to use a
Medicare-specific intensity measure that
is based on a 5-year adjusted average of
cost per discharge for FY 2015 (we refer
readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28330
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
final rule (75 FR 50436) for a full
description of our Medicare-specific
intensity measure). Specifically, for FY
2015, we are proposing to use an
intensity measure that is based on an
average of cost per discharge data from
the 5-year period beginning with FY
2007 and extending through FY 2012.
Based on these data, we estimated that
case-mix constant intensity declined
during FYs 2007 through 2012. In the
past, when we found intensity to be
declining, we believed a zero (rather
than a negative) intensity adjustment
was appropriate. Consistent with this
approach, because we estimate that
intensity declined during that 5-year
period, we believe it is appropriate to
propose to continue to apply a zero
intensity adjustment for FY 2015.
Therefore, we are proposing to make a
0.0 percentage point adjustment for
intensity in the update for FY 2015.
Above, we described the basis of the
components used to develop the
proposed 1.5 percent capital update
factor under the capital update
framework for FY 2015 as shown in the
table below.
PROPOSED CMS FY 2015 UPDATE FACTOR TO THE CAPITAL FEDERAL RATE
Capital Input Price Index * ...........................................................................................................................................................
Intensity: .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Case-Mix Adjustment Factors:
Real Across DRG Change ...................................................................................................................................................
Projected Case-Mix Change ................................................................................................................................................
1.5
0.0
¥0.5
0.5
Subtotal .........................................................................................................................................................................
Effect of FY 2013 Reclassification and Recalibration .................................................................................................................
Forecast Error Correction ............................................................................................................................................................
1.5
0.0
0.0
Total Update .........................................................................................................................................................................
1.5
* The capital input price index is based on the FY 2010-based CIPI.
b. Comparison of CMS and MedPAC
Update Recommendation
In its March 2014 Report to Congress,
MedPAC did not make a specific update
recommendation for capital IPPS
payments for FY 2015. (We refer readers
to MedPAC’s Report to the Congress:
Medicare Payment Policy, March 2014,
Chapter 3.)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Outlier Payment Adjustment Factor
Section 412.312(c) establishes a
unified outlier payment methodology
for inpatient operating and inpatient
capital-related costs. A single set of
thresholds is used to identify outlier
cases for both inpatient operating and
inpatient capital-related payments.
Section 412.308(c)(2) provides that the
standard Federal rate for inpatient
capital-related costs be reduced by an
adjustment factor equal to the estimated
proportion of capital-related outlier
payments to total inpatient capitalrelated PPS payments. The outlier
thresholds are set so that operating
outlier payments are projected to be 5.1
percent of total operating IPPS DRG
payments.
For FY 2014, we estimated that outlier
payments for capital will equal 6.07
percent of inpatient capital-related
payments based on the capital Federal
rate in FY 2014. Based on the proposed
thresholds as set forth in section II.A. of
this Addendum, we estimate that outlier
payments for capital-related costs would
equal 6.26 percent for inpatient capitalrelated payments based on the proposed
capital Federal rate in FY 2015.
Therefore, we are proposing to apply an
outlier adjustment factor of 0.9374 in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
determining the proposed capital
Federal rate for FY 2015. Thus, we
estimate that the percentage of capital
outlier payments to total capital Federal
rate payments for FY 2015 will be
slightly higher than the percentage for
FY 2014.
The outlier reduction factors are not
built permanently into the capital rates;
that is, they are not applied
cumulatively in determining the capital
Federal rate. The proposed FY 2015
outlier adjustment of 0.9374 is a ¥0.82
percent change from the FY 2014 outlier
adjustment of 0.9393. Therefore, the
proposed net change in the outlier
adjustment to the capital Federal rate for
FY 2015 is 0.9980 (0.9374/0.9393).
Thus, the outlier adjustment would
decrease the proposed FY 2015 capital
Federal rate by 0.82 percent compared
to the FY 2014 outlier adjustment.
3. Proposed Budget Neutrality
Adjustment Factor for Changes in DRG
Classifications and Weights and the
GAF
Section 412.308(c)(4)(ii) requires that
the capital Federal rate be adjusted so
that aggregate payments for the fiscal
year based on the capital Federal rate
after any changes resulting from the
annual DRG reclassification and
recalibration and changes in the GAF
are projected to equal aggregate
payments that would have been made
on the basis of the capital Federal rate
without such changes. Because we
implemented a separate GAF for Puerto
Rico, we apply separate budget
neutrality adjustments for the national
GAF and the Puerto Rico GAF. We
apply the same budget neutrality factor
PO 00000
Frm 00354
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
for DRG reclassifications and
recalibration nationally and for Puerto
Rico. Separate adjustments were
unnecessary for FY 1998 and earlier
because the GAF for Puerto Rico was
implemented in FY 1998.
To determine the proposed factors for
FY 2015, we compared (separately for
the national capital rate and the Puerto
Rico capital rate) estimated aggregate
capital Federal rate payments based on
the FY 2014 MS–DRG classifications
and relative weights and the FY 2014
GAF to estimated aggregate capital
Federal rate payments based on the FY
2014 MS–DRG classifications and
relative weights and the proposed FY
2015 GAFs. To achieve budget
neutrality for the changes in the
national GAFs, based on calculations
using updated data, we are proposing to
apply an incremental budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 1.0000 for FY 2015
to the previous cumulative FY 2014
adjustment factor of 0.9891, yielding a
proposed adjustment factor of 0.9891
through FY 2015. For the Puerto Rico
GAFs, we are proposing to apply an
incremental budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 1.0011 for FY 2015
to the previous cumulative FY 2014
adjustment factor of 1.0076, yielding a
proposed cumulative adjustment factor
of 1.0087 through FY 2015.
We then compared estimated
aggregate capital Federal rate payments
based on the FY 2014 MS–DRG relative
weights and the proposed FY 2015
GAFs to estimated aggregate capital
Federal rate payments based on the
cumulative effects of the proposed FY
2015 MS–DRG classifications and
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
relative weights and the proposed FY
2015 GAFs. The proposed incremental
adjustment factor for DRG
classifications and changes in relative
weights is 0.9957 both nationally and
for Puerto Rico. The proposed
cumulative adjustment factors for MS–
DRG classifications and changes in
relative weights and for changes in the
GAFs through FY 2015 are 0.9848
nationally and 1.0043 for Puerto Rico.
(We note that all the values are
calculated with unrounded numbers.)
The GAF/DRG budget neutrality
adjustment factors are built permanently
into the capital rates; that is, they are
applied cumulatively in determining the
capital Federal rate. This follows the
requirement under § 412.308(c)(4)(ii)
that estimated aggregate payments each
year be no more or less than they would
have been in the absence of the annual
DRG reclassification and recalibration
and changes in the GAFs.
The methodology used to determine
the recalibration and geographic
adjustment factor (GAF/DRG) budget
neutrality adjustment is similar to the
methodology used in establishing
budget neutrality adjustments under the
IPPS for operating costs. One difference
is that, under the operating IPPS, the
budget neutrality adjustments for the
effect of geographic reclassifications are
determined separately from the effects
of other changes in the hospital wage
index and the MS–DRG relative weights.
Under the capital IPPS, there is a single
GAF/DRG budget neutrality adjustment
factor (the national capital rate and the
Puerto Rico capital rate are determined
separately) for changes in the GAF
(including geographic reclassification)
and the MS–DRG relative weights. In
addition, there is no adjustment for the
effects that geographic reclassification
has on the other payment parameters,
such as the payments for DSH or IME.
The proposed cumulative adjustment
factor accounts for the proposed MS–
DRG reclassifications and recalibration
and for proposed changes in the GAFs.
It also incorporates the effects on the
proposed GAFs of FY 2015 geographic
reclassification decisions made by the
MGCRB compared to FY 2014 decisions.
However, it does not account for
proposed changes in payments due to
changes in the DSH and IME adjustment
factors.
4. Proposed Capital Federal Rate for FY
2015
For FY 2014, we established a capital
Federal rate of $429.31 (78 FR 50990).
We are proposing to establish an update
of 1.5 percent in determining the FY
2015 capital Federal rate for all
hospitals. As a result of this proposed
update and the proposed budget
neutrality factors discussed above, we
are proposing to establish a national
capital Federal rate of $433.01 for FY
2015. The proposed national capital
Federal rate for FY 2015 was calculated
as follows:
• The proposed FY 2015 update
factor is 1.015, that is, the proposed
update is 1.5 percent.
• The proposed FY 2015 budget
neutrality adjustment factor that is
applied to the proposed capital Federal
rate for proposed changes in the MS–
DRG classifications and relative weights
and changes in the GAFs is 0.9957.
• The proposed FY 2015 outlier
adjustment factor is 0.9374.
28331
(We note that, as discussed in section
VI.C. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are not proposing to make an
additional MS–DRG documentation and
coding adjustment to the capital IPPS
Federal rates for FY 2015.)
Because the proposed FY 2015 capital
Federal rate has already been adjusted
for differences in case-mix, wages, costof-living, indirect medical education
costs, and payments to hospitals serving
a disproportionate share of low-income
patients, we are not proposing to make
additional adjustments in the capital
Federal rate for these factors, other than
the proposed budget neutrality factor for
proposed changes in the MS–DRG
classifications and relative weights and
for proposed changes in the GAFs.
We are providing the following chart
that shows how each of the proposed
factors and adjustments for FY 2015
affects the computation of the proposed
FY 2015 national capital Federal rate in
comparison to the FY 2014 national
capital Federal rate. The proposed FY
2015 update factor has the effect of
increasing the capital Federal rate by 1.5
percent compared to the FY 2014 capital
Federal rate. The proposed GAF/DRG
budget neutrality adjustment factor has
the effect of decreasing the capital
Federal rate by 0.43 percent. The
proposed FY 2015 outlier adjustment
factor has the effect of decreasing the
capital Federal rate by 0.20 percent
compared to the FY 2014 capital Federal
rate. The combined effect of all the
proposed changes would increase the
proposed national capital Federal rate
by 0.86 percent compared to the FY
2014 national capital Federal rate.
COMPARISON OF FACTORS AND ADJUSTMENTS: FY 2014 CAPITAL FEDERAL RATE AND PROPOSED FY 2015 CAPITAL
FEDERAL RATE
FY 2014
Update Factor 1 ................................................................................................
GAF/DRG Adjustment Factor 1 ........................................................................
Outlier Adjustment Factor 2 ..............................................................................
Capital Federal Rate ........................................................................................
1.0090
0.9987
0.9393
429.31
Proposed
FY 2015
1.0150
0.9957
0.9374
433.01
Change
1.0150
0.9957
0.9980
1.0086
Percent
change
1.50
¥0.43
¥0.20
0.86
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1 The proposed update factor and the proposed GAF/DRG budget neutrality adjustment factors are built permanently into the capital Federal
rates. Thus, for example, the proposed incremental change from FY 2014 to FY 2015 resulting from the application of the proposed 0.9957 GAF/
DRG budget neutrality adjustment factor for FY 2015 is a proposed net change of 0.9957 (or ¥0.43 percent).
2 The proposed outlier reduction factor is not built permanently into the capital Federal rate; that is, the factor is not applied cumulatively in determining the proposed capital Federal rate. Thus, for example, the proposed net change resulting from the application of the proposed FY 2015
outlier adjustment factor is 0.9374/0.9393, or 0.9918 (or ¥0.82 percent).
5. Proposed Special Capital Rate for
Puerto Rico Hospitals
Section 412.374 provides for the use
of a blended payment system for
payments made to hospitals located in
Puerto Rico under the PPS for acute care
hospital inpatient capital-related costs.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Accordingly, under the capital PPS, we
compute a separate payment rate
specific to hospitals located in Puerto
Rico using the same methodology used
to compute the national Federal rate for
capital-related costs. Under the broad
authority of section 1886(g) of the Act,
PO 00000
Frm 00355
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
beginning with discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2004, capital
payments made to hospitals located in
Puerto Rico are based on a blend of 25
percent of the Puerto Rico capital rate
and 75 percent of the capital Federal
rate. The Puerto Rico capital rate is
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28332
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
derived from the costs of Puerto Rico
hospitals only, while the capital Federal
rate is derived from the costs of all acute
care hospitals participating in the IPPS
(including Puerto Rico).
To adjust hospitals’ capital payments
for geographic variations in capital
costs, we apply a GAF to both portions
of the blended capital rate. The GAF is
calculated using the operating IPPS
wage index, and varies depending on
the labor market area or rural area in
which the hospital is located. We use
the Puerto Rico wage index to determine
the GAF for the Puerto Rico part of the
capital-blended rate and the national
wage index to determine the GAF for
the national part of the blended capital
rate.
Because we implemented a separate
GAF for Puerto Rico in FY 1998, we also
apply separate budget neutrality
adjustment factors for the national GAF
and for the Puerto Rico GAF. However,
we apply the same budget neutrality
adjustment factor for MS–DRG
reclassifications and recalibration
nationally and for Puerto Rico. The
proposed budget neutrality adjustment
factors for the national GAF and for the
Puerto Rico GAF and the proposed
budget neutrality factor for MS–DRG
reclassifications and recalibration
(which is the same nationally and for
Puerto Rico) are discussed in section
III.A.3. of this Addendum.
In computing the payment for a
particular Puerto Rico hospital, the
Puerto Rico portion of the capital rate
(25 percent) is multiplied by the Puerto
Rico-specific GAF for the labor market
area in which the hospital is located,
and the national portion of the capital
rate (75 percent) is multiplied by the
national GAF for the labor market area
in which the hospital is located (which
is computed from national data for all
hospitals in the United States and
Puerto Rico).
For FY 2014, the special capital rate
for hospitals located in Puerto Rico was
$209.82 (78 FR 50991). With the
changes we are proposing to make to the
other factors used to determine the
proposed capital Federal rate, the
proposed FY 2015 special capital rate
for hospitals in Puerto Rico is $206.82.
B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient
Capital-Related Prospective Payments
for FY 2015
For purposes of calculating payments
for each discharge during FY 2015, the
capital Federal rate is adjusted as
follows: (Standard Federal Rate) × (DRG
weight) × (GAF) × (COLA for hospitals
located in Alaska and Hawaii) × (1 +
DSH Adjustment Factor + IME
Adjustment Factor, if applicable). The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
result is the adjusted capital Federal
rate.
Hospitals also may receive outlier
payments for those cases that qualify
under the thresholds established for
each fiscal year. Section 412.312(c)
provides for a single set of thresholds to
identify outlier cases for both inpatient
operating and inpatient capital-related
payments. The proposed outlier
thresholds for FY 2015 are in section
II.A. of this Addendum. For FY 2015, a
case would qualify as a cost outlier if
the cost for the case plus the (operating)
IME and DSH payments (including both
the empirically justified Medicare DSH
payment and the estimated
uncompensated care payment, as
discussed in section II.A.4.g.(1) of this
Addendum) is greater than the
prospective payment rate for the MS–
DRG plus the proposed fixed-loss
amount of $25,799.
Currently, as provided under
§ 412.304(c)(2), we pay a new hospital
85 percent of its reasonable costs during
the first 2 years of operation unless it
elects to receive payment based on 100
percent of the capital Federal rate.
Effective with the third year of
operation, we pay the hospital based on
100 percent of the capital Federal rate
(that is, the same methodology used to
pay all other hospitals subject to the
capital PPS).
C. Capital Input Price Index
1. Background
Like the operating input price index,
the capital input price index (CIPI) is a
fixed-weight price index that measures
the price changes associated with
capital costs during a given year. The
CIPI differs from the operating input
price index in one important aspect—
the CIPI reflects the vintage nature of
capital, which is the acquisition and use
of capital over time. Capital expenses in
any given year are determined by the
stock of capital in that year (that is,
capital that remains on hand from all
current and prior capital acquisitions).
An index measuring capital price
changes needs to reflect this vintage
nature of capital. Therefore, the CIPI
was developed to capture the vintage
nature of capital by using a weightedaverage of past capital purchase prices
up to and including the current year.
We periodically update the base year
for the operating and capital input price
indexes to reflect the changing
composition of inputs for operating and
capital expenses. In the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50603
through 50607), we rebased and revised
the CIPI to a FY 2010 base year to reflect
the more current structure of capital
PO 00000
Frm 00356
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
costs in hospitals. For a complete
discussion of this rebasing, we refer
readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule.
2. Forecast of the CIPI for FY 2015
Based on the latest forecast by IHS
Global Insight, Inc. (first quarter of
2014), we are forecasting the FY 2010based CIPI to increase 1.5 percent in FY
2015. This reflects a projected 1.9
percent increase in vintage-weighted
depreciation prices (building and fixed
equipment, and movable equipment),
and a projected 2.6 percent increase in
other capital expense prices in FY 2015,
partially offset by a projected 1.0
percent decline in vintage-weighted
interest expenses in FY 2015. The
weighted average of these three factors
produces the forecasted 1.5 percent
increase for the FY 2010-based CIPI as
a whole in FY 2015.
IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates
for Excluded Hospitals: Rate-ofIncrease Percentages for FY 2015
Payments for services furnished in
children’s hospitals, 11 cancer
hospitals, and hospitals located outside
the 50 States, the District of Columbia
and Puerto Rico (that is, short-term
acute care hospitals located in the U.S.
Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa)
that are excluded from the IPPS are
made on the basis of reasonable costs
based on the hospital’s own historical
cost experience, subject to a rate-ofincrease ceiling. A per discharge limit
(the target amount as defined in
§ 413.40(a) of the regulations) is set for
each hospital based on the hospital’s
own cost experience in its base year,
and updated annually by a rate-ofincrease percentage. (We note that, in
accordance with § 403.752(a), RNHCIs
are also subject to the rate-of-increase
limits established under § 413.40 of the
regulations.)
In this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule, we are proposing that the
FY 2015 rate-of-increase percentage for
updating the target amounts for the 11
cancer hospitals, children’s hospitals,
and the short-term acute care hospitals
located in the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands,
and American Samoa, as well as
RNHCIs would be the estimated
percentage increase in the FY 2015 IPPS
operating market basket, in accordance
with applicable regulations at § 413.40.
As we did in FY 2014, we would use the
percentage increase in the FY 2010based IPPS operating market basket to
update these target amounts. Based on
IHS Global Insight, Inc.’s 2014 first
quarter forecast, we estimate that the FY
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2010-based IPPS operating market
basket update for FY 2015 is 2.7 percent
(that is, the estimate of the market
basket rate-of-increase). However, we
are proposing that if more recent data
become available for the final rule, we
would use them to calculate the IPPS
operating market basket update for FY
2015.
The IRF PPS, the IPF PPS, and the
LTCH PPS are updated annually. We
refer readers to section VII. of the
preamble of this proposed rule and
section V. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule for the proposed update
changes to the Federal payment rates for
LTCHs under the LTCH PPS for FY
2015. The annual updates for the IRF
PPS and the IPF PPS are issued by the
agency in separate Federal Register
documents.
V. Proposed Updates to the Payment
Rates for the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Proposed LTCH PPS Standard
Federal Rate for FY 2015
1. Background
In section VII. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposed
updates to the payment rates, factors,
and specific policies under the LTCH
PPS for FY 2015.
Under § 412.523(c)(3)(ii) of the
regulations, for LTCH PPS rate years
beginning RY 2004 through RY 2006, we
updated the standard Federal rate
annually by a factor to adjust for the
most recent estimate of the increases in
prices of an appropriate market basket
of goods and services for LTCHs. We
established this policy of annually
updating the standard Federal rate
because, at that time, we believed that
was the most appropriate method for
updating the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate for years after the initial
implementation of the LTCH PPS in FY
2003. Therefore, under
§ 412.523(c)(3)(ii), for RYs 2004 through
2006, the annual update to the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate was equal to
the previous rate year’s Federal rate
updated by the most recent estimate of
increases in the appropriate market
basket of goods and services included in
covered inpatient LTCH services.
In determining the annual update to
the standard Federal rate for RY 2007,
based on our ongoing monitoring
activity, we believed that, rather than
solely using the most recent estimate of
the LTCH PPS market basket update as
the basis of the annual update factor, it
was appropriate to adjust the standard
Federal rate to account for the effect of
documentation and coding in a prior
period that was unrelated to patients’
severity of illness (71 FR 27818).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Accordingly, we established under
§ 412.523(c)(3)(iii) that the annual
update to the standard Federal rate for
RY 2007 was zero percent based on the
most recent estimate of the LTCH PPS
market basket at that time, offset by an
adjustment to account for changes in
case-mix in prior periods due to the
effect of documentation and coding that
were unrelated to patients’ severity of
illness. For RY 2008 through FY 2011,
we also made an adjustment for the
effect of documentation and coding that
was unrelated to patients’ severity of
illness in establishing the annual update
to the standard Federal rate as set forth
in the regulations at §§ 412.523(c)(3)(iv)
through (c)(3)(vii). For FYs 2012, 2013,
and 2014, we updated the standard
Federal rate by the most recent estimate
of the LTCH PPS market basket at that
time, including additional statutory
adjustments required by section
1886(m)(3)(A) of the Act as set forth in
the regulations at §§ 412.523(c)(3)(viii)
through (c)(3)(ix).
Section 1886(m)(3)(A) of the Act, as
added by section 3401(c) of the
Affordable Care Act, specifies that, for
rate year 2010 and each subsequent rate
year, any annual update to the standard
Federal rate shall be reduced:
• For rate year 2010 through 2019, by
the other adjustment specified in
section 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and (m)(4) of
the Act; and
• For rate year 2012 and each
subsequent year, by the productivity
adjustment described in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(II) of the Act (which
we refer to as ‘‘the multifactor
productivity (MFP) adjustment’’) as
discussed in section VII.C.2. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
Section 1886(m)(3)(B) of the Act
provides that the application of
paragraph (3) of section 1886(m) of the
Act may result in the annual update
being less than zero for a rate year, and
may result in payment rates for a rate
year being less than such payment rates
for the preceding rate year. (As noted in
section VII.C.2.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, the annual update to the
LTCH PPS occurs on October 1 and we
have adopted the term ‘‘fiscal year’’ (FY)
rather than ‘‘rate year’’ (RY) under the
LTCH PPS beginning October 1, 2010.
Therefore, for purposes of clarity, when
discussing the annual update for the
LTCH PPS, including the provisions of
the Affordable Care Act, we use the term
‘‘fiscal year’’ rather than ‘‘rate year’’ for
2011 and subsequent years.)
For FY 2014, consistent with our
historical practice, we established an
update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate based on the full estimated
LTCH PPS market basket increase of 2.5
PO 00000
Frm 00357
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28333
percent and the 0.8 percentage point
reductions required by sections
1886(m)(3)(A)(i) and 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii)
with 1886(m)(4)(C) of the Act.
Accordingly, at § 412.523(c)(3)(x) of the
regulations, we established an annual
update of 1.7 percent to the standard
Federal rate for FY 2014 (78 FR 50761
through 50763).
For FY 2015, as discussed in greater
detail in section VII.C.2. of the preamble
of this proposed rule, we are proposing
to establish an annual update to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate based
on the full estimated increase in the
LTCH PPS market basket, less the
proposed MFP adjustment consistent
with section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act,
and less the 0.2 percentage point
required by sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii)
and (m)(4)(E) of the Act. In addition, as
discussed in greater detail in section
VII.C.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, beginning in FY 2014, the annual
update would be further reduced by 2.0
percentage points for LTCHs that fail to
submit quality reporting data in
accordance with the requirements of the
LTCHQR Program under section
1886(m)(5) of the Act.
Specifically, in this proposed rule,
based on the best available data, we are
proposing to establish an annual update
to the standard Federal rate of 2.1
percent, which is based on the full
estimated increase in the LTCH PPS
market basket of 2.7 percent, less the
proposed MFP adjustment of 0.4
percentage point consistent with section
1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act, and less the
0.2 percentage point required by
sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and (m)(4)(E)
of the Act. As discussed in greater detail
in section VII.C.2.c. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, for LTCHs that fail
to submit the required quality reporting
data for FY 2015 in accordance with the
LTCHQR Program, the proposed annual
update would be further reduced by 2.0
percentage points as required by section
1886(m)(5) of the Act. Accordingly, we
are proposing to establish an annual
update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate of 0.1 percent for LTCHs
that fail to submit the required quality
reporting data for FY 2015. This
proposed 0.1 percent update is
calculated based on the full estimated
increase in the LTCH PPS market basket
of 2.7 percent, less a proposed MFP
adjustment of 0.4 percentage point, less
an additional adjustment of 0.2
percentage point required by the statute,
and less 2.0 percentage points for failure
to submit quality reporting data as
required by section 1886(m)(5) of the
Act.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28334
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2. Development of the Proposed FY
2015 LTCH PPS Standard Federal Rate
We continue to believe that the
annual update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate should be based
on the most recent estimate of the
increase in the LTCH PPS market
basket, including any statutory
adjustments. Consistent with our
historical practice, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to apply the proposed annual
update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate from the previous year.
Furthermore, in determining the
proposed standard Federal rate for FY
2015, we also are proposing to make
certain regulatory adjustments.
Specifically, we are proposing to apply
an adjustment factor for the final year of
the 3-year phase-in of the one-time
prospective adjustment to the standard
Federal rate under § 412.523(d)(3), as
discussed in greater detail in section
VII.C.3. of the preamble of this proposed
rule. In addition, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 standard Federal rate,
we are proposing to apply a budget
neutrality adjustment factor for the
proposed changes related to the area
wage adjustment (that is, proposed
changes to the wage data, including the
proposal to adopt the new OMB
delineations, and labor-related share) in
accordance with § 412.523(d)(4).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50993 and 50993), we
established an annual update to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate of 1.7
percent for FY 2014 based on the full
estimated LTCH PPS market basket
increase of 2.5 percent, less the MFP
adjustment of 0.5 percentage point
consistent with section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i)
of the Act and less the 0.3 percentage
point required by sections
1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and (m)(4)(C) of the
Act. Accordingly, at § 412.523(c)(3)(x),
we established an annual update to the
standard Federal rate for FY 2014 of 1.7
percent. That is, we applied an update
factor of 1.017 to the FY 2013 Federal
rate of $40,607.31 to determine the FY
2014 standard Federal rate. We also
adjusted the standard Federal rate for
FY 2014 by the one-time prospective
adjustment factor for FY 2014 of
0.98734 under § 412.523(d)(3)(ii).
Furthermore, for FY 2014, we applied
an area wage level budget neutrality
factor of 1.0010531 to the standard
Federal rate to ensure that any changes
to the area wage level adjustment (that
is, the annual update of the wage index
values and labor-related share) would
not result in any change (increase or
decrease) in estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments. Consequently, we
established a standard Federal rate for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
FY 2014 of $40,607.31 (calculated as
$40,397.96 × 1.017 × 0.98734 ×
1.0010531).
In this proposed rule, we are
proposing to establish an annual update
to the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate
of 2.1 percent (that is, an update factor
of 1.021) for FY 2015, based on the full
estimated increase in the LTCH PPS
market basket of 2.7 percent, less the
proposed MFP adjustment of 0.4
percentage point, consistent with
section 1886(m)(3)(A)(i) of the Act, and
less the 0.2 percentage point required by
sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and(m)(4)(E)
of the Act. Therefore, under proposed
§ 412.523(c)(3)(xi), we are proposing to
apply a factor of 1.021 to the FY 2014
standard Federal rate of $40,607.31 to
determine the proposed FY 2015
standard Federal rate. These proposed
factors are based on IGI’s first quarter
2014 forecast, which are the best
available data at this time. Consistent
with our historical practice of using the
best available data, we also are
proposing that if more recent data
become available to determine the
market basket estimate or the MFP
adjustment, we would use such data for
the final rule, if appropriate. For LTCHs
that fail to submit quality reporting data
for FY 2015 under the LTCHQR
Program, under proposed
§ 412.523(c)(3)(xi) in conjunction with
§ 412.523(c)(4), we are proposing to
reduce the proposed annual update to
the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate by
an additional 2 percentage points
consistent with section 1886(m)(5) of
the Act. Therefore, we are proposing to
establish an annual update to the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate of 0.1 percent
(that is, 2.1 percent minus 2.0
percentage points = 0.1 percent or an
update factor of 1.001) for FY 2015 for
LTCHs that fail to submit the required
quality reporting data for FY 2015 under
the LTCHQR Program. We also are
proposing that the standard Federal rate
for FY 2015 would be further adjusted
by a proposed adjustment factor of
0.98734 for FY 2015 under the final year
of the 3-year phase-in of the one-time
prospective adjustment at
§ 412.523(d)(3)(ii). In addition, for FY
2015, we are proposing to apply an area
wage level budget neutrality factor of
1.0002034 to the standard Federal rate
to ensure that any proposed changes to
the area wage level adjustment (that is,
the proposed annual update of the wage
index values and labor-related share)
would not result in any change (increase
or decrease) in estimated aggregate
LTCH PPS payments. Accordingly, we
are proposing to establish a standard
Federal rate of $40,943.51 (calculated as
PO 00000
Frm 00358
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
$40,607.31 × 1.021 × 0.98734 ×
1.002034) for FY 2015. The proposed
standard Federal rate of $40,943.51
would apply in determining the
payments for FY 2015 discharges from
LTCHs that submit quality reporting
data for FY 2015 in accordance with the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program
under section 1886(m)(5) of the Act. For
LTCHs that fail to submit quality
reporting data for FY 2015 in
accordance with the requirements of the
LTCHQR Program under section
1886(m)(5) of the Act, we are proposing
to establish a standard Federal of
$40,141.47 (calculated as $40,607.31 ×
1.001 × 0.98734 × 1.002034) for FY
2015.
B. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage
Levels Under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
1. Background
Under the authority of section 123 of
the BBRA, as amended by section 307(b)
of the BIPA, we established an
adjustment to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate to account for differences in
LTCH area wage levels under
§ 412.525(c). The labor-related share of
the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate is
adjusted to account for geographic
differences in area wage levels by
applying the applicable LTCH PPS wage
index. The applicable LTCH PPS wage
index is computed using wage data from
inpatient acute care hospitals without
regard to reclassification under section
1886(d)(8) or section 1886(d)(10) of the
Act.
When we implemented the LTCH
PPS, we established a 5-year transition
to the full area wage level adjustment.
The area wage level adjustment was
completely phased-in for cost reporting
periods beginning in FY 2007.
Therefore, for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2006,
the applicable LTCH area wage index
values are the full LTCH PPS area wage
index values calculated based on acute
care hospital inpatient wage index data
without taking into account geographic
reclassification under section 1886(d)(8)
and section 1886(d)(10) of the Act. For
additional information on the phase-in
of the area wage level adjustment under
the LTCH PPS, we refer readers to the
August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule
(67 FR 56015 through 56019) and the
RY 2008 LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR
26891).
2. Proposed Geographic Classifications
(Labor Market Areas) Based on the New
OMB Delineations
In adjusting for the differences in area
wage levels under the LTCH PPS, the
labor-related portion of an LTCH’s
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Federal prospective payment is adjusted
by using an appropriate area wage index
based on the geographic classification
(labor market area) in which the LTCH
is located. Specifically, the application
of the LTCH PPS area wage level
adjustment under existing § 412.525(c)
is made based on the location of the
LTCH—either in an ‘‘urban area,’’ or a
‘‘rural area,’’ as defined in § 412.503.
Under § 412.503, an ‘‘urban area’’ is
defined as a Metropolitan Statistical
Area (MSAs) (which includes a
Metropolitan division, where
applicable), as defined by the Executive
OMB and a ‘‘rural area’’ is defined as
any area outside of an urban area.
The CBSA-based geographic
classification (labor market area)
definitions currently used under the
LTCH PPS, effective for discharges
occurring on or after July 1, 2005, are
based on the OMB’s CBSA definitions
that were developed based on 2000 U.S.
Census data. As discussed in greater
detail in section VII.D. of the preamble
of this proposed rule, OMB announced
revisions to the statistical boundaries of
its labor market areas for MSAs,
Micropolitan Statistical Areas, and
Combined Statistical Areas, and
provided guidance on the uses of the
delineations of these areas in OMB
Bulletin No. 13–01, issued on February
28, 2013 (referred hereinafter as the
‘‘new OMB delineations’’). As
previously stated, at that time, the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule was
in the advanced stages of development,
and the proposed FY 2014 LTCH PPS
area wage indexes had already been
developed based on the previous OMB
CBSA-based labor market area
definitions that are currently used to
define CBSA-based labor market areas
(referred hereinafter as ‘‘CBSA
designations’’) under the LTCH PPS.
Therefore, we did not implement
changes to the CBSA designations under
the LTCH PPS for FY 2014 based on the
new OMB labor market areas
delineations that were developed based
on 2010 Decennial Census data. Rather,
to allow for sufficient time to assess the
new changes and their ramifications, we
stated that we intended to propose to
adopt the new OMB delineations, and
the corresponding changes to the area
wage index values based on those
delineations, under the LTCH PPS for
FY 2015 through notice and comment
rulemaking. This approach was
consistent with the approach used
under the IPPS. (We refer readers to the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
FR 50994 through 50995).)
As discussed in sections III.B. and
VII.D. of the preamble of this proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
rule, under the authority of section 123
of the BBRA, as amended by section
307(b) of the BIPA, we are proposing to
adopt the new OMB delineations
beginning in FY 2015. We believe that
these new OMB delineations are based
on the best available data that reflect the
local economies and area wage levels of
the hospitals that are currently located
in these geographic areas. We also
believe that the new OMB delineations
would ensure that the LTCH PPS area
wage level adjustment most
appropriately accounts for and reflects
the relative hospital wage levels in the
geographic area of the hospital as
compared to the national average
hospital wage level. We note that this
proposal is consistent with the IPPS
proposal discussed in section III.B. of
the preamble of this proposed rule. For
additional details on our proposal to
adopt the new OMB delineations, we
refer readers to section VII.D. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
3. Proposed LTCH PPS Labor-Related
Share
Under the payment adjustment for the
differences in area wage levels under
§ 412.525(c), the labor-related share of
an LTCH’s PPS Federal prospective
payment is adjusted by the applicable
wage index for the labor market area in
which the LTCH is located. The LTCH
PPS labor-related share currently
represents the sum of the labor-related
portion of operating costs (Wages and
Salaries; Employee Benefits;
Professional Fees Labor-Related,
Administrative and Business Support
Services; and All-Other: Labor-Related
Services) and a labor-related portion of
capital costs using the applicable LTCH
PPS market basket. Additional
background information on the
historical development of the laborrelated share under the LTCH PPS and
the development of the RPL market
basket can be found in the RY 2007
LTCH PPS final rule (71 FR 27810
through 27817 and 27829 through
27830) and the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51766 through 51769
and 51808).
For FY 2013, we revised and rebased
the market basket used under the LTCH
PPS by adopting the newly created FY
2009-based LTCH-specific market
basket. In addition, we determined the
labor-related share for FY 2013 as the
sum of the FY 2013 relative importance
of each labor-related cost category of the
FY 2009-based LTCH-specific market
basket. For more details, we refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53477 through 53479).
PO 00000
Frm 00359
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28335
Consistent with our historical
practice, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50995 through 50996),
we determined the LTCH PPS laborrelated share for FY 2014 based on the
FY 2014 relative importance of each
labor-related cost category, which
reflected the different rates of price
change for these cost categories between
the base year (FY 2009) and FY 2014.
Specifically, based on IGI’s second
quarter 2013 forecast of the FY 2009based LTCH-specific market basket, we
established a labor-related share under
the LTCH PPS for FY 2014 of 62.537
percent.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to
establish a labor-related share under the
LTCH PPS based on IGI’s first quarter
2014 forecast of the FY 2009-based
LTCH-specific market basket. Consistent
with our historical practice, if more
recent data becomes available, we are
proposing to use that data to determine
the final FY 2015 labor-related share
under the LTCH PPS.
The table below shows the proposed
FY 2015 labor-related share relative
importance using IGI’s first quarter 2014
forecast of the FY 2009-based LTCHspecific market basket. The sum of the
proposed relative importance for FY
2015 for operating costs (Wages and
Salaries; Employee Benefits;
Professional Fees Labor-Related,
Administrative and Business Support
Services; and All Other: Labor-Related
Services) is 58.366 percent. We are
proposing that the portion of capitalrelated costs that is influenced by the
local labor market continue to be
estimated to be 46 percent. Because the
relative importance for capital-related
costs would be 9.142 percent of the FY
2009-based LTCH-specific market basket
in FY 2015, we are proposing to take 46
percent of 9.142 percent to determine
the proposed labor-related share of
capital-related costs for FY 2015, which
would result in 4.205 percent (0.46 x
9.142). We are proposing to then add
that 4.205 percent for the capital-related
cost amount to the 58.366 percent for
the operating cost amount to determine
the total proposed labor-related share
for FY 2015.
Therefore, under the broad authority
of section 123 of the BBRA, as amended
by section 307(b) of BIPA, to determine
appropriate payment adjustments under
the LTCH PPS, we are proposing to
establish a labor-related share under the
LTCH PPS in FY 2015 of 62.571 percent.
This proposed labor-related share is
determined using the same methodology
as used in calculating all previous fiscal
years LTCH labor-related shares.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28336
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPOSED FY 2015 LABOR-RELATED SHARE RELATIVE IMPORTANCE BASED ON THE FY 2009-BASED LTCH-SPECIFIC
MARKET BASKET
Proposed FY 2015
labor-related share
relative importance
Wages and Salaries ....................................................................................................................................................................
Employee Benefits .......................................................................................................................................................................
Professional Fees: Labor-Related ...............................................................................................................................................
Administrative and Business Support Services ...........................................................................................................................
All Other: Labor-Related Services ...............................................................................................................................................
45.034
8.128
2.208
0.502
2.494
Subtotal .................................................................................................................................................................................
Proposed Labor-Related Portion of Capital Costs (46%) ...........................................................................................................
58.366
4.205
Proposed Total Labor-Related Share ...........................................................................................................................
62.571
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index for
FY 2015
Historically, we have established
LTCH PPS area wage index values
calculated from acute care IPPS hospital
wage data without taking into account
geographic reclassification under
sections 1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of
the Act (67 FR 56019). The area wage
level adjustment established under the
LTCH PPS is based on an LTCH’s actual
location without regard to the ‘‘urban’’
or ‘‘rural’’ designation of any related or
affiliated provider.
In the FY 2014 LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50996 through 50997), we
calculated the FY 2014 LTCH PPS area
wage index values using the same data
used for the FY 2014 acute care hospital
IPPS (that is, data from cost reporting
periods beginning during FY 2010),
without taking into account geographic
reclassification under sections
1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act, as
these were the most recent complete
data available at that time. In that same
final rule, we indicated that we
computed the FY 2014 LTCH PPS area
wage index values consistent with the
urban and rural geographic
classifications (labor market areas) that
were in place at that time, and
consistent with the pre-reclassified IPPS
wage index policy (that is, our historical
policy of not taking into account IPPS
geographic reclassifications in
determining payments under the LTCH
PPS). As with the IPPS wage index,
wage data for multicampus hospitals
with campuses located in different labor
market areas (CBSAs) are apportioned to
each CBSA where the campus (or
campuses) are located. We also
continued to use our existing policy for
determining area wage index values for
areas where there are no IPPS wage
data.
Consistent with our historical
methodology, to determine the
applicable area wage index values under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the LTCH PPS for FY 2015, under the
broad authority of section 123 of the
BBRA, as amended by section 307(b) of
the BIPA, to determine appropriate
payment adjustments under the LTCH
PPS, we are proposing to use wage data
collected from cost reports submitted by
IPPS hospitals for cost reporting periods
beginning during FY 2011, without
taking into account geographic
reclassification under sections
1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act.
We are proposing to use FY 2011 wage
data because these data are the most
recent complete data available. These
are the same data used to compute the
proposed FY 2015 acute care hospital
inpatient wage index, as discussed in
section III. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. (For our rationale for
using IPPS hospital wage data as a
proxy for determining the area wage
index values used under the LTCH PPS,
we refer readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/RY
2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 44024
through 44025).)
For this proposed rule, the proposed
FY 2015 LTCH PPS area wage index
values were computed consistent with
the proposed ‘‘urban’’ and ‘‘rural’’
geographic classifications (that is, using
the new OMB labor market area
delineations), as discussed in section
VII.D. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, and consistent with the prereclassified IPPS wage index policy
(that is, our historical policy of not
taking into account IPPS geographic
reclassifications under sections
1886(d)(8) and 1886(d)(10) of the Act in
determining payments under the LTCH
PPS). As with the IPPS wage index, we
are proposing to continue to apportion
wage data for multicampus hospitals
with campuses located in different labor
market areas to each CBSA where the
campus or campuses are located, as
discussed in section III.G. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
Furthermore, in determining the
proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS area wage
PO 00000
Frm 00360
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
index values, we are proposing to
continue to use our existing policy for
determining area wage index values for
areas where there are no IPPS wage
data. We established this methodology
for determining LTCH PPS wage index
values for areas that have no IPPS wage
data in the RY 2009 LTCH PPS final
rule. For more information about this
methodology, we refer readers to the RY
2009 LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 26817
through 26818) for an explanation of
and rationale for our policy for
determining LTCH PPS wage index
values for areas that have no IPPS wage
data.
There are currently no LTCHs located
in labor market areas without IPPS
hospital wage data (or IPPS hospitals).
However, should an LTCH open in one
of these labor market areas, LTCH PPS
wage index values for such an area
would be calculated using our
established methodology. Under our
existing methodology, the LTCH PPS
wage index value for urban CBSAs with
no IPPS wage data is determined by
using an average of all of the urban areas
within the State, and the LTCH PPS
wage index value for rural areas with no
IPPS wage data is determined by using
the unweighted average of the wage
indices from all of the CBSAs that are
contiguous to the rural counties of the
State.
Based on the FY 2011 IPPS wage data
that we are proposing to use to
determine the proposed FY 2015 LTCH
PPS area wage index values in this
proposed rule, there are no IPPS wage
data for the urban area Hinesville, GA
(CBSA 25980). Consistent with the
methodology discussed above, we
calculated the proposed FY 2015 wage
index value for CBSA 25980 as the
average of the wage index values for all
of the other urban areas within the State
of Georgia (that is, CBSAs 10500, 12020,
12060, 12260, 15260, 16860, 17980,
19140, 23580, 31420, 40660, 42340,
46660 and 47580), as shown in Table
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
12A, which is listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and
available via the Internet on the CMS
Web site). We note that, as IPPS wage
data are dynamic, it is possible that
urban areas without IPPS wage data will
vary in the future.
Based on FY 2011 IPPS wage data that
we are proposing to use to determine
the proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS area
wage index values in this proposed rule,
there are no proposed rural areas
without IPPS hospital wage data.
Therefore, it is not necessary to use our
established methodology to calculate an
LTCH PPS wage index value for
proposed rural areas with no IPPS wage
data for FY 2015. We note that, as IPPS
wage data are dynamic, it is possible
that rural areas without IPPS wage data
will vary in the future.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to use
the new OMB delineations under the
LTCH PPS, as discussed in greater detail
in section VII.D. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. Under this proposal,
there would be some changes to the
current CBSA compositions as a result
of the new OMB delineations, which
would result in the creation of new
CBSAs, ‘‘urban’’ counties that are now
‘‘rural,’’ ‘‘rural’’ counties that are now
‘‘urban,’’ and existing CBSAs that are
divided into separate boundaries. Under
existing § 412.503, an ‘‘urban area’’ is
defined as a Metropolitan Statistical
Area as defined by the Executive OMB,
and a ‘‘rural area’’ is defined as any area
outside of an urban area. We are not
proposing any changes to the current
definitions of ‘‘urban area’’ and ‘‘rural
area’’ because our proposal to use the
new OMB delineations under the LTCH
PPS is consistent with the definitions in
existing § 412.503.
As discussed in sections III.B. and
VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, overall we believe that
using the new OMB delineations would
result in LTCH PPS area wage index
values being more representative of the
actual costs of labor in a given area.
However, we also recognize that, as a
result of our proposal to adopt the new
OMB delineations, some LTCHs would
experience decreases in area wage index
values, while other LTCHs would
experience increases in area wage index
values. Therefore, to mitigate any shortterm instability in LTCH PPS payments
that could result from our proposal to
use the new OMB delineations, we are
proposing a transitional wage index
policy. Under our proposed transitional
wage index policy, any LTCH that
would experience a decrease in its area
wage index solely as a result of the
proposal to adopt the new OMB
delineations under the LTCH PPS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
would receive a blended area wage
index for FY 2015. That is, for purposes
of determining an LTCH’s area wage
index for FY 2015, we are proposing to
compute LTCH PPS area wage index
values using the proposed area wage
data discussed above and in section
V.B.4. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule under both the current
(FY 2014) CBSA designations and the
proposed new OMB delineations. If the
area wage index value under the
proposed new OMB delineations would
be lower than the proposed are wage
index value under the FY 2014 CBSA
designations, the LTCH would be paid
based on a blended area wage index for
FY 2015, which would be computed as
the sum of 50 percent of each wage
index value (referred to as the proposed
50/50 blended wage index), as described
below.
Therefore, to determine the applicable
area wage index value for each LTCH
under this proposed transitional wage
index policy that would be effective for
discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2014, through September 30, 2015, for
this proposed rule, we computed the
following two area wage index values:
(1) The wage index values calculated
using the proposed new OMB
delineations; and (2) the wage index
values calculated using the current (FY
2014) CBSA designations. The proposed
FY 2015 LTCH area wage index values
calculated using the new OMB
delineations are presented in section VI.
of the Addendum to this proposed rule
in Table 12A (for urban areas) and Table
12B (for rural areas), which are available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site.
The proposed FY 2015 LTCH area wage
index values calculated using the
current (FY 2014) CBSA designations
are presented in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule in
Table 12C (for urban areas) and Table
12D (for rural areas), which are available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site.
Where applicable, the wage index
values in Tables 12C and 12D would be
used to calculate a LTCH’s proposed 50/
50 blended wage index value under the
proposed transitional wage index
policy. As explained previously, under
our proposed transitional wage index
policy, an LTCH would only receive the
proposed 50/50 blended area wage
index value for FY 2015 if the LTCH’s
proposed area wage index value under
the new OMB delineations (shown in
Table 12A or 12B) would be lower than
the proposed area wage index value
under the FY 2014 CBSA designations
(shown in Tables 12C or 12D). If an
LTCH’s proposed area wage index under
the new OMB delineations (shown in
PO 00000
Frm 00361
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28337
Tables 12A or 12B) would be higher
than the proposed wage index under the
FY 2014 CBSA designations (shown in
Tables 12C or 12D), we are proposing to
pay the LTCH based on 100 percent of
the proposed area wage index under the
new OMB delineations shown in Tables
12A or 12B (as such the LTCH would
not receive the proposed 50/50 blended
area wage index). Furthermore, as
discussed below and in section
VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to
apply this transitional wage index
policy in a budget neutral manner. Each
LTCH’s proposed labor market area
under the new OMB delineations and
the current (FY 2014) CBSA-based labor
market area designation can be found in
the LTCH PPS impact file for this
proposed rule, which is available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site.
5. Proposed Budget Neutrality
Adjustment for Proposed Changes to the
Area Wage Level Adjustment
Historically, the LTCH PPS wage
index and labor-related share are
updated annually based on the latest
available data. Under § 412.525(c)(2),
any changes to the area wage index
values or labor-related share are to be
made in a budget neutral manner such
that estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments are unaffected; that is, will be
neither greater than nor less than
estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments without such changes to the
area wage level adjustment. Under this
policy, we determine an area wage-level
adjustment budget neutrality factor that
will be applied to the standard Federal
rate to ensure that any changes to the
area wage-level adjustments are budget
neutral such that any changes to the
area wage index values or labor-related
share would not result in any change
(increase or decrease) in estimated
aggregate LTCH PPS payments.
Accordingly, under § 412.523(d)(4), we
apply an area wage-level adjustment
budget neutrality factor in determining
the standard Federal rate, and we also
established a methodology for
calculating an area wage-level
adjustment budget neutrality factor. (For
additional information on the
establishment of our budget neutrality
policy for changes to the area wage-level
adjustment, we refer readers to the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51771 through 51773 and 51809).)
For FY 2015, in accordance with
§ 412.523(d)(4), we are proposing to
apply an area wage-level adjustment
budget neutrality factor to adjust the
standard Federal rate to account for the
estimated effect of the proposed
adjustments or updates to the area wage-
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28338
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
level adjustment under § 412.525(c)(1)
on estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments using a methodology that is
consistent with the methodology we
established in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51773). For this
proposed rule, in addition to the
proposed updates for FY 2015 to the
area wage index data and labor-related
share discussed above, we are proposing
a transitional wage index policy to
mitigate the impacts of implementing
changes to the LTCH PPS labor market
areas (CBSAs) based on new OMB
delineations, as discussed above and in
section VII.D.2.e. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. Because our proposed
transitional wage index policy for
LTCHs that would experience a
decrease in the their area wage index
solely as a result of the proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations
under the LTCH PPS would result in an
increase in estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments without such changes,
we are proposing to include the
proposed
50/50 blended area wage index when
determining the proposed area wagelevel adjustment budget neutrality factor
that we would be applied to the
standard Federal rate under
§ 412.523(d)(4) to ensure that any
changes to the area wage-level
adjustments are budget neutral.
For this proposed rule, using the
proposed steps in the proposed
methodology described in section
VII.D.2.e. of this preamble, we
determined a proposed FY 2015 area
wage-level adjustment budget neutrality
factor of 1.0002034. Accordingly, in
section V.A.2. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule, to determine the FY 2015
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate, we are
proposing to apply a proposed area
wage level adjustment budget neutrality
factor of 1.0002034, in accordance with
§ 412.523(d)(4). The proposed FY 2015
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate shown
in Table 1E of the Addendum to this
proposed rule reflects this adjustment
factor.
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Cost-of-Living
Adjustment (COLA) for LTCHs Located
in Alaska and Hawaii
Under § 412.525(b), a cost-of-living
adjustment (COLA) is provided for
LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii to
account for the higher costs incurred in
those States. Specifically, we apply a
COLA to payments to LTCHs located in
Alaska and Hawaii by multiplying the
nonlabor-related portion of the standard
Federal payment rate by the applicable
COLA factors established annually by
CMS. Higher labor-related costs for
LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
taken into account in the adjustment for
area wage levels described above.
Prior to FY 2014, we used the most
recent updated COLA factors obtained
from the U.S. Office of Personnel
Management (OPM) Web site at https://
www.opm.gov/oca/cola/rates.asp to
adjust the LTCH PPS payments for
LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii.
Statutory changes have transitioned the
Alaska and Hawaii COLAs to locality
pay (phased in over a 3-year period
beginning in January 2010, with COLA
rates being frozen as of October 28,
2009, and then proportionately reduced
to reflect the phase-in of locality pay).
For FY 2013, we believed that it was
appropriate to use ‘‘frozen’’ COLA
factors to adjust payments, while we
explored alternatives for updating the
COLA factors in the future, and we
continued to use the same ‘‘frozen’’
COLA factors used in FY 2012 to adjust
the nonlabor-related portion of the
standard Federal rate for LTCHs located
in Alaska and Hawaii in FY 2013 under
§ 412.525(b). We also established a
methodology to update the COLA
factors for Alaska and Hawaii, every 4
years (at the same time as the update to
the labor-related share of the IPPS
market basket), beginning in FY 2014
(77 FR 53712 through 53713). The
methodology we established to update
the COLA factors is based on a
comparison of the growth in the CPIs for
Anchorage, Alaska, and Honolulu,
Hawaii, relative to the growth in the CPI
for the average U.S. city as published by
the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). It
also incorporates a 25-percent cap on
the CPI-updated COLA factors, which is
consistent with a statutorily mandated
25-percent cap that was applied to
OPM’s published COLA factors. We
believe that determining updated COLA
factors using this methodology would
appropriately adjust the nonlaborrelated portion of the standard Federal
rate for LTCHs located in Alaska and
Hawaii. (For additional details on the
methodology we established in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule to
update the COLA factors for Alaska and
Hawaii beginning in FY 2014, we refer
readers to section VII.D.3. of the
preamble of that final rule (77 FR 53481
through 53482).)
For FY 2014, we updated the COLA
factors published for Alaska and Hawaii
by OPM for 2009 (as these are the last
COLA factors OPM published prior to
transitioning from COLAs to locality
pay) using the methodology that we
finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule. Under our finalized
methodology, we used COLA factors for
FY 2014 for the three specified urban
areas of Alaska (Anchorage, Fairbanks
PO 00000
Frm 00362
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and Juneau) of 1.23; for the City and
County of Honolulu, the County of
Kauai, the County of Maui, the County
of Kalawao, and ‘‘All other’’ areas of
Alaska of 1.25; and for the County of
Hawaii of 1.19. For additional details on
our policy, we refer readers to the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50997through 50998).
Under our finalized policy, we update
the COLA factors using the methodology
described above every 4 years; the first
year began in FY 2014 (77 FR 53482).
Accordingly, in this proposed rule, for
FY 2015, under the broad authority
conferred upon the Secretary by section
123 of the BBRA, as amended by section
307(b) of the BIPA, to determine
appropriate payment adjustments under
the LTCH PPS, we are proposing to
continue to use the COLA factors
established in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, which were based on the
2009 OPM COLA factors updated
through 2012 by the comparison of the
growth in the CPIs for Anchorage,
Alaska, and Honolulu, Hawaii, relative
to the growth in the CPI for the average
U.S. city. (We refer readers to the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50998) for a discussion of the FY 2014
COLA factors.) Consistent with our
historical practice, we are proposing
that the proposed COLA factors shown
in the table below would adjust the
nonlabor-related portion of the
proposed standard Federal rate for
LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii
under § 412.525(b).
PROPOSED COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR ALASKA AND
HAWAII HOSPITALS UNDER THE
LTCH PPS FOR FY 2015
Alaska:
City of Anchorage and 80-kilometer (50-mile) radius by
road .......................................
City of Fairbanks and 80-kilometer (50-mile) radius by
road .......................................
City of Juneau and 80-kilometer
(50-mile) radius by road ........
All other areas of Alaska .......
Hawaii:
City and County of Honolulu .....
County of Hawaii .......................
County of Kauai ........................
County of Maui and County of
Kalawao .................................
1.23
1.23
1.23
1.25
1.25
1.19
1.25
1.25
D. Proposed Adjustment for LTCH PPS
High-Cost Outlier (HCO) Cases
1. Background
Under the broad authority conferred
upon the Secretary by section 123 of the
BBRA as amended by section 307(b) of
the BIPA, in the regulations at
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
§ 412.525(a), we established an
adjustment for additional payments for
outlier cases that have extraordinarily
high costs relative to the costs of most
discharges. We refer to these cases as
high cost outliers (HCOs). Providing
additional payments for outliers
strongly improves the accuracy of the
LTCH PPS in determining resource costs
at the patient and hospital level. These
additional payments reduce the
financial losses that would otherwise be
incurred when treating patients who
require more costly care and, therefore,
reduce the incentives to underserve
these patients. We set the outlier
threshold before the beginning of the
applicable rate year so that total
estimated outlier payments are
projected to equal 8 percent of total
estimated payments under the LTCH
PPS.
Under § 412.525(a) in the regulations
(in conjunction with § 412.503), we
make outlier payments for any
discharges if the estimated cost of a case
exceeds the adjusted LTCH PPS
payment for the MS–LTC–DRG plus a
fixed-loss amount. Specifically, in
accordance with § 412.525(a)(3) (in
conjunction with § 412.503), we make
an additional payment for an HCO case
that is equal to 80 percent of the
difference between the estimated cost of
the patient case and the outlier
threshold, which is the sum of the
adjusted Federal prospective payment
for the MS–LTC–DRG and the fixed-loss
amount. The fixed-loss amount is the
amount used to limit the loss that a
hospital will incur under the outlier
policy for a case with unusually high
costs. This results in Medicare and the
LTCH sharing financial risk in the
treatment of extraordinarily costly cases.
Under the LTCH PPS HCO policy, the
LTCH’s loss is limited to the fixed-loss
amount and a fixed percentage of costs
above the outlier threshold (adjusted
MS–LTC–DRG payment plus the fixedloss amount). The fixed percentage of
costs is called the marginal cost factor.
We calculate the estimated cost of a case
by multiplying the Medicare allowable
covered charge by the hospital’s overall
hospital cost-to-charge ratio (CCR).
Under the LTCH PPS HCO policy at
§ 412.525(a), we determine a fixed-loss
amount, that is, the maximum loss that
an LTCH can incur under the LTCH PPS
for a case with unusually high costs
before the LTCH will receive any
additional payments. We calculate the
fixed-loss amount by estimating
aggregate payments with and without an
outlier policy. The fixed-loss amount
results in estimated total outlier
payments being projected to be equal to
8 percent of projected total LTCH PPS
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
payments. Currently, MedPAR claims
data and CCRs based on data from the
most recent Provider-Specific File (PSF)
(or from the applicable statewide
average CCR if an LTCH’s CCR data are
faulty or unavailable) are used to
establish a fixed-loss threshold amount
under the LTCH PPS.
2. Determining LTCH CCRs Under the
LTCH PPS
a. Background
The following is a discussion of CCRs
that are used in determining payments
for HCO and SSO cases under the LTCH
PPS, at § 412.525(a) and § 412.529,
respectively. Although this section is
specific to HCO cases, because CCRs
and the policies and methodologies
pertaining to them are used in
determining payments for both HCO
and SSO cases (to determine the
estimated cost of the case at
§ 412.529(d)(2)), we are discussing the
determination of CCRs under the LTCH
PPS for both of these types of cases
simultaneously.
In determining both HCO payments
(at § 412.525(a)) and SSO payments (at
§ 412.529), we calculate the estimated
cost of the case by multiplying the
LTCH’s overall CCR by the Medicare
allowable charges for the case. In
general, we use the LTCH’s overall CCR,
which is computed based on either the
most recently settled cost report or the
most recent tentatively settled cost
report, whichever is from the latest cost
reporting period, in accordance with
§ 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(B) and
§ 412.529(f)(4)(ii) for HCOs and SSOs,
respectively. (We note that, in some
instances, we use an alternative CCR,
such as the statewide average CCR in
accordance with the regulations at
§ 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C) and
§ 412.529(f)(4)(iii), or a CCR that is
specified by CMS or that is requested by
the hospital under the provisions of the
regulations at § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(A) and
§ 412.529(f)(4)(i).) Under the LTCH PPS,
a single prospective payment per
discharge is made for both inpatient
operating and capital-related costs.
Therefore, we compute a single
‘‘overall’’ or ‘‘total’’ LTCH-specific CCR
based on the sum of LTCH operating
and capital costs (as described in
Section 150.24, Chapter 3, of the
Medicare Claims Processing Manual
(Pub. 100–4)) as compared to total
charges. Specifically, an LTCH’s CCR is
calculated by dividing an LTCH’s total
Medicare costs (that is, the sum of its
operating and capital inpatient routine
and ancillary costs) by its total Medicare
charges (that is, the sum of its operating
PO 00000
Frm 00363
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28339
and capital inpatient routine and
ancillary charges).
b. LTCH Total CCR Ceiling
Generally, an LTCH is assigned the
applicable statewide average CCR if,
among other things, an LTCH’s CCR is
found to be in excess of the applicable
maximum CCR threshold (that is, the
LTCH CCR ceiling). This is because
CCRs above this threshold are most
likely due to faulty data reporting or
entry, and CCRs based on erroneous
data should not be used to identify and
make payments for outlier cases.
Therefore, under our established policy,
generally, if an LTCH’s calculated CCR
is above the applicable ceiling, the
applicable LTCH PPS statewide average
CCR is assigned to the LTCH instead of
the CCR computed from its most recent
(settled or tentatively settled) cost report
data.
In this proposed rule, using our
established methodology for
determining the LTCH total CCR ceiling
(described above), based on IPPS total
CCR data from the December 2013
update of the PSF, we are proposing to
establish a total CCR ceiling of
1.341under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
in accordance with
§ 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C)(2) for HCOs and
§ 412.529(f)(4)(iii)(B) for SSOs.
Consistent with our historical policy of
using the best available data, we also are
proposing that if more recent data
become available, we would use such
data to establish a total CCR ceiling for
FY 2015 in the final rule.
c. LTCH Statewide Average CCRs
Our general methodology established
for determining the statewide average
CCRs used under the LTCH PPS is
similar to our established methodology
for determining the LTCH total CCR
ceiling (described above) because it is
based on ‘‘total’’ IPPS CCR data. Under
the LTCH PPS HCO policy at
§ 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(C) and the SSO
policy at § 412.529(f)(4)(iii), the MAC
may use a statewide average CCR, which
is established annually by CMS, if it is
unable to determine an accurate CCR for
an LTCH in one of the following
circumstances: (1) New LTCHs that have
not yet submitted their first Medicare
cost report (for this purpose, consistent
with current policy, a new LTCH is
defined as an entity that has not
accepted assignment of an existing
hospital’s provider agreement in
accordance with § 489.18); (2) LTCHs
whose CCR is in excess of the LTCH
CCR ceiling; and (3) other LTCHs for
whom data with which to calculate a
CCR are not available (for example,
missing or faulty data). (Other sources of
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28340
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
data that the MAC may consider in
determining an LTCH’s CCR include
data from a different cost reporting
period for the LTCH, data from the cost
reporting period preceding the period in
which the hospital began to be paid as
an LTCH (that is, the period of at least
6 months that it was paid as a shortterm, acute care hospital), or data from
other comparable LTCHs, such as
LTCHs in the same chain or in the same
region.)
Consistent with our historical practice
of using the best available data, in this
proposed rule, using our established
methodology for determining the LTCH
statewide average CCRs, based on the
most recent complete IPPS ‘‘total CCR’’
data from the December 2013 update of
the PSF, we are proposing to establish
LTCH PPS statewide average total CCRs
for urban and rural hospitals that would
be effective for discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2014 through
September 20, 2015, in Table 8C listed
in section VI. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule (and available via the
Internet). Consistent with our historical
policy of using the best available data,
we also are proposing that if more
recent data become available, we would
use such data to establish statewide
average total CCRs for urban and rural
LTCHs for FY 2015 in the final rule.
Under the proposed changes to the
LTCH PPS labor market areas based on
the new OMB delineations, all areas in
Delaware, the District of Columbia, New
Jersey, and Rhode Island would be
classified as urban. Therefore, there are
no proposed rural statewide average
total CCRs listed for those jurisdictions
in Table 8C. This policy is consistent
with the policy that we established
when we revised our methodology for
determining the applicable LTCH
statewide average CCRs in the FY 2007
IPPS final rule (71 FR 48119 through
48121) and is the same as the policy
applied under the IPPS. In addition,
although Connecticut and
Massachusetts have areas that are
designated as rural, there are no shortterm, acute care IPPS hospitals or
LTCHs located in those areas as of
December 2013. Therefore, consistent
with our existing methodology, we are
proposing to use the national average
total CCR for rural IPPS hospitals for
rural Connecticut and Massachusetts in
Table 8C listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule (and
available via the Internet).
In addition, consistent with our
existing methodology, in determining
the urban and rural statewide average
total CCRs for Maryland LTCHs paid
under the LTCH PPS, we are proposing
to continue to use, as a proxy, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
national average total CCR for urban
IPPS hospitals and the national average
total CCR for rural IPPS hospitals,
respectively. We are proposing to use
this proxy because we believe that the
CCR data in the PSF for Maryland
hospitals may not be entirely accurate
(as discussed in greater detail in the FY
2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 48120)).
d. Reconciliation of LTCH HCO and
SSO Payments
We note that under the LTCH PPS
HCO policy at § 412.525(a)(4)(iv)(D) and
the LTCH PPS SSO policy at
§ 412.529(f)(4)(iv), the payments for
HCO and SSO cases, respectively, are
subject to reconciliation. Specifically,
any reconciliation of outlier payments is
based on the CCR that is calculated
based on a ratio of cost-to-charge data
computed from the relevant cost report
determined at the time the cost report
coinciding with the discharge is settled.
For additional information, we refer
readers to sections 150.26 through
150.28 of the Medicare Claims
Processing Manual (Pub. 100–4) as
added by Change Request 7192
(Transmittal 2111; December 3, 2010)
and the RY 2009 LTCH PPS final rule
(73 FR 26820 through 26821).
3. Establishment of the Proposed LTCH
PPS Fixed-Loss Amount for FY 2015
When we implemented the LTCH
PPS, as discussed in the August 30,
2002 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR 56022
through 56026), under the broad
authority of section 123 of the BBRA as
amended by section 307(b) of BIPA, we
established a fixed-loss amount so that
total estimated outlier payments are
projected to equal 8 percent of total
estimated payments under the LTCH
PPS. To determine the fixed-loss
amount, we estimate outlier payments
and total LTCH PPS payments for each
case using claims data from the
MedPAR files. Specifically, to
determine the outlier payment for each
case, we estimate the cost of the case by
multiplying the Medicare covered
charges from the claim by the LTCH’s
CCR. Under § 412.525(a)(3) (in
conjunction with § 412.503), if the
estimated cost of the case exceeds the
outlier threshold, we make an outlier
payment equal to 80 percent of the
difference between the estimated cost of
the case and the outlier threshold (that
is, the sum of the adjusted Federal
prospective payment for the MS–LTC–
DRG and the fixed-loss amount).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 53715), we presented our
policies regarding the methodology and
data we used to establish the fixed-loss
amount of $13,314 for FY 2014, which
PO 00000
Frm 00364
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
was calculated using our existing
methodology to calculate the fixed-loss
amount for FY 2014 (based on the data
and the rates and policies presented in
that final rule) in order to maintain
estimated HCO payments at the
projected 8 percent of total estimated
LTCH PPS payments. Consistent with
our historical practice of using the best
data available, in determining the fixedloss amount for FY 2014, we used the
most recent available LTCH claims data
and CCR data, that is, LTCH claims data
from the March 2013 update of the FY
2012 MedPAR file and CCRs from the
March 2013 update of the PSF, as these
data were the most recent complete
LTCH data available at that time.
In this proposed rule, for FY 2015, in
general, we are proposing to continue to
use our existing methodology to
calculate a fixed-loss amount for FY
2015 using the best available data that
would maintain estimated HCO
payments at the projected 8 percent of
total estimated LTCH PPS payments
(based on the rates and policies
presented in this proposed rule).
Specifically, for this proposed rule, we
are proposing to use LTCH claims data
from the December 2013 update of the
FY 2013 MedPAR file and CCRs from
the December 2013 update of the PSF to
determine a fixed-loss amount that
would result in estimated outlier
payments projected to be equal to 8
percent of total estimated payments in
FY 2015 because these data are the most
recent complete LTCH data available at
this time. We also are proposing that if
more recent data become available, we
would use such data to determine a
fixed-loss amount for FY 2015 in the
final rule. (For additional detail on the
rationale for setting the HCO payment
‘‘target’’ at 8 percent of total estimated
LTCH PPS payments, we refer readers to
the FY 2003 LTCH PPS final rule (67 FR
56022 through 56024).)
Under the broad authority of section
123(a)(1) of the BBRA and section
307(b)(1) of BIPA, we are proposing to
establish a fixed-loss amount of $15,730
for FY 2015. Therefore, we are
proposing to make an additional
payment for an HCO case that is equal
to 80 percent of the difference between
the estimated cost of the case and the
outlier threshold (the sum of the
adjusted Federal LTCH payment for the
MS–LTC–DRG and the proposed fixedloss amount of $15,730). We also note
that the proposed fixed-loss amount of
$15,730 for FY 2015 is slightly higher
than the FY 2014 fixed-loss amount of
$13,314. Based on our payment
simulations using the most recent
available data at this time, the proposed
increase in the fixed-loss amount for FY
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2015 is necessary to maintain the
existing requirement that estimated
outlier payments equal 8 percent of
estimated total LTCH PPS payments.
(As noted above, for further information
on the existing 8 percent HCO ‘‘target’’
requirement, we refer readers to the
August 30, 2002 LTCH PPS final rule
(67 FR 56022 through 56024).)
Maintaining the fixed-loss amount at the
current level would result in HCO
payments that are more than the current
regulatory 8-percent requirement
because a lower fixed-loss amount
would result in more cases qualifying as
outlier cases, as well as higher outlier
payments for qualifying HCO cases
because the maximum loss that an
LTCH must incur before receiving an
HCO payment (that is, the fixed-loss
amount) would be smaller. For these
reasons, we believe that proposing to
raise the fixed-loss amount is
appropriate and necessary to maintain
that estimated outlier payments would
equal 8 percent of estimated total LTCH
PPS payments as required under
§ 412.525(a).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Application of the Outlier Policy to
SSO Cases
As we discussed in the August 30,
2002 final rule (67 FR 56026), under
some rare circumstances, an LTCH
discharge could qualify as an SSO case
(as defined in the regulations at
§ 412.529 in conjunction with § 412.503)
and also as an HCO case. In this
scenario, a patient could be hospitalized
for less than five-sixths of the geometric
average length of stay for the specific
MS–LTC–DRG, and yet incur
extraordinarily high treatment costs. If
the estimated costs exceeded the HCO
threshold (that is, the SSO payment plus
the fixed-loss amount), the discharge is
eligible for payment as an HCO.
Therefore, for an SSO case in FY 2015,
the HCO payment would be 80 percent
of the difference between the estimated
cost of the case and the outlier threshold
(the sum of the proposed fixed-loss
amount of $15,730 and the amount paid
under the SSO policy as specified in
§ 412.529).
E. Proposed Update to the IPPS
Comparable/Equivalent Amounts To
Reflect the Statutory Changes to the
IPPS DSH Payment Adjustment
Methodology
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, we established a policy for
reflecting the changes to the Medicare
IPPS DSH payment adjustment
methodology provided for by section
3133 of the Affordable Care Act in the
calculation of the ‘‘IPPS comparable
amount’’ under the SSO policy at
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
§ 412.529 and the ‘‘IPPS equivalent
amount’’ under the 25-percent threshold
payment adjustment policy at § 412.534
and § 412.536. Historically, the
determination of both the ‘‘IPPS
comparable amount’’ and the ‘‘IPPS
equivalent amount’’ include an amount
for inpatient operating costs ‘‘for the
costs of serving a disproportionate share
of low-income patients.’’ Under the
statutory changes to the Medicare DSH
payment adjustment methodology that
began in FY 2014, in general, eligible
IPPS hospitals receive an empirically
justified Medicare DSH payment equal
to 25 percent of the amount they
otherwise would have received under
the statutory formula for Medicare DSH
payments prior to the amendments
made by the Affordable Care Act. The
remaining amount, equal to an estimate
of 75 percent of the amount that
otherwise would have been paid as
Medicare DSH payments, reduced to
reflect changes in the percentage of
individuals under the age of 65 who are
uninsured, is made available to make
additional payments to each hospital
that qualifies for Medicare DSH
payments and that has uncompensated
care. The additional uncompensated
care payments are based on the
hospital’s amount of uncompensated
care for a given time period relative to
the total amount of uncompensated care
for that same time period reported by all
IPPS hospitals that receive Medicare
DSH payments.
To reflect the statutory changes to the
Medicare DSH payment adjustment
methodology in the calculation of the
‘‘IPPS comparable amount’’ and the
‘‘IPPS equivalent amount’’ under the
LTCH PPS, we stated that we will
include a reduced Medicare DSH
payment amount that reflects the
projected percentage of the payment
amount calculated based on the
statutory Medicare DSH payment
formula prior to the amendments made
by the Affordable Care Act that will be
paid to eligible IPPS hospitals as
empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments and uncompensated care
payments in that year (that is, a
percentage of the operating DSH
payment amount that has historically
been reflected in the LTCH PPS
payments that is based on IPPS rates).
We also stated that the projected
percentage will be updated annually,
consistent with the annual
determination of the amount of
uncompensated care payments that will
be made to eligible IPPS hospitals. As
explained in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (79 FR 50766 through
50767), we believe that this approach
PO 00000
Frm 00365
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28341
results in appropriate payments under
the LTCH PPS and is consistent with
our intention that the ‘‘IPPS comparable
amount’’ and the ‘‘IPPS equivalent
amount’’ under the LTCH PPS closely
resemble what an IPPS payment would
have been for the same episode of care,
while recognizing that some features of
the IPPS cannot be translated directly
into the LTCH PPS.
For FY 2014, aggregate Medicare IPPS
operating DSH payments are projected
to be reduced to 95.7 percent of the
amount that would otherwise have been
paid under the statutory Medicare DSH
payment formula prior to the
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act. Accordingly, for FY 2014, the
calculation of the ‘‘IPPS comparable
amount’’ under § 412.529 and the ‘‘IPPS
equivalent amount’’ under § 412.534
and § 412.536 includes an applicable
operating Medicare DSH payment
amount that is equal to 95.7 percent of
the operating Medicare DSH payment
amount based the current statutory
Medicare DSH payment formula (that is,
the operating Medicare DSH payment
amount historically included in those
calculations) (76 FR 50766). As
discussed in greater detail in section
IV.F.3.d.(2) of the preamble of this
proposed rule, our estimate of 75
percent of the amount that would
otherwise have been paid as Medicare
DSH payments (under the methodology
outlined in section 1886(r)(2) of the Act)
would be adjusted to 80.35 percent of
that amount to reflect the change in the
percentage of individuals that are
uninsured. The resulting amount is then
used to determine the amount of
proposed uncompensated care
payments that would be made to eligible
IPPS hospitals in FY 2015. In other
words, Medicare DSH payments prior to
the amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act are adjusted to 60.26 percent
(the product of 75 percent and 80.35
percent) and the resulting amount is
used to calculate the proposed
uncompensated care payments to
eligible hospitals. As a result, for FY
2015, we project that the reduction in
the amount of Medicare DSH payments
pursuant to section 1886(r)(1) of the Act,
along with the proposed payments for
uncompensated care under section
1886(r)(2) of the Act, would result in
overall Medicare DSH payments of
85.26 percent of the amount of Medicare
DSH payments that would otherwise
have been made in the absence of
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act (that is, 25 percent + 60.26
percent = 85.26 percent). Therefore, in
this proposed rule, for FY 2015, we are
proposing that the calculation of the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28342
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
F. Computing the Proposed Adjusted
LTCH PPS Federal Prospective
Payments for FY 2015
multiplying the labor-related share of
the standard Federal rate by the
applicable LTCH PPS wage index
(proposed FY 2015 values are shown in
Tables 12A through 12D listed in
section VI. of the Addendum of this
proposed rule and are available via the
Internet). The proposed standard
Federal rate is also adjusted to account
for the higher costs of LTCHs located in
Alaska and Hawaii by the applicable
COLA factors (the proposed FY 2015
factors are shown in the chart in section
V.C. of this Addendum) in accordance
with § 412.525(b). In this proposed rule,
we are proposing to establish a standard
Federal rate for FY 2015 of $40,943.51
(applicable to discharges from LTCHs
that submit the required quality
reporting data for FY 2015 in
accordance with the LTCHQR Program
under section 1886(m)(5) of the Act), as
discussed above in section V.A.2. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule. We
illustrate the methodology to adjust the
proposed LTCH PPS Federal standard
rate for FY 2015 in the following
example:
Section 412.525 sets forth the
adjustments to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate. Under § 412.525(c), the
standard Federal rate is adjusted to
account for differences in area wages by
Example: During FY 2015, a Medicare
patient is in an LTCH located in Chicago,
Illinois (CBSA 16974). The proposed FY 2015
LTCH PPS wage index value for CBSA 16974
is 1.0369 (obtained from Table 12A listed in
section VI. of the Addendum of this proposed
‘‘IPPS comparable amount’’ under
§ 412.529 and the ‘‘IPPS equivalent
amount’’ under § 412.534 and § 412.536
would include an applicable operating
Medicare DSH payment amount that
would be equal to 85.26 percent of the
operating Medicare DSH payment
amount based on the statutory Medicare
DSH payment formula prior to the
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act. Consistent with our historical
practice of using the best available data,
if more recent data become available, for
the final rule, we would use such data
to determine the percentage of the
operating Medicare DSH payment
amount based on the statutory Medicare
DSH payment formula prior to the
amendments made by the Affordable
Care Act used in the calculation of the
‘‘IPPS comparable amount’’ under
§ 412.529 and the ‘‘IPPS equivalent
amount’’ under § 412.534 and § 412.536
for FY 2015.
rule and available via the Internet on the
CMS Web site). The Medicare patient is
classified into MS–LTC–DRG 198
(Pulmonary Edema & Respiratory Failure),
which has a proposed relative weight for FY
2015 of 0.9122 (obtained from Table 11 listed
in section VI. of the Addendum of this
proposed rule and available via the Internet
on the CMS Web site). The LTCH submitted
quality reporting data for FY 2015 in
accordance with the LTCHQR Program under
section 1886(m)(5) of the Act.
To calculate the LTCH’s total adjusted
proposed Federal prospective payment for
this Medicare patient in FY 2015, we
compute the wage-adjusted proposed Federal
prospective payment amount by multiplying
the unadjusted proposed FY 2015 standard
Federal rate ($40,943.51, for LTCHs that
submit quality reporting data for FY 2015 in
accordance with the LTCHQR Program under
section 1886(m)(5) of the Act) by the
proposed labor-related share (62.571 percent)
and the proposed wage index value (1.0369).
This wage-adjusted amount is then added to
the proposed nonlabor-related portion of the
unadjusted proposed standard Federal rate
(37.429 percent; adjusted for cost of living, if
applicable) to determine the adjusted
proposed Federal rate, which is then
multiplied by the proposed MS–LTC–DRG
relative weight (0.9122) to calculate the total
adjusted proposed Federal LTCH PPS
prospective payment for FY 2015
($38,211.00). The table below illustrates the
components of the calculations in this
example.
Unadjusted Proposed Standard Federal Prospective Payment Rate (applicable to discharges from LTCHs that submit the
required quality data in accordance with the LTCHQR Program under section 1886(m)(5) of the Act) ................................
Proposed Labor-Related Share ...................................................................................................................................................
$40,943.51
× 0.62571
Proposed Labor-Related Portion of the Federal Rate ................................................................................................................
Proposed Wage Index (CBSA 16974) ........................................................................................................................................
= $25,618.76
× 1.0369
Proposed Wage-Adjusted Labor Share of Federal Rate ............................................................................................................
Proposed Nonlabor-Related Portion of the Federal Rate ($40,943.51 × 0.37429) ....................................................................
= $26,564.09
+ $15,324.75
Adjusted Proposed Federal Rate Amount ...................................................................................................................................
Proposed MS–LTC–DRG 198 Relative Weight ..........................................................................................................................
= $41,888.84
× 0.9122
Total Adjusted Proposed Federal Prospective Payment .....................................................................................................
= $38,211.00
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
VI. Tables Referenced in This Proposed
Rule and Available Only Through the
Internet on the CMS Web Site
This section lists the tables referred to
throughout the preamble of this
proposed rule and in this Addendum. In
the past, a majority of these tables were
published in the Federal Register as
part of the annual proposed and final
rules. However, similar to FYs 2012
through 2014, for the FY 2015
rulemaking cycle, the IPPS and LTCH
tables will not be published as part of
the annual IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
and final rulemakings and will be
available only through the Internet.
Specifically, all IPPS Tables listed
below with the exception of IPPS Tables
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D, and LTCH PPS
Table 1E will be available only through
the Internet. IPPS Tables 1A, 1B, 1C,
and 1D, and LTCH PPS Table 1E are
displayed at the end of this section and
will continue to be published in the
Federal Register as part of the annual
proposed and final rules.
As discussed in section II.G.11. and
13. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, Tables 6A through 6F will not be
issued with this FY 2015 proposed rule
because there are no proposed new,
revised, or deleted diagnosis or
procedure codes for FY 2015. As
discussed in section IV.D. of this
proposed rule, section 106 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on April
PO 00000
Frm 00366
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
1, 2014, extended, through the first half
of FY 2015 (that is, for discharges
occurring before April 1, 2015), the
temporary changes in the low-volume
hospital definition and methodology for
determining the payment adjustment
originally made by the Affordable Care
Act (and extended by subsequent
legislation through March 31, 2014). We
refer the reader to section IV.D. for
complete details on the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment. Therefore,
Table 14 associated with this proposed
rule lists the proposed low-volume
payment adjustments. In addition,
under section 3008 of the Affordable
Care Act, a hospital’s total payment may
be reduced by 1 percent if it is in the
lowest HAC performance quartile. We
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
refer the reader to section IV.J. for
complete details on this adjustment.
Therefore, Table 17 contains the FY
2015 proposed proxy list of providers
subject to the HAC Reduction Program.
Finally, a hospital’s proposed Factor 3
is the proposed proportion of the
uncompensated care amount that a DSH
will receive under section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act. Factor 3 is the
hospital’s estimated number of
Medicaid days and Medicare SSI days
relative to the estimate of all DSHs’
Medicaid days and Medicare SSI days.
Therefore, Table 18 contains the
proposed FY 2015 Medicare DSH
uncompensated care payment Factor 3
for all hospitals and identifies whether
or not a hospital is projected to receive
DSH and, therefore, eligible to receive
the additional payment for
uncompensated care for FY 2015.
Readers who experience any problems
accessing any of the tables that are
posted on the CMS Web sites identified
below should contact Michael Treitel at
(410) 786–4552.
The following IPPS tables for this FY
2015 proposed rule are available only
through the Internet on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/
Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/
AcuteInpatientPPS/. Click on
the link on the left side of the screen
titled, ‘‘FY 2015 IPPS Proposed Rule
Home Page’’ or ‘‘Acute Inpatient—Files
for Download’’.
Table 2–1.—Hospital Average Hourly Wages
for Federal Fiscal Years 2013 (2009 Wage
Data), 2014 (2010 Wage Data), and 2015
(2011 Wage Data); and Proposed 3-Year
Average of Hospital Average Hourly
Wages; Based on CBSA Delineations
Used in FY 2014
Table 2–2.—Acute Care Hospitals Case-Mix
Indexes for Discharges Occurring in
Federal Fiscal Year 2012; Proposed
Hospital Wage Indexes for Federal Fiscal
Year 2015; Hospital Average Hourly
Wages for Federal Fiscal Years 2013
(2009 Wage Data), 2014 (2010 Wage
Data), and 2015 (2011 Wage Data; Based
on Proposed FY 2015 CBSA
Delineations); and 3-Year Average of
Hospital Average Hourly Wages
Table 3A–1.—Proposed FY 2015 and 3-Year *
Average Hourly Wage for Acute Care
Hospitals in Urban Areas by CBSA;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2014
Table 3A–2.—Proposed FY 2015 and 3-Year *
Average Hourly Wage for Acute Care
Hospitals in Urban Areas by CBSA;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2015
Table 3B–1.—Proposed FY 2015 and 3-Year *
Average Hourly Wage for Acute Care
Hospitals in Rural Areas by CBSA; Based
on CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2014
Table 3B–2.—Proposed FY 2015 and 3-Year *
Average Hourly Wage for Acute Care
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospitals in Rural Areas by CBSA; Based
on CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2015
Table 4A–1.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals in Urban
Areas by CBSA and by State—FY 2015;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2014
Table 4A–2.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals in Urban
Areas by CBSA and by State—FY 2015;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2015
Table 4B–1.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals in Rural
Areas by CBSA and by State—FY 2015;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2014
Table 4B–2.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals in Rural
Areas by CBSA and by State—FY 2015;
Based on CBSA Delineations Used in FY
2015
Table 4C–1.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals That Are
Reclassified by CBSA and by State—FY
2015; Based on CBSA Delineations Used
in FY 2014
Table 4C–2.—Proposed Wage Index and
Capital Geographic Adjustment Factor
(GAF) for Acute Care Hospitals That Are
Reclassified by CBSA and by State—FY
2015; Based on CBSA Delineations Used
in FY 2015
Table 4D–1.—States Designated as Frontier,
with Acute Care Hospitals Receiving at
a Minimum the Frontier State Floor
Wage Index; Urban Areas with Acute
Care Hospitals Receiving the Proposed
Statewide Rural Floor or Imputed Floor
Wage Index—FY 2015; Based on CBSA
Delineations Used in FY 2014
Table 4D–2.—States Designated as Frontier,
with Acute Care Hospitals Receiving at
a Minimum the Frontier State Floor
Wage Index; Urban Areas with Acute
Care Hospitals Receiving the Proposed
Statewide Rural Floor or Imputed Floor
Wage Index—FY 2015; Based on CBSA
Delineations Used in FY 2015
Table 4E–1.—Urban CBSAs and Constituent
Counties for Acute Care Hospitals—FY
2015; Based on CBSA Delineations Used
in FY 2014
Table 4E–2.—Urban CBSAs and Constituent
Counties for Acute Care Hospitals—FY
2015; Based on CBSA Delineations Used
in FY 2015
Table 4F–1.—Proposed Puerto Rico Wage
Index and Capital Geographic
Adjustment Factor (GAF) for Acute Care
Hospitals by CBSA—FY 2015; Based on
CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2014
Table 4F–2.—Proposed Puerto Rico Wage
Index and Capital Geographic
Adjustment Factor (GAF) for Acute Care
Hospitals by CBSA—FY 2015; Based on
CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2015
Table 4J.—Proposed Out-Migration
Adjustment for Acute Care Hospitals—
FY 2015
Table 5.—List of Proposed Medicare Severity
Diagnosis-Related Groups (MS–DRGs),
PO 00000
Frm 00367
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28343
Relative Weighting Factors, and
Geometric and Arithmetic Mean Length
of Stay—FY 2015
Table 6I.—Proposed Major CC List—FY 2015
Table 6J.—Proposed Complete CC List—FY
2015
Table 6K.—Proposed Complete List of CC
Exclusions—FY 2015
Table 7A.—Medicare Prospective Payment
System Selected Percentile Lengths of
Stay: FY 2013 MedPAR Update—
December 2013 GROUPER V31.0 MS–
DRGs
Table 7B.—Medicare Prospective Payment
System Selected Percentile Lengths of
Stay: FY 2013 MedPAR Update—
December 2013 GROUPER V32.0 MS–
DRGs
Table 8A.—Proposed FY 2015 Statewide
Average Operating Cost-to-Charge Ratios
(CCRs) for Acute Care Hospitals (Urban
and Rural)
Table 8B.—Proposed FY 2015 Statewide
Average Capital Cost-to-Charge Ratios
(CCRs) for Acute Care Hospitals
Table 9A–1.—Hospital Reclassifications and
Redesignations—FY 2015; Based on
CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2014
Table 9A–2.—Hospital Reclassifications and
Redesignations—FY 2015; Based on
CBSA Delineations Used in FY 2015
Table 9C–1.—Hospitals Redesignated as
Rural Under Section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the
Act—FY 2015; Based on CBSA
Delineations Used in FY 2014
Table 9C–2.—Hospitals Redesignated as
Rural under Section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the
Act—FY 2015; Based on CBSA
Delineations Used in FY 2015
Table 10.—Proposed New Technology AddOn Payment Thresholds 1 2 for
Applications for FY 2016
Table 12C.—Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index
for Urban Areas under the Current CBSA
Designations for Discharges Occurring
From October 1, 2014 through September
30, 2105
Table 12D.—Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index
for Rural Areas Under the Current CBSA
Designations for Discharges Occurring
From October 1, 2014 Through
September 30, 2015
Table 14.—List of Hospitals With Fewer
Than 1,600 Medicare Discharges Based
on the December 2013 Update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file and Potentially
Eligible Hospitals’ FY 2015 Low-Volume
Payment Adjustment for Discharges
Occurring Before April 1, 2015
(Eligibility for the low-volume payment
adjustment is also dependent upon
meeting the mileage criteria specified at
§ 412.101(b)(2)(ii) of the regulations.)
Table 15.—Proposed FY 2015 Readmissions
Adjustment Factors
Table 16.—Proposed Updated Proxy Hospital
Inpatient Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
Program Adjustment Factors for FY 2015
Table 17.—FY 2015 Preliminary Analysis of
the Hospital-Acquired Conditions
Reduction Program
Table 18.—Proposed FY 2015 Medicare DSH
Uncompensated Care Payment Factor 3
The following LTCH PPS tables for
this FY 2015 proposed rule are available
only through the Internet on the CMS
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28344
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Table 12B.—Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index
for Rural Areas Under the New OMB
CBSA Delineations for Discharges
Occurring From October 1, 2014
Through September 30, 2015
Table 13A.—Proposed Composition of LowVolume Quintiles for MS–LTC–DRGs—
FY 2015
Table 13B.—Proposed No-Volume MS–LTC–
DRG Crosswalk for FY 2015
Length of Stay, Short-Stay Outlier (SSO)
Threshold, and ‘‘IPPS Comparable
Threshold’’ for Discharges Occurring
From October 1, 2014 Through
September 30, 2015 Under the LTCH
PPS
Table 12A.—Proposed LTCH PPS Wage
Index for Urban Areas Under the New
OMB CBSA Delineations for Discharges
Occurring From October 1, 2014
Through September 30, 2015
Web site at https://www.cms.gov/
Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-ServicePayment/LongTermCareHospitalPPS/
index.html under the list item for
Regulation Number CMS–1607–P.
Table 8C.—Proposed FY 2015 Statewide
Average Total Cost-to-Charge Ratios
(CCRs) for LTCHs (Urban and Rural)
Table 11.—Proposed MS–LTC–DRGs,
Relative Weights, Geometric Average
TABLE 1A—PROPOSED NATIONAL ADJUSTED OPERATING STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS, LABOR/NONLABOR (69.6 PERCENT
LABOR SHARE/30.4 PERCENT NONLABOR SHARE IF WAGE INDEX IS GREATER THAN 1)—FY 2015
Hospital submitted quality data
and is a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 2.1 percent)
Hospital did not submit quality
data and is a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 1.425 percent)
Hospital submitted quality data
and is NOT a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 1.425 percent)
Hospital did not submit quality
data and is NOT a meaningful
EHR user
(Update = 0.75 percent)
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
$3,759.46
$1,642.06
$3,734.61
$1,631.20
$3,734.61
$1,631.20
$3,709.75
$1,620.35
TABLE 1B—PROPOSED NATIONAL ADJUSTED OPERATING STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS, LABOR/NONLABOR (62 PERCENT
LABOR SHARE/38 PERCENT NONLABOR SHARE IF WAGE INDEX IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1)—FY 2015
Hospital submitted quality data
and is a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 2.1 percent)
Hospital did NOT submit quality
data and is a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 1.425 percent)
Hospital submitted quality data
and is NOT a meaningful EHR
user
(Update = 1.425 percent)
Hospital did NOT submit quality
data and is NOT a meaningful
EHR user
(Update = 0.75 percent)
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
Labor
Nonlabor
$3,348.94
$2,052.58
$3,326.80
$2,039.01
$3,326.80
$2,039.01
$3,304.66
$2,025.44
TABLE 1C—PROPOSED ADJUSTED OPERATING STANDARDIZED AMOUNTS FOR PUERTO RICO, LABOR/NONLABOR (NATIONAL: 62 PERCENT LABOR SHARE/38 PERCENT NONLABOR SHARE BECAUSE WAGE INDEX IS LESS THAN OR
EQUAL TO 1; PUERTO RICO: 63.2 PERCENT LABOR SHARE/36.8 PERCENT NONLABOR SHARE IF WAGE INDEX IS
GREATER THAN 1 OR 62 PERCENT LABOR SHARE/38 PERCENT NONLABOR SHARE IF WAGE INDEX IS LESS THAN OR
EQUAL TO 1—FY 2015
Rates if wage index is
greater than 1
Standardized amount
Labor
National 1 ..................................................................................................................................
Puerto Rico ..............................................................................................................................
(2)
(2)
$1,605.07
$934.59
1 For
2 Not
Labor
Nonlabor
$3,348.94
1,574.59
$2,052.58
965.07
FY 2015, there are no CBSAs in Puerto Rico with a national wage index greater than 1.
applicable.
TABLE 1D—PROPOSED CAPITAL
FEDERAL
PAYMENT
STANDARD
RATE—FY 2015
TABLE 1E—PROPOSED LTCH STAND- Appendix A: Economic Analyses
ARD FEDERAL PROSPECTIVE PAY- I. Regulatory Impact Analysis
MENT RATE—FY 2015
A. Introduction
Full update
(2.1 percent)
Rate
National .........................................
Puerto Rico ...................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Nonlabor
Rates if wage index is
less than or equal to 1
$433.01
206.82
Standard
Federal
Rate .......
Reduced
update *
(0.1 percent)
$40,943.51
$40,141.47
* For LTCHs that fail to submit quality reporting data for FY 2015 in accordance with
the LTCH Quality Reporting (LTCHQR) Program, the annual update is reduced by 2.0
percentage points as required by section
1886(m)(5) of the Act.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00368
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
We have examined the impacts of this
proposed rule as required by Executive Order
12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review
(September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563
on Improving Regulation and Regulatory
Review (February 2, 2011) the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980,
Pub. L. 96–354), section 1102(b) of the Social
Security Act, section 202 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22,
1995, Pub. L. 104–4), Executive Order 13132
on Federalism (August 4, 1999), and the
Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)).
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct
agencies to assess all costs and benefits of
available regulatory alternatives and, if
regulation is necessary, to select regulatory
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
approaches that maximize net benefits
(including potential economic,
environmental, public health and safety
effects, distributive impacts, and equity).
Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the
importance of quantifying both costs and
benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing
rules, and of promoting flexibility. A
regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be
prepared for major rules with economically
significant effects ($100 million or more in
any 1 year).
We have determined that this proposed
rule is a major rule as defined in 5 U.S.C.
804(2). We estimate that the proposed
changes for FY 2015 acute care hospital
operating and capital payments will
redistribute amounts in excess of $100
million to acute care hospitals. The
applicable percentage increase to the IPPS
rates required by the statute, in conjunction
with other proposed payment changes in this
proposed rule, would result in an estimated
$864 million decrease in FY 2015 operating
payments (or ¥0.8 percent change) and an
estimated $126 million increase in FY 2015
capital payments (or 1.2 percent change).
These changes are relative to payments made
in FY 2014. The impact analysis of the
capital payments can be found in section I.J.
of this Appendix. In addition, as described in
section I.K. of this Appendix, LTCHs are
expected to experience an increase in
payments by $44 million in FY 2015 relative
to FY 2014.
Our operating impact estimate includes the
proposed ¥0.8 percent documentation and
coding adjustment applied to the IPPS
standardized amount, which represents part
of the recoupment required under section
631 of the ATRA. In addition, our operating
payment impact estimate includes the
proposed 2.1 percent hospital update to the
standardized amount (which includes the
estimated 2.7 percent market basket update
less 0.4 percentage point for the proposed
multifactor productivity adjustment and less
0.2 percentage point required under the
Affordable Care Act). The estimates of
proposed IPPS operating payments to acute
care hospitals do not reflect any changes in
hospital admissions or real case-mix
intensity, which will also affect overall
payment changes.
The analysis in this Appendix, in
conjunction with the remainder of this
document, demonstrates that this proposed
rule is consistent with the regulatory
philosophy and principles identified in
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, the RFA,
and section 1102(b) of the Act. This proposed
rule would affect payments to a substantial
number of small rural hospitals, as well as
other classes of hospitals, and the effects on
some hospitals may be significant. Finally, in
accordance with the provisions of Executive
Order 12866, the Executive Office of
Management and Budget has reviewed this
proposed rule.
B. Statement of Need
This proposed rule is necessary in order to
make payment and policy changes under the
Medicare IPPS for Medicare acute care
hospital inpatient services for operating and
capital-related costs as well as for certain
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
hospitals and hospital units excluded from
the IPPS. This proposed rule also is
necessary to make payment and policy
changes for Medicare hospitals under the
LTCH PPS payment system.
C. Objectives of the IPPS
The primary objective of the IPPS is to
create incentives for hospitals to operate
efficiently and minimize unnecessary costs
while at the same time ensuring that
payments are sufficient to adequately
compensate hospitals for their legitimate
costs in delivering necessary care to
Medicare beneficiaries. In addition, we share
national goals of preserving the Medicare
Hospital Insurance Trust Fund.
We believe that the proposed changes in
this proposed rule would further each of
these goals while maintaining the financial
viability of the hospital industry and
ensuring access to high quality health care
for Medicare beneficiaries. We expect that
these proposed changes will ensure that the
outcomes of the prospective payment
systems are reasonable and equitable while
avoiding or minimizing unintended adverse
consequences.
D. Limitations of Our Analysis
The following quantitative analysis
presents the projected effects of our proposed
policy changes, as well as statutory changes
effective for FY 2014, on various hospital
groups. We estimate the effects of individual
proposed policy changes by estimating
payments per case while holding all other
payment policies constant. We use the best
data available, but, generally, we do not
attempt to make adjustments for future
changes in such variables as admissions,
lengths of stay, or case-mix.
E. Hospitals Included in and Excluded From
the IPPS
The prospective payment systems for
hospital inpatient operating and capitalrelated costs of acute care hospitals
encompass most general short-term, acute
care hospitals that participate in the
Medicare program. There were 32 Indian
Health Service hospitals in our database,
which we excluded from the analysis due to
the special characteristics of the prospective
payment methodology for these hospitals.
Among other short-term, acute care hospitals,
hospitals in Maryland are paid in accordance
with the Maryland All-Payer Model, and
hospitals located outside the 50 States, the
District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is,
5 short-term acute care hospitals located in
the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa) that
receive payment for inpatient hospital
services they furnish on the basis of
reasonable costs, subject to a rate-of-increase
ceiling.
As of December 2013, there were 3,468
IPPS acute care hospitals included in our
analysis. This represents approximately 57
percent of all Medicare-participating
hospitals. The majority of this impact
analysis focuses on this set of hospitals.
There also are approximately 1,332 CAHs.
These small, limited service hospitals are
paid on the basis of reasonable costs rather
than under the IPPS. IPPS-excluded hospitals
PO 00000
Frm 00369
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28345
and units include IPFs, IRFs, LTCHs,
RNHCIs, children’s hospitals, 11 cancer
hospitals, and 5 short-term acute care
hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam,
the Northern Mariana Islands, and American
Samoa, which are paid under separate
payment systems. Changes in the prospective
payment systems for IPFs and IRFs are made
through separate rulemaking. Payment
impacts for these IPPS-excluded hospitals
and units are not included in this proposed
rule. The impact of the proposed update and
proposed policy changes to the LTCH PPS for
FY 2015 is discussed in section I.L. of this
Appendix.
F. Effects on Hospitals and Hospital Units
Excluded From the IPPS
As of March 2014, there were 97 children’s
hospitals, 11 cancer hospitals, 5 short-term
acute care hospitals located in the Virgin
Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands
and American Samoa, and 18 RNHCIs being
paid on a reasonable cost basis subject to the
rate-of-increase ceiling under § 413.40. (In
accordance with § 403.752(a) of the
regulation, RNHCIs are paid under § 413.40.)
Among the remaining providers, 244
rehabilitation hospitals and 896
rehabilitation units, and 432 LTCHs, are paid
the Federal prospective per discharge rate
under the IRF PPS and the LTCH PPS,
respectively, and 487 psychiatric hospitals
and 1,139 psychiatric units are paid the
Federal per diem amount under the IPF PPS.
As stated above, IRFs and IPFs are not
affected by the rate updates discussed in this
proposed rule. The impacts of the proposed
changes on LTCHs are discussed in section
I.K. of this Appendix.
For children’s hospitals, the 11 cancer
hospitals, the 5 short-term acute care
hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam,
the Northern Mariana Islands, and American
Samoa, and RNHCIs, the proposed update of
the rate-of-increase limit (or target amount) is
the estimated FY 2015 percentage increase in
the IPPS operating market basket, consistent
with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act, and
§§ 403.752(a) and 413.40 of the regulations.
As discussed in section IV. of the preamble
of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
rebased the IPPS operating market basket to
a FY 2010 base year. Therefore, we are
proposing to use the percentage increase in
the FY 2010-based IPPS operating market
basket to update the target amounts for FY
2015 and subsequent fiscal years for
children’s hospitals, the 11 cancer hospitals,
the 5 short-term acute care hospitals located
in the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa, and
RNHCIs that are paid based on reasonable
costs subject to the rate-of-increase limits.
Consistent with current law, based on IHS
Global Insight, Inc.’s 2014 first quarter
forecast of the FY 2010-based market basket
increase, we are estimating that the proposed
FY 2015 update based on the IPPS operating
market basket is 2.7 percent (that is, the
current estimate of the market basket rate-ofincrease). However, the Affordable Care Act
requires an adjustment for multifactor
productivity (currently estimated to be 0.4
percentage point for FY 2015) and a 0.2
percentage point reduction to the market
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28346
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
basket update resulting in a proposed 2.1
percent applicable percentage increase for
IPPS hospitals that submit quality data and
are meaningful EHR users, as discussed in
section IV.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule. Children’s hospitals, the 11 cancer
hospitals, the 5 short-term acute care
hospitals located in the Virgin Islands, Guam,
the Northern Mariana Islands, and American
Samoa, and RNCHIs that continue to be paid
based on reasonable costs subject to rate-ofincrease limits under § 413.40 of the
regulations are not subject to the reductions
in the applicable percentage increase
required under the Affordable Care Act.
Therefore, for those hospitals paid under
§ 413.40 of the regulations, the proposed
update would be the percentage increase in
the FY 2015 IPPS operating market basket,
estimated at 2.7 percent, without the
reductions required under the Affordable
Care Act.
The impact of the proposed update in the
rate-of-increase limit on those excluded
hospitals depends on the cumulative cost
increases experienced by each excluded
hospital since its applicable base period. For
excluded hospitals that have maintained
their cost increases at a level below the rateof-increase limits since their base period, the
major effect is on the level of incentive
payments these excluded hospitals receive.
Conversely, for excluded hospitals with cost
increases above the cumulative update in
their rate-of-increase limits, the major effect
is the amount of excess costs that will not be
paid.
We note that, under § 413.40(d)(3), an
excluded hospital that continues to be paid
under the TEFRA system and whose costs
exceed 110 percent of its rate-of-increase
limit receives its rate-of-increase limit plus
the lesser of: (1) 50 percent of its reasonable
costs in excess of 110 percent of the limit, or
(2) 10 percent of its limit. In addition, under
the various provisions set forth in § 413.40,
hospitals can obtain payment adjustments for
justifiable increases in operating costs that
exceed the limit.
G. Quantitative Effects of the Proposed Policy
Changes Under the IPPS for Operating Costs
1. Basis and Methodology of Estimates
In this proposed rule, we are announcing
proposed policy changes and payment rate
updates for the IPPS for FY 2015 for
operating costs of acute care hospitals. The
proposed FY 2015 updates to the capital
payments to acute care hospitals are
discussed in section I.J. of this Appendix.
Based on the overall percentage change in
payments per case estimated using our
payment simulation model, we estimate that
total FY 2015 operating payments will
decrease by 0.8 percent compared to FY
2014. In addition to the applicable
percentage increase, this amount reflects the
proposed FY 2015 recoupment adjustment
for documentation and coding described in
section II.D. of the preamble of this proposed
rule of ¥0.8 percent to the IPPS national
standardized amounts. The impacts do not
reflect changes in the number of hospital
admissions or real case-mix intensity, which
will also affect overall payment changes.
We have prepared separate impact analyses
of the proposed changes to each system. This
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
section deals with the proposed changes to
the operating inpatient prospective payment
system for acute care hospitals. Our payment
simulation model relies on the most recent
available data to enable us to estimate the
impacts on payments per case of certain
changes in this proposed rule. However,
there are other proposed changes for which
we do not have data available that will allow
us to estimate the payment impacts using this
model. For those proposed changes, we have
attempted to predict the payment impacts
based upon our experience and other more
limited data.
The data used in developing the
quantitative analyses of changes in payments
per case presented below are taken from the
FY 2013 MedPAR file and the most current
Provider-Specific File (PSF) that is used for
payment purposes. Although the analyses of
the proposed changes to the operating PPS do
not incorporate cost data, data from the most
recently available hospital cost reports were
used to categorize hospitals. Our analysis has
several qualifications. First, in this analysis,
we do not make adjustments for future
changes in such variables as admissions,
lengths of stay, or underlying growth in real
case-mix. Second, due to the interdependent
nature of the IPPS payment components, it is
very difficult to precisely quantify the impact
associated with each change. Third, we use
various data sources to categorize hospitals
in the tables. In some cases, particularly the
number of beds, there is a fair degree of
variation in the data from the different
sources. We have attempted to construct
these variables with the best available source
overall. However, for individual hospitals,
some miscategorizations are possible.
Using cases from the FY 2013 MedPAR
file, we simulated proposed payments under
the operating IPPS given various
combinations of payment parameters. As
described above, Indian Health Service
hospitals and hospitals in Maryland were
excluded from the simulations. The proposed
impact of payments under the capital IPPS,
or the impact of payments for costs other
than inpatient operating costs, are not
analyzed in this section. Proposed estimated
payment impacts of the capital IPPS for FY
2015 are discussed in section I.J. of this
Appendix.
We discuss the following proposed
changes below:
• The effects of the proposed application
of the documentation and coding adjustment
and the proposed applicable percentage
increase (including the market basket update,
the multifactor productivity adjustment and
the applicable percentage reduction in
accordance with the Affordable Care Act) to
the standardized amount and hospitalspecific rates.
• The effects of the proposed changes to
the relative weights and MS–DRG grouper.
• The effects of the proposed changes in
hospitals’ wage index values reflecting
updated wage data from hospitals’ cost
reporting periods beginning during FY 2011,
compared to the FY 2010 wage data, and the
proposed adoption of new OMB labor market
area delineations to calculate the FY 2015
wage index.
• The combined effects of the proposed
recalibration of the MS–DRG relative weights
PO 00000
Frm 00370
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
as required by section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the
Act and the proposed wage index (including
the updated wage data and the proposed
adoption of new OMB labor market area
delineations), including the proposed wage
and recalibration budget neutrality factors.
• The effects of the geographic
reclassifications by the MGCRB (as of
publication of this proposed rule) and the
effects of the proposed adoption of new OMB
labor market area delineations on these
reclassifications, that would be effective for
FY 2015.
• The effects of the proposed rural floor
and imputed floor with the application of the
national budget neutrality factor applied to
the wage index where the rural floor and
imputed floor wage index are calculated
based on the proposed adoption of the new
OMB labor market area delineations.
• The effects of the proposed adoption of
the new labor market area delineations
announced by OMB in February 2013 on
hospital redesignations.
• The effects of the proposed 3-year
transition for urban hospitals redesignated as
rural and the transitional blended wage index
for hospitals whose FY 2015 wage indexes
will decrease solely as a result of adopting
the new OMB delineations.
• The effects of the proposed frontier State
wage index adjustment under the statutory
provision that requires that hospitals located
in States that qualify as frontier States to not
have a wage index less than 1.0. This
provision is not budget neutral.
• The effects of the proposed
implementation of section 1886(d)(13) of the
Act, as added by section 505 of Public Law
108–173, which provides for an increase in
a hospital’s wage index if a threshold
percentage of residents of the county where
the hospital is located commute to work at
hospitals in counties with higher wage
indexes.
• The effects of the proposed policies for
implementation of the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program under section 1886(q) of
the Act, as added by section 3025 of the
Affordable Care Act, that adjusts a hospital’s
base operating DRG amount by an adjustment
factor to account for a hospital’s excess
readmissions.
• The effects of the proposed policies for
continued implementation of section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act that reduces
Medicare DSH payments to 25 percent of
what hospitals had been previously paid
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act and
establishes an additional payment to be made
to hospitals that receive DSH payments for
their relative share of the total amount of
uncompensated care.
• The effects of the proposed FY 2015
implementation of section 1886(o) of the Act,
as added by section 3008 of the Affordable
Care Act, which establishes payment
reductions under the HAC Reduction
Program. Hospitals ranked in the lowest 25
percent of performance on HACs are subject
to a 1-percent reduction in total IPPS
payments.
• The total estimated change in payments
based on the proposed FY 2015 policies
relative to payments based on FY 2014
policies that include the applicable
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
percentage increase of 2.1 percent (or 2.7
percent market basket update with a
proposed reduction of 0.4 percentage point
for the multifactor productivity adjustment,
and a 0.2 percentage point reduction, as
required under the Affordable Care Act). The
total estimated change in payments for FY
2015 reflects the extension of MDH payment
status for the first 6 months of FY 2015, in
accordance with the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–93)
enacted on April l, 2014.
To illustrate the impact of the proposed FY
2015 changes, our analysis begins with a FY
2014 baseline simulation model using: The
proposed FY 2015 applicable percentage
increase of 2.1 percent and the proposed
documentation and coding recoupment
adjustment of 0.8 percent to the Federal
standardized amount; the FY 2014 MS–DRG
GROUPER (Version 31.0); the current FY
2014 CBSA designations for hospitals based
on the OMB delineations; the FY 2014 wage
index; and no MGCRB reclassifications.
Outlier payments are set at 5.1 percent of
total operating MS–DRG and outlier
payments for modeling purposes.
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, as
added by section 5001(a) of Public Law 109–
171, as amended by section 4102(b)(1)(A) of
the ARRA (Pub. L. 111–5) and by section
3401(a)(2) of the Affordable Care Act (Pub. L.
111–148), provides that, for FY 2007 and
each subsequent year through FY 2014, the
update factor will include a reduction of 2.0
percentage points for any subsection (d)
hospital that does not submit data on
measures in a form and manner and at a time
specified by the Secretary. Beginning in FY
2015, the reduction is one-quarter of such
applicable percentage increase determined
without regard to section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix),
(xi), or (xii) of the Act, or one-quarter of the
market basket update. Therefore, for FY 2015,
we are proposing that hospitals that do not
submit quality information under rules
established by the Secretary and that are
meaningful EHR users under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act will receive an
applicable percentage increase of 1.425
percent. At the time that this impact was
prepared, 64 hospitals did not receive the full
market basket rate-of-increase for FY 2014
because they failed the quality data
submission process or did not choose to
participate. For purposes of the simulations
shown below, we modeled the payment
changes for FY 2015 using a reduced update
for these 64 hospitals. However, we do not
have enough information at this time to
determine which hospitals will not receive
the full update factor for FY 2015.
Beginning in FY 2015, in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, a hospital
that has been identifies as not an EHR
meaningful user will be subject to a
reduction of one-quarter of such applicable
percentage increase determined without
regard to section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix), (xi), or
(xii) of the Act, or one-quarter of the market
basket update. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
proposing that hospitals that are identified as
not EHR meaningful users and do submit
quality information under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act will receive an
applicable percentage increase of 1.425
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
percent. Hospitals that are identified as not
EHR meaningful users under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act and also do not
submit quality data under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act will receive an
applicable percentage increase of 0.75
percent, which reflects a one-quarter
reduction of the market basket update for
failure to submit quality data and a onequarter reduction of the market basket update
for being identified as not an EHR
meaningful user. For FY 2015, we have yet
to finalize a list of hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act. Therefore, we are
proposing not to include this adjustment to
the standardized amount (for those hospitals
that are not meaningful EHR users) in our
modeling of aggregate payments for FY 2015.
We intend to release a final list of hospitals
that are not meaningful EHR user in
September 2014. Hospitals identified on this
list will be paid based on the applicable
proposed standardized amount in Table 1A
for discharges occurring in FY 2015.
Each proposed policy change, statutory or
otherwise, is then added incrementally to
this baseline, finally arriving at an FY 2015
model incorporating all of the proposed
changes. This simulation allows us to isolate
the effects of each proposed change.
Our final comparison illustrates the
proposed percent change in payments per
case from FY 2014 to FY 2015. Three factors
not discussed separately have significant
impacts here. The first factor is the update to
the standardized amount. In accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, we are
updating the standardized amounts for FY
2015 using a proposed applicable percentage
increase of 2.1 percent. This includes our
forecasted IPPS operating hospital market
basket increase of 2.7 percent with a
proposed reduction of 0.4 percentage point
for the multifactor productivity adjustment
and a 0.2 percentage point reduction as
required under the Affordable Care Act.
(Hospitals that fail to comply with the quality
data submission requirements and are
meaningful EHR users would receive a
proposed update of 1.425 percent. This
update includes a reduction of one-quarter of
the market basket update for failure to submit
these data). We note that hospitals that do
comply with the quality data submission
requirements but are not meaningful EHR
users would receive a proposed update of
1.425 percent, which includes a reduction of
one-quarter of the market basket update.
Furthermore, hospitals that do not comply
with the quality data submission
requirements and also are not meaningful
EHR users would receive a proposed update
of 0.75 percent. However, as discussed
earlier, we do not have a list of hospitals that
are not meaningful EHR users and have not
included this adjustment to the standardized
amount (for those hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users) in our modeling of
aggregate payments for FY 2015. Under
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act, the
updates to the hospital-specific amounts for
SCHs also are equal to the applicable
percentage increase, or 2.1 percent. In
addition, we are proposing to update the
Puerto Rico-specific amount by an applicable
PO 00000
Frm 00371
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28347
percentage increase of 2.1 percent, if the
hospital submits quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user.
A second significant factor that affects the
changes in hospitals’ payments per case from
FY 2014 to FY 2015 is the change in
hospitals’ geographic reclassification status
from one year to the next. That is, payments
may be reduced for hospitals reclassified in
FY 2014 that are no longer reclassified in FY
2015. Conversely, payments may increase for
hospitals not reclassified in FY 2014 that are
reclassified in FY 2015.
A third significant factor is that we
currently estimate that actual outlier
payments during FY 2014 will be 5.79
percent of total MS–DRG payments. When
the FY 2014 IPS/LTCH PPS final rule was
published, we projected FY 2014 outlier
payments would be 5.1 percent of total MS–
DRG plus outlier payments; the average
standardized amounts were offset
correspondingly. The effects of the higher
than expected outlier payments during FY
2014 (as discussed in the Addendum to this
proposed rule) are reflected in the analyses
below comparing our current estimates of FY
2014 payments per case to estimated FY 2015
payments per case (with outlier payments
projected to equal 5.1 percent of total MS–
DRG payments).
2. Analysis of Table I
Table I displays the results of our analysis
of the proposed changes for FY 2015. The
table categorizes hospitals by various
geographic and special payment
consideration groups to illustrate the varying
impacts on different types of hospitals. The
top row of the table shows the overall impact
on the 3,388 acute care hospitals included in
the analysis.
The next four rows of Table I contain
hospitals categorized according to their
geographic location: All urban, which is
further divided into large urban and other
urban; and rural. There are 2,542 hospitals
located in urban areas included in our
analysis. Among these, there are 1,395
hospitals located in large urban areas
(populations over 1 million), and 1,147
hospitals in other urban areas (populations of
1 million or fewer). In addition, there are 846
hospitals in rural areas. The next two
groupings are by bed-size categories, shown
separately for urban and rural hospitals. The
final groupings by geographic location are by
census divisions, also shown separately for
urban and rural hospitals.
The second part of Table I shows hospital
groups based on hospitals’ proposed FY 2015
payment classifications, including any
reclassifications under section 1886(d)(10) of
the Act. For example, the rows labeled urban,
large urban, other urban, and rural show that
the numbers of hospitals paid based on these
categorizations after consideration of
geographic reclassifications (including
reclassifications under sections 1886(d)(8)(B)
and 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act that have
implications for capital payments) are 2,558;
1,408; 1,150; and 830, respectively.
The next three groupings examine the
impacts of the proposed changes on hospitals
grouped by whether or not they have GME
residency programs (teaching hospitals that
receive an IME adjustment) or receive
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28348
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Medicare DSH payments, or some
combination of these two adjustments. There
are 2,352 nonteaching hospitals in our
analysis, 792 teaching hospitals with fewer
than 100 residents, and 244 teaching
hospitals with 100 or more residents.
In the DSH categories, hospitals are
grouped according to their DSH payment
status, and whether they are considered
urban or rural for DSH purposes. The next
category groups together hospitals considered
urban or rural, in terms of whether they
receive the IME adjustment, the DSH
adjustment, both, or neither.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
The next five rows examine the impacts of
the proposed changes on rural hospitals by
special payment groups (SCHs, RRCs, and
MDHs). There were 208 RRCs, 324 SCHs, and
154 MDHs (MDH status is extended through
March 31, 2015 only under Pub. L. 113–93),
124 hospitals that are both SCHs and RRCs,
and 11 hospitals that are MDHs and RRCs
(MDH status is through March 31, 2015 only
under Pub. L. 113–93).
The next series of groupings are based on
the type of ownership and the hospital’s
Medicare utilization expressed as a percent
of total patient days. These data were taken
PO 00000
Frm 00372
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
from the FY 2012 or FY 2011 Medicare cost
reports.
The next two groupings concern the
geographic reclassification status of
hospitals. The first grouping displays all
urban hospitals that were reclassified by the
MGCRB for FY 2015. The second grouping
shows the MGCRB rural reclassifications.
The final category shows the impact of the
proposed policy changes on the 15 cardiac
hospitals.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00373
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28349
EP15MY14.002
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00374
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
EP15MY14.003
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28350
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00375
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28351
EP15MY14.004
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00376
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
EP15MY14.005
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28352
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00377
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28353
EP15MY14.006
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00378
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
EP15MY14.007
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28354
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
a. Effects of the Proposed Hospital Update
and Proposed Documentation and Coding
Adjustment (Column 2)
As discussed in section II.D. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, this column
includes the proposed hospital update,
including the proposed 2.7 percent market
basket update, the proposed reduction of 0.4
percentage point for the multifactor
productivity adjustment, and the 0.2
percentage point reduction in accordance
with the Affordable Care Act. In addition,
this column includes the proposed FY 2015
documentation and coding recoupment
adjustment of -0.8 percent on the national
standardized amount as part of the
recoupment required by section 631 of the
ATRA. As a result, we are proposing to make
a 1.3 percent update to the national
standardized amount. This column also
includes the proposed 2.1 percent update to
the hospital-specific rates which also
includes the proposed 2.7 percent market
basket update, the proposed reduction of 0.4
percentage point for the multifactor
productivity adjustment, and the 0.2
percentage point reduction in accordance
with the Affordable Care Act.
Overall, hospitals would experience a 1.3
percent increase in payments primarily due
to the effects of the hospital update and
documentation and coding adjustment on the
national standardized amount. Hospitals that
are paid under the hospital-specific rate,
namely SCHs, would experience a 2.1
percent increase in payments; therefore,
hospital categories with SCHs paid under the
hospital-specific rate would experience
increases in payments of more than 1.3
percent.
b. Effects of the Proposed Changes to the MS–
DRG Reclassifications and Relative CostBased Weights With Recalibration Budget
Neutrality (Column 3)
Column 3 shows the effects of the
proposed changes to the MS–DRGs and
relative weights with the application of the
proposed recalibration budget neutrality
factor to the standardized amounts. Section
1886(d)(4)(C)(i) of the Act requires us
annually to make appropriate classification
changes in order to reflect changes in
treatment patterns, technology, and any other
factors that may change the relative use of
hospital resources. Consistent with section
1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act, we are proposing
to calculate a recalibration budget neutrality
factor to account for the proposed changes in
MS–DRGs and relative weights to ensure that
the overall payment impact is budget neutral.
As discussed in section II.E. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, the FY 2015
MS–DRG relative weights will be 100 percent
cost-based and 100 percent MS–DRGs. For
FY 2015, the MS–DRGs are calculated using
the FY 2013 MedPAR data grouped to the
Version 32.0 (FY 2015) MS–DRGs. The
proposed methodology to calculate the
relative weights and the proposed
reclassification changes to the GROUPER are
described in more detail in section II.H. of
the preamble of this proposed rule.
The ‘‘All Hospitals’’ line in Column 3
indicates that changes due to the MS–DRGs
and relative weights would result in a 0.0
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
percent change in payments with the
application of the proposed recalibration
budget neutrality factor of 0.992938 on to the
standardized amount. Hospital categories
that generally treat more surgical cases than
medical cases would experience increases in
their payments due to the changes to the
relative weight methodology. Rural hospitals
would experience a 0.6 percent decrease in
payments because rural hospitals tend to
treat fewer surgical cases than medical cases,
while teaching hospitals with more than 100
residents would experience an increase in
payments by 0.3 percent as those hospitals
treat more surgical cases than medical cases.
c. Effects of the Proposed Wage Index
Changes (Column 4)
Column 4 shows the impact of updated
wage data using FY 2011 cost report data and
the proposed new OMB labor market area
delineations, with the application of the
proposed wage budget neutrality factor. The
wage index is calculated and assigned to
hospitals on the basis of the labor market area
in which the hospital is located. Under
section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, beginning
with FY 2005, we delineate hospital labor
market areas based on the Core Based
Statistical Areas (CBSAs) established by
OMB. The current statistical areas used in FY
2014 were based on OMB standards
published on December 27, 2000 (65 FR
82228) and Census 2000 data and Census
Bureau population estimates for 2007 and
2008 (OMB Bulletin No. 10–02).
As stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27552) and final rule
(78 FR 50586), on February 28, 2013, OMB
issued OMB Bulletin No. 13–01, which
established revised delineations for
Metropolitan Statistical Areas, Micropolitan
Statistical Areas, and Combined Statistical
Areas, and provided guidance on the use of
the delineations of these statistical areas. In
order to implement these changes for the
IPPS, it is necessary to identify the new labor
market area delineation for each county and
hospital in the country. However, because
the bulletin was not issued until February 28,
2013, with supporting data not available
until later, and because the changes made by
the bulletin and their ramifications needed to
be extensively reviewed and verified, we
were unable to undertake such a lengthy
process before publication of the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule and, thus, did
not implement changes to the wage index for
FY 2014 based on these new OMB
delineations. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50586), we stated that we
intended to propose changes to the wage
index based on the new OMB delineations in
this FY 2015 proposed rule. As discussed
below, in this proposed rule, we are
proposing to implement the new OMB
delineations as described in the February 28,
2013 OMB Bulletin No. 13–01, effective
beginning with the FY 2015 IPPS wage index.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires
that, beginning October 1, 1993, we annually
update the wage data used to calculate the
wage index. In accordance with this
requirement, the proposed wage index for
acute care hospitals for FY 2015 is based on
data submitted for hospital cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1, 2010
PO 00000
Frm 00379
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28355
and before October 1, 2011. The estimated
impact of the updated wage data using the
FY 2011 cost report data and the proposed
new OMB labor market area delineations on
hospital payments is isolated in Column 4 by
holding the other payment parameters
constant in this simulation. That is, Column
4 shows the proposed percentage change in
payments when going from a model using the
FY 2014 wage index, based on FY 2010 wage
data, the labor-related share of 69.6 percent,
under the new OMB delineations and having
a 100-percent occupational mix adjustment
applied, to a model using the proposed FY
2015 pre-reclassification wage index based
on FY 2011 wage data with the proposed
labor-related share of 69.6 percent, under the
new OMB delineations, also having a 100percent occupational mix adjustment
applied, while holding other payment
parameters such as use of the Version 32.0
MS–DRG GROUPER constant). The FY 2015
occupational mix adjustment is based on the
CY 2010 occupational mix survey.
In addition, the column shows the impact
of the application of the proposed wage
budget neutrality to the proposed national
standardized amount. In FY 2010, we began
calculating separate wage budget neutrality
and recalibration budget neutrality factors, in
accordance with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the
Act, which specifies that budget neutrality to
account for wage index changes or updates
made under that subparagraph must be made
without regard to the 62 percent labor-related
share guaranteed under section
1886(d)(3)(E)(ii) of the Act. Therefore, for FY
2015, we are proposing to calculate the wage
budget neutrality factor to ensure that
payments under updated wage data and the
proposed labor-related share of 69.6 percent
are budget neutral without regard to the
lower labor-related share of 62 percent
applied to hospitals with a wage index less
than or equal to 1.0. In other words, the wage
budget neutrality is calculated under the
assumption that all hospitals receive the
higher labor-related share of the standardized
amount. The proposed wage budget
neutrality factor is 1.000578, and the overall
payment change is zero percent.
Column 4 shows the impacts of updating
the wage data using FY 2011 cost reports.
Overall, the new wage data and the proposed
labor-related share, combined with the
proposed wage budget neutrality adjustment,
would lead to a 0.0 percent change for all
hospitals as shown in Column 4.
In looking at the wage data itself, the
national average hourly wage increased 1.9
percent compared to FY 2014. Therefore, the
only manner in which to maintain or exceed
the previous year’s wage index was to match
or exceed the national 1.9 percent increase in
average hourly wage. Of the 3,373 hospitals
with wage data for both FYs 2014 and 2015,
1,644 or 48.7 percent would experience an
average hourly wage increase of 1.9 percent
or more.
The following chart compares the shifts in
proposed wage index values for hospitals due
to changes in the average hourly wage data
for FY 2015 relative to FY 2014. Among
urban hospitals, 11 would experience a
decrease of more than 10 percent, with no
urban hospital experiencing an increase of
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28356
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
more than 10 percent. One hundred twentyone urban hospitals would experience an
increase or decrease of at least 5 percent or
more but less than or equal to 10 percent.
Among rural hospitals, none would
experience a decrease of more than 5 percent,
but 5 rural hospitals would experience an
increase of greater than 5 percent but less
than or equal to10 percent. However, 803
rural hospitals would experience increases or
decreases of less than or equal to 5 percent,
while 2,325 urban hospitals would
experience increases or decreases of less than
or equal to 5 percent. One hundred eight
urban and rural hospitals would not
experience a change in their wage index.
These figures reflect proposed changes in the
‘‘pre-reclassified, occupational mix-adjusted
wage index,’’ that is, the proposed wage
index before the proposed application of
geographic reclassification, the proposed
rural and imputed floors, the proposed outmigration adjustment, and other proposed
wage index exceptions and adjustments. We
note that this analysis was performed by
applying the new OMB labor market area
delineations to the FY 2015 proposed wage
data and also by recomputing the FY 2014
final wage data to reflect the new OMB
delineations. (We refer readers to sections
III.G.2. through III.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for a complete discussion of
the exceptions and adjustments to the wage
index.) We note that the proposed ‘‘postreclassified wage index’’ or ‘‘payment wage
index,’’ the proposed wage index that
includes all such exceptions and adjustments
(as reflected in Tables 2, 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4F
of the Addendum to this proposed rule,
which are available via the Internet on the
CMS Web site) is used to adjust the proposed
labor-related share of a hospital’s
standardized amount, either 69.6 percent or
62 percent, depending upon whether a
hospital’s wage index is greater than 1.0 or
less than or equal to 1.0. Therefore, the
proposed pre-reclassified wage index figures
in the chart below may illustrate a somewhat
larger or smaller change than would occur in
a hospital’s payment wage index and total
payment.
The following chart shows the projected
impact of changes in the average hourly wage
data for urban and rural hospitals.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Percentage change in
proposed area wage
index values
Number of
hospitals
Urban
Increase more than 10
percent ..........................
Increase more than 5 percent and less than or
equal to 10 percent .......
Increase or decrease less
than or equal to 5 percent ...............................
Decrease more than 5
percent and less than or
equal to 10 percent .......
Decrease more than 10
percent ..........................
Unchanged .......................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Rural
0
0
29
5
2,325
803
92
0
11
76
0
32
Jkt 232001
d. Combined Effects of the Proposed MS–
DRG and Wage Index Changes (Column 5)
Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act
requires that changes to MS–DRG
reclassifications and the relative weights
cannot increase or decrease aggregate
payments. In addition, section 1886(d)(3)(E)
of the Act specifies that any updates or
adjustments to the wage index are to be
budget neutral. We computed a proposed
wage budget neutrality factor of 1.000578 and
a proposed recalibration budget neutrality
factor of 0.992938 (which is applied to the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount
and the hospital-specific rates). The product
of the two proposed budget neutrality factors
is the proposed cumulative wage and
recalibration budget neutrality factor. The
proposed cumulative wage and recalibration
budget neutrality adjustment is 0.993512, or
approximately 0.65 percent, which is applied
to the national standardized amounts.
Because the wage budget neutrality and the
recalibration budget neutrality are calculated
under different methodologies according to
the statute, when the two budget neutralities
are combined and applied to the
standardized amount, the overall payment
impact is not necessarily budget neutral.
However, in this proposed rule, we are
estimating that the proposed changes in the
MS–DRG relative weights and updated wage
data with wage and budget neutrality applied
would result in a 0.0 percent change in
payments.
e. Effects of Proposed MGCRB
Reclassifications (Column 6)
Our impact analysis to this point has
assumed acute care hospitals are paid on the
basis of their actual geographic location (with
the exception of ongoing policies that
provide that certain hospitals receive
payments on other bases than where they are
geographically located). The changes in
Column 6 reflect the per case payment
impact of moving from this baseline to a
simulation incorporating the proposed
MGCRB decisions for FY 2015 and the effects
of the proposed adoption of the new OMB
labor market area delineations on these
reclassifications which affect hospitals’ wage
index area assignments.
By spring of each year, the MGCRB makes
reclassification determinations that will be
effective for the next fiscal year, which
begins on October 1. The MGCRB may
approve a hospital’s reclassification request
for the purpose of using another area’s wage
index value. Hospitals may appeal denials of
MGCRB decisions to the CMS Administrator.
Further, hospitals have 45 days from
publication of the IPPS proposed rule in the
Federal Register to decide whether to
withdraw or terminate an approved
geographic reclassification for the following
year.
The overall effect of geographic
reclassification is required by section
1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act to be budget neutral.
Therefore, for purposes of this impact
analysis, we are proposing to apply an
adjustment of 0.991412 to ensure that the
effects of the reclassifications under section
1886(d)(10) of the Act are budget neutral
(section II.A. of the Addendum to this
PO 00000
Frm 00380
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposed rule). Geographic reclassification
generally benefits hospitals in rural areas. We
estimate that the geographic reclassification
would increase payments to rural hospitals
by an average of 1.8 percent. By region, all
the rural hospital categories would
experience increases in payments due to
MGCRB reclassifications.
Table 9A listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule and
available via the Internet on the CMS Web
site reflects the reclassifications for FY 2015.
f. Effects of the Proposed Rural and Imputed
Floor, Including Application of Proposed
National Budget Neutrality (Column 7)
As discussed in section III.B. of the
preamble of the FY 2009 IPPS final rule, the
FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule,
the FYs 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rules, and this proposed rule,
section 4410 of Public Law 105–33
established the rural floor by requiring that
the wage index for a hospital in any urban
area cannot be less than the wage index
received by rural hospitals in the same State.
We apply a uniform budget neutrality
adjustment to the wage index. The imputed
floor, which is also included in the
calculation of the budget neutrality
adjustment to the wage index, was extended
in FY 2012 for 2 additional years. In the past,
only urban hospitals in New Jersey received
the imputed floor. As discussed in the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53369), we established an alternative
temporary methodology for the imputed
floor, which resulted in an imputed floor for
Rhode Island for FY 2013. For FY 2014, we
extended the imputed rural floor, as
calculated under the original methodology
and the alternative methodology. For FY
2015, we are proposing to extend the
imputed rural floor, as calculated under the
original methodology and the alternative
methodology. As a result, under this
proposal, New Jersey, Rhode Island, and
Delaware would receive an imputed floor,
with 12 out of 64 hospitals in New Jersey
receiving the imputed floor, 1 out of 6
hospitals in Delaware receiving the imputed
floor and 4 out of 11 hospitals in Rhode
Island receiving the imputed floor.
The Affordable Care Act requires that we
apply one rural floor budget neutrality factor
to the wage index nationally, and the
imputed floor is part of the rural floor budget
neutrality factor applied to the wage index
nationally. We have calculated a proposed
FY 2015 rural floor budget neutrality factor
to be applied to the wage index of 0.989455,
which would reduce wage indexes by 1.1
percent.
Column 7 shows the projected impact of
the proposed rural floor and imputed floor
with the proposed national rural floor budget
neutrality factor applied to the wage index
based on the proposed new OMB labor
market area delineations. The column
compares the proposed post-reclassification
FY 2015 wage index of providers before the
rural floor and imputed floor adjustment and
the proposed post-reclassification FY 2015
wage index of providers with the proposed
rural floor and imputed floor adjustment
based on the proposed new OMB labor
market area delineations. Only urban
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28357
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hospitals can benefit from the rural and
imputed floors. Because the provision is
budget neutral, all other hospitals (that is, all
rural hospitals and those urban hospitals to
which the adjustment is not made) would
experience a decrease in payments due to the
proposed budget neutrality adjustment that is
applied nationally to their wage index.
We estimate that 441 hospitals benefit from
the proposed rural and imputed floors while
the remaining 2,947 IPPS hospitals in our
model have their wage index reduced by the
proposed rural floor budget neutrality
adjustment of 0.989455 (or 1.1 percent). We
project that, in aggregate, rural hospitals
would experience a 0.3 percent decrease in
payments as a result of the application of the
proposed rural floor budget neutrality
because the rural hospitals do not benefit
from the rural floor, but have their wage
indexes downwardly adjusted to ensure that
the application of the rural floor is budget
neutral overall. We project hospitals located
in urban areas would experience no change
in payments because increases in payments
by hospitals benefitting from the rural floor
offset decreases in payments by nonrural
floor urban hospitals whose wage index is
downwardly adjusted by the proposed rural
floor budget neutrality factor. Urban
hospitals in the New England region can
expect a 2.7 percent increase in payments
primarily due to the application of the
proposed rural floor in Massachusetts and
Connecticut. Fifty-one urban providers in
Massachusetts are expected to receive the
proposed rural floor wage index value,
including proposed rural floor budget
neutrality, of 1.3383, increasing payments
overall to Massachusetts by an estimated
$158 million. During most past years, there
have been no IPPS hospitals located in rural
areas in Massachusetts. There was one urban
IPPS hospital that was reclassified to rural
Massachusetts (under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of
the Act) which established the Massachusetts
rural floor, but the wage index resulting from
that hospital’s data was not high enough for
any urban hospital to benefit from the rural
floor policy. However, for the FY 2012 wage
index, the rural floor for Massachusetts was
established by the conversion of a CAH to an
IPPS hospital that is geographically located
in rural Massachusetts. The rural floor in
Massachusetts continues to be set by the
wage index of the hospital in rural
Massachusetts that converted from CAH to
IPPS status. We estimate that Massachusetts
hospitals would receive approximately a 4.9
percent increase in IPPS payments due to the
application of the rural floor in FY 2015.
Urban Puerto Rico hospitals are expected
to experience a 0.0 percent change in
payments as a result of the application of a
proposed Puerto Rico rural floor with the
application of the proposed Puerto Rico rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment. We are
proposing to apply a rural floor budget
neutrality factor to the Puerto Rico-specific
wage index of 0.991359 or ¥0.86 percent.
The Puerto Rico-specific wage index adjusts
the Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount, which represents 25 percent of
payments to Puerto Rico hospitals. The
increases in payments experienced by the
urban Puerto Rico hospitals that benefit from
a rural floor are offset by the decreases in
payments by the nonrural floor urban Puerto
Rico hospitals that have their wage indexes
downwardly adjusted by the proposed rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment. As a
result, overall, urban Puerto Rico hospitals
would experience a 0.0 percent change in
payments due to the application of the
proposed rural floor with rural floor budget
neutrality.
There are 12 hospitals out of the 64
hospitals in New Jersey that benefit from the
extension of the proposed imputed floor and
would receive the proposed imputed floor
wage index value under the new OMB labor
market area delineations, including the
proposed rural floor budget neutrality, of
1.0986 which we estimate would increase
payments to those imputed floor hospitals by
$17 million (the State, overall, would see a
decrease in payments of approximately $5
million due the other hospitals in the State
experiencing decreases in payments due to
the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment).
Four Rhode Island hospitals would benefit
from the proposed imputed rural floor
calculated under the alternative methodology
and receive an additional $3.5 million (the
State, overall, would receive an additional
$1.6 million). One hospital in Delaware
would benefit from the extension of the
proposed imputed floor and would receive
the proposed imputed floor wage index value
under the new OMB labor market area
delineations, and would receive an
additional $25,000 (the State, overall, would
experience a decrease in payments of $2.3
million).
In response to a public comment addressed
in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
FR 51593), we are providing the payment
impact of the proposed rural floor and
imputed floor with budget neutrality at the
State level. Column 1 of the table below
displays the number of IPPS hospitals
located in each State. Column 2 displays the
number of hospitals in each State that would
receive the proposed rural floor or imputed
floor wage index for FY 2015 based on the
proposed new OMB labor market area
delineations. Column 3 displays the
percentage of total payments each State
would receive or contribute to fund the
proposed rural floor and imputed floor with
national budget neutrality based on the
proposed new OMB labor market area
delineations. The column compares the
proposed post-reclassification FY 2015 wage
index of providers before the proposed rural
floor and imputed floor adjustment and the
proposed post-reclassification FY 2015 wage
index of providers with the proposed rural
floor and imputed floor adjustment with the
wage indexes calculated based on the
proposed new OMB labor market area
delineations. Column 4 displays the
estimated payment amount that each State
would gain or lose due to the application of
the proposed rural floor and imputed floor
with national budget neutrality. We will
update our State-by-State rural floor budget
neutrality impact analysis for the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
FY 2015 IPPS PROPOSED ESTIMATED PAYMENTS DUE TO PROPOSED RURAL FLOOR AND IMPUTED FLOOR WITH
NATIONAL BUDGET NEUTRALITY
Number of
hospitals
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Percent change
in payments due
to application of
proposed rural
floor and imputed
floor with budget
neutrality
Difference
(in millions)
(1)
State
Number of
hospitals that
would receive
the proposed
rural floor or
imputed floor
(2)
(3)
(4)
Alabama .......................................................................................................
Alaska ..........................................................................................................
Arizona .........................................................................................................
Arkansas ......................................................................................................
California ......................................................................................................
Colorado ......................................................................................................
Connecticut ..................................................................................................
Delaware ......................................................................................................
Washington, DC ...........................................................................................
Florida ..........................................................................................................
Georgia ........................................................................................................
Hawaii ..........................................................................................................
Idaho ............................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00381
Fmt 4701
91
6
56
45
308
46
31
6
7
168
106
12
14
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
2
4
8
0
184
5
8
1
0
25
0
1
0
15MYP2
¥0.5
1.8
¥0.1
¥0.5
2
¥0.1
¥0.3
¥0.5
¥0.6
¥0.3
¥0.5
¥0.4
¥0.4
¥$8.5
2.6
¥2.3
¥5.4
196.3
¥1.0
¥4.6
¥2.3
¥2.7
¥19.9
¥13.1
¥1.2
¥1.3
28358
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
FY 2015 IPPS PROPOSED ESTIMATED PAYMENTS DUE TO PROPOSED RURAL FLOOR AND IMPUTED FLOOR WITH
NATIONAL BUDGET NEUTRALITY—Continued
Number of
hospitals
Percent change
in payments due
to application of
proposed rural
floor and imputed
floor with budget
neutrality
Difference
(in millions)
(1)
State
Number of
hospitals that
would receive
the proposed
rural floor or
imputed floor
(2)
(3)
(4)
Illinois ...........................................................................................................
Indiana .........................................................................................................
Iowa .............................................................................................................
Kansas .........................................................................................................
Kentucky ......................................................................................................
Louisiana ......................................................................................................
Maine ...........................................................................................................
Massachusetts .............................................................................................
Michigan .......................................................................................................
Minnesota ....................................................................................................
Mississippi ....................................................................................................
Missouri ........................................................................................................
Montana .......................................................................................................
Nebraska ......................................................................................................
Nevada .........................................................................................................
New Hampshire ...........................................................................................
New Jersey ..................................................................................................
New Mexico .................................................................................................
New York .....................................................................................................
North Carolina ..............................................................................................
North Dakota ................................................................................................
Ohio .............................................................................................................
Oklahoma .....................................................................................................
Oregon .........................................................................................................
Pennsylvania ................................................................................................
Puerto Rico ..................................................................................................
Rhode Island ................................................................................................
South Carolina .............................................................................................
South Dakota ...............................................................................................
Tennessee ...................................................................................................
Texas ...........................................................................................................
Utah .............................................................................................................
Vermont .......................................................................................................
Virginia .........................................................................................................
Washington ..................................................................................................
West Virginia ................................................................................................
Wisconsin .....................................................................................................
Wyoming ......................................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
g. Proposed Impact of the New OMB
Delineations (Column 8)
Column 8 shows the effects of the
proposed new OMB labor market area
delineations. This column compares the
payments under the proposed rural and
imputed floor wage index with rural floor
budget neutrality calculated under the new
OMB delineations and the payments under
the proposed rural and imputed floor wage
index with budget neutrality calculated
under the current OMB delineations. It does
not reflect the proposed 3-year transition for
hospitals that are currently located in urban
counties that would become rural under the
new OMB delineations and the 1-year
transition to the new OMB delineations
where the wage indexes are blended such
that hospitals receive 50 percent of their
wage index based on the new OMB
delineations, and 50 percent of their wage
index based on their current labor market
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
127
91
34
53
65
100
20
61
95
51
64
78
12
23
24
13
64
25
163
87
6
134
86
33
154
52
11
55
19
98
322
32
6
79
49
30
65
11
area. Rather, it shows the proposed impact if
the new OMB delineations were to be fully
implemented for FY 2015. Approximately
666 hospitals have their wage index
impacted due to the new OMB delineations.
Urban and rural Middle Atlantic hospitals
would experience the largest decreases in
payments if the new OMB delineations were
fully implemented for FY 2015, with
payment decreases of 0.4 and 0.3 percent,
respectively. Rural New England hospitals
and Lugar hospitals would experience the
largest increases in payments if the new OMB
delineations were fully implemented for FY
2015 with payment increases of 0.4 percent
and 0.6 percent, respectively.
h. Proposed Application of the CBSA
Transition Wage Index With Budget
Neutrality (Column 9)
As discussed earlier in this proposed rule,
for FY 2015, we are proposing to use the
most recent labor market area delineations
PO 00000
Frm 00382
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
0
5
0
0
1
3
0
51
0
0
0
0
4
0
19
9
12
0
0
0
1
11
2
0
10
11
4
12
0
21
13
2
0
1
8
2
1
0
¥0.6
¥0.6
¥0.3
¥0.4
¥0.5
¥0.5
¥0.5
4.9
¥0.6
¥0.6
¥0.5
¥0.5
¥0.3
¥0.5
1.6
0.4
¥0.1
¥0.4
¥0.6
¥0.5
¥0.3
¥0.5
¥0.5
¥0.6
¥0.5
0
0.4
¥0.1
¥0.4
¥0.3
¥0.5
¥0.5
¥0.4
¥0.5
¥0.2
¥0.4
¥0.5
¥0.3
¥28.5
¥13.1
¥3.2
¥4.1
¥7.9
¥7.0
¥2.5
157.8
¥24.1
¥10.4
¥5.5
¥11.7
¥0.9
¥2.8
10.9
1.8
¥5.0
¥1.7
¥48.9
¥16.7
¥0.8
¥17.6
¥5.8
¥5.0
¥22.2
¥0.1
1.6
¥0.9
¥1.2
¥6.0
¥31.9
¥2.3
¥0.8
¥12.4
¥3.0
¥3.3
¥8.8
¥0.4
issued by OMB but are proposing a transition
period in certain circumstances. Specifically,
we are proposing a 3-year transition for
hospitals that are currently located in an
urban county that would become rural under
the new OMB labor market area delineations
under which such hospitals would be
assigned the urban wage index value of the
CBSA in which they are physically located
for FY 2014 for a period of 3 fiscal years (that
is, for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017). We also are
proposing a 1-year blended wage index for all
hospitals that would experience any decrease
in their actual payment wage index (that is,
a hospital’s actual wage index used for
payment, which accounts for all applicable
effects of reclassification and redesignation)
exclusively due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB labor
market area delineations. We are proposing
that a post-reclassified wage index with the
rural and imputed floor applied would be
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
computed based on the hospital’s FY 2014
CBSA (that is, using all of its FY 2014
constituent county/ies), and another postreclassified wage index with the rural and
imputed floor applied would be computed
based on the hospital’s new FY 2015 CBSA
(that is, the FY 2015 constituent county/ies).
We are proposing to compare these two wage
indexes. If the proposed FY 2015 wage index
with FY 2015 CBSAs would be lower than
the proposed FY 2015 wage index with FY
2014 CBSAs, we are proposing that a blended
wage index would be computed, consisting
of 50 percent of each of the two wage indexes
added together. We are proposing that this
blended wage index would be the hospital’s
wage index for FY 2015. This proposed
adjustment would only apply to hospitals
that would experience a drop in their actual
payment wage index exclusively due to the
proposed implementation of the new OMB
labor market area delineations. Hospitals that
benefit from the new OMB labor market area
delineations would receive their new wage
index based on the new OMB labor market
area delineations. We refer readers to section
III.B. of the preamble to this proposed rule
for a complete discussion on the transition
wage indexes. Lastly, we are proposing to
apply both the 3-year transition and 50/50
blended wage index adjustments in a budget
neutral manner. We are proposing to make an
adjustment to the standardized amount to
ensure that the total payments, including the
effect of the transition provisions, would
equal what payments would have been if we
would not be providing for these transitional
wage indexes.
Column 9 shows the effects of the
proposed adoption of the new OMB labor
market area delineations, including the 3year hold harmless provision for hospitals
that are currently located in an urban county
that would become rural under the new OMB
delineations and the proposed 1-year
transition to the new OMB delineations
where the wage indexes are blended such
that hospitals receive 50 percent of their
wage index based on the new OMB
delineations and 50 percent of their wage
index based on their current labor market
area. For FY 2015, we are proposing to apply
both the 3-year transition and 50/50 blended
wage index adjustments in a budget neutral
manner, with a proposed budget neutrality
factor of 0.998856 (or ¥0.1 percent) applied
to the standardized amount to ensure that the
total payments, including the effect of the
transition provisions, would equal what
payments would have been if we would not
be providing for these transitional wage
indexes. This column shows the payment
impact of the proposed transitional wage
index. For columns 1 through 8, the payment
impacts and budget neutrality factors have
been calculated under the new OMB labor
market area delineations. Under the proposed
1-year transition to the new OMB
delineations, hospitals that would have
experienced a decrease in payments if the
new OMB delineations had been fully
implemented this year now would have those
decreases alleviated due to the transition.
Urban Middle Atlantic hospitals would
experience a 0.4 percent increase in
payments due to the proposed application of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the transitional wage index with budget
neutrality, while urban New England, South
Atlantic, East North Central, West North
Central, West South Central, Mountain and
Pacific hospitals would experience a ¥0.1
percent change in payments due to the
proposed transitional budget neutrality
adjustment of ¥0.1 percent applied to the
standard Federal rate.
i. Effects of the Application of the Proposed
Frontier State Wage Index and Out-Migration
Adjustment (Column 8)
This column shows the combined effects of
the application of section 10324(a) of
Affordable Care Act which requires that we
establish a minimum post-reclassified wageindex of 1.00 for all hospitals located in
‘‘frontier States,’’ and the effects of section
1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by section
505 of Public Law 108–173, which provides
for an increase in the wage index for
hospitals located in certain counties that
have a relatively high percentage of hospital
employees who reside in the county, but
work in a different area with a higher wage
index. These two wage index provisions are
not budget neutral and increase payments
overall by 0.1 percent compared to the
provisions not being in effect.
The term ‘‘frontier States’’ is defined in the
statute as States in which at least 50 percent
of counties have a population density less
than 6 persons per square mile. Based on
these criteria, four States (Montana, North
Dakota, South Dakota, and Wyoming) are
considered frontier States and 46 hospitals
located in those States will receive a frontier
wage index of 1.0000. Nevada is also, by
definition, a frontier State and was assigned
a frontier floor value of 1.0000 for FY 2012,
but since then and including in this proposed
rule, its rural floor value has been greater
than 1.0000 so it has not been subject to the
frontier wage index. Overall, this provision is
not budget neutral and is estimated to
increase IPPS operating payments by
approximately $65 million or approximately
0.1 percent. Rural hospitals located in the
Mountain region and urban hospitals located
in the West North Central region would
experience an increase in payments by 0.9
and 0.8 percent, respectively, because many
of the hospitals located in this region are
frontier State hospitals.
In addition, section 1886(d)(13) of the Act,
as added by section 505 of Public Law 108–
173, provides for an increase in the wage
index for hospitals located in certain
counties that have a relatively high
percentage of hospital employees who reside
in the county, but work in a different area
with a higher wage index. Hospitals located
in counties that qualify for the payment
adjustment are to receive an increase in the
wage index that is equal to a weighted
average of the difference between the wage
index of the resident county, postreclassification and the higher wage index
work area(s), weighted by the overall
percentage of workers who are employed in
an area with a higher wage index. There are
an estimated 244 providers that would
receive the proposed out-migration wage
adjustment in FY 2015. Rural hospitals
generally qualify for the adjustment, resulting
in a 0.2 percent increase in payments. This
PO 00000
Frm 00383
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28359
provision appears to benefit rural Middle
Atlantic hospitals most in that they would
experience a 0.2 percent increase in
payments. This out-migration wage
adjustment is also not budget neutral, and we
estimate the impact of these providers
receiving the out-migration increase to be
approximately $47 million.
j. Effects of the Proposed Reductions Under
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program (Column 11)
Column 11 shows our estimates of the
effects of the proposed policies for reductions
in payments under the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program, which was
established under section 3025 of the
Affordable Care Act. The Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program requires a
reduction to a hospital’s base operating DRG
payments to account for excess readmissions,
which for FY 2015, is based on a hospital’s
risk-adjusted readmission rate during a 3year period for five applicable conditions:
acute myocardial infarction, heart failure,
pneumonia, total hip and total knee
arthroplasty and chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease. This provision is not
budget neutral. A hospital’s readmission
adjustment is the higher of a ratio of the
hospital’s aggregate payments for excess
readmissions to their aggregate payments for
all discharges, or a floor, which has been
defined in the statute as 0.97 (or a 3.0 percent
reduction) for FY 2015. A hospital’s base
operating DRG payment (that is, wageadjusted DRG payment amount, as discussed
in section IV.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule) is the portion of the IPPS
payment subject to the readmissions payment
adjustment (DSH, IME, outliers and lowvolume add-on payments are not subject to
the readmissions adjustment). In this
proposed rule, we estimate that 2,623
hospitals would have their base operating
DRG payments reduced by their hospitalspecific readmissions adjustment, an increase
from FY 2014, due to the proposed addition
of new readmissions measures in the
program. As a result, we estimate that the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
would result in a 0.4 percent decrease, or
approximately $422 million, in payments to
hospitals overall for FY 2015 relative to no
provision. We estimate that the Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program would
result in a 0.2 percent decrease in payments
relative to FY 2014.
Rural West South Central hospitals and
hospitals with high Medicare utilization
would experience the highest decreases of
0.8 and 0.7 percent, respectively. Puerto Rico
hospitals would show a 0 percent change in
payments because they are exempt from the
provision.
k. Effects of the Proposed Changes to
Medicare DSH Payments (Column 12)
Column 12 shows the effects of the
proposed adjustments to Medicare DSH
payments made under section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act. Under section 3133,
hospitals that are eligible to receive Medicare
DSH payments will receive 25 percent of the
amount they previously would have received
under the former statutory formula for
Medicare DSH payments. The remainder,
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28360
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
equal to an estimate of 75 percent of what
otherwise formerly would have been paid as
Medicare DSH payments, reduced to reflect
changes in the percentage of individuals
under age 65 who are uninsured and
additional statutory adjustments, is available
to make additional payments to each hospital
that qualifies for Medicare DSH payments.
Each Medicare DSH hospital will receive an
additional payment based on its estimated
share of the total amount of uncompensated
care for all Medicare DSH hospitals. The
reduction to Medicare DSH payments is not
budget neutral.
For FY 2015, we are proposing that the
amount to be distributed on the basis of
uncompensated care, which is 75 percent of
our estimate of what otherwise would have
been paid in Medicare DSH payments (that
is, Factor 1), be adjusted to 80.36 percent of
that amount to reflect changes in the
percentage of individuals under age 65 who
are uninsured and additional statutory
adjustments (that is, Factor 1 multiplied by
Factor 2). For FY 2014, the uncompensated
care payment was 75 percent of what
otherwise would have been paid for
Medicare DSH payment adjustments adjusted
by a Factor 2 of 94.3 percent. Assuming DSH
payments are constant, the proposed FY 2015
uncompensated care amount is
approximately 10 percentage points less than
the uncompensated care amount that we
distributed for FY 2014. As a result, we
project that compared to the empirically
justified DSH payments and the
uncompensated care payments made last
year payments for FY 2015 would be reduced
overall by 1.0 percent as compared to
Medicare DSH payments made last year
under the first year of the implementation of
section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act. The
proposed uncompensated care payment
methodology has redistributive effects based
on a Medicare DSH hospital’s low income
insured patient days (sum of Medicaid
patient days and Medicare SSI patient days)
relative to the Medicaid patient days and
Medicare SSI patient days for Medicare DSH
hospitals, and the payment amount is not
tied to a hospital’s discharges.
Urban Pacific hospitals would experience
no change in DSH and uncompensated care
payments relative to last year. Hospitals with
low Medicare utilization (Medicare days are
less than 25 percent of total inpatient day)
would experience the largest decreases in
payments compared to last year of ¥2.3
percent.
l. Effects of the Proposed Reductions Under
the HAC Reduction Program (Column 13)
Column 13 shows the estimated effects of
the proposed policies for reductions in
payments under the HAC Reduction
Program, established under section 3008 of
the Affordable Care Act. Section 1886(p) of
the Act, as added under section 3008(a) of
the Affordable Care Act, establishes an
adjustment to hospital payments for HACs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
effective for discharges beginning on October
1, 2014, and for subsequent program years.
Beginning in FY 2015, hospitals scoring in
the top quartile for the rate of HAC rate as
compared to the national average will have
their IPPS payments reduced by 1 percent for
all discharges in that Federal fiscal year. We
estimate that, under this proposal, 753
hospitals would be subject to the 1-percent
reduction, and that overall payments would
decrease approximately 0.3 percent or $330
million.
Government hospitals and teaching
hospitals with more than 100 residents
would experience the biggest decrease in
payments under the HAC Reduction Program
of ¥0.5 percent. Twenty-six percent of the
government hospitals are estimated to be
subject to the HAC reduction, while 53
percent of teaching hospitals with more than
100 residents are estimated to be subject to
the HAC reduction for FY 2015. Puerto Rico
hospitals are not included in the HAC
Reduction Program; therefore, those hospitals
would not experience a change in payments.
m. Effects of All Proposed FY 2015 Changes
(Column 14)
Column 14 shows our estimate of the
changes in payments per discharge from FY
2014 and FY 2015, resulting from all
proposed changes reflected in this proposed
rule for FY 2015. It includes combined effects
of the previous columns in the table.
The proposed average decrease in
payments under the IPPS for all hospitals is
approximately 0.8 percent for FY 2015
relative to FY 2014. As discussed in section
II.D. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
this column includes the proposed FY 2015
documentation and coding recoupment
adjustment of -0.8 percent on the national
standardized amount as part of the
recoupment required under section 631 of
the ATRA. In addition, this column includes
the proposed annual hospital update of 2.1
percent to the national standardized amount.
This proposed annual hospital update
includes the proposed 2.7 percent market
basket update, the proposed reduction of 0.4
percentage point for the multifactor
productivity adjustment, and the 0.2
percentage point reduction under section
3401 of the Affordable Care Act. As described
in Column 2, the proposed annual hospital
update combined with the proposed
documentation and coding recoupment
adjustment would result in a 1.3 percent
increase in payments in FY 2015 relative to
FY 2014. Column 11 shows the estimated 0.4
percent decrease in payments due to the
proposed reductions in payments under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program,
which reduces a hospital’s base operating
DRG payments by a readmission adjustment
factor based on a hospital’s performance on
readmissions for specified conditions, which
is an additional 0.2 percent decrease in
payments under the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program relative to FY 2014.
PO 00000
Frm 00384
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Column 12 shows the estimated 1.0 percent
decrease in Medicare DSH payments due to
the changes made under section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act, which reduces Medicare
DSH payments by 75 percent and
redistributes the remainder, equal to an
estimate of 75 percent of what otherwise
would have been paid as Medicare DSH
payments, reduced to reflect changes in the
percentage of individuals under age 65 who
are uninsured, to each hospital that qualifies
for Medicare DSH payments as an
uncompensated care payment based on the
hospital’s relative share of the total amount
of uncompensated care. Column 13 shows
the impact of the implementation of the HAC
Reduction Program which would reduce
payments by 0.3 percent overall. The impact
of moving from our estimate of FY 2014
outlier payments, 5.79 percent, to the
estimate of FY 2015 outlier payments, 5.1
percent, would result in a decrease of 0.7
percent in FY 2015 payments relative to FY
2014. Lastly, this column reflects the
extension of MDH payment status for the first
half of FY 2015, under Public Law 113–93,
enacted on April 1, 2014. There also might
be interactive effects among the various
factors comprising the payment system that
we are not able to isolate. For these reasons,
the values in Column 14 may not equal the
sum of the estimated percentage changes
described above.
Overall payments to hospitals paid under
the IPPS are estimated to decrease by 0.8
percent for FY 2015. Much of the payment
changes among the hospital categories is
attributed to the proposed reduction in
Medicare DSH payments and the
redistribution of a portion of the Medicare
DSH payments as an additional payment for
hospitals’ relative uncompensated care
amounts. Hospitals in urban areas would
experience a 0.9 percent decrease in
payments per discharge in FY 2015
compared to FY 2014. Hospital payments per
discharge in rural areas are estimated to
decrease by 0.2 percent in FY 2015 due to
lesser reductions in Medicare DSH and
estimated outlier payments.
3. Impact Analysis of Table II
Table II presents the projected impact of
the proposed changes for FY 2015 for urban
and rural hospitals and for the different
categories of hospitals shown in Table I. It
compares the estimated average payments
per discharge for FY 2014 with the average
payments per discharge for FY 2015, as
calculated under our models. Therefore, this
table presents, in terms of the average dollar
amounts paid per discharge, the combined
effects of the proposed changes presented in
Table I. The estimated percentage changes
shown in the last column of Table II equal
the estimated percentage changes in average
payments per discharge from Column 14 of
Table I.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28361
TABLE II—IMPACT ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED CHANGES FOR FY 2015 ACUTE CARE HOSPITAL OPERATING PROSPECTIVE
PAYMENT SYSTEM
[Payments per discharge]
Proposed
estimated average
FY 2015
payment per
discharge
All
proposed
FY 2015
changes
(1)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Number of
hospitals
Estimated
average
FY 2014
payment per
discharge
(2)
(3)
(4)
All Hospitals .....................................................................................................
By Geographic Location:
Urban hospitals .........................................................................................
Large urban areas ....................................................................................
Other urban areas ....................................................................................
Rural hospitals ..........................................................................................
Bed Size (Urban):
0–99 beds .................................................................................................
100–199 beds ...........................................................................................
200–299 beds ...........................................................................................
300–499 beds ...........................................................................................
500 or more beds .....................................................................................
Bed Size (Rural):
0–49 beds .................................................................................................
50–99 beds ...............................................................................................
100–149 beds ...........................................................................................
150–199 beds ...........................................................................................
200 or more beds .....................................................................................
Urban by Region:
New England ............................................................................................
Middle Atlantic ..........................................................................................
South Atlantic ...........................................................................................
East North Central ....................................................................................
East South Central ...................................................................................
West North Central ...................................................................................
West South Central ..................................................................................
Mountain ...................................................................................................
Pacific .......................................................................................................
Puerto Rico ...............................................................................................
Rural by Region:
New England ............................................................................................
Middle Atlantic ..........................................................................................
South Atlantic ...........................................................................................
East North Central ....................................................................................
East South Central ...................................................................................
West North Central ...................................................................................
West South Central ..................................................................................
Mountain ...................................................................................................
Pacific .......................................................................................................
By Payment Classification:
Urban hospitals .........................................................................................
Large urban areas ....................................................................................
Other urban areas ....................................................................................
Rural areas ...............................................................................................
Teaching Status:
Nonteaching ..............................................................................................
Fewer than 100 residents .........................................................................
100 or more residents ..............................................................................
Urban DSH:
Non-DSH ..................................................................................................
100 or more beds .....................................................................................
Less than 100 beds ..................................................................................
Rural DSH:
SCH ..........................................................................................................
RRC ..........................................................................................................
100 or more beds .....................................................................................
Less than 100 beds ..................................................................................
Urban teaching and DSH:
Both teaching and DSH ............................................................................
Teaching and no DSH ..............................................................................
No teaching and DSH ..............................................................................
No teaching and no DSH .........................................................................
Special Hospital Types:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00385
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
3,388
11,237
11,146
¥0.8
2,542
1,395
1,147
846
11,629
12,398
10,696
8,089
11,529
12,285
10,611
8,073
¥0.9
¥0.9
¥0.8
¥0.2
655
788
469
417
213
9,026
9,728
10,517
11,998
14,330
8,980
9,654
10,466
11,896
14,157
¥0.5
¥0.8
¥0.5
¥0.9
¥1.2
325
298
136
50
37
6,614
7,599
7,951
8,898
9,850
6,562
7,523
7,976
8,891
9,913
¥0.8
¥1
0.3
¥0.1
0.6
120
324
406
397
153
162
385
159
384
52
12,805
12,927
10,454
10,856
10,086
11,373
10,670
11,891
14,704
8,194
12,699
12,855
10,339
10,748
9,935
11,321
10,522
11,797
14,673
7,606
¥0.8
¥0.6
¥1.1
¥1
¥1.5
¥0.5
¥1.4
¥0.8
¥0.2
¥7.2
22
57
132
115
165
102
168
61
24
11,024
8,118
7,714
8,263
7,483
8,626
7,064
9,111
10,697
11,000
8,070
7,666
8,315
7,397
8,729
6,931
9,245
10,952
¥0.2
¥0.6
¥0.6
0.6
¥1.1
1.2
¥1.9
1.5
2.4
2,558
1,408
1,150
830
11,615
12,387
10,669
8,270
11,513
12,273
10,582
8,270
¥0.9
¥0.9
¥0.8
0
2,352
792
244
9,312
10,966
16,538
9,262
10,891
16,317
¥0.5
¥0.7
¥1.3
682
1,591
366
9,870
12,067
8,354
9,899
11,939
8,247
0.3
¥1.1
¥1.3
388
212
24
125
7,587
9,035
7,422
6,339
7,597
9,057
7,323
6,261
0.1
0.2
¥1.3
¥1.2
842
133
1,115
468
13,293
11,107
9,774
9,287
13,137
11,166
9,692
9,308
¥1.2
0.5
¥0.8
0.2
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28362
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
TABLE II—IMPACT ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED CHANGES FOR FY 2015 ACUTE CARE HOSPITAL OPERATING PROSPECTIVE
PAYMENT SYSTEM—Continued
[Payments per discharge]
Number of
hospitals
Estimated
average
FY 2014
payment per
discharge
Proposed
estimated average
FY 2015
payment per
discharge
All
proposed
FY 2015
changes
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
RRC ..........................................................................................................
SCH ..........................................................................................................
MDH ..........................................................................................................
SCH and RRC ..........................................................................................
MDH and RRC ..........................................................................................
Type of Ownership:
Voluntary ...................................................................................................
Proprietary ................................................................................................
Government ..............................................................................................
Medicare Utilization as a Percent of Inpatient Days:
0–25 ..........................................................................................................
25–50 ........................................................................................................
50–65 ........................................................................................................
Over 65 .....................................................................................................
FY 2015 Reclassifications by the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board:
All Reclassified Hospitals .........................................................................
Non-Reclassified Hospitals .......................................................................
Urban Hospitals Reclassified ....................................................................
Urban Nonreclassified Hospitals, FY 2015 ......................................................
All Rural Hospitals Reclassified FY 2015 ........................................................
Rural Nonreclassified Hospitals FY 2015 ........................................................
All Section 401 Reclassified Hospitals ............................................................
Other Reclassified Hospitals (Section 1886(d)(8)(B)) ..............................
Specialty Hospitals:
Cardiac Specialty Hospitals ......................................................................
H. Effects of Other Proposed Policy Changes
In addition to those proposed policy
changes discussed above that we are able to
model using our IPPS payment simulation
model, we are proposing to make various
other changes in this proposed rule.
Generally, we have limited or no specific
data available with which to estimate the
impacts of these proposed changes. Our
estimates of the likely impacts associated
with these other proposed changes are
discussed below.
1. Effects of Proposed Policy on MS–DRGs for
Preventable HACs, Including Infections
In section II.F. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our
implementation of section 1886(d)(4)(D) of
the Act, which requires the Secretary to
identify conditions that are: (1) High cost,
high volume, or both; (2) result in the
assignment of a case to an MS–DRG that has
a higher payment when present as a
secondary diagnosis; and (3) could
reasonably have been prevented through
application of evidence-based guidelines. For
discharges occurring on or after October 1,
2008, hospitals will not receive additional
payment for cases in which one of the
selected conditions was not present on
admission, unless, based on data and clinical
judgment, it cannot be determined at the time
of admission whether a condition is present.
That is, the case will be paid as though the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
22:06 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
208
324
154
124
11
9,507
8,856
6,800
9,933
8,122
9,413
9,035
6,485
10,149
7,641
¥1
2
¥4.6
2.2
¥5.9
1,925
883
540
11,370
10,009
12,259
11,296
9,930
12,058
¥0.7
¥0.8
¥1.6
445
2,004
718
131
15,819
11,358
9,019
7,424
15,431
11,281
9,005
7,317
¥2.5
¥0.7
¥0.1
¥1.4
804
2,584
533
1,965
271
511
48
66
10,955
11,344
11,600
11,664
8,572
7,511
9,810
7,724
10,894
11,242
11,518
11,557
8,589
7,483
9,825
7,543
¥0.6
¥0.9
¥0.7
¥0.9
0.2
¥0.4
0.2
¥2.3
15
12,351
12,561
1.7
secondary diagnosis were not present.
However, the statute also requires the
Secretary to continue counting the condition
as a secondary diagnosis that results in a
higher IPPS payment when doing the budget
neutrality calculations for MS–DRG
reclassifications and recalibration. Therefore,
we will perform our budget neutrality
calculations as though the payment provision
did not apply, but Medicare will make a
lower payment to the hospital for the specific
case that includes the secondary diagnosis.
Thus, the provision results in cost savings to
the Medicare program.
We note that the provision will only apply
when one or more of the selected conditions
are the only secondary diagnosis or diagnoses
present on the claim that will lead to higher
payment. Medicare beneficiaries will
generally have multiple secondary diagnoses
during a hospital stay, such that beneficiaries
having one MCC or CC will frequently have
additional conditions that also will generate
higher payment. Only a small percentage of
the cases will have only one secondary
diagnosis that would lead to a higher
payment. Therefore, if at least one
nonselected secondary diagnosis that leads to
higher payment is on the claim, the case will
continue to be assigned to the higher paying
MS–DRG and there will be no Medicare
savings from that case. In addition, as
discussed in section II.F.3. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, it is possible to have two
PO 00000
Frm 00386
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
severity levels where the HAC does not affect
the MS–DRG assignment or for an MS–DRG
not to have severity levels. In either of these
circumstances, the case will continue to be
assigned to the higher paying MS–DRG and
there will be no Medicare savings from that
case.
The HAC payment provision went into
effect on October 1, 2008. Our savings
estimates for the next 5 fiscal years are
shown below:
Year
FY
FY
FY
FY
FY
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
Savings
(in millions)
$28
30
33
36
38
In section IV.J. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing changes to
the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2015. We
refer readers to section I.H.6. of this
Appendix A for a discussion of the impact
of these proposed changes.
2. Effects of Proposed Policy Relating to New
Medical Service and Technology Add-On
Payments
In section II.I. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, we discuss the six
applications for add-on payments for new
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
medical services and technologies for FY
2015, as well as the status of the new
technologies that were approved to receive
new technology add-on payments in FY
2014. As explained in the preamble to this
proposed rule, add-on payments for new
medical services and technologies under
section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act are not
required to be budget neutral. As discussed
in section II.I.4. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we have not yet determined
whether any of the six applications we
received for consideration for new
technology add-on payments for FY 2015
will meet the specified criteria.
Consequently, it is premature to estimate the
potential payment impact of these six
applications for any potential new
technology add-on payments for FY 2015. We
note that if any of the six applications are
found to be eligible for new technology addon payments for FY 2015, in the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we would discuss
the estimated payment impact for FY 2015.
In the preamble of this proposed rule, we
are proposing to discontinue new technology
add-on payments for DIFICIDTM for FY 2015
because the technology will have been on the
U.S. market for 3 years. We also are
proposing to continue making new
technology add-on payments for Voraxaze®,
the Zenith® F.Graft, KcentraTM, the Argus® II
Retinal Prosthesis System, and Zilver® PTX®
Drug Eluting Peripheral Stent in FY 2015
because these technologies are still
considered new. We note that new
technology add-on payments per case are
limited to the lesser of (1) 50 percent of the
costs of the new technology or (2) 50 percent
of the amount by which the costs of the case
exceed the standard MS–DRG payment for
the case. Because it is difficult to predict the
actual new technology add-on payment for
each case, our estimates below are based on
the increase in add-on payments for FY 2015
as if every claim that would qualify for a new
technology add-on payment would receive
the maximum add-on payment. For
Voraxaze®, based on the applicant’s estimate
from FY 2013, we currently estimate that
new technology add-on payments for
Voraxaze® will increase overall FY 2015
payments by $6,300,000. For the Zenith® F.
Graft, based on the applicant’s estimate from
FY 2013, we currently estimate that new
technology add-on payments for the Zenith®
F. Graft will increase overall FY 2014
payments by $4,085,750. For KcentraTM,
based on the applicant’s estimate from FY
2014, we currently estimate that new
technology add-on payments for KcentraTM
will increase overall FY 2015 payments by
$5,449,888. For the Argus® II Retinal
Prosthesis System, based on the applicant’s
estimate from FY 2014, we currently estimate
that new technology add-on payments for the
Argus® II Retinal Prosthesis System will
increase overall FY 2015 payments by
$3,601,437. For the Zilver® PTX® Drug
Eluting Peripheral Stent, based on the
applicant’s estimate from FY 2014, we
currently estimate that new technology addon payments for the Zilver® PTX® Drug
Eluting Peripheral Stent will increase overall
FY 2015 payments by $20,463,000.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
3. Effects of Proposed Changes to List of MS–
DRGs Subject to Postacute Care Transfer and
DRG Special Pay Policy
In section IV.A. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss proposed changes
to the list of MS–DRGs subject to the
postacute care transfer and DRG special
payment policies. As reflected in Table 5
listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule and available via the Internet
on the CMS Web site, using criteria set forth
in regulation at § 412.4, we evaluated MS–
DRG charge, discharge, and transfer data to
determine which MS–DRGs qualify for the
postacute care transfer and DRG special pay
policies. We note that we are making no
proposal to change these payment policies in
this FY 2015 proposed rule. We are
proposing to change the status of certain MS–
DRGs as a result of proposals to revise the
MS–DRGs for FY 2015. We are proposing to
change the status of five MS–DRGs to qualify
for the postacute care transfer policy in FY
2015. One additional MS–DRG that qualified
under the policy in FY 2014 does not qualify
in FY 2015, and we are proposing to change
the status accordingly. Finally, five MS–
DRGs now qualify for the MS–DRG special
pay policy in FY 2015 after not qualifying in
FY 2014, and we are proposing to add them
to the list of qualifying MS–DRGs. Column 4
of Table I in this Appendix A shows the
effects of the proposed changes to the MS–
DRGs and relative payment weights with the
application of the recalibration budget
neutrality factor to the standardized amounts.
Section 1886(d)(4)(C)(i) of the Act requires us
annually to make appropriate classification
changes in order to reflect changes in
treatment patterns, technology, and any other
factors that may change the relative use of
hospital resources. The analysis and methods
determining the proposed changes due to the
MS–DRGs and relative payment weights
accounts for and includes changes in MS–
DRG postacute care transfer and special pay
policy statuses. We refer readers to section
I.G. of this Appendix for a more detailed
discussion of payment impacts due to MS–
DRG reclassification policies.
4. Effects of the Proposed Payment
Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals for FY
2015
In section V.D. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, we discuss the provisions of
the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93) that extends for an
additional year, through March 31, 2015, the
temporary changes to the low-volume
hospital definition and the methodology for
determining the payment adjustment made
by the Affordable Care Act for FYs 2011 and
2012, and extended through FY 2013 by the
ATRA, and the first half of FY 2014 by the
Pathway for SGR Reform Act (Pub. L. 113–
67). Therefore, to qualify for the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1, 2015
under section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, a
hospital must have less than 1,600 Medicare
discharges and be located more than 15 miles
from other IPPS hospitals. The payment
adjustment for eligible low-volume hospital
FY 2015 discharges occurring before April 1,
2015 is a continuous, linear sliding scale
PO 00000
Frm 00387
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28363
adjustment ranging from an additional 25
percent payment adjustment to qualifying
hospitals with 200 or fewer Medicare
discharges to no additional payment to
hospitals with 1,600 or more Medicare
discharges.
Beginning with FY 2015 discharges
occurring on or after April 1, 2015, in
accordance with section 1886(d)(12) of the
Act, the low-volume hospital definition and
payment adjustment methodology revert back
to the statutory requirements that were in
effect prior to the amendments made by the
Affordable Care Act as amended by
subsequent legislation. Therefore, effective
for FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after
April 1, 2015 and subsequent years, in order
to qualify as a low-volume hospital, a
subsection (d) hospital must be more than 25
road miles from another subsection (d)
hospital and have less than 200 discharges
(that is, less than 200 discharges total,
including both Medicare and non-Medicare
discharges) during the fiscal year.
Based on FY 2013 claims data (December
2013 update of the MedPAR file), we
estimate that approximately 600 hospitals
will qualify as a low-volume hospital in FY
2014 and in FY 2015 for discharges occurring
before April 1, 2015. With the statutory
changes to the low-volume hospital payment
adjustment, for FY 2015 discharges occurring
on or after April 1, 2015, we estimate only
approximately six hospitals will continue to
qualify as a low-volume hospital. We project
that the expiration of the temporary changes
to the low-volume hospital definition and the
payment adjustment methodology originally
made by the Affordable Care Act and
extended by subsequent legislation will
result in a decrease in payments of
approximately $343 million in FY 2015 as
compared to the low-volume hospital
payments in FY 2014. This estimate accounts
for our projection of the six IPPS low-volume
hospitals in FY 2014 that are expected to
continue to receive a low-volume hospital
payment adjustment of an additional 25
percent for FY 2015 discharges occurring on
or after April 1, 2015.
5. Effects of Proposal Related to IME
Medicare Part C Add-On Payments to SCHs
Paid According to Their Hospital-Specific
Rates
In section IV.E.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposal
related to IME Medicare Part C add-on
payments to SCHs that are paid according to
their hospital-specific rates. Payments based
on the Federal rate are based on the IPPS
standardized amount and include all
applicable IPPS add-on payments, such as
outliers, DSH, and IME, while payments
based on the hospital-specific rate include no
add-on payments. The hospital-specific rate
generally reflects the additional costs
incurred by a teaching hospital for its
Medicare Part A patients. However, the
hospital-specific rate does not reflect the
costs associated with Medicare Part C
patients and there is no payment mechanism
for SCHs paid based on their hospitalspecific rate to receive the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patients.
Accordingly, we are proposing to provide all
SCHs that are subsection (d) teaching
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28364
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
hospitals, IME add-on payments for
applicable discharges of Medicare Part C
patients in accordance with section
1886(d)(11) of the Act, regardless of whether
the SCH is paid based on the Federal rate or
its hospital-specific rate; and that, for
purposes of the comparison of payments
based on the Federal rate and payments
based on the hospital-specific rate under
section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, IME
payments under section 1886(d)(11) of the
Act for Medicare Part C patients will no
longer be included as part of the Federal rate
payment.
We estimate that the proposals at section
IV.E.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule
will result in an increase in payments to
approximately 50 hospitals that are both
SCHs or SCH/RRCs and teaching hospitals of
approximately $5 million in FY 2015.
6. Effects of the Extension of the MDH
Program for the First Half of FY 2015
In section V.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we briefly discuss the
statutory extension of the MDH program
through March 31, 2015, that is, through the
first half of FY 2015, by section 106 of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014
(Pub. L. 113–93). Hospitals that qualify as
MDHs receive the higher of operating IPPS
payments made under the Federal
standardized amount or the payments made
under the Federal standardized amount plus
75 percent of the amount by which the
hospital-specific rate (a hospital-specific
cost-based rate) exceeds the Federal
standardized amount. Based on the latest
available data we have for 165 MDHs, we
project that 98 MDHs will receive the
blended payment (that is, the Federal
standardized amount plus 75 percent of the
amount by which the hospital-specific rate
exceeds the Federal standardized amount) for
the first half of FY 2015 (that is, for
discharges occurring through March 31,
2015). We estimate that those hospitals will
experience an overall increase in payments of
approximately $56 million as compared to
our previous estimates of payments to these
hospitals for FY 2015 prior to the extension
of the MDH program through March 31, 2015,
by section 106 of Public Law 113–93.
7. Effects of Proposed Changes Under the FY
2015 Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP)
Program
Section 1886(o)(1)(B) of the Act directs the
Secretary to make value-based incentive
payments under the Hospital VBP Program to
hospitals that meet performance standards
during the performance period for discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2012. These
incentive payments will be funded for FY
2015 through a reduction to the FY 2015 base
operating DRG payment for each discharge of
1.50 percent, as required by section
1886(o)(7)(B) of the Act. The applicable
percentage for FY 2016 is 1.75 percent and
for FY 2017 and subsequent years, it is 2
percent. We are required to ensure that the
total amount available for value-based
incentive payments is equal to the total
amount of reduced payments for all hospitals
for the fiscal year, as estimated by the
Secretary.
We refer readers to the Hospital Inpatient
VBP Program final rule (76 FR 26490 through
26547), the CY 2012 OPPS/ASC final rule
with comment period (76 FR 74527 through
74547), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53567 through 53614), the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50677
through 50707), and the CY 2014 OPPS/ASC
final rule with comment period (78 FR 75120
through 75121) for further explanation of the
details of the Hospital VBP Program.
We specifically refer readers to the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53582
through 53592) and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50678 through 50679),
for discussions of the measures and other
policies that we adopted for the FY 2015 and
FY 2016 Hospital VBP Programs.
In section IV.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we estimate the available pool
of funds for value-based incentive payments
in the FY 2015 Hospital VBP Program,
which, in accordance with section
1886(o)(7)(C)(iii) of the Act, will be 1.50
percent of base operating DRG payments, or
a total of approximately $1.4 billion. This
estimated available pool for FY 2015 is based
on the historical pool of hospitals that were
eligible to participate in the FY 2014 Hospital
VBP Program and the payment information
from the December 2013 update to the FY
2013 MedPAR file. We intend to provide an
update to this estimate, which will be based
on the March 2014 update to the FY 2013
MedPAR file, in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule.
The estimated impacts of the FY 2015
Hospital VBP Program by hospital
characteristic, found in the table below, are
based on historical TPSs. We used the FY
2014 Hospital VBP Program TPSs to calculate
the proxy adjustment factors used for this
impact analysis. These are the most recently
available scores that hospitals were given an
opportunity to review and correct. The proxy
adjustment factors use estimated annual base
operating DRG payment amounts derived
from the December 2013 update to the FY
2013 MedPAR file. The proxy adjustment
factors can be found in Table 16 associated
with this proposed rule (available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site).
The impact analysis shows that, for the FY
2015 Hospital VBP Program, the number of
hospitals that would receive an increase in
base operating DRG payment amount is
slightly lower than the number of hospitals
that would receive a decrease.
Approximately 42 percent of hospitals would
have a change in base operating DRG
payment amount that is between ¥0.2
percent and + 0.2 percent. Among urban
hospitals, those in the New England, South
Atlantic, East North Central, West North
Central, and West South Central regions
would have an increase, on average, in base
operating DRG payment amount, and among
rural hospitals, those in the New England
and East North Central regions will have an
increase, on average in base operating DRG
payment amounts.
Both urban and rural hospitals in the
Middle Atlantic, East South Central,
Mountain, and Pacific regions and rural
hospitals in the South Atlantic region would
receive an average decrease in base operating
DRG payment amount. As the percent of DSH
payments increases, we see a decrease in
base operating DRG payment amount, while
as the Medicare utilization (MCR) percent
increases, we see an increase in base
operating DRG payment amount.
Nonteaching and teaching hospitals would
have an average decrease in base operating
DRG payment amount.
IMPACT ANALYSIS OF BASE OPERATING DRG PAYMENT AMOUNT CHANGES RESULTING FROM THE FY 2015 HOSPITAL
VBP PROGRAM
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Number of
hospitals
By Geographic Location:
All Hospitals ......................................................................................................................................................
Large Urban ..............................................................................................................................................
Other Urban ...............................................................................................................................................
Rural Area .................................................................................................................................................
Urban hospitals .................................................................................................................................................
0–99 beds ..................................................................................................................................................
100–199 beds ............................................................................................................................................
200–299 beds ............................................................................................................................................
300–499 beds ............................................................................................................................................
500 or more beds ......................................................................................................................................
Rural hospitals ..................................................................................................................................................
0–49 beds ..................................................................................................................................................
50–99 beds ................................................................................................................................................
100–149 beds ............................................................................................................................................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00388
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
2,728
1,113
910
705
2,023
307
677
431
401
207
705
161
296
148
Average
(%)
¥0.038
¥0.021
¥0.030
¥0.074
¥0.025
0.025
¥0.043
¥0.032
¥0.033
¥0.010
¥0.074
¥0.041
¥0.088
¥0.074
28365
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
IMPACT ANALYSIS OF BASE OPERATING DRG PAYMENT AMOUNT CHANGES RESULTING FROM THE FY 2015 HOSPITAL
VBP PROGRAM—Continued
Number of
hospitals
150–199 beds ............................................................................................................................................
200 or more beds ......................................................................................................................................
By Region:
Urban By Region ..............................................................................................................................................
New England .............................................................................................................................................
Middle Atlantic ...........................................................................................................................................
South Atlantic ............................................................................................................................................
East North Central .....................................................................................................................................
East South Central ....................................................................................................................................
West North Central ....................................................................................................................................
West South Central ...................................................................................................................................
Mountain ....................................................................................................................................................
Pacific ........................................................................................................................................................
Rural By Region ...............................................................................................................................................
New England .............................................................................................................................................
Middle Atlantic ...........................................................................................................................................
South Atlantic ............................................................................................................................................
East North Central .....................................................................................................................................
East South Central ....................................................................................................................................
West North Central ....................................................................................................................................
West South Central ...................................................................................................................................
Mountain ....................................................................................................................................................
Pacific ........................................................................................................................................................
By MCR Percent:
0–25 ..................................................................................................................................................................
25–50 ................................................................................................................................................................
50–65 ................................................................................................................................................................
Over 65 .............................................................................................................................................................
BY DSH Percent:
0–25 ..................................................................................................................................................................
25–50 ................................................................................................................................................................
50–65 ................................................................................................................................................................
Over 65 .............................................................................................................................................................
BY TEACHING STATUS:
Teaching ...........................................................................................................................................................
Non-Teaching ...................................................................................................................................................
As stated above, we intend to provide an
updated impact analysis in the FY 2015
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. However, actual
FY 2015 Hospital VBP Program TPSs would
not be reviewed and corrected by hospitals
until after the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule has been published. Therefore, the same
historical universe of eligible hospitals and
corresponding TPSs from the FY 2014
Hospital VBP Program will be used for the
updated impact analysis. As noted above, the
updated impact analysis for the final rule
will reflect estimated annual base operating
DRG payment amount changes based on the
March 2014 update to the FY 2013 MedPAR
file.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
8. Effects of Proposed Changes to the HAC
Reduction Program for FY 2015
In section IV.J. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are establishing measures,
scoring, and a risk adjustment methodology
to implement the FY 2015 payment reduction
under the HAC Reduction Program. Section
1886(p) of the Act, as added under section
3008(a) of the Affordable Care Act,
establishes an adjustment to hospital
payments for HACs, or a HAC Reduction
program, under which payments to
applicable hospitals are adjusted to provide
an incentive to reduce HACs, effective for
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
discharges occurring on October 1, 2014 and
for subsequent program years.
We note that hospitals will have a payment
impact for the first time in FY 2015. For FY
2015, we are presenting the overall impact of
the HAC Reduction Program provision along
with other IPPS payment provision impacts
in section I.G. of this Appendix A. The table
and analyses that we are presenting below
show the distributional effect of the measures
and scoring system for the HAC Reduction
Program included in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (78 FR 50707 through 50729).
For FY 2015, we note that we finalized a
Total HAC Score methodology in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50707
through 50729) that assigns weights for
Domain 1 and Domain 2 at 35 percent and
65 percent, respectively. Based on this
methodology, the table below presents data
on the proportion of hospitals, by structural
characteristic, in the worst performing
quartile based on the 35/65 weighting
scheme.
The data for this simulation are derived
from the AHRQ PSI results based on
Medicare FFS discharges from July 2011
through June 2013, using version 4.5 of the
AHRQ software, and CDC measure results
were used based on Standard Infection Ratios
(SIRs) calculated with data reported to the
PO 00000
Frm 00389
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Average
(%)
55
45
¥0.106
¥0.067
2,023
112
279
346
350
121
134
248
130
303
705
21
64
136
114
114
82
101
45
28
¥0.025
0.059
¥0.076
0.002
0.052
¥0.043
0.055
0.003
¥0.085
¥0.154
¥0.074
0.044
¥0.150
¥0.024
0.036
¥0.018
¥0.052
¥0.177
¥0.299
¥0.247
260
1,788
605
46
¥0.118
¥0.033
¥0.016
0.003
1,253
1,220
141
114
0.013
¥0.063
¥0.121
¥0.222
933
1,795
¥0.041
¥0.036
National Healthcare Safety Network for
infections occurring between July 2012 and
June 2013. To analyze the results by hospital
characteristic, the FY 2014 impact file were
used. Of the 3,337 hospitals included in this
analysis, 3,298 hospitals were included for
geographic location, region, DSH percent,
and teaching status; 3,278 for ownership; and
3,205 for MCR percent. These differences in
denominator are due to the source of the
hospital characteristic data. This analysis
does not include Maryland hospitals as
Maryland hospitals are exempt by waiver
from the HAC Reduction Program in FY
2015.
The percentage of hospitals for each
characteristic (column 3) indicates the
percent of hospitals in each level of
characteristic. For example, with regard to
geographic region, 39.4 percent of hospitals
(or 1,301 hospitals) are characterized as large
urban; 32.7 percent of hospitals (or 1,080
hospitals) are characterized as other urban;
and 27.8 percent of hospitals (or 917
hospitals) are characterized as rural. The
percentage of hospitals in the worst
performing quartile (column 5) indicates the
proportion of hospitals for each characteristic
that would be penalized. For example, in
regards to geographic location, 26.6 percent
of hospitals (or 346 hospitals) characterized
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28366
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
as large urban would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 22.8 percent of hospitals (or 246
hospitals) characterized as other urban would
be subject to a payment adjustment; and 17.6
percent of hospitals (or 161 hospitals)
characterized as rural would be subject to a
payment adjustment.
With regard to geographic location of urban
hospitals by bed size, 17.3 percent of
hospitals (or 101 hospitals) characterized as
urban hospitals with bed size of 0–99 beds
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
21.1 percent of hospitals (or 152 hospitals)
characterized as urban hospitals with bed
size of 100–199 beds would be subject to a
payment adjustment; 27.1 percent of
hospitals (or 122 hospitals) characterized as
urban hospitals with bed size of 200–299
beds would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 27.1 percent of hospitals (or 71
hospitals) characterized as urban hospitals
with bed size of 300–399 beds would be
subject to a payment adjustment; 37.7
percent of hospitals (or 58 hospitals)
characterized as urban hospitals with bed
size of 400–499 beds would be subject to a
payment adjustment; and 41.7 percent of
hospitals (or 88 hospitals) characterized as
urban hospitals with bed size of 500 or more
beds would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
With regard to geographical location of
rural hospitals by bed size, 15.5 percent of
hospitals (or 53 hospitals) characterized as
rural hospitals with bed size of 0–49 beds
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
20.6 percent of hospitals (or 66 hospitals)
characterized as rural hospitals with bed size
of 50–99 beds would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 13.9 percent of hospitals (or 21
hospitals) characterized as rural hospitals
with bed size of 100–149 beds would be
subject to a payment adjustment; 15.3
percent of hospitals (or 9 hospitals)
characterized as rural hospitals with bed size
of 150–199 beds would be subject to a
payment adjustment; and 26.7 percent of
hospitals (or 12 hospitals) characterized as
rural hospitals with bed size of 200 or more
beds would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
With regard to region of urban hospitals,
26.1 percent of hospitals (or 31 hospitals)
characterized as urban in the New England
region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 28.2 percent of hospitals (or 87
hospitals) characterized as urban in the MidAtlantic region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; 24.0 percent of
hospitals (or 89 hospitals) characterized as
urban in the South Atlantic region would be
subject to a payment adjustment; 23.4
percent of hospitals (or 90 hospitals)
characterized as urban in the East North
Central region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 22.4 percent of hospitals (or 32
hospitals) characterized as urban in the West
South Central region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; 20.5 percent of
hospitals (or 33 hospitals) characterized as
urban in the East North Central region would
be subject to a payment adjustment; 19.6
percent of hospitals (or 71 hospitals)
characterized as urban in the West South
Central region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 35.8 percent of hospitals (or 57
hospitals) characterized as urban in the
Mountain region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; and 27.4 percent of
hospitals (or 102 hospitals) characterized as
urban in the Pacific region would be subject
to a payment adjustment.
With regard to region of rural hospitals,
13.0 percent of hospitals (or 3 hospitals)
characterized as rural in the New England
region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 25.8 percent of hospitals (or 17
hospitals) characterized as rural in the MidAtlantic region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; 15.1 percent of
hospitals (or 24 hospitals) characterized as
rural in the South Atlantic region would be
subject to a payment adjustment; 21.2
percent of hospitals (or 25 hospitals)
characterized as rural in the East North
Central region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 13.9 percent of hospitals (or 23
hospitals) characterized as rural in the West
South Central region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; 19.2 percent of
hospitals (or 20 hospitals) in the East North
Central region would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 14.7 percent of hospitals (or 26
hospitals) in the West South Central region
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
24.7 percent of hospitals (or 18 hospitals) in
the Mountain region would be subject to a
payment adjustment; and 16.1 percent of
hospitals (or 5 hospitals) in the Pacific region
would be subject to a payment adjustment.
With regard to the DSH percent
characteristic, 19.6 percent of hospitals (or
311 hospitals) characterized in the 0–24 DSH
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 24.1 percent of hospitals (or 331
hospitals) characterized in the 25–49 DSH
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 37.6 percent of hospitals (or 68
hospitals) characterized in the 50–64 DSH
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; and 27.2 percent of hospitals (or
43 hospitals) characterized in the 65 and over
DSH percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
With regard to the teaching status
characteristic, 19.0 percent of hospitals (or
437 hospitals) characterized as nonteaching
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
25.0 percent of hospitals (or 191 hospitals)
characterized as fewer than 100 residents
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
and 52.7 percent of hospitals (or 125
hospitals) characterized as 100 or more
residents would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
With regard to the urban teaching and DSH
characteristic, 34.2 percent of hospitals (or
277 hospitals) characterized as teaching and
DSH would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 22.1 percent of hospitals (or 29
hospitals) characterized as teaching and no
DSH would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 20.4 percent of hospitals (or 206
hospitals) characterized as no teaching and
DSH would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 18.6 percent of hospitals (or 80
hospitals) characterized as no teaching and
no DSH would be subject to a payment
adjustment; and 17.6 percent of hospitals (or
161 hospitals) characterized as nonurban
would be subject to a payment adjustment.
With regard to the type of ownership
characteristic, 23.3 percent of hospitals (or
441 hospitals) characterized as voluntary
would be subject to a payment adjustment;
19.5 percent of hospitals (or 167 hospitals)
characterized as proprietary would be subject
to a payment adjustment; and 26.8 percent of
hospitals (or 141 hospitals) characterized as
government would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
With regard to the MCR percent
characteristic, 37.7 percent of hospitals (or
147 hospitals) characterized in the 0–24 MCR
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 23.2 percent of hospitals (or 458
hospitals) characterized in the 25–49 MCR
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; 15.9 percent of hospitals (or 113
hospitals) characterized in the 50–64 MCR
percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment; and 10.8 percent of hospitals (or
14 hospitals) characterized in the 65 and over
MCR percent would be subject to a payment
adjustment.
PROPORTION OF HOSPITALS IN THE WORST PERFORMING QUARTILE (>75 PERCENTILE) OF THE TOTAL HAC SCORE BY
HOSPITAL CHARACTERISTIC
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Hospital characteristic
Hospitals in the worst
performing quartile
Characteristic
Number of
hospitals
Percent *
Number of
hospitals
Percent
By Geographic Location:
All Hospitals:
Large Urban ** ...................................................................................
Other Urban .......................................................................................
Rural ..................................................................................................
Urban Hospitals:
0–99 beds ..........................................................................................
1,301
1,080
917
........................
584
39.4
32.7
27.8
........................
24.5
346
246
161
........................
101
26.6
22.8
17.6
........................
17.3
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00390
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28367
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
PROPORTION OF HOSPITALS IN THE WORST PERFORMING QUARTILE (>75 PERCENTILE) OF THE TOTAL HAC SCORE BY
HOSPITAL CHARACTERISTIC—Continued
Hospital characteristic
Hospitals in the worst
performing quartile
Number of
hospitals
Characteristic
By
By
By
By
By
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
By
100–199 beds ....................................................................................
200–299 beds ....................................................................................
300–399 beds ....................................................................................
400–499 .............................................................................................
500 or more beds ..............................................................................
Rural Hospitals:
0–49 beds ..........................................................................................
50–99 beds ........................................................................................
100–149 beds ....................................................................................
150–199 beds ....................................................................................
200 or more beds ..............................................................................
Region:
Urban by Region:
New England .....................................................................................
Mid-Atlantic ........................................................................................
South Atlantic ....................................................................................
East North Central .............................................................................
West South Central ...........................................................................
East North Central .............................................................................
West South Central ...........................................................................
Mountain ............................................................................................
Pacific ................................................................................................
Rural by Region:
New England .....................................................................................
Mid-Atlantic ........................................................................................
South Atlantic ....................................................................................
East North Central .............................................................................
West South Central ...........................................................................
East North Central .............................................................................
West South Central ...........................................................................
Mountain ............................................................................................
Pacific ................................................................................................
DSH Percent:
0–24 ..........................................................................................................
25–49 ........................................................................................................
50–64 ........................................................................................................
65 and over ..............................................................................................
Teaching Status:
Non-teaching ............................................................................................
Fewer than 100 residents .........................................................................
100 or more residents ..............................................................................
Urban Teaching and DSH:
Teaching and DSH ...................................................................................
Teaching and no DSH ..............................................................................
No teaching and DSH ..............................................................................
No teaching and no DSH .........................................................................
Non-urban .................................................................................................
Type of Ownership:
Voluntary ...................................................................................................
Proprietary ................................................................................................
Government ..............................................................................................
MCR Percent:
0–24 ..........................................................................................................
25–49 ........................................................................................................
50–64 ........................................................................................................
65 and over ..............................................................................................
Percent *
Number of
hospitals
Percent
720
450
262
154
211
30.2
18.9
11.0
6.5
8.9
152
122
71
58
88
21.1
27.1
27.1
37.7
41.7
341
321
151
59
45
37.2
35.0
16.5
6.4
4.9
53
66
21
9
12
15.5
20.6
13.9
15.3
26.7
119
308
371
385
143
161
363
159
372
3.6
9.3
11.2
11.7
4.3
4.9
11.0
4.8
11.3
31
87
89
90
32
33
71
57
102
26.1
28.2
24.0
23.4
22.4
20.5
19.6
35.8
27.4
23
66
159
118
166
104
177
73
31
0.7
2.0
4.8
3.6
5.0
3.2
5.4
2.2
0.9
3
17
24
25
23
20
26
18
5
13.0
25.8
15.1
21.2
13.9
19.2
14.7
24.7
16.1
1,588
1,371
181
158
48.2
41.6
5.5
4.8
311
331
68
43
19.6
24.1
37.6
27.2
2,297
764
237
69.6
23.2
7.2
437
191
125
19.0
25.0
52.7
811
131
1,010
429
917
24.6
4.0
30.6
13.0
27.8
277
29
206
80
161
34.2
22.1
20.4
18.6
17.6
1,893
858
527
57.7
26.2
16.1
441
167
141
23.3
19.5
26.8
390
1,976
709
130
12.2
61.7
22.1
4.1
147
458
113
14
37.7
23.2
15.9
10.8
* Percents may not sum to 100 due to rounding.
** Large urban hospitals are hospitals located in large urban areas (populations over 1 million).
9. Effects of Proposed Policy Changes
Relating to Payments for Direct GME and IME
Under section IV.K.2. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we discuss our proposal
to simplify and streamline the timing of
CMS’s policies related to when the FTE
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
resident caps, the 3-year rolling average, and
the IRB ratio cap would become effective for
new teaching hospitals, by stating that the
FTE resident caps, rolling average, and IRB
ratio cap would be effective simultaneously,
beginning with the applicable hospital’s cost
PO 00000
Frm 00391
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reporting period that precedes the start of the
6th program year of the first new program
started. We are proposing that this policy
regarding the effective dates of the FTE
residency caps, rolling average, and IRB ratio
cap for FTE residents in new programs would
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28368
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
be consistent with the methodology for
calculation of the FTE resident caps as
described in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, and implemented at 42 CFR
413.79(e)(1) and (3). That is, this proposal is
effective for urban hospitals that have not yet
had FTE resident caps established under
§ 413.79(e)(1), and for rural hospitals, on or
after October 1, 2012. This proposal would
reduce the amount of time that the new
programs would be exempt from the FTE
resident caps by several months, depending
on the cost reporting period of the new
teaching hospital. However, depending on
the length of new programs started and the
point during the 5-year growth period in
which new programs are started, there may
also be some gain and loss for hospitals in
terms of the amount of time that the FTEs in
the new programs would be exempt from the
rolling average and the IRB ratio cap. In
either case, the estimate of possible savings
or cost of this proposal is less than $5 million
a year and therefore, is negligible.
In section IV.K.3.a. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposals
related to the effect of new OMB labor market
area delineations on certain teaching
hospitals training residents in rural areas.
Under existing regulations a new teaching
hospital has 5 years from when it first begins
training residents in its first new program to
grow its cap. If the teaching hospital is a rural
teaching hospital, it can continue to receive
permanent cap adjustments even after the
initial 5-year cap-building period ends if it
trains residents in a new program. As a result
of OMB redesignations, some teaching
hospitals may be redesignated from being
located in a rural area to an urban area,
thereby losing their ability to increase their
caps again after their initial 5-year capbuilding period. If a rural hospital had
started training residents in the new program
while it was rural and was redesignated as
urban before the end of the 5-year capbuilding period, we are proposing that
effective for cost reporting periods beginning
on or after October 1, 2014, it can continue
growing that program(s) for the remainder of
the cap-building period and receive a
permanent cap adjustment for that new
program(s). Once the cap-building period for
the new program(s) that was started while the
hospital was still rural expires, the teaching
hospital that has been redesignated as urban
will no longer be able to receive any
additional permanent cap adjustments.
In section IV.K.3.b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposal
related to a redesignated hospital’s
participation in a rural track program. Under
existing regulations, if an urban hospital
rotates residents to a separately accredited
rural track program at a rural site(s) for more
than one-half of the duration of the program,
the urban hospital may receive an adjustment
to its cap for training those FTE residents,
referred to as the rural track FTE limitation.
We are proposing that any time a rural
hospital participating in a rural track is in an
area redesignated by OMB as urban after
residents started training in the rural track
and during the period that is used to
calculate the urban hospital’s rural track FTE
limitation, the urban hospital may still
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
receive a cap adjustment for that rural track.
We also are proposing that if the rural
hospital participating in the rural track is in
an area redesignated as urban, the
redesignated urban hospital can continue to
be considered a rural hospital for purposes of
the rural track for up to 2 years. However,
within those 2 years, either the rural hospital
that has been redesignated as urban must
reclassify as rural under § 412.103 for
purposes of IME payment only, or the urban
hospital must find a new geographically rural
site to participate as the rural site for
purposes of the rural track and must be
training FTE residents at that new site, in
order for the urban hospital to receive
payment under § 413.79(k)(1) or (k)(2) for the
rural track program after the 2-year period
ends.
We estimate that the proposals discussed
under IV.K.3.a. and b. of the preamble of this
proposed rule would have a very minimal, if
any, impact on Medicare expenditures. These
proposals would only be applied to, at the
most, very few hospitals (if any at all) and
would only apply once every 10 years as a
result of OMB changes in labor market area
delineations due to a recent Census.
In sections IV.K.5.a. and b. of the preamble
of this proposed rule, we are proposing some
changes to the current application process for
and awarding of cap slots from closed
hospitals under section 5506 of the
Affordable Care Act that would be effective
for hospital closures announced on or after
October 1, 2014. We are proposing an
alternative interpretation of the statutory
provision at section 5506(d) of the Affordable
Care Act, which provides that the Secretary
give consideration to the effect of the
permanent awarding of slots under section
5506 of the Affordable Care Act to any
temporary cap adjustments to a hospital
received under § 413.79(h) of the regulations
to ensure that there be no duplication of FTE
cap slots. Currently, when applying this
statutory provision for no duplication of FTE
slots, we look at all of the hospitals that are
receiving temporary cap adjustments to train
displaced residents and all of the hospitals
that are applying for a permanent increase in
caps under section 5506 when determining
the effective date for slots permanently
awarded to hospitals under Ranking Criterion
One and Ranking Criteria Three through
Eight. In this proposed rule, we are proposing
to interpret the statutory language at section
5506(d) in a manner that would permit us to
apply the concept of ensuring no duplication
of FTE resident slots on a hospital-byhospital basis, such that if a hospital is both
receiving a temporary cap adjustment under
§ 413.79(h) and is applying under section
5506 for permanent cap slots, it will not be
able to receive a permanent cap adjustment
until the displaced residents graduate.
However, if a hospital is applying under
section 5506 for permanent cap slots and did
not receive a temporary cap adjustment
under § 413.79(h), that hospital will not have
to wait until displaced residents that are
training at another hospital graduate to be
awarded any permanent cap slots under
section 5506. We estimate that this proposal
could result in a slight increase in Medicare
expenditures in a rare event a section 5506
PO 00000
Frm 00392
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cap adjustment may be provided to one
hospital before a temporary cap adjustment
expires at another hospital. However, we are
unable to estimate whether this will occur
with any future hospital closures where
section 5506 is applied because we do not
know how many, if any, residents will be
displaced. Furthermore, we believe that any
temporary duplicate payment would be a rare
occurrence as most hospitals that are
receiving a temporary cap adjustment under
§ 413.79(h) will also receive a permanent cap
adjustment under section 5506. In this
instance the hospital would only be able to
receive the permanent cap adjustment once
the temporary cap adjustment expires in
which case there would be no duplication of
FTE resident slots.
In addition, under section IV.K.5.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to revise the ranking criteria used
to award slots under section 5506. First, we
are proposing to no longer allow hospitals to
apply for cap relief, which is included under
current Ranking Criterion Eight. This
proposed change would mean that hospitals
would be awarded slots under section 5506
for taking over a closed hospital’s residency
training program, having participated with a
closed hospital in a Medicare GME affiliated
group, taking over part of a closed hospital’s
program, expanding or starting a new
geriatrics program, expanding or starting a
new primary care or general surgery program,
and expanding or starting a new nonprimary
care or nongeneral surgery program. Second,
Ranking Criterion One currently applies to
hospitals that are assuming (or have
assumed) an entire program from the hospital
that closed. We are proposing to revise this
Ranking Criterion to provide priority to a
hospital whose FTE resident caps were
erroneously reduced by CMS under section
5503 of the Affordable Care Act, contrary to
the specific statutory exception at section
1886(h)(8)(A)(i)(I) of the Act, and the CMS
Central Office is made aware of the error
prior to the posting of this proposed rule. We
do not believe there is any cost associated
with these proposals because we would be
assigning all of the closed hospital’s slots,
only the specific hospital awarded the slots
may change.
10. Effects of Implementation of Rural
Community Hospital Demonstration Program
In section IV.L. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our
implementation of section 410A of Public
Law 108–173, as amended, which requires
the Secretary to conduct a demonstration that
would modify reimbursement for inpatient
services for up to 30 rural community
hospitals. Section 410A(c)(2) requires that
‘‘[i]n conducting the demonstration program
under this section, the Secretary shall ensure
that the aggregate payments made by the
Secretary do not exceed the amount which
the Secretary would have paid if the
demonstration program under this section
was not implemented.’’ As discussed in
section IV.L. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, in the IPPS final rules for each of the
previous 10 fiscal years, we have estimated
the additional payments made by the
program for each of the participating
hospitals as a result of the demonstration. In
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
order to achieve budget neutrality, we are
proposing to adjust the national IPPS rates by
an amount sufficient to account for the added
costs of this demonstration. In other words,
we are proposing to apply budget neutrality
across the payment system as a whole rather
than across the participants of this
demonstration. The language of the statutory
budget neutrality requirement permits the
agency to implement the budget neutrality
provision in this manner. The statutory
language requires that ‘‘aggregate payments
made by the Secretary do not exceed the
amount which the Secretary would have paid
if the demonstration . . . was not
implemented’’ but does not identify the range
across which aggregate payments must be
held equal.
We are proposing to adjust the national
IPPS rates according to the methodology set
forth elsewhere in this proposed rule. The
proposed adjustment to the national IPPS
rates to account for estimated demonstration
cost for FY 2014 for the 7 ‘‘pre-expansion’’
participating hospitals that are currently
participating in the demonstration and the 15
additional hospitals participating as a result
of the expansion of the demonstration under
the Affordable Care Act is $53,673,008. In
addition, in this proposed rule, we are
proposing to add to the adjustment of the
national IPPS rates the amount by which the
actual costs of the demonstration for FY 2008
(as shown in the finalized cost reports for
cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2008
for the hospitals that participated in the
demonstration during FY 2008) exceed the
budget neutrality offset amount that was
finalized in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
($10,389,771). Thus, we are proposing that
the resulting total ($64,062,779) would be the
amount for which an adjustment to inpatient
rates for FY 2015 would be calculated. We
also are proposing that if settled cost reports
for all of the demonstration hospitals that
participated in the applicable fiscal year (FY
2009, 2010, or 2011), are made available prior
to the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
would incorporate into the FY 2015 budget
neutrality offset amount any additional
amounts by which the final settled costs of
the demonstration for the year (FY 2009,
2010, or 2011) exceeded the budget neutrality
offset amount applicable to such year as
finalized in the respective year’s IPPS final
rule.
11. Effects of Proposed Changes Related to
Reclassification as Rural for CAHs
In section VI.C.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposals
relating to reclassifications of CAHs as a
result of the proposed adoption of the new
OMB labor market area delineations. A
facility is eligible for designation as a CAH
only if it is either physically located in a
rural area or has been reclassified as rural
under 42 CFR 412.103. CAHs can be affected
by the recent OMB labor market area
delineations because facilities that are
currently participating as CAHs that were
previously located in rural areas may now be
located in urban areas as a result of the new
delineations. Previously, in both in the FY
2005 IPPS final rule and the FY 2010 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule, we revised the
regulations to give currently participating
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
CAHs 2 years, from the effective date of the
earlier OMB designations, to reclassify as
rural facilities. However, these regulation
changes were specific to a particular
timeframe. As we are proposing
implementation of the latest OMB labor
market area delineations in this proposed
rule, we are proposing that, effective October
1, 2014, currently participating CAHs that are
located in an area that has been redesignated
from rural to urban under the new
delineations will again be treated as rural for
2 years from the date the new OMB
delineations are implemented. An affected
CAH would have 2 years from the date the
redesignation becomes effective to reclassify
as rural and thereby retain its CAH status. If
a CAH fails to reclassify within those 2 years,
it can no longer participate in Medicare as a
CAH. However, unlike in previous years
when the regulation changes were specific to
a particular timeframe, the change that we
are proposing to the regulations is not
specific to a particular timeframe but would
also apply to future OMB labor market area
delineations. We estimate that this proposal
will have little or no impact on Medicare
expenditures because we expect that
virtually all of the affected CAHs will be
granted rural status by the State in which
they are located and, therefore, will be able
to apply for reclassification as rural under
§ 412.103 in order to retain their CAH status.
12. Effects of Proposed Revision of the
Requirements for Physician Certification of
CAH Inpatient Services
In section VI.C.3. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss the statutory
requirement for physician certification of
CAH inpatient services. For inpatient CAH
services to be payable under Medicare Part A,
section 1814(a)(8) of the Act requires that a
physician certify that the individual may
reasonably be expected to be discharged or
transferred to a hospital within 96 hours after
admission to the CAH. These statutory
requirements are addressed in the regulations
at 42 CFR 424.15. In order to provide CAHs
with greater flexibility in meeting this
certification requirement, we are proposing
to amend the regulations governing the
timing of the 96-hour certification
requirement at § 424.15(b) such that
physician certification is required no later
than 1 day before the date on which the
claim for payment for the inpatient CAH
service is submitted. We also are proposing
to revise § 424.11(d)(5) to remove the phrase
‘‘or critical access hospital inpatient’’. We do
not believe there is any significant impact on
Medicare expenditures associated with these
proposed changes because we are simply
proposing to provide CAHs with additional
flexibility in meeting the statutory
requirement. The underlying statutory
requirement itself is unchanged.
13. Effects of Proposed Changes Relating to
Administrative Appeals by Providers and
Judicial Review for Appropriate Claims in
Provider Cost Reports
In section VIII. of the preamble to this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposal to
require a provider to include an appropriate
claim for an item in its Medicare cost report
with the penalty for the failure to do so being
PO 00000
Frm 00393
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28369
the preclusion of payment for the item in the
notice of program reimbursement (NPR)
issued by the fiscal intermediary and in any
decision or order issued by a reviewing entity
in an administrative appeal filed by the
provider. The proposal also would revise the
Medicare provider appeals regulations by
eliminating the requirement that a provider
must include an appropriate claim for an
item in its Medicare cost report in order to
meet the dissatisfaction requirement for
Provider Reimbursement Review Board
jurisdiction and would make technical
corrections to the provider reimbursement
appeals regulations to conform the
regulations to the statute. There is no impact
to the provider resulting from these proposed
provisions.
I. Effects of Proposed Update to the
Reasonable Compensation Equivalent (RCE)
Limits for Compensation for Physician
Services Provided in Providers
In section VI.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposal to
update and revise the methodology used to
calculate the reasonable compensation
equivalent (RCE) limits for compensation for
physician services provided in providers, in
accordance with our regulations at 42 CFR
415.70(f)(2). For CY 2015, we estimate that 59
cancer and children’s hospitals and 46 IPPS
teaching hospitals would be subject to the
RCE limits. We estimate the costs associated
with the updated RCE limits for CY 2015 to
be approximately $40 million. We do not
expect this proposed RCE limit update to
impact a significant number of small, rural
entities; therefore, a full impact analysis is
not required.
J. Effects of Proposed Changes in the Capital
IPPS
1. General Considerations
For the impact analysis presented below,
we used data from the December 2013 update
of the FY 2013 MedPAR file and the
December 2013 update of the ProviderSpecific File (PSF) that is used for payment
purposes. Although the analyses of the
proposed changes to the capital prospective
payment system do not incorporate cost data,
we used the December 2013 update of the
most recently available hospital cost report
data (FYs 2011 and 2012) to categorize
hospitals. Our analysis has several
qualifications. We use the best data available
and make assumptions about case-mix and
beneficiary enrollment as described below.
Due to the interdependent nature of the
IPPS, it is very difficult to precisely quantify
the impact associated with each proposed
change. In addition, we draw upon various
sources for the data used to categorize
hospitals in the tables. In some cases (for
instance, the number of beds), there is a fair
degree of variation in the data from different
sources. We have attempted to construct
these variables with the best available
sources overall. However, it is possible that
some individual hospitals are placed in the
wrong category.
Using cases from the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file, we
simulated payments under the capital IPPS
for FY 2014 and FY 2015 for a comparison
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28370
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
of total payments per case. Any short-term,
acute care hospitals not paid under the
general IPPS (for example, Indian Health
Service hospitals and hospitals in Maryland)
are excluded from the simulations.
The methodology for determining a capital
IPPS payment is set forth at § 412.312. The
basic methodology for calculating capital
IPPS payments in FY 2015 is as follows:
(Standard Federal Rate) × (DRG weight) ×
(GAF) × (COLA for hospitals located in
Alaska and Hawaii) × (1 + DSH
Adjustment Factor + IME adjustment
factor, if applicable).
In addition to the other adjustments,
hospitals may also receive outlier payments
for those cases that qualify under the
threshold established for each fiscal year. We
modeled payments for each hospital by
multiplying the capital Federal rate by the
GAF and the hospital’s case-mix. We then
added estimated payments for indirect
medical education, disproportionate share,
and outliers, if applicable. For purposes of
this impact analysis, the model includes the
following assumptions:
• We estimate that the Medicare case-mix
index will increase by 0.5 percent in both
FYs 2014 and 2015.
• We estimate that Medicare discharges
will be approximately 12.2 million in FY
2014 and 12.6 million in FY 2015.
• The capital Federal rate was updated
beginning in FY 1996 by an analytical
framework that considers changes in the
prices associated with capital-related costs
and adjustments to account for forecast error,
changes in the case-mix index, allowable
changes in intensity, and other factors. As
discussed in section III.A.1.a. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule, the
proposed update is 1.5 percent for FY 2015.
• In addition to the proposed FY 2015
update factor, the proposed FY 2015 capital
Federal rate was calculated based on a
proposed GAF/DRG budget neutrality
adjustment factor of 0.9957 and a proposed
outlier adjustment factor of 0.9374. As
discussed in section VI.C. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we are not proposing to
make an additional MS–DRG documentation
and coding adjustment to the capital IPPS
Federal rates for FY 2015.
2. Results
We used the actuarial model described
above to estimate the potential impact of our
proposed changes for FY 2015 on total
capital payments per case, using a universe
of 3,388 hospitals. As described above, the
individual hospital payment parameters are
taken from the best available data, including
the December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file, the December 2013 update to
the PSF, and the most recent cost report data
from the December 2013 update of HCRIS. In
Table III, we present a comparison of
estimated total payments per case for FY
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
2014 and estimated total payments per case
for FY 2015 based on the proposed FY 2015
payment policies. Column 2 shows estimates
of payments per case under our model for FY
2014. Column 3 shows estimates of payments
per case under our model for FY 2015.
Column 4 shows the total percentage change
in payments from FY 2014 to FY 2015. The
change represented in Column 4 includes the
proposed 1.5 percent update to the capital
Federal rate and other proposed changes in
the adjustments to the capital Federal rate.
The comparisons are provided by: (1)
Geographic location; (2) region; and (3)
payment classification.
The simulation results show that, on
average, capital payments per case in FY
2015 are expected to increase as compared to
capital payments per case in FY 2014. This
expected increase is due primarily to the
approximately 0.9 percent increase in the
proposed capital Federal rate for FY 2015 as
compared to the FY 2014 capital Federal rate.
Overall, across all hospitals, the proposed
changes to the GAFs are expected to have no
net effect on capital payments. However,
regionally, the effects of the proposed
changes to the GAFs on capital payments are
consistent with the projected changes in
payments due to proposed changes in the
wage index (and proposed policies affecting
the wage index) as shown in Table I in
section I.G. of this Appendix.
Overall, there is an increase in capital
payments per case due to the effects of
proposed changes to the MS–DRG
reclassifications and recalibrations, with
more of this increase expected for urban
hospitals. However, this increase is offset by
projected changes in outlier payments, with
rural areas expected to experience more of
this offset.
The net impact of these proposed changes
is an estimated 1.2 percent change in capital
payments per case from FY 2014 to FY 2015
for all hospitals (as shown below in Table
III).
The geographic comparison shows that, on
average, with the exception of hospitals in
the Rural Mountain area, most hospitals are
expected to experience an increase in capital
IPPS payments per case in FY 2015 as
compared to FY 2014. As we stated above,
these expected increases are primarily due to
the proposed increase in the capital Federal
rate. Capital IPPS payments per case for
hospitals in ‘‘large urban areas’’ are expected
to have an estimated increase of 1.4 percent,
while hospitals in rural areas, on average, are
expected to experience a 0.7 percent increase
in capital payments per case from FY 2014
to FY 2015. Capital IPPS payments per case
for ‘‘other urban hospitals’’ are estimated to
increase 1.2 percent. The primary factor
contributing to the difference in the proposed
projected increase in capital IPPS payments
per case for urban hospitals as compared to
rural hospitals is the proposed increase in
PO 00000
Frm 00394
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
capital payments to urban hospitals due to
proposed changes to the MS–DRG relative
weights. This projected increase is slightly
lower for rural hospitals.
The comparisons by region show that the
estimated increases in capital payments per
case from FY 2014 to FY 2015 in urban areas
range from a 2.0 percent increase for the
Pacific urban region to a 0.8 percent increase
for the East South Central urban region, and
a 0.6 percent increase for the Puerto Rico
urban region. For rural regions, the Pacific
rural region is expected to experience the
largest increase in capital IPPS payments per
case of 1.9 percent, while the Mountain rural
region is the only region projected to have a
decrease in capital payments per case, 0.1
percent, compared to FY 2014 payments per
case. Unlike most other urban and rural
regions where proposed changes in the GAFs
contribute to a projected decrease in capital
payments, the proposed changes in the GAFs
contribute to an expected increase in capital
IPPS payments per case for the Pacific urban
and rural regions. A larger than average
decrease in capital payments per case for the
Mountain rural area due to the proposed
change in outliers offset the projected
increases to that area’s capital payments per
case in FY 2015 compared to FY 2014.
Hospitals of all types of ownership (that is,
voluntary hospitals, government hospitals,
and proprietary hospitals) are estimated to
experience an increase in capital payments
per case from FY 2014 to FY 2015. The
proposed increase in capital payments for
proprietary hospitals is estimated at 1.2
percent; for voluntary hospitals, at 1.3
percent. Government hospitals are estimated
to experience a 1.1 percent increase in capital
payments per case from FY 2014 to FY 2015.
Section 1886(d)(10) of the Act established
the MGCRB. Hospitals may apply for
reclassification for purposes of the wage
index for FY 2015. Reclassification for wage
index purposes also affects the GAFs because
that factor is constructed from the hospital
wage index. To present the effects of the
hospitals being reclassified as of the
publication of this proposed rule for FY
2015, we show the average capital payments
per case for reclassified hospitals for FY
2015. Urban reclassified hospitals are
expected to experience an increase in capital
payments of 1.5 percent, whereas for urban
nonreclassified hospitals, the expected
increase is 1.2 percent. The estimated
percentage increase for rural reclassified
hospitals is 0.7 percent, and for rural
nonreclassified hospitals, the estimated
percentage increase is 0.3 percent. Other
reclassified hospitals (that is, hospitals
reclassified under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the
Act) are expected to experience the largest
increase (2.2 percent) in capital payments
from FY 2014 to FY 2015.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
28371
TABLE III—COMPARISON OF TOTAL PAYMENTS PER CASE
[FY 2014 payments compared to FY 2015 payments]
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Number of
hospitals
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00395
848
936
859
948
1.2
1.4
1,147
846
2,542
655
788
469
417
213
846
325
298
136
50
37
817
577
882
728
761
810
902
1,056
577
470
534
575
640
704
827
581
893
732
770
821
915
1,070
581
473
537
579
645
711
1.2
0.7
1.3
0.5
1.2
1.4
1.4
1.3
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.7
0.8
0.9
2,542
120
324
406
397
153
162
385
159
384
52
846
22
57
132
115
165
102
168
61
24
0
882
974
946
796
848
758
876
816
906
1,111
406
577
802
562
550
601
530
613
511
651
742
0
893
985
963
805
856
764
887
824
916
1,133
408
581
812
569
551
606
534
617
513
650
756
0
1.3
1.2
1.7
1.1
0.9
0.8
1.3
0.9
1.1
2.0
0.6
0.7
1.2
1.3
0.2
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
¥0.1
1.9
0.0
3,388
794
1,764
830
848
879
882
588
859
889
894
591
1.2
1.1
1.4
0.5
2,352
792
244
722
831
1,196
730
841
1,213
1.1
1.3
1.4
1,591
366
902
635
914
639
1.3
0.8
388
212
521
649
524
653
0.6
0.6
24
125
548
459
546
461
¥0.3
0.4
842
133
1,115
468
980
884
754
791
993
897
763
798
1.3
1.6
1.3
0.9
2,576
197
325
125
Fmt 4701
Average FY 2015
payments/case
3,388
1,395
By Geographic Location:
All hospitals ......................................................................
Large urban areas (populations over 1 million) ........
Other urban areas (populations of 1 million or
fewer) .....................................................................
Rural areas ................................................................
Urban hospitals .................................................................
0–99 beds ..................................................................
100–199 beds ............................................................
200–299 beds ............................................................
300–499 beds ............................................................
500 or more beds ......................................................
Rural hospitals ..................................................................
0–49 beds ..................................................................
50–99 beds ................................................................
100–149 beds ............................................................
150–199 beds ............................................................
200 or more beds ......................................................
By Region:
Urban by Region ..............................................................
New England .............................................................
Middle Atlantic ...........................................................
South Atlantic ............................................................
East North Central .....................................................
East South Central ....................................................
West North Central ....................................................
West South Central ...................................................
Mountain ....................................................................
Pacific ........................................................................
Puerto Rico ................................................................
Rural by Region ................................................................
New England .............................................................
Middle Atlantic ...........................................................
South Atlantic ............................................................
East North Central .....................................................
East South Central ....................................................
West North Central ....................................................
West South Central ...................................................
Mountain ....................................................................
Pacific ........................................................................
Puerto Rico ................................................................
By Payment Classification:
All hospitals ......................................................................
Large urban areas (populations over 1 million) ...............
Other urban areas (populations of 1 million or fewer) .....
Rural areas .......................................................................
Teaching Status:
Non-teaching ....................................................................
Fewer than 100 Residents ...............................................
100 or more Residents .....................................................
Urban DSH:
100 or more beds .............................................................
Less than 100 beds ..........................................................
Rural DSH:
Sole Community (SCH/EACH) .........................................
Referral Center (RRC/EACH) ...........................................
Other Rural:
100 or more beds .............................................................
Less than 100 beds ..........................................................
Urban teaching and DSH:
Both teaching and DSH ....................................................
Teaching and no DSH ......................................................
No teaching and DSH ......................................................
No teaching and no DSH .................................................
Rural Hospital Types:
Non special status hospitals .............................................
RRC/EACH .......................................................................
SCH/EACH .......................................................................
SCH, RRC and EACH ......................................................
Average FY 2014
payments/case
882
717
619
704
893
730
624
710
1.2
1.8
0.8
0.9
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Change
28372
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
TABLE III—COMPARISON OF TOTAL PAYMENTS PER CASE—Continued
[FY 2014 payments compared to FY 2015 payments]
Number of
hospitals
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
K. Effects of Proposed Payment Rate Changes
and Policy Changes Under the LTCH PPS
1. Introduction and General Considerations
In section VII. of the preamble of this
proposed rule and section V. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule, we set forth
the proposed annual update to the payment
rates for the LTCH PPS for FY 2015. In the
preamble of this proposed rule, we specify
the statutory authority for the proposed
provisions that are presented, identify those
proposed policies, and present rationales for
our proposed decisions as well as
alternatives that were considered. In this
section of Appendix A to this proposed rule,
we discuss the impact of the proposed
changes to the payment rate, factors, and
other payment rate policies related to the
LTCH PPS that are presented in the preamble
of this proposed rule in terms of their
estimated fiscal impact on the Medicare
budget and on LTCHs.
Currently, there are 422 LTCHs included in
this impacts analysis, which includes data
for 91 nonprofit (voluntary ownership
control) LTCHs, 288 proprietary LTCHs, and
43 LTCHs that are government-owned and
operated. (We note that although there are
currently approximately 435 LTCHs, for
purposes of this impact analysis, we
excluded the data of all inclusive rate
providers and the LTCHs that are paid in
accordance with demonstration projects,
consistent with the development of the
proposed FY 2015 MS–LTC–DRG relative
weights (discussed in section VII.B.3.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule)). In the
impact analysis, we used the proposed
payment rate, factors, and policies presented
in this proposed rule, including the proposed
2.1 percent annual update for LTCHs that
submit quality data in accordance with
section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act, which is
based on the full estimated increase of the
LTCH PPS market basket and the reductions
required by sections 1886(m)(3) and (m)(4) of
the Act, the proposed final year of the phasein of a one-time prospective adjustment
factor of 0.98734 (approximately ¥1.3
percent), the proposed update to the MS–
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Average FY 2015
payments/case
533
1,858
271
379
60
883
890
615
541
574
896
901
620
543
587
1.5
1.2
0.7
0.3
2.2
1,925
883
540
861
770
886
872
779
895
1.3
1.2
1.1
445
2,004
718
131
Hospitals Reclassified by the Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board:
FY2015 Reclassifications:
All Urban Reclassified ......................................................
All Urban Non-Reclassified ..............................................
All Rural Reclassified .......................................................
All Rural Non-Reclassified ................................................
Other Reclassified Hospitals (Section 1886(d)(8)(B)) ......
Type of Ownership:
Voluntary ...........................................................................
Proprietary ........................................................................
Government ......................................................................
Medicare Utilization as a Percent of Inpatient Days:
0–25 ..................................................................................
25–50 ................................................................................
50–65 ................................................................................
Over 65 .............................................................................
Average FY 2014
payments/case
1,069
865
704
560
1,082
876
713
565
1.3
1.3
1.2
0.9
LTC–DRG classifications and relative
weights, the proposed update to the wage
index values, including the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations, and labor-related share, and the
best available claims and CCR data to
estimate the change in payments for FY 2015.
(As discussed in section VII.C. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, in
accordance with section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the
Act, for LTCHs that fail to submit quality
data, the proposed annual update to the
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate is reduced
by 2.0 percentage points in FY 2015.)
The standard Federal rate for FY 2014 is
$40,607.31 for LTCHs that submit quality
data in accordance with the requirements of
section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act. For FY
2015, we are proposing to establish a
standard Federal rate of $40,943.51 for
LTCHs that submit quality data in
accordance with the requirements of section
1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act, which reflects the
proposed 2.1 percent annual update to the
standard Federal rate, and the proposed area
wage budget neutrality factor of 1.0002034 to
ensure that the proposed changes in the wage
index, including the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations, and labor-related share do not
influence aggregate payments, and the
proposed final year of the phase-in of a onetime prospective adjustment factor of
0.98734. For LTCHs that fail to submit data
for the LTCHQR Program, in accordance with
section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act, we are
proposing to establish a standard Federal rate
of $40,141.47. This reduced standard Federal
rate reflects the proposed updates described
above in addition to a 2.0 percentage point
to the annual update for failure to submit
data to the LTCHQR Program. We note that
the proposed factors described above to
determine the proposed FY 2015 standard
Federal rate are applied to the FY 2014
Federal standard rate set forth under
§ 412.523(c)(3)(ix)(A) (that is, $40,607.31).
Based on the best available data for the 422
LTCHs in our database, we estimate that the
proposed annual update to the standard
PO 00000
Frm 00396
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Change
Federal rate for FY 2015, including the
reduced updated for LTCHs that fail to
submit quality data in accordance with the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program
(discussed in section V.A.2. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule) and the
proposed changes to the area wage
adjustment for FY 2015 (discussed in section
V.B. of the Addendum to this proposed rule),
in addition to an estimated decrease in HCO
payments would result in an increase in
estimated payments from FY 2014 of
approximately $44 million. Based on the 422
LTCHs in our database, we estimate that the
FY 2015 LTCH PPS payments would be
approximately $5.594 billion, as compared to
estimated FY 2014 LTCH PPS payments of
approximately $5.550 billion. Because the
combined distributional effects and
estimated changes to the Medicare program
payments are over approximately $100
million, this proposed rule is considered a
major economic rule, as defined in this
section. We note that the approximate $44
million for the projected increase in
estimated aggregate proposed LTCH PPS
payments from FY 2014 to FY 2015 does not
reflect changes in LTCH admissions or casemix intensity in estimated LTCH PPS
payments, which also will affect overall
payment changes.
The projected 0.8 percent increase in
estimated proposed payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015 is attributable to
several factors, including the proposed 2.1
percent annual update to the standard
Federal rate (or 0.1 percent annual update for
LTCHs that failed to submit data under the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program), a
proposed one-time prospective adjustment
factor for FY 2015 of 0.98734 (approximately
¥1.3 percent), and projected decreases in
estimated HCO payments. Although the net
effect of the proposed 2.1 percent annual
update and the approximate ¥1.3 percent
proposed one-time prospective adjustment
factor is approximately 0.8 percent (that is,
2.1 percent ¥1.3 percent = 0.8 percent),
Table IV (column 6) shows the estimated
change attributable solely to the proposed
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
annual update to the standard Federal rate
(2.1 percent for LTCHs that submit quality
data under the requirements of the LTCHQR
Program and 0.1 percent for LTCHs that
failed submit quality data under the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program),
including a proposed one-time prospective
adjustment factor for FY 2015 under the final
year of the phase-in (approximately 1.3
percent), is projected to result in an increase
of 0.7 percent in payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015, on average, for all
LTCHs. In addition to the proposed 2.1
percent annual update for FY 2015 (or 0.1
percent annual update for LTCHs that failed
to submit data under the LTCHQR Program),
and a proposed ¥1.3 percent one-time
prospective adjustment factor for FY 2015,
this estimated increase in aggregate LTCH
PPS payments of 0.7 percent shown in
column 6 of Table IV also includes estimated
payments for SSO cases that are paid using
special methodologies that are not affected by
the annual update to the standard Federal
rate. Therefore, for some hospital categories,
the projected increase in payments based on
the proposed standard Federal rate is slightly
less than the net effect of the proposed 2.1
percent annual update and the approximate
¥1.3 percent proposed one-time prospective
adjustment factor (or 0.8 percent) for FY
2015. Because we are proposing to apply an
area wage level budget neutrality factor to the
standard Federal rate, the proposed annual
update to the wage data, including the
proposed implementation of the new OMB
delineations, and labor-related share does not
impact the increase in aggregate payments.
As discussed in section V.B. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule, we are
proposing to update the wage index values
for FY 2015 based on the most recent
available data and the proposed adoption of
the new OMB labor market area delineations.
Under our proposal to adopt the new OMB
delineations, we are proposing a transitional
blended wage index for FY 2015 for LTCH’s
that would have a lower wage index value
under those delineations, as discussed in
section VII.D.2. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. Therefore, this column
reflects the proposed blended wage index
that is calculated as a 50/50 blend of the
wage index under the current CBSA
designations and the wage index under the
new OMB delineations under our proposed
transitional wage index policy. In addition,
we are proposing a slight increase to the
labor-related share from 62.537 percent to
62.571 percent under the LTCH PPS for FY
2015, based on the most recent available data
on the relative importance of the laborrelated share of operating and capital costs
based on the FY 2009-based LTCH-specific
market basket. We also are proposing to
apply an area wage level budget neutrality
factor of 1.0002034, which increases the
proposed standard Federal rate by
approximately 0.02 percent. Therefore, the
proposed changes to the wage data, including
the proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations, and labor-related share do not
result in a change in estimated aggregate
LTCH PPS payments.
Table IV below shows the impact of the
proposed payment rate and the proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
policy changes on LTCH PPS payments for
FY 2015 presented in this proposed rule by
comparing estimated FY 2014 payments to
estimated FY 2015 payments. The projected
increase in payments from FY 2014 to FY
2015 of 0.8 percent is attributable to the
impacts of the proposed change to the
standard Federal rate (0.7 percent in Column
6) and the effect of the estimated slight
decrease in proposed payments for HCO
cases (0.1 percent) and an estimated increase
in payments for SSO cases (0.2 percent). We
currently estimate total HCO payments are
projected to decrease slightly from FY 2014
to FY 2015 in order to ensure that the
estimated HCO payments would be 8 percent
of the total estimated LTCH PPS payments in
FY 2015. An analysis of the most recent
available LTCH PPS claims data (that is, FY
2013 claims data from the December 2013
update of the MedPAR file) indicates that the
FY 2014 HCO threshold of $13,314 (as
established in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule) may result in HCO payments in FY
2015 that are slightly above the estimated 8
percent. Specifically, we currently estimate
that HCO payments would be approximately
8.1 percent of the estimated total LTCH PPS
payments in FY 2014. We estimate that the
impact of the slight decrease in HCO
payments would result in approximately a
0.1 percent decrease in estimated payments
from FY 2014 to FY 2015, on average, for all
LTCHs. Furthermore, in calculating the
estimated HCO payments for FYs 2014 and
2015, we increased estimated costs by the
applicable market basket percentage increase
as projected by our actuaries. This increase
in estimated costs also results in a projected
increase in SSO payments of approximately
0.2 percent relative to last year. The net
result of these projected changes in HCO and
SSO payments in FY 2015 is an estimated
change in aggregate payments of 0.1 percent.
We note that estimated payments for all SSO
cases comprise approximately 12 percent of
the estimated total LTCH PPS payments, and
estimated payments for HCO cases comprise
approximately 8 percent of the estimated
total FY 2015 LTCH PPS payments. Payments
for HCO cases are based on 80 percent of the
estimated cost of the case above the HCO
threshold, while the majority of the payments
for SSO cases (approximately 60 percent) are
based on the estimated cost of the case.
In addition to the projected increase in
LTCH PPS payments per discharge of
approximately $44 million (0.8 percent) from
FY 2014 to FY 2015, as shown in Table IV
below, we also estimate that the net effect of
the projected impact of certain other
proposed LTCH PPS policy changes (that is,
the reinstatement of the moratorium on the
full implementation of the ‘‘25-percent
policy’’ payment adjustment; the
reinstatement of the moratorium on the
development of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and additional LTCH beds;
the proposed revision of the ‘‘greater than 3day interruption of stay’’ policy; the
proposed revocation of on-site discharges
and readmissions policy; and the proposed
payment adjustment for ‘‘subclause (II)’’
LTCHs) would result in a $14 million
decrease in aggregate LTCH PPS payments in
FY 2015. The individual impact of these
PO 00000
Frm 00397
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28373
proposed policy changes are discussed in
greater detail below in section I.K.3.b. of this
Appendix.
As we discuss in detail throughout this
proposed rule, based on the most recent
available data, we believe that the provisions
of this proposed rule relating to the LTCH
PPS would result in an increase in estimated
aggregate LTCH PPS payments and that the
resulting LTCH PPS payment amounts would
result in appropriate Medicare payments.
2. Impact on Rural Hospitals
For purposes of section 1102(b) of the Act,
we define a small rural hospital as a hospital
that is located outside of an urban area and
has fewer than 100 beds. As shown in Table
IV, we are projecting a 0.7 percent increase
in estimated payments per discharge for FY
2015 as compared to FY 2014 for rural
LTCHs that would result from the proposed
changes presented in this proposed rule, as
well as the effect of estimated changes to
HCO and SSO payments. This estimated
impact is based on the data for the 22 rural
LTCHs in our database (out of 422 LTCHs) for
which complete data were available.
The estimated increase in LTCH PPS
payments from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for rural
LTCHs (0.7 percent) is slightly less than the
national average increase (0.8 percent). The
estimated increase in LTCH PPS payments
from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for rural LTCHs is
primarily due to the proposed increase to the
standard Federal rate. However, rural LTCHs
are experiencing slightly lower increases
than the national average due to decreases in
their wage index for FY 2015 compared to FY
2014.
3. Anticipated Effects of Proposed LTCH PPS
Payment Rate Changes and Policy Changes
a. Budgetary Impact
Section 123(a)(1) of the BBRA requires that
the PPS developed for LTCHs ‘‘maintain
budget neutrality.’’ We believe that the
statute’s mandate for budget neutrality
applies only to the first year of the
implementation of the LTCH PPS (that is, FY
2003). Therefore, in calculating the FY 2003
standard Federal rate under § 412.523(d)(2),
we set total estimated payments for FY 2003
under the LTCH PPS so that estimated
aggregate payments under the LTCH PPS
were estimated to equal the amount that
would have been paid if the LTCH PPS had
not been implemented.
As discussed above in section I.K.1. of this
Appendix, we project an increase in
aggregate LTCH PPS payments per discharge
in FY 2015 relative to FY 2014 of
approximately $44 million based on the 422
LTCHs in our database. In addition, as
discussed below in section I.K.3.b. of this
Appendix, we also estimate that the net effect
of the projected impact of certain other
proposed LTCH PPS policy changes would
result in a $14 million decrease in aggregate
LTCH PPS payments in FY 2015.
b. Impact of Certain Proposed LTCH PPS
Policy Changes
(1) Proposed Reinstatement of the
Moratorium on the Full Implementation of
the ‘‘25-Percent Policy’’ Payment Adjustment
(§ 412.534 and § 412.536) and Proposed
Reinstatement of the Moratorium on the
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
28374
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Development of New LTCHs and LTCH
Satellites and Additional LTCH beds
(§ 412.23(e) and §§ 412.23(e)(6) and (7))
Section 1206(b) of Public Law 113–67
provides for the retroactive reinstatement and
extension, for an additional 4 years, of the
moratorium on the full implementation of the
25-percent threshold payment adjustment
(referred to as the ‘‘25-percent policy’’
payment adjustment) established under
section 114(c) of the MMSEA, as amended by
section 4302(a) of the ARRA and sections
3106(c) and 10312(a) of the Affordable Care
Act. As discussed in section VII.E. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to reinstate this payment
adjustment retroactively for LTCH cost
reporting periods beginning on or after July
1, 2013 or October 1, 2013, as applicable
under the regulations at § 412.534 and
§ 412.536.
Section 1206(b)(2) of Public Law 113–67,
as amended by section 112(b) of the
Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2–14
(Pub. L. 113–93), provides for moratoria on
the establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and on bed increases in
LTCHs effective for the period beginning
April 1, 2014, and ending September 30,
2017. This statutory provision also provides
specific exceptions to the moratorium on the
establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellites. We are proposing to implement
this policy under the regulations at
§ 412.23(e) and §§ 412.23(e)(6) and (7),
respectively. For additional details, refer to
section VII.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule.
Our Office of the Actuary projects that the
reinstatement of ‘‘25-percent policy’’
adjustment policy would result in
approximately a $120 million increase in
aggregate LTCH PPS payments in FY 2015. In
addition, our Office of the Actuary projects
that the portion of the moratoria on the
establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and additional LTCH beds
that would occur during FY 2015 is
estimated to result in approximately a $30
million reduction in aggregate LTCH PPS
payments in FY 2015. Therefore, we project
our proposed implementation of both of
these statutory provisions would result in
approximately a $90 million increase in
aggregate LTCH PPS payments in FY 2015.
(2) Proposed Revision of the ‘‘Greater than 3Day Interruption of Stay’’ Policy (§ 412.531)
and Proposed Revocation of On-Site
Discharges and Readmissions Policy
(§ 412.532)
The LTCH greater than 3-day interruption
of stay policy under § 412.531 is a payment
adjustment that is applied when during the
course of an LTCH hospitalization, a patient
is discharged to an inpatient acute care
hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for treatment or
services not available at the LTCH for a
specified period followed by readmittance to
the same LTCH. Specifically, under this
policy, we established specific fixed-day
thresholds, which apply to the days away
from the LTCH, depending upon the
intervening provider. If the stay is an
‘‘interrupted stay,’’ that is, the patient
returned to the LTCH within the threshold
number of days, payment for both ‘‘halves’’
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
of the LTCH discharge is ‘‘bundled,’’ and
Medicare makes one payment based on the
second date of discharge. As discussed in
section VII.F. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to revise the
fixed-day thresholds under the ‘‘greater than
3-day interruption of stay policy’’ to apply a
uniform 30-day threshold as an ‘‘acceptable
standard’’ for determining a linkage between
an index discharge and a readmission.
As also discussed in section VII.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we also are
proposing to remove the discharge and
readmission requirement specified in the
regulations under § 412.532 (referred to as
the ‘‘5-percent payment threshold’’). Under
the ‘‘5-percent payment threshold’’ policy, if
an LTCH (or a LTCH satellite facility) directly
readmits more than 5 percent of its total
Medicare inpatients discharged from an ‘‘onsite facility’’ (for example, a co-located acute
care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF, or a in the
case of a LTCH satellite facility, that is colocated with an LTCH), all such discharges
to the co-located ‘‘on-site facility’’ and the
readmissions to the LTCH are treated as one
discharge for that cost reporting period, and,
as such, one LTCH PPS payment is made on
the basis of each patient’s initial principal
diagnosis.
We estimate that the proposed revision to
the greater than 3-day interruption of stay
policy under § 412.531 would result in a
reduction in aggregate LTCH PPS payments
of approximately $130 million for FY 2015,
if the proposal to apply a uniform 30-day
threshold is finalized. We also estimate that
the proposed discontinuation of the ‘‘5percent payment threshold’’ policy would
result in an increase of approximately $20
million in aggregate LTCH PPS payments in
FY 2015. Accordingly, our Office of the
Actuary projects that, together, these
proposed policy revisions are estimated to
decrease aggregate LTCH PPS payments in
FY 2015 by approximately $110 million.
(3) Proposed Payment Adjustment for
‘‘Subclause (II)’’ LTCHs (proposed § 412.526)
Section 1206(d) of Public Law 113–67
requires the Secretary to evaluate payments
and regulations governing ‘‘hospitals which
are classified under subclause (II) of
subsection (d)(1)(B)(iv)’’. In addition, based
on the result of such evaluations, the statute
authorizes the Secretary to adjust the
payment rates for this type of hospital and to
adjust regulations governing a subclause (II)
LTCH that otherwise apply to subclause (I)
LTCHs. As discussed in section VII.H. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, under new
§ 412.526, we are proposing to apply a
payment adjustment under the LTCH PPS to
a subclause (II) LTCH beginning in FY 2015
that would result in payments to this type of
LTCH resembling those under the reasonable
cost TEFRA payment system model. Our
Office of the Actuary projects that, if the
proposed payment adjustment for ‘‘subclause
(II)’’ LTCHs is finalized, it would increase
aggregate LTCH PPS payments in FY 2015 by
approximately $6 million.
c. Impact on Providers
The basic methodology for determining a
per discharge LTCH PPS payment is set forth
under § 412.515 through § 412.536. In
PO 00000
Frm 00398
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
addition to the basic MS–LTC–DRG payment
(the standard Federal rate multiplied by the
MS–LTC–DRG relative weight), we make
adjustments for differences in area wage
levels, a COLA for LTCHs located in Alaska
and Hawaii, and SSOs. Furthermore, LTCHs
may also receive HCO payments for those
cases that qualify based on the threshold
established each year.
To understand the impact of the proposed
changes to the LTCH PPS payments
presented in this proposed rule on different
categories of LTCHs for FY 2015, it is
necessary to estimate payments per discharge
for FY 2014 using the rates, factors (including
the FY 2014 GROUPER (Version 31.0), and
relative weights and the policies established
in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78
FR 50753 through 50760 and 51002). It is
also necessary to estimate the payments per
discharge that would be made under the
proposed LTCH PPS rates and factors, and
GROUPER (proposed Version 32.0) for FY
2015 (as discussed in section VII. of the
preamble of this proposed rule and section V.
of the Addendum to this proposed rule).
These estimates of FY 2014 and FY 2015
LTCH PPS payments are based on the best
available LTCH claims data and other factors,
such as the application of inflation factors to
estimate costs for SSO and HCO cases in each
year. We also evaluated the proposed change
in estimated FY 2014 payments to estimated
FY 2015 payments (on a per discharge basis)
for each category of LTCHs. We are proposing
to establish a standard Federal rate for FY
2015 of $40,943.51 (for LTCHs that submit
quality data under the requirements of the
LTCHQR Program), which includes the
proposed 2.1 percent annual update, the
proposed area wage budget neutrality factor
of 1.0002304, and a proposed one-time
prospective adjustment to the standard
Federal rate for FY 2015 of 0.98734
(approximately -1.3 percent). For LTCHs that
fail to submit data to the LTCH Quality
Reporting Program, we are proposing to
establish a standard Federal rate for FY 2015
of $40,141.47 that includes a 2.0 percentage
point reduction applied to the proposed
annual update under the requirements of
section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act in addition
to the other proposed adjustments noted
above.
Hospital groups were based on
characteristics provided in the OSCAR data,
FY 2010 through FY 2012 cost report data in
HCRIS, and PSF data. Hospital groups
included the following:
• Location: large urban/other urban/rural.
• Participation date.
• Ownership control.
• Census region.
• Bed size.
To estimate the impacts of the proposed
payment rates and policy changes among the
various categories of existing providers, we
used LTCH cases from the FY 2013 MedPAR
file to estimate payments for FY 2014 and to
estimate payments for FY 2015 for 422
LTCHs. We believe that the discharges based
on the FY 2013 MedPAR data for the 422
LTCHs in our database, which includes 288
proprietary LTCHs, provide sufficient
representation in the MS–LTC–DRGs
containing discharges for patients who
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28375
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
received LTCH care for the most commonly
treated LTCH patients’ diagnoses.
d. Calculation of Prospective Payments
For purposes of this impact analysis, to
estimate per discharge payments under the
LTCH PPS, we simulated payments on a
case-by-case basis using LTCH claims from
the FY 2013 MedPAR files. For modeling
estimated LTCH PPS payments for FY 2014,
we used the FY 2014 standard Federal rate
(that is, $40,607.31 for LTCHs that submit
quality data under the requirements of the
LTCHQR Program and $39,808.74 for LTCHs
that failed to submit quality data under the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program) used
to make payments for LTCH discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2013 through
September 30, 2014).
For modeling estimated proposed LTCH
PPS payments for FY 2015, we used the
proposed FY 2015 standard Federal rate of
$40,943.51 (for LTCHs that submit quality
data under the requirements of the LTCHQR
Program), which includes a proposed onetime prospective adjustment of 0.98734 for
FY 2015 for the final year of the 3-year phasein. For LTCHs that we project to have failed
to submit the requisite quality data for FY
2015 under the LTCH Quality Reporting
Program, we used the proposed FY 2015
standard Federal rate of $40,141.47, which
reflects the 2.0 percentage points reduction
required by section 1886(m)(5)(C)of the Act.
The proposed FY 2015 standard Federal rates
also include the proposed application of an
area wage level budget neutrality factor of
1.0002034 (as discussed in section V.B.5. of
the Addendum to this proposed rule).
Furthermore, in modeling estimated LTCH
PPS payments for both FY 2014 and FY 2015
in this impact analysis, we applied the FY
2014 and the proposed FY 2015 adjustments
for area wage levels and the proposed COLA
for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii.
Specifically, we adjusted for differences in
area wage levels in determining estimated FY
2014 payments using the current LTCH PPS
labor-related share of 62.537 percent (78 FR
50995 through 50996) and the wage index
values established in the Tables 12A and 12B
listed in the Addendum to the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (which are available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site. We also
applied the FY 2014 COLA factors shown in
the table in section V.C. of the Addendum to
that final rule (78 FR 50997 through 50998)
to adjust the FY 2014 nonlabor-related share
(37.463 percent) for LTCHs located in Alaska
and Hawaii. Similarly, we adjusted for
differences in area wage levels in
determining the estimated FY 2015 payments
using the proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS laborrelated share of 62.571 percent and the
proposed FY 2015 wage index values,
including the proposed 50/50 blended wage
index, determined from the proposed wage
index values presented in Tables 12A
through 12D listed in section VI. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule (and
available via the Internet). We also applied
the proposed FY 2015 COLA factors shown
in the table in section V.C. of the Addendum
to this proposed rule to the proposed FY
2015 nonlabor-related share (37.429 percent)
for LTCHs located in Alaska and Hawaii.
As discussed above, our impact analysis
reflects an estimated change in payments for
SSO cases, as well as an estimated increase
in payments for HCO cases (as described in
section V.D. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule). In modeling proposed
payments for SSO and HCO cases in FY
2015, we applied an inflation factor of 4.7
percent (determined by OACT) to estimate
the costs of each case using the charges
reported on the claims in the FY 2013
MedPAR files and the best available CCRs
from the December 2013 update of the PSF.
Furthermore, in modeling estimated LTCH
PPS payments for FY 2015 in this impact
analysis, we used the proposed FY 2015
fixed-loss amount of $15,730 (as discussed in
section V.D. of the Addendum to this
proposed rule).
These impacts reflect the estimated
‘‘losses’’ or ‘‘gains’’ among the various
classifications of LTCHs from FY 2014 to FY
2015 based on the proposed payment rates
and policy changes presented in this
proposed rule. Table IV illustrates the
estimated aggregate impact of the LTCH PPS
among various classifications of LTCHs.
• The first column, LTCH Classification,
identifies the type of LTCH.
• The second column lists the number of
LTCHs of each classification type.
• The third column identifies the number
of LTCH cases.
• The fourth column shows the estimated
payment per discharge for FY 2014 (as
described above).
• The fifth column shows the estimated
payment per discharge for FY 2015 (as
described above).
• The sixth column shows the percentage
change in estimated payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015 due to the proposed
annual update to the standard Federal rate
(as discussed in section V.A.2. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule), including
the proposed 2.0 percentage point reduction
to the update to the standard Federal rate for
LTCHs that fail to submit data to the
LTCHQR Program and the final year of the
phase-in of a one-time prospective
adjustment factor for FY 2015.
• The seventh column shows the
percentage change in estimated payments per
discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for
proposed changes to the area wage level
adjustment (that is, the proposed wage
indexes, including the proposed
implementation of the new OMB
delineations, and proposed labor-related
share), including the proposed application of
an area wage level budget neutrality factor,
(as discussed in section V.B. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule. This
column includes the proposed wage index
calculated as a 50/50 blend of the wage index
under the current CBSA designations and the
wage index under the new OMB delineations
under our proposed transitional wage index
policy for the proposed implementation of
the new OMB delineations.
• The eighth column shows the percentage
change in estimated payments per discharge
from FY 2014 (Column 4) to FY 2015
(Column 5) for all proposed changes (and
includes the effect of estimated proposed
changes to HCO and SSO payments).
TABLE IV—IMPACT OF PROPOSED PAYMENT RATE AND POLICY CHANGES TO LTCH PPS PAYMENTS FOR FY 2015
[Estimated FY 2014 Payments Compared to Estimated FY 2015 Payments]
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Number of
LTCHs
Number of
LTCH PPS
cases
Average FY
2014 LTCH
PPS payment
per case
Average FY
2015 LTCH
PPS payment
per case 1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Percent
change in estimated payments per
discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for proposed
changes to the
area wage
level adjustment with proposed budget
neutrality 3
Percent
change in payments per
discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for all
proposed
changes 4
(7)
LTCH classification
Percent
change in estimated payments per discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for the
proposed annual update to
the federal
rate 2
(8)
(6)
ALL PROVIDERS ........
BY LOCATION:
RURAL ..................
URBAN .................
LARGE ..................
OTHER .................
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
422
137,897
$40,247.74
$40,567.74
0.7
0
0.8
22
400
200
200
5,691
132,206
76,347
55,859
35,633.63
40,446.36
42,694
37,375
35,893.55
40,768.95
43,082
37,608
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
¥0.2
0
0.1
¥0.2
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.6
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00399
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28376
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
TABLE IV—IMPACT OF PROPOSED PAYMENT RATE AND POLICY CHANGES TO LTCH PPS PAYMENTS FOR FY 2015—
Continued
[Estimated FY 2014 Payments Compared to Estimated FY 2015 Payments]
Number of
LTCHs
Number of
LTCH PPS
cases
Average FY
2014 LTCH
PPS payment
per case
Average FY
2015 LTCH
PPS payment
per case 1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Percent
change in estimated payments per
discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for proposed
changes to the
area wage
level adjustment with proposed budget
neutrality 3
Percent
change in payments per
discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for all
proposed
changes 4
(7)
LTCH classification
Percent
change in estimated payments per discharge from
FY 2014 to FY
2015 for the
proposed annual update to
the federal
rate 2
(8)
(6)
BY PARTICIPATION
DATE:
BEFORE OCT.
1983 ..................
OCT. 1983–SEPT.
1993 ..................
OCT. 1993–SEPT.
2002 ..................
OCTOBER 2002
and AFTER .......
BY OWNERSHIP
TYPE:
VOLUNTARY ........
PROPRIETARY ....
GOVERNMENT ....
BY REGION:
NEW ENGLAND ...
MIDDLE ATLANTIC .....................
SOUTH ATLANTIC
EAST NORTH
CENTRAL ..........
EAST SOUTH
CENTRAL ..........
WEST NORTH
CENTRAL ..........
WEST SOUTH
CENTRAL ..........
MOUNTAIN ...........
PACIFIC ................
BY BED SIZE:
BEDS: 0–24 ..........
BEDS: 25–49 ........
BEDS: 50–74 ........
BEDS: 75–124 ......
BEDS: 125–199 ....
BEDS: 200 + .........
16
5,200
37,560.33
38,297.27
0.7
0.8
2
44
16,796
43,706.56
44,005.21
0.7
¥0.2
0.7
181
62,686
39,413.76
39,694.92
0.7
¥0.1
0.7
181
53,215
40,401.05
40,732.81
0.7
0.1
0.8
91
288
43
21,887
104,450
11,560
41,091.65
39,975.38
41,110.80
41,428.06
40,291.47
41,435.10
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.1
0
0.1
0.8
0.8
0.8
14
6,948
36,681.66
37,478.17
0.7
1.1
2.2
29
61
8,522
18,561
42,608.78
42,577.65
43,311.85
42,756.02
0.7
0.7
1.1
¥0.3
1.7
0.4
70
20,072
42,055.63
42,256.47
0.7
¥0.1
0.5
31
8,940
39,632.87
39,809.48
0.7
¥0.5
0.4
26
6,446
39,279.06
39,620.34
0.7
0.1
0.9
134
32
25
48,191
6,775
13,442
35,731.94
43,403.32
50,149.94
36,001.75
43,675.91
50,643.35
0.7
0.7
0.7
¥0.2
¥0.1
0.1
0.8
0.6
1
24
200
117
45
22
14
2,593
47,183
37,486
22,044
15,353
13,238
35,165.11
39,176.76
40,905.58
42,299.43
39,223.11
40,969.52
35,370.96
39,479.06
41,253.12
42,677.61
39,498.04
41,252.44
0.8
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
¥0.2
0
0.1
0.2
¥0.1
¥0.2
0.6
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.7
0.7
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1 Estimated FY 2015 LTCH PPS payments based on the proposed payment rate and factor changes presented in the preamble of and the Addendum to this proposed rule.
2 Percent change in estimated payments per discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for the proposed annual update to the standard Federal rate
and the proposed one-time prospective adjustment factor for FY 2015 as discussed in section V.A.2. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
3 Percent change in estimated payments per discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment
under § 412.525(c) (as discussed in section V.B. of the Addendum to this proposed rule).
4 Percent change in estimated payments per discharge from FY 2014 LTCH PPS (shown in Column 4) to FY 2015 LTCH PPS (shown in Column 5), including all of the proposed changes to the rates and factors presented in the preamble of and the Addendum to this proposed rule.
Note, this column, which shows the percent change in estimated payments per discharge for all proposed changes, does not equal the sum of
the percent changes in estimated payments per discharge for the proposed annual update to the standard Federal rate (column 6) and the proposed changes to the area wage level adjustment with budget neutrality (Column 7) due to the effect of estimated proposed changes in both estimated payments to SSO cases that are paid based on estimated costs and aggregate HCO payments (as discussed in this impact analysis), as
well as other interactive effects that cannot be isolated.
e. Results
Based on the most recent available data for
422 LTCHs, we have prepared the following
summary of the impact (as shown above in
Table IV) of the proposed LTCH PPS
payment rate and policy changes presented
in this proposed rule. The impact analysis in
Table IV shows that estimated payments per
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
discharge are expected to increase 0.8
percent, on average, for all LTCHs from FY
2014 to FY 2015 as a result of the proposed
payment rate and policy changes presented
in this proposed rule, including an estimated
slight decrease in HCO payments. This
estimated 0.8 percent increase in LTCH PPS
payments per discharge from the FY 2014 to
PO 00000
Frm 00400
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
FY 2015 for all LTCHs (as shown in Table IV)
was determined by comparing estimated FY
2015 LTCH PPS payments (using the
proposed payment rates and factors
discussed in this proposed rule) to estimated
FY 2014 LTCH PPS payments (as described
above in section I.L.1. of this Appendix).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
We are proposing to establish a standard
Federal rate of $40,943.51 (or a standard
Federal rate of $40,141.47 for LTCHs that
failed to submit data under the requirements
of the LTCHQR Program) for FY 2015.
Specifically, we are proposing to update the
standard Federal rate for FY 2015 by 2.1
percent, which is based on the latest estimate
of the proposed LTCH PPS market basket
increase (2.7 percent), the proposed
reduction of 0.4 percentage point for the MFP
adjustment, and the 0.2 percentage point
reduction consistent with sections
1886(m)(3) and (m)(4) of the Act. For LTCHs
that fail to submit quality data under the
requirements of the LTCHQR Program, as
required by section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the Act,
a 2.0 percentage point reduction is applied to
the proposed annual update to the standard
Federal rate. In addition, we are proposing to
apply a one-time prospective adjustment
factor for FY 2015 of 0.98734 (approximately
¥1.3 percent) to the standard Federal rate for
the final year of the 3-year phase-in.
We noted earlier in this section that, for
most categories of LTCHs, as shown in Table
IV (Column 6), the payment increase due to
the proposed 2.1 percent annual update to
the standard Federal rate and the proposed
application of a one-time prospective
adjustment for FY 2015 of approximately
¥1.3 percent for the final year of the 3-year
phase-in is projected to result in
approximately a 0.7 percent decrease in
estimated payments per discharge for all
LTCHs from FY 2014 to FY 2015.
In addition, our estimate of the proposed
changes in payments due to the proposed
update to the standard Federal rate also
reflects estimated payments for SSO cases
that are paid using special methodologies
that are not affected by the update to the
standard Federal rate. For these reasons, we
estimate that payments may increase by less
than 0.8 percent for certain hospital
categories due to the proposed annual update
to the standard Federal rate and the proposed
application of the final phase of the one-time
prospective adjustment for FY 2015.
(1) Location
Based on the most recent available data,
the vast majority of LTCHs are located in
urban areas. Only approximately 5 percent of
the LTCHs are identified as being located in
a rural area, and approximately 4 percent of
all LTCH cases are treated in these rural
hospitals. The impact analysis presented in
Table IV shows that the average percent
increase in estimated payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for all hospitals is
0.8 percent for all proposed changes. For
rural LTCHs, the percent change for all
proposed changes is estimated to be a 0.7
percent increase, while for urban LTCHs, we
estimate the increase would be 0.8 percent.
Large urban LTCHs are projected to
experience an increase of 0.9 percent in
estimated payments per discharge from FY
2014 to FY 2015, while other urban LTCHs
are projected to experience an increase of 0.6
percent in estimated payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015, as shown in Table
IV.
(2) Participation Date
LTCHs are grouped by participation date
into four categories: (1) Before October 1983;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
(2) between October 1983 and September
1993; (3) between October 1993 and
September 2002; and (4) October 2002 and
after. Based on the most recent available data,
the categories of LTCHs with the largest
percentage of LTCH cases (approximately 45
percent) are in hospitals that began
participating in the Medicare program
between October 1993 and September 2002,
and they are projected to experience a 0.7
percent increase in estimated payments per
discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015, as
shown in Table IV.
Approximately 4 percent of LTCHs began
participating in the Medicare program before
October 1983, and these LTCHs are projected
to experience a higher than average percent
increase (2.0 percent) in estimated payments
per discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015, as
shown in Table IV. Approximately 10
percent of LTCHs began participating in the
Medicare program between October 1983 and
September 1993. These LTCHs are projected
to experience a 0.7 percent increase in
estimated payments from FY 2014 to FY
2015. LTCHs that began participating in the
Medicare program after October 1, 2002,
which treat approximately 39 percent of all
LTCH cases, are projected to experience a 0.8
percent increase in estimated payments from
FY 2014 to FY 2015.
(3) Ownership Control
LTCHs are grouped into three categories
based on ownership control type: Voluntary,
proprietary, and government. Based on the
most recent available data, approximately 22
percent of LTCHs are identified as voluntary
(Table IV). The majority (nearly 68 percent)
of LTCHs are identified as proprietary while
government-owned and operated LTCHs
represent about 10 percent of LTCHs. Based
on ownership type, each category of LTCHs
is expected to experience the average
increase in payments of 0.8 percent in
estimated payments per discharge from FY
2014 to FY 2015.
(4) Census Region
Estimated payments per discharge for FY
2015 are projected to increase for LTCHs
located in all regions in comparison to FY
2014. Of the 9 census regions, we project that
the increase in estimated payments per
discharge would have the largest positive
impact on LTCHs in the New England and
Middle Atlantic regions (2.2 percent and 1.7
percent, respectively as shown in Table IV).
The estimated percent increase in payments
per discharge from FY 2014 to FY 2015 for
those regions is largely attributable to the
proposed changes in the area wage level
adjustment.
In contrast, LTCHs located in the South
Atlantic and East South Central regions are
projected to experience the smallest increase
in estimated payments per discharge from FY
2014 to FY 2015. The lower than national
average estimated increase in payments of 0.4
percent is primarily due to estimated
decreases in payments associated with the
proposed changes to the area wage level
adjustment.
(5) Bed Size
LTCHs are grouped into six categories
based on bed size: 0–24 beds; 25–49 beds;
PO 00000
Frm 00401
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
28377
50–74 beds; 75–124 beds; 125–199 beds; and
greater than 200 beds. Most bed size
categories are projected to receive either a
slightly higher or slightly lower than average
increase in estimated payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015. We project that
small LTCHs (0–24 beds) would experience
a 0.6 percent increase in payments, mostly
due to decreases in the area wage level
adjustment, while large LTCHs (200+ beds)
would experience a 0.7 percent increase in
payments. LTCHs with between 75 and 124
beds are expected to experience an above
average increase in payments per discharge
from FY 2014 to FY 2015 (0.9 percent).
4. Effect on the Medicare Program
As noted previously, we project that the
provisions of this proposed rule would result
in an increase in estimated aggregate LTCH
PPS payments in FY 2015 relative to FY 2014
of approximately $44 million (or
approximately 0.8 percent) for the 422
LTCHs in our database.
5. Effect on Medicare Beneficiaries
Under the LTCH PPS, hospitals receive
payment based on the average resources
consumed by patients for each diagnosis. We
do not expect any changes in the quality of
care or access to services for Medicare
beneficiaries under the LTCH PPS, but we
continue to expect that paying prospectively
for LTCH services will enhance the efficiency
of the Medicare program.
L. Effects of Proposed Requirements for
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR)
Program
In section IX.A. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposed
requirements for hospitals to report quality
data under the Hospital IQR Program in order
to receive the full annual percentage increase
for the FY 2017 payment determination. We
are proposing to remove a total of 20
measures from the Hospital IQR Program for
the FY 2016 payment determination and
subsequent years, which begins in the CY
2015 reporting period. The first five measures
are: (1) AMI–1 Aspirin at arrival (NQF
#0132); (2) AMI–3 ACEI/ARB for left
ventricular systolic dysfunction (NQF
#0137); (3) AMI–5 Beta-blocker prescribed at
discharge (NQF #0160); (4) SCIP INF–6
Appropriate Hair Removal; and (5)
Participation in a systematic database for
cardiac surgery (NQF #0113). Of those, the
first four measures are currently suspended.
The fifth measure was recommended by the
MAP for removal because it is ‘‘topped-out.’’
We believe that an additional 15 chartabstracted measures are ‘‘topped out,’’ based
on the previously adopted criteria, and we
are proposing to remove them from the FY
2017 payment determination and subsequent
years measure set. However, we are
proposing to retain the electronic clinical
quality measure version of 10 of these chartabstracted measures for Hospital IQR
Program reporting as discussed in section
IX.A.7.f. of the preamble of this proposed
rule.
We also are proposing to add one chartabstracted measure in this proposed rule:
Severe sepsis and septic shock: management
bundle (NQF #0500).
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28378
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
We are proposing to incorporate
refinements for several measures for the FY
2017 payment determination and subsequent
years that were previously adopted in the
Hospital IQR Program. These refinements
have either arisen out of the NQF
endorsement maintenance process, or during
our internal efforts to harmonize measure
approaches. The measure refinements
include the following: (1) Refining the
planned readmission algorithm for all seven
readmission measures included in the
Hospital IQR Program; (2) modifying the hip/
knee readmission and complication measure
cohorts to exclude index admissions with a
secondary fracture diagnosis; and (3)
modifying the hip/knee complication
measure to not count as complications coded
as ‘‘present on admission’’ (POA) during the
index admission. We do not anticipate any
hospital burden associated with these
revisions, as each is based on claims
submitted by hospitals for payment purposes.
Information is not available to determine
the precise number of hospitals that would
not meet the requirements to receive the full
annual percentage increase for the FY 2017
payment determination. Historically, an
average of 100 hospitals that participate in
the Hospital IQR Program do not receive the
full annual percentage increase in any fiscal
year. We anticipate that because of the new
requirements we are proposing for reporting
for the FY 2017 payment determination, the
number of hospitals not receiving the full
annual percentage increase may be higher
than average. The highest number of
hospitals failing to meet program
requirements was approximately 200 after
the introduction of new NHSN reporting
requirements. If the number of hospitals
failing does increase because of proposed
new requirements, we anticipate that over
the long run, this number will decline as
hospitals gain more experience with these
requirements.
As discussed in section XIII.B.6. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we estimate
that our proposals for the adoption and
removal of measures will result in an overall
decrease of 5.86 million hours or 1,775 hours
per hospital. The table below describes the
hospital burden associated with the Hospital
IQR Program requirements.
BURDEN IMPACT OF PROPOSED HOSPITAL IQR PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS FOR FY 2017
Burden per hospital
for previously
finalized
requirements
Burden per hospital
for all requirements
as proposed
(continuing,
removed, added)
Net change in
burden per
hospital
Chart-abstracted and structural measures, forms .............
Review reports for claims-based measures ......................
Reporting of voluntary electronic clinical quality measures
(E–CQM) in place of chart-abstracted measures.
Validation templates ...........................................................
E–CQM validation test .......................................................
Validation charts photocopying ..........................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Hospital IQR program requirement
Number of hospitals
impacted
3,300 .......................
3,300 .......................
Unknown .................
1,291 hours .............
4 hours ....................
¥570 hours ............
963 hours ................
4 hours ....................
¥554 hours ............
¥328 hours.
0.
16 hours.
Up to 600 ................
Up to 100 ................
Up to 600 ................
144 hours ................
0 ..............................
$8,640 .....................
144 hours ................
16 hours ..................
$8,496 .....................
0.
16 hours.
$¥144.
We estimate that the total burden
associated with the proposed voluntary
electronic clinical quality measure reporting
option will be similar to the burden outlined
for hospitals in the Medicare EHR Incentive
Program Stage 2 final rule (77 FR 53968
through 54162). However, by allowing
hospitals to submit data for a maximum of 16
measures that could be used to satisfy partial
requirements for both programs, each
hospital that participates in the voluntary
electronic quality measure reporting option
could realize a reduction in burden of up to
approximately 554 hours. To achieve a
savings of 554 hours, we made the following
assumptions. We assumed an average annual
collection burden for 164 chart-abstracted
measures (in Stroke, VTE, ED, and PC–01
topic areas) to be a combined 582 hours
annually per hospital over 4 quarters. We
estimate that each quarter, each hospital will
need approximately 2 hours and 40 minutes
(10 minutes per measure) to process and
submit measures results electronically per
quarter. This equates to 10 hours and 40
minutes annually. Because the remaining 12
electronic clinical quality measures
submitted to the Hospital IQR Program
would not replace any chart-abstracted
reporting requirements, there would be an
extra 2 hours per quarter per hospital in
burden (8 hours total), with no
commensurate savings.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
hospitals were permitted to meet Hospital
IQR program requirements for these 16
measures by submitting data electronically
for a single quarter (78 FR 50811 through
50819) for the FY 2016 payment
determination. Moreover, there were no
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
options for submitting 12 additional
measures. Therefore, we estimate that savings
for hospitals choosing to submit all optional
measures electronically for the FY 2016
payment determination would have been
about 579 hours (582 hours minus 2 hours
and 40 minutes). The net burden of the
proposal for the FY 2017 payment
determination compared with the policy
finalized for the FY 2016 payment
determination is an additional 16 hours for
a hospital choosing to submit all possible
required and optional measures
electronically.
M. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the
PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting (PCHQR) Program for FY 2017
In section IX.B. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposed
policies for the quality data reporting
program for PPS-exempt cancer hospitals
(PCHs), which we refer to as the PCHQR
Program. The PCHQR Program is authorized
under section 1866(k) of the Act, which was
added by section 3005 of the Affordable Care
Act.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing
that PCHs submit data on one additional
measure beginning with the FY 2017 program
which, if finalized, would increase the total
number of measures in the FY 2017 PCHQR
measure set to 19 measures. We also are
proposing to update the specifications for the
five previously finalized clinical process/
oncology care measures to require PCHs to
report all-patient data for each of these
measures, and to adopt a new sampling
methodology that PCHs can use to report
these measures. Furthermore, we are
PO 00000
Frm 00402
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposing to require PCHs to submit
population and sample size counts for these
measures. We also are proposing to give
PCHs a choice of one of two reporting
options to report the clinical process/
oncology care, SCIP, and clinical process/
cancer specific treatment measures.
The impact of the proposed requirements
for the PCHQR program is expected to be
minimal overall because some PCHs are
already submitting previously adopted
quality measure data to CMS. As a result,
these PCHs are familiar with our IT
infrastructure and programmatic operations.
In addition to fostering transparency and
facilitating public reporting, we believe our
proposed requirements introduce minimal
burden while increasing quality of care. We
further believe that these requirements
outweigh any burden.
One expected effect of the PCHQR Program
is to keep the public informed of the quality
of care provided by PCHs. We will publicly
display quality measure data collected under
the PCHQR Program as required under the
Act. These data will be displayed on the
Hospital Compare Web site. The goals of
making these data available to the public in
a user-friendly and relevant format, include,
but are not limited to: (1) Allowing the public
to compare PCHs in order to make informed
health care decisions regarding care setting;
and (2) providing information about current
trends in health care. Furthermore, PCHs can
use their own health care quality data for
many purposes such as in risk management
programs, health care acquired infection
prevention programs, and research and
development activities, among others.
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
N. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the
Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting
(LTCHQR) Program for FY 2015 Through FY
2018
In section IX.C. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss the
implementation of section 1886(m)(5) of the
Act, which was added by section 3004(a) of
the Affordable Care Act. Section 1886(m)(5)
of the Act provides that, for rate year 2014
and each subsequent year, any LTCH that
does not submit data to the Secretary in
accordance with section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the
Act shall receive a 2-percentage point
reduction to the annual update to the
standard Federal rate for discharges for the
hospital during the applicable fiscal year. In
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51839 through 51840), we estimated that
only a few LTCHs would not receive the full
annual percentage increase in any fiscal year
as a result of failure to submit data under the
LTCHQR Program. Information is not
available to determine the precise number of
LTCHs that would not meet the requirements
to receive the full annual percentage increase
for the FY 2016 payment determination. At
the time that this analysis was prepared, 8 of
the 442 active Medicare-certified LTCHs did
not receive the full annual percentage
increase for the FY 2014 payment
determination. We believe that a majority of
LTCHs will continue to collect and submit
data for the FY 2015 payment determination
and subsequent years because they will
continue to view the LTCHQR Program as an
important step in improving the quality of
care patients receive in the LTCHs. We
believe that the burden associated with the
LTCHQR Program is the time and effort
associated with data collection. There are
approximately 442 LTCHs currently
reporting quality data to CMS.
In this proposed rule, we are retaining
seven previously finalized measures,
proposing revisions to two previously
finalized measures, and are proposing three
additional quality measures for inclusion in
the LTCHQR Program. In section IX.C.7. of
the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing three new quality measures for
inclusion in the LTCHQR Program affecting
the FY 2018 payment determination and
subsequent years: (1) Percent of Long-Term
Care Hospital Patients with an Admission
and Discharge Functional Assessment and a
Care Plan That Addresses Function; (2)
Functional Outcome Measure: Change in
Mobility among Long-Term Care Hospital
Patients Requiring Ventilator Support; and
(3) National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN) Ventilator-Associate Event (VAE)
Outcome Measure.
Six of the previously adopted and newly
proposed measures either will or would be
collected via the NHSN. In section IX.C.7.b.
of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to collect the NHSN VAE Outcome
Measure. Normally, we would only discuss
the burden associated with those measures
that are being proposed in any given rule.
Because we have access to information that
now indicates our previous calculations for
the CAUTI, CLABSI, MRSA, and CDI were
incorrect (we estimated in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50959 through
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
28379
50964) that LTCHs would submit six
infection events per month for each of these
measures), we offer below the recalculation
of the associated burden. Based on
submissions to the NHSN, we now estimate
that each LTCH will execute approximately
7 NHSN submissions per month; 1 MRSA
event; 1 CDI event; 2 CLABSI events; 3
CAUTI events (84 events per LTCH
annually). This equates to a total of
approximately 37,128 submissions of events
to the NHSN from all LTCHs per year
(includes CAUTI, CLABSI, MRSA, and CDI).
The CDC estimated the public reporting
burden of the collection of information for
each measure to include the time for
reviewing instructions, searching existing
data sources, gathering and maintaining the
data needed, and completing and reviewing
the collection of information. MRSA and CDI
events are estimated to require an average of
15 minutes per response (10 minutes of
clinical (RN) time, and 5 minutes of clerical
(Medical Record or Healthcare Information
Technician). CAUTI is estimated to require
an average of 29 minutes per response, and
CLABSI events are estimated to require an
average of 32 minutes per response. In
addition, each LTCH must also complete a
Patient Safety Monthly Reporting Plan
estimated at 35 minutes per Plan and a
Denominator for Specialty Care Area, which
is estimated at 5 hours per month. Based on
this estimate, we expect each LTCH would
expend 8.6 hours per month for each LTCH,
103.2 hours annually for each LTCH, or
45,614.4 annually for all LTCHs reporting to
the NHSN.
In addition, each LTCH must submit the
Influenza Vaccination Coverage among
Healthcare Personnel (NQF #0431), which
the CDC estimates will take 10 minutes
annually per LTCH, or an additional 73.66
hours for all LTCH annually. In total, the
burden we have recalculated for all
previously finalized measures (including
CAUTI, CLABSI, MRSA, CDI, HCP, Patient
Safety Monthly Reporting plan, and
Denominator for Specialty Care Area) will
equal 103.4 hours annually per LTCH or
45,072.8 hours for all LTCHs annually.
For the newly proposed VAE measure,
which will also be reported by LTCHs
through the CDC’s NHSN, the CDC estimates
that each LTCH will submit 1 VAE per
month, which will require approximately 22
minutes of clinical time per response. This
equates to 22 minutes per LTCH monthly, 4.4
hours per LTCH annually, and 1,944.8 hours
for all LTCHs annually. According to the US
Bureau of Labor and Statistics, the mean
hourly wage for a registered nurse (RN) is
$33.1 191; the mean hourly wage for a medical
records and health information technician is
$16.81. However, in order to account for
overhead and fringe benefits, we have double
the mean hourly wage, making it $66.26 for
an RN, and $33.62 for a Medical Record or
Health Information Technician. We estimate
that the annual cost per each LTCH for the
previously finalized measures, for which we
have recalculated burden (including CAUTI,
CLABSI, MRSA, CDI, HCP, Patient Safety
Monthly Reporting plan, and Denominator
for Specialty Care Area) to be $6,770.10 and
that the total yearly cost to all LTCHs for the
submission of data to NHSN would be
$2,992,384.20. We estimate that the total cost
for the newly proposed VAE measure would
be $291.54 per LTCH annually, or
$128,860.68 for all LTCHs annually.
The All-Cause Unplanned Readmission
Measure for 30 Days Post-Discharge from
Long-Term Care Hospitals is a Medicare
claims-based measure; because claims-based
measures can be calculated based on data
that are already reported to the Medicare
program for payment purposes, we believe
there will be no additional impact.
The remaining five measures will be
collected utilizing the LTCH CARE Data Set.
The burden estimates associated with OMB
control number 0938–1163 estimate that each
LTCH has an impact data collection burden
of 243.24 hours or $6,755.84 associated with
collection of the LTCH CARE Data Set, which
includes the following three measures:
Percent of Residents or Patients with
Pressure Ulcers That Are New or Worsened
(NQF #0678); Percent of Residents or Patients
Who Were Assessed and Appropriately
Given the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine (NQF
#0680), and the Application of Percent of
Residents Experiencing One or More Falls
with Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF #0674).
We also are proposing to use the LTCH
CARE Data Set to report the two additional
proposed measures, Functional Outcome
Measure: Change in Mobility among LongTerm Care Hospital Patients Requiring
Ventilator Support; and Percent of LongTerm Care Hospital Patients with an
Admission and Discharge Functional
Assessment and a Care Plan That Addresses
Function for the FY 2018 payment
determination and subsequent years. In
addition, the LTCH CARE Data Set will be
used to report the previously finalized
measure. We estimate the additional
elements for two newly proposed measures
will take 13.5 minutes of nursing/clinical
staff time to report data for Admission
assessment and 13 minutes of nursing/
clinical staff time to report data for Discharge
assessment, for a total of 26.5 minutes. In
accordance with OMB control number 0920–
0666, we estimate 202,050 discharges from
all LTCHs annually, with an additional
burden of 26.5 minutes. This would equate
to 89,238.75 total hours or 201.9 hours per
LTCH. We believe this work will be
completed by RN staff. As previously noted,
per the US Bureau of Labor and Statistics, the
mean hourly wage for a registered nurse (RN)
is $33.13.192 However, in order to account for
191 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics, the mean hourly wage for a Registered
Nurse is $31.48. See: https://www.bls.gov/ooh/
healthcare/registered-nurses.htm. Fringe benefits
are calculated at a rate of 36.25 percent in
accordance with OMB Circular A–76, Attachment
C, Table C.1. After adding the fringe benefits, the
total hourly cost for an RN is $42.89.
192 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics, the mean hourly wage for a Registered
Nurse is $31.48. See: https://www.bls.gov/ooh/
healthcare/registered-nurses.htm. Fringe benefits
are calculated at a rate of 36.25 percent in
accordance with OMB Circular A–76, Attachment
C, Table C.1. After adding the fringe benefits, the
total hourly cost for an RN is $42.89.
PO 00000
Frm 00403
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28380
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
overhead and fringe benefits, we have double
the mean hourly wage, making it $66.26 for
an RN. The total cost related to the two
newly proposed functional status measures
referenced above is estimated at $13,377.89
per LTCH annually, or $5,913,027.38 for all
LTCHs annually.
Lastly, we are proposing to validate data
submitted on the LTCH CARE Data Set by
requesting portions of 1,300 patient charts
from 260 LTCHs submitted during CY 2015
be copied and mailed to a CMS validation
contractor. We estimate the total submission
for each chart to be no more than 270 pages
in length. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53269), we estimated the
appropriate cost for sending charts under the
Hospital IQR Program to be 12 cents per page
in accordance with our photocopying
payment methodology (68 FR 67955). We
believe that the costs would be the same
under the LTCHQR Program because we
would use the same photocopying payment
methodology. Each chart also will require
approximately $4.00 shipping. Two hundred
seventy pages at a rate of $0.12 per page with
a $4.00 shipping cost would be $36.40 per
chart. We estimate the total cost of sending
charts selected for validation to be $36.40
multiplied by 1,300 charts for a total of
$47,320.
In summary, the total cost for all
previously finalized HAI and vaccination
measures (CAUTI, CLABSI, MRSA, CDI,
HCP, Patient Safety Monthly Reporting plan,
and Denominator for Specialty Care Area)
reported through the CDC’s NHSN, that we
have recalculated based on new information
regarding the number of infection events
reported by LTCHs per month, is $6,770.10
per LTCH annually, or $2,992,384.20 for all
LTCHs annually. The total cost per LTCH for
the three newly proposed measures in this
proposed rule (Functional Outcome Measure:
Change in Mobility among Inpatients
requiring Ventilator Support, Percent of
LTCH Inpatients with an Admission and
Discharge Functional Assessment and a Care
Plan That Addresses Function, and
Ventilator-Associated Events) is $13,669.43
per LTCH annually, or $6,041,886.06 for all
LTCHs annually. The total cost for the 260
LTCHs selected under our newly proposed
data accuracy validation policy is $47,320,
which would be paid by CMS.
O. Effects of Proposals Regarding Electronic
Health Record (EHR) Incentive Program and
Hospital IQR Program
In sections IX.D. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss proposed
requirements for the EHR Incentive Program.
We are proposing to align the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program reporting and submission
timelines for clinical quality measures for
eligible hospitals and CAHs with the
Hospital IQR Program’s reporting and
submission timelines.
We have determined that the electronic
submission of aggregate-level data using
QRDA–III will not be feasible in 2015 for
eligible hospitals and CAHs under the
Medicare EHR Incentive Program. We are
proposing to continue, for FY 2015, the
policy we adopted for FY 2014 for eligible
hospitals and CAHs submitting CQMs under
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
the Medicare EHR Incentive Program. For FY
2015, eligible hospitals and CAHs would be
able to electronically submit using a method
similar to the 2012 and 2013 EHR Incentive
Program electronic reporting pilot for eligible
hospitals and CAHs, which used QRDA–I
(patient-level data). Eligible hospitals and
CAHs that are beyond their first year of
meaningful use may continue to report
aggregate CQM results through attestation.
We also are clarifying our policy on zero
denominators and the case threshold
exemption for clinical quality measures.
We do not believe that our proposals to
align the Medicare EHR Incentive program
reporting and submission timelines for
clinical quality measures with the Hospital
IQR Program’s reporting and submission
timelines and to allow the electronic
submission of QRDA–I (patient-level data) for
eligible hospitals and CAHs to electronic
submit CQMs under the Medicare EHR
Incentive Program will have a significant
impact.
P. Effects of Proposed Revision of Regulations
Governing Use and Release of Medicare
Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
Under section X. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are proposing to revise the
existing regulations at § 422.310(f) to broaden
the specified uses of risk adjustment data in
order to strengthen program management and
increase transparency in the MA program
and to specify the conditions for release of
risk adjustment data to entities outside of
CMS. We are proposing to revise the
regulations to specify four additional
purposes for which CMS may use or release
risk adjustment data submitted by MA
organizations: (1) To conduct evaluations and
other analysis to support the Medicare
program (including demonstrations) and to
support public health initiatives and other
health care-related research; (2) for activities
to support the administration of the Medicare
program; (3) for activities conducted to
support program integrity; and (4) for
purposes explicitly permitted by other laws.
In addition, the existing regulations do not
specify conditions for release by CMS of risk
adjustment data submitted by MA
organizations. Therefore, we are proposing to
add regulatory language to address CMS’
release of such data to non-CMS entities.
We have determined that the proposed
regulatory amendments do not impose any
mandatory costs on entities that may choose,
under this proposal, to request data files from
CMS for their research analyses or other
purposes listed in the proposal. Requesting
data from CMS is at the discretion of the
requester. Therefore, we have determined
that there are not any economically
significant effects of the proposed provisions.
We also have determined that the proposed
regulatory amendments would not impose a
burden on the entity requesting data files.
Q. Effects of Proposed Changes to
Enforcement Provisions for Organ Transplant
Centers
Under section XI. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss our proposals to
expand and clarify the current organ
transplant regulation as it relates to a
PO 00000
Frm 00404
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
transplant program’s ability to request
approval for participation in Medicare based
on mitigating factors, the timelines for such
review, and potential System Improvement
Agreements that may allow a transplant
program to improve outcomes and avert
Medicare termination when outcomes have
not met CMS requirements. Our proposals
also would allow for consideration of factors
such as innovative practice in the field of
organ transplantation, and for potential
mitigating factors consideration of a
transplant program’s outcomes using
Bayesian methodology for calculating
outcomes for patient death and graft failure.
These proposals will not have a significant
effect on Medicare and Medicaid programs as
it will allow organ transplant programs to
continue to participate in Medicare if
approved based on mitigating factors or
during the time established in the Systems
Improvement Agreement. There is an added
benefit to patients who receive transplants,
and to the Medicare program, when a
transplant program improves patient and
graft survival through completion of a system
Improvement Agreement. However, sufficient
data are not currently available to quantify
the added benefit of System Improvement
Agreements or innovative practices.
Therefore, we project only that the cost
impact of the proposals to the Medicare and
Medicaid programs would be negligible.
Historical data reflect that between the date
the transplant regulation was codified in
2007 and August 2013, CMS rendered a final
determination for 129 organ transplant
programs that applied for Medicare approval
based on mitigating factors. Of the 129
transplant programs, 20 terminated Medicare
participation. An additional 33 transplant
programs averted Medicare termination by
successful completion of a Systems
Improvement Agreement and resulting
substantial improvement in patient and graft
survival. The remaining programs were
approved for mitigating factors based on
improved outcomes (without needing a
System Improvement Agreement), special
circumstances, or came into compliance with
CMS requirements during the mitigating
factors review period. We estimate the cost
associated with the application for mitigating
factors at $10,000. This is based on the salary
for the transplant administrator to prepare
the documents for the application during the
30-day timeframe allotted. The cost does not
represent any increase from what is
anticipated in the existing transplant
regulation related to mitigating factors. For
transplant programs that enter into a Systems
Improvement Agreement, the estimated cost
to the transplant program is $200,000 to
$250,000 based on reports from programs
that have completed such Agreements in the
past. Both a mitigating factors review and
completion of a System Improvement
Agreement are voluntary acts on the part of
a hospital that maintains a transplant
program. Since the 2007 effective date of the
CMS regulation, only one hospital has
elected not to file a mitigating factors review
after being cited by CMS for a condition-level
deficiency for patient outcomes or clinical
experience, and few hospitals have declined
a CMS offer to complete a System
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Improvement Agreement. Therefore, we
conclude that the costs involved in these
activities are much lower for the hospital
compared with other alternatives, such as
filing an appeal and incurring the legal costs
of that appeal.
Our proposals would not have a significant
impact on a substantial number of small
businesses or other small entities. Nor would
they have a significant impact on small rural
hospitals.
II. Alternatives Considered
This proposed rule contains a range of
proposed policies. It also provides
descriptions of the statutory provisions that
are addressed, identifies the proposed
policies, and presents rationales for our
decisions and, where relevant, alternatives
that were considered.
III. Overall Conclusion
1. Acute Care Hospitals
Table I of section I.G. of this Appendix
demonstrates the estimated distributional
impact of the IPPS budget neutrality
requirements for the proposed MS–DRG and
wage index changes, and for the wage index
reclassifications under the MGCRB. Table I
also shows an overall decrease of 0.8 percent
in operating payments. As discussed in
section I.G. of this Appendix, we estimate
that proposed operating payments will
decrease by approximately $864 million in
FY 2015 relative to FY 2014. However, when
we account for the impact of the changes in
Medicare DSH payments and the impact of
the new additional payments based on
uncompensated care in accordance with
section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act,
based on estimates provided by the CMS
Office of the Actuary, consistent with our
policy discussed in section IV.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, we estimate
that operating payments would decrease by
approximately $30 million relative to FY
2014. In addition, we estimate a savings of
$28 million associated with the proposed
HACs policies in FY 2015, which is an
additional $2 million in savings as compared
to FY 2014. We estimate that the expiration
of the expansion of low-volume hospital
payments for discharges beginning on April
1, 2015, under the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113–93) will
result in a decrease in payments of
approximately $343 million relative to FY
2014. We estimate that the continuation of
certain new technology add-on payments for
FY 2015 will increase spending by
approximately $7 million. Finally, we
estimate that the proposed policies related to
validation, including submission of and
payment for secure electronic versions of
medical information for validation for the FY
2017 payment determination and subsequent
years, as described in the ICRs for the
Hospital IQR Program in section XII.B.6. of
the preamble of this proposed rule, will
result in a cost savings to CMS of
approximately $0.5 million. These estimates,
combined with our estimated decrease in FY
2015 operating payment of ¥$30 million,
result in an estimated decrease of
approximately $367 million for FY 2015. We
estimate that hospitals will experience a 1.2
percent increase in capital payments per
case, as shown in Table III of section I.I. of
this Appendix. We project that there will be
a $126 million increase in capital payments
in FY 2015 compared to FY 2014. The
proposed cumulative operating and capital
payments would result in a net decrease of
approximately $241 million to IPPS
providers. The discussions presented in the
previous pages, in combination with the rest
of this proposed rule, constitute a regulatory
impact analysis.
2. LTCHs
Overall, LTCHs are projected to experience
an increase in estimated payments per
discharge in FY 2015. In the impact analysis,
we are using the proposed rates, factors, and
policies presented in this proposed rule,
including proposed updated wage index
values and relative weights, and the best
available claims and CCR data to estimate the
change in payments under the LTCH PPS for
FY 2015. Accordingly, based on the best
available data for the 423 LTCHs in our
database, we estimate that FY 2015 LTCH
PPS payments will increase approximately
$44 million relative to FY 2014 as a result of
the proposed payment rates and factors
presented in this proposed rule. In addition,
we estimate that net effect of the projected
impact of certain other proposed LTCH PPS
28381
policy changes (that is, the reinstatement of
the moratorium on the full implementation of
the ‘‘25 percent threshold’’ payment
adjustment as discussed in section VII.E. of
the preamble of this proposed rule; the
reinstatement of the moratorium on the
development of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and additional LTCH beds
as discussed in section VII.G. of the preamble
of this proposed rule; the proposed revision
of the ‘‘greater than 3-day interruption of
stay’’ policy as discussed in section VII.F. of
the preamble of this proposed rule; the
proposed revocation of onsite discharges and
readmissions policy as discussed in section
VII.H. of the preamble of this proposed rule;
and the proposed payment adjustment for
‘‘subclause (II)’’ LTCHs as discussed in
section VII.I. of the preamble of this proposed
rule) is estimated to result in a reduction in
LTCH PPS payments of approximately $14
million. The impact analysis of the proposed
payment rates and factors presented in this
proposed rule under the LTCH PPS, in
conjunction with the estimated payment
impacts of certain other proposed LTCH PPS
policy changes would result in a net increase
of $30 million to LTCH providers.
Additionally, we present the costs to LTCHs
associated with the completion of the
proposed data for the LTCHQR Program at
$6.08 million or approximately $3.11 million
more than FY 2014.
IV. Accounting Statements and Tables
A. Acute Care Hospitals
As required by OMB Circular A–4
(available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/
omb/circulars/a004/a-4.pdf), in Table V
below, we have prepared an accounting
statement showing the classification of the
expenditures associated with the provisions
of this proposed rule as they relate to acute
care hospitals. This table provides our best
estimate of the change in Medicare payments
to providers as a result of the proposed
changes to the IPPS presented in this
proposed rule. All expenditures are classified
as transfers to Medicare providers.
The savings to the Federal Government
associated with the policies in this proposed
rule are estimated at $241 million.
TABLE V—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT: CLASSIFICATION OF PROPOSED ESTIMATED EXPENDITURES UNDER THE IPPS FROM
FY 2014 TO FY 2015
Category
Transfers
Annualized Monetized Transfers .......................................................................................
From Whom to Whom .......................................................................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. LTCHs
As discussed in section I.L. of this
Appendix, the impact analysis of the
proposed payment rates and factors
presented in this proposed rule under the
LTCH PPS, As discussed in section I.L. of
this Appendix, the impact analysis of the
proposed payment rates and factors
presented in this proposed rule under the
LTCH PPS, in conjunction with the estimated
payment impacts of certain other proposed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
¥$241 million.
Federal Government to IPPS Medicare Providers.
LTCH PPS policy changes (that is, the
reinstatement of the moratorium on the full
implementation of the ‘‘25-percent
threshold’’ payment adjustment; the
reinstatement of the moratorium on the
development of new LTCHs and LTCH
satellite facilities and increase in the number
of LTCH beds; the proposed revision of the
‘‘greater than 3-day interruption of stay’’
policy; the proposed revocation of onsite
discharges and readmissions policy; and the
PO 00000
Frm 00405
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
proposed payment adjustment for ‘‘subclause
(II)’’ LTCHs), is projected to result in an
increase in estimated aggregate LTCH PPS
payments in FY 2015 relative to FY 2014 of
approximately $30 million based on the data
for 423 LTCHs in our database that are
subject to payment under the LTCH PPS.
Therefore, as required by OMB Circular A–
4 (available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/
omb/circulars/a004/a-4.pdf), in Table VI
below, we have prepared an accounting
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28382
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
statement showing the classification of the
expenditures associated with the provisions
of this proposed rule as they relate to the
proposed changes to the LTCH PPS. Table VI
provides our best estimate of the estimated
increase in Medicare payments under the
LTCH PPS as a result of the proposed
payment rates and factors and other
provisions presented in this proposed rule
based on the data for the 423 LTCHs in our
database. All expenditures are classified as
transfers to Medicare providers (that is,
LTCHs). Lastly, we present the costs to
LTCHs associated with the completion of the
proposed data for the LTCHQR Program at
$6.08 million or approximately $3.11 million
more than FY 2014.
The cost to the Federal Government
associated with the proposed policies for
LTCHs in this proposed rule is estimated at
$30 million.
TABLE VI—ACCOUNTING STATEMENT: CLASSIFICATION OF PROPOSED ESTIMATED EXPENDITURES FROM THE FY 2014
LTCH PPS TO THE FY 2015 LTCH PPS
Category
Transfers
Annualized Monetized Transfers ..............................................................
From Whom to Whom ..............................................................................
$30 million.
Federal Government to LTCH Medicare Providers.
Category
Costs
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Annualized Monetized Costs for LTCHs to Submit Quality Data ............
V. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) Analysis
The RFA requires agencies to analyze
options for regulatory relief of small entities.
For purposes of the RFA, small entities
include small businesses, nonprofit
organizations, and small government
jurisdictions. We estimate that most hospitals
and most other providers and suppliers are
small entities as that term is used in the RFA.
The great majority of hospitals and most
other health care providers and suppliers are
small entities, either by being nonprofit
organizations or by meeting the SBA
definition of a small business (having
revenues of less than $7.0 million to $35.5
million in any 1 year). (For details on the
latest standards for health care providers, we
refer readers to page 36 of the Table of Small
Business Size Standards for NAIC 622 found
on the SBA Web site at: https://www.sba.gov/
sites/default/files/files/
Size_Standards_Table.pdf.)
For purposes of the RFA, all hospitals and
other providers and suppliers are considered
to be small entities. Individuals and States
are not included in the definition of a small
entity. We believe that the provisions of this
proposed rule relating to acute care hospitals
would have a significant impact on small
entities as explained in this Appendix.
Because we lack data on individual hospital
receipts, we cannot determine the number of
small proprietary LTCHs. Therefore, we are
assuming that all LTCHs are considered
small entities for the purpose of the analysis
in section I.L. of this Appendix. MACs are
not considered to be small entities. Because
we acknowledge that many of the affected
entities are small entities, the analysis
discussed throughout the preamble of this
proposed rule constitutes our regulatory
flexibility analysis. In this proposed rule, we
are soliciting public comments on our
estimates and analysis of the impact of our
proposals on those small entities. Any public
comments that we receive and our responses
will be presented in the final rule.
VI. Impact on Small Rural Hospitals
Section 1102(b) of the Social Security Act
requires us to prepare a regulatory impact
analysis for any proposed or final rule that
may have a significant impact on the
operations of a substantial number of small
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
$3.11 million.
rural hospitals. This analysis must conform
to the provisions of section 603 of the RFA.
With the exception of hospitals located in
certain New England counties, for purposes
of section 1102(b) of the Act, we define a
small rural hospital as a hospital that is
located outside of an urban area and has
fewer than 100 beds. Section 601(g) of the
Social Security Amendments of 1983 (Pub. L.
98–21) designated hospitals in certain New
England counties as belonging to the adjacent
urban area. Thus, for purposes of the IPPS
and the LTCH PPS, we continue to classify
these hospitals as urban hospitals. (We refer
readers to Table I in section I.G. of this
Appendix for the quantitative effects of the
proposed policy changes under the IPPS for
operating costs.)
VII. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Analysis
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104–4) also
requires that agencies assess anticipated costs
and benefits before issuing any rule whose
mandates require spending in any 1 year of
$100 million in 1995 dollars, updated
annually for inflation. In 2014, that threshold
level is approximately $141 million. This
proposed rule will not mandate any
requirements for State, local, or tribal
governments, nor will it affect private sector
costs.
VIII. Executive Order 12866
In accordance with the provisions of
Executive Order 12866, the Executive Office
of Management and Budget reviewed this
proposed rule.
Appendix B: Recommendation of Update
Factors for Operating Cost Rates of Payment
for Inpatient Hospital Services
I. Background
Section 1886(e)(4)(A) of the Act requires
that the Secretary, taking into consideration
the recommendations of MedPAC,
recommend update factors for inpatient
hospital services for each fiscal year that take
into account the amounts necessary for the
efficient and effective delivery of medically
appropriate and necessary care of high
quality. Under section 1886(e)(5) of the Act,
we are required to publish update factors
PO 00000
Frm 00406
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
recommended by the Secretary in the
proposed and final IPPS rules, respectively.
Accordingly, this Appendix provides the
recommendations for the update factors for
the IPPS national standardized amount, the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount,
the hospital-specific rate for SCHs and
MDHs, and the rate-of-increase limits for
certain hospitals excluded from the IPPS, as
well as LTCHs. In prior years, we have made
a recommendation in the IPPS proposed rule
and final rule for the update factors for the
payment rates for IRFs and IPFs. However,
for FY 2015, we plan to include the
Secretary’s recommendation for the update
factors for IRFs and IPFs in separate Federal
Register documents at the time that we
announce the annual updates for IRFs and
IPFs. We also discuss our response to
MedPAC’s recommended update factors for
inpatient hospital services.
II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2015
A. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital
Update
As discussed in section IV.B of the
preamble to this proposed rule, for FY 2015,
consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the
Act, as amended by sections 3401(a) and
10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we are
setting the applicable percentage increase by
applying the following adjustments in the
following sequence. Specifically, the
applicable percentage increase under the
IPPS is equal to the rate-of-increase in the
hospital market basket for IPPS hospitals in
all areas, subject to a reduction of one-quarter
of the applicable percentage increase (prior to
the application of other statutory
adjustments; also referred to as the market
basket update or rate-of-increase (with no
adjustments)) for hospitals that fail to submit
quality information under rules established
by the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and a 331⁄3
percent reduction to three-fourths of the
applicable percentage increase (prior to the
application of other statutory adjustments;
also referred to as the market basket update
or rate-of-increase (with no adjustments)) for
hospitals not considered to be meaningful
electronic health record (EHR) users in
accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act, and then subject to an adjustment
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
based on changes in economy-wide
productivity (the multifactor productivity
(MFP) adjustment), and an additional
reduction of 0.2 percentage point as required
by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act.
Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and (b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act, as added by section 3401(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, state that application of
the MFP adjustment and the additional FY
2015 adjustment of 0.2 percentage point may
result in the applicable percentage increase
being less than zero.
Based on the most recent data available for
this FY 2015 proposed rule, in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we are
proposing to base the proposed FY 2015
market basket update used to determine the
applicable percentage increase for the IPPS
on IHS Global Insight, Inc.’s (IGI’s) first
quarter 2014 forecast of the FY 2010-based
IPPS market basket rate-of-increase with
historical data through fourth quarter 2013,
which is estimated to be 2.7 percent. In
accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the
Act, as amended by section 3401(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, in section IV.B.1. of the
preamble of this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule, we are proposing a multifactor
productivity (MFP) adjustment (the 10-year
moving average of MFP for the period ending
FY 2015) of 0.4 percent. Therefore, based on
IGI’s first quarter 2014 forecast of the FY
Hospital
submitted
quality data
and is a
meaningful
EHR user
FY 2015
Proposed Applicable Percentage Increase Applied to
Standardized Amount ....................................................
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Market Basket Rate-of-Increase ......................................................
Adjustment for Failure to Submit Quality Data under Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act ........................................................
Adjustment for Failure to be a Meaningful EHR User under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act ...................................................
MFP Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act ..........
Statutory Adjustment under Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act ...
B. Proposed Update for SCHs and MDHs for
FY 2015
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act
provides that the FY 2015 applicable
percentage increase in the hospital-specific
rate for SCHs and MDHs equals the
applicable percentage increase set forth in
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the
same update factor as for all other hospitals
subject to the IPPS).
As discussed in section IV.G. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, section 1106
of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113–67), enacted on December 26,
2013, extended the MDH program from the
end of FY 2013 through the first half of FY
2014 (that is, for discharges occurring before
April 1, 2014). Subsequently, section 106 of
the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113–93), enacted on April 1,
2014, further extended the MDH program
through the first half of FY 2015 (that is, for
discharges occurring before April 1, 2015).
Prior to the enactment of Public Law 113–67,
the MDH program was to be in effect through
the end of FY 2013 only. The MDH program
expires for discharges beginning on April 1,
2015, under current law. Accordingly, the
proposed update of the hospital-specific rates
for FY 2015 for MDHs will apply in
determining payments for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1, 2015.
As mentioned above, the update to the
hospital specific rate for SCHs and MDHs is
subject to section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act,
as amended by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a)
of the Affordable Care Act. Accordingly,
depending on whether a hospital submits
quality data and is a meaningful EHR user,
we are proposing the same four possible
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is NOT a
meaningful EHR
user
2.7
2.7
2.7
0.0
0.0
¥0.675
¥0.675
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.2
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.2
0.0
¥0.4
¥0.2
¥0.675
¥0.4
¥0.2
2.1
1.425
1.425
0.75
D. Proposed Update for Hospitals Excluded
From the IPPS for FY 2015
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act is used
for purposes of determining the percentage
increase in the rate-of-increase limits for
children’s hospitals, cancer hospitals, and
hospitals located outside the 50 States, the
District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico (that is,
short-term acute care hospitals located in the
Fmt 4701
Hospital did
NOT submit
quality data
and is a
meaningful
EHR user
2.7
C. Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital
Update
Section 401(c) of Public Law 108–173
amended section 1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act
and states that, for discharges occurring in a
fiscal year (beginning with FY 2004), the
Secretary shall compute an average
standardized amount for hospitals located in
any area of Puerto Rico that is equal to the
average standardized amount computed
under subclause (I) for FY 2003 for hospitals
in a large urban area (or, beginning with FY
2005, for all hospitals in the previous fiscal
year) increased by the applicable percentage
increase under subsection (b)(3)(B) for the
fiscal year involved. Therefore, the update to
the Puerto Rico-specific operating
standardized amount is subject to the
applicable percentage increase set forth in
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act as
amended by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of
the Affordable Care Act (that is, the same
update factor as for all other hospitals subject
to the IPPS). Accordingly, we are proposing
an applicable percentage increase to the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount of
2.1 percent.
Frm 00407
2010-based IPPS market basket, depending
on whether a hospital submits quality data
under the rules established in accordance
with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act
(hereafter referred to as a hospital that
submits quality data) and is a meaningful
EHR user under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act (hereafter referred to as a hospital
that is a meaningful EHR user), there are four
possible applicable percentage increases that
can be applied to the standardized amount.
Below we provide a table summarizing the
four proposed applicable percentage
increases.
Hospital
submitted
quality data
and is NOT a
meaningful
EHR user
applicable percentage increases in the table
above to the hospital-specific rate applicable
to SCHs and MDHs.
PO 00000
28383
Sfmt 4702
U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and America Samoa).
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act sets the
percentage increase in the rate-of-increase
limits equal to the market basket percentage
increase. In accordance with § 403.752(a) of
the regulations, RNHCIs are paid under the
provisions of § 413.40, which also use section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act to update the
percentage increase in the rate-of-increase
limits.
Currently, children’s hospitals, PPSexcluded cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and
short-term acute care hospitals located in the
U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa are
among the remaining types of hospitals still
paid under the reasonable cost methodology,
subject to the rate-of-increase limits. We are
proposing that the FY 2015 rate-of-increase
percentage to be applied to the target amount
for children’s hospitals, PPS-excluded cancer
hospitals, RNHCIs, and short-term acute care
hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin Islands,
Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and
American Samoa would be the percentage
increase in the IPPS operating market basket.
For this proposed rule, the current estimate
of the FY 2015 IPPS operating market basket
percentage increase is 2.7 percent.
E. Proposed Update for LTCHs for FY 2015
Section 123 of Public Law 106–113, as
amended by section 307(b) of Public Law
106–554 (and codified at section 1886(m)(1)
of the Act), provides the statutory authority
for updating payment rates under the LTCH
PPS.
As discussed in section V.A. of the
Addendum to this proposed rule, we are
proposing to establish an update to the LTCH
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
28384
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
PPS standard Federal rate for FY 2015 based
on the full LTCH PPS market basket increase
estimate (for this proposed rule, estimated to
be 2.7 percent), subject to an adjustment
based on changes in economy-wide
productivity and an additional reduction
required by sections 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) and
(m)(4)(E) of the Act. In accordance with the
LTCHQR Program under section 1886(m)(5)
of the Act, we are proposing to reduce the
annual update to the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate by 2.0 percentage points for
failure of a LTCH to submit the required
quality data. The MFP adjustment described
in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi)(ii) of the Act is
currently estimated to be 0.4 percent for FY
2015. In addition, section 1886(m)(3)(A)(ii) of
the Act requires that any annual update for
FY 2015 be reduced by the ‘‘other
adjustment’’ at section 1886(m)(4)(E) of the
Act, which is 0.2 percentage point. Therefore,
based on IGI’s first quarter 2014 forecast of
the FY 2015 LTCH PPS market basket
increase, we are proposing an annual update
to the LTCH PPS standard Federal rate of 2.1
percent (that is, the current proposed FY
2015 estimate of the market basket rate-ofincrease of 2.7 percent less an adjustment of
0.4 percentage point for MFP and less 0.2
percentage point). Accordingly, we are
proposing to apply an update factor of 1.021
in determining the LTCH PPS standard
Federal rate for FY 2015. For LTCHs that fail
to submit quality data for FY 2015, we are
proposing an annual update to the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate of 0.1 percent (that is,
the proposed annual update for FY 2015 of
2.1 percent less 2.0 percentage points for
failure to submit the required quality data in
accordance with section 1886(m)(5)(C) of the
Act and our rules) by applying an update
factor of 1.001 in determining the LTCH PPS
standard Federal rate for FY 2015.
Furthermore, we are proposing an adjustment
for the final year of the 3-year phase-in of the
one-time prospective adjustment to the
standard Federal rate under § 412.523(d)(3)
by applying a factor of 0.98734 (or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:20 May 14, 2014
Jkt 232001
approximately –1.3 percent) in FY 2015,
consistent with current law.
and less 0.2 percentage point) to the LTCH
PPS standard Federal rate.
III. Secretary’s Recommendations
IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing
Payment Adequacy and Updating Payments
in Traditional Medicare
MedPAC is recommending an inpatient
hospital update equal to 3.25 percent for FY
2015. MedPAC’s rationale for this update
recommendation is described in more detail
below. As mentioned above, section
1886(e)(4)(A) of the Act requires that the
Secretary, taking into consideration the
recommendations of MedPAC, recommend
update factors for inpatient hospital services
for each fiscal year that take into account the
amounts necessary for the efficient and
effective delivery of medically appropriate
and necessary care of high quality. Consistent
with current law, depending on whether a
hospital submits quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user, we are recommending
the four possible applicable percentage
increases to the standardized amount listed
in the table under section II. of this Appendix
B. We are recommending that the same
applicable percentage increases apply to
SCHs and MDHs. For the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amount, we are recommending
an update of 2.1 percent.
In addition to making a recommendation
for IPPS hospitals, in accordance with
section 1886(e)(4)(A) of the Act, we are
recommending update factors for certain
other types of hospitals excluded from the
IPPS. Consistent with our policies for these
facilities, we are recommending an update to
the target amounts for children’s hospitals,
cancer hospitals, RNHCIs, and short-term
acute care hospitals located in the U.S. Virgin
Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands,
and American Samoa of 2.7 percent.
For FY 2015, consistent with policy set
forth in section VII. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we are recommending an
update of 2.1 percent (that is, the current FY
2015 estimate of the LTCH PPS market basket
rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent less a proposed
adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for MFP
PO 00000
Frm 00408
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
In its March 2014 Report to Congress,
MedPAC assessed the adequacy of current
payments and costs, and the relationship
between payments and an appropriate cost
base. MedPAC recommended an update to
the hospital inpatient rates equal to 3.25
percent concurrent with changes to the
outpatient prospective payment system and
with initiating change to the LTCH PPS. We
refer the reader to the March 2014 MedPAC
report, which is available for download at
www.medpac.gov for a complete discussion
on this recommendation. MedPAC expects
Medicare margins to remain low in 2014. At
the same time, MedPAC’s analysis finds that
efficient hospitals have been able to maintain
positive Medicare margins while maintaining
a relatively high quality of care.
Response: With regard to MedPAC’s
recommendation of an update to the hospital
inpatient rates equal to 3.25 percent, for FY
2015, as discussed above, sections 3401(a)
and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act
amended section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act.
Section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as amended
by these sections, sets the requirements for
the FY 2015 applicable percentage increase.
Therefore, we are proposing an applicable
percentage increase for FY 2015 of 2.1
percent, provided the hospital submits
quality data and is a meaningful EHR user,
consistent with these statutory requirements.
We note that, because the operating and
capital prospective payment systems remain
separate, we are continuing to use separate
updates for operating and capital payments.
The proposed update to the capital rate is
discussed in section III. of the Addendum to
this proposed rule.
[FR Doc. 2014–10067 Filed 4–30–14; 4:15 pm]
BILLING CODE 4120–01–P
E:\FR\FM\15MYP2.SGM
15MYP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 94 (Thursday, May 15, 2014)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 27977-28384]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-10067]
[[Page 27977]]
Vol. 79
Thursday,
No. 94
May 15, 2014
Part II
Department of Health and Human Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
42 CFR Parts 405, 412, 413, et al.
Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems for
Acute Care Hospitals and the Long Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System and Proposed Fiscal Year 2015 Rates; Quality Reporting
Requirements for Specific Providers; Reasonable Compensation
Equivalents for Physician Services in Excluded Teaching Hospitals;
Provider Administrative Appeals and Judicial Review; Enforcement
Provisions for Organ Transplant Centers; and Electronic Health Record
(EHR) Incentive Program; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 94 / Thursday, May 15, 2014 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 27978]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
42 CFR Parts 405, 412, 413, 415, 422, 424, 485, and 488
[CMS-1607-P] RIN 0938-AS11
Medicare Program; Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment Systems
for Acute Care Hospitals and the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System and Proposed Fiscal Year 2015 Rates; Quality Reporting
Requirements for Specific Providers; Reasonable Compensation
Equivalents for Physician Services in Excluded Teaching Hospitals;
Provider Administrative Appeals and Judicial Review; Enforcement
Provisions for Organ Transplant Centers; and Electronic Health Record
(EHR) Incentive Program
AGENCY: Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
ACTION: Proposed rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: We are proposing to revise the Medicare hospital inpatient
prospective payment systems (IPPS) for operating and capital-related
costs of acute care hospitals to implement changes arising from our
continuing experience with these systems. Some of the proposed changes
implement certain statutory provisions contained in the Patient
Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively known as the Affordable Care
Act), the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, and other
legislation. These proposed changes would be applicable to discharges
occurring on or after October 1, 2014, unless otherwise specified in
this proposed rule. We also are proposing to update the rate-of-
increase limits for certain hospitals excluded from the IPPS that are
paid on a reasonable cost basis subject to these limits. The proposed
updated rate-of-increase limits would be effective for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1, 2014.
We also are proposing to update the payment policies and the annual
payment rates for the Medicare prospective payment system (PPS) for
inpatient hospital services provided by long-term care hospitals
(LTCHs) and to implement certain statutory changes to the LTCH PPS
under the Affordable Care Act and the Pathway for Sustainable Growth
Rate (SGR) Reform Act of 2013 and the Protecting Access to Medicare Act
of 2014. In addition we are proposing to revise the interruption of
stay policy for LTCHs and to retire the ``5 percent'' payment
adjustment for co-located LTCHs. While many of the statutory mandates
of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act will apply to discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2014, others will not begin to apply until 2016 and
beyond. However, in light of the degree of forthcoming change, we
discuss changes infra and request public feedback to inform our
proposals for FY 2016 in this proposed rule as well.
In addition, we are proposing to make a number of changes relating
to direct graduate medical education (GME) and indirect medical
education (IME) payments. We are proposing to establish new
requirements or revise requirements for quality reporting by specific
providers (acute care hospitals, PPS-exempt cancer hospitals, and
LTCHs) that are participating in Medicare.
We are proposing to update policies relating to the Hospital Value-
Based Purchasing (VBP) Program, the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program, and the Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program.
In addition, we are proposing changes to the regulations governing
provider administrative appeals and judicial review relating to
appropriate claims in provider cost reports; updates to the reasonable
compensation equivalent (RCE) limits for services furnished by
physicians to teaching hospitals excluded from the IPPS; regulatory
revisions to broaden the specified uses of risk adjustment data and to
specify the conditions for release of risk adjustment data to entities
outside of CMS; and changes to the enforcement procedures for organ
transplant centers.
We are proposing to align the reporting and submission timelines
for clinical quality measures for the Medicare EHR Incentive Program
for eligible hospitals and critical access hospitals (CAHs) with the
reporting and submission timelines for the Hospital IQR Program. In
addition, we provide guidance and clarification of certain policies for
eligible hospitals and CAHs such as our policy for reporting zero
denominators on clinical quality measures and our policy for case
threshold exemptions.
DATES: Comment Period: To be assured consideration, comments must be
received at one of the addresses provided below, no later than 5 p.m.
EDT on June 30, 2014.
ADDRESSES: In commenting, please refer to file code CMS-1607-P. Because
of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by
facsimile (FAX) transmission.
You may submit comments in one of four ways (no duplicates,
please):
1. Electronically. You may (and we encourage you to) submit
electronic comments on this regulation to https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions under the ``submit a comment'' tab.
2. By regular mail. You may mail written comments to the following
address ONLY: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of
Health and Human Services, Attention: CMS-1607-P, P.O. Box 8011,
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
Please allow sufficient time for mailed comments to be received
before the close of the comment period.
3. By express or overnight mail. You may send written comments via
express or overnight mail to the following address ONLY: Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services,
Attention: CMS-1607-P, Mail Stop C4-26-05, 7500 Security Boulevard,
Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
4. By hand or courier. If you prefer, you may deliver (by hand or
courier) your written comments before the close of the comment period
to either of the following addresses:
a. For delivery in Washington, DC--Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Room 445-G, Hubert
H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC
20201.
(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building
is not readily available to persons without Federal Government
identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in
the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-
in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of filing
by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being
filed.)
b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD--Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services, Department of Health and Human Services, 7500 Security
Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address,
please call the telephone number (410) 786-7195 in advance to schedule
your arrival with one of our staff members.
Comments mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand
or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment
period.
For information on viewing public comments, we refer readers to the
[[Page 27979]]
beginning of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Donald Thompson, (410) 786-4487, and Tiffany Swygert, (410) 786-
4465, Operating Prospective Payment, MS-DRGs, Hospital-Acquired
Conditions (HAC), Wage Index, New Medical Service and Technology Add-On
Payments, Hospital Geographic Reclassifications, Graduate Medical
Education, Capital Prospective Payment, Excluded Hospitals, and
Medicare Disproportionate Share Hospital (DSH) Issues.
Michele Hudson, (410) 786-4487, and Judith Richter, (410) 786-2590,
Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System and MS-LTC-DRG
Relative Weights Issues.
Siddhartha Mazumdar, (410) 786-6673, Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program Issues.
James Poyer, (410) 786-2261, Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting
and Hospital Value-Based Purchasing--Program Administration,
Validation, and Reconsideration Issues.
Karen Nakano, (410) 786-6889, Hospital Inpatient Quality
Reporting--Measures Issues Except Hospital Consumer Assessment of
Healthcare Providers and Systems Issues; and Readmission Measures for
Hospitals Issues.
Elizabeth Goldstein, (410) 786-6665, Hospital Inpatient Quality
Reporting--Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems Measures Issues.
Mary Pratt, (410) 786-6867, LTCH Quality Data Reporting Issues.
Kim Spalding Bush, (410) 786-3232, Hospital Value-Based Purchasing
Efficiency Measures Issues.
James Poyer, (410) 786-2261, PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality
Reporting Issues.
Kellie Shannon, (410) 786-0416, Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost
Reports; Administrative Appeals by Providers and Judicial Review
Issues.
Amelia Citerone, (410) 786-3901, and Robert Kuhl (410) 786-4597,
Reasonable Compensation Equivalent (RCE) Limits for Physician Services
Provided in Providers.
Ann Hornsby, (410) 786-1181, and Jennifer Harlow, (410) 786-4549,
Medicare Advantage Encounter Data Issues.
Thomas Hamilton, (410) 786-6763, Organ Transplant Center Issues.
Jennifer Phillips, (410) 786-1023, 2-Midnight Rule Benchmark
Issues.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Inspection of Public Comments: All public comments received before
the close of the comment period are available for viewing by the
public, including any personally identifiable or confidential business
information that is included in a comment. We post all public comments
received before the close of the comment period on the following Web
site as soon as possible after they have been received: https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the search instructions on that Web site to
view public comments.
Electronic Access
This Federal Register document is also available from the Federal
Register online database through Federal Digital System (FDsys), a
service of the U.S. Government Printing Office. This database can be
accessed via the Internet at: https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
Tables Available Only Through the Internet on the CMS Web Site
In the past, a majority of the tables referred to throughout this
preamble and in the Addendum to the proposed rule and the final rule
were published in the Federal Register as part of the annual proposed
and final rules. However, beginning in FY 2012, some of the IPPS tables
and LTCH PPS tables are no longer published in the Federal Register.
Instead, these tables are available only through the Internet. The IPPS
tables for this proposed rule are available only through the Internet
on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/. Click on the link on
the left side of the screen titled, ``FY 2015 IPPS Proposed Rule Home
Page'' or ``Acute Inpatient--Files for Download''. The LTCH PPS tables
for this FY 2015 proposed rule are available only through the Internet
on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/LongTermCareHospitalPPS/ under the list item
for Regulation Number CMS-1607-P. For complete details on the
availability of the tables referenced in this proposed rule, we refer
readers to section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
Readers who experience any problems accessing any of the tables
that are posted on the CMS Web sites identified above should contact
Michael Treitel at (410) 786-4552.
Acronyms
3M 3M Health Information System
AAMC Association of American Medical Colleges
ACGME Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education
ACoS American College of Surgeons
AHA American Hospital Association
AHIC American Health Information Community
AHIMA American Health Information Management Association
AHRQ Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
AJCC American Joint Committee on Cancer
ALOS Average length of stay
ALTHA Acute Long Term Hospital Association
AMA American Medical Association
AMGA American Medical Group Association
AMI Acute myocardial infarction
AOA American Osteopathic Association
APR DRG All Patient Refined Diagnosis Related Group System
APRN Advanced practice registered nurse
ARRA American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, Public Law 111-
5
ASCA Administrative Simplification Compliance Act of 2002, Public
Law 107-105
ASITN American Society of Interventional and Therapeutic
Neuroradiology
ATRA American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, Public Law 112-240
BBA Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public Law 105-33
BBRA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP [State Children's Health
Insurance Program] Balanced Budget Refinement Act of 1999, Public
Law 106-113
BIPA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP [State Children's Health
Insurance Program] Benefits Improvement and Protection Act of 2000,
Public Law 106-554
BLS Bureau of Labor Statistics
CABG Coronary artery bypass graft [surgery]
CAH Critical access hospital
CARE [Medicare] Continuity Assessment Record & Evaluation
[Instrument]
CART CMS Abstraction & Reporting Tool
CAUTI Catheter-associated urinary tract infection
CBSAs Core-based statistical areas
CC Complication or comorbidity
CCN CMS Certification Number
CCR Cost-to-charge ratio
CDAC [Medicare] Clinical Data Abstraction Center
CDAD Clostridium difficile-associated disease
CDC Center for Disease Control and Prevention
CERT Comprehensive error rate testing
CDI Clostridium difficile (C. difficile)
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CLABSI Central line-associated bloodstream infection
CIPI Capital input price index
CMI Case-mix index
CMS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
CMSA Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area
COBRA Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985, Public Law
99-272
COLA Cost-of-living adjustment
CoP [Hospital] condition of participation
COPD Chronis obstructive pulmonary disease
[[Page 27980]]
CPI Consumer price index
CQM Clinical quality measure
CRNA Certified registered nurse anesthetist
CY Calendar year
DACA Data Accuracy and Completeness Acknowledgement
DPP Disproportionate patient percentage
DRA Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, Public Law 109-171
DRG Diagnosis-related group
DSH Disproportionate share hospital
EBRT External Bean Radiotherapy
ECI Employment cost index
eCQM Electronic clinical quality measure
EDB [Medicare] Enrollment Database
EHR Electronic health record
EMR Electronic medical record
EMTALA Emergency Medical Treatment and Labor Act of 1986, Public Law
99-272
EP Eligible professional
FAH Federation of American Hospitals
FDA Food and Drug Administration
FFY Federal fiscal year
FPL Federal poverty line
FQHC Federally qualified health center
FR Federal Register
FTE Full-time equivalent
FY Fiscal year
GAF Geographic Adjustment Factor
GME Graduate medical education
HAC Hospital-acquired condition
HAI Healthcare-associated infection
HCAHPS Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and
Systems
HCFA Health Care Financing Administration
HCO High-cost outlier
HCRIS Hospital Cost Report Information System
HHA Home health agency
HHS Department of Health and Human Services
HICAN Health Insurance Claims Account Number
HIPAA Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996,
Public Law 104-191
HIPC Health Information Policy Council
HIS Health information system
HIT Health information technology
HMO Health maintenance organization
HPMP Hospital Payment Monitoring Program
HSA Health savings account
HSCRC [Maryland] Health Services Cost Review Commission
HSRV Hospital-specific relative value
HSRVcc Hospital-specific relative value cost center
HQA Hospital Quality Alliance
HQI Hospital Quality Initiative
IBR Intern- and Resident-to-Bed Ratio
ICD-9-CM International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision,
Clinical Modification
ICD-10-CM International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision,
Clinical Modification
ICD-10-PCS International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision,
Procedure Coding System
ICR Information collection requirement
IGI IHS Global Insight, Inc.
IHS Indian Health Service
IME Indirect medical education
I-O Input-Output
IOM Institute of Medicine
IPF Inpatient psychiatric facility
IPFQR Inpatient Psychiatric Facility Quality Reporting [Program]
IPPS [Acute care hospital] inpatient prospective payment system
IRF Inpatient rehabilitation facility
IQR Inpatient Quality Reporting
LAMCs Large area metropolitan counties
LOS Length of stay
LTC-DRG Long-term care diagnosis-related group
LTCH Long-term care hospital
LTCHQR Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting
MA Medicare Advantage
MAC Medicare Administrative Contractor
MAP Measure Application Partnership
MCC Major complication or comorbidity
MCE Medicare Code Editor
MCO Managed care organization
MDC Major diagnostic category
MDH Medicare-dependent, small rural hospital
MedPAC Medicare Payment Advisory Commission
MedPAR Medicare Provider Analysis and Review File
MEI Medicare Economic Index
MGCRB Medicare Geographic Classification Review Board
MIEA-TRHCA Medicare Improvements and Extension Act, Division B of
the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, Public Law 109-432
MIPPA Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008,
Public Law 110-275
MMA Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act
of 2003, Public Law 108-173
MMEA Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010, Public Law 111-309
MMSEA Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Extension Act of 2007, Public
Law 110-173
MRHFP Medicare Rural Hospital Flexibility Program
MRSA Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
MSA Metropolitan Statistical Area
MS-DRG Medicare severity diagnosis-related group
MS-LTC-DRG Medicare severity long-term care diagnosis-related group
MU Meaningful Use [EHR Incentive Program]
NAICS North American Industrial Classification System
NALTH National Association of Long Term Hospitals
NCD National coverage determination
NCHS National Center for Health Statistics
NCQA National Committee for Quality Assurance
NCVHS National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics
NECMA New England County Metropolitan Areas
NHSN National Healthcare Safety Network
NOP Notice of Participation
NQF National Quality Forum
NQS National Quality Strategy
NTIS National Technical Information Service
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1991,
Public Law 104-113
NVHRI National Voluntary Hospital Reporting Initiative
OACT [CMS] Office of the Actuary
OBRA 86 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, Public Law 99-509
OES Occupational employment statistics
OIG Office of the Inspector General
OMB [Executive] Office of Management and Budget
OPM [U.S.] Office of Personnel Management
OQR [Hospital] Outpatient Quality Reporting
O.R. Operating room
OSCAR Online Survey Certification and Reporting [System]
PCH PPS-exempt cancer hospital
PCHQR PPS-exempt cancer hospital quality reporting
PMSAs Primary metropolitan statistical areas
POA Present on admission
PPI Producer price index
PPS Prospective payment system
PRM Provider Reimbursement Manual
ProPAC Prospective Payment Assessment Commission
PRRB Provider Reimbursement Review Board
PRTFs Psychiatric residential treatment facilities
PSF Provider-Specific File
PSI Patient safety indicator
PS&R Provider Statistical and Reimbursement [System]
PQRS Physician Quality Reporting System
QIG Quality Improvement Group [CMS]
QIO Quality Improvement Organization
QRDA Quality Reporting Data Architecture
RCE Reasonable compensation equivalent
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act, Public Law 96-354
RHC Rural health clinic
RHQDAPU Reporting hospital quality data for annual payment update
RNHCI Religious nonmedical health care institution
RPL Rehabilitation psychiatric long-term care (hospital)
RRC Rural referral center
RSMR Risk-standardized mortality rate
RSRR Risk-standard readmission rate
RTI Research Triangle Institute, International
RUCAs Rural-urban commuting area codes
RY Rate year
SAF Standard Analytic File
SCH Sole community hospital
SCIP Surgical Care Improvement Project
SFY State fiscal year
SIC Standard Industrial Classification
SNF Skilled nursing facility
SOCs Standard occupational classifications
SOM State Operations Manual
SSI Surgical site infection
SSI Supplemental Security Income
SSO Short-stay outlier
SUD Substance use disorder
TEFRA Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Public Law
97-248
TEP Technical expert panel
THA/TKA Total hip arthroplasty/Total knee arthroplasty
TMA TMA [Transitional Medical Assistance], Abstinence Education, and
QI
[[Page 27981]]
[Qualifying Individuals] Programs Extension Act of 2007, Public Law
110-90
TPS Total Performance Score
UHDDS Uniform hospital discharge data set
UMRA Unfunded Mandate Reform Act, Public Law 104-4
VBP [Hospital] Value Based Purchasing [Program]
VTE Venous thromboembolism
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary and Background
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose and Legal Authority
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
3. Summary of Costs and Benefits
B. Summary
1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment System
(IPPS)
2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS
3. Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System (LTCH PPS)
4. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
5. Payments for Graduate Medical Education (GME)
C. Summary of Provisions of Recent Legislation Discussed in This
Proposed Rule
1. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148)
and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub.
L. 111-152)
2. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (Pub. L. 112-240)
3. Pathway for Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113-67)
4. Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93)
D. Summary of the Provisions of This Proposed Rule
II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Group
(MS-DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights
A. Background
B. MS-DRG Reclassifications
C. Adoption of the MS-DRGs in FY 2008
D. Proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
1. Background on the Prospective MS-DRG Documentation and Coding
Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by Public Law 110-90
2. Adjustment to the Average Standardized Amounts Required by
Public Law 110-90
a. Prospective Adjustment Required by Section 7(b)(1)(A) of
Public Law 110-90
b. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustments in FYs 2010 Through 2012
Required by Section 7(b)(1)(B) Public Law 110-90
3. Retrospective Evaluation of FY 2008 and FY 2009 Claims Data
4. Prospective Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
5. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment Authorized by Section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90
6. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment Authorized by Section 631
of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA)
7. Prospective Adjustment for the MS-DRG Documentation and
Coding Effect Through FY 2010
E. Refinement of the MS-DRG Relative Weight Calculation
1. Background
2. Discussion for FY 2015
F. Proposed Adjustment to MS-DRGs for Preventable Hospital-
Acquired Conditions (HACs), Including Infections
1. Background
2. HAC Selection
3. Present on Admission (POA) Indicator Reporting
4. HACs and POA Reporting in Preparation for Transition to ICD-
10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
5. Proposal Regarding Current HACs and Previously Considered
Candidate HACs
6. RTI Program Evaluation
7. Current and Previously Considered Candidate HACs--RTI Report
on Evidence-Based Guidelines
G. Proposed Changes to Specific MS-DRG Classifications
1. Discussion of Changes to Coding System and Basis for Proposed
MS-DRG Updates
a. Conversion of MS-DRGs to the International Classification of
Diseases, 10th Edition (ICD-10)
b. Basis for FY 2015 MS-DRG Updates
2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System)
a. Intracerebral Therapies: Gliadel[supreg] Wafer
b. Endovascular Embolization or Occlusion of Head and Neck
3. MDC 4 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth and
Throat): Avery Breathing Pacemaker System
4. MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System)
a. Exclusion of Left Atrial Appendage
b. Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair: MitraClip[supreg]
c. Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement Procedures
d. Abdominal Aorta Graft
5. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System
and Connective Tissue)
a. Shoulder Replacement Procedures
b. Ankle Replacement Procedures
c. Back and Neck Procedures
6. MDC 10 (Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases and
Disorders): Disorders of Porphyria Metabolism
7. MDC 15 (Newborns and Other Neonates With Conditions
Originating in the Perinatal Period)
8. Proposed Medicare Code Editor (MCE) Changes
9. Proposed Changes to Surgical Hierarchies
10. Proposed Changes to the MS-DRG Diagnosis Codes for FY 2015
a. Major Complications or Comorbidities (MCCs) and Complications
or Comorbidities (CCs) Severity Levels for FY 2015
b. Coronary Atherosclerosis Due to Calcified Coronary Lesion
11. Complications or Comorbidity (CC) Exclusions List
a. Background of the CC List and the CC Exclusions List
b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2015
12. Review of Procedure Codes in MS-DRGs 981 Through 983, 984
Through 986, and 987 Through 989
a. Moving Procedure Codes From MS-DRGs 981 Through 983 or MS-
DRGs 987 Through 989 Into MDCs
b. Reassignment of Procedures Among MS-DRGs 981 Through 983, 984
Through 986, and 987 Through 989
c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes to MDCs
13. Proposed Changes to the ICD-9-CM Coding System
a. ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee
b. Code Freeze
H. Recalibration of the Proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG Relative Weights
1. Data Sources for Developing the Proposed Relative Weights
2. Methodology for Calculation of the Proposed Relative Weights
3. Development of National Average CCRs
4. Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI) Initiative
I. Proposed Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies
1. Background
2. Public Input Before Publication of a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking on Add-On Payments
3. FY 2015 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2014 Add-On
Payments
a. Glucarpidase (Trade Brand Voraxaze[supreg])
b. DIFICIDTM (Fidaxomicin) Tablets
c. Zenith[supreg] Fenestrated Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA)
Endovascular Graft
d. KcentraTM
e. Argus[supreg] II Retinal Prosthesis System
f. Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] Drug Eluting Stent
4. FY 2015 Applications for New Technology Add-On Payments
a. Dalbavancin (Durata Therapeutics, Inc.)
b. Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System (Aptus Endosystems,
Inc.)
c. WATCHMAN[supreg] Left Atrial Appendage Closure Technology
d. CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure) System
e. MitraClip[supreg] System
f. Responsive Neurostimulator (RNS[supreg]) System
III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care
Hospitals
A. Background
B. Proposed Core-Based Statistical Areas for the Hospital Wage
Index
1. Background
2. Proposed Implementation of New Labor Market Area Delineations
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
b. Urban Counties That Would Become Rural Under the New OMB
Delineations
c. Rural Counties That Would Become Urban Under the New OMB
Delineations
d. Urban Counties That Would Move to a Different Urban CBSA
Under the New OMB Delineations
e. Proposed Transition Period
C. Worksheet S-3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
1. Included Categories of Costs
2. Excluded Categories of Costs
3. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers Other Than Acute Care
Hospitals Under the IPPS
D. Verification of Worksheet S-3 Wage Data
E. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2015 Unadjusted Wage
Index
[[Page 27982]]
F. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2015
Wage Index
1. Development of Data for the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational Mix
Adjustment Based on the 2010 Occupational Mix Survey
2. New 2013 Occupational Mix Survey for the FY 2016 Wage Index
3. Calculation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment for
FY 2015
G. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix
Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage
Index
1. Analysis of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment and the
Proposed Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index
2. Proposed Application of the Rural, Imputed, and Frontier
Floors
a. Proposed Rural Floor
b. Proposed Imputed Floor and Alternative, Temporary Methodology
for Computing the Rural Floor for FY 2015
c. Proposed Frontier Floor
3. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Tables
H. Revisions to the Wage Index Based on Hospital Redesignations
and Reclassifications
1. General Policies and Effects of Reclassification and
Redesignation
2. FY 2015 MGCRB Reclassifications
a. FY 2015 Reclassification Requirements and Approvals
b. Effects of Implementation of New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations on Reclassified Hospitals
c. Applications for Reclassifications for FY 2016
3. Hospitals Redesignated Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
a. Proposed New Lugar Areas for FY 2015
b. Hospitals Redesignated Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
Seeking Reclassification by the MGCRB
c. Rural Counties No Longer Meeting the Criteria To Be
Redesignated as Lugar
4. Waiving Lugar Redesignation for the Out-Migration Adjustment
5. Update of Application of Urban to Rural Reclassification
Criteria
I. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Adjustment Based on Commuting
Patterns of Hospital Employees
J. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections
K. Notice of Change to Wage Index Development Timetable
L. Labor-Related Share for the Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
IV. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating
Costs and Graduate Medical Education (GME) Costs
A. Proposed Changes to MS-DRGs Subject to the Postacute Care
Transfer Policy (Sec. 412.4)
B. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient Hospital Updates for FY
2015 (Sec. Sec. 412.64(d) and 412.211(c))
1. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital Update
2. Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs): Proposed Annual Updates to
Case-Mix Index (CMI) and Discharge Criteria (Sec. 412.96)
1. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
2. Discharges
D. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals (Sec.
412.101)
1. Background
2. Provisions of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014
3. Low-Volume Hospital Definition and Payment Adjustment for FY
2015
E. Indirect Medical Education (IME) Payment Adjustment (Sec.
412.105)
1. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
2. Proposed IME Medicare Part C Add-On Payments to Sole
Community Hospitals (SCHs) That Are Paid According to Their
Hospital-Specific Rates and Proposed Change in Methodology in
Determining Payment to SCHs
3. Other Proposed Policy Changes Affecting IME
F. Payment Adjustment for Medicare Disproportionate Share
Hospitals (DSHs) (Sec. 412.106)
1. Background
2. Impact on Medicare DSH Payment Adjustment of Proposed
Implementation of New OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
3. Payment Adjustment Methodology for Medicare Disproportionate
Share Hospitals (DSHs) Under Section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act
(Sec. 412.106)
a. General Discussion
b. Eligibility for Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments
and Uncompensated Care Payments
c. Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments
d. Uncompensated Care Payments
e. Limitations on Review
G. Medicare-Dependent, Small Rural Hospital (MDH) Program (Sec.
412.108)
1. Background
2. Provisions of Public Law 113-93 for FY 2015
3. Expiration of the MDH Program
H. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: Proposed Changes for
FY 2015 Through FY 2017 (Sec. Sec. 412.150 Through 412.154)
1. Statutory Basis for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program
2. Regulatory Background
3. Overview of Proposals and Policies for the FY 2015 Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
4. Proposed Refinement of the Readmissions Measures and Related
Methodology for FY 2015 and Subsequent Years Payment Determinations
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned Readmission Algorithm for
Acute Myocardial Infarction (AMI), Heart Failure (HF), Pneumonia
(PN), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), and Total Hip
Arthroplasty and Total Knee Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day
Readmission Measures
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day Readmission Measure Cohort
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed Refinements on Measures
5. No Proposed Expansion of the Applicable Conditions for FY
2016
6. Proposed Expansion of the Applicable Conditions for FY 2017
To Include Patients Readmitted Following Coronary Artery Bypass
Graft (CABG) Surgery Measure
a. Background
b. Overview of the Proposed CABG Readmissions Measure: Hospital-
Level, 30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned Readmission Following Coronary
Artery Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
c. Proposed Methodology for the CABG Measure: Hospital-Level,
30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned Readmission Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
7. Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality Measures
8. Waiver From the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program for
Hospitals Formerly Paid Under Section 1814(b)(3) of the Act (Sec.
412.152 and Sec. 412.154(d))
9. Floor Adjustment Factor for FY 2015 (Sec. 412.154(c)(2))
10. Applicable Period for FY 2015
11. Proposed Inclusion of THA/TKA and COPD Readmissions Measures
To Calculate Aggregate Payments for Excess Readmissions Beginning in
FY 2015
12. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program Extraordinary
Circumstances Exceptions
I. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
1. Statutory Background
2. Overview of Previous Hospital VBP Program Rulemaking
3. FY 2015 Payment Details
a. Payment Adjustments
b. Base Operating DRG Payment Amount Definition for Medicare-
Dependent Small Rural Hospitals (MDHs)
4. Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
a. Measures Previously Adopted
b. Proposed Changes Affecting Topped-Out Measures
c. Proposed New Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
d. Proposed Adoption of the Current CLABSI Measure (NQF
0139) for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
e. Summary of Previously Adopted and Proposed New Measures for
the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
5. Proposed Additional Measures for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP
Program
a. Hospital-Level Risk-Standardized Complication Rate (RSCR)
Following Elective Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA) and Total
Knee Arthroplasty (TKA)
b. PSI-90 Measure
6. Possible Measure Topics for Future Program Years
a. Care Transition Measure (CTM-3) Items for HCAHPS Survey
b. Possible Future Efficiency and Cost Reduction Domain Measure
Topics
7. Previously Adopted and Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
a. Background
b. Previously Adopted Baseline and Performance Periods for the
FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
[[Page 27983]]
c. Proposed Clinical Care--Process Domain Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
d. Proposed Patient and Caregiver-Centered Experience of Care/
Care Coordination Domain Performance Period and Baseline Period for
the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
e. Proposed Safety Domain Performance Period and Baseline Period
for NHSN Measures for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
f. Proposed Efficiency and Cost Reduction Domain Performance
Period and Baseline Period for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
g. Summary of Previously Adopted and Proposed Performance
Periods and Baseline Periods for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program
8. Previously Adopted and Proposed Performance Periods and
Baseline Periods for Certain Measures for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP
Program
a. Previously Adopted and Proposed Performance Period and
Baseline Period for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program for Clinical
Care--Outcomes Domain Measures
b. Proposed Performance Period and Baseline Period for the PSI-
90 Safety Domain Measure for the FY 2019 Hospital VBP Program
c. Summary of Previously Adopted and Proposed Performance
Periods and Baseline Periods for Certain Measures for the FY 2019
Hospital VBP Program
9. Proposed Performance Period and Baseline Period for the
Clinical Care--Outcomes Domain for the FY 2020 Hospital VBP Program
10. Proposed Performance Standards for the Hospital VBP Program
a. Background
b. Performance Standards for the FY 2016 Hospital VBP Program
c. Previously Adopted Performance Standards for the FY 2017, FY
2018, and FY 2019 Hospital VBP Programs
d. Proposed Additional Performance Standards for the FY 2017
Hospital VBP Program
e. Proposed Performance Standards for the FY 2019 and FY 2020
Hospital VBP Programs
f. Proposed Technical Updates Policy for Performance Standards
g. Request for Public Comments on ICD-10-CM/PCS Transition
11. Proposed FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program Scoring Methodology
a. Proposed General Hospital VBP Program Scoring Methodology
b. Proposed Domain Weighting for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program for Hospitals That Receive a Score on All Domains
c. Proposed Domain Weighting for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program for Hospitals Receiving Scores on Fewer than Four Domains
12. Proposed Minimum Numbers of Cases and Measures for the FY
2016 and FY 2017 Hospital VBP Program's Quality Domains
a. Previously Adopted Minimum Numbers of Cases and FY 2016
Proposed Minimum Numbers of Cases
b. Proposed Minimum Number of Measures--Safety Domain
c. Proposed Minimum Number of Measures--Clinical Care Domain
d. Proposed Minimum Number of Measures--Efficiency and Cost
Reduction Domain
e. Proposed Minimum Number of Measures--Patient and Caregiver
Centered Experience of Care/Care Coordination (PEC/CC) Domain
13. Applicability of the Hospital VBP Program to Maryland
Hospitals
14. Disaster/Extraordinary Circumstance Exception Under the
Hospital VBP Program
J. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program
1. Background
2. Statutory Basis for the HAC Reduction Program
3. Implementation of the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2015
a. Overview
b. Payment Adjustment Under the HAC Reduction Program, Including
Exemptions
c. Measure Selection and Conditions, Including Risk Adjustment
Scoring Methodology
d. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and Performance Scoring
Policy
e. Reporting Hospital-Specific Information, Including the Review
and Correction of Information
f. Limitation on Administrative and Judicial Review
4. Proposed Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality
Measures
5. Extraordinary Circumstances Exceptions/Exemptions
6. Implementation of the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2016
a. Measure Selection and Conditions, Including a Risk-Adjustment
Scoring Methodology
b. Criteria for Applicable Hospitals and Performance Scoring
7. Future Consideration for the Use of Electronically Specified
Measures
K. Payments for Indirect and Direct Graduate Medical Education
(GME) Costs (Sec. Sec. 412.105 and 413.75 Through 413.83)
1. Background
2. Proposed Changes in the Effective Date of the FTE Resident
Cap, 3-Year Rolling Average, and Interim- and Resident-to-Bed (IRB)
Ratio Cap for New Programs in Teaching Hospitals
3. Proposed Changes to IME and Direct GME Policies as a Result
of New OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
a. New Program FTE Cap Adjustment for Rural Hospitals
Redesignated as Urban
b. Participation of Redesignated Hospitals in Rural Training
Track
4. Proposed Clarification of Policies on Counting Resident Time
in Nonprovider Settings Under Section 5504 of the Affordable Care
Act
5. Proposed Changes to the Review and Award Process for Resident
Slots Under Section 5506 of the Affordable Care Act
a. Effective Date of Slots Awarded Under Section 5506 of the
Affordable Care Act
b. Proposal To Remove Seamless Requirement
c. Proposed Revisions to Ranking Criteria One, Seven, and Eight
for Applications Under Section 5506
d. Clarification to Ranking Criterion Two Regarding Emergency
Medicare GME Affiliation Agreements
6. Proposed Regulatory Clarification Applicable To Direct GME
Payments to Federally Qualified Health Centers (FQHCs) and Rural
Health Clinics (RHCs) for Training Residents in Approved Programs
L. Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program
1. Background
2. Proposed FY 2015 Budget Neutrality Offset Amount
M. Requirement for Transparency of Hospital Charges Under the
Affordable Care Act
1. Overview
2. Transparency Requirement Under the Affordable Care Act
N. Medicare Payment for Short Inpatient Hospital Stays
O. Suggested Exceptions to the 2-Midnight Benchmark
V. Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
A. Overview
B. Additional Provisions
1. Exception Payments
2. New Hospitals
3. Hospitals Located in Puerto Rico
C. Proposed Annual Update for FY 2015
VI. Proposed Changes for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS
A. Proposed Rate-of-Increase in Payments to Excluded Hospitals
for FY 2015
B. Proposed Updates to the Reasonable Compensation Equivalent
(RCE) Limits on Compensation for Physician Services Provided in
Providers (Sec. 415.70)
1. Background
2. Overview of the Current RCE Limits
a. Application of the RCE Limits
b. Exceptions to the RCE Limits
c. Methodology for Establishing the RCE Limits
3. Proposed Changes to the RCE Limits
C. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs
1. Background
2. Proposed Changes Related to Reclassifications as Rural for
CAHs
3. Proposed Revision of the Requirements for Physician
Certification of CAH Inpatient Services
VII. Proposed Changes to the Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective
Payment System (LTCH PPS) for FY 2015
A. Background of the LTCH PPS
1. Legislative and Regulatory Authority
2. Criteria for Classification as an LTCH
a. Classification as an LTCH
b. Hospitals Excluded From the LTCH PPS
3. Limitation on Charges to Beneficiaries
4. Administrative Simplification Compliance Act (ASCA) and
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)
Compliance
B. Proposed Medicare Severity Long-Term Care Diagnosis-Related
Group (MS-LTC-DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights for FY 2015
[[Page 27984]]
1. Background
2. Patient Classifications Into MS-LTC-DRGs
a. Background
b. Proposed Changes to the MS-LTC-DRGs for FY 2015
3. Development of the Proposed FY 2015 MS-LTC-DRG Relative
Weights
a. General Overview of the Development of the MS-LTC-DRG
Relative Weights
b. Proposed Development of the MS-LTC-DRG Relative Weights for
FY 2015
c. Data
d. Hospital-Specific Relative Value (HSRV) Methodology
e. Treatment of Severity Levels in Developing the Proposed MS-
LTC-DRG Relative Weights
f. Proposed Low-Volume MS-LTC-DRGs
g. Steps for Determining the Proposed FY 2015 MS-LTC-DRG
Relative Weights
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Payment Rates for FY 2015
1. Overview of Development of the LTCH Payment Rates
2. Proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS Annual Market Basket Update
a. Overview
b. Proposed Revision of Certain Market Basket Updates as
Required by the Affordable Care Act
c. Proposed Adjustment to the Annual Update to the LTCH PPS
Standard Federal Rate Under the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
1. Background
2. Proposed Reduction to the Annual Update to the LTCH PPS
Standard Federal Rate Under the LTCHQR Program
d. Proposed Market Basket Under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015
e. Proposed Annual Market Basket Update for LTCHs for FY 2015
3. Proposed Adjustment for the Final Year of the Phase-In of the
One-Time Prospective Adjustment to the Standard Federal Rate Under
Sec. 412.523(d)(3)
D. Proposed Revision of LTCH PPS Geographic Classifications
1. Background
2. Proposed Use of New OMB Labor Market Area Delineations (``New
OMB Delineations'')
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
b. Urban Counties That Became Rural Under the New OMB Labor
Market Area Delineations
c. Rural Counties That Became Urban Under the New OMB Labor
Market Area Delineations
d. Urban Counties Moved to a Different Urban CBSA Under the New
OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
e. Proposed Transition Period
E. Reinstatement and Extension of Certain Payment Rules for LTCH
Services--The 25-Percent Threshold Payment Adjustment
1. Background
2. Proposed Implementation of Section 1206(b)(1) of Public Law
113-67
F. Proposed Changes to the Fixed-Day Thresholds Under the
Greater Than 3-Day Interruption of Stay Policy Under the LTCH PPS
1. Background
2. Thresholds Used in Recent Statutory Programs
3. Proposed Changes to the Greater Than 3-Day Interruption of
Stay Policy
G. Moratoria on the Establishment of LTCHs and LTCH Satellite
Facilities and on the Increase in the Number of Beds in Existing
LTCHs or LTCH Satellite Facilities
H. Evaluation and Proposed Treatment of LTCHs Classified Under
Section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the Act
I. Description of Statutory Framework for Patient-Level
Criteria-Based Payment Adjustment Under the LTCH PPS Under Public
Law 113-67
1. Overview
2. Provisions of Section 1206(a) of Public Law 113-67
3. Additional LTCH PPS Issues
J. Proposed Technical Change
VIII. Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost Reports; Administrative
Appeals by Providers and Judicial Review
A. Background
1. Payment and Cost Reporting Requirements
2. Administrative Appeals by Providers and Judicial Review
3. Appropriate Claims in Provider Cost Reports
B. Proposed Changes Regarding the Claims Required in Provider
Cost Reports and for Provider Administrative Appeals
1. Proposed Addition to the Cost Reporting Regulations of the
Substantive Reimbursement Requirement of an Appropriate Cost Report
Claim
2. Proposed Revisions to the Provider Reimbursement Appeal
Regulations
C. Proposed Conforming Changes to the Board Appeal Regulations
and Corresponding Revisions to the Contractor Hearing Regulations
1. Technical Corrections and Conforming Changes to Sec. Sec.
405.1801 and 405.1803
2. Technical Corrections and Conforming Changes to Sec. Sec.
405.1811, 405.1813, and 405.1814
3. Proposed New Sec. 405.1832
4. Proposed Revisions to Sec. 405.1834
5. Technical Corrections and Conforming Changes to Sec. Sec.
405.1836, 405.1837, and 405.1839
6. Technical Corrections to 42 CFR Part 405, Subpart R and All
Subparts of 42 CFR Part 413
IX. Quality Data Reporting Requirements for Specific Providers and
Suppliers
A. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
1. Background
a. History of the Hospital IQR Program
b. Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality Measures
c. Public Display of Quality Measures
2. Removal and Suspension of Hospital IQR Program Measures
a. Considerations in Removing Quality Measures From the Hospital
IQR Program
b. Proposed Removal of Hospital IQR Program Measures for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
3. Process for Retaining Previously Adopted Hospital IQR Program
Measures for Subsequent Payment Determinations
4. Additional Considerations in Expanding and Updating Quality
Measures Under the Hospital IQR Program
5. Previously Adopted Hospital IQR Program Measures for the FY
2016 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
6. Proposed Refinements to Existing Measures in the Hospital IQR
Program
a. Proposed Refinement of Planned Readmission Algorithm for 30-
Day Readmission Measures
b. Proposed Refinement of Total Hip Arthroplasty and Total Knee
Arthroplasty (THA/TKA) 30-Day Complication and Readmission Measures
c. Anticipated Effect of Proposed Refinements to Existing
Measures
7. Proposed Additional Hospital IQR Program Measures for the FY
2017 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
a. Proposed Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Unplanned, Risk-
Standardized Readmission Rate (RSRR) Following Coronary Artery
Bypass Graft (CABG) Surgery
b. Proposed Hospital 30-Day, All-Cause, Risk-Standardized
Mortality Rate (RSMR) Following Coronary Artery Bypass Graft (CABG)
Surgery
c. Proposed Hospital-level, Risk-Standardized 30-Day Episode-of-
Care Payment Measure for Pneumonia
d. Proposed Hospital-Level, Risk-Standardized 30-Day Episode-of-
Care Payment Measure for Heart Failure
e. Proposed Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management Bundle
Measure (NQF 0500)
f. Electronic Health Record-Based Voluntary Measures
g. Proposed Readoption of Measures as Voluntarily Reported
Electronic Clinical Quality Measures
h. Electronic Clinical Quality Measures
8. Possible New Quality Measures and Measure Topics for Future
Years
a. Mandatory Electronic Clinical Quality Measure Reporting for
FY 2018 Payment Determination
b. Possible Future Electronic Clinical Quality Measures
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality Data Submission
a. Background
b. Procedural Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment Determination
and Subsequent Years
c. Data Submission Requirements for Chart-Abstracted Measures
d. Alignment of the EHR Incentive Program Reporting and
Submission Timelines for Clinical Quality Measures with Hospital IQR
Program Reporting and Submission Timelines
e. Sampling and Case Thresholds for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
f. HCAHPS Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment Determination and
Subsequent Years
g. Data Submission Requirements for Structural Measures for the
FY 2017
[[Page 27985]]
Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
h. Data Submission and Reporting Requirements for Healthcare-
Associated Infection (HAI) Measures Reported via NHSN
10. Submission and Access of HAI Measures Data Through the CDC's
NHSN Web site
11. Proposed Modifications to the Existing Processes for
Validation of Chart-abstracted Hospital IQR Program Data
a. Eligibility Criteria for Hospitals Selected for Validation
b. Number of Charts to be Submitted per Hospital for Validation
c. Combining Scores for HAI and Clinical Process of Care Topic
Areas
d. Processes To Submit Patient Medical Records for Chart-
abstracted Measures
e. Plans To Validate Electronic Clinical Quality Measure Data
12. Data Accuracy and Completeness Acknowledgement Requirements
for the FY 2017 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
13. Public Display Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
14. Reconsideration and Appeal Procedures for the FY 2017
Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
15. Hospital IQR Program Extraordinary Circumstances Extensions
or Exemptions
B. PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program
1. Statutory Authority
2. Covered Entities
3. Previously Finalized PCHQR Program Quality Measures
4. Proposed Update to the Clinical Process/Oncology Care
Measures Beginning With the 2016 Program
5. Proposed New Quality Measures Beginning With the FY 2017
Program
a. Considerations in the Selection of Quality Measures
b. Proposed New Quality Measure Beginning With the FY 2017
Program
6. Possible New Quality Measure Topics for Future Years
7. Maintenance of Technical Specifications for Quality Measures
8. Public Display Requirements Beginning With the FY 2014
Program
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Data Submission Beginning With
the FY 2017 Program
a. Background
b. Proposed Reporting Requirements for the Proposed New Measure:
External Beam Radiotherapy for Bone Metastases (NQF 1822)
Beginning With the FY 2017 Program
c. Proposed Reporting Options for the Clinical Process/Cancer
Specific Treatment Measures Beginning With the FY 2015 Program and
the SCIP and Clinical Process/Oncology Care Measures Beginning With
the FY 2016 Program
d. Proposed New Sampling Methodology for the Clinical Process/
Oncology Care Measures Beginning With the FY 2016 Program
10. Exceptions From Program Requirements
C. Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting (LTCHQR) Program
1. Background
2. General Considerations Used for Selection of Quality Measures
for the LTCHQR Program
3. Policy for Retention of LTCHQR Program Measures Adopted for
Previous Payment Determinations
4. Policy for Adopting Changes to LTCHQR Program Measures
5. Previously Adopted Quality Measures
a. Previously Adopted Quality Measures for the FY 2015 and FY
2016 Payment Determinations and Subsequent Years
b. Previously Adopted Quality Measures for the FY 2017 and FY
2018 Payment Determinations and Subsequent Years
6. Proposed Revision to Data Collection Timelines and Submission
Deadlines for Previously Adopted Quality Measures
a. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines for Percent of Residents or Patients Who Were
Assessed and Appropriately Given the Seasonal Influenza Vaccine
(Short Stay) (NQF 0680)
b. Proposed Revisions to Data Collection Timelines and
Submission Deadlines for the Application of Percent of Residents
Experiencing One or More Falls With Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF
0674)
7. Proposed New LTCHQR Program Quality Measures for the FY 2018
Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
a. Proposed New LTCHQR Program Functional Status Quality
Measures for the FY 2018 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
b. Proposed Quality Measure: National Healthcare Safety Network
(NHSN) Ventilator-Associated Event (VAE) Outcome Measure
8. LTCHQR Program Quality Measures and Concepts Under
Consideration for Future Years
9. Form, Manner, and Timing of Quality Data Submission for the
FY 2016 Payment Determinations and Subsequent Years
a. Background
b. Finalized Timeline for Data Submission Under the LTCHQR
Program for the FY 2016 and FY 2017 Payment Determinations (Except
NQF 0680 and NQF 0431)
c. Proposed Revision to the Previously Adopted Data Collection
Timelines and Submission Deadlines for Percent of Residents or
Patients Who Were Assessed and Appropriately Given the Seasonal
Influenza Vaccine (Short-Stay) (NQF -680) for the FY 2016
Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
d. Proposed Data Submission Mechanisms for the FY 2018 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years for Proposed New LTCHQR Program
Quality Measures and for Proposed Revision to Previously Adopted
Quality Measure
e. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and Submission Deadlines
Under the LTCHQR Program for the FY 2018 Payment Determination
f. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and Submission Deadlines
for the Application of Percent of Residents Experiencing One or More
Falls With Major Injury (Long Stay) (NQF 0674) Measure for
the FY 2018 Payment Determination and Subsequent Years
g. Proposed Data Collection Timelines and Submission Deadlines
Under the LTCHQR Program for the FY 2019 Payment Determination
10. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data Completion Threshold for the FY
2016 Payment Adjustment and Subsequent Years
a. Overview
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program Data Completion Threshold for the
Required LTCH CARE Data Set (LCDS) Data Items
c. LTCHQR Program Data Completion Threshold for Measures
Submitted Using the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
National Healthcare Safety Network (NHSN)
d. Application of the 2 Percentage Point Reduction for LTCHs
That Fail To Meet the Proposed Data Completion Thresholds
11. Proposed Data Validation Process for the FY 2016 Payment
Determination and Subsequent Years
a. Proposed Data Validation Process
b. Application of the 2 Percentage Point Reduction for LTCHs
That Fail To Meet the Proposed Data Accuracy Threshold
12. Public Display of Quality Measure Data for the LTCHQR
Program
13. Proposed LTCHQR Program Submission Exception and Extension
Requirements for the FY 2017 Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
14. Proposed LTCHQR Program Reconsideration and Appeals
Procedures for the FY 2016 Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
a. Previously Finalized LTCHQR Program Reconsideration and
Appeals Procedures for the FY 2014 and FY 2015 Payment
Determinations
b. Proposed LTCHQR Program Reconsideration and Appeals
Procedures for the FY 2016 Payment Determination and Subsequent
Years
15. Electronic Health Records (EHR) and Health Information
Exchange (HIE)
D. Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive Program and
Meaningful Use (MU)
1. Background
2. Alignment of the Medicare EHR Incentive Program Reporting and
Submission Timelines for Clinical Quality Measures With Hospital IQR
Program Reporting and Submission Timelines
3. Quality Reporting Data Architecture Category III (QRDA-III)
Option in 2015
4. Electronically Specified Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs)
Reporting for 2015
5. Clarification Regarding Reporting Zero Denominators
6. Case Threshold Exemption Policy; Clarification for 2014 and
Proposed Change for 2015
X. Proposed Revision of Regulations Governing Use and Release of
Medicare Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
A. Background
[[Page 27986]]
B. Proposed Regulatory Changes
1. Proposed Expansion of Uses and Reasons for Disclosure of Risk
Adjustment Data
2. Proposed Conditions for CMS Release of Data
3. Proposed Technical Change
XI. Proposed Changes to Enforcement Provisions for Organ Transplant
Centers
A. Background
B. Basis for Proposals in This Proposed Rule
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating Factors Based on CMS'
Experience
2. Coordination With Efforts of the Organ Procurement and
Transplantation Network (OPTN) and Health Resources and Services
Administration
C. Provisions of the Proposed Changes
1. Proposed Expansion of Mitigating Factors List
2. Content and Timeframe for Mitigating Factors Requests
3. System Improvement Agreements (SIAs)
a. Purpose and Intent of an SIA
b. Description and Contents of an SIA
c. Effective Period for an SIA
XII. MedPAC Recommendations
XIII. Other Required Information
A. Requests for Data From the Public
B. Collection of Information Requirements
1. Statutory Requirement for Solicitation of Comments
2. ICRs for Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies
3. ICRs for the Occupational Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY
2015 Wage Index (Hospital Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey)
4. Hospital Applications for Geographic Reclassifications by the
MGCRB
5. ICRs for Application for GME Resident Slots
6. ICRs for the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR)
Program
7. ICRs for PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR)
Program
8. ICRs for Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
9. ICRs for the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting
(LTCHQR) Program
10. ICR Regarding Electronic Health Record (EHR) Incentive
Program and Meaningful Use (MU)
11. ICR Regarding Proposed Revision of Regulations Governing Use
and Release of Medicare Advantage (MA) Risk Adjustment Data (Sec.
422.310(f))
Regulation Text
Addendum--Proposed Schedule of Standardized Amounts, Update Factors,
and Rate-of-Increase Percentages Effective With Cost Reporting
Periods Beginning on or After October 1, 2014 and Payment Rates for
LTCHs Effective With Discharges Occurring on or After October 1,
2014
I. Summary and Background
II. Proposed Changes to the Prospective Payment Rates for Hospital
Inpatient Operating Costs for Acute Care Hospitals for FY 2015
A. Calculation of the Adjusted Standardized Amount
B. Proposed Adjustments for Area Wage Levels and Cost-of-Living
C. Calculation of the Prospective Payment Rates
III. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Acute Care Hospital
Inpatient Capital-Related Costs for FY 2015
A. Determination of Federal Hospital Inpatient Capital-Related
Prospective Payment Rate Update
B. Calculation of the Proposed Inpatient Capital-Related
Prospective Payments for FY 2015
C. Capital Input Price Index
IV. Proposed Changes to Payment Rates for Excluded Hospitals: Rate-
of-Increase Percentages for FY 2015
V. Proposed Updates to the Payment Rates for the LTCH PPS for FY
2015
A. Proposed LTCH PPS Standard Federal Rate for FY 2015
1. Background
2. Development of the Proposed FY 2015 LTCH PPS Standard Federal
Rate
B. Proposed Adjustment for Area Wage Levels Under the LTCH PPS
for FY 2015
1. Background
2. Proposed Geographic Classifications Based on the New OMB
Delineations
3. Proposed LTCH PPS Labor-Related Share
4. Proposed LTCH PPS Wage Index for FY 2015
5. Proposed Budget Neutrality Adjustment for Proposed Changes to
the Area Wage Level Adjustment
C. Proposed LTCH PPS Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for LTCHs
Located in Alaska and Hawaii
D. Proposed Adjustment for LTCH PPS High-Cost Outlier (HCO)
Cases
1. Background
2. Determining LTCH CCRs Under the LTCH PPS
3. Establishment of the Proposed LTCH PPS Fixed-Loss Amount for
FY 2015
4. Application of the Outlier Policy to SSO Cases
E. Proposed Update to the IPPS Comparable/Equivalent Amounts To
Reflect the Statutory Changes to the IPPS DSH Payment Adjustment
Methodology
F. Computing the Proposed Adjusted LTCH PPS Federal Prospective
Payments for FY 2015
VI. Tables Referenced in This Proposed Rule and Available Through
the Internet on the CMS Web site
Appendix A--Economic Analyses
I. Regulatory Impact Analysis
A. Introduction
B. Need
C. Objectives of the IPPS
D. Limitations of Our Analysis
E. Hospitals Included in and Excluded From the IPPS
F. Effects on Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the
IPPS
G. Quantitative Effects of the Proposed Policy Changes Under the
IPPS for Operating Costs
1. Basis and Methodology of Estimates
2. Analysis of Table I
3. Impact Analysis of Table II
H. Effects of Other Proposed Policy Changes
1. Effects of Proposed Policy on MS-DRGs for Preventable HACs,
Including Infections
2. Effects of Proposed Policy Relating to New Medical Service
and Technology Add-On Payments
3. Effects of Proposed Changes to List of MS-DRGs Subject to
Postacute Care Transfer and DRG Special Pay Policy
4. Effects of Proposed Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume
Hospitals for FY 2015
5. Effects of Proposal Related to IME Medicare Part C Add-On
Payments to SCHs Paid According to Their Hospital-Specific Rates
6. Effects of the Extension of the MDH Program for the First
Half of FY 2015
7. Effects of Proposed Changes Under the FY 2015 Hospital Value-
Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
8. Effects of the Proposed Changes to the HAC Reduction Program
for FY 2015
9. Effects of Proposed Policy Changes Relating to Payments for
Direct GME and IME
10. Effects of Implementation of Rural Community Hospital
Demonstration Program
11. Effects of Proposed Changes Related to Reclassifications as
Rural for CAHs
12. Effects of Proposed Revision of the Requirements for
Physician Certification of CAH Inpatient Services
13. Effects of Proposed Changes Relating to Administrative
Appeals by Providers and Judicial Review for Appropriate Claims in
Provider Cost Reports
I. Effects of Proposed Changes to Updates to the Reasonable
Compensation Equivalent (RCE) Limits for Physician Services Provided
to Providers
J. Effects of Proposed Changes in the Capital IPPS
1. General Considerations
2. Results
K. Effects of Proposed Payment Rate Changes and Policy Changes
Under the LTCH PPS
1. Introduction and General Considerations
2. Impact on Rural Hospitals
3. Anticipated Effects of Proposed LTCH PPS Payment Rate Changes
and Policy Changes
4. Effect on the Medicare Program
5. Effect on Medicare Beneficiaries
L. Effects of Proposed Requirements for Hospital Inpatient
Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
M. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the PPS-Exempt Cancer
Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program for FY 2015
N. Effects of Proposed Requirements for the LTCH Quality
Reporting (LTCHQR) Program for FY 2015 Through FY 2019
O. Effects of Proposals Regarding Electronic Health Record (EHR)
Incentive Program and Hospital IQR Program
P. Effects of Proposed Revision of Regulations Governing Use and
Release of Medicare Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
Q. Effects of Proposed Changes to Enforcement Provisions for
Organ Transplant Centers
II. Alternatives Considered
III. Overall Conclusion
A. Acute Care Hospitals
B. LTCHs
[[Page 27987]]
IV. Accounting Statements and Tables
A. Acute Care Hospitals
B. LTCHs
V. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) Analysis
VI. Impact on Small Rural Hospitals
VII. Unfunded Mandate Reform Act (UMRA) Analysis
VIII. Executive Order 12866
Appendix B: Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost
Rates of Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services
I. Background
II. Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2015
A. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital Update
B. Proposed Update for SCHs for FY 2015
C. Proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
D. Proposed Update for Hospitals Excluded From the IPPS for FY
2015
E. Proposed Update for LTCHs for FY 2015
III. Secretary's Recommendation
IV. MedPAC Recommendation for Assessing Payment Adequacy and
Updating Payments in Traditional Medicare
I. Executive Summary and Background
A. Executive Summary
1. Purpose and Legal Authority
This proposed rule would make payment and policy changes under the
Medicare inpatient prospective payment systems (IPPS) for operating and
capital-related costs of acute care hospitals as well as for certain
hospitals and hospital units excluded from the IPPS. In addition, it
would make payment and policy changes for inpatient hospital services
provided by long-term care hospitals (LTCHs) under the long-term care
hospital prospective payment system (LTCH PPS). It also would make
policy changes to programs associated with Medicare IPPS hospitals,
IPPS-excluded hospitals, and LTCHs.
Under various statutory authorities, we are proposing to make
changes to the Medicare IPPS, to the LTCH PPS, and to other related
payment methodologies and programs for FY 2015 and subsequent fiscal
years. These statutory authorities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
Section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act (the Act),
which sets forth a system of payment for the operating costs of acute
care hospital inpatient stays under Medicare Part A (Hospital
Insurance) based on prospectively set rates. Section 1886(g) of the Act
requires that, instead of paying for capital-related costs of inpatient
hospital services on a reasonable cost basis, the Secretary use a
prospective payment system (PPS).
Section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, which specifies that
certain hospitals and hospital units are excluded from the IPPS. These
hospitals and units are: Rehabilitation hospitals and units; LTCHs;
psychiatric hospitals and units; children's hospitals; cancer
hospitals; and short-term acute care hospitals located in the Virgin
Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
Religious nonmedical health care institutions (RNHCIs) are also
excluded from the IPPS.
Sections 123(a) and (c) of Public Law 106-113 and section
307(b)(1) of Public Law 106-554 (as codified under section 1886(m)(1)
of the Act), which provide for the development and implementation of a
prospective payment system for payment for inpatient hospital services
of long-term care hospitals (LTCHs) described in section
1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act.
Sections 1814(l), 1820, and 1834(g) of the Act, which
specify that payments are made to critical access hospitals (CAHs)
(that is, rural hospitals or facilities that meet certain statutory
requirements) for inpatient and outpatient services and that these
payments are generally based on 101 percent of reasonable cost.
Section 1866(k) of the Act, as added by section 3005 of
the Affordable Care Act, which establishes a quality reporting program
for hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(v) of the Act,
referred to as ``PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospitals.''
Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act, which addresses certain
hospital-acquired conditions (HACs), including infections. Section
1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act specifies that, by October 1, 2007, the
Secretary was required to select, in consultation with the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), at least two conditions that: (a)
Are high cost, high volume, or both; (b) are assigned to a higher
paying MS-DRG when present as a secondary diagnosis (that is,
conditions under the MS-DRG system that are CCs or MCCs); and (c) could
reasonably have been prevented through the application of evidence-
based guidelines. Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act also specifies that
the list of conditions may be revised, again in consultation with CDC,
from time to time as long as the list contains at least two conditions.
Section 1886(d)(4)(D)(iii) of the Act requires that hospitals,
effective with discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2007, submit
information on Medicare claims specifying whether diagnoses were
present on admission (POA). Section 1886(d)(4)(D)(i) of the Act
specifies that effective for discharges occurring on or after October
1, 2008, Medicare no longer assigns an inpatient hospital discharge to
a higher paying MS-DRG if a selected condition is not POA.
Section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, which specifies that costs
of approved educational activities are excluded from the operating
costs of inpatient hospital services. Hospitals with approved graduate
medical education (GME) programs are paid for the direct costs of GME
in accordance with section 1886(h) of the Act. A payment for indirect
medical education (IME) is made under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act.
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, which requires the
Secretary to reduce the applicable percentage increase in payments to a
subsection (d) hospital for a fiscal year if the hospital does not
submit data on measures in a form and manner, and at a time, specified
by the Secretary.
Section 1886(o) of the Act, which requires the Secretary
to establish a Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program under
which value-based incentive payments are made in a fiscal year to
hospitals meeting performance standards established for a performance
period for such fiscal year.
Section 1886(p) of the Act, as added by section 3008 of
the Affordable Care Act, which establishes an adjustment to hospital
payments for hospital-acquired conditions (HACs), or a Hospital-
Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program, under which payments to
applicable hospitals are adjusted to provide an incentive to reduce
hospital-acquired conditions.
Section 1886(q) of the Act, as added by section 3025 of
the Affordable Care Act and amended by section 10309 of the Affordable
Care Act, which establishes the ``Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program'' effective for discharges from an ``applicable hospital''
beginning on or after October 1, 2012, under which payments to those
hospitals under section 1886(d) of the Act will be reduced to account
for certain excess readmissions.
Section 1886(r) of the Act, as added by section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act, which provides for a reduction to
disproportionate share payments under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act
and for a new uncompensated care payment to eligible hospitals.
Specifically, section 1886(r) of the Act now requires that, for
``fiscal year 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year,'' ``subsection (d)
hospitals'' that would otherwise receive a ``disproportionate share
payment . . . made under subsection (d)(5)(F)'' will receive two
separate payments: (1) 25 percent of the amount they previously would
have received under subsection (d)(5)(F) for DSH (``the empirically
justified amount''), and (2) an additional payment for the DSH
hospital's proportion of uncompensated care, determined as the product
of three factors. These three factors are: (1) 75
[[Page 27988]]
percent of the payments that would otherwise be made under subsection
(d)(5)(F); (2) 1 minus the percent change in the percent of individuals
under the age of 65 who are uninsured (minus 0.1 percentage points for
FY 2014, and minus 0.2 percentage points for FY 2015 through FY 2017);
and (3) a hospital's uncompensated care amount relative to the
uncompensated care amount of all DSH hospitals expressed as a
percentage.
Section 1886(m)(6) of the Act, as added by section
1206(a)(1) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013, which provided
for the establishment of patient criteria for payment under the LTCH
PPS for implementation beginning in FY 2016.
Section 1206(b)(1) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of
2013, which further amended section 114(c) of the MMSEA, as amended by
section 4302(a) of the ARRA and sections 3106(c) and 10312(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, by retroactively reestablishing and extending the
statutory moratorium on the full implementation of the 25-percent
threshold payment adjustment policy under the LTCH PPS so that the
policy will be in effect for 9 years (except for ``grandfathered''
hospital-within-hospitals (HwHs), which are permanently exempt from
this policy); and section 1206(b)(2) (as amended by section 112(b) of
the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93)), which
together further amended section 114(d) of the MMSEA, as amended by
section 4302(a) of the ARRA and sections 3106(c) and 10312(a) of the
Affordable Care Act to establish a new moratoria (subject to certain
defined exceptions) on the development of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities and a new moratorium on increases in the number of beds in
existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities beginning January 1, 2015
and ending on September 30, 2017; and section 1206(d), which instructs
the Secretary to evaluate payments to LTCHs classified under section
1886(b)(1)(C)(iv)(II) of the Act and to adjust payment rates in FY 2015
or FY 2016 under the LTCH PPS, as appropriate, based upon the
evaluation findings.
Section 1886(m)(5)(D)(iv) of the Act, as added by section
1206(c) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013, which provides for
the establishment, no later than October 1, 2015, of a functional
status quality measure under the LTCHQR Program for change in mobility
among inpatients requiring ventilator support.
To conform regulations to the statutory requirements of the
Provider Reimbursement Review Board (Board) appeals based on untimely
determinations of the Medicare Administrative Contractor (MAC), in this
proposed rule, we are proposing to amend the regulations to eliminate
the provider dissatisfaction requirement as a condition for Board
jurisdiction over such appeals. We are proposing a similar amendment to
the regulations for appeals to MAC hearing officers, to maintain
consistency between the regulations for MAC and Board appeals. We also
are proposing to codify in the cost reporting regulations our existing
policy, implemented in section 115 of the Provider Reimbursement
Manual, requiring providers to include an appropriate claim for an item
in its cost report. In addition, we are proposing that providers'
failure to include an appropriate claim for an item in its cost report
will result in foreclosure of payment in the notice of program
reimbursement and in any decision or order issued by a reviewing entity
in an administrative appeal filed by the provider.
We are proposing to align the reporting and submission timelines
for clinical quality measures for the Medicare EHR Incentive Program
for eligible hospitals and critical access hospitals (CAHs) with the
reporting and submission timelines for the Hospital IQR Program. In
addition, we provide guidance and clarification of certain policies for
eligible hospitals and CAHs such as our policy for reporting zero
denominators on clinical quality measures and our policy for case
threshold exemptions.
In addition, this proposed rule contains several proposals that are
not directly related to these Medicare payment systems, such as
regulatory revisions to broaden the specified uses and reasons for
disclosure of risk adjustment data and to specify the conditions for
release of risk adjustment data to entities outside of CMS and changes
to the enforcement procedures for organ transplant centers. The
specific statutory authority for these other proposals is discussed in
the relevant sections below.
2. Summary of the Major Provisions
a. MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
Section 631 of the American Taxpayer Relief Act (ATRA, Pub. L. 112-
240) amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 to require the
Secretary to make a recoupment adjustment to the standardized amount of
Medicare payments to acute care hospitals to account for changes in MS-
DRG documentation and coding that do not reflect real changes in case-
mix, totaling $11 billion over a 4-year period of FYs 2014, 2015, 2016,
and 2017. This adjustment represents the amount of the increase in
aggregate payments as a result of not completing the prospective
adjustment authorized under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
until FY 2013. Prior to the ATRA, this amount could not have been
recovered under Public Law 110-90.
While our actuaries estimated that a -9.3 percent adjustment to the
standardized amount would be necessary if CMS were to fully recover the
$11 billion recoupment required by section 631 of the ATRA in FY 2014,
it is often our practice to delay or phase in rate adjustments over
more than one year, in order to moderate the effects on rates in any
one year. Therefore, consistent with the policies that we have adopted
in many similar cases, we made a -0.8 percent recoupment adjustment to
the standardized amount in FY 2014. We are proposing to make an
additional -0.8 percent recoupment adjustment to the standardized
amount in FY 2015.
b. Reduction of Hospital Payments for Excess Readmissions
We are proposing changes in policies to the Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program, which is established under section 1886(q) of the
Act, as added by section 3025 of the Affordable Care Act. The Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program requires a reduction to a hospital's
base operating DRG payment to account for excess readmissions of
selected applicable conditions. For FYs 2013 and 2014, these conditions
are acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, and pneumonia. For FY
2014, we established additional exclusions to the three existing
readmission measures (that is, the excess readmission ratio) to account
for additional planned readmissions. We also established additional
readmissions measures, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD),
and Total Hip Arthroplasty and Total Knee Arthroplasty (THA/TKA), to be
used in the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program for FY 2015 and
future years. We are proposing to expand the readmissions measures for
FY 2017 and future years by adding a measure of patients readmitted
following coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) surgery. We also are
proposing to refine the readmission measures and related methodology
for FY 2015 and subsequent years payment determinations. In addition,
we are proposing that the readmissions payment adjustment factors for
FY 2015
[[Page 27989]]
can be no more than a 3-percent reduction in accordance with the
statute. We also are proposing to revise the calculation of aggregate
payments for excess readmissions to include THA/TKA and COPD
readmissions measures beginning in FY 2015.
c. Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program
Section 1886(o) of the Act requires the Secretary to establish a
Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP) Program under which value-based
incentive payments are made in a fiscal year to hospitals meeting
performance standards established for a performance period for such
fiscal year. Both the performance standards and the performance period
for a fiscal year are to be established by the Secretary.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing to adopt quality measures
for the FY 2017, FY 2019, and FY 2020 Hospital VBP Program years and to
establish performance periods and performance standards for measures to
be adopted for those fiscal years. We also are proposing to adopt
additional policies related to performance standards and to revise the
domain weighting previously adopted for the FY 2017 Hospital VBP
Program.
d. Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program
In this proposed rule, we are proposing a change in the scoring
methodology with the addition of a previously finalized measure for the
FY 2016 payment adjustment under the HAC Reduction Program. Section
1886(p) of the Act, as added under section 3008(a) of the Affordable
Care Act, establishes an adjustment to hospital payments for HACs, or a
HAC Reduction program, under which payments to applicable hospitals are
adjusted to provide an incentive to reduce HACs, effective for
discharges beginning on October 1, 2014 and for subsequent program
years. This 1-percent payment reduction applies to a hospital whose
ranking is in the top quartile (25 percent) of all applicable
hospitals, relative to the national average, of conditions acquired
during the applicable period and on all of the hospital's discharges
for the specified fiscal year. The amount of payment shall be equal to
99 percent of the amount of payment that would otherwise apply to such
discharges under section 1886(d) or 1814(b)(3) of the Act, as
applicable.
e. Proposed Changes to the DSH Payment Adjustment and the Provision of
Additional Payment for Uncompensated Care
Section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act modified the Medicare
disproportionate share hospital (DSH) payment methodology beginning in
FY 2014. Under section 1886(r) of the Act, which was added by section
3133 of the Affordable Care Act, starting in FY 2014, DSHs will receive
25 percent of the amount they previously would have received under the
current statutory formula for Medicare DSH payments. The remaining
amount, equal to 75 percent of what otherwise would have been paid as
Medicare DSH payments, will be paid as additional payments after the
amount is reduced for changes in the percentage of individuals that are
uninsured. Each Medicare DSH hospital will receive its additional
amount based on its share of the total amount of uncompensated care for
all Medicare DSH hospitals for a given time period. In this proposed
rule, we are proposing updates to the uncompensated care amount to be
distributed for FY 2015, and we are proposing changes to the
methodology to calculate the uncompensated care payment amounts to be
distributed such that we combine uncompensated care data for hospitals
that have underwent a merger in order to calculate their relative share
of uncompensated care.
f. Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program
Under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, hospitals are
required to report data on measures selected by the Secretary for the
Hospital IQR Program in order to receive the full annual percentage
increase. In past rules, we have established measures for reporting and
the process for submittal and validation of the data.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing to add nine new measures
for the Hospital IQR Program for the FY 2017 payment determination and
subsequent years. We are proposing to remove five measures for the FY
2016 payment determination and subsequent years. We also are proposing
to remove 15 chart-abstracted measures from the FY 2016 payment
determination's measure set. However, we are proposing to retain an
electronic clinical quality measure version of 10 of those chart-
abstracted measures for the program.
g. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS
Section 1206(b) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act provides for the
retroactive reinstatement and extension, for an additional 4 years, of
the moratorium on the full implementation of the 25-percent threshold
payment adjustment under the LTCH PPS established under section 114(c)
of the MMSEA, as further amended by subsequent legislation. In keeping
with this mandate, we are proposing to reinstate this payment
adjustment retroactively for LTCH cost reporting periods beginning on
or after July 1, 2013 or October 1, 2013.
Section 1206(b)(2) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act, as amended by
section 112(b) of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014,
provides for new statutory moratoria on the establishment of new LTCHs
and LTCH satellite facilities (subject to certain defined exceptions)
and a new statutory moratorium on bed increases in existing LTCHs
effective for the period beginning April 1, 2014 and ending September
30, 2017.
In accordance with section 1206(d) of the Pathway for SGR Reform
Act of 2013, we are proposing to apply a payment adjustment under the
LTCH PPS to subclause (II) LTCHs beginning in FY 2015 that would result
in payments to this type of LTCH resembling reasonable cost payments
under the TEFRA payment system model.
We also are proposing to make changes to the LTCH interruption of
stay policy, which is a payment adjustment that is applied when, during
the course of an LTCH hospitalization, a patient is discharged to an
inpatient acute care hospital, an IRF, or a SNF for treatment or
services not available at the LTCH for a specified period followed by
readmittance to the same LTCH.
3. Summary of Costs and Benefits
Proposed Adjustment for MS-DRG Documentation and Coding
Changes. We are proposing a -0.8 percent recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount for FY 2015 to implement, in part, the requirement
of section 631 of the ATRA that the Secretary make an adjustment
totaling $11 billion over a 4-year period of FYs 2014, 2015, 2016, and
2017. This recoupment adjustment represent the amount of the increase
in aggregate payments as a result of not completing the prospective
adjustment authorized under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
until FY 2013. Prior to the ATRA, this amount could not have been
recovered under Public Law 110-90.
While our actuaries estimated that a -9.3 percent recoupment
adjustment to the standardized amount would be necessary if CMS were to
fully recover the $11 billion recoupment required by
[[Page 27990]]
section 631 of the ATRA in FY 2014, it is often our practice to delay
or phase in rate adjustments over more than one year, in order to
moderate the effects on rates in any one year. Therefore, consistent
with the policies that we have adopted in many similar cases and the
adjustment we made for FY 2014, we are proposing to make a -0.8 percent
recoupment adjustment to the standardized amount in FY 2015. We
estimated that this level of adjustment, combined with leaving the -0.8
percent adjustment made for FY 2014 in place, will recover up to $2
billion in FY 2015. Taking into account the approximately $1 billion
recovered in FY 2014, this will leave approximately $8 billion
remaining to be recovered by FY 2017.
Reduction to Hospital Payments for Excess Readmissions.
The provisions of section 1886(q) of the Act which establishes the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program are not budget neutral. For FY
2015, a hospital's readmissions payment adjustment factor is the higher
of a ratio of a hospital's aggregate payments for excess readmissions
to its aggregate payments for all discharges, or 0.97 (that is, or a 3-
percent reduction). In this proposed rule, we estimate that the
reduction to a hospital's base operating DRG payment amount to account
for excess readmissions of selected applicable conditions under the
Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program will result in a 0.2 percent
decrease in payments to hospitals for FY 2015 relative to FY 2014.
Value-Based Incentive Payments Under the Hospital Value-
Based Purchasing (VBP) Program. We estimate that there will be no net
financial impact to the Hospital VBP Program for FY 2015 in the
aggregate because, by law, the amount available for value-based
incentive payments under the program in a given fiscal year must be
equal to the total amount of base operating DRG payment amount
reductions for that year, as estimated by the Secretary. The estimated
amount of base operating DRG payment amount reductions for FY 2015, and
therefore the estimated amount available for value-based incentive
payments for FY 2015 discharges, is approximately $1.4 billion. We
believe that the program's benefits will be seen in improved patient
outcomes, safety, and in the patient's experience of care. However, we
cannot estimate these benefits in actual dollar and patient terms.
Proposed Payment Adjustment Under the HAC Reduction
Program for FY 2015. Under section 1886(p) of the Act, (as added by
section 3008 of the Affordable Care Act), the incentive to reduce
hospital-acquired conditions with a payment adjustment to applicable
hospitals under the HAC Reduction Program is made beginning FY 2015. We
estimate that, under this proposal, 753 hospitals would be subject to
the 1-percent reduction, and that overall payments will decrease
approximately 0.3 percent or $330 million.
Proposed Changes Relating to the Medicare DSH Payment
Adjustment and Provision of Additional Payment for Uncompensated Care.
Under section 1886(r) of the Act (as added by section 3313 of the
Affordable Care Act), disproportionate share payments to hospitals
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act are reduced and an additional
payment to eligible hospitals is made beginning in FY 2014. Hospitals
that receive Medicare DSH payments will receive 25 percent of the
amount they previously would have received under the current statutory
formula for Medicare DSH payments. The remainder, equal to 75 percent
of what otherwise would have been paid as Medicare DSH payments, will
be the basis for additional payments after the amount is reduced for
changes in the percentage of individuals that are uninsured and
additional statutory adjustments. Each hospital that receives Medicare
DSH payments will receive an additional payment based on its share of
the total uncompensated care amount reported by Medicare DSHs. The
reduction to Medicare DSH payments is not budget neutral.
For FY 2015, we are proposing that the 75 percent of what otherwise
would have been paid for Medicare DSH is adjusted to approximately 80.4
percent of the amount for changes in the percentage of individuals that
are uninsured and additional statutory adjustments. In other words,
Medicare DSH payments prior to the application of section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act are adjusted to approximately 60.3 percent (the
product of 75 percent and 80.4 percent) and that resulting payment
amount is used to create an additional payment for a hospital's
relative uncompensated care. As a result, we project that the proposed
reduction of Medicare DSH payments and the inclusion of the additional
payments for uncompensated care will reduced payments overall by 1.1
percent as compared to the Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care
payments distributed in FY 2014. The proposed additional payments have
redistributive effects based on a hospital's uncompensated care amount
relative to the uncompensated care amount to all hospitals that are
estimated to receive Medicare DSH payments, and the payment amount is
not tied to a hospital's discharges.
Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR) Program. In
this proposed rule, we are proposing to add nine new measures for the
FY 2017 payment determination and subsequent years. We are proposing to
remove five measures from the hospital IQR Program for the FY 2016
payment determination and subsequent years. We also are proposing to
remove 15 chart-abstracted from the FY 2016 payment determination's
measure set, but we are proposing to retain an electronic clinical
quality measure version of 10 of those measures for the program. We
estimate that our proposals for the adoption and removal of measures
will decrease hospital costs by $39.8 million.
Proposed Update to the LTCH PPS Standard Federal Rate and
Other Payment Factors. Based on the best available data for the 423
LTCHs in our database, we estimate that the proposed changes to the
payment rates and factors we are presenting in the preamble and
Addendum of this proposed rule, including the proposed update to the
standard Federal rate for FY 2015, the proposed changes to the area
wage adjustment for FY 2015, and the expected changes to short-stay
outliers and high-cost outliers, would result in an increase in
estimated payments from FY 2014 of approximately $44 million (or 0.8
percent). In addition, we estimate that net effect of the projected
impact of certain other proposed LTCH PPS policy changes (that is, the
reinstatement of the moratorium on the full implementation of the ``25
percent threshold'' payment adjustment; the reinstatement of the
moratorium on the development of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite
facilities and additional LTCH beds; the proposed revision of the
``greater than 3-day interruption of stay'' policy; the proposed
revocation of onsite discharges and readmissions policy; and the
proposed payment adjustment for ``subclause (II)'' LTCHs) is estimated
to result in a reduction in LTCH PPS payments of approximately $14
million.
The impact analysis of the proposed payment rates and factors
presented in this proposed rule under the LTCH PPS, in conjunction with
the estimated payment impacts of certain other proposed LTCH PPS policy
changes would result in a net increase of $30 million to LTCH
providers. Additionally, we estimate that the costs to LTCHs associated
with the completion of the proposed data for the LTCHQR Program at
$3.96 million or approximately $1 million more than FY 2014.
[[Page 27991]]
B. Summary
1. Acute Care Hospital Inpatient Prospective Payment System (IPPS)
Section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act (the Act) sets forth a
system of payment for the operating costs of acute care hospital
inpatient stays under Medicare Part A (Hospital Insurance) based on
prospectively set rates. Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the
Secretary to use a prospective payment system (PPS) to pay for the
capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services for these
``subsection (d) hospitals.'' Under these PPSs, Medicare payment for
hospital inpatient operating and capital-related costs is made at
predetermined, specific rates for each hospital discharge. Discharges
are classified according to a list of diagnosis-related groups (DRGs).
The base payment rate is comprised of a standardized amount that is
divided into a labor-related share and a nonlabor-related share. The
labor-related share is adjusted by the wage index applicable to the
area where the hospital is located. If the hospital is located in
Alaska or Hawaii, the nonlabor-related share is adjusted by a cost-of-
living adjustment factor. This base payment rate is multiplied by the
DRG relative weight.
If the hospital treats a high percentage of certain low-income
patients, it receives a percentage add-on payment applied to the DRG-
adjusted base payment rate. This add-on payment, known as the
disproportionate share hospital (DSH) adjustment, provides for a
percentage increase in Medicare payments to hospitals that qualify
under either of two statutory formulas designed to identify hospitals
that serve a disproportionate share of low-income patients. For
qualifying hospitals, the amount of this adjustment varies based on the
outcome of the statutory calculations. The Affordable Care Act revised
the Medicare DSH payment methodology and provides for a new additional
Medicare payment that considers the amount of uncompensated care
beginning on October 1, 2013.
If the hospital is an approved teaching hospital, it receives a
percentage add-on payment for each case paid under the IPPS, known as
the indirect medical education (IME) adjustment. This percentage
varies, depending on the ratio of residents to beds.
Additional payments may be made for cases that involve new
technologies or medical services that have been approved for special
add-on payments. To qualify, a new technology or medical service must
demonstrate that it is a substantial clinical improvement over
technologies or services otherwise available, and that, absent an add-
on payment, it would be inadequately paid under the regular DRG
payment.
The costs incurred by the hospital for a case are evaluated to
determine whether the hospital is eligible for an additional payment as
an outlier case. This additional payment is designed to protect the
hospital from large financial losses due to unusually expensive cases.
Any eligible outlier payment is added to the DRG-adjusted base payment
rate, plus any DSH, IME, and new technology or medical service add-on
adjustments.
Although payments to most hospitals under the IPPS are made on the
basis of the standardized amounts, some categories of hospitals are
paid in whole or in part based on their hospital-specific rate, which
is determined from their costs in a base year. For example, sole
community hospitals (SCHs) receive the higher of a hospital-specific
rate based on their costs in a base year (the highest of FY 1982, FY
1987, FY 1996, or FY 2006) or the IPPS Federal rate based on the
standardized amount. Through and including FY 2006, a Medicare-
dependent, small rural hospital (MDH) received the higher of the
Federal rate or the Federal rate plus 50 percent of the amount by which
the Federal rate is exceeded by the higher of its FY 1982 or FY 1987
hospital-specific rate. As discussed below, for discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2007, but before April 1, 2015, an MDH will receive
the higher of the Federal rate or the Federal rate plus 75 percent of
the amount by which the Federal rate is exceeded by the highest of its
FY 1982, FY 1987, or FY 2002 hospital-specific rate. (We note that the
statutory provision for payments to MDHs expires on March 31, 2015,
under current law.) SCHs are the sole source of care in their areas,
and MDHs are a major source of care for Medicare beneficiaries in their
areas. Specifically, section 1886(d)(5)(D)(iii) of the Act defines an
SCH as a hospital that is located more than 35 road miles from another
hospital or that, by reason of factors such as isolated location,
weather conditions, travel conditions, or absence of other like
hospitals (as determined by the Secretary), is the sole source of
hospital inpatient services reasonably available to Medicare
beneficiaries. In addition, certain rural hospitals previously
designated by the Secretary as essential access community hospitals are
considered SCHs. Section 1886(d)(5)(G)(iv) of the Act defines an MDH as
a hospital that is located in a rural area, has not more than 100 beds,
is not an SCH, and has a high percentage of Medicare discharges (not
less than 60 percent of its inpatient days or discharges in its cost
reporting year beginning in FY 1987 or in two of its three most
recently settled Medicare cost reporting years). Both of these
categories of hospitals are afforded this special payment protection in
order to maintain access to services for beneficiaries.
Section 1886(g) of the Act requires the Secretary to pay for the
capital-related costs of inpatient hospital services ``in accordance
with a prospective payment system established by the Secretary.'' The
basic methodology for determining capital prospective payments is set
forth in our regulations at 42 CFR 412.308 and 412.312. Under the
capital IPPS, payments are adjusted by the same DRG for the case as
they are under the operating IPPS. Capital IPPS payments are also
adjusted for IME and DSH, similar to the adjustments made under the
operating IPPS. In addition, hospitals may receive outlier payments for
those cases that have unusually high costs.
The existing regulations governing payments to hospitals under the
IPPS are located in 42 CFR part 412, Subparts A through M.
2. Hospitals and Hospital Units Excluded From the IPPS
Under section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Act, as amended, certain
hospitals and hospital units are excluded from the IPPS. These
hospitals and units are: Rehabilitation hospitals and units; long-term
care hospitals (LTCHs); psychiatric hospitals and units; children's
hospitals; certain cancer hospitals; and short-tern acute care
hospitals located in Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Northern
Mariana Islands, and American Samoa. Religious nonmedical health care
institutions (RNHCIs) are also excluded from the IPPS. Various sections
of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA, Pub. L. 105-33), the Medicare,
Medicaid and SCHIP [State Children's Health Insurance Program] Balanced
Budget Refinement Act of 1999 (BBRA, Pub. L. 106-113), and the
Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Benefits Improvement and Protection Act
of 2000 (BIPA, Pub. L. 106-554) provide for the implementation of PPSs
for rehabilitation hospitals and units (referred to as inpatient
rehabilitation facilities (IRFs)), LTCHs, and psychiatric hospitals and
units (referred to as inpatient psychiatric facilities (IPFs)). (We
note that the annual updates to the LTCH PPS are now included as part
of the IPPS annual update document. Updates to the IRF PPS and IPF PPS
are issued as separate documents.) Children's hospitals, certain cancer
hospitals, short-tern acute care hospitals
[[Page 27992]]
located in Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands,
and American Samoa, and RNHCIs continue to be paid solely under a
reasonable cost-based system subject to a rate-of-increase ceiling on
inpatient operating costs, as updated annually by the percentage
increase in the IPPS operating market basket.
The existing regulations governing payments to excluded hospitals
and hospital units are located in 42 CFR Parts 412 and 413.
3. Long-Term Care Hospital Prospective Payment System (LTCH PPS)
The Medicare prospective payment system (PPS) for LTCHs applies to
hospitals described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv) of the Act effective
for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2002. The
LTCH PPS was established under the authority of section 123 of the BBRA
and section 307(b) of the BIPA (as codified under section 1886(m)(1) of
the Act). During the 5-year (optional) transition period, a LTCH's
payment under the PPS was based on an increasing proportion of the LTCH
Federal rate with a corresponding decreasing proportion based on
reasonable cost principles. Effective for cost reporting periods
beginning on or after October 1, 2006, all LTCHs are paid 100 percent
of the Federal rate. The existing regulations governing payment under
the LTCH PPS are located in 42 CFR Part 412, Subpart O. Beginning with
FY 2009, annual updates to the LTCH PPS are published in the same
documents that update the IPPS (73 FR 26797 through 26798).
4. Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs)
Under sections 1814(l), 1820, and 1834(g) of the Act, payments made
to critical access hospitals (CAHs) (that is, rural hospitals or
facilities that meet certain statutory requirements) for inpatient and
outpatient services are generally based on 101 percent of reasonable
cost. Reasonable cost is determined under the provisions of section
1861(v)(1)(A) of the Act and existing regulations under 42 CFR Parts
413 and 415.
5. Payments for Graduate Medical Education (GME)
Under section 1886(a)(4) of the Act, costs of approved educational
activities are excluded from the operating costs of inpatient hospital
services. Hospitals with approved graduate medical education (GME)
programs are paid for the direct costs of GME in accordance with
section 1886(h) of the Act. The amount of payment for direct GME costs
for a cost reporting period is based on the hospital's number of
residents in that period and the hospital's costs per resident in a
base year. The existing regulations governing payments to the various
types of hospitals are located in 42 CFR Part 413.
C. Summary of Provisions of Recent Legislation Discussed in This
Proposed Rule
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148),
enacted on March 23, 2010, the Health Care and Education Reconciliation
Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152), enacted on March 30, 2010, made a number
of changes that affect the IPPS and the LTCH PPS. (Pub. L. 111-148 and
Pub. L. 111-152 are collectively referred to as the ``Affordable Care
Act.'') A number of the provisions of the Affordable Care Act affect
the updates to the IPPS and the LTCH PPS and providers and suppliers.
The provisions of the Affordable Care Act that were applicable to the
IPPS and the LTCH PPS for FYs 2010, 2011, and 2012 were implemented in
the June 2, 2010 Federal Register notice (75 FR 31118), the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50042) and the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51476).
The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) (Pub. L. 112-240),
enacted on January 2, 2013, also made a number of changes that affect
the IPPS. We announced changes related to certain IPPS provisions for
FY 2013 in accordance with sections 605 and 606 of Public Law 112-240
in a notice issued in the Federal Register on March 7, 2013 (78 FR
14689).
The Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67), enacted on
December 26, 2013, also made a number of changes that affect the IPPS
and the LTCH PPS. We implemented changes related to the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment and MDH provisions for FY 2014 in
accordance with sections 1105 and 1106 of Public Law 113-67 in an
interim final rule with comment period that appeared in the Federal
Register on March 18, 2014 (79 FR 15022).
The Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93),
enacted on April 1, 2014, also made a number of changes that affect the
IPPS and LTCH PPS.
1. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) and
the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-
152)
In this proposed rule, we are proposing policy changes to implement
(or, as applicable, continuing to implement in FY 2015) the following
provisions (or portions of the following provisions) of the Affordable
Care Act that are applicable to the IPPS, the LTCH PPS, and PPS-exempt
cancer hospitals for FY 2015:
Section 3001(a) of Public Law 111-148, which requires the
establishment of a hospital inpatient value-based purchasing program
under which value-based incentive payments are made in a fiscal year to
hospitals that meet performance standards for the performance period
for that fiscal year.
Section 3004 of Public Law 111-148, which provides for the
submission of quality data by LTCHs in order for them to receive the
full annual update to the payment rates beginning with the FY 2014 rate
year.
Section 3005 of Public Law 111-148, which provides for the
establishment of a quality reporting program for PPS-exempt cancer
hospitals beginning with FY 2014, and for subsequent program years.
Section 3008 of Public Law 111-148, which establishes the
Hospital-Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction Program and requires the
Secretary to make an adjustment to hospital payments for applicable
hospitals, effective for discharges beginning on October 1, 2014, and
for subsequent program years.
Section 3025 of Public Law 111-148, which establishes a
hospital readmissions reduction program and requires the Secretary to
reduce payments to applicable hospitals with excess readmissions
effective for discharges beginning on or after October 1, 2012.
Section 3133 of Public Law 111-148, as amended by section
10316 of Public Law 111-148 and section 1104 of Public Law 111-152,
which modifies the methodologies for determining Medicare DSH payments
and creates a new additional payment for uncompensated care effective
for discharges beginning on or after October 1, 2013.
Section 3401 of Public Law 111-148, which provides for the
incorporation of productivity adjustments into the market basket
updates for IPPS hospitals and LTCHs.
Section 10324 of Public Law 111-148, which provides for a
wage adjustment for hospitals located in frontier States.
Sections 3401 and 10319 of Public Law 111-148 and section
1105 of Public Law 111-152, which revise certain market basket update
percentages for IPPS and LTCH PPS payment rates for FY 2015.
[[Page 27993]]
Section 5506 of Public Law 111-148, which added a
provision to the Act that instructs the Secretary to establish a
process by regulation under which, in the event a teaching hospital
closes, the Secretary will permanently increase the FTE resident caps
for hospitals that meet certain criteria up to the number of the closed
hospital's FTE resident caps.
2. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) (Pub. L. 112-240)
In this proposed rule, we are proposing policy changes to implement
section 631 of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 that are
applicable to the IPPS for FY 2015, which amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of
Public Law 110-90 and requires a recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amounts under section 1886(d) of the Act based upon the
Secretary's estimates for discharges occurring in FY 2014 through FY
2017 to fully offset $11 billion (which represents the amount of the
increase in aggregate payments from FYs 2008 through 2013 for which an
adjustment was not previously applied).
3. Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67)
In this proposed rule, we are proposing policy changes to
implement, or the need for future policy changes, to carry out
provisions under section 1206 of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of
2013. These include:
Section 1206(a), which provides the establishment of
patient criteria for ``site neutral'' payment rates under the LTCH PPS,
portions of which will begin to be implemented in FY 2016.
Section 1206(b)(1), which further amended section 114(c)
of the MMSEA, as amended by section 4302(a) of the ARRA and sections
3106(c) and 10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act by retroactively
reestablishing, and extending, the statutory moratorium on the full
implementation of the 25-percent threshold payment adjustment policy
under the LTCH PPS so that the policy will be in effect for 9 years
(except for grandfathered HwHs, which are permanently exempt from this
policy).
Section 1206(b)(2), which amended section 114(d) of the
MMSEA, as amended by section 4302(a) of the ARRA and sections 3106(c)
and 10312(a) of the Affordable Care Act to establish new moratoria
(subject to certain defined exceptions) on the development of new LTCHs
and LTCH satellite facilities and a new moratorium on increases in the
number of beds in existing LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities.
Section 1206(d), which instructs the Secretary to evaluate
payments to LTCHs classified under section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv)(II) of the
Act and to adjust payment rates in FY 2015 or 2016 under the LTCH PPS,
as appropriate, based upon the evaluation findings.
4. Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93)
In this proposed rule, we are proposing policy changes to
implement, or make conforming changes to regulations in accordance
with, the following provisions (or portions of the following
provisions) of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 that are
applicable to the IPPS and the LTCH PPS for FY 2015:
Section 105, which extends the temporary changes to the
Medicare inpatient hospital payment adjustment for low-volume
subsection (d) hospitals through March 31, 2015.
Section 106, which extends the MDH program through March
31, 2015.
Section 112, which makes certain changes to Medicare LTCH
provisions, including modifications to the statutory moratoria on the
establishment of new LTCHs and LTCH satellite facilities and on
increases in bed size in LTCH and LTCH satellite facilities.
Section 212, which prohibits the Secretary from requiring
implementation of ICD-10 code sets before October 1, 2015.
D. Summary of the Provisions of This Proposed Rule
In this proposed rule, we are setting forth proposed changes to the
Medicare IPPS for operating costs and for capital-related costs of
acute care hospitals for FY 2015. We also are setting forth proposed
changes relating to payments for IME and GME costs and payments to
certain hospitals that continue to be excluded from the IPPS and paid
on a reasonable cost basis. In addition, in this proposed rule, we are
setting forth proposed changes to the payment rates, factors, and other
payment rate policies under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015.
Below is a summary of the major changes that we are proposing to
make:
1. Proposed Changes to MS-DRG Classifications and Recalibrations of
Relative Weights
In section II. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we include--
Proposed changes to MS-DRG classifications based on our
yearly review, including a discussion of the conversion of MS-DRGs to
ICD-10 and the status of the implementation of the ICD-10-CM and ICD-
10-PCS systems.
Proposed application of the documentation and coding
adjustment for FY 2015 resulting from implementation of the MS-DRG
system.
Proposed recalibrations of the MS-DRG relative weights.
Proposed changes to hospital-acquired conditions (HACs)
and a listing and discussion of HACs, including infections, that would
be subject to the statutorily required adjustment in MS-DRG payments
for FY 2015.
A discussion of the FY 2015 status of new technologies
approved for add-on payments for FY 2014 and a presentation of our
evaluation and analysis of the FY 2015 applicants for add-on payments
for high-cost new medical services and technologies (including public
input, as directed by Pub. L. 108-173, obtained in a town hall
meeting).
2. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care Hospitals
In section III. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we are
proposing revisions to the wage index for acute care hospitals and the
annual update of the wage data. Specific issues addressed include the
following:
Proposed changes in CBSAs as a result of new OMB labor
market area delineations and proposed policies related to the proposed
changes in CBSAs.
The proposed FY 2015 wage index update using wage data
from cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2011.
Analysis and implementation of the proposed FY 2015
occupational mix adjustment to the wage index for acute care hospitals,
including the proposed application of the rural floor, the proposed
imputed rural floor, and the proposed frontier State floor.
Proposed revisions to the wage index for acute care
hospitals based on hospital redesignations and reclassifications.
The proposed adjustment to the wage index for acute care
hospitals for FY 2015 based on commuting patterns of hospital employees
who reside in a county and work in a different area with a higher wage
index.
The timetable for reviewing and verifying the wage data
used to compute the proposed FY 2015 hospital wage index and proposed
revisions to that timetable.
Determination of the labor-related share for the proposed
FY 2015 wage index.
[[Page 27994]]
3. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating Costs
and GME Costs
In section IV. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss
proposed changes or clarifications of a number of the provisions of the
regulations in 42 CFR Parts 412 and 413, including the following:
Proposed changes in postacute care transfer policies as a
result of proposed new MS-DRGs.
Proposed changes to the inpatient hospital updates for FY
2015, including incorporation of the adjustment for hospitals that are
not meaningful EHR users under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act.
The proposed updated national and regional case-mix values
and discharges for purposes of determining RRC status.
Proposed payment adjustment for low-volume hospitals for
FY 2015.
The statutorily required IME adjustment factor for FY 2015
and proposed IME Medicare Part C payments to SCHs that are paid
according to their hospital-specific rates.
Effect of expiration of the MDH program on April 1, 2015.
Proposed changes to the methodologies for determining
Medicare DSH payments and the additional payments for uncompensated
care.
Proposed changes to the measures and payment adjustments
under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
Proposed changes to the requirements and provision of
value-based incentive payments under the Hospital Value-Based
Purchasing Program.
Proposed requirements for payment adjustments to hospitals
under the HAC Reduction Program for FY 2015.
Proposed IME and direct GME policy changes regarding the
effective date of the FTE resident cap, 3-year rolling average, and IRB
ratio cap in new programs in teaching hospitals; effect of new OMB
labor market area delineations on certain teaching hospitals training
residents in rural areas; clarification of effective date of provisions
on counting resident time in nonprovider settings; proposed changes to
the process for reviewing applications for and awarding slots made
available under section 5506 of the Affordable Care Act by teaching
hospitals that close; and clarification regarding direct GME payment to
FQHCs and RHCs that train residents in approved programs.
Discussion of the Rural Community Hospital Demonstration
Program and a proposal for making a budget neutrality adjustment for
the demonstration program.
Discussion of the requirements for transparency of
hospital charges under the Affordable Care Act.
Discussion of and solicitation of comments on an
alternative payment methodology under the Medicare program for short
inpatient hospital stays.
Discussion of the process for submitting suggested
exceptions to the 2-midnight benchmark.
4. Proposed FY 2015 Policy Governing the IPPS for Capital-Related Costs
In section V. of the preamble to this proposed rule, we discuss the
proposed payment policy requirements for capital-related costs and
capital payments to hospitals for FY 2015 and other related proposed
policy changes.
5. Proposed Changes to the Payment Rates for Certain Excluded
Hospitals: Rate-of-Increase Percentages
In section VI. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we discuss--
Proposed changes to payments to certain excluded hospitals
for FY 2015.
Proposed updates to the RCE limits for services furnished
by physicians to excluded hospitals.
Proposed CAH related changes regarding reclassifications
as rural.
Proposed changes to the physician certification
requirements for services furnished in CAHs.
6. Proposed Changes to the LTCH PPS
In section VII. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we set
forth--
Proposed changes to the payment rates, factors, and other
payment rate policies under the LTCH PPS for FY 2015.
Proposed revisions to the LTCH PPS geographic
classifications based on the new OMB delineations.
Proposals to implement section 1206(b)(1) of the Pathway
for SGR Reform Act, which provides for the retroactive reinstatement
and extension, for an additional 4 years, of the statutory moratorium
on the full implementation of the 25-percent threshold payment
adjustment established under section 114(c) of the MMSEA, as further
amended by subsequent legislation.
Proposals to implement section 1206(b)(2) of the Pathway
for SGR Reform Act, as amended by section 112(b) of the Protecting
Access to Medicare Act of 2014, which provides for moratoria (subject
to certain defined exceptions) on the establishment of new LTCHs and
LTCH satellite facilities and a moratorium on bed increases in LTCHs
effective for the period beginning April 1, 2014, and ending September
30, 2017.
Proposed changes to the LTCH interruption of stay policy
by revising the fixed-day thresholds under the ``greater than 3-day
interruption of stay policy'' to apply a uniform 30-day threshold as an
``acceptable standard'' for determining a linkage between an index
discharge and a readmission.
Proposal to remove the discharge and readmission
requirement, ``Special Payment Provisions for Patients Who Are
Transferred to Onsite Providers and Readmitted to an LTCH'' (the ``5
percent payment threshold'') beginning in FY 2015.
Proposal to apply a payment adjustment under the LTCH PPS
to subclause (II) LTCHs beginning in FY 2015 that would result in
payments to this type of LTCH resembling reasonable cost payment under
the TEFRA payment system model, consistent with the provisions of
section 1206(d) of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013.
7. Proposed Changes to Regulations Governing Administrative Appeals by
Providers and Judicial Review of Provider Claims
In section VIII. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we set
forth proposals to revise the regulations governing administrative
appeals and judicial review of provider claims in Medicare cost
reports.
8. Proposed Changes Relating to Quality Data Reporting for Specific
Providers and Suppliers
In section IX. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we address--
Proposed requirements for the Hospital Inpatient Quality
Reporting (IQR) Program as a condition for receiving the full
applicable percentage increase.
Proposed changes to the requirements for the quality
reporting program for PPS-exempt cancer hospitals (PCHQR Program).
Proposed changes to the requirements under the LTCH
Quality Reporting (LTCHQR) Program.
9. Proposed Uses and Release of Medicare Advantage Risk Adjustment Data
In section X. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we set forth
proposed regulatory revisions to broaden the specified uses of risk
adjustment data and to specify the conditions for release of risk
adjustment data to entities outside of CMS.
[[Page 27995]]
10. Proposed Changes to Enforcement Provisions for Organ Transplant
Centers
In section XI. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to revise the regulations governing organ transplant centers
that request approval, based on mitigating factors for initial approval
and re-approval, for participation in Medicare when the centers have
not met one or more of the conditions of participation.
11. Determining Prospective Payment Operating and Capital Rates and
Rate-of-Increase Limits for Acute Care Hospitals
In the Addendum to this proposed rule, we set forth proposed
changes to the amounts and factors for determining the proposed FY 2015
prospective payment rates for operating costs and capital-related costs
for acute care hospitals. We also are proposing to establish the
threshold amounts for outlier cases. In addition, we addressed the
proposed update factors for determining the rate-of-increase limits for
cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2015 for certain hospitals
excluded from the IPPS.
12. Determining Prospective Payment Rates for LTCHs
In the Addendum to this proposed rule, we set forth proposed
changes to the amounts and factors for determining the proposed FY 2015
LTCH PPS standard Federal rate. We are proposing to establish the
adjustments for wage levels (including proposed changes to the LTCH PPS
labor market area delineations based on the new OMB delineations), the
labor-related share, the cost-of-living adjustment, and high-cost
outliers, including the fixed-loss amount, and the LTCH cost-to-charge
ratios (CCRs) under the LTCH PPS.
13. Impact Analysis
In Appendix A of this proposed rule, we set forth an analysis of
the impact that the proposed changes would have on affected acute care
hospitals, LTCHs, and PCHs.
14. Recommendation of Update Factors for Operating Cost Rates of
Payment for Hospital Inpatient Services
In Appendix B of this proposed rule, as required by sections
1886(e)(4) and (e)(5) of the Act, we provided our recommendations of
the appropriate percentage changes for FY 2015 for the following:
A single average standardized amount for all areas for
hospital inpatient services paid under the IPPS for operating costs of
acute care hospitals (and hospital-specific rates applicable to SCHs).
Target rate-of-increase limits to the allowable operating
costs of hospital inpatient services furnished by certain hospitals
excluded from the IPPS.
The standard Federal rate for hospital inpatient services
furnished by LTCHs.
15. Discussion of Medicare Payment Advisory Commission Recommendations
Under section 1805(b) of the Act, MedPAC is required to submit a
report to Congress, no later than March 15 of each year, in which
MedPAC reviews and makes recommendations on Medicare payment policies.
MedPAC's March 2014 recommendations concerning hospital inpatient
payment policies address the update factor for hospital inpatient
operating costs and capital-related costs for hospitals under the IPPS.
We address these recommendations in Appendix B of this proposed rule.
For further information relating specifically to the MedPAC March 2014
report or to obtain a copy of the report, contact MedPAC at (202) 220-
3700 or visit MedPAC's Web site at: https://www.medpac.gov.
II. Proposed Changes to Medicare Severity Diagnosis-Related Group (MS-
DRG) Classifications and Relative Weights
A. Background
Section 1886(d) of the Act specifies that the Secretary shall
establish a classification system (referred to as diagnosis-related
groups (DRGs)) for inpatient discharges and adjust payments under the
IPPS based on appropriate weighting factors assigned to each DRG.
Therefore, under the IPPS, Medicare pays for inpatient hospital
services on a rate per discharge basis that varies according to the DRG
to which a beneficiary's stay is assigned. The formula used to
calculate payment for a specific case multiplies an individual
hospital's payment rate per case by the weight of the DRG to which the
case is assigned. Each DRG weight represents the average resources
required to care for cases in that particular DRG, relative to the
average resources used to treat cases in all DRGs.
Congress recognized that it would be necessary to recalculate the
DRG relative weights periodically to account for changes in resource
consumption. Accordingly, section 1886(d)(4)(C) of the Act requires
that the Secretary adjust the DRG classifications and relative weights
at least annually. These adjustments are made to reflect changes in
treatment patterns, technology, and any other factors that may change
the relative use of hospital resources.
B. MS-DRG Reclassifications
For general information about the MS-DRG system, including yearly
reviews and changes to the MS-DRGs, we refer readers to the previous
discussions in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43764 through 43766), the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50053
through 50055), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51485
through 51487), the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53273), and
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50512).
C. Adoption of the MS-DRGs in FY 2008
For information on the adoption of the MS-DRGs in FY 2008, we refer
readers to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47140
through 47189).
D. Proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG Documentation and Coding Adjustment
1. Background on the Prospective MS-DRG Documentation and Coding
Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by Public Law 110-90
In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47140
through 47189), we adopted the MS-DRG patient classification system for
the IPPS, effective October 1, 2007, to better recognize severity of
illness in Medicare payment rates for acute care hospitals. The
adoption of the MS-DRG system resulted in the expansion of the number
of DRGs from 538 in FY 2007 to 745 in FY 2008. (In FY 2014, there are
751 MS-DRGs.) By increasing the number of MS-DRGs and more fully taking
into account patient severity of illness in Medicare payment rates for
acute care hospitals, MS-DRGs encourage hospitals to improve their
documentation and coding of patient diagnoses.
In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period (72 FR 47175
through 47186), we indicated that the adoption of the MS-DRGs had the
potential to lead to increases in aggregate payments without a
corresponding increase in actual patient severity of illness due to the
incentives for additional documentation and coding. In that final rule
with comment period, we exercised our authority under section
1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act, which authorizes us to maintain budget
neutrality by adjusting the national standardized amount, to eliminate
the estimated effect of changes in coding or classification that do not
reflect real changes in case-mix. Our actuaries
[[Page 27996]]
estimated that maintaining budget neutrality required an adjustment of
-4.8 percent to the national standardized amount. We provided for
phasing in this -4.8 percent adjustment over 3 years. Specifically, we
established prospective documentation and coding adjustments of -1.2
percent for FY 2008, -1.8 percent for FY 2009, and -1.8 percent for FY
2010.
On September 29, 2007, Congress enacted the TMA [Transitional
Medical Assistance], Abstinence Education, and QI [Qualifying
Individuals] Programs Extension Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-90). Section
7(a) of Public Law 110-90 reduced the documentation and coding
adjustment made as a result of the MS-DRG system that we adopted in the
FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period to -0.6 percent for FY 2008
and -0.9 percent for FY 2009, and we finalized the FY 2008 adjustment
through rulemaking, effective October 1, 2007 (72 FR 66886).
For FY 2009, section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90 required a
documentation and coding adjustment of -0.9 percent, and we finalized
that adjustment through rulemaking effective October 1, 2008 (73 FR
48447). The documentation and coding adjustments established in the FY
2008 IPPS final rule with comment period, which reflected the
amendments made by section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90, are cumulative.
As a result, the -0.9 percent documentation and coding adjustment for
FY 2009 was in addition to the -0.6 percent adjustment for FY 2008,
yielding a combined effect of -1.5 percent.
2. Adjustment to the Average Standardized Amounts Required by Public
Law 110-90
a. Prospective Adjustment Required by Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law
110-90
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90 requires that, if the
Secretary determines that implementation of the MS-DRG system resulted
in changes in documentation and coding that did not reflect real
changes in case-mix for discharges occurring during FY 2008 or FY 2009
that are different than the prospective documentation and coding
adjustments applied under section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90, the
Secretary shall make an appropriate adjustment under section
1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act. Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act
authorizes adjustments to the average standardized amounts for
subsequent fiscal years in order to eliminate the effect of such coding
or classification changes. These adjustments are intended to ensure
that future annual aggregate IPPS payments are the same as the payments
that otherwise would have been made had the prospective adjustments for
documentation and coding applied in FY 2008 and FY 2009 reflected the
change that occurred in those years.
b. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustments in FYs 2010 Through 2012
Required by Section 7(b)(1)(B) Public Law 110-90
If, based on a retroactive evaluation of claims data, the Secretary
determines that implementation of the MS-DRG system resulted in changes
in documentation and coding that did not reflect real changes in case-
mix for discharges occurring during FY 2008 or FY 2009 that are
different from the prospective documentation and coding adjustments
applied under section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90, section 7(b)(1)(B) of
Public Law 110-90 requires the Secretary to make an additional
adjustment to the standardized amounts under section 1886(d) of the
Act. This adjustment must offset the estimated increase or decrease in
aggregate payments for FYs 2008 and 2009 (including interest) resulting
from the difference between the estimated actual documentation and
coding effect and the documentation and coding adjustment applied under
section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90. This adjustment is in addition to
making an appropriate adjustment to the standardized amounts under
section 1886(d)(3)(A)(vi) of the Act as required by section 7(b)(1)(A)
of Public Law 110-90. That is, these adjustments are intended to recoup
(or repay, in the case of underpayments) spending in excess of (or less
than) spending that would have occurred had the prospective adjustments
for changes in documentation and coding applied in FY 2008 and FY 2009
matched the changes that occurred in those years. Public Law 110-90
requires that the Secretary only make these recoupment or repayment
adjustments for discharges occurring during FYs 2010, 2011, and 2012.
3. Retrospective Evaluation of FY 2008 and FY 2009 Claims Data
In order to implement the requirements of section 7 of Public Law
110-90, we performed a retrospective evaluation of the FY 2008 data for
claims paid through December 2008 using the methodology first described
in the FY 2009 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 43768 and 43775) and
later discussed in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43768 through 43772). We performed the same analysis for FY 2009 claims
data using the same methodology as we did for FY 2008 claims (75 FR
50057 through 50068). The results of the analysis for the FY 2011 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed and final rules, and subsequent evaluations in FY
2012, supported that the 5.4 percent estimate accurately reflected the
FY 2009 increases in documentation and coding under the MS-DRG system.
We were persuaded by both MedPAC's analysis (as discussed in the FY
2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50064 through 50065)) and our own
review of the methodologies recommended by various commenters that the
methodology we employed to determine the required documentation and
coding adjustments was sound.
As in prior years, the FY 2008, FY 2009, and FY 2010 MedPAR files
are available to the public to allow independent analysis of the FY
2008 and FY 2009 documentation and coding effects. Interested
individuals may still order these files through the CMS Web site at:
https://www.cms.gov/Research-Statistics-Data-and-Systems/Files-for-Order/LimitedDataSets/ by clicking on MedPAR Limited Data Set (LDS)-
Hospital (National). This CMS Web page describes the file and provides
directions and further detailed instructions for how to order.
Persons placing an order must send the following: A Letter of
Request, the LDS Data Use Agreement and Research Protocol (refer to the
Web site for further instructions), the LDS Form, and a check (refer to
the Web site for the required payment amount) to:
Mailing address if using the U.S. Postal Service: Centers for
Medicare & Medicaid Services, RDDC Account, Accounting Division, P.O.
Box 7520, Baltimore, MD 21207-0520.
Mailing address if using express mail: Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services, OFM/Division of Accounting--RDDC, 7500 Security
Boulevard, C3-07-11, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
4. Prospective Adjustments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 Authorized by
Section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
In the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43767
through 43777), we opted to delay the implementation of any
documentation and coding adjustment until a full analysis of case-mix
changes based on FY 2009 claims data could be completed. We refer
readers to the FY 2010 IPPS/RY LTCH PPS final rule for a detailed
description of our proposal, responses to comments, and finalized
policy. After analysis of the FY 2009 claims data for the FY 2011 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50057 through
[[Page 27997]]
50073), we found a total prospective documentation and coding effect of
5.4 percent. After accounting for the -0.6 percent and the -0.9 percent
documentation and coding adjustments in FYs 2008 and 2009, we found a
remaining documentation and coding effect of 3.9 percent. As we have
discussed, an additional cumulative adjustment of -3.9 percent would be
necessary to meet the requirements of section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law
110-90 to make an adjustment to the average standardized amounts in
order to eliminate the full effect of the documentation and coding
changes that do not reflect real changes in case-mix on future
payments. Unlike section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90, section
7(b)(1)(A) does not specify when we must apply the prospective
adjustment, but merely requires us to make an ``appropriate''
adjustment. Therefore, as we stated in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50061), we believed the law provided some discretion as to
the manner in which we applied the prospective adjustment of -3.9
percent. As we discussed extensively in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule, it has been our practice to moderate payment adjustments when
necessary to mitigate the effects of significant downward adjustments
on hospitals, to avoid what could be widespread, disruptive effects of
such adjustments on hospitals. Therefore, we stated that we believed it
was appropriate to not implement the -3.9 percent prospective
adjustment in FY 2011 because we finalized a -2.9 percent recoupment
adjustment for that fiscal year. Accordingly, we did not propose a
prospective adjustment under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90
for FY 2011 (75 FR 23868 through 23870). We noted that, as a result,
payments in FY 2011 (and in each future fiscal year until we
implemented the requisite adjustment) would be higher than they would
have been if we had implemented an adjustment under section 7(b)(1)(A)
of Public Law 110-90.
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51489 and 51497), we
indicated that, because further delay of this prospective adjustment
would result in a continued accrual of unrecoverable overpayments, it
was imperative that we implement a prospective adjustment for FY 2012,
while recognizing CMS' continued desire to mitigate the effects of any
significant downward adjustments to hospitals. Therefore, we
implemented a -2.0 percent prospective adjustment to the standardized
amount instead of the full -3.9 percent.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53274 through
53276), we completed the prospective portion of the adjustment required
under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90 by finalizing a -1.9
percent adjustment to the standardized amount for FY 2013. We stated
that this adjustment would remove the remaining effect of the
documentation and coding changes that do not reflect real changes in
case-mix that occurred in FY 2008 and FY 2009. We believed that it was
imperative to implement the full remaining adjustment, as any further
delay would result in an overstated standardized amount in FY 2013 and
any future fiscal years until a full adjustment was made.
We noted again that delaying full implementation of the prospective
portion of the adjustment required under section 7(b)(1)(A) of Public
Law 110-90 until FY 2013 resulted in payments in FY 2010 through FY
2012 being overstated. These overpayments could not be recovered by CMS
as section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 limited recoupments to
overpayments made in FY 2008 and FY 2009.
5. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment Authorized by Section 7(b)(1)(B)
of Public Law 110-90
Section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 requires the Secretary to
make an adjustment to the standardized amounts under section 1886(d) of
the Act to offset the estimated increase or decrease in aggregate
payments for FY 2008 and FY 2009 (including interest) resulting from
the difference between the estimated actual documentation and coding
effect and the documentation and coding adjustments applied under
section 7(a) of Public Law 110-90. This determination must be based on
a retrospective evaluation of claims data. Our actuaries estimated that
there was a 5.8 percentage point difference resulting in an increase in
aggregate payments of approximately $6.9 billion. Therefore, as
discussed in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50062 through
50067), we determined that an aggregate adjustment of -5.8 percent in
FYs 2011 and 2012 would be necessary in order to meet the requirements
of section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 to adjust the standardized
amounts for discharges occurring in FYs 2010, 2011, and/or 2012 to
offset the estimated amount of the increase in aggregate payments
(including interest) in FYs 2008 and 2009.
It is often our practice to phase in payment rate adjustments over
more than one year in order to moderate the effect on payment rates in
any one year. Therefore, consistent with the policies that we have
adopted in many similar cases, in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule,
we made an adjustment to the standardized amount of -2.9 percent,
representing approximately half of the aggregate adjustment required
under section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90, for FY 2011. An
adjustment of this magnitude allowed us to moderate the effects on
hospitals in one year while simultaneously making it possible to
implement the entire adjustment within the timeframe required under
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90 (that is, no later than FY
2012). For FY 2012, in accordance with the timeframes set forth by
section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90, and consistent with the
discussion in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we completed the
recoupment adjustment by implementing the remaining -2.9 percent
adjustment, in addition to removing the effect of the -2.9 percent
adjustment to the standardized amount finalized for FY 2011 (76 FR
51489 and 51498). Because these adjustments, in effect, balanced out,
there was no year-to-year change in the standardized amount due to this
recoupment adjustment for FY 2012. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53276), we made a final +2.9 percent adjustment to the
standardized amount, completing the recoupment portion of section
7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 110-90. We note that with this positive
adjustment, according to our estimates, all overpayments made in FY
2008 and FY 2009 have been fully recaptured with appropriate interest,
and the standardized amount has been returned to the appropriate
baseline.
6. Recoupment or Repayment Adjustment Authorized by Section 631 of the
American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA)
Section 631 of the ATRA amended section 7(b)(1)(B) of Public Law
110-90 to require the Secretary to make a recoupment adjustment or
adjustments totaling $11 billion by FY 2017. This adjustment represents
the amount of the increase in aggregate payments as a result of not
completing the prospective adjustment authorized under section
7(b)(1)(A) of Public Law 110-90 until FY 2013. As discussed earlier,
this delay in implementation resulted in overstated payment rates in
FYs 2010, 2011, and 2012. The resulting overpayments could not have
been recovered under Public Law 110-90.
Similar to the adjustments authorized under section 7(b)(1)(B) of
Public Law 110-90, the adjustment required under section 631 of the
ATRA is a one-time recoupment of a prior overpayment, not
[[Page 27998]]
a permanent reduction to payment rates. Therefore, any adjustment made
to reduce payment rates in one year would eventually be offset by a
positive adjustment, once the necessary amount of overpayment is
recovered.
As we stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50515
through 50517), our actuaries estimate that a -9.3 percent adjustment
to the standardized amount would be necessary if CMS were to fully
recover the $11 billion recoupment required by section 631 of the ATRA
in FY 2014. It is often our practice to phase in payment rate
adjustments over more than one year, in order to moderate the effect on
payment rates in any one year. Therefore, consistent with the policies
that we have adopted in many similar cases, and after consideration of
the public comments we received, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50515 through 50517), we implemented a -0.8 percent
recoupment adjustment to the standardized amount in FY 2014. We stated
that if adjustments of approximately -0.8 percent are implemented in
FYs 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, using standard inflation factors, we
estimate that the entire $11 billion will be accounted for by the end
of the statutory 4-year timeline. As estimates of any future
adjustments are subject to slight variations in total savings, we did
not provide for specific adjustments for FYs 2015, 2016, or 2017 at
that time. We stated that we believed that this level of adjustment for
FY 2014 was a reasonable and fair approach that satisfies the
requirements of the statute while mitigating extreme annual
fluctuations in payment rates. In addition, we again noted that this -
0.8 percent recoupment adjustment, and future adjustments under this
authority, will be eventually offset by an equivalent positive
adjustment once the full $11 billion recoupment requirement has been
realized.
Consistent with the approach discussed in the FY 2014 rulemaking
for recouping the $11 billion required by section 631 of the ATRA, we
are proposing an additional -0.8 percent recoupment adjustment to the
standardized amount for FY 2015. We estimated that this level of
adjustment, combined with leaving the -0.8 percent adjustment made for
FY 2014 in place, will recover up to $2 billion in FY 2015. Taking into
account the approximately $1 billion recovered in FY 2014, this will
leave approximately $8 billion remaining to be recovered by FY 2017. We
continue to believe that if adjustments of approximately -0.8 percent
are implemented in FYs 2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017, using standard
inflation factors, the entire $11 billion will be accounted for by the
end of the statutory 4-year timeline. As we explained in the FY 2014
rulemaking, estimates of any future adjustments are subject to slight
variations in total savings; therefore, we are not proposing specific
adjustments for FY 2016 and FY 2017 at this time. We continue to
believe that our proposed -0.8 percent adjustment for FY 2015 is a
reasonable and fair approach that will help satisfy the requirements of
the statute while mitigating extreme annual fluctuations in payment
rates. In addition, we again note that this -0.8 percent recoupment
adjustment, and future adjustments under this authority, will be
eventually offset by an equivalent positive adjustment once the full
$11 billion recoupment requirement has been realized.
7. Prospective Adjustment for the MS-DRG Documentation and Coding
Effect Through FY 2010
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50515 through
50517), we discussed the possibility of applying an additional
prospective adjustment to account for the cumulative MS-DRG
documentation and coding effect through FY 2010. In that final rule, we
stated that if we were to apply such an adjustment, we believe the most
appropriate additional adjustment is -0.55 percent. However, we decided
not to apply such an adjustment in FY 2014, in light of the need to
make the retrospective adjustments required by the ATRA. We continue to
believe that if we were to apply an additional prospective adjustment
for the cumulative MS-DRG documentation and coding effect through FY
2010, the most appropriate additional adjustment is -0.55 percent.
However, we are not proposing such an adjustment in FY 2015, in light
of the ongoing recoupment required by the ATRA. We will consider
whether such an additional adjustment is appropriate in future years'
rulemaking.
E. Refinement of the MS-DRG Relative Weight Calculation
1. Background
Beginning in FY 2007, we implemented relative weights for DRGs
based on cost report data instead of charge information. We refer
readers to the FY 2007 IPPS final rule (71 FR 47882) for a detailed
discussion of our final policy for calculating the cost-based DRG
relative weights and to the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period
(72 FR 47199) for information on how we blended relative weights based
on the CMS DRGs and MS-DRGs.
As we implemented cost-based relative weights, some public
commenters raised concerns about potential bias in the weights due to
``charge compression,'' which is the practice of applying a higher
percentage charge markup over costs to lower cost items and services,
and a lower percentage charge markup over costs to higher cost items
and services. As a result, the cost-based weights would undervalue
high-cost items and overvalue low-cost items if a single CCR is applied
to items of widely varying costs in the same cost center. To address
this concern, in August 2006, we awarded a contract to the Research
Triangle Institute, International (RTI) to study the effects of charge
compression in calculating the relative weights and to consider methods
to reduce the variation in the cost-to-charge ratios (CCRs) across
services within cost centers. For a detailed summary of RTI's findings,
recommendations, and public comments that we received on the report, we
refer readers to the FY 2009 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR 48452
through 48453). In addition, we refer readers to RTI's July 2008 final
report titled ``Refining Cost to Charge Ratios for Calculating APC and
MS-DRG Relative Payment Weights'' (https://www.rti.org/reports/cms/HHSM-500-2005-0029I/PDF/Refining_Cost_to_Charge_Ratios_200807_Final.pdf).
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48458 through 48467), in
response to the RTI's recommendations concerning cost report
refinements, we discussed our decision to pursue changes to the cost
report to split the cost center for Medical Supplies Charged to
Patients into one line for ``Medical Supplies Charged to Patients'' and
another line for ``Implantable Devices Charged to Patients.'' We
acknowledged, as RTI had found, that charge compression occurs in
several cost centers that exist on the Medicare cost report. However,
as we stated in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule, we focused on the CCR for
Medical Supplies and Equipment because RTI found that the largest
impact on the MS-DRG relative weights could result from correcting
charge compression for devices and implants. In determining the items
that should be reported in these respective cost centers, we adopted
the commenters' recommendations that hospitals should use revenue codes
established by the AHA's National Uniform Billing Committee to
determine the items that should be reported in the ``Medical Supplies
Charged to Patients'' and the ``Implantable Devices Charged to
[[Page 27999]]
Patients'' cost centers. Accordingly, a new subscripted line for
``Implantable Devices Charged to Patients'' was created in July 2009.
This new subscripted cost center has been available for use for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after May 1, 2009.
As we discussed in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48458) and in
the CY 2009 OPPS/ASC final rule with comment period (73 FR 68519
through 68527), in addition to the findings regarding implantable
devices, RTI also found that the costs and charges of computed
tomography (CT) scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and cardiac
catheterization differ significantly from the costs and charges of
other services included in the standard associated cost center. RTI
also concluded that both the IPPS and the OPPS relative weights would
better estimate the costs of those services if CMS were to add standard
cost centers for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac catheterization in order
for hospitals to report separately the costs and charges for those
services and in order for CMS to calculate unique CCRs to estimate the
costs from charges on claims data. In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50075 through 50080), we finalized our proposal to create
standard cost centers for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac catheterization,
and to require that hospitals report the costs and charges for these
services under new cost centers on the revised Medicare cost report
Form CMS-2552-10. (We refer readers to the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50075 through 50080) for a detailed discussion of the
reasons for the creation of standard cost centers for CT scans, MRIs,
and cardiac catheterization.) The new standard cost centers for CT
scans, MRIs, and cardiac catheterization are effective for cost
reporting periods beginning on or after May 1, 2010, on the revised
cost report Form CMS-2552-10.
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48468), we stated that, due
to what is typically a 3-year lag between the reporting of cost report
data and the availability for use in ratesetting, we anticipated that
we might be able to use data from the new ``Implantable Devices Charged
to Patients'' cost center to develop a CCR for ``Implantable Devices
Charged to Patients'' in the FY 2012 or FY 2013 IPPS rulemaking cycle.
However, as noted in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74
FR 43782), due to delays in the issuance of the revised cost report
Form CMS 2552-10, we determined that a new CCR for ``Implantable
Devices Charged to Patients'' might not be available before FY 2013.
Similarly, when we finalized the decision in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule to add new cost centers for CT scans, MRIs, and cardiac
catheterization, we explained that data from any new cost centers that
may be created will not be available until at least 3 years after they
are first used (75 FR 50077). In preparation for the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS rulemaking, we checked the availability of data in the
``Implantable Devices Charged to Patients'' cost center on the FY 2009
cost reports, but we did not believe that there was a sufficient amount
of data from which to generate a meaningful analysis in this particular
situation. Therefore, we did not propose to use data from the
``Implantable Devices Charged to Patients'' cost center to create a
distinct CCR for ``Implantable Devices Charged to Patients'' for use in
calculating the MS-DRG relative weights for FY 2012. We indicated that
we would reassess the availability of data for the ``Implantable
Devices Charged to Patients'' cost center for the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
rulemaking cycle and, if appropriate, we would propose to create a
distinct CCR at that time.
During the development of the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed and
final rules, hospitals were still in the process of transitioning from
the previous cost report Form CMS-2552-96 to the new cost report Form
CMS-2552-10. Therefore, we were able to access only those cost reports
in the FY 2010 HCRIS with fiscal year begin dates on or after October
1, 2009, and before May 1, 2010; that is, those cost reports on Form
CMS-2552-96. Data from the Form CMS-2552-10 cost reports were not
available because cost reports filed on the Form CMS-2552-10 were not
accessible in the HCRIS. Further complicating matters was that, due to
additional unforeseen technical difficulties, the corresponding
information regarding charges for implantable devices on hospital
claims was not yet available to us in the MedPAR file. Without the
breakout in the MedPAR file of charges associated with implantable
devices to correspond to the costs of implantable devices on the cost
report, we believed that we had no choice but to continue computing the
relative weights with the current CCR that combines the costs and
charges for supplies and implantable devices. We stated in the FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53281 through 53283) that when we do
have the necessary data for supplies and implantable devices on the
claims in the MedPAR file to create distinct CCRs for the respective
cost centers for supplies and implantable devices, we hoped that we
would also have data for an analysis of creating distinct CCRs for CT
scans, MRIs, and cardiac catheterization, which could then be finalized
through rulemaking. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR
53281), we stated that prior to proposing to create these CCRs, we
would first thoroughly analyze and determine the impacts of the data,
and that distinct CCRs for these new cost centers would be used in the
calculation of the relative weights only if they were first finalized
through rulemaking.
At the time of the development of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27506 through 27507), we had a substantial number
of hospitals completing all, or some, of these new cost centers on the
FY 2011 Medicare cost reports, compared to prior years. We stated that
we believed that the analytic findings described using the FY 2011 cost
report data and FY 2012 claims data supported our original decision to
break out and create new cost centers for implantable devices, MRIs, CT
scans, and cardiac catheterization, and we saw no reason to further
delay proposing to implement the CCRs of each of these cost centers.
Therefore, beginning in FY 2014, we proposed to calculate the MS-DRG
relative weights using 19 CCRs, creating distinct CCRs from cost report
data for implantable devices, MRIs, CT scans, and cardiac
catheterization (78 FR 27509).
We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR
27507 through 27509) and final rule (78 FR 50518 through 50523) in
which we presented data analyses using distinct CCRs for implantable
devices, MRIs, CT scans, and cardiac catheterization. The FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule also set forth our responses to public comments we
received on our proposal to implement these CCRs. As explained in more
detail in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized our
proposal to use 19 CCRs to calculate MS-DRG relative weights beginning
in FY 2014--the then existing 15 cost centers and the 4 new CCRs for
implantable devices, MRIs, CT scans, and cardiac catheterization.
Therefore, beginning in FY 2014, we calculated the IPPS MS-DRG relative
weights using 19 CCRs, creating distinct CCRs for implantable devices,
MRIs, CT scans, and cardiac catheterization.
2. Discussion for FY 2015
To calculate the proposed MS-DRG relative weights for FY 2015, we
use two data sources: the MedPAR file as the
[[Page 28000]]
claims data source and the HCRIS as the cost report data source. We
adjust the charges from the claims to costs by applying the 19 national
average CCRs developed from the cost reports. The description of the
calculation of the proposed 19 CCRs and the proposed MS-DRG relative
weights for FY 2015 is included in section II.H. of the preamble of
this proposed rule.
F. Proposed Adjustment to MS-DRGs for Preventable Hospital-Acquired
Conditions (HACs), Including Infections for FY 2015
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act addresses certain hospital-
acquired conditions (HACs), including infections. This provision is
part of an array of Medicare tools that we are using to promote
increased quality and efficiency of care. Under the IPPS, hospitals are
encouraged to treat patients efficiently because they receive the same
DRG payment for stays that vary in length and in the services provided,
which gives hospitals an incentive to avoid unnecessary costs in the
delivery of care. In some cases, conditions acquired in the hospital do
not generate higher payments than the hospital would otherwise receive
for cases without these conditions. To this extent, the IPPS encourages
hospitals to avoid complications.
However, the treatment of certain conditions can generate higher
Medicare payments in two ways. First, if a hospital incurs
exceptionally high costs treating a patient, the hospital stay may
generate an outlier payment. Because the outlier payment methodology
requires that hospitals experience large losses on outlier cases before
outlier payments are made, hospitals have an incentive to prevent
outliers. Second, under the MS-DRG system that took effect in FY 2008
and that has been refined through rulemaking in subsequent years,
certain conditions can generate higher payments even if the outlier
payment requirements are not met. Under the MS-DRG system, there are
currently 261 sets of MS-DRGs that are split into 2 or 3 subgroups
based on the presence or absence of a complication or comorbidity (CC)
or a major complication or comorbidity (MCC). The presence of a CC or
an MCC generally results in a higher payment.
Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act specifies that, by October 1,
2007, the Secretary was required to select, in consultation with the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), at least two
conditions that: (a) Are high cost, high volume, or both; (b) are
assigned to a higher paying MS-DRG when present as a secondary
diagnosis (that is, conditions under the MS-DRG system that are CCs or
MCCs); and (c) could reasonably have been prevented through the
application of evidence-based guidelines. Section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the
Act also specifies that the list of conditions may be revised, again in
consultation with the CDC, from time to time as long as the list
contains at least two conditions.
Effective for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2008,
under the authority of section 1886(d)(4)(D) of the Act, Medicare no
longer assigns an inpatient hospital discharge to a higher paying MS-
DRG if a selected condition is not present on admission (POA). Thus, if
a selected condition that was not POA manifests during the hospital
stay, it is considered a HAC and the case is paid as though the
secondary diagnosis was not present. However, even if a HAC manifests
during the hospital stay, if any nonselected CC or MCC appears on the
claim, the claim will be paid at the higher MS-DRG rate. In addition,
Medicare continues to assign a discharge to a higher paying MS-DRG if a
selected condition is POA. When a HAC is not POA, payment can be
affected in a manner shown in the diagram below.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP15MY14.000
2. HAC Selection
Beginning in FY 2007, we have set forth proposals, and solicited
and responded to public comments, to implement section 1886(d)(4)(D) of
the Act through the IPPS annual rulemaking process. For specific
policies addressed in each rulemaking cycle, including a detailed
discussion of the collaborative interdepartmental process and public
input regarding selected and potential candidate HACs, we refer readers
to the following rules: the FY 2007 IPPS proposed rule (71 FR 24100)
and final rule (71 FR 48051 through 48053); the FY 2008 IPPS proposed
rule (72 FR 24716 through 24726) and final rule with comment period (72
FR 47200 through 47218); the FY 2009 IPPS proposed rule (73 FR 23547)
and final rule (73 FR 48471); the FY 2010 IPPS/
[[Page 28001]]
RY 2010 LTCH PPS proposed rule (74 FR 24106) and final rule (74 FR
43782); the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (75 FR 23880) and final
rule (75 FR 50080); the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (76 FR
25810 through 25816) and final rule (76 FR 51504 through 51522); the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27892 through 27898) and final
rule (77 FR 53283 through 53303); and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27509 through 27512) and final rule (78 FR 50523
through 50527). A complete list of the 11 current categories of HACs is
included on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/HospitalAcqCond/Hospital-Acquired_Conditions.html.
3. Present on Admission (POA) Indicator Reporting
Collection of POA indicator data is necessary to identify which
conditions were acquired during hospitalization for the HAC payment
provision as well as for broader public health uses of Medicare data.
In previous rulemaking, we provided both CMS and CDC Web site resources
that are available to hospitals for assistance in this reporting
effort. For detailed information regarding these sites and materials,
including the application and use of POA indicators, we refer the
reader to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51506 through
51507).
Currently, as we have discussed in the prior rulemaking cited under
section II.I.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, the POA
indicator reporting requirement only applies to IPPS hospitals because
they are subject to this HAC provision. Non-IPPS hospitals, including
CAHs, LTCHs, IRFs, IPFs, cancer hospitals, children's hospitals,
RNHCIs, and the Department of Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense
hospitals, are exempt from POA reporting.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50525), we noted
that hospitals in Maryland operating under a statutory waiver are not
paid under the IPPS, but rather were paid under the provisions of
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act and therefore exempt from reporting POA
indicators. However, we believed it was appropriate to require them to
use POA indicator reporting on their claims so that we can include
their data and have as complete a dataset as possible when we analyze
trends and make further payment policy determinations, such as those
authorized under section 1886(p) of the Act. Therefore, in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we finalized our policy that hospitals in
Maryland that formerly operated under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act
were no longer exempted from the POA indicator reporting requirement
beginning with claims submitted on or after October 1, 2013, including
all claims for discharges on or after October 1, 2013. We note that,
while this requirement was not effective until October 1, 2013,
hospitals in Maryland could submit data with POA indicators before that
date with the expectation that these data will be accepted by
Medicare's claims processing systems. (We refer readers to the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50707 through 50712) for a discussion
of our FY 2014 final policies to implement section 1886(p) of the Act
that are applicable to Maryland hospitals.)
Subsequent to our FY 2014 rulemaking, the State of Maryland entered
into an agreement with CMS, effective January 1, 2014, to participate
in CMS' new Maryland All-Payer Model, a 5-year hospital payment model.
This model is being implemented under section 1115A of the Act, as
added by section 3021 of the Affordable Care Act, which authorizes the
testing of innovative payment and service delivery models, including
models that allow States to ``test and evaluate systems of all-payer
payment reform for the medical care of residents of the State,
including dual eligible individuals.'' Section 1115A of the Act
authorizes the Secretary to waive such requirements of titles XI and
XVIII of the Act as may be necessary solely for purposes of carrying
out section 1115A of the Act with respect to testing models.
Under the agreement with CMS, Maryland will limit per capita total
hospital cost growth for all payers, including Medicare. In order to
implement the new model, effective January 1, 2014, Maryland elected to
no longer have Medicare make payments to Maryland hospitals in
accordance with section 1814(b)(3) of the Act. Maryland also
represented that it is no longer in continuous operation of a
demonstration project reimbursement system since July 1, 1977, as
specified under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act. Because Maryland
hospitals are no longer paid under section 1814(b)(3) of the Act, they
are no longer subject to those provisions of the Act and related
implementing regulations that are specific to section 1814(b)(3)
hospitals. Although CMS has waived certain provisions of the Act for
Maryland hospitals, as set forth in the agreement between CMS and
Maryland and subject to Maryland's compliance with the terms of the
agreement, CMS has not waived the POA indicator reporting requirement.
In other words, the changes to the status of Maryland hospitals under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act as described above do not in any way
change the POA indicator reporting requirement for Maryland hospitals.
There are currently four POA indicator reporting options, ``Y'',
``W'', ``N'', and ``U'', as defined by the ICD-9-CM Official Guidelines
for Coding and Reporting. We note that prior to January 1, 2011, we
also used a POA indicator reporting option ``1''. However, beginning on
or after January 1, 2011, hospitals were required to begin reporting
POA indicators using the 5010 electronic transmittal standards format.
The 5010 format removes the need to report a POA indicator of ``1'' for
codes that are exempt from POA reporting. We issued CMS instructions on
this reporting change as a One-Time Notification, Pub. No. 100-20,
Transmittal No. 756, Change Request 7024, effective on August 13, 2010,
which can be located at the following link on the CMS Web site: https://www.cms.gov/manuals/downloads/Pub100_20.pdf.) The POA indicator
reporting process will not change when ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS are
implemented on October 1, 2014. The current POA indicators and their
descriptors are shown in the chart below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indicator Descriptor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Y................................. Indicates that the condition was
present on admission.
W................................. Affirms that the hospital has
determined that, based on data and
clinical judgment, it is not
possible to document when the onset
of the condition occurred.
N................................. Indicates that the condition was not
present on admission.
U................................. Indicates that the documentation is
insufficient to determine if the
condition was present at the time
of admission.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 28002]]
Under the HAC payment policy, we treat HACs coded with ``Y'' and
``W'' indicators as POA and allow the condition on its own to cause an
increased payment at the CC and MCC level. We treat HACs coded with
``N'' and ``U'' indicators as Not Present on Admission (NPOA) and do
not allow the condition on its own to cause an increased payment at the
CC and MCC level. We refer readers to the following rules for a
detailed discussion of POA indicator reporting: The FY 2009 IPPS
proposed rule (73 FR 23559) and final rule (73 FR 48486 through 48487);
the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS proposed rule (74 FR 24106) and final
rule (74 FR 43784 through 43785); the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule (75 FR 23881 through 23882) and final rule (75 FR 50081 through
50082); the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (76 FR 25812 through
25813) and final rule (76 FR 51506 through 51507); the FY 2013 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27893 through 27894) and final rule (77
FR 53284 through 53285); and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(78 FR 27510 through 27511) and final rule (78 FR 50524 through 50525).
In addition, as discussed previously in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (77 FR 53324), the 5010 format allows the reporting and,
effective January 1, 2011, the processing of up to 25 diagnoses and 25
procedure codes. As such, it is necessary to report a valid POA
indicator for each diagnosis code, including the principal diagnosis
and all secondary diagnoses up to 25.
4. HACs and POA Reporting in Preparation for Transition to ICD-10-CM
and ICD-10-PCS
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51506 and 51507), in
preparation for the transition to the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS code
sets, we indicated that further information regarding the use of the
POA indicator with the ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-PCS classifications as they
pertain to the HAC policy would be discussed in future rulemaking.
At the March 5, 2012 and the September 19, 2012 meetings of the
ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee, an announcement was
made with regard to the availability of the ICD-9-CM HAC list
translation to ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS code sets. Participants were
informed that the list of the ICD-9-CM selected HACs has been
translated into codes using the ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS classification
system. It was recommended that the public review this list of ICD-10-
CM/ICD-10-PCS code translations of the selected HACs available on the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. The translations can be found under the
link titled ``ICD-10-CM/PCS MS-DRG v30 Definitions Manual Table of
Contents--Full Titles--HTML Version in Appendix I--Hospital Acquired
Conditions (HACs).'' This CMS Web site regarding the ICD-10-MS-DRG
Conversion Project is also available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/HospitalAcqCond/icd10_hacs.html. We encouraged the public to submit comments on these
translations through the HACs Web page using the CMS ICD-10-CM/PCS HAC
Translation Feedback Mailbox that was set up for this purpose under the
Related Links section titled ``CMS HAC Feedback.''
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50525), we stated
that the final HAC list translation from ICD-9-CM to ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-
PCS would be subject to formal rulemaking. We encouraged readers to
review the educational materials and draft code sets available for ICD-
10-CM/ICD-10-PCS on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/ICD10/. In
addition, we stated that the draft ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-PCS Coding
Guidelines could be viewed on the CDC Web site at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm.htm.
The HACs code translation list from ICM-9-CM to ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-
PCS is available to the public on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We note that Appendix I of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version
31.0-R file posted on the Web site contains the DRA HACs translated to
ICD-10.
We note that section 212 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act
of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93), enacted on April 1, 2014, delayed the
transition from the ICD-9-CM to the ICD-10 code set.
5. Proposals Regarding Current HACs and Previously Considered Candidate
HACs
In this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are not proposing
to add or remove categories of the HACs. However, we continue to
encourage public dialogue about refinements to the HAC list by written
stakeholder comments about both previously selected and potential
candidate HACs. We refer readers to section II.F.6. of the FY 2008 IPPS
final rule with comment period (72 FR 47202 through 47218) and to
section II.F.7. of the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48774 through
48491) for detailed discussion supporting our determination regarding
each of these conditions. We also refer readers to section II.F.5. of
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27892 through 27898),
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53285 through 53292) for
the HAC policy for FY 2013, and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
(78 FR 27509 through 27512) and the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50523 through 50527) for the HAC policy for FY 2014.
6. RTI Program Evaluation
On September 30, 2009, a contract was awarded to RTI to evaluate
the impact of the Hospital-Acquired Condition-Present on Admission
(HAC-POA) provisions on the changes in the incidence of selected
conditions, effects on Medicare payments, impacts on coding accuracy,
unintended consequences, and infection and event rates. This was an
intra-agency project with funding and technical support from CMS, OPHS,
AHRQ, and CDC. The evaluation also examined the implementation of the
program and evaluated additional conditions for future selection. The
contract with RTI ended on November 30, 2012. Summary reports of RTI's
analysis of the FYs 2009, 2010, and 2011 MedPAR data files for the HAC-
POA program evaluation were included in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50085 through 50101), the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(76 FR 51512 through 51522), and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53292 through 53302). Summary and detailed data also were made
publicly available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/HospitalAcqCond/01_Overview.asp and the RTI Web site at: https://www.rti.org/reports/cms/.
In addition to the evaluation of HAC and POA MedPAR claims data,
RTI also conducted analyses on readmissions due to HACs, the
incremental costs of HACs to the health care system, a study of
spillover effects and unintended consequences, as well as an updated
analysis of the evidence-based guidelines for selected and previously
considered HACs. Reports on these analyses have been made publicly
available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/HospitalAcqCond/.
7. Current and Previously Considered Candidate HACs--RTI Report on
Evidence-Based Guidelines
The RTI program evaluation includes a report that provides
references for all evidence-based guidelines available for
[[Page 28003]]
each of the selected and previously considered candidate HACs that
provide recommendations for the prevention of the corresponding
conditions. Guidelines were primarily identified using the AHRQ
National Guidelines Clearing House (NGCH) and the CDC, along with
relevant professional societies. Guidelines published in the United
States were used, if available. In the absence of U.S. guidelines for a
specific condition, international guidelines were included.
Evidence-based guidelines that included specific recommendations
for the prevention of the condition were identified for each of the
selected conditions. In addition, evidence-based guidelines also were
found for the previously considered candidate conditions. RTI prepared
a final report to summarize its findings regarding evidence-based
guidelines. This report can be found on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/HospitalAcqCond/Downloads/Evidence-Based-Guidelines.pdf. Subsequent to this final
report, RTI was awarded an FY 2014 Evidence-Based Guidelines Monitoring
contract. Under the contract, RTI will provide a summary report of all
evidence-based guidelines available for each of the selected and
previously considered candidate HACs that provide recommendations for
the prevention of the corresponding conditions. This report is usually
delivered to CMS annually in a May/June timeframe. Updates to the
guidelines will be made available to the public.
G. Proposed Changes to Specific MS-DRG Classifications
1. Discussion of Changes to Coding System and Basis for Proposed MS-DRG
Updates
a. Conversion of MS-DRGs to the International Classification of
Diseases, 10th Revision (ICD-10)
Providers use the code sets under the ICD-9-CM coding system to
report diagnoses and procedures for Medicare hospital inpatient
services under the MS-DRG system. The ICD-10 coding system includes the
International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical
Modification (ICD-10-CM) for diagnosis coding and the International
Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Procedure Coding System
(ICD-10-PCS) for inpatient hospital procedure coding, as well as the
Official ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Guidelines for Coding and Reporting.
The ICD-10 coding system was initially adopted for transactions
conducted on or after October 1, 2013, as described in the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
Administrative Simplification: Modifications to Medical Data Code Set
Standards to Adopt ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Final Rule published in the
Federal Register on January 16, 2009 (74 FR 3328 through 3362)
(hereinafter referred to as the ``ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS final
rule''). However, the Secretary of Health and Human Services issued a
final rule that delays the compliance date for ICD-10 from October 1,
2013, to October 1, 2014. That final rule, entitled ``Administrative
Simplification: Adoption of a Standard for a Unique Health Plan
Identifier; Addition to the National Provider Identifier Requirements;
and a Change to the Compliance Date for ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
Medical Data Code Sets,'' CMS-0040-F, was published in the Federal
Register on September 5, 2012 (77 FR 54664) and is available for
viewing on the Internet at: https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-09-05/pdf/2012-21238.pdf. On April 1, 2014, the Protecting Access to Medicare
Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93) was enacted. Section 212 of Public Law
113-93, titled ``Delay in Transition from ICD-9 to ICD-10 Code Sets,''
provides that ``[t]he Secretary of Health and Human Services may not,
prior to October 1, 2015, adopt ICD-10 code sets as the standard for
code sets under section 1173(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
1320d-2(c)) and section 162.1002 of title 45, Code of Federal
Regulations.'' As of now, the Secretary has not implemented this
provision under HIPPA.
The anticipated move to ICD-10 necessitated the development of an
ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-PCS version of the MS-DRGs. CMS began a project to
convert the ICD-9-CM-based MS-DRGs to ICD-10 MS-DRGs. In response to
the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we received public comments on
the creation of the ICD-10 version of the MS-DRGs, which will be
implemented at the same time as ICD-10 (75 FR 50127 and 50128). While
we did not propose an ICD-10 version of the MS-DRGs in the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we noted that we have been actively
involved in converting current MS-DRGs from ICD-9-CM codes to ICD-10
codes and sharing this information through the ICD-10 (previously ICD-
9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee. We undertook this early
conversion project to assist other payers and providers in
understanding how to implement their own conversion projects. We posted
ICD-10 MS-DRGs based on Version 26.0 (FY 2009) of the MS-DRGs. We also
posted a paper that describes how CMS went about completing this
project and suggestions for other payers and providers to follow.
Information on the ICD-10 MS-DRG conversion project can be found on the
ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We have
continued to keep the public updated on our maintenance efforts for
ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS coding systems, as well as the General
Equivalence Mappings that assist in conversion through the ICD-10
(previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee.
Information on these committee meetings can be found on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/.
During FY 2011, we developed and posted Version 28.0 of the ICD-10
MS-DRGs based on the FY 2011 MS-DRGs (Version 28.0) that we finalized
in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule on the CMS Web site. This ICD-
10 MS-DRGs Version 28.0 also included the CC Exclusion List and the
ICD-10 version of the hospital-acquired conditions (HACs), which was
not posted with Version 26.0. We also discussed this update at the
September 15-16, 2010 and the March 9-10, 2011 meetings of the ICD-9-CM
Coordination and Maintenance Committee. The minutes of these two
meetings are posted on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/.
We reviewed comments on the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 28.0 and made
updates as a result of these comments. We called the updated version
the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 28-R1. We posted a Definitions Manual of
ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 28-R1 on our ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project
Web site. To make the review of Version 28-R1 updates easier for the
public, we also made available pilot software on a CD ROM that could be
ordered through the National Technical Information Service (NTIS). A
link to the NTIS ordering page was provided on the CMS ICD-10 MS-DRGs
Web page. We stated that we believed that, by providing the ICD-10 MS-
DRGs Version 28-R1 Pilot Software (distributed on CD ROM), the public
would be able to more easily review and provide feedback on updates to
the ICD-10 MS-DRGs. We discussed the updated ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 28-
R1 at the September 14, 2011 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
[[Page 28004]]
Committee meeting. We encouraged the public to continue to review and
provide comments on the ICD-10 MS-DRGs so that CMS could continue to
update the system.
In FY 2012, we prepared the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 29.0, based on
the FY 2012 MS-DRGs (Version 29.0) that we finalized in the FY 2012
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. We posted a Definitions Manual of ICD-10 MS-
DRGs Version 29.0 on our ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site. We
also prepared a document that describes changes made from Version 28.0
to Version 29.0 to facilitate a review. The ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 29.0
was discussed at the ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee
meeting on March 5, 2012. Information was provided on the types of
updates made. Once again the public was encouraged to review and
comment on the most recent update to the ICD-10 MS-DRGs.
CMS prepared the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 30.0 based on the FY 2013
MS-DRGs (Version 30.0) that we finalized in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule. We posted a Definitions Manual of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs
Version 30.0 on our ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site. We also
prepared a document that describes changes made from Version 29.0 to
Version 30.0 to facilitate a review. We produced mainframe and computer
software for Version 30.0, which was made available to the public in
February 2013. Information on ordering the mainframe and computer
software through NTIS was posted on the ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion
Project Web site. The ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 30.0 computer software
facilitated additional review of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs conversion.
We provided information on a study conducted on the impact of
converting MS-DRGs to ICD-10. Information on this study is summarized
in a paper entitled ``Impact of the Transition to ICD-10 on Medicare
Inpatient Hospital Payments.'' This paper was posted on the CMS ICD-10
MS-DRGs Conversion Project Web site and was distributed and discussed
at the September 15, 2010 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
Committee meeting. The paper described CMS' approach to the conversion
of the MS-DRGs from ICD-9-CM codes to ICD-10 codes. The study was
undertaken using the ICD-9-CM MS-DRGs Version 27.0 (FY 2010) which was
converted to the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 27.0. The study estimated the
impact on aggregate payment to hospitals and the distribution of
payments across hospitals. The impact of the conversion from ICD-9-CM
to ICD-10 on Medicare MS-DRG hospital payments was estimated using FY
2009 Medicare claims data. The study found a hospital payment increase
of 0.05 percent using the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 27.0.
CMS provided an overview of this hospital payment impact study at
the March 5, 2012 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee
meeting. This presentation followed presentations on the creation of
ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 29.0. A summary report of this meeting can be
found on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/. At this March 2012 meeting, CMS
announced that it would produce an update on this impact study based on
an updated version of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs. This update of the impact
study was presented at the March 5, 2013 ICD-9-CM Coordination and
Maintenance Committee meeting. The study found that moving from an ICD-
9-CM-based system to an ICD-10 MS-DRG replicated system would lead to
DRG reassignments on only 1 percent of the 10 million MedPAR sample
records used in the study. Ninety-nine percent of the records did not
shift to another MS-DRG when using an ICD-10 MS-DRG system. For the 1
percent of the records that shifted, 45 percent of the shifts were to a
higher weighted MS-DRG, while 55 percent of the shifts were to lower
weighted MS-DRGs. The net impact across all MS-DRGs was a reduction by
4/10000 or minus 4 pennies per $100. The updated paper is posted on the
CMS Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html under the ``Downloads'' section.
Information on the March 5, 2013 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
Committee meeting can be found on the CMS Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9-CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials.html. This update of the impact paper and the ICD-
10 MS-DRG Version 30.0 software provided additional information to the
public who were evaluating the conversion of the MS-DRGs to ICD-10 MS-
DRGs.
CMS prepared the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0 based on the FY 2014
MS-DRGs (Version 31.0) that we finalized in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule. In November 2013, we posted a Definitions Manual of the
ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0 on the ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web
site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We also prepared a document that described
changes made from Version 30.0 to Version 31.0 to facilitate a review.
We produced mainframe and computer software for Version 31.0, which was
made available to the public in December 2013. Information on ordering
the mainframe and computer software through NTIS was posted on the CMS
Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html under the ``Related Links'' section. This ICD-
10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0 computer software facilitated additional review
of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs conversion. We encouraged the public to submit to
CMS any comments on areas where they believed the ICD-10 MS-DRGs did
not accurately reflect grouping logic found in the ICD-9-CM MS-DRGs
Version 31.0.
We reviewed comments received and developed an update of ICD-10 MS-
DRGs Version 31.0, which we called ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0-R. We
have posted a Definitions Manual of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0-R
on the ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We also prepared a document that describes changes made
from Version 31.0 to Version 31.0-R to facilitate a review. We will
continue to share ICD-10-MS-DRG conversion activities with the public
through this Web site.
b. Basis for FY 2015 MS-DRG Updates
CMS encourages input from our stakeholders concerning the annual
IPPS updates when that input is made available to us by December 7 of
the year prior to the next annual proposed rule update. For example, to
be considered for any updates or changes in FY 2016, comments and
suggestions should be submitted by December 7, 2014. The comments that
were submitted in a timely manner for FY 2015 are discussed below in
this section.
Following are the changes we are proposing to the MS-DRGs. We are
inviting public comment on each of the MS-DRG classification proposed
changes described below, as well as our proposals to maintain certain
existing MS-DRG classifications, which also are discussed below. In
some cases, we are proposing changes to the MS-DRG classifications
based on our analysis of claims data. In other cases, we are proposing
to maintain the existing MS-DRG classification based on our analysis of
claims data. For this FY 2015 proposed rule, our MS-DRG analysis is
based on claims data from the December
[[Page 28005]]
2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file, which contains hospital bills
received through September 30, 2013, for discharges occurring through
September 30, 2013. In our discussion of the proposed MS-DRG
reclassification changes that follows, we refer to our analysis of
claims data from the ``December 2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR
file.'' For the FY 2015 final rule, we intend to calculate the final
relative weights on claims data from the March 2014 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file, which will contain hospital bills received through
December 31, 2013, for discharges occurring through December 31, 2013.
As explained in previous rulemaking (76 FR 51487), in deciding
whether to propose to make further modification to the MS-DRGs for
particular circumstances brought to our attention, we considered
whether the resource consumption and clinical characteristics of the
patients with a given set of conditions are significantly different
than the remaining patients in the MS-DRG. We evaluated patient care
costs using average costs and lengths of stay and relied on the
judgment of our clinical advisors to decide whether patients are
clinically distinct or similar to other patients in the MS-DRG. In
evaluating resource costs, we considered both the absolute and
percentage differences in average costs between the cases we selected
for review and the remainder of cases in the MS-DRG. We also considered
variation in costs within these groups; that is, whether observed
average differences were consistent across patients or attributable to
cases that were extreme in terms of costs or length of stay, or both.
Further, we considered the number of patients who will have a given set
of characteristics and generally preferred not to create a new MS-DRG
unless it would include a substantial number of cases.
2. MDC 1 (Diseases and Disorders of the Nervous System)
a. Intracerebral Therapies: Gliadel[supreg] Wafer
During the comment period for the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule, we received a public comment that we considered to be outside the
scope of that proposed rule. We stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50550) that we would consider this issue in future
rulemaking as part of our annual review process. The commenter
requested that a new MS-DRG be created for intracerebral therapies,
including implantation of chemotherapeutic agents. Specifically, the
commenter referred to the Gliadel[supreg] Wafer for the treatment of
High-Grade Malignant Gliomas (HGGs) defined as aggressive tumors
originating in the brain.
The Gliadel[supreg] Wafer has been discussed in prior rulemaking,
including the FY 2004 IPPS proposed rule (68 FR 27187) and final rule
(68 FR 45354 through 45355 and 68 FR 45391 through 45392); the FY 2005
IPPS proposed rule (69 FR 28221 through 28222) and final rule (69 FR
48957 through 48971); and the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR
47252 through 47253). We refer readers to these prior discussions for
further background information regarding the Gliadel[supreg] Wafer.
Effective October 1, 2002, ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.10
(Implantation of chemotherapeutic agent) was created to identify and
describe insertion of the Gliadel[supreg] Wafer. This procedure code is
assigned to MS-DRG 023 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant/Acute
Complex Central Nervous System (CNS) PDX with MCC or Chemo Implant) in
MDC 1. According to the commenter, this current MS-DRG assignment does
not compensate providers adequately for the expenses incurred to
perform the surgery and implantation of the wafer device. The commenter
noted that MS-DRG 023 has a national average payment rate of
approximately $28,016. However, the commenter stated, ``the acquisition
cost for 1 box of the Gliadel[supreg] Wafer alone (typical utilization
per procedure is 8 wafers or 1 box) is $29,035.''
We conducted an analysis using claims data from the December 2013
update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file. Our findings are shown in the table
below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 023--All cases........................................... 5,383 10.98 $36,982
MS-DRG 023--Cases with procedure code 00.10..................... 158 7.0 34,027
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As shown in the table above, there were a total of 5,383 cases in
MS-DRG 023 with an average length of stay of 10.98 days and average
costs of $36,982. The number of cases reporting procedure code 00.10 in
MS-DRG 023 totaled 158, with an average length of stay of 7.0 days and
average costs of $34,027.
The data clearly demonstrate that the volume of cases reporting
procedure code 00.10 within MS-DRG 023 have a shorter average length of
stay and are lower in average costs in comparison to all the cases in
the MS-DRG. Given the low volume of cases, shorter average length of
stay, and lower average costs, the data do not support the creation of
a new MS-DRG for cases utilizing the Gliadel[supreg] Wafer. In
addition, our clinical advisors determined that cases reporting
procedure code 00.10 are appropriately assigned within MS-DRG 023. As
discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 48959), Gliadel[supreg]
Wafer cases were assigned to a new DRG that was clinically coherent and
reflected the resources used to treat those cases, which appropriately
addressed the concerns of commenters who raised questions regarding DRG
assignment for those cases at that time. Subsequently, with the
adoption of the MS-DRGs, in the FY 2008 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (72 FR
47252 through 47253), we assigned all cases utilizing the
Gliadel[supreg] Wafer technology to MS-DRG 023, the higher severity
level, and revised the title of this MS-DRG in recognition of the
complexity and costs associated with the implantation. Our clinical
advisors continue to support this assignment for these same reasons.
Therefore, we are not proposing to create a new MS-DRG for FY 2015 for
cases where ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.10 is reported. We are inviting
public comments on our proposal to maintain the current MS-DRG
structure.
b. Endovascular Embolization or Occlusion of Head and Neck
We received a request to change the MS-DRG assignment for the
following three ICD-9-CM procedure codes representing endovascular
embolization or occlusion procedures of the head and neck:
39.72 (Endovascular (total) embolization or occlusion of
head and neck vessels);
39.75 (Endovascular embolization or occlusion of vessel(s)
of head or neck using bare coils); and
39.76 (Endovascular embolization or occlusion of vessel(s)
of head or neck using bioactive coils).
These three procedure codes are currently assigned to the following
eight
[[Page 28006]]
MS-DRGs under MDC 1. Cases assigned to MS-DRGs 020, 021, and 022
require a principal diagnosis of hemorrhage. Cases assigned to MS-DRGs
023 and 024 require the insertion of a major implant or an acute
complex central nervous system (CNS) principal diagnosis. Cases
assigned to MS-DRGs 025, 026, and 027 do not have a principal diagnosis
of hemorrhage, an acute complex CNS principal diagnosis, or a major
device implant.
MS-DRG 020 (Intracranial Vascular Procedures with
Principal Diagnosis of Hemorrhage with MCC)
MS-DRG 021 (Intracranial Vascular Procedures with
Principal Diagnosis of Hemorrhage with CC)
MS-DRG 022 (Intracranial Vascular Procedures with
Principal Diagnosis of Hemorrhage without CC/MCC)
MS-DRG 023 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant/Acute
Complex CNS Principal Diagnosis with MCC or Chemo Implant)
MS-DRG 024 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant/Acute
Complex CNS Principal Diagnosis without MCC)
MS-DRG 025 (Craniotomy & Endovascular Intracranial
Procedures with MCC)
MS-DRG 026 (Craniotomy & Endovascular Intracranial
Procedures with CC)
MS-DRG 027 (Craniotomy & Endovascular Intracranial
Procedures without CC/MCC)
The requestor recommended that cases with procedure codes 39.72,
39.75, and 39.76 be moved from MS-DRGs 025, 026, and 027 to MS-DRGs 023
and 024, even when there is no reported acute complex CNS principal
diagnosis or a major device implant. The requestor stated that
unruptured aneurysms can be treated by a minimally invasive technique
utilizing endovascular coiling. The requester noted that a
microcatheter is inserted into a groin artery and navigated through the
vascular system to the location of the aneurysm. The coils are inserted
through the microcatheter into the aneurysm in order to occlude (fill)
the aneurysm from inside the blood vessel. Once the coils are
implanted, the blood flow pattern within the aneurysm is altered. The
requestor stated that these cases do not have a principal diagnosis of
hemorrhage because the treatment is for an unruptured aneurysm which
has not hemorrhaged. Furthermore, the requestor stated that only a few
of these cases without hemorrhage have a complex CNS principal
diagnosis. Therefore, the requester believed that most of the cases
should be assigned to MS-DRGs 025, 026, and 027.
The requestor stated that the average costs of coil cases captured
by procedure codes 39.72, 39.75, and 39.76 are significantly higher
than other cases within MS-DRGs 025, 026, and 027 where most of the
coil cases are assigned. As stated earlier, the requester recommended
that cases with procedure codes 39.72, 39.75, and 39.76 be moved to MS-
DRGs 023 and 024, even when there is not an acute complex CNS principal
diagnosis or a major device implant reported.
We examined claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for cases of endovascular embolization or occlusion of
head and neck. The table below shows our findings. For MS-DRGs 025,
026, and 027, the cases identified by procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or
39.76 (endovascular embolization or occlusion of head and neck) have
higher average costs and shorter lengths of stay in comparison to all
the cases within each of those respective MS-DRGs. The average costs of
cases in MS-DRG 024 are $4,049 higher than the average costs of the
1,731 endovascular embolization or occlusion of head and neck
procedures cases in MS-DRG 027 ($26,250 versus $22,201). The findings
also show that the 524 cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76
with average costs of $41,030 in MS-DRG 025 are closer to the average
costs of $36,982 for cases in MS-DRG 023. Lastly, we found that the 721
endovascular embolization or occlusion of head and neck procedure cases
in MS-DRG 026 have average costs of $27,998 compared to average costs
of $26,250 for cases in MS-DRG 024.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 23--All cases............................................ 5,383 10.98 $36,982
MS-DRG 24--All cases............................................ 1,745 6.30 26,250
MS-DRG 25--All cases............................................ 15,937 9.68 29,722
MS-DRG 25--Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76..... 524 7.97 41,030
MS-DRG 26--All cases............................................ 8,520 6.16 21,194
MS-DRG 26--Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76..... 721 3.14 27,998
MS-DRG 27--All cases............................................ 10,326 3.30 16,389
MS-DRG 27--Cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76..... 1,731 1.66 22,201
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our clinical advisors reviewed the results of our examination and
determined that the endovascular embolization or occlusion of head and
neck procedures are appropriately classified within MS-DRGs 025, 026,
and 027 because they do not have an acute complex CNS principal
diagnosis or a major device implant which would add to their clinical
complexity. Cases in MS-DRG 024 have average costs that are $4,049
higher than cases in MS-DRG 027 with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or
39.76. We acknowledge that the 1,245 cases with procedure code 39.72,
39.75, or 39.76 in MS-DRGs 025 and 026 have average costs that are
closer to those in MS-DRGs 024 and 025. However, these cases are 1,245
of the total 2,976 cases that would be involved if we moved all MS-DRGs
025, 026, and 027 cases with procedure code 39.72, 39.75, or 39.76 to
MS-DRGs 024 and 025, even if they did not have an acute complex CNS
principal diagnosis or a major device implant. Based on these findings
and the recommendations from our clinical advisors, we have determined
that proposing to move endovascular embolization or occlusion of head
and neck procedures from MS-DRGs 025, 026, and 027 to MS-DRGs 023 and
024 is not warranted. Therefore, we are proposing to maintain the
current MS-DRG assignments for endovascular embolization or occlusion
of head and neck procedures. We are inviting public comments on our
proposal.
3. MDC 4 (Diseases and Disorders of the Ear, Nose, Mouth and Throat):
Avery Breathing Pacemaker System
We received a request to create a new MS-DRG for the Avery
Breathing Pacemaker System. This system is also called a diaphragmatic
pacemaker and is captured by ICD-9-CM procedure code 34.85
(Implantation of diaphragmatic pacemaker). The requestor stated that
the diaphragmatic pacemaker is indicated for adult and
[[Page 28007]]
pediatric patients with chronic respiratory insufficiency that would
otherwise be dependent on ventilator support. The procedure consists of
surgically implanted receivers and electrodes mated to an external
transmitter by antennas worn over the implanted receivers. The external
transmitter and antennas send radiofrequency energy to the implanted
receivers under the skin. The receivers then convert the radio waves
into stimulating pulses sent down the electrodes to the phrenic nerves,
causing the diaphragm to contract. The requestor stated that this
normal pattern is superior to mechanical ventilators that force air
into the chest. The requestor also stated that the system is expensive;
the device cost is approximately $57,000. According to the requestor,
given the cost of the device, hospitals are reluctant to use it. The
requestor did not make a specific MS-DRG reassignment request.
When used for a respiratory failure patient, procedure code 34.85
is assigned to MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165 (Major Chest Procedures with
MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
We examined claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for diaphragmatic pacemaker cases. The following table
shows our findings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 163--All cases........................................... 11,766 13.13 $34,308
MS-DRG 163--Cases with procedure code 34.85..................... 13 2.23 29,406
MS-DRG 164--All cases........................................... 16,087 6.58 18,352
MS-DRG 164--Cases with procedure code 34.85..................... 34 1.71 23,406
MS-DRG 165--All cases........................................... 9,207 3.91 13,081
MS-DRG 165--Cases with procedure code 34.85..................... 1 1.00 22,977
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There were only 48 cases of diaphragmatic pacemakers within MS-DRGs
163, 164, and 165. The average costs of these diaphragmatic pacemaker
cases ranged from $22,977 for the single case in MS-DRG 165 to $29,406
for the cases in MS-DRG 163, compared to the average costs for all
cases in MS-DRGs 163, 164, and 165, which range from $13,081 to
$34,308. The average cost for diaphragmatic pacemaker cases in MS-DRG
163 was lower than that for all cases in MS-DRG 163, $29,406 compared
to $34,308 for all cases. The average cost for diaphragmatic pacemaker
cases was higher for MS-DRG 164, $23,406 compared to $18,352 for all
cases. While the average cost for the single diaphragmatic pacemaker
case was significantly higher for MS-DRG 165, $22,977 compared to
$13,081, we were unable to determine if additional factors might have
impacted the higher cost for this single case.
Given the small number of diaphragmatic pacemaker cases that we
found, we do not believe that there is justification for creating a new
MS-DRG. Basing a new MS-DRG on such a small number of cases could lead
to distortions in the relative payment weights for the MS-DRG because
several expensive cases could impact the overall relative payment
weight. Having larger clinical cohesive groups within an MS-DRG
provides greater stability for annual updates to the relative payment
weights. We note that, as discussed in section II.G.4.c. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, one of the criteria we apply in
evaluating whether to create new severity subgroups within an MS-DRG is
whether there are at least 500 cases in the CC or MCC subgroup. While
this criterion is used to evaluate whether to create a severity
subgroup within an MS-DRG, applying it here suggests that creating a
new MS-DRG for only 48 cases would not be appropriate. Although the
average costs of these diaphragmatic pacemaker cases are higher than
the average costs of all cases in MS-DRGs 163 and 164, we believe the
current MS-DRG assignment is appropriate and that the data do not
support creating an MS-DRG because there are so few cases.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and determined that the
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases are appropriately classified within MS-
DRGs 163, 164, and 165 because they are clinically similar to other
cases of patients with major chest procedures within MS-DRGs 163, 164,
and 165. Our clinical advisors did not support creating a new MS-DRG
for such a small number of cases.
Based on the results of the examination of the claims data, the
recommendations from our clinical advisors, and the small number of
diaphragmatic pacemaker cases, we are not proposing to create a new MS-
DRG for diaphragmatic pacemaker cases at this time. We are proposing to
maintain the current MS-DRG assignments for diaphragmatic pacemaker
cases. We are inviting public comments on our proposal.
4. MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of the Circulatory System)
a. Exclusion of Left Atrial Appendage
We received a request to move the exclusion of the left atrial
appendage procedure, which is a non-O.R. procedure and captured by ICD-
9-CM procedure code 37.36 (Excision, destruction or exclusion of left
atrial appendage (LAA)), from MS-DRGs 250 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular
without Coronary Artery Stent with MCC) and 251 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular without Coronary Artery Stent without MCC) to MS-DRGs
237 (Major Cardiovascular Procedures with MCC) and 238 (Major
Cardiovascular Procedures without MCC). The requestor stated that the
exclusion of the left atrial appendage procedure code 37.36 is not
clinically coherent with the other procedures in MS-DRGs 250 and 251
and that this current assignment to MS-DRGs 250 and 251 does not
compensate providers adequately for the expenses incurred to perform
this procedure and placement of the device.
The exclusion of the left atrial appendage procedure involves a
percutaneous placement of a snare/suture around the left atrial
appendage to close it off. The exclusion of the left atrial appendage
procedure takes place in the cardiac catheterization laboratory under
general anesthesia and is a catheter based closed-chest procedure
instead of an open heart surgical technique to treat the same clinical
condition, with the same intended results. The procedure can be
performed by either an interventional cardiologist or an
electrophysiologist.
We analyzed claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for cases assigned to MS-DRGs 250 and 251 and MS-DRGs
237 and 238. Our findings are shown in the table below.
[[Page 28008]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 250--All cases........................................... 9,174 6.90 $21,319
MS-DRG 250--Cases with procedure code 37.36..................... 61 7.21 29,637
MS-DRG 251--All cases........................................... 26,331 3.01 14,614
MS-DRG 251--Cases with procedure code 37.36..................... 341 3.01 18,298
MS-DRG 237--All cases........................................... 17,813 9.66 35,642
MS-DRG 238--All cases........................................... 33,644 3.73 24,511
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The data in the table above show that, while the average costs of
the atrial appendage exclusion procedures are higher ($29,637) than
those for all cases ($21,319) within MS-DRG 250 and are higher
($18,298) than for all cases ($14,614) within MS-DRG 251, they are
lower than those in MS-DRGs 237 ($35,642) and 238 ($24,511). Our
clinical advisors reviewed this issue and recommended not moving these
stand-alone percutaneous cases to MS-DRGs 237 and 238 because they do
not consider them to be major cardiovascular procedures. Our clinical
advisors stated that cases reporting ICD-9-CM procedure code 37.36 are
appropriately assigned within MS-DRG 250 and 251 because they are
percutaneous cardiovascular procedures and are clinically similar to
other procedures within the MS-DRG. Therefore, we are not proposing to
reassign exclusion of atrial appendage procedure cases from MS-DRGs 250
and 251 to MS-DRGs 237 and 238 for FY 2015. We are inviting public
comments on our proposal to maintain the current MS-DRG structure for
the exclusion of the left atrial appendage.
b. Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair: MitraClip[supreg]
The MitraClip[supreg] System (hereafter referred to as
MitraClip[supreg]) for transcatheter mitral valve repair has been
discussed in extensive detail in previous rulemaking, including the FY
2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (76 FR 25822) and final rule (76 FR
51528 through 51529) and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR
27902 through 27903) and final rule (77 FR 53308 through 53310), in
response to requests for MS-DRG reclassification, as well as, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27547 through 27552) under the
new technology add-on payment policy. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50575), the application for a new technology add-on
payment for MitraClip[supreg] was unable to be considered further due
to lack of FDA approval by the July 1, 2013 deadline.
Subsequently, on October 24, 2013, MitraClip[supreg] received FDA
approval. As a result, the manufacturer has submitted new requests for
both an MS-DRG reclassification and new technology add-on payment for
FY 2015. We refer readers to section II.I. of the preamble of this
proposed rule for discussion regarding the application for
MitraClip[supreg] under the new technology add-on payment policy. Below
we discuss the MS-DRG reclassification request.
The manufacturer's request for MS-DRG reclassification involves two
components. The first component consists of reassigning cases reporting
a transcatheter mitral valve repair using the MitraClip[supreg] from
MS-DRGs 250 and 251(Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure without
Coronary Artery Stent with MCC and without MCC, respectively) to MS-
DRGs 216 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with
Cardiac Catheterization with MCC), 217 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization with CC), 218
(Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac
Catheterization without CC/MCC), 219 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without Cardiac Catheterization with MCC),
220 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures without
Cardiac Catheterization with CC), and 221 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures without Cardiac Catheterization without CC/
MCC). The second component of the manufacturer's request was for CMS to
examine the creation of a new base MS-DRG for transcatheter valve
therapies.
Effective October 1, 2010, ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97
(Percutaneous mitral valve repair with implant) was created to identify
and describe the MitraClip[supreg] technology.
To address the first component of the manufacturer's request, we
conducted an analysis of claims data from the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file for cases reporting procedure code 35.97 in MS-
DRGs 250 and 251. The table below shows our findings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 250--All cases........................................... 9,174 6.90 $21,319
MS-DRG 250--Cases with procedure code 35.97..................... 67 8.48 39,103
MS-DRG 251--All cases........................................... 26,331 3.01 14,614
MS-DRG 251--Cases with procedure code 35.97..................... 127 3.94 25,635
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As displayed in the table above, the data demonstrate that, for MS-
DRG 250, there were a total of 9,174 cases with an average length of
stay of 6.90 days and average costs of $21,319. The number of cases
reporting the ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97 in MS-DRG 250 totaled 67
with an average length of stay of 8.48 days and average costs of
$39,103. For MS-DRG 251, there were a total of 26,331 cases with an
average length of stay of 3.01 days and average costs of $14,614. There
were 127 cases found in MS-DRG 251 reporting the procedure code 35.97
with an average length of stay of 3.94 days and average costs of
$25,635. We recognize that the cases reporting procedure code 35.97
have a longer length of stay and higher average costs in comparison to
all the cases within MS-DRGs 250 and 251. However, as stated in prior
rulemaking (77 FR 53309), it is a fundamental principle of an averaged
payment system that half of the procedures in a group will have above
average costs. It is expected that there will be higher cost and lower
cost subsets, especially when a subset has low numbers.
We also evaluated the claims data from the December 2013 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 216
[[Page 28009]]
through 221. Our findings are shown in the table below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 216--All cases........................................... 10,131 15.41 $65,478
MS-DRG 217--All cases........................................... 5,374 9.51 44,695
MS-DRG 218--All cases........................................... 882 6.88 39,470
MS-DRG 219--All cases........................................... 17,856 11.63 54,590
MS-DRG 220--All cases........................................... 21,059 7.13 38,137
MS-DRG 221--All cases........................................... 4,586 5.32 34,310
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The data in our findings do not warrant reassignment of cases
reporting use of the MitraClip[supreg]. If we were to propose
reassignment of cases reporting procedure code 35.97 to MS-DRGs 216
through 221, they would be significantly overpaid, as the average costs
range from $34,310 to $65,478 for those MS-DRGs. In addition, our
clinical advisors do not support reassigning these cases. They noted
that the current MS-DRG assignment is appropriate for the reasons
stated in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53309). To
reiterate, our clinical advisors note that the current MS-DRG
assignment is reasonable because the operating room resource
utilizations of percutaneous procedures, such as those found in MS-DRGs
250 and 251, tend to group together, and are generally less costly than
open procedures, such as those found in MS-DRGs 216 through 221.
Percutaneous procedures by organ system represent groups that are
reasonably clinically coherent. More significantly, our clinical
advisors state that postoperative resource utilization is significantly
higher for open procedures with much greater morbidity and consequent
recovery needs. Because the equipment, technique, staff, patient
populations, and physician specialty all tend to group by type of
procedure (percutaneous or open), separately grouping percutaneous
procedures and open procedures is more clinically consistent.
Therefore, we are not proposing to modify the current MS-DRG assignment
for cases reporting procedure code 35.97 from MS-DRGs 250 and 251 to
MS-DRGs 216 through 221 for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on
our proposal to not make any modifications to the current MS-DRG logic
for these cases.
As indicated above, the second component of the manufacturer's
request involved the creation of a new base MS-DRG for transcatheter
valve therapies. We also received a similar request from another
manufacturer recommending that we create a new MS-DRG for procedures
referred to as endovascular cardiac valve replacement procedures. We
reviewed each of these requests using the same data analysis, as set
forth below. The discussion for endovascular cardiac valve replacement
procedures is included in section II.G.4.c. of the preamble of this
proposed rule and includes findings from the analysis and our proposals
for each of these similar, but distinct requests.
c. Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement Procedures
As noted in the previous section related to the MitraClip[supreg]
technology, we received two requests to create a new base MS-DRG for
what was referred to as ``transcatheter valve therapies'' by one
manufacturer and ``endovascular cardiac valve replacement'' procedures
by another manufacturer. Below we summarize the details of each request
and review results of the data analysis that was performed.
Transcatheter Valve Therapies
The request related to transcatheter valve therapies consisted of
creating a new MS-DRG that would include the MitraClip[supreg]
technology (ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous mitral valve
repair with implant)), along with the following list of ICD-9-CM
procedure codes that identify the various types of valve replacements
performed by an endovascular or transcatheter technique:
35.05 (Endovascular replacement of aortic valve);
35.06 (Transapical replacement of aortic valve);
35.07 (Endovascular replacement of pulmonary valve);
35.08 (Transapical replacement of pulmonary valve); and
35.09 (Endovascular replacement of unspecified valve).
We performed analysis of claims data from the December 2013 update
of the FY 2013 MedPAR file for both the percutaneous mitral valve
repair and the transcatheter/endovascular cardiac valve replacement
codes in their respective MS-DRGs. The percutaneous mitral valve repair
with implant (MitraClip[supreg]) procedure code is currently assigned
to MS-DRGs 250 and 251, while the transcatheter/endovascular cardiac
valve replacement procedure codes are currently assigned to MS-DRGs
216, 217, 218, 219, 220, and 221. As illustrated in the table below,
the data demonstrate that, for MS-DRGs 250 and 251, there were a total
of 194 cases reporting procedure code 35.97, with an average length of
stay of 5.5 days and average costs of $30,286.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 250 through 251--Cases with procedure code 35.97......... 194 5.5 $30,286
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Upon analysis of cases in MS-DRGs 216 through 221 reporting the
cardiac valve replacement procedure codes, we found a total of 7,287
cases with an average length of stay of 8.1 days and average costs of
$53,802, as shown in the table below.
[[Page 28010]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRGs 216 through 221--Cases with procedure codes 35.05, 7,287 8.1 $53,802
35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and 35.09..................................
MS-DRGs 216 through 221--Cases without procedure codes 35.05, 52,601 10.1 47,177
35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and 35.09..................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The data clearly demonstrate that the volume of cases for the
transcatheter/endovascular cardiac valve replacement procedures are
much higher in comparison to the volume of cases for the percutaneous
mitral valve repair (MitraClip[supreg]) procedure (7,287 compared to
194). In addition, the average costs of the transcatheter/endovascular
cardiac valve replacement procedures are significantly higher than the
average costs of the percutaneous mitral valve repair with implant
($53,802 compared to $30,286).
Our clinical advisors do not support grouping a percutaneous valve
repair procedure with transcatheter/endovascular valve replacement
procedures. They do not believe that these procedures are clinically
coherent or similar in terms of resource consumption because the
MitraClip[supreg] technology identified by procedure code 35.97 is
utilized for a percutaneous mitral valve repair, while the other
technologies, identified by procedure codes 35.05 through 35.09, are
utilized for transcatheter/endovascular cardiac valve replacements.
Consequently, the data analysis and our clinical advisors do not
support the creation of a new MS-DRG. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are
not proposing to create a new MS-DRG to group cases reporting the
percutaneous mitral valve repair (MitraClip[supreg]) procedure with
transcatheter/endovascular cardiac valve replacement procedures. We are
inviting public comments on our proposal.
Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement
The similar but separate request relating to endovascular cardiac
valve replacement procedures consisted of creating a new MS-DRG that
would only include the various types of cardiac valve replacements
performed by an endovascular or transcatheter technique. In other
words, this request specifically did not include the MitraClip[supreg]
technology (ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous mitral valve
repair with implant)) and only included the list of ICD-9-CM procedure
codes that identify the various types of valve replacements performed
by an endovascular or transcatheter technique (ICD-9-CM procedure codes
35.05 through 35.09) as described earlier in this section.
The human heart contains four major valves--the aortic, mitral,
pulmonary, and tricuspid valves. These valves function to keep blood
flowing through the heart. When conditions such as stenosis or
insufficiency/regurgitation occur in one or more of these valves,
valvular heart disease may result. Cardiac valve replacement surgery is
performed in an effort to correct these diseased or damaged heart
valves. The endovascular or transcatheter technique presents a viable
option for high-risk patients who are not candidates for the
traditional open surgical approach.
We reviewed the claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for cases in MS-DRGs 216 through 221. Our findings are
shown in the chart below. The data analysis shows that cardiac valve
replacements performed by an endovascular or transcatheter technique
represent a total of 7,287 of the cases in MS-DRGs 216 through 221,
with an average length of stay of 8.1 days and higher average costs
($53,802 compared to $47,177) in comparison to all of the cases in MS-
DRGs 216 through 221.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRGs 216 through 221--Cases with procedure codes 35.05, 7,287 8.1 $53,802
35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and 35.09..................................
MS-DRGs 216 through 221--Cases without procedure codes 35.05, 52,601 10.1 47,177
35.06, 35.07, 35.08 and 35.09..................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As the data appear to indicate support for the creation of a new
base MS-DRG, based on our evaluation of resource consumption, patient
characteristics, volume, and costs between the cardiac valve
replacements performed by an endovascular or transcatheter technique
and the open surgical technique, we then applied our established
criteria to determine if these cases would meet the requirements to
create subgroups. We use five criteria established in the FY 2008 IPPS
final rule (72 FR 47169) to review requests involving the creation of a
new CC or an MCC subgroup within a base MS-DRG. As outlined in the FY
2012 IPPS proposed rule (76 FR 25819), the original criteria were based
on average charges but were later converted to average costs. In order
to warrant creation of a CC or an MCC subgroup within a base MS-DRG,
this subgroup must meet all of the following five criteria:
A reduction in variance of costs of at least 3 percent.
At least 5 percent of the patients in the MS-DRG fall
within the CC or the MCC subgroup.
At least 500 cases are in the CC or the MCC subgroup.
There is at least a 20-percent difference in average costs
between subgroups.
There is a $2,000 difference in average costs between
subgroups.
In applying the five criteria, we found that the data support the
creation of a new MS-DRG subdivided into two severity levels. We also
consulted with our clinical advisors. Our clinical advisors stated that
patients receiving endovascular cardiac valve replacements are
significantly different from those patients who undergo an open chest
cardiac valve replacement. They noted that patients receiving
endovascular cardiac valve replacements are not eligible for open chest
cardiac valve procedures because of a variety of health constraints.
This highlights the fact that peri-operative complications and post-
operative morbidity have significantly different profiles for open
chest procedures compared with endovascular interventions. This is also
substantiated by the different average lengths of stay
[[Page 28011]]
demonstrated by the two cohorts. Our clinical advisors further noted
that separately grouping these endovascular valve replacement
procedures provides greater clinical cohesion for this subset of high-
risk patients.
We are proposing to create the following MS-DRGs for endovascular
cardiac valve replacements:
Proposed new MS-DRG 266 (Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement with MCC); and
Proposed new MS-DRG 267 (Endovascular Cardiac Valve
Replacement without MCC).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
Proposed new MS-DRGs for endovascular cardiac valve replacement cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed New MS-DRG 266 with MCC................................ 3,516 10.6 $61,891
Proposed New MS-DRG 267 without MCC............................. 3,771 5.7 46,259
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are inviting public comments on our proposal to create these new
MS-DRGs for FY 2015.
d. Abdominal Aorta Graft
We received a request that we change the MS-DRG assignment for
procedure code 39.71 (Endovascular implantation of other graft in
abdominal aorta), which is assigned to MS-DRGs 237 and 238 (Major
Cardiovascular Procedures with MCC and without MCC, respectively). The
requestor asked that we reassign procedure code 39.71 to MS-DRGs 228,
229, and 230 (Other Cardiothoracic Procedures with MCC, with CC, and
without CC/MCC, respectively). The requestor stated that the average
cost of endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases is
significantly higher than other cases in MS-DRGs 237 and 238. The
requestor stated that the average cost of endovascular abdominal aorta
graft implantation cases is closer to those in MS-DRGs 228, 229, and
230.
The requestor stated that the goal of endovascular repair for
abdominal aneurysm is to isolate the diseased, aneurismal portion of
the aorta and common iliac arteries from continued exposure to systemic
blood pressure. The procedure involves the delivery and deployment of
endovascular prostheses, also referred to as a graft, as required to
isolate the aneurysm above and below the extent of the disease. The
requestor stated that this significantly reduces patient morbidity and
death caused by leakage and/or sudden rupture of an untreated aneurysm.
We examined claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for cases of endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantations. The following table shows our findings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 237--All cases........................................... 17,813 9.66 $35,642
MS-DRG 237--Cases with procedure code 39.71..................... 2,093 8.30 44,898
MS-DRG 238--All cases........................................... 33,644 3.73 24,511
MS-DRG 238--Cases with procedure code 39.71..................... 15,483 2.30 28,484
MS-DRG 228--All cases........................................... 1,543 13.48 52,315
MS-DRG 229--All cases........................................... 2,003 7.47 32,070
MS-DRG 230--All cases........................................... 493 4.95 29,281
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As this table shows, endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases have higher average costs and shorter lengths of
stay than all cases within MS-DRGs 237 and 238. The average cost for
endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases in MS-DRG 237 is
$9,256 greater than that for all cases in MS-DRG 237 ($44,898 compared
to $35,642). The average cost for endovascular abdominal aorta graft
implantation cases in MS-DRG 238 is $3,973 higher than that for all
cases in MS-DRG 238 ($28,484 compared to $24,511). Cases in MS-DRG 228
have average costs that are $7,417 higher than the endovascular
abdominal aorta graft implantation cases in MS-DRG 237 ($52,315
compared to $44,898). MS-DRG 228 and MS-DRG 237 both contain cases with
MCCs. Cases in MS-DRG 229, which contain a CC, have average costs that
are $3,586 higher than average costs of the endovascular abdominal
aorta graft implantation cases in MS-DRG 238, which do not contain an
MCC ($32,070 compared to $28,484). Cases in MS-DRG 230, which have
neither an MCC nor a CC, have average costs that are $797 higher than
the endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases in MS-DRG 238
($29,281 compared to $28,484). While the average costs were higher for
endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases compared to all
cases within MS-DRGs 237 and 238, each MS-DRG has some cases that are
higher and some cases that are lower than the average costs for the
entire MS-DRG. MS-DRGs were developed to capture cases that are
clinically consistent with similar overall average resource
requirements. This results in some cases within an MS-DRG having costs
that are higher than the overall average and other cases having costs
that are lower than the overall average. This may be due to specific
types of cases included within the MS-DRGs or to the fact that some
cases will simply require additional resources on a specific admission.
However, taken as a whole, the hospital will be paid an appropriate
amount for the group of cases that are assigned to the MS-DRG. We
believe the endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases are
appropriately grouped with other procedures within MS-DRGs 237 and 238.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and determined that the
endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation cases are appropriately
classified within MS-DRGs 237 and 238 because they are clinically
similar to the other procedures in MS-DRGs 237 and 238, which include
other procedures on the aorta. While the endovascular abdominal aorta
graft implantation cases have higher average costs than the average for
all cases within MS-DRGs 237 and 238, our clinical advisors do not
believe this justifies moving the cases to MS-DRGs 228, 229 and 230,
which involve a different set of cardiothoracic surgeries.
Based on the results of examination of the claims data and the
recommendations of our clinical advisors, we do not believe that
[[Page 28012]]
proposing to reclassify endovascular abdominal aorta graft implantation
cases from MS-DRGs 237 and 238 is warranted. We are proposing to
maintain the current MS-DRG assignments for endovascular abdominal
aorta graft implantation cases. We are inviting public comments on our
proposal.
5. MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System and
Connective Tissue)
a. Shoulder Replacement Procedures
We received a request to change the MS-DRG assignment for shoulder
replacement procedures. This request involved the following two
procedure codes:
81.88 (Reverse total shoulder replacement); and
81.97 (Revision of joint replacement of upper extremity).
With respect to procedure code 81.88, the requestor asked that
reverse total shoulder replacements be reassigned from MS-DRGs 483 and
484 (Major Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of Upper Extremities with
CC/MCC and without CC/MCC, respectively) to MS-DRG 483 only. The
reassignment of procedure code 81.88 from MS-DRGs 483 and 484 was
discussed previously in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50534 through 50536). The result of reassigning reverse shoulder
replacements from MS-DRGs 483 and 484 to MS-DRG 483 only would be that
this procedure would be assigned to MS-DRG 483 whether or not the case
had a CC or an MCC. The requestor stated that reverse shoulder
replacement procedures are more clinically cohesive with higher
severity MS-DRGs due to the complexity and resource consumption of
these procedures. We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (78 FR 50534 through 50536) for a discussion of the reverse total
shoulder replacement.
The requestor also recommended that we reassign what it described
as another shoulder procedure involving procedure code 81.97, which is
assigned to MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 (Other Musculoskeletal System and
Connective Tissue O.R. Procedures with MCC, with CC, and without CC/
MCC, respectively), to MS-DRG 483. We point out that MS-DRG 483
contains upper joint replacements, including shoulder replacements. MS-
DRG 483 does not contain any joint revision procedures. Similar to the
request for reassignment of procedure code 81.88, this would mean that
procedure code 81.97 would be assigned to MS-DRG 483 whether or not the
case had a CC or an MCC. If CMS did not support this recommendation for
moving procedure code 81.97 to MS-DRG 483, the requestor recommended an
alternative reassignment to MS-DRG 515 (Other Musculoskeletal System
and Connective Tissue O.R. procedures with MCC) even if the case had no
MCC.
We point out that, while the requestor refers to procedure code
81.97 as a shoulder procedure, the code description actually includes
revisions of joint replacements of a variety of upper extremity joints,
including those in the elbow, hand, shoulder, and wrist.
As stated earlier, reverse shoulder replacements are assigned to
MS-DRGs 483 and 484. Revisions of upper joint replacements are assigned
to MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517. We examined claims data from the December
2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 483 and 484. The
following table shows our findings of cases of reverse shoulder
replacement.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 483--All cases........................................... 14,220 3.20 $18,807
MS-DRG 483--Cases with procedure code 81.88..................... 7,086 3.19 20,699
MS-DRG 484--All cases........................................... 23,183 1.95 16,354
MS-DRG 484--Cases with procedure code 81.88..................... 9,633 2.03 18,719
Proposed Revised MS-DRG 483 with all severity levels included... 37,403 2.4 17,287
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As the above table shows, MS-DRG 484 reverse shoulder replacement
cases have similar average costs to those in MS-DRG 483 ($18,719 for
reverse shoulder replacements in MS-DRG 484 compared to $18,807 for all
cases in MS-DRG 483). However, in reviewing the data, we observed that
the claims data no longer support two severity levels for MS-DRGs 483
and 484.
We use the five criteria established in FY 2008 (72 FR 47169) to
review requests involving the creation of a new CC or MCC subgroup
within a base MS-DRG. As outlined in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule (76 FR 25819), the original criteria were based on average charges
but were later converted to average costs. In order to warrant creation
of a CC or an MCC subgroup within a base MS-DRG, the subgroup must meet
all of the following five criteria:
A reduction in variance of costs of at least 3 percent.
At least 5 percent of the patients in the MS-DRG fall
within the CC or MCC subgroup.
At least 500 cases are in the CC or MCC subgroup.
There is at least a 20-percent difference in average costs
between subgroups.
There is a $2,000 difference in average costs between
subgroups.
We found through our examination of the claims data from the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file that the two severity
subgroups of MS-DRG 483 and 484 no longer meet the fourth criterion of
at least a 20-percent difference in average costs between subgroups. We
found that there is a $2,453 difference in average costs between MS-DRG
483 and MS-DRG 484. The difference in average costs would need to be
$3,761 to meet the fourth criterion. Therefore, our claims data support
collapsing MS-DRGs 483 and 484 into a single MS-DRG. Our clinical
advisors reviewed this issue and agree that there is no longer enough
difference between the two severity levels to justify separate severity
subgroups for MS-DRGs 483 and 484, which include a variety of upper
joint replacements. Therefore, our clinical advisors support our
recommendation to collapse MS-DRGs 483 and 484 into a single MS-DRG.
Based on the results of examination of the claims data and the
advice of our clinical advisors, we are proposing to collapse MS-DRGs
483 and 484 into a single MS-DRG by deleting MS-DRG 484 and revising
the title of MS-DRG 483 to read ``Major Joint/Limb Reattachment
Procedure of Upper Extremities''.
The following table shows our findings of cases of revisions of
upper joint replacement from the December 2013 update of the FY 2013
MedPAR file.
[[Page 28013]]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 515--All cases........................................... 3,407 9.22 $22,191
MS-DRG 515--Cases with procedure code 81.97..................... 88 5.66 22,085
MS-DRG 516--All cases........................................... 8,502 5.34 14,356
MS-DRG 516--Cases with procedure code 81.97..................... 799 2.84 18,214
MS-DRG 517--All cases........................................... 5,794 3.28 12,172
MS-DRG 517--Cases with procedure code 81.97..................... 1,256 2.07 15,920
MS-DRG 483--All cases........................................... 14,220 3.20 18,807
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cases identified by code 81.97 in MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 have
lower average costs and shorter lengths of stay than all cases in MS-
DRG 515. The average costs of cases in MS-DRG 515 are $3,977 higher
than the average costs of the cases with procedure code 81.97 in MS-DRG
516 ($22,191 compared to $18,214). The average costs of cases in MS-DRG
515 are $6,271 higher than cases with procedure code 81.97 in MS-DRG
517 ($22,191 compared to $15,920).
The table above shows that the average costs of cases in MS-DRG 483
are $3,278 lower than the average costs of cases with procedure code
81.97 in MS-DRG 515 ($18,807 compared to $22,085). The average costs of
cases in MS-DRG 483 are $593 higher than the average costs of cases
with procedure code 81.97 in MS-DRG 516 ($18,807 compared to $18,214).
The average costs of cases in MS-DRG 483 are $2,887 higher than the
average costs of cases with procedure code 81.97 in MS-DRG 517 ($18,807
compared to $15,920).
The claims data do not support moving all procedure code 81.97
cases to MS-DRG 515 or MS-DRG 483, whether or not there is a CC or an
MCC. We also point out once again that procedure code 81.97 is a
nonspecific code that captures revisions to not only the shoulder, but
also a variety of upper extremity joints including those in the elbow,
hand, shoulder, and wrist. Therefore, we have no way of determining how
many cases reporting procedure code 81.97 were actually shoulder
procedures as opposed to procedures on the elbow, hand, or wrist.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and determined that the
revisions of upper joint replacement procedures are appropriately
classified within MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517, which include other joint
revision procedures. They do not support moving revisions of upper
joint replacement procedures to MS-DRG 515, whether or not there is an
MCC. They support the current classification, which bases the severity
level on the presence of a CC or an MCC. They also do not support
moving revisions of upper joint replacement procedures to MS-DRG 483,
whether or not there is a CC or an MCC, because these revisions are not
joint replacements. Based on the results of our examination and the
advice of our clinical advisors, we are not proposing moving revisions
of upper joint replacement procedures to MS-DRG 515 or MS-DRG 483,
whether or not there is a CC or an MCC.
In summation, we are proposing to collapse MS-DRGs 483 and 484 into
a single MS-DRG by deleting MS-DRG 484 and revising the title of MS-DRG
483 to read ``Major Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of Upper
Extremities''. We are proposing to maintain the current MS-DRG
assignments for revisions of upper joint replacement procedures in MS-
DRGs 515, 516, and 517. We are inviting public comments on our
proposals.
b. Ankle Replacement Procedures
We received a request to change the MS-DRG assignment for two ankle
replacement procedures. The request involved the following two
procedure codes:
81.56 (Total ankle replacement); and
81.59 (Revision of joint replacement of lower extremity,
not elsewhere classified).
The reassignment of procedure code 81.56 from MS-DRGs 469 and 470
(Major Joint Replacement or Reattachment of Lower Extremity with CC and
without MCC, respectively) to a new MS-DRG or, alternatively, to MS-DRG
469 was discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50536
through 50537). We refer readers to this final rule for a discussion of
ankle replacement procedures. The requestor asked that we again
evaluate reassigning total ankle replacement procedures. The requestor
also asked that we reassign what it referred to as another ankle
replacement revision procedure captured by procedure code 81.59
(Revision of joint replacement of lower extremity, not elsewhere
classified), which is assigned to MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 (Other
Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue O.R. Procedures with MCC,
with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
The requestor asked that we reassign procedure code 81.56 from MS-
DRGs 469 and 470 to MS-DRG 483 (Major Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure
of Upper Extremities with CC/MCC) and rename the MS-DRG to better
capture the additional lower extremity cases. The requestor stated that
the result would be assignment of lower joint procedures to an MS-DRG
that currently captures only upper extremity cases and assignment to
the highest severity level even if the case did not have a CC or an
MCC. If CMS did not find this acceptable, the requestor made an
alternative recommendation of assigning procedure code 81.56 to MS-DRG
469 and renaming the MS-DRG to better capture the additional cases.
Cases would be assigned to the highest severity level whether or not
the case had an MCC.
The requestor also recommended that procedure code 81.59, which is
assigned to MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 be reassigned to MS-DRG 483 and
that the MS-DRG be given a new title to better capture the additional
lower extremity cases. The requestor stated that the result would be
assignment of lower joint procedures to an MS-DRG that currently
captures only upper extremity cases and assignment to the highest
severity level even if the patient did not have a CC or an MCC. If CMS
did not support this recommendation, the requestor suggested two
additional recommendations. One involves moving procedure code 81.59 to
MS-DRG 515 even when the case had no MCC. The other recommendation was
to move procedure code 81.59 to MS-DRG 469, whether or not the case had
a MCC.
We point out that while the requestor refers to procedure code
81.59 as a revision of an ankle replacement, the code actually includes
revisions of joint replacements of a variety of lower extremity joints
including the ankle, foot, and toe.
The following table shows the number of total ankle replacement
cases, average length of stay, and average costs for procedure code
81.56 in MS-DRGs 469 and 470 found in claims data from the December
2013 update of the FY 2013
[[Page 28014]]
MedPAR file compared to all cases within MS-DRGs 469, 470, and 483.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 469--All cases........................................... 25,916 722 $22,548
MS-DRG 469--Cases with procedure code 81.56..................... 32 6.19 27,419
MS-DRG 470--All cases........................................... 406,344 3.25 15,119
MS-DRG 470--Cases with procedure code 81.56..................... 1,379 2.13 19,332
MS-DRG 483...................................................... 14,220 3.20 18,807
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In summary, the requestor asked us to reassign procedure code 81.56
in MS-DRGs 469 and 470 to one of the following two options: MS-DRG 483
(highest severity level); or MS-DRG 469 (highest severity level).
As the table for total ankle replacement above shows, the average
cost of cases with procedure code 81.56 in MS-DRG 469 is $27,419 and
$19,332 in MS-DRG 470. This compares with the average costs of all
cases in MS-DRGs 469 and 470 of $22,548 and $15,119, respectively.
While the average cost of cases reporting procedure code 81.56 in MS-
DRG 469 is $4,871 higher than the average cost for all cases in MS-DRG
469, we point out that there were only 32 cases. The relatively small
number of cases may have been impacted by other factors such as
complications or comorbidities. Several expensive cases could impact
the average costs for a very small number of patients. The average cost
of cases reporting procedure code 81.56 in MS-DRG 470 is $4,213 higher
than the average cost for all cases in MS-DRG 470. While the average
costs are higher, within all MS-DRGs, some cases have higher and some
cases have lower average costs. MS-DRGs are groups of clinically
similar cases that have similar overall costs. Within a group of cases,
one would expect that some cases have costs that are higher than the
overall average and some cases have costs that are lower than the
overall average.
MS-DRG 469 ankle replacement cases have average costs that are
$8,612 higher than the average costs of all cases in MS-DRG 483
($27,419 compared to $18,807). Moving these cases (procedure code
81.56) to MS-DRG 483 would result in payment below average costs
compared to the current MS-DRG assignment in MS-DRG 469. Furthermore,
as noted earlier, moving total ankle replacement cases to MS-DRG 483
would result in a lower extremity procedure being added to what is now
an upper extremity MS-DRG. This would significantly disrupt the
clinical cohesion of MS-DRG 483.
The average costs of all cases in MS-DRG 469 are $3,216 higher than
the average costs of those cases with procedure code 81.56 in MS-DRG
470 ($22,548 compared to $19,332) The data do not support moving
procedure code 81.56 cases to MS-DRG 483 or 469 because it would not
result in payments that more accurately reflect their current average
costs. Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and determined that
the ankle replacement cases are appropriately classified within MS-DRGs
469 and 470 with the severity level leading to the MS-DRG assignment.
They do not support moving these cases to MS-DRG 483 because ankle
replacements, which are lower joint procedures, are not clinically
similar to upper joint replacement procedures. Based on the results of
examination of the claims data, the issue of clinical cohesion, and the
recommendations from our clinical advisors, we are not proposing to
move total ankle procedures to MS-DRG 483 or MS-DRG 469 when there is
no MCC. We are proposing to maintain the current MS-DRG assignments for
ankle replacement cases. We are inviting public comments on our
proposal.
The following table shows our findings from examination of the
claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file
for the number of cases reporting procedure code 81.59 in MS-DRGs 515,
516, and 517 (revision of joint replacement of lower extremity) and
their average length of stay and average costs as compared to all cases
within MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 (where procedure code 81.59 is
currently assigned), as well as data for MS-DRGs 469 and 483.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 515--All cases........................................... 3,407 9.22 $22,191
MS-DRG 515--Cases with procedure code 81.59..................... 5 6.00 16,988
MS-DRG 516--All cases........................................... 8,502 5.34 14,356
MS-DRG 516--Cases with procedure code 81.59..................... 16 3.00 16,998
MS-DRG 517--All cases........................................... 5,794 3.28 12,172
MS-DRG 517--Cases with procedure code 81.59..................... 40 1.80 13,704
MS-DRG 483--All cases........................................... 25,916 722 22,548
MS- DRG 469--All cases.......................................... 14,220 3.20 18,807
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The requestor asked that all cases with procedure code 81.59 in MS-
DRGs 515, 516, and 517 be assigned to one of the following three
choices:
MS-DRG 483 (highest severity level);
MS-DRG 515 (highest severity level) whether or not there
is an MCC; or
MS-DRG 469 (highest severity level).
Our review of data from the above revision of joint replacement of
lower extremity table shows that cases in MS-DRG 483 have average costs
that are $5,560 higher than the average costs of cases with procedure
code 81.59 in MS-DRG 515; $5,550 greater than those in MS-DRG 516; and
$8,844 greater than those in MS-DRG 517 ($22,548 compared to $16,988;
$22,548 compared to $16,998, and $22,548 compared to $13,704,
respectively). As mentioned earlier, MS-DRG 483 is currently composed
of only upper extremity procedures. Moving lower extremity procedures
into this MS-DRG would disrupt the clinical cohesiveness of MS-DRG 483.
[[Page 28015]]
The average costs of all cases in MS-DRG 469 are $18,807, compared
to average costs of $16,988, $16,998, and $13,703 for procedure code
81.59 cases in MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517, respectively. The data do not
support moving all procedure code 81.59 cases to MS-DRG 469 even when
there is no MCC. We also point out that moving cases with procedure
code 81.59 to MS-DRG 469 would disrupt the clinical cohesiveness of MS-
DRG 469, which currently captures major joint replacement or
reattachment procedures of the lower extremity. Procedure code 81.59
includes revisions of joint replacements of a variety of lower
extremity joints including the ankle, foot, and toe. This nonspecific
code would not be considered a major joint procedure. The code captures
revisions of an ankle replacement as well as a more minor revision of
the toe.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this issue and determined that the
revision of joint replacement of lower extremity cases are
appropriately classified within MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517 where
revisions of other joint replacements are captured. They support the
current severity levels in MS-DRGs 515, 516, and 517, which allow the
presence of a CC or an MCC to determine the severity level assignment.
They do not support moving these cases to MS-DRG 483, which is applied
to upper extremity procedures because these procedures are not
clinically consistent with revisions of lower joint procedures. They
also do not support moving these cases to MS-DRG 469 when there is no
MCC because these procedures are not joint replacement procedures.
Based on the findings of our examination of the claims data, the issue
of clinical cohesion, and the recommendations from our clinical
advisors, we are not proposing to move the revision of joint
replacement of lower extremity cases to MS-DRGs 483 or 469, whether or
not there is an MCC. We are proposing to maintain the current MS-DRG
assignments for revision of joint replacement of lower extremity cases.
In summary, we are proposing to maintain the current MS-DRG
assignment for total ankle replacements in MS-DRGs 469 and 470 and
revision of joint replacement of lower extremity procedures in MS-DRGs
515, 516, and 517. We are inviting public comments on our proposals.
c. Back and Neck Procedures
We received a request to reassign cases identified with a
complication or comorbidity (CC) in MS-DRG 490 (Back & Neck Procedures
Except Spinal Fusion with CC/MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator) to MS-
DRG 491 (Back & Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC or
Disc Device/Neurostimulator). The requester suggested that we create a
new MS-DRG that would be subdivided based solely on the ``with MCC or
Disc Device/Neurostimulator'' and the ``without MCC'' (and no device)
criteria.
For the FY 2008 rulemaking cycle, we performed a comprehensive
analysis of all the spinal DRGs as we proposed (72 FR 24731 through
24735) and finalized (72 FR 47226 through 47232) adoption of the MS-
DRGs. With the revised spinal MS-DRGs, we were better able to identify
a patient's level of severity, complexity of service, and utilization
of resources. This was primarily attributed to the new structure for
the severity level designations of ``with MCC,'' ``with CC,'' and
``non-CC'' (or without CC/MCC). Another contributing factor was that we
incorporated specific procedures and technologies into the GROUPER
logic for some of those spinal MS-DRGs. Specifically, as noted above,
in the title of MS-DRG 490, we accounted for disc devices and
neurostimulators because the data demonstrated that the procedures
utilizing those technologies were more complex and required greater
utilization of resources.
According to the requester, since that time, concerns have been
expressed in the provider community regarding inadequate payment for
MS-DRG 490 when these technologies are utilized. An analysis conducted
by the requester alleged that the subset of patients identified in the
``with MCC or disc device/neurostimulator'' group are different with
regard to resource use from the ``without CC/MCC'' (and no device)
patient group.
We examined claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for MS-DRGs 490 and 491. The table below shows our
findings.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 490--All cases........................................... 16,930 4.53 $13,727
MS-DRG 491--All cases........................................... 25,778 2.20 8,151
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As shown in the table above, there were a total of 16,930 cases in
MS-DRG 490 with an average length of stay of 4.53 days and average
costs of $13,727. For MS-DRG 491, there were a total of 25,778 cases
with an average length of stay of 2.20 days and average costs of
$8,151.
We then analyzed the data for MS-DRGs 490 and 491 by subdividing
cases based on the ``with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator'' and the
``without MCC'' (and no device) criteria. We found a total of 3,379
cases with an average length of stay of 6.6 days and average costs of
$21,493 in the ``with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator'' group and a
total of 39,329 cases with an average length of stay of 2.8 days and
average costs of $9,405 in the ``without MCC'' and no device group. Due
to the wide range in the volume of cases, length of stay, and average
costs between these two subgroups, we concluded that further analysis
of the data using a separate ``with CC'' (and no device) subset of
patients was warranted.
Therefore, we evaluated the data using a three-way severity level
split that consisted of the three subgroups shown in the table below.
Additional Analysis for Back & Neck Procedures Except Spinal Fusion: Disc Device/Neurostimulator
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
Severity level split cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--With MCC or disc device/neurostimulator....................... 3,379 6.6 $21,493
--With CC....................................................... 13,551 3.9 11,791
--Without CC/MCC................................................ 25,778 2.2 8,151
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 28016]]
For the first subgroup, ``with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator,'' we found a total of 3,379 cases with an average
length of stay of 6.6 days and average costs of $21,493. In the second
subgroup, ``with CC'' (no device), we found a total of 13,551 cases
with an average length of stay of 3.9 days and average costs of
$11,791. In the third subgroup, ``without CC/MCC'' (no device), we
found a total of 25,778 cases with an average length of stay of 2.2
days and average costs of $8,151.
The results of this additional data analysis demonstrate a better
distribution of cases with regard to length of stay and average costs.
Our clinical advisors agree that a patient's severity of illness is
captured more appropriately with this subdivision. The data also meet
the established criteria for creating subgroups within a base MS-DRG as
discussed earlier in this proposed rule.
As the subdivision of the claims data based on these subgroups
better captures a patient's severity level and utilization of resources
and is supported by our clinical advisors, we are proposing to create
three new MS-DRGs and to delete MS-DRGs 490 and 491. These proposed new
MS-DRGs would be titled as follows and would be effective as of October
1, 2014:
Proposed new MS-DRG 518 (Back & Neck Procedures Except
Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator);
Proposed new MS-DRG 519 (Back & Neck Procedures Except
Spinal Fusion with CC); and
Proposed new MS-DRG 520 (Back & Neck Procedures Except
Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC).
We are inviting public comments on our proposal to create these
proposed new MS-DRGs for FY 2015.
6. MDC 10 (Endocrine, Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases and
Disorders): Disorders of Porphyrin Metabolism
We received a comment on the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule
that we considered out of scope for the proposed rule. We stated in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50550) that we would consider
this issue in future rulemaking as part of our annual review process.
The request was for the creation of a new MS-DRG to better identify
cases where patients with disorders of porphyrin metabolism exist, to
recognize the resource requirements in caring for these patients, to
ensure appropriate payment for these cases, and to preserve patient
access to necessary treatments. This issue has been discussed
previously in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27904 and
27905) and final rule (77 FR 53311 through 53313).
Porphyria is defined as a group of rare disorders (``porphyrias'')
that interfere with the production of hemoglobin that is needed for red
blood cells. While some of these disorders are genetic (inborn) and
others can be acquired, they all result in the abnormal accumulation of
hemoglobin building blocks, called porphyrins, which can be deposited
in the tissues where they particularly interfere with the functioning
of the nervous system and the skin. Treatment for patients suffering
from disorders of porphyrin metabolism consists of an intravenous
injection of Panhematin[supreg] (hemin for injection). In 1984, this
pharmaceutical agent became the first approved drug for a rare disease
to be designated under the Orphan Drug Act. The requestor stated that
it is the only FDA-approved prescription treatment for acute
intermittent porphyria. ICD-9-CM diagnosis code 277.1 (Disorders of
porphyrin metabolism) describes these cases, which are currently
assigned to MS-DRG 642 (Inborn and Other Disorders of Metabolism).
We analyzed claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for cases assigned to MS-DRG 642. Our findings are
shown in the table below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Average length
MS-DRG cases of stay Average costs
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MS-DRG 642--All cases........................................... 1,486 4.61 $8,151
MS-DRG 642--Cases with principal diagnosis code 277.1........... 299 5.98 13,303
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As shown in the table above, we found a total of 1,486 cases in MS-
DRG 642, with an average length of stay of 4.61 days and average costs
of $8,151. We then analyzed the data for cases reporting diagnosis code
277.1 as the principal diagnosis in this same MS-DRG. We found a total
of 299 cases, with an average length of stay of 5.98 days and average
costs of $13,303.
While the data show that the average costs for the 299 cases
reporting a principal diagnosis code of 277.1 were higher than the
average costs for all cases in MS-DRG 642 ($13,303 compared to $8,151),
the number of cases is small. Given the small number of porphyria
cases, we do not believe there is justification for creating a new MS-
DRG. Basing a new MS-DRG on such a small number of cases could lead to
distortions in the relative payment weights for the MS-DRG because
several expensive cases could impact the overall relative payment
weight. Having larger clinical cohesive groups within an MS-DRG
provides greater stability for annual updates to the relative payment
weights. In addition, as discussed earlier, one of the criteria we
apply in evaluating whether to create new severity subgroups within an
MS-DRG is whether there are at least 500 cases in the CC or MCC
subgroup. While this criterion is used to evaluate whether to create a
severity subgroup within an MS-DRG, applying it here suggests that
creating a new MS-DRG for cases reporting a principal diagnosis of code
277.1 would not be appropriate. Our clinical advisors reviewed this
issue and recommended no MS-DRG change for porphyria cases because they
fit clinically within MS-DRG 642.
In summary, we are not proposing to create a new MS-DRG for
porphyria cases. We are inviting public comments on our proposal to
maintain porphyria cases in MS-DRG 642.
7. MDC 15 (Newborns and Other Neonates With Conditions Originating in
the Perinatal Period)
We received a request to evaluate the MS-DRG assignment of seven
ICD-9-CM diagnosis codes in MS-DRG 794 (Neonate With Other Significant
Problems) under MDC 15. The requestor stated that these codes have no
bearing on the infant, and are not representative of a neonate with a
significant problem. The requestor recommended that we change the MS-
DRG logic so that the following seven ICD-9-CM codes would not lead to
assignment of MS-DRG 794. The requestor recommended that the diagnoses
be added to the ``only secondary diagnosis'' list under MS-DRG 795
(Normal newborn) so that the case would be assigned to MS-DRG 795
(Normal newborn).
V17.0 (Family history of psychiatric condition)
V17.2 (Family history of other neurological Diseases)
[[Page 28017]]
V17.49 (Family history of other cardiovascular diseases)
V18.0 (Family history of diabetes mellitus)
V18.19 (Family history of other endocrine and metabolic
diseases)
V18.8 (Family history of infectious and parasitic diseases)
V50.3 (Ear piercing)
In the case of a newborn with one of these diagnosis codes reported
as a secondary diagnosis, the case would be assigned to MS-DRG 794. The
commenter believed that any of these seven diagnosis codes (noted
above), when reported as a secondary diagnosis for a newborn case,
should be assigned to MS-DRG 795 instead of MS-DRG 794.
Our clinical advisors reviewed this request and concur with the
commenter that the seven ICD-9-CM diagnosis codes noted above should
not continue to be assigned to MS-DRG 794, as there is no clinically
usable information reported in those codes identifying significant
problems. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are proposing to reassign these
following seven diagnoses to the ``only secondary diagnosis list''
under MS-DRG 795 so that the case would be assigned to MS-DRG 795.
V17.0 (Family history of psychiatric condition)
V17.2 (Family history of other neurological diseases)
V17.49 (Family history of other cardiovascular diseases)
V18.0 (Family history of diabetes mellitus)
V18.19 (Family history of other endocrine and metabolic
diseases)
V18.8 (Family history of infectious and parasitic diseases)
V50.3 (Ear piercing)
We are inviting public comments on this proposal.
8. Proposed Medicare Code Editor (MCE) Changes
The Medicare Code Editor (MCE) is a software program that detects
and reports errors in the coding of Medicare claims data. Patient
diagnoses, procedure(s), and demographic information are entered into
the Medicare claims processing systems and are subjected to a series of
automated screens. The MCE screens are designed to identify cases that
require further review before classification into an MS-DRG.
As discussed in section II.G.1.a. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we developed an ICD-10 version of the current MS-DRGs, which are
based on ICD-9-CM codes. We refer to this version of the MS-DRGs as the
ICD-10 MS-DRGs Version 31.0-R. In November 2013, we also posted a
Definitions of Medicare Code Edits Manual of the ICD-10 MCE Version
31.0 on the ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We produced mainframe and computer software for Version
31.0 of the MS-DRG GROUPER with Medicare Code Editor, which was made
available to the public in December 2013. Information on ordering the
mainframe and computer software through NTIS was posted on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html under the ``Related Links'' section. This ICD-
10 MS-DRG GROUPER with Medicare Code Editor Version 31.0 computer
software facilitated additional review of the ICD-10 MS-DRGs
conversion. We encouraged the public to submit to CMS any comments on
areas where they believed the ICD-10 MS-DRG GROUPER and MCE did not
accurately reflect the logic and edits found in the ICD-9-CM MS-DRG
GROUPER and MCE Version 31.0.
We also have posted an ICD-10 version of the current MCE, which is
based on ICD-9-CM codes, and refer to that version of the MCE as the
ICD-10 MCE Version 31.0-R. Both of these documents are posted on our
ICD-10 MS-DRG Conversion Project Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/ICD-10-MS-DRG-Conversion-Project.html. We will
continue to share ICD-10 MS-DRG and MCE conversion activities with the
public through this Web site.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to remove extracranial-intracranial
(EC-IC) bypass surgery from the ``Noncovered Procedure'' edit code list
for Version 32.0 of the MCE. This procedure is identified by ICD-9-CM
procedure code 39.28 (Extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) vascular
bypass).
Because of the complexity of appropriately classifying the
circumstances under which the EC-IC bypass surgery may, or may not, be
considered reasonable and necessary for certain conditions, we are
proposing to remove the MCE ``Noncovered Procedure'' edit for EC-IC
bypass surgery from the ``Noncovered Procedure'' edit code list for
Version 32.0 of the MCE. We are inviting public comments on this
proposal.
9. Proposed Changes to Surgical Hierarchies
Some inpatient stays entail multiple surgical procedures, each one
of which, occurring by itself, could result in assignment of the case
to a different MS-DRG within the MDC to which the principal diagnosis
is assigned. Therefore, it is necessary to have a decision rule within
the GROUPER by which these cases are assigned to a single MS-DRG. The
surgical hierarchy, an ordering of surgical classes from most resource-
intensive to least resource-intensive, performs that function.
Application of this hierarchy ensures that cases involving multiple
surgical procedures are assigned to the MS-DRG associated with the most
resource-intensive surgical class.
Because the relative resource intensity of surgical classes can
shift as a function of MS-DRG reclassification and recalibrations, for
FY 2015, we reviewed the surgical hierarchy of each MDC, as we have for
previous reclassifications and recalibrations, to determine if the
ordering of classes coincides with the intensity of resource
utilization.
A surgical class can be composed of one or more MS-DRGs. For
example, in MDC 11, the surgical class ``kidney transplant'' consists
of a single MS-DRG (MS-DRG 652) and the class ``major bladder
procedures'' consists of three MS-DRGs (MS-DRGs 653, 654, and 655).
Consequently, in many cases, the surgical hierarchy has an impact on
more than one MS-DRG. The methodology for determining the most
resource-intensive surgical class involves weighting the average
resources for each MS-DRG by frequency to determine the weighted
average resources for each surgical class. For example, assume surgical
class A includes MS-DRGs 001 and 002 and surgical class B includes MS-
DRGs 003, 004, and 005. Assume also that the average costs of MS-DRG
001 are higher than that of MS-DRG 003, but the average costs of MS-
DRGs 004 and 005 are higher than the average costs of MS-DRG 002. To
determine whether surgical class A should be higher or lower than
surgical class B in the surgical hierarchy, we would weigh the average
costs of each MS-DRG in the class by frequency (that is, by the number
of cases in the MS-DRG) to determine average resource consumption for
the surgical class. The surgical classes would then be ordered from the
class with the highest average resource utilization to that with the
lowest, with the exception of ``other O.R. procedures'' as discussed
below.
This methodology may occasionally result in assignment of a case
involving multiple procedures to the lower-weighted MS-DRG (in the
highest, most resource-intensive surgical class) of the available
alternatives. However, given that the logic underlying the surgical
[[Page 28018]]
hierarchy provides that the GROUPER search for the procedure in the
most resource-intensive surgical class, in cases involving multiple
procedures, this result is sometimes unavoidable.
We note that, notwithstanding the foregoing discussion, there are a
few instances when a surgical class with a lower average cost is
ordered above a surgical class with a higher average cost. For example,
the ``other O.R. procedures'' surgical class is uniformly ordered last
in the surgical hierarchy of each MDC in which it occurs, regardless of
the fact that the average costs for the MS-DRG or MS-DRGs in that
surgical class may be higher than those for other surgical classes in
the MDC. The ``other O.R. procedures'' class is a group of procedures
that are only infrequently related to the diagnoses in the MDC, but are
still occasionally performed on patients with cases assigned to the MDC
with these diagnoses. Therefore, assignment to these surgical classes
should only occur if no other surgical class more closely related to
the diagnoses in the MDC is appropriate.
A second example occurs when the difference between the average
costs for two surgical classes is very small. We have found that small
differences generally do not warrant reordering of the hierarchy
because, as a result of reassigning cases on the basis of the hierarchy
change, the average costs are likely to shift such that the higher-
ordered surgical class has lower average costs than the class ordered
below it.
Based on the changes that we are proposing to make for FY 2015, as
discussed in sections II.G.4.c., II.G.5.a., and II.G.5.c. of the
preamble of this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are proposing
to revise the surgical hierarchy for MDC 5 (Diseases and Disorders of
the Circulatory System) and MDC 8 (Diseases and Disorders of the
Musculoskeletal System and Connective Tissue) as follows:
In MDC 5, we are proposing to sequence proposed new MS-DRG 266
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement with MCC) and proposed new MS-
DRG 267 (Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement without MCC) above MS-
DRG 222 (Cardiac Defibrillator Implant with Cardiac Catheterization
with AMI/HF/Shock with MCC).
In MDC 8, we are proposing to delete MS-DRGs 490 (Back & Neck
Procedures Except Spinal Fusion with CC/MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator) and MS-DRG 491 (Back & Neck Procedures Except Spinal
Fusion without CC/MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator) from the surgical
hierarchy. We are proposing to sequence proposed new MS-DRG 518 (Back &
Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator), proposed new MS-DRG 519 (Back & Neck Procedure Except
Spinal Fusion with CC), and proposed new MS-DRG 520 (Back & Neck
Procedure Except Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC) above MS-DRG 492 (Lower
Extremity and Humerus Procedure Except Hip, Foot, Femur with MCC).
We are inviting public comments on our proposals.
10. Proposed Changes to the MS-DRG Diagnosis Codes for FY 2015
a. Major Complications or Comorbidities (MCCs) and Complications or
Comorbidities (CC) Severity Levels for FY 2015
A complete updated MCC, CC, and Non-CC Exclusion List is available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/ as
follows:
Table 6I (Complete MCC list);
Table 6J (Complete CC list); and
Table 6K (Complete list of CC Exclusions).
b. Coronary Atherosclerosis Due to Calcified Coronary Lesion
We received a request that we change the severity level for ICD-9-
CM diagnosis code 414.4 (Coronary atherosclerosis due to calcified
coronary lesion) from a non-CC to an MCC. This issue was previously
discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27522) and
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50541 through 50542).
We examined claims data from the December 2013 update of the FY
2013 MedPAR file for ICD-9-CM diagnosis code 414.4. The following chart
shows our findings.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Code Diagnosis description CC Level Cnt 1 Cnt 1 Impact Cnt 2 Cnt 2 Impact Cnt 3 Cnt 3 Impact
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
414.4.................. Coronary Non-CC.............. 1,796 1.16 3,056 2.18 2,835 3.01
atherosclerosis due
to calcified lesion.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We ran the above data as described in the FY 2008 IPPS final rule
with comment period (72 FR 47158 through 47161). The C1 value reflects
a patient with no other secondary diagnosis or with all other secondary
diagnoses that are non-CCs. The C2 value reflects a patient with at
least one other secondary diagnosis that is a CC, but none that is an
MCC. The C3 value reflects a patient with at least one other secondary
diagnosis that is an MCC.
The chart above shows that the C1 finding is 1.16. A value close to
1.0 in the C1 field suggests that the diagnosis produces the same
expected value as a non-CC. A value close to 2.0 suggests the condition
is more like a CC than a non-CC, but not as significant in resource
usage as an MCC. A value close to 3.0 suggests the condition is
expected to consume resources more similar to an MCC than a CC or a
non-CC. The C2 finding was 2.18. A C2 value close to 2.0 suggests the
condition is more like a CC than a non-CC, but not as significant in
resource usage as an MCC when there is at least one other secondary
diagnosis that is a CC but none that is an MCC. While the C1 value of
1.16 is above the 1.0 value for a non-CC, it does not support
reclassification to an MCC. As stated earlier, a value close to 3.0
suggests the condition is expected to consume resources more similar to
an MCC than a CC or a non-CC. The C2 finding of 2.18 also does not
support reclassifying this diagnosis code to an MCC. Our clinical
advisors reviewed the data and evaluated this condition. They
recommended that we not change the severity level of diagnosis code
414.4 from a non-CC to an MCC. They do not believe that this diagnosis
would increase the severity level of patients. They pointed out that a
similar code, diagnosis code 414.2 (Chronic total occlusion of coronary
artery), is a non-CC. Our clinical advisors believe that diagnosis code
414.4 represents patients who are less severe than diagnosis code
414.2. Considering the C1 and C2 ratings and the input from our
clinical advisors, we are not proposing to reclassify diagnosis code
414.4 to an MCC; the diagnosis code would continue to be considered a
non-CC.
Therefore, based on the data and clinical analysis, we are
proposing to maintain diagnosis code 414.4 as a non-
[[Page 28019]]
CC. We are inviting public comments on our proposal.
11. Complications or Comorbidity (CC) Exclusions List
a. Background of the CC List and the CC Exclusions List
Under the IPPS MS-DRG classification system, we have developed a
standard list of diagnoses that are considered CCs. Historically, we
developed this list using physician panels that classified each
diagnosis code based on whether the diagnosis, when present as a
secondary condition, would be considered a substantial complication or
comorbidity. A substantial complication or comorbidity was defined as a
condition that, because of its presence with a specific principal
diagnosis, would cause an increase in the length of stay by at least 1
day in at least 75 percent of the patients. However, depending on the
principal diagnosis of the patient, some diagnoses on the basic list of
complications and comorbidities may be excluded if they are closely
related to the principal diagnosis. In FY 2008, we evaluated each
diagnosis code to determine its impact on resource use and to determine
the most appropriate CC subclassification (non-CC, CC, or MCC)
assignment. We refer readers to sections II.D.2. and 3. of the preamble
of the FY 2008 IPPS final rule with comment period for a discussion of
the refinement of CCs in relation to the MS-DRGs we adopted for FY 2008
(72 FR 47152 through 47171).
b. Proposed CC Exclusions List for FY 2015
In the September 1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33143) concerning
changes to the DRG classification system, we modified the GROUPER logic
so that certain diagnoses included on the standard list of CCs would
not be considered valid CCs in combination with a particular principal
diagnosis. We created the CC Exclusions List for the following reasons:
(1) To preclude coding of CCs for closely related conditions; (2) to
preclude duplicative or inconsistent coding from being treated as CCs;
and (3) to ensure that cases are appropriately classified between the
complicated and uncomplicated DRGs in a pair. As we indicated above, we
developed a list of diagnoses, using physician panels, to include those
diagnoses that, when present as a secondary condition, would be
considered a substantial complication or comorbidity. In previous
years, we have made changes to the list of CCs, either by adding new
CCs or deleting CCs already on the list.
In the May 19, 1987 proposed notice (52 FR 18877) and the September
1, 1987 final notice (52 FR 33154), we explained that the excluded
secondary diagnoses were established using the following five
principles:
Chronic and acute manifestations of the same condition
should not be considered CCs for one another;
Specific and nonspecific (that is, not otherwise specified
(NOS)) diagnosis codes for the same condition should not be considered
CCs for one another;
Codes for the same condition that cannot coexist, such as
partial/total, unilateral/bilateral, obstructed/unobstructed, and
benign/malignant, should not be considered CCs for one another;
Codes for the same condition in anatomically proximal
sites should not be considered CCs for one another; and
Closely related conditions should not be considered CCs
for one another.
The creation of the CC Exclusions List was a major project
involving hundreds of codes. We have continued to review the remaining
CCs to identify additional exclusions and to remove diagnoses from the
master list that have been shown not to meet the definition of a CC.\1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ We refer readers to the FY 1989 final rule (53 FR 38485,
September 30, 1988) for the revision made for the discharges
occurring in FY 1989; the FY 1990 final rule (54 FR 36552, September
1, 1989) for the FY 1990 revision; the FY 1991 final rule (55 FR
36126, September 4, 1990) for the FY 1991 revision; the FY 1992
final rule (56 FR 43209, August 30, 1991) for the FY 1992 revision;
the FY 1993 final rule (57 FR 39753, September 1, 1992) for the FY
1993 revision; the FY 1994 final rule (58 FR 46278, September 1,
1993) for the FY 1994 revisions; the FY 1995 final rule (59 FR
45334, September 1, 1994) for the FY 1995 revisions; the FY 1996
final rule (60 FR 45782, September 1, 1995) for the FY 1996
revisions; the FY 1997 final rule (61 FR 46171, August 30, 1996) for
the FY 1997 revisions; the FY 1998 final rule (62 FR 45966, August
29, 1997) for the FY 1998 revisions; the FY 1999 final rule (63 FR
40954, July 31, 1998) for the FY 1999 revisions; the FY 2001 final
rule (65 FR 47064, August 1, 2000) for the FY 2001 revisions; the FY
2002 final rule (66 FR 39851, August 1, 2001) for the FY 2002
revisions; the FY 2003 final rule (67 FR 49998, August 1, 2002) for
the FY 2003 revisions; the FY 2004 final rule (68 FR 45364, August
1, 2003) for the FY 2004 revisions; the FY 2005 final rule (69 FR
49848, August 11, 2004) for the FY 2005 revisions; the FY 2006 final
rule (70 FR 47640, August 12, 2005) for the FY 2006 revisions; the
FY 2007 final rule (71 FR 47870) for the FY 2007 revisions; the FY
2008 final rule (72 FR 47130) for the FY 2008 revisions; the FY 2009
final rule (73 FR 48510); the FY 2010 final rule (74 FR 43799); the
FY 2011 final rule (75 FR 50114); the FY 2012 final rule (76 FR
51542); the FY 2013 final rule (77 FR 53315); and the FY 2014 final
rule (78 FR 50541). In the FY 2000 final rule (64 FR 41490, July 30,
1999), we did not modify the CC Exclusions List because we did not
make any changes to the ICD-9-CM codes for FY 2000.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For FY 2015, we are not proposing any changes to the CC Exclusion
List. Therefore, we are not developing or publishing Tables 6G
(Additions to the CC Exclusion List) or Table 6H (Deletions from the CC
Exclusion List). We have developed Table 6K (Complete List of CC
Exclusions), which is available only via the Internet on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/. Because of the length of Table 6K, we are
not publishing it in the Addendum to this proposed rule. Each of these
principal diagnosis codes for which there is a CC exclusion is shown
with an asterisk and the conditions that will not count as a CC are
provided in an indented column immediately following the affected
principal diagnosis. Beginning with discharges on or after October 1 of
each year, the indented diagnoses are not recognized by the GROUPER as
valid CCs for the asterisked principal diagnoses.
A complete updated MCC, CC, and Non-CC Exclusions List is available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/.
Because there are no proposed new, revised, or deleted diagnosis or
procedure codes for FY 2015, we are not developing Table 6A (New
Diagnosis Codes), Table 6B (New Procedure Codes), Table 6C (Invalid
Diagnosis Codes), Table 6D (Invalid Procedure Codes), Table 6E (Revised
Diagnosis Code Titles), and Table 6F (Revised Procedure Codes) to this
proposed rule and they are not published as part of this proposed rule.
We are proposing no additions or deletions to the MS-DRG MCC List
for FY 2015 and no additions or deletions to the MS-DRG CC List for FY
2015. Therefore, we are not developing Tables 6I.1 (Additions to the
MCC List), 6I.2 (Deletions to the MCC List), 6J.1 (Additions to the CC
List), and 6J.2 (Deletions to the CC List), and they are not published
as part of this proposed rule.
Alternatively, the complete documentation of the GROUPER logic,
including the current CC Exclusions List, is available from 3M/Health
Information Systems (HIS), which, under contract with CMS, is
responsible for updating and maintaining the GROUPER program. The
current MS-DRG Definitions Manual, Version 31.0, is available on a CD
for $225.00. This manual may be obtained by writing 3M/HIS at the
following address: 100 Barnes Road, Wallingford, CT 06492; or by
calling (203) 949-0303, or by obtaining an order form at the Web site:
https://www.3MHIS.com. Please specify the revision or revisions
requested. Version
[[Page 28020]]
32.0 of this manual, which will include the final FY 2015 MS-DRG
changes, will be available after publication of the FY 2015 final rule
on a CD for $225.00. This manual may be obtained by writing 3M/HIS at
the address provided above; or by calling (203) 949-0303; or by
obtaining an order form at the Web site at: https://www/3MHIS.com.
Please specify the revision or revisions requested.
12. Review of Procedure Codes in MS DRGs 981 Through 983; 984 Through
986; and 987 Through 989
Each year, we review cases assigned to former CMS DRG 468
(Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis), CMS DRG
476 (Prostatic O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis), and
CMS DRG 477 (Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
Diagnosis) to determine whether it would be appropriate to change the
procedures assigned among these CMS DRGs. Under the MS-DRGs that we
adopted for FY 2008, CMS DRG 468 was split three ways and became MS-
DRGs 981, 982, and 983 (Extensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal
Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively). CMS DRG
476 became MS-DRGs 984, 985, and 986 (Prostatic O.R. Procedure
Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
respectively). CMS DRG 477 became MS-DRGs 987, 988, and 989
(Nonextensive O.R. Procedure Unrelated to Principal Diagnosis with MCC,
with CC, and without CC/MCC, respectively).
MS-DRGs 981 through 983, 984 through 986, and 987 through 989
(formerly CMS DRGs 468, 476, and 477, respectively) are reserved for
those cases in which none of the O.R. procedures performed are related
to the principal diagnosis. These MS-DRGs are intended to capture
atypical cases, that is, those cases not occurring with sufficient
frequency to represent a distinct, recognizable clinical group. MS-DRGs
984 through 986 (previously CMS DRG 476) are assigned to those
discharges in which one or more of the following prostatic procedures
are performed and are unrelated to the principal diagnosis:
60.0 (Incision of prostate);
60.12 (Open biopsy of prostate);
60.15 (Biopsy of periprostatic tissue);
60.18 (Other diagnostic procedures on prostate and
periprostatic tissue);
60.21 (Transurethral prostatectomy);
60.29 (Other transurethral prostatectomy);
60.61 (Local excision of lesion of prostate);
60.69 (Prostatectomy, not elsewhere classified);
60.81 (Incision of periprostatic tissue);
60.82 (Excision of periprostatic tissue);
60.93 (Repair of prostate);
60.94 (Control of (postoperative) hemorrhage of prostate);
60.95 (Transurethral balloon dilation of the prostatic
urethra);
60.96 (Transurethral destruction of prostate tissue by
microwave thermotherapy);
60.97 (Other transurethral destruction of prostate tissue
by other thermotherapy); and
60.99 (Other operations on prostate).
All remaining O.R. procedures are assigned to MS-DRGs 981 through
983 and 987 through 989, with MS-DRGs 987 through 989 assigned to those
discharges in which the only procedures performed are nonextensive
procedures that are unrelated to the principal diagnosis.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The original list of the ICD-9-CM procedure codes for the
procedures we consider nonextensive procedures, if performed with an
unrelated principal diagnosis, was published in Table 6C in section
IV. of the Addendum to the FY 1989 final rule (53 FR 38591). As part
of the FY 1991 final rule (55 FR 36135), the FY 1992 final rule (56
FR 43212), the FY 1993 final rule (57 FR 23625), the FY 1994 final
rule (58 FR 46279), the FY 1995 final rule (59 FR 45336), the FY
1996 final rule (60 FR 45783), the FY 1997 final rule (61 FR 46173),
and the FY 1998 final rule (62 FR 45981), we moved several other
procedures from DRG 468 to DRG 477, and some procedures from DRG 477
to DRG 468. No procedures were moved in FY 1999, as noted in the
final rule (63 FR 40962), in the FY 2000 (64 FR 41496), in the FY
2001 (65 FR 47064), or in the FY 2002 (66 FR 39852). In the FY 2003
final rule (67 FR 49999), we did not move any procedures from DRG
477. However, we did move procedure codes from DRG 468 and placed
them in more clinically coherent DRGs. In the FY 2004 final rule (68
FR 45365), we moved several procedures from DRG 468 to DRGs 476 and
477 because the procedures are nonextensive. In the FY 2005 final
rule (69 FR 48950), we moved one procedure from DRG 468 to 477. In
addition, we added several existing procedures to DRGs 476 and 477.
In FY 2006 (70 FR 47317), we moved one procedure from DRG 468 and
assigned it to DRG 477. In FY 2007, we moved one procedure from DRG
468 and assigned it to DRGs 479, 553, and 554. In FYs 2008, 2009,
2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014, no procedures were moved, as noted
in the FY 2008 final rule with comment period (72 FR 46241), in the
FY 2009 final rule (73 FR 48513), in the FY 2010 final rule (74 FR
43796), in the FY 2011 final rule (75 FR 50122), in the FY 2012
final rule (76 FR 51549), in the FY 2013 final rule (77 FR 53321),
and in the FY 2014 final rule (78 FR 50545).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our review of MedPAR claims data showed that there were no cases
that merited movement or should logically be assigned to any of the
other MDCs. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are not proposing to change the
procedures assigned among these MS-DRGs.
a. Moving Procedure Codes From MS-DRGs 981 Through 983 or MS-DRGs 987
Through 989 Into MDCs
We annually conduct a review of procedures producing assignment to
MS-DRGs 981 through 983 (Extensive O.R. procedure unrelated to
principal diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
respectively) or MS-DRGs 987 through 989 (Nonextensive O.R. procedure
unrelated to principal diagnosis with MCC, with CC, and without CC/MCC,
respectively) on the basis of volume, by procedure, to see if it would
be appropriate to move procedure codes out of these MS-DRGs into one of
the surgical MS-DRGs for the MDC into which the principal diagnosis
falls. The data are arrayed in two ways for comparison purposes. We
look at a frequency count of each major operative procedure code. We
also compare procedures across MDCs by volume of procedure codes within
each MDC.
We identify those procedures occurring in conjunction with certain
principal diagnoses with sufficient frequency to justify adding them to
one of the surgical MS-DRGs for the MDC in which the diagnosis falls.
As noted above, there were no cases that merited movement or that
should logically be assigned to any of the other MDCs. Therefore, for
FY 2015, we are not proposing to remove any procedures from MS-DRGs 981
through 983 or MS-DRGs 987 through 989 into one of the surgical MS-DRGs
for the MDC into which the principal diagnosis is assigned.
b. Reassignment of Procedures Among MS-DRGs 981 Through 983, 984
Through 986, and 987 Through 989
We also annually review the list of ICD-9-CM procedures that, when
in combination with their principal diagnosis code, result in
assignment to MS-DRGs 981 through 983, 984 through 986 (Prostatic O.R.
procedure unrelated to principal diagnosis with MCC, with CC, or
without CC/MCC, respectively), and 987 through 989, to ascertain
whether any of those procedures should be reassigned from one of these
three MS-DRGs to another of the three MS-DRGs based on average costs
and the length of stay. We look at the data for trends such as shifts
in treatment practice or reporting practice that would make the
resulting MS-DRG assignment illogical. If we find these shifts, we
would propose to move cases to keep the MS-DRGs clinically similar or
to provide payment for the cases in a similar manner. Generally, we
move only those procedures for which we
[[Page 28021]]
have an adequate number of discharges to analyze the data.
There were no cases representing shifts in treatment practice or
reporting practice that would make the resulting MS-DRG assignment
illogical, or that merited movement so that cases should logically be
assigned to any of the other MDCs. Therefore, for FY 2015, we are not
proposing to move any procedure codes among these MS-DRGs.
c. Adding Diagnosis or Procedure Codes to MDCs
Based on the review of cases in the MDCs as described above in
sections II.G.2. through 7. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
are not proposing to add any diagnosis or procedure codes to MDCs for
FY 2015.
13. Proposed Changes to the ICD-9-CM System
a. ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee
In September 1985, the ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
Committee was formed. This is a Federal interdepartmental committee,
co-chaired by the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS), the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and CMS, charged with
maintaining and updating the ICD-9-CM system. The final update to ICD-
9-CM codes was to be made on October 1, 2013. Thereafter, the name of
the Committee was changed to the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
Committee, effective with the March 19-20, 2014 meeting. The ICD-10
Coordination and Maintenance Committee will address updates to the ICD-
10-CM, ICD-10-PCS, and ICD-9-CM coding systems. The Committee is
jointly responsible for approving coding changes, and developing
errata, addenda, and other modifications to the coding systems to
reflect newly developed procedures and technologies and newly
identified diseases. The Committee is also responsible for promoting
the use of Federal and non-Federal educational programs and other
communication techniques with a view toward standardizing coding
applications and upgrading the quality of the classification system.
The official list of ICD-9-CM diagnosis and procedure codes by
fiscal year can be found on the CMS Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/codes.html. The official
list of ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS codes can be found on the CMS Web site
at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/.
The NCHS has lead responsibility for the ICD-10-CM and ICD-9-CM
diagnosis codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index for
Diseases, while CMS has lead responsibility for the ICD-10-PCS and ICD-
9-CM procedure codes included in the Tabular List and Alphabetic Index
for Procedures.
The Committee encourages participation in the above process by
health-related organizations. In this regard, the Committee holds
public meetings for discussion of educational issues and proposed
coding changes. These meetings provide an opportunity for
representatives of recognized organizations in the coding field, such
as the American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA), the
American Hospital Association (AHA), and various physician specialty
groups, as well as individual physicians, health information management
professionals, and other members of the public, to contribute ideas on
coding matters. After considering the opinions expressed at the public
meetings and in writing, the Committee formulates recommendations,
which then must be approved by the agencies.
The Committee presented proposals for coding changes for
implementation in FY 2015 at a public meeting held on September 18-19,
2013, and finalized the coding changes after consideration of comments
received at the meetings and in writing by November 15, 2013.
The Committee held its 2014 meeting on March 19-20, 2014. Any new
ICD-10-CM/PCS codes for which there was consensus of public support and
for which complete tabular and indexing changes will be made by May
2014 will be included in the October 1, 2014 update to ICD-10-CM/ICD-
10-PCS. For FY 2015, there are no proposed new, revised, or deleted
ICD-9-CM diagnosis or procedure codes.
Copies of the minutes of the procedure codes discussions at the
Committee's September 18-19, 2013 meeting and March 19-20, 2014 meeting
can be obtained from the CMS Web site at: https://cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/?redirect=/icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/03_meetings.asp. The minutes of the
diagnosis codes discussions at the September 18-19, 2013 meeting and
March 19-20, 2014 meeting are found at: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd9cm.html. These Web sites also provide detailed information about
the Committee, including information on requesting a new code,
attending a Committee meeting, and timeline requirements and meeting
dates.
We encourage commenters to address suggestions on coding issues
involving diagnosis codes to: Donna Pickett, Co-Chairperson, ICD-10
Coordination and Maintenance Committee, NCHS, Room 2402, 3311 Toledo
Road, Hyattsville, MD 20782. Comments may be sent by Email to:
dfp4@cdc.gov.
Questions and comments concerning the procedure codes should be
addressed to: Patricia Brooks, Co-Chairperson, ICD-10 Coordination and
Maintenance Committee, CMS, Center for Medicare Management, Hospital
and Ambulatory Policy Group, Division of Acute Care, C4-08-06, 7500
Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850. Comments may be sent by
Email to: patricia.brooks2@cms.hhs.gov.
In the September 7, 2001 final rule implementing the IPPS new
technology add-on payments (66 FR 46906), we indicated we would attempt
to include proposals for procedure codes that would describe new
technology discussed and approved at the Spring meeting as part of the
code revisions effective the following October.
Section 503(a) of Public Law 108-173 included a requirement for
updating ICD-9-CM codes twice a year instead of a single update on
October 1 of each year. This requirement was included as part of the
amendments to the Act relating to recognition of new technology under
the IPPS. Section 503(a) amended section 1886(d)(5)(K) of the Act by
adding a clause (vii) which states that the ``Secretary shall provide
for the addition of new diagnosis and procedure codes on April 1 of
each year, but the addition of such codes shall not require the
Secretary to adjust the payment (or diagnosis-related group
classification) . . . until the fiscal year that begins after such
date.'' This requirement improves the recognition of new technologies
under the IPPS system by providing information on these new
technologies at an earlier date. Data will be available 6 months
earlier than would be possible with updates occurring only once a year
on October 1.
While section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act states that the
addition of new diagnosis and procedure codes on April 1 of each year
shall not require the Secretary to adjust the payment, or DRG
classification, under section 1886(d) of the Act until the fiscal year
that begins after such date, we have to update the DRG software and
other systems in order to recognize and accept the new codes. We also
publicize the code changes and the need for a mid-year systems update
by providers to identify the new codes. Hospitals also have to obtain
the new code books and encoder updates, and make other system changes
[[Page 28022]]
in order to identify and report the new codes.
The ICD-10 (previously the ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance
Committee holds its meetings in the spring and fall in order to update
the codes and the applicable payment and reporting systems by October 1
of each year. Items are placed on the agenda for the Committee meeting
if the request is received at least 2 months prior to the meeting. This
requirement allows time for staff to review and research the coding
issues and prepare material for discussion at the meeting. It also
allows time for the topic to be publicized in meeting announcements in
the Federal Register as well as on the CMS Web site. The public decides
whether or not to attend the meeting based on the topics listed on the
agenda. Final decisions on code title revisions are currently made by
March 1 so that these titles can be included in the IPPS proposed rule.
A complete addendum describing details of all diagnosis and procedure
coding changes, both tabular and index, is published on the CMS and
NCHS Web sites in May of each year. Publishers of coding books and
software use this information to modify their products that are used by
health care providers. This 5-month time period has proved to be
necessary for hospitals and other providers to update their systems.
A discussion of this timeline and the need for changes are included
in the December 4-5, 2005 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance
Committee Meeting minutes. The public agreed that there was a need to
hold the fall meetings earlier, in September or October, in order to
meet the new implementation dates. The public provided comment that
additional time would be needed to update hospital systems and obtain
new code books and coding software. There was considerable concern
expressed about the impact this new April update would have on
providers.
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we implemented section
1886(d)(5)(K)(vii) of the Act, as added by section 503(a) of Public Law
108-173, by developing a mechanism for approving, in time for the April
update, diagnosis and procedure code revisions needed to describe new
technologies and medical services for purposes of the new technology
add-on payment process. We also established the following process for
making these determinations. Topics considered during the Fall ICD-10
(previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting
are considered for an April 1 update if a strong and convincing case is
made by the requester at the Committee's public meeting. The request
must identify the reason why a new code is needed in April for purposes
of the new technology process. The participants at the meeting and
those reviewing the Committee meeting summary report are provided the
opportunity to comment on this expedited request. All other topics are
considered for the October 1 update. Participants at the Committee
meeting are encouraged to comment on all such requests. There were no
requests approved for an expedited April l, 2014 implementation of a
code at the September 18-19, 2013 Committee meeting. Therefore, there
were no new codes implemented on April 1, 2014.
ICD-9-CM addendum and code title information is published on the
CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/?redirect=/
icd9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/01overview.asp#TopofPage. ICD-10-CM and
ICD-10-PCS addendum and code title information is published on the CMS
Web site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD10/.
Information on ICD-10-CM diagnosis codes, along with the Official ICD-
10-CM Coding Guidelines, can also be found on the CDC Web site at:
https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/icd/icd10cm.html. Information on new, revised,
and deleted ICD-10-CM/ICD-10-PCS codes is also provided to the AHA for
publication in the Coding Clinic for ICD-10. AHA also distributes
information to publishers and software vendors.
CMS also sends copies of all ICD-9-CM coding changes to its
Medicare contractors for use in updating their systems and providing
education to providers.
The code titles are adopted as part of the ICD-10 (previously ICD-
9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance Committee process. Therefore,
although we publish the code titles in the IPPS proposed and final
rules, they are not subject to comment in the proposed or final rules.
b. Code Freeze
In the January 16, 2009 ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS final rule (74 FR
3340), there was a discussion of the need for a partial or total freeze
in the annual updates to both ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
codes. The public comment addressed in that final rule stated that the
annual code set updates should cease l year prior to the implementation
of ICD-10. The commenters stated that this freeze of code updates would
allow for instructional and/or coding software programs to be designed
and purchased early, without concern that an upgrade would take place
immediately before the compliance date, necessitating additional
updates and purchases.
HHS responded to comments in the ICD-10 final rule that the ICD-9-
CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee has jurisdiction over any
action impacting the ICD-9-CM and ICD-10 code sets. Therefore, HHS
indicated that the issue of consideration of a moratorium on updates to
the ICD-9-CM, ICD-10-CM, and ICD-10-PCS code sets in anticipation of
the adoption of ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS would be addressed through the
Committee at a future public meeting.
The code freeze was discussed at multiple meetings of the ICD-9-CM
Coordination and Maintenance Committee and public comment was actively
solicited. The Committee evaluated all comments from participants
attending the Committee meetings as well as written comments that were
received. The Committee also considered the delay in implementation of
ICD-10 until October 1, 2014. There was an announcement at the
September 19, 2012 ICD-9-CM Coordination and Maintenance Committee
meeting that a partial freeze of both ICD-9-CM and ICD-10 codes will be
implemented as follows:
The last regular annual update to both ICD-9-CM and ICD-10
code sets was made on October 1, 2011.
On October 1, 2012 and October 1, 2013, there will be only
limited code updates to both ICD-9-CM and ICD-10 code sets to capture
new technology and new diseases.
On October 1, 2014, there were to be only limited code
updates to ICD-10 code sets to capture new technology and diagnoses as
required by section 503(a) of Public Law 108-173. There were to be no
updates to ICD-9-CM on October 1, 2014.
On October 1, 2015, one year after the originally
scheduled implementation of ICD-10, regular updates to ICD-10 were to
begin.
The ICD-10 (previously ICD-9-CM) Coordination and Maintenance
Committee announced that it would continue to meet twice a year during
the freeze. At these meetings, the public will be encouraged to comment
on whether or not requests for new diagnosis and procedure codes should
be created based on the need to capture new technology and new
diseases. Any code requests that do not meet the criteria will be
evaluated for implementation within ICD-10 one year after the
implementation of ICD-10, once the partial freeze is ended.
[[Page 28023]]
Complete information on the partial code freeze and discussions of
the issues at the Committee meetings can be found on the ICD-10
Coordination and Maintenance Committee Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/meetings.html. A summary of the September 19, 2012 Committee meeting,
along with both written and audio transcripts of this meeting, is
posted on the Web site at: https://www.cms.hhs.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9-CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials-Items/2012-09-19-MeetingMaterials.html.
This partial code freeze has dramatically decreased the number of
codes created each year as shown by the following information.
Total Number of Codes and Changes in Total Number of Codes per Fiscal Year
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ICD-9-CM codes ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS codes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal year Number Change Fiscal year Number Change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FY 2009 (October 1, 2008): ........... ........... FY 2009: ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,025 348 ICD-10-CM.......... 68,069 +5
Procedures...................... 3,824 56 ICD-10-PCS......... 72,589 -14,327
FY 2010 (October 1, 2009): ........... ........... FY 2010: ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,315 290 ICD-10-CM.......... 69,099 +1,030
Procedures...................... 3,838 14 ICD-10-PCS......... 71,957 -632
FY 2011 (October 1, 2010): ........... ........... ...................... ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,432 117 ICD-10-CM.......... 69,368 +269
Procedures...................... 3,859 21 ICD-10-PCS......... 72,081 +124
FY 2012 (October 1, 2011): ........... ........... FY 2012: ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,567 135 ICD-10-CM.......... 69,833 +465
Procedures...................... 3,877 18 ICD-10-PCS......... 71,918 -163
FY 2013 (October 1, 2012): ........... ........... FY 2013: ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,567 0 ICD-10-CM.......... 69,832 -1
Procedures...................... 3,878 1 ICD-10-PCS......... 71,920 +2
FY 2014 (October 1, 2013): ........... ........... FY 2014:.............. ........... ...........
Diagnoses....................... 14,567 0 ICD-10-CM.......... 69,823 -9
Procedures...................... 3,882 4 ICD-10-PCS......... 71,924 +4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As mentioned earlier, the public is provided the opportunity to
comment on any requests for new diagnosis or procedure codes discussed
at the ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance Committee meeting. The
public has supported only a limited number of new codes during the
partial code freeze, as can be seen by data shown above. We have gone
from creating several hundred new codes each year to creating only a
limited number of new ICD-9-CM and ICD-10 codes.
At the September 18-19, 2013 and March 19-20, 2014 Committee
meetings, we discussed any requests we had received for new ICD-10-CM
diagnosis and ICD-10-PCS procedure codes that were to be implemented on
October 1, 2014. We did not discuss ICD-9-CM codes. The public was
given the opportunity to comment on whether or not new ICD-10-CM and
ICD-10-PCS codes should be created, based on the partial code freeze
criteria. The public was to use the criteria as to whether codes were
needed to capture new diagnoses or new technologies. If the codes do
not meet those criteria for implementation during the partial code
freeze, consideration was to be given as to whether the codes should be
created after the partial code freeze ends one year after the
implementation of ICD-10-CM/PCS. We invited public comments on any code
requests discussed at the September 18-19, 2013 and March 19-20, 2014
Committee meetings for implementation as part of the October 1, 2014
update. The deadline for commenting on code proposals discussed at the
September 18-19, 2013 Committee meeting was November 15, 2013. The
deadline for commenting on code proposals discussed at the March 19-20,
2014 Committee meeting was April 18, 2014.
H. Recalibration of the Proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG Relative Weights
1. Data Sources for Developing the Proposed Relative Weights
In developing the proposed FY 2015 system of weights, we used two
data sources: Claims data and cost report data. As in previous years,
the claims data source is the MedPAR file. This file is based on fully
coded diagnostic and procedure data for all Medicare inpatient hospital
bills. The FY 2013 MedPAR data used in this proposed rule include
discharges occurring on October 1, 2012, through September 30, 2013,
based on bills received by CMS through December 31, 2013, from all
hospitals subject to the IPPS and short-term, acute care hospitals in
Maryland (which at that time were under a waiver from the IPPS under
section 1814(b)(3) of the Act). The FY 2013 MedPAR file used in
calculating the proposed relative weights includes data for
approximately 10,050,984 Medicare discharges from IPPS providers.
Discharges for Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in a Medicare Advantage
managed care plan are excluded from this analysis. These discharges are
excluded when the MedPAR ``GHO Paid'' indicator field on the claim
record is equal to ``1'' or when the MedPAR DRG payment field, which
represents the total payment for the claim, is equal to the MedPAR
``Indirect Medical Education (IME)'' payment field, indicating that the
claim was an ``IME only'' claim submitted by a teaching hospital on
behalf of a beneficiary enrolled in a Medicare Advantage managed care
plan. In addition, the December 31, 2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR
file complies with version 5010 of the X12 HIPAA Transaction and Code
Set Standards, and includes a variable called ``claim type.'' Claim
type ``60'' indicates that the claim was an inpatient claim paid as
fee-for-service. Claim types ``61,'' ``62,'' ``63,'' and ``64'' relate
to encounter claims, Medicare Advantage IME claims, and HMO no-pay
claims. Therefore, the calculation of the proposed relative weights for
FY 2015 also excludes claims with claim type values not equal to
``60.'' The data exclude CAHs, including hospitals that subsequently
became CAHs after the period from which the data were taken. We note
that the FY 2015 proposed relative weights are based on the ICD-
[[Page 28024]]
9-CM diagnoses and procedures codes from the MedPAR claims data,
grouped through the ICD-9-CM version of the FY 2015 GROUPER (Version
32). The second data source used in the cost-based relative weighting
methodology is the Medicare cost report data files from the HCRIS.
Normally, we use the HCRIS dataset that is 3 years prior to the IPPS
fiscal year. Specifically, we used cost report data from the December
31, 2013 update of the FY 2012 HCRIS for calculating the proposed FY
2015 cost-based relative weights.
2. Methodology for Calculation of the Proposed Relative Weights
As we explain in section II.E.2. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are calculating the proposed FY 2015 relative weights based on
19 CCRs, as we did for FY 2014. The methodology we used to calculate
the proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG cost-based relative weights based on claims
data in the FY 2013 MedPAR file and data from the FY 2012 Medicare cost
reports is as follows:
To the extent possible, all the claims were regrouped
using the proposed FY 2015 MS-DRG classifications discussed in sections
II.B. and II.G. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
The transplant cases that were used to establish the
proposed relative weights for heart and heart-lung, liver and/or
intestinal, and lung transplants (MS-DRGs 001, 002, 005, 006, and 007,
respectively) were limited to those Medicare-approved transplant
centers that have cases in the FY 2012 MedPAR file. (Medicare coverage
for heart, heart-lung, liver and/or intestinal, and lung transplants is
limited to those facilities that have received approval from CMS as
transplant centers.)
Organ acquisition costs for kidney, heart, heart-lung,
liver, lung, pancreas, and intestinal (or multivisceral organs)
transplants continue to be paid on a reasonable cost basis. Because
these acquisition costs are paid separately from the prospective
payment rate, it is necessary to subtract the acquisition charges from
the total charges on each transplant bill that showed acquisition
charges before computing the average cost for each MS-DRG and before
eliminating statistical outliers.
Claims with total charges or total lengths of stay less
than or equal to zero were deleted. Claims that had an amount in the
total charge field that differed by more than $10.00 from the sum of
the routine day charges, intensive care charges, pharmacy charges,
special equipment charges, therapy services charges, operating room
charges, cardiology charges, laboratory charges, radiology charges,
other service charges, labor and delivery charges, inhalation therapy
charges, emergency room charges, blood charges, and anesthesia charges
were also deleted.
At least 92.2 percent of the providers in the MedPAR file
had charges for 14 of the 19 cost centers. All claims of providers that
did not have charges greater than zero for at least 14 of the 19 cost
centers were deleted. In other words, a provider must have no more than
five blank cost centers. If a provider did not have charges greater
than zero in more than five cost centers, the claims for the provider
were deleted. (We refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50551) for the edit threshold related to FY 2014 and prior
fiscal years).
Statistical outliers were eliminated by removing all cases
that were beyond 3.0 standard deviations from the geometric mean of the
log distribution of both the total charges per case and the total
charges per day for each MS-DRG.
Effective October 1, 2008, because hospital inpatient
claims include a POA indicator field for each diagnosis present on the
claim, only for purposes of relative weight-setting, the POA indicator
field was reset to ``Y'' for ``Yes'' for all claims that otherwise have
an ``N'' (No) or a ``U'' (documentation insufficient to determine if
the condition was present at the time of inpatient admission) in the
POA field.
Under current payment policy, the presence of specific HAC codes,
as indicated by the POA field values, can generate a lower payment for
the claim. Specifically, if the particular condition is present on
admission (that is, a ``Y'' indicator is associated with the diagnosis
on the claim), it is not a HAC, and the hospital is paid for the higher
severity (and, therefore, the higher weighted MS-DRG). If the
particular condition is not present on admission (that is, an ``N''
indicator is associated with the diagnosis on the claim) and there are
no other complicating conditions, the DRG GROUPER assigns the claim to
a lower severity (and, therefore, the lower weighted MS-DRG) as a
penalty for allowing a Medicare inpatient to contract a HAC. While the
POA reporting meets policy goals of encouraging quality care and
generates program savings, it presents an issue for the relative
weight-setting process. Because cases identified as HACs are likely to
be more complex than similar cases that are not identified as HACs, the
charges associated with HAC cases are likely to be higher as well.
Therefore, if the higher charges of these HAC claims are grouped into
lower severity MS-DRGs prior to the relative weight-setting process,
the relative weights of these particular MS-DRGs would become
artificially inflated, potentially skewing the relative weights. In
addition, we want to protect the integrity of the budget neutrality
process by ensuring that, in estimating payments, no increase to the
standardized amount occurs as a result of lower overall payments in a
previous year that stem from using weights and case-mix that are based
on lower severity MS-DRG assignments. If this would occur, the
anticipated cost savings from the HAC policy would be lost.
To avoid these problems, we reset the POA indicator field to ``Y''
only for relative weight-setting purposes for all claims that otherwise
have an ``N'' or a ``U'' in the POA field. This resetting ``forced''
the more costly HAC claims into the higher severity MS-DRGs as
appropriate, and the relative weights calculated for each MS-DRG more
closely reflect the true costs of those cases.
Once the MedPAR data were trimmed and the statistical outliers were
removed, the charges for each of the 19 cost groups for each claim were
standardized to remove the effects of differences in area wage levels,
IME and DSH payments, and for hospitals located in Alaska and Hawaii,
the applicable cost-of-living adjustment. Because hospital charges
include charges for both operating and capital costs, we standardized
total charges to remove the effects of differences in geographic
adjustment factors, cost-of-living adjustments, and DSH payments under
the capital IPPS as well. Charges were then summed by MS-DRG for each
of the 19 cost groups so that each MS-DRG had 19 standardized charge
totals. These charges were then adjusted to cost by applying the
national average CCRs developed from the FY 2012 cost report data.
The 19 cost centers that we used in the proposed relative weight
calculation are shown in the following table. The table shows the lines
on the cost report and the corresponding revenue codes that we used to
create the 19 national cost center CCRs.
[[Page 28025]]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost from HCRIS Charges from HCRIS Medicare charges from
Revenue codes (Worksheet C, Part 1, (Worksheet C, Part 1, HCRIS (Worksheet D-
Cost center group name (19 MedPAR charge contained in Cost report line Column 5 and line Column 6 & 7 and line 3, Column & line
total) field MedPAR charge description number) Form CMS-2552- number) Form CMS-2552- number) Form CMS-2552-
field 10 10 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Routine Days................. Private Room 011X and 014X... Adults & C--1--C5--30 C--1--C6--30 D3--HOS--C2--30
Charges. Pediatrics
(General
Routine Care).
Semi-Private 012X, 013X and ..................... .....................
Room Charges. 016X-019X
Ward Charges.... 015X ..................... .....................
Intensive Days............... Intensive Care 020X............ Intensive Care C--1--C5--31 C--1--C6--31 D3--HOS--C2--31
Charges. Unit.
Coronary Care 021X............ Coronary Care C--1--C5--32 C--1--C6--32 D3--HOS--C2--32
Charges. Unit.
Burn Intensive C--1--C5--33 C--1--C6--33 D3--HOS--C2--33
Care Unit.
Surgical C--1--C5--34 C--1--C6--34 D3--HOS--C2--34
Intensive Care
Unit.
Other Special C--1--C5--35 C--1--C6--35 D3--HOS--C2--35
Care Unit.
Drugs........................ Pharmacy Charges 025X, 026X and Intravenous C--1--C5--64 C--1--C6--64 D3--HOS--C2--64
063X. Therapy. C--1--C7--64
Drugs Charged To C--1--C5--73 C--1--C6--73 D3--HOS--C2--73
Patient. C--1--C7--73
Supplies and Equipment....... Medical/Surgical 0270, 0271, Medical Supplies C--1--C5--71 C--1--C6--71 D3--HOS--C2--71
Supply Charges. 0272, 0273, Charged to C--1--C7--71
0274, 0277, Patients.
0279, and 0621,
0622, 0623.
Durable Medical 0290, 0291, 0292 DME-Rented...... C--1--C5--96 C--1--C6--96 D3--HOS--C2--96
Equipment and 0294-0299. C--1--C7--96
Charges.
Used Durable 0293............ DME-Sold........ C--1--C5--67 C--1--C6--97 D3--HOS--C2--97
Medical Charges. C--1--C7--97
Implantable Devices.......... ................ 0275, 0276, Implantable C--1--C5--72 C--1--C6--72 D3--HOS--C2--72
0278, 0624. Devices Charged C--1--C7--72
to Patients.
Therapy Services............. Physical Therapy 042X............ Physical Therapy C--1--C5--66 C--1--C6--66 D3--HOS--C2--66
Charges. C--1--C7--66
Occupational 043X............ Occupational C--1--C5--67 C--1--C6--67 D3--HOS--C2--67
Therapy Charges. Therapy. C--1--C7--67
Speech Pathology 044X and 047X... Speech Pathology C--1--C5--68 C--1--C6--68 D3--HOS--C2--68
Charges. C--1--C7--68
Inhalation Therapy........... Inhalation 041X and 046X... Respiratory C--1--C5--65 C--1--C6--65 D3--HOS--C2--65
Therapy Charges. Therapy. C--1--C7--65
Operating Room............... Operating Room 036X............ Operating Room.. C--1--C5--50 C--1--C6--50 D3--HOS--C2--50
Charges. C--1--C7--50
071X............ Recovery Room... C--1--C5--51 C--1--C6--51 D3--HOS--C2--51
C--1--C7--51
Labor & Delivery............. Operating Room 072X............ Delivery Room C--1--C5--52 C--1--C6--52 D3--HOS--C2--52
Charges. and Labor Room. C--1--C7--52
Anesthesia................... Anesthesia 037X............ Anesthesiology.. C--1--C5--53 C--1--C6--53 D3--HOS--C2--53
Charges. C--1--C7--53
Cardiology................... Cardiology 048X and 073X... Electrocardiolog C--1--C5--69 C--1--C6--69 D3--HOS--C2--69
Charges. y. C--1--C7--69
Cardiac Catheterization...... ................ 0481............ Cardiac C--1--C5--59 C--1--C6--59 D3--HOS--C2--59
Catheterization. C--1--C7--59
Laboratory................... Laboratory 030X, 031X, and Laboratory...... C--1--C5--60 C--1--C6--60 D3--HOS--C2--60
Charges. 075X. C--1--C7--60
PBP Clinic C--1--C5--61 C--1--C6--61 D3--HOS--C2--61
Laboratory C--1--C7--61
Services.
074X, 086X...... Electro- C--1--C5--70 C--1--C6--70 D3--HOS--C2--70
Encephalography. C--1--C7--70
Radiology.................... Radiology 032X, 040X...... Radiology--Diagn C--1--C5--54 C--1--C6--54 D3--HOS--C2--54
Charges. ostic. C--1--C7--54
028x, 0331, Radiology--Thera C--1--C5--55 C--1--C6--55 D3--HOS--C2--55
0332, 0333, peutic.
0335, 0339,
0342.
0343 and 344.... Radioisotope.... C--1--C5--56 C--1--C6--56 D3--HOS--C2--56
C--1--C7--56
Computed Tomography (CT) Scan CT Scan Charges. 035X............ Computed C--1--C5--57 C--1--C6--57 D3--HOS--C2--57
Tomography (CT) C--1--C7--57
Scan.
[[Page 28026]]
Magnetic Resonance Imaging MRI Charges..... 061X............ Magnetic C--1--C5--58 C--1--C6--58 D3--HOS--C2--58
(MRI). Resonance C--1--C7--58
Imaging (MRI).
Emergency Room............... Emergency Room 045x............ Emergency....... C--1--C5--91 C--1--C6--91 D3--HOS--C2--91
Charges. C--1--C7--91
Blood and Blood Products..... Blood Charges... 038x............ Whole Blood & C--1--C5--62 C--1--C6--62 D3--HOS--C2--62
Packed Red C--1--C7--62
Blood Cells.
Blood Storage/ 039x............ Blood Storing, C--1--C5--63 C--1--C6--63 D3--HOS--C2--63
Processing. Processing, & C--1--C7--63
Transfusing.
Other Services............... Other Service 0002-0099, 022X,
Charge. 023X, 024X,
052X, 053X.
055X-060X, 064X-
070X, 076X-
078X, 090X-095X
and 099X.
Renal Dialysis.. 0800X........... Renal Dialysis.. C--1--C5--74 C--1--C6--74 D3--HOS--C2--74
ESRD Revenue 080X and 082X- ................ ..................... C--1--C7--74 .....................
Setting Charges. 088X.
Home Program C--1--C5--94 C--1--C6--94 D3--HOS--C2--94
Dialysis. C--1--C7--94
Outpatient 049X............ ASC (Non C--1--C5--75 C--1--C6--75 D3--HOS--C2--75
Service Charges. Distinct Part).
Lithotripsy 079X............ ................ ..................... C--1--C7--75 .....................
Charge.
Other Ancillary. C--1--C5--76 C--1--C6--76 D3--HOS--C2--76
C--1--C7--76
Clinic Visit 051X............ Clinic.......... C--1--C5--90 C--1--C6--90 D3--HOS--C2--90
Charges. C--1--C7--90
Observation beds C--1--C5--92.01 C--1--C6--92.01 D3--HOS--C2--92.01
C--1--C7--92.01
Professional 096X, 097X, and Other Outpatient C--1--C5--93 C--1--C6--93 D3--HOS--C2--93
Fees Charges. 098X. Services. C--1--C7--93
Ambulance 054X............ Ambulance....... C--1--C5--95 C--1--C6--95 D3--HOS--C2--95
Charges. C--1--C7--95
Rural Health C--1--C5--88 C--1--C6--88 D3--HOS--C2--88
Clinic. C--1--C7--88
FQHC............ C--1--C5--89 C--1--C6--89 D3--HOS--C2--89
C--1--C7--89
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We refer readers to the FY 2009 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (73 FR
48462) for a discussion on the revenue codes included in the Supplies
and Equipment and Implantable Devices CCRs, respectively.
3. Development of National Average CCRs
We developed the national average CCRs as follows:
Using the FY 2012 cost report data, we removed CAHs, Indian Health
Service hospitals, all-inclusive rate hospitals, and cost reports that
represented time periods of less than 1 year (365 days). We included
hospitals located in Maryland because we include their charges in our
claims database. We then created CCRs for each provider for each cost
center (see prior table for line items used in the calculations) and
removed any CCRs that were greater than 10 or less than 0.01. We
normalized the departmental CCRs by dividing the CCR for each
department by the total CCR for the hospital for the purpose of
trimming the data. We then took the logs of the normalized cost center
CCRs and removed any cost center CCRs where the log of the cost center
CCR was greater or less than the mean log plus/minus 3 times the
standard deviation for the log of that cost center CCR. Once the cost
report data were trimmed, we calculated a Medicare-specific CCR. The
Medicare-specific CCR was determined by taking the Medicare charges for
each line item from Worksheet D-3 and deriving the Medicare-specific
costs by applying the hospital-specific departmental CCRs to the
Medicare-specific charges for each line item from Worksheet D-3. Once
each hospital's Medicare-specific costs were established, we summed the
total Medicare-specific costs and divided by the sum of the total
Medicare-specific charges to produce national average, charge-weighted
CCRs.
After we multiplied the total charges for each MS-DRG in each of
the 19 cost centers by the corresponding national average CCR, we
summed the 19 ``costs'' across each MS-DRG to produce a total
standardized cost for the MS-DRG. The average standardized cost for
each MS-DRG was then computed as the total standardized cost for the
MS-DRG divided by the transfer-adjusted case count for the MS-DRG. The
average cost for each MS-DRG was then divided by the national average
standardized cost per case to determine the relative weight.
The proposed FY 2015 cost-based relative weights were then
normalized by an adjustment factor of 1.642112 so that the average case
weight after
[[Page 28027]]
recalibration was equal to the average case weight before
recalibration. The normalization adjustment is intended to ensure that
recalibration by itself neither increases nor decreases total payments
under the IPPS, as required by section 1886(d)(4)(C)(iii) of the Act.
The proposed 19 national average CCRs for FY 2015 are as follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group CCR
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Routine Days................................................... 0.483
Intensive Days................................................. 0.405
Drugs.......................................................... 0.191
Supplies & Equipment........................................... 0.293
Implantable Devices............................................ 0.355
Therapy Services............................................... 0.345
Laboratory..................................................... 0.128
Operating Room................................................. 0.212
Cardiology..................................................... 0.124
Cardiac Catheterization........................................ 0.131
Radiology...................................................... 0.164
MRIs........................................................... 0.086
CT Scans....................................................... 0.043
Emergency Room................................................. 0.197
Blood and Blood Products....................................... 0.360
Other Services................................................. 0.398
Labor & Delivery............................................... 0.393
Inhalation Therapy............................................. 0.182
Anesthesia..................................................... 0.115
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Since FY 2009, the relative weights have been based on 100 percent
cost weights based on our MS-DRG grouping system.
When we recalibrated the DRG weights for previous years, we set a
threshold of 10 cases as the minimum number of cases required to
compute a reasonable weight. In this FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed
rule, we are proposing to use that same case threshold in recalibrating
the proposed MS-DRG relative weights for FY 2015. Using data from the
FY 2013 MedPAR file, there were 8 MS-DRGs that contain fewer than 10
cases. Under the MS-DRGs, we have fewer low-volume DRGs than under the
CMS DRGs because we no longer have separate DRGs for patients aged 0 to
17 years. With the exception of newborns, we previously separated some
DRGs based on whether the patient was age 0 to 17 years or age 17 years
and older. Other than the age split, cases grouping to these DRGs are
identical. The DRGs for patients aged 0 to 17 years generally have very
low volumes because children are typically ineligible for Medicare. In
the past, we have found that the low volume of cases for the pediatric
DRGs could lead to significant year-to-year instability in their
relative weights. Although we have always encouraged non-Medicare
payers to develop weights applicable to their own patient populations,
we have received frequent complaints from providers about the use of
the Medicare relative weights in the pediatric population. We believe
that eliminating this age split in the MS-DRGs will provide more stable
payment for pediatric cases by determining their payment using adult
cases that are much higher in total volume. Newborns are unique and
require separate MS-DRGs that are not mirrored in the adult population.
Therefore, it remains necessary to retain separate MS-DRGs for
newborns. All of the low-volume MS-DRGs listed below are for newborns.
In FY 2015, because we do not have sufficient MedPAR data to set
accurate and stable cost relative weights for these low-volume MS-DRGs,
we are proposing to compute relative weights for the low-volume MS-DRGs
by adjusting their final FY 2014 relative weights by the percentage
change in the average weight of the cases in other MS-DRGs. The
crosswalk table is shown below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low[dash]volume MS-DRG MS-DRG title Crosswalk to MS-DRG
------------------------------------------------------------------------
768................... Vaginal Delivery with Final FY 2014 relative
O.R. Procedure weight (adjusted by
Except Sterilization percent change in
and/or D&C. average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
789................... Neonates, Died or Final FY 2014 relative
Transferred to weight (adjusted by
Another Acute Care percent change in
Facility. average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
790................... Extreme Immaturity or Final FY 2014 relative
Respiratory Distress weight (adjusted by
Syndrome, Neonate. percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
791................... Prematurity with Final FY 2014 relative
Major Problems. weight (adjusted by
percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
792................... Prematurity without Final FY 2014 relative
Major Problems. weight (adjusted by
percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
793................... Full-Term Neonate Final FY 2014 relative
with Major Problems. weight (adjusted by
percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
794................... Neonate with Other Final FY 2014 relative
Significant Problems. weight (adjusted by
percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
795................... Normal Newborn....... Final FY 2014 relative
weight (adjusted by
percent change in
average weight of the
cases in other MS-DRGs).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI) Initiative
The Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI) initiative,
developed under the authority of section 3021 of the Affordable Care
Act (codified at section 1115A of the Act), is comprised of four
broadly defined models of care, which link payments for multiple
services beneficiaries receive during an episode of care. Under the
BPCI initiative, organizations enter into payment arrangements that
include financial and performance accountability for episodes of care.
On January 31, 2013, CMS announced the health care organizations
selected to participate in the BPCI initiative. For additional
information on the BPCI initiative, we refer readers to the CMS' Center
for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation's Web site at https://innovation.cms.gov/initiatives/Bundled-Payments/ and to
section IV.H.4. of the preamble of the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53341 through 53343) for a discussion on the BPCI initiative.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, for FY 2013 and subsequent
fiscal years, we finalized a policy to treat hospitals that participate
in the BPCI initiative the same as prior fiscal years for the IPPS
payment modeling and ratesetting process without regard to a hospital's
participation within these bundled payment models (that is, as if a
hospital were not participating in those models under the BPCI
initiative). Therefore, for FY 2015, we are proposing to continue to
include all applicable data from subsection (d) hospitals participating
in BPCI Models 1, 2, and 4 in our IPPS payment modeling and ratesetting
calculations. We refer readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
for a complete discussion on our final policy for the treatment of
hospitals participating in
[[Page 28028]]
the BPCI initiative in our ratesetting process.
I. Proposed Add-On Payments for New Services and Technologies
1. Background
Sections 1886(d)(5)(K) and (L) of the Act establish a process of
identifying and ensuring adequate payment for new medical services and
technologies (sometimes collectively referred to in this section as
``new technologies'') under the IPPS. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(vi) of the
Act specifies that a medical service or technology will be considered
new if it meets criteria established by the Secretary after notice and
opportunity for public comment. Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(I) of the Act
specifies that a new medical service or technology may be considered
for new technology add-on payment if, ``based on the estimated costs
incurred with respect to discharges involving such service or
technology, the DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable to
such discharges under this subsection is inadequate.'' We note that
beginning with discharges occurring in FY 2008, CMS transitioned from
CMS-DRGs to MS-DRGs.
The regulations at 42 CFR 412.87 implement these provisions and
specify three criteria for a new medical service or technology to
receive the additional payment: (1) The medical service or technology
must be new; (2) the medical service or technology must be costly such
that the DRG rate otherwise applicable to discharges involving the
medical service or technology is determined to be inadequate; and (3)
the service or technology must demonstrate a substantial clinical
improvement over existing services or technologies. Below we highlight
some of the major statutory and regulatory provisions relevant to the
new technology add-on payment criteria as well as other information.
For a complete discussion on the new technology add-on payment
criteria, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76
FR 51572 through 51574).
Under the first criterion, as reflected in Sec. 412.87(b)(2), a
specific medical service or technology will be considered ``new'' for
purposes of new medical service or technology add-on payments until
such time as Medicare data are available to fully reflect the cost of
the technology in the MS-DRG weights through recalibration. We note
that we do not consider a service or technology to be new if it is
substantially similar to one or more existing technologies. That is,
even if a technology receives a new FDA approval, it may not
necessarily be considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on
payments if it is ``substantially similar'' to a technology that was
approved by FDA and has been on the market for more than 2 to 3 years.
In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47351) and the FY 2010 IPPS/RY
2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR 43813 and 43814), we explained our
policy regarding substantial similarity in detail.
Under the second criterion, Sec. 412.87(b)(3) further provides
that, to be eligible for the add-on payment for new medical services or
technologies, the MS-DRG prospective payment rate otherwise applicable
to the discharge involving the new medical services or technologies
must be assessed for adequacy. Under the cost criterion, to assess the
adequacy of payment for a new technology paid under the applicable MS-
DRG prospective payment rate, we evaluate whether the charges for cases
involving the new technology exceed certain threshold amounts. Table 10
that was released with the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule contains
the final thresholds that we use to evaluate applications for new
technology add-on payments for FY 2015. We refer readers to the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/FY2014-IPPS-Final-Rule-Home-Page.html for a complete
viewing of Table 10 from the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule.
In the September 7, 2001 final rule that established the new
technology add-on payment regulations (66 FR 46917), we discussed the
issue of whether the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act (HIPAA) Privacy Rule at 45 CFR Parts 160 and 164 applies to claims
information that providers submit with applications for new technology
add-on payments. We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51573) for complete information on this issue.
Under the third criterion, Sec. 412.87(b)(1) of our existing
regulations provides that a new technology is an appropriate candidate
for an additional payment when it represents ``an advance that
substantially improves, relative to technologies previously available,
the diagnosis or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries.'' For example, a
new technology represents a substantial clinical improvement when it
reduces mortality, decreases the number of hospitalizations or
physician visits, or reduces recovery time compared to the technologies
previously available. (We refer readers to the September 7, 2001 final
rule for a more detailed discussion of this criterion (66 FR 46902).)
The new medical service or technology add-on payment policy under
the IPPS provides additional payments for cases with relatively high
costs involving eligible new medical services or technologies while
preserving some of the incentives inherent under an average-based
prospective payment system. The payment mechanism is based on the cost
to hospitals for the new medical service or technology. Under Sec.
412.88, if the costs of the discharge (determined by applying cost-to-
charge ratios (CCRs) as described in Sec. 412.84(h)) exceed the full
DRG payment (including payments for IME and DSH, but excluding outlier
payments), Medicare will make an add-on payment equal to the lesser of:
(1) 50 percent of the estimated costs of the new technology (if the
estimated costs for the case including the new technology exceed
Medicare's payment); or (2) 50 percent of the difference between the
full DRG payment and the hospital's estimated cost for the case. Unless
the discharge qualifies for an outlier payment, the additional Medicare
payment is limited to the full MS-DRG payment plus 50 percent of the
estimated costs of the new technology.
Section 503(d)(2) of Public Law 108-173 provides that there shall
be no reduction or adjustment in aggregate payments under the IPPS due
to add-on payments for new medical services and technologies.
Therefore, in accordance with section 503(d)(2) of Public Law 108-173,
add-on payments for new medical services or technologies for FY 2005
and later years have not been subjected to budget neutrality.
In the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48561 through 48563), we
modified our regulations at Sec. 412.87 to codify our longstanding
practice of how CMS evaluates the eligibility criteria for new medical
service or technology add-on payment applications. That is, we first
determine whether a medical service or technology meets the newness
criterion, and only if so, do we then make a determination as to
whether the technology meets the cost threshold and represents a
substantial clinical improvement over existing medical services or
technologies. We also amended Sec. 412.87(c) to specify that all
applicants for new technology add-on payments must have FDA approval or
clearance for their new medical service or technology by July 1 of each
year prior to the beginning of the fiscal year that the application is
being considered.
The Council on Technology and Innovation (CTI) at CMS oversees the
[[Page 28029]]
agency's cross-cutting priority on coordinating coverage, coding and
payment processes for Medicare with respect to new technologies and
procedures, including new drug therapies, as well as promoting the
exchange of information on new technologies between CMS and other
entities. The CTI, composed of senior CMS staff and clinicians, was
established under section 942(a) of Public Law 108-173. The Council is
co-chaired by the Director of the Center for Clinical Standards and
Quality (CCSQ) and the Director of the Center for Medicare (CM), who is
also designated as the CTI's Executive Coordinator.
The specific processes for coverage, coding, and payment are
implemented by CM, CCSQ, and the local claims-payment contractors (in
the case of local coverage and payment decisions). The CTI supplements,
rather than replaces, these processes by working to assure that all of
these activities reflect the agency-wide priority to promote high-
quality, innovative care. At the same time, the CTI also works to
streamline, accelerate, and improve coordination of these processes to
ensure that they remain up to date as new issues arise. To achieve its
goals, the CTI works to streamline and create a more transparent coding
and payment process, improve the quality of medical decisions, and
speed patient access to effective new treatments. It is also dedicated
to supporting better decisions by patients and doctors in using
Medicare-covered services through the promotion of better evidence
development, which is critical for improving the quality of care for
Medicare beneficiaries.
To improve the understanding of CMS' processes for coverage,
coding, and payment and how to access them, the CTI has developed an
``Innovator's Guide'' to these processes. The intent is to consolidate
this information, much of which is already available in a variety of
CMS documents and in various places on the CMS Web site, in a user-
friendly format. This guide was published in August 2008 and is
available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/CouncilonTechInnov/Downloads/InnovatorsGuide5_10_10.pdf.
As we indicated in the FY 2009 IPPS final rule (73 FR 48554), we
invite any product developers or manufacturers of new medical
technologies to contact the agency early in the process of product
development if they have questions or concerns about the evidence that
would be needed later in the development process for the agency's
coverage decisions for Medicare.
The CTI aims to provide useful information on its activities and
initiatives to stakeholders, including Medicare beneficiaries,
advocates, medical product manufacturers, providers, and health policy
experts. Stakeholders with further questions about Medicare's coverage,
coding, and payment processes, or who want further guidance about how
they can navigate these processes, can contact the CTI at
CTI@cms.hhs.gov.
We note that applicants for add-on payments for new medical
services or technologies for FY 2016 must submit a formal request,
including a full description of the clinical applications of the
medical service or technology and the results of any clinical
evaluations demonstrating that the new medical service or technology
represents a substantial clinical improvement, along with a significant
sample of data to demonstrate that the medical service or technology
meets the high-cost threshold. Complete application information, along
with final deadlines for submitting a full application, will be posted
as it becomes available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/newtech.html. To allow interested parties to identify the new medical
services or technologies under review before the publication of the
proposed rule for FY 2016, the CMS Web site also will post the tracking
forms completed by each applicant.
2. Public Input Before Publication of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
on Add-On Payments
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(viii) of the Act, as amended by section
503(b)(2) of Public Law 108-173, provides for a mechanism for public
input before publication of a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding
whether a medical service or technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement or advancement. The process for evaluating new
medical service and technology applications requires the Secretary to--
Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for public
input regarding whether a new service or technology represents an
advance in medical technology that substantially improves the diagnosis
or treatment of Medicare beneficiaries;
Make public and periodically update a list of the services
and technologies for which applications for add-on payments are
pending;
Accept comments, recommendations, and data from the public
regarding whether a service or technology represents a substantial
clinical improvement; and
Provide, before publication of a proposed rule, for a
meeting at which organizations representing hospitals, physicians,
manufacturers, and any other interested party may present comments,
recommendations, and data regarding whether a new medical service or
technology represents a substantial clinical improvement to the
clinical staff of CMS.
In order to provide an opportunity for public input regarding add-
on payments for new medical services and technologies for FY 2015 prior
to publication of the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we published
a notice in the Federal Register on November 29, 2013 (78 FR 71555
through 71557), and held a town hall meeting at the CMS Headquarters
Office in Baltimore, MD, on February 12, 2014. In the announcement
notice for the meeting, we stated that the opinions and alternatives
provided during the meeting would assist us in our evaluations of
applications by allowing public discussion of the substantial clinical
improvement criterion for each of the FY 2015 new medical service and
technology add-on payment applications before the publication of the FY
2015 proposed rule.
Approximately 91 individuals registered to attend the town hall
meeting in person, while additional individuals listened over an open
telephone line. We also live-streamed the town hall meeting and posted
the town hall on the CMS YouTube Web page at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WXyR_TILfKo&list=TLiu1B_AxXsinTW6EEn4BVUdR4iEM61eV4. We
considered each applicant's presentation made at the town hall meeting,
as well as written comments submitted on the applications that were
received by the due date of January 21, 2014, in our evaluation of the
new technology add-on payment applications for FY 2015 in this proposed
rule.
In response to the published notice and the New Technology Town
Hall meeting, we received written comments regarding the applications
for FY 2015 new technology add-on payments. We summarize these comments
below or, if applicable, indicate that there were no comments received,
at the end of each discussion of the individual applications in this
proposed rule.
A number of attendees at the New Technology Town Hall meeting
provided comments that were unrelated to the ``substantial clinical
improvement'' criterion. As explained above and in the Federal Register
notice
[[Page 28030]]
announcing the New Technology Town Hall meeting (78 FR 71555 through
71557), the purpose of the meeting was specifically to discuss the
substantial clinical improvement criterion in regard to pending new
technology add-on payment applications for FY 2015. Therefore, we are
not summarizing those comments in this proposed rule. Commenters are
welcome to resubmit these comments in response to proposals presented
in this proposed rule.
3. FY 2015 Status of Technologies Approved for FY 2014 Add-On Payments
a. Glucarpidase (Trade Brand Voraxaze[supreg])
BTG International, Inc. submitted an application for new technology
add-on payments for Glucarpidase (trade brand Voraxaze[supreg]) for FY
2013. Glucarpidase is used in the treatment of patients who have been
diagnosed with toxic methotrexate (MTX) concentrations as of result of
renal impairment. The administration of Glucarpidase causes a rapid and
sustained reduction of toxic MTX concentrations.
Voraxaze[supreg] was approved by the FDA on January 17, 2012.
Beginning in 1993, certain patients could obtain expanded access for
treatment use to Voraxaze[supreg] as an investigational drug. Since
2007, the applicant has been authorized to recover the costs of making
Voraxaze[supreg] available through its expanded access program. We
describe expanded access for treatment use of investigational drugs and
authorization to recover certain costs of investigational drugs in the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53346 through 53350).
Voraxaze[supreg] was available on the market in the United States as a
commercial product to the larger population as of April 30, 2012. In
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27936 through 27939), we
expressed concerns about whether Voraxaze[supreg] could be considered
new for FY 2013. After consideration of all of the public comments
received, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we stated that we
considered Voraxaze[supreg] to be ``new'' as of April 30, 2012, which
is the date of market availability.
After evaluation of the newness, costs, and substantial clinical
improvement criteria for new technology payments for Voraxaze[supreg]
and consideration of the public comments we received in response to the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we approved Voraxaze[supreg] for
new technology add-on payments for FY 2013. Cases of Voraxaze[supreg]
are identified with ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.95 (Injection or
infusion of glucarpidase). The cost of Voraxaze[supreg] is $22,500 per
vial. The applicant stated that an average of four vials is used per
Medicare beneficiary. Therefore, the average cost per case for
Voraxaze[supreg] is $90,000 ($22,500 x 4). Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2),
new technology add-on payments are limited to the lesser of 50 percent
of the average cost of the technology or 50 percent of the costs in
excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, the maximum new
technology add-on payment for Voraxaze[supreg] is $45,000 per case.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)). Our practice has been to begin and
end new technology add-on payments on the basis of a fiscal year, and
we have generally followed a guideline that uses a 6-month window
before and after the start of the fiscal year to determine whether to
extend the new technology add-on payment for an additional fiscal year.
In general, we extend add-on payments for an additional year only if
the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry on the market occurs
in the latter half of the fiscal year (70 FR 47362).
With regard to the newness criterion for Voraxaze[supreg], as
stated above, we consider the beginning of the newness period to
commence when Voraxaze[supreg] was first available on the market on
April 30, 2012. Because the 3-year anniversary date for
Voraxaze[supreg] will occur in the latter half of FY 2015 (April 30,
2015), we are proposing to continue new technology add-on payments for
this technology for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on this
proposal.
b. DIFICIDTM (Fidaxomicin) Tablets
Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for FY 2013 for the use of
DIFICIDTM tablets. As indicated on the labeling submitted to
the FDA, the applicant noted that Fidaxomicin is taken twice a day as a
daily dosage (200 mg tablet twice daily = 400 mg per day) as an oral
antibiotic. The applicant asserted that Fidaxomicin provides potent
bactericidal activity against C. Diff., and moderate bactericidal
activity against certain other gram-positive organisms, such as
enterococcus and staphylococcus. Unlike other antibiotics used to treat
CDAD, the applicant noted that the effects of Fidaxomicin preserve
bacteroides organisms in the fecal flora. These are markers of normal
anaerobic microflora. The applicant asserted that this helps prevent
pathogen introduction or persistence, which potentially inhibits the
re-emergence of C. Diff., and reduces the likelihood of overgrowths as
a result of vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus (VRE). Because of this
narrow spectrum of activity, the applicant asserted that Fidaxomicin
does not alter this native intestinal microflora.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (77 FR 27939 through
27941), we expressed concern that DIFICIDTM may not be
eligible for new technology add-on payments because eligibility is
limited to new technologies associated with procedures described by
ICD-9-CM codes. We further stated that drugs that are only taken orally
(such as DIFICIDTM) may not be eligible for consideration
for new technology add-on payments because there is no procedure
associated with these drugs and, therefore, no ICD-9-CM code(s). In the
FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53350 through 53358), after
consideration of the public comments received, we revised our policy to
allow the use of National Drug Codes (NDCs) to identify oral
medications that have no inpatient procedure for the purposes of new
technology add-on payments. The revised policy is effective for
payments for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2012. We refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule for a complete
discussion on this issue.
With regard to the newness criterion, Fidaxomicin was approved by
the FDA on May 27, 2011, for the treatment of CDAD in adult patients,
18 years of age and older. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
established that the beginning of the newness period for this
technology is its FDA approval date of May 27, 2011.
After evaluation of the newness, costs, and substantial clinical
improvement criteria for new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM and consideration of the public comments we
received in response to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved DIFICIDTM for new technology add-on payments for FY
2013. Cases of DIFICIDTM are identified with ICD-9-CM
diagnosis code 008.45 (Intestinal infection due to Clostridium
difficile) in combination with NDC code 52015-0080-01. Providers must
report the NDC on the 837i Health Care Claim Institutional form (in
combination with ICD-9-CM diagnosis code 008.45) in order to receive
the new technology add-on payment. According to the applicant, the cost
of DIFICIDTM is
[[Page 28031]]
$2,800 for a 10-day dosage. The average cost per day for
DIFICIDTM is $280 ($2,800/10). Cases of DIFICIDTM
within the inpatient setting typically incur an average dosage of 6.2
days, which results in an average cost per case for
DIFICIDTM of $1,736 ($280 x 6.2). Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2),
new technology add-on payments are limited to the lesser of 50 percent
of the average cost of the technology or 50 percent of the costs in
excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, the maximum new
technology add-on payment for DIFICIDTM is $868.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)).
The manufacturer commented through a letter to CMS, prior to the
publication of this proposed rule, requesting that CMS extend the
eligibility for a third year of new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM in FY 2015. The manufacturer maintained that the
technology still meets all three criteria for new technology add-on
payments. Regarding the substantial clinical improvement criterion, the
applicant stated that DIFICIDTM continues to remain the only
FDA-approved treatment to demonstrate substantial clinical improvement
over existing therapies. No new treatments for CDAD have been approved
by the FDA since DIFICIDTM. The applicant further stated
that a third year of new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM would continue to reduce access barriers in the
acute care hospital inpatient setting, which would support the
appropriate use of DIFICIDTM, a treatment that offers a
substantial clinical improvement over existing therapies.
With respect to the cost criterion, the applicant stated that
DIFICIDTM continues to meet the cost criterion. Using claims
data from the FY 2012 MedPAR file, the applicant provided updated data
from the two analyses described in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53350 through 53358), and demonstrated that the average case-
weighted standardized charge per case exceeded the average case-
weighted thresholds under both analyses. The applicant stated that the
new technology add-on payment is intended to offer additional payments
to support patient access and appropriate use of new technologies for a
period of time until the MS-DRGs are adjusted to reflect the cost of
the new technology. The applicant believed that the analyses conducted
with the most recent MedPAR claims data available demonstrate that the
MS-DRG recalibrations are insufficient to accommodate the cost
associated with CDAD and new technologies to treat CDAD under the IPPS
within the allotted timeframe of 2 years. According to the applicant,
these payment amounts remain an obstacle for the appropriate use of new
technologies for CDAD that demonstrate substantial clinical improvement
over existing treatments, such as DIFICIDTM. The applicant
concluded that a third year of new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM is needed to allow sufficient data for future MS-
DRG recalibration analyses.
With regard to newness criterion, the manufacturer commented that
it believed that the technology still meets the newness criterion for
the following reason: Sec. 412.87(b)(2) states that ``A medical
service or technology may be considered new within 2 or 3 years after
the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the
International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical
Modification (ICD-9-CM) code assigned to the new service or technology
(depending on when a new code is assigned and data on the new service
or technology become available for DRG recalibration). After CMS has
recalibrated the DRGs, based on available data, to reflect the costs of
an otherwise new medical service or technology, the medical service or
technology will no longer be considered `new' under the criterion of
this section.'' The manufacturer noted that DIFICIDTM was
not assigned an ICD-9-CM procedure code and DIFICIDTM is the
first product for which no inpatient procedure is associated to receive
a new technology add-on payment since the implementation of the new
technology add-on payment policy.
The manufacturer also cited the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53352), which indicated that ``Hospitals currently code and
report procedures and more invasive services such as surgeries,
infusion of drugs, and specialized procedures such as cardiac
catheterizations. Hospitals neither code nor report self-administered
drugs.'' Therefore, the manufacturer contended that, as an oral
therapy, neither DIFICIDTM nor its administration was
assigned an ICD-9-CM procedure code and, therefore, the technology
should still be eligible for the new technology add-on payments.
The manufacturer further noted that, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, because an ICD-9-CM procedure code for the administration
of an oral medication did not exist and hospitals had no other
mechanism to report the use of DIFICIDTM, for FY 2013, CMS
instructed hospitals to report the DIFICIDTM NDC on hospital
inpatient claims to receive the new technology add-on payment for
DIFICIDTM. Prior to October 1, 2012, hospitals did not use
NDCs on hospital inpatient claims, which prevented CMS from isolating
DIFICIDTM cases and their associated costs. The manufacturer
further stated that the NDC methodology was a bold change in policy and
inpatient billing processes, and it stands to reason that, because of
hospitals unfamiliarity with reporting NDCs on inpatient claims,
hospitals' use of the DIFICIDTM NDC would greatly lag behind
the traditional use of ICD-9-CM procedure codes. As such, the
manufacturer reasoned that any lag in hospital reporting would directly
impact CMS' ability to track and analyze the cost data associated with
DIFICIDTM cases.
The manufacturer also noted that on August 31, 2012, CMS issued
Transmittal 2539, which is a change request for Medicare Administrative
Contractors concerning updates for the upcoming fiscal year. The
manufacturer stated that because the new technology add-on heading was
omitted in the transmittal, this change request did not highlight the
NDC billing approach to ensure that hospitals recognized the important
change, which may have caused hospitals to overlook the claim reporting
instructions for DIFICIDTM.
The manufacturer added that Transmittal 2539 and a Medicare
Learning Network[supreg] Matters (MLN) article were rescinded and
replaced by Transmittal 2627 on January 4, 2013. The manufacturer noted
that among CMS' reasons for replacing the transmittal was to insert the
omitted new technology add-on section heading. The manufacturer stated
that, although the original transmittal further supports that
collection of DIFICIDTM-specific data did not begin until at
least October 1, 2012, CMS' reissuance of the claims processing
instructions, and the missing header in the initial instructions,
effectively delayed implementation of the new technology add-on
payments for 3 months past the October 2012 beginning date. The
manufacturer also believed that the need to replace the transmittal
underlies hospitals' difficulties instituting claims' reporting
instructions to receive new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM at the hospital level.
The manufacturer noted that anecdotal feedback from hospitals,
which was shared with CMS during a
[[Page 28032]]
meeting in June 2013, suggests that some hospitals faced challenges
implementing the appropriate billing and coding processes. The
manufacturer was concerned that that these challenges were, in part,
caused by the missing header, and that these challenges may have
impacted whether eligible cases were properly billed and coded to
receive the new technology add-on payment for DIFICIDTM. The
manufacturer was further concerned that the effects of any lag or delay
caused by unfamiliarity with reporting NDCs and the missing header
would also impact the data available to CMS to recalibrate the MS-DRGs
and, separately, to evaluate the impact of the new technology add-on
payment for DIFICIDTM. The manufacturer further explained
that, while DIFICIDTM was available to hospitals after its
launch in July 2011, hospitals had no experience reporting NDCs until
October 2012, and may not have recognized the opportunity to, or
understood the mechanism for doing so, until after January 2013. For
the purposes of inpatient data collection and ratesetting, the
manufacturer believed that this meant that 2 complete years of
DIFICIDTM costs would not be fully reflected in the Medicare
claims data for the FY 2015 MS-DRG recalibrations.
The manufacturer also analyzed the 100 percent sample of the
Standard Analytical File (SAF) for calendar year 2012, which contained
first quarter claims data for FY 2013, the first 3 months that
DIFICIDTM was eligible for the new technology add-on
payments. The manufacturer found a total of 43,608 cases with a
diagnosis of CDI. Of these 43,608 cases, the manufacturer found 38
cases across 26 hospitals that reported new technology add-on payments
for DIFICIDTM on submitted claims. The manufacturer stated
that this preliminary data suggests that the number of cases available
for MS-DRG recalibrations for FY 2015 is limited. The manufacturer
stated that it is currently attempting to secure FY 2013 MedPAR claims
data and that it will likely provide further insights on these issues.
In addition, the manufacturer noted that prior new technology add-
on payment application approvals have involved technologies with much
narrower patient populations compared to DIFICIDTM, allowing
the costs of those technologies to influence the MS-DRG relative
payment weights for the small number of MS-DRGs with which they are
associated. The manufacturer explained that, unlike other technologies
approved for new technology add-on payments, the DIFICIDTM
therapeutic value, while limited to patients with CDAD, is used in
patients across a wide range of MS-DRGs due to it being reported as a
secondary diagnosis in two-thirds of the cases compared to other
technologies, which are assigned to a relatively small number of MS-
DRGs. For example, cases involving the Spiration IBV[supreg] Valve
System, which was granted approval for new technology add-on payments
in FY 2010, primarily mapped to three MS-DRGs: 163 (Major Chest
Procedures with MCC), 164 (Major Chest Procedures with CC), and 165
(Major Chest Procedures without CC/MCC). In its analysis of the FY 2012
MedPAR data for the cost criterion, the manufacturer found cases using
DIFICIDTM mapped to 544 unique MS-DRGs. Under the 100
percent sample of the SAF for calendar year 2012, the 38 cases
mentioned above mapped to 20 different MS-DRGs. The manufacturer
maintained that because of the diffuse nature of the
DIFICIDTM cases mapping to many MS-DRGs, it believed an
extension of the newness period is required for the costs to be
adequately reflected in the MS-DRG relative payment weights. In the
unique case of DIFICIDTM for the treatment of CDAD, the
manufacturer stated that 2 years of new technology add-on payments is
insufficient to allow the 544 MS-DRGs to be recalibrated to
sufficiently reflect the cost of the use of DIFICIDTM, a
treatment that offers significant clinical improvement over existing
therapies.
With regard to the technology's newness, as discussed in the FY
2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49003), the timeframe that a new technology
can be eligible to receive new technology add-on payments begins when
data become available. Section 412.87(b)(2) clearly states that, ``a
medical service or technology may be considered new within 2 or 3 years
after the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the
ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or technology (depending on
when a new code is assigned and data on the new service or technology
become available for DRG recalibration).'' Section 412.87(b)(2) also
states, ``[a]fter CMS has recalibrated the DRGs, based on available
data, to reflect the costs of an otherwise new medical service or
technology, the medical service or technology will no longer be
considered `new' under the criterion of this section.'' Therefore,
regardless of whether a technology can be individually identified by a
separate ICD-9-CM code or whether it can only be identified using a NDC
code, if the costs of the technology are included in the charge data,
and the MS-DRGs have been recalibrated using that data, then the
technology can no longer be considered ``new'' for the purposes of this
provision. We further stated in that final rule that the period of
newness does not necessarily start with the approval date for the
medical service or technology, and does not necessarily start with the
issuance of a distinct code. Instead, it begins with availability of
the product on the U.S. market, which is when data become available. We
have consistently applied this standard, and believe that it is most
consistent with the purpose of new technology add-on payments.
In addition, similar to our discussion in the FY 2006 IPPS final
rule (70 FR 47349), we do not believe that case volume is a relevant
consideration for making the determination as to whether a product is
``new.'' Consistent with the statute, a technology no longer qualifies
as ``new'' once it is more than 2 to 3 years old, irrespective of how
frequently it has been used in the Medicare population. Similarly, this
same determination is applicable no matter how many MS-DRGs the
technology is spread across. Therefore, if a product is more than 2 to
3 years old, we consider its costs to be included in the MS-DRG
relative weights whether its use in the Medicare population has been
frequent or infrequent. We recognize that using an NDC was a novel
billing practice under the IPPS. Nevertheless, even though hospitals
may not have coded all uses of DIFICIDTM with the NDC,
hospital bills would still include charges for all items and services
furnished to a Medicare patient, including use of DIFICIDTM.
Therefore, even though we may be not be able to identify all uses of
DIFICIDTM in the Medicare charge data, hospital charges for
the MS-DRGs would continue to reflect use of this technology.
With respect to the Transmittal 2539 omitting the header referenced
above, as noted above, CMS corrected this issue as soon as possible by
rescinding and reissuing this transmittal. Additionally, as noted by
the manufacturer, this transmittal was meant for MACs and not
hospitals. We believe the guidance issued in Transmittal 2539 clearly
described to MACs how hospitals were to report the NDC on the inpatient
claim in order to identify cases using DIFICIDTM for
purposes of new technology add-on payments. Additionally, the MLN
article that the manufacturer referred to above (MLN articles are
typically a summary of transmittals for the general public) clearly
indicated that DIFICIDTM was new for FY 2013 new technology
add-
[[Page 28033]]
on payments and clearly described how to properly code
DIFICIDTM on the inpatient bill in order to receive the new
technology add-on payment for FY 2013. The MLN article can be
downloaded from the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Outreach-and-Education/Medicare-Learning-Network-MLN/MLNMattersArticles/downloads/MM8041.pdf.
After considering the manufacturer's comments above, we still
consider the beginning of the newness period to commence when
DIFICIDTM was first approved by the FDA on May 27, 2011.
Because the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry on the U.S.
market occurred in the second half of the fiscal year (after April 1,
2014), we continued new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM for FY 2014. However, for FY 2015, the 3-year
anniversary date of the product's entry on the U.S. market would occur
on May 27, 2014, which is prior to the beginning of FY 2015. Therefore,
we are proposing to discontinue new technology add-on payments for
DIFICIDTM for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on
this proposal.
c. Zenith[supreg] Fenestrated Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm (AAA)
Endovascular Graft
Cook[supreg] Medical submitted an application for new technology
add-on payments for the Zenith[supreg] Fenestrated Abdominal Aortic
Aneurysm (AAA) Endovascular Graft (Zenith[supreg] F. Graft) for FY
2013. The applicant stated that the current treatment for patients who
have had an AAA is an endovascular graft. The applicant explained that
the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft is an implantable device designed to treat
patients who have an AAA and who are anatomically unsuitable for
treatment with currently approved AAA endovascular grafts because of
the length of the infrarenal aortic neck. The applicant noted that,
currently, an AAA is treated through an open surgical repair or medical
management for those patients not eligible for currently approved AAA
endovascular grafts.
With respect to newness, the applicant stated that FDA approval for
the use of the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft was granted on April 4, 2012. In
the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53360 through 53365), we
stated that because the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft was approved by the FDA
on April 4, 2012, we believed that the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft met the
newness criterion as of that date.
After evaluation of the newness, costs, and substantial clinical
improvement criteria for new technology add-on payments for the
Zenith[supreg] F. Graft and consideration of the public comments we
received in response to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft for new technology add-on payments
for FY 2013. Cases involving the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft that are
eligible for new technology add-on payments are identified by ICD-9-CM
procedure code 39.78 (Endovascular implantation of branching or
fenestrated graft(s) in aorta). In the application, the applicant
provided a breakdown of the costs of the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft. The
total cost of the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft utilizing bare metal (renal)
alignment stents was $17,264. Of the $17,264 in costs for the
Zenith[supreg] F. Graft, $921 are for components that are used in a
standard Zenith AAA Endovascular Graft procedure. Because the costs for
these components are already reflected within the MS-DRGs (and are no
longer ``new''), in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we stated
that we do not believe it is appropriate to include these costs in our
calculation of the maximum cost to determine the maximum add-on payment
for the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft. Therefore, the total maximum cost for
the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft is $16,343 ($17,264-$921). Under Sec.
412.88(a)(2), new technology add-on payments are limited to the lesser
of 50 percent of the average cost of the device or 50 percent of the
costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, the
maximum add-on payment for a case involving the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft
is $8,171.50.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)). With regard to the newness criterion
for the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft, as stated above, we consider the
beginning of the newness period to commence when the Zenith[supreg] F.
Graft was approved by the FDA on April 4, 2012. Because the 3-year
anniversary date of the entry of the Zenith[supreg] F. Graft on the
U.S. market will occur in the second half of the fiscal year (April 4,
2015), we are proposing to continue new technology add-on payments for
this technology for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on this
proposal.
d. KcentraTM
CSL Behring submitted an application for new technology add-on
payments for KcentraTM for FY 2014. KcentraTM is
a replacement therapy for fresh frozen plasma (FFP) for patients with
an acquired coagulation factor deficiency due to warfarin and who are
experiencing a severe bleed. KcentraTM contains the Vitamin
K dependent coagulation factors II, VII, IX and X, together known as
the prothrombin complex, and antithrombotic proteins C and S. Factor IX
is the lead factor for the potency of the preparation. The product is a
heat-treated, non-activated, virus filtered and lyophilized plasma
protein concentrate made from pooled human plasma. KcentraTM
is available as a lyophilized powder that needs to be reconstituted
with sterile water prior to administration via intravenous infusion.
The product is dosed based on Factor IX units. Concurrent Vitamin K
treatment is recommended to maintain blood clotting factor levels once
the effects of KcentraTM have diminished.
KcentraTM was approved by the FDA on April 29, 2013. In
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we approved new ICD-9-CM
procedure code 00.96 (Infusion of 4-Factor Prothrombrin Complex
Concentrate) which uniquely identifies KcentraTM.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27538), we noted
that we were concerned that KcentraTM may be substantially
similar to FFP and/or Vitamin K therapy. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, in response to comments submitted by the manufacturer, we
stated that we agree that KcentraTM may be used in a patient
population that is experiencing an acquired coagulation factor
deficiency due to Warfarin and who are experiencing a severe bleed
currently but are ineligible for FFP, particularly for use by IgA
deficient patients and other patient populations that have no other
treatment option to resolve severe bleeding in the context of an
acquired Vitamin K deficiency. In addition, FFP is limited because it
requires special storage conditions while KcentraTM is
stable for up to 36 months at room temperature thus allowing hospitals
that otherwise would not have access to FFP (for example, small rural
hospitals as discussed by the applicant in its comments) to keep a
supply of KcentraTM and treat patients who would possibly
have no access to FFP. We noted that FFP is considered perishable and
can be scarce by nature (due to production and other market
limitations) thus making some hospitals unable to store FFP, which
limits access to certain patient populations in certain locations.
Therefore, we stated that we believe that KcentraTM provides
a therapeutic option for a new patient population and is not
substantially similar to FFP. Also, we gave credence to the information
presented by the
[[Page 28034]]
manufacturer that KcentraTM provides a simple and rapid
repletion relative to FFP and reduces the risk of a transfusion
reaction relative to FFP because it does not contain ABO antibodies and
does not require ABO typing. As a result, we concluded that
KcentraTM is not substantially similar to FFP, and that it
meets the newness criterion.
After evaluation of the newness, cost, and substantial clinical
improvement criteria for new technology add-on payments for
KcentraTM and consideration of the public comments we
received in response to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we
approved KcentraTM for new technology add-on payments for FY
2014 (78 FR 50575 through 50580). Cases involving KcentraTM
that are eligible for new technology add-on payments are identified by
ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.96. In the application, the applicant
estimated that the average Medicare beneficiary would require an
average dosage of 2500 International Units (IU). Vials contain 500 IU
at a cost of $635 per vial. Therefore, cases of KcentraTM
would incur an average cost per case of $3,175 ($635 x 5). Under Sec.
412.88(a)(2), new technology add-on payments are limited to the lesser
of 50 percent of the average cost of the technology or 50 percent of
the costs in excess of the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result,
the maximum add-on payment for a case of KcentraTM is
$1,587.50 for FY 2014.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50579), we stated
that new technology add-on payments for KcentraTM would not
be available with respect to discharges for which the hospital received
an add-on payment for a blood clotting factor administered to a
Medicare beneficiary with hemophilia who is a hospital inpatient. Under
section 1886(d)(1)(A)(iii) of the Act, the national adjusted DRG
prospective payment rate is ``the amount of the payment with respect to
the operating costs of inpatient hospital services (as defined in
subsection (a)(4) of this section)'' for discharges on or after April
1, 1988. Section 1886(a)(4) of the Act excludes from the term
``operating costs of inpatient hospital services'' the costs with
respect to administering blood clotting factors to individuals with
hemophilia. The costs of administering a blood clotting factor to a
Medicare beneficiary who has hemophilia and is a hospital inpatient are
paid separately from the IPPS. (For information on how the blood
clotting factor add-on payment is made, we refer readers to Section
20.7.3 of Chapter Three of the Medicare Claims Processing Manual, which
can be downloaded from the CMS Web site at: https://cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.) In addition, we
stated that if KcentraTM is approved by the FDA as a blood
clotting factor, we believed that it may be eligible for blood clotting
factor add-on payments when administered to Medicare beneficiaries with
hemophilia. We make an add-on payment for KcentraTM for such
discharges in accordance with our policy for payment of a blood
clotting factor, and the costs would be excluded from the operating
costs of inpatient hospital services as set forth in section 1886(a)(4)
of the Act.
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act requires the Secretary to
``establish a mechanism to recognize the costs of new medical services
and technologies under the payment system established under this
subsection'' beginning with discharges on or after October 1, 2001. We
believe that it is reasonable to interpret this requirement to mean
that the payment mechanism established by the Secretary recognizes only
costs for those items that would otherwise be paid based on the
prospective payment system (that is, ``the payment system established
under this subsection''). As noted above, under section
1886(d)(1)(A)(iii) of the Act, the national adjusted DRG prospective
payment rate is the amount of payment for the operating costs of
inpatient hospital services, as defined in section 1886(a)(4) of the
Act, for discharges on or after April 1, 1988. We understand this to
mean that a new medical service or technology must be an operating cost
of inpatient hospital services paid based on the prospective payment
system, and not excluded from such costs, in order to be eligible for
the new technology add-on payment. We pointed out that new technology
add-on payments are based on the operating costs per case relative to
the prospective payment rate as described in Sec. 412.88. Therefore,
we believe that new technology add-on payments are appropriate only
when the new technology is an operating cost of inpatient hospital
services and are not appropriate when the new technology is excluded
from such costs.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50579), we stated
that we believe that hospitals may only receive new technology add-on
payments for discharges where KcentraTM is an operating cost
of inpatient hospital services. In other words, a hospital would not be
eligible to receive the new technology add-on payment when it is
administering KcentraTM in treating a Medicare beneficiary
who has hemophilia. In those instances, KcentraTM is
specifically excluded from the operating costs of inpatient hospital
services in accordance with section 1886(a)(4) of the Act and paid
separately from the IPPS. However, when a hospital administers
KcentraTM to a Medicare beneficiary who does not have
hemophilia, the hospital would be eligible for a new technology add-on
payment because KcentraTM would not be excluded from the
operating costs of inpatient hospital services. Therefore, discharges
where the hospital receives a blood clotting factor add-on payment are
not eligible for a new technology add-on payment for the blood clotting
factor. We refer readers to Chapter Three, Section 20.7.3 of the
Medicare Claims Processing Manual for a complete discussion on when a
blood clotting factor add-on payment is made. The manual can be
downloaded from the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Manuals/Downloads/clm104c03.pdf.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)). With regard to the newness criterion
for KcentraTM, as stated above, we consider the beginning of
the newness period to commence when KcentraTM was approved
by the FDA on April 29, 2013. Because KcentraTM is still
within the 3-year newness period, we are proposing to continue new
technology add-on payments for this technology for FY 2015. We are
inviting public comments on this proposal.
e. Argus[supreg] II Retinal Prosthesis System
Second Sight Medical Products, Inc. submitted an application for
new technology add-on payments for the Argus[supreg] II Retinal
Prosthesis System (Argus[supreg] II System) for FY 2014. The
Argus[supreg] II System is an active implantable medical device that is
intended to provide electrical stimulation of the retina to induce
visual perception in patients who are profoundly blind due to retinitis
pigmentosa (RP). These patients have bare or no light perception in
both eyes. The system employs electrical signals to bypass dead photo-
receptor cells and stimulate the overlying neurons according to a real-
time video signal that is wirelessly transmitted from an externally
worn video camera. The Argus[supreg] II implant is intended to be
implanted in a single eye, typically the worse-seeing eye. Currently,
bilateral
[[Page 28035]]
implants are not intended for this technology. According to the
applicant, the surgical implant procedure takes approximately 4 hours
and is performed under general anesthesia.
The Argus[supreg] II System consists of three primary components:
(1) An implant which is an epiretinal prosthesis that is fully
implanted on and in the eye (that is, there are no percutaneous leads);
(2) external components worn by the user; and (3) a ``fitting'' system
for the clinician that is periodically used to perform diagnostic tests
with the system and to custom-program the external unit for use by the
patient. We describe these components more fully below.
Implant: The retinal prosthesis implant is responsible for
receiving information from the external components of the system and
electrically stimulating the retina to induce visual perception. The
retinal implant consists of: (a) A receiving coil for receiving
information and power from the external components of the Argus[supreg]
II System; (b) electronics to drive stimulation of the electrodes; and
(c) an electrode array. The receiving coil and electronics are secured
to the outside of the eye using a standard scleral band and sutures,
while the electrode array is secured to the surface of the retina
inside the eye by a retinal tack. A cable, which passes through the eye
wall, connects the electronics to the electrode array. A pericardial
graft is placed over the extra-ocular portion on the outside of the
eye.
External Components: The implant receives power and data
commands wirelessly from an external unit of components, which include
the Argus II Glasses and Video Processing Unit (VPU). A small
lightweight video camera and transmitting coil are mounted on the
glasses. The telemetry coils and radio-frequency system are mounted on
the temple arm of the glasses for transmitting data from the VPU to the
implant. The glasses are connected to the VPU by a cable. This VPU is
worn by the patient, typically on a belt or a strap, and is used to
process the images from the video camera and convert the images into
electrical stimulation commands, which are transmitted wirelessly to
the implant.
``Fitting System'': To be able to use the Argus[supreg] II
System, a patient's VPU needs to be custom-programmed. This process,
which the applicant called ``fitting'', occurs in the hospital/clinic
shortly after the implant surgery and then periodically thereafter as
needed. The clinician/physician also uses the ``Fitting System'' to run
diagnostic tests (for example, to obtain electrode and impedance
waveform measurements or to check the radio-frequency link between the
implant and external unit). This ``Fitting System'' can also be
connected to a ``Psychophysical Test System'' to evaluate patients'
performance with the Argus[supreg] II System on an ongoing basis.
These three components work together to stimulate the retina and
allow a patient to perceive phosphenes (spots of light), which they
then need to learn to interpret. While using the Argus[supreg] II
System, the video camera on the patient-worn glasses captures a video
image. The video camera signal is sent to the VPU, which processes the
video camera image and transforms it into electrical stimulation
patterns. The electrical stimulation data are then sent to a
transmitter coil mounted on the glasses. The transmitter coil sends
both data and power via radio-frequency (RF) telemetry to the implanted
retinal prosthesis. The implant receives the RF commands and delivers
stimulation to the retina via an array of electrodes that is secured to
the retina with a retinal tack.
In patients with RP, the photoreceptor cells in the retina, which
normally transduce incoming light into an electro-chemical signal, have
lost most of their function. The stimulation pulses delivered to the
retina via the electrode array of the Argus[supreg] II Retinal
Prosthesis System are intended to mimic the function of these
degenerated photoreceptors cells. These pulses induce cellular
responses in the remaining, viable retinal nerve cells that travel
through the optic nerve to the visual cortex where they are perceived
as phosphenes (spots of light). Patients learn to interpret the visual
patterns produced by these phosphenes.
With respect to the newness criterion, according to the applicant,
the FDA designated the Argus[supreg] II System a Humanitarian Use
Device in May 2009 (HUD designation 09-0216). The applicant
submitted a Humanitarian Device Exemption (HDE) application
(H110002) to the FDA in May 2011 to obtain market approval for
the Argus[supreg] II System. The HDE was referred to the Ophthalmic
Devices Panel of the FDA's Medical Devices Advisory Committee for
review and recommendation. At the Panel's meeting held on September 28,
2012, the Panel voted 19 to 0 that the probable benefits of the
Argus[supreg] II System outweigh the risks of the system for the
proposed indication for use. The applicant received the HDE approval
from the FDA on February 14, 2013. Currently there are no other
approved treatments for patients with severe to profound RP. The
Argus[supreg] II System has an IDE number of G050001 and is a Class III
device. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50580 through
50583), we approved new ICD-9-CM procedure code 14.81 (Implantation of
Epiretinal Visual Prosthesis), which uniquely identifies the
Argus[supreg] II System. The other two codes approved by CMS are for
removal, revision, or replacement of the device. More information on
these codes can be found on the CMS Web site at: https://cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/ICD9ProviderDiagnosticCodes/ICD-9-CM-C-and-M-Meeting-Materials-Items/2013-03-05-MeetingMaterials.html.
After evaluation of the new technology add-on payment application
and consideration of public comments received, we concluded that the
Argus[supreg] II System met all of the new technology add-on payment
policy criteria. Therefore, we approved the Argus[supreg] II System for
new technology add-on payments in FY 2014 (78 FR 50580 through 50583).
Cases involving the Argus[supreg] II System that are eligible for new
technology add-on payments are identified by ICD-9-CM procedure code
14.81. We note that section 1886(d)(5)(K)(i) of the Act requires that
the Secretary establish a mechanism to recognize the costs of new
medical services or technologies under the payment system established
under that subsection, which establishes the system for paying for the
operating costs of inpatient hospital services. The system of payment
for capital costs is established under section 1886(g) of the Act,
which makes no mention of any add-on payments for a new medical service
or technology. Therefore, it is not appropriate to include capital
costs in the add-on payments for a new medical service or technology.
In the application, the applicant provided a breakdown of the costs of
the Argus[supreg] II System. The total operating cost of the
Argus[supreg] II System is $144,057.50. Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), new
technology add-on payments are limited to the lesser of 50 percent of
the average cost of the device or 50 percent of the costs in excess of
the MS-DRG payment for the case. As a result, the maximum add-on
payment for a case involving the Argus[supreg] II System for FY 2014 is
$72,028.75.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)). With regard to the newness criterion
for the Argus[supreg] II System, as stated above, we consider the
beginning of the newness period to commence when the Argus[supreg] II
[[Page 28036]]
System was approved by the FDA on February 14, 2013. Because the
Argus[supreg] II System is still within the 3-year newness period, we
are proposing to continue new technology add-on payments for this
technology for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on this
proposal.
f. Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] Drug Eluting Peripheral Stent
Cook[supreg] Medical submitted an application for new technology
add-on payments for the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] Drug Eluting
Peripheral Stent (Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg]) for FY 2014. The
Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] is intended for use in the treatment of
peripheral artery disease (PAD) of the above-the-knee femoropopliteal
arteries (superficial femoral arteries). According to the applicant,
the stent is percutaneously inserted into the artery(s), usually by
accessing the common femoral artery in the groin. The applicant stated
that an introducer catheter is inserted over the wire guide and into
the target vessel where the lesion will first be treated with an
angioplasty balloon to prepare the vessel for stenting. The applicant
indicated that the stent is self-expanding, made of nitinol (nickel
titanium), and is coated with the drug Paclitaxel. Paclitaxel is a drug
approved for use as an anticancer agent and for use with coronary
stents to reduce the risk of renarrowing of the coronary arteries after
stenting procedures.
The applicant received FDA approval on November 15, 2012, for the
Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg]. The applicant maintains that the
Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] is the first drug-eluting stent used for
superficial femoral arteries. The technology is currently described by
ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.60 (Insertion of drug-eluting stent(s) of
the superficial femoral artery).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50583 through
50585), after evaluation of the new technology add-on payment
application and consideration of the public comments received, we
approved the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] for new technology add-on
payments in FY 2014. Cases involving the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg]
that are eligible for new technology add-on payments are identified by
ICD-9-CM procedure code 00.60. As explained in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule, to determine the amount of Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg]
stents per case, instead of using the amount of stents used per case
based on the ICD-9-CM codes, the applicant used an average of 1.9
stents per case based on the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] Global Registry
Clinical Study. The applicant stated in its application that the
anticipated cost per stent is approximately $1,795. Therefore, cases of
the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] would incur an average cost per case of
$3,410.50 ($1,795 x 1.9). Under Sec. 412.88(a)(2), new technology add-
on payments are limited to the lesser of 50 percent of the average cost
of the device or 50 percent of the costs in excess of the MS-DRG
payment for the case. As a result, the maximum add-on payment for a
case of the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] is $1,705.25 for FY 2014.
As stated above, the new technology add-on payment regulations
provide that ``a medical service or technology may be considered new
within 2 or 3 years after the point at which data begin to become
available reflecting the ICD-9-CM code assigned to the new service or
technology'' (Sec. 412.87(b)(2)). With regard to the newness criterion
for the Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg], as stated above, we consider the
beginning of the newness period to commence when the Zilver[supreg]
PTX[supreg] was approved by the FDA on November 15, 2012. Because the
Zilver[supreg] PTX[supreg] is still within the 3-year newness period,
we are proposing to continue new technology add-on payments for this
technology for FY 2015. We are inviting public comments on this
proposal.
4. FY 2015 Applications for New Technology Add-On Payments
We received seven applications for new technology add-on payments
for FY 2015, three of which were applications resubmitted from FY 2014.
However, one applicant withdrew its application prior to the
publication of this proposed rule. In accordance with the regulations
under Sec. 412.87(c), applicants for new technology add-on payments
must have FDA approval by July 1 of each year prior to the beginning of
the fiscal year that the application is being considered. A discussion
of the six remaining applications is presented below.
a. Dalbavancin (Durata Therapeutics, Inc.)
Durata Therapeutics, Inc. submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for FY 2015 for the use of Dalbavancin.
Dalbavancin is an intravenous (IV) lipoglycopeptide antibiotic
administered as a once-weekly 30-minute infusion via a peripheral line
for the treatment of patients with acute bacterial skin and skin
structure infections, or ABSSSI. According to the applicant,
Dalbavancin's unique pharmacokinetic profile demonstrates rapid
bactericidal activity that is potent and sustained against serious
gram-positive bacteria, including methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus (MRSA).
With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated that
Dalbavancin's once-weekly dosing, a simpler regimen than the current
standard of care (Vancomycin) of daily or multiple-times daily
intravenous dosing, allows for the discontinuation of IV access with
its attendant risks of line-related thrombosis and infection. The
applicant submitted a New Drug Approval Application (NDA) on September
26, 2013, and anticipates FDA approval of Dalbavancin sometime in May
of 2014. To date, no ICD-10-PCS code specifically describes the
administration of Dalbavancin. The applicant applied for a new ICD-10-
PCS code to describe the administration of Dalbavancin, which was
presented at the March 19-20, 2014 ICD-10 Coordination and Maintenance
Committee meeting. If approved, the code will be effective on October
1, 2014. We are inviting public comments on whether the technology
meets the newness criterion.
We note that in the FY 2010 IPPS/RY 2010 LTCH PPS final rule (74 FR
43813 through 43814), we established criteria for evaluating whether a
new technology is substantially similar to an existing technology,
specifically: (1) Whether a product uses the same or a similar
mechanism of action to achieve a therapeutic outcome; (2) whether a
product is assigned to the same or a different MS-DRG; and (3) whether
the new use of the technology involves the treatment of the same or
similar type of disease and the same or similar patient population. If
a technology meets all three of the criteria above, it would be
considered substantially similar to an existing technology and would
not be considered ``new'' for purposes of new technology add-on
payments.
In evaluating the first criterion, the applicant stated that
Dalbavancin's mechanism of action is unique compared to other
antibiotics as it involves the interruption of cell wall synthesis
resulting in bacterial cell death. Furthermore, the applicant cited
Dalbavancin's long half-life as the factor that differentiates itself
from existing antibacterial agents active against MRSA. With respect to
the second criterion, we believe that cases of ABSSSI that use
Dalbavancin or other antibiotics for treatment would be assigned to the
same MS-DRGs. Finally, with respect to the third criterion, we believe
that Dalbavancin and other antibiotics used to treat cases of ABSSSI
treat the same disease and patient population. Based on evaluation of
the substantially similarity criteria, it appears that Dalbavancin is
not substantially similar to other antibiotics for the treatment of
ABSSSI because it
[[Page 28037]]
does not use the same or a similar mechanism of action to achieve a
therapeutic outcome. We are inviting public comments regarding whether
Dalbavancin is substantially similar to existing antibiotics and
whether Dalbavancin meets the newness criterion.
According to the applicant, Dalbavancin is indicated to treat gram-
positive ABSSSIs, such as cellulitis or erysipelas, and MRSA. These
conditions may be a primary diagnosis, but are often secondary to an
underlying condition such as diabetes, heart failure, pressure ulcers,
etc. Therefore, the technology is eligible to be used across all MS-
DRGs. To demonstrate that it meets the cost criterion, the applicant
searched the FY 2012 MedPAR file (across all MS-DRGs) for cases where
at least one ABSSSI ICD-9-CM code was present on the claim, including
those where MRSA was present on a claim with an ABSSSI diagnosis.
Specifically, the applicant searched for cases with one of the
following diagnosis codes: 035 (Erysipelas); 681.00 (Cellulitis and
abscess of finger, unspecified); 681.01 (Felon); 681.02 (Onychia and
paronychia of finger); 681.10 (Cellulitis and abscess of toe,
unspecified); 681.11 (Onychia and paronychia of toe); 681.9 (Cellulitis
and abscess of unspecified digit); 682.0-682.9 (Other cellulitis and
abscess of face, neck, trunk, upper arm and forearm, hand except
fingers and thumb, buttock, leg except foot, foot except toes,
specified sites, unspecified sites); 686.00 (Pyoderma, unspecified);
686.01 (Pyoderma gangrenosum); 686.09 (Other pyoderma); 686.1 (Pyogenic
granuloma of skin and subcutaneous tissue); 686.8 (Other specified
local infections of skin and subcutaneous tissue); 686.9 (Unspecified
local infection of skin and subcutaneous tissue); 958.3 (Posttraumatic
wound infection not elsewhere classified); 998.51 (Infected
postoperative seroma); and 998.59 (Other postoperative infection). The
applicant believed that these cases represent potential cases eligible
for the administration of Dalbavancin.
The applicant found 570,698 cases across 682 MS-DRGs and noted that
almost 25 percent of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRGs 603
(Cellulitis without MCC), while the top 10 MS-DRGs accounted for almost
half (or 49 percent) of the total number of cases. Of the 682 MS-DRGs,
only 90 of these MS-DRGs accounted for 1,000 cases or more. The
applicant standardized the charges for all 570,698 cases, which equated
to an average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $46,138. We
note that the applicant did not inflate the charges nor did it include
charges for Dalbavancin in the average case-weighted standardized
charge per case. The applicant calculated an average case-weighted
threshold of $44,255 across all MS-DRGs. Therefore, the applicant
asserted the average case-weighted standardized charge per case
(without inflating and including charges for Dalbavancin) exceeds the
average case-weighted threshold of $44,255 (as indicated in Table 10 of
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule). Therefore, the applicant
maintained that Dalbavancin meets the cost criterion. We are inviting
public comments regarding whether Dalbavancin meets the cost criterion,
particularly with regard to the assumptions and methodology used in the
applicant's analysis.
With regard to substantial clinical improvement, as previously
stated by the applicant, Dalbavancin is a new intravenous (IV)
lipoglycopeptide antibiotic administered as a once-weekly 30 minute
infusion via a peripheral line for the treatment of patients with acute
bacterial skin and skin structure infections, or ABSSSI. The applicant
noted that, in the setting of continuing emergence of resistance among
gram-positive pathogens worldwide, there is an increasing medical need
for new antibacterial agents with enhanced gram-positive activity. The
applicant cited the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA),\3\
stating the need for a multi-pronged approach to address the impact of
antibiotic resistance. In addition, the applicant stated the FDA has
also designated MRSA as a pathogen of special interest which allows an
antibiotic effective against this organism to be designated as a
``Qualified Infectious Disease Product,'' recognizing the medical need
for drugs to treat infections caused by this pathogen. The applicant
believed that having a medicinal agent with clinical efficacy against
gram-positive pathogens, including MRSA and CA-MRSA, a favorable
benefit/risk ratio, and a favorable pharmacokinetics profile allowing
convenient dosing in inpatients and outpatients with the potential for
minimizing patient noncompliance would be a valuable addition to the
antibacterial armamentarium for the treatment of ABSSSI. The applicant
also noted that, when taking Dalbavancin, there is no need for oral
step-down therapy.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ ``Bad Bugs, No Drugs,'' July 2004.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The applicant suggested that Dalbavancin offers treatment
advantages over other available options for therapy for skin infections
as a result of the following:
Improved potency against key bacterial pathogens with the
concentration of Dalbavancin required to kill key target pathogens
lower relative to other antibiotics commonly used to treat such
pathogens;
Retained activity against staphylococcus aureus resistant
to other antibiotics;
Improved safety profile as Dalbavancin exhibits more
favorable tolerability and safety than alternative approved
antibacterial drugs in areas such as no evidence of thrombocytopenia as
seen with linezolid and tedezolid, superior infusion related
tolerability relative to other antiobiotics, an absence or reduction of
drug specific toxicities, and once a week dosing of IV Dalbavancin
avoids pitfalls of patient noncompliance with an oral medication;
Lack of drug interactions due to metabolic profile which
minimizes risk of unexpected adverse events when co-administered with
other compounds as seen with linezolid and quinupristin/dalfopristin;
Decreased requirement for therapeutic interventions,
specifically the need for an intravenous catheter as Dalbavancin is
administered once a week, thus reducing catheter related infection as
well;
Reduced time to patient defined recovery;
Reduced mortality rate as demonstrated in the combined
phase of the Discover 1 and Discover 2 clinical trials;
The potential for avoidance of admission to the hospital
as Dalbavancin allows the utilization of a weekly treatment regimen,
thus potentially increasing the convenience of outpatient therapy for
patients.
The applicant conducted three phase three randomized, controlled,
double blinded clinical trials. The first was the pivotal VER001-9
study with a total of 873 patients with cSSSIs, which compared the
safety and efficacy of IV Dalbavancin with possible switch to oral
placebo to IV Linezolid with possible switch to oral Linezolid.
According to the applicant, the primary efficacy endpoint of clinical
response at test of 14 days with a plus or minus of 2 days after
completion of therapy demonstrated comparable clinical efficacy to
linezolid and met the requirement of statistical demonstration of
noninferiority. In the clinically evaluable population, 88.9 percent of
patients who received Dalbavancin compared to 91.2 percent of patients
who received vancomycin/linezolid
[[Page 28038]]
were clinical successes. The applicant also noted that Dalbavancin had
an improved safety profile compared to Linezolid as the overall
incidence and percentage of adverse events and deaths were lower in the
Dalbavancin group, which was statistically significant.
The second and third clinical trials were the Discover 1 and
Discover 2 trials, which enrolled a total of 1,312 patients with ABSSSI
and compared IV Dalbavancin with IV placebo every 12 hours to match
Vancomycin with possible switch to oral Vancomycin to IV Vancomycin
with IV placebo to match IV Dalbavancin with possible switch to oral
Linezolid. The applicant reported that in both studies, the primary
efficacy outcome measure was clinical response in 48 to 72 hours post-
study drug initiation and a secondary outcome measure was clinical
status at the end of treatment visit (day 14) in the Intent to Treat
(ITT) and clinically evaluable at End of Treatment populations.
Clinical status was also determined at the short-term follow-up and
long-term follow-up visits.
According to the applicant, the Discover 1 trial demonstrated that
83.3 percent of patients in the ITT population who received Dalbavancin
were responders at 48 to 72 hours after the start of therapy compared
to 81.8 percent of patients who received Vancomycin/Linezolid. The
applicant also noted that Dalbavancin was noninferior to Vancomycin/
Linezolid (Absolute Difference in Success Rates (95 percent confidence
interval): -4.6 percent; 7.9 percent).
The applicant further noted that the Discover 2 trial showed
similar results to the Discover 1 trial. Specifically, the trial
demonstrated that 76.8 percent of patients in the ITT population who
received Dalbavancin were responders at 48 to 72 hours after the start
of therapy compared to 78.3 percent of patients who received
Vancomycin/Linezolid. The applicant again noted that Dalbavancin was
noninferior to Vancomycin/Linezolid (Absolute Difference in Success
Rates (95 percent confidence interval): -7.4 percent; 4.6 percent).
The applicant found Dalbavancin to be effective against MRSA and
other gram-positive bacteria associated with ABSSSI. The applicant
stated that 25 percent of patients in the study were treated without an
inpatient admission.
We are concerned with the details of the trial design and the
primary efficacy endpoints used within those trials that were used to
provide the clinical data supplied by the applicant. All of the trials
were noninferiority studies, which prevent any determination as to
substantial clinical improvement from the trial data. The primary
efficacy endpoint was defined as having no increase in lesion size, and
no fever 48 to 72 hours after drug initiation. The secondary endpoint
was a >20 percent reduction in infection area at defined points in
time. At neither endpoint is the patient oriented endpoint of
resolution of infection increased. With these limitations in using
efficacy data to establish substantial clinical improvement, the
applicant suggested that the outpatient treatment, elimination of
central lines and avoidance of hospitalization all may improve safety,
avoid treatment-associated infections and improve patient satisfaction,
and that these factors demonstrate substantial clinical improvement.
While the factors mentioned may be true, the applicant did not present
any evidence to support its assertions. We are inviting public comments
on whether Dalbavancin meets the substantial clinical improvement
criterion, including public comments in response to our concern that
the applicant has only provided efficacy data of noninferiority, and no
data for the other suggested benefits.
We did not receive any public comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014 regarding this
technology.
b. Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System (Aptus Endosystems, Inc.)
The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is indicated for use in
the treatment of patients whose endovascular grafts during treatment of
aortic aneurysms have exhibited migrations or endoleaks, or in the
treatment of patients who are at risk of such complications, and in
whom augmented radial fixation and/or sealing is required to regain or
maintain adequate aneurysm exclusion.
The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is comprised of the
following three components: (1) The EndoAnchor Implant; (2) the Heli-
FXTM Applier; and (3) the Heli-FXTM Guide with
Obturator. The Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is a mechanical
fastening device that is designed to enhance the long-term durability
and reduce the risk of repeat interventions in endovascular aneurysm
repair (EVAR) and thoracic endovascular aneurysm repair (TEVAR). By
deploying a small helical screw (the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchors)
to connect the endograft to the aorta, the Heli-FXTM System
seeks to provide a permanent seal and fixation, similar to the
stability achieved with an open surgical anastomosis.
The original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System, designed for
treating abdominal aortic aneurysms (AAA), was cleared by the FDA
through the ``de novo'' 510(k) process on November 21, 2011 (reference
K102333). The Heli-FXTM Thoracic System, which allows the
expanded use of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System technology
to the treatment of thoracic aortic aneurysms (TAA), was cleared by the
FDA on August 14, 2012 (reference K121168).
The applicant submitted two applications for approval for new
technology add-on payment in FY 2015: one for the treatment of AAAs and
the other for the treatment of TAA repair. We note that, as stated in
the Inpatient New Technology Add-on Payment Final Rule (66 FR 46915),
two applications are necessary in this instance, because patients that
may be eligible for use of the technology under the first indication
are not expected to be assigned to the same MS-DRGs as patients
receiving treatment using the new technology under the second
indication. Specifically, patients who have endovascular grafts
implanted for the treatment of AAA map to MS-DRGs 237 (Major
Cardiovascular Procedures with MCC) and 238 (Major Cardiovascular
Procedures without MCC), while patients who have endovascular grafts
implanted for the treatment of TAA map to MS-DRGs 219 (Cardiac Valve
and Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedure without Cardiac Catheter with
MCC), 220 (Cardiac Valve and Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedure
without Cardiac Catheter with CC), and 221 (Cardiac Valve and Other
Major Cardiothoracic Procedure without Cardiac Catheter without CC/
MCC). Each indication/application must also meet the cost criterion and
the substantial clinical improvement criterion in order to be eligible
for new technology add-on payments beginning in FY 2015. We discuss
both of these applications below.
(1) Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System for the Treatment of AAA
As mentioned above, the original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System, designed for treating patients diagnosed with AAA, was cleared
by the FDA through the ``de novo'' 510(k) process on November 21, 2011
(reference K102333). According to the applicant, the device became
available to Medicare beneficiaries following the product launch at the
Society of Vascular Surgery (SVS) Annual Meeting held on June 7-9,
2012. Therefore, the applicant maintained that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System meets the ``newness'' criterion because the
[[Page 28039]]
technology was not available on the U.S. market until June 2012. The
applicant explained that the delay in the general market availability
of the original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System, following
initial FDA clearance, was mainly because of the regulatory uncertainty
inherent in the ``de novo'' 510(k) process. This uncertainty prevented
the manufacturer from being able to secure the venture capital funding
that was necessary to prepare for commercialization before obtaining
market clearance. The ability to secure venture capital through the
fundraising process was dependent upon the FDA clearance. According to
the applicant, funding to commercially market the technology was not
obtained until June 2012. In subsequent discussions with the applicant,
the applicant confirmed that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
was available on the U.S. market as of November 2011. Further, the
applicant acknowledged that four implantations were performed on
Medicare beneficiaries between November 2011 and June 2012. Therefore,
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is considered ``new'' as of
November 2011 when the technology was cleared by the FDA and became
available on the U.S. market.
Section 412.87(b)(2) of the regulations state that, ``a medical
service or technology may be considered new within 2 or 3 years after
the point at which data begin to become available reflecting the ICD-9-
CM code assigned to the new service or technology.'' Our past practice
has been to begin and end the eligibility for new technology add-on
payments on a fiscal year basis. We have generally followed a guideline
that uses a 6-month window, before and after the beginning of the
fiscal year, to determine whether to still consider a technology
``new'' and extend approved new technology add-on payments for an
additional fiscal year. In general, a technology is still considered
``new'' (and eligible to receive new technology add-on payments) only
if the 3-year anniversary date of the product's entry on the market
occurs in the latter half of the fiscal year. (We refer readers to 70
FR 47362.) With regard to the newness criterion for the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System, as stated above, we consider the
beginning of the newness period for the device to begin when the
technology first became available on the U.S. market in November 2011.
As previously stated, the applicant acknowledged that four
implantations were performed on Medicare beneficiaries between November
2011 and June 2012. Therefore, the costs of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System are currently reflected in the MS-DRGs, and the 3-
year anniversary date under the newness criterion for the product's
entry on the U.S. market will occur during November 2014 (the first
half of FY 2015). As such, we do not believe that the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System meets the newness criterion. We are
inviting public comments on whether the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System meets the newness criterion.
The applicant requested an ICD-10-PCS code, and presented comments
at the March 2014 ICD-10 Coordination & Maintenance Committee meeting.
To demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion, the
applicant researched claims data from the 100 percent sample of the
2012 Inpatient Hospital Standard Analytical File (SAF) for cases
reporting either procedure code 39.71 (Endovascular implantation of
other graft in abdominal aorta), or procedure code 39.79 (Other
endovascular procedures on other vessels) in the first or second
procedure position on the claim, in combination with one of the
following primary diagnosis codes: 441.4 (Abdominal aneurysm without
mention of rupture); 996.1 (Mechanical complication of other vascular
device, implant, and graft); or 996.74 (Other complications due to
other vascular device, implant, and graft). The applicant believed that
this combination of ICD-9-CM codes identifies cases treated for AAA. We
note that the 2012 SAF dataset includes all claims submitted from
hospitals paid under the IPPS for calendar year 2012.
The applicant focused its analysis on MS-DRGs 237 and 238 because
these are the MS-DRGs that cases treated with the implantation of
endovascular grafts for AAAs would most likely map to. The applicant
found a total of 8,142 cases, and noted that 9.35 percent of the total
number of cases would map to MS-DRG 237, and 90.65 percent of the total
number of cases would map to MS-DRG 238. The applicant standardized the
charges for all 8,142 cases. Using the inflation factor of 1.47329
published in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule (78 FR 50982), the
applicant inflated the standardized charges by 14.88 percent (the
applicant multiplied 1.47329 x 1.47329 x 1.47329 in order to inflate
the charges from 2012 to 2015). The applicant then added the charges
for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System to the standardized
charges by dividing the cost of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System device by each individual hospital specific CCR from the FY 2012
impact file. This equated to an average case-weighted inflated
standardized charge per case of $111,613. The applicant noted that the
average case-weighted inflated standardized charge per case did not
contain additional operating room charges that relate to the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System. Therefore, the applicant determined
that it was necessary to add an additional $1,440 for operating room
charges, which was based on an additional half hour of operating room
time from one hospital, to the average case-weighted standardized
charge per case. This resulted in an average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $113,053. The applicant calculated an average case-
weighted threshold of $86,278 across both MS-DRGs 237 and 238. The
applicant noted that the average case-weighted standardized charge per
case, computed without including the additional operating room charges
that relate to the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System, exceeded the
average case-weighted threshold of $86,278. Therefore, the applicant
maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
The applicant also submitted claims data from the ANCHOR (Aneurysm
Treatment Using the Heli-FX Aortic Securement System Global Registry)
study to demonstrate that the technology meets the cost criterion. A
total of 51 cases were submitted with 11.76 percent of all the cases
mapping to MS-DRG 237, and 88.24 percent of all the cases mapping to
MS-DRG 238. The applicant standardized the charges for all 51 cases,
and determined an average case-weighted standardized charge per case of
$128,196. The applicant calculated an average case-weighted threshold
of $87,118 across MS-DRGs 237 and 238. Therefore, because the average
case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeds the average case-
weighted threshold, the applicant maintained that the technology meets
the cost criterion. We are inviting public comments on whether the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System meets the cost criterion,
particularly with regard to the assumptions and methodology used in the
applicant's analyses. We discuss whether the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System represents a substantial clinical improvement over
other treatments used for the repair of both abdominal and thoracic
aortic aneurysms in one discussion below.
(2) Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System for the Treatment of
Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
The Heli-FXTM Thoracic System, which allows the expanded
use of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System technology to TAA
repair, was cleared
[[Page 28040]]
by the FDA on August 14, 2012 (reference K121168). The new system
consists of a longer delivery device with additional tip configurations
to allow the helical EndoAnchor technology to treat TAA. A line
extension to the original Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System,
allowing improved treatment of AAA patients with larger aortic neck
diameters, was cleared by the FDA on April 12, 2013 (reference
K130677).
With regard to the newness criterion for the Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System, we consider the beginning of the newness period for
the device to begin when the technology was approved by the FDA on
August 14, 2012. Because the 3-year anniversary date of the product's
entry on the U.S. market would occur in the second half of FY 2015
(August 14, 2015), we believe that the Heli-FXTM Thoracic
System meets the newness criterion. We are inviting public comments on
whether the Heli-FXTM Thoracic System meets the newness
criterion. As stated above, the applicant requested an ICD-10-PCS code,
and presented comments at the March 2014 ICD-10 Coordination &
Maintenance Committee meeting.
To demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM Thoracic System meets
the cost criterion, similar to the analysis performed for the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System for the treatment of AAA, the
applicant researched claims data from the 100 percent sample of the
2012 SAF for cases reporting procedure code 39.73 (Endovascular
implantation of graft in thoracic aorta) in the first or second
procedure position on the claim, in combination with one of the
following primary diagnosis codes: 404.93 (Hypertensive heart and
chronic kidney disease, unspecified, with heart failure and chronic
kidney disease stage V or end-stage renal disease); 441.01 (Dissection
of aorta, thoracic); 441.03 (Dissection of aorta, thoracoabdominal);
441.2 (Thoracic aneurysm without mention of rupture); 441.4 (Abdominal
aneurysm without mention of rupture); 441.7 (Thoracoabdominal aneurysm,
without mention of rupture); 996.1 (Mechanical complication of other
vascular device, implant, and graft); or 996.74 (Other complications
due to other vascular device, implant, and graft). The applicant
believed that this combination of ICD-9-CM codes identifies cases
treated for TAA. We note that the 2012 SAF dataset includes all claims
submitted from hospitals paid under the IPPS for CY 2012.
The applicant focused its analysis on MS-DRGs 219, 220, and 221
because these are the MS-DRGs to which cases treated with the
implantation of endovascular grafts for TAA repair would most likely
map. The applicant found a total of 642 cases, and noted that 27.88
percent of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRG 219, 40.50
percent of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRG 220, and 31.62
percent of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRG 221. The
applicant standardized the charges for all 642 cases. Using the
inflation factor of 1.47329 published in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final
rule (78 FR 50982), the applicant inflated the standardized charges by
14.88 percent (the applicant multiplied 1.47329 x 1.47329 x 1.47329 in
order to inflate the charges from 2012 to 2015). The applicant then
added the charges for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System to the
standardized charges by dividing the cost of the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System device by each individual hospital specific CCR from
the FY 2012 impact file. This equated to an average case-weighted
inflated standardized charge per case of $156,625. The applicant noted
that the average case-weighted inflated standardized charge per case
did not contain additional operating room charges related to the use of
this technology. Therefore, the applicant determined that it was
necessary to add an additional $2,160 for operating room charges, which
was based on an additional 45 minutes of operating room time from one
hospital, to the average case-weighted standardized charge per case.
This resulted in an average case-weighted standardized charge per case
of $158,785. The applicant calculated an average case-weighted
threshold of $141,194 across MS-DRGs 219, 220, and 221. The applicant
noted that the average case-weighted standardized charge per case,
without including charges for additional operating room time, exceeded
the average case-weighted threshold of $141,194. Therefore, the
applicant maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion. We
are inviting public comments on whether the Heli-FXTM
Thoracic System meets the cost criterion, particularly with regard to
the assumptions and methodology used in the applicant's analysis.
(3) Evaluation of the Substantial Clinical Improvement Criterion for
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System for the Treatment of
Abdominal and Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
The applicant stated that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System represents a substantial clinical improvement for the following
reasons: The technology improves overall rates of aneurysm exclusion
and long-term success after EVAR by increasing the integrity and long-
term durability of the proximal seal and fixation; the technology
reduces the risk and rate of secondary interventions and readmissions
due to aneurysm-related complications (for example, endoleaks,
migration, aneurysm enlargement) caused by failure of the proximal
seal; the technology improves the general applicability of EVAR to
patients with a broader spectrum of aortoiliac anatomy, including those
with hostile proximal neck anatomy; and the technology reduces the
rigor of life-long imaging follow-up for EVAR patients by reducing the
rate of late failure and increasing the post-EVAR rates of aneurysm sac
regression due to complete, endoleak-free durable aneurysm exclusion.
While current devices and capabilities are greatly improved over
the first generation of devices, the applicant noted that EVAR
treatments using the first generation of devices has not proven to be
as durable, anatomically applicable, or complication-free as open
surgery. 4 5 6 7 Several critical and life-threatening
limitations continue to require improvement to these devices and
procedures, including the need to reduce serious early and late device
and procedure-related complications, such as loss of stability, and
integrity and robustness of the clinical proximal aortic landing zone,
and to offer an alternative method of EVAR to a broader segment of the
patient population.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Abbruzzese, T.A., Kwolek, C.J., Brewster, D.C., et al,
``Outcomes following endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm repair
(EVAR): An anatomic and device-specific analysis,'' Journal of
Vascular Surgery, 2008, Vol. 48, pp. 19-28.
\5\ Dangas, G., O'Connor, D., Firwana, B., et al, ``Open Versus
Endovascular Stent Graft Repair of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms: A
Meta-Analysis of Randomized Trials,'' JACC, 2012, Vol. 5 (10), pp.
1072-1080.
\6\ De Bruin, J.L., Baas, A.F., Buth, J., et al, ``Long-Term
Outcome of Open or Endovascular Repair of Abdominal Aortic
Aneurysm,'' New England Journal of Medicine, May 2010, Vol. 362(20),
pp. 1881-1889.
\7\ Greenhalgh, R.M., Brown, L.C., Powell, J.T., et al,
``Endovascular versus open repair of abdominal aortic aneurysm,''
New England Journal of Medicine, May 2010, Vol. 362(20), pp. 1863-
1871.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The applicant provided literature, analyses of data from the
``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial and the ANCHOR Registry, and a meta-
analysis of EVAR trials to demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System represents a substantial clinical improvement above
current treatments available. We summarize the information provided by
the applicant that supports the clinically beneficial results of using
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System.
The ``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial enrolled 155 patients at 25 U.S.
centers between September 2007 and January
[[Page 28041]]
2009. Clinical (and imaging) data are available for 147, 139 and 125
patients at 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year follow-up, respectively,
representing the complete data sets at these time points. Patients
enrolled in the clinical trial and observed under the study will
continue to be followed per protocol for 5 years following aneurysm
repair. According to the applicant, the results of the trial and study
demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System is
associated with an extremely low rate of proximal neck-related issues
in long-term follow-up. The applicant maintained that this
determination results in improved outcomes for aortic aneurysm
patients, and reduced rate of re-interventions, which are associated
with hospital admissions, procedural risks, and reversions to increased
follow-up frequency requiring more physician visits and radiographic
imaging studies.
The data used for this analysis was extracted from the clinical
database on February 1, 2013, and are identical to those used to
generate the most recent Annual Progress Report (APR) submitted to the
FDA, as required under the U.S. IDE regulations.
While the ``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial was conducted exclusively
with the Aptus AAA endograft (which remains investigational), the
applicant believed that the use of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System-related data is applicable to the use of the anchor with the
compatible Cook, Gore, and Medtronic manufactured endografts in
treatment anatomies for AAA and TAA cases.
Through 3-year follow-up, the applicant noted that there have been
no anchor fractures as observed by the core lab. Further, there have
been no relative migrations of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System as compared to other endografts reported by the core laboratory.
In the analysis of the ``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial data at 1-year
follow-up, the applicant noted that the core lab observed no proximal
migrations, and a single case of Type I endoleak. A single secondary
intervention was required to address the Type I endoleak in a patient
with a circumferentially incomplete proximal neck within the 1-year
follow-up period.
The applicant further noted that no additional Type I endoleaks
have been observed beyond the 1-year follow-up in any patient enrolled
in the trial. In addition, there were no reported instances of aneurysm
rupture, vessel perforation, vessel dissection, catheter embolization,
enteric fistula, infection, Type III endoleak, conversion, allergic
reactions, renal emboli, or patient death associated with the use of
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System. Further, there have been no
reports of bleeding or hematoma at the EndoAnchor penetration locations
in the aortic neck.
Beyond the 1-year follow-up, three patients have demonstrated
proximal migrations less than 1 cm. None of these cases were associated
with Type I endoleaks or aneurysm sac expansions.
The applicant then compared migrations and Type I endoleaks data
from the ``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial to analogous data from five
compatible AAA endografts that were not anchored (data taken from
published SSE data obtained from the FDA's Web site). One year of data
was compared because this timeframe is what is reported in a standard
fashion from IDE trials of endografts. The applicant noted that the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System data compares favorably against
the data obtained in U.S. pivotal trials of devices that did not employ
discrete independent fixation means, particularly when viewed in light
of the shorter average neck lengths treated in the ``STAPLE-2''
clinical trial versus those involving the Cook, Gore, and Medtronic
manufactured endografts. According to the applicant, the number of
proximal migrations were low across devices as reported in the SSE
data, and an analysis using the Fisher's exact method demonstrated no
statistically significant differences when compared to the anchored
endografts used in the ``STAPLE-2'' clinical trial (all p = NS). The
incidence of Type I endoleaks and the need for secondary interventions
to address them was significantly lower for the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System endografts analyzed under the ``STAPLE-2'' clinical
trial versus the Medtronic, AneuRx, and Talent manufactured endografts
(p = 0.026 versus AneuRx and p = 0.015 versus Talent). The applicant
stated that the applicability of post-hoc statistical analyses is
limited. However, the applicant believed that because the data being
compared under the analyses were collected through similar protocols
and with the same endpoint definitions, post-hoc comparisons were
deemed appropriate. The applicant further believed that the comparison
of this data demonstrates that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System is associated with very low rates of Type I endoleaks and
migrations.
The applicant also provided data from the ANCHOR Registry, which is
a post-market, prospective, observational, multi-center, international,
dual-arm study designed to capture real-world data on the usage
patterns and clinical results associated with the use of the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System as a method of treatment for patients
in need of EVAR. The applicant explained that the ANCHOR Registry
represents a growing body of data on the application of the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System used as a method of endovascular
aortic aneurysm repair. The applicant noted that to its knowledge, the
anatomical challenges present in the registry are greater than those in
any large scale published series. The applicant further noted that,
although long-term results are limited, the acute results demonstrate a
high level of device safety, technical feasibility and acute success in
a patient population with few viable options.
Primary safety for the ANCHOR Registry is being measured as a
composite of freedom from device or procedure-related serious adverse
events through 1-year follow-up following the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System implantation. Primary effectiveness is being measured
as a composite of acute technical success and freedom from Type Ia
endoleaks and endograft migrations through 1-year follow-up. Inclusion
and exclusion criteria are minimal, essentially following the IFU
requirements. Patients are being followed in the registry by their
physician's standard of care for 5 years.
Enrollment in the ANCHOR Registry began in March 2012. Through
August 2013, a total of 258 patients were enrolled at 40 participating
centers (29 located in the United States and 11 located in the European
Union), and data are available in the registry's database. Of these,
195 patients (76 percent) were enrolled in the primary arm, having the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System implanted at the time of their
initial aneurysm treatment, either as a prophylactic measure, or to
address an acute leak seen on completion arteriography. The remaining
patients (63 or 24 percent) were enrolled in the revision arm, having
the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor Systems implanted at a secondary
procedure to arrest migration, or address endoleaks discovered on
follow-up in previously implanted endografts.
The applicant noted that physicians are choosing to apply the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System in a subset of patients that are at a
higher risk for proximal neck-related complications during follow-up.
The large average sac diameter in the revision arm suggested that these
patients' initial treatments were unsuccessful and, as such, they have
experienced continued sac expansion post-EVAR. These patients
[[Page 28042]]
also represent a high-risk subset of patients.
Acute results are measured in terms of technical success. In the
primary arm, 193 of 194 procedures were successful, and in the revision
arm, 57 of 63 procedures were successful. All technical failures were
persistence of Type Ia endoleaks. There has been a single re-
intervention at 69 days post-Endoanchor implantation for a persistent
Type Ia endoleak in one patient in the revision arm, in which the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System combined with a proximal cuff were
unable to completely resolve the endoleak. There have been no device-
related serious adverse events.
As mentioned above, because the ``STAPLE-1,'' \8\ and ``STAPLE-2''
clinical trials were single-arm studies, no data are available from
them to assess the impact of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
on endograft performance. To make this assessment, a meta-analysis was
conducted. The meta-analysis combined long-term AAA endograft
performance from endografts marketed in the United States, and compared
these measures to those from long-term follow-up in the ``STAPLE-2''
trial.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ Deaton, D.H., Mehla, M., Kasirajan, K., et al., ``The Phase
I Multi-center Trial (Staple-1) of the Aptus Endovascular Repair
System: Results at 6 Months and 1 Year,'' Journal of Vascular
Surgery, 2009, Vol. 49, pp. 851-857 (discussion on pp. 857-858.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
According to the applicant, the key findings from the meta-analysis
are as follows:
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchors reduced the proportion of
treated aneurysms with enlargement greater than 5 mm at 3 years from
12.7 percent to 3.9 percent (p = .002).
Heli-FX EndoAnchor System reduced the proportion of leaks
requiring treatment at 3 years from 12 percent to 1.3 percent (p <
.001).
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System reduced (all-cause)
mortality at 3 years from 18.8 percent to 8.4 percent (p = .002).
However, this does not appear to have been totally mediated by AAA-
related mortality, which was reduced by the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System from 2.5 percent to 0.7 percent at 3 years (but was
not statistically significant, p = .372).
According to the applicant, in general, patients in the ANCHOR
Registry were similar to the patients in the AAA endograft studies. The
applicant noted that the results of the analysis using the Fisher's
Exact Tests were consistent between the All-Studies' comparisons and
the IDE-Studies' comparisons: All-Cause Mortality, Leaks requiring
Treatment, and Enlargement were all significantly lower at 3 years in
the endografts implanted with the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System than in standard endografts.
The applicant asserted that the meta-analysis shows that there is
objective evidence that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
effectively reduces well-documented problems with endografts. By
providing the endograft with better apposition to the native artery,
the applicant noted that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
reduces the rates of enlargement and endoleaks requiring treatment. The
applicant further noted that these results were consistent in the All-
Studies' and IDE Studies' meta-analyses. The applicant believed that
lower rates of leaks requiring intervention would save payers money
over the long term.
The applicant observed that, while there was no significant
improvement in the rate of ruptures with the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System, this may be due to the fact that leaks were treated
and, thereby, prevented any ruptures. The applicant believed that the
higher rate of treated endoleaks in endografts implanted without the
Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System provides for this hypothesis.
Also, migration did not appear to be significantly reduced by the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System (3.5 percent at 3 years in both
groups; p = 1.0).
Finally, the applicant concluded that, overall, the lower
complication rates seen with the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
in the meta-analysis provide evidence of the clinical benefits and
likely economic benefits associated with the use of the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System. The applicant believed that the
technology may be especially helpful in patients with difficult
anatomy, and that it may be reasonable to consider using the Heli-
FXTM EndoAnchor System prophylactically in the treatment of
all such patients.
In addition to the formal study data from the ``STAPLE-2'' trial,
the Global ANCHOR Registry, and the meta-analysis based on these, the
applicant provided published peer-reviewed literature that represent an
early state of scientific data dissemination outside of non-company
sponsored clinical studies, which is commensurate with the recent
market approvals of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
technology. The applicant believed that this data demonstrates strong
initial physician enthusiasm and resulting favorable clinical results
in their experience to date. The applicant noted that the general body
of scientific literature is considered meaningful and growing for this
early stage of market introduction. However, the applicant asserted
that the literature supports the study and meta-analysis data above
that documents that improved clinical outcomes were observed, including
outcomes in a broader range of patients that are often ineligible for,
or at greatest risk with, EVAR.
We are concerned that the three sources of data, the ``STAPLE-2''
clinical trial, the Anchor registry, and the literature review that the
applicant submitted to support their application are not high quality
evidence. The ``STAPLE-2'' study was a single-arm study and only used
one endograft, the registry is an observational study, and the
literature review does not provide clinical data. Also, the meta-
analysis of all the submitted data is only as good as the data used.
While the clinical data submitted suggests that some outcomes such as
EVAR failure are improved, we are concerned that there is not enough
clinical evidence to support the substantial clinical improvement
criterion. We are inviting public comments on whether the submitted
data demonstrate that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System
represents a substantial clinical improvement in the treatment of
Medicare beneficiaries, particularly in regard to the concerns we have
identified.
We received public comments in response to the New Technology Town
Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014. We summarize these comments
below.
Comment: Several commenters supporting new technology add-on
payments for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System. In addition,
one commenter believed that EndoAnchors would broaden the applicability
of endovascular aneurysm repair. The commenter noted that use of
EndoAnchors increases the force needed to dislodge the proximal neck of
the graft by several times, and in some cases even stronger than a
hand-sewn anastomosis. This commenter further noted that this would
allow patients with short, or otherwise difficult aortic necks to be
treated more safely with endovascular aneurysm repair. The commenter
stated that the technology is beneficial for patients who have medical
problems or advanced age as contraindications to open surgery because
endovascular repair can be made possible with the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System.
The commenter further stated that patients with endoleaks
identified during follow-up are frequently not candidates for extension
prostheses and would otherwise require open explantation of the graft
and aneurysm
[[Page 28043]]
repair. The commenter explained that these are far more challenging and
risky operations than primary open aneurysm repairs, and are routinely
associated with blood loss of several liters as well as prolonged lower
extremity, renal, and visceral ischemia. The commenter noted that many
of these often elderly patients can be successfully treated in a
minimally invasive manner using the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System, reestablishing proximal fixation and seal while avoiding the
morbidity and mortality associated with graft explantation and open
repair. The commenter concluded that if new technology add-on payments
are approved for the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor System, many
patients would realize the advantages of this unique and necessary
device, improving their care and reducing overall cost.
Another commenter stated that the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System provides an opportunity to extend a less mortal procedure (EVAR)
to patients whose anatomy may predispose them to late failure,
including patients with large proximal neck diameters, increased iliac
diameters, or abnormal neck anatomy. In primary repair, the applicant
stated that endoanchors have been demonstrated to mimic a surgical
anastomosis. The commenter believed that this would lead to less
reinterventions and less aneurysm related mortality. Given the cost of
reintervention or treating a ruptured AAA, the commenter believed that
this technology should have a real impact in the overall cost of EVAR
in this patient population.
Response: We appreciate the commenters' support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the Heli-FXTM EndoAnchor
System application for new technology add-on payments for FY 2015 and
in the development of this proposed rule. As stated above, we are
inviting additional public comments on whether the Heli-FXTM
EndoAnchor System represents a substantial clinical improvement in the
treatment of Medicare beneficiaries, particularly in regard to the
concerns we have identified.
c. WATCHMAN[supreg] Left Atrial Appendage Closure Technology
Boston Scientific Corporation submitted an application for new
technology add-on payments for the WATCHMAN[supreg] Left Atrial
Appendage Closure Technology (Watchman[supreg] System) for FY 2015.
When a patient has an arrhythmia known as atrial fibrillation (AF), the
left atrium does not expand and contract normally. As a result, the
left atrium is not capable of completely emptying itself of blood.
Blood may pool, particularly in the part of the left atrium called the
left atrial appendage. This pooled blood is prone to clotting, causing
formation of a thrombus (that is, a blood clot). When a thrombus breaks
off, it is called an embolism (or thromboembolism). An embolism can
cause a stroke or other peripheral arterial blockage.
The WATCHMAN[supreg] Left Atrial Appendage (LAA) Closure Device is
an implant that acts as a physical barrier, sealing the LAA to prevent
thromboemboli from entering into the arterial circulation from the LAA,
thereby reducing the risk of stroke and potentially eliminating the
need for Warfarin therapy in those patients diagnosed with nonvalvular
AF and who are eligible for Warfarin therapy.
The applicant anticipates FDA premarket approval of the
WATCHMAN[supreg] System in the first half of 2014. According to the
applicant, the WATCHMAN[supreg] System is the first LAA closure device
that would be approved by the FDA. Therefore, the applicant believes
that the technology meets the newness criterion. The device is
currently identified by ICD-9-CM procedure code 37.90 (Insertion of
Left Atrial Appendage Device), which was issued on October 1, 2004. We
are inviting public comments on if, and how, the WATCHMAN[supreg]
System meets the newness criterion.
With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant used the FY 2012
MedPAR file and searched the claims data for cases reporting with ICD-
9-CM procedure code 37.90. The applicant provided two analyses. The
first analysis includes all claims that contained ICD-9-CM procedure
code 37.90 regardless of whether it was the principle procedure that
determined the MS-DRG assignment of the case. This returned 243 cases
spread across 21 MS-DRGs. The applicant noted that the MedPAR file
contained claims that were returned to the provider reporting charges
for actual cases from clinical trials that used the WATCHMAN[supreg]
System that were well below post-FDA approval pricing. Therefore, the
applicant removed the premarket device related charges. The applicant
then standardized the charges, applied an inflation factor of 1.096898
based on the 2-year charge inflation factor listed in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50982) and then added post-FDA approval
charges for the WATCHMAN[supreg] System. This resulted in an average
case-weighted standardized charge per case of $176,943. The applicant
calculated an average case-weighted threshold of $107,345 across all
MS-DRGs. Therefore, the applicant asserted that the average case-
weighted standardized charge per case exceeds the average case-weighted
threshold and maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
The second analysis focused on cases reporting ICD-9-CM procedure
code 37.90, and assigned to MS-DRGs 250 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular
Procedure without Coronary Artery Stent with MCC) and 251 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular Procedure without Coronary Artery Stent without MCC).
According to the applicant, these are the MS-DRGs to which cases using
the WATCHMAN[supreg] System in the delivery of treatment as the
principal procedure performed during the inpatient stay are assigned.
The applicant found a total of 122 cases, and noted that 9.02 percent
of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRG 250, and 90.98 percent
of the total number of cases would map to MS-DRG 252. Similar to above,
the applicant noted that the MedPAR file contained claims that were
returned to the provider reporting charges for actual cases from
clinical trials that used the WATCHMAN[supreg] System that were well
below post-FDA approval pricing. Therefore, the applicant removed the
premarket device-related charges. The applicant then standardized the
charges, applied an inflation factor of 1.096898 based on the 2-year
charge inflation factor listed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH final rule (78
FR 50982), and then added post FDA-approval charges for the
WATCHMAN[supreg] System. This resulted in an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of $113,210. The applicant calculated an
average case-weighted threshold of $68,093. The applicant asserted that
the average case-weighted standardized charge per case exceeds the
average case-weighted threshold. Therefore, the applicant maintained
that the technology meets the cost criterion. We are inviting public
comments on whether the WATCHMAN[supreg] System meets the cost
criterion, particularly with regard to the assumptions and methodology
used in the applicant's analysis.
The applicant asserted in its application that the WATCHMAN[supreg]
System meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion. The
applicant believed that the WATCHMAN[supreg] System provides a
permanent solution proven to reduce the risk of thromboembolic stroke
in patients diagnosed with high-risk, nonvalvular AF, and who are
eligible for Warfarin therapy. Therefore, the applicant believed that
the WATCHMAN[supreg] System fulfills a major unmet clinical need.
According to the applicant, clinical trial data
[[Page 28044]]
demonstrated non-inferiority of the WATCHMAN[supreg] System compared to
Warfarin therapy. Further, long-term follow-up data suggested
superiority compared to Warfarin therapy by demonstrating 40 percent
relative reduction of primary efficacy events, and 60 percent relative
reduction for CV mortality. The applicant also stated that, procedure
complication rate is low, with the majority of events occurring soon
before, during, or soon after the procedure.
The applicant submitted multiple clinical trial studies to
demonstrate that the technology represents a substantial clinical
improvement. Specifically, the WATCHMAN[supreg] System United States
clinical program included five studies with approximately 2000
patients. There were two prospective, randomized-controlled trials
(PROTECT AF 9 10 11 12 and PREVAIL \13\ \14\), two continued
access registries for patients who completed PROTECT AF and PREVAIL
(CAP and CAP2, respectively), and the ASAP feasibility study.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ Wrigley, B., Lip, G., ``Can the WATCHMAN device truly
PROTECT from stroke in atrial fibrillation?'', Lancet Neurology,
2009.
\10\ Reddy, V., Holmes, D., Doshi, S., et al. ``Safety of
percutaneous left atrial appendage closure: Results from the
WATCHMAN left atrial appendage system for embolic protection in
patients With AF (PROTECT AF) clinical trial and the Continued
Access Registry. Circulation.'' Vol. 123, 2011.
\11\ Reddy, V., Doshi, S., Sievert, H., et. al., ``Percutaneous
left atrial appendage closure for stroke prophylaxis in patients
with atrial fibrillation: 2.3-year follow up of the PROTECT AF
(Watchman Left Atrial Appendage System for embolic protection in
patients with atrial fibrillation) trial,'' Circulation., 2013, Vol.
127, pp. 720-729.
\12\ Alli, O., Doshi, S., Kar, S., et al., ``Quality of Life
Assessment in the Randomized PROTECT AF Trial of Patients at Risk
for Stroke With Non-Valvular Atrial Fibrillation,'' Journal of
American College of Cardiology, Vol. 61, No 17, 2013, pp. 1790-1798.
\13\ Landmesser, U., Holmes, D., ``Left atrial appendage
closure: A percutaneous transcatheter approach for stroke prevention
in atrial fibrillation,'' European Heart Journal, Vol. 33, 2012.
\14\ Homes, D.R. PREVAIL Results CIT, 2013.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
According to the applicant, PROTECT AF was a prospective,
randomized-controlled trial comparing the outcomes of patients who
received care for LAA closure using the WATCHMAN[supreg] System (463
patients) with those of patients who were anticoagulated with Warfarin
therapy (244 patients). The trial was designed to show that the
WATCHMAN[supreg] System was noninferior to Warfarin therapy. The
primary outcome was anticipated to occur at a rate of 6.15 per 100
patient-years in the control group, and the sample size was chosen
using a ``two-fold non-inferiority margin.'' Because patients could be
randomized to Warfarin therapy, all patients were eligible to continue
Warfarin, and did not have an excessive risk of bleeding. By design,
all patients in PROTECT AF continued Warfarin therapy for 45 days after
the device implantation procedure.
Outcome data from PROTECT AF have been reported after mean follow-
ups of 1.5 years, 2.3 years, and 3.7 years. The primary efficacy
endpoint was the composite of stroke, systemic embolism, cardiovascular
death, or unexplained death. This primary endpoint occurred in the
control group at a lower rate than was assumed in the sample size
calculations: The observed rate was between 3.8 and 4.9 per 100
patient-years compared with the design estimate of 6.15 per 100
patient-years. According to the applicant, patients randomly assigned
to receive the WATCHMAN[supreg] System device in the PROTECT AF trial
had numerically lower rates of the primary endpoint than the patients
randomly assigned to Warfarin (also known as Coumadin) at all time
points. We note that, although the point estimates favor the device for
the primary endpoint, the differences were not statistically
significant because the upper 95 percent confidence intervals are all
above 1.0. However, the secondary endpoint of cardiovascular death was
reduced significantly, as was all-cause mortality with a rate ratio of
0.66 (CL 0.45-0.98).
The criteria for noninferiority of the primary endpoint were met
over all follow-up intervals. According to the applicant, the
probability is >99 percent that device-treated patients have no more
than twice the rate of stroke, embolism, or death than Warfarin-treated
patients.
Also, the incidence of procedural-related complications in this
trial was 8.7 percent. The applicant noted that complications early in
the trial were related to procedures performed by new users. As a
result, changes were made to the procedure and physician training, and
the complication rate subsequently decreased.
The applicant stated in its application that the Circulatory System
Devices Advisory Panel to the Division of Cardiovascular Devices (DCD)
within the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the FDA
reviewed the 1-year PROTECT AF data on April 23, 2009. The panel voted
7:5 in favor of the device, resulting in a positive recommendation for
``approval with conditions.'' However, noting the complication rate,
the FDA required additional data collection on procedural safety to
confirm the lower rates observed in the second half of the trial. As a
result of this requirement, the PREVAIL trial study was designed in a
similar fashion to PROTECT AF, but with modifications to trial entry
criteria and a minimum number of new operators.
According to the applicant, in the interim, FDA also recognized the
effectiveness of the WATCHMAN[supreg] System and the need for a new
therapeutic option for patients receiving Warfarin therapy, and a
continued access program (CAP) was authorized. With 460 patients
enrolled, according to the applicant, efficacy rates in the CAP trial
study were similar to those seen in the PROTECT AF trial study, and
procedural complications were reduced by over 50 percent compared to
the PROTECT AF trial study, from 8.7 percent to 4.1 percent.
From November 2010 to June 2012, the PREVAIL trial enrolled a total
of 407 patients, 269 of whom received treatment for LAA closure with
the WATCHMAN[supreg] System, and 138 who received Warfarin therapy. The
applicant noted that the procedural complication rate was 4.4 percent,
confirming the rate seen in the second half of the PROTECT AF trial
study and the CAP trial study. After the PREVAIL trial closed, the FDA
authorized a second CAP (specifically, CAP2), which has enrolled 336
patients as of the date the applicant submitted its application.
The applicant also submitted data concerning patients diagnosed
with AF who are not on an oral anticoagulant. These patients are not
protected from stroke by an oral anticoagulant. There may be increased
periprocedural risk of device implantation because thrombus might form
on the device surface more readily in patients with no anticoagulation
(patients in the PROTECT AF trial were treated with Warfarin for 45
days after the device implantation procedure). Specifically, the ASAP
Registry (5) enrolled 150 patients, at one of four centers, that had a
contraindication to even short-term anticoagulation, mostly a history
of prior bleeding. There was no control group. Device implantation led
to a serious adverse event in 13 patients (8.7 percent), including one
case of device thrombus leading to ischemic stroke. Five other patients
had a device-related thrombus that did not lead to stroke (four of
these patients were treated with low molecular weight heparin),
resulting in an overall 4.0 percent incidence (6 out of 150) of device-
associated thrombus. In the PROTECT AF trail study, 20 of the 473
patients (4.2 percent) had device-associated thrombus, 3 of which led
to an ischemic stroke. The rates of device-related thrombus are similar
in the two studies
[[Page 28045]]
(4.0 percent versus 4.2 percent), but the number of patient studied is
smaller in the ASAP Registry (5) study compared to the PROTECT AF
clinical trial study.
In the 14-month follow-up data for the ASAP Registry (5) study, the
rate of stroke or systemic embolism was 2.3 percent per year, which was
said to be ``lower than expected'' based on prior data for patients
diagnosed with AF who were not treated with Warfarin (there was no
concurrent control group). The data provided suggested efficacy in this
patient population. However, we are concerned that there is not strong
evidence that the device prevents stroke.
All trials in the U.S. clinical program allowed for continued
follow-up of patients out to 5 years post-randomization. According to
the applicant, the patients enrolled in the PROTECT AF clinical trial
now have an average of 3.8 years of follow-up. The applicant asserted
that an analysis of this long-term data demonstrates superior primary
efficacy outcomes of the WATCHMAN[supreg] System over Warfarin therapy.
The applicant concluded that the WATCHMAN[supreg] System provides a
permanent solution to reduce the risk of ischemic strokes caused by
thromboemboli originating in the LAA in patients diagnosed with
nonvalvular AF. The applicant further stated that, the data demonstrate
that LAA closure using the WATCHMAN[supreg] System is a substantial
improvement in care as compared to currently available pharmacologic
therapy, such as Warfarin therapy.
The WATCHMAN[supreg] System may be used in two populations: (1)
Patients who could take Warfarin (or other oral anticoagulant), but
would prefer to avoid the risk of bleeding from anticoagulant therapy;
(2) patients who are not eligible for oral anticoagulation therapy
because of an unacceptable risk of bleeding. Most of the clinical
evidence presented by the applicant is from the former group, and the
applicant has requested from the FDA that the label indication be for
``high risk patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation who are
eligible for warfarin therapy, but, for whom the risks posed by long-
term warfarin therapy outweigh the benefits.''
We are concerned that the evidence presented by the applicant
demonstrating the superiority of the WATCHMAN[supreg] System compared
to Warfarin therapy is insufficient. The clinical study discussed above
was designed to demonstrate that the WATCHMAN[supreg] is noninferior to
Warfarin therapy. Specifically, in the PREVAIL AF trial study, the
primary endpoint was not significantly improved in the conventional
hypothesis testing statistical analysis at any time point. The longer
term data has improved efficacy and safety data, but still remain
sparse. Even for the secondary patient population ineligible for
anticoagulation therapy, the evidence remains weak as the only data
comes from the ASAP Registry (5) observational study of 150 patients
without a concurrent control group.
A recent article in the Journal of the American College of
Cardiology echoes these concerns: ``Current issues compromising the
implementation of procedural approaches for stroke prevention in AF are
discussed herein and include: (1) Lack of multiple randomized clinical
trials; (2) lack of consensus regarding the appropriate target
population to study; and (3) ability to obtain approval of devices for
outcome measures of unconfirmed clinical importance, such as, the use
of complete closure of the LAA at the time of the index procedure as a
surrogate for clinical efficacy.'' \15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ Holmes, D.R., et. al., ``Left Atrial Occlusion,'' Journal
of American College of Cardiology, 2014, Vol. 63, pp. 291-8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are inviting public comments on whether this technology meets
the substantial clinical improvement criterion, particularly regarding
our concerns discussed above.
We did not receive any public comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014 in regard to
this technology.
d. CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure) System
CardioMEMS, Inc. submitted an application for new technology add-on
payment for FY 2015 for the CardioMEMSTM HF (Heart Failure)
System, which is an implantable hemodynamic monitoring system comprised
of an implantable sensor/monitor placed in the distal pulmonary artery.
Pulmonary artery hemodynamic monitoring is used in the management of
heart failure. The CardioMEMSTM HF System measures multiple
pulmonary artery pressure parameters for an ambulatory patient to
measure and transmit data via a wireless sensor to a secure Web site.
The CardioMEMSTM HF System utilizes radiofrequency (RF)
energy to power the sensor and to measure pulmonary artery (PA)
pressure and consists of three components: An Implantable Sensor with
Delivery Catheter, an External Electronics Unit, and a Pulmonary Artery
Pressure Database. The system provides the physician with the patient's
PA pressure waveform (including systolic, diastolic, and mean
pressures) as well as heart rate. The sensor is permanently implanted
in the distal pulmonary artery using transcatheter techniques in the
catheterization laboratory where it is calibrated using a Swan-Ganz
catheter. PA pressures are transmitted by the patient at home in a
supine position on a padded antenna, pushing one button which records
an 18-second continuous waveform. The data also can be recorded from
the hospital, physician's office or clinic.
The hemodynamic data, including a detailed waveform, are
transmitted to a secure Web site that serves as the Pulmonary Artery
Pressure Database, so that information regarding PA pressure is
available to the physician or nurse at any time via the Internet.
Interpretation of trend data allows the clinician to make adjustments
to therapy and can be used along with heart failure signs and symptoms
to adjust medications.
The applicant believed that a large majority of patients receiving
the sensor would be admitted as an inpatient to a hospital with a
diagnosis of acute or chronic heart failure, which is typically
described by ICD-9-CM diagnosis code 428.43 (Acute or chronic combine
systolic and diastolic heart failure) and the sensor would be implanted
during the inpatient stay. The applicant stated that for safety
considerations, a small portion of these patients may be discharged and
the sensor would be implanted at a future date in the hospital
outpatient setting. In addition, there would likely be a group of
patients diagnosed with chronic heart failure who are not currently
hospitalized, but who have been hospitalized in the past few months for
whom the treating physician believes that regular pulmonary artery
pressure readings are necessary to optimize patient management.
Depending on the patient's status, the applicant stated that these
patients may have the sensor implanted in the hospital inpatient or
outpatient setting.
The applicant anticipates FDA approval and commercial launch in the
second quarter of 2014. The CardioMEMSTM HF System is
currently described by ICD-9-CM procedure code 38.26 (Insertion of
implantable pressure sensor without lead for intracardiac or great
vessel hemodynamic monitoring). We are inviting public comments
regarding how the CardioMEMSTM HF System meets the newness
criterion.
With respect to cost criterion, the applicant submitted actual
claims from
[[Page 28046]]
the CHAMPION \16\ clinical trial. Of the 550 patients enrolled in the
trial, the applicant received 310 hospital bills. The applicant
excluded the following claims: Incomplete or missing procedure codes,
incomplete charge information and bills that were statistical outliers
(three standard deviations away from the geometric mean). This resulted
in a final cohort of 138 claims. The applicant noted that cases treated
with the CardioMEMSTM HF System would typically map to MS-
DRG 264 (Other Circulatory System Operating Room Procedures). Using the
138 clinical trial claims, the applicant standardized the charges and
added charges for the CardioMEMSTM HF System (because the
clinical trial claims did not contain charges for the
CardioMEMSTM HF System). This resulted in an average case-
weighted standardized charge per case of $79,218.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ Abraham WT, Adamson PB, Bourge RC, Aaron MF, Costanzo MR,
Stevenson LW, Strickland W, Neelagaru S, Raval N, Krueger S, Weiner
S, Shavelle D, Jeffries B, Yadav JS; for the CHAMPION Trial Study
Group. Wireless pulmonary artery haemodynamic monitoring in chronic
heart failure: a randomised controlled trial, Lancet, February 19,
2011, Vol. 377(9766), pp:658-666.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using the FY 2014 Table 10 thresholds, the threshold for MS-DRG 264
is $60,172. Because the average case-weighted standardized charge per
case exceeded the threshold amount, the applicant maintained that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System would meet the cost criterion. We are
inviting public comments on whether or not the CardioMEMSTM
HF System meets the cost criterion.
With regard to substantial clinical improvement, the applicant
asserted that elevated PA pressures occur prior to signs and symptoms
of heart failure and changes in PA pressures provide a sound
physiologic basis for its management. The applicant also contended
that, until the creation of the CardioMEMS wireless PA implant,
knowledge of PA pressure was only feasible in the hospital with the
performance of a right heart catheterization. According to the
applicant, the CardioMEMSTM HF System provides physicians
knowledge of PA pressure while the patient is at home, allowing
proactive management to prevent heart failure decompensation and
hospitalization.
The applicant cited clinical data from the CHAMPION trial. The
trial is a prospective, multicenter, randomized, single-blinded
clinical trial conducted in the United States, designed to evaluate the
safety and efficacy of the CardioMEMSTM HF System in
reducing heart failure-related hospitalizations in a subset of subjects
suffering from heart failure. The applicant shared several major
findings from the CHAMPION trial as described below.
The primary efficacy endpoint of the CHAMPION trial was the rate of
HF hospitalizations during the first 6 months of randomized access.
There were 84 heart failure hospitalizations in the treatment group
compared with 120 heart failure hospitalizations in the control group.
This difference between the groups represented a 28-percent reduction
in the rate of hospitalization for heart failure in the treatment group
(0.32 hospitalizations per patient in the treatment group versus 0.44
hospitalizations per patient in the control group, p = 0.0002).
Although not a primary end point, the rate of HF hospitalizations after
18 months was 33 percent lower in the treatment group than in the
control group.
According to the applicant, secondary endpoints of the CHAMPION
trial are changes in pulmonary artery pressures, proportion of subjects
hospitalized, days alive outside of the hospital, quality of life
(QOL), and heart failure management which demonstrated the following
results:
Pulmonary Artery Pressures: At baseline, both treatment
and control patients had similar PA mean pressures. The change in
pressure over the first 6 months was evaluated by integrating the area
under the pressure curve (AUC). At 6 months of follow-up, the treatment
group had a significantly greater reduction in AUC of -155.7 mmHg days
compared to the control group which had an increase in AUC of +33.1
mmHg-days; p = 0.0077.
Proportion of Subjects Hospitalized: During the 6-month
follow-up period, the proportion of subjects hospitalized for 1 or more
HF hospitalizations was significantly lower in the treatment group (55
out of 270 patients) than in the control group (80 out of 280 patients)
(20.4 percent versus 28.6 percent; p = 0.0292).
Days Alive Outside of the Hospital: At 6 months, treatment
patients had a nonsignificant and clinically not meaningful increase in
days alive outside of the hospital (174.4 versus 172.1; p = 0.0280) and
fewer average days in the hospital (2.2 versus 3.8; p = 0.0246)
compared to control patients.
Quality of Life: The heart failure specific quality of
life was assessed with the MLHFQ total score at 6 months. The average
total score in the treatment group was 45.2 26.4 which was
significantly better than the average total score in the control group
50.6 24.8 (p = 0.0236). The difference in total quality of
life was primarily due to the physical domain. The average physical
score for the treatment group (19.8 11.2) was
significantly better than the control group (22.4 10.9) (p
= 0.0096). There was also a significant difference in the emotional
domain with an average score of 9.5 8.1 for the treatment
group and 11.0 7.7 for the control group (p = 0.0398).
Heart Failure Management: Physicians responded to
treatment of patients' elevated PA pressures by making medication
changes to lower PA pressures and reduce the risk for HF
hospitalization. Physicians documented all medication changes for all
patients and indicated whether the change was made in response to PA
pressures or standard of care information. During the 6-month follow-up
period, physicians made approximately one additional HF medication
change per patient per month in the treatment group when compared to
the control group. Specifically, treatment patients had 1.55 medication
changes per month on average compared to control patients having 0.65
medication changes per month (p < 0.0001). The difference in HF
management between the treatment and control group was due to HF
medication changes made in response to PA pressures.
The study met the two primary safety endpoints: (1) Freedom from
device/system related complications (DSRC); and (2) freedom from sensor
failure. The protocol pre-specified objective performance criterion
(OPC) were that at least 80 percent of patients were to be free from
DSRC and at least 90 percent were to be free from pressure sensor
failure. Of the 575 patients in the safety population, 567 (98.6
percent) were free from DSRC at 6 months (lower confidence limit 97.3
percent, p < 0.0001). This lower limit of 97.3 percent is greater than
the pre-specified OPC of 80 percent. There were no sensor explants or
repeat implants and all sensors were operational at 6 months for a
freedom from sensor failure of 100 percent (lower confidence limit 99.3
percent, p < 0.0001). This lower limit of 99.3 percent is greater than
the pre-specified OPC of 90 percent.
The applicant also noted that the CardioMEMSTM HF System
reduces the occurrence of HF hospitalizations in NYHA Class III heart
failure patients. According to the applicant, the device had very few
device and system related complications occurring over the course of
the clinical trial. All primary and secondary study endpoints were
successfully achieved. In addition, the CHAMPION trial suggests the
safety and effectiveness of the device was
[[Page 28047]]
maintained during longer term follow-up.
After reviewing the information provided by the applicant, we have
the following concerns. The applicant did not discuss long-term
outcomes, specifically death. We believe additional long-term outcome
information and how the technology changes long-term outcomes would
further assist in our determination of whether the technology
represents a substantial clinical improvement. With regard to the
clinical trial, information from the randomized access period and the
open access period did not include the total number of deaths in each
group. While the data support a reduction in total hospitalizations,
the rate of hospitalization in each group (0.32 versus 0.44) does not
appear to be clinically meaningful. This is supported by total days
alive out of the hospital being virtually identical in both groups.
Finally, we are concerned about the cause of the significant dropouts
in the Kaplan Meier curves which further demonstrates lack of impact on
survival. We are inviting public comments on whether or not the
CardioMEMSTM HF Monitoring System technology represents a
substantial clinical improvement in the Medicare population.
We received public comments via email in response to the February
12, 2014 New Technology Town Hall meeting in regard to this technology.
We summarize these comments below.
Comment: Commenters supported the approval of new technology add-on
payments for the CardioMEMSTM HF System. One commenter
stated that it had personal experience with the CardioMEMSTM
HF System. The commenter explained that having access to a patient's
daily pressures provides trend data. The commenter further explained
that if there is a variation or increase in a patient's pressure, the
physician can contact the patient over the phone and conduct an
evaluation to look for increased symptoms or to learn if the patient
has skipped their diuretics. The device prompts the clinician to ask
questions such as what is different today than yesterday and if the
patient is feeling okay, especially if the patient has not taken a
pressure rate in a few days. Based on the answer to these questions or
if the clinician has concerns, the primary investigator or the
patient's primary cardiologist can assess the pressures and symptoms
and decide the next course of treatment for the patient. The commenter
believed that this structured and consistent monitoring has kept many
patients out of the hospital.
The commenter noted that the monitoring of pressures to assess
clinical status before the patient recognizes symptoms for chronic CHF
patients with significant left ventricular dysfunction can be very
useful. The commenter explained that these patients are accustomed to
being sick and tend to ignore the first symptoms and do not seek
treatment until they are unable to breathe. The commenter noted that
often a clinician can increase the patient's home medications before
pressures get too high.
The commenter also noted that, for patients who go to a CHF clinic
on a regular basis, typically patient information of pressure trends,
along with symptoms and laboratory results, can help determine if
medications should be given that day. The commenter stated that extra
information from the CardioMEMSTM HF System can change the
way physicians treat the patient and has, in many instances, at its
site. The commenter concluded the CardioMEMSTM HF System
provides a substantial clinical benefit versus current methods for
managing heart failure.
Another commenter stated that the implant procedure was very simple
and straightforward for patients, especially compared to having a
pacemaker or defibrillator implanted. The commenter further stated that
the device is compatible with defibrillators and cardiac
resynchronization therapy, which are present in many advanced heart
failure patients. The commenter added that the CardioMEMSTM
HF System is a wireless device and does not involve addition of another
intracardiac lead. Aside from regular pressure readings, the commenter
noted that it found unexpected intake issues for some patients who were
unknowingly consuming certain high-sodium foods. The commenter noted
that they were able to reduce sodium intake further to help reduce
pressures. The commenter also noted that it presented a case report of
increasing pressures in a patient in whom the primary investigator
adjusted diuretic therapy and later the patient's ACE-Inhibitor and
nitrates. The commenter stated that it successfully lowered pressures
and avoided a probable heart failure hospitalization. The commenter
added that the CardioMEMSTM HF System allows hospitals to
easily obtain pressures at home for transmission and the ability to
check pressures rather than perform right heart catheterization if a
patient was admitted to the hospital.
The commenter also stated that patients found transmission of their
data easy and were surprised how quickly the data was sent to the
clinic. The commenter added that it had patients that liked the
portability of the home electronic equipment, which allowed them to
take it with them on long weekends or vacations. The commenter added
that this information was advantageous as it further allowed clinicians
to implement changes in a timely manner.
The commenter noted the following trial results in its clinic,
which the commenter believed confirm the benefit of hemodynamic
monitoring: A 28-percent reduction in heart failure hospitalization at
6 months and a 15-percent reduction at 15 months. The commenter noted
that there were no sensor failures and 98.6 percent of patients
remained free from device or system complications. The commenter
further noted that it did not experience any complications in patients
who were implanted with the device. The commenter did explain that
inevitably, due to the nature of heart failure, several patients
eventually required advanced therapies with transplantation or
ventricular assist device support without any issue from the sensor.
The commenter also noted some additional key points such as: A
reduction in hospitalization for patients with preserved ejection
fraction; in addition to diuretic adjustment, the study found nitrates
were also adjusted, which further supports use of the device to
optimize vasodilator therapy for pulmonary hypertension and afterload
reduction in this patient population. The commenter concluded that, for
the reasons stated above, the CardioMEMSTM HF System
provides a substantial clinical benefit versus current methods for
managing heart failure.
One commenter stated that the CardioMEMSTM HF System
provides clinicians with daily remotely monitored pulmonary artery
pressure and has been proven clinically and dramatically to reduce
heart failure hospitalizations. The commenter cited the CHAMPION IDE
trial, which was a prospective, multicenter, single-blind, clinical
study that enrolled 550 patients randomized to treatment guided by the
CardioMEMSTM HF System verses optimal medical therapy. The
commenter stated that the trial met all of its primary safety and
efficacy endpoints; reducing heart failure hospitalizations by 28
percent 6 months after implant (p = 0.0002). The commenter further
stated that the reduction in heart failure hospitalizations increased
over time reaching 33 percent (p < 0.0001) at 17 months after implant.
In addition, the
[[Page 28048]]
commenter asserted that the system was shown to be extremely safe, with
almost 99 percent of patients free from device or system complications.
The commenter also stated that one criterion CMS uses to evaluate
substantial clinical improvement is that the device offers the ability
to diagnose a medical condition earlier in a patient population than
allowed by currently available methods. The commenter believed that
there is evidence that use of the CardioMEMSTM HF System to
make a diagnosis affects the management of the patient. The commenter
added that the CHAMPION trial demonstrated that therapy guided by
CardioMEMSTM HF System allows physicians to titrate
medications earlier and more effectively reduce heart failure
hospitalizations. The commenter noted that this information is not
available with any other device or treatment alternative.
The commenter further stated that another of CMS' criteria is that
use of the device significantly improves clinical outcomes for a
patient population as compared to currently available treatments, such
as a decreased number of future hospitalizations. The commenter stated
that evidence provided in the CHAMPION trial at 6 months showed a 28-
percent reduction in heart failure hospitalizations and even a larger
reduction of 33 percent during long-term follow-up at 17 months. Based
on the criteria outlined by CMS and the evidence supporting the
CardioMEMSTM HF System, the commenter believed that the
CardioMEMSTM HF System meets the criteria for substantial
clinical improvement.
Another commenter, the applicant, reiterated the statements set
forth above in the substantial clinical improvement discussion.
Response: We appreciate the commenters' support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the CardioMEMSTM HF
System for new technology add-on payments for FY 2015 and in the
development of this proposed rule. As stated above, we are inviting
additional public comments on whether or not the
CardioMEMSTM HF System represents a substantial clinical
improvement in the Medicare population.
e. MitraClip[supreg] System
Abbott Vascular submitted an application for new technology add-on
payments for the MitraClip[supreg] System for FY 2015. (We note that
the applicant submitted an application for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2014 but failed to receive FDA approval by the July 1
deadline.) The MitraClip[supreg] System is a transcatheter mitral valve
repair system that includes a MitraClip[supreg] device implant, a
Steerable Guide Catheter, and a Clip Delivery System. It is designed to
perform reconstruction of the insufficient mitral valve for high-risk
patients who are not candidates for conventional open mitral valve
repair surgery.
Mitral regurgitation (MR), also referred to as mitral insufficiency
or mitral incompetence, occurs when the mitral valve fails to close
completely causing the blood to leak or flow backwards (regurgitate)
into the left ventricle. If the amount of blood that leaks backwards
into the left ventricle is minimal, then intervention is usually not
necessary. However, if the amount of blood that is regurgitated becomes
significant, this can cause the left ventricle to work harder to meet
the body's need for oxygenated blood. Severity levels of MR can range
from grade 1+ through grade 4+. If left untreated, severe MR can lead
to heart failure and death. The American College of Cardiology (ACC)
and the American Heart Association (AHA) issued practice guidelines in
2006 that recommended intervention for moderate/severe or severe MR
(grade 3+ to 4+). The applicant stated that the MitraClip[supreg]
System is ``indicated for percutaneous reduction of significant mitral
regurgitation . . . in patients who have been determined to be at
prohibitive risk for mitral value surgery by a heart team, which
includes a cardiac surgeon experienced in mitral valve surgery and a
cardiologist experienced in mitral valve disease and in whom existing
comorbidities would not preclude the expected benefit from correction
of the mitral regurgitation.''
The MitraClip [supreg] System mitral valve repair procedure is
based on the double-orifice surgical repair technique that has been
used as a surgical technique in open chest, arrested-heart surgery for
the treatment of MR since the early 1990s. According to the applicant,
in utilizing ``the double-orifice technique, a portion of the anterior
leaflet is sutured to the corresponding portion of the posterior
leaflet using standard techniques and forceps and suture, creating a
point of permanent coaptation (``approximation'') of the two leaflets.
When the suture is placed in the middle of the valve, the valve will
have a functional double orifice during diastole.''
With regard to the newness criterion, the MitraClip[supreg] System
received a premarket approval from the FDA on October 24, 2013. The
MitraClip[supreg] System is indicated ``for the percutaneous reduction
of significant symptomatic mitral regurgitation (MR >= 3+) due to
primary abnormality of the mitral apparatus (degenerative MR) in
patients who have been determined to be at prohibitive risk for mitral
valve surgery by a heart team, which includes a cardiac surgeon
experienced in mitral valve surgery and a cardiologist experienced in
mitral valve disease, and in whom existing comorbidities would not
preclude the expected benefit from reduction of the mitral
regurgitation.'' The MitraClip[supreg] System became immediately
available on the U.S. market following FDA approval. The
MitraClip[supreg] System is a Class III device, and has an
investigational device exemption (IDE) for the EVEREST study
(Endovascular Valve Edge-to-Edge Repair Study)--IDE G030061, and for
the COAPT study (Cardiovascular Outcomes Assessment of the MitraClip
Percutaneous Therapy for Health Failure Patients with Functional Mitral
Regurgitation)--IDE G120024. Effective October 1, 2010, ICD-9-CM
procedure code 35.97 (Percutaneous mitral valve repair with implant)
was created to identify and describe the MitraClip[supreg] System
technology.
Abbott Vascular has also submitted an application for a National
Coverage Decision (NCD) for the MitraClip[supreg] System device. We
refer readers to the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare-coverage-database/details/nca-tracking-sheet.aspx?NCAId=273&NcaName=Transcatheter+Mitral+Valve+(TMV)+Procedures
&TimeFrame=90&DocType=All&bc=AAAAIAAACAAAAA%3d%3d& for information
related to this ongoing NCD. The tracking sheet for this National
Coverage Analysis (NCA) indicates an expected NCA completion date of
August 16, 2014, which is after the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule is
scheduled to be published. The processes for evaluation and
determination of an NCD, and the processes for evaluation and approval
of an application for new technology add-on payments are made
independent of each other. However, any payment made under the Medicare
program for services provided to a beneficiary would be contingent on
CMS' coverage of the item, and any restrictions on the coverage would
apply. We are inviting public comments on how the MitraClip[supreg]
System meets the newness criterion for purposes of new technology add-
on payments and the issues that may arise from concurrent NCD requests
and new technology add-on payment application review and approval
processes.
[[Page 28049]]
With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant conducted two
analyses. The applicant noted that, while ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97
maps to MS-DRGs 246 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure with Drug-
Eluting Stent with Major Complication or Comorbidity (MCC) or 4+
Vessels/Stents), 247 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure with Drug-
Eluting Stent without MCC), 248 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure
with Non-Drug-Eluting Stent with MCC or 4+ Vessels/Stents), 249
(Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure with Non-Drug-Eluting Stent
without MCC), 250 (Percutaneous Cardiovascular Procedure without
Coronary Artery Stent or AMI with MCC), and 251 (Percutaneous
Cardiovascular Procedure without Coronary Artery Stent or AMI without
MCC), clinical experience with the MitraClip[supreg] System device has
demonstrated that it is extremely rare for a patient to receive stents
concurrently during procedures using the MitraClip[supreg] System
device. The applicant further cited the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (77 FR 53308) which stated, ``According to the Food and Drug
Administration's (FDA's) terms of the clinical trial for MitraClip\TM\,
the device is to be implanted in patients without any additional
surgeries performed. Therefore, based on these terms, we stated that
while the procedure code is assigned to MS-DRGs 246 through 251, the
most likely MS-DRG assignments would be MS-DRGs 250 and 251.'' As a
result, the applicant stated that it conducted its analyses solely for
MS-DRGs 250 and 251 to demonstrate that the cases involving the
MitraClip[supreg] System device meet the incremental cost thresholds
provided in Table 10 for those MS-DRGs.
The applicant researched the FY 2012 MedPAR file for claims for
cases reporting ICD-9-CM procedure code 35.97. Under the first analysis
and methodology, the applicant noted that this search yielded actual
claims for cases in which the MitraClip[supreg] System device was used
in procedures performed in an IDE study type setting, and hospitals
obtained the MitraClip[supreg] System device at a reduced
investigational price. The applicant further stated that it is likely
that hospitals did not report the charges for the investigational
device, or submitted claims for charges that were significantly less
than the actual device acquisition costs (we refer readers to the
explanation below). The applicant found 57 cases in MS-DRG 250 (29.38
percent of the total number of cases), and 137 cases in MS-DRG 251
(70.61 percent of the total number of cases), which resulted in an
average case-weighted standardized charge per case of $232,670.
The applicant standardized the charges using the FY 2014 IPPS final
rule impact file, and inflated the result using three different
inflation factors. We note that, since the applicant used FY 2012
MedPAR data, we believe it is appropriate to use comparable data for
standardization. Therefore, we believe use of the FY 2012 final rule
impact file is more appropriate rather than the FY 2014 final rule
impact file. The first analysis and methodology used an inflation
factor of 4.57 percent, which was based on data from the BLS' non-
seasonally adjusted CPI for all urban consumers between January 2011
and January 2013. This resulted in an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of $94,517. The second methodology under
the first analysis used an inflation factor of 9.92 percent, which was
based on the 2-year charge inflation factor listed in the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50982). This resulted in an average case-
weighted standardized charge per case of $96,199. The third methodology
used under the first analysis used an inflation factor of 4.63 percent,
which was based on the Medicare Economic Index (MEI) from the IPPS
market basket update between the third quarter of 2012 projected
through the third quarter of 2014. This resulted in an average case-
weighted standardized charge per case of $91,570. The applicant noted
that all three methodologies used under the first analysis to determine
each respective average case-weighted standardized charge per case were
calculated without any adjustments to reflect the reduced
investigational price, or inadequate hospital claim reporting and
billing.
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10 thresholds, the average case-
weighted threshold for MS-DRGs 250 and 251 is $71,467 (all calculations
above were performed using unrounded numbers). Because the average
case-weighted standardized charge per case for the applicable MS-DRGs
calculated under each methodology under the first analysis discussed
above exceeds the average case-weighted threshold amount, the applicant
maintained that the technology meets the cost criterion.
Under the second analysis, which used the same premise as the first
analysis, the applicant researched the FY 2012 MedPAR file for claims
for cases reporting procedure code 35.97 that mapped to MS-DRGs 250 and
251, except that the applicant excluded charges related to the
MitraClip[supreg] System by removing all charges from the claim that
would map to the implantable cost center on the cost report. The
applicant then standardized the charges, inflated the result using the
three inflation factors above, and added a fixed amount of commercial
charges based on post-FDA approval pricing. This resulted in an average
case weighted standardized charge per case of $139,536 under the first
inflation factor (4.57 percent), $142,364 under the second inflation
factor (9.2 percent), and $139,568 under the third inflation factor
(4.63 percent).
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10 thresholds, the average case-
weighted threshold for MS-DRGs 250 and 251 is $71,467 (all calculations
above were performed using unrounded numbers). Because the average
case-weighted standardized charge per case for the applicable MS-DRGs
calculated under all three methodologies discussed above exceeds the
average case-weighted threshold amount, the applicant maintained that
the MitraClip[supreg] System meets the cost criterion.
We are inviting public comments on whether or not the
MitraClip[supreg] System meets the cost criterion. In addition, we are
inviting public comments on the methodologies used by the applicant in
its two analyses.
The applicant asserted that the MitraClip[supreg] System meets the
substantial clinical improvement criterion. Severe MR is associated
with significant morbidity and mortality rates, and is a progressive
condition. For symptomatic patients diagnosed with significant MR,
surgical repair or replacement is considered the gold standard--
offering improvements in symptoms and longer survival rates. However,
the applicant explained that studies have indicated that a significant
proportion of patients are not eligible for mitral valve repair and/or
replacement surgery because of risk factors, including reduced left
ventricular function, significant comorbidities, and advanced age. As a
result, the applicant stated that there is a significant unmet clinical
need for patients diagnosed with severe MR who are too high-risk for
surgery, who are receiving palliative medical management.
The applicant also stated that the MitraClip[supreg] System meets
the substantial clinical improvement criterion based on clinical
studies \17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25\
[[Page 28050]]
that have consistently shown that procedures performed using the
MitraClip [supreg] System device lead to a significant reduction of MR;
improvements in left ventricular (LV) function including LV volumes and
dimensions; improved patient outcomes as measured by improvements in
New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional class, improvement in
health-related quality of life measures, and reductions in heart-
failure related hospitalizations; and significantly lower mortality
rates than predicted surgical mortality rates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ Feldman, et al., ``Percutaneous Repair or Surgery for
Mitral Regurgitation,'' New England Journal of Medicine, 2011, Vol.
364, pp. 1395-1406.
\18\ Foster, et al., ``Percutaneous Mitral Valve Repair in the
Initial EVEREST Cohort: Evidence of Reverse Left Ventricular
Remodeling,'' Circulation in Cardivascular Imaging, July 2013, Vol.
6(4), pp. 522-530.
\19\ Grayburn, et al., ``The Relationship between the Magnitude
of Reduction in Mitral Regurgitation Severity and Left Ventricular
and Left Atrial Reverse Remodeling after MitraClip Therapy,''
Circulation in Cardiovascular Imaging, September 2013, epub,
September 6, 2013.
\20\ Lim, et al., ``Improved Functional Status and Quality of
Life in Prohibitive Surgical Risk Patients With Degenerative Mitral
Regurgitation Following Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair With the
MitraClip[supreg] System,'' Journal of American College of
Cardiology, 2013, In Press, Accepted Manuscript, Available online,
October 31, 2013.
\21\ Maisano, F., et al., ``Percutaneous Mitral Valve
Interventions in the Real World: Early and One Year Results From the
ACCESS-EU, a Prospective, Multicenter, Non-Randomized Post-Approval
Study of the MitraClip Therapy in Europ,'' Journal of American
College of Cardiology, 2013, doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2013.02.094.
\22\ Mauri, et al., ``4-Year Results of a Randomized Controlled
Trial of Percutaneous Repair Versus Surgery for Mitral
Regurgitation,'' Journal of American College of Cardiology, Volume
62, Issue 4, 2013, pp. 317-328.
\23\ Munkholm, et al., ``Asystemic Review on the Safety and
Efficacy of Percutaneousedge-to-edge Mitral Valve Repair with the
MitraClip System for high surgical risk candidates,'' Heart, June
27, 2013.
\24\ Reichenspurner, H., et al., ``Clinical Outcomes Through 12
Months in Patients With Degenerative Mitral Regurgitation Treated
With the MitraClip Device in the ACCESS-EUrope Phase I Trial,''
European Journal of Cardiology-and Thoracic Surgy, 2013, Vol. 15,
pp. 919-927.
\25\ Whitlow, et al,. ``Acute and 12-Month Results With
Catheter-Based Mitral Valve Leaflet Repair: The EVEREST II
(Endovascular Valve Edge-to-Edge Repair) High Risk Study,'' Journal
of American College of Cardiology, 2012, Vol. 59, pp. 130-139.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The applicant cited clinical data from the EVEREST II High-Risk
Study and the EVEREST II (REALISM) Continued Access Study/Registry. The
applicant also cited clinical data from a high-risk cohort of patients
(the EVEREST II High-Risk Cohort), which is an integrated analysis of
the following: (1) Patients within the EVEREST II High-Risk Study who
met eligibility criteria for being too high-risk to undergo mitral
valve repair surgery; and (2) patients within the EVEREST II (REALISM)
Continued Access Study/Registry who were too high-risk for surgery
using identical eligibility inclusion criteria. The applicant also
cited data from the Prohibitive Risk Degenerative Mitral Regurgitation
(DMR) Cohort, which is an analysis of retrospectively evaluated high-
risk patients diagnosed with DMR enrolled in the EVEREST II studies
that had 1-year follow-up available.
In addition to the published clinical experience from the EVEREST
studies, the applicant cited data on the use of the MitraClip[supreg]
System device in a ``real-world'' setting published recently by a
select number of European centers as part of their individual and/or
multi-center commercial experience or enrollment in the
MitraClip[supreg] System device group of the ACCESS-EU post-approval
clinical trial in Europe. The European use of the MitraClip[supreg]
System device is focused on patients who are too high-risk for surgery,
and patients who are selected for therapy using a multi-disciplinary
``heart team'' approach.
The applicant stated that published reports on the
MitraClip[supreg] System device and the procedures in which the device
was used have consistently demonstrated a significant reduction in MR
incidents that have been durable out to 1, 2, 3, and 4 years. The
applicant cited the EVEREST II High-Risk Study (an analysis of 78
patients diagnosed with degenerative or functional MR enrolled in the
trial), which stated that ``objective measures of MR grade improved in
the MitraClipTM group, including MR grade of <=2+ in 78
percent of surviving patients at 1 year. These patients also
experienced clinically significant improvements in left ventricular
volume measurements. The clinical significance of these improvements is
reflected in the NYHA class improvements. At baseline, 89 percent of
patients were NYHA III/IV, improving to Class I/II in 74 percent of
surviving patients at 12 months. Quality of life scores also improved
significantly. Finally, the number of admissions for heart failure was
significantly reduced compared to the year prior to
MitraClipTM therapy.''
The applicant cited clinical outcomes from the Prohibitive Risk DMR
cohort. These results are the basis of the FDA premarket approval.
Major effectiveness endpoints evaluated at 12 months demonstrated
clinically important improvements in MR severity, with MR severity
grades of 3+/4+ decreasing from 90.4 percent at baseline to 16.7
percent at 1 year; NYHA Class III/IV decreasing from 86.6 percent at
baseline to 13.1 percent at 1 year; and the SF-36 Physical/Mental scale
measuring 33.4/46.6 at baseline increasing to 39.4/52.2 at 1 year.
The applicant stated in its new technology add-on payment
application that, ``Heart failure hospitalizations were reduced by 73
percent in the 12 months post MitraClipTM procedure from the
12 month pre-MitraClipTM procedure . . .,'' and ``the
primary safety analysis indicated low procedural (30-day) mortality
(6.3 percent) after MitraClipTM in comparison with the STS
predicted surgical mortality risk score for these patients (13.2
percent).''
The applicant discussed published results \26\ ``assessing the
relationship between the magnitude of reduction in MR and left
ventricular (LV) and left atrial (LA) remodeling after the
MitraClipTM therapy.'' In this study of patients diagnosed
with significant (grade 3+ or 4+) DMR or functional MR (FMR), the
authors found that, ``even reduction of MR severity to moderate (2+) is
associated with LV and LA reverse remodeling. In both DMR and FMR,
reduction in left ventricular end-diastolic volume (LVEDV) and LA
volumes were improved proportionally to the degree of MR reduction at
one year.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ Grayburn, et al., ``The Relationship between the Magnitude
of Reduction in Mitral Regurgitation Severity and Left Ventricular
and Left Atrial Reverse Remodeling after MitraClip Therapy,''
Circulation in Cardiovascular Imaging, September 2013, epub,
September 6, 2013.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In conclusion, the applicant cited data from the ACCESS-EU study,
which noted improvement in disease-specific quality of life measures,
including the Minnesota Living with Heart Failure Questionnaire and
Six-Minute Walk Test. The applicant also provided data supporting the
overall safety and effectiveness of the MitraClip[supreg] System device
in European ``real-world'' outcome studies.
As noted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27547
through 27552), we are concerned that the applicant revised its initial
FDA request for the use of the MitraClip[supreg] System device in all
patients diagnosed with significant MR, after learning that the FDA
expressed concern that the initial study, EVEREST II, demonstrated
that, while the MitraClip[supreg] System device had clinically
meaningful improvements in LV volume and QOL, the surgical option had
better outcomes than the MitraClip[supreg] System device in surgical
candidates. The FDA then required a second trial focused on high
surgical risk patients. We note that the data evaluated by the FDA and
presented by the applicant in its application for new technology add-on
payments included information from the following:
[ssquf] EVEREST I feasibility trial; enrollment 2003-2006; 55
patients.
[ssquf] EVEREST II RCT; enrollment 2005-2008; 279 patients.
[[Page 28051]]
[ssquf] EVEREST II High-Risk Study; enrollment 2007-2008; 78
patients. (A comparator group of 36 patients was identified from
patients who were screened for the study, but did not meet the mitral
valve anatomic criteria for placement of the device.)
[ssquf] EVEREST (REALISM) Continued Access Study and compassionate
use; enrollment 2009-2013; 49 patients.
The applicant provided comparisons of various outcomes prior to the
procedure using the MitraClip[supreg] System device and outcomes 12
months later. MR severity, LV end diastolic volume, NYHA Class, SF36
Physical/Mental scale, and heart failure hospitalization rates all had
clinically meaningful improvements. For the EVEREST II HRS, the
applicant provided analysis demonstrating a significant survival
benefit (76 percent versus 55 percent/p <0.047) over the comparator
group.
In our review of the clinical trials' data, we have the following
key points of concern:
Post-hoc analyses of pooled data sets retain all of the
individual shortcomings of the individual data sets;
Pooling does not enhance the utility and scientific value
of uncontrolled single-arm registries with no comparators; and
Inappropriate pooling introduces additional confounders.
It is also unclear if the appropriate target population for the
MitraClip[supreg] System device has been identified because the
clinical trials conducted by the applicant included patients diagnosed
with both DMR and FMR. This makes it difficult to determine which group
of patients may benefit more, or less, from the new technology. For
example, in a subgroup analysis of the EVEREST II RCT, the authors
concluded that, older patients and those patients diagnosed with FMR or
abnormal left ventricular function had results more comparable to
surgical repair. Data results from 2 years of the EVEREST II RCT also
demonstrated that surgery reduced incidents of MR more than the
procedures performed using the percutaneous MitraClip[supreg] System
device. However, both the surgical patients and the patients who were
treated using the MitraClip[supreg] System device showed comparable
results for improved left ventricular function, NYHA functional class,
and quality of life.
We are inviting public comments on whether this technology meets
the substantial clinical improvement criterion, particularly in
comparison to other surgical therapies, such as mitral valve repair or
replacement, and the appropriate target population for this technology.
We did not receive any public comments in response to the New
Technology Town Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014 in regard to
this technology.
f. Responsive Neurostimulator (RNS[supreg]) System
NeuroPace, Inc. submitted an application for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2015 for the use of the RNS[supreg] System. (We note
that the applicant submitted an application for new technology add-on
payments for FY 2014, but failed to receive FDA approval prior to the
July 1 deadline.) Seizures occur when brain function is disrupted by
abnormal electrical activity. Epilepsy is a brain disorder
characterized by recurrent, unprovoked seizures. According to the
applicant, the RNS[supreg] System is the first implantable medical
device (developed by NeuroPace, Inc.) for treating persons diagnosed
with epilepsy whose partial onset seizures have not been adequately
controlled with antiepileptic medications. The applicant further stated
that, the RNS[supreg] System is the first closed-loop, responsive
system to treat partial onset seizures. Responsive electrical
stimulation is delivered directly to the seizure focus in the brain
when abnormal brain activity is detected. A cranially implanted
programmable neurostimulator senses and records brain activity through
one or two electrode-containing leads that are placed at the patient's
seizure focus/foci. The neurostimulator detects electrographic patterns
previously identified by the physician as abnormal, and then provides
brief pulses of electrical stimulation through the leads to interrupt
those patterns. Stimulation is delivered only when abnormal
electrocorticographic activity is detected. The typical patient is
treated with a total of 5 minutes of stimulation a day. The RNS[supreg]
System incorporates remote monitoring, which allows patients to share
information with their physicians remotely.
With respect to the newness criterion, the applicant stated that
some patients diagnosed with partial onset seizures that cannot be
controlled with antiepileptic medications may be candidates for the
vagus nerve stimulator (VNS) or for surgical removal of the seizure
focus. According to the applicant, these treatments are not appropriate
for, or helpful to, all patients. Therefore, the applicant believed
that there is an unmet clinical need for additional therapies for
partial onset seizures. The applicant further stated that the
RNS[supreg] System addresses this unmet clinical need by providing a
novel treatment option for treating persons diagnosed with medically
intractable partial onset seizures. The applicant received FDA
premarket approval in November 2013. The following ICD-9-CM procedure
codes are used to identify this technology: 01.20 (Cranial implantation
or replacement of neurostimulator pulse generator); 01.29 (Removal of
cranial neurostimulator pulse generator); and 02.93 (Implantation or
replacement of intracranial neurostimulator lead(s)). We are inviting
public comments on whether the technology meets the newness criterion.
With regard to the cost criterion, the applicant stated that
substantially all cases eligible for the RNS[supreg] System would map
to MS-DRG 024 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant/Acute Complex
Central Nervous System Principal Diagnosis without MCC). The applicant
further stated that, while it is possible for some cases to occur in
MS-DRG 023 (Craniotomy with Major Device Implant/Acute Complex Central
Nervous System Principal Diagnosis with MCC or Chemotherapy Implant),
it would be extremely rare because the applicant believed that these
major complications and/or comorbidities would probably preclude a
patient from receiving treatment using the RNS[supreg] System because
the technology is an elective procedure.
The applicant submitted two analyses to demonstrate that the
technology meets the cost criterion. For the first analysis, the
applicant used clinical trial claims data collected in the RNS[supreg]
System Pivotal Clinical Investigation to calculate the anticipated
average case-weighted standardized charge per case. The applicant
maintained that this analysis best represents the anticipated charges
for the technology because it is based on actual cases treated using
this technology. The applicant analyzed 163 claims from 28 hospitals
participating in the clinical trial. Five claims from one hospital were
excluded because no hospital-specific information regarding
standardization was available. The resulting 158 claims included dates
of service ranging from May 2006 through May 2009. The average case-
weighted standardized charge per case for these 158 claims was $54,691.
The applicant then standardized the charges for each claim. The
applicant noted that it was not necessary to remove any charges from
these claims because the technology was provided at no charge in the
trial. After standardizing the charges for each
[[Page 28052]]
claim, the applicant inflated the charges reported on each claim using
the BLS' CPI-IP data covering the same period. Specifically, because
the publicly available FY 2012 MedPAR data do not identify the month of
the discharge on inpatient claims, but do identify the calendar
quarter, the applicant used a mid-month convention to determine the
relevant monthly CPI-IP for each calendar quarter. The applicant then
calculated the percentage change from the relevant quarter to the
quarter of the most recently available CPI-IP, which was the August
2013 CPI-IP. Specifically, the applicant used the following
assumptions:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent change
FY 2012 calendar quarter Midpoint of quarter CPI IP to August 2013
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Q4 2011....................................... Nov-11.......................... 242.672 7.93
Q1 2012....................................... Feb-11.......................... 245.721 6.59
Q2 2012....................................... May-11.......................... 247.646 5.76
Q3 2012....................................... Aug-11.......................... 248.856 5.25
Most recent as of application................. Aug-13.......................... 261.915 ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source as cited by applicant: Bureau of Labor Statistics' Web site, accessed October 13, 2013; Base Period:
December 1996 = 100.
After inflating the charges, the applicant estimated charges for
the RNS[supreg] System by multiplying the device cost to the hospital
by an anticipated hospital markup of 100 percent, or conversely by
dividing the device cost by a CCR of 0.50. The applicant based its
estimated CCR on four analyses. First, the applicant reviewed the 2007
and 2008 reports prepared by RTI for CMS on charge compression, which
found that the national aggregate CCR for devices and implants was 0.43
and 0.467, as presented in the respective reports. Second, the
applicant queried hospitals participating in the RNS[supreg] System
Pivotal trial, and these queries yielded a mean and median CCR for
implantable devices of 0.37 and 0.36, respectively. Third, the
applicant reviewed data from the (All Payor) Premier database for cases
performed during 2000 through 2010 that reported ICD-9 CM procedure
codes 02.93 and/or 86.95 on a claim, and calculated a mean and median
CCR for implanted leads and neurostimulators of 0.50 and 0.44,
respectively. The applicant then reviewed other discussions of past new
technology add-on payment applications published in the Federal
Register, and noted that other applicants used lower CCRs (higher
markups) for implanted devices than the CCR of 0.50 used in the
applicant's analyses.
Using this approach, the applicant added the anticipated hospital
charge for the implantable RNS[supreg] System to the average case-
weighted standardized charge per case, and determined a final average
case-weighted standardized charge per case of $128,723. The anticipated
hospital charge for the implantable RNS[supreg] System is $73,900.
Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10 thresholds, the threshold for MS-DRG
024 is $91,197. Because the final average case-weighted standardized
charge per case of $128,723 for MS-DRG 024 exceeds the average case-
weighted threshold amount, the applicant maintained that the
RNS[supreg] System meets the cost criterion.
In the second analysis, which the applicant characterizes as
supplementary, the applicant researched the FY 2012 MedPAR file for
cases reporting the following combinations of ICD-9-CM procedures
codes: 02.93 and 86.95, or procedures codes 02.93 and 01.20 that mapped
to MS-DRG 024. The applicant found 383 claims for cases reporting the
combination of ICD-9-CM procedures codes 02.93 and 01.20, and pointed
out that these cases were coded with procedure code 01.20 in error
because no new RNS[supreg] System implantations occurred after May
2009. The applicant analyzed these 383 claims, and found that more than
90 percent of these cases had a primary or secondary diagnosis of
Parkinson's disease, essential tremor, or dystonia. These diagnoses are
FDA-approved indications for deep brain stimulation (DBS). In addition,
the applicant noted that the total covered charges for these cases were
less than the estimated charges for a full DBS system, and hypothesized
that these cases did not represent implantation of a full DBS system,
but did represent the implantation of leads only. The applicant
contacted two hospitals that reported claims for cases where total
covered charges were less than the charges for a full DBS system, and
the hospitals confirmed that their claims represented lead
implantations only. Therefore, for the second analysis, the applicant
included all of the cases assigned to MS-DRG 024 reporting a
combination of ICD-9-CM procedures codes 02.93 and 86.95, and all of
the cases assigned to MS-DRG 024 reporting a combination of ICD-9-CM
procedures codes 02.93 and 01.20 where the covered charges were greater
than, or equal to, the estimated charges of a full DBS system. The
applicant maintained that 374 claims from 106 providers met this
criterion, and data represented claims from the fourth calendar quarter
of 2011 through the third calendar quarter of 2012. Based on this
assumption, the applicant calculated an average case-weighted
standardized charge per case of $65,555.
The applicant then removed DBS charges from the average case-
weighted standardized charge per case. The applicant estimated charges
for a full DBS system, and maintained that the average cost for a full
DBS system is $25,979. Similar to its first analysis, the applicant
assumed a CCR of 0.50, or 100 percent markup, which resulted in
estimated charges for a full DBS system of $51,958. After removing the
DBS system charges, the applicant inflated the charges to the current
period using the same methodology in the first analysis, added charges
for the RNS[supreg] System, and determined a final average case-
weighted standardized charge per case of $130,233. As noted above, the
anticipated hospital charge for the implantable RNS[supreg] System is
$73,900. Using the FY 2014 IPPS Table 10 thresholds, the average case-
weighted threshold for MS-DRG 024 is $91,197. Because the final average
standardized charge per case of $130,233 for MS-DRG 024 exceeds the
threshold amount, the applicant maintained that the RNS[supreg] System
meets the cost criterion.
Under either analysis, the applicant maintained that the final
average case-weighted standardized charge per case would exceed the
average case-weighted threshold. We are inviting public comments on
whether the RNS[supreg] System meets the cost criterion, particularly
based on the assumptions and methodology used in the applicant's
analyses.
With regard to substantial clinical improvement, as previously
stated, some patients diagnosed with partial
[[Page 28053]]
onset seizures may not be able to control their seizures with
antiepileptic medications, VNS, or with surgical removal of the seizure
focus. The applicant stated that the RNS[supreg] System provides
treatment for those patients diagnosed with partial onset seizures who
fail treatment with antiepileptic medications, or VNS therapy, and who
are ineligible for resective surgery because of the extent and/or
location of the seizure focus, or patients who do not elect surgery.
According to the applicant, the RNS[supreg] System clinical trials
provide Class I evidence that treatment using the RNS[supreg] System
substantially reduces disabling seizures in patients diagnosed with
severe epilepsy, who have tried and failed treatment with antiepileptic
medications, and in many cases, VNS or epilepsy surgery. The applicant
maintained that the results from their clinical trials demonstrate
significant and sustained improvements in health outcomes over the
controlled period and over the long term. The applicant conducted a
feasibility trial, which was designed to demonstrate adequate safety of
its treatment, and provide evidence of effectiveness to support
commencement of a randomized double-blinded pivotal trail. In addition,
the applicant has an ongoing long-term treatment clinical investigation
trial (LTT trial) to assess the long-term safety and effectiveness of
the treatment on patients who have completed either the Feasibility
trial, or the RNS[supreg] System Pivotal trial for an additional seven
years. The LTT trial started in April 2006, and the final patient is
expected to complete the trial in 2018. The applicant noted that
patients enrolled in the LTT trial continued to experience a reduction
in seizures over several years of follow-up, further demonstrating the
positive effect of responsive stimulation from the RNS[supreg] System
is durable.
The applicant stated that their pivotal trial met its primary
effectiveness endpoint by proving that there was a statistically
significant greater reduction in seizures in the treatment group&fnl;
compared to the control group (p = 0.012). Significant improvements at
1 and 2 years post-implant included:
A significant reduction in disabling seizures of 44
percent and 53 percent at 1 and 2 years, respectively;
Fifty-five percent of patients who reached 2 years post-
implant experienced a 50 percent or greater reduction in seizures; and
Significant improvements in overall quality of life, as
well as individual quality of life measures including memory, language,
attention, concentration and medication effects.
The applicant asserted that there was no negative effect of
treatment using the RNS[supreg] System on neuropsychological function
(including verbal functioning, visual spatial processing, and memory)
or mood. The applicant concluded that the RNS[supreg] System Pivotal
trial provides Class I evidence that responsive cortical stimulation is
effective in significantly reducing seizure frequency in adults with
one or two seizure foci who have failed two or more antiepileptic
medication trials. The applicant stated that experience across all of
the RNS[supreg] System trials demonstrates the reduction in seizure
frequency of disabling partial onset seizures improves over time. In
addition, the applicant noted that sustained improvements were also
seen in quality of life. Finally, the applicant noted that safety and
tolerability measures compare favorably to alternative treatments, such
as antiepileptic medications, VNS, and epilepsy surgery.
With regard to the substantial clinical improvement criterion, we
are concerned that the average age of the patients enrolled in the
applicant's trials was 35 years. Although the applicant maintained that
31 percent of the patients enrolled in the pivotal trial were Medicare
beneficiaries, we are unsure of the extent to which this technology
would be used by Medicare beneficiaries because of the relatively young
age of the majority of the patients enrolled in the pivotal trial. We
also are concerned that further clarification on how the RNS[supreg]
System compares to other neurostimulation treatments was not provided
by the applicant.
Because the applicant included claims with DBS charges in one of
its cost analyses, we believe that the similarities and differences
between DBS and the RNS[supreg] System may also be relevant under the
substantial clinical improvement criterion. In addition, we are
concerned that the time period in the clinical trial may not be
sufficient to confirm durability. In the RNS[supreg] System Pivotal
Clinical Investigation, the primary effectiveness endpoint considered
seizure frequency over the last 3 months of the blinded period of the
trial. We note that the applicant is currently conducting a 5-year
study. We are inviting public comments on whether the RNS[supreg]
System meets the substantial clinical improvement criterion,
particularly in regard to the degree in which the technology would be
used by Medicare beneficiaries, the comparison to other
neurostimulation treatments, and its durability.
We received public comments in response to the New Technology Town
Hall meeting held on February 12, 2014, regarding this technology and
the application for new technology add-on payments. We summarize these
comments below.
Comment: One commenter, a physician, stated that even with the
release of multiple new antiepileptic medications in the past 20 years,
over one-third of people diagnosed with epilepsy cannot obtain adequate
seizure control. The commenter noted that seizures lead to loss of
employment and driving licenses and are socially disabling. The
commenter further noted that uncontrolled seizures can cause physical
injury and even significantly increased risk of death. The commenter
stated that only a fraction of these patients are candidates for
potentially curative resective brain surgery and antiepileptic
medications can have disabling or severe adverse effects, such as
lethargy, ataxia, organ or blood cell damage, Stevens-Johnson syndrome,
and psychiatric changes including suicidal ideation. For this reason,
the commenter believed that new treatments are still needed.
The commenter asserted that the RNS[supreg] System represents a
much needed new therapy for patients who are desperate to get seizures
under control and lead a productive life. The commenter stated that of
its patients that participated in the clinical trials, these patients
have demonstrated significant and sustained benefits from treatment
with the RNS[supreg] System. The commenter noted that two patients had
a significant reduction in the amount of seizures per month, and are
now able to obtain driver licenses and both show improved quality of
life.
The commenter also noted that the RNS[supreg] System is a unique
therapy for the following reasons: (1) While medications are chemicals
that circulate to every organ, the RNS[supreg] System delivers therapy
directly to the epileptic focus; (2) RNS[supreg] therapy is delivered
automatically, avoiding compliance problems that occur with
medications; and (3) the RNS[supreg] System constantly records data on
seizure occurrences that is available to the clinician at any time
which can track a patient's progress without depending on the patient's
memory or willingness to report seizures. The commenter asserted that
no other therapy offers this capability.
The commenter urged CMS to approve the new technology add-on
payment application for the RNS[supreg] System, which the commenter
believed would help ensure access to this novel therapy for Medicare
beneficiaries for whom there are otherwise no good treatment options
available.
[[Page 28054]]
Another commenter, also a physician, stated that some of the
benefits of the RNS[supreg] System therapy include a significant
reduction in the seizure frequency and severity, and for some patients,
extended periods of seizure freedom. The commenter explained that this
reduction in the seizure frequency improves over time, is sustained
over several years of follow-up, and can result in improved cognition
and a better quality of life. The commenter further stated that some
patients have been able to live independently for the first time in
their life, take care of children, resume driving, go back to school
and/or obtain employment. The commenter concluded the following
comparisons between the RNS[supreg] System and the vagus nerve
stimulator (VNS):
In clinical trials, the RNS[supreg] System subjects
experienced a greater reduction in seizures than VNS subjects. The
median percent reduction in seizures was: 1 year: RNS--44 percent and
VNS--31 percent; 2 years: RNS--53 percent and VNS--41 percent.
VNS therapy results in stimulation-related side effects,
including coughing, difficulties with speech and throat pain.
RNS[supreg] therapy does not result in chronic side effects.
About one-third of patients in RNS[supreg] System pivotal
trial had previously failed therapy with a VNS. These subjects achieved
the same positive improvements in health outcomes from the RNS[supreg]
System as patients that had not previously tried a VNS.
In the commenter's experience, not only is the frequency
of the seizure activity improved but also the severity of the seizures
can improve with the RNS[supreg] System.
The commenter further noted the ``positive long-term results of RNS
therapy.'' The commenter stated that therapy is being evaluated in the
ongoing LTT trial, in which patients are enrolled for an additional 7
years after completing the initial 2-year clinical trial with some
patients having the implant for over 9 years. The commenter asserted
that the long-term data clearly show that the therapy is durable.
Specifically, the commenter noted that seizure reductions are
maintained at 50 percent or greater through 7 years (that is, the
median percent reduction in seizures is about 60 percent at 7 years).
The commenter added that the vast majority of its patients have elected
to continue treatment with the device given their response to the
RNS[supreg] therapy. The commenter encouraged CMS to approve new
technology add-on payments for the RNS[supreg] System.
Response: We appreciate the commenters' support. We considered
these comments in our evaluation of the RNS[supreg] System new
technology add-on payment application for FY 2015 and in the
development of this proposed rule. As stated above, we are inviting
additional public comments on whether the RNS[supreg] System meets the
substantial clinical improvement criterion, particularly in regard to
the degree in which the technology would be used by Medicare
beneficiaries, the comparison to other neurostimulation treatments, and
its durability.
III. Proposed Changes to the Hospital Wage Index for Acute Care
Hospitals
A. Background
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires that, as part of the
methodology for determining prospective payments to hospitals, the
Secretary adjust the standardized amounts ``for area differences in
hospital wage levels by a factor (established by the Secretary)
reflecting the relative hospital wage level in the geographic area of
the hospital compared to the national average hospital wage level.'' We
currently define hospital labor market areas based on the delineations
of statistical areas established by the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB). A discussion of the proposed FY 2015 hospital wage index based
on the statistical areas appears under section III.B. of the preamble
of this proposed rule.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act requires the Secretary to update
the wage index annually and to base the update on a survey of wages and
wage-related costs of short-term, acute care hospitals. This provision
also requires that any updates or adjustments to the wage index be made
in a manner that ensures that aggregate payments to hospitals are not
affected by the change in the wage index. The proposed adjustment for
FY 2015 is discussed in section II.B. of the Addendum to this proposed
rule.
As discussed in section III.H. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we also take into account the geographic reclassification of
hospitals in accordance with sections 1886(d)(8)(B) and 1886(d)(10) of
the Act when calculating IPPS payment amounts. Under section
1886(d)(8)(D) of the Act, the Secretary is required to adjust the
standardized amounts so as to ensure that aggregate payments under the
IPPS after implementation of the provisions of sections 1886(d)(8)(B),
1886(d)(8)(C), and 1886(d)(10) of the Act are equal to the aggregate
prospective payments that would have been made absent these provisions.
The proposed budget neutrality adjustment for FY 2015 is discussed in
section II.A.4.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act also provides for the collection
of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for short-
term, acute care hospitals participating in the Medicare program, in
order to construct an occupational mix adjustment to the wage index. A
discussion of the occupational mix adjustment that we are proposing to
apply to the FY 2015 wage index appears under section III.F. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
B. Proposed Core-Based Statistical Areas for the Hospital Wage Index
1. Background
The wage index is calculated and assigned to hospitals on the basis
of the labor market area in which the hospital is located. Under
section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, beginning with FY 2005, we delineate
hospital labor market areas based on the Core-Based Statistical Areas
(CBSAs) established by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The
current statistical areas used in FY 2014 are based on OMB standards
published on December 27, 2000 (65 FR 82228) and Census 2000 data and
Census Bureau population estimates for 2007 and 2008 (OMB Bulletin No.
10-02). For a discussion of OMB's delineations of CBSAs and our
implementation of the CBSA definitions, we refer readers to the
preamble of the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49026 through 49032). We
also discussed in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51582)
and the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53365) that, in 2013,
OMB planned to announce new labor market area delineations based on new
standards adopted in 2010 (75 FR 37246) and the 2010 Census of
Population and Housing data. As stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule (78 FR 27552) and final rule (78 FR 50586), on February
28, 2013, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 13-01, which established revised
delineations for Metropolitan Statistical Areas, Micropolitan
Statistical Areas, and Combined Statistical Areas, and provided
guidance on the use of the delineations of these statistical areas. A
copy of this bulletin may be obtained at https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/bulletins/2013/b-13-01.pdf. According to OMB,
``[t]his bulletin provides the delineations of all Metropolitan
Statistical Areas, Metropolitan Divisions, Micropolitan Statistical
Areas, Combined Statistical
[[Page 28055]]
Areas, and New England City and Town Areas in the United States and
Puerto Rico based on the standards published on June 28, 2010, in the
Federal Register (75 FR 37246-37252) and Census Bureau data.'' In this
FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, when referencing the new OMB
geographic boundaries of statistical areas, we are using the term
``delineations'' rather than the term '' definitions'' that we have
used in the past, consistent with OMB's use of the terms (75 FR 37249).
In order to implement these changes for the IPPS, it is necessary
to identify the new labor market area delineation for each county and
hospital in the country. While the revisions OMB published on February
28, 2013 are not as sweeping as the changes OMB announced in 2003, the
February 28, 2013 bulletin does contain a number of significant
changes. For example, under the new OMB delineations, there would be
new CBSAs, urban counties that would become rural, rural counties that
would become urban, and existing CBSAs would be split apart. In
addition, the effect of the new OMB delineations on various hospital
reclassifications, the out-migration adjustment (established by section
505 of Pub. L. 108-173), and treatment of hospitals located in certain
rural counties (that is, ``Lugar'' hospitals) provided for under
section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act must be considered. These are just a
few of the many issues that need to be reviewed regarding the effects
of the new OMB labor market area delineations prior to proposing and
establishing policies.
However, because the bulletin was not issued until February 28,
2013, with supporting data not available until later, and because the
changes made by the bulletin and their ramifications needed to be
extensively reviewed and verified, we were unable to undertake such a
lengthy process before publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule and, thus, did not implement changes to the wage index
for FY 2014 based on these new OMB delineations. In the FY 2014 IPPS/
LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50586), we stated that we intended to
propose changes to the wage index based on the new OMB delineations in
this FY 2015 proposed rule. As discussed below, in this proposed rule,
we are proposing to implement the new OMB delineations as described in
the February 28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No. 13-01, effective for the FY 2015
IPPS wage index.
2. Proposed Implementation of New Labor Market Area Delineations
As discussed previously, CMS delayed implementing the new OMB labor
market area delineations to allow for sufficient time to assess the new
changes. We believe it is important for the IPPS to use the latest
labor market area delineations available as soon as is reasonably
possible in order to maintain a more accurate and up-to-date payment
system that reflects the reality of population shifts and labor market
conditions. While CMS and other stakeholders have explored potential
alternatives to the current CBSA-based labor market system (we refer
readers to the CMS Web site at: www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Reform.html), no consensus
has been achieved regarding how best to implement a replacement system.
As discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49027), ``While we
recognize that MSAs are not designed specifically to define labor
market areas, we believe they do represent a useful proxy for this
purpose.'' We further believe that using the most current delineations
will increase the integrity of the IPPS wage index system by creating a
more accurate representation of geographic variations in wage levels.
We have reviewed our findings and impacts relating to the new OMB
delineations, and find no compelling reason to further delay
implementation. Therefore, we are proposing to implement the new OMB
delineations as described in the February 28, 2013 OMB Bulletin No. 13-
01, effective for the FY 2015 IPPS wage index. We are proposing to use
these new delineations to calculate area wage indexes in a manner that
is generally consistent with the CBSA-based methodologies finalized in
the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, and refined in subsequent rulemaking. We
also are proposing a wage index transition period applicable to all
hospitals that experience negative impacts due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB delineations. This transition is
discussed in more detail below.
a. Micropolitan Statistical Areas
As discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49029 through
49032), CMS considered whether to use Micropolitan Statistical Areas to
define the labor market areas for the purpose of the IPPS wage index.
OMB defines a ``Micropolitan Statistical Area'' as a CBSA ``associated
with at least one urban cluster that has a population of at least
10,000, but less than 50,000'' (75 FR 37252). We refer to these areas
as Micropolitan Areas. After extensive impact analysis, CMS determined
the best course of action would be to treat all hospitals located in
Micropolitan Areas as ``rural'' and include them in the calculation of
each State's rural wage index. Because Micropolitan areas tend to
encompass smaller population centers and contain fewer hospitals than
MSAs, we determined that if Micropolitan Areas were to be treated as
separate labor market areas, the IPPS wage index would have included
drastically more single-provider labor market areas. This larger number
of labor market areas with fewer hospitals could create instability in
year-to-year wage index values for a large number of hospitals; could
reduce the averaging effect of the wage index, thus lessening some of
the efficiency incentive inherent in a system based on the average
hourly wages for a large number of hospitals; and could arguably create
an inequitable system when so many hospitals have wage indexes based
solely on their own wage data while other hospitals' wage indexes are
based on an average hourly wage across many hospitals. For these
reasons, we adopted a policy to include Micropolitan Areas in the
State's rural wage area, and have continued this policy through the
present.
Based upon the new 2010 Decennial Census data, a number of urban
counties have switched status and have joined or became Micropolitan
Areas, and some counties that once were part of a Micropolitan Area,
under current OMB delineations, have become urban. Overall, there are
fewer Micropolitan Areas (541) under the new OMB delineations based on
the 2010 Census than existed under the latest data from the 2000 Census
(581). We believe that the best course of action would be to continue
the policy established in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule and include
hospitals located in Micropolitan Areas in each State's rural wage
index. These areas continue to be defined as having relatively small
urban cores (populations of 10,000-49,999). We do not believe it would
be appropriate to calculate a separate wage index for areas that
typically may include only a few hospitals for the reasons set forth in
the FY 2005 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, as discussed above. Therefore, in
conjunction with our proposal to implement the new OMB labor market
area delineations beginning in FY 2015, we are proposing to continue to
treat Micropolitan Areas as ``rural'' and to include the Micropolitan
Areas in the calculation of each State's rural wage index.
b. Urban Counties That Would Become Rural Under the New OMB
Delineations
As previously discussed, we are proposing to implement the new OMB
labor market area delineations (based
[[Page 28056]]
upon the 2010 Decennial Census data) beginning in FY 2015. Our analysis
shows that a total of 37 counties (and county equivalents) and 12
hospitals that were once considered part of an urban CBSA would be
considered to be located in a rural area, beginning in FY 2015, under
these new OMB delineations. The following chart lists the 37 urban
counties that would be rural if we finalize our proposal to implement
the new OMB delineations.
Counties That Would Lose Urban Status
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Previous
County State CBSA CBSA
number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greene County............................ IN 14020 Bloomington, IN.
Anson County............................. NC 16740 Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-
SC.
Franklin County.......................... IN 17140 Cincinnati-Middletown, OH-KY-IN.
Stewart County........................... TN 17300 Clarksville, TN-KY.
Howard County............................ MO 17860 Columbia, MO.
Delta County............................. TX 19124 Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, TX.
Pittsylvania County...................... VA 19260 Danville, VA.
Danville City............................ VA 19260 Danville, VA.
Preble County............................ OH 19380 Dayton, OH.
Gibson County............................ IN 21780 Evansville, IN-KY.
Webster County........................... KY 21780 Evansville, IN-KY.
Franklin County.......................... AR 22900 Fort Smith, AR-OK.
Ionia County............................. MI 24340 Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.
Newaygo County........................... MI 24340 Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.
Greene County............................ NC 24780 Greenville, NC.
Stone County............................. MS 25060 Gulfport-Biloxi, MS.
Morgan County............................ WV 25180 Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD-WV.
San Jacinto County....................... TX 26420 Houston-Sugar Land-Baytown, TX.
Franklin County.......................... KS 28140 Kansas City, MO-KS.
Tipton County............................ IN 29020 Kokomo, IN.
Nelson County............................ KY 31140 Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-
IN.
Geary County............................. KS 31740 Manhattan, KS.
Washington County........................ OH 37620 Parkersburg-Marietta-Vienna, WV-
OH.
Pleasants County......................... WV 37620 Parkersburg-Marietta-Vienna, WV-
OH.
George County............................ MS 37700 Pascagoula, MS.
Power County............................. ID 38540 Pocatello, ID.
Cumberland County........................ VA 40060 Richmond, VA.
King and Queen County.................... VA 40060 Richmond, VA.
Louisa County............................ VA 40060 Richmond, VA.
Washington County........................ MO 41180 St. Louis, MO-IL.
Summit County............................ UT 41620 Salt Lake City, UT.
Erie County.............................. OH 41780 Sandusky, OH.
Franklin County.......................... MA 44140 Springfield, MA.
Ottawa County............................ OH 45780 Toledo, OH.
Greene County............................ AL 46220 Tuscaloosa, AL.
Calhoun County........................... TX 47020 Victoria, TX.
Surry County............................. VA 47260 Virginia Beach-Norfolk-Newport
News, VA-NC.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are proposing that the wage data for all hospitals located in
the counties listed above would now be considered rural when
calculating their respective State's rural wage index. We recognize
that rural areas typically have lower area wage index values than urban
areas, and hospitals located in these counties may experience a
negative impact in their IPPS payment due to the proposed adoption of
the new OMB delineations. We refer readers to section III.B.2.e. of the
preamble of this proposed rule for a discussion of the proposed wage
index transition period, in particular, the discussion regarding the 3-
year transition for hospitals located in these specific counties.
c. Rural Counties That Would Become Urban Under the New OMB
Delineations
As previously discussed, we are proposing to implement the new OMB
labor market area delineations (based upon the 2010 Decennial Census
data) beginning in FY 2015. Analysis of these OMB labor market area
delineations shows that a total of 105 counties (and county
equivalents) and 81 hospitals that were located in rural areas would be
located in urban areas under the new OMB delineations. The following
chart lists the 105 rural counties that would be urban if we finalize
our proposal to implement the new OMB delineations.
Counties That Would Gain Urban Status
------------------------------------------------------------------------
New CBSA
County State number CBSA.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utuado Municipio............. PR 10380 Aguadilla-Isabela,
PR.
Linn County.................. OR 10540 Albany, OR.
Oldham County................ TX 11100 Amarillo, TX.
Morgan County................ GA 12060 Atlanta-Sandy
Springs-Roswell,
GA.
Lincoln County............... GA 12260 Augusta-Richmond
County, GA-SC.
[[Page 28057]]
Newton County................ TX 13140 Beaumont-Port
Arthur, TX.
Fayette County............... WV 13220 Beckley, WV.
Raleigh County............... WV 13220 Beckley, WV.
Golden Valley County......... MT 13740 Billings, MT.
Oliver County................ ND 13900 Bismarck, ND.
Sioux County................. ND 13900 Bismarck, ND.
Floyd County................. VI 13980 Blacksburg-
Christiansburg-
Radford, VA.
De Witt County............... IL 14010 Bloomington, IL.
Columbia County.............. PA 14100 Bloomsburg-Berwick,
PA.
Montour County............... PA 14100 Bloomsburg-Berwick,
PA.
Allen County................. KY 14540 Bowling Green, KY.
Butler County................ KY 14540 Bowling Green, KY.
St. Mary's County............ MD 15680 California-Lexington
Park, MD.
Jackson County............... IL 16060 Carbondale-Marion,
IL.
Williamson County............ IL 16060 Carbondale-Marion,
IL.
Franklin County.............. PA 16540 Chambersburg-
Waynesboro, PA.
Iredell County............... NC 16740 Charlotte-Concord-
Gastonia, NC-SC.
Lincoln County............... NC 16740 Charlotte-Concord-
Gastonia, NC-SC.
Rowan County................. NC 16740 Charlotte-Concord-
Gastonia, NC-SC.
Chester County............... SC 16740 Charlotte-Concord-
Gastonia, NC-SC.
Lancaster County............. SC 16740 Charlotte-Concord-
Gastonia, NC-SC.
Buckingham County............ VA 16820 Charlottesville, VA.
Union County................. IN 17140 Cincinnati, OH-KY-
IN.
Hocking County............... OH 18140 Columbus, OH.
Perry County................. OH 18140 Columbus, OH.
Walton County................ FL 18880 Crestview-Fort
Walton Beach-
Destin, FL.
Hood County.................. TX 23104 Dallas-Fort Worth-
Arlington, TX.
Somervell County............. TX 23104 Dallas-Fort Worth-
Arlington, TX.
Baldwin County............... AL 19300 Daphne-Fairhope-
Foley, AL.
Monroe County................ PA 20700 East Stroudsburg,
PA.
Hudspeth County.............. TX 21340 El Paso, TX.
Adams County................. PA 23900 Gettysburg, PA.
Hall County.................. NE 24260 Grand Island, NE.
Hamilton County.............. NE 24260 Grand Island, NE.
Howard County................ NE 24260 Grand Island, NE.
Merrick County............... NE 24260 Grand Island, NE.
Montcalm County.............. MI 24340 Grand Rapids-
Wyoming, MI.
Josephine County............. OR 24420 Grants Pass, OR.
Tangipahoa Parish............ LA 25220 Hammond, LA.
Beaufort County.............. SC 25940 Hilton Head Island-
Bluffton-Beaufort,
SC.
Jasper County................ SC 25940 Hilton Head Island-
Bluffton-Beaufort,
SC.
Citrus County................ FL 26140 Homosassa Springs,
FL.
Butte County................. ID 26820 Idaho Falls, ID.
Yazoo County................. MS 27140 Jackson, MS.
Crockett County.............. TN 27180 Jackson, TN.
Kalawao County............... HI 27980 Kahului-Wailuku-
Lahaina, HI.
Maui County.................. HI 27980 Kahului-Wailuku-
Lahaina, HI.
Campbell County.............. TN 28940 Knoxville, TN.
Morgan County................ TN 28940 Knoxville, TN.
Roane County................. TN 28940 Knoxville, TN.
Acadia Parish................ LA 29180 Lafayette, LA.
Iberia Parish................ LA 29180 Lafayette, LA.
Vermilion Parish............. LA 29180 Lafayette, LA.
Cotton County................ OK 30020 Lawton, OK.
Scott County................. IN 31140 Louisville/Jefferson
County, KY-IN.
Lynn County.................. TX 31180 Lubbock, TX.
Green County................. WI 31540 Madison, WI.
Benton County................ MS 32820 Memphis, TN-MS-AR.
Midland County............... MI 33220 Midland, MI.
Martin County................ TX 33260 Midland, TX.
Le Sueur County.............. MN 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul-
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Mille Lacs County............ MN 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul-
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Sibley County................ MN 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul-
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Maury County................. TN 34980 Nashville-Davidson-
Murfreesboro-
Franklin, TN.
Craven County................ NC 35100 New Bern, NC.
Jones County................. NC 35100 New Bern, NC.
Pamlico County............... NC 35100 New Bern, NC.
St. James Parish............. LA 35380 New Orleans-
Metairie, LA.
Box Elder County............. UT 36260 Ogden-Clearfield,
UT.
Gulf County.................. FL 37460 Panama City, FL.
Custer County................ SD 39660 Rapid City, SD.
[[Page 28058]]
Fillmore County.............. MN 40340 Rochester, MN.
Yates County................. NY 40380 Rochester, NY.
Sussex County................ DE 41540 Salisbury, MD-DE.
Worcester County............. MA 41540 Salisbury, MD-DE.
Highlands County............. FL 42700 Sebring, FL.
Webster Parish............... LA 43340 Shreveport-Bossier
City, LA.
Cochise County............... AZ 43420 Sierra Vista-
Douglas, AZ.
Plymouth County.............. IA 43580 Sioux City, IA-NE-
SD.
Union County................. SC 43900 Spartanburg, SC.
Pend Oreille County.......... WA 44060 Spokane-Spokane
Valley, WA.
Stevens County............... WA 44060 Spokane-Spokane
Valley, WA.
Augusta County............... VA 44420 Staunton-Waynesboro,
VA.
Staunton City................ VA 44420 Staunton-Waynesboro,
VA.
Waynesboro City.............. VA 44420 Staunton-Waynesboro,
VA.
Little River County.......... AR 45500 Texarkana, TX-AR.
Sumter County................ FL 45540 The Villages, FL.
Pickens County............... AL 46220 Tuscaloosa, AL.
Gates County................. NC 47260 Virginia Beach-
Norfolk-Newport
News, VA-NC.
Falls County................. TX 47380 Waco, TX.
Columbia County.............. WA 47460 Walla Walla, WA.
Walla Walla County........... WA 47460 Walla Walla, WA.
Peach County................. GA 47580 Warner Robins, GA.
Pulaski County............... GA 47580 Warner Robins, GA.
Culpeper County.............. VA 47894 Washington-Arlington-
Alexandria, DC-VA-
MD-WV.
Rappahannock County.......... VA 47894 Washington-Arlington-
Alexandria, DC-VA-
MD-WV.
Jefferson County............. NY 48060 Watertown-Fort Drum,
NY.
Kingman County............... KS 48620 Wichita, KS.
Davidson County.............. NC 49180 Winston-Salem, NC.
Windham County............... CT 49340 Worcester, MA-CT.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are proposing that when calculating the area wage index, the
wage data for hospitals located in these counties would be included in
their new respective urban CBSAs. Typically, hospitals located in an
urban area would receive a higher wage index value than hospitals
located in their State's rural area. However, with regard to the wage
index applicable to individual hospitals, we are proposing to implement
a transitional wage index adjustment for any hospital that would
receive a lower wage index under the new OMB delineations than it would
have received under the current CBSA definitions. We refer readers to
section III.B.2.e. of the preamble of this proposed rule for further
discussion of this proposed transition.
d. Urban Counties That Would Move to a Different Urban CBSA Under the
New OMB Delineations
In addition to rural counties becoming urban and urban counties
becoming rural, several urban counties would shift from one urban CBSA
to another urban CBSA under our proposal to adopt the new OMB
delineations. In certain cases, adopting the new OMB delineations would
involve a change only in CBSA name or number, while the CBSA continues
to encompass the same constituent counties. For example, CBSA 29140
(Lafayette, IN) would experience both a change to its number and its
name, and become CBSA 29200 (Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN), while all
of its three constituent counties would remain the same. We have
identified 19 counties that would remain in a CBSA that experienced a
change in name or number under the new delineations, but would retain
the same constituent counties, as shown in the following table.
Counties That Would Remain in CBSA That Changed Number
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior CBSA No. New CBSA No. County State
------------------------------------------------------------------------
14484................. 14454 Norfolk County... MA.
14484................. 14454 Plymouth County.. MA.
14484................. 14454 Suffolk County... MA.
47644................. 47664 Lapeer County.... MI.
47644................. 47664 Livingston County MI.
47644................. 47664 Macomb County.... MI.
47644................. 47664 Oakland County... MI.
47644................. 47664 St. Clair County. MI.
26180................. 46520 Honolulu County.. HI.
29140................. 29200 Benton County.... IN.
29140................. 29200 Carroll County... IN.
29140................. 29200 Tippecanoe County IN.
42044................. 11244 Orange County.... CA.
42060................. 42200 Santa Barbara CA.
County.
44600................. 48260 Jefferson County. OH.
44600................. 48260 Brooke County.... WV.
[[Page 28059]]
44600................. 48260 Hancock County... WV.
13644................. 43524 Frederick County. MD.
13644................. 43524 Montgomery County MD.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are not discussing further in this section these proposed
changes because they are inconsequential changes with respect to the
IPPS wage index. However, in other cases, if we adopt the new OMB
delineations, counties would shift between existing and new CBSAs,
changing the constituent makeup of the CBSAs.
In one type of change, an entire CBSA would be subsumed by another
CBSA. For example, CBSA 37380 (Palm Coast, FL) currently is a single
county (Flagler, FL) CBSA. Flagler County would become a part of CBSA
19660 (Deltona-Daytona Beach-Ormond Beach, FL) under the new OMB
delineations.
In another type of change, some CBSAs have counties that would
split off to become part of or to form entirely new labor market areas.
For example, CBSA 37964 (Philadelphia Metropolitan Division) currently
is comprised of five Pennsylvania counties (Bucks, Chester, Delaware,
Montgomery, and Philadelphia). If we adopt the new OMB delineations,
Montgomery, Bucks, and Chester counties would split off and form the
new CBSA 33874 (Montgomery County-Bucks County-Chester County, PA
Metropolitan Division), while Delaware and Philadelphia counties would
remain in CBSA 37964.
Finally, in some cases, a CBSA would lose counties to another
existing CBSA if we adopt the new OMB delineations. For example,
Lincoln County and Putnam County, WV would move from CBSA 16620
(Charleston, WV) to CBSA 26580 (Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY-OH). CBSA
16620 still would exist in the new labor market delineations with fewer
constituent counties.
The following chart lists the urban counties that would move from
one urban CBSA to another urban CBSA if we adopted the new OMB
delineations.
Counties That Would Change to Another CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prior CBSA New CBSA County State
------------------------------------------------------------------------
11300................. 26900 Madison County... IN.
11340................. 24860 Anderson County.. SC.
14060................. 14010 McLean County.... IL.
37764................. 15764 Essex County..... MA.
16620................. 26580 Lincoln County... WV.
16620................. 26580 Putnam County.... WV.
16974................. 20994 DeKalb County.... IL.
16974................. 20994 Kane County...... IL.
21940................. 41980 Ceiba Municipio.. PR.
21940................. 41980 Fajardo Municipio PR.
21940................. 41980 Luquillo PR.
Municipio.
26100................. 24340 Ottawa County.... MI.
31140................. 21060 Meade County..... KY.
34100................. 28940 Grainger County.. TN.
35644................. 35614 Bergen County.... NJ.
35644................. 35614 Hudson County.... NJ.
20764................. 35614 Middlesex County. NJ.
20764................. 35614 Monmouth County.. NJ.
20764................. 35614 Ocean County..... NJ.
35644................. 35614 Passaic County... NJ.
20764................. 35084 Somerset County.. NJ.
35644................. 35614 Bronx County..... NY.
35644................. 35614 Kings County..... NY.
35644................. 35614 New York County.. NY.
35644................. 20524 Putnam County.... NY.
35644................. 35614 Queens County.... NY.
35644................. 35614 Richmond County.. NY.
35644................. 35614 Rockland County.. NY.
35644................. 35614 Westchester NY.
County.
37380................. 19660 Flagler County... FL.
37700................. 25060 Jackson County... MS.
37964................. 33874 Bucks County..... PA.
37964................. 33874 Chester County... PA.
37964................. 33874 Montgomery County PA.
39100................. 20524 Dutchess County.. NY.
39100................. 35614 Orange County.... NY.
41884................. 42034 Marin County..... CA.
41980................. 11640 Arecibo Municipio PR.
41980................. 11640 Camuy Municipio.. PR.
41980................. 11640 Hatillo Municipio PR.
41980................. 11640 Quebradillas PR.
Municipio.
48900................. 34820 Brunswick County. NC.
49500................. 38660 Gu[aacute]nica PR.
Municipio.
49500................. 38660 Guayanilla PR.
Municipio.
[[Page 28060]]
49500................. 38660 Pe[ntilde]uelas PR.
Municipio.
49500................. 38660 Yauco Municipio.. PR.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
If hospitals located in these counties move from one CBSA to
another under the new OMB delineations, there may be impacts, both
negative and positive, upon their specific wage index values. We refer
readers to section III.B.2.e. of the preamble of this proposed rule for
a discussion of our proposals to moderate the impact of our proposed
adoption of the new OMB delineations.
e. Proposed Transition Period
(1) Background
Overall, we believe implementing the new OMB labor market area
delineations would result in wage index values being more
representative of the actual costs of labor in a given area. However,
we recognize that some hospitals would experience decreases in wage
index values as a result of our proposed implementation of the new
labor market area delineations. We also realize that some hospitals
would have higher wage index values due to our proposed implementation
of the new labor market area delineations.
In the past, we have provided for transition periods when adopting
changes that have significant payment implications, particularly large
negative impacts. As discussed in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR
49032 through 49034), we evaluated several options to ease the
transition to the new CBSA system, which we implemented starting in FY
2005 and which is the system currently in use.
As discussed in that rule, we determined that the transition to the
current wage index system would have the largest negative impacts upon
hospitals that were originally considered urban, but would be
considered rural under the new definitions. To alleviate the decreased
payments associated with having a rural wage index, in calculating the
area wage index, in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, we allowed urban
hospitals that became rural under new definitions to maintain their
assignment to the labor market area where they were located for FY
2004. This adjustment was granted for a period of 3 fiscal years.
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule, for all hospitals that experienced
negative payment impacts due to new definitions (for example, they were
moved to an urban CBSA with a lower wage index value than their
previous rural or urban labor market area), we implemented a 1-year
blended adjustment. We calculated wage indexes for all hospitals using
both old and new labor market definitions. Hospitals received 50
percent of their wage index based on the new OMB delineations, and 50
percent of their wage index based on their current labor market area.
This adjustment only applied to hospitals that would have experienced a
drop in wage index values due to a change in labor market definitions.
Hospitals that benefitted from the labor market area transition
received their new wage index at the time the new labor market
definitions became effective.
We continue to have the same concerns expressed in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rulemaking. Therefore, we are proposing a similar transition
methodology to mitigate any negative financial impacts experienced by
hospitals due to our proposal to implement the new OMB labor market
area delineations for FY 2015.
(2) Proposed Transition for Hospitals in Urban Areas That Would Become
Rural
For hospitals that are currently located in an urban county that
would become rural under the new OMB delineations, and would have no
form of wage index reclassification or redesignation in place for FY
2015 (that is, MGCRB reclassifications under section 1886(d)(10) of the
Act, redesignations under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, or rural
reclassifications under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act), we are
proposing a policy to assign them the urban wage index value of the
CBSA in which they are physically located for FY 2014 for a period of 3
fiscal years (with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied to the area wage
index). As stated in the FY 2005 IPPS proposed rule (69 FR 28252), we
have in the past provided transitions when adopting changes that have
significant payment implications, particularly large negative impacts.
We believe it is appropriate to apply a 3-year transition period for
hospitals located in urban counties that would become rural under the
new OMB delineations, given the potentially significant payment impacts
for these hospitals. This is consistent with the transition policy
adopted in FY 2005 (69 FR 49032 through 49034). We continue to believe,
as we stated in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49033), that the
longer transition period is appropriate because, as a group, we expect
these hospitals would experience a steeper and more abrupt reduction in
their wage index due to the labor market revisions compared to other
hospitals. Assigning these hospitals the urban wage index value of the
CBSA in which they are physically located for FY 2014 for a period of 3
fiscal years (with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied to the area wage
index) would be the most similar to the actual payment wage index that
these hospitals received in FY 2014, thereby minimizing the negative
impact of adopting the new OMB delineations for these hospitals.
Accordingly, for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017, assuming no other form of
wage index reclassification or redesignation is granted, we are
proposing to assign these hospitals the area wage index value of the
urban CBSA to which they geographically were located in FY 2014 (with
the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied to the area wage index). For example, if
urban CBSA 12345 consisted of three counties in FY 2014, and, under the
new OMB delineations, one of those counties, County X, would no longer
be part of CBSA 12345 and would become rural for FY 2015, we are
proposing that hospitals in County X would be assigned the FY 2015 wage
index of CBSA 12345, computed using the remaining two counties, with
the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural floor budget
neutrality adjustment applied to the area wage index. We believe that
assigning the wage index of the hospitals' current area is the simplest
and most effective method for mitigating negative payment impacts due
to the proposed adoption of the new OMB delineations. We have
identified relatively few hospitals that are located in urban counties
that would become rural, and fewer yet that do not have a
reclassification or redesignation in effect for FY 2015. Because we
believe that these urban to rural transitions would
[[Page 28061]]
be the most likely to cause significant negative payment impacts, we
believe that these hospitals should be granted a longer transition
period than hospitals that may be switching between urban labor market
areas, which as discussed later, we are proposing may receive 1-year
blended wage index.
We note that there are situations where a hospital cannot be
assigned the wage index value of the CBSA to which it geographically
belonged in FY 2014 because that CBSA would be split and no longer
exist and some or all of the constituent counties would be added to
another urban labor market area under the new OMB delineations. If the
hospital cannot be assigned the wage index value of the CBSA to which
it is geographically located in FY 2014 because that CBSA would be
split apart and no longer exist, and some or all of its constituent
counties would be added to another urban labor market area under the
new OMB delineations, we are proposing that hospitals located in such
counties that would become rural under the new OMB delineations would
be assigned the wage index of the FY 2015 urban labor market area that
contains the urban county in their FY 2014 CBSA to which they are
closest (with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural
floor budget neutrality adjustment applied) for a period of 3 fiscal
years. We believe this approach of assigning the wage index of the FY
2015 urban labor market area that contains the urban county in their FY
2014 CBSA to which they are closest (with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied)
would most closely approximate the hospitals' FY 2014 actual payment
wage index, thereby minimizing the negative effects of the proposed
change in the OMB delineations. For example, George County, MS and
Jackson County, MS, together, in FY 2014, comprise the urban CBSA 37700
(Pascagoula, MS). Under the new OMB delineations, George County would
be considered rural and Jackson County, MS would become part of the
urban labor market area of Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS (CBSA 25060).
In this instance, we are proposing that hospitals in George County, MS
would be assigned the FY 2015 wage index for CBSA 25060 (Gulfport-
Biloxi-Pascagoula, MS), with the rural and imputed floors applied and
with the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied.
Furthermore, we are proposing that any hospital that is currently
located in an urban county that would become rural for FY 2015 under
the new OMB delineations, but also has a reclassification or
redesignation in effect for FY 2015 (from a pre-existing
reclassification or redesignation granted prior to FY 2015), would not
be eligible for the 3-year transition wage index. This is because if
the hospital is reclassified or redesignated in some manner, it would
instead receive a wage index that reflects its own choice to obtain its
reclassified or redesignated status. Accordingly, if a hospital is
currently located in an urban county that would become rural for FY
2015 under the new OMB delineations and such hospital sought and was
granted reclassification or redesignation for FY 2015 or such hospital
seeks and is granted any reclassification or redesignation for FY 2016
or FY 2017, we are proposing that the hospital would permanently lose
its 3-year transitional assigned wage index status, and would not be
eligible to reinstate it. For example, if a hospital that is currently
urban but would become rural under the new OMB delineations received a
3-year transition wage index in FY 2015 based on the wage index of the
urban CBSA to which it was geographically located in FY 2014 and then
by its own choice, reclassifies to obtain a different area wage index
in FY 2016, the hospital would not be eligible to reinstate the
transition wage index, even if it opts to cancel its reclassification
for FY 2017. We are proposing the transition adjustment to assist
hospitals if they experience a negative payment impact specifically due
to the proposed adoption of the new OMB delineations in FY 2015. If a
hospital chooses in a future fiscal year to forego this transition
adjustment by obtaining some form of reclassification or redesignation,
we do not believe reinstatement of this transition adjustment would be
appropriate. The purpose of the adjustment is to assist hospitals that
may be negatively impacted by the new OMB delineations in transitioning
to a wage index based on these delineations. By obtaining a
reclassification or redesignation, we believe that the hospital has
made the determination that the transition adjustment is not necessary
because it has other viable options for mitigating the impact of the
transition to the new OMB delineations.
With respect to the wage index computation, we are proposing to
follow our existing policy regarding the inclusion of a hospital's wage
index data in the CBSA in which it is geographically located (we refer
readers to Step 6 of the method for computing the unadjusted wage index
in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51592)). Accordingly,
beginning with FY 2015, we are proposing that the wage data of all
hospitals receiving this type of 3-year transition adjustment would be
included in the statewide rural area in which they are geographically
located under the new OMB labor market area delineations of FY 2015.
After the 3-year transition period, beginning in FY 2018, we are
proposing that these formerly urban hospitals discussed above would
receive their statewide rural wage index, absent any reclassification
or redesignation.
In addition, we are proposing that the hospitals receiving this 3-
year transition because they are in counties that were urban under the
current CBSA definitions, but would be rural under the new OMB
delineations, would not be considered urban hospitals. Rather, they
would maintain their status as rural hospitals for other payment
considerations. This is because our proposal to apply a 3-year
transitional wage index for these newly rural hospitals only applies
for the purpose of calculating the wage index under our proposal to
adopt the new CBSA delineations. We are not proposing transitions for
other IPPS payment policies that may be impacted by the proposed
adoption of the new CBSA delineations. However, we will continue to
apply the existing regulations at Sec. 412.102 with respect to
determining DSH payments in the first year after a hospital loses urban
status (we refer readers to section II.B.2.e.(7) of the preamble of
this proposed rule).
(3) Proposed Transition for Hospitals Deemed Urban Under Section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act Where the Urban Area Would Become Rural Under
the New OMB Delineations
As discussed in section II.H.3. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, there are some hospitals that currently are geographically
located in rural areas but are deemed to be urban under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. For FY 2015, some of these hospitals
currently redesignated under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act would no
longer be eligible for deemed urban status under the new OMB
delineations, as discussed in detail in section III.H.3. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. Similar to the policy implemented in
the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49059), and consistent with the
policy we are proposing for other hospitals in counties that were urban
and would become rural under the new OMB delineations, we are proposing
to apply the 3-year transition to these hospitals currently
redesignated to urban areas under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
[[Page 28062]]
that would no longer be deemed urban under the new OMB delineations and
would revert to being rural. That is, for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017,
assuming no other form of wage index reclassification or redesignation
is granted, we are proposing to assign these hospitals the FY 2015 area
wage index value of hospitals reclassified to the urban CBSA (that is,
the attaching wage index) to which they were redesignated in FY 2014
(with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural floor
budget neutrality adjustment applied). If the hospital cannot be
assigned the reclassified wage index value of the CBSA to which it was
redesignated in FY 2014 because that CBSA would split apart and no
longer exist, and some or all of its constituent counties would be
added to another urban labor market area under the new OMB
delineations, we are proposing that such hospitals would be assigned
the wage index of the hospitals reclassified to the FY 2015 urban labor
market area that contains the urban county in their FY 2014
redesignated CBSA to which they are closest for a period of 3 fiscal
years. We are proposing to assign these hospitals the area wage index
of hospitals reclassified to a CBSA because hospitals deemed urban
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act are treated as reclassified
under current policy, under which such hospitals receive an area wage
index that includes wage data of all hospitals reclassified to the
area.
(4) Proposed Transition for Hospitals That Would Experience a Decrease
in Wage Index Under the New OMB Delineations
While we believe that instituting the latest OMB labor market area
delineations would create a more accurate wage index system, we also
recognize that implementing the new OMB delineations may cause some
short-term instability in hospital payments. Therefore, in addition to
the 3-year transition adjustment for hospitals being transitioned from
urban to rural status as discussed above, we are proposing a 1-year
blended wage index for all hospitals that would experience any decrease
in their actual payment wage index (that is, a hospital's actual wage
index used for payment, which accounts for all applicable effects of
reclassification and redesignation) exclusively due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB delineations. Similar to the policy
adopted in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49033), we are proposing
that a post-reclassified wage index with the rural and imputed floor
applied would be computed based on the hospital's FY 2014 CBSA (that
is, using all of its FY 2014 constituent county/ies), and another post-
reclassified wage index with the rural and imputed floor applied would
be computed based on the hospital's new FY 2015 CBSA (that is, the FY
2015 constituent county/ies). We are proposing to compare these two
wage indexes. If the proposed FY 2015 wage index with FY 2015 CBSAs
would be lower than the proposed FY 2015 wage index with FY 2014 CBSAs,
we are proposing that a blended wage index would be computed,
consisting of 50 percent of each of the two wage indexes added
together. We are proposing that this blended wage index would be the
hospital's wage index for FY 2015. We believe a 1-year, 50/50 blend
would mitigate the short-term instability and negative payment impacts
due to the proposed implementation of the new OMB delineations,
providing hospitals with a transition period during which they may
adjust to their new geographic CBSA or may assess any reclassification
options that would be available to them starting in FY 2016. We are
proposing a longer 3-year transition adjustment for hospitals losing
urban status because there are significantly fewer affected urban-to-
rural hospitals, and we believe the negative impacts to a hospital
shifting from urban to rural status would typically be greater than
other types of transitions. We believe that a transition period longer
than 1 year to address other impacts of the proposed adoption of new
OMB delineations would reduce the accuracy of the overall labor market
area wage index system because far more hospitals would be affected.
In addition, for FY 2015, for hospitals that would receive the
proposed 3-year transition, it is possible that receiving the FY 2015
wage index (with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the
rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied) of the CBSA where the
hospital is geographically located for FY 2014 might still be less than
the FY 2015 wage index that the hospital would have received in the
absence of the adoption of the new OMB delineations (particularly in
States where the rural floor is historically very high). Therefore,
such a hospital may additionally benefit from application of the 50/50
blended wage indexes. Accordingly, we are proposing to include the
assignment of the 3-year transitional wage index in our calculation of
the FY 2015 portion of the 50/50 blended wage index for that hospital.
After FY 2015, such a hospital may revert to the second year of the 3-
year transition. For example, if Hospital X (formerly part of CBSA
12345, now rural) is assigned CBSA 12345's FY 2015 wage index value of
1.0000 as part of the 3-year transition, but that FY 2015 wage index
value would have been 1.1000 under the previous OMB delineations, that
hospital would receive a 50/50 blended wage index of 1.0500 for FY
2015. In FY 2016 and FY 2017, Hospital X would still be eligible to
receive the remaining 2 years of the 3-year transition wage index of
CBSA 12345 (that is, in FY 2016, Hospital X would receive the FY 2016
wage index of CBSA 12345 (with the rural and imputed floors applied and
with the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied)), and in FY
2017, Hospital X would receive the FY 2017 wage index of CBSA 12345
(with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural floor
budget neutrality adjustment applied).
(5) Impact of Proposed Adoption of New OMB Labor Market Area
Delineations
To illustrate how the proposed adoption of the new OMB labor market
area delineations would impact hospitals' proposed FY 2015 wage
indexes, we compared the proposed FY 2015 occupational mix adjusted
post-reclassified wage indexes with rural floor budget neutrality
applied under the FY 2014 CBSAs and under the proposed FY 2015 CBSAs
using the new OMB delineations. (This analysis does not include the
effects of the out-migration adjustment, the frontier floor, the
proposed 3-year hold harmless transition wage indexes, or the proposed
1-year transition blended wage indexes). As a result of applying the
proposed new OMB delineations to the wage data, the proposed wage index
values for 2,362 urban hospitals (83.8 percent) and 396 (64.0 percent)
rural hospitals would increase. The wage index values of 2,337 (82.9
percent) urban hospitals would increase by less than 5 percent, and the
wage index values of 13 (0.5 percent) urban hospitals would increase by
at least 5 percent but less than 10 percent. The wage index values of
12 (0.4 percent) urban hospitals would increase by greater than or
equal to 10 percent. The wage index values of 369 (59.6 percent) rural
hospitals would increase by less than 5 percent, 18 rural hospitals
(2.9 percent) would increase by at least 5 percent but less than 10
percent, and 9 rural hospitals (1.5 percent) would increase by greater
than or equal to 10 percent. However, the wage index values for 451
urban hospitals (16.0 percent) and 223 (36.0 percent) rural hospitals
would decrease. The wage index values of 396 (14.0
[[Page 28063]]
percent) urban hospitals would decrease by less than 5 percent, 40
urban hospitals (1.4 percent) would decrease by at least 5 percent but
less than 10 percent, and 15 urban hospitals (0.5 percent) would
decrease by greater than or equal to 10 percent. The wage index values
of 198 (32.0 percent) rural hospitals would decrease by less than 5
percent, 24 rural hospitals (3.9 percent) would decrease by 5 percent
and less than 10 percent, and 1 rural hospital (0.2 percent) would
decrease by greater than or equal to 10 percent. The wage index values
of 6 (0.2 percent) urban hospitals and zero rural hospitals would
remain unchanged by the adoption of the new OMB CBSA delineations. The
largest positive impacts would be for 8 hospitals in 5 States (Texas,
Minnesota, Louisiana, Alabama, and Michigan) that would be moving from
a rural to an urban area (ranging from a 16.57 percent to a 22.91
percent increase in wage index), and for 10 hospitals that would be
moving from one urban CBSA (FY 2014 CBSA 20764, Edison-New Brunswick,
NJ) to new urban CBSA 35614 (New York-Jersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ),
representing a 15.12 percent increase in wage index. The largest
negative impacts would be for 5 hospitals in 4 States (New York,
Alabama, Idaho, and North Carolina) that would be moving from an urban
to a rural area (ranging from a 13.08 percent to a 27.25 percent
decrease in wage index), and for 8 hospitals that would be moving from
one urban CBSA (FY 2014 CBSA 35644, New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ)
to new urban CBSA 20524 (Dutchess County-Putnam County, NY),
representing a 11.42 percent decrease in wage index. These results
illustrate that hospitals that would move from rural CBSAs to urban
CBSAs generally would benefit significantly, while hospitals that would
move from urban to rural CBSAs generally would have larger negative
impacts. For all hospitals combined, the wage index values of 2,758
(80.2 percent) overall would be increasing, and 674 (19.6 percent)
overall would be decreasing, indicating that most hospitals would be
positively affected by the adoption of the new OMB delineations.
Furthermore, the magnitude of the changes would be relatively small
overall, with only 132 hospitals (3.8 percent) experiencing either an
increase or decrease of at least 5 percent.
The following table shows the impact of the proposed adoption of
the new OMB delineations on hospitals' proposed FY 2015 wage indexes,
comparing the proposed FY 2015 occupational mix adjusted post-
reclassified wage indexes with rural floor budget neutrality applied
under the FY 2014 CBSAs and the proposed FY 2015 CBSAs using the new
OMB delineations. (This analysis does not include the effects of the
out-migration adjustment, the frontier floor, the proposed 3-year hold
harmless transition wage indexes, or the proposed 1-year transition
blended wage indexes).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of post- Number of post-
reclassified reclassified
Percent change in FY 2015 wage index rural hospitals urban hospitals Total number of
based on FY 2014 based on FY 2014 hospitals
CBSA CBSA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease greater than or equal to 10.0.................... 1 15 16
Decrease greater than or equal to 5.0 but less than 10.0.. 24 40 64
Decrease greater than or equal to 2.0 but less than 5.0... 36 94 130
Decrease greater than 0.0 but less than 2.0............... 162 302 464
No change................................................. 0 6 6
Increase greater than 0.0 but less than 2.0............... 365 2,304 2,669
Increase greater than or equal to 2.0 but less than 5.0... 4 33 37
Increase greater than or equal to 5.0 but less than 10.0.. 18 13 31
Increase greater than or equal to 10.0.................... 9 12 21
-----------------------------------------------------
Total................................................. 619 2,819 3,438
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Proposed Budget Neutrality
For FY 2015, we are proposing to apply both the 3-year transition
and 50/50 blended wage index adjustments in a budget neutral manner. We
are proposing to make an adjustment to the standardized amount to
ensure that the total payments, including the effect of the transition
provisions, would equal what payments would have been if we would not
be providing for any transitional wage indexes under the new OMB
delineations. For a complete discussion on this proposed budget
neutrality adjustment for FY 2015, we refer the reader to section
II.A.4.b. of the Addendum to this proposed rule.
We note that, consistent with past practice (69 FR 49034), we are
not adopting the new OMB delineations themselves in a budget neutral
manner. We do not believe that the revision to the labor market areas
in and of itself constitutes an ``adjustment or update'' to the
adjustment for area wage differences, as provided under section
1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act.
(7) Proposals With Respect To Determining Disproportionate Share
Hospital (DSH) Payments
As noted in the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49033), the
provisions of Sec. 412.102 of the regulations would continue to apply
with respect to determining DSH payments. Specifically, in the first
year after a hospital loses urban status, the hospital would receive an
additional payment that equals two-thirds of the difference between the
urban DSH payments applicable to the hospital before its redesignation
from urban to rural and the rural DSH payments applicable to the
hospital subsequent to its redesignation from urban to rural. In the
second year after a hospital loses urban status, the hospital would
receive an additional payment that equals one-third of the difference
between the urban DSH payments applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and the rural DSH payments applicable
to the hospital subsequent to its redesignation from urban to rural.
We also are proposing to make changes to the regulations to delete
Sec. 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D). In this regulation section, we currently
define a ``hospital reclassified as rural'' as a hospital located in a
county that, in FY 2004, was urban but was redesignated as rural after
September 30, 2004, as a result of the most recent census data and
implementation of the new MSA definitions announced by OMB on June 6,
2003. Because this term is not used in Sec. 412.64, but is used in
Sec. 412.102, we
[[Page 28064]]
are proposing to delete Sec. 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D) and revise the
language at Sec. 412.102 to address the circumstances set forth in
Sec. 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D). The regulation at Sec. 412.102, which
addresses special treatment of hospitals located in areas that are
changing from urban to rural as a result of a geographic redesignation,
is the only location that currently references a ``hospital
reclassified as rural'', as defined at Sec. 412.64(b)(1)(ii)(D). To
avoid confusion with urban hospitals that choose to reclassify as rural
under Sec. 412.103, we are proposing to revise the regulation text at
Sec. 412.102 so that it no longer refers to the defined term
``hospital reclassified as rural,'' and instead specifically states the
circumstances in which Sec. 412.102 applies. In addition, we are
proposing to modify the regulation text so that it would apply to all
transitions from urban to rural status that occur as a result of any
future adoption of new or revised OMB standards for delineating
statistical areas adopted by CMS. Specifically, we are proposing to
revise the regulations at Sec. 412.102 to state that ``An urban
hospital that was part of an MSA, but was redesignated as rural as a
result of the most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical
areas adopted by CMS, may receive an adjustment to its rural Federal
payment amount for operating costs for 2 successive fiscal years as
provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. . . .''
C. Worksheet S-3 Wage Data for the Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index
The proposed FY 2015 wage index values are based on the data
collected from the Medicare cost reports submitted by hospitals for
cost reporting periods beginning in FY 2011 (the FY 2014 wage indexes
were based on data from cost reporting periods beginning during FY
2010).
1. Included Categories of Costs
The proposed FY 2015 wage index includes the following categories
of data associated with costs paid under the IPPS (as well as
outpatient costs):
Salaries and hours from short-term, acute care hospitals
(including paid lunch hours and hours associated with military leave
and jury duty);
Home office costs and hours;
Certain contract labor costs and hours (which includes
direct patient care, certain top management, pharmacy, laboratory, and
nonteaching physician Part A services, and certain contract indirect
patient care services (as discussed in the FY 2008 final rule with
comment period (72 FR 47315 through 47318)); and
Wage-related costs, including pension costs (based on
policies adopted in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51586
through 51590)) and other deferred compensation costs.
2. Excluded Categories of Costs
Consistent with the wage index methodology for FY 2014, the
proposed wage index for FY 2015 also excludes the direct and overhead
salaries and hours for services not subject to IPPS payment, such as
skilled nursing facility (SNF) services, home health services, costs
related to GME (teaching physicians and residents) and certified
registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs), and other subprovider components
that are not paid under the IPPS. The proposed FY 2015 wage index also
excludes the salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of hospital-based
rural health clinics (RHCs), and Federally qualified health centers
(FQHCs) because Medicare pays for these costs outside of the IPPS (68
FR 45395). In addition, salaries, hours, and wage-related costs of CAHs
are excluded from the wage index, for the reasons explained in the FY
2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45397 through 45398).
3. Use of Wage Index Data by Providers Other Than Acute Care Hospitals
Under the IPPS
Data collected for the IPPS wage index are also currently used to
calculate wage indexes applicable to other providers, such as SNFs,
home health agencies (HHAs), and hospices. In addition, they are used
for prospective payments to IRFs, IPFs, and LTCHs, and for hospital
outpatient services. We note that, in the IPPS rules, we do not address
comments pertaining to the wage indexes for non-IPPS providers, other
than for LTCHs. Such comments should be made in response to separate
proposed rules for those providers.
D. Verification of Worksheet S-3 Wage Data
The wage data for the proposed FY 2015 wage index were obtained
from Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III of the Medicare cost report for
cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2010, and
before October 1, 2011. For wage index purposes, we refer to cost
reports during this period as the ``FY 2011 cost report,'' the ``FY
2011 wage data,'' or the ``FY 2011 data.'' Instructions for completing
the wage index sections of Worksheet S-3 are included in the Provider
Reimbursement Manual (PRM), Part 2 (Pub. No. 15-2), Chapter 40,
Sections 4005.2 through 4005.4 for Form CMS-2552-10. The data file used
to construct the proposed FY 2015 wage index includes FY 2011 data
submitted to us as of February 27, 2014. As in past years, we performed
an extensive review of the wage data, mostly through the use of edits
designed to identify aberrant data.
We asked our MACs to revise or verify data elements that result in
specific edit failures. For the proposed FY 2015 wage index, we
identified and excluded 50 providers with data that were too aberrant
to include in the proposed wage index, although if data elements for
some of these providers are corrected, we intend to include some of
these providers in the final FY 2015 wage index. We instructed MACs to
complete their data verification of questionable data elements and to
transmit any changes to the wage data no later than April 9, 2014. We
intend that all unresolved data elements will be resolved by the date
the FY 2015 final rule is issued. The revised data will be reflected in
the FY 2015 IPPS final rule.
In constructing the proposed FY 2015 wage index, we included the
wage data for facilities that were IPPS hospitals in FY 2011, inclusive
of those facilities that have since terminated their participation in
the program as hospitals, as long as those data did not fail any of our
edits for reasonableness. We believe that including the wage data for
these hospitals is, in general, appropriate to reflect the economic
conditions in the various labor market areas during the relevant past
period and to ensure that the current wage index represents the labor
market area's current wages as compared to the national average of
wages. However, we excluded the wage data for CAHs as discussed in the
FY 2004 IPPS final rule (68 FR 45397 through 45398). For this proposed
rule, we removed 6 hospitals that converted to CAH status on or after
February 14, 2013, the cut-off date for CAH exclusion from the FY 2014
wage index, and through and including February 13, 2014, the cut-off
date for CAH exclusion from the FY 2015 wage index. After removing
hospitals with aberrant data and hospitals that converted to CAH
status, the proposed FY 2015 wage index is calculated based on 3,400
hospitals.
For the proposed FY 2015 wage index, we allotted the wages and
hours data for a multicampus hospital among the different labor market
areas where its campuses are located in the same manner that we
allotted such hospitals' data in the FY 2014 wage index (78 FR 50587).
Table 2 containing the proposed
[[Page 28065]]
FY 2015 wage index associated with this proposed rule (available via
the Internet on the CMS Web site) includes separate wage data for the
campuses of 6 multicampus hospitals.
Questions have been raised recently regarding the reporting of
contract housekeeping and dietary services on Worksheet S-3, Part II,
lines 33 and 35 of the Medicare cost report. CMS finalized its proposal
to begin collecting contract labor costs and hours for housekeeping,
and dietary (along with management services and the overhead services
of administrative and general) in the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR
50022 through 50023). At that time, we stated, ``We continue to
consider whether to expand our contract labor definition to include
more types of contract services in the wage index. In particular, we
have examined whether to include the costs for acquired dietary and
housekeeping services, as many hospitals now provide these services
through contracts. Costs for these services tend to be below the
average wages for all hospital employees. Therefore, excluding the
costs and hours for these services if they are provided under contract,
while including them if the services are provided directly by the
hospital, creates an incentive for hospitals to contract for these
services in order to increase their average hourly wage for wage index
purposes'' (67 FR 50022). In the FY 2003 IPPS proposed rule, we
explained that we selected the three overhead services of
administrative and general, housekeeping, and dietary because they are
provided at all hospitals, either directly or through contracts, and
together they comprise about 60 percent of a hospital's overhead hours
(67 FR 31433). In the FY 2003 IPPS final rule, we stated that we ``will
monitor the hospital industry for information regarding the hospitals'
ability to provide the data. Further, we will work with hospitals and
intermediaries [MACs] to develop acceptable methods for tracking the
costs and hours. Finally, before including these additional costs in
the wage index, we will provide a detailed analysis of the impact of
including these additional costs in the wage index values in the
Federal Register and provide for public comment. Our final decision on
whether to include contract indirect patient care labor costs in our
calculation of the wage index will depend on the outcome of our
analyses and public comments'' (67 FR 50023).
Subsequent to the issuance of the FY 2003 IPPS final rule, we
revised Worksheet S-3, Part II of the Medicare cost report (CMS Form
2552-96) to add four lines for the reporting of contract labor
salaries, wages, and hours. The lines added for contract housekeeping
and dietary services were lines 26.01 and 27.01, respectively. (Line
9.03 for contract management and line 22.01 for contract administrative
and general (A&G) services were also added at that time). These lines
were effective with cost reporting periods beginning on or after
October 1, 2003 (that is, FY 2004). Because the cost report data used
for the wage index are on a 4-year lag, data from these new contract
labor lines would first be available for the FY 2008 wage index.
In the FY 2008 rulemaking process, we provided an analysis of the
effect on the inclusion in the wage index of the wages and hours
related to the new contract labor lines. At that time, 56 hospitals
(1.6 percent) failed edits for contract housekeeping line 26.01; and 99
hospitals (2.8 percent) failed edits for contract dietary line 27.01
(72 FR 24680 and 24782). We also noted that ``many of these edit
failures are for wage data that are not to be included in the wage
index and will be excluded through the wage index calculation. . . . In
addition, some of the aberrant data will be resolved by the final rule
through the correction process'' (72 FR 24680 and 24782). The small
percentage of hospitals that failed edits for these contract labor
lines indicates that the vast majority of hospitals completing these
contract labor lines were able to obtain and report reasonable
salaries, wages, and hours associated with contract housekeeping and
dietary services. In the FY 2008 IPPS final rule, we stated that we
believe that ``the impact of this policy is generally very minor, and
we do not believe the additional complexity of a transition wage index
is warranted for an impact this small. Further, we continue to believe
it is prudent policy to include in the wage index the costs for these
contract indirect patient care services'' (72 FR 47316). Therefore, we
adopted the policy to include the new contract labor lines in the wage
index, beginning with the FY 2008 wage index.
The questions that have recently come to our attention involve
hospitals that consistently do not provide documentable salaries,
wages, and hours for their contracted housekeeping and/or dietary
services. (On the Medicare cost report (CMS Form 2552-10), contract
housekeeping is on Worksheet S-3, Part II, line 33 and contract dietary
is on line 35). When this situation occurs, CMS has instructed the
Medicare contractors to use reasonable estimates, such as regional
average hourly rates, as a substitute for actual wages and hours, and
to report the estimates on the hospital's Worksheet S-3, Part II, line
33 or line 35, respectively. Our policy has been to use reasonable
estimates for these housekeeping and dietary lines, rather than report
zeroes for wages and hours, because, as discussed above and as stated
in the FY 2003 IPPS final rule, ``[c]osts for these services tend to be
below the average wages for all hospital employees. Therefore,
excluding the costs and hours for these services if they are provided
under contract, while including them if the services are provided
directly by the hospital, creates an incentive for hospitals to
contract for these services in order to increase their average hourly
wage for wage index purposes'' (57 FR 50022). We understand that the
reason many hospitals provide for failing to report such contract wages
and hours is that their contracts do not clearly specify this
information, often because they use a single vendor to provide several
different contract labor services. We believe that allowing hospitals
to routinely use contracts that do not clearly break out the salaries,
wages, and hours associated with these services as a reason for not
being able to report proper salaries, wages, and hours for these cost
report lines undermines the purpose of instituting these lines in the
first place. Furthermore, because every hospital must provide
housekeeping and dietary services, and because the wage index is a
relative measure of the value of the labor provided to a hospital in a
particular labor market area, to report zeroes for salaries, wages, and
hours for housekeeping and dietary services is not only unrealistic (in
that every hospital provides for these services), but also
misrepresents the labor costs in that area and undermines our policy.
Consequently, CMS has instructed the Medicare contractors not to zero
out these line items when a hospital cannot document the housekeeping
or dietary salaries, wages, and hours, but instead to use a reasonable
estimation of these wages and hours.
In this proposed rule, we are reiterating our requirement that all
hospitals must document salaries, wages, and hours for the purpose of
reporting this information on Worksheet S-3, Part II, lines 32, 33, 34,
and/or 35 (for either directly employed housekeeping and dietary
employees on lines 32 and 34, and contract labor on lines 33 and 35).
It is not acceptable for a hospital to request that the Medicare
contractor zero out these line items if the hospital's contract does
not
[[Page 28066]]
specifically break out the actual wages and hours. As indicated above,
and stated in the FY 2008 IPPS proposed rule (72 FR 24680 and 24782), a
small percentage of hospitals failed edits associated with the contract
housekeeping and dietary lines, showing that the vast majority of
hospitals reporting data on these lines were able to obtain and report
reasonable salaries, wages, and hours associated with contract
housekeeping and dietary services. We encourage hospitals to ensure
that their contracts clearly specify the salaries, wages, and hours
related to all of their contract labor. Because these line items have
been included in the cost report since FY 2004, we believe that
hospitals have had adequate notice and time to structure their
contracts so that the wages and hours of contract employees can be
determined and included in the cost reports. We expect hospitals to
provide accurate data on their cost reports.
We understand that there may be rare situations where a hospital
would not have documentable salaries, wages, and hours for contract
housekeeping and dietary services. In these situations, we believe that
it is appropriate and necessary to use reasonable estimates for these
numbers in order to determinate the best, most realistic, wage index
that we can. As discussed previously, housekeeping and dietary services
are unique in that the costs for housekeeping and dietary services tend
to be below the average wages for all hospital employees. Thus, an
incentive is created for hospitals to avoid reporting these contract
labor salaries, wages, and hours on the cost report in order to
increase their average hourly wage for wage index purposes. To deter
hospitals from not reporting this information and to ensure that the
wage index more accurately reflects the labor costs in an area, we
believe that it is both necessary and appropriate for the Medicare
contractors to estimate such salaries, wages, and hours in the rare
instance where a hospital cannot provide such information. Therefore,
in the absence of documentable wages and hours for contract
housekeeping and dietary services, Medicare contractors would continue
to use reasonable estimates for these services. Examples of reasonable
estimates are regional average hourly rates, including an average of
the wages and hours for dietary and housekeeping services of other
hospitals in the same CBSA as the hospital in question. Hospitals also
may conduct time studies to determine hours worked. If, for whatever
reason, regional averages or time studies cannot be used, Medicare
contractors may use data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics to obtain
average wages and hours for housekeeping and dietary services.
Commenters may also suggest alternatives for imputing reasonable
estimates for possible consideration by CMS. In all cases, Medicare
contractors must determine that the data used are reasonable.
E. Method for Computing the Proposed FY 2015 Unadjusted Wage Index
The method used to compute the proposed FY 2015 wage index without
an occupational mix adjustment follows the same methodology that we
used to compute the FY 2012, FY 2013, and FY 2014 final wage indexes
without an occupational mix adjustment (76 FR 51591 through 51593, 77
FR 53366 through 53367, and 78 FR 50587 through 50588, respectively).
As discussed in the FY 2012 final rule, in ``Step 5,'' for each
hospital, we adjust the total salaries plus wage-related costs to a
common period to determine total adjusted salaries plus wage-related
costs. To make the wage adjustment, we estimate the percentage change
in the employment cost index (ECI) for compensation for each 30-day
increment from October 14, 2010, through April 15, 2012, for private
industry hospital workers from the BLS' Compensation and Working
Conditions. We have consistently used the ECI as the data source for
our wages and salaries and other price proxies in the IPPS market
basket, and we are not proposing any changes to the usage for FY 2015.
The factors used to adjust the hospital's data were based on the
midpoint of the cost reporting period, as indicated in the following
table.
Midpoint of Cost Reporting Period
------------------------------------------------------------------------
After Before Adjustment factor
------------------------------------------------------------------------
10/14/2010 11/15/2010 1.02230
11/14/2010 12/15/2010 1.02078
12/14/2010 01/15/2011 1.01929
01/14/2011 02/15/2011 1.01782
02/14/2011 03/15/2011 1.01637
03/14/2011 04/15/2011 1.01494
04/14/2011 05/15/2011 1.01355
05/14/2011 06/15/2011 1.01219
06/14/2011 07/15/2011 1.01084
07/14/2011 08/15/2011 1.00948
08/14/2011 09/15/2011 1.00811
09/14/2011 10/15/2011 1.00674
10/14/2011 11/15/2011 1.00538
11/14/2011 12/15/2011 1.00403
12/14/2011 01/15/2012 1.00269
01/14/2012 02/15/2012 1.00134
02/14/2012 03/15/2012 1.00000
03/14/2012 04/15/2012 0.99866
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For example, the midpoint of a cost reporting period beginning
January 1, 2011, and ending December 31, 2011, is June 30, 2011. An
adjustment factor of 1.01084 would be applied to the wages of a
hospital with such a cost reporting period.
Using the data as described above and in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50587 through 50588), the proposed FY 2015 national
average hourly wage (unadjusted for occupational mix) is $39.1525. The
proposed FY 2015 Puerto Rico overall average hourly wage (unadjusted
for occupational mix) is $17.0010.
F. Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment to the Proposed FY 2015 Wage
Index
As stated earlier, section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act provides for
the collection of data every 3 years on the occupational mix of
employees for each short-term, acute care hospital participating in the
Medicare program, in order to construct an occupational mix adjustment
to the wage index, for application beginning October 1, 2004 (the FY
2005 wage index). The purpose of the occupational mix adjustment is to
control for the effect of hospitals' employment choices on the wage
index. For example, hospitals may choose to employ different
combinations of registered nurses, licensed practical nurses, nursing
aides, and medical assistants for the purpose of providing nursing care
to their patients. The varying labor costs associated with these
choices reflect hospital management decisions rather than geographic
differences in the costs of labor.
1. Development of Data for the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational Mix
Adjustment Based on the 2010 Occupational Mix Survey
As provided for under section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act, we collect
data every 3 years on the occupational mix of employees for each short-
term, acute care hospital participating in the Medicare program.
As discussed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50588),
the occupational mix adjustment to the FY 2014 wage index was based on
data collected on the 2010 Medicare Wage Index Occupational Mix Survey
(Form CMS-10079 (2010)). For the FY 2015
[[Page 28067]]
wage index, we are proposing to again use occupational mix data
collected on the 2010 survey to compute the occupational mix adjustment
for FY 2015. We are including data for 3,165 hospitals that also have
wage data included in the proposed FY 2015 wage index.
2. New 2013 Occupational Mix Survey for the FY 2016 Wage Index
As stated earlier, section 304(c) of Public Law 106-554 amended
section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act to require CMS to collect data every 3
years on the occupational mix of employees for each short-term, acute
care hospital participating in the Medicare program. We used
occupational mix data collected on the 2010 survey to compute the
occupational mix adjustment for FY 2013, FY 2014, and the proposed FY
2015 wage index associated with this proposed rule. Therefore, a new
measurement of occupational mix will be required for FY 2016.
On December 7, 2012, we published in the Federal Register a notice
soliciting comments on the proposed 2013 Medicare Wage Index
Occupational Mix Survey (77 FR 73032 through 73033). The new 2013
survey, which will be applied to the FY 2016 wage index, includes the
same data elements and definitions as the 2010 survey and provides for
the collection of hospital-specific wages and hours data for nursing
employees for calendar year 2013 (that is, payroll periods ending
between January 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013). The comment period for
the notice ended on February 5, 2013. After considering the public
comments that we received on the December 2012 notice, we made a few
minor editorial changes and published the 2013 survey in the Federal
Register on February 28, 2013 (78 FR 13679). This survey was approved
by OMB on May 14, 2013, and is available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/WAGE-INDEX-OCCUPATIONAL-MIX-SURVEY2013.pdf.
The 2013 Occupational Mix Survey Hospital Reporting Form CMS-10079
for the Wage Index Beginning FY 2016 (in excel format) is available on
the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files-Items/FY2016-Wage-Index-OccupationalMix.html. Hospitals are required to submit their
completed 2013 surveys to their MACs by July 1, 2014. The preliminary,
unaudited 2013 survey data will be released afterward, along with the
FY 2012 Worksheet S-3 wage data, for the FY 2016 wage index review and
correction process.
3. Calculation of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment for FY 2015
For FY 2015, we are proposing to calculate the occupational mix
adjustment factor using the same methodology that we used for the FY
2012, FY 2013, and FY 2014 wage indexes (76 FR 51582 through 51586, 77
FR 53367 through 53368, and 78 FR 50588 through 50589, respectively).
As a result of applying this methodology, the proposed FY 2015
occupational mix adjusted national average hourly wage (based on the
proposed new OMB delineations) is $39.1177. The proposed FY 2015
occupational mix adjusted Puerto Rico-specific average hourly wage
(based on the proposed new OMB delineations) is $17.0526.
Because the occupational mix adjustment is required by statute, all
hospitals that are subject to payments under the IPPS, or any hospital
that would be subject to the IPPS if not granted a waiver, must
complete the occupational mix survey, unless the hospital has no
associated cost report wage data that are included in the proposed FY
2015 wage index. For the FY 2015 proposed wage index, because we are
using the Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III wage data of 3,400 hospitals,
and we are using the occupational mix surveys of 3,165 hospitals for
which we also have Worksheet S-3 wage data, that represents a
``response'' rate of 93.1 percent (3,165/3,400). In the proposed FY
2015 wage index established in this proposed rule, we applied proxy
data for noncompliant hospitals, new hospitals, or hospitals that
submitted erroneous or aberrant data in the same manner that we applied
proxy data for such hospitals in the FY 2012 wage index occupational
mix adjustment (76 FR 51586).
In the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule and final rule (75 FR
23943 and 75 FR 50167, respectively), we stated that, in order to gain
a better understanding of why some hospitals are not submitting the
occupational mix data, we will require hospitals that do not submit
occupational mix data to provide an explanation for not complying. This
requirement was effective beginning with the 2010 occupational mix
survey. We instructed fiscal intermediaries/MACs to continue gathering
this information as part of the FY 2014 and FY 2015 wage index desk
review process. We stated that we would review these data for future
analysis and consideration of potential penalties for noncompliant
hospitals.
G. Analysis and Implementation of the Proposed Occupational Mix
Adjustment and the Proposed FY 2015 Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage
Index
1. Analysis of the Proposed Occupational Mix Adjustment and the
Proposed Occupational Mix Adjusted Wage Index
As discussed in section III.F. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, for FY 2015, we are proposing to apply the proposed occupational
mix adjustment to 100 percent of the proposed FY 2015 wage index. We
calculated the proposed occupational mix adjustment using data from the
2010 occupational mix survey data, using the methodology described in
the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51582 through 51586).
Using the occupational mix survey data and applying the
occupational mix adjustment to 100 percent of the proposed FY 2015 wage
index results in a proposed national average hourly wage (based on the
new OMB delineations) of $39.1177 and a proposed Puerto-Rico specific
average hourly wage of $17.0526. After excluding data of hospitals that
either submitted aberrant data that failed critical edits, or that do
not have FY 2011 Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III, cost report data for
use in calculating the proposed FY 2015 wage index, we calculated the
proposed FY 2015 wage index using the occupational mix survey data from
3,165 hospitals. For the FY 2015 proposed wage index, because we are
using the Worksheet S-3, Parts II and III wage data of 3,400 hospitals,
and we are using the occupational mix survey data of 3,165 hospitals
for which we also have Worksheet S-3 wage data, those data represent a
``response'' rate of 93.1 percent (3,165/3,400). The proposed FY 2015
national average hourly wages for each occupational mix nursing
subcategory as calculated in Step 2 of the occupational mix calculation
are as follows:
[[Page 28068]]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed average
Occupational mix nursing subcategory hourly wage
------------------------------------------------------------------------
National RN.................................... 37.388291241
National LPN and Surgical Technician........... 21.767178303
National Nurse Aide, Orderly, and Attendant.... 15.31155016
National Medical Assistant..................... 17.246724132
National Nurse Category........................ 31.744397958
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed national average hourly wage for the entire nurse
category as computed in Step 5 of the occupational mix calculation is
$31.744397958. Hospitals with a nurse category average hourly wage (as
calculated in Step 4) of greater than the national nurse category
average hourly wage receive an occupational mix adjustment factor (as
calculated in Step 6) of less than 1.0. Hospitals with a nurse category
average hourly wage (as calculated in Step 4) of less than the national
nurse category average hourly wage receive an occupational mix
adjustment factor (as calculated in Step 6) of greater than 1.0.
Based on the 2010 occupational mix survey data, we determined (in
Step 7 of the occupational mix calculation) that the national
percentage of hospital employees in the nurse category is 43.43
percent, and the national percentage of hospital employees in the all
other occupations category is 56.57 percent. At the CBSA level, using
the new OMB delineations proposed for FY 2015, the percentage of
hospital employees in the nurse category ranged from a low of 21.88
percent in one CBSA to a high of 73.27 percent in another CBSA.
We compared the proposed FY 2015 occupational mix adjusted wage
indexes for each CBSA to the proposed unadjusted wage indexes for each
CBSA. We used the proposed FY 2015 new OMB delineations for this
analysis. As a result of applying the proposed occupational mix
adjustment to the wage data, the proposed wage index values for 215
(52.8 percent) urban areas and 29 (61.7 percent) rural areas would
increase. One hundred and sixteen (28.5 percent) urban areas would
increase by 1 percent but less than 5 percent, and 4 (1.0 percent)
urban areas would increase by 5 percent or more. Fourteen (29.8
percent) rural areas would increase by 1 percent but less than 5
percent, and no rural areas would increase by 5 percent or more.
However, the wage index values for 190 (46.7 percent) urban areas and
18 (38.3 percent) rural areas would decrease. Eighty (19.7 percent)
urban areas would decrease by 1 percent but less than 5 percent, and 1
(0.2 percent) urban area would decrease by 5 percent or more. Seven
(14.9 percent) rural areas would decrease by 1 percent and less than 5
percent, and no rural areas would decrease by 5 percent or more. The
largest positive impacts would be 6.56 percent for an urban area and
3.35 percent for a rural area. The largest negative impacts would be
5.32 percent for an urban area and 1.71 percent for a rural area. Two
urban areas' wage indexes, but no rural area wage indexes, would remain
unchanged by application of the occupational mix adjustment. These
results indicate that a larger percentage of rural areas (61.7 percent)
would benefit from the occupational mix adjustment than would urban
areas (52.8 percent). However, approximately one-third (38.3 percent)
of rural CBSAs would still experience a decrease in their wage indexes
as a result of the occupational mix adjustment.
2. Proposed Application of the Rural, Imputed, and Frontier Floors
a. Proposed Rural Floor
Section 4410(a) of Public Law 105-33 provides that, for discharges
on or after October 1, 1997, the area wage index applicable to any
hospital that is located in an urban area of a State may not be less
than the area wage index applicable to hospitals located in rural areas
in that State. This provision is referred to as the ``rural floor.''
Section 3141 of Public Law 111-148 also requires that a national budget
neutrality adjustment be applied in implementing the rural floor. In
the proposed FY 2015 wage index associated with this proposed rule and
available on the CMS Web site, based on the proposed implementation of
the new OMB delineations discussed in section III.B. of the preamble of
this proposed rule, we estimated that 441 hospitals would receive an
increase in their FY 2015 proposed wage index due to the application of
the rural floor.
b. Proposed Imputed Floor for FY 2015
In the FY 2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49109 through 49111), we
adopted the ``imputed floor'' policy as a temporary 3-year regulatory
measure to address concerns from hospitals in all-urban States that
have argued that they are disadvantaged by the absence of rural
hospitals to set a wage index floor for those States. Since its initial
implementation, we have extended the imputed floor policy four times,
the last of which was adopted in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
and is set to expire on September 30, 2014. (We refer readers to
further discussion of the imputed floor in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (78 FR 50589 through 50590) and to our regulations at 42 CFR
412.64(h)(4).) There were previously two all-urban States, New Jersey
and Rhode Island, that have a range of wage indexes assigned to
hospitals in the State, including through reclassification or
redesignation (we refer readers to discussions of geographic
reclassifications and redesignations in section III.H. of the preamble
of this proposed rule). However, as we explain below, the method as of
FY 2012 for computing the imputed floor (the original methodology)
benefitted only New Jersey, and not Rhode Island.
In computing the imputed floor for an all-urban State under the
original methodology, we calculated the ratio of the lowest-to-highest
CBSA wage index for each all-urban State as well as the average of the
ratios of lowest-to-highest CBSA wage indexes of those all-urban
States. We then compared the State's own ratio to the average ratio for
all-urban States and whichever is higher is multiplied by the highest
CBSA wage index value in the State--the product of which established
the imputed floor for the State. Under the current OMB labor market
area delineations that we used for the FY 2014 wage index, Rhode Island
has only one CBSA (Providence-New Bedford-Fall River, RI-MA) and New
Jersey has 10 CBSAs. Therefore, under the original methodology, Rhode
Island's own ratio equaled 1.0, and its imputed floor was equal to its
original CBSA wage index value. However, because the average ratio of
New Jersey and Rhode Island was higher than New Jersey's own ratio,
this methodology provided a benefit for New Jersey, but not for Rhode
Island.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53368 through
53369), we retained the imputed floor calculated under the original
methodology as discussed above, and established an alternative
methodology for computing the imputed floor wage index to address the
concern that the original imputed floor methodology guaranteed a
benefit
[[Page 28069]]
for one all-urban State with multiple wage indexes (New Jersey) but
could not benefit the other all-urban State (Rhode Island). The
alternative methodology for calculating the imputed floor was
established using data from the application of the rural floor policy
for FY 2013. Under the alternative methodology, we first determined the
average percentage difference between the post-reclassified, pre-floor
area wage index and the post-reclassified, rural floor wage index
(without rural floor budget neutrality applied) for all CBSAs receiving
the rural floor. (Table 4D associated with the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (which is available on the CMS Web site) included the CBSAs
receiving a State's rural floor wage index.) The lowest post-
reclassified wage index assigned to a hospital in an all-urban State
having a range of such values then is increased by this factor, the
result of which establishes the State's alternative imputed floor. We
amended Sec. 412.64(h)(4) of the regulations to add new paragraphs to
incorporate the finalized alternative methodology, and to make
reference and date changes.
In summary, for the FY 2013 wage index, we did not make any changes
to the original imputed floor methodology at Sec. 412.64(h)(4) and,
therefore, made no changes to the New Jersey imputed floor computation
for FY 2013. Instead, for FY 2013, we adopted a second, alternative
methodology for use in cases where an all-urban State has a range of
wage indexes assigned to its hospitals, but the State cannot benefit
from the methodology in existing Sec. 412.64(h)(4).
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50589 through
50590), we extended the imputed floor policy (both the original
methodology and the alternative methodology) for 1 additional year,
through September 30, 2014, while we continued to explore potential
wage index reforms.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to continue the extension of the
imputed floor policy (both the original methodology and alternative
methodology) for another year, through September 30, 2015, as we
continue to explore potential wage index reforms. As discussed in
section III.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing
to adopt the new OMB labor market area delineations beginning in FY
2015. Under OMB's new labor market area delineations based on Census
2010 data, Delaware would become an all-urban State, along with New
Jersey and Rhode Island. Under the new OMB delineations, Delaware would
have three CBSAs, New Jersey would have seven CBSAs, and Rhode Island
would continue to have only one CBSA (Providence-Warwick, RI-MA). We
refer readers to a detailed discussion of our proposal to adopt the new
OMB labor market area delineations in section III.B. of the preamble of
this proposed rule. We are proposing to revise the regulations at Sec.
412.64(h)(4) and (h)(4)(vi) to reflect the proposed 1-year extension of
the imputed floor. We are inviting public comments on our proposal
regarding the 1-year extension of the imputed floor.
The wage index and impact tables associated with this FY 2015 IPPS/
LTCH PPS proposed rule that are available on the CMS Web site reflect
the proposed continued application of the imputed floor policy at Sec.
412.64(h)(4) and a national budget neutrality adjustment for the
imputed floor for FY 2015. There are 12 providers in New Jersey, and 1
provider in Delaware that would receive an increase in their FY 2015
wage index due to the proposed continued application of the imputed
floor policy under the original methodology. The wage index and impact
tables for this FY 2015 proposed rule also reflect the proposed
application of the second alternative methodology for computing the
imputed floor, which would benefit four hospitals in Rhode Island.
c. Proposed State Frontier Floor
Section 10324 of Public Law 111-148 requires that hospitals in
frontier States cannot be assigned a wage index of less than 1.0000 (we
refer readers to regulations at 42 CFR 412.64(m) and to a discussion of
the implementation of this provision in the FY 2011 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (75 FR 50160 through 50161)). Based on the proposed implementation
of the new OMB delineations discussed in section III.B. of the preamble
of this proposed rule, 46 hospitals would receive the frontier floor
value of 1.0000 for their proposed FY 2015 wage index in this proposed
rule. These hospitals are located in Montana, North Dakota, South
Dakota, and Wyoming. Although Nevada is also defined as a frontier
State, its proposed FY 2015 rural floor value of 1.1373 is greater than
1.0000, and therefore, no Nevada hospitals would receive a frontier
floor value for their proposed FY 2015 wage index.
The areas affected by the proposed rural, imputed, and frontier
floor policies for the proposed FY 2015 wage index are identified in
Table 4D associated with this proposed rule, which is available on the
CMS Web site.
3. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Tables
The proposed wage index values for FY 2015 (except those for
hospitals receiving wage index adjustments under section 1886(d)(13) of
the Act), included in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4F, available on the CMS
Web site, include the proposed occupational mix adjustment, geographic
reclassification or redesignation as discussed in section III.H. of the
preamble of this proposed rule, and the application of the rural,
imputed, and frontier State floors as discussed in section III.G.2. of
the preamble of this proposed rule. We note that because we are
proposing to adopt the new OMB labor market area delineations for FY
2015, these tables have additional tabulations to account for wage
index calculations computed under the previous and the new OMB
delineations.
Tables 3A and 3B, available on the CMS Web site, list the proposed
3-year average hourly wage for each labor market area before the
redesignation or reclassification of hospitals based on FYs 2009, 2010,
and 2011 cost reporting periods. Table 3A lists these data for urban
areas, and Table 3B lists these data for rural areas. In addition,
Table 2, which is available on the CMS Web site, includes the proposed
adjusted average hourly wage for each hospital from the FY 2009 and FY
2010 cost reporting periods, as well as the FY 2011 period used to
calculate the proposed FY 2015 wage index. The proposed 3-year averages
are calculated by dividing the sum of the dollars (adjusted to a common
reporting period using the method described in Step 5 in section III.G.
of the preamble of this proposed rule) across all 3 years, by the sum
of the hours. If a hospital is missing data for any of the previous
years, its proposed average hourly wage for the 3-year period is
calculated based on the data available during that period. The proposed
average hourly wages in Tables 2, 3A, and 3B, which are available on
the CMS Web site, include the proposed occupational mix adjustment. The
proposed wage index values in Tables 4A, 4B, 4C, and 4D also include
the proposed national rural floor budget neutrality adjustment (which
includes the proposed imputed floor). The proposed wage index values in
Table 2 also include the proposed out-migration adjustment for eligible
hospitals. As stated above, because we are proposing to adopt the new
OMB labor market area delineations for FY 2015, these tables have
additional tabulations to account for wage index calculations computed
under the current labor market definitions and the
[[Page 28070]]
new OMB labor market area delineations. In addition, for certain
applicable hospitals, the proposed wage index values included in Table
2 are computed to reflect the proposed transitional wage index or the
50/50 blended wage index discussed in detail in section III.B.2.e. of
the preamble of this proposed rule.
H. Revisions to the Wage Index Based on Hospital Redesignations and
Reclassifications
1. General Policies and Effects of Reclassification and Redesignation
Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the MGCRB considers
applications by hospitals for geographic reclassification for purposes
of payment under the IPPS. Hospitals must apply to the MGCRB to
reclassify not later than 13 months prior to the start of the fiscal
year for which reclassification is sought (generally by September 1).
Generally, hospitals must be proximate to the labor market area to
which they are seeking reclassification and must demonstrate
characteristics similar to hospitals located in that area. The MGCRB
issues its decisions by the end of February for reclassifications that
become effective for the following fiscal year (beginning October 1).
The regulations applicable to reclassifications by the MGCRB are
located in 42 CFR 412.230 through 412.280. (We refer readers to a
discussion in the FY 2002 IPPS final rule (66 FR 39874 and 39875)
regarding how the MGCRB defines mileage for purposes of the proximity
requirements.) The general policies for reclassifications and
redesignations that we are proposing for FY 2015, and the policies for
the effects of hospitals' reclassifications and redesignations on the
wage index, are the same as those discussed in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule for the FY 2012 final wage index (76 FR 51595 and
51596). Also, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we discussed the
effects on the wage index of urban hospitals reclassifying to rural
areas under 42 CFR 412.103. Hospitals that are geographically located
in States without any rural areas are ineligible to apply for rural
reclassification in accordance with the provisions of 42 CFR 412.103.
While our general policies on geographic reclassification,
redesignations under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, and urban
hospitals reclassifying to rural under 42 CFR 412.103 will remain
unchanged for FY 2015, we note that, due to our proposed adoption of
the new OMB labor market area delineations for FY 2015, there are
numerous unique classification considerations for FY 2015 that are
discussed in more detail in section III.H. of the preamble of this
proposed rule. For a discussion of the new CBSA changes based on the
new OMB labor market area delineations and our proposed implementation
of those changes, we refer readers to sections III.B. and VI.C. of the
preamble of this proposed rule.
2. FY 2015 MGCRB Reclassifications
a. FY 2015 Reclassification Requirements and Approvals
Under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act, the MGCRB considers
applications by hospitals for geographic reclassification for purposes
of payment under the IPPS. The specific procedures and rules that apply
to the geographic reclassification process are outlined in regulations
under 42 CFR 412.230 through 412.280.
In February 2014, the MGCRB completed its review of FY 2015
reclassification requests. Based on such reviews, there were 379
hospitals approved for wage index reclassifications by the MGCRB
starting in FY 2015. Because MGCRB wage index reclassifications are
effective for 3 years, for FY 2015, hospitals reclassified beginning
during FY 2013 or FY 2014 are eligible to continue to be reclassified
to a particular labor market area based on such prior reclassifications
for the remainder of their 3-year period. There were 172 hospitals
approved for wage index reclassifications in FY 2013, and 287 hospitals
approved for wage index reclassifications in FY 2014. Of all the
hospitals approved for reclassification for FY 2013, FY 2014, and FY
2015, as of February 2014, 838 hospitals are in a reclassification
status for FY 2015.
Under the regulations at 42 CFR 412.273, hospitals that have been
reclassified by the MGCRB are permitted to withdraw their applications
within 45 days of the publication of a proposed rule. For information
about withdrawing, terminating, or canceling a previous withdrawal or
termination of a 3-year reclassification for wage index purposes, we
refer readers to 42 CFR 412.273, as well as the FY 2002 IPPS final rule
(66 FR 39887 through 39888) and the FY 2003 IPPS final rule (67 FR
50065 through 50066). Additional discussion on withdrawals and
terminations, and clarifications regarding reinstating
reclassifications and ``fallback'' reclassifications, were included in
the FY 2008 IPPS final rule (72 FR 47333).
Changes to the wage index that result from withdrawals of requests
for reclassification, terminations, wage index corrections, appeals,
and the Administrator's review process for FY 2015 will be incorporated
into the wage index values published in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule. These changes affect not only the wage index value for specific
geographic areas, but also the wage index value redesignated/
reclassified hospitals receive; that is, whether they receive the wage
index that includes the data for both the hospitals already in the area
and the redesignated/reclassified hospitals. Further, the wage index
value for the area from which the hospitals are redesignated/
reclassified may be affected.
b. Effects of Implementation of New OMB Labor Market Area Delineations
on Reclassified Hospitals
Because hospitals that have been reclassified beginning in FY 2013,
2014, or 2015 were reclassified based on the current labor market
delineations, if we adopt the new OMB labor market area delineations
beginning in FY 2015, the areas to which they have been reclassified,
or the areas where they are located, may change. Under the new OMB
delineations, many existing CBSAs would be reconfigured. Hospitals with
current reclassifications are encouraged to verify area wage indexes on
Tables 4A-2 and 4B-2 associated with this proposed rule (which are
available via the Internet on the CMS Web site), and confirm that the
areas to which they have been reclassified for FY 2015 would continue
to provide a higher wage index than their geographic area wage index.
Hospitals may withdraw their FY 2015 reclassifications by contacting
the MGCRB within 45 days from the publication of this proposed rule.
In some cases, adopting the new OMB delineations would result in
counties splitting apart from CBSAs to form new CBSAs, or counties
shifting from one CBSA designation to another CBSA. Reclassifications
granted under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act are effective for 3 fiscal
years so that a hospital or county group of hospitals would be assigned
a wage index based upon the wage data of hospitals in a nearby labor
market area for a 3-year period. If CBSAs are split apart, or if
counties shift from one CBSA to another under the new OMB delineations,
it raises the question of how to continue a hospital's reclassification
for the remainder of its 3-year reclassification period, if that area
to which the hospital reclassified no longer exists, in whole or in
part. We dealt with this question in FY 2005 as well when CMS adopted
the current OMB labor market area definitions.
[[Page 28071]]
Consistent with the policy CMS implemented in the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49054 through 49056), if a CBSA would be reconfigured due
to the new OMB delineations and it would not be possible for the
reclassification to continue seamlessly to the reconfigured CBSA, we
believe it is appropriate for us to determine the best alternative
location to reassign current reclassifications for the remaining 3
years. Therefore, to maintain the integrity of a hospital's 3-year
reclassification period, we are proposing a policy to assure that
current geographic reclassifications (applications approved in FY 2013,
FY 2014, or FY 2015) that would be affected by CBSAs that are split
apart or counties that shift to another CBSA under the new OMB
delineations, would ultimately be assigned to a CBSA under the new OMB
delineations that contains at least one county from the reclassified
CBSA under the current FY 2014 OMB definitions, and would be generally
consistent with rules that govern geographic reclassification. That is,
consistent with policy finalized in FY 2005 (69 FR 49054 and 49055), we
are proposing a general policy that affected reclassified hospitals
would be assigned to a CBSA that (1) would contain the most proximate
county that is located outside of the hospital's proposed FY 2015
geographic labor market area, and (2) is part of the original FY 2014
CBSA to which the hospital is reclassified. We believe that by
assigning reclassifications to the CBSA that contains the nearest
eligible county (as described above) satisfies the statutory
requirement at section 1886(d)(10)(v) of the Act by maintaining
reclassification status for a period of 3 fiscal years, while generally
respecting the longstanding principle of geographic proximity in the
labor market reclassification process. The hospitals that we are
proposing to reassign to a different CBSA based on our proposed policy
above are listed in a special Table 9A-2 for this proposed rule, which
is available via the Internet on the CMS Web site. In addition, we are
proposing to allow a hospital, or county group of hospitals, to request
reassignment to another CBSA that would contain a county that is part
of the current FY 2014 CBSA to which they are reclassified, if the
hospital or county group of hospitals can demonstrate compliance with
applicable reclassification proximity rules, as described later in this
section.
We recognize that this proposed reclassification reassignment
described for hospitals that are reclassified to CBSAs that would split
apart or to counties that would shift to another CBSA under the new OMB
delineations may result in the reassignment of the hospital for the
remainder of its 3-year reclassification period to a CBSA having a
lower wage index than the wage index that would have been assigned for
the reclassified hospital in the absence of the proposed adoption of
the new OMB delineations. Therefore, as discussed in section
III.B.2.e.(4) of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing
that all hospitals that would experience a decrease in their FY 2015
wage index value due to the proposed implementation of the new OMB
delineations would receive a 50/50 blended wage index adjustment in FY
2015. For FY 2015, using FY 2015 wage data, we are proposing to
calculate a wage index value based on the current FY 2014 OMB
definitions, and a wage index value based upon the proposed new OMB
delineations (including reclassification assignments discussed in this
section). If the wage index under the proposed new OMB delineations
would be lower than the wage index calculated with the current (FY
2014) OMB definitions, the hospital would be assigned a blended wage
index (50 percent of the current; 50 percent of the proposed). We
believe that this proposed transitional adjustment would mitigate
negative payment impacts for FY 2015, and would afford hospitals
additional time to fully assess any additional reclassification options
available to them under the new OMB delineations.
We are including the following descriptions of specific situations
where we have determined that reassignment of reclassification areas
would be appropriate.
(1) Reclassifications to CBSAs That Would Be Subsumed by Other CBSAs
We identified 66 counties that are currently located in CBSAs that
would be subsumed by another CBSA under the new OMB labor market area
delineations. As a result, hospitals reclassifying to those CBSAs would
now find that their reclassifications are to a CBSA that no longer
exists. For these hospitals, we are proposing to reassign
reclassifications to the newly configured CBSA to which all of the
original constituent counties in the FY 2014 CBSA are transferred. For
example, CBSA 11300 (Anderson, IN) would no longer exist under the
proposed FY 2015 delineations. The only constituent county in CBSA
11300, Madison County, IN, would be moving to CBSA 26900 (Indianapolis-
Carmel-Anderson, IN). Because the original Anderson, IN labor market
area no longer exists, we are proposing to reassign reclassifications
from the original Anderson, IN labor market area to a newly configured
CBSA where the original constituent county or counties are transferred,
which is Indianapolis-Carmel-Anderson, IN. For hospitals reclassified
to a CBSA that would be subsumed by another CBSA, the following table
reflects the hospitals' current reclassified CBSA, and the CBSA to
which CMS is proposing to assign them for FY 2015.
Proposed Hospital Reclassification Reassignments for Hospitals
Reclassified to a CBSA That Would Be Subsumed by Another CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CMS certification No. Current reclassified
(CCN) CBSA Proposed CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
050022 42044 11244
050054 42044 11244
050102 42044 11244
050243 42044 11244
050292 42044 11244
050329 42044 11244
050390 42044 11244
050423 42044 11244
050534 42044 11244
050573 42044 11244
050684 42044 11244
050686 42044 11244
050701 42044 11244
050765 42044 11244
050770 42044 11244
140067 14060 14010
150089 11300 26900
220001 14484 14454
220002 14484 14454
220008 14484 14454
220011 14484 14454
220019 14484 14454
220020 14484 14454
220049 14484 14454
220058 14484 14454
220062 14484 14454
220063 14484 14454
220070 14484 14454
220073 14484 14454
220074 14484 14454
220082 14484 14454
220084 14484 14454
220090 14484 14454
220095 14484 14454
220098 14484 14454
220101 14484 14454
220105 14484 14454
220163 14484 14454
220171 14484 14454
220175 14484 14454
220176 14484 14454
230002 47644 47664
230020 47644 47664
230024 47644 47664
230053 47644 47664
230089 47644 47664
230104 47644 47664
230142 47644 47664
230146 47644 47664
[[Page 28072]]
230165 47644 47664
230176 47644 47664
230244 47644 47664
230270 47644 47664
230273 47644 47664
230297 47644 47664
300017 37764 15764
300023 37764 15764
300029 37764 15764
390151 13644 43524
410001 14484 14454
410004 14484 14454
410005 14484 14454
410007 14484 14454
410010 14484 14454
410011 14484 14454
410012 14484 14454
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Reclassification to CBSAs Where the CBSA Number or Name Has Changed
or to CBSAs Containing Counties That Would Be Moving to Another CBSA
We identified six CBSAs with current reclassifications that would
maintain the same constituent counties, but the CBSA number or name
would change if we adopted the new OMB delineations. For example, CBSA
29140 (Lafayette, IN) currently contains three counties (Benton,
Carroll, and Tippecanoe Counties). The CBSA name and number for these
counties would change to CBSA 29200 (Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN)
under the new OMB delineations. Because the constituent counties in
these CBSAs would not change under the new delineations, we would
consider these CBSAs to be unchanged, and we are not proposing any
reassignment for hospitals reclassified to those labor market areas.
Table 9A-2 for this proposed rule (which is available via the Internet
on the CMS Web site) reflects the proposed revised CBSA number
effective in FY 2015.
We identified eight CBSAs with current reclassifications that have
one or more counties that would split off and move to a new CBSA or to
a different existing CBSA under the new OMB delineations. These CBSAs
are shown in the following table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current FY 2014 CBSA Current FY 2014 CBSA name
------------------------------------------------------------------------
16620............................ Charleston, WV.
16974............................ Chicago-Joliet-Naperville, IL.
20764............................ Edison-New Brunswick, NJ.
31140............................ Louisville/Jefferson County, KY-IN.
35644............................ New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ.
37964............................ Philadelphia, PA.
39100............................ Poughkeepsie-Newburgh-Middletown, NY.
48900............................ Wilmington, NC.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have determined that 69 hospitals have current reclassifications
to one of these CBSAs. Similar to the methodology finalized in the FY
2005 IPPS final rule (69 FR 49054 through 49055), we are proposing to
follow the general policy discussed in section III.H.2.b. of the
preamble of this proposed rule. Specifically, we are proposing that
affected reclassified hospitals would be assigned to a CBSA (under the
new OMB delineations) that would contain the most proximate county that
is (1) located outside of the hospital's proposed FY 2015 geographic
labor market area; and (2) is included in the current CBSA to which
they are reclassified. For each of the 69 hospitals, we conducted a
mapping analysis and determined driving distances from their geographic
location to the borders of each county (that is in the reclassified
CBSA under the FY 2014 delineations) and is also included in a CBSA
under the new OMB delineations, excluding any counties that would be
located in the hospital's proposed FY 2015 geographic labor market
area. Following the general reassignment principle that we are
proposing, we are proposing to reassign those reclassified hospitals to
the CBSA which contains the geographically closest county. For example,
there are hospitals that currently are reclassified to CBSA 39100
(Poughkeepsie-Newburgh-Middletown, NY) under the FY 2014 delineations,
which is comprised of Dutchess County and Orange County, NY. Under the
new OMB delineations, Dutchess County would become part of new CBSA
20524 (Dutchess County-Putnam County, NY), while Orange County would
join CBSA 35614 (New York-Jersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ Metropolitan
Division). Therefore, we mapped the distances from one reclassified
hospital to the border of Dutchess County and Orange County, NY (the
two counties that were part of CBSA 39100 under the FY 2014
delineations). Our analysis showed that the hospital is 2.2 miles from
Dutchess County, and 25.9 miles from Orange County. Therefore, we are
proposing to reassign this hospital's reclassification from the FY 2014
CBSA 39100 to the new CBSA 20524.
We also identified affected county group reclassifications. For
these reclassifications, we would follow our proposed policy discussed
above, except that, for county group reclassifications, we are
proposing to reassign hospitals in a county group reclassification to
the CBSA under the new OMB delineations to which the majority of
hospitals in the group reclassification are geographically closest.
Because hospitals in a county group applied as a group, we believe the
reassignment should also be applied to the whole group. For example,
the hospitals of Fairfield County, CT are reclassified as a group to
CBSA 35644 under the FY 2014 delineations. Under the new OMB
delineations, CBSA 35644 would no longer exist and would be split into
the following two new CBSAs: 20524 (Dutchess County-Putnam County, NY)
and 35614 (New York-Jersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ). Of the six
hospitals in the group reclassification, all but one would be closer to
an eligible county (Westchester, NY) in CBSA 35614 than to an eligible
county (Putnam, NY) in CBSA 20524. Because these hospitals in
Fairfield, CT applied as a group, we believe the reassignment should
also be applied to the whole group. Therefore, we are proposing to
assign the hospitals in this group reclassification to CBSA 35614, the
reconfigured CBSA to which the majority of the hospitals in the group
reclassification are geographically closest.
To summarize, of the 69 hospitals reclassified to one of the 8
CBSAs in the preceding table that have counties that would split off
and move to a new CBSA or a different existing CBSA under the new OMB
delineations, there are 27 hospitals that would maintain the same
reclassified CBSA number under our proposals. Another 28 hospitals
would be reassigned to a reconfigured CBSA that would contain a similar
number of counties from their current reclassified CBSA. For example,
the new CBSA 35614 (New York-Jersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ
Metropolitan Division) would contain 10 out of 11 counties from current
(FY 2014) CBSA 35644 (New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ Metropolitan
Division).
For the remaining 14 reclassified hospitals, we are proposing to
assign them to a CBSA (under the new OMB delineations) that would have
a different CBSA number from the labor market area to which they are
currently reclassified (under the current FY 2014 delineations). This
is because if the original CBSA to which the hospitals are reclassified
is losing counties to another urban CBSA, it may be that the
[[Page 28073]]
original reclassification determination would not be reflective of the
new delineations. In addition, because proximity to a CBSA is a
requirement of reclassifications approved under section 1886(d)(10) of
the Act, we believe it is appropriate to propose to reassign
reclassification status to an urban CBSA that contains the county (from
the hospital's current CBSA reclassification) that is closest to the
hospital. We believe this would more accurately reflect the geographic
labor market area of the reclassified hospital. For example, under the
FY 2014 delineations, CBSA 37964 (Philadelphia, PA Metropolitan
Division) is comprised of five counties (Bucks, Chester, Delaware,
Montgomery, and Philadelphia Counties, PA). Under the new OMB
delineations, CBSA 37964 would retain the same CBSA name and number,
but three counties (Bucks, Chester, and Montgomery) would split off to
form the new CBSA 33874 (Montgomery County-Bucks County-Chester County,
PA Metropolitan Division). While CBSA 37964 exists under the FY 2014
and proposed new labor market area delineations, the fact that three
counties would be moved to another CBSA means that current
reclassifications to CBSA 37964 (Philadelphia) may be more proximate to
new CBSA 33874. Therefore, if reclassified hospitals, or the majority
of hospitals in a county group, are geographically closer to a county
in CBSA 33874 than to a county in CBSA 37964, we are proposing to
reassign the reclassification to that area, new CBSA 33874 (Montgomery
County-Bucks County-Chester County, PA Metropolitan Division).
Consistent with refinements implemented in the FY 2005 IPPS final
rule (69 FR 49055), we are proposing to allow hospitals that
reclassified under section 1886(d)(10) of the Act to one of the eight
CBSAs that split (that is, current FY 2014 CBSAs 16620, 16974, 20764,
31140, 35644, 37964, 39100, 48900) to be reclassified to any CBSA
containing a county from their original reclassification labor market
area, provided that the hospital demonstrates that it meets the
applicable proximity requirements under 42 CFR 412.230(b) and (c) (for
individual hospitals), 42 CFR 412.232(a)(1) (for a rural group), and 42
CFR 412.234(a)(2) and (a)(3) (for an urban group) to that CBSA.
Hospitals that wish to be reassigned to an alternate CBSA (other than
the CBSA to which their reclassification would be reassigned in this
proposed rule) for which they meet the applicable proximity criteria
may request reassignment within 45 days from the publication of this
proposed rule. Hospitals must send a request to WageIndex@cms.hhs.gov
and provide documentation certifying that they meet the requisite
proximity criteria for reassignment to an alternate CBSA, as described
above. We believe this option of allowing hospitals to submit a request
to CMS would provide hospitals with greater flexibility with respect to
their reclassification reassignment, while ensuring that the proximity
requirements are met. We believe that where the proximity requirements
are met, the reclassified wage index would be consistent with the labor
market area to which the hospitals were originally approved for
reclassification. Under this proposed policy, a hospital may request to
be assigned a reclassification to any CBSA that contains any county
from the CBSA to which it is currently reclassified. However, to be
reassigned to an area that is not the most proximate to the hospital
(or the majority of hospitals in a county group), we believe it is
necessary that the hospital demonstrates that it complies with the
applicable proximity criteria. If a hospital cannot demonstrate
proximity to an alternate CBSA, the hospital would not be considered
for reclassification to that labor market area, and reassignment would
remain with the closest eligible (new) CBSA.
As discussed previously in this section, under the new OMB
delineations, we identified CBSA 35644 (New York-White Plains-Wayne,
NY-NJ Metropolitan Division) as one of the examples of the eight CBSAs
that would have at least one county that would split off and join
another new CBSA (Putnam County joined Dutchess County, NY to form new
CBSA 20524), while also having multiple counties assigned to a
reconfigured CBSA 35614 (New York-Jersey City-White Plains, NY-NJ
Metropolitan Division). CBSA 35614 would also add Orange County, NY
under the new OMB delineations. The hospitals that are currently
located in CBSA 39100 (Poughkeepsie-Newburgh-Middletown, NY) are
currently part of a group reclassification of Orange County, NY to CBSA
35644 (New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ Metropolitan Division). As
discussed above, we are proposing to reassign current reclassifications
to the CBSA that contains the most proximate county that is located
outside of the reclassified hospital's proposed geographic labor market
area, and is currently part of the original CBSA to which the hospital
is reclassified. In the case of the Orange County, NY group
reclassification, the closest (and only) county from the original
reclassified area (CBSA 35644), that would not be located in Orange
County's proposed home labor market area (CBSA 35614) is Putnam County,
NY. Therefore, we are proposing to reassign the Orange County group
reclassification to CBSA 20524 (Putnam County-Dutchess County, NY). If
the hospitals from the Orange County, NY group reclassification do not
wish to maintain this assignment, we encourage them to formally
terminate the current group reclassification within 45 days from the
publication of this proposed rule, as discussed earlier in this
section.
The following table shows proposed hospital reclassification
assignments for hospitals reclassified to CBSAs from which counties
would be split off and moved to a different CBSA under the new OMB
delineations. The following table shows the current reclassified CBSA
and the CBSA to which CMS is proposing reassignment.
Proposed Hospital Reclassification Reassignments for Hospitals That Are
Reclassified to CBSAs From Which Counties Would Be Split Off and Moved
to a Different CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CMS Certification number Current reclassified Proposed reassigned
(CCN) CBSA CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
070006 35644 35614
070010 35644 35614
070018 35644 35614
070028 35644 35614
070033 35644 35614
070034 35644 35614
140B10 16974 16974
140012 16974 20994
140033 16974 16974
140084 16974 16974
140100 16974 16974
140110 16974 16974
140130 16974 16974
140155 16974 16974
140161 16974 16974
140186 16974 16974
140202 16974 16974
140291 16974 16974
150002 16974 16974
150004 16974 16974
150008 16974 16974
150034 16974 16974
150090 16974 16974
150125 16974 16974
150126 16974 16974
150165 16974 16974
150166 16974 16974
180012 31140 31140
180048 31140 31140
310002 35644 35614
310009 35644 35614
310014 37964 37964
310015 35644 35614
310017 35644 35614
310031 20764 35614
310038 35644 20524
[[Page 28074]]
310039 35644 20524
310050 35644 35614
310054 35644 35614
310070 35644 20524
310076 35644 35614
310083 35644 35614
310096 35644 35614
310108 35644 20524
310119 35644 35614
330027 35644 35614
330106 35644 35614
330126 35644 20524
330135 35644 20524
330167 35644 35614
330181 35644 35614
330182 35644 35614
330198 35644 35614
330205 35644 20524
330224 39100 20524
330225 35644 35614
330259 35644 35614
330264 35644 20524
330331 35644 35614
330332 35644 35614
330372 35644 35614
340042 48900 48900
340068 48900 34820
390044 37964 33874
390096 37964 33874
390316 37964 33874
420085 48900 48900
510062 16620 16620
510070 16620 16620
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 9A-2 for this proposed rule (which is available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site) reflects all proposed reassignments of
hospital reclassifications. We are proposing that hospitals that
disagree with our determination of the most proximate county must
provide an alternative method for determining proximity to CMS within
45 days from the publication of this proposed rule.
The hospital's request for reassignment should contain the
hospital's name, address, CCN, and point of contact information. All
requests must be sent to WageIndex@cms.hhs.gov. Changes to a hospital's
CBSA assignment on the basis of a hospital's disagreement with our
determination of closest county, or on the basis of being granted a
reassignment due to meeting applicable proximity criteria to an
eligible CBSA will be announced in the FY 2015 IPPS final rule.
(3) Reclassifications to CBSAs That Would Contain Hospital's Geographic
County
We identified 14 reclassified hospitals that would be
geographically located in their reclassified labor market area under
the new OMB delineations. For example, hospital 34-0015 is located in
Rowan County, NC. Rowan County is currently a Micropolitan Statistical
Area in NC, and treated as rural. The hospital is reclassified to CBSA
16740 (Charlotte-Concord-Rock Hill, NC-SC). Under the new OMB
delineations, CBSA 16740 (Charlotte-Concord-Gastonia, NC-SC) would
include Rowan County. Therefore, the current reclassification would
become redundant. CBSA 16740 did not lose any counties to another labor
market area; therefore, assignment to another alternate CBSA would not
be an option under our proposed methodology. Because, by definition, a
hospital would not be ``reclassified'' to its own geographic labor
market area, and maintaining that ``reclassified'' status to its own
geographic labor market area would serve no beneficial purpose for a
hospital, we expect that all such affected hospitals would wish to
terminate their reclassification status. Therefore, we are assuming for
purposes of this proposed rule that the affected hospitals would be
terminating their reclassification status for the remaining years of
their 3-year reclassification period, and for FY 2015, we are proposing
to assign them the wage index of the CBSA in which they are
geographically located. Affected hospitals should inform CMS if they
wish to retain their current reclassification by sending notice to
WageIndex@cms.hhs.gov within 45 days from the publication of this
proposed rule. If an affected hospital does not inform us that they
wish to retain their current reclassification, we will assume that the
hospital has elected to terminate the reclassification. For purposes of
this proposed rule, we are presenting tables under the presumption that
all 14 hospitals will opt to cancel their reclassification status. We
are proposing to assign these hospitals the wage index value of their
home area from Table 4A-2 for this proposed rule (which is available
via the Internet on the CMS Web site), and not include them as
reclassified hospitals in Table 9A-2 for this proposed rule (which is
available via the Internet on the CMS Web site).
Hospitals Reclassified to Proposed Home Labor Market Area
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CMS certification No. Current geographic Proposed geographic
(CCN) CBSA CBSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------
340015 34 16740
340129 34 16740
340144 34 16740
420036 42 16740
450596 45 23104
420027 11340 24860
150088 11300 26900
150113 11300 26900
190003 19 29180
440073 44 34980
460017 46 36260
460039 46 36260
190144 19 43340
490019 49 47894
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We have included a footnote for Table 9A-2 for this proposed rule
indicating that these hospitals have been removed from this table,
pending notification by the hospitals.
c. Applications for Reclassifications for FY 2016
Applications for FY 2016 reclassifications are due to the MGCRB by
September 2, 2014 (the first working day of September 2014). We note
that this is also the deadline for canceling a previous wage index
reclassification withdrawal or termination under 42 CFR 412.273(d). As
discussed in section III.B. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
are proposing to adopt the new OMB labor market area delineations
announced on February 28, 2013. Therefore, hospitals would apply for
reclassifications based on the new OMB delineations we are proposing to
use for FY 2015. Applications and other information about MGCRB
reclassifications may be obtained via the Internet on the CMS Web site
at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Review-Boards/MGCRB/, or by calling the MGCRB at (410) 786-1174. The mailing
address of the MGCRB is: 2520 Lord Baltimore Drive, Suite L, Baltimore,
MD 21244-2670.3.
We also are proposing changes to the regulations at Sec.
412.232(b)(2) and Sec. 412.234(a)(3)(iv) to include reference to the
most recent OMB standards for delineating statistical areas (using the
most recent Census Bureau data and estimates) that were adopted by CMS.
For rural groups, the group of hospitals must demonstrate that the
county in which the hospitals are located meets the standards for
redesignation to an MSA as an ``outlying county.'' For urban groups,
hospitals located in counties that are in the same combined statistical
area or CBSA as the urban area to which
[[Page 28075]]
they seek redesignation qualify as meeting the proximity requirements
for reclassification to the urban area to which they seek
redesignation. We are not proposing any changes to the reclassification
policy, but would include language to reflect use of the most recent
OMB standards for delineating statistical areas (using the most recent
Census Bureau data and estimates) that were adopted by CMS in
consideration of group reclassification applications submitted for
review in FY 2015 (that is submitted by September 30, 2014, reviewed by
the MGCRB in FY 2015, to be effective in FY 2016) and future years.
3. Redesignation of Hospitals Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
Section 1886(d)(8)(B)(i) of the Act requires the Secretary to
``treat a hospital located in a rural county adjacent to one or more
urban areas as being located in the urban metropolitan statistical area
to which the greatest number of workers in the county commute'' if
certain adjacency and commuting criteria are met. The criteria utilize
standards for designating Metropolitan Statistical Areas published in
the Federal Register by the Director of the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) based on the most recently available decennial population
data. Effective beginning FY 2005, we used OMB's CBSA standards based
on the 2000 Census and the 2000 Census data to identify counties in
which hospitals qualify under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act to
receive the wage index of the urban area. Hospitals located in these
counties have been known as ``Lugar'' hospitals and the counties
themselves are often referred to as ``Lugar'' counties.
As discussed in section III.B. of the preamble to this proposed
rule, we are proposing to implement OMB's revised labor market area
delineations based on the Census 2010 data for purposes of determining
applicable wage indexes for acute care hospitals beginning in FY 2015.
As we have done in the past, we also are proposing to use the new OMB
delineations to identify rural counties that would qualify as ``Lugar''
under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and therefore would be
redesignated to urban areas for FY 2015. We are proposing to revise the
regulations at Sec. 412.64(b)(3)(i) to reflect the most recent OMB
standards for delineating statistical areas adopted by CMS. By applying
the new OMB delineations, the number of qualifying counties, shown in
the following chart, would increase from 98 to 127. After evaluating
and analyzing the 2010 Census commuting data, we are proposing that,
effective for discharges on or after October 1, 2014, in accordance
with section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act, hospitals located in the rural
counties listed in the first column of the following table would be
designated as part of the urban area listed in the second column based
on the criteria discussed above. We note that rural counties that no
longer meet the qualifying criteria to be Lugar are discussed below in
section III.H.3.c. of the preamble of this proposed rule.
Rural Counties Containing Hospitals Redesignated as Urban Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act (Based on New
OMB Delineations and Census 2010 Data)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rural county Lugar designated CBSA
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NEW
County name State CBSA CBSA name
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chambers County...................... AL.............. 12220 Auburn-Opelika, AL.......... New.
Cherokee County...................... AL.............. 40660 Rome, GA.................... ................
Cleburne County...................... AL.............. 11500 Anniston-Oxford- New.
Jacksonville, AL.
Macon County......................... AL.............. 12220 Auburn-Opelika, AL.......... ................
Talladega County..................... AL.............. 11500 Anniston-Oxford- ................
Jacksonville, AL.
Denali Borough....................... AK.............. 21820 Fairbanks, AK............... New.
Hot Spring County.................... AR.............. 26300 Hot Springs, AR............. ................
Litchfield County.................... CT.............. 35300 New Haven-Milford, CT....... ................
Bradford County...................... FL.............. 27260 Jacksonville, FL............ ................
Levy County.......................... FL.............. 23540 Gainesville, FL............. ................
Washington County.................... FL.............. 37460 Panama City, FL............. New.
Chattooga County..................... GA.............. 40660 Rome, GA.................... ................
Jackson County....................... GA.............. 12060 Atlanta-Sandy Springs- ................
Roswell, GA.
Lumpkin County....................... GA.............. 12060 Atlanta-Sandy Springs- ................
Roswell, GA.
Polk County.......................... GA.............. 40660 Rome, GA.................... ................
Talbot County........................ GA.............. 17980 Columbus, GA-AL............. ................
Oneida County........................ ID.............. 36260 Ogden-Clearfield, UT........ New.
Christian County..................... IL.............. 44100 Springfield, IL............. ................
Iroquois County...................... IL.............. 28100 Kankakee, IL................ ................
Logan County......................... IL.............. 44100 Springfield, IL............. ................
Mason County......................... IL.............. 37900 Peoria, IL.................. ................
Ogle County.......................... IL.............. 40420 Rockford, IL................ ................
Union County......................... IL.............. 16060 Carbondale-Marion, IL....... ................
Clinton County....................... IN.............. 29200 Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN ................
Greene County........................ IN.............. 14020 Bloomington, IN............. New.
Henry County......................... IN.............. 26900 Indianapolis-Carmel- ................
Anderson, IN.
Marshall County...................... IN.............. 43780 South Bend-Mishawaka, IN-MI. New.
Parke County......................... IN.............. 45460 Terre Haute, IN............. New.
Spencer County....................... IN.............. 21780 Evansville, IN-KY........... ................
Starke County........................ IN.............. 16980 Chicago-Naperville-Elgin, IL- ................
IN-WI.
Tipton County........................ IN.............. 26900 Indianapolis-Carmel- New.
Anderson, IN.
Warren County........................ IN.............. 29200 Lafayette-West Lafayette, IN ................
Boone County......................... IA.............. 11180 Ames, IA.................... ................
Buchanan County...................... IA.............. 47940 Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA.... ................
Cedar County......................... IA.............. 26980 Iowa City, IA............... ................
Delaware County...................... IA.............. 20220 Dubuque, IA................. New.
Iowa County.......................... IA.............. 26980 Iowa City, IA............... New.
[[Page 28076]]
Jasper County........................ IA.............. 19780 Des Moines-West Des Moines, New.
IA.
Franklin County...................... KS.............. 28140 Kansas City, MO-KS.......... New.
Nelson County........................ KY.............. 31140 Louisville/Jefferson County, New.
KY-IN.
Assumption Parish.................... LA.............. 12940 Baton Rouge, LA............. ................
Jefferson Davis Parish............... LA.............. 29340 Lake Charles, LA............ New.
St. Landry Parish.................... LA.............. 29180 Lafayette, LA............... New.
Oxford County........................ ME.............. 30340 Lewiston-Auburn, ME......... New.
Caroline County...................... MD.............. 12580 Baltimore-Columbia-Towson, New.
MD.
Franklin County...................... MA.............. 44140 Springfield, MA............. New.
Allegan County....................... MI.............. 24340 Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.... ................
Ionia County......................... MI.............. 24340 Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.... New.
Lenawee County....................... MI.............. 11460 Ann Arbor, MI............... New.
Newaygo County....................... MI.............. 24340 Grand Rapids-Wyoming, MI.... New.
Shiawassee County.................... MI.............. 29620 Lansing-East Lansing, MI.... ................
Tuscola County....................... MI.............. 40980 Saginaw, MI................. ................
Goodhue County....................... MN.............. 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul- New.
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Meeker County........................ MN.............. 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul- New.
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Rice County.......................... MN.............. 33460 Minneapolis-St. Paul- New.
Bloomington, MN-WI.
Pearl River County................... MS.............. 25060 Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, ................
MS.
Stone County......................... MS.............. 25060 Gulfport-Biloxi-Pascagoula, New.
MS.
Dade County.......................... MO.............. 44180 Springfield, MO............. ................
Otoe County.......................... NE.............. 30700 Lincoln, NE................. New.
Douglas County....................... NV.............. 16180 Carson City, NV............. New.
Lyon County.......................... NV.............. 16180 Carson City, NV............. ................
Los Alamos County.................... NM.............. 42140 Santa Fe, NM................ ................
Cayuga County........................ NY.............. 45060 Syracuse, NY................ ................
Cortland County...................... NY.............. 27060 Ithaca, NY.................. New.
Genesee County....................... NY.............. 40380 Rochester, NY............... ................
Greene County........................ NY.............. 10580 Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY. ................
Lewis County......................... NY.............. 48060 Watertown-Fort Drum, NY..... New.
Montgomery County.................... NY.............. 10580 Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY. New.
Schuyler County...................... NY.............. 27060 Ithaca, NY.................. ................
Seneca County........................ NY.............. 40380 Rochester, NY............... New.
Camden County........................ NC.............. 47260 Virginia Beach-Norfolk- New.
Newport News, VA-NC.
Caswell County....................... NC.............. 15500 Burlington, NC.............. ................
Granville County..................... NC.............. 20500 Durham-Chapel Hill, NC...... ................
Greene County........................ NC.............. 24780 Greenville, NC.............. New.
Harnett County....................... NC.............. 39580 Raleigh, NC................. ................
Polk County.......................... NC.............. 43900 Spartanburg, SC............. ................
Wilson County........................ NC.............. 40580 Rocky Mount, NC............. New.
Traill County........................ ND.............. 24220 Grand Forks, ND-MN.......... New.
Ashtabula County..................... OH.............. 17460 Cleveland-Elyria, OH........ ................
Champaign County..................... OH.............. 44220 Springfield, OH............. ................
Columbiana County.................... OH.............. 49660 Youngstown-Warren-Boardman, ................
OH-PA.
Harrison County...................... OH.............. 48260 Weirton-Steubenville, WV-OH. New.
Preble County........................ OH.............. 19380 Dayton, OH.................. New.
Clinton County....................... PA.............. 48700 Williamsport, PA............ ................
Fulton County........................ PA.............. 25180 Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD- New.
WV.
Greene County........................ PA.............. 38300 Pittsburgh, PA.............. ................
Lawrence County...................... PA.............. 38300 Pittsburgh, PA.............. New.
Schuylkill County.................... PA.............. 39740 Reading, PA................. ................
Susquehanna County................... PA.............. 13780 Binghamton, NY.............. ................
Adjuntas Municipio................... PR.............. 38660 Ponce, PR................... New.
Coamo Municipio...................... PR.............. 41980 San Juan-Carolina-Caguas, PR New.
Las Mar[iacute]as Municipio.......... PR.............. 32420 Mayag[uuml]ez, PR........... New.
Maricao Municipio.................... PR.............. 32420 Mayag[uuml]ez, PR........... New.
Salinas Municipio.................... PR.............. 25020 Guayama, PR................. New.
Clarendon County..................... SC.............. 44940 Sumter, SC.................. ................
Colleton County...................... SC.............. 16700 Charleston-North Charleston, New.
SC.
Lee County........................... SC.............. 44940 Sumter, SC.................. ................
Marion County........................ SC.............. 22500 Florence, SC................ New.
Newberry County...................... SC.............. 17900 Columbia, SC................ New.
Meigs County......................... TN.............. 17420 Cleveland, TN............... ................
Blanco County........................ TX.............. 12420 Austin-Round Rock, TX....... New.
Bosque County........................ TX.............. 47380 Waco, TX.................... ................
Calhoun County....................... TX.............. 47020 Victoria, TX................ New.
Fannin County........................ TX.............. 19100 Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, ................
TX.
Grimes County........................ TX.............. 17780 College Station-Bryan, TX... ................
Harrison County...................... TX.............. 30980 Longview, TX................ ................
[[Page 28077]]
Henderson County..................... TX.............. 46340 Tyler, TX................... ................
Hill County.......................... TX.............. 19100 Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, New.
TX.
Milam County......................... TX.............. 12420 Austin-Round Rock, TX....... ................
Van Zandt County..................... TX.............. 19100 Dallas-Fort Worth-Arlington, ................
TX.
Willacy County....................... TX.............. 15180 Brownsville-Harlingen, TX... ................
King and Queen County................ VA.............. 40060 Richmond, VA................ New.
Louisa County........................ VA.............. 40060 Richmond, VA................ New.
Madison County....................... VA.............. 16820 Charlottesville, VA......... New.
Orange County........................ VA.............. 47900 Washington-Arlington- New.
Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV.
Page County.......................... VA.............. 25500 Harrisonburg, VA............ ................
Shenandoah County.................... VA.............. 49020 Winchester, VA-WV........... ................
Southampton County................... VA.............. 47260 Virginia Beach-Norfolk- New.
Newport News, VA-NC.
Surry County......................... VA.............. 47260 Virginia Beach-Norfolk- New.
Newport News, VA-NC.
Island County........................ WA.............. 42660 Seattle-Tacoma-Bellevue, WA. ................
Mason County......................... WA.............. 36500 Olympia-Tumwater, WA........ ................
Jackson County....................... WV.............. 16620 Charleston, WV.............. ................
Morgan County........................ WV.............. 25180 Hagerstown-Martinsburg, MD- New.
WV.
Roane County......................... WV.............. 16620 Charleston, WV.............. ................
Green Lake County.................... WI.............. 22540 Fond du Lac, WI............. ................
Jefferson County..................... WI.............. 33340 Milwaukee-Waukesha-West ................
Allis, WI.
Walworth County...................... WI.............. 33340 Milwaukee-Waukesha-West ................
Allis, WI.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Proposed New Lugar Areas for FY 2015
Of the 127 qualifying counties identified as Lugar counties based
on the new OMB delineations, 58 counties would be newly designated as
Lugar for FY 2015 if we finalize our proposed adoption of the new OMB
delineations. Hospitals in these counties, with at least 25 percent of
their workers commuting to a higher wage area, effective October 1,
2014, will be deemed to be located in the CBSA to which the highest
number of their workers commute (which is identified in the column
titled ``Lugar Designated CBSA'' in the table above). Hospitals in
these counties would receive the reclassified urban wage index of the
corresponding Lugar Designated CBSA, unless they choose to waive their
Lugar status, as discussed later in this section.
Some areas that are currently urban counties would be
geographically rural if we adopted the new OMB delineations and would
meet the requirements for redesignation as Lugar areas. As described in
section III.B.2.e.(2) of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing a 3-year hold harmless transitional wage index adjustment for
hospitals located in urban counties that become rural under the new OMB
delineations. Because Lugar status is a form of redesignation,
hospitals that currently are located in urban counties that would
become rural under the new OMB delineations and are also considered
Lugar areas under the new OMB delineations would not be eligible for
the 3-year transition wage index adjustment unless they choose to waive
Lugar status for FY 2015 (as discussed later in this section) and seek
no other form of wage index reclassification.
b. Hospitals Redesignated Under Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act
Seeking Reclassification by the MGCRB
As in the past, hospitals redesignated under section 1886(d)(8)(B)
of the Act are also eligible to be reclassified to a different area by
the MGCRB. Using Table 4C associated with this proposed rule (which is
available via the Internet on the CMS Web site), affected hospitals may
compare the reclassified wage index for the labor market area into
which they would be reclassified by the MGCRB to the reclassified wage
index for the area to which they are redesignated under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. Hospitals may withdraw from an MGCRB
reclassification within 45 days of the publication of this FY 2015
proposed rule. (We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final
rule (76 FR 51598 through 51599) for the procedural rules and
requirements for a hospital that is redesignated under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and seeking reclassification under the MGCRB,
as well as our policy of measuring the urban area, exclusive of the
Lugar County, for purposes of meeting proximity requirements.)
We treat New England deemed counties in a manner consistent with
how we treat Lugar counties. (We refer readers to the FY 2008 IPPS
final rule with comment period (72 FR 47337 through 47338) for a
discussion of this policy.)
c. Rural Counties No Longer Meeting the Criteria To Be Redesignated as
Lugar
If we adopt the new OMB delineations, 29 rural counties would no
longer meet the qualifying criteria to be redesignated as Lugar
effective October 1, 2014, either because they would be geographically
located in an urban area, or they would fail to meet the 25-percent
cumulative out-migration threshold with application of the new 2010
Census commuting data.
Counties that were deemed urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the
Act in FY 2014, but would be geographically located in an urban area
under the new OMB delineations for FY 2015 are:
Windham County, CT
Flagler County, FL
Walton County, FL
Morgan County, GA
Peach County, GA
De Witt County, IL
Allen County, KY
St. James Parrish, LA
Montcalm County, MI
Fillmore County, MN
Lincoln County, NC
Cotton County, OK
Linn County, OR
Adams County, PA
Monroe County, PA
Falls County, TX
Buckingham County, VA
Floyd County, VA
Green County, WI
[[Page 28078]]
Counties that would fail to meet the 25-percent threshold in FY
2015 are:
Banks County, GA
Hendry County, FL
Bingham County, ID
Oceana County, MI
Columbia County, NY
Sullivan County, NY
Wyoming County, NY
Oconee County, SC
Middlesex County, VA
Wahkiakum County, WA
In section III.B.2.e.(2) of the preamble of this proposed rule, to
help ease dramatic negative impacts in payment for hospitals designated
as urban under the current FY 2014 OMB delineations, but would be
classified as rural under the new OMB delineations, for FYs 2015, 2016,
and 2017, assuming no other form of wage index reclassification or
redesignation is granted, we are proposing to assign these hospitals
the FY 2015 area wage index value of the urban CBSA to which they
geographically belonged in FY 2014 (with the rural and imputed floors
applied and with the rural floor budget neutrality adjustment applied
to the area wage index). (For purposes of the wage index computation,
the wage data of these hospitals would remain assigned to the statewide
rural area in which they are located.) Similarly, we are proposing that
the same 3-year transition apply to hospitals located in those counties
that would lose their deemed urban designation under section
1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act and would become rural if we adopt the new OMB
delineations. Because these hospitals would, in fact, lose their
designated urban status, we are proposing to extend the 3-year hold
harmless transitional wage index adjustment to these hospitals located
in counties formerly designated as urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of
the Act. That is, for FYs 2015, 2016, and 2017, assuming no other form
of wage index reclassification or redesignation is granted, we are
proposing to assign these hospitals the FY 2015 area wage index value
of the urban CBSA to which they were designated as urban in FY 2014
(with the rural and imputed floors applied and with the rural floor
budget neutrality adjustment applied). We are proposing to use the wage
data from these hospitals as part of computing the rural wage index. In
addition, during this 3-year transition period, these hospitals would
be eligible to apply for reclassification by the MGCRB. As discussed in
section III.B.2.e.(3) of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing that if a hospital is currently located in an urban county
that would become rural for FY 2015 under the new OMB delineations, and
such hospital seeks and is granted any reclassification or
redesignation during FYs 2015, 2016, or 2017, the hospital would
permanently lose its 3-year transitional assigned wage index, and would
not be able to reinstate it. Similarly, we are proposing that this
policy also apply to hospitals located in those counties that would
lose their deemed urban designation under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the
Act and would become rural if we adopt the new OMB delineations. In FY
2018, we are proposing that these hospitals would receive their
statewide rural wage index.
4. Waiving Lugar Redesignation for the Out-Migration Adjustment
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51599 through
51600), we adopted the policy that, beginning with FY 2012, an eligible
hospital that waives its Lugar status in order to receive the out-
migration adjustment has effectively waived its deemed urban status
and, thus, is rural for all purposes under the IPPS, including being
considered rural for the DSH payment adjustment, effective for the
fiscal year in which the hospital receives the out-migration
adjustment. (We refer readers to a discussion of DSH payment adjustment
under section IV.F. of the preamble of this proposed rule.)
In addition, we adopted a minor procedural change that would allow
a Lugar hospital that qualifies for and accepts the out-migration
adjustment (through written notification to CMS within 45 days from the
publication of the proposed rule) to waive its urban status for the
full 3-year period for which its out-migration adjustment is effective.
By doing so, such a Lugar hospital would no longer be required during
the second and third years of eligibility for the out-migration
adjustment to advise us annually that it prefers to continue being
treated as rural and receive the out-migration adjustment. Therefore,
under the procedural change, a Lugar hospital that requests to waive
its urban status in order to receive the rural wage index in addition
to the out-migration adjustment would be deemed to have accepted the
out-migration adjustment and agrees to be treated as rural for the
duration of its 3-year eligibility period, unless, prior to its second
or third year of eligibility, the hospital explicitly notifies CMS in
writing, within the required period (generally 45 days from the
publication of the proposed rule), that it instead elects to return to
its deemed urban status and no longer wishes to accept the out-
migration adjustment. If the hospital does notify CMS that it is
electing to return to its deemed urban status, it would again be
treated as urban for all IPPS payment purposes.
We refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR
51599 through 51600) for a detailed discussion of the policy and
process for waiving Lugar status for the out-migration adjustment.
5. Update of Application of Urban to Rural Reclassification Criteria
Section 401(a) of the Medicare, Medicaid, and SCHIP Balanced Budget
Refinement Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 106-113), which amended section
1886(d)(8) of the Act by adding a new paragraph (E), directed the
Secretary to treat any subsection (d) hospital located in an urban area
as being located in the rural area of the State in which the hospital
is located, providing that the hospital applied for reclassification in
a manner determined by the Secretary and met certain criteria. As
discussed in the FY 2001 interim final rule (65 FR 47029 through
47031), we codified in regulation at Sec. 412.103 the application
process and the qualifying criteria for any hospital seeking rural
reclassification.
In order to be approved for a rural reclassification, a hospital
must meet one of three criteria. The first criterion, located at Sec.
412.103(a)(1), qualifies a hospital located in a rural census tract of
an MSA area, as determined under the most recent version of the
Goldsmith Modification, the Rural-Urban Commuting Area (RUCA) codes. On
February 28, 2013, OMB issued OMB Bulletin No. 13-01, which established
revised delineations for Metropolitan Statistical Areas, Micropolitan
Statistical Areas, and Combined Statistical Areas, and provided
guidance on the use of the delineations of these statistical areas.
These delineations are based on 2010 decennial Census data. Several
modifications of RUCA codes were necessary to take into account updated
commuting data and revised OMB delineations. We refer readers to the
U.S. Department of Agriculture's Economic Research Service Web site for
a detailed listing of updated RUCA codes found at: https://www.ers.usda.gov/data-products/rural-urban-commuting-area-codes.aspx.
The updated RUCA code definitions were introduced in late 2013. As
discussed at Sec. 412.103(f), the duration of an approved rural
reclassification remains in effect without need for reapproval unless
there is a change in the circumstances under which the
[[Page 28079]]
classification was approved. If a hospital located in an urban area was
approved for a rural reclassification under Sec. 412.103(a)(1), that
reclassification would no longer be valid if the hospital is no longer
located within a rural census tract of an MSA defined as an RUCA.
Therefore, we encourage all hospitals with active rural
reclassifications under section 1886(d)(8)(E) of the Act to review
their original reclassification application and determine whether the
reclassification status would still apply. As discussed in section
VI.C.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are proposing a 2-
year grace period allowing affected CAHs additional time to seek a new
rural reclassification without the threat of losing its CAH status. As
discussed in section VI.C.2. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we
are not proposing a grace period for other types of hospitals to seek a
new rural reclassification. We note that rural reclassification status
under Sec. 412.103 is effective as of the filing date of the
application. Therefore, if the change in RUCA codes invalidates any
hospital's rural reclassification status, we believe hospitals will
have adequate time to apply for a new reclassification using an
alternative qualification criterion specified at either Sec.
412.103(a)(2) or Sec. 412.103(a)(3). A rural referral center (RRC) or
a sole community hospital (SCH) that continues to meet the appropriate
qualification criteria would, in itself, qualify for a rural
reclassification. If a complete application is received before October
1, 2014, and is approved by the CMS Regional Office, the hospital would
experience no interruption in its rural status.
I. Proposed FY 2015 Wage Index Adjustment Based on Commuting Patterns
of Hospital Employees
In accordance with section 1886(d)(13) of the Act, as added by
section 505 of Public Law 108-173, beginning with FY 2005, we
established a process to make adjustments to the hospital wage index
based on commuting patterns of hospital employees (the ``out-
migration'' adjustment). The process, outlined in the FY 2005 IPPS
final rule (69 FR 49061), provides for an increase in the wage index
for hospitals located in certain counties that have a relatively high
percentage of hospital employees who reside in the county but work in a
different county (or counties) with a higher wage index.
When this provision was implemented for the FY 2005 wage index, we
analyzed commuting data compiled by the U.S. Census Bureau which was
derived from a special tabulation of the 2000 Census journey-to-work
data for all industries (CMS extracted data applicable to hospitals).
These data were compiled from responses to the ``long-form'' survey,
which the Census Bureau used at the time, and it contained questions on
where residents in each county worked (69 FR 49062). However, the 2010
Census was ``short form'' only; therefore, this information was not
collected as part of the 2010 Census. The Census Bureau is working with
CMS to provide an alternative dataset based on the latest available
data that is expected to meet our needs for developing a new out-
migration adjustment. We believe we will have the necessary time to
obtain, review and analyze the data in order to propose new out-
migration adjustments based on new commuting patterns developed from
the 2010 Census data beginning with FY 2016. Section 1886(d)(13)(B) of
the Act requires the Secretary to use data the Secretary determines to
be appropriate to establish the qualifying counties. The data used for
the FY 2014 out-migration adjustment are the most recent data that have
been analyzed, and we believe that these data are appropriate to
establish the qualifying counties. Therefore, we are proposing that the
FY 2015 out-migration adjustments continue to be based on the 2000
Census data. We also are proposing that the FY 2015 out-migration
adjustments continue to be based on the policies, procedures, and
computation that were used for the FY 2014 out-migration adjustment.
(We refer readers to a full discussion of the adjustment, including
rules on deeming hospitals reclassified under section 1886(d)(8) or
section 1886(d)(10) of the Act to have waived the out-migration
adjustment, in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51601
through 51602)). Table 4J, which is available via the Internet on the
CMS Web site, lists the proposed out-migration adjustments for the
proposed FY 2015 wage index.
Section 1886(d)(13)(F) of the Act states that ``[a] wage index
increase under this paragraph shall be effective for a period of 3
fiscal years, except that the Secretary shall establish procedures
under which a subsection (d) hospital may elect to waive the
application of such wage index increase.'' Therefore, for FY 2015,
because we are proposing to continue to use the out-migration
adjustment data used for FY 2014, consistent with the statute, we also
are proposing to allow hospitals that qualified in FY 2013 or FY 2014
to receive the out-migration adjustment based on the commuting data and
the CBSA delineations used for FY 2014 to continue to receive the same
out-migration adjustment for the remainder of their 3-year
qualification period. Similarly, if a hospital qualifies for and opts
to receive the out-migration adjustment for the first time in FY 2015,
we also are proposing to allow that hospital to receive the out-
migration adjustment based on the data used for FY 2014 for FYs 2015,
2016, and 2017. Accordingly, even if we propose to adopt new out-
migration adjustment data for FY 2016, as we believe we will be able to
do, hospitals that are already receiving an out-migration adjustment
beginning with a fiscal year prior to FY 2016 would still receive their
out-migration adjustment based on the data used for FY 2014 for the
years that remain of their 3-year qualification period in FY 2016 and
after.
We intend to address application of the FY 2016 out-migration
adjustment in greater detail in the FY 2016 proposed rule. However, in
this FY 2015 proposed rule, we are soliciting comments on how to
implement the new out-migration adjustment data for FY 2016, given the
statutory requirement at section 1886(d)(13)(F) of the Act that an out-
migration adjustment be effective for 3 fiscal years.
As discussed in section III.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are proposing to use OMB's new labor market area delineations
based on the 2010 Census data to identify counties qualifying as Lugar
counties for FY 2015. In section III.H.3 of the preamble of this
proposed rule, we discuss hospitals located in rural counties that are
deemed to be urban under section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Act. These rural
counties are known as ``Lugar'' counties. Under the new OMB
delineations, there would be counties newly qualifying as Lugar as well
as counties that were previously Lugar counties that would no longer
meet the criteria to be redesignated as Lugar. As discussed in section
III.H.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule, if a Lugar hospital
qualifies for and accepts the out-migration adjustment, it must waive
its deemed urban status and can do so for the 3-year period for which
the out-migration adjustment is effective. Therefore, hospitals located
in counties newly designated as Lugar due to the new OMB delineations
would have the choice to either maintain their Lugar status or waive it
in order to receive the out-migration adjustment in FY 2015 based on
the out-migration adjustment data used for FY 2014.
On the other hand, there are hospitals in counties deemed to be
Lugar under
[[Page 28080]]
the previous CBSA delineations that waived their Lugar status for the
out-migration adjustment, but are not Lugar under the new OMB
delineations. These hospitals would continue to receive the out-
migration adjustment for the 3-year eligibility period through FY 2015
or FY 2016. However, these hospitals that are located in urban counties
under the new OMB delineations, and wish to continue to maintain their
rural status effective October 1, 2014, must do so by reclassifying
from urban to rural under Sec. 412.103. Section 1886(d)(13)(G) of the
Act states that a hospital cannot simultaneously receive the out-
migration adjustment and be subject to a reclassification under section
1886(d)(8) or 1886(d)(10) of the Act. Therefore, if such hospital is
not located in a geographically rural area under the new OMB
delineations, and reclassifies under Sec. 412.103 of the regulations
in order to be treated as rural for IPPS purposes, the hospital would
be ineligible to receive an out-migration adjustment, even if the 3-
year eligibility period has not expired.
As discussed in section III.B.5. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are proposing a 1-year blended wage index for any provider
that experiences a decrease in wage index value due to the proposed
implementation of the new OMB labor market area delineations. This
proposal would create a wage index that is 50 percent of the wage index
derived using the current FY 2014 OMB delineations, and 50 percent of
the wage index based on the proposed new OMB delineations. As discussed
in section III.B.2.e.(4) of the preamble of this proposed rule, we are
proposing to apply this blended wage index value to any affected
hospital in a budget neutral manner. However, we are proposing that
hospitals receiving the out-migration adjustment would have it added to
the result of the 50/50 blended wage index, after budget neutrality is
applied. We are proposing the blended wage index transition adjustment
specifically to address any negative impact that may be caused by the
proposed adoption of the new OMB delineations in FY 2015. To
specifically identify and address any such negative payment impact, we
are proposing to apply the out-migration adjustment independent of the
blended wage index and other wage index adjustments (for example, the
rural floor) and related budget neutrality adjustments. This is
consistent with our current policy to apply the out-migration
adjustment after all other wage index adjustments and related budget
neutrality adjustments have been applied. Therefore, we believe the
out-migration adjustment would be properly applied as a supplemental
addition to a hospital's final wage index value, similar to our
treatment of hospitals receiving the frontier State floor value of
1.00, as described under 42 CFR 412.64(m), that also qualify for an
out-migration adjustment and would receive that adjustment.
J. Process for Requests for Wage Index Data Corrections
The preliminary, unaudited Worksheet S-3 wage data and occupational
mix survey data files for the proposed FY 2015 wage index were made
available on September 13, 2013, through the Internet on the CMS Web
site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files-Items/FY-2015-Wage-Index-Home-Page.html.
In the interest of meeting the data needs of the public, beginning
with the proposed FY 2009 wage index, we post an additional public use
file on our Web site that reflects the actual data that are used in
computing the proposed wage index. The release of this file does not
alter the current wage index process or schedule. We notify the
hospital community of the availability of these data as we do with the
current public use wage data files through our Hospital Open Door
forum. We encourage hospitals to sign up for automatic notifications of
information about hospital issues and the scheduling of the Hospital
Open Door forums at the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Outreach-and-Education/Outreach/OpenDoorForums/.
In a memorandum dated September 16, 2013, we instructed all MACs to
inform the IPPS hospitals they service of the availability of the wage
index data files and the process and timeframe for requesting revisions
(including the specific deadlines listed below). We also instructed the
MACs to advise hospitals that these data were also made available
directly through their representative hospital organizations.
If a hospital wished to request a change to its data as shown in
the September 13, 2013 wage and occupational mix data files, the
hospital was to submit corrections along with complete, detailed
supporting documentation to its MAC by November 21, 2013. Hospitals
were notified of this deadline and of all other deadlines and
requirements, including the requirement to review and verify their data
as posted in the preliminary wage index data files on the Internet,
through the September 16, 2013 memorandum referenced above.
In the September 16, 2013 memorandum, we also specified that a
hospital requesting revisions to its occupational mix survey data was
to copy its record(s) from the CY 2010 occupational mix preliminary
files posted to the CMS Web site in September, highlight the revised
cells on its spreadsheet, and submit its spreadsheet(s) and complete
documentation to its MAC no later than November 21, 2013.
The MACs notified the hospitals by early-February 2014 of any
changes to the wage index data as a result of the desk reviews and the
resolution of the hospitals' late-November revision requests. The MACs
also submitted the revised data to CMS by late January 2014. CMS
published the proposed wage index public use files that included
hospitals' revised wage index data on February 20, 2014. Hospitals had
until March 3, 2014, to submit requests to the MACs for reconsideration
of adjustments made by the MACs as a result of the desk review, and to
correct errors due to CMS' or the MAC's mishandling of the wage index
data. Hospitals also were required to submit sufficient documentation
to support their requests.
After reviewing requested changes submitted by hospitals, MACs were
required to transmit to CMS any additional revisions resulting from the
hospitals' reconsideration requests by April 9, 2014. The deadline for
a hospital to request CMS intervention in cases where the hospital
disagreed with the MAC's policy interpretations was April 16, 2014. We
note that, beginning with the FY 2015 wage index, per the FY 2015 wage
index timeline posted on the CMS Web site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015-WI-Timeline.pdf, the April appeals must be sent via mail and
email. We refer readers to the wage index timeline for complete
details.
Upon release of this proposed rule, hospitals should examine Table
2, which is listed in section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule
and available via the Internet on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files-Items/FY-2015-Wage-Index-Home-Page.html. Table 2 contains each hospital's proposed adjusted average
hourly wage used to construct the wage index values for the past 3
years, including the FY 2011 data used to construct the proposed FY
2015 wage index. We note that the proposed hospital average hourly
wages shown in
[[Page 28081]]
Table 2 only reflect changes made to a hospital's data that were
transmitted to CMS by February 26, 2014.
The final wage index data public use files are posted on May 2,
2014 on the Internet at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Wage-Index-Files-Items/FY-2015-Wage-Index-Home-Page.html. The May 2014 public use files are made available
solely for the limited purpose of identifying any potential errors made
by CMS or the MAC in the entry of the final wage index data that
resulted from the correction process described above (revisions
submitted to CMS by the MACs by April 9, 2014).
After the release of the May 2014 wage index data files, changes to
the wage and occupational mix data will only be made in those very
limited situations involving an error by the MAC or CMS that the
hospital could not have known about before its review of the final wage
index data files. Specifically, neither the MAC nor CMS will approve
the following types of requests:
Requests for wage index data corrections that were
submitted too late to be included in the data transmitted to CMS by the
MACs on or before April 9, 2014.
Requests for correction of errors that were not, but could
have been, identified during the hospital's review of the February 20,
2014 wage index public use files.
Requests to revisit factual determinations or policy
interpretations made by the MAC or CMS during the wage index data
correction process.
If, after reviewing the May 2014 final public use files, a hospital
believes that its wage or occupational mix data are incorrect due to a
MAC or CMS error in the entry or tabulation of the final data, the
hospital should notify both its MAC and CMS regarding why the hospital
believes an error exists and provide all supporting information,
including relevant dates (for example, when it first became aware of
the error). The hospital is required to send its request to CMS and to
the MAC no later than June 2, 2014. Similar to the April appeals,
beginning with the FY 2015 wage index, in accordance with the FY 2015
wage index timeline posted on the CMS Web site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015-WI-Timeline.pdf, the June appeals must be sent via mail and
email to CMS and the MACs. We refer readers to the wage index timeline
for complete details. (We refer readers to section II.K. of the
preamble to this proposed rule where we are proposing revisions to the
wage index timetable.)
Verified corrections to the wage index data received timely by CMS
and the MACs (that is, by June 2, 2014) will be incorporated into the
final wage index in the FY 2015 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, which will be
effective October 1, 2014.
We created the processes described above to resolve all substantive
wage index data correction disputes before we finalize the wage and
occupational mix data for the FY 2015 payment rates. Accordingly,
hospitals that do not meet the procedural deadlines set forth above
will not be afforded a later opportunity to submit wage index data
corrections or to dispute the MAC's decision with respect to requested
changes. Specifically, our policy is that hospitals that do not meet
the procedural deadlines set forth above will not be permitted to
challenge later, before the PRRB, the failure of CMS to make a
requested data revision. We refer readers also to the FY 2000 IPPS
final rule (64 FR 41513) for a discussion of the parameters for appeals
to the PRRB for wage index data corrections.
Again, we believe the wage index data correction process described
above provides hospitals with sufficient opportunity to bring errors in
their wage and occupational mix data to the MAC's attention. Moreover,
because hospitals have access to the final wage index data by early May
2014, they have the opportunity to detect any data entry or tabulation
errors made by the MAC or CMS before the development and publication of
the final FY 2015 wage index by August 2014, and the implementation of
the FY 2015 wage index on October 1, 2014. If hospitals avail
themselves of the opportunities afforded to provide and make
corrections to the wage and occupational mix data, the wage index
implemented on October 1 should be accurate. Nevertheless, in the event
that errors are identified by hospitals and brought to our attention
after June 2, 2014, we retain the right to make midyear changes to the
wage index under very limited circumstances.
Specifically, in accordance with 42 CFR 412.64(k)(1) of our
existing regulations, we make midyear corrections to the wage index for
an area only if a hospital can show that: (1) The MAC or CMS made an
error in tabulating its data; and (2) the requesting hospital could not
have known about the error or did not have an opportunity to correct
the error, before the beginning of the fiscal year. For purposes of
this provision, ``before the beginning of the fiscal year'' means by
the June deadline for making corrections to the wage data for the
following fiscal year's wage index (for example, June 2, 2014 for the
FY 2015 wage index). This provision is not available to a hospital
seeking to revise another hospital's data that may be affecting the
requesting hospital's wage index for the labor market area. As
indicated earlier, because CMS makes the wage index data available to
hospitals on the CMS Web site prior to publishing both the proposed and
final IPPS rules, and the MACs notify hospitals directly of any wage
index data changes after completing their desk reviews, we do not
expect that midyear corrections will be necessary. However, under our
current policy, if the correction of a data error changes the wage
index value for an area, the revised wage index value will be effective
prospectively from the date the correction is made.
In the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47385 through 47387 and
47485), we revised 42 CFR 412.64(k)(2) to specify that, effective on
October 1, 2005, that is, beginning with the FY 2006 wage index, a
change to the wage index can be made retroactive to the beginning of
the Federal fiscal year only when CMS determines all of the following:
(1) The MAC or CMS made an error in tabulating data used for the wage
index calculation; (2) the hospital knew about the error and requested
that the MAC and CMS correct the error using the established process
and within the established schedule for requesting corrections to the
wage index data, before the beginning of the fiscal year for the
applicable IPPS update (that is, by the June 2, 2014 deadline for the
FY 2015 wage index); and (3) CMS agreed before October 1 that the MAC
or CMS made an error in tabulating the hospital's wage index data and
the wage index should be corrected.
In those circumstances where a hospital requested a correction to
its wage index data before CMS calculated the final wage index (that
is, by the June 2, 2014 deadline for the FY 2015 wage index), and CMS
acknowledges that the error in the hospital's wage index data was
caused by CMS' or the MAC's mishandling of the data, we believe that
the hospital should not be penalized by our delay in publishing or
implementing the correction. As with our current policy, we indicated
that the provision is not available to a hospital seeking to revise
another hospital's data. In addition, the provision cannot be used to
correct prior years' wage index data; and it can only be used for the
current Federal fiscal year. In situations where our policies would
allow midyear
[[Page 28082]]
corrections other than those specified in 42 CFR 412.64(k)(2)(ii), we
continue to believe that it is appropriate to make prospective-only
corrections to the wage index.
We note that, as with prospective changes to the wage index, the
final retroactive correction will be made irrespective of whether the
change increases or decreases a hospital's payment rate. In addition,
we note that the policy of retroactive adjustment will still apply in
those instances where a final judicial decision reverses a CMS denial
of a hospital's wage index data revision request.
K. Notice of Change to Wage Index Development Timetable
As explained in section III.J. the preamble of this proposed rule,
the preliminary, unaudited Worksheet S-3 wage data and occupational mix
survey data files for the proposed FY 2015 wage index were made
available on September 13, 2013, through the Internet on the CMS Web
site. The posting of these preliminary files initiate what is virtually
a year-long cycle for developing the wage index associated with the
following IPPS fiscal year. This lengthy, almost year-long cycle is
unique to the development of the IPPS wage index, and occurs
independently from the development of the IPPS proposed and final
rules, which typically are published in the spring and summer each
year. In addition, the wage index, which is based on hospitals' wage
data reported on Worksheets S-3, Parts II and III of the Form CMS-2552-
10 of the Medicare cost report and occupational mix data, is the only
portion of the IPPS that historically has been subject to its own
annual review process, first by the MACs, and then by CMS, followed by
distinct opportunities for hospitals to appeal decisions made by the
MACs or CMS. This process is separate and independent from the standard
cost report settlement and appeals processes established under the
regulations at 42 CFR 405.1800 through 405.1889.
Although this unique wage index development timetable has been in
place since the early days of the IPPS, the current timetable is rooted
in changes adopted in the FY 1998 IPPS final rule with comment period
(62 FR 45990 through 45993). However, with numerous legislative and
regulatory changes made to the IPPS since FY 1998, the demands on
hospitals, MACs, and CMS have increased substantially. As a result, it
has become increasingly challenging for wage index stakeholders to
manage the wage index timetable with competing priorities. For the FY
2015 wage index, CMS made slight changes to the wage index development
timetable, by posting the preliminary public use file (PUF) in
September 2013 rather than in October 2013, which, in turn, moved back
the deadline for hospitals to request revisions to the data displayed
in that preliminary PUF to November 2013, instead of December 2013. In
addition, the date for the MACs to complete desk reviews on that data
was similarly moved to a slightly earlier deadline in early CY 2014.
The FY 2015 Wage Index Development Timetable, which is posted on the
CMS Web site at https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/Downloads/FY2015-WI-Timeline.pdf, shows that
hospitals have a little more than 2 months to request revisions to
their data displayed in the September 13, 2013 preliminary PUF, until
the commencement of the desk review process by the MACs on November 21,
2013. The MACs also have a little more than 2 months to complete the
desk reviews and submit revised cost report data to CMS by January 29,
2014. Less than a month later, on February 20, 2014, the revised FY
2015 wage index and occupational mix PUFs were posted on the CMS Web
site. Ensuring the accuracy of the February PUF is extremely important
and beneficial to hospitals because, as the timetable shows, it is the
basis for hospitals to appeal data that are incorrect, with March 3,
2014 being the last date that hospitals can request revisions to errors
in the February 20, 2014 PUF.
Therefore, we have concluded that steps should be taken to improve
the accuracy of the February PUF, most importantly by proposing changes
to the wage index timetables for future IPPS fiscal years that are much
more significant and fundamental than the slight revisions to the
timetable implemented for FY 2015. We believe that the changes we are
proposing below would not only improve the accuracy of the February
PUF, but also would reduce the number of hospital appeals based on the
February PUF. For example, as specified below, instead of the current
timetable which only provides CMS with less than a month to review the
MACs' desk reviews and prepare the February PUF, we are proposing
approximately 3 months between the date that the MACs' desk reviews
would end and the date that CMS would post the subsequent PUF. To allow
hospitals and MACs adequate time to prepare for the changes to the wage
index development timetable, we are proposing to make the following
significant changes beginning with the FY 2017 wage index cycle. We are
listing the proposed changes for FY 2017 below in a table side by side
with the existing timetable, so that commenters may read the proposed
changes in the context of the existing timetable. Under the proposed
changes for FY 2017, although we are not providing exact dates for the
FY 2017 wage index timetable, we note that, with every change listed
below, we intend to provide hospitals and MACs with the same or
somewhat more time than under the current timetable to complete reviews
and request revisions. The proposed revisions would not reduce the
amount of time that either hospitals or MACs have to review wage data.
Therefore, these proposed changes would not result in additional work
on the part of the hospitals or MACs; in fact, in shifting the various
dates, we expect that more time would be provided to hospitals, MACs,
and CMS to ensure an even more accurate wage index.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deadlines FY 2015 Timetable Proposed FY 2017 timetable
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Posting of Preliminary PUF on CMS Web site September 13, 2013...... Mid May 2015.
Deadline for Hospitals to Request November 21, 2013....... Early August 2015.
Revisions to Preliminary PUF.
Deadline for MACs to Complete Desk Reviews January 29, 2014........ Mid-October 2015.
Posting of February PUF on CMS Web site... February 20, 2014....... Late January 2016.
Deadline Following Posting of February PUF March 3, 2014........... Mid-February 2016.
for Hospitals to Request Revisions.
Completion of Appeals by MACs and April 9, 2014........... Mid- to Late March 2016.
Transmission of Final Wage Data to CMS.
Deadline for Hospitals to Appeal in April. April 16, 2014.......... Early April 2016.
Posting of Final Rule PUF................. May 2, 2014............. Late April 2016.
Deadline for Hospitals to Appeal in June.. June 2, 2014............ Late May 2016.
Expected Issuance of IPPS final rule...... August 1, 2014.......... August 1, 2016.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 28083]]
With regard to the FY 2016 wage index cycle, we believe it can
serve as a transition to the more significant changes we are proposing
for the FY 2017 wage index cycle. We believe that there are steps we
can take to improve the accuracy of the February 2016 PUF by building
in more time to the FY 2016 wage index review process as well.
Specifically, we are notifying hospitals of changes to the deadlines
only in the beginning of the FY 2016 wage index timetable, as a
transition to the more significant proposed changes for the entire FY
2017 wage index timetable. That is, for FY 2016, we are only changing
the following four dates: the posting of the preliminary wage index
PUF; the posting of the CY 2013 occupational mix survey data
preliminary PUF; the deadline for hospitals to request revisions to the
wage data and occupational mix data preliminary PUFs; and the deadline
for MACs to complete the desk reviews. We are not changing the
remainder of the FY 2016 timetable at this time. We expect that making
these changes for the FY 2016 timetable would improve the accuracy of
the February 2016 PUF, and also mitigate the number of hospital appeals
based on the February 2016 PUF. In addition, we believe these changes
would help hospitals, MACs, and CMS adjust to the more significant
timeline changes proposed for FY 2017. We are listing only the changes
for FY 2016 in the following table side by side with the existing FY
2015 timetable, so that commenters may read the FY 2016 changes in the
context of the existing timetable. We are not listing dates that would
remain unchanged for FY 2016.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deadlines FY 2015 Timetable Adjusted FY 2016 timetable
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Posting of Preliminary Wage Data PUF on September 13, 2013...... Late May 2014.
CMS Web site.
Posting of Preliminary CY 2013 September 13, 2013...... Early to Mid-July 2014.
Occupational Mix Data PUF on CMS Web site.
Deadline for Hospitals to Request November 21, 2013....... Early October 2014.
Revisions to Preliminary PUF.
Deadline for MACs to Complete Desk Reviews January 29, 2014........ Mid-December 2014.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Typically, the preliminary PUF initiating the start of an IPPS wage
index fiscal year contains one spreadsheet with the Worksheet S-3 wage
data for the applicable fiscal year on one tab, and another tab with
the preliminary occupational mix data for that fiscal year. For the FY
2016 wage index, new occupational mix survey data will be available for
use, based on the CY 2013 occupational mix survey. Hospitals are
required to submit their CY 2013 occupational mix surveys to their MACs
no later than July 1, 2014. Therefore, we will not have the preliminary
CY 2013 occupational mix survey data in time to post it simultaneously
in late May 2014 with the preliminary FY 2016 wage data. Accordingly,
as the table above indicates, we would post the preliminary FY 2016
wage data by itself first in late May 2014, to be followed by a
separate posting of the preliminary CY 2013 occupational mix survey
data when the data are available, in early to mid-July 2014.
We are inviting public comments on our proposals set forth above to
make revisions to the wage index timetables for FY 2017.
L. Labor-Related Share for the FY 2015 Wage Index
Section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act directs the Secretary to adjust
the proportion of the national prospective payment system base payment
rates that are attributable to wages and wage-related costs by a factor
that reflects the relative differences in labor costs among geographic
areas. It also directs the Secretary to estimate from time to time the
proportion of hospital costs that are labor-related: ``The Secretary
shall adjust the proportion (as estimated by the Secretary from time to
time) of hospitals' costs which are attributable to wages and wage-
related costs of the DRG prospective payment rates. . . .'' We refer to
the portion of hospital costs attributable to wages and wage-related
costs as the labor-related share. The labor-related share of the
prospective payment rate is adjusted by an index of relative labor
costs, which is referred to as the wage index.
Section 403 of Public Law 108-173 amended section 1886(d)(3)(E) of
the Act to provide that the Secretary must employ 62 percent as the
labor-related share unless this ``would result in lower payments to a
hospital than would otherwise be made.'' However, this provision of
Public Law 108-173 did not change the legal requirement that the
Secretary estimate ``from time to time'' the proportion of hospitals'
costs that are ``attributable to wages and wage-related costs.'' Thus,
hospitals receive payment based on either a 62-percent labor-related
share, or the labor-related share estimated from time to time by the
Secretary, depending on which labor-related share resulted in a higher
payment.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50596 through
50607), we rebased and revised the hospital market basket. We
established a FY 2010-based IPPS hospital market basket to replace the
FY 2006-based IPPS hospital market basket, effective October 1, 2013.
In that final rule, we presented our analysis and conclusions regarding
the frequency and methodology for updating the labor-related share for
FY 2014. Using the FY 2010-based IPPS market basket, we finalized a
labor-related share for FY 2014 of 69.6 percent. In addition, we
implemented this revised and rebased labor-related share in a budget
neutral manner, but consistent with section 1886(d)(3)(E) of the Act,
we did not take into account the additional payments that would be made
as a result of hospitals with a wage index less than or equal to 1.0
being paid using a labor-related share lower than the labor-related
share of hospitals with a wage index greater than 1.0.
The labor-related share is used to determine the proportion of the
national IPPS base payment rate to which the area wage index is
applied. In this FY 2015 proposed rule, we are not proposing to make
any further changes to the national average proportion of operating
costs that are attributable to wages and salaries, employee benefits,
contract labor, the labor-related portion of professional fees,
administrative and facilities support services, and all other labor-
related services.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are proposing to continue to use a
labor-related share of 69.6 percent for discharges occurring on or
after October 1, 2014. Tables 1A and 1B, which are published in section
VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule and available via the
Internet, reflect this proposed labor-related share. For FY 2015, for
all IPPS hospitals whose wage indexes are less than or equal to 1.0000,
we are proposing to apply the wage index to a labor-related share of 62
percent of the national standardized amount. For all IPPS hospitals
whose wage indexes are greater than 1.0000, for FY 2015, we are
proposing to apply the wage index to a proposed labor-
[[Page 28084]]
related share of 69.6 percent of the national standardized amount. We
note that, for Puerto Rico hospitals, the national labor-related share
is 62 percent because the national wage index for all Puerto Rico
hospitals is less than 1.0.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50601 through
50603), we also rebased and revised the labor-related share for the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amounts using FY 2010 as a base year.
We finalized a labor-related share for the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts for FY 2014 of 63.2 percent. In this FY 2015
proposed rule, we are not proposing to make any further changes to the
Puerto Rico specific average proportion of operating costs that are
attributable to wages and salaries, employee benefits, contract labor,
the labor-related portion of professional fees, administrative and
facilities support services, and all other labor-related services.
Therefore, for FY 2015, we are proposing to continue to use a labor-
related share for the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amounts of 63.2
percent for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 2014. Puerto
Rico hospitals are paid based on 75 percent of the national
standardized amounts and 25 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific
standardized amounts. For FY 2015, we are proposing to adopt that the
labor-related share of a hospital's Puerto Rico-specific rate would be
either the Puerto Rico-specific labor-related share of 63.2 percent or
62 percent, depending on which results in higher payments to the
hospital. If the hospital has a Puerto Rico-specific wage index of
greater than 1.0 for FY 2015, we are proposing to set the hospital's
rates using a labor-related share of 63.2 percent for the 25 percent
portion of the hospital's payment determined by the Puerto Rico
standardized amounts because this amount would result in higher
payments. Conversely, a hospital with a Puerto Rico-specific wage index
of less than or equal to 1.0 for FY 2015 would be paid using the Puerto
Rico-specific labor-related share of 62 percent of the Puerto Rico-
specific rates because the lower labor-related share would result in
higher payments. The proposed Puerto Rico labor-related share of 63.2
percent for FY 2015 is reflected in Table 1C, which is published in
section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule and available via the
Internet.
IV. Other Decisions and Proposed Changes to the IPPS for Operating
Costs and Graduate Medical Education (GME) Costs
A. Proposed Changes to MS-DRGs Subject to the Postacute Care Transfer
Policy (Sec. 412.4)
1. Background
Existing regulations at Sec. 412.4(a) define discharges under the
IPPS as situations in which a patient is formally released from an
acute care hospital or dies in the hospital. Section 412.4(b) defines
acute care transfers, and Sec. 412.4(c) defines postacute care
transfers. Our policy, set forth in Sec. 412(f), provides that when a
patient is transferred and his or her length of stay is less than the
geometric mean length of stay for the MS-DRG to which the case is
assigned, the transferring hospital is generally paid based on a
graduated per diem rate for each day of stay, not to exceed the full
MS-DRG payment that would have been made if the patient had been
discharged without being transferred.
The per diem rate paid to a transferring hospital is calculated by
dividing the full DRG payment by the geometric mean length of stay for
the MS-DRG. Based on an analysis that showed that the first day of
hospitalization is the most expensive (60 FR 45804), our policy
generally provides for payment that is twice the per diem amount for
the first day, with each subsequent day paid at the per diem amount up
to the full MS-DRG payment (Sec. 412.4(f)(1)). Transfer cases are also
eligible for outlier payments. In general, the outlier threshold for
transfer cases, as described in Sec. 412.80(b), is equal to the fixed-
loss outlier threshold for nontransfer cases (adjusted for geographic
variations in costs), divided by the geometric mean length of stay for
the MS-DRG, and multiplied by the length of stay for the case, plus one
day.
We established the criteria set forth in Sec. 412.4(d) for
determining which DRGs qualify for postacute care transfer payments in
the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR 47419 through 47420). The
determination of whether a DRG is subject to the postacute care
transfer policy was initially based on the Medicare Version 23.0
GROUPER (FY 2006) and data from the FY 2004 MedPAR file. However, if a
DRG did not exist in Version 23.0 or a DRG included in Version 23.0 is
revised, we use the current version of the Medicare GROUPER and the
most recent complete year of MedPAR data to determine if the DRG is
subject to the postacute care transfer policy. Specifically, if the MS-
DRG's total number of discharges to postacute care equals or exceeds
the 55th percentile for all MS-DRGs and the proportion of short-stay
discharges to postacute care to total discharges in the MS-DRG exceeds
the 55th percentile for all MS-DRGs, CMS will apply the postacute care
transfer policy to that MS-DRG and to any other MS-DRG that shares the
same base MS-DRG. In the preamble to the FY 2006 IPPS final rule (70 FR
47419), we stated that ``we will not revise the list of DRGs subject to
the postacute care transfer policy annually unless we are making a
change to a specific DRG.''
To account for MS-DRGs subject to the postacute care transfer
policy that exhibit exceptionally higher shares of costs very early in
the hospital stay, Sec. 412.4(f) also includes a special payment
methodology. For these MS-DRGs, hospitals receive 50 percent of the
full MS-DRG payment, plus the single per diem payment, for the first
day of the stay, as well as a per diem payment for subsequent days (up
to the full MS-DRG payment (Sec. 412.4(f)(6)). For an MS-DRG to
qualify for the special payment methodology, the geometric mean length
of stay must be greater than 4 days, and the average charges of 1-day
discharge cases in the MS-DRG must be at least 50 percent of the
average charges for all cases within the MS-DRG. MS-DRGs that are part
of an MS-DRG group will qualify under the DRG special payment policy if
any one of the MS-DRGs that share that same base MS-DRG qualifies
(Sec. 412.4(f)(6)).
2. Proposed Changes to the Postacute Care Transfer MS-DRGs
Based on our annual review of MS-DRGs, we have identified a number
of MS-DRGs that should be included on the list of MS-DRGs subject to
the postacute care transfer policy. As we discuss in section II.G. of
this proposed rule, in response to public comments and based on our
analysis of FY 2013 MedPAR claims data, we are proposing to make
several changes to MS-DRGs to better capture certain severity of
illness levels, to be effective for FY 2015. Specifically, we are
proposing to modify the assignment of endovascular cardiac valve
replacements currently assigned to MS-DRGs 216 (Cardiac Valve & Other
Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization with MCC),
217 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac
Catheterization with CC), 218 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major
Cardiothoracic Procedures with Cardiac Catheterization without CC/MCC),
219 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures
[[Page 28085]]
without Cardiac Catheterization with MCC), 220 (Cardiac Valve & Other
Major Cardiothoracic Procedures without Cardiac Catheterization with
CC), and 221 (Cardiac Valve & Other Major Cardiothoracic Procedures
without Cardiac Catheterization without CC/MCC) to MS-DRGs 266 and 267
(Endovascular Cardiac Valve Replacement with and without MCC,
respectively) to better reflect the differences in patients receiving
endovascular cardiac valve replacements from patients who undergo an
open chest cardiac valve replacement. We also are proposing to further
refine back and neck procedures currently assigned to MS-DRGs 490 and
491 (Back & Neck Procedure Except Spinal Fusion with CC/MCC or Disc
Device/Neurostimulator and without CC/MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator, respectively) into additional severity levels, now
identified as MS-DRGs 518, 519, and 520 (Back & Neck Procedure Except
Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc Device/Neurostimulator, with CC, and
without MCC/CC, respectively). Finally, we are proposing to remove the
severity levels for reverse shoulder replacements, merging MS-DRGs 483
and 484 (Major Joint & Limb Reattachment Procedure of Upper Extremity
with CC/MCC and without CC/MCC, respectively) into MS-DRG 483 (Major
Joint/Limb Reattachment Procedure of Upper Extremities). A discussion
of these proposed changes can be found in section II.G.4.c., II.G.5.c.
and II.G.5.a., respectively, of the preamble of this proposed rule.
In light of these proposed changes to the MS-DRGs, according to the
regulations under Sec. 412.4(c), we evaluated these proposed FY 2015
MS-DRGs against the general postacute care transfer policy criteria
using the FY 2013 MedPAR data. If an MS-DRG qualified for the postacute
care transfer policy, we also evaluated that MS-DRG under the special
payment methodology criteria according to regulations at Sec.
412.4(f)(6). We continue believe it is appropriate to reassess MS-DRGs
when proposing reassignment of diagnostic codes that would result in
material changes to an MS-DRG. As a result of our review, we found that
MS-DRGs 216 through 221 would require no revisions in postacute care
transfer or special payment policy status. However, we are proposing to
update the list of MS-DRGs that are subject to the postacute care
transfer policy to include the proposed new MS-DRGs 266, 267, 518, 519,
and 520. (These MS-DRGs are reflected in Table 5, which is listed in
section VI. of the Addendum to this proposed rule and available via the
Internet on the CMS Web site, and also are listed in the charts at the
end of this section.)
In addition, based on our evaluation of the proposed FY 2015 MS-
DRGs using the FY 2013 Med PAR data, we have determined that proposed
revised MS-DRG 483 would no longer meet the postacute care transfer
criteria. Therefore, we are proposing that it be removed from the list
of MS-DRGs subject to the postacute care transfer policy, effective FY
2015. We refer readers to the asterisk (*) bolded text in the following
table for which criterion was not met in our analysis for each MS-DRG
removed from the postacute care transfer policy list.
List of MS-DRGs That Would Change Postacute Care Transfer Policy Status in FY 2015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent of short-
stay postacute
Postacute care care transfers
transfers (55th Short-stay to all cases Postacute transfer
MS-DRG MS-DRG Title Total cases percentile: postacute care (55th policy status
1,471) transfers percentile:
7.9060%)
(percent)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
266........................... Endovascular Cardiac Valve. 4,086 2,851 1,030 25.21 YES.
Replacement with MCC.......
267........................... Endovascular Cardiac Valve 4,476 2,800 835 18.66 YES.
Replacement w/o MCC.
483........................... Major Joint/Limb 41,372 17,289 2,271 * 5.49 NO.
Reattachment Procedure of
Upper Extremities.
518........................... Back & Neck Procedure 3,844 2,136 412 10.72 YES.
Except Spinal Fusion with
MCC or Disc Device/
Neurostimulator.
519........................... Back & Neck Procedure 15,238 7,405 1,126 * 7.39 YES.**
Except Spinal Fusion with
CC.
520........................... Back & Neck Procedure 31,792 7,859 0 * 0.00 YES.**
Except Spinal Fusion
without CC/MCC).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Indicates a current postacute care transfer policy criterion that the MS-DRG did not meet.
** As described in the policy at 42 CFR 412.4(d)(3)(ii)(D), MS-DRGs that share the same base MS-DRG will all qualify under the postacute care transfer
policy if any one of the MS-DRGs that share that same base MS-DRG qualifies.
Finally, we have determined that MS-DRGs 266, 267, 518, 519, and
520 also would meet the criteria for the special payment methodology.
Therefore, we are proposing that they would be subject to the MS-DRG
special payment methodology, effective FY 2015.
List of MS-DRGs That Would Change DRG Special Payment Policy Status in FY 2015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50% of average
Geometric mean Average charges of charges for all Special pay policy
MS-DRG MS-DRG Title length of stay 1-day discharges cases within MS- status
DRG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
266............................... Endovascular Cardiac Valve 8.3643 $42,081 $126,326 YES.*
Replacement with MCC.
[[Page 28086]]
267............................... Endovascular Cardiac Valve 5.0271 128,013 95,141 YES.
Replacement without MCC.
518............................... Back & Neck Procedure Except 4.2882 68,515 43,514 YES.
Spinal Fusion with MCC or Disc
Device/Neurostimulator.
519............................... Back & Neck Procedure Except 3.0507 0 0 YES.*
Spinal Fusion with CC.
520............................... Back & Neck Procedure Except 1.7315 0 0 YES.*
Spinal Fusion without CC/MCC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* As described in the policy at 42 CFR 412.4(d)(6)(iv), MS-DRGs that share the same base MS-DRG will all qualify under the DRG special payment policy if
any one of the MS-DRGs that share that same base MS-DRG qualifies.
B. Proposed Changes in the Inpatient Hospital Update for FY 2015 (Sec.
412.64(d))
1. Proposed FY 2015 Inpatient Hospital Update
In accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, each year
we update the national standardized amount for inpatient operating
costs by a factor called the ``applicable percentage increase.'' In FY
2014, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, as amended by
sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act, we set the
applicable percentage increase under the IPPS by applying the following
adjustments in the following sequence. Specifically, the applicable
percentage increase under the IPPS is equal to the rate-of-increase in
the hospital market basket for IPPS hospitals in all areas, subject to
a reduction of 2.0 percentage points if the hospital fails to submit
quality information under rules established by the Secretary in
accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, and then
subject to an adjustment based on changes in economy-wide productivity
(the multifactor productivity (MFP) adjustment), and an additional
reduction of 0.3 percentage point as required by section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act. Sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and
(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act, as added by section 3401(a) of the
Affordable Care Act, state that application of the MFP adjustment and
the additional FY 2014 adjustment of 0.3 percentage point may result in
the applicable percentage increase being less than zero.
For FY 2015, there are three statutory changes to the applicable
percentage increase compared to FY 2014. First, under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act, beginning with FY 2015, the reduction
in the applicable percentage increase for hospitals that fail to submit
quality information under rules established by the Secretary is one-
quarter of the applicable percentage increase (prior to the application
of statutory adjustments under sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix),
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi), and 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act) or one-quarter of
the applicable market basket update. For FY 2014, the reduction to the
applicable percentage increase for hospitals that failed to submit
quality information under rules established by the Secretary was 2.0
percentage points. Second, beginning with FY 2015, section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) requires that any hospital that is not a meaningful
electronic health record (EHR) user (as defined in section1886(n)(3) of
the Act and not subject to an exception under section1886(b)(3)(B)(ix)
of the Act)) will have ``three-quarters'' of the applicable percentage
increase (prior to the application of statutory adjustments under
sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii), 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi), and 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii)
of the Act), or three-quarters of the applicable market basket update,
reduced by 33\1/3\ percent. The reduction to three-quarters of the
applicable percentage increase for those hospitals that are not
meaningful EHR users increases to 66\2/3\ percent for FY 2016, and, for
FY 2017 and subsequent fiscal years, to 100 percent. Third, for FY
2015, section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act applies an additional
reduction of 0.2 percentage point compared to 0.3 percentage point for
FY 2014.
To summarize, for FY 2015, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of
the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a) and 10319(a) of the Affordable
Care Act, we are setting the applicable percentage increase by applying
the following adjustments in the following sequence. Specifically, the
applicable percentage increase under the IPPS is equal to the rate-of-
increase in the hospital market basket for IPPS hospitals in all areas,
subject to a reduction of one-quarter of the applicable percentage
increase (prior to the application of other statutory adjustments; also
referred to as the market basket update or rate-of-increase (with no
adjustments)) for hospitals that fail to submit quality information
under rules established by the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and a 33\1/3\ percent reduction to
three-fourths of the applicable percentage increase (prior to the
application of other statutory adjustments; also referred to as the
market basket update or rate-of-increase (with no adjustments)) for
hospitals not considered to be meaningful EHR users in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, and then subject to an adjustment
based on changes in economy-wide productivity (the multifactor
productivity (MFP) adjustment), and an additional reduction of 0.2
percentage point as required by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act.
As noted previously, sections 1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) and (b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act, as added by section 3401(a) of the Affordable Care Act, state
that application of the MFP adjustment and the additional FY 2015
adjustment of 0.2 percentage point may result in the applicable
percentage increase being less than zero.
We note that, in compliance with section 404 of the MMA, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we replaced the FY 2006-based IPPS
operating and capital market baskets with the revised and rebased FY
2010-based IPPS operating and capital market baskets for FY 2014. We
are proposing to continue to use the FY 2010-based IPPS operating and
capital market baskets for FY 2015. We also are proposing to continue
to use a labor-related share that is reflective of the FY 2010 base
year. For FY 2015, we are proposing to continue using the labor-related
share of 69.6 percent, which is based on the FY 2010-based IPPS market
basket.
Based on the most recent data available for this FY 2015 proposed
rule, in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we are
[[Page 28087]]
proposing to base the proposed FY 2015 market basket update used to
determine the applicable percentage increase for the IPPS on IHS Global
Insight, Inc.'s (IGI's) first quarter 2014 forecast of the FY 2010-
based IPPS market basket rate-of-increase with historical data through
fourth quarter 2013, which is estimated to be 2.7 percent.
In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51689 through
51692), we finalized our methodology for calculating and applying the
MFP adjustment. For FY 2015, we are not proposing to make any change in
our methodology for calculating and applying the MFP adjustment. For FY
2015, we are proposing a MFP adjustment of -0.4 percentage point.
Similar to the market basket adjustment, for this proposed rule, we
used the most recent data available to compute the MFP adjustment.
For FY 2015, depending on whether a hospital submits quality data
under the rules established in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act (hereafter referred to as a hospital
that submits quality data) and is a meaningful EHR user under section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act (hereafter referred to as a hospital that
is a meaningful EHR user), there are four possible applicable
percentage increases that can be applied to the standardized amount.
Below we discuss these four options.
For a hospital that submits quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user, we are proposing an applicable percentage increase
to the FY 2015 operating standardized amount of 2.1 percent (that is,
the FY 2015 estimate of the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent less an adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for economy-wide
productivity (that is, the MFP adjustment) and less 0.2 percentage
point).
For a hospitals that submits quality data and is not a
meaningful EHR user, we are proposing an applicable percentage increase
to the operating standardized amount of 1.425 percent (that is, the FY
2015 estimate of the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent,
less an adjustment of 0.675 percentage point (the market basket rate-
of-increase of 2.7 percent x 0.75)/3) for failure to be a meaningful
EHR user, less an adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for the MFP
adjustment, and less an additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage point).
For a hospital that does not submit quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user, we are proposing an applicable percentage increase
to the operating standardized amount of 1.425 percent (that is, the FY
2015 estimate of the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent,
less an adjustment of 0.675 percentage point (the market basket rate-
of-increase of 2.7 percent/4) for failure to submit quality data, less
an adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for the MFP adjustment, and less
an additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage point).
For a hospital that does not submit quality data and is
not a meaningful EHR user, we are proposing an applicable percentage
increase to the operating standardized amount of 0.75 percent (that is,
the FY 2015 estimate of the market basket rate-of-increase of 2.7
percent, less an adjustment of 0.675 percentage point (the market
basket rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent/4) for failure to submit quality
data, less an adjustment of 0.675 percentage point (the market basket
rate-of-increase of 2.7 percent x 0.75)/3) for failure to be a
meaningful EHR user, less an adjustment of 0.4 percentage point for the
MFP adjustment, and less an additional adjustment of 0.2 percentage
point).
If more recent data become subsequently available (for example, a
more recent estimate of the market basket and the MFP adjustment), we
are proposing to use such data, if appropriate, to determine the FY
2015 market basket update and MFP adjustment in the final rule. Below
we provide a table summarizing the four proposed applicable percentage
increases.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hospital submitted Hospital did NOT Hospital did NOT
Hospital submitted quality data and submit quality submit quality
FY 2015 quality data and is NOT a data and is a data and is NOT a
is a meaningful meaningful EHR meaningful EHR meaningful EHR
EHR user user user user
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market Basket 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
Rate[dash]of[dash]Increase.....
Adjustment for Failure to Submit 0.0 0.0 -0.675 -0.675
Quality Data under Section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act.
Adjustment for Failure to be a 0.0 -0.675 0.0 -0.675
Meaningful EHR User under
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act........................
MFP Adjustment under Section -0.4 -0.4 -0.4 -0.4
1886(b)(3)(B)(xi) of the Act...
Statutory Adjustment under -0.2 -0.2 -0.2 -0.2
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of
the Act........................
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Applicable 2.1 1.425 1.425 0.75
Percentage Increase Applied
to Standardized Amount.....
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
We are proposing to revise the existing regulations at 42 CFR
412.64(d) to reflect the current law for the FY 2015 update.
Specifically, in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act, we
are proposing to add a new paragraph (vi) to Sec. 412.64(d)(1) to
reflect the applicable percentage increase to the FY 2015 operating
standardized amount as the percentage increase in the market basket
index, subject to a reduction of one-fourth of the applicable
percentage increase (prior to the application of other statutory
adjustments) if the hospital fails to submit quality information (under
rules established by the Secretary in accordance with section
1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act) and a 33\1/3\ percent reduction to
three-fourths of the applicable percentage increase (prior to the
application of other statutory adjustments) for a hospital that is not
a meaningful EHR user in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act, less an MFP adjustment and less an additional reduction of 0.2
percentage point.
In addition, we are proposing to make technical changes to
Sec. Sec. 412.64(d)(1), (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(v), (d)(2)(i),
(d)(2)(ii), and (d)(3) introductory text to reflect the order in which
CMS applies the statutory adjustments to the
[[Page 28088]]
applicable percentage increase under section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act.
As mentioned above, consistent with section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the Act,
CMS sets the applicable percentage increase under the IPPS by applying
the following adjustments in the following sequence. Specifically, we
set the applicable percentage increase under the IPPS equal to the
rate-of-increase in the hospital market basket for IPPS hospitals in
all areas subject to a reduction for hospitals that fail to submit
quality information under rules established by the Secretary in
accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and, beginning
in FY 2015, a reduction for hospitals not considered to be meaningful
EHR users in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act; and
then subject to an adjustment based on changes in economy-wide
productivity (the MFP adjustment), and an additional reduction as
required by section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act.
The existing regulation text at Sec. 412.64(d)(2) and (d)(3)
describes the reductions for hospitals that fail to submit quality
information under rules established by the Secretary in accordance with
section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act and hospitals not considered to
be meaningful EHR users in accordance with section 1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of
the Act as reductions to ``the applicable percentage change specified
in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.'' Section 412.64(d)(1) describes
the applicable percentage change for the applicable fiscal year as the
percentage increase in the market basket index less the MFP adjustment
and less the additional reduction required by section
1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act. This text suggests that CMS applies the
reduction for hospitals that fail to submit quality information and,
beginning in FY 2015, the reduction for hospitals not considered to be
meaningful EHR users, after it applies the MFP adjustment and the
additional reduction under section 1886(b)(3)(B)(xii) of the Act.
Therefore, we are proposing to revise the regulations in Sec.
412.64(d) to reflect the order in which CMS applies the adjustments to
the applicable percentage increase under section 1886(b)(3)(B) of the
Act. We note that we also are proposing clarifying amendments to the
regulatory text for prior fiscal years under Sec. Sec. 412.64(d)(1)(i)
through (d)(1)(v) to reflect the determination of the applicable
percentage change for those prior years as well as other technical
changes for readability.
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(iv) of the Act provides that the applicable
percentage increase to the hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs
equals the applicable percentage increase set forth in section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act (that is, the same update factor as for all
other hospitals subject to the IPPS). Therefore, the update to the
hospital-specific rates for SCHs and MDHs is also subject to section
1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a) and
10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act. Accordingly, for FY 2015, we are
proposing the following updates to the hospital-specific rates
applicable to SCHs and MDHs: An update of 2.1 percent for a hospital
that submits quality data and is a meaningful EHR user; an update of
1.425 percent for a hospital that fails to submit quality data and is a
meaningful EHR user; an update of 1.425 percent for a hospital that
submits quality data and is not a meaningful EHR user; an update of
0.75 percent for a hospital that fails to submit quality data and is
not a meaningful EHR user. (As noted below, under current law, the MDH
program is effective for discharges occurring on or before March 31,
2015.) For FY 2015, the existing regulations in Sec. Sec.
412.73(c)(16), 412.75(d), 412.77(e), 412.78(e), and 412.79(d) contain
provisions that set the update factor for SCHs and MDHs equal to the
update factor applied to the national standardized amount for all IPPS
hospitals. Therefore, we are not proposing to make any further changes
to these five regulatory provisions to reflect the FY 2015 update
factor for the hospital-specific rates of SCHs and MDHs. As mentioned
above, for this proposed rule, we used IGI's first quarter 2014
forecast of the FY 2010-based IPPS market basket update with historical
data through fourth quarter 2013. Similarly, we used IGI's first
quarter 2014 forecast of the MFP adjustment. For the final rule, we are
proposing to use the most recent data available.
We note that, as discussed in section IV.G. of the preamble of this
proposed rule, section 1106 of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013
(Pub. L. 113-67), enacted on December 26, 2013, extended the MDH
program from the end of FY 2013 through the first half of FY 2014 (that
is, for discharges occurring before April 1, 2014). Subsequently,
section 106 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, Public
Law 113-93, enacted on April 1, 2014, further extended the MDH program
through the first half of FY 2015 (that is, for discharges occurring
before April l, 2015). Prior to the enactment of Public Law 113-67, the
MDH program was to be in effect through the end of FY 2013 only. The
MDH program expires for discharges beginning on April 1, 2015 under
current law. Accordingly, the proposed update of the hospital-specific
rates for FY 2015 for MDHs will apply in determining payments for FY
2015 discharges occurring before April 1, 2015.
2. FY 2015 Puerto Rico Hospital Update
Puerto Rico hospitals are paid a blended rate for their inpatient
operating costs based on 75 percent of the national standardized amount
and 25 percent of the Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount. Section
1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act is the basis for determining the applicable
percentage increase applied to the Puerto Rico-specific standardized
amount. Section 401(c) of Public Law 108-173 amended section
1886(d)(9)(C)(i) of the Act, which states that, for discharges
occurring in a fiscal year (beginning with FY 2004), the Secretary
shall compute an average standardized amount for hospitals located in
any area of Puerto Rico that is equal to the average standardized
amount computed under subclause (I) for fiscal year 2003 for hospitals
in a large urban area (or, beginning with FY 2005, for all hospitals in
the previous fiscal year) increased by the applicable percentage
increase under subsection (b)(3)(B) for the fiscal year involved.
Therefore, the update to the Puerto Rico-specific operating
standardized amount equals the applicable percentage increase set forth
in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Act, as amended by sections 3401(a)
and 10319(a) of the Affordable Care Act (that is, the same update
factor as for all other hospitals subject to the IPPS). Accordingly, we
are proposing an applicable percentage increase to the Puerto Rico-
specific operating standardized amount of 2.1 percent for FY 2015. We
note that the provisions of section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Act,
which specify the adjustments to the applicable percentage increase for
``subsection (d)'' hospitals that do not submit quality data under the
rules established by the Secretary, and the provisions of section
1886(b)(3)(B)(ix) of the Act, which specify the adjustments to the
applicable percentage increase for ``subsection (d)'' hospitals that
are not meaningful EHR users, are not applicable to hospitals located
in Puerto Rico.
For FY 2015, the existing regulations in Sec. 412.211(c) set the
update factor for
[[Page 28089]]
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount equal to the update factor
applied to the national standardized amount for all IPPS hospitals.
Therefore, we are not proposing to make any further changes to this
regulatory provision to reflect the FY 2015 update factor for the
Puerto Rico-specific standardized amount.
As mentioned previously, for this proposed rule, we used IGI's
first quarter 2014 forecast of the FY 2010-based IPPS market basket
update with historical data through fourth quarter 2013. For the final
rule, we are proposing to use the most recent data available.
Similarly, we used IGI's first quarter 2014 forecast of the MFP
adjustment. For the final rule, we are proposing to use the most recent
data available.
C. Rural Referral Centers (RRCs): Proposed Annual Updates to Case-Mix
Index and Discharge Criteria (Sec. 412.96)
Under the authority of section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Act, the
regulations at Sec. 412.96 set forth the criteria that a hospital must
meet in order to qualify under the IPPS as a rural referral center
(RRC). RRCs receive some special treatment under both the DSH payment
adjustment and the criteria for geographic reclassification.
Section 402 of Public Law 108-173 raised the DSH payment adjustment
for RRCs such that they are not subject to the 12-percent cap on DSH
payments that is applicable to other rural hospitals. RRCs are also not
subject to the proximity criteria when applying for geographic
reclassification. In addition, they do not have to meet the requirement
that a hospital's average hourly wage must exceed, by a certain
percentage, the average hourly wage of the labor market area where the
hospital is located.
Section 4202(b) of Public Law 105-33 states, in part, ``[a]ny
hospital classified as an RRC by the Secretary . . . for fiscal year
1991 shall be classified as such an RRC for fiscal year 1998 and each
subsequent year.'' In the August 29, 1997 IPPS final rule with comment
period (62 FR 45999), CMS reinstated RRC status for all hospitals that
lost the status due to triennial review or MGCRB reclassification.
However, CMS did not reinstate the status of hospitals that lost RRC
status because they were now urban for all purposes because of the OMB
designation of their geographic area as urban. Subsequently, in the
August 1, 2000 IPPS final rule (65 FR 47089), we indicated that we were
revisiting that decision. Specifically, we stated that we would permit
hospitals that previously qualified as an RRC and lost their status due
to OMB redesignation of the county in which they are located from rural
to urban, to be reinstated as an RRC. Otherwise, a hospital seeking RRC
status must satisfy all of the other applicable criteria. We use the
definitions of ``urban'' and ``rural'' specified in Subpart D of 42 CFR
Part 412. One of the criteria under which a hospital may qualify as an
RRC is to have 275 or more beds available for use (Sec.
412.96(b)(1)(ii)). A rural hospital that does not meet the bed size
requirement can qualify as an RRC if the hospital meets two mandatory
prerequisites (a minimum CMI and a minimum number of discharges), and
at least one of three optional criteria (relating to specialty
composition of medical staff, source of inpatients, or referral
volume). (We refer readers to Sec. 412.96(c)(1) through (c)(5) and the
September 30, 1988 Federal Register (53 FR 38513).) With respect to the
two mandatory prerequisites, a hospital may be classified as an RRC
if--
The hospital's CMI is at least equal to the lower of the
median CMI for urban hospitals in its census region, excluding
hospitals with approved teaching programs, or the median CMI for all
urban hospitals nationally; and
The hospital's number of discharges is at least 5,000 per
year, or, if fewer, the median number of discharges for urban hospitals
in the census region in which the hospital is located. (The number of
discharges criterion for an osteopathic hospital is at least 3,000
discharges per year, as specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(i) of the
Act.)
1. Case-Mix Index (CMI)
Section 412.96(c)(1) provides that CMS establish updated national
and regional CMI values in each year's annual notice of prospective
payment rates for purposes of determining RRC status. The methodology
we used to determine the national and regional CMI values is set forth
in the regulations at Sec. 412.96(c)(1)(ii). The proposed national
median CMI value for FY 2015 includes data from all urban hospitals
nationwide, and the proposed regional values for FY 2015 are the median
CMI values of urban hospitals within each census region, excluding
those hospitals with approved teaching programs (that is, those
hospitals that train residents in an approved GME program as provided
in Sec. 413.75). These proposed values are based on discharges
occurring during FY 2013 (October 1, 2012 through September 30, 2013),
and include bills posted to CMS' records through December 2013.
We are proposing that, in addition to meeting other criteria, if
rural hospitals with fewer than 275 beds are to qualify for initial RRC
status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, they must have a CMI value for FY 2013 that is at least--
1.5730; or
The median CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) for urban
hospitals (excluding hospitals with approved teaching programs as
identified in Sec. 413.75) calculated by CMS for the census region in
which the hospital is located.
The proposed CMI values by region are set forth in the following
table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed case-
Region mix index
value
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT)................. 1.3602
2. Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY)......................... 1.4334
3. South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV).. 1.4815
4. East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI).............. 1.4915
5. East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN).................. 1.4099
6. West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD)...... 1.5498
7. West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX).................. 1.6041
8. Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY)............ 1.6583
9. Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA)......................... 1.5680
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We intend to update the preceding numbers in the FY 2015 final rule
to reflect the updated FY 2013 MedPAR file, which would contain data
from additional bills received through March 2014.
[[Page 28090]]
A hospital seeking to qualify as an RRC should obtain its hospital-
specific CMI value (not transfer-adjusted) from its fiscal intermediary
or MAC. Data are available on the Provider Statistical and
Reimbursement (PS&R) System. In keeping with our policy on discharges,
the CMI values are computed based on all Medicare patient discharges
subject to the IPPS MS-DRG-based payment.
2. Discharges
Section 412.96(c)(2)(i) provides that CMS set forth the national
and regional numbers of discharges in each year's annual notice of
prospective payment rates for purposes of determining RRC status. As
specified in section 1886(d)(5)(C)(ii) of the Act, the national
standard is set at 5,000 discharges. We are proposing to update the
regional standards based on discharges for urban hospitals' cost
reporting periods that began during FY 2012 (that is October 1, 2011
through September 30, 2012), which are the latest cost report data
available at the time this proposed rule was developed.
We are proposing that, in addition to meeting other criteria, a
hospital, if it is to qualify for initial RRC status for cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1, 2014, must have, as the number
of discharges for its cost reporting period that began during FY 2012,
at least--
5,000 (3,000 for an osteopathic hospital); or
The median number of discharges for urban hospitals in the
census region in which the hospital is located, as indicated in the
following table.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Region discharges
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. New England (CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT)................. 7,679
2. Middle Atlantic (PA, NJ, NY)......................... 10,661
3. South Atlantic (DE, DC, FL, GA, MD, NC, SC, VA, WV).. 10,591
4. East North Central (IL, IN, MI, OH, WI).............. 8,130
5. East South Central (AL, KY, MS, TN).................. 7,065
6. West North Central (IA, KS, MN, MO, NE, ND, SD)...... 7,925
7. West South Central (AR, LA, OK, TX).................. 4,524
8. Mountain (AZ, CO, ID, MT, NV, NM, UT, WY)............ 8,830
9. Pacific (AK, CA, HI, OR, WA)......................... 8,261
------------------------------------------------------------------------
We intend to update these numbers in the FY 2015 final rule based
on the latest available cost report data.
We reiterate that, if an osteopathic hospital is to qualify for RRC
status for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1,
2014, the hospital would be required to have at least 3,000 discharges
for its cost reporting period that began during FY 2012.
D. Proposed Payment Adjustment for Low-Volume Hospitals (Sec. 412.101)
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(12) of the Act provides for an additional payment
to each qualifying low-volume hospital that is paid under IPPS
beginning in FY 2005. Sections 3125 and 10314 of the Affordable Care
Act provided for a temporary change in the low-volume hospital payment
policy for FYs 2011 and 2012. Section 605 of the American Taxpayer
Relief Act of 2012 (ATRA) extended, for FY 2013, the temporary changes
in the low-volume hospital payment policy provided for in FYs 2011 and
2012 by the Affordable Care Act. Prior to the enactment of the Pathway
for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67) on December 26, 2013 and
section 106 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L.
113-93) on April l, 2014, beginning with FY 2014, the low-volume
hospital qualifying criteria and payment adjustment returned to the
statutory requirements under section 1886(d)(12) of the Act that were
in effect prior to the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act and
the ATRA. (For additional information on the expiration of the
temporary changes in the low-volume hospital payment policy for FYs
2011 through 2013 provided for by the Affordable Care Act and the ATRA,
we refer readers to the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50610
through 50613).)
Section 1105 of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act extended, for the
first 6 months of FY 2014 (that is, through March 31, 2014), the
temporary changes in the low-volume hospital payment policy provided
for in FYs 2011 and 2012 by the Affordable Care Act and extended
through FY 2013 by the ATRA. We addressed the extension of the
temporary changes to the low-volume hospital payment policy through
March 31, 2014 under the Pathway for SGR Reform Act in an interim final
rule with comment period that appeared in the Federal Register on March
18, 2014 (79 FR 15022 through 15025). In that March 18, 2014 interim
final rule with comment period, we also amended the regulations at 42
CFR 412.101 to reflect the extension of the temporary changes to the
qualifying criteria and the payment adjustment for low-volume hospitals
through March 31, 2014.
2. Provisions of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014
Section 105 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub.
L. 113-93) extends, for an additional year (that is, through March 31,
2015), the temporary changes in the low-volume hospital payment policy
provided for in FYs 2011 and 2012 by the Affordable Care Act and
extended through FY 2013 by the ATRA and the first half of FY 2014 by
the Pathway for SGR Reform Act. We intend to address the extension of
the temporary changes to the low-volume hospital payment policy for the
second half of FY 2014 (that is, from April 1, 2014 through September
30, 2014) under Public Law 113-93 in a forthcoming Federal Register
notice. However, in this proposed rule, we are proposing to make
conforming changes to the existing regulations text at Sec. 412.101 to
reflect the extension of the changes to the qualifying criteria and the
payment adjustment methodology for low-volume hospitals through the
first half of FY 2015 (that is, through March 31, 2015) in accordance
with section 105 of Public Law 113-93. Specifically, we are proposing
to revise paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii), (c)(1), (c)(2), and (d) of
Sec. 412.101. Under these proposed changes to Sec. 412.101, beginning
with FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015, consistent
with section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, as amended, the low-volume
hospital qualifying criteria and payment adjustment methodology would
revert to that which was in effect prior to the amendments made by the
Affordable Care Act and subsequent legislation (that is, the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment policy in effect for FYs 2005 through
2010).
[[Page 28091]]
3. Low-Volume Hospital Definition and Payment Adjustment for FY 2015
As discussed above, under section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, as
amended, the temporary changes in the low-volume hospital payment
policy originally provided by the Affordable Care Act and extended
through subsequent legislation, are effective for FY 2015 discharges
occurring before April 1, 2015. To implement the extension of the
temporary change in the low-volume hospital payment policy through the
first half of FY 2015 (that is, for discharges occurring through March
31, 2015) provided for by Public Law 113-93, in accordance with
proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(ii) and consistent with our historical
approach, we are proposing to update the discharge data source used to
identify qualifying low-volume hospitals and calculate the payment
adjustment (percentage increase) for FY 2015 discharges occurring
before April 1, 2015. Under existing Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(ii), for the
applicable fiscal years, a hospital's Medicare discharges from the most
recently available MedPAR data, as determined by CMS, are used to
determine if the hospital meets the discharge criteria to receive the
low-volume payment adjustment in the current year. The applicable low-
volume percentage increase, as originally provided for by the
Affordable Care Act, is determined using a continuous linear sliding
scale equation that results in a low-volume hospital payment adjustment
ranging from an additional 25 percent for hospitals with 200 or fewer
Medicare discharges to a zero percent additional payment adjustment for
hospitals with 1,600 or more Medicare discharges. For FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1, 2015, consistent with our
historical policy, we are proposing that qualifying low-volume
hospitals and their payment adjustment would be determined using the
most recently available Medicare discharge data from the FY 2013 MedPAR
file, as these data are the most recent data available. Table 14 listed
in the Addendum of this proposed rule (which is available only through
the Internet on the CMS Web site at https://www.cms.hhs.gov/AcuteInpatientPPS/01_overview.asp) lists the ``subsection (d)''
hospitals with fewer than 1,600 Medicare discharges based on the
December 2013 update of the FY 2013 MedPAR file and their proposed low-
volume payment adjustment for FY 2015 discharges occurring before April
1, 2015 (if eligible). Eligibility for the low-volume hospital payment
adjustment for the first 6 months of FY 2015 would also be dependent
upon meeting (in the case of a hospital that did not qualify for the
low-volume hospital payment adjustment in FY 2014) or continuing to
meet (in the case of a hospital that did qualify for the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment in FY 2014) the mileage criterion specified
at proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(ii). A hospital also must be located
more than 15 road miles from any other IPPS hospital in order to
qualify for a low-volume hospital payment adjustment for FY 2015
discharges occurring before April 1, 2015. We note that the list of
hospitals with fewer than 1,600 Medicare discharges in Table 14 does
not reflect whether or not the hospital meets the mileage criterion. If
more recent Medicare discharge data become available, we intend to use
updated data to determine the list of ``subsection (d)'' hospitals with
fewer than 1,600 Medicare discharges based on the March 2014 update of
the FY 2013 MedPAR file and their potential low-volume payment
adjustment for FY 2015 discharges occurring before April 1, 2015 (if
eligible) in Table 14 of the final rule.
Furthermore, in accordance with section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, as
amended, beginning with FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after April
1, 2015, the low-volume hospital definition and payment adjustment
methodology will revert back to the statutory requirements that were in
effect prior to the amendments made by the Affordable Care Act and
subsequent legislation (including the Protecting Access to Medicare
Act). Therefore, consistent with section 1886(d)(12) of the Act, as
amended, under the proposed conforming changes to Sec. 412.101(b)(2),
effective for FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015
and subsequent years, in order to qualify as a low-volume hospital, a
subsection (d) hospital must be more than 25 road miles from another
subsection (d) hospital and have less than 200 discharges (that is,
less than 200 discharges total, including both Medicare and non-
Medicare discharges) during the fiscal year. Under our existing policy,
effective for FY 2015 discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015
and subsequent years, qualifying hospitals would receive the low-volume
hospital payment adjustment of an additional 25 percent for discharges
occurring during the fiscal year (or portion of the fiscal year).
Consistent with our existing policy for FYs 2005 through 2010, for FY
2015 discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015 (and subsequent
years), the discharge determination for the low-volume hospital payment
adjustment would be made based on the hospital's number of total
discharges, that is, Medicare and non-Medicare discharges, as specified
at proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i). The hospital's most recently
submitted cost report is used to determine if the hospital meets the
discharge criterion to receive the low-volume hospital payment
adjustment in the current fiscal year. We use cost report data to
determine if a hospital meets the discharge criterion because these
data are the best available data source that includes information on
both Medicare and non-Medicare discharges. In addition to a discharge
criterion, eligibility for the low-volume hospital payment adjustment
also depends on the hospital meeting a mileage criterion. As specified
at proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i), to meet the mileage criterion to
qualify for the low-volume hospital payment adjustment for FY 2015
discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015 (and subsequent years),
a hospital must be located more than 25 road miles from the nearest
subsection (d) hospital.
Consistent with our previously established procedure, for FY 2015,
we are proposing the following process for requesting and obtaining the
low-volume hospital payment adjustment. That is, in order to receive a
low-volume hospital payment adjustment under Sec. 412.101, a hospital
must notify and provide documentation to its MAC that it meets the
discharge and distance requirements under proposed Sec.
412.101(b)(2)(ii) for FY 2015 discharges occurring before April 1,
2015, and under proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i) for FY 2015 discharges
occurring on or after April 1, 2015, if also applicable. The MAC will
determine, based on the most recent data available, if the hospital
qualifies as a low-volume hospital, so that the hospital would know in
advance whether or not it will receive a payment adjustment. The MAC
and CMS may review available data, in addition to the data the hospital
submits with its request for low-volume hospital status, in order to
determine whether or not the hospital meets the qualifying criteria.
Consistent with our previously established procedure, for FY 2015, we
are proposing that a hospital must make a written request for low-
volume hospital status that is received by its MAC no later than
September 1, 2014, in order for the applicable low-volume hospital
payment adjustment to be applied to payments for its discharges
[[Page 28092]]
occurring on or after October 1, 2014, and through March 31, 2015,
under proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(ii) or through September 30, 2015,
for hospitals that also qualify under proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i)).
A hospital that qualified for the low-volume payment adjustment in FY
2014 may continue to receive a low-volume payment adjustment for FY
2015 discharges occurring before April 1, 2015, without reapplying if
it continues to meet the Medicare discharge criterion established for
FY 2015 (shown in Table 14, which is available via the Internet on the
CMS Web site) and the distance criterion. However, the hospital must
send written verification that is received by its MAC no later than
September 1, 2014, that it continues to be more than 15 miles from any
other ``subsection (d)'' hospital.
If a hospital's written request for low-volume hospital status for
FY 2015 is received after September 1, 2014, and if the MAC determines
that the hospital meets the criteria to qualify as a low-volume
hospital under proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(ii), the MAC would apply
the applicable low-volume hospital payment adjustment to determine the
payment for the hospital's FY 2015 discharges, effective prospectively
within 30 days of the date of its low-volume hospital status
determination through discharges occurring on or before March 31, 2015.
If the hospital also qualifies under proposed Sec. 412.101(b)(2)(i),
the MAC would apply the 25-percent low-volume hospital payment
adjustment to determine the payment for the hospital's FY 2015
discharges occurring on or after April 1, 2015. If a hospital's written
request for low-volume hospital status for FY 2015 is received on a
later date such that the prospective effective date would be on or
after April 1, 2015, and the hospital qualifies under proposed Sec.
412.101(b)(2)(i), the MAC would apply the 25-percent low-volume
hospital payment adjustment to determine the payment for the hospital's
FY 2015 discharges occurring from the prospective effective date
through September 30, 2015. (For additional details on our established
process for the low-volume hospital payment adjustment, we refer
readers to the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53408).)
E. Indirect Medical Education (IME) Payment Adjustment (Sec. 412.105)
1. IME Adjustment Factor for FY 2015
Under the IPPS, an additional payment amount is made to hospitals
with residents in an approved graduate medical education (GME) program
in order to reflect the higher indirect patient care costs of teaching
hospitals relative to nonteaching hospitals. The payment amount is
determined by use of a statutorily specified adjustment factor. The
regulations regarding the calculation of this additional payment, known
as the IME adjustment, are located at Sec. 412.105. We refer readers
to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51680) for a full
discussion of the IME adjustment and IME adjustment factor. Section
1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act states that, for discharges occurring during
FY 2008 and fiscal years thereafter, the IME formula multiplier is
1.35. Accordingly, for discharges occurring during FY 2015, the formula
multiplier is 1.35. We estimate that application of this formula
multiplier for the FY 2015 IME adjustment will result in an increase in
IPPS payment of 5.5 percent for every approximately 10 percent increase
in the hospital's resident to bed ratio.
2. Proposed IME Medicare Part C Add-On Payments to Sole Community
Hospitals (SCHs) That Are Paid According to Their Hospital-Specific
Rates and Proposed Change in Methodology in Determining Payment to SCHs
Section 1886(d)(11) of the Act provides for an additional payment
amount to a subsection (d) teaching hospital that has an approved
medical residency training program for each applicable discharge of any
individual who is enrolled under Medicare Managed Care under Part C.
The amount of such payment is specified in section 1886(d)(11)(C) of
the Act and ``shall be equal to the applicable percentage (as defined
in subsection (h)(3)(D)(ii)) of the estimated average per discharge
amount that would otherwise have been paid under paragraph (5)(B) if
the individuals had not been enrolled as described in subparagraph
(B).''
Under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, sole community hospitals
(SCHs) are paid based on their hospital-specific rate from specified
base years or the IPPS Federal rate, whichever yields the greatest
aggregate payment for the hospital's cost reporting period. Payments
based on the Federal rate are based on the IPPS standardized amount and
include all applicable IPPS add-on payments, such as outliers, DSH, and
IME, while payments based on the hospital-specific rate include no add-
on payments. Under CMS' current payment system, both the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part A patient discharges under section
1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act and the IME add-on payment for Medicare Part C
patient discharges under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act are included as
part of the Federal rate payment, whereas neither of these add-on
payments are included as part of the hospital-specific rate payment. We
note that SCHs that are paid based on their hospital-specific rate do
not receive an IME add-on payment for Medicare Part A patient
discharges because, generally, the hospital-specific rate already
reflects the additional costs that a teaching hospital incurs for its
Medicare Part A patients, but they also do not receive the IME add-on
payment for Medicare Part C patient discharges under section
1886(d)(11) of the Act. Therefore, in the case of Medicare Part C
patients, there is no component of the hospital-specific rate that
already accounts for the additional costs that SCHs incur for their
Medicare Part C patients, and there is currently no payment mechanism
for SCHs paid based on their hospital-specific rate to receive the IME
add-on payment for Medicare Part C patients.
For the reasons specified below, effective for discharges occurring
in cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2014, we are
proposing: (1) To provide all SCHs that are subsection (d) teaching
hospitals IME add-on payments for applicable discharges of Medicare
Part C patients in accordance with section 1886(d)(11) of the Act,
regardless of whether the SCH is paid based on the Federal rate or its
hospital-specific rate; and (2) that, for purposes of the comparison of
payments based on the Federal rate and payments based on the hospital-
specific rate under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, IME payments
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act for Medicare Part C patients will
no longer be included as part of the Federal rate payment. After the
higher of the Federal rate payment amount or the hospital-specific rate
payment amount is determined, any IME add-on payments under section
1886(d)(11) of the Act would be added to that payment for purposes of
determining the hospital's total payment amount.
As noted above, under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, SCHs are
paid based on their hospital-specific rate or the IPPS Federal rate,
whichever yields the higher payment for the hospital's cost reporting
period. For each cost reporting period, the MAC determines which of the
payment options will yield the higher aggregate payment. Interim
payments are automatically made on a claim-by-claim basis at the higher
rate using the best data available at the time the MAC makes the
payment determination for each discharge. However, it may not be
possible for the MAC to determine in advance precisely
[[Page 28093]]
which of the rates will yield the higher aggregate payment by year's
end. In many cases, it is not possible to forecast outlier payments or
the final amount of the DSH payment adjustment or the IME adjustment
until cost report settlement. As noted above, these adjustment amounts
are applicable only to payments based on the Federal rate and not to
payments based on the hospital-specific rate. The MAC makes a final
adjustment at cost report settlement after it determines precisely
which of the two payment rates would yield the higher aggregate payment
to the hospital for its cost reporting period. This payment methodology
makes SCHs unique because SCH payments can change on a yearly basis
from payments based on the hospital-specific rate to payments based on
the Federal rate, or vice versa.
As we stated earlier, section 1886(d)(11) of the Act provides for
an additional payment for each applicable discharge of any subsection
(d) teaching hospital for treating Medicare Part C patients. Section
1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act specifies that the amount of the payment
``shall be equal to the applicable percentage (as defined in subsection
(h)(3)(D)(ii)) of the estimated average per discharge amount that would
otherwise have been paid under paragraph (5)(B) if the individuals had
not been enrolled as described in subparagraph (B)'' (emphasis added).
Because an SCH that is paid based on its hospital-specific rate does
not receive any IME add-on payment for Medicare Part A patients as
provided under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act because, generally, the
hospital-specific rate already reflects the additional costs that a
teaching hospital incurs for its Medicare Part A patients, CMS has
interpreted section 1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act to mean that an SCH that
is paid based on its hospital-specific rate also is not entitled to
receive an additional payment for discharges of Medicare Part C
patients under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act.
After further consideration of the language at section 1886(d)(11)
of the Act, we believe that the statute would allow an SCH that is paid
based on its hospital-specific rate to receive IME add-on payments for
its Medicare Part C patient discharges. Section 1886(d)(11)(A) of the
Act provides for an additional payment amount for each applicable
discharge of a Medicare Part C patient of a subsection (d) hospital
that has an approved medical residency training program. Section
1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act sets forth the amount of this additional
payment, by reference to the amount that would otherwise have been paid
under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act. Although an SCH that is paid
based on its hospital-specific rate does not receive any amount under
section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act for discharges of Medicare Part A
patients, we believe that section 1886(d)(11)(C) of the Act can be
interpreted as simply establishing the methodology for calculating the
amount of the add-on payment, without limiting the applicability of the
add-on payment to those SCHs that are paid based on the Federal rate.
As noted earlier, in making the comparison of SCH payments under
the Federal rate and the hospital-specific rate under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, the aggregate Federal rate payments are based
on the IPPS standardized amount and include IME add-on payments for
both Medicare Part A and Medicare Part C patient discharges. Payments
based on the hospital-specific rate do not include the Medicare Part A
IME add-on payment under section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act, under the
rationale that, generally, the hospital-specific rate already reflects
the additional costs that a teaching hospital incurs for its Medicare
Part A patients. Payments based on the hospital-specific rate also do
not include the IME add-on payment for Medicare Part C patient
discharges under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act. As a result, under the
current methodology, if an SCH that is a teaching hospital is paid
based on its hospital-specific rate, it receives no IPPS payment that
accounts for the additional costs that a teaching hospital incurs for
its Medicare Part C patients.
In conjunction with our proposal to provide IME add-on payments
under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act to SCHs, regardless of whether the
SCH is paid based on the Federal rate or its hospital-specific rate, we
also believe that, for purposes of the comparison of payments under the
Federal rate and the hospital-specific rate for SCHs under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, it is no longer appropriate for IME add-on
payments under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act to be included as part of
the Federal rate payment. Therefore, we are proposing to no longer
include these payments in the comparison in order to more accurately
reflect comparable payments for Medicare Part A patient discharges. In
addition, because the IME add-on payment for Medicare Part C patient
discharges for a given SCH would be the same, regardless of whether it
is paid based on the Federal rate or its hospital-specific rate, there
would be no need to include the IME add-on payment for Medicare Part C
patient discharges in the comparison. This is because the Part C IME
adjustment is always multiplied by the Federal rate that is used under
section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Act, regardless of whether the hospital-
specific rate is higher, in accordance with section 1886(d)(11) of the
Act, which states that the IME Part C add-on amount ``shall be equal to
the applicable percentage . . . of the estimated average per discharge
amount that would otherwise have been paid under paragraph (5)(B).''
In summary, effective with discharges occurring in cost reporting
periods beginning on or after October 1, 2014, we are proposing: (1) To
provide all SCHs that are subsection (d) teaching hospitals IME add-on
payments for Medicare Part C patient discharges in accordance with
section 1886(d)(11) of the Act; and (2) that, for purposes of the
comparison of payments based on the Federal rate and the hospital-
specific rate for SCHs under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, IME add-
on payments under section 1886(d)(11) of the Act for Medicare Part C
patient discharges will no longer be included in the aggregate payment
under the Federal rate. That is, for purposes of determining payment to
an SCH under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act, we are proposing to
compare aggregate payments based on the Federal rate, including the IME
add-on payment for Medicare Part A patients (where applicable), but not
the IME add-on payment for Medicare Part C patients, to aggregate
payments based on the hospital-specific rate, which as explained
earlier, do not include any IME add-on payments for either Medicare
Part A or Part C patients. After the higher of the Federal rate payment
amount or the hospital-specific rate payment amount under section
1886(d)(5)(D) of the Act is determined, the Part C IME adjustment
factor would be multiplied by the Federal rate payment amount to
determine the add-on payment amount under section 1886(d)(11) of the
Act, and then any IME add-on payments under section 1886(d)(11) of the
Act would be added to the payment amount under section 1886(d)(5)(D) of
the Act for purposes of determining the hospital's total payment
amount. We are inviting public comments on both of these proposals and
any alternatives that we should consider.
3. Other Proposed Policy Changes Affecting IME
In section IV.K. of the preamble of this proposed rule, we present
other proposed policy changes relating to GME payments, which may also
apply to IME payments. We refer readers to
[[Page 28094]]
that section of the preamble of this proposed rule where we present the
proposed policies.
F. Payment Adjustment for Medicare Disproportionate Share Hospitals
(DSHs) (Sec. 412.106)
1. Background
Section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act provides for additional Medicare
payments to subsection (d) hospitals that serve a significantly
disproportionate number of low-income patients. The Act specifies two
methods by which a hospital may qualify for the Medicare
disproportionate share hospital (DSH) adjustment. Under the first
method, hospitals that are located in an urban area and have 100 or
more beds may receive a Medicare DSH payment adjustment if the hospital
can demonstrate that, during its cost reporting period, more than 30
percent of its net inpatient care revenues are derived from State and
local government payments for care furnished to needy patients with low
incomes. This method is commonly referred to as the ``Pickle method.''
The second method for qualifying for the DSH payment adjustment, which
is the most common, is based on a complex statutory formula under which
the DSH payment adjustment is based on the hospital's geographic
designation, the number of beds in the hospital, and the level of the
hospital's disproportionate patient percentage (DPP). A hospital's DPP
is the sum of two fractions: The ``Medicare fraction'' and the
``Medicaid fraction.'' The Medicare fraction (also known as the ``SSI
fraction'' or ``SSI ratio'') is computed by dividing the number of the
hospital's inpatient days that are furnished to patients who were
entitled to both Medicare Part A and Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
benefits by the hospital's total number of patient days furnished to
patients entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A. The Medicaid
fraction is computed by dividing the hospital's number of inpatient
days furnished to patients who, for such days, were eligible for
Medicaid, but were not entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A, by
the hospital's total number of inpatient days in the same period.
Because the DSH payment adjustment is part of the IPPS, the DSH
statutory references (under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act) to
``days'' apply only to hospital acute care inpatient days. Regulations
located at Sec. 412.106 govern the Medicare DSH payment adjustment and
specify how the DPP is calculated as well as how beds and patient days
are counted in determining the Medicare DSH payment adjustment. Under
Sec. 412.106(a)(1)(i), the number of beds for the Medicare DSH payment
adjustment is determined in accordance with bed counting rules for the
IME adjustment under Sec. 412.105(b).
2. Impact on Medicare DSH Payment Adjustment of Proposed Implementation
of New OMB Labor Market Delineations
As discussed in section III.B. of the preamble of this proposed
rule, we are proposing to implement the new OMB labor market area
delineations (which are based on 2010 Decennial Census data) for the FY
2015 wage index. This proposal also would have an impact on the
calculation of Medicare DSH payments to certain hospitals. Hospitals
that are designated as rural with less than 500 beds and that are not
rural referral centers (RRCs) are subject to a maximum DSH payment
adjustment of 12 percent. Accordingly, hospitals with less than 500
beds that are currently in urban counties that would become rural if we
adopt the new OMB delineations, and that do not become RRCs, would be
subject to a maximum DSH payment adjustment of 12 percent. (We note
that urban hospitals are only subject to a maximum DSH payment
adjustment of 12 percent if they have less than 100 beds.)
Under existing regulations at 42 CFR 412.102, a hospital located in
an area that is reclassified from urban to rural, as defined in the
regulations, may receive an adjustment to its rural Federal payment
amount for operating costs for two successive fiscal years.
Specifically, the regulations state that, in the first year after a
hospital loses urban status, the hospital will receive an additional
payment that equals two-thirds of the difference between the urban
standardized amount and disproportionate share payments as applicable
to the hospital before its redesignation from urban to rural and the
rural standardized amount and disproportionate share payments otherwise
applicable to the hospital subsequent to its redesignation from urban
to rural. In the second year after a hospital loses urban status, the
hospital will receive an additional payment that equals one-third of
the difference between the urban standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and the rural standardized amount and
disproportionate share payments otherwise applicable to the hospital
subsequent to its redesignation from urban to rural.
We note that we no longer make a distinction between the urban
standardized amount and the rural standardized amount. Rather,
hospitals receive the same standardized amount regardless of their
geographic designation. Accordingly, we are proposing to revise the
regulation at Sec. 412.102 to remove references to the urban and rural
standardized amounts.
The provisions of Sec. 412.102 would continue to apply with
respect to the calculation of the DSH payments to hospitals that are
currently located in urban counties that would become rural if we adopt
the new OMB delineations. Specifically, the regulations would state
that in the first year after a hospital loses urban status, the
hospital will receive an additional payment that equals two-thirds of
the difference between disproportionate share payments as applicable to
the hospital before its redesignation from urban to rural and the
disproportionate share payments otherwise applicable to the hospital
subsequent to its redesignation from urban to rural. In the second year
after a hospital loses urban status, the hospital will receive an
additional payment that equals one-third of the difference between the
disproportionate share payments applicable to the hospital before its
redesignation from urban to rural and the disproportionate share
payments otherwise applicable to the hospital subsequent to its
redesignation from urban to rural.
For the purposes of ratesetting, calculating budget neutrality, and
modeling payment impacts for this proposed rule, any hospital that was
previously urban but would be changed to rural status in FY 2015 as a
result of the proposed adoption of the new OMB labor market area
delineations would have its DSH payments modeled such that the payment
equals the amount of the rural disproportionate share payments plus
two-thirds of the difference between the urban disproportionate share
payments and the rural disproportionate share payments.
3. Payment Adjustment Methodology for Medicare Disproportionate Share
Hospitals (DSHs) Under Section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act (Sec.
412.106)
a. General Discussion
Section 3133 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as
amended by section 10316 of the same act and section 1104 of the Health
Care and Education Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111-152), added a new
section 1886(r) to the Act that modifies the methodology for computing
the
[[Page 28095]]
Medicare DSH payment adjustment beginning in FY 2014. For purposes of
this proposed rule, we refer to these provisions collectively as
section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act.
Medicare DSH adjustment payments are calculated under a statutory
formula that considers the hospital's Medicare utilization attributable
to beneficiaries who also receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
benefits and the hospital's Medicaid utilization. Beginning with
discharges in FY 2014, hospitals that qualify for Medicare DSH payments
under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act receive 25 percent of the amount
they previously would have received under the statutory formula for
Medicare DSH payments. This provision applies equally to hospitals that
qualify for DSH payments under section 1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(I) of the Act
and those hospitals that qualify under the Pickle method under section
1886(d)(5)(F)(i)(II) of the Act.
The remaining amount, equal to an estimate of 75 percent of what
otherwise would have been paid as Medicare DSH payments, reduced to
reflect changes in the percentage of individuals under age 65 who are
uninsured, is available to make additional payments to each hospital
that qualifies for Medicare DSH payments and that has uncompensated
care. The payments to each hospital for a fiscal year are based on the
hospital's amount of uncompensated care for a given time period
relative to the total amount of uncompensated care for that same time
period reported by all hospitals that receive Medicare DSH payments for
that fiscal year.
As provided by section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act, section
1886(r) of the Act requires that, for FY 2014 and each subsequent
fiscal year, a ``subsection (d) hospital'' that would otherwise receive
a ``disproportionate share hospital payment . . . made under subsection
(d)(5)(F)'' receives two separately calculated payments. Specifically,
section 1886(r)(1) of the Act provides that the Secretary shall pay to
such a subsection (d) hospital (including a Pickle hospital) 25 percent
of the amount the hospital would have received under section
1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act for disproportionate share hospital payments,
which represents ``the empirically justified amount for such payment,
as determined by the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission in its March
2007 Report to the Congress.'' We refer to this payment as the
``empirically justified Medicare DSH payment.''
In addition to this payment, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act provides
that, for FY 2014 and each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall
pay to ``such subsection (d) hospital an additional amount equal to the
product of'' three factors. The first factor is the difference between
``the aggregate amount of payments that would be made to subsection (d)
hospitals under subsection (d)(5)(F) if this subsection did not apply''
and ``the aggregate amount of payments that are made to subsection (d)
hospitals under paragraph (1)'' for each fiscal year. Therefore, this
factor amounts to 75 percent of the payments that would otherwise be
made under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act.
The second factor is, for FYs 2014 through 2017, 1 minus the
percent change in the percent of individuals under the age of 65 who
are uninsured, determined by comparing the percent of such individuals
who are uninsured in 2013, the last year before coverage expansion
under the Affordable Care Act (as calculated by the Secretary based on
the most recent estimates available from the Director of the
Congressional Budget Office before a vote in either House on the Health
Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 that, if determined in
the affirmative, would clear such Act for enrollment), minus 0.1
percentage points for FY 2014, and minus 0.2 percentage points for FYs
2015 through 2017. For FYs 2014 through 2017, the baseline for the
estimate of the change in uninsurance is fixed by the most recent
estimate of the Congressional Budget Office before the final vote on
the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which is
contained in a March 20, 2010 letter from the Director of the
Congressional Budget Office to the Speaker of the House. (A link to
this letter is included in section IV.F.3.d.(2) of the preamble of this
proposed rule).
For FY 2018 and subsequent years, the second factor is 1 minus the
percent change in the percent of individuals who are uninsured, as
determined by comparing the percent of individuals ``who are uninsured
in 2013 (as estimated by the Secretary, based on data from the Census
Bureau or other sources the Secretary determines appropriate, and
certified by the Chief Actuary'' of CMS, and the percent of individuals
``who are uninsured in the most recent period for which data is
available (as so estimated and certified), minus 0.2 percentage points
for FYs 2018 and 2019.'' Therefore, for FY 2018 and subsequent years,
the statute provides some greater flexibility in the choice of the data
sources to be used for the estimate of the change in the percent of
uninsured individuals.
The third factor is a percent that, for each subsection (d)
hospital, ``represents the quotient of . . . the amount of
uncompensated care for such hospital for a period selected by the
Secretary (as estimated by the Secretary, based on appropriate data . .
.),'' including the use of alternative data ``where the Secretary
determines that alternative data is available which is a better proxy
for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for . . . treating the
uninsured,'' and ``the aggregate amount of uncompensated care for all
subsection (d) hospitals that receive a payment under this
subsection.'' Therefore, this third factor represents a hospital's
uncompensated care amount for a given time period relative to the
uncompensated care amount for that same time period for all hospitals
that receive Medicare DSH payments in that fiscal year, expressed as a
percent. For each hospital, the product of these three factors
represents its additional payment for uncompensated care for the
applicable fiscal year. We refer to the additional payment determined
by these factors as the ``uncompensated care payment.''
Section 1886(r) of the Act applies to FY 2014 and each subsequent
fiscal year. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50620
through 50647) and the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment
period (78 FR 61191 through 61197), we set forth our policies for
implementing the required changes to the DSH payment methodology made
by section 3133 of the Affordable Care Act for FY 2014. In those rules,
we noted that, because section 1886(r) of the Act modifies the payment
required under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act, it affects only the
DSH payment under the operating IPPS. It does not revise or replace the
capital IPPS DSH payment provided under the regulations at 42 CFR Part
412, Subpart M, which were established through the exercise of the
Secretary's discretion in implementing the capital IPPS under section
1886(g)(1)(A) of the Act.
Finally, section 1886(r)(3) of the Act provides that there shall be
``no administrative or judicial review under section 1869, section
1878, or otherwise'' of ``any estimate of the Secretary for purposes of
determining the factors described in paragraph (2),'' or of ``any
period selected by the Secretary'' for the purpose of determining those
factors. Therefore, there is no administrative or judicial review of
the estimates developed for purposes of applying the three factors used
to determine uncompensated care payments, or the periods selected in
order to develop such estimates.
[[Page 28096]]
b. Eligibility for Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments and
Uncompensated Care Payments
As indicated earlier, the payment methodology under section 3133 of
the Affordable Care Act applies to ``subsection (d) hospitals'' that
would otherwise receive a ``disproportionate share payment . . . made
under subsection (d)(5)(F).'' Therefore, eligibility for empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments is unchanged under section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act. Consistent with the law, hospitals must receive
empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year to receive
an additional Medicare uncompensated care payment for that year.
Specifically, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act states that ``[i]n addition
to the payment made to a subsection (d) hospital under paragraph (1) .
. . the Secretary shall pay to such subsection (d) hospital an
additional amount . . .'' (emphasis supplied). Because paragraph (1)
refers to empirically justified Medicare DSH payments, the additional
payment under section 1886(r)(2) of the Act therefore, is limited to
hospitals that receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in
accordance with section 1886(r)(1) of the Act for the applicable fiscal
year.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50622) and the FY
2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment period (78 FR 61193), we
provided that hospitals that are not eligible to receive empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year will not receive
uncompensated care payments for that year. We also specified that we
would make a determination concerning eligibility for interim
uncompensated care payments based on each hospital's estimated DSH
status for the applicable fiscal year (using the most recent data that
are available). We indicated that our final determination on the
hospital's eligibility for uncompensated care payments would be based
on the hospital's actual DSH status on the cost report for that payment
year.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we also considered whether
several specific classes of hospitals are included within the scope of
section 1886(r) of the Act. As we specified in that final rule (78 FR
50623), subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals that are eligible for DSH
payments also are eligible to receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments and uncompensated care payments under the new payment
methodology.
In addition, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we considered
whether Maryland hospitals that were paid under section 1814(b)(3) of
the Act, would be eligible to receive uncompensated care payments. We
explained that, under section 1814(b) of the Act, hospitals in the
State of Maryland were subject to a waiver from the Medicare payment
methodologies under which they would otherwise be paid. Because
Maryland waiver hospitals were not paid under the IPPS (section 1886(d)
of the Act), in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we determined
that Maryland hospitals that operated under a waiver under section
1814(b)(3) of the Act were not eligible to receive empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments under
the payment methodology of section 1886(r) of the Act (78 FR 50623). As
stated in section IV.H. of the preamble of this proposed rule,
effective January 1, 2014, the State of Maryland elected to no longer
have Medicare pay Maryland hospitals in accordance with section
1814(b)(3) of the Act and entered into an agreement with CMS that
Maryland hospitals would be paid under the Maryland All-Payor Model.
However, under the Maryland All-Payor Model, Maryland hospitals still
are not paid under the IPPS. Therefore, they remain ineligible to
receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments or the
uncompensated care payments under section 1886(r) of the Act.
SCHs are paid based on their hospital-specific rate from certain
specified base years or the IPPS Federal rate, whichever yields the
greater aggregate payment for the hospital's cost reporting period. If
an SCH is paid under its hospital-specific rate, it is not eligible for
Medicare DSH payments. In order to implement the provisions of section
1886(r) of the Act, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR
50624), we specified that we will continue to determine interim
payments for SCHs based on what we estimate and project their DSH
status to be prior to the beginning of the Federal fiscal year (based
on the best available data at that time), subject to settlement through
the cost report. We also specified that SCHs that receive interim
empirically justified Medicare DSH payments in a fiscal year would
receive interim uncompensated care payments for that fiscal year on a
per discharge basis, subject as well to settlement through the cost
report. Final eligibility determinations will be made at the end of the
cost reporting period at settlement, and both interim empirically
justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated care payments will be
adjusted accordingly. Therefore, we follow the same processes of
interim and final payments for SCHs that we follow for eligible IPPS
DSH hospitals generally.
MDHs are paid based on the IPPS Federal rate or, if higher, the
IPPS Federal rate plus 75 percent of the amount by which the Federal
rate is exceeded by the updated hospital-specific rate from certain
specified base years (76 FR 51684). The IPPS Federal rate used in the
MDH payment methodology is the same IPPS Federal rate that is used in
the SCH payment methodology. Uncompensated care payments to MDHs were
not explicitly addressed in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
because, at the time of the publication of the final rule, the MDH
program was set to expire at the end of FY 2013. Since the publication
of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, the MDH program was extended
from October 1, 2013, to March 31, 2014, under the Pathway for SGR
Reform Act (Pub. L. 113-67) and was further extended an additional year
from April 1, 2014, to March 31, 2015, by the Protecting Access to
Medicare Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-93). Because MDHs are paid under the
IPPS Federal rate and, therefore, are eligible to receive Medicare DSH
payments if their disproportionate patient percentage is at least 15
percent, we apply the same process to determine eligibility for
Medicare DSH and the uncompensated care payment as we do for all other
IPPS hospitals. That is, we make a determination concerning eligibility
for interim uncompensated care payments based on each hospital's
estimated DSH status for the applicable fiscal year (using the most
recent data that are available) and our final determination on the
hospital's eligibility for uncompensated care payments would be based
on the hospital's actual DSH status on the cost report for that payment
year. In addition, as we do for all IPPS hospitals, we would calculate
a numerator for Factor 3 for all MDHs, regardless of whether they are
projected to be eligible for DSH during the fiscal year, but the
denominator for Factor 3 would be based on the uncompensated care data
from the hospitals that we have projected to be eligible for DSH during
the fiscal year.
Furthermore, in the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment
period (79 FR 15027), which addressed MDH payments for the first 6
months of FY 2014, we established a policy of including a pro rata
share of the uncompensated care payment amount for that period as part
of the Federal rate payment in the comparison of payments under the
hospital-specific rate and the
[[Page 28097]]
Federal rate. Consistent with that policy, for MDH payments for the
first 6 months of FY 2015, a pro rata share of the uncompensated care
payment amount for that period will be included as part of the Federal
rate payment in the comparison of payments under the hospital-specific
rate and the Federal rate. That is, in making this comparison at cost
report settlement, we will include the pro rata share of the
uncompensated care payment amount that reflects the period of time the
hospital was paid under the MDH program for its discharges occurring on
or after October 1, 2014, and before April 1, 2015. Consistent with the
policy for hospitals with Medicare cost reporting periods that span
more than 1 Federal fiscal year, this pro rata share will be determined
based on the proportion of the applicable Federal fiscal year that is
included in that cost reporting period (78 FR 61192 through 61194). As
noted previously, section 106 of Public Law 113-93 provides for an
extension of the MDH program through March 31, 2015, only. Therefore,
beginning April 1, 2015, all hospitals that previously qualified for
MDH status will no longer have MDH status under current law.
IPPS hospitals that have elected to participate in the Bundled
Payments for Care Improvement initiative receive a payment that links
multiple services furnished to a patient during an episode of care. We
have stated in previous rulemaking that those hospitals continue to be
paid under the IPPS (77 FR 53342). Hospitals that elect to participate
in the initiative can still receive DSH payments while participating in
the initiative, if they otherwise meet the requirements for receiving
such payments. In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50625),
we specified that we will apply the new DSH payment methodology to the
hospitals participating in this initiative, so that eligible hospitals
will receive empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and
uncompensated care payments.
Section 410A of the Medicare Modernization Act established the
Rural Community Hospital Demonstration Program. After the initial 5-
year period, the demonstration was extended for an additional 5-year
period by sections 3123 and 10313 of the Affordable Care Act. There are
23 hospitals currently participating in the demonstration. Under the
payment methodology provided in section 410A, participating hospitals
receive payment for Medicare inpatient services on the basis of a cost
methodology. Specifically, for discharges occurring in the hospitals'
first cost reporting period of the initial 5-year demonstration or the
first cost reporting period of the 5-year extension, the hospitals
participating in the demonstration receive payments for the reasonable
cost of providing such services. For discharges occurring in subsequent
cost reporting periods during the applicable 5-year period, hospitals
receive the lesser of the current year's reasonable cost-based amount,
or the previous year's amount updated by the percentage increase in the
IPPS market basket (the target amount). The instructions (Change
Request 5020 (April 14, 2006) and Change Request 7505 (July 22, 2011)
for the demonstration require that the MAC not pay Medicare DSH
payments in addition to the amount received under the reasonable cost-
based payment methodology. Because hospitals participating in the
demonstration do not receive DSH payments, we determined in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that these hospitals also are excluded from
receiving empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and uncompensated
care payments under the new payment methodology (78 FR 50625).
c. Empirically Justified Medicare DSH Payments
As we have discussed earlier, section 1886(r)(1) of the Act
requires the Secretary to pay 25 percent of the amount of the DSH
payment that would otherwise be made under subsection (d)(5)(F) to a
subsection (d) hospital. Because section 1886(r)(1) of the Act merely
requires the program to pay a designated percentage of these payments,
without revising the criteria governing eligibility for DSH payments or
the underlying payment methodology, we stated in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule that we did not believe that it is necessary to develop
any new operational mechanisms for making such payments. Therefore, in
the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50626), we implemented this
provision simply by revising the claims payment methodologies to adjust
the interim claim payments to the requisite 25 percent of what would
have otherwise been paid. We also made corresponding changes to the
hospital cost report so that these empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments can be settled at the appropriate level at the time of cost
report settlement. We provided more detailed operational instructions
and cost report instructions following issuance of the final rule that
can be found on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Regulations-and-Guidance/Guidance/Transmittals/2014-Transmittals-Items/R5P240.html.
d. Uncompensated Care Payments
As we have discussed earlier, section 1886(r)(2) of the Act
provides that, for each eligible hospital in FY 2014 and subsequent
years, the new uncompensated care payment is the product of three
factors. These three factors represent our estimate of 75 percent of
the amount of Medicare DSH payments that would otherwise have been
paid, an adjustment to this amount for the percent change in the
national rate of uninsurance compared to the rate of uninsurance in
2013, and each eligible hospital's estimated uncompensated care amount
relative to the estimated uncompensated care amount for all eligible
hospitals. Below we review the data sources and methodologies for
computing each of these factors, our final policies for FY 2014, and
our proposed policies for FY 2015.
(1) Proposed Calculation of Factor 1 for FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of the Act establishes Factor 1 in the
calculation of the uncompensated care payment. Section 1886(r)(2)(A) of
the Act states that it is a factor ``equal to the difference between
(i) the aggregate amount of payments that would be made to subsection
(d) hospitals under subsection (d)(5)(F) if this subsection did not
apply for such fiscal year (as estimated by the Secretary); and (ii)
the aggregate amount of payments that are made to subsection (d)
hospitals under paragraph (1) for such a fiscal year (as so
estimated).'' Therefore, section 1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of the Act represents
the estimated Medicare DSH payment that would have been made under
section 1886(d)(5)(F) if section 1886(r) of the Act did not apply for
such fiscal year. Under a prospective payment system, we would not know
the precise aggregate Medicare DSH payment amount that would be paid
for a Federal fiscal year until cost report settlement for all IPPS
hospitals is completed, which occurs several years after the end of the
Federal fiscal year. Therefore, section 1886(r)(2)(A)(i) of the Act
provides authority to estimate this amount, by specifying that, for
each fiscal year to which the provision applies, such amount is to be
``estimated by the Secretary.'' Similarly, section 1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of
the Act represents the estimated empirically justified Medicare DSH
payments to be made in a fiscal year, as prescribed under section
1886(r)(1) of the Act. Again, section
[[Page 28098]]
1886(r)(2)(A)(ii) of the Act provides authority to estimate this
amount.
Therefore, Factor 1 is the difference between our estimates of: (1)
The amount that would have been paid in Medicare DSH payments for the
fiscal year, in the absence of the new payment provision; and (2) the
amount of empirically justified Medicare DSH payments that are made for
the fiscal year, which takes into account the requirement to pay 25
percent of what would have otherwise been paid under section
1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act. In other words, this factor represents our
estimate of 75 percent (100 percent minus 25 percent) of our estimate
of Medicare DSH payments that would otherwise be made, in the absence
of section 1886(r) of the Act, for the fiscal year.
In order to determine Factor 1 in the uncompensated care payment
formula, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50628 through
50630) and in the FY 2014 IPPS interim final rule with comment period
(78 FR 61194), we adopted a policy under which we develop final
estimates of both the aggregate amount of Medicare DSH payments that
would be made in the absence of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act and the
aggregate amount of empirically justified Medicare DSH payments to
hospitals under section 1886(r)(1) of the Act prior to each fiscal year
to which the new provision applies. These estimates are not revised or
updated after we know the final Medicare DSH payments for the fiscal
year. Specifically, in order to determine the two elements of Factor 1
(Medicare DSH payments prior to the application of section 1886(r)(1)
of the Act, and empirically justified Medicare DSH payments after
application of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act), we use the most recently
available projections of Medicare DSH payments for the fiscal year, as
calculated by CMS' Office of the Actuary. The Office of the Actuary
projects Medicare DSH payments on a biannual basis, typically in
February of each year (based on data from December of the previous
year) as part of the President's Budget, and in July (based on data
from June) as part of the Midsession Review. The estimates are based on
the most recently filed Medicare hospital cost report with Medicare DSH
payment information, supplemental cost report data provided by Indian
Health Service (IHS) hospitals to CMS, and the most recent Medicare DSH
patient percentages and Medicare DSH payment adjustments provided in
the IPPS Impact File.
Therefore, for the Office of the Actuary's February 2014 estimate,
the data are based on the December 2013 update of the Medicare Hospital
Cost Report Information System (HCRIS), supplemental cost report data
provided by IHS hospitals to CMS as of December 2013 and the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule IPPS Impact file, published in conjunction
with the publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule. For the
July 2014 estimate, we anticipate that the data will be based on the
March 2014 update of the HCRIS data, supplemental cost report data
provided by IHS hospitals to CMS as of March 2014, and the FY 2015
proposed rule's IPPS Impact file, published in conjunction with this
proposed rule (and which is available via the Internet on the CMS Web
site). For purposes of this proposed rule, we are using the February
2014 Medicare DSH estimates to calculate Factor 1 and to model the
proposed impact of this provision. For the final rule, we intend to use
the July 2014 Medicare DSH estimates to determine Factor 1 and to model
the impact of this provision. In addition, because SCHs paid under
their hospital-specific payment rate are excluded from the application
of section 1886(r) of the Act, we also exclude SCHs that are projected
to be paid under their hospital-specific rate from our Medicare DSH
estimates. Similarly, because Maryland hospitals participating in the
Maryland All-Payer Model and hospitals participating in the Rural
Community Hospital Demonstration do not receive DSH payments, we also
exclude these hospitals from our Medicare DSH estimates.
Using the data sources discussed above, the Office of the Actuary
uses the most recently submitted Medicare cost report data to identify
current Medicare DSH payments, supplemental cost report data provided
by IHS hospitals to CMS, and the most recent DSH payment adjustments
provided in the IPPS Impact File, and applies inflation updates and
assumptions for future changes in utilization and case-mix to estimate
Medicare DSH payments for the upcoming fiscal year. The February 2014
Office of the Actuary estimate for Medicare DSH payments for FY 2015,
without regard to the application of section 1886(r)(1) of the Act, is
$14.205 billion. This estimate excludes Maryland hospitals
participating in the Maryland All-Payer Model, SCHs paid under their
hospital-specific payment rate, and hospitals participating in the
Rural Community Hospital Demonstration as discussed above. Therefore,
based on this estimate, the estimate for empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments for FY 2015, with the application of section 1886(r)(1) of
the Act, is $3.551 billion (25 percent of the total amount estimated).
Under Sec. 412.l06(g)(1)(i) of the regulations, Factor 1 is the
difference between these two estimates of the Office of the Actuary.
Therefore, for the purpose of modeling Factor 1, we are proposing that
Factor 1 for FY 2015 would be $10.654 billion ($14.205 billion minus
$3.551 billion). We are inviting public comment on our proposed
calculation of Factor 1 for FY 2015.
(2) Proposed Calculation of Factor 2 for FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(B) of the Act establishes Factor 2 in the
calculation of the uncompensated care payment. Specifically, section
1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act provides: ``For each of fiscal years 2014,
2015, 2016, and 2017, a factor equal to 1 minus the percent change in
the percent of individuals under the age of 65 who are uninsured, as
determined by comparing the percent of such individuals (I) who are
uninsured in 2013, the last year before coverage expansion under the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (as calculated by the
Secretary based on the most recent estimates available from the
Director of the Congressional Budget Office before a vote in either
House on the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 that,
if determined in the affirmative, would clear such Act for enrollment);
and (II) who are uninsured in the most recent period for which data is
available (as so calculated), minus 0.1 percentage points for fiscal
year 2014 and minus 0.2 percentage points for each of fiscal years
2015, 2016, and 2017.''
Section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i)(I) of the Act further indicates that the
percent of individuals under 65 without insurance in 2013 must be the
percent of such individuals ``who are uninsured in 2013, the last year
before coverage expansion under the Patient Protection and Affordable
Care Act (as calculated by the Secretary based on the most recent
estimates available from the Director of the Congressional Budget
Office before a vote in either House on the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010 that, if determined in the affirmative,
would clear such Act for enrollment).'' The Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act (Pub. L. 111-152) was enacted on March 30, 2010. It
was passed in the House of Representatives on March 21, 2010, and by
the Senate on March 25, 2010. Because the House of Representatives was
the first House to vote on the Health Care and Education
[[Page 28099]]
Reconciliation Act of 2010 on March 21, 2010, we have determined that
the most recent estimate available from the Director of the
Congressional Budget Office ``before a vote in either House on the
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 . . .'' (emphasis
added) appeared in a March 20, 2010 letter from the director of the CBO
to the Speaker of the House. Therefore, we believe that only the
estimates in this March 20, 2010 letter meet the statutory requirement
under section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i)(I) of the Act. (To view the March 20,
2010 letter, we refer readers to the Web site at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/ftpdocs/113xx/doc11379/amendreconprop.pdf.)
In its March 20, 2010 letter to the Speaker of the House of
Representatives, the CBO provided two estimates of the ``post-policy
uninsured population.'' The first estimate is of the ``Insured Share of
the Nonelderly Population Including All Residents'' (82 percent) and
the second estimate is of the ``Insured Share of the Nonelderly
Population Excluding Unauthorized Immigrants'' (83 percent). In the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50631), we used the first estimate
that includes all residents, including unauthorized immigrants. We
stated that we believe this estimate is most consistent with the
statute which requires us to measure ``the percent of individuals under
the age of 65 who are uninsured,'' and provides no exclusions except
for individuals over the age of 65. In addition, we stated that we
believe that this estimate more fully reflects the levels of
uninsurance in the United States that influence uncompensated care for
hospitals than the estimate that reflects only legal residents. The
March 20, 2010 CBO letter reports these figures as the estimated
percentage of individuals with insurance. However, because section
1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act requires that we compare the percent of
individuals who are uninsured in the applicable year with the percent
of individuals who were uninsured in 2013, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule, we used the CBO insurance rate figure and subtracted that
amount from 100 percent (that is the total population without regard to
insurance status) to estimate the 2013 baseline percent of individuals
without insurance. Therefore, for FYs 2014 through 2017, our estimate
of the uninsurance percentage for 2013 is 18 percent.
Section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act requires that we compare the
baseline uninsurance rate to the percent of such individuals ``who are
uninsured in the most recent period for which data is available (as so
calculated).'' In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50634),
we used the same data source, CBO estimates, to calculate this percent
of individuals without insurance. In response to public comments, we
also agreed that we should normalize the CBO estimates, which are based
on the calendar year, for the Federal fiscal years for which each
calculation of Factor 2 is made (78 FR 50633). Therefore, in the FY
2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we employed the most recently available
estimate, specifically CBO's May 2013 estimates of the effects of the
Affordable Care Act on health insurance coverage (which are available
at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/attachments/44190_EffectsAffordableCareActHealthInsuranceCoverage_2.pdf) as amended by
CBO's July 2013 estimates of changes in estimates of the effects of
insurance coverage provisions in the Affordable Care Act issued in
conjunction with a memo regarding ``Analysis of the Administration's
Announced Delay of Certain Requirements Under the Affordable Care
Act,'' which are available at: https://www.cbo.gov/sites/default/files/cbofiles/attachments/44465-ACA.pdf. The CBO's May 2013 estimate of the
rate of insurance for CY 2013 was 80 percent, and for CY 2014 was 84
percent. Therefore, the calculation of Factor 2 for FY 2014, employing
a weighted average of the CBO projections for CY 2013 and CY 2014, was
as follows:
CY 2013 rate of insurance coverage (May 2013 CBO
estimate): 80 percent.
CY 2014 rate of insurance coverage (May 2013 CBO estimate,
updated with July 2013 CBO estimate): 84 percent.
FY 2014 rate of insurance coverage: (80 percent * .25) +
(84 percent * .75) = 83 percent.
Percent of individuals without insurance for 2013 (March
2010 CBO estimate): 18 percent.
Percent of individuals without insurance for FY 2014
(weighted average): 17 percent.
1-[verbar][(0.17-0.18)/0.18][verbar] = 1-0.056 = 0.944 (94.4 percent).
0.944 (94.4 percent)-0.001 (0.1 percentage points) = 0.943 (94.3
percent).
0.943 = Factor 2
Therefore, in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we adopted
0.943 as the final determination of Factor 2 for FY 2014. In
conjunction with this determination, we also determined in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule and later revised in the FY 2014 IPPS interim
final rule with comment period (78 FR 61195) that the amount available
for uncompensated care payments for FY 2014 would be approximately
$9.046 billion (0.943 times our Factor 1 estimate of $9.593 billion).
For this FY 2015 proposed rule, we have used CBO's February 2014
estimates of the effects of the Affordable Care Act on health insurance
coverage (which are available at https://www.cbo.gov/publication/43900?utm_source=feedblitz&utm_medium=FeedBlitzEmail&utm_content=812526&utm_campaign=0). The CBO's February 2014 estimate of
individuals under the age of 65 with insurance in CY 2014 is 84
percent. Therefore, the CBO's most recent estimate of the rate of
uninsurance in CY 2014 is 16 percent (that is, 100 percent minus 84
percent.) Similarly, the CBO's February 2014 estimate of individuals
under the age of 65 with insurance in CY 2015 is 86 percent. Therefore,
the CBO's most recent estimate of the rate of uninsurance in CY 2015
available during the development of this proposed rule is 14 percent
(that is, 100 percent minus 86 percent.)
The calculation of the proposed Factor 2 for FY 2015, employing a
weighted average of the CBO projections for CY 2014 and CY 2015, is as
follows:
CY 2014 rate of insurance coverage (February 2014 CBO
estimate): 84 percent.
CY 2015 rate of insurance coverage (February 2014 CBO
estimate): 86 percent.
FY 2015 rate of insurance coverage: (84 percent * .25) +
(86 percent * .75) = 85.5 percent.
Percent of individuals without insurance for 2013 (March
2010 CBO estimate): 18 percent
Percent of individuals without insurance for FY 2015
(weighted average): 14.5 percent
1-[verbar][(0.145--0.18)/0.18][verbar] = 1-0.19444 = 0.80556 (80.556
percent)
0.80556 (80.556 percent)-0.002 (0.2 percentage points for FY 2015 under
section 1886(r)(2)(B)(i) of the Act) = 0.8036 (80.36 percent)
0.8036 = Factor 2
Therefore, we are proposing that Factor 2 for FY 2015 would be
0.8036. Our proposal for Factor 2 is subject to change if more recent
CBO estimates of the insurance rate become available at the time of the
preparation of the final rule. We are inviting public comments on our
proposed calculation of Factor 2 for FY 2015.
[[Page 28100]]
(3) Proposed Calculation of Factor 3 for FY 2015
Section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act defines Factor 3 in the
calculation of the uncompensated care payment. As we have discussed
earlier, section 1886(r)(2)(C) of the Act states that Factor 3 is
``equal to the percent, for each subsection (d) hospital, that
represents the quotient of (i) the amount of uncompensated care for
such hospital for a period selected by the Secretary (as estimated by
the Secretary, based on appropriate data (including, in the case where
the Secretary determines alternative data is available which is a
better proxy for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for treating the
uninsured, the use of such alternative data)); and (ii) the aggregate
amount of uncompensated care for all subsection (d) hospitals that
receive a payment under this subsection for such period (as so
estimated, based on such data).''
Therefore, Factor 3 is a hospital-specific value that expresses the
proportion of the estimated uncompensated care amount for each
subsection (d) hospital and each subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital
with the potential to receive DSH payments relative to the estimated
uncompensated care amount for all hospitals estimated to receive DSH
payments in the fiscal year for which the uncompensated care payment is
to be made. Factor 3 is applied to the product of Factor 1 and Factor 2
to determine the amount of the uncompensated care payment that each
eligible hospital will receive for FY 2014 and subsequent fiscal years.
In order to implement the statutory requirements for this factor of the
uncompensated care payment formula, it was necessary to determine: (1)
The definition of uncompensated care or, in other words, the specific
items that are to be included in the numerator (that is, the estimated
uncompensated care amount for an individual hospital) and denominator
(that is, the estimated uncompensated care amount for all hospitals
estimated to receive DSH payments in the applicable fiscal year); (2)
the data source(s) for the estimated uncompensated care amount; and (3)
the timing and manner of computing the quotient for each hospital
estimated to receive DSH payments. The statute instructs the Secretary
to estimate the amounts of uncompensated care for a period ``based on
appropriate data.'' In addition, we note that the statute permits the
Secretary to use alternative data ``in the case where the Secretary
determines that alternative data is available,'' which is a better
proxy for the costs of subsection (d) hospitals for treating uninsured
individuals.
In the course of considering how to determine Factor 3 during the
rulemaking process for FY 2014, we considered defining the amount
uncompensated care for a hospital as the uncompensated care costs of
each hospital and considered potential data sources for those costs.
For purposes of selecting an appropriate data source for this possible
definition of uncompensated care costs, we reviewed the literature and
available data sources and determined that Worksheet S-10 of the
Medicare cost report could potentially provide the most complete data
for Medicare hospitals. (We refer readers to the report ``Improvements
to Medicare Disproportionate Share (DSH) Payments'' for a full
discussion and evaluation of the available data sources. The report is
available on the CMS Web site at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Medicare-Fee-for-Service-Payment/AcuteInpatientPPS/dsh.html.) However, we noted
that Worksheet S-10 is a relatively new data source that has been used
for specific payment purposes only in relatively restricted ways (for
example, to provide a source of charity care charges in the computation
of EHR incentive payments (75 FR 44456)). We also noted that some
stakeholders have expressed concern that hospitals have not had enough
time to learn how to submit accurate and consistent data through this
reporting mechanism. Other stakeholders have maintained that some
instructions for Worksheet S-10 still require clarification in order to
ensure standardized and consistent reporting by hospitals. At the same
time, we noted that Worksheet S-10 is the only national data source
that includes data for all Medicare hospitals and is designed to elicit
data on uncompensated care costs. We discussed the possible use of data
reported on Worksheet S-10 to determine uncompensated care costs in
more detail in the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule (78 FR 27586).
Because of concerns regarding variations in the data reported on
Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost report and the completeness of
these data, we did not propose to use data from the Worksheet S-10 to
determine the amount of uncompensated care. However, we stated our
belief that Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost report would otherwise
be an appropriate data source to determine uncompensated care costs. In
particular, we noted that Worksheet S-10 was developed specifically to
collect information on uncompensated care costs in response to interest
by MedPAC and other stakeholders regarding the topic (for example,
MedPAC's March 2007 Report to Congress) and that it is not unreasonable
to expect information on the cost report to be used for payment
purposes. Furthermore, hospitals attest to the accuracy and
completeness of the information reported in the cost report at the time
of submission. We indicated that we expect reporting on Worksheet S-10
to improve over time, particularly in the area of charity care which is
already being used and audited for payment determinations related to
the EHR Incentive Program, and that we will continue to monitor these
data. Accordingly, we stated that we may proceed with a proposal to use
data on the Worksheet S-10 to determine uncompensated care costs in the
future, once hospitals are submitting accurate and consistent data
through this reporting mechanism.
As a result of our concerns regarding the data reported on
Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost report, we believed it was
appropriate to consider the use of alternative data, at least in FY
2014, the first year that this provision is in effect, and possibly for
additional years until hospitals have adequate experience reporting all
of the data elements on Worksheet S-10. We noted that this approach is
consistent with input we received from some stakeholders in response to
the CMS National Provider Call in January 2013, who stated their belief
that existing FY 2010 and FY 2011 data from the Worksheet S-10 should
not be used for implementation of section 1886(r) of the Act and who
requested the opportunity to resubmit the data once more specific
instructions were issued by CMS. Accordingly, we examined alternative
data sources that could be used to allow time for hospitals to gain
experience with and to improve the accuracy of their reporting on
Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost report. We stated in the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule that we believe that data on utilization for
insured low-income patients can be a reasonable proxy for the treatment
costs of uninsured patients. Moreover, due to the concerns regarding
the accuracy and consistency of the data reported on the Worksheet S-
10, we also determined that these alternative data, which are currently
reported on the Medicare cost report, would be a better proxy for the
amount of uncompensated care provided by hospitals. Accordingly, in the
FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50639), we adopted the policy
of employing the utilization of insured low-income patients defined as
[[Page 28101]]
inpatient days of Medicaid patients plus inpatient days of Medicare SSI
patients as defined in 42 CFR 412.106(b)(4) and 412.106(b)(2)(i),
respectively, to determine Factor 3. We also indicated that we remained
convinced that the Worksheet S-10 could ultimately serve as an
appropriate source of more direct data regarding uncompensated care
costs for purposes of determining Factor 3 once hospitals are
submitting more accurate and consistent data through this reporting
mechanism. In the interim, we indicated that we would take steps such
as revising and clarifying cost report instructions, as appropriate. We
stated that it is our intention to propose introducing the use of the
Worksheet S-10 data for purposes of determining Factor 3 within a
reasonable amount of time.
Since the publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
have continued to evaluate and assess the comments we have received
from stakeholders about Worksheet S-10 as well as evaluate what changes
might need to be made to the instructions to make the data hospitals
submit more accurate and consistent across hospitals. Although we have
not yet developed revisions to the Worksheet S-10 instructions at this
time, we remain committed to making improvements to Worksheet S-10. For
that reason, we believe it would be premature to propose the use of
Worksheet S-10 data for purposes of determining Factor 3 for FY 2015.
Therefore, we are proposing to continue to employ the utilization of
insured low-income patients defined as inpatient days of Medicaid
patients plus inpatient days of Medicare SSI patients, as defined in
Sec. 412.106(b)(4) and Sec. 412.106(b)(2)(i), respectively, to
determine Factor 3 for FY 2015. Accordingly, we are proposing to revise
the regulations at 42 CFR 412.106(g)(1)(iii)(C) to state that, for FY
2015, CMS will base its estimates of the amount of hospital
uncompensated care on the most recent available data on utilization for
Medicaid and Medicare SSI patients, as determined by CMS in accordance
with paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(4) of that section of the
regulations. We are inviting public comments on this proposal, and we
will continue to work with the hospital community and others to develop
the appropriate clarifications and revisions to Worksheet S-10 of the
Medicare cost report for reporting uncompensated care data. In
particular, we are inviting public comments on what would be a
reasonable timeline for adopting Worksheet S-10 of the Medicare cost
report as the data source for determining Factor 3.
As we did for the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS proposed rule, we are
publishing on the CMS Web site a table listing Factor 3 for all
hospitals that we estimate would receive empirically justified Medicare
DSH payments in a fiscal year (that is, hospitals that we project would
receive interim uncompensated care payments during the fiscal year),
and for the remaining subsection (d) and subsection (d) Puerto Rico
hospitals that have the potential of receiving a DSH payment in the
event that they receive an empirically justified Medicare DSH payment
for the fiscal year as determined at cost report settlement. Hospitals
have 60 days from the date of public display of the IPPS/LTCH PPS
proposed rule to review these tables and notify CMS in writing of a
change in a hospital's subsection (d) hospital status, such as if a
hospital has closed or converted to a CAH.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50639), we
considered public comments which recommended that we use the wage index
to adjust insured low-income days in determining Factor 3 in order to
account for the differences in ``purchasing power'' in different
regions of the country. With respect to these public comments, we
agreed that there may be regional variation in uncompensated care costs
due to regional variations in the costs of care generally. However, we
stated that we did not believe that there was sufficient basis for
believing that the wage index reflects the variations in uncompensated
care costs well enough to adopt it as the basis for adjusting Factor 3.
The wage index reflects the relative hospital wage level in the
geographic area of the hospital compared to the national average
hospital wage level. In computing the wage index, we derive an average
hourly wage for each labor market area (total wage costs divided by
total hours for all hospitals in the geographic area) and a national
average hourly wage (total wage costs divided by total hours for all
hospitals surveyed in the nation). A labor market area's wage index
value is the ratio of the area's average hourly wage to the national
average hourly wage. We note that, for FY 2014, 69.6 percent of the
standardized amount is considered to be the labor-related share and,
therefore, adjusted by the wage index. However, in addition to the
labor-related share of the standardized amount being adjusted by the
wage index, the entire standardized amount is also adjusted for the
relative weight of the MS-DRG for each individual patient. In other
words, the wage index only adjusts for a portion of the variation in
costs, and does not address variations in resource use and patient
severity. Therefore, we stated that we did not believe that there was
sufficient basis for believing that adjusting low-income patient days
by the wage index would better reflect variations in uncompensated care
costs.
Since the publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
have continued to consider whether to propose employing the wage index
to adjust insured low-income days in determining Factor 3. After this
consideration, we continue to believe that a wage index adjustment to
insured low-income days is not an appropriate measure to account for
variations in the costs of uncompensated care among hospitals. The
intensity of such care, and therefore the costs, may vary by hospital,
but we still lack convincing evidence that the wage index data are an
accurate measure of that intensity. Therefore, we are not proposing to
adopt such an adjustment to low-income days for purposes of calculating
Factor 3 in FY 2015.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50639), we also
considered public comments that requested that we include insured low-
income days from exempt units (specifically, inpatient rehabilitation
units paid under the IRF PPS and inpatient psychiatric units paid under
the IPF PPS) of the hospital in the computation of Factor 3, in order
to better capture the treatment costs of the uninsured by the hospital.
In response to those public comments, we stated our belief that there
may be some merit to including insured low-income days from exempt
units of the hospital in order to better capture the full costs of the
treatment of the uninsured by the hospital insofar as those data may be
publicly available, subject to audit, and used for payment purposes. We
also indicated that we believed it would be prudent to consider the
degree to which these data meet these conditions before adopting this
recommendation. Therefore, we stated that we would consider including
this recommendation among our proposals in future rulemaking.
Since the publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
have conducted an analysis of the impact of adopting this
recommendation. That analysis has indicated that the inclusion of
Medicaid and Medicare-SSI days for exempt inpatient units does not
significantly change the distribution of uncompensated care payments to
hospitals, with the exception of a few hospitals with high utilization
associated with those exempt units that
[[Page 28102]]
would see increases in their uncompensated care payments. Furthermore,
Medicaid and SSI days for inpatient rehabilitation units have been
audited and are used for payment purposes under the IRF PPS;
specifically, these data are used to calculate the low-income payment
(LIP) adjustment under the IRF PPS. However, the data for inpatient
psychiatric units are not generally audited and have not been used
previously for payment purposes. Therefore, we are not proposing at
this time to include those days in the calculation of a hospital's
share of uncompensated care payments. As we indicated earlier, we
believe it would be appropriate to include such data in the calculation
of uncompensated care payments only insofar as those data may be
publicly available, subject to audit, and used for payment purposes.
The use of data for inpatient psychiatric units would fail the second
and third conditions. At the same time, we do not believe that
including only inpatient rehabilitation unit days without inpatient
psychiatric unit days would improve the accuracy of the uncompensated
care payment calculation. We also observe, as we have previously noted,
that the statutory references under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Act to
``days'' apply only to hospital acute care inpatient days. Section
412.106(a)(1)(ii) of the regulations therefore provides that, for
purposes of DSH payments, ``the number of patient days in the hospital
includes only those days attributable to units or wards of the hospital
providing acute care services generally payable under the prospective
payment system and excludes'' other days. In the absence of compelling
reasons to do otherwise, we believe it is preferable to maintain
consistency with this longstanding precedent in the context of this
temporary method for determining uncompensated care payments. However,
we are inviting public comments on this issue.
The statute also allows the Secretary the discretion to determine
the time periods from which we will derive the data to estimate the
numerator and the denominator of the Factor 3 quotient. Specifically,
section 1886(r)(2)(C)(i) of the Act defines the numerator of the
quotient as ``the amount of uncompensated care for such hospital for a
period selected by the Secretary. . . .'' (emphasis added). Section
1886(r)(2)(C)(ii) of the Act defines the denominator as ``the aggregate
amount of uncompensated care for all subsection (d) hospitals that
receive a payment under this subsection for such period'' (emphasis
added). In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50638), we
adopted a process of making interim payments with final cost report
settlement for both the empirically justified Medicare DSH payments and
the uncompensated care payments required by section 3133 of the
Affordable Care Act. Consistent with that process, we also determined
the time period from which to calculate the numerator and denominator
of the Factor 3 quotient in a way that would be consistent with making
interim and final payments. Specifically, we must have Factor 3 values
available for hospitals that we estimate will qualify for Medicare DSH
payments using the most recently available historical data and for
those hospitals that we do not estimate will qualify for Medicare DSH
payments but that may ultimately qualify for Medicare DSH payments at
the time of cost report settlement.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50638), therefore,
we adopted the policy to calculate the numerator and the denominator of
Factor 3 for hospitals based on the most recently available full year
of Medicare cost report data (including the most recently available
data that may be used to update the SSI ratios) with respect to a
Federal fiscal year. In other words, we use data from the most recently
available full year cost report for the Medicaid days and the most
recently available SSI ratios (that is, latest available SSI ratios
before the beginning of the Federal fiscal year) for the Medicare SSI
days. We noted that these data are publicly available, subject to
audit, and used for payment purposes. While we recognized that older
data also meet these criteria, we often use the most recently available
data for payment determinations. Furthermore, in the FY 2014 IPPS
interim final rule with comment period (78 FR 61195), we revised our
policy to also include supplemental cost report data submitted to CMS
only by IHS hospitals in order allow their Medicaid days to be used to
calculate Factor 3.
Therefore, for FY 2014, we used data from the most recently
available full year cost report for the Medicaid days and the most
recently available SSI ratios, which meant data from the 2010/2011 cost
reports for the Medicaid days, supplemental 2011 cost report data
submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals, and the FY 2011 SSI ratios for the
Medicare SSI days to estimate Factor 3 for FY 2014. For FY 2015, we are
again proposing to use data from the most recently available full year
cost report for the Medicaid days (that is, we are proposing to use the
2012 cost report, unless that cost report is unavailable or reflects
less than a full 12-month year; in the event the 2012 cost report is
for less than 12 months, we are proposing to use the cost report from
2012 or 2011 that is closest to being a full 12-month cost report),
supplemental cost report data submitted to CMS only by IHS hospitals
and the most recently available SSI ratios. For purposes of this
proposed rule, we are using data from the December 2013 update of the
2011/2012 Medicare cost reports for the Medicaid days and the FY 2011
SSI ratios for the Medicare SSI days. Consistent with our FY 2014 IPPS
interim final rule with comment period (78 FR 61195), for FY 2015, we
also are using supplemental cost report data provided by IHS hospitals
to CMS as of December 2013 in order to calculate the proposed Factor 3.
For the FY 2015 IPPS final rule, we intend to use the March 2014 update
of the 2011/2012 Medicare cost reports, supplemental cost report data
submitted to CMS by IHS hospitals as of March 2014, and the most
recently available SSI ratios (FY 2012 SSI ratios and, if not
available, the FY 2011 SSI ratios) to calculate Factor 3. We believe
the March update to the Medicare cost reports will be the most recently
available data to calculate Factor 3 at the time of publication of the
FY 2015 IPPS final rule. We believe this is consistent with CMS'
historical policy to use the best available data when setting the
payment rates and factors in both the proposed and final rules.
Furthermore, this is consistent with our approach in other areas of
IPPS, where we historically use the March update of cost report data
and MedPAR claims data to calculate IPPS relative weights, budget
neutrality factors, the outlier threshold, and the standardized amount
for the IPPS final rule. If we were to wait for a later update of the
cost report data to become available, this could cause delay of the
publication of the IPPS final rule.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50642), we discussed
several specific issues concerning the use of cost report data to
determine Factor 3. One issue concerned the process and data to be
employed in determining Factor 3 in the case of hospital mergers.
Specifically, two hospitals that merged in 2011 with one surviving
provider number requested that we account for the merger by including
data from both hospitals' cost reports immediately prior to the merger
in the calculation of the Factor 3 amount. In that final rule, we had
calculated Factor 3 using only the surviving hospital's cost report
data and SSI ratio data. In the final rule (78 FR
[[Page 28103]]
50602), we responded to the public comment that Factor 3 would be
calculated based on the low-income insured patient days (that is,
Medicaid days and SSI days) under the surviving CCN, based on the most
recent available data for that CCN (for FY 2014, from the cost report
for 2011 or 2010). We noted that this was consistent with the treatment
of other IPPS payment factors, where data used to calculate a
hospital's Medicare DSH payment adjustment, CCRs for outlier payments,
and wage index values are tied to a hospital's CCN. Data associated
with a CCN that is no longer in use are not used to determine those
IPPS hospital payments under the surviving CCN.
Since the publication of the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule, we
have received additional input from hospitals that have undergone
mergers that suggest using only the surviving CCN produces an estimate
of the surviving hospital's uncompensated care burden that is lower
than warranted. For FY 2015, for example, Factor 3 of the uncompensated
care payment calculation would be determined using 2011/2012 cost
reports. As a result, for any mergers occurring between FY 2011 and FY
2015, Factor 3 of the uncompensated care payment for FY 2015 would
reflect only the data of the hospital with the surviving CCN, not the
combination of the data from the two hospitals that merged. We believe
that revising our methodology to incorporate data from both of the
hospitals that merged could improve our estimate of the uncompensated
care burden of the merged hospital. Accordingly, we are proposing to
revise our methodology for determining Factor 3 to incorporate data
from both merged hospitals until data for the merged hospitals become
available under the surviving CCN.
In addition, because the data systems used to calculate Factor 3 do
not identify hospitals that have merged, we also are proposing to
establish a process to identify hospitals that have merged after the
period of the historical data that are being used to calculate Factor
3, up to a point in time during ratesetting for that Federal fiscal
year. Under this approach, we would combine the data for the merged
hospitals to calculate Factor 3 of the uncompensated care payment.
Specifically, we are proposing that we would identify the hospitals
that merged after the period from which data are being used to
calculate Factor 3 (for FY 2015, 2012 and 2011) but before the
publication of each year's final rule. For purposes of this proposal,
we are defining a merger to be an acquisition where the Medicare
provider agreement of one hospital is subsumed into the provider
agreement of the surviving provider. We would not consider an
acquisition where the new owner voluntarily terminates the Medicare
provider agreement of the hospital it purchased by rejecting assignment
of the previous owner's provider agreement to be a merger. We believe
it is appropriate to combine data to calculate Factor 3 for a merged
hospital where the Medicare provider agreement of one hospital is
subsumed into the provider agreement of the surviving provider because,
in this type of acquisition as described in the September 6, 2013
Survey & Certification Memorandum S&C: 13-60-ALL (https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Provider-Enrollment-and-Certification/SurveyCertificationGenInfo/Downloads/Survey-and-Cert-Letter-13-60.pdf),
the buyer is subject to all applicable statutes and regulations and to
the terms and conditions under which the assigned agreement was
originally issued. These include, but are not limited to, Medicare
requirements to adjust payments to account for prior overpayments and
underpayments, even if they relate to a pre-acquisition period
(successor liability), and to adjust payments to collect civil monetary
penalties. Therefore, we believe it is appropriate to also retain the
data of the subsumed hospital to calculate the uncompensated care
payment for the merged hospital. Conversely, by rejecting assignment of
the Medicare provider agreement of the subsumed hospital, the surviving
provider has voluntarily terminated the Medicare provider agreement and
is precluded from having successor liability for Medicare overpayments
or underpayments that would have otherwise been made to the subsumed
provider. Furthermore, when the surviving hospital rejects automatic
assignment of the existing provider agreement, but wishes to
participate in the Medicare program, the merged hospital is considered
an initial applicant to the Medicare program. In an instance in which
the surviving provider has rejected assignment of the Medicare provider
agreement of the subsumed provider, it would not seem appropriate to
use data from the subsumed provider for purposes of Medicare payment,
including for the calculation of a hospital's uncompensated care
payment.
For FY 2015, we are proposing to identify mergers by querying the
Medicare contractors. We believe it is appropriate to obtain merger
information from the Medicare contractors, as a copy of each final
sales agreement/transaction indicating the effective date of the
acquisition is generally submitted to the Medicare contractors once an
acquisition is finalized. For the purpose of this proposed rule, we
requested that the Medicare contractors provide us with a list of
mergers that occurred between October 1, 2010 (the first day of FY
2011, which is the earliest date that would be included in any 2011
cost report data that are used to calculate a hospital's Factor 3)
through January 2014 (when we started preparing for the FY 2015 IPPS
proposed rule). On the basis of this information, we would then combine
the data elements of any hospitals that had merged to calculate the
uncompensated care payment for the merged hospital. Specifically, we
would combine the Medicaid days from the most recently available full
year cost reports and the SSI days from the most recently available SSI
ratios tied to the two CCNs prior to the merger to calculate the merged
hospital's Factor 3. For FY 2015, we would combine the Medicaid days
from either the 2011 or 2012 cost reports and would use the most
recently available SSI ratios available at the time the final rule is
developed.
In order to confirm these mergers and the accuracy of the data used
to determine each merged hospital's uncompensated care payment, we are
proposing to publish a table on the CMS Web site, in conjunction with
the issuance of the proposed and final rules for a fiscal year,
containing a list of the mergers that we are aware of and the computed
uncompensated care payment for each merged hospital. A copy of this
table is being published on the CMS Web site in conjunction with the
issuance of this proposed rule. The affected hospitals would then have
the opportunity to comment during the public comment period on the
accuracy of this information.
We are proposing to treat hospitals that merge after the
development of the final rule similar to new hospitals. For these newly
merged hospitals, we would not have data currently available to
calculate a Factor 3 amount that accounts for the merged hospital's
uncompensated care burden. In addition, we would not have data to
determine if the newly merged hospital is eligible for Medicare DSH
payment and, therefore, eligible for uncompensated care payments for
the applicable fiscal year because the only data we would have to make
this determination are those for the surviving CCN. Accordingly, we are
proposing to treat newly merged hospitals in a similar manner as new
[[Page 28104]]
hospitals, such that the newly merged hospital's final uncompensated
care payment would be determined at cost report settlement where the
numerator of the newly merged hospital's Factor 3 would be based on the
Medicaid days and SSI days reported on the cost report used for the
applicable fiscal year. We are proposing that the interim uncompensated
care payments for the newly merged hospitals would be based on only the
data of the surviving hospital's CCN at the time of the preparation of
the final rule for the applicable fiscal year. In other words, for
newly merged hospitals, eligibility to receive interim uncompensated
care payments and the amount of any interim uncompensated care payments
would be based on the Medicaid days from either the 2011 or 2012 cost
reports and the most recently available SSI ratios available at the
time the final rule is developed for only the surviving CCN. However,
at cost report settlement, we would determine the newly merged
hospital's final uncompensated care payments based on the Medicaid days
and SSI days reported on the cost report used for the applicable fiscal
year. That is, we would revise the numerator of Factor 3 for the newly
merged hospital to reflect the Medicaid and SSI days reported on the
cost report for the applicable fiscal year. We are inviting public
comment on our proposed change to the treatment of hospital mergers in
the calculation of a hospital's uncompensated care payment.
G. Medicare-Dependent, Small Rural Hospital (MDH) Program (Sec.
412.108)
1. Background
Section 1885(d)(5)(G) of the Act provides special payment
protections, under the IPPS, to a Medicare-dependent, small rural
hospital (MDH). (For additional information on the MDH program and the
payment methodology, we refer readers to the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51683 through 51684.)) As we discussed in the FY 2011
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (75 FR 50287) and in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51683 through 51684), section 3124 of the Affordable
Care Act extended the expiration of the MDH program from the end of FY
2011 (that is, for discharges occurring before October 1, 2011) to the
end of FY 2012 (that is, for discharges occurring before October 1,
2012). Under prior law, as specified in section 5003(a) of Public Law
109-171 (DRA 2005), the MDH program was to be in effect through the end
of FY 2011 only.
Since the extension of the MDH program through FY 2012 provided by
section 3124 of the Affordable Care Act, the MDH program has been
further extended multiple times. First, section 606 of the ATRA of 2012
(Pub. L. 112-240) extended the MDH program through FY 2013 (that is,
for discharges occurring before October 1, 2013.) Second, section 1106
of the Pathway for SGR Reform Act of 2013 (Pub. L. 113-67) extended the
MDH program through the first half of FY 2014 (that is, for discharges
occurring before April 1, 2014.) In the FY 2014 interim final rule with
comment period that appeared in the Federal Register on March 18, 2013
(79 FR 15025 through 15027), we discussed the expiration of the MDH
program on March 31, 2014, and explained how providers may be affected
by the 6-month extension of the MDH program under Public Law 113-67 and
described the steps to reapply for MDH status for FY 2014, as
applicable. Generally, a provider that was classified as an MDH as of
September 30, 2013, was reinstated as an MDH effective October 1, 2013,
with no need to reapply for MDH classification. However, if the MDH had
classified as an SCH or cancelled its rural classification under Sec.
412.103(g) effective on or after October 1, 2013, the effective date of
MDH status may not be retroactive to October 1, 2013. In the FY 2014
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50647 through 50649) and the FY 2014
interim final rule with comment period (79 FR 15025 through 15027), we
made conforming changes to the regulations at Sec. 412.108(a)(1) and
(c)(2)(iii) to reflect the extensions of the MDH program provided for
by the ATRA and Pathway for SGR Reform Act, respectively. Lastly, under
current law, section 106 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of
2014 (Pub. L. 113-93) provides for a 1-year extension of the MDH
program effective from April 1, 2014 through March 31, 2015.
Specifically, section 106 of Public Law 113-93 amended sections
1886(d)(5)(G)(i) and 1886(d)(5)(G)(ii)(II) of the Act by striking
``April 1, 2014'' and inserting ``April 1, 2015''. Section 106 of
Public Law 113-93 also made conforming amendments to sections
1886(b)(3)(D)(i) and 1886(b)(3)(D)(iv) of the Act.
We intend to address the extension of the MDH program for the
second half of FY 2014 (that is, from April 1, 2014 through September
30, 2014) under Public Law 113-93 in a separate Federal Register
notice. For additional information on the extensions of the MDH program
after FY 2012, we refer readers to the following rules: The FY 2013
IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53404 through 53405 and 53413 through
53414); the FY 2013 IPPS notice that appeared in the Federal Register
on March 7, 2013 (78 FR 14689); the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(78 FR 50647 through 50649); and the FY 2014 interim final rule with
comment period (79 FR 15025 through 15027).
2. Provisions of Public Law 113-93 for FY 2015
Prior to the enactment of Public Law 113-93, under section 1106 of
Public Law 113-67, the MDH program authorized by section 1886(d)(5)(G)
of the Act was set to expire midway through FY 2014. Section 106 of
Public Law 113-93 amended sections 1886(d)(5)(G)(i) and
1886(d)(5)(G)(ii)(II) of the Act to provide for an additional 1-year
extension of the MDH program, effective from April 1, 2014 through
March 31, 2015. Section 106 of Public Law 113-93 also made conforming
amendments to sections 1886(b)(3)(D)(i) and 1886(b)(3)(D)(iv) of the
Act.
In this proposed rule, we are proposing to make conforming changes
to the regulations at Sec. Sec. 412.108(a)(1) and (c)(2)(iii) to
reflect the statutory extension of the MDH program for the first 6
months of FY 2015 made by section 106 of Public Law 113-93.
3. Expiration of the MDH Program
Because section 106 of Public Law 113-93 extends the MDH program
through the first half of FY 2015 only, effective April 1, 2015, the
MDH program will no longer be in effect. Because the MDH program is not
authorized by statute beyond March 31, 2015, beginning April 1, 2015,
all hospitals that previously qualified for MDH status will no longer
have MDH status and will be paid based on the Federal rate. As noted
earlier, in the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53404 through
53405), we revised our SCH policies to allow MDHs to apply for SCH
status and be paid as such under certain conditions, following
expiration of the MDH program at the end of FY 2012. We codified these
changes in the regulations at Sec. 412.92(b)(2)(i) and Sec.
412.92(b)(2)(v). For additional information, we refer readers to the FY
2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53404 through 53405 and 53674). We
note that those same conditions apply to MDHs that intend to apply for
SCH status with the expiration of the MDH program on March 31, 2015.
Specifically, the existing regulations at Sec. 412.92(b)(2)(i) and
(b)(2)(v) allow for an effective date of approval of SCH status that is
the day following the expiration date of the MDH program. In accordance
with these regulations, in order for an MDH to receive SCH status
[[Page 28105]]
effective April 1, 2015, it must apply for SCH status at least 30 days
before the end of the MDH program; that is, the MDH must apply for SCH
status by March 1, 2015. The MDH also must request that, if approved as
an SCH, the SCH status be effective with the expiration of the MDH
program provision; that is, the MDH must request that the SCH status,
if approved, be effective April 1, 2015, immediately after its MDH
status expires with the expiration of the MDH program on March 31,
2015. We note that an MDH that applies for SCH status in anticipation
of the expiration of the MDH program would not qualify for the April 1,
2015 effective date upon approval if it does not apply by the March 1,
2015 deadline. The provider would instead be subject to the usual
effective date for SCH classification, that is, 30 days after the date
of CMS' written notification of approval as specified at Sec.
412.92(b)(2)(i).
H. Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: Proposed Changes for FY
2015 Through FY 2017 (Sec. Sec. 412.150 Through 412.154)
1. Statutory Basis for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program
Section 3025 of the Affordable Care Act, as amended by section
10309 of the Affordable Care Act, added a new section 1886(q) to the
Act. Section 1886(q) of the Act establishes the ``Hospital Readmissions
Reduction Program,'' effective for discharges from an ``applicable
hospital'' beginning on or after October 1, 2012, under which payments
to those applicable hospitals may be reduced to account for certain
excess readmissions.
Section 1886(q)(1) of the Act sets forth the methodology by which
payments to ``applicable hospitals'' will be adjusted to account for
excess readmissions. In accordance with section 1886(q)(1) of the Act,
payments for discharges from an ``applicable hospital'' will be an
amount equal to the product of the ``base operating DRG payment
amount'' and the adjustment factor for the hospital for the fiscal
year. That is, ``base operating DRG payments'' are reduced by a
hospital-specific adjustment factor that accounts for the hospital's
excess readmissions. Section 1886(q)(2) of the Act defines the base
operating DRG payment amount as ``the payment amount that would
otherwise be made under subsection (d) (determined without regard to
subsection (o) [the Hospital VBP Program]) for a discharge if this
subsection did not apply; reduced by . . . any portion of such payment
amount that is attributable to payments under paragraphs (5)(A),
(5)(B), (5)(F), and (12) of subsection (d).'' Paragraphs (5)(A),
(5)(B), (5)(F), and (12) of subsection (d) refer to outlier payments,
IME payments, DSH adjustment payments, and add-on payments for low-
volume hospitals, respectively.
Furthermore, section 1886(q)(2)(B) of the Act specifies special
rules for defining ``the payment amount that would otherwise be made
under subsection (d)'' for certain hospitals, including policies for
SCHs and for MDHs for FY 2013. In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule
(77 FR 53374), we finalized policies to implement the statutory
provisions related to the definition of ``base operating DRG payment
amount'' with respect to those hospitals.
Section 1886(q)(3)(A) of the Act defines the ``adjustment factor''
for an applicable hospital for a fiscal year as equal to the greater of
``(i) the ratio described in subparagraph (B) for the hospital for the
applicable period (as defined in paragraph (5)(D)) for such fiscal
year; or (ii) the floor adjustment factor specified in subparagraph
(C).'' Section 1886(q)(3)(B) of the Act, in turn, describes the ratio
used to calculate the adjustment factor. It states that the ratio is
``equal to 1 minus the ratio of--(i) the aggregate payments for excess
readmissions . . . and (ii) the aggregate payments for all discharges .
. . '' Section 1886(q)(3)(C) of the Act establishes the floor
adjustment factor, which is set at 0.99 for FY 2013, 0.98 for FY 2014,
and 0.97 for FY 2015 and subsequent fiscal years.
Section 1886(q)(4) of the Act defines the terms ``aggregate
payments for excess readmissions'' and ``aggregate payments for all
discharges'' for an applicable hospital for the applicable period. The
term ``aggregate payments for excess readmissions'' is defined in
section 1886(q)(4)(A) of the Act as ``the sum, for applicable
conditions . . . of the product, for each applicable condition, of (i)
the base operating DRG payment amount for such hospital for such
applicable period for such condition; (ii) the number of admissions for
such condition for such hospital for such applicable period; and (iii)
the excess readmissions ratio. . . for such hospital for such
applicable period minus 1.'' The ``excess readmissions ratio'' is a
hospital-specific ratio based on each applicable condition.
Specifically, section 1886(q)(4)(C) of the Act defines the excess
readmissions ratio as the ratio of actual-over-expected readmissions;
specifically, the ratio of ``risk-adjusted readmissions based on actual
readmissions'' for an applicable hospital for each applicable
condition, to the ``risk-adjusted expected readmissions'' for the
applicable hospital for the applicable condition.
Section 1886(q)(5) of the Act provides definitions of ``applicable
condition,'' ``expansion of applicable conditions,'' ``applicable
hospital,'' ``applicable period,'' and ``readmission.'' The term
``applicable condition'' (which is addressed in detail in section
IV.C.3.a. of the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (76 FR 51665 through
51666)) is defined as a ``condition or procedure selected by the
Secretary among conditions and procedures for which: (i) Readmissions .
. . represent conditions or procedures that are high volume or high
expenditures . . . and (ii) measures of such readmissions . . . have
been endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) [of
the Act] . . . and such endorsed measures have exclusions for
readmissions that are unrelated to the prior discharge (such as a
planned readmission or transfer to another applicable hospital).''
Section 1886(q)(5)(B) of the Act also requires the Secretary, beginning
in FY 2015, ``to the extent practicable, [to] expand the applicable
conditions beyond the 3 conditions for which measures have been
endorsed . . . to the additional 4 conditions that have been identified
by the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission in its report to Congress
in June 2007 and to other conditions and procedures as determined
appropriate by the Secretary.''
Section 1886(q)(5)(C) of the Act defines ``applicable hospital,''
that is, a hospital subject to the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program, as a ``subsection (d) hospital or a hospital that is paid
under section 1814(b)(3) [of the Act], as the case may be.'' The term
``applicable period,'' as defined under section 1886(q)(5)(D) of the
Act, ``means, with respect to a fiscal year, such period as the
Secretary shall specify.'' As explained in the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH PPS
final rule (76 FR 51671), the ``applicable period'' is the period
during which data are collected in order to calculate various ratios
and payment adjustments under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction
Program.
Section 1886(q)(6) of the Act sets forth the public reporting
requirements for hospital-specific readmission rates. Section
1886(q)(7) of the Act limits administrative and judicial review of
certain determinations made pursuant to section 1886(q) of the Act.
Finally, section 1886(q)(8) of the Act requires the Secretary to
collect data on readmission rates for all hospital
[[Page 28106]]
inpatients (not just Medicare patients) for a broad range of both
subsection (d) and non-subsection(d) hospitals, in order to calculate
the hospital-specific readmission rates for all such hospital
inpatients and to publicly report these ``all-patient'' readmission
rates.
2. Regulatory Background
The payment adjustment factor set forth in section 1886(q) of the
Act did not apply to discharges until FY 2013. In the FY 2012 IPPS/LTCH
PPS final rule (76 FR 51660 through 51676), we addressed the issues of
the selection of readmission measures and the calculation of the excess
readmissions ratio, which will be used, in part, to calculate the
readmissions adjustment factor. Specifically, in that final rule, we
finalized policies that relate to the portions of section 1886(q) of
the Act that address the selection of and measures for the applicable
conditions, the definitions of ``readmission'' and ``applicable
period,'' and the methodology for calculating the excess readmissions
ratio. We also established policies with respect to measures for
readmission for the applicable conditions and our methodology for
calculating the excess readmissions ratio.
In the FY 2013 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (77 FR 53374 through
53401), we finalized policies that relate to the portions of section
1886(q) of the Act that address the calculation of the hospital
readmission payment adjustment factor and the process by which
hospitals can review and correct their data. Specifically, in that
final rule, we addressed the base operating DRG payment amount,
aggregate payments for excess readmissions and aggregate payments for
all discharges, the adjustment factor, applicable hospital, limitations
on review, and reporting of hospital-specific information, including
the process for hospitals to review readmission information and submit
corrections. We also established a new Subpart I under 42 CFR part 412
(Sec. Sec. 412.150 through 412.154) to codify rules for implementing
the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program.
In the FY 2014 IPPS/LTCH PPS final rule (78 FR 50649 through
50676), we finalized our policies that relate to refinement of the
readmissions measures and related methodology for the current
applicable conditions, expansion of the ``applicable conditions''
beginning for FY 2015, and clarification of the process for reporting
hospital-specific information, including the opportunity to review and
submit corrections. We also established policies related to the
calculation of the adjustment factor for FY 2014.
3. Overview of Proposals and Policies for the FY 2015 Hospital
Readmissions Reduction Program
In this proposed rule, we are--
Proposing to make refinements to the readmissions measures
and related methodology for FY 2015 and subsequent years (section
IV.H.4. of the preamble of this proposed rule);
Proposing to expand the scope of ``applicable conditions''
for FY 2017 to include coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) (section
IV.H.6. of the preamble of this proposed rule);